Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate catalog / University of Maryland at College Park"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1979tenn 


i 


t  i 


f^y 


4 


4 


f 


197£_ 

Uii^gl^radu, 

Woq 

ersit^i 


Hrvl 


Ui 


J 


K 


K^ 


1 1 


4 


197.:^ 


80 


Contents 


THE  UNIVERSITY  3 

Campus/Unrversity  Officers  3 

Board  of  Regents..  3 

Calendar.  Academic  3 

Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study  4 

University  Policy  Statement  5 

Foe  and  Expenses  Informaiion                                  ,  5 

Human  Relations  Code  (Statement)  5 

Title  IX  Compliance  Policy  5 

Rehabilrlation  Act  Compliance  5 

Academic  Information  (Catalogs)  5 

GENERAL  INFORMATION  6 

Descnption,  Goals,  Resources  UMCP  6 

Human  Relations  Code  7 

Admission  and  Orientation  10 

Fees  and  Expenses  1 7 

Financial  Aid 19 

Regulations  and  Requirements,  Academic  22 

Administrative  Offices  27 

Awards/Prizes 35 

Student  Data  Information  (Disclosure)  38 

Additional  Campus  Programs  40 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  40 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  40 

Women's  Studies  Program  41 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Degree  41 

Individual  Studies  Program  41 

General  Honors  Program  41 

Pre-Professional  Programs  42 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene  42 

Pre-Dentistry ...  43 

Pre-Forestry ....  43 

Pre-Law 43 

Pre-Medical  Techriology  43 

Pre-Medicine ...  44 

Pre-Nursing 44 

Pre-Optometry  44 

Pre-Pharmacy .  44 

Pre-Physical  Therapy  45 

Pre-Radiologic  Technology  45 

ACADEMIC  DIVISIONS,  COLLEGES, 

SCHOOLS,  &  DEPARTMENTS  47 

DIVISION  OF  AGRICULTURAL  AND  LIFE  SCIENCES  47 

College  of  Agriculture  47 

Agrcultural  and  Extension  Education  48 

Agricultural' General  Curriculum  48 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  49 

Agricultural  Chemistry  49 

Agricultural  Engineenng  50 

Agronomy..  50 

Animal  Sciences  (Dairy  Poultry,  Veterinary)  51 

Applied  Agnculture  Two-year  Program  Institute  of  53 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs  51 

Food  Science  Program                                                             .  52 

Horticulture  52 

Pre-Forestry                                .  53 

Pre-Theology  53 

Pre-Veterinary  Medicine  53 

Other  AQiicultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments  54 

Biological  Sciences  Program  54 

Botany 54 

Chemistry ..  55 

Entomology  55 

Geology 56 

Microbiology  56 

Zoology 56 

DIVISION  OF  ARTS  AND  HUMANITIES  58 

School  of  Architecture  59 

College  Of  Journalism  60 

American  Studies  Program  61 

Art.  Departmem  of  62 

Chinese  Program  62 

Classical  Languages  and  Literature  62 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  63 

Comparatrve  Literature  Program  63 

Dance 63 

English  Language  and  Literature  64 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures  64 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  64 

Hetwew  Program / „..     65 


History 65 

Japanese 65 

Music 65 

Philosophy 66 

Russian  Area  Program 66 

Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures 67 

DIVISION  OF  BEHAVIORAL  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 67 

College  of  Business  and  Management 68 

Afro-Amencan  Studies 71 

Anthropology 72 

Business  and  Economic  Research 72 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 72 

Economics 73 

Geography ^. 73 

Governmental  Research .^. 74 

Government  and  Politics 74 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 75 

Information  Systems  Management 75 

Linguistics 76 

Psychology 76 

Sociology 77 

DIVISION  OF  HUMAN  AND  COMMUNITY  RESOURCES 77 

College  of  Education 78 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 79 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services , 80 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 80 

Human  Development  (Institute  for  Child  Development) 81 

Industrial  Education 81 

Measurement  and  Statistics 83 

Secondary  Education 83 

Social  Foundations  of  Education 90 

Special  Education 90 

College  of  Human  Ecology 91 

Family  and  Community  Development 92 

Home  Economics  Education 93 

Foods,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 94 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 96 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 98 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 100 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health lOO 

Health  Education 101 ' 

Physical  Education 102 

Recreation 103 

DIVISION  OF  MATHEMATICAL  AND  PHYSICAL 

SCIENCES  AND  ENGINEERING 103 

College  of  Engineering 104 

Aerospace  Engineering 106 ' 

Agricultural  Engineering 1 07 

Chemical  Engineering 107 

Civil  Engineering 108 

Electrical  Engineering 108 

Engineering  Sciences 109 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 109 

Engineering  Materials  Program 110 

Mechanical  Engineering 110 

Nuclear  Engineering 1 1 1 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology Ill 

Urban  Studies-Fire  Science 112 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Engineering 112 

Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments, 

Programs  and  Curricula 113 

Applied  Mathematics  Program 113 

Astronomy  Program 113 

Computer  Science 114 

Mathematics 115 

Meteorology 116 

Physical  Science  and  Technology,  Institute  of 114 

Physical  Sciences 116 

Physics  and  Astronomy 1 16 

Science  Communications 1 1 7 

Science  or  Math  Education 117 

4  COURSE  OFFERINGS lis 

5  FACULTY  LISTING 191 

6  INDEX 213 


000211  0001 


1     The  University 


Campus  and 
University  Officers 

College  Park  Campus  Administration 

Chancellor 

Robert  L.  Gluckstern 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 

Nancie  L.  Gonzalez 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 

Darryl  W.  Bierly 

Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 

William  L.  Thomas.  Jr. 

Central  Administration  of  the  University 

President 

John  S.  Toll 

Vice  President  for  General  Administration    • 

Donald  W.  O'Connell 

Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 

R.  Lee  Hornbake 

Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research 

David  S.  Sparks  (Interim) 

Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and 

Legislative  Relations 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr. 

Vice  President  for  University  Development 

Robert  G.  Smith 


Board  of  Regents 

Chairman 

Dr.  B.  Herbert  Brown  (term  expires  June  3.  1979) 
Vice  Chairman 
Mr.  Hugh  A.  McMullen 
Secretary 

Dr.  Samuel  H.  Hoover 
Treasurer 

Mr.  N.  Thomas  Whittington,  Jr. 
Assistant  Secretary 
Mrs.  Mary  H.  Broadwater 
Assistant  Treasurer 
Mr.  John  C.  Scarbath 
Members: 

The  Hon.  Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr. 
Mr.  Percy  M.  Chaimson 
Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey 
Ms.  Hanne  J.  Lundsager 
Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss  .^ 

Mr.  Peter  F.  O'Malley  ' 

Mr.  Allen  L.  Schwalt 
Ms.  Donna  A.  Shelton 
■  The  Hon.  Joseph  D.  Tydings 
Mr.  Wilbur  G.  Valentine 


1979-80  Academic  Calendar 

Summer  Session,  1979 

SESSION  I 

May  21  Monday  Registration 

May  22  Tuesday  Classes  Begin 

May  28  Monday  Memorial  Day 

June  29  Friday  Classes  End 


SESSION  II 

July  2 
July.3 
July  4 
August  10 


Monday 
Tuesday 
Wednesday 
Friday 


Registration 
Classes  Begin 
Independence  Day 
Last  Day  of  Classes 


FALL  SEMESTER,  1979 


SPRING  SEMESTER,  1980 


August  20-21 

Monday,  Tuesday 

Registration 

January  14, 16 

Monday,  Wednesday 

Registration 

August  22 

Wednesday 

Classes  Begin 

January  15 

Tuesday 

Martin  Luther  King  Day 

September  3 

Monday 

Labor  Day 

January  17 

Thursday 

Classes  Begin 

November  21.  23 

Wednesday-Friday 

Thanksgiving  Recess 

March  9-16 

Sunday-Sunday 

Spring  Recess 

December  7 

Friday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

May  7 

Wednesday 

Last  Day  of  Classes 

December  8-9 

Saturday,  Sunday 

Examination  Study 

Maya 

Thursday 

Examination  Study  Day 

Days 

May  9-16 

Friday-Friday 

Final  Examination 

December  10-17 

Monday-Monday 

Final  Examination 

Period 

Period 

May  16 

Friday,  10:00  A.M. 

Commencement 

December  18 

Tuesday,  10;00  A.M. 

Commencement 

University  of  Maryland 
Undergraduate  Programs  of  Study 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agronomy 

Animal  Science 

Biochemistry 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development 

Dairy  Science 

Food  Science 

General  Agriculture 

General  Biological  Sciences 

Horticulture 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture 

Poultry  Science 

Veterinary  Science 

Botany 

Chemistry 

Entomology 

Geology 

Microbiology 

Zoology 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

Architecture 

Journalism 

American  Studies 

Art 

Classical  Languages 

Comparative  Literature 

Dance 

English 

French  and  Italian  ■" 

German  and  Slavic 

History 

Music 

Oriental  and  Hebrew 

Philosophy 

Spanish  and  Portuguese 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Russian  Area  Studies 

Women's  Studies  Program 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Behavioral 
and  Social  Sciences 

Afro-American  Studies 

Anthropology 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

Business  and  Management 

Business/Law 

Economics 

Geography 

Government  and  Politics 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Information  Systems  Management 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Linguistics 

Psychology 

Sociology 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Human 
and  Community  Resources 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Sen/ices 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Industrial  Education 

Institute  for  Child  Study 

Measurement  and  Statistics 

Secondary  Education 

Social  Foundations 

Special  Education 

Family  and  Community  Development 

Foods,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Library  and  Information  Services 

Health  Education 

Physical  Education 

Recreation 


Programs  within  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and 
Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering 

Applied  Mathematics 

Computer  Science 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

Meteorology 

Mathematics 

Physics  and  Astronomy 

Physical  Sciences 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 

Civil  Engineering 

Electrical  Engineering 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Engineering  Technology 


Programs  within  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

Arts/Dentistry 
Arts/Law 
Arts/Medicine 
General  Honors 
General  Studies 
Individual  Studies 


other  Pre-Professional  Programs 

Pre-Nursing 
Pre-Pharmacy 
Pre-Medical  Technology 
Pre-Medicine 
Pre-Optometry 
Pre-Radiological  Technology 
Pre-Physical  Therapy 
Pre-Dental  Hygiene 
Pre-Forestry 
,  Pre- Law 

Pre-Veterinary  Medicine 
Pre-Theology 
Pre-Dentistry 


Academic  Information 


University  Policy  Statement 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable 
contract  between  the  student  and  the  University  of  tviaryland.  Changes  are 
effected  from  time  to  time  in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the  academic 
requirements.  There  are  established  procedures  for  making  changes,  procedures 
which  protect  the  institution's  integnty  and  the  individual  student's  interest  and 
welfare.  A  curriculum  or  graduation  requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made 
retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the  student's  advantage  and  can  be 
accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally  required  for  graduation.  When 
the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent  authority,  using  established 
procedure,  to  be  detnmental  to  the  interests  of  the  University  community,  that 
person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  University. 

It  is  University  policy  that  smoking  in  classrooms  is  prohibited  unless  all 
participants  agree  to  the  contrary.  Any  student  has  the  right  to  remind  the 
instructor  of  this  policy  throughout  the  duration  of  the  class. 


Important  Information  on  Fees  and  Expenses 

All  Students  Who  Pre-Reglster  Incur  a  Financial  Obligation  to  the  Universi- 
ty. Those  students  who  pre-register  and  subsequently  decide  not  to  attend  must 
notify  the  Registrations  Office,  Room  1130A,  North  Administration  Building,  in 
writing,  prior  to  the  first  day  of  classes.  If  this  office  has  not  received  a  request  for 
cancellation  by  4:30  p.m.  of  the  last  day  before  classes  begin,  the  University  will 
assume  the  student  plans  to  attend  and  accepts  his  or  her  financial  obligation. 
After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must 
follow  the  withdrawal  procedures  and  are  liable  for  charges  applicable  at  the  time 
of  withdrawal. 

Disclosure  of  Information.  In  accordance  with  "The  Family  Educational  Rights 
and  Privacy  Act  of  1974"  (P.L.  93-380),  popularly  referred  to  as  the  "Buckley 
Amendment,"  disclosure  of  student  information,  including  financial  and  academ- 
ic, is  restricted.  Release  to  anyone  other  than  the  student  requires  a  written 
waiver  from  the  student.  (For  complete  University  Policy  on  access  to  and  release 
of  student  data/ information,  see  page  38.) 

State  of  Maryland  legislation  has  established  a  State  Central  Collections  Unit 
and  in  accordance  with  State  law  the  University  is  required  to  turn  over  all 
delinquent  accounts  to  them  for  collection  and  legal  follow-up.  These  are 
automatically  done  on  a  monthly  basis  by  computer  read-out. 

Collection  Costs.  Collection  costs  incurred  in  collecting  delinquent  accounts  will 
be  charged  to  the  student.  The  normal  collection  fee  is  15%,  plus  any  attorney 
and/or  court  costs. 


Title  IX  Compliance  Statement 

The  University  of  Ivlaryland  at  College  Park  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis 
of  sex  in  Its  educational  programs  and  activities.  The  policy  of  nondiscrimination 
extends  to  employment  in  the  institution  and  academic  admission  to  the 
institution.  Such  discnmination  is  prohibited  by  Title  IX  of  the  Education 
Admendments  of  1972  (20  U.S.C.  1681,  et  seq.)  and  45  C.F.R.  86,  and  this 
notification  Is  required  under  the  Federal  regulations  pursuant  to  20  U.S.C.  1681, 
et  seq. 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of  Title  IX  and  Pari  86  of  45  C.F.R.  to  the 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  may  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs,  Main  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland.  Col- 
lege Park,  or  to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Civil  Rights  of  the  Department  of 
Health,  Education  and  Welfare,  Washington,  D.C. 

Section  504  Compliance  Statement 

The  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  does  not  discriminate  on  the  basis 
of  handicap  in  admission  or  access  to  its  educational  programs  and  activities. 
This  policy  of  nondiscnmination  extends  to  employment  in  the  institution.  Such 
discrimination  is  prohibited  by  Section  504  of  the  Rehabilitation  Act  of  1973  (29 
use.  706)  and  45  C.F.R.  84,  and  this  notification  is  required  pursuant  to  45 
C.F.R.  84.8. 

Inquiries  concerning  the  application  of  Section  504  and  part  84  of  C.F.R.  to 
the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  may  be  directed  to  the  Campus 
Coordinator  on  the  Handicapped,  Main  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Gender  Reference 

The  masculine  gender  whenever  used  in  this  document  is  intended  to  include 
the  feminine  gender  as  well. 


Academic  Information 

UNDERGRADUATE 
Prospectus 

College  Park  publishes  a  free  booklet,  Viewbook  (Looking  at  Maryland)  lor 
prospective  undergraduate  students.  For  a  copy  of  this  booklet,  call 
301/454-5550  or  write  to  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  North  Administra- 
tion BIdg.,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Departmental  Brochures 

Small  brochures  of  many  of  the  departments  at  College  Park  are  available 
free.  Write  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


Policies  on  Nondiscrimination 

Legal  Requirements 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  equal  opportunity  institution  with  respect  to 
both  education  and  employment.  The  University's  programs  and  policies  are 
consistent  with  pertinent  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  on  nondiscnmina- 
tion regarding  race,  color,  religion,  age,  national  origin,  sex,  and  handicap. 
Inquiries  concerning  this  policy  should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs,  Main  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  Col- 
lege Park. 

Human  Relations  Code 

Under  its  Human  Relations  Code,  adopted  in  1976,  the  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park  Campus,  affirms  its  commitments  to  a  policy  of 
eliminating  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  ongin,  political  affiliation,  or  on  the  basis  of 
the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States 
Constitution.  Inquiries  concerning  the  provisions  of  the  Code  should  be  directed 
to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  Main  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 


Undergraduate  Catalog 

The  Undergraduate  Catalog  is  available  free  to  all  undergraduates  and  to  all 
faculty  at  College  Park  before  each  academic  year  Copies  are  available  in 
libraries  and  in  high  schools  in  Maryland,  D.C.  and  Virginia.  Copies  are  for  sale  for 
$2.00  each.  Send  a  check  payable  to  the  "University  of  Maryland,"  to  the 
UMporium,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Write  "Catalog"  on  the  check.  Allow 
four  weeks  for  delivery. 

GRADUATE  CATALOG 
GRADUATE  BULLETIN 

For  information  about  the  Graduate  Catalog  or  the  Graduate  Bulletin,  call 
301/454-3141  or  write  the  Graduate  Offices,  South  Administration  Building, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

SUMMER  SESSIONS  CATALOG 

For  information  call  454-3347  or  write  to  Summer  Sessions  Offices,  Turner 
Lab,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


2     General  Information 


The  University 

Goals  For  College  Park 

Our  objectives  are  simply  stated:  to  enrich  our  students;  to  encourage  them 
to  develop  the  harmonious  ideals  and  fine  relationships  which  characterize 
cultured  individuals;  to  provide  an  atmosphere  for  self-enlightenment;  and  to 
promote  beneficial  research  for  the  welfare  of  the  State,  of  the  nation  and  of  the 
community  of  knowledge  everywhere. 

Universities  in  General 

The  contemporary  university  is  a  comprehensive  educational  institution 
offering  many  undergraduate  programs. 

Universities  as  we  know  them  in  the  United  States  have  existed  for  less  than 
a  century,  but  their  roots  can  be  traced  back  to  medieval  history.  The  English 
college  system  served  as  a  model  for  earliest  American  efforts  at  higher 
education.  The  ancient  German  university  tradition  was  joined  with  this  in  the 
1870's  to  form  basic  outlines  of  our  present -institutions.  Practical  studies  were 
grafted  onto  these  more  classically  and  theoretically  oriented  traditions  by  the 
agricultural  emphasis  of  the  land  grant  movement. 

With  the  explosion  of  scientific  and  technological  knowledge  in  the  early 
twentieth  century,  the  role  of  the  university  in  American  society  attained 
increased  importance,  and  today  almost  all  aspects  of  national  life — social, 
economic,  scientific,  and  cultural— benefit  from  its  educational,  research  and 
service  functions. 

College  Park  and  the  University  of  Maryland 

The  College  Park  Campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  was  opened  in  1859 
as  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College  under  a  charter  secured  by  a  group  of 
Maryland  planters.  After  a  disastrous  fire  in  1912,  the  State  acquired  control  of 
the  college  and  bore  the  cost  of  rebuilding.  In  1920  the  State  took  over  the 
faculty-owned  University  of  Baltimore  founded  in  1807,  merging  it  with  the  State- 
owned  institution  at  College  Park  to  form  the  present-day  University  of  Maryland. 

In  1886  the  Delaware  Conference  Academy  was  founded  by  the  Methodist 
Church  in  Princess  Anne,  Maryland.  Title  to  the  institution  was  acquired  by  the 
State  of  Maryland  in  1926,  and  it  became  a  division  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
in  1948.  It  was  made  an  integral  part  of  the  University  system  with  the  name. 
University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore  (UMES)  in  1970. 

A  third  campus,  the  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  (UMBC),  was 
opened  at  Catonsville  in  1966. 

Another  administrative  unit  of  the  University  is  University  College  (UMUC) 
which  offers  degree  and  non-degree  educational  programs  held  usually  in  the  late 
afternoon,  evening,  or  on  weekends  both  at  College  Park  and  elsewhere  in  the 
state,  nation,  and  abroad.  Administratively  and  academically  UMUC  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  University,  but  its  course  offerings  are  not  included  in  the  programs  of 
the  College  Park  Campus. 

Libraries  at  College  Park 

The  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is  the  general  library  of  the  University, 
containing  reference  works,  periodicals,  circulating  books,  and  other  materials  in 
all  fields  of  research  and  instruction.  Branch  libraries  include  the  Undergraduate 
Library,  the  Engineenng  and  Physical  Sciences  Library,  the  Architecture  Library, 
and  the  Chemistry  Library. 

The  libraries  on  the  College  Park  Campus  include  approximately  1,563,000 
volumes,  nearly  984,500  microfilm  units,  and  approximately  11,000  subscriptions 
to  periodicals  and  newspapers,  as  well  as  many  government  documents, 
phonorecords,  films,  slides,  prints,  and  music  scores. 

The  Undergraduate  Library,  opened  in  1973,  seats  4,000  students  and  has  a 
book  capacity  of  200,000  volumes.  It  features  a  recreational  reading  collection  of 
5,000  paperbacks,  a  quadrophonic  concert  room,  color  video  tape  players  and 
playback  units,  enclosed  rooms  equipped  with  instructor's  consoles  for  the  use  of 
nonprint  media  matenals,  and  wireless  stereo  headsets  for  tapes  and  lectures, 
plays,  speeches,  and  music.  The  McKeldin  Library  mainly  supports  the  graduate 
and  research  programs  of  the  University,  but  is  also  open  to  undergraduates. 


Special  collections  in  the  library  system  include  those  of  Richard  Van  Mises  in 
mathematics  and  applied  mechanics;  Max  Born  in  the  physical  sciences;  Thomas 
I.  Cook  in  political  science;  Romeo  Mansueti  in  the  biological  sciences;  Katharine 
Anne  Porter;  Maryland;  U.S.  government  publications  (for  which  the  University  is 
a  regional  depository);  documents  of  the  United  Nations,  the  League  of  Nations, 
and  other  international  organizations;  agricultural  experiment  station  and  exten- 
sion service  publications;  maps  from  the  U.S.  Army  Map  Service;  the  files  of  the 
Industrial  Union  of  Marine  and  Shipbuilding  Workers  of  America;  the  Wallenstein 
collection  of  musical  scores;  the  Andre  Kostelanetz  Music  Library;  and  research 
collections  of  the  American  Bandmasters  Association,  the  National  Association 
of  Wind  and  Percussion  Instructors  and  the  Music  Educators  National  Con- 
ference. In  addition,  the  collections  include  microfilm  productions  of  government 
documents,  rare  books,  early  |ournals,  and  newspapers. 

Other  Area  Resources 

The  College  Park  Campus  area  is  in  a  region  rich  in  research  collections.  In 
the  Washington  area  are  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  National  Archives,  the 
Folger  Library,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  the  National  Agricultural  Library, 
and  various  academic  and  special  libraries.  In  the  Baltimore  area,  in  addition  to 
the  University's  own  libraries  at  UMBC  and  on  the  professional  campus,  are  the 
Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library  and  the  Maryland  Historical  Association  Library.  The 
Maryland  Hall  of  Records  is  located  in  Annapolis. 

Campus  Research  Facilities 

The  research  programs  at  the  University  derive  their  existence  and  vigor  from 
a  faculty  comprised  of  internationally  recognized  scholars  and  scientists.  It  is  an 
advantage  for  undergraduate  students  to  be  aware  of  the  University's  research 
facilities  as  they  plan  their  programs. 

Among  the  exceptional  research  facilities  are  a  140  MeV  cyclotron;  a  nuclear 
reactor;  scanning  electron  microscopes;  subsonic  and  hypersonic  wind  tunnels; 
an  electron  ring  accelerator;  a  precision  encoder  and  pattern  recognition  device; 
a  gravitational  radiation  detection  system  including  a  gravimeter  on  the  moon;  a 
quiescent  plasma  device  (Q  machine);  a  psycho-pharmacology  laboratory;  three 
retro-reflector  arrays  on  the  moon;  rotating  tanks  for  laboratory  studies  of 
meteorological  phenomena;  Van  de  Graff  accelerators;  a  laboratory  for  basic 
behavioral  research;  an  assortment  of  computers;  and  the  Astronomy  Observato- 

The  College  Park  Campus  also  owns  and  operates  one  of  the  largest  and 
most  sophisticated  long-wavelength  radio  telescopes  (located  in  Clark  Lake, 
Calif.)  and  a  cosmic  ray  laboratory  (located  in  New  Mexico). 

In  addition  to  these  research  opportunities  in  biological,  mathematical  and 
physical  sciences,  research  programs  in  the  behavioral  sciences,  social  sciences 
and  education  exist  in  many  bureaus  and  institutes  including:  the  Bureau  of 
Business  and  Economic  Research,  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field 
Services,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research,  Institute  for  Child  Study,  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  and  the  Institute  for  Urban  Studies. 

Investigation  in  agriculture  is  an  important  aspect  of  University  research. 
University  farms  total  more  than  2,000  acres.  Breeding,  selection  in  farm  crops, 
and  soil  research  are  a  part  of  the  program.  Work  in  these  areas  is  augmented  by 
X-ray  equipment  and  an  electron  microscope. 

Summer  Sessions 

The  College  Park  Campus  offers  two  summer  sessions  of  six  weeks  each 
year.  The  first  session  begins  May  22  and  ends  June  29.  The  second  session 
runs  from  July  3  to  August  10.  New  freshmen  applicants  who  have  met  the 
regular  University  admission  requirements  for  fall  enrollment  may  begin  their 
studies  during  the  summer  rather  than  wait  for  the  next  fall  term.  By  taking 
advantage  of  this  opportunity  and  continuing  to  attend  summer  sessions,  the  time 
required  for  completion  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  can  be  shortened  by  a  year  or 
more,  depending  upon  the  requirements  of  the  chosen  curriculum  and  the  rate  of 
progress. 

Many  new  students  have  found  that  attendance  during  the  summer  sessions 
facilitates  the  transition  from  secondary  school  to  college.  Courses  ottered  during 
the  summer  are  the  same  in  content  and  instruction  as  those  offered  during  the 
fall  and  spring  semesters. 


The  Summer  Cultural  and  Recreational  Program  Is  an  important  part  of 
"Summer  at  Maryland."  A  Fine  Arts  Festival  offers  a  series  of  programs  in  art, 
dance,  drama,  film,  and  music,  and  outstanding  performers  in  ttiese  media 
appear  on  ttie  College  Park  Campus.  Facilities  for  most  sports  and  an  intramural 
program  in  several  team  and  individual  sports  are  available  to  tfie  students. 

For  additional  information  write  for  a  Summer  Sessions  Catalog,  wfiich  may 
be  obtained  from  tfie  Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs,  College  Park, 
Md.  20742. 

Accreditation 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  accredited  by  the  Middle  States  Association  of 
Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools  and  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of 
American  Universities.  In  addition,  individual  schools  and  departments  are 
accredited  by  such  groups  as  the  Amencan  Association  of  Collegiate  Schools  of 
Business,  the  American  Chemical  Society,  the  National  Association  of  Schools  of 
Music,  the  Section  of  Legal  Education  and  Admissions  to  the  Bar  of  the  American 
Bar  Association,  the  American  Council  of  Education  for  Journalism,  the  American 
Council  on  Pharmaceutical  Education,  the  Council  on  Dental  Education  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  the  Committee  on  Accreditation  of  the  American 
Library  Association,  the  American  Psychological  Association,  the  Commission  on 
Accreditation  of  the  Council  on  Social  Work  Education,  the  Council  on  Medical 
Education  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  the  Engineers  Council  for 
Professional  Development,  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher 
Education,  the  National  League  for  Nursing,  the  National  Architectural  Accredit- 
ing Board,  the  American  Association  for  Accreditation  of  Laboratory  Animal  Care, 
and  the  American  Dietetic  Association. 

Human  Relations  Code 

Article  I  Purpose 

A.  The  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  Campus,  affirms  its  commitments 
to  a  policy  of  eliminating  discrimination  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed, 
sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political 
affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of 
rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution. 
This  Code  is  established  to  prevent  or  eradicate  such  discrimination  in 
accordance  with  due  process  within  the  Campus  community.  In  doing  so  the 
Campus  recognizes  that  it  must  strive  actively  and  creatively  to  build  a 
community  in  which  opportunity  is  equalized. 

B.  Accordingly,  the  Campus  Senate  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park 
Campus,  establishes  this  Human  Relations  Code  to: 

1.  prohibit  discnmination  as  defined  in  this  document  within  the  College 
Park  Campus  community  both  by  educational  programs  and,  to  the 
extent  specified  herein,  by  a  formal  grievance  procedure; 

2.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  of  the  Senate  General  Committee  on  Campus  Affairs; 

3.  establish  the  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
in  connection  with  this  Code; 

4.  establish  mediation  and  grievance  vehicles  within  the  Divisions  of  the 
Campus,  in  conformity  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan; 

5.  estalilish  the  responsibilities  of  Equal  Education  and  Employment 
Opportunity  (EEEO)  Officers. 

C.  Every  effort  will  be  made  to  make  students  and  potential  students, 
employees  and  potential  employees,  faculty  members  and  potential  faculty 
members  aware  of  the  opportunities  which  the  Campus  provides  for  every 
individual  to  develop  and  utilize  his  talents  and  skills.  It  is  the  intent  of  the 
Campus  to  enhance  among  its  students  and  employees  respect  by  each 
person  for  that  person's  own  race,  ethnic  background  or  sex,  as  well  as 
appreciation  and  respect  for  the  race,  ethnic  background  or  sex  of  other 
Individuals. 

D.  Development  of  a  positive  and  productive  atmosphere  of  human  relations 
on  the  Campus  shall  be  encouraged  through  effective  dialogue  and 
broadening  of  communications  channels.  The  Adjunct  Committee  on 
Human  Relations  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  provide 

•  support  and  assistance,  as  authonzed,  to  any  individual  or  group  deemed  by 
them  to  have  a  positive  probable  impact  in  working  toward  increased 
understanding  among  all  individuals  and  groups  on  the  Campus. 

E.  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  advise  the  Office 
of  Human  Relations  Programs  in  recommending  policies  which  fulfill  the 
provisions  of  this  6o6e.  In  particular: 

1 .  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  be  an  adjunct 
committee  of  the  standing  Senate  General  Committee  on  Campus 
Affairs. 

2.  The  purpose  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations 
shall  be  to  foster  better  human  relations  among  all  individuals  and 
groups  on  the  Campus,  to  advise  in  the  development  of  positive  and 
creative  human  relations  programs,  to  advise  in  the  prevention  and 
eradication  of  all  forms  of  discnmination  prohibited  by  this  Code,  and  to 
make  regular  assessments  of  the  state  of  human  relations  within  the 
purview  of  this  Campus. 


The  University        7 

3.  The  functions  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations 
may  include  but  are  not  limited  to:  requesting  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs  to  conduct  investigations  of  complaints  of  discrimi- 
nation because  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status,  personal 
appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or  mental 
handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First 
Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution,  providing  an  "open 
forum"  for  effective  dialogue  among  all  segments  of  the  Campus 
community;  recommending  to  appropriate  Campus  bodies  educational 
programs  and  activities  to  promote  equal  rights  and  understanding; 
periodically  reviewing  such  programs  and  activities;  initiating  studies  of 
Campus-sponsored  or  recognized  programs  and  activities  to  determine 
how  improvement  can  be  made  in  respect  to  human  relations;  continual- 
ly reviewing  progress  toward  these  ends  and  making  such  further 
recommendations  as  experience  may  show  to  be  needed;  and  par- 
ticipating to  the  extent  set  forth  herein  in  formal  human  relations 
grievance  actions. 

F.  There  shall  be  an  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  directly  responsible 
to  the  Chancellor.  This  Office  shall  plan,  develop,  give  direction  to  and 
coordinate  the  overall  Campus  effort  to  prevent  and  eliminate  discnmination 
based  on  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age, 
national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the 
basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United 
States  Constitution,  in  all  areas  of  Campus  life  (this  overall  effort  is  referred 
to  herein  as  the  "Human  Relations  Program").  The  Office  shall  represent, 
and  have  direct  access  to,  the  Chancellor,  and  shall  cooperate  with  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  on  substantive  matters 
concerning  human  relations.  The  office  shall  assist  and  coordinate  the 
human  relations  activities  of  the  Equal  Employment  and  Educational 
Opportunity  Officers,  and  the  equity  officers  representing  the  various  units  of 
the  Campus. 

The  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to  the  following:  working  with 
Divisional  Provosts,  Deans,  Directors  and  Department  Chairmen  to  ensure  full 
compliance.  In  spirit  as  well  as  in  letter,  with  laws  relating  to  discnmination 
and  with  the  Campus  Human  Relations  Code;  advising  Campus  offices  in 
their  effort  to  assist  personnel  to  recognize  and  take  advantage  of  career 
opportunities  within  the  Campus;  working  with  appropnate  offices  in  the 
surrounding  community  on  such  issues  as  off-campus  housing  practices 
affecting  Campus  students  and  employees,  transportation,  etc.;  recommend- 
ing to  the  Off-Campus  Housing  Office  removal  from  or  reinstatement  upon 
lists  of  off-campus  housing,  so  as  to  ensure  that  listed  housing  is  available  on 
a  nondiscnminatory  basis.  (N.B.  any  final  action  taken  by  the  University  shall 
be  preceded  by  proper  notice  to  the  property  owner  involved,  and  an 
opportunity  to  be  heard);  conducting  reviews  of  compliance  with  the  Campus 
Affirmative  Action  Plan;  initiating  and  carrying  out  programs  for  the  elimination 
and  prevention  of  racism  and  sexism  on  Campus;  distributing  this  Code  and 
informing  the  Campus  community  of  the  interpretations  of  its  provisions; 
sending  periodic  reports  to  the  Chancellor  and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations  concerning  the  Human  Relations  Programs; 
and  participating  to  the  extent  set  forth  herein  in  formal  human  relations 
grievance  actions. 

G.  For  each  of  the  academic  Divisions  of  the  Campus,  the  Division  of 
Administrative  Affairs  and  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs,  there  shall  be  an 
equity  officer,  who  is  designated  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  and  who  has  the  duties  specified  by  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action 
Plan  and  like  duties  with  respect  to  the  forms  of  discrimination  prohibited  by 
this  Code. 

Article  II  Coverage 

A.  Kinds  of  Discrimination  Prohibited: 

1.  Discnmination  in  employment,  job  placement,  promotion,  or  other 
economic  benefits  on  the  basis  of  race,  color,  creed,  sex.  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  physical  or 
mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of  rights  secured  by  the 
First  Amendment  of  the  United  States  Constitution. 

2.  Discrimination  in  cntena  of  eligibility  for  access  to  residence,  or  for 
admission  to  and  otherwise  in  relation  to  educational,  athletic,  social, 
cultural  or  other  activities  of  the  Campus  because  of  race,  color,  creed, 
sex,  marital  status,  personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political 
affiliation,  physical  or  mental  handicap,  or  on  the  basis  of  the  exercise  of 
rights  secured  by  the  First  Amendment  of  the  United  Stales  Constitution. 

B.  For  the  purposes  of  this  Code,  "personal  appearance"  means  the  outward 
appearance  of  any  person,  irrespective  of  sex,  with  regard  to  bodily 
condition  or  charactenstics,  manner  or  style  of  dress,  and  manner  or  style  of 
personal  grooming,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  hair  style  and  beards.  It 
shall  not  relate,  however,  to  the  requirement  of  cleanliness,  uniforms,  or 
prescribed  standards,  when  uniformly  applied  for  admittance  to  a  campus 
facility,  or  when  uniformly  applied  to  a  class  of  employees,  or  when  such 
bodily  conditions  or  characteristics,  or  manner  or  style  of  dress  or  personal 


8        The  University 


grooming  presents  a  danger  to  the  health,  welfare  or  safety  of  any 
individual. 

C.  This  Code  shall  apply  to  the  Campus  community.  The  term  "Campus 
community"  is  limited  to  Campus  students,  faculty,  and  staff;  and  to 
departments,  committees,  offices  and  organizations  under  the  supervision 
and  control  of  the  Campus  administration. 

D.  Exceptions 

1.  The  enforcement  of  Federal,  State  or  County  laws  and  regulations  does 
not  constitute  prohibited  discrimination  for  purposes  of  this  Code. 
Separate  housing  or  other  facilities  for  men  and  women,  mandatory 
retirement-age  requirements,  separate  athletic  teams  when  required  by 
athletic  conference  regulations  and  political,  religious  and  ethnic/cultur- 
al clubs  are  not  prohibited. 

2.  Discrimination  is  not  prohibited  where  based  on  a  bona  fide  job 
qualification  or  a  qualification  required  for  the  fulfillment  of  bona  fide 
educational  or  ottier  institutional  goals.  Complaints  concerning  the 
legitimacy  of  such  qualifications  may  be  the  subject  of  human  relations 
grievance  actions. 

3.  The  provisions  of  this  Code  shall  not  apply  to  potential  students  or 
potential  employees  of  the  University.  However,  applicants  for  admis- 
sion or  employment  who  believe  they  have  been  discriminated  against 
by  any  part  of  the  Campus  community  may  convey  such  belief  together 
with  all  relevant  facts  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs,  for 
informational  purposes. 

4.  The  grievance  procedures  under  this  Code  shall  not  apply  to  judgments 
concerning  academic  performance  of  students  (e.g.,  grades,  disserta- 
tion defenses),  pending  further  study  and  action  by  the  College  Park 
Senate  and  University  Administration. 

5.  The  Campus,  with  the  advice  and  approval  of  the  Attorney  General's 
Office,  shall  review  on  a  continuing  basis  all  new  laws  and  regulations 
which  apply  to  this  Campus  to  determine  if  any  shall  require  changes  in 
the  coverage  or  exceptions  to  coverage  of  this  Code. 

E.  This  Code  shall  apply  to  the  Campus  community  in  relation  to,  but  not  only 
to,  the  following: 

1.  All  educational,  athletic,  cultural  and  social  activities  occurring  on  the 
Campus  or  in  another  area  under  its  jurisdiction; 

2.  All  services  rendered  by  the  Campus  to  students,  faculty  and  staff,  such 
as  job  placement  and  job  recruitment  programs  and  off-campus  listings 
of  housing; 

3.  University-sponsored  programs  occurring  off  campus,  including  cooper- 
ative programs,  adult  education,  athletic  events,  and  any  regularly 
scheduled  classes; 

4.  Housing  supplied,  regulated,  or  recommended  by  the  Campus  for 
students,  staff  and  visitors,  including  fraternities  and  sororities; 

5.  Employment  relations  between  the  Campus  and  all  of  its  employees, 
including  matters  of  promotion  in  academic  rank,  academic  salary  and 
termination  of  faculty  status,  as  limited  in  III.M. 

Article  III  Human  Relations  Enforcement  Procedures 

A.  In  order  to  identify  policies  or  practices  which  may  reflect  discrimination,  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  may  request  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  to  conduct  periodic  review  of  the  operation  of 
any  unit  of  the  Campus.  Units  shall  provide  the  information  necessary  for 
carrying  out  such  reviews.  This  information  shall  be  submitted  through  the 
Chancellor's  Office.  Any  such  review  under  the  authority  granted  in  this 
statement  of  policy  shall  be  undertaken  only  after  specific  authorization  of 
the  Chancellor.  In  the  event  that  the  Chancellor  fails  to  authorize  an 
investigation  within  a  reasonable  time  of  the  request  by  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations,  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  shall  report 
that  fact,  together  with  reasons  as  he/she  may  have  received  from  the 
Chancellor  concerning  the  matter,  to  the  Senate. 

B.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  on  its  own  motion  shall  identify 
policies,  practices  or  patterns  of  behavior  which  may  reflect  discrimination 
prohibited  by  this  Code  or  which  may  conflict  with  any  other  Campus  policy 
concerning  human  relations  or  with  the  Campus  Affirmative  Action  Plan,  and 
shall  call  these  to  the  attention  of  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  unit 
involved  and  recommend  appropriate  action.  Those  subject  to  allegations  of 
discrimination  shall  be  afforded  all  the  protections  of  due  process.  The 
Office  shall  endeavor  by  negotiation  to  eliminate  the  alleged  discrimination. 
Where  such  efforts  fail,  the  Office  may  on  its  own  motion  report  the  matter 
to  the  Chancellor  and  to  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations.  Documentation  of  the  recommendations  by  the  Office  in  all  such 
cases  shall  be  maintained  on  file  by  the  Office. 

C.  To  the  maximum  extent  consistent  with  the  purposes  of  this  Code,  the 
confidentiality  of  personal  papers  and  other  records  and  the  principle  of 
privileged  communication  shall  be  respected  by  all  persons  involved  in  the 
enforcement  procedures  of  this  Code.  Nothing  in  this  Code  shall  be 
construed  so  as  to  conflict  with  the  requirements  of  Article  76A  of  the 
Maryland  Annotated  Code.  Persons  giving  information  in  connection  with 
the  procedures  described  in  this  Code  shall  be  advised  by  the  person 


receiving  such  information  of  the  limits  of  confidentiality  which  may  properly 
be  observed  in  Code  procedures  and  that  all  documents  may  be  subject  to 
subpoena  in  subsequent  administrative  or  judicial  proceedings. 

D.  Any  member  of  the  Campus  community  who  believes  that  he  or  she  has 
been  or  is  being  discriminated  against  in  ways  prohibited  by  this  Code  may 
consult  informally  and  confidentially  with  the  unit  EEEO  Officer  and/or  the 
equity  officer  and/or  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  prior  to  filing  a 
formal  complaint. 

E.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  receive  formal  complaints 
from  any  member  or  group  within  the  Campus  community  claiming  to  be 
aggrieved  by  alleged  discrimination  prohibited  by  this  Code  and/or  any  other 
Campus  document  or  policy  relating  to  human  relations  practices.  Such 
complaints  should  give  in  writing  the  names  of  complainant(s)  and  respond- 
ent(s)  and  the  time,  the  place,  and  a  specific  description  of  the  alleged 
discrimination.  Complaints  shall  be  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs,  or  else  to  the  unit  EEEO  Officer  or  the  equity  officer. 
Complaints  must  be  submitted  within  one  hundred  and  twenty  (120)  days  of 
the  alleged  discrimination  act(s),  or  within  one  hundred  and  twenty  (120) 
days  of  the  first  date  by  which  the  complainant  reasonably  has  knowledge 
thereof.  Complaints  not  submitted  directly  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations 
Programs  shall  be  fonwarded  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
within  five  (5)  working  days  of  their  receipt.  Copies  of  the  complaint  shall  be 
fonwarded  by  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  to  the  respondent 
and  to  the  appropriate  unit  Chairman  or  Director,  Dean,  Provost  or  Vice 
Chancellor. 

F.  Complainants  under  this  Code  shall  be  required,  as  a  condition  precedent, 
to  waive  any  alternative  Campus  administrative  procedure  that  may  then  be 
available.  A  complaint  which  has  been  heard  under  some  alternative 
Campus  procedure  cannot  subsequently  be  heard  under  the  procedure  of 
this  Code.  In  the  case  of  a  complaint  heard  under  the  Classified  Employees 
Grievance  Procedure,  this  restriction  shall  apply  only  when  the  complaint 
has  entered  Step  Three  of  that  procedure. 

G.  The  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  and/or  the  equity  officer  shall 
ensure  that  each  complainant  is  informed  of  his/her  right  to  file  the 
complaint  with  the  appropriate  State  and  Federal  agencies.  Forms  for 
complaints  to  State  and  Federal  agencies  will  be  provided  or  the  complain- 
ant will  be  informed  where  they  are  available. 

H.  All  complaints  of  discrimination  which  are  not  connected  with  the  official 
functions  of  the  Campus  or  not  falling  within  the  scope  of  discrimination 
prohibited  by  this  Code  shall  be  referred  to  the  appropriate  Campus, 
Municipal,  County,  State,  or  Federal  agencies  by  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs. 

I.  After  a  complaint  has  been  filed,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 
shall  promptly  undertake  an  informal  investigation  in  order  to  make  a 
preliminary  determination  as  to  whether  or  not  the  subject  matter  of  the 
complaint  falls  within  the  Code,  and  whether  or  not  there  is  probable  cause 
for  the  complaint.  This  finding  shall  be  reported  to  the  complainant,  the 
respondent,  the  Chancellor  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations.  The  burden  of  proof  in  this  investigation 
and  throughout  these  enforcement  procedures  rests  with  the  complainant. 

J.  If  the  finding  is  that  there  is  not  probable  cause  to  believe  that  discrimination 
has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this  Code,  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  may  dismiss  the  complaint.  Such  dismissal  shall 
be  reported  to  the  complainant,  the  respondent,  the  Chancellor  and  the 
Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations.  The 
complainant  in  such  a  case  may  appeal  the  dismissal  of  the  case  to  the 
Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  which  may  direct  that  a 
Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  conduct  a  grievance  hearing 
according  to  the  procedures  set  forth  herein,  if  in  the  judgment  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe 
that  discrimination  has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this 
Code.  The  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  have 
access  to  the  complaint  file  for  this  purpose.  A  record  of  its  deliberations 
shall  be  placed  in  the  file  according  to  the  procedures  established  by  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  If  the  Committee  finds  no  probable 
cause,  it  may  dismiss  the  complaint,  and  report  such  dismissal  to  the 
complainant,  the  respondent,  and  the  Chancellor. 

K.  If  the  finding  is  that  there  is  probable  cause  to  believe  that  discrimination 
has  been  or  is  being  committed  within  the  scope  of  this  Code,  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs  shall  endeavor  to  eliminate  the  alleged  discrimi- 
nation by  conference  conciliation  and  persuasion.  If  by  this  process,  an 
agreement  is  reached  for  elimination  of  the  alleged  discrimination,  the 
agreement  shall  be  reduced  to  writing  and  signed  by  the  respondent,  the 
complainant  and  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs. 
The  agreement  shall  be  available  to  the  Chancellor,  the  equity  officer,  and  to 
the  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  upon 
request. 

L.  If  a  finding  of  probable  cause  is  made  but  no  mutually  satisfactory  solution 
can  be  reached  under  the  procedures  outlined  in  Section  K  immediately 
preceding,  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  shall  initiate  the 
following  procedure:  the  Office  shall  notify  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee 


The  University 


on  Human  Relations  of  the  failure  to  reach  a  mutually  satisfactory  solution, 
whereupon,  providing  the  complainant  requests  in  writing  a  Human  Rela- 
tions Grievance  Hearings,  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall 
t>e  selected  according  to  the  procedures  described  in  Article  IV  following. 
Grievance  hearing  shall  be  closed  unless  both  parties  to  the  dispute  agree 
that  the  hearing,  or  any  part  thereof,  shall  be  open  to  the  public.  All  parties 
to  the  dispute  shall  be  sent  within  five  (5)  working  days  of  the  written  request 
of  such  a  hearing,  written  notification  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  beginning 
of  the  hearing  and  a  specific  statement  of  the  charges.  Hearings  shall  be 
held  as  promptly  as  is  consistent  with  allowing  adequate  time  for  the  parties 
to  prepare  their  cases.  Continuances  may  be  granted  within  the  discretion  of 
the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  All  parties  shall  have  ample 
opportunity  to  present  their  facts  and  arguments  in  full  during  the  hearing.  All 
findings,  recommendations  and  conclusions  by  the  Grievance  Committee 
shall  be  based  solely  on  the  evidence  presented  during  the  hearing,  and 
shall  be  based  on  a  preponderance  of  the  evidence  having  probative  effect. 
The  burden  of  proof  rests  with  the  complainant.  The  Grievance  Commit- 
tee may  be  assisted  by  an  adviser.  All  the  parties  to  the  dispute  and  the 
Grievance  Committee  may  invite  persons  to  testify  during  the  tiearing.  Each 
side  shall  have  the  right  to  cross-examine  witnesses.  Each  party  has  the  right 
to  be  represented  by  counsel  or  other  representative,  but  the  University  has 
no  obligation  to  provide  such  counsel  for  any  party  to  the  dispute.  If  a  party 
Intends  to  be  represented  by  legal  counsel  during  the  hearing,  he/she  shall 
inform  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  of  this  fact  no  later  than  72 
tiours  prior  to  the  hearing,  and  that  Office  shall  provide  that  information  to  the 
other  party  or  parties.  A  verbatim  record  shall  be  kept  of  all  sessions  in  which 
testimony  and  evidence  is  presented  regarding  the  case,  and  this  record  shall 
be  made  available  to  all  parties  to  the  dispute  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
proceedings.  Upon  request  the  Chairman  of  the  Grievance  Committee  may. 
In  his  discretion,  recess  the  hearing  to  permit  review  of  the  record  by  one  or 
more  parties  in  the  conduct  of  their  case. 

The  Chairman  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  with  the 
advice  of  the  adviser,  if  there  is  one,  shall  rule  on  all  matters  of  procedure  and 
admissibility  of  evidence.  Any  member  of  the  Committee  not  concurring  In  the 
ruling  of  the  chair  may  request  a  closed  session  of  the  Committee  for  debate 
on  the  point.  A  majority  vote  of  the  Committee  will  determine  the  final 
decision. 

Formal  njjes  of  evidence  shall  not  be  applicable  to  any  hearing  before  a 

Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee,  and  any  evidence  or  testimony 

which  the  Committee  believes  to  be  relevant  to  a  fair  determination  of  the 

complaint  may  be  admitted.  The  Committee  reserves  the  right  to  exclude 

incompetent,  irrelevant,  immaterial  and  repetitious  evidence. 

M.  In  cases  of  allegations  regarding  prohibited  discrimination  concerning 

academic  employment  matters,  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee 

shall  not  substitute  its  judgment  of  academic  competence  for  the  judgment 

of  the  appropriate  colleagues  of  the  complainant.  The  function  of  the 

Grievance  Committee  shall  be  to  determine 

a.  whether  there  were  cleariy  enunciated  University,  Campus  and  Depart- 
mental standards,  policies,  procedures  and  priorities  by  which  to  assess 
the  merit  of  the  complaint,  and  whether  the  complainant  was  given  a 
reasonable  opportunity  to  demonstrate  his/her  academic  merit; 

b.  whether  the  stated  standards,  policies,  procedures  and  priorities  were 
applied  to  the  complainant  in  a  nondiscriminatory  manner. 

N.  Within  ten  (10)  working  days  after  hearing  all  the  evidence  and  arguments, 
the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  prepare  a  written  decision 
based  solely  on  the  evidence  presented  at  the  hearing.  This  decision  shall 
include  a  summary  of  the  evidence  before  the  Committee  and  the 
Committee's  findings  as  to  whether  or  not  a  violation  of  the  Code  has 
occun'ed,  and  the  recommendations  of  the  Committee.  Grievance  Commit- 
tees may  recommend  whatever  forms  of  relief  they  deem  appropriate,  but 
must  take  due  cognizance  of  the  limitations  imposed  by  State  law  and  by  the 
procedures  established  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  for  example,  the  proce- 
dures by  which  promotion  in  academic  rank  is  achieved.  Within  five  (5) 
working  days  after  the  decision  has  been  filed  in  the  Office  of  Human 
Relations  Programs,  the  Director  of  that  Office  will  formally  notify  all  parties 
to  the  dispute,  the  Chancellor  and  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human 
Relations  of  the  decision. 

0.  The  Chancellor  shall  within  ten  (10)  worthing  days  of  his  receipt  of  the 
decision  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  issue  an  order 
specifying  what  actions,  if  any,  must  be  taken  by  individuals  or  groups  found 
to  be  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions  of  this  Code. 

P.  When  a  hearing  has  been  scheduled  by  an  outside  agency  or  court,  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  may,  with  the  approval  of  the  Senate 
Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations,  prior  to  the  convening  of  a  Human 
Relations  Grievance  Committee  to  hear  a  case,  postpone  or  terminate  the 
Campus  grievance  proceedings  when  such  postponement  or  termination  is 
in  its  judgment  wan-anted  by  administrative  considerations  such  as  staff 
limitations  and  workload,  or  at  the  request  of  a  party  upon  a  showing  that  the 
Campus  hearing  will  either  conflict  with  the  off-Campus  hearing,  or  that 
participation  in  the  Campus  hearing  will  unreasonatily  burden  a  party's 
preparation  of  his/her  case  or  othenwise  work  to  his/her  prejudice.  Such 


postponement  or  termination  shall  be  reported  to  the  complainant,  respond- 
ent and  Chancellor.  In  any  case  where  a  complaint  has  been  the  subject  of 
prior  administrative  or  judicial  resolution  or  where  a  complaint  becomes  the 
subject  of  such  resolution  during  the  course  of  proceedings  under  this  Code, 
the  procedures  of  this  Code  will  not  be  applicable  or  will  terminate,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

Q.  The  Chancellor  shall  provide  a  written  explanation  of  his  order  whenever 
that  order  is  not  in  keeping  with  the  findings  and  recommendations  of  the 
Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee.  This  explanation  shall  be  sent  to  all 
parties  to  the  dispute,  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on 
Human  Relations,  to  the  Director  of  the  Human  Relations  Programs  and  to 
the  Chairman  of  the  Senate.  The  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct 
Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  report  to  the  Senate  Executive 
Committee  concerning  the  order  and  explanation  at  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Executive  Committee,  and  that  body  shall  put  the  matter  on  the  agenda  of 
the  next  meeting  of  the  Senate. 

R.  When  required  by  law,  copies  of  the  Human  Relations  Grievance  Commit- 
tee's findings  and  recommendations  and  of  the  Chancellor's  order  and 
explanation,  if  any,  shall  be  sent  to  the  State  and  Federal  agencies  charged 
with  enforcement  of  Article  49B  of  the  Annotated  Code  of  Maryland  and  the 
Equal  Employment  Opportunity  Act  of  1968  or  their  successors. 

S.  When  a  complainant  receives  a  decision  on  his/her  charge  of  discrimination 
from  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  that  decision  shall  not  be 
subject  to  review  under  any  grievance  procedure  in  force  on  the  Campus. 

T.  No  affirmative  relief  shall  be  made  to  a  complainant  by  the  University  unless 
the  complainant  executes  the  following  release  as  part  of  a  settlement 
agreement: 

The  complainant  hereby  waives,  releases  and  covenants  not  to  sue  the 
University  of  Maryland  or  its  officers,  agents  or  employees  with  respect  to 
any  matters  which  were  or  might  have  been  alleged  as  charges  filed  under 
the  Human  Relations  Code  in  the  instant  case,  subject  to  performance  by 
the  University  of  Maryland,  its  officers,  agents  and  employees,  of  the 
promises  contained  in  this  settlement  agreement 

Article  IV  Constitution  of  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committee 

A.  A  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  (5)  members 
selected  by  an  affirmative  vote  of  at  least  two  (2)  members  of  a  Selection 
Panel  consisting  of 

1 .  The  Vice  Chancellor  of  the  unit  of  the  Campus  within  which  the  alleged 
discrimination  falls.  In  cases  of  disputed  jurisdiction,  decisions  as  to 
which  Vice  Chancellor  shall  participate  will  be  made  by  the  several  Vice 
Chancellors. 

2.  The  Director  of  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs. 

3.  The  Chairman  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations. 
If  any  of  these  persons  Is  unable  to  participate,  he  or  she  shall  designate 
a  suitable  replacement. 

B.  The  selection  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  made  in 
such  a  way  as  to  promote  a  fair  and  impartial  judgment.  An  effort  shall  be 
made  to  constitute  the  Grievance  Committee  of  persons  reasonably  familiar 
with  the  kind  of  employment  or  other  situation  which  the  case  concerns. 

C.  A  determined  effort  shall  be  made  to  gain  the  consent  of  complainant  and 
respondent  concerning  the  membership  of  the  Grievance  Committee.  If  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Selection  Panel  such  efforts  become  unreasonably 
prolonged,  membership  will  be  determined  by  majority  vote  of  the  Selection 
Panel. 

D.  None  of  the  members  of  a  Grievance  Committee  shall  have  been  involved  in 
the  action  which  is  the  subject  of  the  complaint.  This  Selection  Panel  shall 
remove  a  member  of  a  Grievance  Committee  whenever  they  find  that 
member  to  have  a  personal  involvement  in  that  case;  and  may  excuse  a 
member  from  serving  on  the  Grievance  Committee  on  grounds  of  Illness  or 
on  other  reasonable  grounds. 

E.  Members  of  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations  shall  not 
be  eligible  concun-ently  for  inclusion  on  Human  Relations  Grievance 
Committees. 

F.  The  Chairman  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  shall  be  elected 
by  the  members  of  the  Committee. 

G.  Members  of  a  Human  Relations  Grievance  Committee  and  those  officially 
involved  in  a  hearing  shall  not  be  penalized  either  academically  or  financially 
for  time  missed  from  work  or  classes  during  official  meetings  of  the 
Committee. 

Article  V  The  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunity 
Officer 

A.  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunity  Officers  shall  be  instrumental 
in  the  implementation  of  the  Human  Relations  Code  within  each  unit  of  the 
College  Park  Campus. 

B.  Employees  on  all  levels  within  each  unit  of  the  Campus  will  have  access  to 
the  assistance  of  an  EEEO  Officer.  In  non-academic  divisions,  EEEO 


10      Admission  and  Orientation 


Officers  sfiall  be  elected  by  unit  employees  under  ttie  supervision  of  the 
equity  officer  wittiin  whose  responsibility  the  unit  falls,  or  shall  be  selected 
by  the  unit  Director  in  consultation  with  the  appropnate  equity  officer,  in 
either  case  in  accordance  with  the  Affirmative  Action  Plan  of  that  unit.  EEEO 
Officers  in  the  academic  Divisions  shall  be  chosen  in  the  manner  prescribed 
by  the  divisional  council  of  each  division. 
C.  The  functions  of  EEEO  Officers  shall  include  but  not  be  limited  to: 

1.  Advising  unit  administrators  with  respect  to  the  preparation  plans, 
procedures,  regulations,  reports,  and  other  matters  pertaining  to  the 
Campus  Human  Relations  Program. 

2.  Evaluating  periodically  the  effectiveness  and  sufficiency  of  unit  Affirma- 
tive Action  Plans  and  other  unit  plans  in  relation  to  the  goals  of  this 
Code,  and  reporting  these  to  unit  administrators  with  recommendations 
as  to  what  improvements  or  corrections  are  needed. 

3.  Participating  in  the  development  of  policies  and  programs  within  units 
with  respect  to  hiring  and  recruitment,  training  and  upgrading,  and  in  all 
matters  pertaining  to  the  elimination  of  discrimination  prohibited  by  this 
Code.  If  a  unit  fails  to  develop  policies  and  programs  of  this  nature,  it  is 
the  task  of  the  EEEO  Officer  to  act  In  an  advocacy  role  and  call  this  fact 
first  to  the  attention  of  the  unit  administrator,  and  if  no  responsive  action 
ensues,  then  to  the  Divisional  Assistant  for  Affirmative  Action.  The 
EEEO  Officer  is  free  at  all  times  to  report  such  cases  directly  to  the 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  and  the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee 
on  Human  Relations. 

4.  Serving  in  a  liaison  capacity  between  the  unit  to  which  he/she  Is 
*  assigned  and  all  segments  of  Its  personnel  and  attempting  to  remedy 

problems  brought  to  his/her  attention  regarding  alleged  discrimination. 

5.  Advising  students  or  employees  of  the  unit  who  have  reason  to  believe ' 
that  discrimination  as  defined  in  this  Code  is  occurring.  At  the  request  of 
the  aggrieved  person  the  EEEO  Officer  shall  keep  any  or  all  aspects  of 
the  grievance  confidential  until  a  formal  complaint  has  been  filed.  If  the 
aggrieved  so  requests,  the  EEEO  Officer  shall  attempt  to  resolve  the 
matter,  calling  upon  the  assistance  of  the  equity  officer  where  appropri- 
ate. The  EEEO  Officer  will  keep  a  record  of  such  advisory  and 
conciliatory  activities  and  periodically  brief  the  equity  officer. 

6.  Advising  and  othenwise  aiding  complainants  In  making  formal  complaints 
under  this  Code.  When  a  complaint  Is  filed  with  an  EEEO  Officer,  the 
complaint  shall  be  fonwarded  by  that  officer  within  five  (5)  working  days 
to  the  equity  officer  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  The 
EEEO  Officer  shall  be  available  to  assist  in  a  preliminary  Investigation  of 
the  complaint  conducted  under  the  general  supervision  of  the  Office  of 
Human  Relations  Programs,  to  determine  whether  there  is  probable 
cause  to  believe  that  prohibited  discrimination  has  occurred. 

7.  Making  recommendations  to  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  to 
help  facilitate  human  relations  programs  on  Campus. 

8.  Assisting  units  in  publicizing  the  functions  of  EEEO  Officers. 

9.  Collecting  pertinent  Information  regarding  hiring,  upgrading  and  promo- 
tion opportunities  within  units  and  disseminating  such  information  to 
appropriate  personnel. 

D.  The  EEEO  Officer  shall  have  the  full  support  of  the  unit  administration,  the 
Divisional  administration  and  the  Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs.  The 
EEEO  Officer  shall  be  afforded  reasonable  time  from  other  regular  duties  to 
perform  the  functions  of  the  office.  These  functions  shall  qualify  as  part  of  a 
workday  in  the  case  of  a  staff  member  and  as  partial  fulfillment  of  required 
committee  loads  in  the  case  of  faculty.  The  EEEO  Officer  shall  be  free  from 
interference,  coercion,  harassment,  discrimination  or  unreasonable  re- 
straints in  connection  with  the  performance  of  the  duties  specified  in  this 
Code. 

Article  VI  Effective  Date 

This  Code  shall  be  effective  as  of  October  18, 1976,  and  shall  apply  only  to 
those  complaints  alleging  discriminatory  acts  which  occurred  on  or  after  that 
date.  Complaints  alleging  acts  which  occurred  before  that  date  fall  under  campus 
interim  procedures,  to  the  extent  these  covered  such  acts,  and  such  complaints 
may  continue  to  be  filed  any  day  during  the  one-hundred-and-twenty  period 
following  October  18,  1976. 


Admission  and  Orientation 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements— Fall  1979  and 
Spring  1980 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  publicly-supported  land  grant  institution 
dedicated  primarily  to  the  educational  needs  of  Maryland  residents.  Within  its 
responsibilities  as  a  State  facility,  the  University  attracts  a  cosmopolitan  student 
body,  and  each  year  offers  admission  to  a  number  of  promising  men  and  women 
from  other  states  and  juhsdictions.  Currently,  50  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  2 
territories,  and  95  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  the  undergraduate 
population. 


Freshman  Admission— Maryland  Residents 

The  admissions  requirements  listed  below  are  applicable  to  persons  applying 
as  in-state  freshmen  for  the  fall  1979  and  spring  1980  semesters. 

In  order  to  be  admitted,  freshmen  applicants  who  are  Maryland  residents 
must  meet  ONE  of  the  following  THREE  criteria  for  admission:  FIRST:  Have  a  C 
average  in  academic  subjects  In  the  10th  and  1 1th  grades  and  rank  in  the  top  half 
of  the  high  school  graduation  class,  OR,  SECOND:  Satisfy  the  requirements 
outlined  in  the  chart  below.  The  chart  indicates  the  combination  of  academic 
grade  point  average  and  total  SAT  scores  required  to  be  eligible  for  admission. 

If  the  applicant  has  taken  the  SAT  several  times,  the  University  will  use  the 
highest  set  of  scores  for  a  single  test  date. 

To  determine  your  eligibility  for  admission  based  on  the  chart  below: 

1.  Calculate  your  academic  grade  point  average  in  the  10th  and  1 1th  grades.  A 
list  of  courses  which  the  College  Park  Campus  uses  in  computing  the  high 
school  academic  grade  point  average  is  provided  below. 

2.  Locate  the  line  on  the  chart  which  indicates  your  highest  total  SAT  scores 
for  a  single  test  date.  For  example,  if  you  took  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
twice  and  earned  the  following  scores: 

1st  test  date  Verbal  50 

Math  51 

2nd  test  date  Verbal  53 

Math  50 
you  would  use  the  test  scores  for  the  second  test  date. 

3.  If  your  academic  grade  point  average  is  equal  to  or  higher  than  the  grade 
point  average  listed  on  the  chart  beside  your  highest  total  SAT  score,  you 
will  be  admitted  to  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Maryland  Freshmen  Applicants  Using  Total 
SAT  Scores  and  Academic  Grade  Point  Average  as  Criteria. 

Academic 
Total  Grade  Point 

SAT  Score  Average 

40  2  46 

41  2  47 

42  ,  2  45 

43  ^2  44 

44  2  43 

45  2  42 

46  2  40 

47  2  39 

48  2  38 

49  2  37 

50  2  35 

51  2  34 
5?  2  33 

53  2  32 

54  2  30 

55  .  2  29 

56  2  28 

57  2  27 

58  2  25 

59  -  2  24 

60  2  23 

61  2  22 
6?  2  20 

63  2  19 

64  2  18 

65  2  17 

66  2  ts 

67  2  14 

68  2  13 

69  2  12 

70  2  10 

71  2  09 

72  2  08 

73  2  07 

74  2  05 

75  2  04 

76  2  03 

77  2  02 

78  2  01 

79  1  99  ' 
60  1  98 

81  197 

82  1  96 

83  194 

84  1  93 

85  1  92 

86  1  91 

87  1  B9 


Admission  and  Orientation      11 


90 

91 

92 

93 

94 

95 

96 

97 

98 

99 

100 

101 

102 

103 

104 

105 

106 

107 

108 

109 

110 

111 

112 

113 

114 

115 

116 

117 

118 

119 

120 

121 

122 

123 

124 

125 

126 

127 

128 

129 

130 

131 

132 

133 

134 

135 

136 

137 

138 

139 

140 

141 

142 

143 

144 

145 

146 

147 

148 

149 

150 

151 

152 

153 

154 

155 

156 

157 

158 

159 


1  88 
187 
1  86 
1  84 
1  83 
182 
181 
1  79 
178 
1  77 
1  76 
1  74 
1  73 
1  72. 
1  71 
169 
168 
167 
1  66 
1  64 
1  63 
1  62 
161 
1  59 
1  58 
1  57 
1  56 
1  54 
1  53 
1  52 
1  51 
1  49 
1  48 
1  47 
1  46 
144 
143 
1'42 
.  1  41 
1  39 
1  38 
1  37 
1  36 
1  34 
133 
132 
131 
129 
1  28 
1  27 
1  26 
1  24 
1  23 
122 
121 
120 
1  18 
1  17 
1  16 
1  15 
1  13 
1  12 
1  11 
1  10 
108 
107 
1  06 
1  05 
1  03 
102 
101 
1  00 


graduating  class  into  your  class  rank  and  subtract  the  result  from  100.  For 
example,  a  student  who  ranks  10th  in  a  class  of  100  would  rank  at  the  90th 
percentile  (100  divided  into  10  equals  10,  100  less  10  equals  90th 
percentile). 

3.  Locate  the  line  on  the  chart  which  indicates  your  class  rank  percentile. 

4.  If  your  academic  grade  point  average  is  equal  to  or  higher  than  the  grade 
point  average  listed  on  the  chart  beside  your  class  rank  percentile,  you  will 
be  admitted  to  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Maryland  Freshmen  Applicants  Using  High 
School  Class  Rank  and  Academic  Grade  Point  Average  as  Criteria. 

Academic 


OR,  THIRD:  Satisfy  the  requirements  outlined  in  the  chart  below.  The  chart 
indicates  the  combination  of  academic  grade  point  average  and  high  school  class 
rank  required  to  be  eligible  for  admission. 

Determine  your  eligibility  for  admission  based  on  the  chart  below  as  follows: 

1.  Calculate  your  academic  grade  point  average  in  the  10th  and  11  th  grades.  A 
list  of  the  courses  which  the  College  Park  Campus  utilizes  in  computing  the 
academic  grade  point  average  is  provided  below. 

2.  Compute  your  class  rank.  Class  rank  is  expressed  as  a  percentile  in  the 
chart.  To  determine  your  percentile,  divide  the  number  of  students  in  your 


Class  Rank 

Percentile 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 


Grade  Point 


2  58 
2  57 
2  56 
2  55 
254 
2  53 
2  52 
2  51 
250 
2  49 
2  48 
2  47 
2  46 
2  45 
244 
2  43 
2  42 
2  41 
2  40 
2  39 
2  38 
2  37 
2  36 
2  35 
2  34 
2  33 
2  32 
2  31 
2  30 
2  29 
2  28 
2  27 
2  26 
2  25 
2  24 
2  23 
2  22 
2  21 
220 
219 
218 
217 
216 
215 
214 
213 
212 
211 
210 
2  09 
2  08 
2  07 
206 
2  05 
204 
2  03 
2  02 
2  01 
...2.00 
,..1.99 


Graduates  of  Maryland  High  Schools  Which  are  Not  Accredited.  Graduates 
of  Maryland  high  schools  which  are  not  accredited  will  be  admitted  if  they  (a) 
present  combined  SAT  scores  at  or  above  the  mean  for  the  freshman  class  the 
preceding  year  and  (b)  have  at  least  a  2.0  average  in  academic  courses  in  high 
school.  Applicants  from  non-accredited  high  schools  in  the  State  of  Maryland 
who  meet  these  criteria  will  be  admitted  as  "regular  degree-seeking  students 
(conditional  status)."  Students  with  conditional  admissions  status  would  not  be 


12      Admission  and  Orientation 


eligible  to  graduate  until  the  conditional  status  had  been  removed  by  successful 
completion  of  24  credits  with  at  least  a  2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average. 

Use  of  Mid-Year  Grades.  The  University  will  reserve  a  decision  on  the 
applications  of  Maryland  residents  who  do  not  meet  the  criteria  outlined  above 
until  mid-year  grades  are  available  for  the  senior  year  in  high  school.  The  College 
Park  Campus  is  unable  to  utilize  the  final  high  school  marks  in  rendering 
decisions  for  applicants  who  are  applying  for  admission  directly  from  high  school. 
If  your  mid-year  grades  for  the  senior  year  in  high  school  are  available  when 
your  application  is  initially  considered  by  the  College  Park  admissions  staff,  they 
will  be  used  in  determining  your  eligibility  for  admission. 

Subjects  Used  for  Computation  of  the  High  School  Academic  Grade  Point 
Average.  Because  of  variations  in  course  titles  in  the  secondary  school  systems, 
this  listing  is  not  inclusive.  It  does,  however,  provide  you  with  examples  of  the 
types  of  courses  the  College  Park  Campus  utilizes  in  computing  the  high  school 
academic  grade  point  average. 

English.  Composition,  Communications,  Creative  Writing,  Conversational  Lan- 
guage, Debate,  Expressive  Writing,  Journalism,  Language  Arts,  Literature,  Public 
Speaking,  Speech,  World  Literature. 

Foreign  languages.  French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Italian,  Latin,  Russian, 
Spanish,  Other. 

Mathematics.  Advanced  Topics,  Albegra  I,  Algebra  II,  Analysis  (or  Elementary 
Analysis),  Analytic  Geometry,  Calculus,  Computer  Math,  Functions,  Geometry, 
Mathematics  II,  Mathematics  III,  Mathematics  IV,  Matrices  Probabilities,  Modem 
Geometry,  Probability  and  Statistics,  E.A.M.  (Rev.  Acad.  Math),  S.M.S.G.,  Modern 
Math,  Trigonometry. 

Science.  Advanced  Biology,  Advanced  Chemistry,  Biology,  Chemistry,  Earth 
Science,  General  Science,  Genetics,  Geology,  Laboratory  Science,  Physical 
Science,  Physics,  Space  Science,  Zoology. 

Social  Studies.  Afro-American  Studies,  American  History,  Ancient  History, 
Anthropology,  Child"  Development,  Civics-Citizenship,  Contemporary  Issues 
(C.I.S.S.),  Cultural  Areas,  Cultural  Heritage,  Economics  Economic  Citizenship, 
Ethics  (if  considered  to  be  Religion,  not  counted),  European  History,  European 
History  and  Survey,  Family  Living,  Far  East,  Pan  American,  Geography,  Govern- 
ment, Humanities,  International  Affairs,  Medieval  History,  Modern  History,  Mod- 
em Problems,  National  Government,  Philosophy,  Political  Science,  Problems  of 
Democracy,  Problems  of  20th  Century,  Psychology,  Sociology,  State  History,  U.S. 
History,  World  Civilization,  World  Cultures. 

Special  Admissions  Options 

To  serve  students  who  are  not  typical  freshmen,  the  College  Park  campus 
has  developed  a  variety  of  non-traditional  admissions  options: 

High  schooi  Equivalence  Examination.  Maryland  residents  who  are  at  least  16 
years  of  age  and  have  not  received  a  high  school  diploma  can  be  considered  for 
admission  by  presenting  the  high  school  General  Education  Equivalency  certifi- 
cate. In  order  to  be  admitted  the  applicant  must  present  an  average  score  of  50 
with  no  score  below  40  on  any  of  the  five  parts  of  the  test  or  a  minimum  score  of 
45  on  each  of  the  five  parts  of  the  test. 

Veterans  and  Returning  Students 

The  University  welcomes  applications  from  students  who  have  had  a  break  in 
their  formal  education.  Veterans  and  other  adults  who  do  not  meet  the  published 
admissions  criteria  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  Applicants  in  these 
categories  are  urged  to  contact  an  Admissions  Counselor  for  further  informatidn. 

There  are  several  special  admissions  options  for  high  achieving  high  school 
students: 

Concurrent  Enrollment.  High  school  seniors  who  have  earned  a  minimum  3.50 
(B-t-)  average  in  academic  subjects  during  grades  ten  and  eleven  may  enroll  on 
the  College  Park  campus  for  two  courses  or  seven  credits.  They  must  file  a 
"concurrent  admissions"  application  and  transcripts.  The  permission  of  the  high 
school  is  required  and  students  must  live  within  commuting  distance.  Fees  are 
assessed  on  a  per-credit  hour  basis. 

Summer  Enrollment.  High  school  students  with  minimum  3.00  (B)  averages  may 
enroll  for  courses  during  the  summer  preceding  their  junior  or  senior  year.  They 
must  file  a  regular  application  and  transcripts.  Fees  are  assessed  on  a  per-credit 
hour  basis. 

Early  Admission.  Although  the  University  of  Maryland  generally  requires 
applicants  to  earn  a  high  school  diploma  prior  to  their  first  registration,  the 
College  Park  Campus  will  admit  well-qualified  students  without  this  document 
provided: 

1.  they  have  a  minimum  B  (3.0)  average  in  academic  subjects. 

2.  the  student  is  within  four  semester  courses  (two  credits)  of  high  school 
graduation. 


3.  the  student  has  the  endorsement  of  the  high  school  and  the  superintendent 
of  schools,  when  appropriate. 

Out-of-state  Freshmen 

The  University  is  very  pleased  to  consider  applications  from  students  who  are 
not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland.  Because  the  primary  obligation  of  the 
University  is  to  Maryland  residents,  however,  the  number  of  out-of-state  students 
who  can  be  admitted  is  limited.  The  typical  freshman  applicant  presents  better 
than  average  SAT  scores  and  high  school  grades. 

Other  Requirements  for  All  Freshmen  Applicants 

In  general  the  College  Park  campus  requires  freshmen  applicants  to  earn  a  high 
school  diploma  prior  to  their  first  registration  at  the  University. 

The  SAT  examination  is  required  of  all  freshmen  applicants.  Test  results  must 
be  submitted  directly  to  the  College  Park  Campus  by  the  Educational  Testing 
Service.  You  are  strongly  urged  to  include  your  social  security  number  when 
registering  for  the  SAT.  This  will  expedite  processing  of  your  application  for 
admission  by  the  College  Park  Campus.  The  reporting  code  for  the  College  Park 
Campus  is  5814.  The  University  strongly  recommends  that  the  SAT  be  taken  as 
early  as  possible.  The  January  test  is  generally  the  latest  acceptable  examination 
for  fall  applicants.  Further  information  on  the  SAT  may  be  obtained  from  high 
school  guidance  offices  or  directly  from  the  Educational  Testing  Service, 
Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 

Schooi  of  Architecture.  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  is  competitive 
with  selection  based  on  previous  academic  achievement. 

All  Architecture  applicants  must  file  an  application  by  March  1  to  be  assured 
of  consideration.  Because  of  severe  space  limitations,  admission  to  this  program 
is  subject  to  closure  at  any  time. 

Applications  for  the  School  of  Architecture  are  accepted  for  the  fall  semester 
only. 

Urban  Studies-Fire  Science.  Urban  Studies-Fire  Science  is  an  upper  division 
program.  Freshman  and  sophomore  courses  in  Fire  Science  are  not  available  at 
this  campus. 

Contact  Professor  Harry  E.  Hickey  (Room  1 127,  Martin  Engineering  Laborato- 
ry; 454-2424)  for  information  regarding  course  requirements  which  must  be  met 
prior  to  the  admission  to  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Transfer  Student  Admission  General  Statement 

A  student  who  has  attended  any  Institution  of  higher  learning  following 
graduation  from  high  school  and  attempted  nine  or  more  credits  must  be 
considered  for  admission  as  a  transfer  student. 

The  University  will  use  the  average  stated  on  the  transcript  by  the  sending 
institution.  In  cases  where  there  is  more  than  one  previous  institution,  the 
averages  of  all  institutions  attended  will  be  cumulative. 

Where  the  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number  that 
can  be  accommodated  in  a  particular  professional  or  specialized  program, 
admission  will  be  based  on  criteria  developed  by  the  University  to  select  the  best 
qualified  students. 

Transfer  applicants  must  be  in  good  academic  and  disciplinary  standing  at 
their  previous  institutions  to  be  eligible  for  possible  transfer  to  the  College  Park 
Campus. 

Maryland  Residents 

Those  Admissible  as  High  School  Seniors.  Students  who  are  eligible  for 
admission  as  high  school  seniors  and  who  are  in  good  academic  and  disciplinary 
standing  at  their  previous  institutions  are  eligible  to  be  considered  for  transfer. 
Maryland  residents  must  have  a  C  average  in  all  previous  college-level  work  to  be 
admitted. 

Those  Not  Admissible  as  High  Schooi  Seniors.  Maryland  residents  who  are 
not  admissible  as  high  school  seniors  must  complete  at  least  28  semester  hours 
with  a  C  or  better  cumulative  average  at  another  institution. 

Transfer  Students  from  Maryland  Public  Community  Colleges. 

Currently,  Maryland  residents  who  attend  Maryland  public  community  col- 
leges are  admitted  after  they  have  received  the  Associate  of  Arts  degree  or 
completed  56  semester  hours  with  a  C  or  better  cumulative  average.  However, 
articulation  policies  for  public  higher  educaton  in  the  State  of  Maryland  are  under 
review  by  the  Maryland  State  Board  for  Higher  Education.  If  revisions  are 
approved,  the  University  will  admit  students  in  conformano*  with  those  policies 
developed  by  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Higher  Education. 

Where  the  number  of  students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number  that 
can  be  accommodated  in  a  particular  professional  or  specialized  program, 
admission  will  be  based  on  criteria  developed  by  the  University  to  select  the  best 
qualified  students. 

Exception  to  the  56  hours/A.A.  degree  rule  will  be  made  for  a  student 
attempting  to  transfer  into  a  program  which  is  not  available  at  the  student's 


Admission  and  Orientation      13 


community  college  in  a  full  two-year  program.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  the 
College  Park  campus  as  an  exception  to  the  two-year  rule,  the  applicant  must 
obtain  a  letter  from  the  transfer  advisor  at  his/her  community  college  recom- 
mending that  the  University  waive  the  two-year  requirement  in  his/her  case. 

Veterans  and  Returning  Students 

The  University  welcomes  applicants  from  students  who  have  had  a  break  in 
their  formal  education.  Veterans  and  other  adults  who  do  not  meet  the  published 
admissions  criteria  are  considered  on  an  individual  basis.  Applicants  in  these 
categories  are  urged  to  contact  an  Admissions  Counselor  for  further  information. 

Out-of-State  Transfer  Students 

The  University  is  very  pleased  to  consider  applications  from  students  who  are 
not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland.  Because  the  primary  obligation  of  the 
University  is  to  Maryland  residents,  however,  the  number  of  out-of-state  students 
who  can  be  admitted  is  limited.  The  typical  transfer  presents  better  than  average 
credentials  in  his  or  her  previous  college-level  work. 

Undergraduate  Students  Transferring  from  Within  ttie 
University  System 

A  student  seeking  to  move  from  one  campus  of  the  University  to  another 
must  have  been  a  regular  degree-seeking  student  eligible  to  return  to  his  or  her 
original  campus. 

Students  who  were  special  or  non-degree  students  or  undergraduate 
students  who  have  been  academically  dismissed  by  one  campus  must  contact 
the  admissions  office  of  the  receiving  campus. 

Students  must  apply  with  the  normal  deadlines  and,  where  space  is  limited, 
admission  to  the  new  campus  will  be  based  on  criteria  designed  to  select  the  best 
qualified  students. 

Specialized  Admissions  Requirements 

School  of  Architecture.  Admission  to  the  School  of  Architecture  in  the  Division 
of  Arts  and  Humanities  is  competitive  with  selection  based  on  the  transfer 
student's  previous  academic  achievement.  All  Architecture  applicants  must  file 
an  application  by  March  1  to  be  assured  consideration.  Because  of  severe  space 
limitations,  admission  to  this  program  is  subject  to  closure  at  any  time. 
Applications  for  the  School  of  Architecture  are  accepted  for  the  fall  semester 
only.  Transfer  applications  for  the  School  of  Architecture  are  not  evaluated  until 
the  eariy  summer. 

College  of  Business  artd  Management.  At  its  November  17, 1978  meeting,  the 
University's  Board  of  Regents  approved  new  admissions  policies  for  the  College 
of  Business  and  Management.  For  additional  information,  please  contact  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 

Urban  Studles-Rr6  Science.  Urban  Studies-Fire  Science  is  an  upper  division 
program.  Freshman  and  sophomore  courses  in  Fire  Science  are  not  available  at 
this  campus. 

Students  considering  this  program  should  contact  Professor  Many  E.  Hickey 
(Room  1127,  Martin  Engineering  Laboratory,  454-2424)  immediately  for  impor- 
tant information.  , 

Minority  Student  Admission 

The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment  (OEOR)  is  the  primary  recnjit- 
ment  arm  for  attracting  minority  students  to  the  University.  OEOR  cames  out  its 
charge  by  making  visitations  to  high  schools,  community  colleges,  and  communi- 
ty organizations.  The  office  facilitates  the  student's  admission  process  and 
provides  the  student  infomiation  about  the  academic  and  student  life  of  the 
campus. 

OEOR  welcomes  inquiries  from  students,  parents,  and  college  advisers.  For 
more  information,  contact  OEOR,  Room  0107,  North  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-4844. 

Foreign  Student  Admissions 

The  University  of  Maryland  values  the  contribution  foreign  students  make  to 
the  College  Park  community.  Admission  is  extremely  competitive  and  offered  only 
to  those  applicants  who,  throughout  secondary  school  and  college  work  taken, 
have  consistently  received  marks  or  examination  results  which  are  considered  to 
be  "very  good"  or  "excellent."  Because  of  the  keen  competition  at  the  University 
of  Maryland,  we  suggest  you  apply  early  to  several  other  colleges  or  universities 
in  the  event  we  are  unable  to  offer  you  admission. 

Nonimmigrant  applicants  for  admission  at  the  undergraduate  level  are 
required  to  file  an  application  at  least  six  months  in  advance  of  the  semester  for 
which  they  seek  entrance.  Each  applicant  will  be  required  to  submit  (1)  a 
completed  application  for  admission  on  a  form  available  on  request  from  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions;  (2)  official  copy(ies)  of  secondary  school 


records,  and/or  (3)  certificate(s)  of  completion  of  secondary  school  examina- 
tions, and/or  (4)  transcripts  of  college  or  university  studies.  Original  documents 
written  in  a  language  other  than  English  must  be  accompanied  by  certified 
English  translations. 

Return  of  Foreign  Transcripts.  Transcripts  of  applicants  with  foreign  credentials 
are  maintained  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  for  two  years.  If  these 
documents  are  original  copies,  the  student  must  request  their  return  within  two 
years  of  application.  At  the  end  of  this  period,  the  transcripts  are  destroyed. 

The  Director  of  International  Education  Services  will  provide  the  appropriate 
certificate  of  eligibility  for  a  nonimmigrant  student  visa  to  applicants  who  are 
accepted  for  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  As  part  of  this  acceptance 
procedure,  nonimmigrants  must  furnish  proof  of  adequate  financial  support  for 
educational  and  living  expenses  since  there  are  severe  limitations  placed  on 
working  in  the  U.S.  Additionally,  foreign  applicants,  including  transfer  applicants, 
whose  native  language  is  not  English  must  demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of 
English  proficiency,  which  will  enable  them  to  pursue  a  full  course  of  approved 
study  in  one  of  the  University  colleges  or  divisions.  The  Test  of  English  as  A 
Foreign  Language  (TOEFL)  is  the  standard  used  by  the  University  of  Maryland  to 
determine  English  proficiency.  Information  and  an  application  form  can  be 
obtained  from  TOEFL,  P.O.  Box  899,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540,  USA. 

Nonimmigrant  students  accepted  for  admission  will  be  expected  to  plan  their 
amval  sufficiently  in  advance  of  the  registration  period  to  (a)  secure  housing  and 
(b)  attend  the  special  orientation  program  that  is  held  the  week  prior  to 
registration. 

Immigrant  Student  Admission 

Immigrant  applicants  for  admission  at  the  undergraduate  level  are  admissible 
under  the  same  guidelines  as  U.S.  citizens  EXCEPT  that  applicants,  including 
transfer  applicants,  whose  native  language  is  other  than  English  must  ALSO 
demonstrate  a  satisfactory  level  of  English  proficiency  to  pursue  an  approved 
course  of  study. 

Non-Degree  (Special)  Student  Admission 

Applicants  who  qualify  for  admission  but  do  not  desire  to  work  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree  may  be  admitted  as  non-degree  seeking  (special)  stu- 
dents. 

Special  students  who  have  received  a  baccalaureate  degree  are  advised  that 
no  credit  earned  while  enrolled  as  special  students  may  be  applied  at  a  later  date 
to  a  graduate  program.  These  post-baccalaureate  students  may  enroll  in 
undergraduate  courses  for  which  they  possess  the  necessary  prerequisites,  but 
may  not  enroll  in  courses  restricted  to  graduate  students  only.  Students  who  wish 
to  take  courses  at  the  graduate  level  (600  and  above)  must  contact  the  Graduate 
School  for  information  concerning  admission  requirements  for  Advanced  Special 
Student  status. 

Non-degree  seeking  (special)  students  who  do  not  have  a  baccalaureate 
degree  must  submit  transcripts  and  meet  regular  admission  standards.  Trans- 
cripts are  not  required  from  students  with  baccalaureate  degrees. 

Because  of  space  limitation,  several  departments  require  permission  in 
advance  to  enroll  as  a  non-degree  student.  Please  contact  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions  for  further  information. 

Pre-Professlonal  Programs 

The  College  Pari<  Campus  offers  pre-professional  programs  in  Dental 
Hygiene,  Dentistry,  Forestry,  Law,  Medical  Technology,  Medicine,  Nursing, 
Optometry,  Pharmacy,  Physical  Therapy,  Radiologic  Technology,  Theology,  and 
Veterinary  Medicine. 

The  College  Park  Campus  does  not  offer  degrees  in  these  areas.  The 
Campus  does,  however,  offer  specific  course  advisement  that  will  prepare  the 
student  for  a  possible  transfer  to  another  branch  of  the  University  of  Maryland  or 
other  institutions  that  do  offer  degrees  in  these  fields.  Admission  to  a  pre- 
professional  program  on  the  College  Park  Campus  does  not  guarantee  admission 
to  another  branch  of  the  University  or  another  institution. 

Students  who  have  already  earned  more  than  30  semester  hours  at  another 
college-level  institution,  and  who  seek  admission  to  pre-professional  programs  in 
Nursing,  Pharmacy,  Dental  Hygiene,  Physical  Therapy.  Medical  Technology, 
Radiologic  Technology,  and  Forestry,  should  contact  an  academic  advisor  for  the 
pre-professional  programs  at  College  Park  before  filing  an  application  for  the 
College  Park  Campus.  Please  address  your  correspondence  to  the  academic 
advisor  of  the  specific  pre-professional  program  to  which  you  are  applying,  for 
example.  Academic  Advisor,  Pre-Nursing  Program,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program 

The  College  Park  campus  participates  in  the  University  of  Maryland's  Golden 
Identification  Card  Program.  The  campus  will  make  available  courses  and  various 
services  to  persons  who  are  60  years  of  age  or  older,  who  are  residents  of  the 
State  of  Maryland  and  who  are  retired  (not  engaged  in  gainful  employment  for 


14      Admission  and  Orientation 


more  than  20  hours  per  week).  When  persons  eligible  for  this  Program  apply  for 
the  Program  and  receive  tfieir  Golden  Identification  Cards,  they  may  register  for 
credit  courses  as  regular  or  special  students  in  any  session.  Tuition  and  most 
other  fees  will  be  waived.  The  Golden  Identification  Card  will  entitle  eligible 
persons  to  certain  academic  services,  including  the  use  of  the  libraries,  as  well  as 
certain  other  non-academic  services.  Such  services  will  be  available  during  any 
session  only  to  persons  who  have  registered  for  one  or  more  courses  lor  that 
session. 

As  of  the  printing  of  this  catalog,  the  Golden  Identification  Card  Program  has 
been  approved  for  operation  through  the  Spring  1 979  semester.  For  information 
regarding  the  possible  continuation  of  the  program  after  this  date,  contact  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions. 

Application  Procedures 

Application  Forms.  Application  forms  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to:  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Mary- 
land, College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Application  forms  are  available  in  high  school  guidance  offices  and  college 
counselling  centers. 

All  applicants  must  comply  fully  with  the  directions  printed  on  the  application 
form.  Incomplete  forms  cannot  be  processed. 

Application  Fe«.  A  non-refundable  $15.00  application  fee  is  required  with  each 
application. 

Application  Deadlines: 

The  College  Park  campus  strongly  urges  an  early  application  for  all 
applicants! 

Stated  deadlines  assure  consideration  for  admission.  Because  of  space 
limitations,  the  campus  may  not  be  able  to  offer  admission  to  all  qualified 
applicants. 

For  each  temi,  applications  received  after  the  deadline  may  be  processed  on 
a  space-available  t>iasis.  The  campus,  however,  reserves  the  right  to  return 
applications  received  after  the  announced  deadline  for  each  term. 

SUMMER  AND  FALL  1979  Semesters 

October  2,  1978— Applications  accepted. 

December  8,  1978— Deadline  for  receipt  of  applications, 

transcripts,  and  SAT  results  (freshmen  only)  for  freshmen  and  transfer 
students  who  are  eligible  for  admission  and  who  wish  to  be  included  in  the 
first  mailing  of  on-campus  housing  applications  from  the  Department  of 
Resident  Life  for  Fall  1979." 

March  1,  1979 — Foreign  student  application  deadline. 

-Architecture  applicants  must  apply  by  this  date  to  be  assured  of 
consideration. 

June  15,  1979— Freshman  application  deadline. 

July  2,  1979— Freshman  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of  all  required  docu- 
ments. 

August  1,  1979— Transfer  applicants'  deadline  for  receipt  of 
applications  and  all  other  required  documents. 

SPRING  1980 

June  4,  1 979— Applications  accepted. 

August  1,  1979— Foreign  student  application  deadline. 

December  3,  1979— Undergraduate  applicants'  deadline  for 
receipt  of  applications  and  all  other  required  documents. 

•  Transfer  applicants  who  are  enrolled  as  first  semester  freshmen  during  the  Fall 
1979  semester  (enrolled  in  a  college  or  university  for  the  first  time)  are  eligible  to 
be  included  in  the  first  mailing  of  housing  applications  if:  (1)  the  application  and 
high  school  transcript  are  received  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  by 
December  8,  1978  and  (2)  the  applicant's  college  or  university  transcript 
reflecting  Fall  1978  grades  is  received  in  this  office  by  February  1,  1979. 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements— Beginning 

Summer  and  Fail  1980 

Freshman  Applicants— iMaryland  Residents 

At  its  November  17, 1978  meeting,  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  adopted  a  new  admissions  policy  which  is  applicable  to  persons 
applying  as  in-state  freshmen  for  the  summer  and  fall  semesters  of  1980  and 
thereafter. 

Requirements  for  transfer  students  and  other  special  categories  (e.g., 
concurrent  enrollment,  early  admissions)  will  remain  the  same  as  those  listed 
above  for  the  fall  1979  semester. 

Assured  Admissions 

Students  may  earn  assured  admission  by  either  of  two  means: 


1 .  Those  who  rank  in  the  upper  four  deciles  of  their  high  school  class  and  have 
a  minimum  "C"  (2.0)  average  in  academic  courses  taken  in  9th,  10th,  and 
11th  grades  will  be  offered  admission. 

2.  Those  who  present  a  combination  of  SAT  test  scores  and  high  school  grade 
point  averages  which  gives  promise  of  success  at  the  University  will  be 
admitted.  The  required  combinations  of  scores  and  grade  point  averages 
are  listed  on  the  chart  below: 

MINIMUM  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  ASSURED  ADMISSION  FOR  MARYLAND 

FRESHMEN  USING  TOTAL  SAT  SCORES  AND  ACADEMIC  GRADE  POINT 

AVERAGE  AS  CRITERIA 

Academic 

Total  Grade  Point 

SAT  SCORE  Average 

40  .3  16 

41  314 

42  3  12 

43  .310 

44  3  08 

45  3  06 

46  '  3  P4 

47  3  02 

48  3  00 

49  2  98 

50  2  96 

51  2  94 

52  2  92 

53  2  90 

54  .  2  88 

55  2  86 

56  2  84 

57  2  82 

58  2  80 

59  2  78 

60  2  76 

61  2  74 

62  2  72 

63  2  70 

64  2  68 

65  2  66 

66  264 

67  2  62 

68  2  61 

69  2  59 

70  2  5^ 

71  2  55 

72  2  53     • 

73  2  51 

74  2  49 

75  2  47 

76  2  45 

77  2  43 

78  241 

79  2  39 

80  2  37 

81  2  35 

82  2  33 

83  2  31 

84  2  29 

85  2  27 
'86  2  25 

87  2  23 

88  2  21 

89  2  19 

90  2  1/ 

91  2  15 

92  2  13 

93  211 

94  .  2  09 

95  2  0/ 

96  2  05 

97  2  03 

98  2  01 


100 
101 
102 
103 
104 
105 
106 
107 


1  99 
1  97 
1  96 
1  94 
1  92 
1  90 
1  88 
186 
1  84 


Admission  and  Orientation      15 


108  1  82 

109  1  80 

110  178 

111  176 

112  174 

113  172 

114  170 

115  168 

116  166 

117  164 

118  162 

119  160 

120  ,  1  58 

121  1  56 
V22  1  54 

123  1  52 

124  <  1  50 

125  1  48 

126  1  46 

127  1  44 

128  1  42 

129  ,  1  40 

130  1  38 

131  1  36 

132  1  34 

133  1  33 

134  1  31 

135  1  29 

136  1  27 

137  1  25 

138  1  23 

139  1  21 

140  1  19 

141  1 17 

142  1  15 

143  1  13 

144  111 

145  1  09 

146  1  07 

147  1  05 

148  1  03 

149  1  01 

Individual  Admissions 

In  addition,  the  Board  authorized  an  individual  admissions  category  which  will 
allow  15%  of  each  freshman  class,  University-wide,  to  be  selected  by  such 
criteria  as  exceptional  aptitude  or  talent  in  art,  music,  mathematics,  dramatics  or 
athletics.  The  educationally  disadvantaged  will  also  be  given  special  considera- 
tion based  upon  information  supplied  by  the  individual  student  and  the  recom- 
mendations of  high  school  personnel  and  responsible  members  of  the  communi- 
ty. For  information  pertaining  to  this  category,  please  contact  the  Office  of 
Undergraduate  Admissions. 

Designated  Preparation  for  Admissions  and  Specific 
Programs 

The  Board  of  Regents  further  stipulated  that  the  President,  in  collaboration 
with  the  Chancellors,  may  designate  the  high  school  preparation  desired  of  all 
undergraduate  students  admitted  to  the  University,  The  Chancellors,  with  the 
approval  of  the  President,  may  also  set  high  school  course  requirements  for 
specific  programs  and  majors  on  the  individual  campuses.  In  either  case,  the 
President  will  announce  a  timetable  for  implementation  and  will  grant  sufficient 
"lead  time"  before  new  requirements  take  effect. 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement 

students  who  do  not  maintain  continuous  registration  must  apply  for 
readmission  or  reinstatement  when  they  desire  to  return  to  the  University.  See 
sections  on  Withdrawals  from  the  University  and  Minimum  Requirements  for 
Retention  and  Graduation. 

Readmission.  A  student  who  has  interrupted  registration  for  one  or  more 
semesters  and  who  was  in  good  academic  standing  or  on  academic  probation  at 
the  conclusion  of  the  last  semester  registered  must  apply  for  readmission. 

Reinstatement.  A  student  must  apply  for  reinstatement  if  he  or  she  has  been 
academically  dismissed  or  has  officially  withdrawn  from  all  courses  in  the  last 
previous  semester. 

Deadlines.  Dismissed  students  who  wish  to  apply  for  reinstatement  must 
obsen/e  the  following  deadlines: 


Fall  semester— June  15 
Spring  semester— November  1 
Summer  Session  I— April  15 
Summer  Session  II— May  15 

Exceptions.  Students  dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  fall  semester  may  apply  for 
immediate  reinstatement  no  later  than  seven  days  before  the  first  day  of  spring 
semester  registration.  Students  dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  spnng  semester  who 
wish  to  attend  the  first  or  second  summer  session  must  check  with  the 
Withdrawal/Re-enrollment  Office  regarding  current  policy  for  summer  sessions. 

There  are  no  deadlines  for  readmission  or  for  reinstatement  after  an  official 
withdrawal,  but  students  are  encouraged  to  apply  eariy.  (All  applications  from 
withdrawn  students  are  subject  to  review  by  the  Faculty  Petition  Board.) 

Any  student  whose  application  will  require  clearance  from  the  Judicial  Affairs 
Office,  Health  Center,  or  International  Educational  Services  Office  should  file 
according  to  the  above  deadlines  for  reinstatement. 

Applications.  Application  forms  for  readmission  and  reinstatement  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  Withdrawal/Re-enrollment. 

Additional  Information.  For  additional  information  contact  the  Withdrawal/Re- 
enrollment  Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College 
Park,  Maryland  20742;  (301)  454-2734. 

Transfer  of  Credits 

Maryland  Council  for  Higher  Education  Articulation  Agreement.  The  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  fully  ascnbes  to  the  Maryland  Council  for  Higher  Education 
Articulation  Agreement.  The  complete  text  of  the  agreement  follows: 

Preamble.  The  initial  overreaching  objective  of  this  committee  has  been  to  relate 
in  operational  ways  the  undergraduate  programs  offered  in  the  public  sector  of 
higher  education  in  Maryland  including  the  Community  Colleges,  the  State 
Colleges,  and  the  campuses  of  the  University. 

The  intended  principal  benefactor  is  the  student  who  is  best  served  by  current 
information  about  programs  and  protected  by  firm  arrangements  among  the 
public  segments  of  higher  education  in  Maryland  which  permits  him  to  plan  a  total 
degree  program  from  the  outset.  With  successful  academic  performance,  he  or 
she  can  make  uninterrupted  progress  even  though  transfer  is  involved.  The 
measure  of  the  plan  is  maximum  transferability  of  the  college  level  credits. 
Essentially,  the  transfer  and  native  students  are  to  be  governed  by  the  same 
academic  rules  and  regulations.  It  is  recognized  that  the  guidance  data  essential 
to  the  implementation  of  transfer  arrangements  go  well  beyond  the  scope  of  the 
present  report. 

In  a  complementary  way  the  State's  interests  are  served  by  having  its  higher 
education  resources  used  optimally  by  reducing  the  time  taken  to  complete  a 
degree  through  the  avoidance  of  repeated  class  experiences. 

The  institutional  interests  are  protected  also  by  the  systematic  approach;  they 
are  relieved  of  the  uncertainties  of  unplanned  articulation  without  becoming 
production  line  enterprises. 

The  dynamics  of  higher  education  preclude  once-and-for-all  time  curriculums 
and  perpetual  grading  and  retention  systems  as  cases  in  point.  However,  within 
the  general  structure  of  this  plan  there  is  opportunity  for  continual  updating  of  the 
details. 

In  more  specific  ways  the  Committee  has  proceeded  (1)  to  recommend 
specific  areas  of  agreement  among  the  public  Community  Colleges,  the  State 
Colleges,  and  the  State  University  pertaining  to  facilitating  the  transfer  of 
students  within  the  segments  of  public  higher  education  in  the  State;  (2)  to 
provide  for  a  continuous  evaluation  and  review  of  programs,  policies,  procedures, 
and  relationsnips  affecting  transfer  of  students;  and  (3)  to  recommend  such 
revisions  as  are  needed  to  promote  the  academic  success  and  general  well- 
being  of  the  transfer  student. 

Policies 

1.  Public  four-year  colleges  and  campuses  of  the  University  shall  require 
attainment  of  an  overall  "C"  average  by  Maryland  resident  transfer  students 
as  defined  by  the  sending  institutions  as  one  standard  for  admission.  If  the 
student  has  two  or  more  institutions,  the  overall  "C"  (2.0)  will  be  computed 
on  grades  received  in  courses  earned  at  all  institutions  attended,  unless  the 
student  presents  an  Associate  in  Arts  degree. 

(a)  Efforts  shall  be  intensified  among  the  sending  institutions  to  counsel 
students  on  the  basis  of  their  likelihood  of  success  in  various  programs 
and  at  various  institutions  based  on  shared  information.  (See  par.  1(b) 
and  par.  9.) 

(b)  Procedures  for  reporting  the  progress  of  students  who  transfer  within 
the  State  shall  be  regularized  as  one  means  of  improving  the  counseling 
of  prospective  transfer  students.  In  addition,  each  public  institution  of 
higher  education  shall  establish  a  position  of  student  transfer  coordina- 
tor to  assist  in  accomplishing  the  policies  and  procedures  outlined  in  this 
plan. 

2.  Admission  requirements  and  curriculum  prerequisites  shall  be  stated  explic- 
itly. 


16      Admission  and  Orientation 


(a)  Course  and  semester  hour  requirements  which  students  must  meet  in 
order  to  transfer  with  upper  division  standing  shall  be  clearly  slated. 

(b)  The  establishment  of  articulated  programs  is  required  in  professional 
and  specialized  curricula. 

(c)  Students  shall  be  strongly  encouraged  to  complete  the  requirements  for 
the  award  of  an  Associate  in  Arts  Degree  or  to  complete  successfully  56 
semester  hours  of  credit  before  transfer. 

3.  Information  about  transfer  students  who  are  capable  of  honors  work  or 
independent  study  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  receiving  institution. 

4.  Transfer  students  from  newly  established  public  colleges  which  are  func- 
tioning with  the  approval  of  the  State  Department  of  Education  shall  be 
admitted  on  the  same  basis  as  applicants  from  regionally  accredited 
colleges. 

5.  (a)  Students  from  tvlaryland  Community  Colleges  who  have  been  awarded 
the  Associate  in  Arts  degree  or  who  have  successfully  completed  56 
semester  hours  of  credit,  in  either  case  in  college  and  university-parallel 
courses  (see  par.  6),  and  who  attained  an  overall  "C"  (2.0)  average,  shall  be 
eligible  for  transfer.  Normally  they  will  transfer  without  loss  of  credits  and 
with  junior  standing  provided  they  have  met  the  requirements  and  prerequi- 
sites established  by  the  receiving  institution  within  the  major.  Parenthetically, 
junior  standing  does  not  assure  graduation  within  a  two-year  period  of  full- 
time  study  by  a  native  student  or  by  a  transfer  student. 

(b)  The  Associate  in  Arts  degree  shall  serve  as  the  equivalent  of  the  lower 
division  general  education  requirements  at  the  receiving  institution 
where  the  total  number  of  credits  required  in  the  general  education 
program  in  the  sending  institution  is  equal  to  or  more  than  that  required 
in  the  receiving  institution  and  where  the  credits  are  distributed  among 
the  arts  and  sciences  disciplines. 

(c)  The  determination  of  the  major  program  requirements  for  a  baccalaure- 
ate degree,  including  courses  in  the  major  taken  in  the  lower  division, 
shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  institution  awarding  the  degree. 

6.  Credit  earned  at  any  public  institution  shall  be  transferable  to  any  other 
public  institution  as  long  as  that  credit  was  designed  specifically  for  a 
college  or  university-parallel  program,  and  providing  its  acceptance  is 
consistent  with  the  policies  of  the  receiving  institution  governing  native 
students  following  the  same  program.  Transfer  of  credits  from  terminal 
(career)  programs  shall  be  evaluated  by  the  receiving  institution  on  a  course 
by  course  basis.  Credits  applied  towards  a  specific  major  and  minor  shall  be 
determined  by  the  receiving  institution  in  these  cases. 

7.  Credit  earned  in  or  transferred  from  a  community  college  shall  normally  be 
limited  to  approximately  half  the  baccalaureate  degree  program  requirement 
and  to  the  first  two  years  of  the  undergraduate  educational  experience. 

8.  Transfer  students  sfiall  be  given  the  option  of  satisfying  graduation 
requirements  which  were  in  effect  at  the  receiving  institution  at  the  time  they 
enrolled  as  freshmen  at  the  sending  institution,  subject  to  conditions  or 
qualifications  which  apply  to  native  students. 

9.  Institutioris  shall  notify  each  other  as  soon  as  possible  of  pending  curriculum 
changes  which  may  affect  transferring  students.  When  a  change  made  by 
one  institution  necessitates  some  type  of  change  at  another  institution, 
sufficient  lead  time  shall  be  provided  to  effect  the  change  with  minimum 
disruption.  The  exchange  data  concerning  such  academic  matters  as 
grading  systems,  student  profiles,  grading  profiles,  etc.,  is  required. 

10.  Community  college  students  shall  be  encouraged  to  choose  as  early  as 
possible  the  institution  and  program  into  which  they  expect  to  transfer. 

11.  Innovative  programs  in  all  institutions  are  encouraged.  Proposed  programs 
which  would  have  system-wide  implications  or  which  would  affect  student 
transfers  to  more  than  one  institution  must  be  reported  to  the  Maryland 
Council  for  Higher  Education. 

12.  The  Maryland  Council  for  Higher  Education  Articulation  Committee  shall 
continue  to  review  and  evaluate  current  articulation  policies  and  shall  set 
additional  policies  as  needed.  In  addition,  the  Maryland  Council  will  publish  a 
brochure  periodically  listing  the  prerequisites  within  the  major  and  profes- 
sional programs  of  all  public  four-year  colleges  and  universities  in  the  State. 

13.  In  the  event  a  transfer  student  believes  he  or  she  has  not  been  accorded 
the  consideration  presented  in  this  policy  statement,,  he  or  she  shall  have 
the  opportunity  to  have  the  situation  explained  or  reconciled. 

Initially,  differences  of  interpretation  regarding  the  award  of  transfer 
credit  shall  be  resolved  between  the  student  and  the  institution  to  which  he 
is  transferring.  If  a  difference  remains  unresolved,  the  student  shall  present 
his  or  her  evaluation  of  the  situation  to  the  institution  frorrfwhich  he  or  she  is 
transferring.  Representatives  from  the  two  institutions  shall  then  have  the 
opportunity  to  resolve  the  differences. 

The  sending  institution  has  the  right  to  present  an  unresolved  case  to 
the  Committee  on  Articulation  by  addressing  the  Maryland  Council  for 
Higher  Education.  The  Committee  on  Articulation  shall,  through  an  appoint- 
ed subcommittee,  receive  relevant  documentation,  opinions,  and  interpreta- 
tions in  written  form  from  the  sending  and  receiving  institution  and  from  the 
student.  Subcommittee  deliberations  will  be  confined  to  this  written  docu- 
mentation. The  full  committee  shall  act  on  the  subcommittee  recommenda- 
tion. 


Copies  of  the  committee  recommendation  shall  be  forwarded  to  the 
institutions  involved  through  the  Maryland  Council  for  Higher  Education.  The 
Council  shall  then  be  advised  of  the  institutional  action  within  a  ten-day 
period. 

A  complaint  on  transfer  status  must  be  initiated  by  the  student  within  the 
first  semester  of  his  enrollment  in  the  receiving  institution. 
14.  The  State  of  Maryland  should  support  four-year  institutions  so  that  all 
students  in  an  articulated  transfer  program  who  are  awarded  an  Associate  in 
Arts  degree  from  a  public  community  college  shall  be  admitted  with  full 
junior  standing  to  a  public  four-year  institution,  unless  either  the  number  of 
students  desiring  admission  exceeds  the  number  that  can  be  accom- 
modated in  a  particular  professional  or  specialized  program  or  certain 
circumstances  exist  which  require  a  limitation  being  placed  on  the  size  of 
junior  programs.  In  such  instances,  admission  will  be  based  on  cnteria 
developed  by  the  receiving  institution  to  select  the  best  qualified  students. 

General  Statement.  In  general,  credit  from  academic  courses  taken  at  an 
accredited  institution  in  areas  that  can  be  considered  part  of  the  student's 
University  program  and  in  which  the  student  earned  a  grade  of  C  or  better  will 
transfer. 

Maryland  Public  Colleges  and  Universities.  Transfer  of  course  work  completed 
at  Maryland  public  colleges  and  universities  is  covered  by  the  State  Board  For 
Higher  Education  Student  Transfer  Credit  Policy.  Course  work  completed  at 
these  institutions  with  minimum  grade  of  "D"  will  transfer.  The  applicability  of 
courses  to  the  particular  program  chosen  at  College  Park  should  be  explored  with 
an  academic  advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  of  the  dean  or  provost  (see  section 
on  Orientation/Pre-Registration). 

Maryland  Public  Community  Colleges.  The  basic  policies  governing  transfer  of 
credit  between  Maryland  public  two  and  four  year  institutions  are  set  forth  in  the 
Student  Transfer  Policies  of  the  State  Board  For  Higher  Education.  In  general  the 
policy  provides  that  credit  will  transfer  for  course  work  completed  with  a  grade 
"D"  or  better  if  the  course  was  specifically  designed  as  college  or  univesity 
parallel.  Course  work  in  a  technical  or  career  program  will  be  evaluated  on  a 
course-by-course  basis.  Course  work  completed  at  a  community  college  is 
accepted  as  lower  division  (first  and  second  year)  credit. 

Articulated  Programs.  An  articulated  transfer  program  is  a  list  of  community 
college  courses  which  best  prepare  you  for  a  particular  course  of  study  at  College 
Park.  If  you  take  appropriate  courses  which  are  specified  in  the  articulated 
program  guide,  and  earn  an  acceptable  grade,  you  are  guaranteed  transfer  with 
no  loss  of  credit. 

Articulated  career  program  guides  help  students  plan  their  new  programs 
after  changing  career  objectives.  Articulated  program  guides  are  available  at  the 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  in  the 
transfer  advisor's  office  at  each  of  the  community  colleges.  If  you  check  this 
guide  you  can  eliminate  all  doubt  concerning  transfer  of  courses  by  following  a 
program  outlined  in  the  guide. 

University  of  Maryland  System.  Credits  and  grades  for  undergraduate  courses 
will  transfer  to  the  College  Park  campus  from  other  University  of  Maryland 
campuses.  The  applicability  of  these  courses  to  the  particular  program  chosen  at 
College  Park  will  be  determined  by  an  academic  advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  of 
the  dean  or  provost  (see  section  on  Orientation/Pre-Registration). 

Other  Universities  and  Colleges.  Credit  will  be  transfered  from  accredited 
institutions  of  higher  education,  if  the  course  is  completed  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or 
higher  and  if  the  course  is  similar  to  course  work  offered  at  College  Park.  The 
applicability  of  these  courses  to  the  particular  course  of  study  chosen  at  College 
park  will  be  determined  by  an  academic  advisor/evaluator  in  the  office  of  the 
dean  or  provost. 

Foreign  Language  Credit.  Transfer  foreign  language  credit  is  usually  acceptable 
in  meeting  requirements.  Prospective  students  should  consult  the  appropriate 
sections  of  this  catalog  to  determine  the  specific  requirements  of  various  colleges 
and  curricula. 

Credit  by  Examination 

Advanced  Placement  Program.  Students  entering  the  University  from  second- 
ary schools  may  obtain  advanced  placement  and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of 
their  performance  on  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board  Advanced 
Placement  Program  examinations.  These  examinations  are  normally  given  to 
eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May  preceding  matriculation  in  college. 

The  University  will  award  advanced  placement  or  college  credit  for  appropri- 
ate scores  on  the  following  examinations:  biology,  chemistry,  English,  French, 
German,  Spanish,  American  history,  European  history,  Latin,  mathematics,  and 
physics.  The  College  Park  campus  specifies  that  these  tests  may  not  be  taken 
after  matriculation  at  a  collegiate  institution. 

Students  with  specific  questions  about  the  University's  policy  may  contact  the 
Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies.  Detailed  information  about  the 
examinations  and  registration  procedures  may  be  obtained  from  your  high  school 
guidance  counselor  or  from  the  Director  of  Advanced  Placement  Program, 
College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  888  Seventh  Avenue,  New  York,  NY 
10018. 


Fees  &  Expenses      17 


other  Credit  by  Examination  Options.  Students  are  encouraged  to  refer  to 
other  sections  of  tfils  catalog  for  information  on  additional  credit  by  examination 
options. 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission,  and 
Charge  Differential  Purposes 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Maryland  approved  new  regula- 
tions for  the  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge- 
diflerential  purposes  at  its  meeting  on  September  21,  1973.  The  new  regulations 
became  effective  with  the  January  1974  term. 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge- 
difterential  purposes  will  be  made  by  the  University  at  the  time  a  student's 
application  for  admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that 
time,  and  any  determination  made  thereafter  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until 
the  determination  is  successfully  challenged.  The  deadline  lor  meeting  all 
requiren>ents  for  in-stale  status  and  for  submitting  all  documents  for  reclassifica- 
tion is  ttie  last  day  of  late  registration  for  the  semester  if  the  student  wishes  to  be 
classified  as  an  in-state  student 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  necessitate  a  delay  in 
completing  the  review  process.  It  is  hoped  that  a  decision  in  each  case  will  be 
made  within  ninety  (90)  days  of  receipt  of  a  request  for  redetermination  and  all 
necessary  documentation.  During  this  period  of  time,  or  any  further  period  of  time 
required  by  the  University,  fees  and  charges  based  on  the  previous  determination 
must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is  changed,  any  excess  fees  and  charges  will 
be  refunded. 

s  Petitions  for  review  of  eligibility,  related  documents  and  questions  concerning 
the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of  in-state  status 
should  be  directed  to  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  North  Administra- 
tion Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742;  Phone  (301) 
454^137. 

Students  Classified  as  In-State  for  Admission,  Tuition  and  Charge-Differen- 
tial Purposes.  Students  classified  as  in-state  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge- 
differential  purposes  are  responsible  for  notifying  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions  in  wnting  within  15  days  of  any  change  in  their  circumstances  which 
might  in  any  way  affect  their  classification  at  the  College  Park  Campus. 

The  written  notice  of  change  in  circumstances  or  questions  concerning  the 
policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the  determination  of  in-state  status  should 
be  directed  to  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  Ground  Floor,  North 
Administration  Building. 

Graduate  Student  Admission 

Admission  to  graduate  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  Graduate  School.  Correspondence  concerning  application  for  admission  to 
The  Graduate  School  should  be  addressed  to  The  Graduate  School,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Orientation  Programs 

Upon  final  admission  to  the  University  the  new  student  will  receive  materials 
about  the  Orientation  and  Registration  Program.  All  entering  students  are 
encouraged  to  attend.  The  primary  goals  of  the  program  are  to  inform  the  student 
about  the  University,  and  to  help  the  student  register  for  the  first  semester. 
Through  this  program  the  entering  student  receives  a  personalized  and  individual 
introduction  to  the  University. 

Parents  also  have  an  opportunity  to  learn  about  University  life  through  the 
Parent  Orientation  Program.  More  information  about  this  program  is  provided 
under  the  description  of  services  offered  by  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs.  Office 
location:  Student  Union  Building,  Telephone:  454-5752. 


Fees  &  Expenses 


Registration  is  not  completed  or  official  until  all  financial  obligations  are 
satisfied.  Returning  students  will  not  be  permitted  to  complete  registration  until  all 
financial  obligations  to  the  University  including  library  fines,  parking  violation 
assessments  and  other  penalty  fees  and  service  charges  are  paid  in  full. 

The  University  of  Maryland  does  not  have  a  deferred  payment  plan.  Payment 
for  past  due  balances  and  current  semester  fees  are  due  on  or  before  the  first 
day  of  classes. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  not  to  defer  payment  on  the  basis  of  a  pending 
application  for  financial  assistance  to  an  outside  agency,  including  Veterans 
Administration  benefits,  bank  loans,  guaranteed  student  loan  programs,  etc. 

Although  the  University  regularly  mails  bills  to  students,  it  cannot  assume 
responsibility  for  their  receipt.  If  a  student  bill  is  not  received  on  or  before  the 
beginning  of  each  semester,  it  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  obtain  a  copy  of 
the  bill  at  Room  1 103,  South  Administration  Building,  between  the  hours  of  8:30 
a.m.  and  4:15  p.m.,  Monday  through  Friday. 


All  checks  or  money  orders  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  for  the  exact  amount  due.  Student  name  and  student  Social  Security 
number  should  be  written  on  the  front  side  of  the  check.  University  grant, 
scholarship,  or  workship  awards,  will  be  deducted  on  the  first  bill,  mailed 
approximately  one  month  after  the  start  of  the  semester.  However,  the  first 
estimated  bill  mailed  prior  to  the  beginning  of  each  semester  may  not  include 
these  deductions. 

Students  will  be  severed  from  University  services  for  delinquent  indebtedness 
to  the  University.  In  the  event  that  severance  occurs,  the  individual  may  make 
payment  during  the  semester  in  which  services  were  severed  and  all  services 
except  housing  will  be  restored.  A  $25.00  Restoration  of  Sen/ices  fee  will  be 
assessed  in  addition  to  payment  for  the  total  past  due  amount. 

Students  removed  from  housing  because  of  delinquent  indebtedness  will  be 
required  to  reapply  for  housing  after  they  have  satisfied  their  financial  obligation. 
Students  who  are  severed  from  University  services  and  who  fail  to  pay  the 
indebtedness  during  the  semester  in  which  severance  occurs  will  be  ineligible  to 
preregister  for  subsequent  semesters  until  the  debt  and  the  $25.00  Restoration 
fee  are  cleared. 

In  the  event  of  actual  registration  for  a  subsequent  semester  by  a  severed 
student  who  has  not  settled  his  student  account  prior  to  that  semester,  such 
registration  will  be  cancelled  and  no  credit  will  be  earned  for  the  semester. 

The  State  has  established,  under  legislative  mandate,  a  central  collections 
unit  within  the  Department  of  Budget  and  Fiscal  Planning.  The  University  is 
required  by  State  Law  to  refer  all  delinquent  accounts  to  the  State  Collections 
Unit. 

All  Accounts  Due  From  Students,  Faculty,  Staff,  Non-Students,  etc..  Are 
Included  Within  These  Guidelines 

Collection  costs  incurred  in  collecting  delinquent  accounts  will  be  charged  to 
the  student.  The  minimum  collection  fee  is  15%  plus  attorney  and/or  court  costs. 

No  degree,  grades,  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  of  record  will  be  issued 
to  a  student  who  has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  his  or  her  account. 

An  Important  Fee  Notice.  Although  changes  in  fees  and  charges  ordinarily  will 
be  announced  in  advance,  the  University  reserves  the  right  to  make  such 
changes  without  prior  announcement. 

NOTE:  Additional  Information  on  Student  Financial  Obligations;  Disclosure  of 
Information;  Delinquent  Accounts;  and  Special  Fees,  can  be  found  on  page  5, 

A.  Undergraduate  Fees: 

1.  Fees  for  Full-time  Undergraduate  Students  1979-80 
Academic  Year: 

a.  Maryland  Residents 

Total  Academic  Year  Cost 

General  Fee* $842.00 

Board  Contract"  ' 

1 )  7  day  a  week  contract  food  plan  $874.00 

2)  5  day  plan: 814.00 

3)  10  meals  a  week  plan  774.00 

4)  5  meals  a  week  plan: .  482.00 
(Only  available  to  Juniors,  Seniors,  Graduate  Students  and 

Commuters) 
Lodging** 1,019.50 

2.  Fees  for  Full-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

a.  Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  other  states, 
and  other  countries: 

Total  Academic  Year  Cost 

General  Fee* 2.562.00 

Board  Contract  ' 

1)  1 9  meals  a  week  plan:  874.00 

2)  Any  15  meals  a  week  plan  814.00 

3)  Any  10  meals  a  week  plan  774.00 

4)  5  meals  a  week  plan: .  ,       482.00 
(Only  available  to  Juniors,  Seniors,  Graduate  Siudenis  and 

Commuters) 
Lodging 1,079.50 

■  General  Fee  includes  fixed  fee  of  $660.00  tor  Maryland  Residents  o'  $2,380.00  for  Residents 
of  the  District  of  Columbia,  other  states  and  other  countries  plus  mandatory  fees  for  the 
following:  Instructional  matenals.  athletics,  student  activities,  recreational  facilities,  auxiliary 
facilities,  health  services  and  registration. 

■  ■  Increases  in  board  and  lodging  charges  for  1 979-80  are  under  consideration  by  the  Board  of 
Regents  at  the  time  of  this  printing 

3.  Fees  for  Part-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

Credit  Hour  Fee: $38.00  per  credit  hour 

Registration  Fee: 5.00  per  semester 


18      Fees  &  Expenses 


Health  Fee; 6.00  per  semester 

Athletic  Fee:  * 5.00  per  semester 

The  term  "pad-time  undergraduate  student"  is  interpreted  to  mean  an  undergraduate  student 
taking  8  semester  credit  tiours  or  less.  Students  carrying  9  semester  hours  or  more  are 
considered  to  be  full-time  and  must  pay  the  regular  full-limefees. 

'  Charged  to  students  registered  tor  more  than  4  and  (ewer  than  9  credit  hours. 

B.  Graduate  Fees: 

1.  Maryland  Residents: $55.00  per  credit  hour 

2.  Residents  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  other  states 

and  other  countries: $100.00  per  credit  hour 

Graduate  students  are  also  charged  $5.00  a  semester  lor  registration  lee  and  $11.00  a 
semester  (or  health  services  (9  or.  hr.  or  more),  or  $6.00  a  semester  for  health  services  (8  cr.  hr. 
or  less),  and  an  athletic  fee  of  $5.00  per  semester  if  they  are  registered  for  more  than  4  credit 
hours. 

Explanation  of  Fees 

The  General  Fee  is  charged  to  help  defray  the  cost  of  operating  the 
University's  program  at  College  Park. 

The  Instructional  Materials  Fee  represents  a  charge  for  instructional  materials 
and/or  laboratory  supplies  furnished  to  students. 

The  Athletic  Fee  is  charged  for  the  support  of  the  Department  of  Intercol- 
legiate Athletics.  All  students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  all  of  the  activities 
of  this  department  or  to  attend  the  contests  if  they  do  not  participate. 

The  Student  Activities  Fee  is  a  mandatory  fee  included  at  the  request  of  the 
Student  Government  Association.  It  is  used  in  sponsoring  various  student 
activities,  student  publications  and  cultural  programs. 

The  Recreational  Facilities  Fee  is  paid  into  a  fund  vi/hich  will  be  used  to 
expand  the  recreational  facilities  on  College  Park  Campus,  The  Auxiliary  Facilities 
Fee  is  paid  into  a  fund  which  is  used  for  expansion  and  operation  of  various 
facilities  such  as  roads,  walks,  campus  lighting,  and  other  campus  facilities. 
These  facilities  are  not  funded  or  are  funded  only  in  part  from  other  sources. 

Other  Fees 

Application  Fee:  $15.00  The  application  fee  for  undergraduate  programs  and 
summer  sessions  partially  defray  the  cost  of  processing  applications  for 
admission  to  the  University.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  or  she 
applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee.  Applicants  enrolled 
with  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  Evening  Division  at  College  Park  or 
Baltimore,  or  at  one  of  the  off-campus  centers  will  not  be  required  to  pay  the 
application  fee.  The  application  fee  is  not  subject  to  refund  or  cancellation. 

Pre-College  Orientation  Program  Registration  Fee:  $31.00  (two-day  program, 
$18.00  (one-day  program). 

Registration  Fee:  $5.00  (Charged  as  a  separate  fee  for  all  registrants  except  full- 
time  undergraduates). 

Late  Application  Fee:  $25.00 

Matriculation  Fee:  $15.00 

Graduation  Fee  for  Bact^elor's  Degree:  $15.00 

Student  Healtti  Fee:  $10.00  each  semester  for  full-time  graduate  and  undergrad- 
uate students.  $5.00  each  semester  for  part-time  graduate  and  undergraduate 
students.  Full-time  employees  and  staff  may  not  use  Health  Service  Facilities  and 
are  not  charged  the  Student  Health  Fee.  Graduate  Assistants  are  not  full-time 
employees. 

Vetiicle  Registration  Fee:  $12.00  (for  first  vehicle  and  $3.00  for  each  additional 
vehicle  in  accordance  with  published  regulations).  Payable  each  academic  year 
Jjy  all  students  registered  for  classes  on  the  College  Park  Campus  and  who  drive 
on  the  Campus.  (Cars  registered  for  the  spring  semester  only,  the  fee  is  $6.00 
and  $3.00  for  each  additional  vehicle.)  For  additional  information  please  refer  to 
Vehicle  Registration. 

Restoration  of  Sen/ices  Fee:  $25.00  Students  who  fail  to  pay  the  balance  due  on 
their  accounts  will  have  their  University  services  severed.  In  order  to  have  the 
services  restored  students  will  be  required  to  pay  the  total  amount  due  plus  the 
$25.00  Restoration  of  Services  Fee. 

Special  Fee  for  students  requiring  additional  preparation  in  Mathematics  (MATH 
001)  per  semester  $75.00  (Required  of  students  whose  curriculum  calls  for 
MATH  110  or  115  and  who  fail  in  qualifying  examination  for  these  courses.)  The 
Special  Math  Fee  is  in  addition  to  course  charges.  Students  enrolled  in  MATH 
001  and  concurrently  enrolled  for  6  or  more  credit  hours  will  be  considered  as 
full-time  students.  A  full-time  student  pays  full-time  fees  plus  $75.00.  Students 
taking  only  MATH  001  pay  for  3  credits  plus  $75.00.  A  3  credit  course  plus  MATH 
001  results  in  a  charge  for  6  credits  plus  $75.00. 

Fees  for  Auditors  and  courses  taken  tor  audit  ate  the  same  as  those  charged  for 
courses  taken  for  credit  at  both  the  undergraduate  and  graduate  levels.  Audited 


credit  hours  will  be  added  to  hours  taken  for  credit  to  determine  full-time  or  part- 
time  status  for  fee  assessment  purposes.  Special  Students  are  assessed  fees  in 
accordance  with  the  schedule  for  the  comparable  undergraduate  or  graduate 
classification. 

Lafe  Registration  Fee:  $20.00  Students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registra- 
tion, including  the  filing  of  Schedule  Adjustment  Forms  during  the  scheduled 
registration  period.  Students  not  completing  registration  during  the  registration 
period  will  be  required  to  pay  the  Late  Registration  Fee.  Registration  is  not 
complete  until  all  fees,  including  outstanding  balances,  have  been  paid  in  full.  Any 
payment  which  is  insufficient  to  discharge  the  existing  balance  plus  new  fees 
leaves  tuition  unpaid  and  registration  incomplete.  A  $20.00  late  fee  will  be 
charged  to  all  students  who  register  and  who  have  an  outstanding  indebtedness 
to  the  University. 

Change  of  Registration  Fee:  $2.00  (for  each,  course  dropped  or  added  after  the 
Schedule  Adjustment  Period). 

Special  Examination  Fee:  $30.00  per  course  for  full-time  students;  the  part-time 
credit  hour  charge  for  part-time  students.  (See  part-time  credit  hour  charges  on 
prior  schedule  above.) 

Cooperative  Education  Program  in  Liberal  Arts  and  Business  (CO-OP  208-209) 
and  Engineering  Cooperative  Education  (ENCO  408-409).  Each  course:  $30.00. 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee:  $2.00  (each  copy).  Students  and  alumni  may  secure 
transcripts  of  their  scholastic  records  from  the  Registrations  Office.  Ttiere  is  a 
charge  of  $2.00  for  each  transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Transcripts  of  records  should  normally  be  requested  in 
writing  at  least  two  weeks  in  advance  of  the  date  when  the  records  are  actually 
needed.  No  transcript  of  a  student's  record  will  be  furnished  any  student  or 
alumnus  whose  financial  obligations  to  the  University  have  not  been  satisfied. 
Except  where  required  by  law,  no  transcripts  are  released  without  written 
authorization  of  the  student. 

Property  Damage  Charge:  Students  will  be  charged  for  damage  to  property  or 
equipment.  Where  responsibility  for  the  damage  can  be  fixed,  the  individual 
student  will  be  billed  for  it;  where  responsibility  cannot  be  fixed,  the  cost  of 
repairing  the  damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  be  prorated  among  the 
individuals  involved. 

Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks:  Payable  for  each  check  which  is 
returned  to  the  University  because  of  insufficient  funds,  payment  stopped, 
postdating,  drawn  against  uncollected  items,  etc. 

For  checks  up  to  $50.00:  $5.00 

For  checks  from  $50.01  to  $100.00:  $10.00 

For  checks  over  $100.00:  $20.00 

Library  Charges:  $.25  Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  General  Library  before 
expiration  of  loan  period  per  day.  Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  Reserve 
Shelf  before  expiration  of  loan  period:  First  hour  overdue  on  first  day:  $1.00;  After 
first  hour  on  first  day:  $.50  per  hour  for  each  hour  open,  up  to  a  maximum  of 
$30.00  per  item.  In  case  of  loss  or  mutilation  of  a  book,  satisfactory  restitution 
must  be  made. 

Textbooks  and  Supplies:  Textbooks  and  classroom  supplies— These  costs  vary 
with  the  course  pursued,  but  will  average  $125.00  per  semester. 

Payment  of  Fees:  All  checks,  money  orders,  or  postal  notes  should  be  made 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  Write  student  name  and  student  Social 
Security  number  on  the  face  of  the  check. 

Withdrawal  or  Refund  of  Fees:  Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at 
any  time  during  the  academic  year  should  secure  a  form  for  withdrawal  from  the 
Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office.  The  completed  form  and  the  semester  Identifi- 
cation/Registration Card  are  to  be  submitted  to  the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment 
Office.  The  student  will  forfeit  his  or  her  right  to  refund  if  the  withdrawal  action 
described  above  is  not  adhered  to.  The  effective  date  used  in  computing  refunds 
is  the  date  the  withdrawal  form  is  filed  in  the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office. 
Stop  Payment  on  a  check,  failure  to  pay  the  semester  bill,  failure  to  attend 
classes,  does  not  constitute  withdrawal.  A  request  for  a  refund  must  be 
processed  by  the  student  with  the  Division  of  Business  Services,  otherwise  any 
credit  on  the  student  account  will  automatically  be  carried  over  to  the  next 
semester. 

Cancellation  of  Registration— Submitted  to  the  Withdrawal/Reenroll- 
ment Office  before  the  official  first  day  of  classes  entitles  the  student  to  a 
full  credit  of  semester  tuition. 

Full-time  students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  be  credited  for  tuition  in 
accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Period  from  date  instruction  begins  Refundable  Tuition  only 

(Additional  fees  non  refundable) 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks 60% 


Financial  Aid      19 


Between  three  and  four  weeks 40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks .^ 20% 

Over  five  weeks .' NO  REFUND 

A  student  who  registers  as  a  part-time  undergraduate  student  will  be  given  a 
a  refund  of  the  credit  hour  fee  for  courses  dropped  during  the  first  week  of 
classes.  No  refund  will  be  made  for  courses  dropped  thereafter. 

No  part  of  the  charges  for  room  and  board  is  refundable  except  when  the 
student  officially  withdraws  from  the  University  or  when  he  or  she  is  given 
permission  by  the  appropriate  officials  of  the  University  to  move  from  the 
residence  halls  and/or  to  discontinue  dining  hall  privileges.  In  these  cases,  the 
room  refund  will  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  number  of  periods  remaining 
times  the  pro  rata  weekly  rate  after  adjusting  for  a  service  charge.  Refunds  to 
students  having  full  board  contracts  will  be  calculated  in  a  similar  manner.  No 
room  and/or  board  refunds  will  be  made  after  the  fourteenth  week  of  the 
semester. 

In  computing  refunds  to  students  who  have  received  the  benefit  of  scholar- 
ships and  loans  from  University  Funds,  the  computation  will  be  made  to  return  the 
maximum  amount  to  the  scholarship  and  loan  accounts  without  loss  to  the 
University. 

A  student  who  registers  as  a  full-time  undergraduate  will  receive  no  refund  of 
the  General  Fee  when  courses  are  dropped  (regardless  of  the  number  of  credit 
hours  dropped)  unless  the  student  withdraws  from  the  University.  Hence,  a 
student  changing  from  full-time  to  part-time  after  the  first  day  of  classes  receives 
no  refund. 


Financial  Aid 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  provides  advice  and  assistance  in  the 
formulation  of  student  financial  plans  and,  in  cooperation  with  other  University 
offices,  participates  in  the  awarding  of  scholarships,  loans,  and  part-time 
employment  to  deserving  students.  Scholarships,  grants  and  loans  are  awarded 
on  the  basis  of  academic  ability  and  financial  needs.  In  making  awards, 
consideration  may  be  given  to  character,  achievement,  participation  in  student 
activities,  and  to  other  attributes  which  may  indicate  success  in  college.  It  is  the 
intent  of  the  committee  to  make  awards  to  those  qualified  students  who  might  not 
otherwise  be  able  to  pursue  college  studies.  Part-time  employment  opportunities 
on  campus  are  open  to  all  students,  but  are  dependent  upon  the  availability  of 
jobs  and  the  student's  particular  skills  and  abilities. 

Additional  information  is  available  from  the  Director,  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid,  Room  2130,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  fvlaryland. 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Academic  Requirements  For  Eligibility 

The  federally  appropriated  programs  require  that  you  make  academic 
progress  toward  your  degree  or  diploma.  The  University  assumes  that  all 
students  admitted  to  its  programs  as  entering  freshmen  or  transfer  students  meet 
the  basic  academic  grade  standards  for  consideration  for  financial  aid,  except  for 
scholarships.  Partial  scholarships  require  a  3.0  grade  point  average  (GPA),  both 
for  initial  consideration  and  for  renewal.  Full  scholarships  require  a  3.5  GPA. 

To  receive  consideration  for  grants,  loans,  and  jobs  in  succeeding  years,  you 
must  achieve  the  following  minimum  GPA  at  the  end  of  each  two  semesters  of 
work  at  the  University; 

Semester  Credit  Hours  Grade  Point  Average 

0  to  27 1.70 

28  to  55 1.80 

56  to  85 1.90 

86  to  Graduation 2.00 

You  must  be  continuously  enrolled  for  a  minimum  of  12  credit  hours  per 
semester  to  be  eligible  for  and  to  receive  all  institutional  scholarships  and  grants. 
Loans  and  jobs  (College  Work-Study  Program)  require  a  minimum  of  6  semester 
hours  per  semester  for  undergraduates.  If  you  are  a  graduate  student,  you  must 
either  comply  with  the  6  hours  minimum  or  24  academic  units,  whichever  is  less. 

Exceptions  to  the  above  policy  rests  solely  with  the  Financial  Aid  Committee. 

Scholarships  and  grants  are  awarded  for  a  maximum  of  4  years  for  4-year 
programs  and  5  years  for  Engineering,  Architecture,  and  the  I.E.D.  programs. 
Though  only  12  hours  are  required  to  retain  a  scholarship  or  grant  award,  the 
student  who  maintains  such  a  level  will  not  graduate  in  t.'.e  normal  time,  and  thus, 
will  be  limited  to  loans  and  jobs  after  the  4th  or  5th  year.  Students  are  strongly 
encouraged  to  average  15  hours  per  semester. 

Scholarships  and  Grants 

fviost  scholarships  and  grants  are  awarded  to  students  before  they  enter  the 
University,  However,  students  who  have  completed  one  or  more  semesters,  and 
have  not  received  such  an  award,  are  eligible  to  apply.  It  is  usually  inadvisable  for 
a  student  to  apply  for  a  specific  scholar ^hio.  Each  applicant  will  receive 


consideration  for  all  scholarships  for  which  he  or  she  is  eligible.  Students  must 
submit  an  application  by  April  1  and  all  supporting  documents  by  Ivlay  1  in  order 
to  receive  consideration  for  scholarship  assistance  for  the  ensuing  year.  Award 
letters  are  normally  mailed  between  June  1  and  July  15.  Any  applicant  who  does 
not  receive  an  award  letter  during  this  period  should  assume  that  he  or  she  has 
not  been  selected  for  a  scholarship. 

Regulations  and  procedures  for  the  awarding  of  scholarships  and  grants  are 
formulated  by  the  Committee  on  Financial  Aid.  All  recipients  are  subject  to  the 
academic  and  non-academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  University. 

The  committee  reserves  the  right  to  review  the  scholarship  program  annually 
and  to  make  adjustments  in  the  amount  and  recipients  of  awards  in  accordance 
with  the  funds  available  and  scholastic  achievement. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants.  Under  the  provisions  of  the 
Education  Amendments  of  1976,  grants  are  available  to  encourage  youth  of 
exceptional  financial  needs  to  continue  their  post  secondary  school  education.  A 
recipient  must  be  a  United  States  citizen  enrolled  as  a  full-time  undergraduate. 
The  amount  of  the  grant  must  be  matched  by  an  equal  amount  of  some  other 
type  of  aid  provided  through  the  University. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grants.  The  federal  government  provides 
grants  to  approved  students  who  need  it  to  attend  post  high-school  educational 
institutions.  The  maximum  award  is  $1800  minus  the  expected  family  contribu- 
tion. In  those  years  when  Congressional  appropriations  are  less  than  needed, 
eligible  students  will  receive  a  percentage  of  their  entitlement.  Applications  are 
available  in  post  high  school  institutions  and  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid. 

Maryland  State  Scholarships.  The  General  Assembly  of  f^aryland  has  created 
several  programs  of  scholarships  for  Ivlaryland  residents  who  need  financial  help 
to  obtain  a  college  education.  The  undergraduate  programs  are  (1)  General  State 
scholarships,  (2)  Senatorial  scholarships,  and  (3)  House  of  Delegates  scholar- 
ships. Students  wishing  to  apply  for  these  scholarships  should  contact  their 
guidance  counselor  if  a  high-school  senior  or  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  if 
presently  attending  the  University  of  Maryland.  Students  who  are  entehng  college 
for  the  first  time  must  take  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  in  November  or 
December  of  their  senior  year.  The  test  is  not  required  of  college  students  who 
have  completed  at  least  24  semester  hours.  A  general  application  and  a  Financial 
Aid  form  must  be  filed  with  College  Scholarship  Service  in  Princeton,  N.J.,  by 
February  15  for  the  following  academic  year.  For  additional  information,  contact 
the  Maryland  State  Scholarship  Board,  2100  Guilford  Avenue,  Baltimore, 
Maryland  21218. 

Local  and  National  Scholarships.  In  addition  to  the  scholarships  provided  by 
the  University  of  Maryland,  a  student  should  give  careful  consideration  to 
scholarship  aid  provided  by  local  and  national  scholarship  programs.  Ordinarily, 
the  high-school  principal  or  counselor  will  be  well  informed  as  to  these 
opportunities. 

Endowed  and  Annual  Scholarships  and  Grants 

Advertising  Association  of  Baltimore  Work  Experience  Scholarship.  This 
award  is  available  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  or  junior  interested  in  an 
advertising  career. 

AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program.  Four-year  AFROTC  scholarships  are 
available  to  incoming  freshmen  who  qualify.  One  thousand  scholarships  are 
awarded  annually  to  qualified  freshmen  on  a  nationwide  basis.  Application  for  the 
Four- Year  scholarship  is  normally  accomplished  duhng  the  senior  year  of  high 
school.  The  AFROTC  program  also  provides  Two-Year  and  Three-Year  scholar- 
ships for  selected  cadets  in  the  AFROTC  program.  Those  selected  receive 
money  for  full  tuition,  laboratory  expenses,  incidental  fees,  and  an  allowance  for 
books  duhng  the  period  of  the  scholarship.  In  addition,  they  receive  nontaxable 
pay  of  $100  per  month.  Any  student  accepted  by  the  University  of  Maryland  may 
apply  for  these  scholarships.  AFROTC  membership  is  required  if  one  receives  an 
AFROTC  scholarship. 

Air  Force  Warrant  Officers  Association  Student  Aid  Program.  Scholarship 
aid  has  been  made  available  by  the  Air  Force  Warrant  Officers  Association  for 
worthy  male  or  female  undergraduate  or  graduate  students  in  good  standing,  with 
preference  given  to  children  of  Air  Force  Warrant  Officers  or  other  military 
personnel. 

Albright  Scholarship.  The  Victor  E.  Albright  Scholarship  is  open  to  graduates  of 
Garrett  County  high  schools  who  were  born  and  reared  in  that  county. 

Agricultural  Development  Foundation.  A  number  of  awards  are  made  to 
agricultural  students  from  a  fund  conthbuted  by  donors  for  general  agricultural 
development. 

ALCOA  Foundation  Scholarships  Awards  of  $750  are  given  to  outstanding 
students  majoring  in  mechanical  engineering,  civil  engineering,  electrical  engi- 
neering and  fire  protection  engineenng. 

Alumni  Scholarships.  A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are  made  possible 
through  the  gifts  of  alumni  and  friends  to  the  Alumni  Annual  Giving  Program  of 
the  Office  of  Endowment  and  Gifts. 


20      Financial  Aid 


Alumni  Association  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  Scholarships.  The  Alumni 
Association  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  makes 
available  annually  scholarships  to  qualified  pre-pharmacy  students  on  the  basis 
of  character,  achievement  and  need.  These  scholarships  not  exceeding  $500  per 
academic  year  are  applied  lo  expenses  at  College  Park. 

Alumni  Band  Scholarship.  A  limited  number  of  awards  to  freshmen  are 
sponsored  by  the  University  of  Maryland  Band  Alumni  Organization.  Recipients 
are  recommended  by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audition  held  in 
the  spring. 

Mildred  L  Anglin  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  Is  made  available  from  an 
endowed  fund  sponsored  by  the  Riverdale  Elementary  School  Parents  and 
Teachers  Association  in  honor  of  Mrs.  Anglin  who  served  that  school  with 
distinction  for  forty  years  as  a  teacher  and  administrator. 

Ethel  R.  Arthur  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  memorial  scholarship  fund  has 
been  established  by  Irving  J.  Cohen,  M.D.  At  least  one  $250  award  is  made  each 
year  by  the  Scholarship  Committee.  A  preference  is  given  to  students  from 
Baltimore. 

AlvJn  L  Aubinoe  Student  Aid  Program.  Scholarship  grants  up  to  $500  per 
school  year  to  students  in  engineering,  preferably  those  studying  for  careers  in 
civil  engineering,  architecture  or  light  construction. 

Baltimore  Panhellenic  Association  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  by  the  Baltimore  Panhellenic  Association  to  a  student  entering  the  junior 
or  senior  class,  who  is  an  active  member  of  a  sorority,  who  is  outstanding  in 
leadership  and  scholarship  and  who  needs  financial  assistance. 

Baltimore  Sunpapers  Scholarship  in  Journalism.  The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
A.  S.  Abell  Foundation,  Inc.,  contributes  funds  to  provide  one  or  more  $500 
scholarships  to  students  majoring  in  editorial  journalism. 

Bayshore  Foods,  Inc.  Scholarship.  A  grant  of  $500  Is  made  available  annually 
to  sons  and  daughters  of  employees  of  Bayshore  Foods,  Inc.,  of  Easton,  Md. 

Belva  H.  Hopkins  Memorial  Scholarshl|J.  An  endowed  fund  has  been  estab- 
lished to  provide  a  scholarship  to  a  deserving  student  from  Prince  George's 
County  who  has  expressed  an  interest  in  teaching  mathematics  in  public  schools. 
The  recipient  may  be  entitled  to  renew  the  scholarship  for  three  more  years  (or 
the  normal  graduating  time)  provided  there  is  financial  need.  Financial  need  may 
be  considered  but  is  not  a  requirement  for  the  initial  award. 

Capital  Milk  Producers  Cooperative,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $500 
is  awarded  annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  to  a  student 
preparing  for  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry. 

Chancellor's  Scholars  Program.  $500  scholarships,  renewable  for  four  years 
are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  merit  to  graduates  of  Maryland  high-schools  selected 
as  Chancellor's  Scholars.  Chancellor's  Scholars  also  receive  preferential  housing 
and  other  prerequisites.  Recipients  are  designated  by  the  Chancellor  upon  the 
recommendation  of  a  committee  which  screens  nominees  submitted  by  high 
school  guidance  counselors  and  administrators  of  the  University. 

Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory  Scholarship.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  an  outstanding 
junior  or  senior  recommended  by  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  one 
majoring  in  Entomology. 

Dairy  Technology  Scholarship  and  Grants.  The  Dairy  Technology  Society  of 
Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia  provides  a  limited  number  of  scholarships 
and  grants-in-aid  for  students  majoring  in  dairy  products  technology. 

Delaware-Maryland  Plant  Food  Association  Scholarship.  A  $200  annual 
award  is  made  to  an  undergraduate  who  has  an  interest  in  agronomy  and  soil 
fertility  work. 

Delmarva  Traffic  Club  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $250  to  an  outstanding  junior 
or  senior  student,  preferably  from  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Maryland,  majoring  in 
Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Delta  Nu  Alpha  Fraternity  Chesapeake  Chapter— No.  23,  Traffic  and  Trans- 
portation Award.  An  award  of  $400  to  an- outstanding  senior  member  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  chapter  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Management. 

Exel  Scholarship.  A  substantial  grant  for  endowed  scholarships  was  made  by 
Deborah  B.  Exel. 

James  R.  Ferguson  Memorial  Fund.  A  scholarship  award  is  made  annually  to  a 
student  enrolled  in  Animal  Science  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievement  and 
financial  need. 

Anne  Arundel  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  This  tuition 
and  fees  grant  is  awarded  to  a  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  fire 
protection  curriculum  in  the  College  ol  Engineering.  The  award  is  normally  for  four 
years. 

Baltimore  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  This  tuition  and 
fees  grant  is  awarded  to  a  student  who  will  enroll  in  the  fire  protection  curriculum 
in  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  award  is  normally  for  four  years. 


Ladles  Auxiliary  to  The  Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  This 
$750  grant  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in 
the  fire  protection  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is  normally 
available  for  four  years. 

Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  A  tuition  and  fees  scholarship  is 
awarded  annually  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student  who  enrolls  in  the  fire 
protection  curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  scholarship  is  for  four 
years. 

Prince  Georges  County  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association  Grant.  An  annual 
tuition  and  fees  scholarship  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student 
who  enrolls  in  the  fire  protection  curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Food  Fair  Stores  Foundation  Scholarships.  Several  scholarships  are  available 
for  $250  per  academic  year. 

J.  Homer  Remsberg  Memorial  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $300  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  resident  of  Frederick  County  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Victor  Frenkil  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $250  is  granted  annually  by  Mr. 
Victor  Frenkil  of  Baltimore  to  a  student  from  Baltimore  County  in  the  freshman 
class  of  the  University. 

John  D.  Gilmore  Scholarship  has  been  established  for  the  purpose  of  assisting 
deserving  student  athletes  to  obtain  an  education  and  participate  in  varsity 
athletics  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  recipients  should  possess,  as  does 
John  D.  Gilmore,  outstanding  dedication,  determination  and  an  undeniable  will  to 
win  in  athletic  competition  and  to  succeed  in  life. 

Goddard  Memorial  Scholarship  of  $500  each  to  Students  in  The  College  of 
Agriculture.  Several  scholarships  are  available  annually  under  the  terms  of  the 
James  and  Sarah  E.R.  Goddard  Memorial  Fund  established  through  the  wills  of 
Morgan  E.  Goddard  and  Mary  Y.  Goddard. 

John  William  Guckeyson  Memorial  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $100  is 
granted  annually  by  Mrs.  Hudson  Dunlap  as  a  memorial  to  John  William 
Guckeyson,  an  honored  Maryland  alumnus. 

Staley  and  Eugene  Hahn  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  Annual  awards  of  $500 
are  made  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  J.  Hahn  in  memory  of  their  sons  to  aid 
outstanding  agricultural  students  from  Frederick  County. 

Sally  Byrd  Memorial  Prize  Fund.  Established  1 957  in  honor  of  Dr  Harry  Byrd's 
mother.  Annual  award  to  Senior  female  who  has  contributed  to  the  advancement 
of  the  campus. 

Robert  Half  Personnel  Accounting  and  Tax  Awards.  Two  awards  of  $100 
each  to  outstanding  students  majoring  in  Accounting  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management. 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation  Scholarships.  These  scholarships  are 
made  available  through  a  gift  of  the  Baltimore  News  American,  one  of  the  Hearst 
newspapers,  in  honor  of  William  Randolph  Hearst.  Scholarships  up  to  $1,000  are 
awarded  annually  to  undergraduates  pursuing  a  program  ol  study  in  journalism. 
Scholarships  up  to  $1,000  are  awarded  annually  for  graduate  study  in  history. 

Robert  Michael  Higgenbotham  Memorial  Award  Fund.  This  Fund  has  been 
endowed  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  A.  Higgenbotham  in  memory  of  their  son  who 
was  killed  in  Vietnam,  Annual  awards  are  made  to  promising  junior  students 
majoring  in  mathematics. 

A.M.  Hoffman  Memorial  Grant.  This  gift  of  $250  per  year  is  normally  awarded  as 
a  supplement  to  some  other  type  of  student  aid  to  a  student  witti  exceptional 
need.  A  preference  is  given  to  students  from  Montgomery  County.  The  gift  is 
made  available  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  B.  Schwartz. 

Dr.  H.C.  Byrd  Memorial  Fund.  An  endowed  fund  has  been  established  by  the 
many  friends  of  "Curley"  in  memory  of  his  many  years  of  outstanding  service  to 
the  University.  His  period  of  service  lasted  from  1905  when  he  enrolled  as  a 
freshman  from  Crisfield,  until  1954  when  he  retired  after  serving  as  President  of 
the  University  for  19  years.  Prior  to  that  he  had  served  19  years  as  head  football 
coach  with  a  record  of  109-37-7. 

Hyattsville  Horticultural  Society  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $200  is 
awarded  to  a  student  enrolled  in  Horticulture. 

George  Hyman  Construction  Company  Scholarship.  A  tuition  scholarship  is 
awarded  to  a  Ireshman  student  in  civil  engineering.  The  scholarship  may  be 
renewed  for  three  more  years. 

Inter-State  Milk  Producers'  Cooperative,  Inc.  Scholarship.  A  memorial 
scholarship  of  $300  is  made  available  to  a  student  in  agriculture  in  honor  of  F. 
Bennett  Carter. 

Paul  H.  Kea  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund.  This  fund  was  established  by  the 
Potomac  Valley  Chapter  ol  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  in  memory  of  Paul 
H.  Kea,  a  highly  respected  member  of  the  chapter. 


Financial  Aid      21 


Venia  M.  Keller  Grant.  The  Maryland  State  Council  of  Homemakers  Club  makes 
available  this  grant  of  $100  which  is  open  to  a  l^/laryland  young  man  or  woman  o( 
promise  who  is  recommended  by  the  College  of  Human  Ecology, 

Mary  Anne  and  Frank  A.  Kennedy  Scholarship.  Preeented  to  outstanding 
journalism  students,  from  the  estate  of  Mary  Anne  and  Frank  A.  Kennedy. 

KInghome  Fund  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  in  honor  of  Mr  Joseph  W. 
Kinghorne  of  the  Class  of  t911  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  shall  be  awarded  to 
the  student  specializing  in  poultry  science  having  the  highest  general  average  at 
the  end  of  his  or  her  sophomore  year.  The  amount  of  the  scholarship  shall  equal 
the  tuition  on  the  College  Park  Campus. 

KIwanis  Scholarship.  The  J.  Enos  Ray  Memorial  Scholarship  covering  tuition  is 
awarded  by  the  Prince  Georges  Kiwanis  Club  to  a  male  resident  of  Prince 
Georges  County,  Maryland,  who.  In  addition  to  possessing  the  necessary 
qualifications  for  maintaining  a  satisfactory  scholarship  record,  must  have  a 
reputation  of  high  character  and  attainment  in  general  all-around  citizenship. 

Gary  Lee  Lake  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  endowed  fund  provides  scholar- 
ships for  students  majoring  in  pre-veterinary  science  In  the  College  of  Agriculture. 
It  was  established  by  his  family  and  friends. 

Laurel  Race  Course,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  This  fund  has  been  established  to 
provide  scholarships  for  students  who  are  participating  in  the  University  Band; 

Leidy  Foundation  Scholarships.  A  $1,500  fund  has  been  established  by  the 
John  H.  Leidy  Foundation,  Inc.  to  provide  scholarships  for  educational  expenses 
to  worthy  students  who  have  financial  need. 

Leidy  Foundation  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $500  is  granted  annually  to  a 
graduate  or  undergraduate  student  preparing  for  a  career  in  the  general  field  of 
chemistry. 

Helen  Aletta  Linthicum  Scholarship.  These  scholarships,  several  in  number, 
were  established  through  the  benefaction  of  the  late  Mrs.  Aletta  Linthicum,  widow 
of  the  late  Congressman  Charies  J.  Linthicum,  who  served  Congress  from  the 
Fourth  District  of  Maryland  for  many  years. 

Ransom  R.  Lewis  Memorial  Fund.  Established  in  1975  to  honor  Mr  Lewis,  an 
Alumnus  and  supporter  of  the  Athletic  teams.  Assists  athletes  in  need  of  financial 
aid. 

Lions  Club  of  Silver  Spring  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  scholar  ship  covering 
tuition  and  fees  is  available  to  a  worthy  graduate  of  one  of  the  following  high 
schools:  Montgomery  Blair,  Northwood  or  Springbrook. 

Lions  International  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $500  is  available  to  a  freshmain 
who  competes  in  the  Lions  Club  (District  22-C)  Annua  Band  Festival.  A  recipient 
is  recommended  by  the  Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audition  in  the 
spring. 

Prince  George's  Plaza  Lions  Club  Scholarship.  This  $300  scholarship  is  given 
in  memory  of  Lion  John  L.  Kensinger,  Sr.  The  award  is  made  to  a  student  from 
Prince  Georges  County  whose  area  of  academic  concentration  is  in  the  field  of 
creative  writing. 

M  Club  Grants.  The  M  Club  of  the  University  of  Maryland  provides  each  year  a 
limited  number  of  awards.  Minta  Martin  Aeronautical  Research  Foundation  Fund. 
Two  scholarships  are  available  to  freshmen  to  cover  tuition  and  fees. 

Maryland  Cooperative  Milk  Producers,  Inc.  Scholarships.  A  scholarship  of 
$500  is  awarded  annually  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  to  a  student 
preparing  for  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry. 

Maryland-District  of  Columbia  Association  of  Physical  Plant  Administrators 
Scholarship.  A  scholarship  for  fixed  charges  and  fees  is  made  available  to  a 
junior  or  senior  who  is  interested  in  making  the  administration  of  a  physical  plant 
his  career.  The  recipient  must  be  a  resident  of  Maryland  or  the  District  of 
Columbia. 

Maryland  Educational  Foundation  Grants.  This  fund  has  been  established  to 
provide  assistance  to  worthy  students. 

Maryland  Electrification  Council  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  of  $300  Is 
awarded  annually  to  an  entering  freshman  or  junior  college  transfer  student 
enrolled  in  the  agricultural  engineering  curriculum  in  either  the  College  of 
Agriculture  or  the  College  of  Engineering. 

Maryland  Holstein  Association  Scholarship.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded 
to  a  deserving  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had  a  holstein 
project  in  4-H  or  FFA.  The  award  will  be  based  on  financial  need,  scholastic 
ability  and  leadership. 

Maryland  and  Virginia  Milk  Producers  Association  Scholarship.  A  scholar- 
ship of  $500  is  awarded  annually  In  the  College  of  Agriculture  preferably  to  a 
student  preparing  for  a  career  in  the  dairy  industry. 

Maryland  Pharmaceutical  Association  Scholarships.  The  Maryland  Pharma- 
ceutical Association  makes  available  annually  scholarships  to  pre-pharmacy 


students  on  the  basis  of  character,  achievement  and  need.  Each  scholarship  not 
exceeding  $500  per  academic  year  is  used  in  partial  defrayment  of  fees  and 
expenses  at  College  Park.  These  scholarships  are  open  only  to  residents  of  the 
State  of  Maryland. 

Maryland  State  Golf  Association  Scholarship.  A  limited  number  of  $500 
scholarships  are  available  to  undergraduates  in  the  Agronomy  Department  who 
have  an  interest  in  golf  turf  work. 

Maryland  Turfgrass  Association  Scholarship.  A  $250  annual  award  is  made  to 
an  undergraduate  who  has  an  interest  in  agronomy  and  commercial  sod 
production. 

George  R.  Merrill,  Jr.  Memorial  Scholarship.  Friends  of  former  Professor 
George  R.  Men-ill,  Jr.,  have  established  this  endowed  scholarship  fund  to  benefit 
students  in  Industnal  Education. 

Montgomery  County  Press  Association  Scholarship.  Presented  to  an  out- 
standing journalism  residing  in  Montgomery  County. 

Loren  L.  Murray  and  Associates  Scholarships.  This  fund  has  been  created  to 

provide  scholarships  for  Maryland  residents  who  are  admitted  to  the  College  of 
Education. 

Dr.  Ray  A.  Murray  Scholarship.  The  award,  sponsored  by  Maryland  Chapter  No. 
32  of  the  National  Institute  of  Farm  and  Land  Brokers,  is  to  be  made  to  a  worthy 
sophomore  in  the  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  College 
of  Agriculture. 

Noxell  Foundation  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  to  senior 
chemistry  majors  nominated  by  the  Department  of  Chemistry. 

Douglas  Howard  Phillips  Memorial  Scholarships.  This  scholarship  fund  has 
been  endowed  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albanus  Phillips,  Jr.,  in  honor  of  their  son  who  met 
his  untimely  death  in  the  spring  before  he  was  scheduled  to  attend  the  University, 
in  order  that  worthy  young  male  graduates  of  Cambridge,  Maryland,  High  School 
may  have  the  opportunity  he  missed. 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Inc.,  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $500  to  an  outstanding 
student  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 

William  H.  Price  Scholarship.  This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  worthy  student 
who  is  already  working  to  defray  part  of  his  college  expenses. 

Ralston  Purina  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $500  is  awarded  annually  to  an 
incoming  senior  or  junior  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Ensign  Richard  Turner  Rea  Memorial  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  fund  has 
been  established  by  Captain  and  Mrs.  Richard  F.  Rea  in  honor  of  their  late  son 
who  gave  his  life  while  on  active  duty  in  the  U.S.  Coast  Guard.  Two  scholarships 
up  to  $500  each  are  awarded  annually  to  students  in  engineering. 

Read's  Drug  Stores  Foundation  Scholarships.  Scholarships  are  awarded  on 
the  basis  of  achievement,  character  and  need.  Each  scholarship,  not  exceeding 
$500  per  academic  year,  is  applied  to  the  fees  and  expenses  at  College  Park. 
Recipients  must  be  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

Mary  Elizabeth  Roby  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  endowed  scholarship  has 
been  established  by  the  University  Park  Republican  Women's  Club.  Limited 
awards  are  made  to  women  entering  the  junior  or  senior  years  who  are  studying 
in  the  field  of  political  science.  A  preference  is  given  to  residents  of  Prince 
Georges  County. 

Vivian  F.  Roby  Scholarships.  This  endowed  fund  was  established  through  a 
bequest  to  the  University  of  Maryland  by  Evafyn  S.  Roby  in  memory  of  her 
husband,  class  of  1912,  to  provide  undergraduate  scholarships  to  needy  boys 
from  Baltimore  City  and  Charies  County. 

Jack  B.  Sacks  Foundation  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $1,000  on  behalf  of  the 
Advertising  Club  of  Metropolitan  Washington,  Inc.,  to  an  outstanding  senior 
Marketing  student  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  planning  a  career 
in  advertising. 

Schluderberg  Foundation  Scholarship  GranL  This  grant  of  $500  is  awarded  in 
the  College  of  Agriculture  to  a  student  enrolled  in  the  animal  science  or  food 
science  cuniculum. 

Dr.  Fern  Duey  Schneider  Grant.  A  $100  grant  is  available  to  a  foreign  woman 
student  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education,  who  has  completed  at  least  one 
semester  in  residence  at  the  University.  Funds  for  the  grant  are  contributed  by 
the  Montgomery  and  Prince  George's  County  Chapters  of  the  Delta  Kappa 
Gamma  Society. 

Arthur  H.  Seidenspinner  Scholarship.  An  endowed  memorial  scholarship  fund 
has  been  established  by  Mrs.  Seidenspinner  to  assist  deserving  student  athletes 
to  obtain  an  education  at  the  University.  Both  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Seidenspinner  have 
been  long-time  contributors  to  numerous  student  aid  programs  at  the  University. 

Southern  States  Cooperative  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded 
each  year  to  sons  of  Southern  States  members — one  for  outstanding  work  in  4-H 


22      Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 


Club  and  the  other  for  outstanding  work  in  FFA.  The  amount  of  each  scholarship 
Is  $300  per  year  and  will  continue  for  four  years. 

Dr.  Mabel  S.  Spencer  Scholarship.  This  scholarship  is  awarded  in  honor  of  Dr. 
Spencer,  distinguished  former  Professor  in  the  College  of  Education.  A  prefer- 
ence shall  be  given  to  students  in  Home  Economics  Education. 

T.  B.  Symons  Memorial  Fund.  A  scholarship  award  is  made  annually  to  a 
student  enrolled  in  agnculture  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievement  and 
financial  need. 

Charles  A.  Taff  Scholarship.  An  award  of  $500  to  an  outstanding  student 
majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  [Management. 

Thomas  H.  Taliaferro  Scholarship.  Under  the  terms  of  the  will  of  the  late  Jane 
G.  S.  Taliaferro,  a  bequest  has  tjeen  made  to  the  University  of  Ivlaryland  to 
provide  scholarship  aid  to  worthy  students. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Scholarship  Fund.  A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are  made 
available  each  year  to  worthy  engineering  students  by  members  and  alumni  of 
Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association,  Inc.,  national  engineering 
honor  society. 

Veterinary  Science  Scholarship.  A  scholarship  of  $300,  provided  by  the 
veterinarians  of  Maryland,  will  be  awarded  to  a  student  enrolled  in  Veterinary 
Science,  selected  on  the  basis  of  leadership,  academic  competence  and  financial 
need. 

Joseph  M.  Vial  Memorial  Scholarship  in  Agriculture.  Scholarships  totaling 
$600  per  year  are  made  available  by  Ivlrs.  A.  H.  Seidenspinner  to  be  awarded 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Washington  Suburban  Sanitary  Commission  Scholarships.  Four  scholarships 
are  available  that  pay  tuition  and  fees.  Minohties  and  women  will  be  given  a 
preference.  Awardees  may  be  offered  an  opportunity  for  summer  employment  by 
the  WSSC. 

Western  Electric  Scholarships.  Two  scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  in 
the  College  of  Engineehng.  The  amount  of  the  scholarship  covers  the  cost  of 
tuition,  books  and  fees  not  to  exceed  $800  nor  to  be  less  than  $400. 

Westlnghouse  Aerospace  Division  Scholarship.  The  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation  has  established  a  scholarship  to  encourage  outstanding  students  of 
engineering  and  the  physical  sciences.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a 
sophomore  student  and  is  over  a  period  of  three  years  in  six  installments  of  $250. 
Students  in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineehng,  engineering  physics  or  applied 
mathematics  are  eligible  for  the  award. 

Women's  Architectural  League  Scholarship.  This  fund  has  been  established 
to  aid  worthy  students  in  the  School  of  Architecture. 

Women's  Club  of  Bethesda  Scholarship.  Several  scholarships  are  available  to 
young  women  residents  of  Montgomery  County.  Recipients  must  be  accepted  in 
the  College  of  Education  or  the  School  of  hJursing. 

Nicholas  Brice  Worthington  Scholarship.  A  $500  memorial  scholarship  is 
made  available  to  a  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  by  the  descendants  of 
Nicholas  Brice  Worthington,  one  of  the  founders  of  the  Agricultural  College. 

Loans 

Loan  funds  to  meet  educational  expenses  are  available  for  students  enrolled 
in  the  University.  The  extent  of  financial  need  must  be  clearly  established  by 
providing  a  complete  statement  of  the  applicant's  financial  resources  and 
estimated  expenses  for  the  academic  year. 

Loan  awards  are  normally  granted  on  a  yearly  basis,  although  short-term  and 
emergency  loans  are  granted  for  shorter  periods.  To  apply  for  a  long-term  loan, 
an  application  should  be  filed  before  AphI  1  for  the  ensuing  year.  If  funds  are 
available,  applications  may  be  considered  at  other  times,  but  the  student  should 
bear  in  mind  that  it  generally  takes  about  six  weeks  to  process  a  loan. 

Loans  are  not  available  for  non-educational  expenses  nor  are  they  available 
for  repayment  of  previously  incurred  indebtedness. 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  This  loan  fund  was  established  by  the 
federal  government  in  agreement  with  the  University  of  Maryland  to  make  low- 
interest  loans  available  to  students  with  clearly  established  financial  need. 
Applicants  must  be  United  States  nationals  (citizens  and  permanent  resident 
status)  and  must  be  enrolled  for  six  or  more  credit  hours  at  day  school  on  the 
College  Park  Campus. 

The  borrower  must  sign  a  note.  Repayment  begins  nine  months  after  the 
borrower  leaves  school  and  must  be  completed  within  ten  years  thereafter.  No 
interest  is  charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment  schedule.  Interest  after 
that  date  is  charged  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per  annum. 

Cancellation  provisions  are  available  for  qualified  service  as  a  teacher  of  the 
handicapped  and  in  low  income  schools,  or  for  military  service  in  areas  of 
hostility. 


Institutional  Student  Loans.  Institutional  loan  funds  have  been  established 
through  the  generosity  of  University  organizations,  alumni,  faculty,  staff,  and 
friends.  These  loans  are  normlly  available  at  low  interest  rates  to  upperclassmen 
only.  For  specific  information,  the  student  should  inquire  at  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid. 

Law  Enforcement  Education  Program  Loan  and  Grant.  Loans:  Qualified  full- 
time  pre-service  students  in  approved  fields  may  apply  for  loan  assistance  up  to 
$2,200  per  academic  year  (not  to  exceed  the  cost  of  tuition  and  fees).  Loan  funds 
are  not  always  availalile  each  academic  year.  The  loan  is  cancelled  at  the  rate  of 
25  percent  per  year  of  full-time  employment  in  cnminal  justice  or  repaid  at  the 
rate  of  7  percent  simple  interest,  commencing  six  months  after  termination  of  full- 
time  study.  Grants:  In-service  employees  of  police,  courts  and  corrections 
agencies  enrolled  in  courses  related  to  law  enforcement  may  receive  up  to  $400 
per  semester  (not  to  exceed  cost  of  tuition  and  fees).  Grant  recipients  must  agree 
to  remain  in  the  service  of  their  employing  law  enforcement  agency  for  at  least 
two  years  following  completion  of  their  courses.  Any  student  who  meets  the 
eligibility  requirements  for  both  a  loan  and  a  grant  may  receive  both  concurrently. 
Interested  students  should  contact  either  the  Dean,  University  College,  or 
Director,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  Division  of  Behavioral  and 
Social  Sciences. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loans.  Loan  programs  have  been  established  through  the 
Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation  and  the  United  Student  Aid  Fund 
which  permit  students  to  borrow  money  from  their  hometown  banks  or  other 
financial  institutions.  The  programs  enable  undergraduates  in  good  standing  to 
borrow  up  to  $2,500,  depending  upon  the  particular  state's  program.  Notes  may 
not  bear  more  than  seven  percent  simple  interest,  and  monthly  repayments  begin 
ten  months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.  The  federal  government 
will  pay  the  interest  for  all  students  who  are  enrolled  for  at  least  six  semester 
hours.  Further  details  regarding  this  program  may  be  secured  from  the  Office  of 
Student  Aid. 

Part-time  Employment 

More  than  one-half  of  the  students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  earn  a 
portion  of  their  expenses.  The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  through  the  Job 
Referral  Service  located  in  Room  0127,  Foreign  Language  Building,  serves 
without  charge  as  a  clearinghouse  for  students  seeking  part-time  work  and 
employers  seeking  help.  Many  jobs  are  available  in  the  residence  halls,  dining 
halls,  libraries,  laboratories  and  elsewhere  on  and  off  campus. 

Working  during  college  years  may  offer  advantages  in  addition  to  the  obvious 
one  of  financing  a  college  education.  The  employed  student  has  a  special 
opportunity  to  learn  new  skills,  to  develop  good  work  habits,  and  to  learn  how  to 
get  along  with  people.  Sometimes  part-time  employment  experience  helps  a 
student  choose  a  vocation  or  is  helpful  later  in  following  his  or  her  vocation. 

Freshman  students  who  do  not  need  financial  aid  probably  should  not 
attempt  to  work  during  the  first  year  at  the  University,  however,  students  who 
need  to  work  in  order  to  attend  the  University  are  advised  to  consider 
employment  in  one  of  our  dining  halls  through  the  Dining  Hall  Workshop  program. 
Under  this  program  students  may  earn  approximately  their  board  by  working  ten 
hours  per  week.  After  one  successful  semester  the  work  load  may  be  increased 
at  the  request  of  the  student. 

For  positions  other  than  dining  service,  students  normally  cannot  make 
arrangements  for  employment  until  they  are  on  campus  at  the  beginning  of  a 
school  session.  Application  must  be  made  in  person  and  the  applicant  should 
have  a  schedule  of  classes  and  study  hours  so  that  she  or  he  can  seek 
employment  best  suited  to  the  student's  free  time. 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  welcomes  the  opportunity  to  counsel  a 
student  about  the  best  type  of  employment  for  each  individual.  However,  securing 
a  position  through  intelligent  application  and  retaining  that  position  through  good 
work  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

College  Work-Study  Program 

Under  provisions  of  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1976,  employment  may 
be  awarded  as  a  means  of  financial  aid  to  students  who  (1)  are  In  need  of  the 
earnings  from  such  employment  in  order  to  pursue  a  course  of  study  at  a  college 
or  university,  and  (2)  are  capable  of  maintaining  good  standing  in  the  course  of 
study  while  employed.  Under  the  work-study  program,  students  may  work  up  to 
twenty  hours  per  week  during  the  school  year  and  a  maximum  of  40  hours  during 
the  summer. 

A  preference  is  given  to  those  students  with  the  greatest  financial  need  after 
the  application  of  all  public  and  private  grants. 


Academic  Regulations  and 
Requirements 

introduction 

The  academic  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  College  Park  Campus  are 
designed  to  provide  and  enhance  a  maximum  educational  environment  for  the 


Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements      23 


entire  campus  academic  community.  The  success  of  the  design  depends  upon 
the  mutual  respect,  courteous  treatment,  and  consideration  of  everyone  involved. 
Student  compliance  with  the  regulations  of  all  courses  and  programs  is  based  in 
part  upon  certain  expectations  and  instructional  procedures  for  which  the  faculty 
is  responsible.  Included  in  these  are  the  following: 

1.  A  written  description  at  the  beginning  of  each  undergraduate  course 
specifying  in  general  terms  the  content,  nature  of  assignments,  examination 
procedures,  and  the  bases  for  determining  final  grades.  In  cases  where  all 
or  some  of  this  information  cannot  be  provided  at  the  beginning  of  the 
course,  a  clear  of  the  delay  and  the  bases  of  course  development  are 
provided. 

2.  Fair  and  impartial  treatment  In  all  evaluations.  This  Includes,  but  is  not 
limited  to: 

a.)  adequate  notice  of  major  papers  and  examinations  in  the  course; 
b.)  a  sufficient  number  of  recitations,  performances,  quizzes,  tests,  graded 

assignments  and/or  student/instructor  conferences  to  permit  evaluation 

of  student  progress  throughout  the  course; 
c.)  while  matenals  remain  reasonably  current,  an  opportunity  to  review 

papers  and  examinations  after  evaluation  by  the  instructor. 

3.  Equal  and  fair  access  to  all  assigned  materials. 

4.  A  reasoned  approach  to  the  subject  which  attempts  to  make  the  student 
aware  of  the  existence  of  different  points  of  view. 

5.  Fair  and  reasonable  access  to  the  instructor  during  announced  regular 
office  hours  or  by  appointment. 

6.  Regular  attendance  by  assigned  faculty  and  reasonable  adherence  to 
published  Campus  schedules  and  location  of  classes  and  examinations. 
Classes  not  specified  in  the  schedules  are  arranged  at  a  mutually  agreeable 
time  on  Campus,  unless  off-campus  work  is  clearly  justified. 

7.  Reasonable  confidentiality  of  information  gained  through  student-faculty 
contact. 

8.  Public  acknowledgment  of  significant  student  assistance  in  the  preparation 
of  materials,  articles,  books,  devices  and  the  like. 

In  similar  manner  the  student  responsibility  to  the  community  of  scholarship 
includes: 

1.  Submission  only  of  original  work,  or  work  clearly  identified  as  to  the  source 
and/or  the  nature  of  any  significant  outside  assistance. 

2.  A  careful  and  conscientious  use  of  the  registration  system  with  due  regard 
for  the  needs  of  other  students. 

3.  Consistent,  non-disruptive  attendance  in  classes  with  consideration  for  the 
efforts  of  the  instructor. 

4.  Consistent,  conscientious  application  to  master  the  content  and  materials  of 
the  courses  as  prescribed;  to  comply  writh  posted  or  agreed  upon  schedules, 
and  to  request  exceptions  only  for  the  most  exigent  reasons. 

In  support  of  the  Academic  Regulations,  the  academic  units  (programs, 
departments,  colleges,  schools,  divisions)  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  the 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and  the  Office  of  Admissions  and  Registrations 
provide  the  following: 

1.  Accurate  information  on  academic  requirements  through  designated  ad- 
visors and  referral  to  other  parties  for  additional  guidance. 

2.  Equitable  course  registration. 

3.  Specification  and  impartial  application  of  policy  and  procedures  in  the 
determination  of  academic  honors  and  awards. 

General  University  Requirements 

In  order  to  provide  educational  breadth  for  all  students,  there  have  been 
established  the  General  University  Requirements.  These  requirements  consist  of 
30  semester  hours  of  credit  distributed  among  the  three  areas  listed  below.  (For 
an  exception  to  this  regulation,  see  the  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Program. 
See  page  41.)  At  least  6  hours  must  be  taken  in  each  area.  At  least  9  of  the  30 
hours  must  be  taken  at  the  300  level  or  above.  None  of  the  30  hours  may  be 
counted  toward  published  departmental,  college  or  divisional  requirements  for  a 
degree.  Area  A:  &-12  hours  elected  in  the  Divisions  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences;  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering.  Area  B:  6-12 
hours  in  the  Divisions  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences;  Human  and  Community 
Resources.  Area  C:  6-12  hours  in  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities. 

In  meeting  these  area  requirements,  students  may  choose  from  among  any 
undergraduate  courses  for  which  they  are  qualified.  The  students  may  select 
either  the  pass-fail  or  letter  grading  option  for  these  courses  as  outlined  on  page 
25,  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  academic  advisors  for  guidance  in 
determining  which  courses  in  each  area  best  fit  individual  needs  and  interests. 

Demonstration  of  competency  in  English  composition:  unless  the  student  has 
been  exempted  from  English  composition,  at  least  one  course  in  the  subject  will 
be  required.  Exemption  is  granted  if  the  student  earns  an  acceptable  score  on  the 
SAT  Verbal  (score  announced  annually)  or  an  acceptable  score  on  the  English 
Advanced  Placement  Test  (score  announced  annually),  or  by  satisfactory 
completion  of  a  similar  writing  course  at  another  institution. 

Students  taking  a  course  to  satisfy  this  requirement  may  apply  the  credits 
toward  the  30-hour  General  University  Requirement  but  may  not  count  these 
credits  toward  the  satisfaction  of  the  minimum  6-hour  requirement  in  any  of  the 
three  designated  areas.  Credit  for  such  a  course  may  be  in  addition  to  the  12- 
hour  maximum  in  any  area. 


Students  who  entered  the  University  prior  to  June,  1973  have  the  option  of 
completing  requirements  under  the  former  General  Education  Program  rather 
than  the  new  General  University  Requirements.  Each  student  is  responsible  for 
making  certain  that  the  various  provisions  of  either  set  of  requirements  have  been 
satisfied  prior  to  certification  for  the  degree.  Assistance  and  advice  may  be 
obtained  from  the  academic  advisor  or  the  Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Students. 

Special  note  for  foreign  students 

The  foreign  student  is  required  to  take  a  special  classification  test  in  English 
before  registering  for  the  required  English  courses.  He  may  be  required  to  take 
Foreign  Language  001  and  002— English  for  Foreign  Students— betore  register- 
ing for  English  101. 

Registration 

1 .  To  attend  classes  at  the  University  of  Maryland  it  is  necessary  to  process  an 
official  registration.  Registration  is  final  and  official  when  all  fees  are  paid. 
Instructions  concerning  registration  are  given  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes 
issued  at  the  beginning  of  each  new  semester. 

2.  The  schedule  adjustment  period  shall  be  the  first  10  days  of  classes.  During 
that  period,  a  full-time  undergraduate  may  drop  or  add  courses  or  change 
sections  with  no  charge.  Part-time  undergraduate  students  should  consult 
the  directions/deadlines  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  to  avoid  incurring 
additional  charges.  Courses  so  dropped  during  this  regii  ation  period  will 
not  appear  on  the  student's  permanent  record.  Courses  may  be  added, 
where  space  is  available,  during  this  period  and  will  appear  on  the  student's 
permanent  record  along  with  other  courses  previously  listed.  After  this 
schedule  adjustment  period,  courses  may  not  be  added  without  special 
permission  of  the  department  and  the  dean  or  provost  of  the  academic  unit 
in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 

3.  After  this  schedule  adjustment  period,  all  courses  for  which  the  student  is 
enrolled  (or  subsequently  adds)  shall  remain  as  a  part  of  the  student's 
permanent  record.  The  student's  status  shall  be  considered  as  full-time  if 
the  number  of  credit  hours  enrolled  at  this  time  is  9  or  more.  Courses  may 
be  dropped  with  no  academic  penalty  for  a  total  period  of  10  weeks  in  which 
there  are  classes,  starting  from  the  first  day  of  classes.  The  permanent 
record  will  be  marked  W  to  indicate  this.  (See  Marking  System  below.)  After 
this  initial  schedule  adjustment  period  a  charge  shall  be  made  for  each 
course  dropped  or  added.  (See  Schedule  of  Fees  above.) 

4.  An  official  class  list  for  each  course  being  offered  is  issued  each  semester 
to  the  appropriate  department  by  the  Office  of  Registrations.  No  student  is 
permitted  to  attend  a  class  if  his  name  does  not  appear  on  the  class  list. 
Instructors  must  report  discrepancies  to  the  Office  of  Registrations.  At  the 
end  of  the  semester,  the  Office  of  Registrations  issues  to  each  department 
official  grade  cards.  The  instructors  mark  the  final  grades  on  the  grade 
cards,  sign  the  cards  and  return  them  to  the  Office  of  Registrations. 

5.  Courses  taken  at  another  campus  of  the  University  or  at  another  institution 
concurrent  with  regular  registration  on  the  College  Park  Campus  may  not  be 
credited  without  approval  in  advance  by  the  provost  of  the  division  from 
which  the  student  expects  a  degree.  The  same  njle  applies  to  off-Campus 
registration  or  registration  in  the  summer  school  of  another  institution. 

6.  A  student  who  is  eligible  to  remain  at  the  College  Park  Campus  may  transfer 
among  cumcula,  colleges,  divisions,  or  other  academic  units  except  where 
limitations  on  enrollments  have  been  approved  by  the  Board  of  Regents. 

7.  In  all  cases  of  transfer  from  one  division  to  another  on  the  College  Park 
Campus,  the  provost  of  the  receiving  division,  with  the  approval  of  the 
student,  shall  indicate  which  courses,  if  any,  in  the  student's  previous 
academic  program  are  not  applicable  to  his  or  her  new  program,  and  shall 
notify  the  Office  of  Registrations  of  the  adjustments  which  are  to  be  made  in 
determining  the  student's  progress  toward  a  degree.  Deletions  may  occur 
both  in  credits  attempted  and  correspondingly  in  credits  earned.  This 
evaluation  shall  be  made  upon  the  student's  initial  entry  into  a  new  program, 
not  thereafter.  If  a  student  transfers  within  one  division  from  one  program  to 
another,  his  or  her  record  evaluation  shall  be  made  by  the  provost  in  the 
same  way  as  if  he  or  she  were  transferring  divisions.  If  the  student 
subsequently  transfers  to  a  third  division,  the  provost  of  the  third  division 
shall  make  a  similar  initial  adjustment;  courses  marked  "nonapplicable"  by 
the  second  provost  may  become  applicable  in  the  third  program. 

8.  In  the  cases  of  non-divisional  students,  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 
shall  assume  the  responsibilities  normally  delegated  to  provosts. 

Identification  Cards 

Photo  Transaction  Cards  are  issued  at  the  time  the  student  first  registers  for 
classes.  The  card  is  to  be  used  for  the  entire  duration  of  enrollment  and  is  valid 
each  semester  only  when  the  student  also  possesses  a  current  semester 
Registration  Card. 

Students  who  preregister  will  receive  a  new  Registration  Card  along  with  their 
Class  Schedule.  This  card  will  validate  their  Photo  Transaction  Card.  Both  cards 
should  be  earned  at  all  times. 


24      Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 


Students  who  do  not  preregister  will  receive  identification  cards  when  they  do 
register. 

Together  the  Photo  Transaction  Card  and  Registration  Card  can  be  used  by 
all  students  to  withdraw  books  from  the  libraries,  for  admission  to  most  athletic, 
social,  and  cultural  events,  and  as  a  general  form  of  identification  on  campus. 
Students  who  have  food  service  contracts  must  use  the  Photo  Transaction  Card 
for  admission  to  the  dining  halls. 

THERE  IS  A  REPLACEMENT  CHARGE  OF  $1.00  FOR  LOST  OR  STOLEN 
REGISTRATION  CARDS  AND  $7.00  FOR  LOST,  STOLEN,  OR  BROKEN 
PHOTO  TRANSACTION  CARDS.  (NOTE:  THE  FEE  FOR  BROKEN  CARDS 
APPLIES  TO  NEW  PHOTO  TRANSACTION  CARDS  ISSUED  AFTER  THE  FALL 
1977  SEMESTER.) 

Questions  concerning  the  identification  system  should  be  addressed  to  the 
Office  of  Registrations  (454-5365). 

Veterans  Affairs 

Two  Veterans  Administration  counselors  work  on  Campus  to  assist  veterans, 
their  dependents,  and  service  men  and  women  with  all  VA  related  questions  and 
problems.  These  representatives  can  offer  you  help  in  getting  your  monthly 
educational  asistance  checks,  as  well  as  other  less  known  but  available  benefits. 
Some  of  the  other  benefits  you  may  be  interested  in  are  tutoring  assistance;  low- 
cost  group  life  insurance;  vocational  rehabilitation  services;  educational  loans; 
guaranteed  home  loans;  and  compensation  for  service-connected  disabilities. 

The  counselors  are  available  on  a  walk-in  basis  during  normal  office  hours  in 
Room  1130A,  Morth  Administration  Building.  Telephone:  454-5276,  and 
454-5734. 

Degrees  and  Certificates 

The  College  Park  Campus  awards  the  following  degrees:  Bachelor  of 
Architecture,  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  General  Studies,  Bachelor  of  Music, 
Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Business  Administration,  Master 
of  Fine  Arts,  Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Library  Science,  Master  of  Music, 
Master  of  Science,  Doctor  of  Business  Administration,  Doctor  of  Education, 
Doctor  of  Musical  Arts,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

Students  in  specified  two-year  curricula  may  be  awarded  certificates. 

The  requirements  for  graduation  vary  according  to  the  character  of  work  in 
the  different  colleges,  divisions  and  schools.  Full  information  regarding  specific 
college  and  division  requirements  for  graduation  will  be  found  in  Section  III  of  this 
catalog. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  or  certificate  must  file  a  formal  application  for  it 
with  the  Office  of  Records  &  Registrations.  This  must  be  done  by  the  end  of  the 
second  week  of  classes  or  the  second  week  of  the  summer  session  at  the  end  of 
which  the  student  expects  to  graduate. 

Credit  Unit  and  Load 

The  semester  hour,  which  is  the  unit  of  credit,  is  the  equivalent  of  a  subject 
pursued  one  period  a  week  for  one  semester.  Two  or  three  hours  of  laboratory  or 
field  work  are  equivalent  to  one  lecture  or  recitation  penod.  The  student  is 
expected  to  devote  three  hours  a  week  in  classroom  or  laboratory  or  in  outside 
preparation  for  each  credit  hour  in  any  course. 

In  order  for  an  undergraduate  student  to  complete  most  curricula  in  four 
academic  years,  the  semester  credit  load  must  range  from  12  to  19  hours  so  that 
he  would  complete  from  30  to  36  hours  each  year  toward  the  degree.  A  student 
registering  for  more  than  19  hours  per  semester  must  have  the  special  approval 
of  his  or  her  dean  or  provost. 

Classification  of  Students 

No  baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  less  than  120  semester  hours.  Actual 
classifications  run  as  follows:  freshman,  1-27  semester  hours;  sophomore, 
28-55;  junior,  56-85;  and  senior,  86  to  at  least  120. 

Examinations 

1 .  A  final  examination  shall  be  given  in  every  undergraduate  course.  Excep- 
tions may  be  made  with  the  written  approval  of  the  chairman  of  the 
department  and  the  dean  or  provost.  In  order  to  avoid  basing  too  much  of 
the  semester  grade  upon  the  final  examination,  additional  tests,  quizzes, 
term  papers,  reports  and  the  like  should  be  used  to  determine  a  student's 
comprehension  of  a  course  The  order  of  procedure  in  these  matters  is  left 
to  the  discretion  of  departments  or  professors  and  should  be  announced  to 
a  class  at  the  beginning  of  a  course.  All  final  examinations  must  be  held  on 
the  examination  days  of  the  Official  Final  Examination  Schedule  No  final 
examination  shall  be  given  at  a  time  other  than  that  scheduled  in  the  Official 
Examination  Schedule  without  written  permission  of  the  department  chair- 
man, 

2.  To  expedite  arrangements  for  commencement,  final  grades  of  undergradu- 
ate candidates  for  degrees  are  based  on  evaluations  available  at  the  time 
grades  are  required  to  be  submitted. 


3.  A  file  of  all  final  examination  questions  must  be  kept  by  the  chairman  of 
each  department. 

4.  The  chairman  of  each  department  is  responsible  for  the  adequate  adminis- 
tration of  examinations  in  courses  under  his  or  her  jurisdiction.  The  deans 
and  provosts  should  present  the  matter  of  examinations  for  consideration  in 
staff  conferences  from  time  to  time  and  investigate  examination  procedures 
in  their  respective  colleges  and  divisions. 

5.  Every  examination  shall  be  designed  to  require  for  its  completion  not  more 
than  the  regularly  scheduled  period. 

6.  A  typewritten,  mimeographed  or  phnted  set  of  questions  shall  be  placed  in 
the  hands  of  every  examinee  in  every  test  or  examination  requihng  at  least 
one  period,  unless  the  dean  or  provost  has  authorized  some  other 
procedure. 

7.  Each  instructor  must  safeguard  examination  questions  and  all  trial  sheets, 
drafts  and  stencils. 

8.  Each  instructor  should  avoid  the  use  of  examination  questions  which  have 
been  included  in  recently  given  examinations  and  should  prepare  examina- 
tions that  will  make  dishonesty  difficult, 

9.  Only  clerical  help  approved  by  the  department  chairman  shall  be  employed 
in  the  preparation  or  reproduction  of  tests  or  examination  questions. 

10.  Proctors  must  be  in  the  examination  room  at  least  ten  minutes  before  the 
hour  of  a  final  examination.  Provisions  should  be  made  for  proper 
ventilation,  lighting  and  a  seating  plan.  At  least  one  of  the  proctors  present 
must  be  sufficiently  cognizant  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  examination  to 
deal  authoritatively  with  inquines  arising  from  the  examination. 

11.  Books,  papers,  etc.  belonging  to  the  student,  must  be  left  in  a  place 
designated  by  the  instructor  before  the  student  takes  his  or  her  seat,  except 
in  such  cases  where  books  or  work  sheets  are  permitted. 

12.  Students  should  be  seated  at  least  every  other  seat  apart,  or  its  equivalent, 
i.e.,  about  three  feet.  Where  this  arrangement  is  not  possible  some  means 
must  be  provided  to  protect  the  integrity  of  the  examination. 

13.  "Blue  books"  only  must  be  used  in  periodic  or  final  examinations,  unless 
special  forms  are  furnished  by  the  department  concerned. 

14.  If  mathematical  tables  are  required  in  an  examination,  they  shall  be 
furnished  by  the  instructor.  If  textbooks  are  used,  this  rule  does  not  apply. 

15.  Proctors  must  exercise  all  diligence  to  prevent  dishonesty  and  to  enforce 
proper  examination  decorum,  including  abstention  from  smoking. 

18.  Where  an  instructor  must  proctor  more  than  40  students,  he  or  she  should 
consult  the  chairman  of  the  department  concerning  proctorial  assistance. 
An  instructor  should  consult  the  department  chairman  if  in  his  or  her  opinion 
a  smaller  number  of  students  for  an  examination  requires  the  help  of 
another  instructor, 

17.  No  student  who  leaves  an  examination  room  will  be  permitted  to  return, 
except  in  unusual  circumstances,  in  which  case  permission  to  do  so  must  be 
granted  by  the  proctor  prior  to  the  student's  departure. 

18.  All  conversation  will  cease  prior  to  the  passing  out  of  examination  papers, 
and  silence  will  be  maintained  in  the  room  during  the  entire  examination 
period. 

19.  Examination  papers  will  be  placed  face  down  on  the  wnting  surface  until  the 
examination  is  officially  begun  by  the  proctor. 

20.  Examination  papers  will  be  kept  flat  on  the  writing  surface  at  all  times. 

Irregularities  in  Examinations 

The  attempt  to  complete  course  requirements  by  presenting  work  which  is 
produced  using  means  other  than  those  allowed  is  called  academic  dishonesty. 
Such  action  is  a  violation  of  both  the  regulations  and  spirit  of  the  academic 
community  and  can  result  in  severe  penalty. 

The  most  common  forms  of  academic  dishonesty  are  cheating  and  plagia- 
rism. While  the  two  terms  are  interrelated,  cheating  refers  to  the  use  of 
unauthorized  aids,  hidden  notes  and/or  the  act  of  copying  another  person's  work 
during  examinations,  in  the  laboratory  and  the  like.  The  term  plagiarism  usually 
refers  to  work  done  outside  the  classroom  such  as  the  preparation  of  term  papers 
and  reports.  In  brief,  plagiansm  is  the  presentation  of  work  or  ideas  of  other 
people  as  one's  own.  Students  who  for  any  reason  have  a  question  concerning 
what  may  be  considered  plagiansm  may  obtain  written  explanatory  materials  from 
the  Department  of  English  and  guidance  from  any  faculty  member.  Ignorance  of 
accepted  practice  will  not  stand  as  an  excuse. 

In  cases  involving  charges  of  academic  irregularities  or  dishonesty  in  an 
examination,  class  work  or  course  requirements  by  a  student,  the  instructor  in  the 
course  or  person  in  charge  of  the  activity  shall  report  to  the  instructional 
department  chairperson  or  dean  if  there  is  no  chairperson  any  information 
received  and  the  facts  within  his  or  her  knowledge.  If  the  chairperson  of  the 
instructional  department  determines  that  there  is  any  sound  reason  for  believing 
that  academic  dishonesty  may  be  involved,  he  or  she  shall  refer  the  matter  to  the 
dean  or  provost  The  dean  or  provosl  will  then  confer  with  the  student's  dean  or 
provost  and  will  check  the  Judiciary  Office  records  to  determine  if  the  student  has 
any  record  of  prior  offenses  involving  academic  dishonesty.  The  dean  or  provost 
will  then  consult  with  the  student  involved,  and  if  the  alleged  academic 
dishonesty  is  admitted  by  the  student  and  is  his  first  offense  of  this  nature,  the 
dean  or  provost  may  authorize  the  department  chairperson  to  dispose  of  the 


Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements      25 


charges,  limiting  the  maximum  penalty  to  disciplinary  probation  and  a  grade  of  F 
in  the  course,  provided  the  penalty  is  accepted  by  the  student  in  writing.  In  such 
case  the  department  chairperson  will  make  a  written  report  of  the  matter, 
including  the  action  taken,  to  the  student's  dean  or  provost  and  to  the  Judiciary 
Office. 

If  the  case  is  not  disposed  of  in  the  above  manner,  the  dean  or  provost  of  the 
instructional  department  will  appoint  an  ad  hoc  Committee  of  Academic  Dishon- 
esty. The  Committee  will  consist  of  one  member  from  the  faculty  of  the  college  or 
division  administered  by  the  dean  or  provost  as  chairperson,  one  undergraduate 
student,  and  one  member  from  the  faculty  of  the  student's  college  or  division 
appointed  by  the  dean  of  that  college  or  provost  of  the  division.  If  the  student's 
dean  or  provost  and  the  dean  or  provost  administering  the  instructional 
department  are  the  same,  a  second  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  college  or 
division  concerned  is  appointed.  If  within  jurisdiction  of  the  Dean  for  Undergradu- 
ate Studies  that  Dean  will  appoint  the  ad  hoc  Committee  on  Academic 
Dishonesty  consisting  of  two  faculty  having  experience  in  the  General  Studies 
Program,  one  serving  as  chairperson,  and  one  student  in  that  program. 

The  dean  or  provost  of  the  instructional  department  will  refer  the  specific 
report  of  alleged  academic  dishonesty  to  this  ad  hoc  committee  and  the 
committee  will  hear  the  case.  The  hearing  procedures  before  this  committee  will 
in  general  conform  to  those  required  for  student  judicial  boards.  The  committee 
may  impose  the  normal  disciplinary  actions  and/or  impose  a  grade  of  F  in  the 
course. 

The  chairman  of  the  committee  will  report  its  actions  to  the  dean  or  provost, 
the  student's  dean  or  provost,  and  to  the  Judiciary  Office.  The  dean  or  provost  of 
the  instructional  department  will  advise  the  student  in  writing  of  the  disciplinary 
action  of  the  committee,  and  also  advise  the  student  of  the  right  to  file  an  appeal 
to  the  Adjunct  Committee  on  Student  Conduct  within  thirty  days. 

The  student  may  file  the  appeal  through  the  Judiciary  Office  to  the  Adjunct 
Committee.  The  Adjunct  Committee  will  schedule  a  hearing  within  thirty  days  from 
receipt  of  the  appeal  notice.  The  Chairperson  of  the  Adjunct  Committee  will  notify 
the  student  in  writing  of  the  time  and  place  of  the  appeal  hearing  at  least  ten 
calendar  days  in  advance. 

Marl(ing  System 

1.  The  following  symbols  are  used  on  the  student's  permanent  record  for  all 
courses  in  which  he  or  she  is  enrolled  after  the  initial  registration  and 
schedule  adjustment  period:  A,  B,  C,  D,  F,  I,  P,  S,  and  W.  These  marks 
remain  as  part  of  the  student's  permanent  record  and  may  be  changed  only 
by  the  original  instructor  on  certification,  approved  by  the  department 
chairman  and  the  dean  or  provost,  that  an  actual  mistake  was  made  In 
determining  or  recording  the  grade. 

2.  The  mark  of  A  denotes  excellent  mastery  of  the  subject.  It  denotes 
outstanding  scholarship.  In  computations  of  cumulative  or  semester  aver- 
ages, a  mark  of  A  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  4  quality  points  per  credit  hour. 
(See  Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation  below.) 

3.  The  mark  of  B  denotes  good  mastery  of  the  subject.  It  denotes  good 
scholarship.  In  computation  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages  a  mark  of  B 
will  be  assigned  3  quality  points  per  credit  hour. 

4.  The  mark  of  C  denotes  acceptable  mastery.  It  denotes  the  usual  achieve- 
ment expected.  In  computation  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages  a  mark 
of  C  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  2  quality  points  per  credit  hour. 

5.  The  mark  of  D  denotes  borderline  understanding  of  the  subject.  It  denotes 
marginal  performance,  and  it  does  not  represent  satisfactory  progress 
toward  a  degree.  In  computations  of  cumulative  or  semester  averages  a 
mark  of  D  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  1  quality  point  per  credit  hour. 

6.  The  mark  of  F  denotes  failure  to  understand  the  subject.  It  denotes 
unsatisfactory  performance.  In  computations  of  cumulative  or  semester 
averages  a  mark  of  F  will  be  assigned  a  value  of  0  quality  points  per  credit 
hour. 

7.  The  mark  of  P  is  a  student  option  mark,  equivalent  to  A,  B,  C,  or  D.  (See 
Pass-Fail  option  below.)  The  student  must  inform  the  Office  of  Registrations 
of  the  selection  of  this  option  by  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period. 
In  computation  of  quality  points  achieved  for  a  semester,  a  mark  of  P  will  be 
assigned  a  value  of  2  quality  points  per  credit  hour.  (See  Minimum 
Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation  below.) 

8.  The  mark  of  S  is  a  department  option  mark  which  may  be  used  to  denote 
satisfactory  performance  by  a  student  in  progressing  thesis  projects, 
orientation  courses,  practice  teaching  and  the  like.  In  computation  of 
cumulative  averages  a  mark  of  S  will  not  be  included.  In  computation  of 
quality  points  achieved  for  a  semester,  a  mark  of  S  will  be  assigned  a  value 
of  2  quality  points  per  credit  hour. 

9.  The  mark  I  is  an  exceptional  mark  which  is  an  instructor  option.  It  is  given 
only  to  a  student  whose  work  in  a  courst  has  been  qualitatively  satisfactory, 
when,  because  of  illness  or  other  circumstances  beyond  his  control,  he  or 
she  has  been  unable  to  complete  some  small  portion  of  the  work  of  the 
course.  In  no  case  will  the  mark  I  be  recorded  for  a  student  who  has  not 
completed  the  major  portion  of  the  work  of  the  course.  The  student  will 
remove  the  I  by  completing  work  assigned  by  the  instructor;  it  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  request  arrangements  for  completion  of  the  work. 


The  work  must  be  completed  by  the  end  of  the  next  semester  in  which  the 
course  is  again  offered  and  in  which  the  student  is  in  attendance  at  the 
College  Park  Campus:  othenwise  the  I  becomes  terminal  (equivalent  to  W). 
Exceptions  to  the  time  penod  cited  above  may  be  granted  by  the  student's 
dean  or  provost  upon  the  wntten  request  of  the  student  if  circumstances 
warrant  further  delay.  If  the  instructor  is  unavailable,  the  department 
chairman  will,  upon  request  of  the  student,  make  appropnate  arrangements 
for  the  student  to  complete  the  course  requirements.  It  is  the  responsibility 
of  the  instructor  or  department  chairman  concerned  to  return  the  appropri- 
ate supplementary  grade  report  to  the  Office  of  Registrations  promptly  upon 
completion  of  the  work.  The  I  cannot  be  removed  through  re-registration  for 
the  course  or  through  the  technique  of  "credit  by  examination."  In  any  event 
this  mark  shall  not  be  used  in  any  computations. 

10.  The  mark  W  is  used  to  denote  that  the  student  withdrew  from  a  course  in 
which  he  or  she  was  enrolled  at  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period. 
This  mark  shall  not  be  used  in  any  computation,  but  for  information  and 
completeness  is  placed  on  the  permanent  record  by  the  Office  of  Registra- 
tions. The  Office  of  Registrations  will  promptly  notify  the  instructor  that  the 
student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course. 

1 1 .  Audit.  A  student  may  register  to  audit  a  course  or  courses  in  which  space  is 
available.  The  notation  AUD  will  be  placed  on  the  transcript  for  each  course 
audited.  A  notation  to  the  effect  that  this  symbol  does  not  imply  attendance 
or  any  other  effort  in  the  course  will  be  included  on  the  transcript  in  the 
explanation  of  the  grading  system. 

Pass-Fail  Option 

1.  An  undergraduate  who  has  completed  15  or  more  credit  hours  at  the 
College  Park  Campus  and  has  a  cumulative  average  of  at  least  2.00  may 
register  for  courses  on  the  Pass-Fail  option  during  any  semester  or  summer 
session. 

2.  Certain  divisional  requirements,  major  requirements  or  field  of  concentration 
requirements  do  not  allow  the  use  of  the  Pass-Fail  option.  Certain  courses 
within  a  department  may  be  designated  by  that  department  as  not  available 
under  the  Pass-Fail  option.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student  electing 
this  option  to  ascertain  in  conjunction  with  his  or  her  dean,  provost, 
department  or  major  advisor  whether  the  particular  courses  will  be  applica- 
ble to  his  degree  requirements  under  the  Pass-Fail  option. 

3.  No  more  than  20  percent  of  the  College  Park  Campus  credits  offered  toward 
the  degree  may  be  taken  on  the  Pass-Fail  option  basis. 

4.  Students  registering  for  a  course  under  the  Pass-Fail  option  are  required  to 
complete  all  regular  course  requirements.  Their  work  will  be  evaluated  by 
the  instructor  by  the  normal  procedure  for  letter  grades.  The  instructor  will 
submit  the  normal  grade.  The  grades  A,  B,  C,  or  D  will  be  automatically 
converted  by  the  Office  of  Registrations  to  the  grade  P  on  the  student's 
permanent  record.  The  grade  F  will  remain  as  given.  The  choice  of  grading 
option  may  be  changed  only  during  the  schedule  adjustment  period  for 
courses  In  which  the  student  Is  currently  registered. 

Credit  by  Examination  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

1.  Credit  may  be  earned  by  examination  for  any  undergraduate  course,  for 
which  a  suitable  examination  has  been  adopted  or  prepared  by  the 
department  granting  the  credit.  When  standarized  CL€P  (College  Level 
Examination  Program)  examinations  are  available,  they  may  be  used. 
Students  who  desire  to  determine  which  courses  may  be  taken  by 
examination  should  consult  the  Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies, 

2.  Any  student  may  take  a  course  by  examination  by  obtaining  an  application 
form  from  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies,  paying  the 
requisite  fees,  and  taking  the  examination  at  a  time  mutually  agreeable  to 
the  student  and  the  department  offenng  the  course. 

3.  The  applicant  must  be  formally  admitted  to  the  University  of  Maryland,  and 
be  in  good  academic  standing.  Posting  of  credit,  however,  will  be  delayed 
until  the  student  has  a  transcript  established. 

4.  Application  for  credit  by  examination  is  equivalent  to  registration  for  a 
course:  however,  the  following  conditions  apply: 

a.  A  student  may  cancel  the  application  at  any  time  prior  to  completion  of 
the  examination  with  no  entry  on  the  permanent  record.  (Equivalent  to 
the  schedule  adjustment  period.) 

b.  The  instructor  makes  the  results  of  the  examination  available  to  the 
student  prior  to  formal  submission  of  the  grade.  Before  formal  submis- 
sion of  the  grade,  a  student  may  elect  not  to  have  this  grade  recorded.  If 
a  student  makes  this  choice  a  symbol  of  W  is  recorded,  (Equivalent  to 
the  drop  procedure.) 

c.  No  course  may  be  attempted  more  than  twice. 

d.  The  instructor  must  certify  on  the  report  of  the  examination  submitted  to 
the  Registrations  Office  that  copies  of  the  examination  questions  or 
identifying  information  in  the  case  of  standardized  examinations  and  the 
student's  answers  have  been  filed  with  the  chairman  of  the  department 
offering  the  course. 


26      Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements 


5.  Letter  grades  earned  on  examinations  to  establish  credit  (If  accepted  by  the 
student)  are  entered  on  the  student's  transcnpt  and  used  in  computing  the 
cumulative  grade  point  average,  A  student  may  elect  to  take  an  examiantion 
for  credit  on  a  "Pass-Fail"  basis  under  the  normal  "Pass-Fail"  regulations. 

6.  Undergraduate  students  may  earn  by  examination  no  more  than  half  the 
credits  required  for  the  degree, 

,  7,  Fees  for  Credit  by  Examination  as  follows. 

a.  Fees  for  CLEP  and  other  standardized  examinations  are  determined 
externally  and  are  not  altered  by  the  University.  These  credits  are 
treated  as  transfer  credits. 

b.  Students  are  charged  $30.00  for  each  course  examination  regardless  of 
the  number  of  credits.  This  fee  must  be  paid  prior  to  taking  the 
examination  and  is  not  refundable  regardless  of  whether  or  not  the 
student  completes  the  examination. 

Degree  Requirements 

1.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  departments,  colleges,  divisions,  or  appropriate 
academic  units  to  establish  and  publish  clearly  defined  degree  require- 
ments. Responsibility  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  requirements  for 
graduation  in  any  curriculum  rests  with  the  student.  Not  later  than  the  close 
of  the  junior  year,  the  student  should  check  with  the  proper  authonties  to 
ascertain  his  or  her  standing  in  this  respect.  For  this  purpose  the  student 
should  be  sure  to  preserve  the  copy  of  ttie  semester  grade  report  issued  by 
the  Office  of  Records  and  Registrations  at  the  close  of  each  semester. 

2.  In  order  to  earn  a  baccalaureate  degree  the  last  30  semester  credits  of  any 
curriculum  must  be  taken  in  residence  at  the  College  Park  Campus. 
Candidates  for  degrees  in  pre-professional  combined  programs  must 
complete  at  least  30  semester  hours;  nothing  stated  below  modifies  in  any 
way  this  basic  requirement.  Included  in  these  30  semester  hours  will  be  a 
minimum  of  15  semester  hours  in  courses  numbered  300  or  above, 
including  at  least  12  semester  hours  required  in  the  major  field  (in  curncula 
requiring  such  concentration).  All  candidates  for  degrees  should  plan  to  take 
their  senior  year  in  residence  since  the  advanced  work  of  their  major  study 
normally  occurs  in  the  last  year  of  the  undergraduate  course.  At  least  24  of 
the  last  30  credits  must  be  done  in  residence  at  the  College  Park  Campus; 
i.e.,  a  student  who  at  the  time  of  graduation  will  have  completed  30 
semester  hours  in  residence  may  be  permitted  to  do  not  more  than  6 
semester  hours  of  the  final  30  credits  of  record  in  another  institution, 
provided  written  permission  is  secured  in  advance  from  the  dean  or  provost. 
The  student  must  be  enrolled  in  the  program  from  which  he  or  she  plans  to 
graduate  when  registenng  for  the  last  15  credits  of  the  program.  These 
requirements  apply  also  to  the  third  year  of  pre-professional  combined- 
degree  programs. 

3.  While  many  University  curricula  require  more  semester  hours  than  120,  no 
baccalaureate  curriculum  requires  less  than  120  credit  hours.  It  is  the 
student's  responsibility  to  familiarize  himself  or  herself  with  the  requirements 
of  the  curriculum.  The  student  is  urged  to  take  advantage  of  the  advice  on 
these  matters  in  the  departments,  colleges,  divisions,  or  Office  of  Academic 
Affairs. 

4.  A  student  who  has  completed  requirements  for  and  has  received  one 
baccalaureate  degree  must  satisfactorily  complete  enough  additional  credits 
so  that  the  total,  including  all  applicable  credits  earned  at  College  Park  or 
elsewhere,  is  at  least  150  credits.  In  no  case,  however,  will  a  second 
baccalaureate  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  has  not  completed  the  last  30 
credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 

5.  A  student  who  wishes  to  receive  simultaneously  two  baccalaureate  degrees 
from  the  University  of  fvlaryland.  College  Park,  must  satisfactonly  complete  a 
minimum  of  150  credits  (161  credits  if  one  of  the  degrees  is  the  B.Arch. 
degree  in  the  School  of  Architecture).  The  regularly  prescnbed  requirements 
of  both  degree  programs  must  be  completed.  As  early  as  possible  and  in 
any  case  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  before  the 
expected  date  of  graduation  the  student  must  file  with  the  departments  or 
programs  involved  and  also  with  the  appropriate  deans  and  provosts  a 
formal  program  showing  the  courses  to  be  offered  to  meet  major,  supporting 
area,  college,  division  and  General  University  and  elective  requirements  of 
both  curricula.  No  course  used  in  either  curriculum  to  satisfy  a  major, 
supporting  area,  or  college  or  division  requirement  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
the  General  University  Requirements.  If  two  divisions  are  involved  in  the 
double  degree  program,  the  student  must  designate  which  division  is 
responsible  for  the  maintenance  of  records. 

6.  A  general  C  (2.00)  average  is  required  for  graduation  in  all  curricula.  (See 
t^^inimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation.) 

7.  Applications  for  diplomas  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  Records  and 
Registrations  during  the  registration  period  or  not  later  than  the  end  of  the 
second  week  of  classes  of  the  regular  semester  or  at  the  end  of  the  second 
week  of  the  summer  session,  at  the  end  of  which  the  candidate  expects  to 
receive  a  degree. 

Attendance 

1 .  The  University  expects  each  student  to  take  full  responsibility  for  his  or  her 
academic  work  and  academic  progress.  The  student,  to  progress  satisfacto- 


rily, must  meet  the  quantitative  requirements  of  each  course  for  which  he  or 
she  is  registered.  Students  are  expected  to  attend  classes  regularly,  for 
consistent  attendance  otters  the  most  effective  opportunity  open  to  all 
students  to  gam  a  developing  command  of  the  concepts  and  materials  of 
their  course  of  study  However,  attendance  in  class,  in  and  of  itself,  is  not  a 
criterion  for  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  degree  of  success  or  failure. 
Furthermore,  absences  (whether  excused  or  unexcused)  do  not  alter  what  is 
expected  of  the  student  qualitatively  and  quantitatively.  Except  as  provided 
below,  absences  will  not  be  used  in  the  computation  of  grades,  and  the 
recording  of  student  absences  will  not  be  required  of  the  faculty. 

2.  In  certain  courses  in-class  participation  is  an  integral  part  of  the  work  of  the 
course.  A  few  examples  would  be  courses  in  public  speaking  and  group 
discussion,  courses  emphasizing  conversation  in  foreign  languages,  certain 
courses  in  physical  education,  and  certain  laboratory  sessions.  Each 
department  shall  determine  which  of  its  courses  fall  into  this  category.  It 
shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the  instructor  in  such  courses  to  inform  each 
class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  that  in-class  participation  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  work  of  the  course  and  that  absences  will  be  taken  into 
account  in  the  evaluation  of  the  student's  work  in  the  course. 

3.  Laboratory  meetings  require  special  preparation  of  equipment  and  materials 
by  the  staff.  A  student  who  is  not  present  for  a  laboratory  exercise  has 
missed  that  part  of  the  course  and  cannot  expect  that  he  or  she  will  be  given 
an  opportunity  to  make  up  this  work  later  in  the  term. 

4.  Special  provision  for  freshmen:  the  freshman  year  is  a  transitional  year. 
Absences  of  freshmen  in  the  basic  freshman  courses  will  be  reported  to  the 
student's  dean  or  division  officer  when  the  student  has  accumulated  more 
than  three  unexcused  absences. 

5.  Excuses  for  absences  (in  basic  freshman  courses  and  in  courses  where  in- 
class  participation  is  a  significant  part  of  the  work  of  the  course)  will  be 
handled  by  the  instructor  in  the  course  in  accordance  with  the  general  policy 
of  his  or  her  department  and  college. 

6.  Examinations  and  tests:  All  examinations  and  tests  shall  be  given  during 
class  hours  in  accordance  with  the  regularly  scheduled  (or  officially 
"arranged")  time  and  place  of  each  course  listed  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes 
and/or  the  Undergraduate  Catalog.  Unpublished  changes  in  the  scheduling 
or  location  of  classes/tests  must  be  approved  by  the  department  chairman 
and  reported  to  the  Provost.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  be 
informed  concerning  the  dates  of  announced  quizzes,  tests  and  examina- 
tions. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  to  excuse  the  absences  of  students  that 
result  from  religious  observances  and  to  provide  without  penalty  for  the 
rescheduling  of  examinations  that  fall  on  religious  holidays.  An  instructor  is 
not  under  obligation  to  give  a  student  a  make-up  examination  unless  the 
absence  was  caused  by  illness,  religious  observance  or  by  participating  in 
University  activities  at  the  request  of  University  authorities. 

A  make-up  examination,  when  permitted,  must  be  given  on  Campus, 
unless  the  published  schedule  and  course  description  require  other  arrange- 
ments. The  make-up  examination  must  be  at  a  time  and  place  mutually 
agreeable  to  the  instructor  and  student,  cover  only  the  material  for  which  the 
student  was  originally  responsible,  and  be  given  within  a  time  limit  thatfetains 
currency  of  the  material.  The  make-up  must  not  interfere  with  the  student's 
regularly  scheduled  classes.  In  the  event  that  a  group  of  students  require  the 
same  make-up  examination,  one  make-up  time  may  be  scheduled  at  the 
convenience  of  the  instructor  and  the  largest  possible  number  of  students 
involved.  Under  the  same  guidelines  students  shall  have  equal  access  to  all 
information  and  drills  missed  due  to  the  reasons  listed. 

Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  request  at  any  time  the  withdrawal  of  a 
student  who  cannot  or  does  not  maintain  the  required  standard  of  scholarship,  or 
whose  continuance  in  the  University  would  be  detrimental  to  his  or  her  health,  or 
to  the  health  of  others,  or  whose  conduct  is  not  satisfactory  to  the  authorities  of 
the  University.  Specific  scholastic  requirements  are  set  forth  in  the  Minimum 
Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation. 

Withdrawal  From  the  University 

1.  Should  a  student  desire  or  be  compelled  to  withdraw  from  the  University  at 
any  time,  he  or  she  must  secure  a  form  for  withdrawal  from  the  Withdraw- 
al/Reenrollment  Office,  and  submit  the  form  along  with  the  semester 
Identification/Registration  card.  Any  student  listed  under  the  Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  must  obtain  the  withdrawal  form  from  that 
Division  and  obtain  the  proper  signature  before  submitting  it  to  the 
Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office. 

2.  The  effective  date  of  withdrawal  as  far  as  refunds  are  concerned  is  the  date 
that  the  withdrawal  form  is  received  by  the  Withdrawal/Re-enrollment 
Office.  A  notation  of  WITHDRAWN  and  the  effective  date  of  the  withdrawal 
will  be  posted  to  the  permanent  record.  The  instructors  and  the  Divisional 
Offices  will  be  notified  of  all  withdrawn  students.  The  deadline  date  for 
submitting  the  withdrawal  form  for  each  semester  is  the  last  official  day  of 
final  examinations. 


Office  of  Administrative  Affairs      27 


Readmission  and  Reinstatement 

See  page  15  lor  information  r<jgarding  deadlines. 

Readmission 

1.  A  student  whose  continuous  attendance  at  the  University  has  been 
interrupted,  but  who  was  in  good  academic  standing  or  on  academic 
probation,  at  the  end  of  the  last  regular  semester  foi  which  he  or  she  was 
registered,  must  apply  to  the  Withdrawal/Re-enrollmeni  Office  for  Readmis- 
sion. 

2.  Academic,  Financial,  Judicial  and  Health  Clearances  may  be  required  in 
some  cases.  (Academic  Clearance  could  include  requiring  transcnpts  from 
another  school  if  it  is  judged  to  be  necessary). 

3.  Any  student  who  was  previously  admitted  to  the  University  and  did  not 
register  for  that  semester  must  apply  for  AOI^ISSION  Also,  any  student 
who  was  previously  admitted  to  the  University,  registered,  but  cancelled  the 
only  registration,  must  apply  for  ADMISSION. 

Reinstatement 

1 .  A  student  who  withdraws  from  the  University  must  apply  for  reinstatement  to 
the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office.  The  applications  are  subject  to  review 
by  the  Faculty  Petition  Board. 

2.  A  student  who  has  been  dismissed  for  academic  reasons  must  file  an 
application  for  reinstatement.  Applications  may  be  filed  the  semester 
immediately  following  the  dismissal.  All  applications  are  reviewed  by  the 
Faculty  Petition  Board  whose  members  are  empowered  to  grant  reinstate- 
ment to  the  University  if  the  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 

3.  Academic,  Financial,  Judicial,  and  Health  Clearances  may  be  required  in 
some  cases.  Transcnpts  will  be  required  from  any  school  attended  dunng 
the  period  between  their  withdrawal  or  dismissal  and  their  reinstatement. 

4.  A  student  who  has  been  dismissed  from  the  University  for  academic 
reasons  and  whose  petition  for  reinstatement  is  denied  may  apply  for 
reinstatement  any  subsequent  semester.  It  is  recommended  that  the 
student  give  serious  consideration  to  the  previous  recommendations  of  the 
Faculty  Petition  Board. 

5.  Application  forms  for  readmission,  reinstatement  and  withdrawals  may  be 
obtained  from  the  Withdrawal/Reenrollment  Office  in  Room  1130,  North 
Administration  Building. 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation 

1.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  of  successfully  completed  (not  I,  F,  or  W)  course 
credits  is  required  for  graduation  in  any  degree  curnculum.  {See  Degree 
Requirements  and  Credit  by  Examination  above.)  Credits  transferred,  or 
earned  dunng  prior  admissions  terminating  in  academic  dismissal  or 
withdrawal  and  followed  by  readmission,  will  be  applicable  toward  meeting 
credit  requirements  for  a  degree.  (See  Readmission  and  Reinstatement 
above.) 

2.  A  (ull-time  student  will  be  placed  on  academic  probation  at  the  end  of  any 
semester  in  which  he  or  she  does  not  achieve  a  total  of  24  quality  points  for 
that  semester,  except  that  he  or  she  will  not  be  placed  on  academic 
probation  for  this  reason  if  he  or  she  earns  at  least  18  quality  points  on  a 
registration  (at  the  end  of  the  schedule  adjustment  period)  of  9  credits,  20 
quality  points  on  a  registration  of  10  credits,  or  22  quality  points  on  a 
registration  of  11  credits.  Exceptions  are  also  allowed  for  all  full-time 
students  in  their  first  semester  of  registration  on  the  College  Park  Campus, 
who  must  earn  at  least  18  quality  points  for  that  semester.  This  exception 
does  not  apply  to  students  who  have  earned  more  than  8  credits  through 
previous  registration  in  the  University. 

3.  Any  student,  full-  or  part-time,  who  fails  to  maintain  a  minimum  cumulative 
average  of  1.95  at  the  end  of  any  semester  following  that  in  which  the  total 
of  credits  completed  at  the  College  Park  Campus  (with  grades  A,  B,  C,  D,  P, 
S  or  F),  plus  any  credits  transferred,  is  45  credits,  will  be  placed  on 
academic  probation.  Credits  completed  with  grades  of  A,  B,  C,  D,  and  F,  but 
not  S,  P,  or  I  will  be  used  in  the  computation  of  the  cumulative  average.  The 
1 .95  requirement  applies  to  first  semester  transfer  students  who  transfer  45 
or  more  credits. 

4.  A  student  who  does  not  meet  the  academic  standards  for  any  given 
semester  will  be  placed  on  probation  and  must  display  acceptable  perform- 
ance in  quality  points  and  cumulative  average  (if  applicable)  during  the  next 
semester  in  order  to  regain  good  academic  standing.  A  student  will  be 
dismissed  at  the  end  of  the  second  consecutive,  or  fourth  total,  semester  of 
unacceptable  performance.  Courses  for  which  the  mark  W  is  recorded  are 
excluded  from  all  such  computations  of  cumulative  average. 

5.  A  student  who  has  been  academically  dismissed  and  who  is  reinstated  will 
be  academically  dismissed  again  if  he  or  she  does  not  meet  the  academic 
standards  for  any  two  additional  semesters  after  return.  In  the  computation 
of  the  cumulative  average  after  return,  all  credits  earned  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  will  be  used. 

6.  When  a  student  is  placed  on  academic  probation  or  is  academically 
dismissed,  the  action  shall  be  entered  on  the  student's  official  and 
permanent  record. 


7.  Any  course  may  be  repeated,  but  if  a  student  repeats  a  course  in  which  he 
or  she  has  already  earned  a  mark  of  A,  B,  C,  D,  P  or  S,  the  subsequent 
attempt  shall  not  increase  the  total  hours  earned  toward  the  degree  Only 
the  higher  mark  will  be  used  in  computation  of  the  student's  cumulative 
average  However,  the  student's  quality  points  in  a  given  semester  shall  be 
determined  by  that  semester's  grades 

8.  Any  appeal  from  the  regulations  governing  academic  probation  or  academic 
dismissal  shall  be  directed  to  the  Petition  Board  which  shall  be  empowered 
to  grant  relief  in  unusual  cases  if  the  circumstances  warrant  such  action. 


Administrative  Offices 
Office  of  the  Chancellor 

Athletics 

The  University  of  Maryland  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  has  men's 
teams  in  football,  soccer,  and  cross  country  in  the  fall;  basketball,  fencing, 
swimming,  wrestling,  and  indoor  track  during  the  winter,  and  baseball,  golf,  tennis, 
lacrosse,  and  outdoor  track  in  the  spring,  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  Atlantic 
Coast  Conference  and  the  National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  (NCAA)  in  the 
men's  programs. 

Women's  intercollegiate  athletic  teams  incluoe  cross  country,  field  hockey, 
and  volleyball  in  the  fall;  basketball,  swimming,  indoor  track,  and  gymnastics 
dunng  the  winter;  and  lacrosse  and  track  in  the  spnng.  Tennis  competition  is 
scheduled  in  both  the  fall  and  the  spring  seasons.  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the 
National  Association  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  for  Women  (AIAW)  in  the 
women's  programs. 

Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs 

The  Human  Relations  Office  (HRO)  is  responsible  for  initiating  action  in 
compliance  with  campus,  state,  and  federal  affirmative  action  directives  designed 
to  provide  equal  education  and  employment  opportunities  for  College  Park 
students  and  employees.  Acting  directly  for  the  Ctiancellor,  the  HRO  performs  a 
campus-wide  monitonng  function  relative  to  federal,  state  and  locally  mandated 
compliance  activity.  The  office  coordinates  the  equity  activities  of  the  Offices  of 
Vice-Chancellors  and  Provosts,  who  are  designated  by  the  Chancellor  to  be 
responsible  for  the  local  implementation  of  equal  opportunity  programs  for 
students  and  employees.  Such  programs  include  desegregation.  Title  IX  and  Reg. 
#504  efforts  for  the  handicapped  and  are  designed  to  benefit  both  undergradu- 
ate and  graduate  students. 

Equity  officers,  who  assist  the  Vice  Chancellor  and  Provosts,  directly 
supervise  local  unit  equity  efforts  as  well  as  the  grievance  settlement  activities  of 
unit  Equal  Education  and  Employment  Opportunities  (Triple  EO)  Officers, 

The  HRO  designs  and  conducts  workshops,  forums,  discussion  groups  and 
training  sessions.  It  undertakes  organizational  development  activities  and  is 
responsible  for  documenting  and  analyzing  equity  trends  and  recommending 
appropnate  action  to  the  Chancellor  and  Campus  Senate.  The  office  negotiates 
informal  complaints  settlements  according  to  procedures  set  forth  in  the  Campus 
Human  Relations  Code.  It  also  serves  an  appellate  function  in  formal  grievance 
proceedings 

The  HRO  maintains  a  liaison  relationship  with  the  Campus  Senate  through 
the  Senate  Adjunct  Committee  on  Human  Relations. 

Office  of  University  Relations 

The  Office  of  University  Relations  has  responsibility  for  the  official  campus 
public  information  program  including  publications  and  media  relations  as  well  as 
campus  efforts  in  fund  raising  and  alumni  affairs.  The  office,  which  reports  to  the 
Chancellor,  is  also  charged  with  responsibility  for  internal  relations  and  major 
campus  events. 

University  Relations  Units  are  Development,  which  includes  the  Parents 
Association,  Campus  Alumni  Programs,  and  Community  Concerts;  Public  Infor- 
mation which  includes  media  relations  and  newsletters  for  special  publics;  and 
Publications  which  includes  graphic  design.  Each  of  these  units  is  headed  by  a 
director  who  reports  to  the  Director  of  University  Relations.  Staff  responsible  for 
the  management  of  major  campus  events.  Speakers  Bureau  and  Film  Production 
also  report  to  the  Director  of  University  Relations, 


Office  of  Administrative  Affairs 

Dining  Services 

The  goal  of  the  University  Dining  Services  is  to  provide  nutritionally  balanced 
and  tastefully  prepared  meals,  served  in  a  pleasant  and  relaxing  atmosphere. 

Dining  Services  offer  vaned  meal  plans  both  to  Resident  Hall  students  and 
apartment  dwellers.  In  addition,  there  are  several  cash  facilities  conveniently 


28 Office  of  Administrative  Affairs 


located  on  the  Campus.  To  apply  for  a  meal  plan  come  to  the  Business  Office, 
South  Campus  Dining  Hall.  Telephone  454-2905. 

Campus  Police  Department 

The  prime  functions  of  the  Police  Department  within  its  jurisdiction  are  the 
preservation  of  peace  and  order,  the  protection  of  all  persons  and  property,  and 
the  prevention  and  detection  of  crime.  Vitally  concerned  with  human  life  and 
property,  the  members  of  the  Police  Department  enforce  both  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  Maryland  and  the  regulations  of  the  University. 

Environmental  Safety  Department 

The  Safety  Department  concerns  itself  primarily  with  fire  prevention  and  life 
safety  to  insure  the  well  being  of  members  of  the  College  Park  Campus  and  the 
preservation  of  property.  Inspection  of  University  buildings  and  facilities  for 
compliance  with  state  and  federal  fire  codes,  maintenance  of  fire  alarms  and 
detection  devices,  and  supervision  of  fire  drills  and  evacuation  practices  are 
integral  functions  of  the  Environmental  Safety  Department. 

Campus  Traffic  and  Parking  Rules  and  Regulations.  These  regulations  apply 
to  all  who  drive  motor  vehicles  on  any  part  of  the  campus  at  College  Park. 

1.  Purpose: 

a.  To  promote  the  safe  and  orderly  conduct  of  University  business  by 
providing  parking  spaces  as  convenient  as  possible  within  the  space 
available. 

b.  To  provide  parking  space  for  University  visitors  and  guests. 

c.  To  protect  pedestrian  traffic. 

d.  To  assure  access  of  ambulances,  fire-fighting  apparatus,  and  other 
emergency  apparatus  at  all  times. 

e.  To  control  vehicular  traffic  on  the  Campus. 

2.  Registration  of  Vehicles 

a.  All  motor  vehicles,  including  motorcycles  and  scooters,  operated  on 
campus  by  persons  associated  with  the  University  must  be  registered 
with  the  Vehicle  Registration  Office  regardless  of  ownership,  except  as 
noted  in  Regulation  2c.  All  student  vehicles  must  be  registered  in  the 
name  of  the  student  who  is  the  legal  operator  of  the  vehicle. 

b.  Student  vehicles  must  be  registered  for  the  current  academic  year 
during  the  applicable  registration  period.  A  registration  charge  will  be 
made  for  each  vehicle.  This  fee  cannot  be  refunded. 

(1)  Fall  Semester  beginning  in  August  for  first  vehicle $12,00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

(2)  Spring  Semester  beginning  in  January  for  first  vehicle $6.00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

(3)  Summer  Semester $3.00 

each  additional  vehicle $3.00 

All  registrations  will  expire  on  the  next  following  August  31.  Proof  of 
ownership  or  legal  control  will  be  required  for  multiple  registrations. 
Students  applying  for  registration  of  additional  vehicles  must  present  the 
State  vehicle  registration  and  the  University  of  Maryland  registration 
number  of  their  initially  registered  vehicle  lor  the  current  academic  year. 
No  charge  will  be  made  for  replacement  of  registration  sticker  required 
due  to  damaged  bumper  of  a  registered  vehicle  or  because  of  a 
replacement  for  a  registered  vehicle.  Remnants  of  stickers  to  be 
replaced  must  be  turned  in  at  the  Motor  Vehicle  Registration  Desk. 

c.  Resident  students  who  have  earned  less  than  56  semester  credits  shall 
be  prohibited  from  operating  a  motor  vehicle  on  the  College  Park 
Campus,  and  from  registering  a  vehicle  under  provisions  of  these 
regulations,  except  with  special  permission.  Details  are  available  at  the 
Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office. 

d.  Vehicle  registration  in  no  way  guarantees  a  convenient  parking  space. 
The  fact  that  all  parking  spaces  convenient  to  any  specific  location  are 
filled  is  not  an  acceptable  excuse  for  parking  violations.  Parking  Area  4 
is  overflow  space  for  all  student  parking  areas.  Any  registered  student 
vehicle  operators  who  are  unable  to  find  spaces  in  their  assigned  area 
may  park  in  Area  4  at  any  time  without  penalty.  Supervisory  personnel  in 
the  MVA  Office  are  available  to  discuss  parking  problems  with  any 
student  or  faculty/staff  member. 

e.  Parking  permits  for  faculty  and  staff  are  issued  initially  at  the  time  of 
employment.  All  permits  expire  on  August  31  of  each  year.  Vehicle 
registration  for  the  following  school  year  may  be  accomplished  by  the 
faculty  or  staff  member's  respective  department  at  any  time  after  July  1 
of  each  year.  Proof  of  ownership  or  legal  control  will  be  required  for  each 
vehicle  registered.  All  vehicles  must  display  permits  for  the  current 
school  year  after  September  30  of  each  year.  Permit  decals  must  be 
permanently  applied  on  windshield  and  rear  window  of  vehicle. 

f.  Vehicle  registration  is  required  for  control  purposes.  Vehicle  registration 
does  not  necessarily  insure  that  parking  space  will  be  available.  Only 
one  set  of  parking  permits  for  each  vehicle  is  authorized. 

g.  Student  vehicles  are  not  considered  officially  registered  until  permits  are 
permanently  affixed  on  driver's  side  of  front  and  rear  bumpers  or  on 
metal  plates  affixed  to  license  plates,  plainly  visible. 


h.  Temporary  parking  permits  for  visiting  groups  and  lor  special  reasons 
and  conditions  are  available.  Requests  should  be  made  to  the  Motor 
Vehicle  Administration  Office,  Telephone  454-4242. 

i.  Parking  permits  cannot  be  transferred  to  any  vehicle  other  than  the  one 
for  which  they  were  originally  issued. 

j.  Parking  permits  must  not  be  defaced  or  altered  in  any  manner. 

k.  Temporary  and  permanent  special  permits  for  medical  reasons  are 
available.  Details  are  available  from  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration 
Office.  Telephone  454-4242. 

3.  Traffic  Regulations: 

a.  All  motor  vehicles  are  subject  to  University  traffic  regulations  while  on 
the  University  Campus.  The  University  assumes  no  responsibility  for  loss 
or  damage  to  private  property. 

b.  All  traffic  and  parking  signs  must  be  obeyed.  Between  the  hours  of  1 1 
p.m.  and  6  a.m.,  signs  at  unmanned  security  gates  and  officials  posted 
at  security  entrances  must  be  obeyed. 

c.  It  is  impossible  to  mark  with  signs  all  areas  of  University  property  where 
parking  is  prohibited.  Parking  or  driving  is  definitely  prohibited  on  grass 
plots,  tree  plots,  construction  areas,  or  any  place^which  will  mar  the 
landscaping  of  the  campus,  create  a  safety  hazard,  or  interfere  with  the 
use  of  University  facilities. 

d.  All  regulations  must  be  observed  during  Registration  and  Examination 
periods,  except  as  may  be  othenwise  indicated  by  official  signs.  During 
Registration,  periods  between  semesters,  final  examinafion  periods  and 
Summer  School  sessions,  registered  vehicles  may  park  in  any  num- 
bered parking  area. 

e.  Operation  of  any  motor  vehicle  in  such  a  manner  as  to  create  excessive 
noise  or  smoke,  or  operation  of  any  vehicle  which  is  in  an  unsafe 
condition,  will  result  in  revocation  of  parking  permit  and  issuance  of  a 
Maryland  State  Summons  for  violation  of  Article  66t  Annotated  Code  of 
Maryland. 

f.  Pedestrians  shall  have  the  right-of-way  at  all  times. 

g.  The  maximum  speed  on  campus  roads  is  as  posted.  In  areas  of 
pedestrian  traffic,  drivers  must  yield  the  right-of-way  to  pedestrians. 

h.  Vehicles  operated  by  faculty/staff  and  students,  including  motorcycles 
and  scooters,  must  be  parked  in  assigned  areas  only.  Certain  parking 
areas  are  restricted  to  Faculty  and  Academic  Staff  at  all  times.  This 
restriction  is  indicated  on  the  official  sign  at  the  entrance  to  the  area.  In 
all  other  parking  areas,  unrestricted  parking  is  permitted  from  4:00  p.m. 
to  7:00  a.m.  Monday  through  Thursday,  and  from  4:00  p.m.  Friday  to 
7:00  a.m.  Monday. 

i.  Any  motor  vehicle  parked  in  violation  of  University  traffic  regulations  or 
abandoned  on  Campus  is  subject  to  removal  and  impounding  at  the 
expense  of  the  owner  or  operator.  (See  Regulation  4c.) 

j.  Specific  spaces  in  parking  areas  shall  not  be  reserved  or  marked  for  any 
department  or  individual. 

k.  If  an  unregistered  vehicle  is  used  as  an  emergency  substitute  for  a 
registered  vehicle,  it  must  be  parked  in  the  regularly  assigned  area  and 
an  immediate  report  made  to  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office, 
Ext.  4242. 

i.  In  parking  areas  which  have  marked  spaces  and  lanes,  a  vehicle  must 
be  parked  in  one  space  only,  leaving  clear  access  to  adjacent  spaces, 
and  without  blocking  driving  lanes  or  creating  a  hazard  for  other  drivers. 

m.  Parking  is  not  permitted  at  crosswalks. 

n.  Parking  or  standing  is  prohibited  on  all  campus  roads  and  fire  lanes  at  all 
times. 

0.  In  cases  where  individuals  are  permitted  to  register  more  than  one 
vehicle  for  parking  on  the  campus,  only  one  of  these  vehicles  may  be 
parked  in  the  assigned  area  at  any  time. 

p.  Metered  parking  spaces  must  be  used  in  accordance  with  requirements 
as  stated  on  official  signs. 

q.  The  fact  that  a  vehicle  is  parked  in  violation  of  any  regulation  and  does 
not  receive  a  violation  notice  does  not  mean  that  the  regulation  is  no 
longer  in  effect. 

4.  Traffic  Information: 

a.  The  Office  of  the  University  Police  is  located  in  the  Service  Building  and 
may  be  reached  on  University  campus  telephone  extension  3555. 

b.  The  Cashier's  Office  and  the  Motor  Vehicle  Administration  Office  are  in 
the  Service  Building,  Campus  Telephone  Ext,  4242. 

c.  The  term  abandonment,  as  it  relates  to  automobiles  parked  on  property 
owned  or  leased  by  the  University  of  Maryland,  shall  mean  any  one  or 
more  of  the  following  conditions: 

(1)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  for  thirty  (30)  days  and 
whose  owner  or  other  claimant  the  University  is  unable  to  locate. 

(2)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  for  thirty  (30)  days  and 
whose  identified  owner  or  other  claimant  refuses  to  move  it. 

(3)  Any  vehicle  on  which  current  license  plates  are  not  displayed  and 
which  has  not  been  moved  for  ten  (10)  days. 

(4)  Any  vehicle  which  has  not  been  moved  in  seven  (7)  days  due  to  an 
inoperative  condition  caused  by  the  removal  of  necessary  parts  or  a 
wrecked  condition. 


Office  of  Student  Affairs      29 


Preferred  parking  areas  for  car  pools  are  available.  Formation  of  car 
pools  is  encouraged:  three  or  more  people  constitute  a  valid  car  pool. 
Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Commuter  Student 
Office. 
Violation  Fees  and  Penalties 

a.  Any  person  connected  with  the  University  who  operates  an  unregistered 
vehicle  on  the  Campus  will  be  sub|ect  to  payment  of  a  fifteen  (SI 5.00) 
dollar  penalty  in  addition  to  the  penalty  for  any  other  regulation  violation 
connected  therewith. 

b.  Any  person  connected  with  the  University  who  registers  a  vehicle  in  any 
way  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  these  regulations  or  knowingly 
provides  incorrect  information  to  MVA  will  be  subject  to  payment  of  a 
$50.00  penalty. 

C.  VIOLATION  OF  ANY  CAMPUS  TRAFFIC  REGULATION  OTHER  THAN 
IMPROPER  REGISTRATION  WILL  RESULT  IN  PENALTY  AS  LISTED 
BELOW: 

(1)  Penalty  for  parking  a  registered  vehicle  in  a  parking  area  other  than 
properly  assigned  area  $5.00. 

(2)  Parking  a  registered  vehicle  on  a  roadway,  or  posted  no  parking 
area  $5.00. 

(3)  Parking  any  vehicle,  including  cycles,  on  walks,  grass  area,  plazas, 
and  any  other  places  not  designated  as  areas  for  parking  $5.00. 
Violator  will  be  additionally  liable  for  amount  of  any  specific  damage 
caused  by  such  action. 

(4)  Penalty  for  parking  an  unauthonzed  vehicle  in  a  marked  Medi- 
cal/Handicapped space  $20.00. 

(5)  Penalty  for  parking  an  unauthorized  vehicle  in  a  marked  fire  lane 
$20.00. 

(6)  Overtime  parking  in  metered  space  will  result  in  a  penalty  of  two 
dollars  ($2.00)  for  each  maximum  time  period  on  the  meter. 

(7)  The  above  listed  penalty  fees  do  not  include  any  towing  and/or 
impounding  fees  which  may  be  incurred. 

d.  Violations  are  payable  within  10  calendar  days  from  date  of  issue  at  the 
office  of  the  Cashier  in  the  General  Services  Building,  and  an  additional 
penalty  of  $2.00  will  be  imposed  for  failure  to  settle  violations  on  time. 

e.  Traffic  violation  notices  issued  to  University  visitors  must  be  signed  and 
returned  either  in  person  or  by  mail  with  explanation  to  the  Vehicle 
Administration  Office,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742,  or  to  the  University  Official  visited.  Violation  notices  must  be 
returned  within  10  days  after  date  of  issue.  The  violation  may  be  voided 
at  the  discretion  of  the  Vehicle  Administration  Office,  if  it  is  not  voidable, 
it  will  be  returned  for  payment. 

f.  Violations  involving  an  unregistered  vehicle  owned  by  a  member  of  the 
immediate  family  of  a  student  may  be  charged  to  the  student's  account 
unless  settled  by  the  individual  receiving  the  ticket,  in  accordance  with 
stated  pnvileges  granted  to  Visitors  and  Guests. 

g.  Persistent  violators  of  traffic  regulations  will  be  referred  to  the  Judiciary 
Office  for  appropriate  action. 

h.  Vehicles  parked  in  roadways,  fire  lanes  and  other  related  areas  as 
descnbed  in  Section  3c  are  subject  to  being  towed  at  owner's  expense. 
Appeals 

a.  STUDENTS:  An  Appeals  Board  composed  of  students  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Student  Traffic  Board  meets  regularly  to  consider  appeals 
from  students  charged  with  parking  violations.  A  student  wishing  to 
appeal  a  parking  violation  MUST  register  at  the  Traffic  Appeals  Table, 
2nd  floor.  North  Administration  Building.  Parking  tickets  must  be 
appealed  within  ten  (10)  calendar  days  from  the  date  of  issue. 
OVERTIME  METER  violations  are  not  subject  to  review  by  this  board, 
and  malfunctioning  meters  should  be  reported  to  MVA.  AI.L  ACTIONS 
OF  THE  TRAFFIC  APPEALS  BOARD  WILL  BE  FINAL. 

b.  FACULTY  AND  STAFF:  Faculty  and  staff  members  who  are  charged 
with  parking  violations  and  wish  to  appeal  MUST  submit  an  appropnate 
explanation  to  their  department  chairpersons  or  directors  within  10 
calerjdar  days  from  the  date  of  issue.  OVERTIME  METER  violations  are 
not  subject  to  review  by  the  departments,  and  malfunctioning  meters 
should  be  reported  to  MVA. 

c.  VISITORS:  Persons  who  are  not  students  or  employees  of  the  University 
and  who  are  charged  with  parking  violations  which  they  wish  to  appeal 
MUST  sign  the  violation  notice  and  return  it  with  an  appropnate 
explanation  to  MVA  within  10  calendar  days  from  the  date  of  issue. 
Malfunctioning  meters  sfiould  be  reported  to  MVA.  The  violation  may  be 
voided  at  the  discretion  of  the  MVA  Office,  if  not  voidable,  it  will  be 
returned  Jor  payment. 

.  Bicycles  and  Mopeds 
Bicycles  and  mopeds  should  be  parked  in  bicycle  racks  provided  on 
Campus.  Maryland  State  Laws  prohibit  secunng/  parking  a  bicycle  or  moped 
in  any  manner  which  would  obstruct  or  impede  vehicular  or  pedestnan 
movement.  Violators  will  be  subject  to  having  their  bicycles/mopeds 
impounded 

.  Parking  Areas  for  Students: 
Area  1— West  of  Cole  Activities  Building    between  Stadium  Dnve  and 
Campus  Drive 


Area  2— North  of  Denton  Hall  Dorm  Complex 
Area  3— Southwest  Corner  of  Campus 
Area  4— North  of  Heavy  Research  Laboratory 
Area  7— East  of  U.S.  #1,  at  North  Gate 
Area  8— East  of  Wind  Tunnel  Adjacent  to  U.S.  1 
Area  *9— Vicinity  of  Cambridge  Dorm  Complex 
Area  11— Northwest  of  Asphalt  Institute  Building 
Area  12— South  of  Allegany  Hall 

Area  14— Loop  Roads  Front  and  Rear  of  Houses  on  Fraternity  Row 
Area  15— Rear  7402  Pnnceton  Avenue 
9.  Parking  Areas  for  Faculty  and  Staff: 
Area  'A— West  End  of  BPA  Building 

Area  AA— West  of  Fine  Arts  and  Education  Classroom  Building 
Area  *B— Adjacent  to  Computer  Science  Center 
Area  BB— West  of  Chemistry  Building 
Area  C— Adjacent  to  Turner  Laboratory  (Dairy) 
Area  CC — Barn  area 
Area  'D— Rear  of  Journalism  Building 
Area  DD— East  of  Space  Sciences  Building 
Area  *E— Adjacent  to  Engineering  Buildings 
Area  EE— North  of  Engineering  Laboratory  Building 
Area  *F— Adjacent  to  Fire  Service  Extension  Building 
Area  FF— East  of  Animal  Science  Building 
Area  GG— South  Center  of  Adult  Education 
Area  'H— Adjacent  to  Symons  Hall  and  Holzapfel  Hall 
Area  HH— Adjacent  to  H.J.  Patterson  Hall— Botany 
Area  I— Rear  of  Molecular  Physics  Building 
Area  J— West  of  Annapolis  Hall 
Area  K— Adjacent  to  General  Service  Building 
Area  KK— Rear  Chemical  Engineering  Building 
Area  L— Administration-Armory  Loop 
Area  *M— Adjacent  to  Infirmary 

Area  'N— North  of  Dining  Hall  #5  and  East  of  Elkton  Hall 
Area  NN— Adjacent  to  Building  #201 

Area  3— East  and  West  of  School  of  Architecture  Undergraduate  Library 
Area  '00- West  Portion  Only) 

Area  00— Adjacent  to  Zoology-Psychology  Building  and  Undergraduate 
Library 

Area  P— East  of  Wind  Tunnel 
Area  Q— Rear  of  Jull  Hall 

Area  R— Circle  in  front  of  Byrd  Stadium  Field  House,  Stadium  Garage  and 
adjacent  to  Preinkert  Field  House 
Area  RR— West  of  Chemistry  Building 
Area  'S— Special  Food  Service 
Area  T— North  of  Engineering  Laboratory  Building 
Area  *TT— Service  Area  West  of  Physics  Building 
Area  U— Rear  of  McKelding  Library 
Area  UU— East  of  J.M.  Patterson 

Area  V— South  of  Main  Food  Service  Facility  and  West  of  Building  CC 
Area  *W— Between  Skinner  Building  and  Taliaferro  Hall 
Area  X— Rear  of  Chemistry  Building 
Area  "XX— West— New  Chemistry  Wing 
Area  Y— West  of  Chapel 
Area  YY— West  of  Cumberland  Hall 
Area  Z— Adjacent  to  Cole  Field  House,  West  Side 
Area  Z*— Rear  Cole  Field  House 
Area  19— Lord  Calvert  Apartments 
Area  19— University  Hills  Apartment 

Area  17— Special  Parking  for  use  of  Center  for  Adult  Education 
'Restricted  at  all  times 


Office  of  Student  Affairs 

Office  of  Campus  Activities 

The  Office  of  Campus  Activities  provides  advising,  consultation,  and  assist- 
ance to  Campus  organizations,  in  order  to  enhance  the  educational  growth  of 
leaders,  members,  and  associates.  Efforts  focus  on  establishing  vanous  Campus 
programs  for  the  benefit  of  the  University  community.  The  office  maintains 
records  pertaining  to  student  activities  and  coordinates  the  resources  of  student 
groups  and  other  Campus  agencies  to  promote  ongoing  functions.  Office 
location:  1191  Student  Union  Building,  Telephone:  454-5605. 

Greek  Life  Office 

This  office  serves  as  the  liaison  between  Maryland's  53  fraternity  and  soronty 
chapters  and  the  University  administration.  The  Office  of  Greek  Life  assists  in  the 
development  of  programs  and  operations  for  the  Pan-Hellenic  and  Interfraternity 
Councils.  Through  the  utilization  of  total  University  resources,  the  staff  assists  the 


30      Office  of  Student  Affairs 


students  with  leadership  and  management  training,  the  coordination  of  philan- 
thropic projects,  membership  recruitment,  public  relations  and  the  participation  of 
the  Greek  system  within  the- total  education  of  the  University  community.  Office 
location:  1191  Student  Union.  Telephone:  454-2736, 

Office  of  Commuter  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  located  in  room  1195  Student  Union,  has 
established  services  to  work  on  behalf,  with  and  for  the  commuter  students  at  the 
University  of  Maryland,  In  addition  to  the  services  described  below,  the  office  is 
actively  involved  in  several  research  projects  and  houses  the  National  Clearing- 
house for  Commuter  Programs.  Telephone:  454-5274. 

Off-Campus  Housing  Service  maintains  up-to-date  computerized  listings  of 
rooms,  apartments  and  houses  (both  vacant  and  to  share).  Area  maps, 
apartment  directories,  and  brochures  concerning  area  eatenes,  realtors,  furniture 
rental  agencies,  motels  and  tenant-landlord  problems  are  available  in  the  office. 
Telephone:  454-3645. 

Carpooling.  Students  interested  in  forming  a  carpool  can  join  the  individual 
match-up  program  by  filling  out  an  application  at  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs. 
Student  run  regional  carpools  operating  from  Bowie,  Rockville,  White  Oak  and 
Oxon  Hill  are  given  assistance  from  the  OCA  office.  A  preferred  parking  program 
for  students  who  carpool  with  three  or  more  people  has  been  established. 
Students  who  qualify,  need  to  fill  out  an  application  each  semester  in  the  OCA 
office. 

University  Commuters  Association  is  advised  by  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs. 
UCA  is  the  recognized  organization  which  represents  commuter  interests  on 
major  campus  task  forces  and  committees.  Some  activities  sponsored  in  the  past 
by  UCA  include  mixers,  lunchtime  guitar  and  speaker  series  and  happy  hours. 
Telephone:  454-2255  (X  CARS). 

Shuttle  Bus  System  is  operated  by  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  for  the  security 
and  convenience  of  all  students.  Shuttle-UM  offers  five  distinct  programs: 
Daytime  commuter  routes,  evening  security  routes,  evening  secunty  call-a-ride, 
transit  service  for  the  Disabled,  charter  service.  Schedules  are  available  at  the 
Student  Union  Information  Desk,  the  Office  of  Commuter  Affairs,  and  the  Shuttle 
Bus  Office.  Telephone:  454-5375. 

Counseling  Center 

Psychologists  provide  professional  counseling  services  for  students  with 
educational-vocational  and  emotional-social  adjustment  concerns.  Educational 
specialists  provide  individual  and  group  work  for  improving  reading  and  study 
skills.  Call  or  come  in  to  arrange  an  initial  conference. 

The  Center  also  offers  a  large  variety  of  special  counseling  workshop 
programs  on  such  topics  as  assertion  training,  exam  skills,  reducing  smoking, 
vocational  planning  and  anxiety  reduction.  Other  programs  include  a  series  of  self 
understanding  and  development  groups.  Brochures  describing  all  of  these  are 
available  in  the  Center. 

Available  in  the  reception  lobby  are  occupational  and  educational  information, 
and  tape  recorded  conversations  with  academic  department  chairpersohs  about 
their  disciplines.  The  Center  provides  consultation  to  a  vanety  of  groups  and 
individuals  concerning  organizational  development  and  group  productivity. 

The  Disabled  Student  Service,  providing  a  variety  of  services  for  disabled 
students,  is  also  located  within  the  Counseling  Center. 

The  Center  produces  a  wide  variety  of  research  reports  on  characteristics  of 
students  and  the  campus  environment. 

National  testing  programs  (the  CLEP,  GRE,  Miller  Analogies,  etc.)  are 
administered  by  the  Counseling  Center  as  well  as  testing  for  counseling 
purposes. 

Office  location:  Shoemaker  Building.  Telephone:  Counseling  Services 
454-2931;  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Lab  454-2935. 

Health  Services 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located  on  Campus  Drive  directly  across  from 
the  Student  Union.  Undergraduate  and  graduate  students  are  eligible  for  health 
care  at  the  Health  Center.  Services  provided  include  both  urgent  and  routine 
medical  care,  mental  health  evaluation  and  treatment,  health  education,  laborato- 
ry. X-ray,  and  gynecological  services,  and  upon  referral  from  a  Health  Center 
physician,  orthopedic  services 

Students  can  best  be  seen  by  calling  the  Health  Center  for  an  appointment. 
Students  who  are  iniured  or  are  too  ill  to  wait  for  an  appointment  can  be  seen  on 
a  walk-in  basis.  Walk-in  patients  may  encounter  a  longer  wait  than  appointment 
patients,  however,  emergencies  always  receive  highest  priority 

The  Health  Center  is  open  weekdays  (or  appointments  and  walk-ins,  with 
limited  sen/ices  after  normal  working  hours.  Refer  to  the  Health  Center  brochure 
for  specific  hours.  Serious  injuries  and  illnesses  are  referred  to  local  health  care 
facilities  at  the  student's  expense. 

The  health  fee  is  included  in  the  tuition  fee  and  upon  payment  of  tuition  a 
student  becomes  eligible  for  routine  medical  care  and  professional  services  at 


the  Health  Center,  Charges,  however,  are  made  for  certain  laboratory  tests,  all  X- 
rays,  casts  and  allergy  injections.  It  should  be  noted  that  the  mandatory  health 
fee  is  not  a  form  of  health  insurance. 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  each  student  maintain  some  type  of  health 
insurance  coverage.  Recognizing  that  many  family  medical  plans  do  not  provide 
coverage  for  college  age  students,  the  University  has  negotiated  with  a  local 
insurance  company  to  provide  a  voluntary  comprehensive  student  insurance  for 
illnesses  and  accidents.  This  policy  provides  benefits  for  hospital,  surgery, 
emergency,  laboratory.  X-ray,  and  limited  coverage  for  mental  and  nervous 
disorders. 

For  information  call  454-3444;  appointments  454-4923;  Mental  Health 
454-4925;  Women's  Health  454-4923;  Health  Education  454-4922. 

Judicial  Programs 

General  Policy 

The  primary  purpose  for  the  imposition  of  discipline  in  the  University  setting  is 
to  protect  the  campus  community  and  to  create  an  atmosphere  of  personal 
freedom,  in  which  the  nghts  of  all  students  and  staff  members  are  fully  protected. 

Students  may  be  accountable  to  both  civil  authonties  and  to  the  University  for 
acts  which  constitute  violations  of  law  and  of  University  regulations.  Likewise,  an 
act  constituting  a  violation  of  the  resident  hall  contract  and  University  regulations 
may  result  in  removal  from  University  housing,  the  imposition  of  disciplinary 
sanctions,  or  both. 

General  Statement  of  Student  Responsibility 

Students  are  expected  'to  conduct  themselves  at  all  times  in  a  manner 
consistent  with  the  University  responsibility  of  ensuring  to  all  members  of  the 
community  the  opportunity  to  pursue  ttieir  educational  objectives,  and  of 
protecting  the  safety,  welfare,  rights,  and  property  of  all  members  of  the 
community  and  of  the  University  itself. 

Judicial  Programs  Office 

The  Judicial  Programs  Office  directs  the  efforts  of  students  and  staff 
members  in  matters  involving  student  discipline.  The  responsibilities  of  the  office 
include:  1)  determination  of  the  disciplinary  charges  to  be  filed  against  individual 
students  or  groups  of  students;  2)  interviewing  and  adyising  parties  involved  in 
disciplinary  proceedings;  3)  supervising,  training  and  advising  the  various  judicial 
boards;  4)  reviewing  the  decisions  of  the  judicial  boards;  5)  maintenance  of  all 
student  disciplinary  records;  6)  collection  and  dissemination  of  research  and 
analysis  concerning  student  conduct. 

Student  judicial  board  members  are  invited  to  assume  positions  of  responsi- 
bility in  the  University  discipline  system  in  order  that  they  might  contribute  their 
insights  to  the  resolutions  of  disciplinary  cases.  Final  authonty  in  disciplinary 
matters,  however,  is  vested  in  the  campus  administration  and  in  the  Board  of 
Regents. 

Disciplinary  Procedures 

Students  accused  of  violating  University  regulations  are  accorded  fundamen- 
tal due  process  in  disciplinary  proceedings.  Formal  rules  of  evidence,  however, 
shall  not  be  applicable,  nor  shall  deviations  from  prescribed  procedures  neces- 
sarily invalidate  a  decision  or  proceeding,  unless  significant  prejudice  to  one  of 
the  parties  may  result. 

Orientation— Maryland  Preview 

Upon  admission  to  the  University,  the  students  will  receive  matenals  about 
Maryland  Preview,  a  program  sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Orientation.  The  pnmary 
purposes  of  the  program  are  to  provide  new  students  with  a  general  onentation  to 
the  University,  and  to  coordinate  their  academic  advisement  and  course 
registration,  Dunng  the  program  students  have  the  opportunity  to  interact  formally 
and  informally  with  faculty,  administrators,  undergraduate  student  advisors  and 
other  new  students. 

Freshmen  students  may  elect  to  attend  a  one-day  or  two-day  program.' 
Programs  for  freshmen  are  offered  during  the  months  of  June,  July,  August  and  ' 
January. 

Transfer  students  are  encouraged  to  attend  a  one-day  program  offered 
dunng  the  months  of  July,  August,  November,  January  and  April. 

Parents  of  new  students  are  invited  to  attend  a  one-day  program  specifically 
designed  to  introduce  parents  to  the  academic,  social  and  cultural  milieu  of  the, 
University.  These  programs  are  offered  during  the  months  of  June,  July  and 
August 

Religious  Programs 

A  broad  range  of  religious  traditions  is  represented  by  the  several  chaplains 
and  religious  advisors  at  the  University,  Individually  and  cooperatively,  they  offer 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs      31 


many  sen/ices  including  counseling,  worship,  student  opportunities  here  and 
abroad,  personal  growth  groups,  and  opportunities  for  service  and  Involvement. 
Office  locations:  University  Memorial  Chapel  and  2108J  North  Administration 
Building.  Telephone:  454-5783. 

Resident  Life 

This  department  is  responsible  for  administering  management  functions  and 
cultural,  educational,  recreational,  nghts  and  responsibilities,  and  social  pro- 
gramming in  the  Campus'  36  undergraduate  residence  halls. 

The  halls  are  in  semi-autonomous  residential  community  clusters.  These 
communities  enjoy  considerable  freedom  to  develop  in  a  manner  which  reflects 
the  personalities,  needs  and  interests  of  residents.  Facilities  vary  with  respect  to 
architecture.  A  staff  of  full-time  professionals,  graduate  students  and  undergradu- 
ate students  helps  to  insure  that  community  programming,  physical  environment 
and  administrative  needs  are  met.  Staff  work  closely  with  supporting  Campus 
agencies  to  provide  services  in  accord  with  State  and  University  expectations.  . 

Residence  halls  are  reserved  for  single,  full-time  undergraduates.  An  applica- 
tion for  housing  services  is  required,  and  is  provided  to  every  full-time  undergrad- 
uate upon  or  soon  after  admission.  On-campus  housing  accommodations  are 
limited-  Most  of  the  available  8,100  spaces  are  reserved  each  year  by  returning 
upperclasspersons.  The  number  of  entering  students  who  apply  for  housing 
space  exceeds  the  approximately  3,000  spaces  which  remain.  The  likelihood  of 
securing  accommodations  for  the  start  of  classes  and  the  advisability  of  pursuing 
other  housing  alternatives  is  provided  each  student  shortly  after  application  for 
housing  services  is  made. 

Inquiries  should  be  directed  to  Information  Services,  Department  of  Resident 
Life,  3117  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
20742.  (301)  454-2711. 

Maryland  Student  Union 

The  Maryland  Student  Union  is  the  community  center  of  the  College  Park 
Campus  for  all  members  of  the  University:  students,  faculty,  staff,  alumni,  and 
their  guests.  The  Union  is  not  just  a  building;  it  is  also  an  organization  and  a 
program.  The  Union  provides  for  the  services,  conveniences,  and  amenities  of 
the  University. 

The  Union  was  built  and  furnished  without  the  help  of  state  or  federal  funds 
and  is  operated  as  a  self  supporting  facility,  drawing  its  income  from  revenue 
producing  areas  and  student  fees. 

Building  Hours: 

Monday— Thursday 7am— 12  midnight 

Friday 7am— l  am 

Saturday 8am— 1  am 

Sunday 12  noon— 1 2  midnight 

Student  Union  Services  and  Facilities: 

Services  include: 

Bank 

Bookstore 
Bulletin  Boards 
Campus  Resen/ations 
Copy  Machines 
Display  Showcases 
Food  Sen/ices 

Cafeteria 

Tortuga  Room 

Vending  Room 

Banquets  and  Catering 
Information  Center 
Lounges 

Meeting  Rooms  (Size  from  8-1000  people) 
Notary  Public 
Recreation  Center 

Bowling  Lanes 

Billards  Room 

Table  Games  Room 

Pin  Ball  Machines 
Record  Co-op 
Student  Offices 
TV  Room 
Ticket  Office 

Campus  Concerts 

Selected  Off-campus  events 
Tobacco  Shop 

U.S.  Postal  Service  Automated  Facility 
William  L.  Hoff  Movie  Theater 

Directory: 

Information  Center 454-2801 


Administrative 454-2807 

Bowling  Billiards 454-2804 

Dial  -an-  Event 454-4321 

Program  Office 454-4987 

Reservations-Union 454-2809 

Reservations-Campus/Chapel 454-4409 

Ticket  Office 454-2803 

Student  Entertainment  Enterprises 454-4546 

Union  Movie  Schedule 454-2594 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs 

Office  of  Academic  Services 

Academic  Services  is  a  clustering  of  several  offices,  within  the  Office  of  the 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs,  consisting  of  Undergraduate  Admissions, 
Student  Aid,  Academic  Data  Systems,  Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment,  Interna- 
tional Education  Services,  and  Records  and  Registrations. 

Undergraduate  Admissions 

The  services  offered  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  are 
designed  to  meet  the  individual  needs  of  both  prospective  and  enrolled  students. 
For  prospective  students,  the  office  provides  general  information  about  the 
College  Park  campus  in  the  form  of  letters,  personal  interviews,  and  campus 
tours.  It  also  evaluates  the  applications  of  both  freshman  and  transfer  students  to 
select  qualified  students.  Services  for  enrolled  students  include  determining 
students'  eligibility  for  in-state  status;  acting  as  a  liaison  with  the  academic 
departments  for  the  evaluation  of  transfer  credits,  advanced  placement,  and 
CLEP  scores;  and  providing  any  additional  general  informatian  requested  by 
enrolled  students.  Please  refer  to  page  10  for  more  information  concerning 
undergraduate  admission. 

Office  location:  Lower  level.  North  Administration  Building.  Telephone: 
454-5550. 

Student  Financial  Aid 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  administers  a  variety  of  financial 
assistance  and  student  employment  opportunities,  primarily  based  on  the  need  of 
the  applicant.  The  staff  of  tfie  office  is  available  for  individual  counseling  on 
matters  pertinent  to  the  financial  planning  of  the  student  body. 

See  page  1 9  for  more  detailed  information  on  opportunities  for  financial 
assistance.  Office  location:  Room  2130,  North  Administration  Building. 

Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment 

The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment  (OEOR)  is  the  phmary  recruit- 
ment arm  for  attracting  minority  students  to  the  University.  OEOR  carries  out  its 
charge  by  making  visitations  to  high  schools,  community  colleges,  and  communi- 
ty organizations.  The  office  facilitates  the  student's  admission  process  and 
provides  the  student  information  about  the  academic  and  student  life  of  the 
campus. 

OEOR  welcomes  inquihes  from  students,  parents,  and  college  advisers.  For 
more  information,  contact  OEOR,  Room  0107,  North  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  MD  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-4844. 

International  Education  Services 

International  students  and  faculty  receive  a  wide  variety  of  services  designed 
to  help  them  benefit  from  their  experience  in  the  United  States.  International 
Education  Sen/ices  works  very  closely  with  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Admissions.  Other  services  provided  to  the  prospective  student  include  special 
advisement  and  orientations,  help  with  secuhng  housing,  information  about 
programs  of  special  international  interest,  and  assistance  with  the  forms  that  are 
required  for  compliance  with  immigration  and  other  governmental  regulations. 

Study  Abroad  Office.  American  students  and  faculty  receive  advisement  and 
information  about  study,  travel  and  work  in  other  countries.  Returning  students 
may  obtain  assistance  with  transfer  credits,  reenrollment,  pre-registration  and 
housing. 

The  Office  of  International  Education  Services  is  located  in  Room  2115, 
North  Administration  Building.  Telephone:  454-3043. 

Records  and  Registrations 

This  office  provides  services  to  students  and  academic  departments  related 
to  the  processes  of  registration,  scheduling,  withdrawal,  reenrollment,  and 
graduation.  The  office  also  maintains  the  student's  academic  records,  and  issues 
transcripts.  Telephone:  454-5559.  Staff  members  are  available  to  students  for 
consultation.  Location:  Public  Inquiry  counter,  1st  floor.  North  Administration 
Building. 


32      Office  of  Academic  Affairs 


Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies 

General.  The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  has  overall 
responsibility  for  undergraduate  advisement  on  the  departmental,  college  and 
divisional  levels.  The  office  maintains  the  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center  with 
a  staff  of  advisors  for  students  who  have  not  yet  decided  upon  a  major.  Advisors 
are  likewise  available  for  students  interested  in  pre-professional  preparation  for 
medicine,  dentistry  and  law.  Transfer  or  handicapped  students  with  special 
academic  problems  may  also  be  advised  through  the  office. 

This  office  supervises  a  number  of  special  academic  programs,  including  the 
Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Degree  Program,  the  General  Honors  Program  and 
the  Individual  Studies  Program.  The  office  interprets  and  enforces  academic 
requirements  and  regulations  for  undergraduates  and  administers  the  program  of 
Credit  by  Examination. 

Academic  service  components  of  this  office  include  the  Career  Development 
Center,  and  the  Office  of  Experiental  Learning  Programs  (Cooperative  Education, 
internships,  volunteer  programs  (PACE). 

The  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  is  located  in  Room  1115  of 
the  Undergraduate  Library. 

Career  Development  Center 

General.  The  Career  Development  Center  (CDC)  supports  and  assists  students 
from  all  departments  in  early  and  systematic  consideration  of  career  questions 
and  concerns:  What  are  my  interests,  abilities  and  concerns?  Wtiat  career  areas 
are  consistent  with  these  characteristics?  How  do  I  select  a  career  objective  and, 
once  decided,  what  are  effective  strategies  in  securing  a  job  or  graduate  school 
position?  Career  Development  Center  programs  and  services  are  designed  to  be 
most  effectively  used  by  students  beginning  in  the  freshman  year  and  continuing 
through  the  college  years.  Students  who  begin  to  effectively  plan  their  education 
and  career  early  will  be  in  the  best  position  to  place  themselves  in  a  meaningful 
and  rewarding  position  upon  leaving  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Career  Development  Center  Programs  and  Services 

Course:  EDCP  108D  &  L,  M,  N,  0,  P— Career  Planning  and  Decision  Making  This 
course  emphasizes  the  learning  of  the  life  long  process  of  career  planning. 
Assignments  are  chosen  to  facilitate  self  and  career  exploration,  to  teach 
effective  decision-making  applicable  to  college  majors,  career  and  future  life  and 
to  develop  job  seeking  skills. 

Placement  Manual  and  Handouts.  The  Placement  Manual  provides  detailed, 
comprehensive  information  regarding  the  services  offered  by  the  Career  Devel- 
opment Center.  Career  planning,  job  seeking  strategies  including  resume  writing 
and  interviewing  techniques  are  discussed  and  employers  taking  part  in  the  On- 
Campus  Recruiting  Program  are  listed.  There  are  also  numerous  handouts 
covering  a  wide  variety  of  career  planning  areas  as  well  as  "CAREER 
DEVELOPMENTS"— a  regular  newsletter  listing  job  openings  and  discussing 
career  topics. 

Credentials  Sen/ice.  Credentials  are  a  student's  permanent  professional  record 
which  must  be  filed  with  the  Career  Development  Center  by  all  senior  education 
majors  prior  to  graduation.  Credentials  also  may  be  filed  by  any  student  or  alumni 
desiring  a  set  of  references  useful  in  graduate  school,  job  search  or  a  future 
career  change. 

On-Campus  Recruiting  Program.  Each  year  (500-600)  employers  and  graduate 
school  representatives  come  to  campus  to  interview  interested  students  who  are 
within  two  semesters  of  graduation. 

Career  Library.  The  Career  Library  is  a  fundamental  resource  for  career 
exploration,  decision-making,  graduate  school  planning  and  job  seeking.  It 
contains  comprehensive  reference  material  on  all  aspects  of  work,  education, 
lifestyles,  and  career  exploration,  as  well  as  listings  of  job  vacancies,  employer 
and  graduate  school  information  and  job  seeking  guides. 

Career  Counselors  Each  Career  Counselor  at  the  Career  Development  Center 
provides  active  liaison  with  a  UMCP  Academic  Division  including  Arts  and 
Humanities;  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences;  Mathematics,  Physical  Sciences  and 
Engineering;  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  and  Human  and  Community 
Resources.  There  is  also  a  counselor  for  Undecided,  Pre-professional.  Individual 
and  General  Studies  students. 

Group  Programs — 8  Campus  Wide  Events  Group  programs  on  a  wide  variety  of 
career  development  topics  run  continuously  in  CDC.  "Who  Am  I  and  Where  Am  I 
Going."  Job  Seeking  Skills,  The  Summer  Job  Search,  Orientation  to  0.  C.  R.  P  , 
Interview  Preparation  and  Last  Chance  Workshops  are  examples.  Campus-wide 
programs  including  Camp  Day,  Career  Convocation,  Employers  Forum  and 
Graduate/Professional  School  Day  bring  students  and  representatives  together 
for  information  exchange  and  contact. 

Office  of  Experiential  Learning  Programs 

The  Office  of  Experiential  Learning  Programs  (ELP)  supen/ises  a  number  of 
learning  opportunities  involving  participation  in  the  work  of  the  community  and  the 


Campus.  These  programs  encourage  students  to  test  classroom  learning  in  work 
situations,  explore  career  possibilities  by  direct  participation,  or  enhance  their 
personal  development  through  work  and  volunteer  experiences.  The  programs 
include  the  following: 

Cooperative  Education  Program  In  Liberal  Arts  and  Business.  This  program 
allows  students  to  alternate  on-campus  study  with  between  sixteen  and  twenty 
weeks  of  paid  work  experience  in  business,  industry,  and  government  agencies. 
To  be  eligible,  students  must  have  completed  36  hours  of  undergraduate  work 
with  a  2.0  grade  point  average.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  most  employers 
select  students  on  a  competitive  basis. 

Internships  and  Field  Experience  Courses.  Many  academic  departments  offer 
opportunities  for  students  to  earn  academic  credit  (usually  3-6  hours)  through 
participation  in  activities  in  the  community,  accompanied  by  an  appropriate 
academic  product  stemming  from  the  experience.  Information  on  the  campus- 
wide  field  experience  courses,  386/387,  is  provided  by  the  ELP  staff.  The  student 
should  be  aware  that  this  particular  set  of  courses  (386/387)  can  only  be  taken  in 
one  department  once  and  in  one  department  at  a  time  for  a  total  of  no  more  than 
24  semester  hours  of  credit  during  the  student's  academic  career.  ELP  will  help 
students  to  match  their  interests  with  existing  courses  and  community  place- 
ments and  find  departments  willing  to  sponsor  activities  proposed  by  students. 
The  Office  also  assists  departments  in  finding  suitable  placements  for  students. 

Service/Learning.  The  Office  maintains  a  listing  of  over  500  organizations  which 
have  expressed  an  interest  in  working  with  University  of  Maryland  student 
volunteers.  Without  the  complications  of  arranging  credit  or  pay,  volunteers  have 
an  opportunity  to  investigate  their  interests  and  gain  experience.  PACE  (People 
Active  in  Community  Effort),  a  student-organized  program,  provides  educationally 
valuable  volunteer  community  service  projects.  With  funding  from  the  Student 
Government  Association,  PACE  arranges  for  transportation  to  the  volunteer  site, 
develops  student  leadership,  and  acts  as  a  liaison  with  the  community.  PACE  is 
located  in  1101  of  the  Student  Union  Building. 

Information  about  all  these  programs  may  be  obtained  through  the  Office  of 
Experiential  Learning  Programs,  0119  Undergraduate  Library,  454-4767. 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies 

WHAT  IS  THE  BGS  PROGRAM?  The  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  (BGS) 
program  permits  a  student  to  obtain  an  education  in  a  broad  range  of  disciplines 
without  adhering  to  a  previously  defined  curriculum  with  specialization  in  one 
department  or  division.  While  it  allows  the  student  to  design  concentrations  of  up 
to  30  credits  in  a  single  department,  its  purpose  is  to  encourage  breadth  of 
education. 

WHAT  KIND  OF  STUDENTS  ARE  IN  THE  BGS  PROGRAM?  Many  of  the  over 
600  BGS  students  wish  the  broadest  possible  education  and  wish  to  pick  and 
choose  their  courses  from  a  wide  range  of  disciplines.  Others  are  interested  in  a 
particular  set  of  courses  which  are  not  available  within  a  given  major,  and  are 
essentially  "designing  their  own  major"  within  the  broad  framework  of  the  BGS. 
Most  of  the  BGS  students  are  interested  in  the  flexibility  which  the  BGS  program 
allows  them. 

WHAT  HAPPENS  TO  BGS  STUDENTS  WHEN  THEY  GRADUATE?  While  early 
BGS  graduates  have  not  experienced  unusual  problems  with  further  education 
and  employment,  the  individual  student's  postbaccalaureate  experience  may  well 
depend  on  the  quality  of  program  which  he/she  designs  within  the  parameters  of 
the  BGS  requirements.  The  reception  of  an  individual  student  by  graduate 
schools  and  employers  depends  on  this  student,  what  kind  of  BGS  program  he  or 
she  has  put  together,  and  what  type  of  school  or  employment  he  or  she  is 
applying  for.  A  recent  study  of  the  first  BGS  graduates  indicated  that  a  large 
percentage  went  into  business  or  government,  that  many  continued  their 
education,  and  that  the  remainder  were  in  a  variety  of  occupations. 

HOW  DO  I  APPLY?  See  Dr.  Elizabeth  Koopmann,  Assistant  Dean  for  Undergrad- 
uate Studies,  in  1115  Undergraduate  Library,  454-2530/31. 

Individual  Studies  Program 

WHAT  IS  INDIVIDUAL  STUDIES?  Individual  Studies  is  often  called  the  "design 
your  own  major"  program.  It  is  open  to  students  at  UMCP  who  can,  with  faculty 
assistance,  design  a  sequence  of  formal  and/or  informal  learning  experiences, 
satisfactory  completion  of  which  is  appropriate  for  the  awarding  of  a  BA  or  BS 
degree,  and  whose  educational  goals  cannot  be  reasonably  achieved  within  an 
existing  UMCP  curriculum.  A  student  who  graduates  in  the  program  is  awarded  a 
degree  in  Individual  Studies,  with  the  name  of  the  individualized  major  printed  on 
the  transcript. 

HOW  DO  I  APPLY?  You  apply  by  submitting  a  written  prospectus  which  has  the 
support  and  approval  of  a  faculty  tutor,  to  the  Individual  Studies  Review 
Committee.  Once  the  prospectus  is  approved  by  the  committee,  it  becomes  your 
"contract"  for  a  degree.  It  is  to  the  Individual  Studies  student  what  the  catalog  Is 
to  other  majors. 

WHAT  ABOUT  CHANGES?  The  student  is  free  to  change  into  or  out  of  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  at  any  time  within  the  limits  of  the  regulations  for 


Office  of  Academic  Affairs      33 


admission  which  are  listed  above.  To  assure  assignment  of  proper  credit  lor 
students  transferring  out  of  the  Individual  Studies  Program,  all  work  will  be  graded 
on  a  semester-by-semester  basis. 

Change  of  tutor  may  become  necessary  because  of  changing  staff  at  the 
University.  Any  change  in  program  must  be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  Assistant 
Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies  and  approved  in  order  to  become  part  of  the 
student's  program. 

IS  INDIVIDUAL  STUDIES  AN  HONORS  PROGRAM?  No.  IVSP  is  open  to  any 
student  who  wishes  to  design  his  or  her  own  major.  There  is  no  grade  point 
requirement  for  admission.  The  students  who  are  in  the  program  tend  to  be  rather 
clear  about  their  academic  goals,  self-motivated,  able  to  work  without  a  lot  of 
direct  supervision,  and  particularly  interested  in  out-of-classroom  learning  expen- 
ences  (research,  directed  studies,  internships,  etc.) 

WHERE  DO  I  START?  Students  interested  in  applying  to  the  program  should 
discuss  their  ideas  for  a  program  with  Dr.  Judith  Sorum,  Assistant  Dean  for 
Undergraduate  Studies,  Room  1115  Undergraduate  Library,  454-2530/31. 

Minority  Student  Education 

The  Office  of  Ivlinority  Student  Education  was  officially  created  on  July  1, 
1972,  as  a  result  of  proposals  and  recommendations  submitted  to  the  chancellor 
from  the  Campus  Black  Community  and  the  Study  Commission  on  Student  Life.  It 
is  responsible  for  addressing  the  needs  of  minonty  students  dunng  their 
experience  at  the  University  of  Ivlaryland.  This  responsibility  takes  the  Office  of 
Ivlinority  Student  Education  through  a  broad  range  of  concerns,  from  the 
introduction  of  minonty  students  to  the  University  to  special  supportive  programs, 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  areas  of  recruitment,  retention  and  graduation. 

OMSE  seeks  to  develop  a  comprehensive  academic  articulation  program  that 
will  facilitate  better  utilization  of,  and  linkages  with,  existing  University  resources. 
This  includes  providing  minonty  students  with  meaningful  career  advisement  in 
areas  that  offer  both  good  job  opportunities  and  good  salahes.  For  general 
program  information,  contact  Director,  Office  of  Ivlinority  Student  Education, 
Room  3151  Undergraduate  Library.  Phone:  454-4901. 

The  office  is  directly  responsible  for  the  administration  of  the  Nyumburu 
Community  and  the  Minority  Advisement  Program  (MAP). 

The  following  is  a  brief  description  of  the  programs  administered  by  the  Office 
of  Minority  Student  Education. 

NYUMBURU  COMMUNITY  CENTER.  Nyumburu  (Swahili  word  meaning  "free- 
dom house")  Center  functions  throughout  the  year  to  present  a  wide  range  of 
cultural  events  through  a  variety  of  art  forms  and  the  humanities.  Programs  and 
activities  presented  by  Nyumburu  focus  on  the  black  experience  as  it  exists  in  the 
United  States,  Caribbean  and  Africa. 

Cultural  offerings  at  Nyumburu  include  symposia  and  workshops  conducted 
by  visiting  artists  and  scholars  in  the  areas  of  creative  writing  and  literature,  art, 
music,  drama  and  dance.  A  Festival  of  Black  Arts  and  a  Writer's  Conference  held 
annually  highlight  specific  areas  of  cultural  achievement  and  contribution  by 
minority  peoples. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Afro-American  Studies  Program,  Nyumburu  is 
engaged  in  research  projects,  such  as  examining  the  sources  of  black  creativity 
and  historical  contributions,  and  the  artist's  conception  of  his  or  her  role  in  the  life 
of  the  community. 

In  addition  to  these  activities,  Nyumburu  Center  serves  as  the  host/sponsor 
of  several  student  clubs  and  activities. 

For  information  concerning  scheduled  activities  and  events.  Community 
Center,  Main  Dining  Hall,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 
Phone:  454-5774. 

THE  MINORITY  ADVISEMENT  PROGRAM  (MAP)  is  an  advisement  program  that 
features  minority  peer  advisors  who  are  trained  to  assist  students  in  choosing  a 
major,  planning  a  career,  applying  to  graduate  or  professional  school,  or  just 
plowing  through  red  tape.  Referral  to  specific  offices  and  agencies  both  on  and 
off  campus  is  a  major  responsibility  of  MAP  staff.  MAP  staff  are  trained  in  a 
specially  designed  course  developed  and  taught  by  OMSE  personnel.  For 
information  concerning  MAP,  contact  the  OMSE  office  at  454-4901. 

Undergraduate  Advisement  Center 

Many  University  students  choose  to  be  "undecided"  about  choice  of  major. 
Some  want  more  information  about  |0b  opportunities  before  choosing;  some  may 
be  considenng  several  possible  ma|ors:  some  are  trying  out  a  vanety  of  courses: 
some  really  don't  know  what  to  choose. 

Whatever  their  reason  for  wanting  to  be  "undecided",  these  students  have  an 
administrative  home  in  the  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center.  From  the  center's 
staff  of  advisors  they  can  obtain  much  of  the  assistance  they'll  need  for  career 
decision-making,  academic  planning,  scheduling,  course  selection,  and  a  variety 
of  other  sen/ices. 

Other  Services 

Pre-Professlonal  Advising:  offering  pre-professional  advising  programs  in  the 
Pre-Medical,  Pre-Dental,  Pre-Law,  and  Pre-Allied-Health  areas. 


Trouble  Shooting:  trouble  shooting  for  individual  students  who  are  having 
difficulty  with  administrative  procedural  problems,  such  as  transfer-credit  evalua- 
tion, schedule  revisions,  changing  Divisions/Colleges/Departments,  errors  in 
office  records,  etc. 

Policy  Interpretation:  keeping  advisors  informed  about  new  academic  policies 
and  helping  to  interpret  existing  policies  and  practices  This  service  is  available  to 
individual  students  when  they  come  to  see  us. 

Information,  maintaining  a  central  file  of  information  about  academic  programs 
and  requirements  on  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Coordinated  Problem-Solving:  coordinating  the  campus-wide  system  of  advis- 
ing, including  helping  individual  students  with  specific  advising  problems. 

Credit-By-Exam:  administering  the  campus-wide  program  of  credit-by-examina- 
tion. 

Academic  Advising 

Advising  is  an  essential  part  of  an  undergraduate's  educational  experiences 
at  the  University  of  Maryland.  From  orientation  to  graduation,  it  can  provide  the 
kind  of  concerned  assistance  that  helps  students  interpret,  often  enrich,  their 
perceptions  of  "being  in  college."  With  its  emphasis  on  decision-making, 
planning,  constructive  action,  effective  advising  highlights  the  connections 
between  coursework  and  career,  between  learning  and  doing,  between  accepting 
advice  and  accepting  responsibility. 

Advantages  for  Students—  As  an  active  and  regular  participant  in  existing 
advising  programs,  any  student  can  reasonably  expect— 

(1)  to  better  understand  his/her  purposes  for  attending  the  University; 

(2)  to  develop  insights  about  personal  behavior  which  promotes  improved 
adjustment  to  the  campus  setting; 

(3)  to  increase  his/her  awareness  of  academic  programs  and  course  offenngs 
at  College  Park; 

(4)  to  more  frequently  explore  opportunities  outside  the  classroom  for  intellectu- 
al and  cultural  development; 

(5)  to  acquire  some  decision-making  skills  that  can  accelerate  academic— and 
career-planning; 

(6)  to  more  realistically  evaluate  his/her  academic  progress  and  its  relationship 
to  successful  planning. 

Required  Advising—  For  most  students,  advising  is  not  required.  This  allows 
individual  students  to  decide,  on  the  basis  of  personal  circumstances  and  needs, 
whether  or  not  to  see  an  advisor.  Certain  categories  of  students,  however,  must 
obtain  advising  assistance: 

Students  on  Academic  Probation—  Each  student  placed  on  academic  proba- 
tion will  receive,  at  the  end  of  the  semester  for  which  the  probationary  status  is 
imposed  a  statement  urging  him/her  to  meet  with  an  advisor  as  quickly  as ' 
possible.  The  Office  of  the  Registrar  will  have  primary,  but  not  exclusive 
responsibility  for  issuing  these  statements. 

When  a  follow-up  meeting  does  occur,  the  student's  advisor  will  record  this 
fact  in  the  student's  official  file  within  the  division  or  college.  Should  the  same 
student  subsequently  be  dismissed  from  the  University,  the  fact  of  his/her 
meeting  will  be  considered  a  positive  factor  in  reinstatement  procedures. 

Students  Dismissed  From  the  University—  Each  student  dismissed  from  the 
University  for  academic  reasons  must,  as  a  condition  of  reinstatement,  meet  with 
an  academic  advisor.  According  to  the  student's  individual  needs,  this  meeting 
may  occur  before  or  after  reinstatement  is  granted;  in  no  case,  however,  may  a 
reinstated  student  complete  registration  until  the  fact  of  this  meeting  has  been 
acknowledged/recorded  by  the  advisor. 

Students  Who  Withdraw—  Given  circumstances  deemed  appropriate  by  the 
Office  of  Withdrawal  and  Reenrollment,  certain  students  applying  for  reinstate- 
ment following  withdrawal  may  be  required  to  meet  with  an  advisor  as  a  condition 
of  their  reinstatement.  When  this  occurs,  the  fact  of  the  meeting  must  be 
acknowledged/recorded  by  an  advisor  before  registration  can  be  completed.  The 
intent  is  to  require  advising  of  those  students  who  have  a  record  of  consecutive 
withdrawals,  withdrawal  dunng  a  semester  following  probation,  and  vanous  other 
reasons  for  similar  concern 

Students  Nearing  Senior  Status—  After  a  student  has  earned  between  seventy 
and  eighty  credits  toward  a  baccalaureate  degree,  that  same  student  shall  be 
urged  in  wnting  to  meet  with  an  advisor.  This  meeting  is  for  the  express  purpose 
of  reviewing  the  student's  progress  toward  the  degree  and,  at  a  minimum, 
requires  the  advisor  to  detail,  in  wnting,  all  coursework  yet  to  be  completed  in 
fulfillment  of  the  degree  requirements. 

Each  division,  college,  and  department  will  have  available  one  or  more 
advisors  to  meet  with  these  students  at  the  appropnate  times. 

Finding  an  Advisor—  Undergraduate  students  at  the  College  Park  Campus  are 
encouraged  to  use  the  many  advisement  opportunities  that  are  available  to  them. 
At  all  academic  levels — divisional,  college,  and  departmental— at  least  one 


34      Office  of  Academic  Affairs 


person  had  been  designated  to  coordinate  advising.  A  list  of  these  persons, 
providing  name,  room  number,  and  telephone  extension  is  published  each 
semester  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes.  Students  who  are  unable  to  locate  an 
advisor  or  who  have  questions  about  campus  advising  programs  should  visit  or 
call  the  Undergraduate  Advising  Center,  Room  3151,  Undergraduate  Library, 
454-2733  or  454-3040. 

General  Assistance —  giving  assistance  to  a  lot  of  students  with  different  kinds 
of  problems  and  concerns.  Undergraduate  Advisement  Center,  Room  3151, 
Undergraduate  Library,  Phone  454-2733  or  454-3040;  Pre-Professional  Pro- 
grams (Pre-Dent/Pre-Med,  Allied  Health  Programs  454-5425;  Credit  By-Exam/ 
CLEP/Advanced  Placement,  454-2731. 

Undergraduate  Degree  Programs 

One  major  advantage  of  attending  a  university  campus  is  the  broad  range  of 
programs  available.  This  diversity  allows  the  student  to  change  from  one  major  to 
another  without  leaving  the  institution,  to  choose  from  a  wide  spectrum  of  elective 
courses,  and  to  benefit  from  daily  contact  with  students  of  diverse  academic 
interests  and  backgrounds. 

The  undergraduate  majors  available  at  the  College  Park  Campus  are  as  follows: 

Accounting 

Advertising  Design 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Afro-American  Studies 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Agriculture,  General 

Agronomy 

American  Studies 

Animal  Sciences 

Anthropology 

Architecture 

Art  History 

Art  Studio 

Astronomy 

Biochemistry 

Biological  Sciences 

Botany 

Business,  General 

Chemical  Engineering 

Chemistry 

Civil  Engineering 

Comparative  Literature 

Computer  Science 

Community  Studies 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development 

Consumer  Economics 

Cooperative  Engineering  Program 

Dance 

Dietetics 

Early  Childhood  and  Elementary  Education 

Economics 

Education 

Electrical  Engineering 

Engineering,  Undesigned 

English 

Entomology 

Experimental  Foods 

Family  Studies 

Finance 

Fire  Protection 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institutional  Administration 

Food  Science 

French 

General  Studies 

Geography 

Geology 

German 

Government  and  Politics 

Health  Education 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

History 

Home  Economics  Education 

Horticulture 

Housing 

Human  Ecology  Undecided 

Individual  Studies 

Industrial  Education 


Industrial  Technology 

Information  Systems  Management 

Institutional  Administration 

Intenor  Design 

Journalism 

Kinesiological  Sciences 

Latin 

Library  Science  Education 

Law  Enforcement  and  Criminology 

Ivlanagement  and  Consumer  Studies  ^ 

Ivlanagement  Science-Statistics 

Marketing 

Mathematics 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Microbiology 

Music 

Nutrition 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations 

Philosophy 

Production  Management 

Psychology 

Physical  Education 

Physical  Sciences 

Physics 

Recreation 

Russian 

Russian  Area  Studies 

Secondary  Education 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Special  Education 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Textiles  and  Apparel 

Textile  Marketing 

Textile  Science 

Transportation 

Urban  Studies 

Zoology 

Honors  Programs 

A  number  of  unusual  opportunities  are  available  to  energetic,  academically 
talented  students  through  the  establishment  of  Honors  Programs.  The  General 
Honors  Program  is  available  to  qualified  students  throughout  the  campus.  In 
addition  there  are  Department  Honors  Programs  in  29  academic  departments. 

General  Honors  is  intended  to  allow  the  students  to  pursue  their  general 
education  at  a  challenging,  demanding  level.  Students  can  engage,  with  others  of 
Similar  ability  and  varied  interests,  in  a  program  whose  emphasis  is  on 
interdisciplinary  and  educationally  broadening  activity.  These  studies  complement 
the  students'  specialized  work  in  whatever  field.  Departmental  Honors  Programs 
offer  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  more  deeply  their  studies  in  their  chosen 
fields  of  concentration. 

Both  programs  offer  challenging  academic  experiences  characterized  by 
small  classes,  active  student  participation,  and  an  Honors  faculty  that  encour- 
ages dialogue.  Individually  guided  research,  field  experience  and  independent 
study  are  important  aspects  of  Honors  work. 

lilany  students  enter  the  General  Honors  Program  as  freshmen.  They  are 
selected  on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  standardized  test  scores,  personal 
achievements,  and  other  evidences  of  ability  and  motivation.  Undergraduates 
already  on  campus,  majoring  in  any  department,  college,  or  division,  and  transfer 
students,  are  also  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission.  Departmental  Honors 
Programs  usually  begin  in  the  junior  year,  though  some  start  earlier. 

Students  who  successfully  complete  the  Honors  curriculum  graduate  with  a 
citation  in  General  or  Departmental  Honors,  or  both.  For  information  about 
Departmental  Programs,  students  should  contact  the  department;  for  information 
about  the  General  Honors  Program  write  to  Dr.  John  Howarth,  Director,  Honors 
Program,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Special  Opportunities 

Advanced  Placement.  Students  entering  the  University  from  secondary  school 
may  obtain  advanced  placement  and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of  performance 
on  the  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  These  examinations 
are  normally  given  to  eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May  preceding 
matriculation  in  college. 

For  achievement  of  a  score  of  five  or  four  on  a  given  examination,  the  student 
will  be  granted  Advanced  Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  two  semester 
courses  in  that  field;  for  achievement  of  a  score  of  three.  Advanced  Placement 
and  the  credit  equivalent  of  either  one  or  two  semester  courses,  depending  upon 
the  field  of  the  examination,  will  be  granted. 

Credit  earned  by  Advanced  Placement  may  be  used  to  meet  major,  minor, 
elective  or  General  University  Requirements,  The  University  accepts  the  Ad- 


Awards  and  Prizes      35 


vanced  Placement  Examinations  In  the  following  areas:  biology,  chemistry, 
English,  French,  German,  history,  Latin,  mathematics,  physics  and  Spanish. 
Questions  about  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions and  Registrations,  or  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies.  For  detailed 
information  about  examinations  and  procedures  in  taking  them,  write  to  Director 
of  Advanced  Placement  Program,  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  475 
Riverside  Drive,  New  York,  New  York  10027. 

Concurrent  Undergraduate-Graduate.  A  senior  at  the  University  of  Maryland 
who  is  within  seven  hours  of  completing  the  requirements  for  the  undergraduate 
degree  may,  with  the  approval  of  his  or  her  provost  or  dean,  the  chairman  of  the 
department  concerned,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register  in  the  undergraduate 
division  for  graduate  courses,  which  may  later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit 
toward  an  advanced  degree  at  this  University,  The  total  of  undergraduate  and 
graduate  courses  must  not  exceed  fifteen  credits  for  the  semester.  Excess 
credits  in  the  senior  year  cannot  be  used  for  graduate  credit  unless  proper  pre- 
arrangemenl  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to  take  advantage  of  this  opportunity 
must  formally  apply  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Study  Abroad.  The  Study  Abroad  Office  provides  advisement  and  information 
about  study,  travel  and  work  in  other  countries.  Further  information  may  be 
obtained  through  the  Office  of  International  Education  Services,  Room  2115, 
North  Administration  Building.  Telephone:  454-3043. 

Honor  Societies.  Students  who  excel  in  scholarship  and  leadership  may  be 
invited  to  join  the  appropriate  honor  society.  These  include  the  following: 

'Alpha  Kappa  Delta  (Sociology) 

■Alpha  Lambda  Delta  (Scholarship— Freshman  Women) 

Alpha  Sigma  Lambda  (Adult  Education) 

Alpha  Zeta  (Agnculture) 

Beta  Alpha  Psi  (Accounting  Major  in  Business  and  Management) 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma  (Business  and  Management) 

'Chi  Epsilon  (Civil  Engineering) 

Eta  Beta  Rho  (Hebrew) 

'Eta  Kappa  Nu  (Electrical  Engineering) 

Gamma  Theta  Upsilon  (Geography) 

lota  Lambda  Sigma  (Industrial  Education) 

Kappa  Delta  Pi  (Education) 

'Mortar  Board  (Women's  Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  (Economics) 

'Omicron  Delta  Kappa  (Men's  Scholarship  and  Leadership) 

Omicron  Nu  (Home  Economics) 

Phi  Alpha  Epsilon  (Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health) 

'Phi  Alpha  Theta  (History) 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  (Liberal  Arts) 

Phi  Delta  Kappa  (Educational) 

'Phi  Eta  Sigma  (Scholarship— Freshman  Men) 

'Phi  Kappa  Phi  (Senior  and  Graduate  Scholarship) 

'Phi  Sigma  (Biology) 

•Phi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 

Pi  Sigma  Phi  (Business  and  Management) 

Pi  Alpha  Xi  (Floriculture) 

Pi  Mu  Epsilon  (Mathematics) 

Pi  Sigma  Alpha  (Political  Science) 

*Pi  Tau  Sigma  (Mechanical  Engineering) 

'Psi  Chi  (Psychology) 

Salamander  (Fire  Protection  Engineering) 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  (Women's  Music) 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  (Microbiology) 

Sigma  Delta  Chi  (Society  of  Professional  Journalists) 

Sigma  Phi  Alpha  (Dental  Hygiene) 

'Sigma  Pi  Sigma  (Physics) 

'Tau  Beta  Pi  (Engineering) 

'Members  of  Association  of  College  Honor  Societies 

Commencement  Honors.  Honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship,  determined 
from  the  cumulative  grade  point  average,  are  awarded  to  not  more  than  ten 
percent  (10%)  of  the  graduating  class  in  each  degree  granting  unit.  Summa  Cum 
Laude  is  offered  to  the  highest  two  percent  (2%).  Magna  Cum  Laude  to  the  next 
three  percent  (3%)  and  Cum  Laude  to  the  next  five  percent  (5%).  To  be  eligible 
for  this  recognition,  a  total  of  at  least  60  semester  credits  earned  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  is  required.  Of  these  60  credits,  at  least  30  credits  must  have  been 
earned  at  the  College  Park  Campus.  The  computation  of  the  cumulative  grade 
point  average  does  not  include  grades  for  courses  taken  during  the  last  semester 
of  registration  before  graduation;  these  credits  are  included  among  the  60  hours 
of  credit  requirement,  however.  No  student  with  a  grade  point  average  less  than 
3.000  will  be  considered. 


Awards  and  Prizes 

Academic  Awards 

Milton  Abramowitz  Memorial  Prize  in  Mattiematlcs.  A  prize  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  junior  or  senior  student  majoring  in  mathematics  who  has 


demonstrated  superior  competence  and  promise  for  future  development  in  the 
field  of  mathematics  and  its  applications. 

Agricultural  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  a  senior  who  dunng  his  or  her  college 
career  contributed  most  toward  the  advancement  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Agricultural  Engineering  Department's  Outstanding  Senior  Award  is  pre- 
sented to  a  student  in  Agncultural  Engineenng  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
performance,  participation  in  ASAE  National  Student  Branch,  and  other  extra- 
curncular  activities. 

AIA  Medal.  Awarded  annually  by  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  to  a 
graduating  student  of  architecture  for  outstanding  overall  academic  achievement. 

AIA  Certificate.  Awarded  annually  by  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  to  a 
graduating  student  of  architecture  for  academic  achievement. 

Allied  Chemical  Scholarship  Award  Is  presented  to  a  student  In  Chemical 
Engineering  on  the  basis  of  intellectual  capacity,  scientific  ability,  breadth  of 
interest  and  leadership  qualities. 

Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Award.  The  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  the  Alpha  Chi  Sigma 
Honorary  Fraternity  offers  annually  a  year's  membership  in  the  American 
Chemical  Society  to  a  senior  majoring  in  Chemistry  or  Chemical  Engineering 
whose  average  has  been  above  3.0  for  three  and  one-half  years. 

Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Award.  Presented  to  the  senior  member  of  the  group  who 
has  maintained  the  highest  average  for  three  and  a  half  years.  She  must  have 
been  in  attendance  in  the  institution  for  the  entire  time. 

Alpha  Lambda  Delta  Senior  Certificate  Award.  Senior  members  of  Alpha 
Lambda  Delta,  honorary  scholastic  society  for  women,  who  have  maintained  an 
average  of  3.5  receive  this  certificate. 

Alpha  Rho  Chi  MedaL  Awarded  annually  by  the  Alpha  Rho  Chi  fraternity  for 
architecture  and  the  allied  professions  to  a  graduating  student  of  architecture 
who  has  made  a  distinctive  contribution  to  school  life,  embodying  the  ideals  of 
professional  service  and  leadership. 

Alpha  Zeta  Medal.  The  Professional  Agricultural  Fraternity  of  Alpha  Zeta  awards 
annually  a  medal  to  the  agricultural  student  In  the  freshman  class  who  maintains 
the  highest  average  In  academic  work. 

Alumni  Hamilton  Award.  This  award  Is  offered  by  the  Engineering  Alumni 
Chapter  to  the  graduating  senior  In  the  College  of  Engineering  who  has  most 
successfully  combined  proficiency  in  his  or  her  major  field  of  study  with 
achievements — either  academic,  extra-curricular,  or  botfi — in  the  social  sciences 
and  humanities. 

American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and  Astronautics  Award.  Free  member- 
ships in  the  Institute  for  one  year  and  cash  prizes  for  the  best  paper  presented  at 
a  Student  Branch  meeting  and  for  the  graduating  aeronautical  senior  with  the 
highest  academic  standing. 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers  Award.  A  certificate,  pin  and 
magazine  subscription  are  awarded  to  the  junior  member  of  the  Student  Chapter 
who  attained  the  highest  overall  scholastic  average  during  his  or  her  freshman 
and  sophomore  years. 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers  Award  Is  presented  by  the  National 
Capital  Section  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  chemical  engineering  student. 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers  Professional  Achievement  Award 

is  presented  by  the  National  Capital  Section  to  an  outstanding  senior  chemical 
engineering  student. 

American  Institute  of  Chemists  Award.  Presented  for  outstanding  scholarship 
in  chemistry  and  for  high  character. 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  Award.  The  Maryland  Section  of  the 
American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers  awards  annually  the  first  year's  dues  of  an 
associate  membership  in  the  Society  to  a  senior  member  of  the  Student  Chapter 
on  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  Senior  Award.  Presented  to  the 
senior  member  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  local  chapter. 

American  Society  for  Testing  Materials.  Two  student  awards  are  given 
annually  to  engineering  seniors  in  recognition  of  superior  scholastic  ability  and 
demonstrated  interest  In  engineering  materials  and  their  evaluation. 

Appleman-Norton  Award  in  Botany  to  a  senior  major  In  Botany  who  Is 
considered  worthy  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  ability  and  excellence  in 

scholarship. 

Awards  for  Excellence  in  Teaching  Spanish.  Presented  by  the  Department  of 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  to  the  three  graduate  assistants  who  have  most 
distinguished  themselves  by  the  excellence  of  their  teaching. 

Awards  for  Excellence  in  the  Study  of  Spanish.  Presented  by  the  Department 
of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  to  the  three  members  of  the  graduating  class  who 


36      Awards  and  Prizes 


have  most  distinguished  themselves  as  students  of  Spanish  language  and 
literature. 

David  Arthur  Berman  Memorial  Award  is  presented  to  two  students  majoring  in 
Chemical  Engineering  with  the  highest  cumulative  scholastic  averages  at  the  end 
of  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year  and  who  have  been  elected  to  Tau  Beta 
Pi. 

Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal.  The  Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal  is  awarded 
annually  to  the  sophomore  who  has  attained  the  highest  scholastic  average  of  his 
or  her  class  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  medal  is  given  by  Mr.  Benjamin 
Berman. 

B'nai  B'rith  Award.  The  B'nai  B'rith  Women  of  Prince  Georges  County  present  a 
Book  award  for  Excellence  in  Hebrew  Studies. 

The  Donald  T.  Booney  Honors  Award  is  presented  to  the  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing student  who  has  made  the  most  outstanding  contribution  to  the  profession  as 
a  member  of  the  Honors  Society,  Omega  Chi  Epsilon. 

Business  Education  Award  of  Merit  to  a  student  in  Business  Education  in 
recognition  of  outstanding  achievement  as  a  student. 

Citizenship  Prize  For  Men.  An  award  presented  annually  as  a  memorial  to  the 
late  President  Emeritus  H.  C.  Byrd  to  that  male  member  of  the  senior  class  who 
during  his  collegiate  career  has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen  and  has 
contributed  significantly  to  the  general  advancement  of  the  interests  of  the 
University. 

Citizenship  Prize  for  Women.  An  award  presented  annually  as  a  memorial  to 
Sally  Sterling  Byrd  to  that  female  member  of  the  senior  class  who  during  her 
collegiate  career  has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen  and  has  contributed 
significantly  to  the  general  advancement  gf  the  interests  of  the  University. 

CRC  Engineering  Science  Achievement  Award  is  presented  to  a  junior  in  the 
College  of  Engineering  for  outstanding  scholarship,  leadership,  and  service. 

Bernard  L.  Crozier  Award.  The  Maryland  Association  of  Engineers  awards  a 
cash  prize  of  twenty-five  dollars  to  the  senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering  who, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  faculty,  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in  scholarship 
during  his  or  her  stay  at  the  University. 

Delta  Delta  Delta  Medal.  This  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to  the  woman 
who  attains  the  highest  average  in  academic  work  during  the  sophomore  year. 

Delta  Gamma  Scholarship  Award.  This  award  is  offered  to  the  woman  member 
of  the  graduating  class  who  has  maintained  the  highest  average  during  three  and 
one-half  years  at  the  University. 

Delta  Sigma  PI  Scholarship  Key.  Awarded  to  the  senior  with  the  highest  overall 
scholastic  average  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Distinguished  Accounting  Student  Awards.  Awarded  by  the  University  of 
Maryland  chapter  of  Beta  Alpha  Psi  and  the  accounting  faculty  to  the  ten  senior 
accounting  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  Accounting  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Nathan  L.  Dral<e  Award.  Presented  by  the  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Chi 
Sigma  to  the  most  promising  student  who  is  majoring  in  chemistry  and  has 
completed  the  sophomore  year. 

Education  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  man  and  senior 
woman  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Electrical  Engineering  Undergraduate  Association  Award  is  presented  to  an 
undergraduate  in  Electrical  Engineering  in  recognition  of  outstanding  sen/ice  and 
leadership. 

Engineering  Alumni  Chapter  Award  is  presented  to  a  senior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  for  outstanding  scholarship  and  service  to  the  College  of  Engineer- 
ing. 

Eta  Kappa  Nu  Outstanding  Senior  Award  is  presented  to  a  senior  in  Electrical 
Engineering  for  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and  service  to  the  society 
and  department. 

Wesley  Gewehr  Award.  Phi  Alpha  Theta,  History  honorary,  offers  a  cash  award 
each  year  for  the  best  undergraduate  paper  and  the  best  graduate  paper  written 
on  an  historical  topic.  The  entrance  paper  must  be  recommended  by  the  history 
faculty  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Forbes  Chocolate  Leadership  Award  of  Cleveland,  Ohio,  presents  a  $100 
leadership  award  to  a  major  in  Food  Science. 

Goddard  Medal.  The  James  Douglas  Goddard  Memorial  Medal  is  awarded 
annually  to  the  male  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County  born  therein,  who  makes 
the  highest  average  in  his  studies  and  who  at  the  same  time  embodies  the  most 
manly  attributes.  The  medal  is  given  by  Mrs,  Anne  G.  Goddard  James  of 
Washington,  D.C 


Charles  B.  Hale  Dramatic  Awards.  The  University  Theatre  recognizes  annually 
the  man  and  woman  members  of  the  senior  class  who  have  done  most  for  the 
advancement  of  dramatics  at  the  University. 

P.  Arne  Hansen  Memorial  Award.  Presented  to  the  Outstanding  Departmental 
Honors  Student  in  Microbiology. 

William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation  Awards.  Categories;  general  news, 
features,  editorials,  investigative  reporting,  spot  news. 

Robert  M.  Higginbotham  Memorial  Award.  Award  to  an  outstanding  junior 
student  majoring  in  Mathematics. 

Home  Economics  Alumni  Award.  Presented  to  the  female  student  outstanding 
in  application  of  home  economics  in  her  present  living  and  who  shows  promise  of 
carrying  these  into  her  future  home  and  community. 

Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineering  Award.  The  Washington 
Section  of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  defrays  the 
expenses  of  a  year's  membership  as  an  associate  in  the  institute  for  the  senior 
doing  the  most  to  promote  student  branch  activities. 

Joe  Elbert  James  Memorial  Award.  Gold  watch  annually  awarded  to  the 
graduating  senior  in  horticulture  on  basis  of  scholarship  and  promise  of  future 
achievement. 

Charles  Manning  Prize  in  Creative  Arts.  Awarded  annually  to  a  University  of 
Maryland  student  for  achievement  in  the  creative  or  performing  arts. 

Maryland-Delaware  Press  Association  Annual  Citation.  Presented  to  the 
outstanding  senior  in  journalism. 

Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior 
majoring  in  recreation. 

The  Men's  League  Award  to  the  male  senior  who  gave  the  most  to  sports. 

Men's  League  Certificates.  Offered  for  outstanding  achievement,  character  and 
service  to  the  University. 

Men's  League  Cup.  This  award  is  offered  by  the  Men's  League  to  the  graduating 
male  senior  who  has  done  the  most  for  the  male  student  body. 

Motor  Fleet  Supervisors  Award  to  a  student  majoring  in  transportation  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management. 

National  Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers  Awards.  Presented  to  the  most 
outstanding  senior  and  sophomore  in  the  fire  protection  curriculum. 

Omicron  Nu  Sorority  Medal.  This  honorary  society  awards  a  medal  annually  to 
the  freshman  woman  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  who  attains  the  highest 
scholastic  average  during  the  first  semester. 

L.  W.  Parl<er  Memorial  Award.  Presented  annually  to  a  graduating  student  of 
Architecture  for  outstanding  architectural  craftsmanship. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa  Junior  Award.  An  award  to  be  presented  to  the  junior  initiate 
into  Phi  Beta  Kappa  who  has  attained  the  highest  academic  average. 

Phi  Beta  Kappa— Leon  P.  Smith  Award.  The  award  of  the  Gamma  of  Maryland 
Chapter  of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  presented  to  the  initiate  senior  with  the  highest 
cumulative  scholastic  average  whose  basic  course  program  has  been  in  the 
liberal  studies. 

Phi  Chi  Theta  Key.  The  Phi  Chi  Theta  Key  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding 
graduating  senior  woman  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  on  the 
basis  of  scholarship,  activities  and  leadership. 

Phi  Sigma  Awards  for  outstanding  achievement  in  biological  sciences  to  an 
undergraduate  student  and  a  graduate  student. 

Pi  Tau  Sigma  Outstanding  Sophomore  Award.  Presented  to  the  most 
outstanding  sophomore  in  Mechanical  Engineering  on  the  basis  of  scholastic 
average  and  instructors'  ratings. 

Pi  Tau  Sigma  Memorial  Award.  Presented  to  the  senior  In  Mechanical 
Engineering  who  has  made  the  most  outstanding  contribution  to  the  University, 

Public  Relations  Society  of  America.  The  Baltimore  Chapter  of  PRSA  presents 
an  annual  citation  to  the  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  public  relations. 

The  Shipleys  of  Maryland  Award.  Cash  award  given  to  the  graduating  History 
major  with  the  best  academic  record. 

Sigma  Alpha  Omicron  Award.  This  award  is  presented  to  a  senior  student 
majoring  m  microbiology  for  high  scholarship,  character  and  leadership. 

Sigma  Delta  Chi  Citation.  For  Achievement  at  the  University  of  Maryland 

Sigma  Delta  Pi  Award.  Presented  by  the  Department  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
to  the  graduating  member  of  Sigma  Delta  Pi  (National  Spanish  Honor  Society) 


Awards  and  Prizes      37 


who  has  rendered  the  greatest  service  to  the  Delta  (University  of  Maryland) 
Chapter. 

Dr.  Leo  and  Rita  Sklar  GenerarHonors  Awards.  Dr.  Leo  Sklar,  A&S  '37,  and 
his  wife,  Rita  Sklar,  annually  fund  awards  for  excellence  in  the  General  Honors 
Program.  These  awards  are  given  to  outstanding  students  in  the  General  Honors 
Program. 

Algernon  Sydney  Sullivan  Award.  The  New  York  Southern  Society,  in  memory 
of  its  first  president,  awards  annually  medallions  and  certificates  to  one  man  and 
one  woman  in  the  graduating  class  and  one  non-student  who  evince  in  their  daily 
life  a  spint  of  love  for  and  helpfulness  to  other  men  and  women. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Sophomore  Improvement  Award  is  presented  to  the  junior  in  the 
College  of  Engineenng  who  during  the  sophomore  year  has  made  the  greatest 
percentage  of  possible  improvement  in  scholarship  over  that  of  his  or  her 
freshman  year. 

Tau  Beta  Pi  Award.  The  Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association, 
national  engineering  honor  society,  awards  an  engineer's  handbook  to  the  junior 
in  the  College  of  Engineering  who  during  his  or  her  sophomore  year  has  made  the 
greatest  improvement  in  scholarship  over  that  of  his  or  her  freshman  year. 

The  Homer  Ulrich  Award.  The  Homer  Ulrich  Honors  Awards  in  Performance  are 
presented  each  spring  in  honor  of  Homer  Ulnch,  Professor  Emeritus  and  former 
Chairman  of  the  Music  Department.  Three  undergraduate  and  three  graduate 
performers  are  selected  in  a  departmental  competition  to  appear  in  a  specially 
designated  honors  recital  and  to  receive  an  honorarium. 

Wall  Street  Journal  Achievement  Award.  An  award  to  the  outstanding  student 
in  investments  and  security  analysis  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

James  P.  Wharton  Art  Award  Fund.  This  fund  was  endowed  by  the  former  head 
of  the  Art  Department,  Colonel  James  P.  Wharton.  An  annual  award  of  $200.00  is 
given  to  a  senior  for  special  achievement  in  Studio  Art. 

Athletic  Awards 

Atlantic  Coast  Conference  Award.  A  plaque  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  senior  in 
each  conference  school  for  excellence  in  scholarship  and  athletics. 

The  Alvin  L  Aubinoe  Basketball  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of 
Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  for  the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  squad. 

The  Alvin  L  Aubinoe  Football  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of  Alvin 
L.  Aubinoe  for  the  unsung  hero  of  the  current  season. 

The  Alvin  L  Aubinoe  Track  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of  Alvin  L. 
Aubinoe  for  the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  squad  during  the  time  the 
student  was  on  the  squad. 

Bob  Beall-Tommy  Marcos  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  best  football 
lineman  of  the  year. 

John  T.  Bell  Swimming  Award.  To  the  year's  outstanding  swimmer  or  diver. 

Louis  W.  Berger  Trophy.  Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  baseball  player. 

Andrew  M.  Cohen  Tennis  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the 
tennis  team  who,  judged  by  members  of  the  team,  contributed  the  most  to  tennis. 

William  P.  Cole,  III,  Memorial  Lacrosse  Award.  This  award,  offered  by  the 
teammates  of  William  P.  Cole,  III,  and  the  coaches  of  the  1940  National 
Champion  team,  is  presented  to  the  outstanding  midfielder. 

The  George  C.  Cook  Memorial  Scholarship  Trophy.  Awarded  annually  to  a 

member  of  the  football  team  with  the  highest  scholastic  average. 

Joe  Deckman-Sam  Silver  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  Joseph  H.  Deckman 
and  Samuel  L.  Silver  to  the  most  improved  defense  lacrosse  player. 

Geary  F.  Eppley  Award.  Offered  by  Benny  and  Hotsy  Alperstein  to  the 
graduating  male  senior  athlete  who  during  his  three  years  of  varsity  competition, 
lettered  at  least  once  and  attained  the  highest  over-all  scholastic  average. 

Halbert  K.  Evans  Memorial  Track  Award.  This  award,  given  in  memory  of 
"Hermie"  Evans  of  the  Class  of  1940,  by  his  fnends,  is  presented  to  a  graduating 
member  of  the  track  team. 

Jack  Faber-AI  Heagy  UnsungiHero  Award.  Presented  to  the  player  who  best 
exemplifies  determination,  will  to  win,  and  pnde  in  accomplisfiment. 

Tom  Fields  Award.  This  award  is  given  to  the  most  important  member  of  the 
Cross  Country  team  based  on  the  qualities  of  leadership,  dedication  to 
excellence,  attitude,  and  personal  achievement. 

Herbert  H.  Goodman  Memorial  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  most 

outstanding  wrestler  of  the  year. 

Jim  Kehoe  Ring  Award.  A  Maryland  Ring  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the  track 
team  whose  dedication  to  excellence  most  closely  exemplifies  that  of  Jim  Kehoe, 
one  of  Maryland's  greatest  trackmen. 


Charles  Leroy  Mackert  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  William  K.  Krouse  to 
the  Maryland  student  who  has  contributed  most  to  wrestling  while  at  the 
University. 

Maryland  Ring.  The  Maryland  Ring  is  offered  as  a  memorial  to  Charles  L. 
Linhardt,  of  the  Class  of  1912,  to  the  Maryland  man  who  is  judged  the  best 
athlete  of  the  year. 

Charles  P.  McCormick  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  given  in  memory  of  Charles  P. 
McCormick  to  the  senior  member  of  the  swimming  team  who  has  contnbuted 
most  to  swimming  during  the  swimmer's  collegiate  career. 

Edwin  Powell  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Class  of  1913  to  the  player 
who  has  rendered  the  greatest  sen/ice  to  lacrosse  during  the  year. 

Silvester  Watch  for  Excellence  In  Athletics.  A  gold  watch,  given  in  honor  of 
former  President  of  the  University,  R.W.  Silvester,  is  offered  annually  to  "the  man 
who  typifies  the  best  in  college  athletics." 

TEKE  Trophy.  This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Maryland  Chapter  of  Tau  Kappa 
Epsilon  Fraternity  to  the  student  who  during  four  years  at  the  University  has 
rendered  the  greatest  service  to  football. 

Robert  E.  Theofeld  Memorial  This  trophy  is  presented  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  S. 
Hoffman  and  is  awarded  to  the  golfer  who  most  nearly  exemplifies  the 
competitive  spirit  and  strong  character  of  Robert  E.  Theofeld,  a  former  member  of 
•the  boxing  team. 

•The  Dr.  Reginald  Van  Trump  Truitt  Award.  This  award  is  given  to  a  senior 
attackman  in  lacrosse  (midfield  or  attack)  for  scholastic  attainments  and  team 
performance. 

University  of  Maryland  Swimming  Association  Scholar  Athlete  Award.  This 
award  is  given  to  the  swimmer  who  has  compiled  the  best  combination  academic 
and  aquatic  record. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Awards 

Aerospace  Education  Foundation  W.  Randolph  Lovelace  Memorial  Award. 

Recognizes  the  most  outstanding  Air  Force  Association  Award  winner  from  each 
of  the  seven  geographical  areas. 

Air  Force  Association  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior  cadet  who  has  excelled 
in  field  training,  possesses  individual  leadership  characteristics,  ranks  in  the 
upper  10%  of  his  or  her  class  in  the  university  and  the  upper  5%  of  his  or  her 
ROTC  class,  and  has  outstanding  promotion  potential. 

Air  Force  Historical  Foundation  Award  to  an  AFROTC  cadet/commissionee  in 
recognition  of  leadership,  citizenship,  academic  achievement,  and  military  per- 
formance. Award  is  a  $1 ,000  scholarship  for  graduate  study  in  a  field  beneficial  to 
Air  Force  and  American  Aviation  Technology. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Field  Training  Awards.  Awarded  at  field  training  for  outstand- 
ing performance  in  specific  areas  of  field  training.  Awards  include  AFROTC 
Commandant's  Award;  AFROTC  Vice  Commandant's  Award;  AFROTC  Athletic 
Award;  AFROTC  Marksmanship  Award;  AFROTC  Academic  Achievement  Award. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Sponsored  Awards  to  cadets  who  have  excelled  in  specific 
areas.  Included  are  AFROTC  Superior  Performance  Ribbon;  AFROTC  Leader- 
ship Ribbon;  AFROTC  Distinctive  GMC  Cadet  Ribbon;  AFROTC  Honors  Ribbon; 
College  Scholarship  Recipient  Ribbon;  and  Category  IP,  IN,  and  IM  Ribbons. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Valor  Awards  to  cadets  for  voluntary  act  of  valor  (Gold  valor 
award)  involving  physical  risk  without  regard  to  personal  safety  or  to  a  cadet  for 
voluntary  act  of  valor  (Silver  valor  award)  requiring  strength  of  mind  or  spirit  to 
react  promptly  and  correctly  in  a  critical  situation. 

Alumni  Cup.  Presented  to  the  second  semester  Air  Science  senior  cadet  who 
has  achieved  the  highest  cumulative  grade  point  average  within  the  Corps  of 
Cadets. 

American  Defense  Preparedness  Association  Award.  Presented  to  the 
outstanding  senior  cadet  who  has  an  academic  average  which  places  him  or  her 
in  the  upper  half  of  his  or  her  entire  class  at  the  University,  has  received  no  grade 
in  the  advanced  ROTC  courses  less  than  B,  is  in  upper  20%  of  total  senior 
enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  has  participated  actively  in  athletics 
and/or  campus  activities,  and  has  demonstrated  outstanding  leadership  qualities. 

American  Fighter  Aces  Award  recognizes  the  outstanding  graduating  cadet 
pilot  in  each  geographical  area  based  on  his  or  her  performance  and  achieve- 
ments as  an  AFROTC  cadet  and  his  or  her  performance  in  the  flight  instruction 
program. 

American  Legion  Outstanding  Senior  Cadet.  This  award  is  sponsored  by  the 
American  Legion,  Department  of  Maryland,  and  is  presented  to  the  cadet  best 
described  as  the  "Outstanding  ROTC  Senior." 

American  Legion  ROTC  General  Military  Excellence  Awards  to  a  senior  (Gold 
award)  and  a  junior  (Silver  award)  in  the  upper  25%  of  his  or  her  AFROTC  class 


38      University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records 

demonstrating  outstanding  qualities  in  military  leadership,  discipline,  and  ctiarac- 
ter. 

American  Legion  ROTO  Scholastic  Award  to  an  outstanding  senior  (Gold 
award)  and  )unior  (Silver  award)  who  are  in  Ihe  upper  10%  ol  Iheir  class  in  the 
University  and  have  demonstrated  high  qualities  in  military  leadership. 

Angel  Flight  Freshman  Award  to  the  distinctive  freshman  cadet  in  the  General 
Military  Course. 

Armed  Forces  Communications  and  Electronics  Association  Award  to  the 

outstanding  senior  cadet  who  is  prepanng  tor  a  career  in  this  technical  area  and 
has  demonstrated  outstanding  qualities  of  military  leadership,  high  moral  charac- 
ter, and  definite  aptitude  for  military  service. 

Armed  Forces  Communications  and  Electronic  Association  Scholarship 
Award  of  one  $500  scholarship  annually  to  a  sophomore  AFROTC  cadet  for 
undergraduate  or  University  study  in  electncal  engineenng,  communications 
engineering  and/or  technical  photography. 

Arnold  Air  Society  GMC  Cadet  Award  to  the  freshman  or  sophomore  cadet 
who  has  demonstrated  outstanding  quality  in  areas  of  attitude,  personal 
appearance,  and  military  knowledge. 

Captain  Fred  H.  Jones  Award.  Presented  to  the  most  outstanding  member  of 
the  Maryland  Honor  Guard. 

Civil  Air  Patrol  Awards.  Presented  by  the  Pnnce  Georges  Composite  Squadron 
to  the  Corps  of  Cadets.  Maryland  Honor  Guard  and  the  Arnold  Air  Society  in 
appreciation  for  instructional  aid  donated. 

Coblentz  Memorial  Cup  to  the  commander  of  the  best  drilled  flight  within  the 
Corps  of  Cadets. 

Commandant  of  Cadets  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  whose  Increased  officership 
potential  has  been  significantly  reflected  in  a  Cadet  Corps  activity  under  his  or  her 
management. 

Daughters  of  Founders  and  Patriots  of  America  Award  to  a  qualified 
sophomore  cadet  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  dependability,  good 
character,  adherence  to  military  discipline,  leadership  potential,  patriotism,  and 
understanding  of  the  importance  of  the  American  heritage  and  is  also  in  the  upper 
10%  of  the  sophomore  cadets. 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  Award  to  the  senior  cadet'  who  has 
demonstrated  high  qualities  of  dependability,  good  character,  adherence  to 
military  discipline,  and  leadership  ability. 

Disabled  American  Veterans  Cup  to  the  senior  cadet  who  has  displayed 
outstanding  leadership,  scholarship,  and  citizenship. 

George  M.  Reiley  Award  to  the  member  of  the  flight  instruction  program 
showing  the  highest  aptitude  for  flying  as  demonstrated  by  his  or  her  perform- 
ance in  the  program. 

Governor's  Cup  to  the  one  cadet  chosen  as  Cadet  of  the  Year  in  competition 
with  all  other  cadets  in  the  corps  within  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

Kitty  Hawk  Youth  Award  to  individual  or  team  of  individuals  who  has  performed, 
demonstrated,  or  contributed  a  notable  achievement  in  the  field  of  aviation. 
aerospace,  or  related  allied  areas  of  endeavor. 

Legion  of  Valor  Bronze  Cross  for  Achievement  Award  recognizes  one  cadet 
from  each  geographical  area  for  his  performance  and  achievements  as  an 
AFROTC  cadet. 

Lt.  Col.  Virgil  I.  Grisson  Memorial  Award  to  junior  cadets  who  have  demon- 
strated outstanding  academic  ability  and  military  achievements.  Award  consists 
of  a  $2,000  scholarship,  with  $1,000  granted  annually. 

Military  Order  of  World  Wars  Award  to  the  Aerospace  Studies  cadets 
recognized  as  the  most  improved  within  his  year  category. 

National  Defense  Transportation  Association  Award  to  the  outstanding 
senior  cadet  majoring  in  transportation. 

National  Sojourners  Award  to  an  outstanding  sophomore  or  junior  cadet  who 
has  contributed  the  most  to  encourage  and  demonstrate  Americanism  within  the 
Corps  ol  Cadets  and  on  Ihe  campus. 

Professor  of  Aerospace  Studies  Award  to  the  senior  cadet  who  has 
distinguished  himself  through  excellence  of  leadership  in  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

Reserve  Officer  Association  Awards  to  the  senior  cadet  (Gold  award),  junior 
cadet  (Silver  award),  and  sophomore  cadet  (Bronze  award)  demonstrating 
outstanding  academic  achievement  in  AFROTC  subject  matter  and  highest 
officer  potential.  Ribbons  of  merit  are  presented  to  members  of  the  freshman  and 
the  sophomore  classes 

Retired  Officers  Association  of  Maryland,  Prince  Georges  County,  Award. 

Presented  to  the  sophomore  cadet  who,  by  living  example,  best  typifies  the  term 
"Outstanding  Officer  Potential " 


Society  of  American  Military  Engineers  Award  to  recognize  20  junior  or  senior 
cadets  nationally  displaying  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and  leadership 
and  maioring  in  the  field  of  engineering. 

Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  Award  to  a  junior  cadet  in  the  Two- Year 
Program  or  a  freshman  cadet  in  the  Four- Year  Program  who  has  shown  a  high 
degree  of  ment  in  his  or  her  leadership  qualities,  soldierly  beanng  and  all  around 
excellence  in  the  AFROTC  program  studies  and  activities. 

Sun  Newspaper  Award  to  the  best  dniled  sophomore  cadet  in  the  Corps  of 
Cadets, 

Tuskegee  Airman,  East  Coast  Chapter,  Award.  Presented  for  leadership  in  the 
field  of  academics. 

Music  Awards 

Director's  Award  to  the  outstanding  member  of  the  Marching  Band. 

Composition  Prize  to  the  outstanding  student  composition  of  the  year. 

Homer  Ulrich  Performance  Awards.  Undergraduate:  Piano,  Voice.  Instruments. 
Graduate:  Piano,  Voice,  Instruments. 

Kappa  Kappa  Psi  Award  to  the  most  outstanding  band  member  of  the  year. 

Pi  Kappa  Lambda  Scholar  Award  to  the  outstanding  undergraduate  student 
newly  elected  to  membership  in  Pi  Kappa  Lambda. 

Presser  Scholar  Award  to  the  outstanding  senior  music  major. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Alumnae  Award  for  outstanding  musical  performance. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Dean's  Honor  Award  for  service  and  dedication. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Honor  Certificate  to  the  senior  with  the  highest  scholastic 
average. 

Sigma  Alpha  lota  Leadership  Award  based  on  personality  student  activities, 
fraternity  service,  and  scholarship. 

Tau  Beta  Sigma  Award  to  the  outstanding  band-sorority  member  of  the  year. 

Student  Government  Awards 

Certificates  of  Appreciation  are  awarded  to  the  members  of  the  S.G.A. 
legislature  und  Keys  to  the  members  of  the  Cabinet. 


University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of 
Student  Records 

Buckley  Amendment 

The  University  of  Maryland  adheres  to  a  policy  of  compliance  with  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckley  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is  the 
policy  of  the  University  (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education  records, 
(2)  to  limit  disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identifiable  information  from 
education  records  without  students'  prior  written  consent,  and  (3)  to  provide 
students  the  opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records  where 
appropriate. 

/.  Definitions 

A.  "Student"  means  an  individual  who  is  or  who  has  been  in  attendance  at 
the  University  of  Maryland.  It  does  not  include  any  applicant  for 
admission  to  the  University  who  does  not  matriculate,  even  if  he  or  she 
previously  attended  the  University.  (Please  note,  however,  that  such  an 
applicant  would  be  considered  a  "student"  with  respect  to  his  or  her 
records  relating  to  that  previous  attendance.) 

B.  "Education  records"  include  those  records  which  contain  information 
directly  related  to  a  student  and  which  are  maintained  as  official  working 
files  by  the  University.  The  following  are  not  education  records: 

(1)  records  about  students  made  by  professors  and  administrators  for 
their  own  use  and  not  shown  to  others; 

(2)  campus  police  records  maintained  solely  for  law  enforcement 
purposes  and  kept  separate  from  the  education  records  described 
above: 

(3)  employment  records,  except  where  a  currently  enrolled  student  is 
employed  as  a  result  of  his  or  her  status  as  a  student; 

(4)  records  of  a  physician,  psychologist,  or  other  recognized  profes- 
sional or  paraprofessional  made  or  used  only  for  treatment  purposes  t 
and  available  only  to  persons  providing  treatment.  However,  these 
records  may  be  reviewed  by  an  appropriate  professional  of  the    , 
student's  choice; 

(5)  records  which  contain  only  information  relating  to  a  person's 
activities  after  that  person  is  no  longer  a  student  at  the  University. 


University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records      39 


//.  It  Is  the  policy  ol  the  University  of  Maryland  to  permit  students  to  inspect 
their  education  records. 

A.  Right  of  Access 

Each  student  has  a  right  of  access  to  his  or  her  education  records, 
except  confidential  letters  of  recommendation  received  prior  to  January 
1,  1975.  and  financial  records  of  the  student's  parents. 

B.  Waiver 

A  student  may,  by  a  signed  writing,  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access  to 
confidential  recommendations  in  three  areas:  admission  to  any  educa- 
tional institution,  |ob  placement,  and  receipt  of  honors  and  awards.  The 
University  will  not  require  such  waivers  as  a  condition  for  admission  or 
receipt  of  any  service  or  benefit  normally  provided  to  students.  If  the 
student  chooses  to  waive  his  or  her  right  of  access,  he  or  she  will  be 
notified,  upon  wntten  request,  of  the  names  of  all  persons  making 
confidential  recommendations.  Such  recommendations  will  be  used  only 
for  the  purpose  for  which  they  were  specifically  intended.  A  waiver  may 
be  revoked  in  wnling  at  any  time,  and  the  revocation  will  apply  to  all 
subsequent  recommendations,  but  not  to  recommendations  received 
while  the  waiver  was  in  effect. 

C.  Types  and  Locations  of  Education  Records,  Titles  of  Records 
Custodians 

Please  note  that  all  requests  for  access  to  records  should  be  routed 
through  the  Registrations  Office  (see  II. D.  below). 

(1)  Admissions 

Applications  and  transcripts  from  institutions  previously  attended. 

a.  Undergraduate — Director  of  Undergraduate  Admissions,  North 
Administration 

b.  Graduate— Director  of  Graduate  Records,  South  Administration 

(2)  Registrations 

All  on  going  academic  and  biographical  records.  Graduate  and 
Undergraduate— Director  of  Registrations,   North  Administration. 

(3)  Departments 

Departmental  offices;  Chairmen  (Check 'first  with  the  Director  of 
Registrations)  (Miscellaneous  records  kept  vary  with  the  depart- 
ment.) 

(4)  Deans  and  Provosts 

Deans  and  Provosts  offices  of  each  school.  Miscellaneous  records. 

(5)  Resident  Life 

North  Administration,  Director  of  Resident  Life.  Student's  housing 
records. 

(6)  Advisors 

Pre-law  Advisor:  Tydings  Hall  Pre-Dental  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 
Pre-Medical  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory 
Letters  of  evaluation,  personal  information  sheet,  transcript,  test 
scores  (if  student  permits) 

(7)  Judicial  Affairs 

North  Administration  Building,  Director  of  Judicial  Affairs.  Students' 
judicial  and  disciplinary  records. 

(8)  Counseling  Center 

Shoemaker  Hall,  Director.  Biographical  data,  summaries  of  conver- 
sations with  students  test  results.  (Where  records  are  made  and 
used  only  for  treatment  purposes,  they  are  not  education  records 
and  are  not  subject  to  this  policy.) 

(9)  Financial  Aid 

Undergraduate— North  Administration,  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

Graduate  and  Professional  Schools— Located  in  Dean's  Offices. 
Financial  aid  applications,  needs  analysis  statements,  awards  made  (no 
student  access  to  parents'  confidential  statements). 

(10)  Career  Development  Center 

Terrapin  Hall,  Director.  Recommendations,  copies  of  academic 
records  (unofficial)  (note  WAIVER  section). 

(11)  Business  Sen/ices 

South  Administration  Building.  Director.  All  student  accounts  receiv- 
able, records  of  students'  financial  charges,  and  credits  with  the 
University. 

D.  Procedure  to  be  Followed 

Requests  for  access  should  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Office  of 
Registrations.  The  University  will  comply  with  a  request  for  access  within 
a  reasonable  time,  at  least  within  45  days.  In  the  usual  case,  arrange- 
ments will  be  made  for  the  student  to  read  his  or  her  records  in  the 
presence  of  a  staff  member.  If  facilities  permit,  a  student  may  ordinarily 
obtain  copies  of  his  or  her  records  by  paying  reproduction  costs.  The  fee 
for  copies  is  S.25  per  page.  No  campus  will  provide  copies  of  any 
transcripts  in  the  student's  records  other  than  the  student's  current 
University  transcript  from  that  campus.  Official  University  transcripts 
(with  University  seal)  will  be  provided  at  a  higher  charge. 

///.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  limit  disclosure  of  personally 
identifiable  information  from  education  records  unless  it  has  the  student's 
pnor  wntten  consent,  subject  to  the  following  limitations  and  exclusions. 
A.  Directory  Information 

j1)  The  following  categones  of  information  have  been  designated 
directory  information: 


Name 

Address 

Telephone  listing 

Date  and  place  of  birth 

Photograph 

Major  field  of  study 

Participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports 

Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams 

Dates  of  attendance 

Degrees  and  awards  received 

Most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended 

(2)  This  information  will  be  disclosed  even  in  the  absence  of  consent  . 
unless  the  student  tiles  written  notice  informing  the  University  not  to 
disclose  any  or  all  of  the  categories  within  three  weeks  of  the  first 
day  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  begins  each  school  year. 
This  notice  must  be  filed  annually  within  the  above  alloted  lime  to 
avoid  automatic  disclosure  of  directory  information.  The  notice 
should  be  filed  with  the  campus  registrations  office.  See  II.C. 

(3)  The  University  will  give  annual  public  notice  to  students  of  the 
categories  of  information  designated  as  directory  information. 

(4)  Directory  information  may  appear  in  public  documents  and  other- 
wise be  disclosed  without  student  consent  unless  the  student 
obiects  as  provided  above. 

B.  Prior  Consent  not  Required 

Pnor  consent  will  not  be  required  for  disclosure  of  education  records  to 
the  following  parties: 

(1)  School  officials  of  the  University  of  Maryland  who  have  been 
determined  to  have  legitimate  educational  interests; 

(a)  "School  officials"  include  instructional  or  administrative  person- 
nel who  are  or  may  be  in  a  position  to  use  the  information  in 
furtherance  of  a  legitimate  objective; 

(b)  "Legitimate  educational  interests"  include  those  interests  direct- 
ly related  to  the  academic  environment; 

(2)  Officials  of  other  schools  in  which  a  student  seeks  or  intends  to 
enroll  or  is  enrolled.  Upon  request,  and  at  his  or  her  expense,  the 
student  will  be  provided  with  a  copy  of  the  records  which  have  been 
transferred; 

(3)  Authorized  representatives  of  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  U.S., 
the  Secretary  of  HEW,  the  Commissioner  of  the.Office  of  Education, 
the  Director  of  the  National  Institute  of  Education,  the  Administrator 
of  the  Veterans'  Administration,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  HEW  for 
Education,  and  State  educational  authorities,  but  only  in  connection 
with  the  audit  or  evaluation  of  federally  supported  education 
programs,  or  in  connection  with  the  enforcement  of  or  compliance 
with  federal  legal  requirements  relating  to  these  programs.  Subject 
to  controlling  Federal  law  or  prior  consent,  these  officials  will  protect 
information  received  so  as  not  to  permit  personal  identification  of 
students  to  outsiders; 

(4)  Authorized  persons  and  organizations  which  are  given  work  in 
connection  with  a  student's  application  for,  or  receipt  of,  financial 
aid,  but  only  to  the  extent  necessary  for  such  purposes  as 
determining  eligibility,  amount,  conditions  and  enforcement  of  terms 
and  conditions; 

(5)  State  and  local  officials  to  which  such  information  is  specifically 
required  to  be  reported  by  effective  state  law  adopted  prior  to 
November  19,  1974; 

(6)  Organizations  conducting  educational  studies  for  the  purpose  of 
developing,  validating,  or  administenng  predictive  tests,  administer- 
ing student  aid  programs,  and  improving  instruction.  The  studies 
shall  be  conducted  so  as  not  to  permit  personal  identification  of 
students  to  outsiders,  and  the  information  will  be  destroyed  when  no 
longer  needed  for  these  purposes; 

(7)  Accrediting  organizations  for  purposes  necessary  to  carry  out  their 
functions; 

(8)  Parents  of  a  student  who  is  a  dependent  for  income  tax  purposes. 
(Note:  The  University  may  require  documentation  of  dependent 
status  such  as  copies  of  income  tax  forms.) 

(9)  Appropriate  parties  in  connection  with  an  emergency,  where  knowl- 
edge of  the  information  is  necessary  to  protect  the  health  or  safety 
of  the  student  or  other  individuals; 

(10)  In  response  to  a  court  order  or  subpoena.  The  University  will  make 
reasonable  efforts  to  notify  the  student  before  complying  with  the 
court  order. 

C.  Prior  Consent  Required 

In  all  other  cases,  the  University  will  not  release  personally  identifiable 
information  in  education  records  or  allow  access  to  those  records 
without  pnor  consent  of  the  student.  Unless  disclosure  is  to  the  student 
himself  or  herself,  the  consent  must  be  written,  signed,  and  dated,  and 
must  specify  the  records  to  be  disclosed,  the  identity  of  the  recipient, 
and  the  purpose  of  disclosure.  A  copy  of  the  record  disclosed  will  be 
provided  to  the  student  upon  request  and  at  his  or  her  expense. 


40      Additional  Campus  Programs 


D.  Record  of  Disclosures 

The  University  will  maintain  with  the  student's  education  records  a 
record  for  each  request  and  each  disclosure,  except  for  the  following: 

(1)  disclosures  to  the  student  himself  or  herself; 

(2)  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  wntten  consent  of  the  student  (the 
written  consent  itself  will  suffice  as  a  record); 

(3)  disclosures  to  instructional  or  administrative  officials  of  the  Universi- 
ty: 

(4)  disclosures  of  directory  information. 

This  record  of  disclosures  may  be  inspected  by  the  student,  the  official 
custodian  of  the  records,  and  other  University  and  governmental 
officials. 

IV.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  students  the 
opportunity  to  seek  correction  of  their  education  records. 

A.  Request  to  Correct  Records 

A  student  who  believes  that  information  contained  in  his  or  her 
education  records  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  violative  of  privacy  or 
other  rights  may  submit  a  written  request  to  the  Office  of  Registrations 
specifying  the  document(s)  being  challenged  and  the  basis  for  the 
complaint.  The  request  will  be  sent  to  the  person  responsible  for  any 
amendments  to  the  record  in  question.  Within  a  reasonable  period  of 
time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the  University  will  decide  whether  to 
amend  the  records  in  accordance  with  the  request.  If  the  decision  is  to 
refuse  to  amend,  the  student  will  be  so  notified  and  will  be  advised  of  the 
right  to  a  hearing.  He  or  she  may  then  exercise  that  right  by  written 
request  to  the  Office  of  the  Chancellor. 

B.  Right  to  a  Hearing 

Upon  request  by  a  student,  the  University  will  provide  an  opportunity  for 
a  hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  the  student's  records.  A  request 
for  a  hearing  should  be  in  writing  and  submitted  to  the  Office  of 
Registrations.  Within  a  reasonable  time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the 
student  will  be  notified  in  writing  of  the  date,  place,  and  time  reasonably 
in  advance  of  the  hearing. 

(1)  Conduct  of  the  liearing 

The  hearing  will  be  conducted  by  a  University  official  who  does  not 
have  a  direct  interest  in  the  outcome.  The  student  will  have  a  full  and 
fair  opportunity  to  present  evidence  relevant  to  the  issues  raised  and 
may  be  assisted  or  represented  by  individuals  of  his  or  her  choice  at 
his  or  her  own  expense,  including  an  attorney. 

(2)  Decision 

Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  the  conclusion  of  the 
hearing,  the  University  will  notify  the  student  in  writing  of  its  decision. 
The  decision  will  be  based  solely  upon  evidence  presented  at  the 
hearing  and  will  include  a  summary  of  the  evidence  and  the  reasons 
(or  the  decision.  If  the  University  decides  that  the  information  is 
inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in  violation  of  the  privacy  or 
other  rights  of  students,  the  University  will  amend  the  records 
accordingly. 

C.  Right  to  Place  an  Explanation  In  the  Records 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  hearing,  the  University  decides  that  the  information 
is  not  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in  violation  of  the  student's 
rights,  the  University  will  inform  the  student  of  the  hght  to  place  in  his  or 
her  record  a  statement  commenting  on  the  information  and/or  explain- 
ing any  reasons  for  disagreeing  with  the  University's  decision.  Any  such 
explanation  will  be  kept  as  part  of  the  student's  record  as  long  as  the 
contested  portion  of  the  record  is  kept  and  will  be  disclosed  whenever 
the  contested  portion  of  the  record  is  disclosed. 

V.  Right  to  File  Complaint 

A  student  alleging  University  noncompliance  with  the  Family  Educational 
Rights  and  Privacy  Act  may  file  a  written  complaint  with  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  Office  (FERPA),  Department  of  HEW, 
330  Independence  Avenue,  S.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20201. 


Additional  Campus  Programs 

Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program  (ROTC) 

The  Air  Force  Reserve  Officers  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  provides  a  program 
for  college  men  and  women  to  earn  a  commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in  the 
United  States  Air  Force  while  completing  their  University  degree  requirements. 

Two  Programs  Offered 

Four-Year  Program.  This  program  is  composed  of  a  General  Military  Course  and 
a  Professional  Officer  Course.  The  first  two  years  (General  Military  Course) 
normally  for  freshmen  and  sophomores,  give  a  general  introduction  to  the  Air 
Force  and  the  various  career  fields.  Students  enrolled  in  the  GMC  program  incur 
NO  OBLIGATION  and  may  elect  to  discontinue  the  program  at  any  time.  The  final 


two  years  (the  Professional  Officer  Course)  are  concentrated  on  the  development 
of  management  skills  and  study  of  Amencan  Defense  Policy.  Students  must 
compete  for  acceptance  into  the  POC  and  are  guaranteed  a  commission  upon 
successful  completion  of  the  program.  ALL  STUDENTS  ENROLLED  IN  THE 
LAST  TWO  YEARS  OF  THE  PROGRAM  RECEIVE  APPROXIMATELY  $1,000 
ANNUALLY  TAX  FREE, 

Students  in  the  four-year  program  who  successfully  complete  the  first  two 
years  of  the  program  and  are  accepted  into  the  POC  program  must  attend  four 
weeks  of  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base  during  the  summer  after 
completing  the  sophomore  year  of  college.  To  enter  the  AFROTC  program,  one 
should  inform  his  or  her  advisor  and  register  for  classes  in  the  same  manner  as 
for  other  courses, 

Two-Year  Program.  This  program  is  normally  offered  to  prospective  juniors  but 
may  be  taken  by  seniors  and  graduate  students.  The  academic  requirements  for 
this  program  are  identical  to  the  final  two  years  of  the  four-year  program.-  During 
the  summer  preceding  entry  into  the  program,  all  candidates  must  complete  a  six- 
week  field  training  at  a  designated  Air  Force  base. 

Ttie  Curriculum 

General  Military  Course — Freshman  year  ARSC,  100/101.  Combined,  these 
two  courses  are  designed  to  introduce  the  student  to  the  role  in  our  society  of  the 
Department  of  Defense  and  the  US.  Air  Force.  Sophomore  year,  ARSC  200/201 , 
These  two  courses  provide  a  very  complete  history  of  the  role  of  aerospace 
systems  in  our  military  and  in  our  society.  (1  hr  cr  per  semester)  PROFESSIONAL 
OFFICER  COURSE-^unior  year,  ARSC  310/311.  This  full  year  course  consists 
of  three  hours  of  academic  study  each  semester  and  a  one-hour  leadership 
management  lab  weekly.  Here  the  student  is  introduced  to  management  and 
leadership  concepts.  The  course  is  designed  to  provide  a  solid  foundation  for  the 
continued  development  of  junior  level  managers,  with  emphasis  on  the  junior 
military  officer's  profess'tnal  skills.  Senior  year,  ARSC  320/321  is  composed  of 
three  hours  of  academiJ^'udy  and  one  hour  of  laboratory  pach  week.  This  lull 
year  course  conceptually  ucuses  on  the  Armed  Forces  as  an  integral  element  of 
society  with  an  emphasis  on  the  broad  range  of  American  civil-military  relations 
and  the  environmental  context  in  which  U.S.  defense  policy  is  formulated  and 
implemented. 

Scholarships  Availables.  The  AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program  provide  8, 
7,  6,  5,  4  semester  scholarships  to  students  on  a  competitive  basis.  Scholarships 
are  currently  available  in  numerous  technical  fields  and  are  based  on  merit  and 
not  need.  Those  selected  receive  money  for  tuition,  lab  expenses,  incidental  fees 
and  books  plus  a  non-taxable  allowance  of  $100  monthly.  (See  AFROTC  College 
Scholarship  Program  below). 

Flight  Instruction  Program.  Students  who  qualify  to  become  Air  Force  pilots 
receive  a  free  25  hours  flight  instruction  program.  Cadets  are  instructed  by  both 
military  and  civilian  instructors  on  all  phases  of  flight,  ground  operations  and  FAA 
control  regulations.  This  program  gives  the  student  pilot  a  good  start  towards 
obtaining  a  private  license. 

Air  Force  ROTC  Nurse  Program.  Air  Force  ROTC  makes  it  possible  for  qualified 
applicants  of  nursing  schools  to  enroll  in  its  programs  and,  upon  completion  of  all 
academic  and  licensing  requirements,  receive  a  commission  as  a  Second 
Lieutenant  In  the  United  States  Air  Force  Medical  Corps. 

General  Requirements  for  Acceptance  into  the  POC.  The  student  must 
complete  the  General  Military  Course  and  a  four-week  field  training  session,  or 
the  six-week  field  training  session,  pass  the  Air  Force  Officer  Qualification  Test, 
be  physically  qualified,  enlist  in  the  Air  Force  Reserve,  be  in  good  academic 
standing  and  meet  age  requirements.  Successful  completion  of  the  Professional 
Officer  Course  and  a  bachelor's  degree  (or  higher)  are  prerequisites  for  a 
commission  as  a  Second  Lieutenant  in  the  United  States  Air  Force.  Additional 
information  may  be  obtained  from  Major  C.V.  Coleman  in  the  office  of  Aerospace 
Studies  (2nd  floor  of  the  Armory).  Telephone  454-3242/43. 

Endowed  and  Annual  Scholarships  and  Grants 

AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program 

Air  Force  ROTC  College  Scholarships  are  available  on  a  competitive  basis  to 
qualified  applicants  enrolled  in  the  Four  and  Two  Year  AFROTC  programs,  (For  a 
full  explanation  of  Air  Force  ROTC,  see  AFROTC  under  "Additional  Campus 
Programs,")  Three  through  eight  semester  scholarships  are  available  and  are 
based  on  merit  and  not  need.  These  scholarships  provide  full  tuition,  laboratory 
fees,  incidental  fees  and  full  reimbursement  for  textbooks.  In  addition,  scholar- 
ship cadets  in  the  last  two  years  of  the  program  receive  a  non-taxable  allowance 
of  $100  monthly.  Any  student  accepted  by  the  University  of  Maryland  may  apply 
for  these  scholarships.  AFROTC  membership  is  required  if  one  receives  an^ 
AFROTC  scholarship. 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy 

Director:  Peter  G.  Brown 


Additional  Campus  Programs      41 


Research  Associates:  Douglas  Maclean,  Henry  Shue,  Paul  Vernier 

The  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  conducts  an  interdisciplinary 
program  which  engages  in  research  and  curnculum  development  with  the 
purpose  of  investigating  conceptual  and  ethical  aspects  of  public  policy  formula- 
tion and  depate.  Most  research  efforts— chosen  from  topics  expected  to  be  a 
focus  of  putjiic  policy  debate  during  the  next  decade— are-coordinaled  by  Center 
research  staff  and  conducted  cooperatively  by  working  groups  composed  of 
philosophers,  policy-makers,  analysts,  practitioners,  and  Center  staff-  In  its 
research  efforts  the  Center  seeks  to  create  an  improved  understanding  of  the 
normative  pnnciples  which  are  basic  to  an  assessment  of  public  policies. 

Research  areas  which  have  been  or  currently  are  under  consideration 
include:  (1)  food  policy  and  the  responsibility  of  the  U.S.  to  the  world  food 
situation;  (2)  human  rights  and  foreign  policy;  (3)  conflicting  obligations  in 
personal  ethics  and  public  service;  (4)  moral  and  conceptual  issues  in  welfare 
reform;  (5)  ethical  dilemmas  facing  lawyers;  (6)  the  application  of  principles  of 
justice  to  intergenerational  issues  such  as  energy  policy;  and  (7)  the  ethical 
significance  of  national  boundanes  and  shared  nationality. 

Research  products  are  made  available  through  commercial  publication, 
distnbution  of  model  courses,  workshops  and  the  distribution  of  working  papers. 

The  Center's  curnculum  development  seeks  to  bring  philosophical  issues 
before  future  policy-makers  and  citizens.  To  this  end  courses  dealing  with 
contemporary  normative  issues  in  the  national  and  international  arena  are  offered 
through  the  Departments  of  Philosophy  and  of  Government  and  Politics  and 
other  departments  whose  disciplines  are  relevant  to  the  specific  course  being 
taught.  Courses  which  have  been  offered  include:  Hunger  and  Affluence,  Human 
Rights  and  Foreign  Policy,  Philosophical  Issues  in  Public  Policy,  Ethics  and 
Welfare,  Professional  Responsibility,  and  Business  Ethics  and  Social  Responsi- 
bility. 

The  Center  is  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Divisions  of  Arts  and  Humanities  and  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

Women's  Studies  Program 

Women's  Studies  is  an  interdisciplinary  academic  program  in  the  Divisions  of 
Arts  and  Humanities  and  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  Its  goal  is  to  promote 
research  on  women  and  sex  roles  and  to  facilitate  the  introduction  of  research 
findings  on  women  into  all  relevant  university  courses.  To  this  end,  the  program 
encourages  and  assists  departments  in  developing  courses  about  women.  It  also 
provides  integrative  courses  taught  by  program  faculty,  designed  to  tie  together 
the  diverse  matenals  available  in  the  approximately  thirty  courses  offered  in  such 
fields  as  psychology,  economics,  Afro-American  studies,  health,  history,  English, 
and  the  foreign  languages. 
These  courses  include  the  following: 

WMST  200:  Women  and  Contemporary  Society 
WMST  298:  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 
WMST  386  and  387:  Field  Work  and  Field  Work  Analysis 
WMST  400:  Theones  of  Feminism 
WMST  498:  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program 

The  Women's  Studies  Certificate  Program  consists  of  an  integrated,  interdis- 
ciplinary package  of  courses  on  women  and  sex  roles  which  is  designed  to 
supplement  a  student's  major.  Any  student  in  good  standing  in  a  division  of  the 
university  may  enroll  in  the  certificate  program  by  declaring  her/his  intention  to 
the  Director  of  Women's  Studies.  It  is  suggested  that  students  meet  with  the 
Director  in  order  to  plan  individual  programs. 

To  qualify  for  a  certificate  in  Women's  Studies  a  student  will  be  required  to 
earn  twenty-one  credits  in  Women's  Studies  courses.  Each  student  must  obtain  a 
grade  of  C  or  better  in  each  course  that  is  to  be  counted  toward  the  certificate. 
Each  student  is  required  to  take  either: 

WMST  200:  Women  in  Contemporary  Society  or 

WMST  400:  Theories  of  Feminism 

and  at  least  one  course  from  three  of  the  following  four  categones: 

1.  ECON  474:  Economic  Problems  of  Women 
GVPT  429:  Women  and  the  Political  System 
GVPT  436:  Legal  Status  of  Women 

2.  ENGL  250:  Women  in  Literature 
ENGL  348:  Literary  Works  by  Women 

3.  HIST  210:  Women  in  Europe  and  America  1600-1850 
HIST  211:  Women  in  Europe  and  America  1850-present 
HIST  301:  Women  in  Industrial  Development 

4.  SOCY  325:  Sex  Roles  (pnmarily  for  non-Sociology  majors) 

SOCY  425:  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions  (pnmarily  for  Sociology  majors) 
PSYC  309:  Psychology  of  Women 

Students  are  encouraged  to  take  WMST  200  when  possible  before  enrolling 
in  other  courses  on  women. 

The  remaining  three  courses  may  be  chosen  from  the  above  list  or  from  the 
other  courses  offered  within  the  Women's  Studies  Program.  At  least  one  of  the 


courses  must  be  an  upper  division  course  (300-400  level).  No  more  than  nine 
credits  from  any  one  department  may  be  applied  toward  the  certificate,  and  no 
more  than  twelve  credits  may  be  transferred  from  other  universities  and  then  only 
with  the  consent  of  the  Director. 

Course  code  prefix  WMST 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies 

The  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  (BGS)  program  permits  a  student  to  obtain 
an  education  in  a  broad  range  of  disciplines  without  adhering  to  a  previously 
defined  curriculum  with  specialization  in  one  department  or  division.  While  it 
allows  the  student  to  design  concentrations  of  up  to  30  credits  in  a  single 
department,  its  purpose  is  to  encourage  breadth  of  education. 

General  Studies  students  must  fulfill  the  campus  English  composition 
requirements. 

While  early  BGS  graduates  have  not  experienced  unusual  problems  with 
further  education  and  employment,  the  individual  student's  experience  may  well 
depend  on  the  quality  of  program  which  he/she  designs  within  the  parameters  of 
the  BGS  requirements. 

Requirements 

To  receive  a  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  degree,  a  student  must  satisfy  the 
following  requirements: 

1.  A  minimum  of  120  credits  must  be  accumulated  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  at  least  2.0. 

2.  No  more  than  30  credits  in  any  one  department  may  be  applied  toward  the 
required  120  credits. 

3.  The  courses  taken  must  be  distributed  over  at  least  three  divisions  with  a 
maximum  of  60  credits  in  any  one  division  counted  toward  the  required  120 
credits. 

4.  At  least  45  credits  must  be  taken  at  the  upper  level  (courses  numbered  300 
or  higher);  a  2.0  cumulative  grade  point  average  must  be  obtained  in  all 
upper  level  courses. 

5.  The  student  must  be  registered  as  only  a  Bachelor  of  General  Studies  major 
for  at  least  the  last  30  credits  immediately  preceding  the  awarding  of  the 
degree.  A  student  who  wishes  to  earn  a  second  baccalaureate  must  satisfy 
all  University  requirements  for  the  earning  of  two  degrees. 

6.  The  student  pursuing  the  BGS  program  shall  be  advised  by  a  faculty 
member  either  appointed  by  or  acceptable  to  the  Dean  of  Undergraduate 
Studies.  Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  Dr.  Judith  Sorum  in 
the  Office  of  the  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies.  (Telephone: 
454-2350/31.) 

Individual  Studies  Program 

The  Individual  Studies  Program  offers  an  individualized  major  for  UMCP 
students  who: 

1.  have  the  ability  to  design,  with  faculty  assistance,  a  sequence  of  formal 
and/or  informal  learning  experiences,  satisfactory  completion  of  which  is 
deemed  adequate  for  the  awarding  of  a  bachelor's  degree;  and  who 

2,  have  a  clearly  defined  academic  goal  which  cannot  reasonably  be  satisfied 
in  an  existing  curnculum  at  College  Park,  Students  may  be  admitted  to  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  after  completion  of  one  semester  of  residence  at 
College  Park  and  must  be  officially  approved  by  the  Individual  Studies 
Faculty  Committee  prior  to  the  final  thirty  semester  hours  of  the  proposed 
curriculum. 

Requirements 

Students  in  the  Individual  Studies  Program  must: 

1 .  Complete  at  least  1 20  academic  credits  with  a  grade  point  average  of  "C"  or 
better, 

2.  Meet  the  General  University  Requirements. 

3.  Include  in  their  program  at  least  12  hours  of  formal  course  work  numbered 
300  or  above,  not  including  the  General  University  Requirements  nor  IVSP 
319  (tutorial  report). 

4.  Include  in  their  program  one  credit  of  IVSP  319  (tutorial  report)  for  each 
semester  in  which  they  are  full-time  students  in  the  program. 

5.  If  the  program  is  40%  or  more  informal  learning  expenences  (directed 
studies,  internship,  research,  etc.)  the  student  must  complete  a  three  credit 
Bachelor's  paper  (IVSP  320).  The  Bachelor's  paper  is  strongly  recom- 
mended for  all  IVSP  students. 

Admission  to  the  piogram  must  be  officially  approved  by  the  Individual 
Studies  Review  Committee,  made  up  of  three  faculty  members,  prior  to  the  final 
thirty  semester  hours  of  the  proposed  curriculum. 

General  Honors  Program 

Director:  John  L.  Howarth 

The  General  Honors  Program  is  designed  to  allow  energetic,  academically 
talented  students  to  pursue  their  general  education  at  a  challenging,  demanding 
level.  Students  can  engage,  with  others  of  similar  ability  and  vaned  interests,  in  a 
program  whose  emphasis  is  on  interdisciplinary  and  educationally  broadening 
activity. 


42      Additional  Campus  Programs 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  as  freshmen.  High  school  students 
ordinarily  apply  at  the  same  time  as  they  apply  lor  admission  to  the  University, 
although  a  separate  application  form  is  required  for  General  Honors.  Undergradu- 
ates already  on  campus,  majoring  in  any  department,  college  or  division,  and 
transfer  students  with  distinguished  records  from  other  institutions  (especially  if 
they  come  from  other  Honors  Programs)  are  also  encouraged  to  apply.  Selection 
is  made  on  the  basis  of  academic  records,  recommendations,  standardized  test 
scores,  personal  achievement,  and  other  evidences  of  motivation  and  ability. 

Members  of  the  Program  may  enroll  in  a  variety  of  kinds  of  courses:  special 
introductory  colloqula.  special  honors  sections  of  basic  courses  in  many 
departments,  upper  division  General  Honors  seminars,  independent  study  and 
field  experience.  Successful  General  Honors  students  graduate  vi^ith  a  citation  in 
General  Honors  which  is  recorded  on  their  transcnpts  and  diplomas.  There  is  an 
extensive  extra-curricular  program  of  activities,  and  student  participation  in 
decision-making  and  administration  is  an  important  aspect  of  the  program.  The 
General  Honors  Program  is  a  member  of  the  National  Collegiate  Honors  Council 
and  of  the  Northeast  Regional  Honors  Council.  Students  and  faculty  participate 
regularly  in  the  activities  of  these  organizations.  The  Program  participates  in  a 
program  of  student  exchanges  with  Honors  Programs  in  other  institutions. 

The  College  Park  Campus  also  operates  29  Departmental  Honors  Programs 
designed  to  give  students  the  opportunity  to  pursue  more  deeply  their  studies  in 
their  chosen  fields  of  concentration.  These  programs  usually  begin  in  the  junior 
year,  though  a  few  (botany,  English,  history,  mathematics,  psychology)  may  start 
earlier.  Some  students  who  enter  the  General  Honors  Program  as  freshmen 
transfer  to  their  departmental  programs  in  their  sophomore  or  junior  years.  For 
information,  see  the  descnptions  under  the  various  departmental  entries  in  this 
catalog,  or  contact  the  department. 

For  application  forms  and  information  about  the  General  Honors  Program, 
write  to  Dr.  John  Howarth,  Director,  Honors  Program,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Pre-Professional  Programs 

These  curricula  are  designed  to  provide  the  necessary  academic  foundation 
required  for  entrance  into  professional  schools.  Some  require  two  or  three  years 
of  pre-professlonal  study  tiefore  transfer  to  professional  school.  Others,  such  as 
the  curricula  for  medicine  and  dentistry,  normally  require  completion  of  a 
bachelor's  degree. 

Successful  completion  of  a  pre-professional  program  does  not  guarantee 
admission  to  a  professional  school.  Each  school  has  its  own  admissions 
requirements  and  cnteha,  which  may  include  grade-point  average  in  undergradu- 
ate courses,  scores  in  aptitude  tests  (Medical  College  Admission  Test,  Law 
Admission  test,  Dental  Aptitude  Test,  Allied  Health  Professionas  Admission  Test, 
etc.),  a  personal  interview,  or  faculty  evaluations.  For  specific  admissions 
requirements,  the  student  is  urged  to  study  the  catalog  of  the  professional  school. 

Because  of  the  competitive  nature  of  professional  school  admissions,  pre- 
professional  students  should  consider  applying  to  more  than  one  school  and 
should  also  give  some  thought  to  alternate  careers.  The  degree  to  which  this  is 
necessary  vanes  with  the  program  in  which  one  is  enrolled.  It  usually  is  helpful  to 
discuss  this  with  the  pre-professional  advisor. 

Although  completion  of  the  bachelor's  degree  is  a  normal  prerequisite  for 
admission  for  dental,  law  and  medical  schools,  three  professional  schools  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore — Dentistry,  Law  and  Medicine— have  ar- 
rangements whereby  a  student  who  meets  certain  requirements  may  be 
accepted  for  professional  school  after  three  years  (90  academic  hours).  For 
students  to  be  eligible  for  the  "combined  degree",  the  final  30  hours  prior  to  entry 
into  the  Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law  and  Medicine  must  be  taken  in  residence.  After 
the  successful  completion  of  thirty  hours  of  work  in  professional  school,  the 
student  may  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree. 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene 

The  Dental  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  located  in  Baltimore 
(UMAB),  offers  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental  hygiene,  as  well  as  a 
post-certificate  program  for  registered  dental  hygienists  who  have  completed  a 
two-year  accredited  dental  hygiene  program  and  are  interested  in  completing  the 
requirements  for  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Completion  of  a  two-year  pre- 
professional  curriculum  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB  or  at 
another  accredited  institution  is  required  for  eligibility  to  apply  for  admission  as  a 
junior  in  the  Dental  School  at  UfvlAB. 

For  registered  dental  hygienists,  completion  of  a  two-year  accredited  dental 
hygiene  program,  completion  of  all  required  pre-professional  courses,  and  a 
minimum  of  one  year  of  clinical  experience  as  a  dental  hygienist  are  required  for 
eligibility  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  Dental  School  at  UMAB. 

Enrollment  as  a  predental  hygiene  student  or  a  registered  dental  hygienist  to 
complete  preprofessional  curriculum  requirements  at  any  campus  does  not 
guarantee  admission  to  the  dental  hygiene  program  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 
Enrollment  in  both  programs  is  limited. 

The  educational  objective  of  the  Dental  Hygiene  program  is  to  provide  the 
baccalaureate  graduate  with  the  knowledge,  skills,  and  attitudes  that  will  allow 
them  to  adapt  and  function  in  positions  of  responsibility  within  a  variety  of  health 
care  settings  or  educational  institutions. 


The  first  two  years,  constituting  the  pre-professional  curriculum,  include 
general  educational  requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  dental  hygiene 
education  accreditation  requirements  and  elective  lower  division  courses.  A 
suggested  sequence  for  required  courses  in  the  pre-professional  segment  of  the 
curriculum  follows; 

Pre-Dental  Hygiene  Curriculum 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

English  Composition 3 

Inorganic  Chemistry*** 4 

Organic  Chemistry*** 4 

General  Zoology 4 

Psychology,  Intro  to 3 

Sociology,  Intro  to 3 

Public  Speaking 3 

Humanities' .- ^ 6 

Total 14        16 

Sophomore  Year       •  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Human  Anatomy  &  Physiology*" 4  4 

Microbiology'" .'^ , 4 

Principles  of  Nutrition * 3 

Social  Science" 3  3 

Humanities* 3 

Basic  statistics 3 

Electives ^ 3 

Total 14        16 

•HUMANITIES;  Courses  must  be  selected  from  at  least  three  of  the  following  areas,  literature. 

philosophy,  history,  fine  arts,  speech,  math  or  language. 

•'SOCIAL  SCIENCES:  Introduction  to  psychology  and  sociology  are  required;  the  remaining  six 

credits  should  be  selected  from  courses  in  psychology,  sociology,  government  and  politics, 

anthropology,  economics,  or  business  and  management. 

'••These  courses  must  include  a  laboratory  and  meet  the  requirements  for  science  majors.' 

Survey,  or  terminal,  or  courses  for  nonscience  majors  are  not  acceptable  for  transfer. 

Specific  courses  taken  by  students  at  College  Park  are: 
Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101 .' 3 

ZOOL  101 4 

CHEM  103  &  104 .-. 8 

PSYC  100 : 3 

SOCY  100  or  SOCY  105 3 

SPCH  100  or  107 3 

Humanities 6 

Sophomore  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

ZOOL  201  &  202 8 

MICB200 4 

NUTR200 3 

Social  Sciences 6 

Humanities '.  3 

Electives 3 

STAT  100  or  MATH  111 3 

Although  courses  may  be  interchanged  during  the  first  two  years,  it  is  required  that  chemistry 
precede  microbiology  and  nutntron  to  enable  its  application  to  these  two  subjects.  It  should  be 
noted  that  Zoology  101  is  a  prerequisite  for  Zoology  201,  202  (Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology) 
at  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Application  and  Admission.  Students  are  considered  for  admission  to  the 
University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  without  regard  for  race,  color,  creed  or  sex. 
It  is  the  objective  of  the  school  to  enroll  qualified  students  with  diversified 
backgrounds  in  order  to  make  the  educational  experience  more  meaningful  for 
each  individual  as  well  as  to  provide  dental  health  practitioners  to  all  segments  of 
the  community.  Men  as  well  as  women,  and  members  of  ethnic  minority  groups 
are  encouraged  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  dental  hygiene  program. 

High  school  students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  the  pre-dental  hygiene  curriculum  at 
the  College  Park  Campus  should  request  applications  directly  from  the  Admis- 
sions Office  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742.  It  is 
recommended  that  those  preparing  for  a  baccalaureate  degree  program  in  dental 
hygiene  pursue  an  academic  program  in  high  school  which  includes  biology, 
chemistry,  math  and  physics. 

Pre-dental  hygiene  students  who  will  have  completed  three  semesters  of  the  pre- 
professional  curriculum  should  request  an  application  dunng  the  third  semester 
from  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  Room  1 32,  Howard  Hall,  660 
W.  Redwood  St.,  Baltimore,  Md.  21201;  or  from  the  dental  hygiene  advisor  on  the 
College  Park  campus.  Applications  for  the  Baltimore  campus  must  be  received  no 


Additional  Campus  Programs      43 


later  than  February  1  prior  to  the  fall  semester  for  which  the  student  wishes  to 
apply.  All  applicants  are  required  to  submit  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission 
Test  (AHPAT)  scores.  Information  concerning  the  AHPAT  is  available  from  the 
dental  hygiene  advisor  on  the  College  Park  campus  or  the  Dental  School's  Dental 
Hygiene  Department.  At  the  discretion  of  the  Dental  Hygiene  Admissions 
Committee,  applicants  will  be  required  to  appear  for  a  personal  interview.  All 
potential  applicants  should  meet  regularly  with  the  dental  hygiene  advisor  on  the 
College  Park  campus.  2109  Turner  Laboratory. 

Registered  dental  hygienists  who  have  completed  a  two-year  accredited  dental 
hygiene  program,  as  well  as  one  year  of  clinical  experience  as  a  dental  hygienist, 
should  contact  the  dental  hygiene  advisor  on  the  College  Park  campus.  Room 
2109  Turner  Lab,  College  Park,  Md.  20742,  in  order  to  determine  the  number  of 
transferable  credits  and  the  number  of  additional  pre-professional  and  lower 
division  elective  courses  necessary  for  eligibility  to  apply  for  the  post  certificate 
program.  If  all  pre-prcfessional  curnculum  requirements  have  not  been  fulfilled, 
the  student  should  apply  for  enrollment  at  one  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
undergraduate  campuses.  If  the  preprofessional  curriculum  has  been  completed, 
the  student  should  apply  to  the  dental  hygiene  program  no  later  than  February  1 . 
Prospective  applicants  should  keep  in  mind  that  the  last  30  credit  hours  toward  a 
baccalaureate  degree  must  be  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Dental  Hygiene  Advisor,  2109 
Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland.  Telephone  (301)454-2540.  In  Bal- 
timore contact  the  Dental  Hygiene  Department,  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore,  666  W.  Baltimore  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  Telephone 
(301)528-7773. 

Pre-Dentistry 

The  pre-dental  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements  and  recommenda- 
tions of  the  various  dental  schools,  and  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  the  College  Park  Campus,  following  either  the  four-year  program  or 
the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  Program.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
student  for  the  Dental  Aptitude  Test,  which  is  normally  taken  in  the  Spnng  of  the 
junior  year. 

Three-Year  Arts-Dentistry  Program.  Students  whose  performance  during  the 
first  two  years  is  exceptional  may  seek  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Dentistry  at  the  end  of  their  third  year.  By  the  end  of  the  third  year  the 
student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits,  the  last  30  of  which  must  have 
been  earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  No  undergraduate 
major  is  required  for  this  program;  the  work  of  the  first  year  in  the  School  of 
Dentistry  is  considered  as  the  major.  Within  the  90  credits  the  student  must  have 
completed  all  the  requirements  listed  below. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

A.  General  University  Requirements 30 

B.  Chemistry  (general,  inorganic  and  organic) 18 

CHEM  103,  104,  201,  202,  203,  204  or 
CHEM  105,  106,  211.  212,  213,  214 

C.  Zoology 16 

ZOOL  101— (General  Zoology)  or  ZOOL  293 

(Animal  Diversity) 
ZOOL  246— (Genetcs) 
ZOOL  290— (Comparative  Vertebrate 

Morphology)  One  of  the  following: 
ZOOL  422— (Vertebrate  Physiology), 
ZOOL  426— (General  Endocrinology), 
ZOOL  430— (Vertebrate  Embryology),  or 
ZOOL  495— (Mammalian  Histology). 

D.  Mathematics 6-8 

(Mathematics  through  calculus  (MATH  141  or 
221)  is  strongly  recommended) 
E  Physics  121.  122,  or  141,  142 8 

F.  Supporting  courses  from  any  one  of  the  following  combinations: 6-10 

1 .  Zoology— six  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

2.  Microbiology — eight  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

3.  CHEM  321— (Quantitative  Analysis)  plus  any 

three-credit  course  at  the  300-400  level 
in  the  physical  or  biological  sciences  that 
is  approved  by  the  Assistant  Dean  for 
Pre-Dental  Advisement. 

4.  CHEM  461,  462,  463,  and  464. 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one 

department  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  or  the  Division  of  Behavioral 
and  Social  Sciences. 

G.  Electives  as  needed  to  make  at  least  90  credits 0-6 

Total 90 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  program  may  receive  the 
B.S.  degree  (Arts-Dentistry)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  at  the 


University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean  of  the 
Dental  School  and  approval  by  the  College  Park  Campus,  the  degree  to  be 
awarded  in  August  following  the  first  year  of  Dental  School.  The  courses  of  the 
first  year  of  Dental  School  constitute  the  major;  the  College  Park  courses  listed 
above  constitute  the  supporting  area. 

Four-Year  Program.  No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable  consideration  by 
a  dental  school  admission  committee.  By  intelligent  planning  starting  in  the 
freshman  or  sophomore  year,  the  student  can  meet  the  requirements  for  the  B.S. 
or  B.A,  degree  in  most  mapr  programs  and  can  include  in  his  or  her  course  work 
courses  specifically  prescribed  by  dental  schools  of  choice.  The  courses  listed  in 
A  through  E  above  for  the  three-year  Arts-Dentistry  program  will  satisfy  the 
minimum  requirements  of  most  dental  schools  and  are  strongly  recommended. 
The  four-year  student's  program  must  also  include  courses  required  to  satisfy 
major,  supporting  area,  college  and  division  requirements.  The  student  is  urged  to 
work  closely  with  pre-dental  and  major  advisors  in  this  planning. 

Pre-Forestiy 

Pre-Forestry  students  are  advised  in  the  Department  of  Horticulture  section. 
See  page  52  for  information  about  this  program. 

Pre-Law 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only  applicants  with  a  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree,  others  will  accept  applicants  who  have  successfully  completed  a  three- 
year  program  of  academic  work.  Most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe  specific 
courses  which  a  student  must  present  for  admission,  but  do  require  that  the 
student  follow  one  of  the  standard  programs  offered  by  the  undergraduate 
college.  Many  law  schools  require  that  the  applicant  take  the  Law  School 
Admission  Test,  preferably  in  July  or  October  of  the  academic  year  preceding  his 
entry  into  professional  school. 

Four-Year  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  complete  the  requirements  for 
the  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  before  entering  law  school  should  select  a  major  field  of 
concentration.  The  pre-law  student  often  follows  a  bachelor  of  arts  program  with 
a  major  in  American  studies,  English,  history,  economics,  political  science 
(government  and  politics),  psychology,  sociology,  or  speech;  a  few  pre-law 
students  follow  a  bachelor  of  science  program. 

Three-Year  Arts-Law  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  enter  law  school  at 
the  end  of  his  third  year  should  complete  the  General  University  Requirements. 
By  the  end  of  his  junior  year  he  will  complete  the  requirements  for  a  "minor"  (18 
semester  hours  in  one  department,  6  hours  being  at  the  300-400  level).  His 
program  during  the  first  three  years  should  include  all  of  the  basic  courses 
required  for  a  degree  (including  the  18-hour  "minor"  course  program)  and  all 
divisional  and  University  requirements.  The  academic  courses  must  total  90 
hours,  and  must  be  passed  with  a  minimum  average  of  2.0.  To  be  acceptable  to 
law  schools,  however,  students  in  vertually  all  cases  must  have  a  considerably 
higher  average. 

Students  with  exceptionaf  records  who  are  accepted  to  the  School  of  Law  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  under  the  Arts-Law  program  may  receive  a  B.A. 
degree  (Arts-Law)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  of  law  school, 
upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Law  School  and 
approval  by  the  College  Park  Campus.  The  degree  is  awarded  in  August  following 
the  first  year  of  law  school  (or  after  30  credit  hours  are  completed). 

Pre-Medical  Technology 

A  baccalaureate  degree  in  Medical  Technology  is  offered  through  the  Medical 
Technology  Program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical  School,  which  is 
located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB).  It  usually  takes  four  years  to  complete  the  required 
credits,  which  are  divided  into  a  pre-professional  and  a  professional  division. 
Completion  of  pre-professional  courses  at  a  University  of  Maryland  campus  or  at 
another  accredited  institution  is  required  prior  to  transfer  to  the  Medical 
Technology  Program  at  UMAB.  (NOTE:  There  may  be  a  change  in  the  number  of 
pre-professional  versus  professional  years  in  this  program,  although  the  total 
number  of  years  will  remain  the  same.  Please  contact  the  advisor  for  details.) 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  the  pre-medical  technology  curricu- 
lum at  College  Park  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  of  that  campus.  At 
least  three  years  of  both  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  science,  including 
chemistry  and  physics,  are  strongly  recommended. 

Students  are  accepted  into  the  upper  division  of  the  Medical  Technology 
Program  at  UMAB  on  a  competitive  basis.  Successful  completion  of  pre- 
professional  courses  does  not  guarantee  admission.  Applicants  must  submit  an 
application  for  admission  in  the  fall  of  the  year  prior  to  enrollment.  The  Allied 
Health  Professions  Admission  Test  is  required. 


Typical  Freshman  Curriculum 


Chemistry  103.. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

...       4 


44      Additional  Campus  Programs 

Zoology  1 01 4 

English  101 3 

Mathematics  110 3 

Total : 14 

Chemistry  104 4 

Literature 3 

Mathematics  1 1 1 3 

Speech  1 00 3 

Psychology  1 00 3 

Total 16 

Further  information.  At  College  Park,  contact  the  Medical  Technology  advisor, 
2109  Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone 
(301)454-2540.  In  Baltimore,  contact  the  Medical  Technology  Program,  Allied 
Health  Professions  Building,  32  S.  Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201. 
Telephone  (301)528-7663. 

Pre-Medicine 

The  pre-medical  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements  and  recommenda- 
tions of  the  American  Medical  schools,  and  the  requirements  for  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  the  College  Park  Campus,  following  either  the  four-year  program  or 
the  combined  Arts-Medicine  Program.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
student  for  the  Medicine  College  Admission  Test,  which  is  normally  taken  in  the 
Spring  of  the  junior  year. 

Three-Year  Arts-Medicine  Program.  Students  whose  performance  during  the 
first  two  years  is  exceptional  may  seek  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Medicine  at  the  end  of  their  third  year.  By  the  end  of  the  third  year  the 
student  must  have  earned  90  academic  credits,  the  last  30  of  which  must  have 
been  earned  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  No  undergraduate 
rriajor  is  required  for  this  program;  the  work  of  the  first  year  in  the  School  of 
Medicine  is  considered  as  the  major.  Within  the  90  credits  the  student  must  have 
completed  all  the  requirements  listed  below.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the 
General  University  Requirements  include  at  least  3  credits  in  English  composition 
and  one  other  English  Course. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

A.  General  University  Requirements 30 

B.  Chemistry  (general,  inorganic  and  organic) 18 

CHEM  103,  104,  201,  202,  203,  204  or 

CHEM  105,  106,211,212,213,214 

C.  Zoology 16 

ZOOL  101  (General  Zoology)  or  ZOOL  293  (Animal 

Diversity) 
ZOOL  246  (Genetics) 
ZOOL  290  (Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology) 

One  of  the  following: 
ZOOL  422  (Vertebrate  Physiology)  * 

ZOOL  426  (General  Endocrinology) 
ZOOL  430  (Vertebrate  Embryology) 
ZOOL  495  (Mammalian  Histology) 

D.  Mathematics 6-6 

(Mathematics  through  calculus  [MATH  141  or  221] 

is  strongly  recommended) 

E.  Physics  121,  122,  or  141,  142 8 

F.  Supporting  courses  from  any  one  of  the  following  combinations: 6-10 

1.  Zoology— Six  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

2.  Microbiology— Eight  hours  on  the  300-400  level 

3.  CHEM  321  (Quantitative  Analysis)  plus  any  three-credit  course  at 

the  300-400  level  in  the  physical  or  biological  sciences 
that  is  approved  by  the  Assistant  Dean  for  Pre-Medical 
Advisement. 

4.  CHEM  461,  462,  463,  and  464 

5.  Nine  hours  on  the  300-400  level  in  any  one  department  of  the 

Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  the  (Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

G.  Electives  as  needed  to  make  at  least  90  credits 0-6 

Total 90 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Medicine  program  may  receive  the 
B.S.  degree  (Arts-Medicine)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Medical  School  upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean, 
School  of  Medicine  and  approval  by  the  College  Park  Campus,  the  degree  to  be 
awarded  in  August  following  the  first  year  of  Medical  School.  The  courses  of  the 
first  year  of  Medical  School  constitute  the  major;  the  College  Park  courses  listed 
above  constitute  the  supporting  area. 

Four- Year  Program.  No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable  consideration  by 
a  medical  school  admission  committee.  By  intelligent  planning  starting  in  the 
freshman  or  sophomore  year,  the  student  can  meet  the  requirements  for  the  B.S. 
or  B.A.  degree  in  most  major  programs  and  can  include  in  his  or  her  course  work 


courses  specifically  prescribed  by  medical  schools  o(  choice  The  courses  listed 
in  A  through  E  above  for  the  three-year  Arls-Medicine  program  will  satisfy  the 
minimum  requirements  of  most  medical  schools  and  are  strongly  recommended. 
The  four-year  student's  program  must  also  include  courses  required  to  satisfy 
major,  supporting  area,  college  and  division  requirements.  The  student  is  urged  to 
work  closely  with  pre-medical  and  major  advisors  in  this  planning. 

Pre-Nursing 

The  School  of  Nursing,  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB),  offers  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Nursing.  The  first  two  years 
of  pre-professional  courses  may  be  taken  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus 
except  UMAB,  or  any  other  accredited  college  or  university,  while  the  final  two 
years  of  upper  division  work  are  offered  only  at  the  School  of  Nursing  at 
Baltimore.  Although  admission  to  the  upper  division  is  not  guaranteed,  a  large 
proportion  of  College  Park  students  who  complete  pre-professional  requirements 
are  accepted. 

In  addition  to  the  aforementioned  generic  program,  an  "R.N.  program"  for 
registered  nurses  who  wish  to  earn  a  B.S.  provides  the  opportunity  through 
challenge  exams  to  validate  and  receive  credit  for  knowledge  already  acquired. 
R.N.  students  complete  the  same  pre-professional  curriculum  required  of  all 
lower  division  students.  Then,  after  successfully  earning  credit  through  challenge 
exams  in  nursing,  these  students  follow  a  senior  year  curriculum  which  provides 
the  framework  for  content  organization,  as  well  as  the  implementation  and 
evaluation  of  nursing  care  beyond  their  initial  preparation  in  nursing. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  lor  pre-nursing  at  College  Park  must 
meet  admission  requirements  of  that  cartnpus.  High  school  students  should  enroll 
in  a  college  preparatory  curriculum  including  biology,  chemistry  and  3  units  of 
college  preparatory  mathematics. 

Applicants  to  the  upper  division  at  UMAB  are  encouraged  to  apply  in  fall  of 
the  sophomore  year,  and  applications  received  before  February  1  will  receive 
priority.  The  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  (AHPAT)  may  be  required 
(not  for  R.N.  students)  and  should  be  taken  in  fall  of  the  sophomore  year. 
Academic  performance  in  pre-professional  courses  Is  an  important  factor  in 
selection. 

Pre-Nursing  Curriculum 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

Chemistry  103,  104 4,  4 

English  101 3 

Zoology  101 4 

Humanities  (literature,  history,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  language,  Speech 

100  or  107,  any  writing  course)* 15 

Psychology  100 3 

Sociology  100  or  105 .s 3 

Other  social  sciences  (sociology,  psychology,  anthropology, 

government  &  politics,  economics,  geography) 6 

Zoology  201,  202 4,  4 

Microbiology  200 : 4 

Nutrition  200 3 

Elective 2 

'Courses  must  be  selected  from  at  least  ttiree  areas. 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Pre-Nursing  Advisor,  2109 
Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-2540.  In 
Baltimore  contact  the  Assistant  to  the  Dean  for  Admissions,  School  of  Nursing, 
655  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  Telephone  (301)  528-6283. 

Pre-Optomeiry 

Requirements  for  admission  to  schools  and  colleges  of  optometry  vary,  but  In 
all  schools  emphasis  is  placed  on  mathematics  (MATH  140,  141;  or  MATH  110, 
111  with  MATH  220,  221  also  strongly  recommended),  chemistry  (CHEM  103, 
140,  with  CHEM  201,  202,  203,  204  also  strongly  recommended),  physics  (PHYS 
121,  122  or  141,  142),  and  biology  (ZOOL  101,  293).  Most  schools  also  require 
additional  courses  in  such  areas  as  English,  psychology,  social  sciences, 
philosophy,  foreign  languages,  and  literature.  A  minimum  of  two  years  of  pre- 
optometry  studies  is  required  for  admission  to  accredited  schools,  but  at  present 
better  than  50%  of  successful  applicants  hold  a  bachelor's  or  higher  degree. 
Students  who  contemplate  admission  to  optometry  schools  may  major  in  any 
program  that  the  University  offers,  but  would  be  well-advised  to  write  to  the 
optometry  schools  of  their  choice  for  specific  course  requirements  for  admission. 
Students  who  seek  further  information  should  consult  the  pre-professional 
advisor  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 

Pre-Pharmacy 

The  School  of  Pharmacy,  which  is  located  in  Baltimore  (UMAB),  offers  both  a 
five-year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy  and  a  six-year 
program  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Pharmacy  degree.  Both  programs  are  the  same 


Additional  Campus  Programs      45 

courses.  The  minimum  grade  point  average  for  admission  is  2.0  on  a  4.0  scale. 
However,  it  is  only  realistic  to  assume  that  a  higher  average  is  needed  for 
selection.  It  is  unlikely  that  non-resident  candidates  with  less  than  a  3.0  average 
will  be  considered.  The  application  deadline  is  December  1,  and  supporting 
documents  must  be  received  by  February  1  of  the  year  of  admission.  The  Allied 
Health  Professions  Admission  Test  (AHPAT)  is  required.  Selection  of  applicants 
is  based  on  academic  achievement,  test  scores  and  personal  interviews.  Physical 
therapy  experience  (as  a  volunteer,  aide,  etc.)  is  strongly  recommended.  There  is 
no  exclusion  based  on  sex,  age,  ethnic  background  or  prior  completion  of  another 
academic  degree. 

Pre-Physical  Therapy  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Mathematics  110,  111  and  Psychology  200  or 

(Vlathematics  110,  220,  and  Statistics  100 9 

Chemistry  103,  104 8 

Physics  121 ,  122 8 

Zoology  101 4 

Zoology  201  (Fall  only) 4 

Social  Science 3 

(Afro-American  Studies,  anthropology,  economics, 
government  &  politics,  urban  studies, 
sociology,  geography) 

Psychology  100 3 

Psychology 3 

(one  course  above  the  intro.  level:  Abnormal, 
Developmental  or  Educational) 

English  101 3 

(Students  with  advanced  credit  or  exemption  may 
substitute  a  3  credit  elective) 

Speech  100  or  a  Communication  Course 3 

(Students  with  one  year  of  high  school  speech  may 
substitute  a  3  credit  elective) 

Arts  and  Humanities 6 

(Courses  chosen  from:  history,  literature,  foreign 

language,  philosophy,  appreciation  of  art, 
music,  drama,  dance) 
Electives* 6 

'Selections  may  be  made  in  any  area  with  no  more  than  2  credits  of  skills  or  activities  courees 
accepted.  Introductory  or  review  courses  below  the  level  required  in  biology,  chemistry,  physics, 
and  Mathematics,  may  not  be  used  as  electives. 

Further  information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Physical  Therapy  Advisor, 
2109  Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Ivlaryland  20742.  Telephone  (301) 
454-2540.  In  Baltimore  contact  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy,  32  S. 
Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  IVIaryland  21201.  Telephone  (301)  528-7720. 

Pre-Radiologic  Technology 

The  Radiologic  Technology  program  offered  by  the  Division  of  Radiologic 
Technology  of  the  School  of  Medicine  is  a  four-year  program  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional 
studies,  may  be  completed  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB 
or  at  another  accredited  institution.  The  final  two  years  entail  professional  studies 
in  the  Radiologic  Technology  Division  at  Baltimore  (UMAB).  Enrollment  in  the  pre- 
professional  program  does  not  guarantee  admission  to  the  upper  division. 

The  Radiologic  Technologist  is  principally  concerned  with  ttie  utilization  of 
sophisticated  diagnostic  imaging  systems  which  are  used  in  a  wide  variety  of 
clinical  procedures  to  provide  the  physician  with  images  of  the  internal  anatomy 
of  the  patient  as  an  aid  to  diagnosis.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in 
Radiologic  Physics,  Radiation  Protection  and  Radiobiology,  and  Anatomy, 
Physiology  and  Pathology  as  depicted  on  the  x-ray  film.  Introductory  courses  in 
teaching  and  administration  in  Radiologic  Technology,  as  well  as  peripheral  areas 
such  as  Nuclear  Medicine,  Radiation  Therapy  and  others  are  included  in  the 
curriculum.  The  Radiologic  Technology  Program  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Is 
designed  to  produce  an  individual  who  is  both  clinically  competent  and 
academically  qualified  to  function  in  a  wide  variety  of  positions  in  radiology  and 
related  fields.  Additionally,  the  program  is  intended  to  provide  an  academic 
background  sufficient  to  enable  the  qualified  student  to  pursue  a  graduate  degree 
in  Radiology  Administration,  Education,  or  the  Radiological  Sciences. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  pre-radiologic  technology  at  College 
Park  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  of  that  campus. 

Students  near  completion  of  pre-professional  requirements  who  wish  to  apply 
for  the  junior  year  at  UMAB  must  apply  by  April  1 .  A  grade-point  average  of  2.5  is 
the  minimum  for  consideration,  although  the  successful  candidate  usually  has  a 
3.0  or  better.  The  Allied  Health  Professions  Admission  Test  (AHPAT)  is  required. 


until  the  fifth  year,  when  some  students  are  accepted  into  the  Doctor  of 
Pharmacy  program.  The  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional  studies, 
may  be  completed  at  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB  or  at 
another  accredited  institution.  The  final  three  or  four  years  of  upper  division  work 
must  be  completed  in  the  School  of  Pharmacy  at  Baltimore. 

The  purposes  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  are  to  train  students  for  the 
efficient,  ethical  practice  of  all  branches  of  pharmacy;  to  instruct  students  in 
general  scientific  and  cultural  subjects  so  they  can  read  critically,  express 
themselves  clearly  and  think  logically  as  members  of  a  profession  and  citizens  of 
a  democracy;  and  to  guide  students  into  productive  scholarship  and  research  for 
the  increase  of  knowledge  and  techniques  in  the  healing  arts  of  pharmacy. 

The  School  of  Pharmacy  is  accredited  by  the  American  Council  on  Pharma- 
ceutical Education.  The  School  holds  membership  in  the  American  Association  of 
Colleges  of  Pharmacy. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  pre-pharmacy  at  College  Park  must 
meet  all  admission  requirements  of  that  campus.  High  school  preparation  should 
include  4  units  of  college  preparatory  mathematics,  3  units  of  science  including 
chemistry  and  physics,  and  2  units  of  French  or  German. 

Students  applying  to  the  School  of  Pharmacy  for  admission  to  the  upper 
division  must  complete  the  required  pre-professional  courses  with  at  least  a  2.25 
grade  point  average.  This  is  a  minimum  average  for  consideration.  The  average 
for  all  successful  candidates  has  been  a  3.0.  Applicants  should  apply  by  April  1 . 
The  Pharmacy  College  Admission  Test  (PCAT)  is  required. 

Pre-Pharmacy  Curriculum 

Semester 
First  Year  Credit  Hours 

Chemistry  103,  104 8 

Mathematics  115,  220  (Introductory  Analysis  and  Elementary  Calculus).         6 

Zoology  101  (or  Biology) 4 

English  101  (Composition) 3 

Elective  (Social  Sciences) 3 

Elective  (non-specific) 3 

Second  Year 

Chemistry  201,  202,  203,  204 *10 

Physics  121,  122  (Fundamentals) 8 

Elective  (Humanities) 6 

English  (Literature) 3 

Elective  (non-specific) 3 

Elective  (Social  Science) 3 

'Minimum  requirement  for  organic  chemistry  is  8  credits. 

Further  Information.  At  College  Park  contact  the  Pharmacy  Advisor,  2109 
Turner  Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-2540.  In 
Baltimore  contact  Admissions  Committee  Chairman,  University  of  Maryland 
School  of  Pharmacy,  636  W.  Lombard  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21202. 
Telephone  (301)  528-7650. 

Pre-Physical  Therapy 

The  Department  of  Physical  Therapy  offers  a  four-year  program  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  first  two  years,  consisting  of  pre-professional 
studies,  may  be  completed  on  any  University  of  Maryland  campus  except  UMAB 
or  any  regionally  accredited  university  or  college.  Professional  courses  are 
offered  only  in  the  Department  of  Physical  Therapy,  which  is  located  in  Baltimore 
(UMAB).  There  is  a  required  summer  course  at  UMAB  between  the  sophomore 
and  junior  years.  Admission  to  the  pre-professional  program  at  College  Park  does 
not  guarantee  admission  to  the  upper  division  at  UMAB. 

The  professional  services  of  the  physical  therapist  are  offered  to  people  who 
are  disabled  by  illness  or  accident  or  were  born  with  a  handicap.  Clinical 
practitioners  are  responsible  for  the  evaluation  of  each  patient's  ability,  disability 
and  potential  for  recovery.  The  most  common  areas  of  disorder  include 
neuromuscular,  musculoskeletal,  sensory  motor,  and  related  cardio-vascular  and 
respiratory  functions. 

On  the  basis  of  test  findings  a  treatment  program  is  planned  and  imple- 
mented within  the  referral  of  the  licensed  physician  or  dentist  with  whom  the 
contact  is  maintained  regarding  patient  care  and  progress.  Treatment  techniques 
include  the  therapeutic  use  of  heat,  cold,  water,  electricity,  light,  ultra-sound, 
massage  exercise  and  functional  training.  Instruction  is  given  to  the  patient,  the 
family  and  others  who  might  help  dunng  the  treatment  and  convalescent  period. 

Most  physical  therapists  are  employed  in  hospital  clinics,  rehabilitation 
centers,  private  practice,  schools  for  handicapped  children  and  nursing  homes. 

Application  and  Admission.  Applicants  for  the  pre-physical  therapy  program  at 
College  Park  must  meet  all  admission  requirements  for  that  campus.  High  school 
students  should  pursue  a  college  preparatory  program.  Subjects  specifically 
recommended  are  biology,  chemistry,  physics  and  three  units  of  college 
preparatory  mathematics.  Completion  of  a  year  of  high  school  public  speaking  will 
provide  exemption  from  the  college  speech  requirement. 

Applicants  for  the  junior  year  at  UMAB  must  complete  the  60  designated 
credits  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  each  of  the  required  pre-professional 


Pre-Radiologic  Technology  Courses 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


English  101 . 


46      Additional  Campus  Programs 


Zoology  101,  201 8 

Chemistry  103,  104 8 

Physics  121,  122 8 

Mathematics  (statistics  recommended) 6 

Behavioral  and  social  sciences 12 

(One  psychology  and  one  sociology  course  are  ^ 

required.  Other  courses  can  be  selected 
from:  economics,  philosophy,  Afro- 
American  studies,  anthropology,  urban 
studies  or  additional  psychology.) 

Speech  100  or  107 3 

Additional  electives" 12 

(Technical  writing  recommended) 

•Consult  the  advisor  on  selection  of  electives. 

Further  information.  At  College  Park  contact  Ms.  Cynthia  Rice,  2109  Turner 
Laboratory,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.  Telephone  (301)  454-2540.  In 
Baltimore  contact  Ms.  Cynthia  Rice,  Allied  Health  Professions  Building,  32  S. 
Greene  Street,  Baltimore,  Maryland  21201.  Telephone  (301)  528-6272. 


Academic  Divisions, 
Schools,  Colleges, 
and  Departments 


47 


Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences 

The  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  offers  educational  opportunities 
for  students  in  subject  matter  relating  to  living  organisms  and  tfieir  interaction  witti 
one  another  and  with  the  environment.  Education  in  all  aspects  of  agriculture  is 
included.  Programs  of  study  include  those  involving  the  most  fundamental 
concepts  of  biological  science  and  chemistry  and  the  use  of  knowledge  in  daily 
life  as  well  as  the  application  of  economic  and  engineering  principles  in  planning 
the  improvement  of  life.  In  addition  to  pursuing  the  baccalaureate  degree,  a 
number  of  students  in  this  Division  engage  in  pre-professional  education  in  such 
fields  as  Pre-Medicine,  Pre-Dentistry,  and  Pre-Veterinary  Medicine. 

The  student  may  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  with  a  major  in  any  of 
the  departments  and  curricula  listed.  Students  in  pre-professional  programs  may, 
under  certain  circumstances,  obtain  a  B.S.  degree  following  three  years  on 
Campus  and  one  successful  year  in  a  professional  school. 

Structure  of  the  Division.  The  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
includes  the  following  departments  and  programs: 

1.  Within  the  College  of  Agriculture: 

a.  Departments:  Agncultural  Engineering,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Edu- 
cation, Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  Agronomy,  Animal  Sci- 
ence, Dairy  Science,  Horticulture,  Poultry  Science,  and  Veterinary 
Science. 

b.  Programs  or  Curncula:  Agricultural  Chemistry,  Animal  Sciences,  Conser- 
vation and  Resource  Development,  Food  Science,  General  Agriculture, 
Pre-Forestry,  Pre-Theology,  and  Pre-Vetennary  Medicine. 

c.  Institute  of  Applied  Agnculture. 

2.  Divisional  Units: 

a.  Departments:  Botany,  Chemistry,  Entomology,  Geology,  Microbiology, 
Zoology. 

b.  Programs  or  Curncula:  General  Biological  Sciences,  Pre-Dentistry,  Pre- 
Optometry,  and  Pre-Medicine. 

Admission.  Requirements  for  admission  to  the  Division  are  the  same  as  those 
for  admission  to  the  other  units  of  the  University.  Application  must  be  made  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Students  desinng  a  program  of  study  in  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life 
Sciences  should  include  the  following  subjects  in  their  high  school  program: 
English,  four  units;  college  preparatory  mathematics  (algebra,  plane  geometry), 
three  or  four  units;  biological  and  physical  sciences,  two  units;  history  and  social 
sciences,  one  unit. 

Students  wishing  to  major  in  chemistry,  botany,  microbiology,  or  zoology,  or  to 
follow  a  pre-medical  or  pre-dental  program,  should  include  four  units  of  college 
preparatory  mathematics  (algebra,  plane  geometry,  tngonometry,  and  more 
advanced  mathematics,  if  available).  They  should  also  include  chemistry  and 
physics. 

A  faculty  advisor  will  be  designated  to  help  select  and  design  a  program  of 
courses  to  meet  the  needs  and  objectives  of  each  entering  student.  As  soon  as  a 
student  selects  a  major  field  of  study,  an  advisor  representing  that  department  or 
program  will  be  assigned. 

Students  following  pre-professional  programs  will  be  advised  by  knowledgea- 
ble faculty. 

In  addition  to  the  educational  resources  on  the  Campus,  students  with 
specific  interests  have  an  opportunity  to  utilize  libranes  and  other  resources  of 
ttie  several  government  agencies  located  close  to  the  Campus.  Research 
laboratories  related  to  agriculture  or  marine  biology  are  available  to  students  with 
special  interests. 

Degree  Requirements.  Students  graduating  from  the  Division  must  complete  at 
least  120  credits  with  an  average  of  2.0  in  all  courses  applicable  towards  the 
degree.  Included  in  the  120  credits  must  be  the  following: 

1.  General  University  Requirements  (30  credits). 

2.  Division  Requirements: 

a.  Chemistry:  Any  one  course  of  three  or  more  credits  in  chemistry 
numbered  102  or  higher; 

b.  Mathematics:  Any  one  course  of  three  or  more  credits  in  mathematics 
numbered  100  or  higher; 


c.  Biological  Sciences:  Any  one  course  carrying  three  or  more  credits 

selected  from  offerings  of  the  Departments  of  Botany,  Entomology, 

Microbiology  or  Zoology,  or  any  interdepartmental  course  approved  for 

this  purpose  by  the  Division  (e.g.,  BIOL  101). 

3.  Requirements  of  the  major  and  supporting  areas,  which  are  listed  under 

individual  program  headings. 

Honors  Programs.  Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  honors  programs  of 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  Botany,  Chemistry,  Microbiology,  and 
Zoology.. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  during  participation  in  the  Honors 
Program,  the  department  may  recommend  the  candidates  for  the  appropriate 
degree  with  (departmental)  honors,  or  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (depart- 
mental) high  honors.  Successful  completion  of  the  Honors  Program  will  be 
recognized  by  a  citation  in  the  Commencement  Program  and  by  an  appropriate 
entry  on  the  student's  record  and  diploma. 


College  of  Agriculture 


The  College  of  Agriculture  offers  educational  programs  with  a  broad  cultural 
and  scientific  base.  Students  are  prepared  for  careers  in  agriculturally  related 
sciences,  technology  and  business. 

The  application  of  knowledge  to  the  solution  of  some  of  man's  most  critical 
problems  concerning  adequate  amounts  and  quality  of  food  and  the  quality  of  the 
environment  in  which  he  lives  are  important  missions  of  the  College. 

This  original  College  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  was 
chartered  in  1856.  The  College  of  Agriculture  has  a  continuous  record  of 
leadership  in  education  since  that  date.  It  became  the  beneficiary  of  the  Land- 
Grant  Act  of  1862. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  continues  to  grow  and  develop  as  part  of  the 
greater  University,  providing  education  and  research  activities  enabling  us  to  use 
our  environment  and  natural  resources  to  best  advantage  while  conserving  basic 
resources  for  future  generations. 

Advantage  of  Location  and  Facilities.  Educational  opportunities  in  the  College 
of  Agriculture  are  enhanced  by  the  nearby  location  of  several  research  units  of 
the  federal  government.  Of  particular  interest  are  the  Agricultural  Research 
Center  at  Beltsville  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Headquarters  in 
Washington,  D.C.  The  National  Agricultural  Library  at  Beltsville  is  an  important 
resource. 

Related  research  laboratories  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  military 
hospitals.  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Agency,  and  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards  are  in  the  vicinity.  Interaction  of  faculty  and  students  with  personnel 
from  these  agencies  is  encouraged.  Teaching  and  research  activities  are 
conducted  with  the  cooperation  of  scientists  and  professional  people  in  govern- 
ment positions. 

Instruction  in  the  basic  biological  and  physical  sciences,  social  sciences  and 
engineering  pnnciples  is  conducted  in  well-designed  classrooms  and  laborator- 
ies. The  application  of  basic  pnnciples  to  practical  situations  is  demonstrated  for 
the  student  in  numerous  ways. 

Modern  greenhouses  are  available  for  breeding  and  propagation  of  a  wide 
variety  of  plants,  work  on  the  control  of  weeds  and  improved  cultural  practices. 

Herds  of  dairy  and  beef  cattle  and  flocks  of  poultry  are  kept  on  the  Campus 
for  teaching  and  research  purposes. 

Several  operating  research  farms,  located  in  Central  Maryland,  Southern 
Maryland  and  on  the  Eastern  Shore,  support  the  educational  programs  in 
Agnculture  by  providing  locations  where  important  crops,  animals  and  poultry  can 
be  grown  and  maintained  under  practical  and  research  conditions.  These  farms 
add  an  important  dimension  to  the  courses  offered  in  Agriculture.  Data  from  these 
operations  and  from  cooperating  producers  and  processors  of  agncultural 
products  are  utilized  by  students  interested  in  economics,  teaching,  engineenng, 
and  conservation,  as  they  relate  to  agriculture,  as  well  as  by  those  concerned 
with  biology  or  management  of  agricultural  crops  and  animals. 

General  Information.  Today's  agnculture  is  a  highly  complex  and  extremely 
efficient  industry  which  includes  supplies  and  services  used  in  agricultural 


48      College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

production,  and  the  marketing,  processing  and  distnbution  of  products  to  meet  BOTN  101 4 

the  consumers'  needs  and  wants.  MATH .% 3  3 

Instruction  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  includes  the  fundamental  sciences  ANSC  101 3 

and  emphasizes  the  precise  knowledge  that  graduates  must  employ  in  the  ZOOL  101 4 

industrialized  agriculture  of  today,  and  helps  develop  the  foundation  for  their  role  AGRO  100 2 

in  the  future.  Course  programs  in  specialized  areas  may  be  tailored  to  fit  the  AGRO  102 2 

particular  needs  of  the  individual  student.  AGRI  101 1 

Previous  training  in  agriculture  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  study  in  the  College  of  SPCH  107 3 

Agriculture.  Careers  for  men  and  women  with  rural,  suburban  or  urban  back-  General  University  Requirement 3 

grounds  are  available  in  agriculture  and  its  allied  industries.  j  .  ,                                                                                           7E        7c 

Graduates  of  the  College  of  Agnculture  have  an  adequate  educational  

background  for  careers  and  continued  learning  after  college  in  business, 

production,  teaching,  research,  extension,  and  many  other  professional  fields.  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

Requirements  for  Admission.  Admission  requirements  to  the  College  of  Professor  and  Chairman:  Nelson 

Agriculture  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  University.  Professors:  Longest,  Ryden  (Emeritus) 

For  students  entering  the  College  of  Agriculture  it  is  recommended  that  their  Associate  Professor:  Seibel,  Whaples,  Wheatley 

high  school  preparatory  course  include  English,  4  units;  mathematics,  3  units;  Assistant  Professors:  Ewerti  Glee,  Klavon,  Wright 
biological  and  physical  sciences,  3  units;  and  history  or  social  sciences,  2  units. 

Four  units  of  mathematics  should  be  elected  by  students  who  plan  to  major  in  The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  persons  to  teach  agriculture  at  the 

agricultural  engineering  or  agricultural  chemistry.  secondary  or  postsecondary  levels.  It  also  prepares  persons  to  enter  extension 

Requirements  for  Graduation.  Each  student  must  complete  at  least  1 20  credit  ^°'^'  community  development  or  other  agriculturally  related  careers, 

hours  in  academic  subjects  with  a  minimum  grade  point  average  of  2.0(C).  *  degree  in  Agricultural  and  Ex  ension  Education  may  also  lead  to  a  variety  of 

career  opportunities  in  educational  and  developmental  programs,  public  service. 

Honors  Program.  An  Honors  Program  is  approved  for  majors  in  Agricultural  and  business  and  industry,  communications,  research,  or  college  teaching. 

Resource  Economics.  The  objective  of  the  Honors  Program  is  to  recognize  Students  prepanng  to  become  teachers  of  agnculture— Including  horticulture, 

superior  scholarship  and  to  provide  opportunity  for  the  excellent  student  to  agribusiness  or  other  agriculturally  related  subjects— should  have  had  appropri- 

broaden  his  or  her  perspective  and  to  increase  the  depth  of  his  or  her  studies.  gte  experience  with  the  kind  of  agriculture  they  plan  to  teach  or  should  arrange  to 

The  programs  in  Honors  are  administered  by  Departmenta  Honors.  Students  ^^^^^^  „^a,  experience  during  summers  while  in  college. 

,n  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  are  in  the  top  20  percent  of  their  class  at  the  ,„  ^^^^,  ,q  ^^  ^^^^  ,q  ^^^^  ^^  gdvisors  of  high  school  chapters  of  the  FFA 

end  of  their  first  year  may  be  considered  for  adrriission  into  the  Honors  Program.  graduation,  students  in  the  agricultural  education  curriculum  are  expected  to 

°*  Z^oZe'^o^^sr  Serjlfo^slr'^e'considered  upon  application  P^^^te  in  the  Collegiate  Chapter  of  the  Future  Farmers  of  America, 

from  those  students  in  the  upper  20  percent  of  their  class.  While  application  may  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program 

be  made  until  the  student  enters  the  sixth  semester,  early  entrance  into  the  Semester 

program  is  recommended.  Students  admitted  to  the  program  enjoy  certain  Credit  Hours 

academic  privileges.  General  University  Requirements 30 

Faculty  Advisement.  Each  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  assigned  to  a  AGRO  100— Crops  Laboratory 2 

faculty  advisor.  Advisors  normally  work  with  a  limited  number  of  students  and  are  AGRO  102— Crop  Production 2  or 

able  to  give  individual  guidance.  AGRO  406 — Forage  Crop  Production 2 

Students  entering  the  freshman  year  with  a  definite  choice  of  curriculum  are  AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

assigned  to  departmental  advisors  for  counsel  and  planning  of  all  academic  ANSC  101— Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

programs.  Students  who  have  not  selected  a  definite  curriculum  are  assigned  to  a  ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

general  advisor  who  assists  with  the  choice  of  electives  and  acquaints  students  AREC  406— Farm  Ivlanagement  or 

with  opportunities  in  the  curricula  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  in  other  AREC  407— Financial  Analysis  of  Farm  Business 3 

divisions  of  the  University.  BOTN  101— General  Botany 4 

Scholarships.  A  number  of  scholarships  are  available  for  students  enrolled  in  the  BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

College  of  Agriculture.  These  include  awards  by  the  Agricultural  Development  CHEItfl  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,  4 

Fund,  Capitol  lulilk  Producers  Cooperative,  Inc.,  Dairy  Technology  Society  of  EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning  or 6 

Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia,  Delaware-Maryland  Plant  Food  Associa-  EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

tion.  Inc.,  Dr  Ernest  N.  Cory  Trust  Fund,  Frederick  County  Holstein  Association,  ENAG  100— Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 3 

The  Staley  and  Eugene  Hahn  Memonal  Scholarship  Fund,  Hyatisville  Horticultur-  ENAG  200— Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics 2 

al  Society,  Inter-State  Milk  Producers,  The  Kinghorne  Fund,  Lindback  Founda-  ENAG  305— Farm  Mechanics 2 

tion,  Maryland  Cooperative  Milk  Producers,  Inc.,  Maryland  Electrification  Council,  ENTM  252— Aghcultural  Insect  Pests 3 

Maryland  Holstein  Association,  Maryland  Turtgrass  Association,  Maryland  State  HORT  222— Vegetable  Production  or 

Golf  Association,  Maryland  and  Virginia  Milk-Producers,  Inc.,  Maryland  Vetehnan-  HORT  231— Greenhouse  Management  or 

ans.  Dr.  Ray  A.  Murray  Scholarship  Fund,  Ralston  Purina  Company,  The  HORT  271— Plant  Propagation ' 3 

Schluderberg  Foundation,  Southern  States  Cooperative,  Inc.,  the  Joseph  M.  Vial  MATH  105— Mathematical  Ideas 3 

Memorial  Scholarship  Program  in  Agriculture  and  the  Nicholas  Brice  Worthington  rleD  302— Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

Scholarship  Fund.  rlED  303— Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 2 

Student  Organizations.  Students  find  opportunity  for  varied  expression  and  RLED  305— Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

growth  in  the  several  voluntary  organizations  sponsored  by  the  College  of  RLED  311— Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

Agriculture.  These  organizations  are  Agnculture  Economics  Club,  Block  and  RLED  313— Student  Teaching 5 

Bridle,  Conservation  &  Resource  Development  Club.   Dairy  Science  Club,  RLED  315— Student  Teaching 3 

Collegiate  4-H  Club,  the  Equestrian  Club,  Future  Farmers  of  America,  Agronomy  RLED  398— Seminar  in  Agncultural  Education 1 

Club,  Horticultural  Club,  and  the  Veterinary  Science  Club.  RLED  464— Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society 3 

Alpha  Zeta  is  a  national  agricultural  honor  fraternity.  Members  are  chosen  SPCH  107— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

from  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  attained  the  scholastic  ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in  agriculture. 

The  Agricultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  of  representatives  from  the 

various  student  organizations  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Its  purpose  is  to 

coordinate  activities  of  these  organizations  and  to  promote  work  which  is  /%_ii_«..«   _x    a  .__:._.. ix..^_.   r>.__._>&_.»^A._,  ' 

beneficial  to  the  college  Collegc  Of  Agnculture  Departments, 

Required  Courses.  Courses  required  for  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  PrOOrSfTIS  aDCl  CurrJCUla 

are  listed  in  each  curriculum.  The  program  of  the  freshman  year  is  similar  for  all 

curricula,  Vanations  in  programs  will  be  suggested  based  on  students'  interests  .      .      ,.  -».   _     i  /%       ■_  i 

and  test  scores  Agriculture— General  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshmen  Program — College  of  Agriculture  The  General  Agriculture  curriculum  provides  for  the  development  of  a  broad 

Semester  understanding  in  agriculture. 

Credit  Hours  The  flexibility  of  this  curriculum  permits  selection  of  electives  that  will  meet 

/            //  individual  vocational  plans  in  agriculture  and  agriculturally  related  business  and 

ENGL  101 3  industry, 

i     ■ 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments.  Programs,  and  Curricula      49 


t   General  University  Requirements 
:   BOTN  101— General  Botany*. 
'   ZOOL  101— General  Zoology., 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I* 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 

MATH  100  level  or  higher' 

EN  AG  100— Basic  Agricultural  Engineenng  Technology 

ENAG  200— Intro  to  Farm  Mechanics 

AGRO  100— Crop  Production  Laboratory 
•    AGRO  302— General  Soils 

ANSC  101— Principles  of  Animal  Science 

ANSC  203— Feeds  and  Feeding 

ANSC      -** 

AREC  250— Elements  of  Agricultural  &  Resource  Economics 

AREC      -•* 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests 

HORT      -•* 

RLED  464— Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society 

Community  Development  related,  Life  Science  related,  non-agnculture 
or  Accounting 

Electives  (15  credit  hours  300  or  above) 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
30 


'Satisfy  Divisional  Requirements. 

"Student  may  select  any  course(s)  having  required  hours  in  the  department  indicated. 

Students  will  be  encouraged  to  obtain  summer  positions  which  will  give  them 
technical  laboratory  or  field  experience  in  their  chosen  interest  area. 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Norton 

Professors:  F.  Bender,  Cain,  Curtis,  Foster,  Ishee,  Lessley,  Moore,  Murray, 

Poffenberger,  Smith,  Stevens,  Tuthill,  and  Wysong 

Associate  Professors:  Hamilton  (Emeritus),  Hardie,  Lawrence,  Via 

Assistant  Professors:  Bellows,  Prindle,  Strand 

Principal  Specialists:  Belter 

Senior  Specialist:  Crothers 

This  curriculum  combines  training  in  the  business,  economics  and  interna- 
tional aspects  of  agricultural  production  and  marketing  and  natural  resource  use 
with  the  biological  and  physical  sciences  basic  to  agriculture.  Programs  are 
available  for  students  in  agricultural  economics,  agricultural  business,  interna- 
tional agriculture,  resource  economics,  and  rural  real  estate.  Students  desiring  to 
enter  agricultural  marketing  or  business  affiliated  with  agriculture  may  elect  the 
agricultural  business  option,  and  those  interested  in  foreign  service  may  elect  the 
international  agriculture  option.  Students  primarily  interested  in  the  broad  aspects 
of  production  and  management  as  it  is  related  to  the  operation  of  a  farm  business 
may  elect  the  agricultural  economics  option.  Those  interested  in  training  in 
resource  management  and  evaluation  may  elect  the  resource  economics  option. 
Students  interested  In  rural  land  appraisal  and  real  estate  may  elect  the  rural  real 
estate  opinion. 

In  these  programs,  students  are  trained  for  employment  in  agricultural 
business  firms;  for  positions  in  sales  or  management;  for  local,  state,  or  federal 
agencies;  for  extension  work;  for  research;  and  for  farm  operation  or  manage- 
ment. 

Courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  essentially  the  same  for 
all  students.  In  the  junior  year  the  student  selects  the  option  of  his  or  her  choice. 
Courses  in  this  department  are  designed  to  provide  training  in  the  application  of 
economic  principles  to  the  production,  processing,  distribution,  and  merchandis- 
ing of  agricultural  products  and  the  effective  management  of  our  natural  and 
human  resources,  as  well  as  the  interrelationship  of  business  and  industry 
associated  with  agricultural  products.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  general 
agricultural  economics,  marketing,  farm  management,  prices,  resource  econom- 
ics, agricultural  policy,  and  international  agricultural  economics. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

30 

3 

3 

3 

3 


General  University  Requirements .< 

Biological  Sciences'* 

Chemistry" 

AREC  404— Prices  of  Agricultural  Products 

BMGT  220— Principles  of  Accounting 

BMGT  230— Business  Statistics  I  or 

AGRI  301— Introduction  to  Agricultural  Biometrics. 

ECON  201— Pnnciples  of  Economics  I 

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics  II 

ECON  401— National  Income  Analysis 

ECON  403— Intermediate  Price  Theory 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I" 

MATH  111— Introduction  to  Mathematics  II 


MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus.. 
Technical  Agriculture*** 


'The  student's  total  program  must  contain  a  minimum  of  15  credit  hours  in  Agricultural  and 

Resources  Economics. 

"Satisfies  a  Division  requirement. 

'"A  minimum  of  nine  hours  of  technical  agriculture  must  be  selected  in  consultation  with  the 

student's  advisor. 

Agribusiness  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

AREC  406— Farm  Management 3 

AREC  427— The  Economics  of  Marketing  Systems  for  Agricultural 

Commodities 3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 6 

Electives 33 

Agricultural  Economics  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent; 

AREC  406— Farm  Management 3 

ECON  425— Mathematical  Economics  or 

ENGL  291— Expository  Writing i 3 

MATH  221— Elementary  Calculus 3 

Statistics 3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 9 

Electives 24 

international  Agriculture  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

AREC  445— World  Agricultural  Development  and  the  Quality  of  Life 3 

ECON  415— Introduction  to  Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped 

Areas 3 

ECON  440— International  Economics 3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 9 

Electives 27 

Resource  Economics  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

AREC  240— Environment  and  Human  Ecology 3 

AREC  452— Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

ECON  450— Introduction  to  Public  Finance 3 

Other  courses  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 6 

Electives 30 


Rural  Real  Estate  Option 

Each  student  must  take  the  following  or  the  equivalent: 

ENAG  100  Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 

AGRO  302  General  Soils 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  Land  Use 

AREC  250  Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.. 

AREC  406  Farm  Management 

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 

AREC  452  Resource  Development  Economics 

Electives 


Course  Code  Prefix-AREC 


Agricultural  Chemistry 

This  curriculum  insures  adequate  instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  both  the 
physical  and  biological  sciences.  It  may  be  adjusted  through  the  selection  of 
electives  to  fit  the  student  for  work  in  agricultural  experiment  stations,  soil 
bureaus,  geological  surveys,  food  laboratories,  fertilizer  industries,  and  those 
handling  food  products. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 30 

Required  of  All  Students: 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  105* 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II  or  CHEM  106 4 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III  or  CHEM  211 3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  III  Laboratory  or  CHEM  212 2 

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV  or  CHEM  213 3 

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  IV  Laboratory  or  CHEM  214 2 

CHEM  321— Quantitative  Analysis 4 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

GEOL  100— Introductory  Physical  Geology 3 

MATH  140— Analysis  I' 4 

MATH  141— Analysis  II 4 

PHYS  141— Principles  of  Physics •. 4 

PHYS  142— Pnnciples  of  Physics 4 

Electives  in  Biology* 6 

Electives  in  Agricultural  Chemistry 10 

Electives '. 29 

'Satisfies  Divisional  Requirements 
Course  Code  Prefix— CHEM 


50      College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Agricultural  Engineering 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  Stewart 

Professors:  Green,  Harris,  Krewatch  (Emeritus)  Wheaton 

Associate  Professors:  Felton,  Grant,  Merkel,  Merrick  (Emeritus),  Ross 

Assistant  Professors:  Ayars,  Frey,  Johnson 

Senior  Specialist:  Brodie 

Lecturer:  Holton  (p.t.) 

InstnJCtors:  Carr,  Gird,  Smith 

Adjunct  Professor:  Cowan 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Lomax,  Rebuck 

Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  both  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  to 
help  meet  the  needs  of  our  increasing  world  population  for  food,  natural  fiber  and 
improvement  or  maintenance  of  the  environment.  Scientific  and  engineering 
principles  are  applied  to  the  conservation  and  utilization  of  soil  and  water 
resources  for  food  production  and  recreation;  to  the  utilization  of  energy  to 
improve  labor  efficiency  and  to  reduce  laborious  and  menial  tasks;  to  the  design 
of  structures  and  equipment  for  housing  or  handling  of  plants  and  animals  to 
optimize  growth  potential;  to  the  design  of  residences  to  improve  the  standard  of 
living  for  the  rural  population;  to  the  development  of  methods  and  equipment  to 
maintain  or  increase  the  quality  of  food  and  natural  fiber;  to  the  flow  of  supplies 
and  equipment  to  the  agricultural  and  aquacultural  production  units;  and  to  the 
flow  of  products  from  the  production  units  and  the  processing  plants  to  the 
consumer.  Agricultural  engineers  place  emphasis  on  maintaining  a  high  quality 
environment  as  they  work  toward  developing  efficient  and  economical  engineer- 
ing solutions. 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  provides  opportunity  to  prepare  for  many 
interesting  and  challenging  careers  in  design,  management,  research,  education, 
sales,  consulting,  or  international  service.  The  program  of  study  includes  a  broad 
base  of  mathematical,  physical  and  engineering  sciences  combined  with  basic 
biological  sciences.  Twenty  hours  of  electives  give  flexibility  so  that  a  student 
may  plan  a  program  according  to  his  major  interest. 

Departmental  Requirements 

Sentester 

Credit  Hours 

ENAG  324 — Engineering  Dynamics  of  Biological  Materials 3 

ENAG  424— Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of  Agricultural 

Structures 3 

ENAG  443— Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and  Equipment 3 

ENAG  421— Power  Systems 3 

ENAG  422— Soil  and  Water  Engineering 3 

ENCE  350— Structural  Analysis  and  Design  1 3 

ENES  101— Intro.  Engineering  Science 3 

ENES  110— Statics 3 

ENES  220— Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221— Dynamics 3 

ENME  300— Materials  Science  and  Engineering  or 

ENCE  300— Fund  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENME  217— Thermodynamics  1 3 

ENME  342— Fluid  Mechanics  I  or 

ENCE  330— Basic  Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENEE  300— Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II 4,  4 

MATH  241  Analysis  III , 4 

MATH  246— Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  or 

ENME  380— Applied  Ivlath  in  Engineering 4 

200L  101— General  Zoology  or 

BOTN  101— General  Botany .' 3 

CHEM  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I,  II 4,  4 

PHYS  161,  262,  263— General  Physics 3,  4,  4 

Technical  Electives* 14 

General  University  Requirements** 30 

Electives 6 

'Technical  electives  related  to  field  of  concentration  must  be  selected  from  a  departmentally 
approved  list.  Eigtit  credits  must  be  300  level  and  above,  "Students  must  consult  witti 
department  advisors  to  ensure  the  selection  of  appropriate  courses  for  their  particular  program 
of  study 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENAG 

Agronomy 

Ctiairman  and  Professor  J.  Miller 

Professors:  Axley,  Aycock,  Bandel,  Decker,  Fanning,  Foss,  Hoyert.  McKee, 

F.  Miller  Rothgeb  (Emeritus),  Street  (Emehtus),  Strickling 

Associate  Professors:  Burt,  Mulchi,  Vough 

Assistant  Professors:  Darrah,  Kenworthy,  Mcintosh,  Sammons,  Wehner, 

Wiebold, 

Adjunct  Professor  Legg 

Visiting  Lecturer  Patterson 

Instruction  is  offered  in  crop  science  and  soil  science.  A  turf  and  urban 
agronomy  option  is  offered  under  crop  science  and  a  conservation  of  soil,  water 


and  environment  option  is  offered  under  soil  science.  These  options  appeal  to 
students  who  are  interested  in  urban  problems  or  environmental  science.  The 
agronomy  curricula  are  flexible  and  allow  the  student  either  to  concentrate  on 
basic  science  courses  that  are  needed  for  graduate  work  or  to  select  courses 
that  prepare  for  employment  at  the  bachelor's  degree  level  as  a  specialist  with 
park  and  planning  commissions,  road  commissions,  extension  service,  soil 
conservation  service,  and  other  governmental  agencies.  Many  graduates  with  the 
bachelor's  degree  are  also  employed  by  private  corporations  such  as  golf 
courses  and  seed,  fertilizer,  chemical,  and  farm  equipment  companies. 

Agronomy  students  who  follow  the  Journalism-Science  Communication 
option  are  prepared  to  enter  the  field  of  science  communication.  Opportunities  in 
this  area  are  challenging  and  diverse.  Students  who  are  interested  in  public 
relations  may  find  employment  with  industry  or  governmental  agencies.  Others 
may  become  writers  and,  in  some  cases,  science  editors  for  newspapers, 
publishing  houses,  radio,  and  television.  Technical  and  professional  journals  hire 
students  trained  in  this  field  as  editors  and  writers.  Also,  this  training  is  valuable  to 
students  who  find  employment  in  University  extension  programs,  as  a  large  pari 
of  their,  work  involves  written  communication  with  the  public.    ' 

Students  completing  graduate  programs  are  prepared  for  college  teaching 
and  research,  or  research  and  management  positions  with  industry  and  govern- 
mental agencies. 

Additional  information  on  opportunities  in  agronomy  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  the  Department  of  Agronomy. 

Agronomy  Curricula 

General  University  Requirements  (30  semester  hours) 

Department  Requirements        (29  semester  tiours) 
Semester 
Credit  Hours 
All  Agronomy  students  must  have  a  total  of  at  least  40  hours  of  upper 
level  courses  in  the  120  hours  approved  for  graduation.. 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I* 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II , 4 

MATH  115— Introductory  Analysis 3 

BOTN  101— General  Botany* 4 

AGRO  1 00— Crops  Laboratory 2 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

AGRO  398— Senior  Seminar 1 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  1 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Pnnciples  of  Speech  Communication 3 

or 

SPCH  1 07— Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

•Satisfies  Division  of  Agriculture  and  Life  Sciences  requirements. 

Crop  Science  Curriculum         (61  semester  tiours) 

AGRO— Advanced  Crops  Courses 8 

AGRO — Advanced  Soils  Courses 6 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology v 4 

Electives 39 

Crop  Science  options  are  listed  under  Crop  and  Soil  Science  Options. 

Soil  Science  Curriculum  (61  semester  tiours) 

AGRO— Advanced  Crops  Courses 6 

AGRO  414— Soil  Classification  and  Geography 4 

AGRO  417— Soil  Physics , 3 

AGRO  421— Soil  Chemistry 3 

Mice  200— General  Microbiology 4 

Electives ;' 41 

Soil  Science  options  are  listed  under  Crop  and  Soil  Science  Options. 

Crop  and  Soil  Science  Options 
Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Option 

Students  following  this  option  in  the  Crop  Science  curriculum  must  include 
the  following  courses  among  their  electives: 

AGRO  405— Turf  Management 3 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use .- "..  3 

HORT  160'-lntroduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3  . 

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials 3 

RECR  495— Planning,  Design,  and  Maintenance  of  Park  and 

Recreational  Areas  and  Facilities 3 

Conservation  of  Soil,  Water,  and  Environment  Option 

Student  following  this  option  in  the  Soil  Science  curriculum  must  include  the 
following  courses  among  their  electives: 

AGRO  413— Soil  and  Water  Conservation 3 

AGRO  423— Soil-Water  Pollution .■ .' 3 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use .^ 3 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments.  Programs,  and  Curricula      51 


BOTN  211— Principles  of  Conservation.. 
GEOG  445— Climatology 


3 

3 

Journalism-Science  Communication  Option 

A  student  tollowmg  this  option  in  ttie  Crop  Science  or  Soil  Science  curriculum 
must  elect  journalism  and  basic  science  and  math  courses  in  addition  to  the 
required  curnculum  courses.  Many  combinations  will  be  acceptable.  The  advisor 
can  aid  in  helping  the  student  plan  an  appropnate  program. 

Cojrse  Code  Prefix— AGRO 

Animal  Sciences 

Department  of  Animal  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Young 
Professors:  Foster  (Emeritus),  Green  (Emeritus),  Leffel 
Associate  Professors:  Buric,  DeBarthe,  Goodwin 
Assistant  Professors:  Kern,  Kunkle,  McCall 
Associate  Specialist:  Curry 

Department  of  Dairy  Science 

Professor,  and  Chairman:  Davis 

Professors:  Arbuckle  (Emeritus),  Keeney,  King,  Mattick,  Vandersall,  Williams 

Associate  Professors:  Chance,  Douglass,  Westhoff 

Assistant  Professors:  Majeski,  Mather,  Rickard,  Rothschild,  Russek,  Vijay 

Principal  Specialist:  Morris  (Emeritus) 

Department  of  Poultry  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Thomas  ^ 

Professors:  Shaffner  (Emeritus),  Snorb  (Emerita) 

Associate  Professors:  Heath,  Johnson,  Kuenzel,  Scares,  Quigley  (Emeritus), 

Wabeck 

Assistant  Professors:  Doerr,  Merka,  Ottinger 

Senior  Specialist:  Nicholson 

Department  of  Veterinary  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Hammond 

Professor:  Mohanty 

Associate  Professors:  Albert,  Dutta,  Johnson,  Marquardt,  Ward 

Assistant  Professors:  Davidson,  Ingling,  Manspeaker,  Nepote 

The  curnculum  in  animal  sciences  offers  a  broad  background  in  general 
education,  basic  sciences,  and  agricultural  sciences,  and  the  opportunity  for 
students  to  emphasize  that  phase  of  animal  agnculture  in  which  they  are 
specifically  interested.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  to  an  advisor  according  to 
the  program  he  or  she  plans  to  pursue. 

Curriculum  requirements  in  Animal  Sciences  can  be  completed  through  the 
Departments  of  Animal, Science,  Dairy  Science  or  Poultry  Science.  Programs  of 
elective  courses  can  be  developed  which  provide  major  emphasis  on  beef,  cattle, 
sheep,  swine  or  horses,  dairy  or  poultry.  Each  student  is  expected  to  develop  a 
program  of  electives  in  consultation  with  an  advisor  by  the  beginning  of  the  junior 
year. 

Objectives.  The  following  specific  objectives  have  been  established  for  the 
program  in  animal  sciences, 

1.  To  acquaint  students  with  the  role  of  animal  agriculture  in  our  cultural 
heritage. 

2.  To  prepare  students  for  careers  in  the  field  of  animal  agriculture.  These 
include  positions  of  management  and  technology  associated  with  animal,  dairy, 
or  poultry  production  enterprises;  positions  with  marketing  and  processing 
organizations;  and  positions  in  other  allied  fields,  such  as  feed,  agricultural 
chemicals  and  equipment  firms. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  to  veterinary  schools. 

4.  To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  subsequent  careers  in 
teaching,  research  and  extension,  both  public  and  private. 

5.  To  provide  essential  courses  for  the  support  of  other  academic  programs 
of  the  University. 

Required  of  All  Students: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 30 

ANSC  101— Pnnciples  of  Animal  Science 3 

PDSC  111— Contemporary  Food  Industry  and  Consumerism 3 

ANSC  201— Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics 3 

ANSC  211— Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals 4 

ANSC  212— Applied  Animal  Physiology ; 4 

ANSC  401— Fundamentals  of  Nutrition ;  3 

ANSC  412— Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals 3 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I* 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology .". 4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology* 4 

SPCH  1 07— Public  Speaking 3 


MATH     — • ., 3 

Two  of  the  Following: 

ANSC  221— Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production 3 

ANSC  242— Dairy  Production 3 

ANSC  262— Commercial  Poultry  Management 3 

One  of  the  Following: 

ENAG  100— Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology 3 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III 3 

MATH     -* 3 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 4 

54-55 

"Electives 35-36 

'Satisfies  Divisional  Requirements. 

"It  is  suggested  that  ttie  electives  include  at  least  twelve  credits  tn  upper -division  courses  in 

animal  science. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ANSC 

Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs 

The  development  and  use  of  natural  resources  (including  water,  soil, 
minerals,  fresh  water  and  marine  organisms,  wildlife,  air  and  human  resources) 
are  essential  to  the  full  growth  of  an  economy. 

The  curriculum  in  Conservation  and  Resources  Development  is  designed  to 
instill  concepts  of  the  efficient  development  and  judicious  management  of  natural 
resources.  The  study  of  the  problem  associated  with  use  of  natural  resources  will 
acquaint  students  with  their  role  in  economic  development  while  maintaining 
concern  for  the  environment. 

Students  will  prepare  for  professional  and  administrative  positions  in  land  and 
water  conservation  projects;  for  careers  in  operational,  administrative,  education- 
al, and  research  work  in  land  use,  fish  and  wildlife  management,  natural  resource 
management,  recreational  area  development,  and  management,  or  for  graduate 
study  in  any  of  the  several  areas  within  the  biological  sciences.  Students  will 
pursue  a  broad  education  program  and  then  elect  subjects  concentrated  in  a 
specific  area  of  interest.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  an  advisor  according  to 
his  area  of  interest. 

Basic  Curriculum  Requirements 

'  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 30 

BOTN  101— General  Botany* 4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I* 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

GEOL  100— Introductory  Physical  Geology 3 

GEOL  110— Physical  Geology  Laboratory 1 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 4 

AREC  240— Environment  and  Human  Ecology 3 

MATH  140  or  220 3 

AGRI  301— Agricultural  Biometrics 3 

ECON  205  or  201 3 

AREC  452  or  453— Resource  Economics 3 

BOTN  462/464  or  ZOOL  470/471  Ecology 3-4 

•Satisfies  Divisional  Requirements 

Option  Requirements— 9  Hours  must  be  upper  level 

Fish  and  Wildlife  Management 

Animal  Management 9 

Zoology/Animal  Science 9 

Related  Area 3 

Electives 28 

Plant  Resource  Management 

Plant  Management 9 

Botany 9 

Related  Area 3 

Electives 28 

Pest  Management 

Pest  Management 9 

Entomology 9 

Related  Area 3 

Electives 28 

Water  Resource  Management 

Water  Management 9 

Agronomy/Agricultural  Engineering 6 

Related  Area 6 

Electives 28 

Resource  Management 

Economics/ Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 9 

Resource  Management 9 

Related  Area 3 

Electives 28 


52      College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Of  the  total  credits  applied  toward  the  degree,  Including  General  University 
Requirements,  at  least  40  hours  must  be  In  upper  division  courses. 

Food  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Coordinator  Mattick  (Dairy  Science) 

Professors:  Wheaton  (Agricultural  Engineering);  Bender  (Agricultural  and 

Resource  Economics);  Young  (Animal  Science);  Davis,  Keeney  and  Klng>(Dalry 

Science);  Kramer,  Twigg  and  Wiley  (Horticulture);  Thomas  (Poultry  Science) 

Associate  Professors:  Stewart  (Agricultural  Engineering);  Buric  (Animal 

Science);  Westhoff  (Dairy  Science);  Solomos  (Horticulture);  Heath  (Poultry 

Science) 

Assistant  Professors:  Vijay  (Dairy  Science);  Frey  (Agricultural  Engineering) 

Food  Science  Is  concerned  with  all  aspects  of  presenting  food  to  the 
consumer  In  a  manner  that  would  satisfy  man's  needs  both  nutritionally  and 
aesthetically.  The  Food  Science  Curriculum  is  based  on  the  application  of  the 
fundamentals  of  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  to  the  production,  procure- 
ment, preservation,  processing,  packaging  and  marketing  of  foods.  Specialization 
Is  offered  In  the  areas  of  meats,  milk  and  dairy  products,  fruits  and  vegetables, 
poultry  and  poultry  products,  and  seafood  products. 

Opportunities  for  careers  In  food  science  are  available  In  Industry,  universities 
and  government.  Specific  positions  for  food  scientists  include  product  develop- 
ment, production  management,  engineering,  research,  quality  control,  technical 
sales  and  service,  teaching,  and  environmental  health. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
30 


General  University  Requirements .. 
Division  Requirements: 
CHEIVI  103— College  Chemistry  1... 
MICB  200— General  Microbiology.. 
MATH— 


:. 4 

4 

3 

Curriculum  Requirements: 

ENAG  313— Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

CHEM  203,  204— College  Chemistry  IV  and  College  Chemistry 

Laboratory  IV 3,  2 

FDSC  111— Contemporary  Food  Industry  and  Consumerism 3 

FDSC  398— Seminar 1 

FDSC  412,  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  I,  II 3,  3 

FDSC  421— Food  Chemistry 3 

FDSC  422— Food  Product  Research  and  Development 3 

FDSC  423— Food  Chemistry  Laboratory 2 

FDSC  430— Food  Microbiology 2 

FDSC  431— Food  Quality  Control 4 

FDSC  434— Food  Microbiology  Laboratory 2 

FDSC  442,  451,  461,  471,  482— Horticultural,  Dairy,  Poultry,  Meat  and 

Seafood  Products  Processing  (2  required) 3,  3 

NUSC  402— Fundamentals  of  Nutrition 3  or 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition 4 

PHYS  402— Fundamentals  of  Physics 4 

Electives : 27 

Course  Code  Prefix— FDSC 

Horticulture 

Professor  and  Chairman:  TwIgg 

Professors:  Kramer,  Link,  Reynolds,  Rogers,  Scott  (Emeritus),  Shanks,  Stark, 

Thompson,  Wiley 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Beste,  Bouwkamp,  Gouin,  Kundt,  McClung, 

Schales,  Solomos 

Assistant  Professors:  Gould,  McClurg,  Mityga,  Ng,  Pitt,  Solomos 

Instructor:  WIchelns 

The  horticulturist  combines  a  knowledge  of  the  basic  sciences  with  an 
Intimate  knowledge  of  plants  and  their  requirements  in  an  effort  to  help  meet  the 
food  needs  of  the  world  population  and  to  help  beautify  man's  surroundings.  The 
horticulturist  specifically,  Is  involved  with  fruit  production  (pomology),  vegetable 
production  (olericulture),  greenhouse  plant  production  (floriculture),  production  of 
ornamental  trees  and  shrubs,  post-harvest  horticulture,  and  the  aesthetic  and 
functional  planning  and  design  of  landscapes  for  public  and  private  facilities 
(Landscape  Design).  Horticultural  principles  are  essential  to  designing  the 
landscape  for  Improvement  of  the  human  environment.  Post-harvest  horticulture 
is  Involved  with  the  storage  and  transportation  of  horticultural  products  until  they 
reach  the  consumer. 

The  curriculum  In  Horticulture  prepares  students  for  a  future  in  commercial 
production  of  the  horticultural  crops,  and  for  employment  In  the  horticultural 
industries  such  as  fruit  and  vegetable  processing,  seed  production  and  sales, 
agricultural  chemical  sales  and  service,  florist  shops  and  garden  centers,  and  as 
horticulturists  for  parks,  highway  systems,  botanic  gardens  and  arboretums. 

Majors  may  prepare  for  work  with  handicapped  persons  as  horticultural 
therapists  by  electing  appropriate  courses  in  the  social  sciences  and  in 


recreation.  The  Horticultural  Education  option  is  designed  for  those  who  wish  to 
teach  horticulture  In  the  secondary  schools.  It  prepares  the  graduate  with  a  basic 
knowledge  of  horticulture  and  includes  the  courses  required  for  certification  to 
teach  in  Maryland.  The  Landscape  Design  option  Introduces  the  pnnciples  and 
practices  of  design  and  prepares  the  student  for  work  In  the  area  of  commercial 
landscape  design. 

Advanced  studies  in  the  Department,  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees, 
are  available  to  outstanding  students  having  a  strong  horticultural  motivation  for 
research,  university  teaching  and/or  extension  education. 

All  students  should  meet  with  the  option  advisor  before  enrolling  in  courses 
for  the  option. 


Curriculum  in  Horticulture 


General  University  Requirements 

Departmental  Requirements— All  Options; 

AGRO  302— General  Soils 

BOTN  101— General  Botany* 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 

BOTN  441'=-Plant  Physiology 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I* , 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 

HORT  271— Plant  Propagation 

HORT  398— Seminar 

MATH* 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
30 


'Satisfies  Divisional  Requirements. 


Complete  the  requirements  in  one  of  the  following  options: 

Floriculture  and  Ornamental  Horticulture  Option: 

Ser77es/er 
Credit  Hours 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 4 

HORT  132— Garden  Management 2 

HORT  160— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

HORT  231— Greenhouse  Management 3 

HORT  260— Basic  Landscape  Composition 2 

HORT  274— Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants 3 

HORT  451— Technology  of  Ornamentals 3 

HORT  453,  454— Woody  Plant  Materials 3,3 

HORT  432— Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  or 

HORT  456— Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody  Plants 3 

Electives 30 

59 

Horticultural  Education  Option: 

AGRO  405— Turf  Management 3 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 4 

HORT  111— Tree  Fruit  Production 3 

HORT  132— Garden  Management 2 

HORT  160— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

HORT  222— Vegetable  Production 3 

HORT  231— Greenhouse  Management 3 

HORT  260— Basic  Landscape  Composition 2 

HORT  453— Woody  Plant  Materials » 3 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

RLED  302— Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

RLED  303— Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 2 

RLED  305— Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

RLED  311— Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

RLED  313— Student  Teaching 5 

RLED  315— Student  Teaching : -. : 1-4 

Electives 8-10 

59 

Pomology  and  Olericulture  Option: 

ENTM  252— Agricultural  Insect  Pests 

HORT  111,  112— Tree  Fruit  Production 

HORT  212— Berry  Production 

HORT  222— Vegetable  Production 

HORT  274— Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants ". 

HORT  411— Technology  of  Fruits 

HORT  422— Technology  of  Vegetables 

HORT  474— Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of  Horticultural 

Crops 

Electives 


'    Landscape  Design  Option: 

APDS  101  A— Fundamentals  of  Design 


College  of  Agriculture  Departments.  Programs,  and  Curricula      53 

2  not  been  admitted  to  a  college  of  veterinary  medicine  may  transfer  to  one  of  the 

3  curricula  at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  order  to  complete  the  B.S.  degree. 

4  No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable  consideration  by  a  veterinary 
3  school  admissions  committee. 

2  The  course  requirements  listed  represent  the  minimum  requirements  for 

3  admission  to  the  Colleges  of  Veterinary  (Medicine,  University  of  Georgia, 
Tuskegee  Institute,  Ohio  State  and  University  of  Florida. 

3 

3  Semester 

3  Credit  Hours 

3  Chemistry' ;. 18 

3  Physics 8 

3  Mathematics  (calculus) 3 

3  Biology  (including  genetics  &  microbiology) 12 

3, 3  Animal  Science^ 6 

3  English 6 

12  Humanities  and  Social  Studies 14 

59  Electives3 16 


EDIN  101  A— Mechanical  Drawing  I 

HORT  160— Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 

AREC  240— Environment  and  Human  Ecology 
HORT  260— Basic  Landscape  Composition 
ARTH  341— Masterpieces  in  Architecture 
or 

ARCH  420— History  of  American  Architecture 
HORT  361— Pnnciples  in  Landscape  Design 
HORT  362— Advanced  Landscape  Design 
HORT  364— Landscape  Construction 

GEOG  372— Remote  Sensing 

AGRO  415— Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use 

GEOG  440— Geomorphology 

HORT  453,  454— Woody  Plant  Materials 

RECR  495— Planning,  Design  &  Maintenance  of  Recreation  Areas 

Electives 


Course  Code  Prefix— HORT 


Pre-Forestry 

Pre-forestry  students  are  advised  in  the  Department  of  Horticulture.  The  State 
of  Maryland  has  an  agreement  with  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board  and 
North  Carolina  State  University  providing  for  six  Maryland  residents  who  have 
completed  two  years  study  in  pre-forestry  and  have  been  accepted  by  the  School 
of  Forest  Resources  at  North  Carolina  State  University.  The  State  of  Maryland 
will  make  payment  toward  the  non-resident  tuition  for  a  period  not  to  exceed  two 
years  (four  semesters)  in  accordance  with  the  funds  appropriated  in  the  State 
budget  for  this  purpose. 

Pre-Forestry  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ENGL  1 01 ;  291 ,  or  292  or  293 6 

English  or  Speech  Elective 3 

BOTN  101 ,  212 7 

CHEM  103,  104 8 

Economics ; 3 

HORT  171 3 

MATH  220,  221 6 

PHYS  121,  122 ..: 8 

Social  Sciences  &  Humanities 12 

ZOOL  101 4 

Ph.Ed 4 

Pre-Theology 

The  College  of  Agriculture  cooperates  with  the  officers  of  any  theological 
seminary  who  desire  to  urge  prospective  students  to  pursue  courses  in 
agriculture  as  a  preparation  for  the  rural  ministry.  Such  pre-theological  students 
may  enroll  for  a  semester  or  more  or  for  the  usual  four-year  program  of  the 
College.  In  either  case  they  should  enroll  as  members  of  the  general  curriculum  in 
the  College  of  Agriculture.  Students  desiring  to  pursue  a  pre-theological  program 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  the  University  of  Maryland  should  consult  with  the 
president  or  admissions  officer  of  the  theological  seminary  which  they  expect  to 
attend. 

Pre-Veterlnary  Medicine 

The  pre-veterinary  medicine  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements 
established  by  the  colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  where  students  who  are 
residents  of  filaryland  may  be  offered  admission. 

There  is  no  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  in  Maryland.  However,  the  State 
of  Maryland  participates  under  an  agreement  with  the  Southern  Regional 
Education  Board  for  the  education  of  Maryland  residents  in  veterinary  medicine. 
Up  to  two  spaces  a  year  in  the  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at  the  University  of 
Georgia,  up  to  seven  spaces  a  year  at  Tuskegee  Institute  and  up  to  fifteen 
spaces  a  year  at  the  University  of  Florida  are  reserved  for  qualified  Maryland 
residents  who  may  be  offered  admission  by  the  respective  institutions. 

The  University  of  Maryland  also  has  an  agreement  with  The  Ohio  State 
University  under  which  a  maximum  of  six  Maryland  residents  may  be  offered 
admission  each  year  by  the  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at  Ohio  State 
University. 

The  Colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  at  the  University  of  Georgia,  The  Ohio 
State  University,  The  University  of  Florida  and  Tuskegee  Institute  have  the  final 
and  exclusive  authority  on  all  matters  related  to  admission. 

It  is  not  possible  for  colleges  of  Veterinary  Medicine  to  admit  all  eligible 
applicants.  Therefore,  pre-professional  students  are  urged  to  consider  alternate 
objectives  in  a  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree. 

Undergraduate  students  who  have  completed  three  years  in  the  pre- 
veterinary  program  in  the  University  of  Maryland  College  of  Agriculture  and  have 


'  Ohio  State  University  requires  that  Biochemistry  be  included 

2  University  of  Florida  requires  6  credits  in  Animal  Science  which  must  include  an  introductory 
course  in  Animal  Science  and  a  course  in  Animal  Nutrition. 

3  Students  are  encouraged  to  elect  courses  in  Animal  Science,  Biochemistry.  Animal  Anatomy, 
and  Physiology. 

Combined  Degree  Curriculum— College  of  Agriculture 
and  Veterinary  Medicine 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  completed  at  least 
90  hours,  including  all  University,  Division  and  College  requirements,  plus 
additional  credits  in  Animal  Science,  may  qualify  for  the  B.S.  degree  from  the 
University  of  Maryland,  College  of  Agriculture,  upon  successful  completion  in  a 
College  of  Veterinary  Medicine  of  at  least  30  semester  hours. 

Combined  Degree  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 30 

ANSC  221— Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production 3 

ANSC  211— Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals 4 

ANSC  212— Applied  Animal  Physiology 4 

BOTN  101— General  Botany* 4 

ZOOL  1 01— General  Zoology 4 

Mathematics  (must  include  at  least  3  credits  of  Calculus)* 6 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III 3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III 2 

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV 3 

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  IV 2 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  1 4 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 4 

Electives 9 

•Satisfies  Divisional  Requirements. 

Additional  information  about  this  program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department 
of  Veterinary  Science. 

Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture— Two-Year  Program 

A  competency-based  technical  program  preparing  men  and  women  for 
employment,  including  semi-professional  and  mid-management  careers  in  ap- 
plied agricultural  science  and  agricultural  business. 

Three  major  programs  are  currently  offered: 

The  BUSINESS  FARMING  program  develops  those  skills  needed  for  fami 
operation  or  for  employment  in  or  management  of  agricultural  businesses  such  as 
feed,  seed,  fertilizer  and  machinery  companies  and  farmers'  cooperatives. 

Options  in  the  ORNAMENTAL  HORTICULTURE  program  prepare  students 
for  employment  in  or  management  of  greenhouses,  nurseries,  garden  centers, 
florist  shops  or  landscape  maintenance  companies. 

The  TURFGRASS  AND  GOLF  COURSE  MANAGEMENT  program  concen- 
trates on  the  technical  and  management  skills  needed  to  work  as  golf  course 
superintendents  or  assistant  superintendents,  to  produce  turf  commercially,  or  to 
work  in  related  industries. 

Students  satisfactorily  completing  two  years  of  study  are  awarded  a  Certifi- 
cate in  Agriculture. 

For  additional  information,  write:  Director,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 


54      Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 
Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

Biological  Sciences  Program 

This  program  is  designed  for  the  student  who  is  interested  in  a  broader 
education  in  the  biological  sciences  than  is  available  in  the  programs  for  majors  in 
the  various  departments  of  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  The 
program  is  appropriate  for  the  entering  student  who  wishes  to  explore  the  various 
areas  of  biology  before  specializing  in  the  program  offered  by  a  single 
department,  or  for  the  student  desiring  to  specialize  in  a  discipline  which  can  best 
be  constituted  by  the  selection  of  courses  from  the  various  departments  in  the 
biological  sciences. 

Preparation  for  graduate  study  in  a  specialized  area  of  biology  is  readily 
accomplished  under  this  program  by  the  judicious  selection  of  junior-senior  level 
courses  in  the  proposed  area  of  graduate  concentration.  When  the  proposed 
area  of  graduate  specialization  lies  within  a  single  departmental  discipline,  it  may 
be  desirable  for  the  student  to  transfer  to  the  program  for  majors  in  that 
department. 

Advising  of  students  in  the  Biology  program  is  coordinated  in  a  central 
advising  office  established  by  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences. 
Students  must  select  an  area  of  emphasis  from  among  the  following  pro- 
grams—Marine Biology,  Ecology,  Physiology,  Genetics  or  Biochemistry.  Alterna- 
tively, the  student  may  elect  a  General  Biology  program  emphasizing  work  in 
Animal  Science,  Botany,  Entomology,  Microbiology  or  Zoology.  In  each  case, 
advising  will  be  by  the  department  in  which  most  of  the  work  is  to  be  taken.  For 
orderly  planning  and  advising,  students  are  urged  to  determine  their  emphasis 
early  and  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Changes  in  emphasis 
normally  cannot  be  made  duhng  the  senior  year  without  delaying  graduation. 
Students  in  the  program  who  are  also  attempting  to  meet  the  requirements  of  a 
pre-professional  program  should  also  seek  advice  from  advisors  for  the  respec- 
tive programs.  Students  in  the  program  who  wish  to  prepare  for  secondary  school 
science  teaching  should  contact  the  faculty  of  the  Science  Teaching  Center  of 
the  College  of  Education  for  information  concerning  requirements  for  certification. 

Curriculum.  All  students  in  the  Biological  Sciences  program  must  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  the  requirements 
of  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  All  courses  in  the  basic  and 
advanced  program  must  be  completed  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  An  average  of 
C  is  required  in  the  supporting  courses. 

Basic  Course  Requirements 

1.  A  course  in  general  biological  phnciples,  including  laboratory,  which  may  be 
satisfied  by  either  of  the  following  courses;  a.  BOTN  101,  General  Botany 
(4).  b.  ZOOL  101,  General  Zoology  (4). 

2.  Two  courses  in  the  diversity  of  living  organisms  including  BOTN  202,  the 
Plant  Kingdom  (4),  and  either  ENTM  204,  General  Entomology  (4),  or  ZOOL 
293,  Animal  Diversity  (4). 

3.  MICB  200,  General  Microbiology  (4). 

4.  A  basic  course  in  genetics  which  may  be  satisfied  by  any  one  of  the 
following  courses: 

a.  ANSC  201,  Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics  (3). 

b.  BOTN  414,  Plant  Genetics  (3). 

c.  HORT  274,  Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants  (3). 

d.  ZOOL  246,  Genetics  (4). 

5.  Required  Supporting  Courses. 

a.  Two  courses  in  college  mathematics  including  MATH  110,  111,  Intro- 
duction to  Mathematics  I,  II  (3,3)  or  MATH  115,  140,  Introduction  to 
Analysis  and  Analysis  I  (3,4)  or  any  higher  mathematics  sequence  for 
which  these  courses  are  prerequisite.  For  many  areas  of  biology 
completion  of  a  year  of  Calculus.  MATH  220,  221  or  MATH  140,  141  is 
recommended. 

b.  CHEM  103,  104  or  CHEM  105,  106,  College  Chemistry  I,  II  (4,4); 
CHEM  203, 204  or  CHEM  213,214,  College  Chemistry  IV  (3,2).  Students 
in  certain  programs  will  also  need  CHEM  201,  202,  College  Chemistry  III 
(3,2). 

c.  PHYS  121,  122  or  141,  142,  Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,4). 

It  is  not  necessary  that  all  the  required  courses  listed  above  be  completed 
before  registering  for  advanced  courses;  however,  these  courses  are  prerequisite 
to  many  of  the  advanced  courses  and  should  oe  completed  early  in  the  program. 

Advanced  Program.  In  addition  to  the  required  courses  listed  above,  the  student 
must  complete  22  hours  of  biological  sciences  selected  from  the  approved 
courses  listed  below  or  in  courses  which  have  been  specifically  approved  by  the 
Biological  Sciences  Committee.  A  minimum  of  ten  credits  must  be  taken  in  the 
area  of  emphasis  and  at  least  two  courses  must  involve  laboratory  or  field  work. 
At  least  18  hours  must  be  completed  in  courses  numbered  300  or  above,  and  two 
of  the  participating  departments  must  be  represented  by  at  least  one  course  in 
the  18  hours  of  300-400  level  work.  Courses  approved  for  the  advanced  program 
include; 

AGRO  105,  403,  422,  423. 


AGRI  301  or  401  or  an  equivalent. 

ANSC  211,  212,  252,  350,  401,  406,  411,  412,  413,  414,  416,  425,  446,  452  and 

466. 

BOTN  all  courses  except  BOTN  100,  101,  202  and  414. 

CHEM  201,  202,  261,  461,  462,  463,  and  464. 

ENTM  all  courses  except  ENTM  100  and  111. 

GEOL  102,  431,  432,  434,  452 

HORT  171  and  271. 

MICB  all  courses  except  MICB  200  and  322. 

PSYC  400,  402,  403,  410,  412  and  479. 

ZOOL  all  courses  except  ZOOL  101,  146,  207  and  246. 

Research  experience  in  the  various  areas  of  biology,  biochemistry,  and 
psychology  are  possible  under  this  plan  by  special  arrangement  with  faculty 
research  advisors.  Not  more  than  3  hours  of  special  problems  or  research  can  be 
taken  as  part  of  the  advanced  program  requirement  of  22  hours. 

Botany 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Patterson 

Professors:  Bean,  Brown  (Emeritus),  Corbett,  Galloway,  Gauch  (Emeritus), 

Kantzes,  Klarman,  Krusberg,  Lockard,  Morgan,  Sisler,  Sorokin  (Emeritus), 

Stern,  Weaver 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bottino,  Karlander,  Motta,  Reveal 

Assistant  Professors:  Barrett,  Racusen,  Rissler,  Stevenson,  Van  Valkenburg 

Instructor:  Berg,  Higgins 

The  Department  offers  instruction  in  the  fields  of  physiology,  pathology, 
ecology,  taxonomy,  anatomy-morphology,  genetics,  mycology,  marine  botany, 
nematology,  virology,  phycology  and  general  botany. 

All  students,  regardless  of  their  areas  of  interest,  must  complete  the 
Department  of  Botany  requirements  listed  below.  All  required  botany  courses 
must  be  passed  with  at  least  a  grade  of  "C."  A  course  must  be  repeated  until  a 
"C"  or  better  is  earned.  The  Botany  Department  also  strongly  recommends  that 
all  botany  undergraduate  majors  complete  6  hours  of  approved  English  composi- 
tion or  its  equivalent.  In  some  areas  of  botany,  an  introductory  course  in  geology 
or  soils  is  fiighly  recommended. 

After  completion  of  the  sophomore  year,  students  should  designate  a  specific 
area  of  concentration  within  the  botany  curriculum.  Each  student  will  be  assigned 
an  advisor  in  that  area  in  order  to  determine  which  courses  should  be  taken 
during  the  junior  and  senior  years. 

The  Botany  Department  also  offers  a  special  program  for  exceptionally 
talented  and  promising  students  through  the  Honors  Program  which  emphasizes 
the  scholarly  approach  to  independent  study.  Information  concerning  this 
program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Botany  Honors  Program  Advisor. 

Department  of  Botany  Requirements 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

BOTN  101— General  Botany 4 

BOTN  202— Plant  Kingdom , 4 

BOTN  212— Plant  Taxonomy 1 4 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4 

BOTN  398— Seminar 1 

BOTN  41 4— Plant  Genetics 3 

BOTN  416— Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy 4 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

BOTN  462— Plant  Ecology 2 

BOTN  464— Plant  Ecology  Laboratory 2 

CHEM  103,  104  plus  College  Chemistry  I  and  II  plus 8 

CHEM  203,  204  College  Chemistry  IV  and  College  Chemistry 

Laboratory  IV  or  equivalent 5 

MATH  140,  141  Elementary  Calculus  or  MATH  220,  221  Analysis  I  &  II  6 

MICRO  200— General  Microbiology 4 

PHYS  121,  122  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  &  II 
or 

PHYS  141,  142  Principles  of  Physics 8 

A  laboratory  or  field  course  in  zoology  or  entomology 3 

Botany  electives  or  related  courses* 8-10 

Electives* 14-16 

General  University  Requirements 30 

Total 24 

Chemistry 

Chairman:  McNesby 

Associate  Chairmen:  Bellama,  Miller 

Professors:  Adier,  Ammon,  Bellama,  Castellan,  Freeman,  Gardner,  Goldsby, 

Gordon,  Gnm,  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund,  Huheey,  Jaquith,  Keeney,  Mariano, 

Mazzocchi,  Moore,  Munn,  O'Haver,  Ponnamperuma,  Pratt  (Emeritus),  Reeve, 

Stewart,  C.  Stuntz,  Svirbely  (Emeritus),  Vanderslice,  Veitch  (Emeritus),  Viola, 

Walters 


other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      55 


'  Associate  Professors:  Alexander,  Boyd,  Campagnoni,  Devoe.  Gokel,  Greer, 

Hansen,  Heikkinen,  Helz,  Jarvis,  Kasler,  Khanna,  Lakshmanan,  Martin,  Miller, 

Murphy,  Sampugna,  Tossell,  Weiner.  Zoller 

Assistant  Professors:  Dunaway-Mariano,  McArdle 

Research  Professor:  Bailey 

Visitir]g  Professors:  Durst  (p.t.) 
'  Lecturer:  Kilhourne 

Instructors:  Doherty,  Pettigrew,  S.  Stunfz 

The  curriculum  in  chennistry  is  centered  around  a  basic  core  of  30  credits  (18 
lower-division  and  12  upper-division)  in  chemistry.  An  additional  two  credits  must 

'  be  chosen  from  among  other  upper-division  courses  in  chemistry.  The  program  is 
designed  to  provide  the  maximum  amount  of  flexibility  to  students  seeking 
preparation  for  either  the  traditional  branches  of  chemistry  or  the  interdisciplinary 
fields.  Students  wishing  a  degree  program  specifically  certified  by  the  American 

■  Chemical  Society  must  elect  more  than  the  minimum  number  of  elective  credits  in 
chemistry  and  must  choose  judiciously  among  the  upper-division  courses  offered. 
In  addition,  the  ACS-certified  degree  program  presently  recommends  German  or 
Russian. 

A  sample  program,  listing  only  the  required  or  recommended  courses,  is 

I  given  below.  It  is  expected  that  each  semester's  electives  will  include  courses 
intended  to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  the  University  or  of  the  Division  of 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences,  plus  others  of  the  student's  choice. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 


First  Year 

CHEM 

;MATH  140* 

Electives 

CHEM  104  or  106.. 
{MATH  141* 

Electives 


15 


*Students  initially  placed  in  MATH  115  will  delay  MATH  140  and  141  one  semester. 

Second  Year 

CHEM  201  or  211 3 

CHEM  202  or  212 2 

PHYS  141 4 

Electives 6 

CHEM  203  or  213 

CHEM  204  or  214 

PHYS  142 


Third  Year 
CHEM  430.. 
CHEM  481.. 

Electives 

CHEM  431.. 
CHEM  482.. 
Electives 


3 

3 

9 

15  15 
Fourth  Year 

Electives : ; 15 

Electives 15 

For  American  Chemical  Society  certification  the  student  should  consult  his  or 
her  advisor  for  course  recommendations  that  will  meet  certification  requirements. 
I 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

I       A  program  in  Agricultural  Chemistry  is  offered  within  the  College  of 
I  Agriculture.  See  page  49  for  details. 

Biochemistry.  The  Chemistry  Department  6lso  offers  a  major  in  biochemistry.  In 
addition  to  the  lower-division  chemistry  sequence,  the  program  requires: 
BCHM  461,  462,  and  464;  CHEM  430,  481  and  482;  MATH  140  and  141; 
I  PHYS  141  and  142:  and  nine  credits  of  approved  biological  science  that  must 
include  at  least  one  upper-division  course,  A  sample  program,  listing  only  the 
required  courses,  is  given  below.  It  is  expected  that  each  semester's  electives  will 
include  courses  intended  to  satisfy  the  general  requirements  of  the  University  or 
of  the  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences,  plus  others  of  the  student's 
choice. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

4 

4 

^ 7 

4 


First  Year 

CHEM  103  or  105.. 

MATH  140* 

Electives" 

CHEM  104  or  106., 


MATH  141 . 
Electives .... 


'Students  initially  placed  in  MATH  115  will  delay  MATH  140  and  141  one  semester, 

"II  is  suggested  that  tlie  first  year  electives  include  at  least  one  course  in  bk)loglcal  science. 

Second  Year 

CHEM  201  or  21 1 3 

CHEM  202  or  212 2 

PHYS  141 4 

Electives 6 

CHEM  203  or  213 3 

CHEM  204  or  214 2 

PHYS  142 : 4 

Electives 6 


Third  Year 
CHEM  481 .. 
CHEM  430.. 
BCHM  461.. 

Electives 

CHEM  482.. 
BCHM  464.. 
BCHM  462.. 
Electives 


: 3 

2 

3 

., 7 

15  15 
Fourth  Year 

Electives 15 

Electives 15 

The  Chemistry  Department's  Honors  Program  begins  in  the  junior  year. 
Interested  students  should  see  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee  for  further 
information. 

Entomology 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Steinhauer 

Professors:  Bickley  (Emeritus),  Cory  (Emeritus),  Davidson,  Harrison,  Jones. 

Menzer,  Messersmith 

AssQCiate  Professors:  Bissell  (Emeritus),  Caron,  Haviland  (Emerita), 

Krestensen,  Reichelderfer,  Wood 

Assistant  Professors:  Armstrong,  Denno,  Dively,  Hellman,  Linduska,  Nelson 

Principal  Specialist:  Harding 

Lecturers:  Marsh,  Spangler 

Adjunct  Professors:  Baker,  Knutson,  Menke,  Wirth 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Miller 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  for  various  types  of  entomological  posi- 
tions or  for  graduate  work  in  any  of  the  specialized  areas  of  entomology. 
Professional  entomologists  are  engaged  in  fundamental  and  applied  research  in 
university,  government,  and  private  laboratories;  regulatory  and  control  activities 
with  federal  and  state  agencies;  commercial  pest  control  and  pest  management 
services;  sales  and  development  programs  with  chemical  companies  and  other 
commercial  organizations;  consulting,  extension  work;  and  teaching. 

Students  should  work  closely  with  their  advisors  in  selecting  electives.  The 
curriculum  is  designed  to  allow  majors  intending  to  go  to  graduate  school  to 
broaden  their  preparation.  Those  intending  to  begin  a  career  after  the  baccalau- 
reate would  be  advised  to  concentrate  on  a  more  defined  curriculum. 


Department  of  Entomology  Requirements 


General  University  Requirements 

200L  101— General  Zoology  or 

ZOOL  293— Animal  Diversity 

BOTN  101— General  Botany  * ?.. 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  * 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II  * 

CHEM  201,  202— College  Chemistry  III  and  College  Chemistry 

Laboratory  III 

or  CHEM  261  (Elements  of  Biochemistry) 

2  of  the  following  4  courses: 

MATH  220— Elementary  Calculus  I 

MATH  221— Elementary  Calculus  II 

AGRI  401— Agricultural  Biometrics 

STAT  464— Introduction  to  Biostatistics 

ZOOL  264— Genetics  or  BOTN  414  (Plant  Genetics) 

ZOOL  270— Population  Biology  and  General  Ecology 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 

2  of  the  following  6  courses: 

CHEM  461— Biochemistry  I 

BOTN  21 2— Plant  Taxonomy 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

30 

4 

(4) 

4 

4 

4 


3,2 
(3) 

3 
3 
3 
3 
4(3) 
3 
4 

3 
3 


56      Other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

BOTN  221— Diseases  of  Plants 4  Microbiologv 

BOTN  441— Plant  Physiology 4 

ZOOL  41 1— Cell  Biology 4  Professor  and  Chairman:  Cook 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology 4  Professors:  Colwell,  Cooney',  Doetsch,  Faber  (Emeritus),  Hetrick,  Pelczar 

ENTM  204— General  Entomology 4  (Emeritus),  Young 

ENTM  332— Insect  Structure  and  Function 4  Associate  Professors:  MacQuillan,  Roberson,  Voll,  Weiner 

ENTM  398— General  Colloquium  in  Entomology 1  Assistant  Professors:  Howard,  McNicol,  Sjoblad 

ENTM  399— Special  Problems 2  Lecturer:  Stadtman  (p.t.) 

ENTM  421— Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology 4  Instructor:  Howell 

ENTM  451— Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops  ** 4  Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Gherna 

Ejectives  *  *  *  25—30 

'■' — —  "Joint  appointment,  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory. 

The  Department  of  Microbiology  has  as  its  primary  aim  providing  the  student 

•Satisfies  Divisional  Requiremeni  ^  .   .  ,,  with  thorough  and  rigorous  training  in  microbiology.  This  entails  knowledge  of  the 

In  addition  to  ENTM  451.  students  pursuing  an  applied  program  are  encouraged  to  take  .      .  ^      /  ^     *    •   i     .^   ,  ,.        ,         /  »  u   ,■  i 

ENTM  351  as  an  elective.  k        a       kk      k  s  a  j^gg^,  concepts  Of  bactenal  cytology,  physiology,  taxonomy,  metabolism,  ecology, 

•••Students  who  intend  to  pursue  a  career  in  applied  entomology  stiouid  elect  itie  following  and  genetics,  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  the  biology  Of  infectious  disease, 

courses:  BOTN  212.  BOTN  221 .  AGRi  401 ,  ZOOL  422.  BOTN  441 ,  AGRO  453  (Weed  Control),  immunology,  general  virology,  and  various  applications  of  microbiological  princi- 

AGRO  423  (Soil  and  V\/aler  Pollution).  These  7  courses  are  prerequisite  to  the  M.S.  program  in  pigg   (q   public   health   and   industrial   processes.    In   addition,   the   department 

pest  management.  pursues  a  broad  and  vigorous  program  of  basic  research,  and  encourages 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENTM  Original  thought  and  investigation  in  the  above-mentioned  areas. 

I  The  department  also  provides  desirable  courses  for  students  majoring  in 

Geology  "  ^"'^'^  departments  who  wish  to  obtain  vital,  supplementary  information.  Every 

effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  subject  matter  of  microbiology  as  a  basic 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Siegrist  core  of  material  that  is  pertinent  to  all  biological  sciences. 
Professor:  Adier  The  curriculum  outlined  below,  which  leads  to  a  bachelor's  degree,  includes 

Associate  Profes  -ors:  Ridky,  Segovia,  Sommer,  Stifel,  Weidner,  Wylie  the  basic  courses  in  microbiology  and  allied  fields. 
Assistant  Professors:  Onash  A  student  planning  a  major  in  microbiology  should  consult  a  departmental 

Visiting  Professors:  Breger  (p.t.),  Rose  (p.t.)  advisor  as  soon  as  possible  after  deciding  upon  this  action.  The  supporting 

Geology  is  the  basic  science  of  the  earth.  In  its  broadest  sense,  geology  ''°''2^^  ^^^O""^  be  chosen  only  from  the  biological  and  physical  sciences, 
concerns  itself  with  planetary  formation  and  modification  with  emphasis  on  the  ^o  cotjrse  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  mapr 

study  of  the  planet  Earth.  This  study  directs  its  attention  to  the  earth's  internal  requirements^  In  addition,  for  graduation,  students  must  achieve  an  overall  C 

and  external  structure,  materials,  chemical  and  physical  processes  and  its  ^''^[^f  m  the  ma|or  courses  plus  required  supporting  courses, 
physical  and  biological  history.  Geology  concerns  itself  with  the  application  of  Infornnation  concerning  the  Honors  Program  may  be  obtained  in  the  depart- 

geological  principles  and  with  application  of  physics,  chemistry,  biology  and  mental  ortice.  .  .     ,  , .      ^  , 

mathematics  to  the  understanding  of  our  planet.  The  major  in  he  department  consists  of  a  minirnum  of  twenty-four  semester 

Geological  studies  thus  encompass  understanding  the  development  of  life  ^°f,^'  mcliiding  MICB  200-General  Microbiology  (4),  and  MICB  440-Pathogen- 

from  the  fossil  record,  the  mechanics  of  crustal  movement  and  earthquake  f  ^'"?^'n°^l^'^\  ^" ^'^^'}'°''-  f'  'f^^'  f"!'^®"  ?,''^1°"1*'°"[.'  "'"^'  be  selected 

production,  the  evolution  of  the  oceans  and  their  interaction  with  land,  the  origin  1'°""^  ,^J£^i?,°~:^PP'l^.'',  '^J'='?'"°'°9^  'fL'^'^?„^°°r^"^'°i"°'°9"^!'  fj'^?'"'^ 

and  emplacement  of  mineral  and  fuel  resources  and  the  determination  of  man's  <'')•  ^[^^  330-Microbial  E(:o  ogy  (2)  MICB  379-Honors  Research  (3),  M  CB 

impact  on  the  geological  environment.  ^^2"^"='°^'^     °®?^Mi  *"'■.. ^i^^.Jn^^.^.P^o^'    ^"P'".,-  '^i]^';    ^'S? 

Geological  scientists  find  employment  in  government,  industrial  and  academ-  399-Microbiological  Problems     (3),  MICB  400-Systematic  Microbiology  (2), 

Ic  establishments.  In  general,  graduate  training  is  expected  for  advancement  to  ^"^P.''^?T"'!!°^  °'  Microbiology  (1),  MICB  420-Epidemiology  and  Public 

the  most  rewarding  positions.  Most  industrial  positions  require  an  M.S.  degree.  Health  (2),  MICB  430-Manne  Microbiology  (2),  MICB  431-Manne  Microbiology 

Geology  is  enjoying  a  strong  employment  outlook  at  the  present  because  of  our  Laboratory  (2),  MICB  450-lmmunology  (4),  MICB  460-General  Virology  (3), 

mineral,  fuel  and  environmental  concerns.  At  this  time,  students  with  the  B.S.,  l^'CB  470-Microbial  Physiology  (4),  MICB  490-Microbial  Fermentations  (2), 

particularly  those  with  training  in  geophysics,  can  find  satisfactory  employment.  '^'CB  491 -Microbial  Fermentations  Laboratory  (2). 
However,  graduate  school  is  strongly  recommended  for  those  students  desiring  a  '^'CB  322— Microbiology  and  the  Public  (3)  is  a  general  survey  course  and  is 

professional  career  in  the  geosciences.  "°'  °P®" '°  students  who  have  taken  MICB  200,  or  those  for  whom  MICB  200  is  a 

The  Geology  Program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses  to  required  course, 
accommodate  both  geology  majors  and  students  interested  in  selected  aspects  *MICB  388— A  maximum  of  4  semester  hours  may  be  applied  toward  the 

of  the  science  of  the  Earth.  Opportunities  exist  for  undergraduate  research  '^^P'  requirements. 

projects,  on  a  personal  level,  betwfeen  students  and  faculty  members.  "MICB  399  may  be  used  only  once  towards  meeting  the  major  requirements. 

The  Geology  curricula  is  designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  industry,  Required  as  courses  supporting  the  major  are  CHEM  103(4),  104(4),  201  (3), 

graduate  school  and  government.  However,  students  may  select,  at  their  option,  202  (2),  204  (2)— College  Chemistry  I,  II,  III,  IV  (with  laboratories):  CHEM  461, 

geology  electives  that  are  designed  for  a  particular  interest,  rather  than  for  the  ''62,  (3,  3)— Biochemistry;  MATH  1 10, 1 1 1— Introduction  to  Mathematics  (3,  3)  or 

broad  needs  of  a  professional  career.  Courses  required  for  the  B.S.  in  Geology  equivalent;  PHYS  121, 122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,  4);  ZOOL  101— Gener- 

are  listed  below:  3l  Zoology  (4)  or  BOTN  101— General  Botany  (4);  and  four  additional  semester 

hours  in  a  biological  science  (with  laboratory).  (MATH  220,  221— Introductory 

Semester  Calculus  (3,  3)  or  equivalent  is  strongly  recommended  but  not  required.) 
Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 30  Course  Code  prefix— micb 

Divisional  Requirements 

Biological  Science 3  or  4  Zoologv 

MATH,  CHEM  (See  Below) 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Corliss 

Departmental  Requirements 28  Professor  and  Assistant  Chairman:  Haley 

GEOL  100(3)  Professors:  Anastos,  Bnnkley,  Brown,  Clark,  Grollman,  Highton,  Jachowski, 

GEOL  102(3)  Morse,  Pierce,  Schleidt 

GEOL  110(1)  Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Barnett,  Contrera,  Gill,  Goode,  Higgins,  Imberski, 

GEOL  112(1)  Levitan,  Linder,  J.  Potter,  Small,  Smith-Gill,  Vermeij 

GEOL  399(2)  Assistant  Professors:  Bonar,  Buchler,  Inouye,  Love,  Reaka 

GEOL  422(4)  Instructors:  Dixon,  Piper,  Spalding,  C.  Veil,  J.  Veil 

GEOL  431(4)  Adjunct  Professors:  Eisenberg,  M.  Potter 

GEOL  441(4)  Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Heinle,  Morton,  Sulkin 

SupSort°nVReSrements 24  pescrlptlon  of  Progratfl.  The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  a  prograrri  leading 

CHEM  103  104(4  4)  '°  ^  ^^'  "''   ^  '^^^°' '"  Zoology.  The  program  is  planned  to  give  each  student  an 

MATH  14o'  141(44)  appreciation  of  the  diversity  of  the  problems  studied  by  zoologists  and  an 

PHYS  141 '  142(4  4)  opportunity  to  explore,  in  detail,  the  kinds  of  problems  delineating  the  specialized 

Electives        ■  '  '  35  or  36  ''^''^^  °'  Zoology  and  the  nature  of  obsen/ation  and  expenmentation  appropriate 

to  investigations  within  these  fields.  The  requirements  of  26  hours  in  Zoology, 

Course  Code  Prefix— GEOL  including  one  course  in  each  of  four  broad  areas,  together  with  supporting 


other  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula      57 


courses  in  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  and  Physics,  permit  students  to  develop  their 
interest  in  the  general  field  of  Zoology  or  to  concentrate  in  a  special  area. 
Courses  in  Zoology  satisfying  the  broad  area  requirements  are  offered  at  the 
sophomore  and  junior-senior  levels  and  may  be  taken  upon  completion  of  the 
prerequisites  for  a  chosen  course.  Majors  are  urged  to  complete  the  required 
supporting  course  in  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  and  Physics  as  early  as  possible 
since  these  courses  are  prerequisites  for  many  courses  in  Zoology. 

Curriculum  For  Zoology  Majors.  There  are  no  specified  courses  in  Zoology 
required  of  all  majors.  ZOOL  101,  General  Zoology,  is  available  for  students  who 
need  an  introductory  course  before  proceeding  to  more  advanced  zoology 
courses.  Competence  equivalent  to  the  successful  completion  of  ZOOL  101  is 
prerequisite  to  all  zoology  courses  that  are  accepted  for  credit  toward  the  major. 
Credits  earned  in  ZOOL  101  are  not  accepted  for  credit  toward  the  mapr. 
All  majors  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  26  credit  hours  in  Zoology 
with  an  average  grade  of  C.  Fourteen  of  the  twenty-six  hours  must  be  earned  in 
'300-400  level  courses  and  two  of  these  courses  must  have  accompanying 
laboratories.  Most  Zoology  courses  that  are  accepted  for  credit  toward  the  major 
have  been  grouped  into  four  broad  areas  based  upon  the  level  of  biological 
organization  studied.  The  areas  and  their  corresponding  courses  are:  I,  cells  and 
cell  organelles;  II,  tissues,  organs  and  organ  systems;  III,  organisms;  and  IV, 
populations  and  communities  of  organisms  One  3  or  4  credit  course  in  each  of 
these  areas  is  required.  ZOOL  271  must  accompany  ZOOL  270,  and  ZOOL  471 
must  accompany  ZOOL  470  for  these  courses  to  fulfill  the  Area  IV  requirement. 

AREA  I 

ZOOL  246— Genetics(4) 

ZOOL  411— Cell  Biology(4) 

ZOOL  413— Biophysics(3) 

ZOOL  415— Cell  Differentiation(3) 

ZOOL  446— Molecular  Genetics(3) 

ZOOL  447— Experimental  Genetics(4) 
AREA  II 

ZOOL  201— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  1(4) 

ZOOL  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  11(4) 

ZOOL  421— Neurophysiology(4) 

ZOOL  422— Vertebrate  Physiology(4) 

ZOOL  426— General  Endocrinology(3) 

ZOOL  495— Mammalian  Histology(4) 
AREA  III 

ZOOL  102— The  Animal  Phyla(4)' 

ZOOL  230— Developmental  Biology(4) 

ZOOL  290— Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology(4) 

ZOOL  293— Animal  Diversity(4)' 

ZOOL  430— Vertebrate  Embryology(4) 

ZOOL  472— Protozoology(4) 

ZOOL  475— General  Parasitology(4) 

ZOOL  481— Biology  of  Marine  and  Estuarine  lnvertebrates(4) 

ZOOL  482— Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology(4) 

ZOOL  483— Vertebrate  Zoology(4) 

ZOOL  492— Form  and  Pattern  in  Organisms(3) 
•Credit  for  only  1  course,  either  ZOOL  102  or  ZOOL  293,  is  permitted. 
AREA  IV 

ZOOL  270— Population  Biology  and  General  Ecology(3) 

ZOOL  271— Population  Biology  and  General  Ecology  Laboratory(l) 

ZOOL  440— Evolution(3) 

ZOOL  444— Advanced  Evolutionary  Biology(3) 

ZOOL  460— Ethology(3) 

ZOOL  461— Ethology  Laboratory(3) 

ZOOL  470— Advanced  Animal  Ecology(2) 

ZOOL  471— Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology(2) 

ZOOL  473— Marine  Ecology(3) 

ZOOL  477— Symbiology(3) 

ZOOL  480— Aquatic  Biology(4) 

Additional  courses  to  complete  the  required  26  hours  in  Zoology  may  be 
selected  from  any  of  the  undergraduate  courses  in  Zoology  except  ZOOL  101, 
General  Zoology(4);  ZOOL  146,  heredity  and  Man(3);  ZOOL  181,  Ecology  of  the 
Oceans(3);  and  ZOOL  207S,  Development  of  the  Human  Body(2). 

In  addition  to  the  above  courses,  students  may  submit  a  total  of  seven  credits 
earned  in  the  following  courses  toward  the  26  hour  requirements. 

ZOOL  205— History  of  Zoology(l) 

ZOOL  206— Zoological  Literature(l) 

ZOOL  209— Basic  Study  in  Zoology(1-4) 

ZOOL  319— Special  Problems  m  Zoology(1-2) 

ZOOL  328— Selected  Topics  in  Zoology(l^) 

Up  to  seven  hours  of  credit  in  ZOOL  319,  Special  Problems  in  Zoology,  and 
ZOOL  328,  Selected  Topics  in  Zoology  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  fourteen 
required  hours  at  the  300-400  level  providing  all  other  requirements  are  met.  With 
special  permission  from  the  Department  students  may  take  Zool  386— Field 
Experience  (1-3),  Zool  387— Field  Experience  Analysis  (1-3).  These  courses 
usually  do  not  provide  major  credit.  In  no  case  shall  more  than  7  of  the  required 
14  hours  of  300-400  level  courses  be  earned  by  registration  in  Zool  319,  Zool 
328,  Zool  386  and  Zool  387. 


Students  participating  in  the  General  or  Oepartmenlal  Honors  Programs  may 
submit  credits  earned  in  the  following  courses  toward  the  26  hours  requirement. 
ZOOL  308H— Honor  Seminar  (1) 
ZOOL  309H— Honors  Independent  Study  (1^) 
ZOOL  31 8H— Honors  Research  (1-2) 

Required  Supporting  Courses. 

1.  CHEM   103,    104,  College  Chemistry  I  and  11(4,4)  or  CHEM  105,  106. 
Principles  of  College  Chemistry  I  and  11(4,4). 

2.  CHEM  201,-202,  College  Chemistry  III  and  Laboratory  111(3,2)  or  CHEM  211, 
212,  Pnnciples  of  College  Chemistry  III  and  Laboratory  111(3,2). 

3.  Mathematics  through  one  year  of  calculus;  i.e.,  completion  of  MATH  220, 
221.  Elementary  Calculus(3,3)  or  MATH  140,  141,  Analysis  I,  11(4,4). 

4.  Physics  121,  122,  Fundamentals  of  Physics(4,4)  or  Physics  141,  142, 
Principles  of  Physics(4,4). 

5.  One  of  the  following  courses: 

AGRI  301— Introduction  to  Agncultural  Biometrics(3) 

AGRI  401— Agricultural  Biometncs(3) 

CHEM  203,  204— College  Chemistry  IV  and  Laboratory  IV(3,2) 

MATH  240— Linear  Algebra(4) 

PSYC  200— Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology(3) 

SOCY  201— Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology(3) 

STAT  250— Introduction  to  Statistical  Models(3) 

STAT  400— Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  1(3) 

STAT  464— Introduction  to  Biostatistics(3) 

Advisement.  Although  sample  programs  for  Zoology  majors  interested  in 
different  fields  may  be  obtained  from  the  Zoology  office,  it  is  strongly  recom- 
mended that  all  majors  consult  a  Zoology  Department  advisor  at  least  once  every 
year.  Majors  planning  to  specialize  in  a  particular  field  of  Zoology  should  satisfy 
the  area  requirements  during  their  freshman  and  sophomore  years  and  take  the 
400  level  courses  in  their  chosen  specialty.  Students  desiring  to  enter  graduate 
study  in  certain  areas  of  Zoology  should  take  Biochemistry,  Physical  Chemistry, 
Advanced  Statistics,  Advanced  Mathematics,  and/or  Philosophy  of  Science  as  a 
part  of  their  undergraduate  electives.  Courses  of  interest  to  Zoology  majors  in 
Animal  Science,  Anthropology,  Botany,  Electrical  Engineering,  Entomology, 
Geography,  Geology,  Microbiology,  and  Psychology  are  listed  in  the  Undergradu- 
ate Catalogue  under  the  appropriate  departments. 

Honors.  The  Department  of  Zoology  also  offers  a  special  program  for  the 
exceptionally  talented  and  promising  student.  The  Honors  Program  emphasizes 
the  scholarly  approach  to  independent  study.  Information  regarding  this  program 
may  be  obtained  from  the  departmental  office  or  from  the  chairman  of  the 
Zoology  Honors  Program. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ZOOL 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

The  Maryland  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  is  currently  conducting  more 
than  200  research  projects.  These  are  conducted  by  faculty  who  supervise  and 
direct  research  assistants,  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  and  techni- 
cians. The  research  may  be  conducted  in  laboratories  or  at  one  of  the  nine  field 
locations  throughout  Maryland  operated  by  the  Experiment  Station  or  even  in 
fields,  herds  or  flocks  of  cooperating  farmers. 

The  overall  objective  of  the  Expenment  Station  is  to  enhance  all  aspects  of 
Maryland  agnculture  for  the  benefit  of  farmers,  farm-related  business  and 
consumers  through  optimal  utilization,  conservation  and  protection  of  soil  and 
water  resources.  Genetic  principles  are  studied  and  applied  in  the  improvement 
of  turf  and  ornamentals,  vegetable  crops,  field  crops,  poultry,  dairy  and  other 
animals.  Similarly,  pathological  principles  are  of  concern  in  improvement  of 
methods  of  identification,  prevention  and/or  control  of  plant  and  animal  diseases. 
Biochemistry  plays  an  important  role  in  evaluating  the  nutritional  quality  of  crops 
produced,  the  efficiency  of  feed  conversion  by  poultry  and  animals  or  the  quality 
of  plant  and  animal  products  for  human  consumption.  Research  in  progress  is 
concerned  with  improvement  of  processing  systems  to  enhance  food  quality  on 
one  hand  and  the  impact  of  nutritional  deficiencies  and  means  of  remedying 
these  on  the  othef.  Also  directly  in  the  consumer  area  is  the  study  of  clothing 
quality. 

Improved  production  techniques  including  waste  utilization  or  disposal  require 
studies  involving  soil-moisture-plant  relationships  and  plant,  bird,  or  animal- 
environment  relationships  and  also  studies  of  the  applications  of  engineering  for 
producing  or  maintaining  the  optimal  environment  for  biological  systems. 

Studies  of  biological  and  mechanical  methods  and  improved  chemical  control 
of  insects  in  the  field,  forests,  food  processing  chain  and  the  home  are 
continuous. 

The  socio-economics  of  changing  agricultural  systems  are  a  major  research 
area  and  Increasing  attention  is  being  oriented  towards  rural  development, 
including  resource  utilization  for  non-farm  residents  and  recreation. 

The  Maryland  Agricultural  Expenment  Station  was  established  in  1888  to 
comply  with  the  Hatch  Act  of  1887  authorizing  the  establishment  of  an 
agricultural  expenment  station  at  the  Land  Grant  Colleges.  Actually,  the  charter  of 
the  Maryland  Agncultural  College  in  1856  specifially  authorized  establishment  of 


58      Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 


a  demonstration  farm.  The  Station  is  supported  by  federal  funds  under  tfie  Hatch 
Act  as  amended,  State  appropriations,  grants  and  contracts  with  State  and 
federal  agencies  and  by  gifts  or  other  support  from  individual  and  farm-related 
businesses  and  industry. 

Cooperative  Extension  Service 

As  part  of  the  total  university,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  takes  the 
University  of  Maryland  to  the  people  of  lylaryland,  wherever  they  are.  In  its  role  as 
the  "off-campus,  non-credit,  out-of-classroom"  arm  of  the  University,  it  extends 
the  classroom  to  all  parts  of  the  State.  With  its  uniquely  effective  educational 
delivery  system,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  helps  people  to  help 
themselves,  to  define  their  problems,  to  evaluate  reasonable  alternatives,  and  to 
generate  action  to  solve  their  problems.  / 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  was  authorized  by  Congress  in  1914 
under  the  Smith-Lever  Act  and  is  funded  by  a  three-way  partnership.  Support 
comes  from  the  federal  government  for  both  1862  and  1890  Land  Grant 
institutions;  and  from  the  State  and  all  23  counties  and  Baltimore  City  in 
Maryland. 

General  administrative  offices  of  the  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension  Sen/ice 
are  located  at  the  College  Park  campus,  and  the  administration  of  the  1890 
program  (an  integral  part  of  the  total  MCES  effort)  is  from  offices  at  the  Eastern 
Shore  campus. 

Off-campus  faculty,  located  in  each  county  and  in  Baltimore  City,  are  the 
"front  lines"  that  deliver  University  resources  in  ways  people  can  use  them 
effectively.  These  field  faculty  rely  on  campus  based  Cooperative  Extension 
specialists  at  both  the  College  Park  and  Eastern  Shore  campuses  to  provide  up- 
to-date,  meaningful  information  and  for  aid  in  planning  and  conducting  relevant 
educational  programs.  Many  of  the  Cooperative  Extension  service  faculty  at  the 
State  level  carry  joint  appointments  with  teaching  and  research,  especially  in  the 
UMCP  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences. 

The  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension  Service  is  known  for  its  programs  in 
agriculture  (including  care  of  urban  home  grounds  and  gardens),  home  econom- 
ics, 4-H  and  youth,  community  and  resource  development,  and  marine  science. 
Working  through  organized  groups  such  as  homemakers'  clubs,  farmers'  groups 
and  cooperatives,  agribusiness  firms,  watermen's  organizations,  civic  and  social 
organizations,  governmental  agency  personnel  and  elected  officials,  the  Cooper- 
ative Extension  Service  multiplies  its  effects.  It  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  Maryland  Department  of  Agriculture  and  other  State 
agencies  and  organizations.  More  than  22,000  volunteers  in  Maryland  give 
generously  of  their  time  and  energy. 

Time-tested,  informal  educational  methods  used  are  farm  and  home  visits, 
phone  and  office  conferences,  and  structured  events  such  as  meetings, 
institutes,  workshops  and  training  conferences.  Carefully  planned  teaching 
events  include  tours,  field  days,  and  demonstrations.  Indirect  communications 
utilize  circular  letters,  radio  and  television  programs,  newspaper  articles  and 
columns,  articles  in  specialized  publications,  and  exhibits  to  reach  a  statewide 
audience. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  is  committed  to  making  its  programs 
available  to  all  people  without  regard  to  race,  color,  creed,  sex,  marital  status, 
personal  appearance,  age,  national  origin,  political  affiliation,  or  handicap. 

In  each  county  and  in  Baltimore  City  competent  extension  agents  conduct 
educational  work  in  program  areas  consistent  with  the  needs  of  the  citizenry  and 
as  funds  permit.  The  county  staff  is  supported  by  a  faculty  of  specialists  in  the 
Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  in  College  Park  and  the  agricultural 
programs  of  University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore.  Through  these  efforts,  local 
people  are  assisted  in  finding  solutions  to  their  problems. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  in  close  harmony  and  association 
with  many  groups  and  organizations.  In  addition  to  work  on  farms  and  with  agri- 
businesses, extension  programs  are  aimed  at  many  small  and  part  time  farmers, 
rural  non-farm  and  urban  family  consumers  as  well  as  watermen  and  marine 
related  businessmen.  Both  rural  and  urban  families  learn  good  food  habits 
through  the  Expanded  Food  and  Nutntion  Education  Program.  Thousands  of 
boys  and  girls  gain  leadership  knowledge  and  experience  and  are  provided 
practical  educational  instruction  in  4-H  clubs  and  other  youth  groups. 

To  accomplish  its  mission,  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  closely 
with  teaching  and  research  faculty  of  the  University  and  with  units  of  the 
University  outside  of  agriculture,  as  well  as  state  and  federal  agencies  and  private 
groups.  Short  courses,  workshops  and  conferences  in  various  fields  of  interest 
are  conducted  on  the  College  Park  Campus  and  at  other  locations  throughout  the 
state.  A  wide  variety  of  publications  and  radio  and  television  programs  also  are 
used  to  reach  the  people  of  Maryland. 


Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

The  chief  administrative  officer  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  is  the 
Provost.  The  Provost's  office  staff  serve  as  ombudsmen  for  students.  The 
Provost's  office  is  responsible  for  certifying  that  students  have  met  all  degree 
requirements.  The  staff  evaluates  transfer  credits  and  coordinates  the  advising  of 


newly  admitted  students.  They  maintain  a  liason  with  the  various  faculty  advisors 
and  academic  programs  within  the  Division.  The  office  of  the  Provost  is  the  place 
where  students  can  go  when  they  are  lost  or  have  any  question  about  academic 
policies  or  procedures.  The  staff  can  adjust  courses  or  schedules,  providing  it  is 
ethically  justifiable.  The  Provost's  office  can  interpret  existing  regulations  and, 
where  it  again  feels  ethically  justified,  can  make  certain  exceptions.  Students 
majoring  in  architecture  and  journalism  will  work  directly  with  the  staffs  of  the 
School  of  Architecture  and  the  College  of  Journalism.  During  registration, 
students  are  usually  seen  on  a  first  come,  first  served  basis.  On  other  occasions, 
if  the  problem  is  an  emergency  or  is  truly  important,  the  provosts,  deans,  and 
advisors  will  stay  as  long  as  necessary. 

Each  entering  student  in  this  Division  will  be  assigned  a  faculty  advisor  who 
will  help  select  courses  and  programs  relevant  to  the  student's  academic 
objectives.  As  soon  as  a  student  selects  a  major  field  of  study,  a  faculty  advisor 
representing  that  area  will  be  assigned. 

The  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  offers  its  students  a  variety  of 
educational  opportunities  in  addition  to  the  traditional  liberal  education  associated 
with  humanistic  studies,  including  possibilities  for  interdisciplinary  and  multi- 
disciplinary  programs,  independent  and  general  study  programs,  and  special 
intensive  programs  designed  to  meet  individual  student  needs.  Students  electing 
to  major  in  one  of  the  creative  or  performing  arts  may  choose  between  an 
academically  oriented  and  a  professionally  ohented  program.  The  Division  also 
sen/es  the  needs  of  students  from  the  other  four  academic  divisions  who  wish  to 
elect  courses  in  the  arts  and  humanities. 

The  units  in  the  Division  are  School  of  Architecture,  College  of  Journalism, 
American  Studies  Program,  Department  of  Art,  Department  of  Classical  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures,  Comparative  Literature  Program,  Department  of  Commu- 
nication Arts  and  Theatre,  Department  of  Dance,  Department  of  English, 
Department  of  French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures,  Department  of 
Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures,  Department  of  History,  Depart- 
ment of  Music,  Oriental  and  Hebrew  Program,  Department  of  Philosophy,  and 
Department  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  Languages  and  Literatures. 

Entrance  Requirements.  The  student  who  intends  to  pursue  a  program  of  study 
in  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  should  include  the  following  subjects  in  a 
high  school  program:  College  Preparatory  Mathematics  (Algebra,  Plane  Geome- 
try), three  or  four  units;  Foreign  Language,  two  units;  History  and  Social  Sciences, 
one  or  more  units.  Students  lacking  such  high  school  preparation  may  still  pursue 
an  education  in  the  Division  by  making  up  for  such  deficiencies  through  course 
work  or  independent  study  on  the  College  Park  Campus.  Students  wishing  to 
major  in  one  of  the  creative  or  performing  arts  are  encouraged  to  seek  training  in 
the  skills  associated  with  such  an  area  prior  to  matriculation.  Students  applying 
for  entrance  to  these  programs  may  be  required  to  audition,  present  slides  or  a 
portfolio  as  a  part  of  the  admission  requirements.  Entrance  requirements  for  the 
School  of  Architecture  and  the  College  of  Journalism  are  given  below.     - 

Degrees.  Students  who  satisfactorily  complete  Division  requirements  are  award- 
ed the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  Those  who  complete  satisfactorily  a  special 
pre-professional  program  in  the  Department  of  Music  are  awarded  the  degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Music.  The  School  of  Architecture  awards  the  Bachelor  of  Architec- 
ture degree;  the  Bachelor  of  Science  is  awarded  by  the  College  of  Journalism. 

General  Requirements  for  All  Degrees  " 

A.  A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  (Architecture  161)  with  at  least  a  C 
average 

B.  General  University  Requirements 

C.  Division,  College,  or  School  degree  requirements 

D.  Major  requirements 

The  following  divisional  requirements  apply  only  to  students  earning  the  Bachelor 
of  Arts  degrees  from  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  For  information 
concerning  other  degree  programs  within  the  Division  (B.Arch.  in  the  School  of 
Architecture,  B.S.  In  the  College  of  Journalism,  and  B.Mus.  in  the  Department  of 
Music),  the  student  should  consult  advisors  in  those  units. 

Division  Requirements: 

Holes: 

A  course  offered  in  fulfillment  of  a  departmental  or  program  requirement  may 
also  be  offered  in  fulfillment  of  an  appropnate  divisional  requirement. 

A  course  or  courses  used  to  satisfy  one  divisional  requirement  may  not  be 
used  to  satisfy  another  divisional  requirement. 

Should  there  be  any  question  as  to  whether  a  course  meets  a  specified 
divisional  requirement,  it  shall  be  resolved  by  the  divisional  office  in  consultation 
with  the  department  offering  the  course. 

D\s\r\bu\lon: 

A  minimum  of  45  semester  hours  of  the  total  of  120  must  be  upper-level  (i.e., 
numbered  300-499)  work. 

Foreign  Language: 

Demonstration  of  proficiency  equivalent  to  the  level  achieved  by  completion 
of  the  first  12  semester  hours  study  of  a  foreign  language. 


(a)  This  requirement  may  be  met  by  students  who  have  successfully  completed 
level  four  in  high  school  in  one  foreign  language  or  level  two  in  each  of  two 
foreign  languages. 

(b)  Students  who,  by  virtue  of  residence  abroad  or  independent  study  or  any 
other  means,  have  attained  the  standard  ordinarily  reached  on  completion 
of  the  first  12  semester  hours  of  foreign  language  study  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  this  requirement  on  achieve- 
ment of  a  sufficiently  high  score  in  a  proficiency  examination  acceptable  to 
the  foreign  language  department  or  program  concerned. 

Speech: 

Successful  completion  of  one  of  the  following  courses  in  speech  communica- 
tion: SPCH  100,  107,  125,  220,  or  230. 

Students  who  have  successfully  completed  a  full  unit  of  speech  in  high 
school  shall  be  deemed  to  have  satisfied  the  speech  requirement. 

Humanities: 

Successful  completion  of  at  least  three  semester  hours  in  the  humanities 
offered  by  one  of  the  following  academic  units: 

AMST  GERtvl  LATN 

CHIN  GREK  PHIL 

CMLT  HEBR  PORT 

ENGL  HIST  RUSS 

FOLA  ITAL  SPAN 

FREN  JAPN 

Fine  Arts: 

Successful  completion  of  at  least  three  semester  hours  in  the  fine  arts,  such 
as  courses  in  ARCH,  ARTH,  ARTS,  DANC,  DART,  (vlUSC,  MUSP,  RTVF,  SPCH. 

Major  Requirements: 

Completion  of  a  program  of  study  consisting  of  a  major  and  supporting 
courses  as  specified  by  one  of  the  academic  units  of  the  Division.  No  program  of 
study  shall  require  in  excess  of  60  semester  hours. 

Students  should  consult  the  unit  in  which  they  will  major  for  specific  details. 

Each  student  chooses  a  field  of  concentration  (major).  He  may  mal^e  this 
choice  as  early  as  he  wishes;  however,  once  he  has  earned  56  hours  of 
acceptable  credit,  he  must  choose  a  major  before  his  next  registration. 

In  programs  leading  to  the  baccalaureate  degree,  the  student  must  also  have 
a  secondary  field  of  concentration  (supporting  courses).  The  courses  constituting 
the  major  and  the  supporting  courses  must  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the 
department  in  which  the  student  majors. 

The  student  must  have  an  average  of  not  less  than  C  in  the  introductory 
courses  in  the  field  in  which  he  intends  to  major. 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  lower  division  departmental 
prerequisites,  of  24-40  hours,  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  300  or  400  and  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  taken  at  the  University 
of  Maryland. 

Each  major  program  includes  a  group  of  "supporting  courses,"  formerly 
called  minors,  that  are  designed  to  contribute  a  better  understanding  of  the 
major.  The  nature  and  number  of  these  courses  are  under  the  control  of  the 
major  department. 

The  average  grade  of  the  work  taken  for  the  major  must  be  at  least  C;  some 
departments  will  count  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major  requirement  no  course 
completed  with  a  grade  of  less  than  C.  The  average  grade  of  the  work  taken  in 
the  major  and  supporting  courses  combined  must  be  at  least  C.  A  general 
average  of  C  in  courses  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland  is  required  for 
graduation. 

Courses  taken  to  fulfill  General  University  Requirements  may  not  be  used 
toward  divisional,  major,  or  supporting  course  requirements. 

Advisors.  Freshmen  students  will  be  assigned  faculty  advisors  to  assist  them  in 
the  selection  of  courses  and  the  choice  of  a  major.  After  selecting  a  major, 
sophomore  students  and  above  will  be  advisetJ  by  faculty  members  in  the  major 
department. 

Students  in  the  School  of  Architecture  and  College  of  Journalism  should 
consult  their  deans. 

Certification  of  Higli  School  Teachers.  If  courses  are  properly  chosen  in  the 
field  of  education,  a  prospective  high  school  teacher  can  prepare  for  high  school 
positions,  with  a  major  and  supporting  courses  in  certain  of  the  departments  of 
this  Division.  A  student  who  wishes  to  work  for  a  teacher's  certificate  must 
consult  the  College  of  Education  in  the  second  semester  of  the  sophomore  year 
and  apply  for  admission  to  the  "Teacher  Education"  program. 

Honors.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  offered  in  the  Departments  of 
English,  French,  German,  History,  Music,  Philosophy,  Spanish,  and  Communica- 
tion Arts  and  Theatre.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  administered  by  an 


Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities      59 


Honors  Committee  within  each  department.  Admission  to  a  Departmental  Honors 
Program  ordinanly  occurs  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or  second  semester  of  the 
student's  |unior  year.  As  a  rule,  only  students  with  a  cumulative  grade  point 
average  of  at  least  3.0  are  admitted,  A  comprehensive  examination  over  the  field 
of  the  major  program  is  given  to  a  candidate  near  the  end  of  the  senior  year.  On 
the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  on  the  Honors  Comprehensive  Examina- 
tion and  in  meeting  such  other  requirements  as  may  be  set  by  the  Departmental 
Honors  Committee,  the  faculty  may  vole  to  recommend  the  candidate  for  the 
appropriate  degree  with  (departmental)  honors  or  for  the  appropriate  announce- 
ment in  the  commencement  program  and  by  citation  on  the  student's  academic 
record  and  diploma. 

Students  in  the  Departmental  Honors  Programs  enjoy  some  academic 
privileges  similar  to  those  of  graduate  students. 

Kappa  Tau  Alpha.  The  Maryland  chapter  of  Kappa  Tau  Alpha  was  chartered  in 
1961.  Founded  in  1910,  this  national  honor  society  has  39  chapters  at 
universities  offering  graduate  or  undergraduate  preparation  for  careers  in 
professional  journalism.  It  is  dedicated  to  recognition  and  promotion  of  scholar- 
ship in  journalism.  Among  its  activities  is  an  annual  award  for  an  outstanding 
piece  of  published  research  in  journalism  and  mass  communications.  (Also  see 
College  of  Journalism.) 

Phi  Beta  Kappa.  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  the  oldest  and  most  widely  respected 
honorary  fraternity  in  the  United  States.  Invitation  to  membership  is  based  not 
only  on  outstanding  scholastic  achievement,  but  also  on  breadtti  of  liberal  arts 
studies  completed  while  enrolled  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Gamma  of 
Maryland  chapter  has  liaison  faculty  members  in  the  various  departments  in  the 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  with  whom  students  may  discuss  membership 
selection.  It  should  be  J<ept  in  mind  that  requirements  for  national  honorary 
societies,  such  as  completion  of  language  and  mathematics  courses,  often  differ 
from  the  local  college,  division  or  university  requirements. 


Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of 
Arts  and  Humanities 

School  of  Architecture 

The  School  of  Architecture  offers  a  five-year  undergraduate  professional 
program  leading  to  the  degree  Bachelor  of  Architecture  and  a  four  year  degree 
program  for  a  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Urban  Studies.  Future  plans 
include  development  of  other  environmental  design  programs  at  the  graduate 
and  undergraduate  level. 

The  School  was  awarded  accreditation  by  the  National  Architectural  Accredi- 
tation Board.  June  1972,  insuring  that  all  graduates  will  be  eligible  for  registration 
in  all  50  states  upon  meeting  experience  requirements  and  passing  the  standard 
examination.  The  School  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  Collegiate  Schools  of 
Architecture,  and  is  assigned  to  that  organization's  northeastern  region. 

The  curriculum  presents  the  basic  requisite  skills  and  the  opportunity  to 
develop  the  knowledge  to  begin  professional  work.  The  School's  goal  is  to 
prepare  students  for  professional  service  in  helping  solve  the  nation's  environ- 
mental problems. 

Opportunities  in  Architecture.  A  growing  population,  together  with  expanding 
industrial  development,  has  taxed  the  resources  of  cities  throughout  the  world. 
Large  segments  of  these  urban  populations  are  overcrowded,  under-serviced  and 
deprived  of  many  of  the  amenities  which  city  life  has  provided  in  the  past. 

The  complexity  of  these  problems,  precluding  easy  attribution  of  causes  and 
simple  solutions,  has  generated  great  change  in  the  environmental  design 
professions  and  in  the  other  social  disciplines.  Where  they  once  stood  apart,  they 
are  now  committed  to  a  common  purpose. 

In  architecture,  these  exchanges  have  influenced  procedures,  sen/ices  and 
goals  of  the  profession.  The  scope  of  architectural  services,  once  confined  to  the 
design,  supervision  and  construction  of  buildings,  has  been  broadened  to  include 
programming,  developmental  planning  operations  research,  project  feasibility 
studies,  and  other  new  professional  activities.  The  role  of  the  architect  is 
expanding  from  a  narrow  concern  with  building  design  to  a  broad  concern  for 
developmental  change. 

These  facts  illustrate  both  the  great  need  for  educated  and  trained  profes- 
sionals, and  the  relevancy  and  excitement  which  characterize  the  profession 
today.  Perhaps  at  no  time  in  history  has  architecture  posed  as  great  a  challenge 
or  offersd  so  great  a  promise  of  personal  fulfillment  to  its  practitioners. 

The  general  nature  of  an  architectural  education  is  such  that  some  graduates 
elect  and  achieve  successful  careers  in  civil  service,  commerce  or  industry. 

Curriculum.  The  program  permits  students  to  enter  the  School  of  Architecture 
either  directly  from  high  sctiool  or  after  one  year  of  general  college  work  without 
extending  the  time  required  for  completion  of  degree  requirements. 

Students  in  the  first  year  may  take  an  introductory  course  in  architecture  as 
well  as  general  courses.  In  the  second  year,  the  student  begins  professional 
education  in  basic  design  and  building  construction  as  well  as  continuing  his/her 


60      Schools  and  Colleges  of  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 

general  education.  The  basic  environmental  design  studio  explores  specific  Students  in  architecture  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  161  credits  of 

architectural  problems  as  well  as  the  general  problems  inherent  in  making  objects  work  for  the  Bachelor  of  Architecture  degree.  In  addition  to  prescribed  courses  in 

and  spaces.  In  the  third  year,  coordinated  courses  in  building  design  and  the  School  of  Architecture,  students  are  required  to  complete  a  number  of  credits 

technology  introduce  the  student  to  the  ecological,  physiographic,  physiological,  in  electives  offered  elsewhere  in  the  University.   (See  footnote   #1)  The 

social,  and  physical  generators  of  architectural  design.  In  the  fourth  year,  this  requirements  for  graduation  are  tabulated  below: 

process  is  continued,  but  the  emphasis  is  on  urban  design:  the  environmental  Semester    ^ 

context,  the  historical  and  situational  context,  urban  systems,  and  theoretical,  Credit  Hours 

aesthetic  and  sociological  considerations.  In  the  fifth  year  of  design,  the  student  ^  n 

is  offered  opportunities  to  choose  comprehensive  topical  problems  from  several  ^^-^^j  yggr 

offered  each  year,  and  to  work  independently.  Special  studies  in  technical  areas  ARCH  170  Intro-to  Built  Environment  3 

as  well  as  building  design  and  case  studies  in  urban  planning  may  be  included.  GUR2  3 

All  of  the  design  studio  courses  emphasize  environmental  design  problem-  Qjjp2 3 

solving  experiences,  as  well  as  lectures,  reading  assignments,  and  field  trips  that  GUR2 3 

advance  the  student's  skills.  In  addition  to  the  design  and  technical  courses,  the  PHYS  121 4 

student  is  required  to  take  architectural  history,  physics,  mathematics,  and  a  GUR2       ""  3 

distribution  of  elective  courses.  GUR^ 3 

Any  student  enrolled  in  the  School  may  elect  to  enter  the  program  leading  to  Qlif^^ 3 

the  Bachelor  of  Science  with  a  major  in  Urban  Studies,  and  may  receive  the  Q[jf{2 3 

degree  either  in  lieu  of  or  in  addition  to  the  baccalaureate  in  Architecture.  The  MATH  221 3 

program  includes  the  first  two  years  of  the  architecture  program,  and  adds  " - — —  — — 

special  requirements  in  the  third  and  fourth  years.  Procedures  and  course  c       h  v 

requirements  for  this  program  are  available  from  the  School  of  Architecture  and  » □'?/?  onnl^       en-  a 

from  the  Institute  for  Urban  Studies.      ■  ARCH  200  Basic  Env.  Design 4 

The  general  requirements  of  the  University  apply  to  the  architecture  program.  ^orw  914  rh     r      t  1  ? 

In  addition,  students  are  specifically  required  to  complete  a  mathematics  series  p|    "  '^'^  °'°9-  '^o^st.  1 d 

terminating  with  MATH  221.  Most  students  find  it  necessary  to  begin  college  ^^"^J!^^ , 

mathematics  with  MATH  115,  followed  by  MATH  220  and  221.  In  addition,  ^aru%r;ra:::::n'i:'Z'n::^:nn a 

architecture  students  are  required  to  complete  PHYS  121.  ^^CH  221  nfst  of  Arch  II 3 

Location.  The  School  is  housed  in  a  contemporary  air-conditioned  building  on  ARCH  215  BIdg.  Const.  II 2 

the  campus  about  10  miles  from  Washington,  D.C.  and  30  miles  from  Baltimore,  Elective 3 

Maryland.  This  location,  in  the  center  of  a  large  urban  concentration,  offers  many  Elective ^ 3 

opportunities  for  the  School's  program  and  the  student's  growth.  15        15 

The  School  of  Architecture  building  provides  studio  space,  a  library,  exhibit  lyj/^j^  year 

space,  a  shop,  a  photo  lab,  classrooms,  and  lecture  hall  facilities.  .        ARCH  300  Arch.  Studio  I...., 4 

Library.  The  Architecture  Library  at  present  comprises  some  20,000  volumes,  ^RCH  310  Arch.  Science  and  Tech.  M 4 

providing  resources  in  building  technology,  urban  planning,  and  landscape  a    ^  u  .  °"® /^"^y?!^-.- t 

architecture,  as  well  as  in  architecture.  It  includes  a  rare  book  collection  and  a  ™ch.  Hist,  or  Theory  Uption J 

special  collection  on  world  expositions.  It  is  expected  that  the  library  will  number  ADru^nV' a'^'c;  j-'' iV i 

22,000  volumes  by  1980.  This  will  make  it  one  of  the  major  architectural  school  ^oru  01    Ah  c      °  "  ■■■■  .■■-■■v;-" * 

libraries  in  the  nation.  The  library  subscribes  to  about  140  foreign  and  domestic  ^^X,,  V.\  ^?^-  ^'^f^l'r.^  and  lecn.  11 4 

periodicals.  ARCH  342  Studies  in  Visual  Design 3 

'^  Arch.  Hist,  or  Theory  Option 3 

Visual  Aids.  The  School  of  Architecture  Slide  Collection:  an  architecture  faculty  GUR^ ■ 3 

resource.  The  visual  aids  library  comprises  about  100,000  35-mm  color  slides  in  17        17 

architecture,  landscape  architecture,  urban  planning,  building  technology,  solar  Fourth  Year  ' 

energy,  and  historic  preservation.  Slides  of  student  work,  films,  film-strips  and  ARCH  400  Arch.  Studiolll 4 

photographs  are  included  in  the  collection.  Visual  aid  equipment  is  available  for  ARCH  410  Arch.  Science  and  Tech.  Ill 4 

classroom  use.  ARCH  350  Theory  of  Urban  Form 3 

Admission.  Because  there  is  a  fixed  limit  to  the  number  of  candidates  who  can  GUR^ 3 

be  admitted  each  year,  it  is  important  that  the  following  instructions  be  carefully  Elective ..„.. 3 

followed:  '  '-  3  /^PQH  401  Arch.  Studio  IV 4 

1.  Students  applying  from  high  school:  Write  the  Director  of  Admissions,  '^^^  "^^^  Arch.  Science  and  Tech  IV 4 

University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742  for  application  instructions.  ^UR^ .-: ■. J 

2.  Students  who  have  completed  work  at  other  universities:  Write  the  Director  Elective J 

of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,   Md.  20742  for  Elective : — _   0 

application  instructions.  17        17 

3.  Students  transferring  from  other  colleges  or  divisions  of  the  University  of  Fitth  Year 

Maryland:  Pick  up  an  application  form  at  the  ARCH  500  Advanced  Topical  Problems 6 

School  of  Architecture  and  return  it  to  the  assistant  dean  of  the  School,  ARCH  570  Prof.  Mgmt 2 

together  with  a  record  of  all  work  taken  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  ARCH  502  Thesis  Pro-Seminar 3 

other  institutions.  A  portfolio  exhibiting  evidence  of  creative  ability  is  required  Elective 3 

of  transfer  applicants.  Elective 3 

Deadlines:  All  application  procedures  should  be  submitted  to  the  University  by  ARCH  501  Advanced  Topical  Problems 6 

March  1.  Applications  received  after  this  date,  but  before  the  University  deadline  Elective 3 

dates  for  new  students  and  for  transfer  students,  will  be  considered  only  on  a  Elective 3 

space-available  basis.  Elective ■_ 3 

17         16 
Financial  Assistance.  For  promising  young  men  and  women  who  might  not  / 

othenivise  be  able  to  attend  the  University's  School  of  Architecture,  a  number  of  Total  Credits:  161 

grants  and  scholarships  are  available,  some  earmarked  specifically  for  architec-  .        „  ^    ,  . .   ^ 

^iral  t;liif1pnt<;    Npw  sliifipnf;  must  annlv  hpfnrp  Marrh   15    Students  alreadv  NOTE:  Al  leasl  12  ol  Ihe  36  elective  credits  must  be  taken  outside  Ihe  School  ol  Archilecture 

turai   StUCeniS.   INew  Sluaems  musi  appiy  Oeiore   IViarcn    1 0.   aiuaenis  aireaay  ^^^  ,  2  taken  trom  elective  courses  ollered  m  the  School  of  Architecture  (not  counting  courses 

enrolled  may  apply  before  May  1 .  All  requests  for  information  concerning  these  jg^en  to  meet  the  Arch  History  or  Theory  option) 

awards  should  be  made  to:  Director.  Student  Aid,  University  of  Maryland,  College  'Physics  121  and  Math  221  are  prerequisites  to  Arch  3io,  Math  221  has  a  prerequisite  o(  Math 

Park,  Md.  20742,  220  JGUR— General  University  Requirements 

Architecture  Faculty  Course  Code  Prefix— ARCH 

Professor  ar)d  Dean:  Hill 

Assistant  Dean:  Fogle 

Professors:  Cochran  (visiting),  Schlesinger  rollPOP  of  loiirnali<tm 

Associate  Professors:  Bechhoefer,  Hutton,  Lewis.  Lord,  Senkevitch,  v./uiicsc  01  viuuiiidiiaiii 

Assistant  Professors:  Cass,  DuPuy,  Johns,  Muse,  Pinnell,  Stup,  Vann  Journalism  Faculty 
Lecturers:  Bennett,  Bullock,  Kramer,  Miner,  Thomas,  Wilkes                                  '     Professor  and  Dean:  Hiebert 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      61 


Assistant  Dean:  Mines 

Assistants  to  the  Dean:  Caldwell,  Kelly 

Professors:  Martin,  Newsom,  Grunig 

Associate  Professors:  Geraci 

Assistant  Professors:  Beasley,  Mam,  McElreath,  Nunamaker,  Patrick 

Instructors:  Barkin,  Carroll,  Fields,  Mines,  Kelly  Visiting  Professors:  Boyle, 

Holman 

Part-time  Lecturers:  Aug,  Berman,  Conconi,  Eastman,  Elsen,  Ewing,  Horowitz, 

Hymes,  Kane,  Merkowitz,  Patterson,  Phillips,  Robinson,  Ross,  Sarro, 

Schoettler,  Scott,  Soribber 

The  College  of  Journalism  at  the  University  of  Maryland  stands  at  the 
doorstep  of  the  nation's  capital  and  the  world's  news  center.  It  is  an  ideal  location 
for  the  study  of  journalism,  public  relations,  and  mass  communications  because 
many  of  the  world's  important  journalists,  great  news  events,  and  significant 
communications  activities  are  near  at  hand. 

The  College  is  within  easy  reach  of  five  of  the  nation's  top  20  newspapers, 
including  the  Baltimore  Sun,  the  Baltimore  News-American,  the  Washington  Post, 
the  Washington  Star,  and  the  production  offices  of  the  Wall  Street  Journal.  The 
College  also  has  easy  access  to  the  Washington  press  corps— the  large  bureaus 
of  the  Associated  Press,  United  Press  International,  New  York  Times,  and  many 
other  Amencan  and  foreign  newspapers;  also  major  networks  and  broadcasting 
news  bureaus  such  as  NBC,  CBS,  and  ABC;  many  news,  business,  and  special- 
interest  magazines,  and  representatives  of  the  book  publishing  industry. 

The  College  is  close  to  the  sources  of  news,  including  the  White  Mouse, 
executive  departments  and  agencies.  Supreme  Court,  and  Congress.  It  is  near 
many  major  non-governmental  representative  bodies  such  as  associations, 
scientific  and  professional  organizations,  foreign  representatives,  and  interna- 
tional agencies. 

The  College  has  six  primary  objectives:  1 )  to  provide  professional  develop- 
ment, including  training  in  skills  and  techniques  necessary  for  effective  communi- 
cation; 2)  to  insure  a  liberal  education  for  journalists  and  mass  communicators;  3) 
to  increase  public  understanding  of  journalism  and  mass  communication;  4)  to 
advance  knowledge  through  research  and  publication;  5)  to  raise  the  quality  of 
journalism  through  critical  examination  and  study;  and  6)  to  provide  a  continuing 
relationship  with  professional  journalists  and  their  societies. 

The  College  curricula  in  news-editorial  journalism  and  public  relations  are 
accredited  by  the  American  Council  on  Education  for  Journalism.  The  College  is  a 
member  of  the  American  Association  of  Schools  and  Departments  of  Journalism, 
The  Association  for  Education  in  Journalism,  and  The  American  Society  of 
Journalism  School  Administrators. 

Student  journalism  organization  chapters  include  the  Society  of  Professional 
Journalists  (Sigma  Delta  Chi),  Women  in  Communication,  Pi  Delta  Epsilon,  Kappa 
Tau  Alpha,  Kappa  Alpha  Mu,  and  a  charter  chapter  of  the  Public  Relations 
Student  Society  of  America. 

The  College  maintains  close  liaison  with  student  publications  and  communi- 
cations, including  the  student  daily  newspaper,  yearbook,  feature  magazine, 
course  guide,  literary  magazine,  campus  radio  station,  and  campus  television 
workshop. 

The  College  also  tries  to  arrange  summer  internships  in  professional  work 
and  part-time  on-the-job  training  opportunities. 

Advanced  journalism  students  have  many  opportunities  for  professional  work 
in  the  journalism  field.  The  Journalism  Semester  Program  allows  students  who 
qualify  to  take  a  concentrated  semester  of  work  in  journalism  during  which  time 
they  produce  a  bi-weekly  newspaper,  the  College  Park  Citizen  Call.  Advanced 
news  reporting  students  have  the  opportunity  to  work  on  the  Montgomery  Journal 
and  the  Prince  George's  Journal  covering  real  news  assignments  for  publication. 
In  addition,  advanced  and  graduate  students  often  use  the  Washington,  D.C. 
resources  for  both  study  and  professional  work  experience.  Some  seminars  meet 
at  the  National  Press  Club  in  downtown  Washington. 

Students  may  declare  their  intention  to  major  in  journalism  at  the  beginning  of 
any  semester,  but  normally  this  is  done  before  their  junior  year.  Students  are 
assigned  and  work  with  one  faculty  member  as  their  advisor  during  their  study  at 
the  University. 

The  College  offers  specialized  work  in  news  reporting  and  editing,  public 
relations,  advertising,  news  broadcasting,  news  photography,  and  communication 
theory  and  research. 

Typing  ability  and  English  proficiency  are  required  of  all  students.  Majors  must 
maintain  a  C  average  in  courses  taken  in  the  College.  Students  must  receive  at 
least  a  C  in  Journalism  200  and  201  before  they  will  be  allowed  to  major  in 
Journalism. 

Accredited  journalism  programs  follow  a  policy  of  requiring  journalism  majors 
to  take  about  three-fourths  of  their  coursework  in  areas  other  than  journalism. 
The  College  of  Journalism  follows  this  nationwide  policy.  In  practical  terms,  this 
means  that  a  journalism  major  who  wishes  to  offer  more  than  33  credits  of 
journalism  coursework  toward  the  undergraduate  degree  must  obtain  the  written 
recommendation  of  the  faculty  advisor  and  the  approval  of  the  Dean. 

Requirements  for  the  Journalism  Major.  The  requirements  for  graduation  are 

given  below: 

General  University  Requirements. 

College  Requirements: 


1.  MATM  110  or  111  or  any  more  advanced  course  in  mathematics. 

2.  Foreign  Language  proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level.  Three  years  of 
foreign  language  in  high  school  does  not  automatically  waive  the  foreign 
language  requirement  for  the  College  of  Journalism.  OR  Math  Option  to  the 
Foreign  Language  instead  of  language,  the  student  takes:  —One  math 
course:  (Math  1 1 1  or  any  math  course  over  and  above  the  Math  1 10  course 
which  is  a  college  requirement)  —One  statistics  course  (SOCY  201,  BMGT 
230  or  PSYC  200)  —and  Computer  Science  103. 

3.  A  course  in  speech,  ordinarily  SPCM  100,  107,  200  or  230. 

4.  A  course  in  principles  of  Sociology,  SOCY  100,  or  of  Anthropology,  ANTM 
101. 

5.  A  course  in  principles  of  Psychology,  PSYC  100  or  220. 

6.  A  course  in  principles  of  Economics,  preferably  ECON  205. 

7.  A  course  in  government  and  politics,  ordinarily  GVPT  100,  170  or  260. 
Professional  Requirements: 

JOUR  200  and  201  are  required  of  all  Journalism  majors.  In  addition,  24  credit 
hours  in  upper  division  journalism  courses,  including  JOUR  310,  News  Editing, 
^are  required. 

At  least  six  credit  hours  should  be  taken  in  one  of  the  following  sequences  for 
depth  in  a  special  field  of  journalism. 
News  Editonal— JOUR  320,  plus  321,  325  or  328 
Public  Relations— JOUR  330,  plus  331  or  333 
Advertising— JOUR  340  and  341 
Photojournalism^OUR  350  and  351 
Broadcast  News— JOUR  360  and  361 
Science  Communication— JOUR  380  and  320  or  330 

All  journalism  majors  should  elect  at  least  six  credit  hours  from  the  following 
courses  for  breadth  in  mass  communication: 
JOUR  400— Law  of  Mass  Communication 
JOUR  410— History  of  Mass  Communication 
JOUR  420— Government  and  Mass  Communication 
JOUR  430 — Comparative  Mass  Communication  Systems 
JOUR  440— Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Communication 
Non-Journalism  Requirements: 

12-18  credit  hours  in  upper-division  courses  in  one  subject  outside  of  the 
College  of  Journalism. 

12-18  credit  hours  of  upper-division,  non-journalism  electives,  to  be  spread  or 
concentrated  according  to  individual  needs.  Minimum  upper-division  credits  for 
graduation57  Total  Lower  and  Upper-Division120 

Course  Code  Prefix— JOUR 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

American  Studies  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Wise 

Professors:  Bode,  Corrigan 

Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Director:  Kelly 

Associate  Professors:  Lounsbury,  Mintz,  Pearson 

Assistant  Professors:  Caughey,  McCarthy 

Visiting  Instructor  Keesing 

The  program  offers  an  interdisciplinary  focus  on  American  culture  in  both 
historical  and  contemporary  sources.  Majoring  in  a  broad  curriculum — ranging 
from  creative  self-expression  to  environmental  studies  and  the  mass  media— the 
undergraduate  student  may  benefit  from  the  perspectives  of  specialists  in  both 
the  humanities  and  the  social  sciences  in  addition  to  a  growing  awareness  of  the 
multiple  dimensions  of  American  civilization.  Each  major  selects  an  area  of 
concentration  in  either  Amencan  literature  or  Amencan  history.  The  program's 
faculty  provide  integrative  courses,  designed  to  offer  a  conceptual  framework  for 
the  diversified  materials  of  the  traditional  disciplines,  in  the  student's  junior  and 
senior  years. 

The  undergraduate  major  requires  48  semester  hours  (24  hours  minimum  at 
the  300-400  level),  consisting  of  courses  in  American  Studies  and  various  related 
disciplines.  Courses  applicable  to  American  Studies  are  offered  in  the  following 
departments,  programs,  schools  and  colleges: 

English,  History,  Government  and  Politics,  Sociology,  Afro-American  Studies, 
Anthropology,  Architecture,  Art,  Comparative  Literature,  Dramatic  Arts,  Econom- 
ics, Education,  Geography,  Journalism,  Music.  Philosophy,  Psychology,  Radio- 
Television-Film,  and  Speech  Communication. 

No  course  with  a  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  counted  towards  the  major. 

A  major  in  Amencan  Studies  will  normally  follow  this  curriculum: 

1.  AMST  201,  202  (Introduction  to  American  Studies)  in  the  freshman  or 
sophomore  year;  AMST  426,  427  (Culture  and  the  Arts  in  America)  or  AMST 
436,  437  (Readings  in  American  Studies)  in  the  junior  year;  and  AMST  446, 
447  (Popular  Culture  in  Amenca)  in  the  senior  year. 

2.  Twelve  hours  of  either  American  literature  or  history. 


62      Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


3.  Nine  hours  in  each  of  two  of  the  remaining  above  listed  departments. 

Note:  To  meet  one  of  the  nine  hour  requirements,  a  student,  with  the 
advisor's  approval,  may  substitute  related  courses  from  one  of  the  following 
sequences: 

Afro-American  Studies.  Courses  in  art,  English,  government,  history  and 
sociology. 

Area  Studies  and  Comparative  Culture.  The  study  of  one  foreign  culture. 
Courses  must  be  drawn  from  at  least  two  of  the  following  fields:  art,  comparative 
literature,  English,  history,  and  a  foreign  language. 

Creative  and  Performing  Arts:  Production,  studio  or  technical  courses  in  art, 
English,  music,  radio  and  television. 

Personality  and  Culture.  Courses  in  anthropology,  education,  and  psychology. 

Philosopt^y  and  Fine  Arts.  Courses  in  art,  music  and  philosophy. 

Popular  Arts  and  Mass  Communications.  Courses  in  dramatic  arts,  journalism, 
radio-television  film. 

Urban  and  Environmental  Studies  Courses  in  architecture,  economics, 
government,  sociology. 

Women's  Studies  Courses  in  English,  government,  history,  and  sociology. 

Course  Code  Prefix— AMST 

Art 

Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Driskell 

Professors:  A.  deLeiris,  Denny,  Lembach,  Levitine,  Lynch,  Pemberton,  Rearick 

Associate  Professors:  Campbell,  DIFederico,  Farquhar,  Forbes,  Gelman,  Klank, 

Lapinski,  Niese,  Withers 

Assistant  Professors:  Clapsaddle,  DeMonte,  Gilliam,  Hauptman,  Johns, 

Puryear,  Reid,  Spiro,  Weigl,  Wheelock,  Willis 

Lecturers:  Bersson,  Craig,  Ferraioli,  Gossage,  Hommel,  Kehoe  Krushenick, 

Richardson,  Samuels,  Truitt 

Slide  Curator:  M.  deLeiris 

Two  majors  are  offered  in  art:  art  history  and  studio.  The  student  who  majors 
in  art  history  is  committed  to  the  study  and  scholarly  interpretation  of  existing 
works  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to  our  times,  while  the  studio  major  stresses 
the  student's  direct  participation  in  the  creation  of  works  of  art. 

In  spite  of  this  difference,  both  majors  are  rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as  a 
humanistic  experience,  and  share  an  essential  common  aim:  the  development  of 
aesthetic  sensitivity,  understanding,  and  knowledge.  For  this  reason,  students  in 
both  majors  are  required  to  progress  through  a  "common  curriculum,"  which  will 
ensure  a  broad  grounding  in  both  aspects  of  art;  then  each  student  will  move  into 
a  "specialized  curriculum"  with  advanced  courses  in  his  own  major. 

A  cumculum  leading  to  a  degree  in  art  education  is  offered  in  the  College  of 
Education  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Department  of  Art. 

Common  Curriculum 

(Courses  required  in  major  unless  taken  as  part  of  supporting  area  as  listed 

below.) 

ARTH  100,  Introduction  to  Art.  (3) 

ARTH  260,  History  of  Art.  (3) 

ARTH  261,  History  of  Art.  (3) 

ARTS  100,  Design  I.  (3) 

ARTS  110,  Drawing  I.  (3) 

Specialized  Curricula 

Art  History  Major  A 

5  junior-senior  level  History  of  Art  courses  (one  each  from  3  of  the 

following  areas:  Ancient-Medieval,  Renaissance-Baroque, 

19th-20th  century,  non-Western).  (15) 

1  additional  Studio  Art  course.  (3) 

Supporting  Area 

12  coherently  related  non-art  credits  approved  by  an  advisor. 

6  of  these  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must 

be  at  junior-senior  level.  (12) 

Art  History  Major  B 

5  junior-senior  level  History  of  Art  courses  (one  each  from  3  of  the 

following  areas:  Ancient-Medieval,  Renaissance-Baroque, 

19th-20th  century,  non-Western).  (15) 
3  additional  courses  in  any  level  History  of  Art.  (9) 

Supporting  Area 

ARTS  100,  Design  I  (from  common  curriculum).  (3) 

ARTS  110,  Drawing  I  (from  common  curriculum).  (3) 

2  Studio  Art  courses  at  junior-senior  level.  (6) 

Total  required  credit  hours,  combined  Major  and  Supporting 
Area — 45. 

Studio  Art  Major  A 

ARTS  200,  Intermediate  Design  or  alternative.  (3) 


ARTS  210,  Drawing  II.  (3) 
ARTS  220,  Painting  I.  (3) 
ARTS  310,  Drawing  III.  (3) 
ARTS  330,  Sculpture  I,  (3) 

ARTS  340,  Printmaking  I  or  ARTS  344,  Pnntmaking  II.  (3)  1  additional  junior- 
senior  level  Studio  course.  (3)  1  advanced  History  of  Art  course.  (3) 

Supporting  Area 

12  coherently  related  non-art  credit  approved  by  an  advisor.  Six 

of  these  credits  must  be  taken  in  one  department  and  must  be 

at  junior-senior  level.  (12) 

Studio  Art  Major  B 

ARTS  200,  Intermediate  Design  or  alternative.  (3) 

ARTS  210,  Drawing  II.  (3) 

ARTS  220,  Painting  I.  (3) 

ARTS  310,  Drawing  III.  (3) 

ARTS  330,  Sculpture  I.  (3) 

ARTS  340,  Printmaking  I  or  ARTS  344,  Printmaking  II.  (3) 

1  additional  junior-senior  level  Studio  Art  course.  (3) 
Supporting  Area  in  History  of  Art 

ARTH  260.  History  of  Art  (from  common  curriculum).  (3) 
ARTH  261.  History  of  Art  (from  common  curriculum).  (3) 

2  History  of  Art  courses  at  junior-senior  level.  (6) 

Total  required  credit  hours;  combined  Major  and  Supporting  Area— 51  in  Major  A, 
45  in  Major  B. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— ARTE,  ARTH.  ARTS 

Chinese  Program 

Associate  Professor:  Chin  ■ 
Assistant  Professors:  Adkins,  Liang 
Lecturer:  Loh 

The  program  offers  two  series  of  courses— the  language  series  and  the 
content  series.  Ttie  language  series  consists  of  four  levels  of  instruction;  the 
elementary,  the  intermediate,  the  advanced,  and  a  level  of  specialized  courses 
such  as  Readings  in  Chinese  History  and  Literature,  Classical  Chinese,  etc.  In 
addition,  there  is  a  course  entitled  Review  of  Elementary  Chinese  to  bridge  the 
gap  between  Elementary  and  Intermediate  Chinese  for  those  students  who  have 
had  some  exposure  to  the  language  but  who  are  not  ready  for  intermediate 
Chinese.  A  skills  oriented  course  in  interpretation  and  translation  (Chinese- 
English  and  English-Chinese)  is  offered  for  intermediate  and  advanced  students. 

The  content  series  contains  courses  in  Chinese  literature,  and  linguistics. 
Except  for  Chinese  Linguistics,  which  is  a  sequence  dealing  with  the  sounds  and 
grammatical  system  of  the  Chinese  language  and  its  comparison  with  English, 
courses  in  the  content  series  do  not  presuppose  previous  training  in  the  Chinese 
language.  Since  the  illustrative  matenals  for  Chinese  Linguistics  (CHIN  421,  422) 
are  in  Chinese,  CHIN  102  or  equivalent  is  required  for  this  sequence. 

The  elementary  Chinese  course  is  intensified,  meeting  6  hours  per  week,  for 
which  students  receive  12  credits  in  one  year  (6  per  semester).  The  intensive 
program  is  designed  to  give  students  a  solid  foundation  of  the  language  in  all  four 
skills  of  speaking,  hearing,  reading,  and  writing  (characters).  This  course  is  taught 
by  a  team  of  instructors  who  employ  an  audio-lingual  and  communication- 
oriented  approach. 

Presently  the  program  offers  a  minor  in  Chinese.  It  consists  of  1 8  credit  hours 
of  which  6  must  be  in  Chinese  Linguistics. 

Course  Code  Prefix— CHIN 

Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 

Professor:  Avery  i 

Associate  Professor  Hubbe 
Assistant  Professor:  Boughner 
Instructors:  Duffy,  Rutledge 

Major  in  Latin;  LATN  101,  102,  203  and  204  or  their  equivalent  must  have 
been  completed  before  a  student  may  begin  work  on  a  major,  A  major  consists  of 
a  minimum  of  twenty-four  hours  beginning  with  LATN  305,  twelve  hours  of  which 
must  be  taken  in  400-level  courses.  In  addition,  a  student  maionng  in  Latin  will  be 
required  to  take  as  supporting  courses  LATN  170,  HIST  420,  and  HIST  421.  The 
student  is  urged  to  pursue  a  strong  supporting  program  in  Greek.  The  following 
courses  are  recommended  as  electives:  HIST  144  and  145,  ARTH  402  and  403, 
and  PHIL  310.  No  course  in  the  Latin  language  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

Normally  no  placement  tests  are  given  in  the  classical  languages.  The 
following  schedule  will  apply  in  general  in  determining  the  course  level  at  which 
students  will  register  for  Latin. 

Students  offenng  0  or  1  unit  of  Latin  will  register  for  LATN  101. 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      63 


Students  offering  2  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  LAIN  203, 
Students  offering  3  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  LAIN  204, 
Students  offering  4  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  LAIN  305. 
However,  those  presenting  2,  3,  or  4  units  of  preparatory  work  may  register 
initially  for  the  next  higher  course  by  demonstrating  proficiency  through  a 
placement  test.  Students  whose  stage  of  achievement  is  not  represented  here 
are  urgently  invited  to  confer  with  the  chairman  of  the  department.  Students  who 
wish  to  continue  the  study  of  Greek  should  likewise  confer  with  the  chairman  of 
the  department. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— LAIN,  GREK 

Comparative  Literature  Program 

Program  Director  Fuegi 

Advisory  Committee  on  Comparative  Literature:  Avery,  Fink,  Fuegi,  Goodwin, 

Russell 

Professors:  Avery,  Freedman,  Fuegi,  Goodwyn,  Hering,  Holton,  Jones, 

Salamanca 

Associate  Professors:  Barry,  Berry,  Coogan,  Fleck,  Greenwood,  UacK  Smith, 

Walt 

Assistant  Professor:  Peterson 

Undergraduates  may  emphasize  Comparative  Literature  as  they  work  toward 
a  degree  in  one  of  the  departments  of  literature.  Each  student  will  be  formally 
advised  by  the  faculty  of  his  "home"  department  in  consultation  with  the  Director 
of  the  Comparative  Literature  Program.  In  general,  every  student  will  be  required 
to  take  CMLT  401  and  CI^LT  402,  and  dunng  his  last  year,  CfvlLT  496  (or  an  ^ 
equivalent  level  course).  The  various  literature  departments  concerned  will  have 
additional  specific  requirements. 

Students  emphasizing  comparative  literature  are  expected  to  develop  a  high 
degree  of  competence  in  at  least  one  foreign  language. 

Course  work  may  not  be  limited  to  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

LAIN  170  is  highly  recommended  for  those  contemplating  graduate  work  in 
Comparative  Literature. 

Course  Code  Prefix — CfuILT 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Aylward 

Professors:  Ivteersman,  Pugliese,  Strausbaugh  (Emeritus),  Wolvin 

Associate  Professors:  Falcione,  Jamieson,  Kirkley,  Kolker,  Linkow,  Niemeyer, 

O'Leary,  Vaughan,  G.S.  Weiss 

Assistant  Professors:  Barton,  Conger,  Dulvlonceau,  Elliott,  Freimuth, 

Hasenauer,  Lea  IvIcCaleb,  fvlcCleary,  O'Keefe,  Patterson,  Philport,  Starcher, 

Thompson 

Instructors:  Donahue,  Hinch,  Jones,  Leong,  Pater,  Pearson-Allen,  Robinson, 

Wood 

Lecturers:  Niles,  Sandler,  M.  Weiss 

The  departmental  curricula  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and  permit  the 
student  to  develop  a  program  with  emphasis  in  one  of  the  three  areas  of  the 
department:  (1)  Speech  Communication  (political  communication,  organizational 
communication,  urban  communication,  educational  communication,  and  interper- 
sonal communication):  (2)  Dramatic  art  (educational  theatre,  acting,  directing, 
producing,  theater  history,  and  technical  theater):  (3)  Radio-television-film  (broad- 
casting and  film  theory,  production,  history,  criticism,  and  research  in  a  full 
spectrum  program).  In  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education, 
the  department  provides  an  opportunity  for  teacher  certification  in  the  speech 
and  drama  education  program. 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide:  (1)  a  liberal  education  through  special 
study  of  the  arts  and  sciences  of  human  communication:  (2)  preparation  for 
numerous  opportunities  in  business,  government,  media  and  related  industries, 
and  education. 

Since  communication  is  a  dynamic  field,  the  course  offerings  are  under 
constant  review  and  development,  and  the  interested  student  should  obtain 
specific  information  about  a  possible  program  from  a  departmental  advisor. 

The  major  requirements  are:  30  hours  of  course  work  in  any  one  of  the 
divisions,  exclusive  of  those  courses  taken  to  satisfy  University  or  Divisional 
requirements.  Of  the  30  hours,  at  least  1 5  must  be  upper  division  in  the  300  or 
400  series.  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

Each  of  the  possible  concentrations  in  the  department  requires  certain 
courses  in  order  to  provide  a  firm  foundation  for  the  work  in  that  area. 

Speech  Communication 

Required  Courses:  SPCH  125,  200,  220,  356,  400  and  474.  In  addition,  12 
semester  credit  hours  in  SPCH  courses,  at  least  six  (6)  of  which  must  be  at  the 
300-400  level.  Supporting  Courses:  Fifteen  credit  hours  of  supporting  course 
work  selected  in  consultation  with  the  major  adviser. 

Dramatic  Ail 

Required  Courses:  DART  120,  170,  282,  330,  490  or  491  and  one  of  the 
following:  221,  or  420  or  430  and  one  of  the  following:  375,  or  476  or  480.  In 


addition,  five  (5)  DART  courses  of  which  at  least  two  (2)  must  be  at  the  300-400 
level. 

Supporting  Courses:  Fifteen  (15)  credit  hours  from  those  indicated  below: 

Dramatic  Literature— ENGL  403  or  404  or  405  and  either  434  or  454. 

Dance— DANC  100  or  110. 

f^usic— MUSC  100  or  130  or  208. 

Art— Any  related  course  offered  in  the  department. 

Radio  Television-Film 

Required  Courses:  RTVF  222  and  223. 

Supporting  Courses:  Fifteen  (15)  credit  hours  of  coherently  related  subjects, 
selected  in  consultation  with  an  advisor  and  considering  the  personal  goals  of  the 
student. 

The  department  offers  numerous  specialized  opportunities  for  those  in- 
terested through  co-curricular  activities  in  theater,  film,  television,  radio  and 
readers'  theatre.  For  the  superior  student  an  Honors  Program  is  available,  and 
interested  students  should  consult  their  adviser  for  further  information  no  later 
than  the  beginning  of  their  junior  year. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— SPCH,  DART,  RTVF 

Dance 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  I  nee 

Professor  Emerita:  Ivladden 

Associate  Professors:  Rosen,  Ryder,  A.  Warren,  L.  Warren 

Instructors:  Hodges,  Smith,  Lewis,  f^ayes,  Owers,  Perpemer,  Rollack 

Recognizing  that  dance  combines  both  athleticism  and  artistry,  the  dance 
program  offers  comprehensive  technique  and  theory  courses  as  a  foundation  for 
the  dance  professions.  By  developing  an  increasing  awareness  of  the  physical, 
emotional  and  intellectual  aspects  of  movement  in  general,  the  student  eventual- 
ly is  able  to  integrate  his  own  particular  mind-body  consciousness  into  a  more 
meaningful  whole.  To  facilitate  the  acquisition  of  new  movement  skills,  as  well  as 
creative  and  scholarly  insights  in  dance,  the  curriculum  provides  a  structured 
breadth  experience  at  the  lower  division  level.  At  the  upper  division  level  the 
student  may  either  involve  himself  in  various  general  university  electives,  or  he 
may  concentrate  his  energies  in  a  particular  area  of  emphasis  in  dance.  Although 
an  area  of  emphasis  is  not  mandatory,  many  third  and  fourth  year  students  are 
interested  in  studying  a  singular  aspect  of  dance  in  depth,  such  as  performance, 
choreography,  production/management,  education  or  general  studies  (encom- 
passing dance  history,  literature  and  criticism).  Students  selecting  the  education 
emphasis  may  obtain  State  of  fularyland  teacher  certification.  Students  desiring  a 
performance  emphasis  are  required  to  participate  in  a  screening  audition  at  the 
conclusion  of  their  sophomore  year. 

The  dance  faculty  is  composed  of  a  number  of  distinguished  teachers, 
choreographers  and  performers,  each  one  a  specialist  in  his  or  her  own  field. 
Visiting  artists,  throughout  the  year  and  during  the  summer,  make  additional 
contributions  to  the  program.  There  are  several  performance  and  choreographic 
opportunities  for  all  dance  students,  ranging  from  informal  workshops  to  fully 
mounted  concerts  both  on  and  off  campus.  More  advanced  students  may  have 
the  opportunity  of  working  with  Ivlaryland  Dance  Theater,  which  is  in  residence  in 
the  Department.  Supported  in  part  by  the  fvlaryland  Arts  Council,  and  the  Division 
of  Arts  and  Humanities  at  the  University,  fi^aryland  Dance  Theater  is  a  member  of 
the  Dance  Touring  program  sponsored  by  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts. 
Company  auditions  are  held  each  year  in  the  Spring. 

ti^ajor  course  requirements  total  48  semester  hours  in  dance  and  6  semester 
hours  in  non-department  supporting  areas.  Of  these,  a  minimum  of  15  semester 
hours  must  be  taken  in  dance  at  the  upper  division  level.  Students  who  major  in 
dance  may  not  use  DANC  courses  for  more  than  60%  (72  credits)  of  their  120 
credit  requirement  for  graduation.  The  specific  dance  courses  required  for  the 
B.A.  degree  are  DANC  102(2),  109(2),  138(2),  165(3),  200(3),  208(3),  210(3), 
308(3),  471(3),  482(3),  or  483(3),  484(3),  modern  technique  (12),  ballet  (4),  and 
jazz  (2).  The  level  of  technique  classes  will  be  determined  by  placement 
auditions.  Six  credits  in  supporting  courses  are  selected  with  the  prior  approval  of 
a  faculty  advisor.  Students  desiring  State  of  Ivlaryland  teacher  certification  should 
refer  to  the  Dance  Education  curriculum  listed  under  the  College  of  Education  for 
additional  requirements.  Dance  Education  majors  may  obtain  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  from  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
from  the  Division  of  Human  and  Comimunity  Resources.  No  grade  less  than  "C" 
is  accepted  in  courses  required  of  all  dance  students  for  the  major. 

New,  re-entering  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  contact  the  depart- 
ment following  admission  to  the  University  for  instructions  regarding  advising, 
class  placement  auditions  and  registration  procedures.  The  department  strongly 
recommends  that  new  dance  majors  enter  only  in  the  fall  semester  of  the 
academic  year.  Although  entrance  auditions  are  not  required,  some  previous 
dance  experience  is  highly  desirable.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Dance  Department  Student  Handbook. 

Recommended  Sequence  of  Study  for  Dance  Majors 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  I  " 

GUR 3 


64      Arts  and  Humanities  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


DANC  102  2 
DANC  109  2 
DANC  200  3 
Modern  3 
Ballet  2 
GUR  6 

DANC  138  2 

DANC  165  3 

Modern  3 

15        14 
Sophomore 

GUR 6 

DANC  208  3 
DANC  210  3 
Modern  3 
Ballet  2 
GUR  6 
Modem                                                _  3 

Jazz                                                 ^  2 

Elective  3 

17        14 
Junior' 

GUR 6 

DANC  308  3 
Elective  3 
Emphasis  3 
GUR  3 

DANC  482  or  483  3 

Elective  3 

Emphasis  6 

15         15 
Senior' 

SUPP  .  3 
DANC  471  3 
Elective  3 
Emphasis  6 
SUPP  3 

DANC  484  3 

Elective  3 

Emphasis  6 

15         15 

'Dance  Majors  are  encouraged  lo  continue  their  study  of  dance  techniques  at  the  upper  division 
level. 

Semester 
Credit  l^ours 

Required  Semester  Hours  In  Dance 48 

General  University  Requirements 30 

Supporting  Area  Requirements 6 

Electives  (Includes  Division  Requirements) 15 

Emphasis 24 

Total 120 

Course  Code  Prefix— DANC 

English  Language  and  Literature 

Chairman  and  Professor:  Kenny 

Professors:  Bode,  Bradley,  Bryer,  Cooley  (Emeritus),  Corrigan,  Fleming 
(Emeritus),  Freedman,  Holton,  Hovey,  Isaacs,  Kenny,  Lawson,  Lutwack, 
Manning  (Emeritus),  Mish,  Murphy  (Emeritus),  Myers,  Panichas,  Peterson, 
Russell,  Salamanca,  Schoenbaum,  Whittemore,  Winton,  Wittreich 
Associate  Professors:  Barnes,  Barry,  Birdsall,  S.  Brown,  Coogan,  Cooper,  Fry, 
Gravely  (Emeritus),  Greenwood,  D.  Hamilton,  G.  Hamilton,  Herman,  Holton, 
Houppert,  Howard,  Jellema,  Kinnaird,  Kleine,  Mack,  M.  Miller,  Ousby,  Smith, 
Thorberg,  Trousdale,  Vitzthum,  Walt  (Emeritus),  Weber  (Emeritus),  Wilson 
Assistant  Professors:  Beauchamp,  Bennett,  Beyl,  Burger,  Gate,  Caramello, 
Carretta,  Coletti,  Donawerth,  Dunn,  Dubrow,  Flieger,  Hammond,  James, 
Kenney,  Mancini,  McKay,  Pearson,  C.  Peterson,  Procopiow,  Robinson, 
Rutherlord,  Van  Egmond 
Lecturers:  J.  Miller 

Instructors:  Buhlig,  Demaree,  Cohn,  Gallagher,  Gold,  Messerii,  Stevenson, 
Townsend,  Wagonheim 

The  English  major  requires  36  credits  beyond  the  University  composition 
requirement.  For  the  specific  distribution  requirements  of  these  36  credits, 
students  should  consult  the  English  Department's  advisors  (room  A2125,  ext. 
2521).  A  student  may  pursue  a  major  with  emphasis  in  English  and  American 
Literature:  Comparative  Literature,  or  linguistics;  or  in  preparation  for  secondary 
school  teaching.  Students  interested  in  secondary  school  teaching  should  make 
it  known  to  the  department  as  early  in  their  college  career  as  possible. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 


In  selecting  supporting  or  elective  subjects,  students  majoring  in  English, 
particularly  those  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work,  should  give  special  considera- 
tion to  courses  in  French,  German,  Latin,  philosophy,  history  and  fine  art. 

Honors.  The  Department  of  English  offers  an  honors  program,  primarily  for 
majors  but  open  to  others  with  the  approval  of  the  Departmental  Honors 
Committee.  Interested  students  should  ask  for  detailed  information  from  an 
English  Department  advisor  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENGL 

French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Therrien 

Professors:  MacBain,  Quynn  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Demaitre,  Fink,  Hall,  Meijer,  Tarica 

Assistant  Professors:  Ashby,  Campagna,  Colvile,  Daniel,  Russell 

instructors:  Barrabini,  Bondurant 

The  Department  offers  a  major  in  French  which  consists  of  a  total  of  33 
credits  of  French  courses  at  the  200  level  or  above.  The  French  major  must 
complete  FREN  201,  or  250,  301,  302,  anyone  of  211,  311,  312,  one  of  401,  405 
and  four  French  courses  from  those  numbered  400  to  499— one  of  which  must 
be  a  literature  course.  (FREN  404,  478  and  479  may  not  be  counted  among  the 
five.)  The  French  major  is  required  to  take  a  further  12  credits  in  supporting 
courses  from  a  list  approved  by  the  Department  or  may  take  a  minimum  of  12 
credits  in  one  specific  area,  representing  a  coordinated  plan  of  study,  with  six 
credits  at  200-level  and  six  credits  at  300-400  level.  An  average  grade  of  C  is  the 
minimum  acceptable  in  the  major  field.  Students  intending  to  apply  for  teacher 
certification  should  consult  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Advising  as  early  as 
possible  in  order  to  plan  their  programs  accordingly. 

Honors.  The  department  offers  an  honors  program  in  French  for  students  of 
superior  ability.  Honors  work  normally  begins  in  the  first  semester  of  the  junior 
year,  but  a  qualified  student  may  enter  as  early  as  the  sophomore  year  or  as  late 
as  ttie  second  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Honors  students  are  required  to  take 
at  least  two  courses  from  those  numbered  491 H,  492H,  and  493H  together  with 
494H,  Honors  Independent  Study,  and  495H,  Honors  Thesis  Research.  Honors 
students  must  take  a  final  comprehensive  examination  based  on  the  honors 
reading  list.  Admission  of  students  to  the  honors  program,  their  continuance  in 
the  program  and  the  final  award  of  honors  are  the  prerogative  of  the  Departmen- 
tal Honors  Committee. 

Course  Code  Prefix— FREN,  ITAL 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures 

Acting  Co-Chairmen:  Glad,  Pfister 

Professors:  Best,  Fuegi,  Hering,  Jones 

Associate  Professors:  Beicken,  Berry,  Fleck,  Glad,  Hitchcock,  Pfister 

Assistant  Professors:  Bilik,  Bormanshinov,  Bortnik,  Frederiksen,  Levine,  Mehl, 

Voris 

General  Two  types  of  undergraduate  majors  are  offered  in  German;  one  for  the 
general  student  or  the  future  teacher,  and  the  other  for  those  interested  in  a 
rounded  study  of  a  foreign  area  for  the  purpose  of  understanding  another  nation 
through  its  literature,  history,  architecture,  and  other  aspects.  Both  of  these 
majors  confer  the  B.A.  degree.  The  department  also  offers  M.A.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees  in  German  language  and  literature. 

An  undergraduate  major  in  either  category  consists  of  a  total  of  30  hours  in 
German,  33  in  Russian,  with  a  C  average,  beyond  the  basic  language  require- 
ment. A  ftiixed  concentration  in  Comparative  Literature  is  also  possible. 

In  selecting  minor  or  elective  subjects,  students  majoring  in  German  oi 
Russian,  particularly  those  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work,  should  give  special 
consideration  to  courses  in  foreign  languages,  philosophy,  history,  English 
linguistics  and  Russian  area. 

Language  and  Literature  Major: 

German.  Specific  minimum  requirements  in  the  program  are:  two  courses  in 
advanced  language  (301-302);  two  semesters  of  tfie  survey  of  literature  courses 
(321-322);  six  literature  courses  on  the  400  level,  two  of  which  may  be  taken  in 
comparative  literature.  These  literature  courses  may  be  replaced  by  other 
departmental  offerings  on  the  400  level  with  the  permission  of  the  chairman 
and/or  advisor.  Taking  honors  courses  as  substitute  for  the  400  level  courses 
requires  special  permission  from  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  in  no  case 
may  more  than  two  honors  courses  be  selected  for  this  purpose. 

Russian.  The  specific  minimum  requirements  for  the  major  are: 

Four  courses  in  advanced  language,  one  from  each  set:  RUSS  201-202 
(Conversation  and  Composition),  301-302  (Review  Grammar  and 

Composition,  311-312  (Advanced  Conversation),  401-402  (Advanced  Com- 
position). RUSS  321  and  322  (Survey  of  Russian  Literature) 

Five  additional  courses  on  the  400-level,  no  more  than  two  of  which  may  be 
literature  in  translation. 

Course  Code  Prefix— GERIUI,  RUSS 


Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      65 


Hebrew  Program 

Director  and  Assistant  Professor:  Greenberg 
Visiting  Professor:  Iwry 
Assistant  Professor:  Fink 
Instnictors:  Landa,  Liberman 

The  Hebrew  Program  provides  both  beginners  and  those  with  previous  study 
o<  the  Hebrew  Language  an  opportunity  to  become  conversant  with  the  3,000 
year  development  of  Hebrew  language,  literature,  and  culture. 

Elementary  and  intermediate  courses  develop  the  ability  to  communicate 
eflectively  in  modern  Israeli  Hebrew.  Courses  in  composition  and  conversation 
emphasize  vocabulary  enrichment,  grammar  and  syntax  of  the  written  and 
spoken  language.  On  the  advanced  level  the  student  analyzes  the  major  texts  of 
classical  and  modern  Hebrew  literature. 

In  addition  to  the  60  credit  hours  currently  offered  by  the  Hebrew  Program, 
the  student  has  available  a  substantial  number  of  related  Jewish  Studies  courses 
in  the  departments  of  history,  English,  sociology,  etc. 

Hebrew  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  requirements  of  the  Foreign  Language 
Education  curriculum  of  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education. 

Course  Code  Predx-HEBR 

History 

Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Evans 

Professors:  Bauer  (Emeritus),  Belz,  Brush,  Callcott,  Cockburn,  Cole,  Duffy, 

Fousl,  Gilbert,  Gordon,  Haber,  Harlan,  Jashemski,  Kent,  Merrill,  A.  Olson, 

Prange,  Rundell,  E.B.  Smith,  Sparks,  Warren,  Yaney 

Associate  Professors:  Berlin,  Breslow,  Farrell,  Flack,  Folsom,  Giffin, 

Greenberg,  Grimsted,  Hoffman,  Kaufman,  Lampe,  Matossian,  Mayo,  McCusker, 

K.  Olson,  Perinbam,  Ridgway,  Stowasser,  Wright 

Assistant  Professors:  Bradbury,  Darden,  Harris,  Holum,  Majeska,  Moss, 

NicKlason,  Rozenblit,  Ruderman,  H.  Smith,  Spiegel,  Williams,  Zilfi 

The  Department  of  History  seeks  to  broaden  the  student's  cultural  back- 
ground through  the  study  of  history  and  to  provide  preparation  for  those 
interested  in  law,  publishing,  teaching,  journalism,  service,  and  graduate  study. 

A  faculty  advisor  will  assist  each  major  in  planning  a  curriculum  to  meet  his 
personal  interests.  A  "program  plan,"  approved  by  the  advisor,  should  be  filed 
with  the  Department  as  soon  as  possible.  Students  are  required  to  meet  with  an 
assigned  advisor  once  every  semester  or  sign  a  waiver  during  preregistration. 

Major  Requirements.  Minimum  requirements  for  undergraduate  history  majors 
consist  of  39  hours  of  course  work  distributed  as  follows:  12  hours  in  100-200 
level  survey  courses  selected  from  at  least  two  fields  of  history  (United  States, 
European,  and  Non-Western);  15  hours,  including  HIST  309  (formerly  HIST  389) 
in  one  major  area  (see  below);  12  hours  of  history  in  at  least  two  major  areas 
other  than  the  area  of  concentration.  Without  regard  to  area,  1 5  hours  of  the  39 
total  hours  must  be  at  the  junior-senior  (300-400)  level.  A/ote;  All  majors  must 
take  HIST  309. 

I.  Survey  Courses 

1.  The  requirement  is  12  hours  at  the  100-200  level  taken  in  at  least  two 
fields. 

2.  Fields  are  defined  as  United  States,  European,  and  Non-Western 
history.  All  survey  courses  have  been  assigned  to  one  of  these  fields. 
See  departmental  advisor. 

3.  In  considering  courses  which  will  fulfill  this  requirement,  students  are 
encouraged  to: 

a.  select  at  least  two  courses  in  a  sequence 

b.  select  at  least  one  course  before  1 500  A.D.  and  one  course  after 
1500  A.D. 

c.  sample  both  regional  and  topical  course  offerings 

4.  Students  will  normally  take  survey  courses  within  their  major  area  of 
concentration. 

II.  Major  area  of  concentration 

1.  The  requirement  Is  15  hours  including  HIST  309  In  a  major  area  of 
concentration. 

2.  An  area  is  defined  as  a  series  of  related  topical,  chronological,  or 
regional  courses,  such  as: 


Topical 

Region 

Country 

History  &  Philosophy  of 

Latin  American 

Russia 

Science 

Social 

Middle  Eastern 

Britain 

Intellectual 

European 

Continental  Europe 

Economic 

United  States 

Religious 

Early  Modern  Europe 

Diplomatic 

Medieval 

Women's  History 

Ancient 

Afro-American 

East  Asia 

Constitutional 

African 

3.  The  major  area  may  be  chronological,  regional  or  topical. 


4.  Students  may  select  both  lower  and  upper  division  courses. 

5.  A  combination  of  chronological-topical  courses  or  regional-topical 
courses  is  desirable. 

6.  The  proseminar,  HIST  309,  should  normally  be  taken  in  the  major  area 
of  concentration. 

III.  12  hours  of  history  in  at  least  two  other  areas  than  the  area  of 
concentration. 

1.  Students  may  select  either  lower  or  upper  division  courses. 

2.  Students  are  encouraged  to  consider  regional  diversity. 

3.  Students  are  encouraged  to  take  at  least  two  elective  courses  in 
chronological  periods  other  than  that  of  their  major  area  of  concentra- 
tion. 

Grade  of  C  or  higher  is  required  in  each  course  included  in  the  39  required  hours. 
For  students  matriculating  after  August  1,  1979,  credits  gained  by  Advanced 
Placement  exams  and  CLEP  exams  will  not  be  accepted  toward  fulfilling  the 
39-hour  major  requirement  in  History.  Credit  for  these  exams  may  be  used  to  fill 
other  University  requirements. 

Supporting  courses:  Nine  credits  at  the  300-400  level  in  appropriate  supporting 
courses;  the  courses  do  not  all  have  to  be  in  the  same  department.  The  choice  of 
courses  must  be  approved  in  writing — before  attempted,  if  possible — by  the 
departmental  advisor. 

General  University  Requirements  in  History.  All  History  courses  on  the  100, 
200,  300  and  400  levels  are  open  to  students  seeking  to  meet  the  University 
requirements  in  Area  C  (Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities)  with  the  exception  of 
HIST  21 4, 21 5, 309, 31 6,  31 7,  31 8.  A  few  other  courses  are  open  only  to  students 
who  satisfy  specified  prerequisites,  but  that  does  not  limit  them  to  history  majors. 
It  should  be  noted  that  special  topics  courses— HIST  219,  319  and  416— are 
offered  on  several  different  subjects  of  general  interest  each  semester.  Descrip- 
tions may  be  obtained  from  the  History  Department  office. 

Honors  In  History.  Students  who  major  or  minor  in  history  may  apply  for 
admission  to  the  History  Honors  Program  during  the  second  semester  of  their 
sophomore  year.  Those  who  are  admitted  to  the  program  substitute  discussion 
courses  and  a  thesis  for  some  lecture  courses  and  take  an  oral  comprehensive 
examination  prior  to  graduation.  Successful  candidates  are  awarded  either 
honors  or  high  honors  in  history. 

The  History  Department  offers  pre-honors  work  in  American  history  and  in 
western  civilization.  Consult  Schedule  of  Classes  for  specific  offerings  each 
semester.  Students  in  these  sections  meet  in  a  discussion  group  Instead  of 
attending  lectures.  They  read  widely  and  do  extensive  written  work  on  their  own. 
Pre-honors  sections  are  open  to  any  student  and  are  recommended  for  students 
In  General  Honors,  subject  only  to  the  instructor's  approval.  Students  who  intend 
to  apply  for  admission  to  the  History  Honor  Program  should  take  as  many  of  them 
as  possible  during  their  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

Course  Code 'Prefix— HIST. 

Japanese  Program 

Assistant  Professor:  Kerkham,  Kim 

The  Japanese  Program  now  offers  two  and  a  half  years  of  language 
instruction.  These  elementary  and  intemediate  courses  concentrate  on  the 
spoken  language  with  a  gradually  Increasing  emphasis  on  written  Japanese.  A 
directed  study  course  provides  continuing  language  instruction  for  third  year 
Japanese  and  for  more  advanced  students. 

Topic  oriented  courses  in  classical  and  modern  literature  in  translation,  which 
are  open  to  all  students,  serve  as  introduction  to  Japanese  literature  and  culture 
and  as  background  to  the  study  of  Japanese  history,  art,  economics,  business, 
government  and  politics,  religion,  etc. 

Course  Code  Prefix^APN 

Music 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Troth 

Professors:  Berman,  Bernstein,  Folstrom,  Garvey,  Gordon,  Helm,  Helm, 

Hudson,  Johnson,  Montgomery,  Moss,  Traver,  True 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bryn-Julson,  Davis,  Fanos,  Fleming,  Gallagher, 

Head,  McClelland,  Meyer,  Olson,  Pennington,  Schumacher,  Serwer,  Shelley, 

Snapp,  Springmann,  Wakefield 

Assistant  Professors:  Beatty,  Cooper,  Eiliston,  Elsing,  Gardner,  Jarvis,  Lenz, 

McDonald,  Payerle,  Rogers,  Ross,  Taliman,  Toliver,  Turek,  Wexler,  B.  Wilson, 

M.  Wilson 

Lecturers:  Luck,  Swedish 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  (1)  to  provide  professional  musical 
training  based  on  a  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts;  (2)  to  help  the  general  student 
develop  sound  critical  judgment  and  discriminating  taste  in  the  art  of  music;  (3)  to 
prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work  in  the  field;  and  (4)  to  prepare  the  student 
to  teach  music  in  the  public  schools.  To  these  ends,  two  degrees  are  offered:  the 
Bachelor  of  Music,  with  a  major  in  theory,  composition,  or  music  performance; 


66      Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 

and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  with  a  major  in  music.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  Philosophy 

with  a  major  in  music  education,  is  offered  in  conjunction  with  the  College  of 

Education;  course  offerings  are  described  in  the  sections  relating  to  that  Professor  and  Chairman:  Gorovltz 

department.  This  degree  program  is  administered  within  the  Music  Department.  Professors:  Pasch,  Perkins,  Schlaretzki,  Shapere,  Svenonius 

Courses  in  music  theory,  literature  and  music  performance  are  open  to  all  Associate  Professors:  J.  Brown,  Celaner,  Johnson,  Lesher,  Martin,  Stich, 

students  who  have  completed  the  specified  prerequisites,  or  their  equivalents,  if  Suppe 

teacher  time  and  facilities  permit.  The  University  Bands,  Chapel  Choir,  Orchestra,  Assistant  Professors:  Ahem,  Garden,  Hausman,  Levinson,  Odell,  Thomas 

University  Chorale,  University  Chorus,  Jazz  Ensemble,  and  other  smaller  ensem-  Researcfi  Associates:  P.  Brown,  Maclean,  Shue,  Vernier                  , 

bles,  are  likewise  open  to  all  qualified  students  by  audition.  -„.       j        j    ■               u   ■        <  .1.   r^      ^      .   <  ni.-,       u 

'^              ^                          '  The  undergraduate  course  offerings  of  the  Department  of  Philosophy  are,  as 

The  Bachelor  of  Music  Degree.  The  curriculum  leading  to  the  degree  of  a  group,  intended  both  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  persons  wishing  to  make 

Bachelor  of  Music  is  designed  for  qualified  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  philosophy  their  major  field  and  to  provide  ample  opportunity  for  other  students  to 

professional  career  in  music.  Extensive  pre-college  experiences  in  music  are  explore  the  subject.  In  general,  the  study  of  philosophy  can  contribute  to  the 

expected  and  evaluated  by  audition.  A  description  of  the  variety  of  available  education  of  the  university  student  by  giving  him  or  her  experience  in  critical  and 

majors  is  available  in  the  departmental  office.  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is  required  In  imaginative  reflection  on  fundamental  concepts  and  principles,  by  acquainting 

each  major  course.  him  or  her  with  some  of  the  philosophical  beliefs  which  have  Influenced  and  are 

Bachelor  of  Music  (Perf  ■  Piano)  influencing  his  own  culture,  and  by  familiarizing  him  or  her  with  some  classic 

Sample  Program"  philosophical  writings  through  careful  reading  and  discussion  of  them.  The 

Semester  department  views  philosophy  essentially  as  an  activity,  which  cultivates  articu- 

Credit  Hours  lateness,  expository  skill,  and  logical  rigor.  Students  in  philosophy  courses  can 

Frestiman  Year                                                                        i            il  expect  their  work  to  be  subjected  to  continuing  critical  scrutiny. 

MUSP  119/120                  .                                                .44  Courses  designed  with  these  objectives  primarily  in  mind  include  PHIL  100 

MUSC  128        2          2  (Introduction  to  Philosophy),  PHIL  140  (Ethics),  PHIL  170  (Introduction  to  Logic), 

H/IUSC  131 3  PHIL  173  (Analytical  Reading),  PHIL  236  (Philosophy  of  Religion),  and  the 

MUSC  \^i\5^ZZZ"ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ      3         3  historical  courses:  310,  316,  320,  325,  326,  327. 

University  RequirementsZ!!I!!!!!!!!!!Z!!!!!"!!!!!!!!!!!!Z!!!!!!!!"!!!!!!!"!!!! 3         6  Fo^  students  interested  particularly  in  philosophical  problems  arising  within 

:jT        Tg  their  own  special  disciplines,  a  number  of  courses  are  appropriate:  PHIL  233 

c  ^           y  (Philosophy  in  Literature),  PHIL  250  (Philosophy  of  Science  I  and  II),  PHIL  345 

uii<?p  ?i7/?ift                                                                          4         4  and  445.  (Social  and  Political  Philosophy  I  and  II),  PHIL  360  (Philosophy  of 

MUSC  228        2          2  Language),  PHIL  330  (Philosophy  of  Art),  PHIL  334  (Philosophy  of  Music),  PHIL 

MUSC  250/251 4          4  ''^^  (Topics  in  Philosophical  Theology),  PHIL  450  and  451  (Scientific  Thought  I 

Universitv  Reauiremenfs 5          5  ^"'^  ")•  P^"-  ^^^  (Philosophy  of  Physics),  PHIL  455  (Philosophy  of  the  Social 

'    ^               ■; —rz   — —  Sciences),  PHIL  456  (Philosophy  of  Biology),  PHIL  457  (Philosophy  of  History), 

I    ■     y                                                                                      IS        15  PHIL  458  (Philosophy  of  Psychology),  and  PHIL  474  (Induction  and  Probability). 

miIqb  Ii?mir                                                                              a          a  P^Q-\bw  students  may  be  particularly  interested  in  PHIL  140  (Ethics),  PHIL 

K^Mcr  lin/qii X          %  3^5  and  445  (Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  and  II),  PHIL  448  (Contemporary 

MMor  ^9fi       9         ?  ^^o^al  Philosophy)  and  PHIL  447  (Philosophy  of  Law).  Pre-medical  students  may 

EleSve      2  ^^  particularly  interested  in  PHIL  342  (Moral  Problems  in  Medicine),  and  PHIL  456 

UniversitvPeauilenients " 6         5  (Philosophy  of  Biology). 

university  nequiremems ^_^  — ^  ^^^  Department  has  established,  jointly  with  the  Government  and  Politics 

15  16  Department,  a  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy.  Center  research 
uu^p  iAaiAoc\                                                                          A         A  associates  offer  courses,  cross-listed  in  both  departments,  on  special  topics  such 

Mii^r  lin       T  ^^'  ^""^  Pamine  Affluence;  Welfare  and  Distributive  Justice;  Human  Rights  and 

Miilr  AQ? T  ^^^^"'  P°l'^y'  Business  Ethics;  and  Professional  Responsibility. 

Miicr  ARy T  ^^^  departmental  requirements  for  a  major  in  philosophy  are  as  follows:  (1)  a 

^.L'^!'  '*°' ^  total  of  at  least  30  hours  in  philosophy,  not  including  PHIL  1 00;  (2)  PHIL  140,  371 , 

'^'®'^"^®^ : 310,  320,  326  and  at  least  two  courses  numbered  399  or  above;  (3)  a  grade  of  C 

16  13  or  better  in  each  course  counted  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  major  requirement. 
The  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree.  The  curriculum  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  course  code  Prefix— phil 

degree  with  a  major  in  music  is  designed  for  students  whose  interests  are 

primarily  cultural.  A  detailed  description  of  the  program  and  its  options  is  available  Russian  Area  Program                                    ' 

in  the  departmental  office.  A  grade  of  C  or  above  is  required  in  each  major 

course.  Director  and  Student  Advisors:  Lampe,  Foust,  Yaney 

Bachelor  of  Arts  (Music)  The  Russian  Area  Program  offers  courses  leading  to  a  B.A.  in  Russian 

Typical  Program  of  Elections  studies.  Students  in  the  program  study  Russian  and  Soviet  culture  as  broadly  as 

Semester  .  possible,  striving  to  comprehend  it  in  all  its  aspects  rather  than  focusing  their 

Credit  Hours  attention  on  a  single  segment  of  human  behavior.  It  is  hoped  that  insights  into  the 

Freshman  Year  Russian  way  of  life  will  be  valuable  not  only  as  such  but  as  a  means  to  deepen 

MUSP  109/110 4  the  students'  awareness  of  their  own  society  and  of  themselves. 

MUSC  131 3  Course  offerings  are  in  several  departments:   language  and  literature, 

MUSC  150/151 6  government  and  politics,  history,  economics,  geography,  architecture,  and 

MUSC  229 2  sociology.  A  student  may  plan  his  or  her  curriculum  so  as  to  emphasize  any  one 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements 15        30  of  these  disciplines,  thus  preparing  for  graduate  work  either  in  the  Russian  area 

Sophomore  Year                   '  or  in  the  discipline. 

MUSP  207/208                                                                              4  Students  in  the  program  must  meet  the  general  degree  requirements  of  the 

MUSC  250/251 8  University  and  division  from  which  they  graduate.  They  must  complete  12  hours 

MUSC  229        2  °'  ^i.i'ic  courses  in  Russian  language  (RUSS  111,  112  [or  RUSS  121  in  place  of 

Electives,  Division'and'Uriiversiiy'RequiterTient^^                               16        30  ''O"^  m  ^^^  H^.l.  114  and  115)  or  the  equivalent  of  these  courses  taken 

'  elsewhere,  and  they  must  complete  at  least  12  more  hours  in  Russian  language 

Juriior  Year  beyond  the  basic  level  (chosen  from  among  RUSS  201,  202,  301,  302,  311,  312, 

MUSP  405 2  321,  and  322  or  equivalent  courses).  In  addition,  students  must  complete  24 

MUSC  330/331 6  hours  in  Russian  area  courses  on  the  300  level  or  above.  These  24  hours  must 

MUSC  450 3  be  taken  m  at  least  5  different  departments,  if  appropriate  courses  are  available, 

MUSC  229 1  and  may  include  language-literature  courses  beyond  those  required  above. 

Electives.  Division  and  University  Requirements 18        30  hIST  237,  Russian  Civilization,  is  recommended  as  a  general  introduction  to 

Ser\{or  Year  'h^  program  but  does  not  count  toward  the  fulfillment  of  the  program's 

Music  Electives 10  requirements. 

Electives,  Division  and  University  Requirements    20       30  I'  '^  recommended  but  not  required  that  the  student  who  plans  on  doing 

~120   ~120  graduate  work  complete  at  least  18  hours  at  the  300  level  or  above  (which  may 
include  courses  applicable  to  the  Russian  Area  Program)  in  one  of  the  above- 
course  Code  Prefixes— MUSC,  t^uED,  MUSP  mentioned  departments.  It  is  also  recommended  that  students  who  plan  on  doing 


Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences      67 


graduate  work  in  the  social  sciences — government  and  politics,  economics, 
geograptiy,  and  sociology— take  at  least  two  courses  in  statistical  methods. 
The  student's  advisor  will  be  the  program  director  or  his  designate.  The 
student  must  receive  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  the  above-mentioned  required 
courses. 

Course  Code  Prefix— RUSS 

Spanish  and  Portugese  Languages  and  Literatures 

Professors:  Goodwyn,  Gramberg,  Marra-Lopez,  Nemes,  Sosnowski 

Associate  Professors:  Igel,  Rovner 

Assistant  Professor:  Munoz 

Instructors:  Acevedo,  Arenas,  Greenston,  Howell,  Rentz 

Majors.  Two  types  of  undergraduate  majors  are  offered  in  Spanish:  one  for  the 
general  student  or  the  future  teacher;  and  the  other  for  those  interested  in  a 
rounded  study  of  a  foreign  area  for  the  purpose  of  understanding  another  nation 
through  its  literature,  history,  sociology,  economics,  and  other  aspects.  Both  of 
these  majors  confer  the  B.A.  degree. 

A  grade  of  at  least  "C"  is  required  in  all  major  and  supporting  area  courses. 

Language  and  Literature  Major.  Courses:  SPAN  201,  221,  301-302,  311  or 
312,  321-322  or  323-324,  425-426  or  446-447,  plus  four  400-level  courses  or 
pro-seminars  in  Spanish,  Spanish  American,  or  Luso-Braziiian  literature,  for  a 
total  of  39  credits.  Nine  credits  of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on  the 
300  or  400  level  in  a  single  area  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined  total  of  48 
credits.  Suggested  areas:  art,  comparative  literature,  government  and  politics, 
history,  philosophy,  and  Portugese.  All  supporting  courses  should  be  germane  to 
the  field  of  specialization. 

Foreign  Area  Major.  Courses:  SPAN  201,  301-302,  311  or  312,  315  or  316, 
321-322  or  323-324,  425-426  or  446-447,  plus  three  400-level  courses  in 
Spanish,  Spanish  American,  or  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  for  a  total  of  36  credits. 
Twelve  credits  of  supporting  courses,  six  of  which  must  be  on  the  300  or  400 
level  in  a  single  area  other  than  Spanish,  for  a  combined  total  of  48  credits. 
Suggested  areas:  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  government  and  politics, 
history,  Portugese,  and  sociology.  All  supporting  courses  should  be  germane  to 
the  field  of  specialization. 

Honors  in  Spanish.  A  student  whose  major  is  Spanish  and  who,  at  the  time  of 
application,  has  a  general  academic  average  of  3.0  and  3.5  in  his  major  field  may 
apply  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Honors  Committee  for  admission  to  the  Honors 
Program  of  the  department.  Honors  work  normally  begins  the  first  semester  of 
the  junior  year,  but  a  qualified  student  may  enter  as  early  as  the  sophomore  year 
or  as  late  as  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Honors  students  are 
required  to  take  two  courses  from  those  numbered  491,  492,  493,  and  the 
seminar  numbered  496,  as  well  as  to  meet  other  requirements  for  a  major  in 
Spanish.  There  will  be  a  final  comprehensive  examination  covering  the  honors 
reading  list  which  must  be  taken  by  all  graduating  seniors  who  are  candidate  for 
honors.  Admission  of  students  to  the  Honors  Program,  their  continuance  in  the 
program,  and  the  final  award  of  honors  are  the  prerogative  of  the  Departmental 
Honors  Committee. 

Elementary  Honors.  SPAN  102H  is  limited  to  specially  approved  candidates 
who  have  passed  SPAN  101  with  high  grades,  and  will  allow  them  to  enter  104H 
or  201. 

Lower  Division  Courses.  The  elementary  and  intermediate  courses  in  Spanish 
and  Portugese  consist  of  three  semesters  of  four  credits  each  (101,  102,  104). 
The  language  requirement  for  the  B.A.  degree  in  the  Division  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  is  satisfied  by  passing  104  or  equivalent. 

Spanish  101  may  be  taken  for  credit  by  those  students  who  have  had  two  or 
more  years  of  Spanish  in  high  school,  provided  they  obtain  the  permission  of  the 
chairman  of  the  Department.  Students  starting  in  SPAN  101  must  follow  the 
prescribed  sequence  of  SPAN  101,  102,  and  104. 

Transfer  students  with  college  credit  have  the  option  of  continuing  at  the  next 
level  of  study,  taking  a  placement  examination,  or  electing  courses  103  and  104. 
If  a  transfer  student  takes  course  103  for  credit,  he  retains  transfer  credit  only  for 
the  equivalent  of  course  101.  A  transfer  student  placing  lower  than  his  training 
warrants  may  ignore  the  placement  but  DOES  SO  AT  HIS  OWN  RISK.  If  he  takes 
104  for  credit,  he  retains  transfer  credit  for  the  equivalent  of  courses  101  and 
102. 

If  a  student  has  received  a  D  in  a  course,  advanced  and  completed  the  next 
higher  course,  he  cannot  go  back  and  repeat  the  original  course  in  which  he 
received  a  D. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— SPAN,  PORT 


Division  of  Behaviorai  and  Social 
Sciences 

The  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  consists  of  faculty  and 
students  who  are  involved  in  research  and  teaching  relating  to  the  analysis  and 


solution  of  behaviorai  and  social  problems.  The  Division,  organized  in  1972, 
contains  academic  departments  which  were  formerly  administered  by  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration,  in 
addition  to  a  new  College  of  Business  and  Management.  The  Division  is  designed 
to  extend  and  support  learning  in  the  traditional  disciplines  while  creating 
conditions  for  the  development  of  interdisciplinary  approaches  to  recurring  social 
problems.  Divisional  students  may  choose  to  concentrate  their  studies  in  the 
traditional  fields,  or  may  be  interested  for  focusing  on  interdisciplinary  study.  As 
part  of  the  University's  response  to  society's  need  for  resolution  of  the  ever  more 
complex  problems  of  modern  civilization,  it  must  promote  the  utilization  of 
knowledge  generated  by  a  cross  fertilization  of  disciplines.  The  Division  will 
facilitate  the  grouping  and  regrouping  of  faculty  across  disciplinary  lines  for 
problem-ohented  research  and  teaching.  The  interaction  of  faculty  and  students 
in  overlapping  fields  will  be  encouraged  and  supported. 

In  order  to  promote  the  exchange  of  ideas,  education,  and  knowledge,  each 
unit  of  the  Division,  including  the  College  of  Business  and  (kilanagement,  will  be 
concerned  with  both  applied  and  theoretical  aspects  of  the  resolution  of  social 
problems.  Practicums  and  internships  will  be  utilized  increasingly  for  the  purpose 
of  relating  theoretical  and  empirical  concepts  in  pursuit  of  the  Division's  concern 
with  conditions  in  society. 

The  academic  units  in  the  Division  are:  The  College  of  Business  and 
Management,  the  Departments  of  Anthropology,  Economics.  Geography,  Gov- 
ernment and  Politics,  Information  Systems  Management,  Heahng  and  Speech 
Sciences,  Sociology,  Psychology,  the  Institutes  of  Cnminal  Justice  and  Criminolo- 
gy, and  Urban  Studies;  and  the  Programs  in  Afro-American  Studies,  and 
Linguistics.  The  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  and  the  Division  of 
Arts  and  Humanities  also  jointly  supports  the  interdisciplinary  Women's  Studies 
Program. 

In  addition  to  these  departments,  programs  and  institutes,  the  Division 
includes  the  following  research  and  service  units:  the  Blireau  of  Business  and 
Economics  Research,  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research,  the  Division 
Computer  Laboratory,  the  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  the  Program  in 
Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  and  the  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public 
Policy  (also  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities). 

Entrance  Requirements.  Requirements  for  admission  to  the  Division  are  the 
same  as  the  requirements  for  admission  to  the  University. 

Degrees.  The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  as  appropriate,  on 
students  completing  programs  of  study  in  the  academic  units  in  the  Division: 
Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Arts,  Master  of  Science,  Master 
of  Business  Administration,  Doctor  of  Business  Administration,  Doctor  of  Philoso- 
phy. Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations,  prior  to  a  date  announced  for  each  semester,  a  formal  application 
for  the  appropriate  degree. 

Graduation  Requirements.  Each  student  must  complete  a  minimum  of  120 
hours  of  credit  with  no  less  than  C.  Courses  must  include  the  30  hours  specified 
by  the  General  University  Requirements  and  the  specific  major  and  supporting 
course  requirements  and  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  or  of  the 
programs  in  the  academic  units  offering  baccalaureate  degrees. 

Students  who  matnculated  in  departments  originally  in  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration  or  in  departments  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  shall  have  the  option  of  completing  their  degrees  and  requirements  as 
stated  under  the  old  college  requirements,  including  the  previous  General 
Education  Requirements  or  under  the  new  divisional  requirements. 

General  Information  and  Student  Advisement.  The  BSOS  Undergraduate 
Advising  Office  (Room  2115  Tydings  Building)  coordinates  advising  and  main- 
tains student  records  for  students  not  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. Divisional  advisors  are  available  to  provide  information  concerning  Univer- 
sity requirements  and  regulations,  transfer  credit  evaluations  and  other  general 
information  about  the  University. 

General  advisement  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  is  available 
through  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies  in  Room  3136A,  Tydings  Hall.  All 
freshmen  and  transfer  students  will  be  assigned  divisional  and  departmental 
advisors  to  assist  them  in  the  selection  of  courses  and  the  choice  of  a  major  (if 
the  student  has  not  declared  a  major). 

Honors.  Departmental  Honors  Programs  are  offered  in  the  Departments  of 
Economics,  Geography,  Government  and  Politics,  Psychology,  and  Sociology. 
Any  student  who  has  passed  at  least  12  hours  of  academic  work  in  the 
preceding  semester,  without  failure  of  any  course  and  with  an  overall  average 
grade  of  at  least  3.5  will  be  placed  on  the  Provost's  List  of  Distinguished 
Students. 

Senior  Residence  Requirements.  All  candidates  for  degrees  should  plan  to 
take  their  senior  year  in  residence  since  the  advanced  work  of  the  major  study 
normally  occurs  in  the  last  year  of  the  undergraduate  course  sequence.  At  least 
24  of  the  last  30  credits  must  be  done  in  residence.  For  example,  a  student,  who 
at  the  time  of  residence  may  be  permitted  to  do  no  more  than  6  semester  hours 
of  the  final  30  credits  of  record  in  another  institution,  provided  the  student  obtains 
permission  in  advance  from  the  Dean  or  the  Division  Provost.  University  College 
credit  IS  not  considered  to  be  resident  credit  for  purposes  of  the  last  30  hour  rule. 


68      Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 


A  student  must  be  enrolled  in  the  division  from  which  they  plan  to  graduate  when 
registering  for  the  last  15  credits  of  his  or  her  program. 


College  of  Business  and  Management 

Professor  and  Dean:  Lamone 

Acting  Associate  Dean:  Gannon  ^ 

Assistant  Dean:  Armistead 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies:  Nash 

Director  of  I^.B.A.  Program:  Ondeck 

Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies:  Mattingly 

Professors:  H.  Anderson,  Carroll,  Dawson,  Fisher  (part-time),  Gannon,  Gass, 

Greer,  Haslem,  Levine,  Locke,  Loeb,  Nash,  Paine,  Polakoff,  Roberts,  Taff 

Associate  Professors:  C.  Anderson,  Ashmen,  Bartol,  Bedingfield,  Bodin, 

Edelson,  Edmister,  Ford,  Fromovitz,  Hynes,  Jolson,  Kolodny,  Kuehl,  Leete, 

Nickels,  Poist,  Thieblot,  Widhelm 

Assistant  Professors:  Alt,  Assad,  Bloom,  Boisjoly,  Cherry,  Chow,  Corsi,  Golden, 

Greene,  Harvey,  Koehl,  Kumar,  Mayer-Sommer,  Norland,  Beckers,  Schneier, 

Spekman,  Stagliano 

Lecturers:  Carlson,  Chaires,  Coarts,  DiNovo,  Dougherty  Doyle,  Enis,  Fanara, 

Franzak,  Gillen,  Gramling,  Hamer,  Hicks,  Kraft,  Land,  LaRue,  Matthews, 

Merriken,  Moerdyk,  Morash,  Pitta,  Schweiger,  Sohl,  Walkling,  Wasil,  C. 

ZeithamI,  V.  ZeithamI,  Zubritzky 

Lecturers  (part-time):  Garbuny,  Harman,  Ingerman,  Kovach,  Morris,  Oliver, 

Pearce,  Raben,  Rosen,  Wolff,  Wysong 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  is  an  accredited  undergraduate 
and  graduate  collegiate  school  of  business.  This  accreditation  by  the  American 
Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business  recognizes  the  quality  of  programs 
and  faculty  in  the  College.  The  College  recognizes  the  importance  of  education  in 
business  and  management  to  economic,  social,  and  professional  development 
through  profit  and  nonprofit  organizations  at  the  local,  regional,  and  national 
levels.  The  faculty  of  the  College  have  been  selected  from  the  leading  doctoral 
programs  in  business.  They  are  scholars,  teachers,  and  professional  leaders  with 
a  commitment  to  superior  education  in  business  and  management. 

The  College  has  faculty  specializing  in  Accounting;  Finance;  Management 
Science  and  Statistics;  Marketing;  Organizational  Behavior  and  Industrial  Rela- 
tions; and  Transportation,  Business  and  Public  Policy. 

Undergraduate  Program.  The  undergraduate  program  recognizes  the  need  for 
professional  education  in  business  and  management  based  on  a  foundation  in 
the  liberal  arts.  Modern  society  comprises  intricate  business,  economic,  social, 
and  government  institutions  requiring  a  large  number  of  men  and  women  trained 
to  be  effective  and  responsible  managers.  The  ^College  regards  its  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  business  and  management  as  one  of  the 
most  important  ways  it  serves  this  need. 

A  student  in  business  and  management  selects  a  concentration  in  one  of 
several  curricula:  (1)  Accounting;  (2)  Finance;  (3)  General  Curriculum  in  Business 
and  Management;  (4)  Management  Science-Statistics;  (5)  Marketing;  (6)  Person- 
nel and  Labor  Relations;  (7)  Production  Management  and;  (8)  Transportation.  For 
students  interested  in  Law  as  a  career  there  is  a  combined  Business  and  Law 
Program. 

Students  Interested  in  insurance,  real  estate,  institutional  management,  or 
international  business  may  plan  with  their  advisor  to  elect  courses  to  meet  their 
specialized  needs. 

At  least  45  hours  of  the  120  semester  hours  of  academic  work  required  for 
graduation  must  be  in  business  and  management  subjects.  A  minimum  of  57 
hours  of  the  required  120  hours  must  be  in  300  or  400  level  courses.  In  addition 
to  the  requirement  of  an  overall  average  of  C  in  academic  subjects,  an  average  of 
C  in  business  and  management  subjects  is  required  for  graduation.  Electives  in 
the  curricula  of  the  college  may  be  taken  in  any  department  of  the  University  if  the 
student  has  the  necessary  prerequisites.  Business  courses  taken  as  electives 
may  not  be  taken  on  a  pass/fail  basis  by  students  of  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management. 

Degrees.  The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  on  students  successfully 
completing  programs  of  study  in  the  College;  Bachelor  of  Science  (B.S.);  Master 
of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.);  Doctor  of  Business  Administration  (D.B.A.). 
Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Registrar's  Office,  prior  to  a  date 
announced  for  each  semester,  a  formal  application  for  a  degree.  Information 
concerning  admissions  to  the  M.B.A.  and  D.B.A.  programs  is  available  from  the 
college  director  of  graduate  studies. 

Academic  Advisement.  General  advisement  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  is  available  in  the  Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  in  Tydings  Hall. 
It  is  recommended  that  students  visit  this  office  each  year  to  ensure  that  they  are 
informed  about  current  requirements  and  procedures.  Student  problems  concern- 
ing advisement  should  be  directed  to  the  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 
Transfer  students  entenng  the  University  can  be  advised  during  transfer 
orientation.  Students  wishing  to  major  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment can  be  advised  during  summer  and  spring  orientations. 


Entrance  Requirements.  Effective  with  the  Fall  1979  semester  the  College  will 
no  longer  accept  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  into  the  College.  Entrance 
to  the  College  will  be  on  a  competitive  basis  at  the  junior  level  effective  Fall  1 981 . 
A  minimum  Grade  Point  Average  of  2.3  with  56  hours  completed  will  be  required 
for  admission  to  the  College.  In  addition,  a  student  entering  at  the  junior  level 
must  have  completed  the  College's  freshmen  and  sophomore  requirements  in 
mathematics,  accounting,  statistics,  economics,  speech  and  English  Composi- 
tion. 

Statement  of  Policy  on  the  Transfer  of  Credit  from  Community  Colleges. 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  subscribes  to  the  policy  that  a 
student's  undergraduate  program  below  the  junior  year  should  include  no 
advanced,  professional  level  courses.  This  policy  is  based  on  the  conviction  that 
the  value  derived  from  these  advanced  courses  is  materially  enhanced  when 
based  upon  a  sound  foundation  in  the  liberal  arts. 

In  adhering  to  the  above  policy,  it  is  the  practice  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management  to  accept  in  transfer  from  an  accredited  community  college  no 
more  than  12  semester  hours  of  work  in  business  administration  courses. 

The  1 2  semester  hours  of  business  administration  acceptable  in  transfer  are 
specifically  identified  as  three  (3)  semester  hours  in  an  introductory  business 
course,  three  (3)  semester  hours  in  business  statistics,  and  six  (6)  semester 
hours  of  elementary  accounting.  Thus,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  student 
transferring  from  another  institution  will  have  devoted  the  major  share  of  his 
academic  effort  below  the  junior  year,  to  the  completion  of  basic  requirements  in 
the  liberal  arts.  A  total  of  60  semester  hours  may  be  transferred  from  a 
community  college  and  applied  toward  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management. 

Statement  of  Policy  on  the  Transfer  of  Credits  from  Other  Institutions.  The 

College  of  Business  and  Management  normally  accepts  transfer  credits  from 
accredited  four-year  institutions.  Junior  and  senior  level  business  courses  are 
accepted  from  colleges  accredited  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business  (AACSB).  Junior  and  senior  level  business  courses  from 
other  than  AACSB  accredited  schools  are  evaluated  on  a  course-by-course  basis 
to  determine  transferability. 

Honor  Societies 

Beta  Atpt)a  Psi.  National  scholastic  and  professional  honorary  fraternity  in 
accounting.  Members  are  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence  in  scholarship  and 
professional  service  from]unior  and  senior  students  majoring  in  Accounting  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Sefa  Gamma  Sigma.  National  scholastic  honorary  in  business  administration. 
To  be  eligible  students  must  rank  in  the  upper  five  percent  of  their  junior  class  or 
the  upper  ten  percent  of  their  senior  class  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management. 

Pi  Sigma  Ptii  National  scholastic  honorary  sponsored  by  the  Propeller  Club  of 
the  United  States.  Membership  is  elected  from  outstanding  senior  members  of 
the  University  of  Maryland  chapter  of  the  Propeller  Club  majoring  in  Transporta- 
tion in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

Student  Awards.  Dean's  List;  Delta  Sigma  Pi  Scholarship  Key;  Distinguished 
Accounting  Student  Awards;  and  Wall  Street  Journal  Student  Achievement 
Award. 

Scholarships.  Alcoa  Foundation  Traffic  Scholarship;  Delmarva  Traffic  Club 
Scholarship;  Delta  Nu  Alpha  Cheasapeake  Chapter  No.  23  Scholarship;  Delta  Nu 
Alpha  Washington,  D.C.  Chapter  No.  84  Scholarship;  Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Inc. 
Scholarship;  Jack  B.  Sacks  Foundation  Scholarship;  and  Charles  A.  Taff 
Scholarship. 

Student  Professional  Organizations.  American  Marketing  Association;  Beta 
Alpha  Psi;  Dean's  Undergraduate  Advisory  Council;  Delta  Nu  Alpha  (Transporta- 
tion); Delta  Sigma  Pi  (business  students);  The  Maryland  University  Minority 
Business  Association;  National  Association  of  Accountants;  Phi  Chi  Theta 
(business  students);  Society  for  the  Advancement  of  Management;  and  Propeller 
Club  of  America  (Transportation). 

Freshmen  and  Sophomore  Requirements 

Semester 
Credit  IHours 

General  University  Requirements  (GUR)*** 21 

Electives 12  (13) 

MATH  1 10,  1 1 1  and  220  or  (140  and  141)* 9  (8) 

SPCH  100  or  107 3 

BMGT  220A  and  221A  (220  and  221)" 6 

ECON  201  and  203 6 

BMGT  230  (231)* 3 

Total i 60 

•Required  lor  Management  Science  Statistics  curriculum  and  Statistics  IFSM.  optional  (or  ottier 

curricula 

"Required  for  Accounting  Curriculum 

■■■Suggested  courses  include  BMGT  110  and  HIST  115 

A  Typical  Program  for  Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Frestiman  Year                                 : 
GUR  and/or  electives : i. 9 


Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences      69 


SPCH  100  (107)  or  elective 3 

MATH  110  (or  140) 3(4) 

First  semester  total 15-16 

GUR  and/or  electives :. 12 

SPCH  100  (107)  or  elective 3 

MATH  111  (or  141) 3(4) 

Second  semester  total 15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

GUR  and/or  electives  6-9* 

BMGT  220A  or  220  3 

ECON  201  3 

MATH  220*  3 

Third  semester  total  1 5 

'3  hours  GUR  substiluted  for  MATH  220  for  Management  Science-Statistics  curncutum  and 
Statistics-IFSM  cufTiculum. 

GUR  and/or  electives 6 

ECON  203 i 3 

BMGT  221 A  or  221 3 

BMGT  230  or  231 : 3 

Fourth  semester  total 15 

Junior  and  Senior  Requirements 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  340— Business  Finance 3 

BMGT  350 — Marl(eting  Principles  and  Organization 3. 

BMGT  364— Management  and  Organization  Theory 3 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 3 

BMGT  495— Business  Policies 3 

15 

(2)  Curriculum  Concentration— see  requirements  for  each 15-24 

(3)  Economics/social  sciences  electives— see  requirements  for  each 

curriculum .^ 3-6 

(4)  GUR  (9  semester  hours)  and  electives— see  each  curriculum 15-21 

Total ; 60 

Curricula 

Accounting.  Accounting,  in  a  limited  sense,  is  the  analysis,  classification  and 
recording  of  financial  events  and  the  reporting  of  the  results  of  such  events  for  an 
organization.  In  a  broader  sense,  accounting  consists  of  all  financial  devices  for 
planning,  controlling  and  appraising  performance  of  an  organization.  In  this 
broader  sense,  accounting  includes  among  its  many  facets  financial  planning, 
budgeting,  accounting  systems,  financial  management  controls,  financial  analysis 
of  performance,  financial  reporting,  internal  and  external  auditing,  and  taxation  of 
business. 

The  accounting  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers  in 
accounting  and  a  foundation  for  future  advancement  in  other  management  areas 
whether  in  private  business  organizations,  government  agencies,  or  public 
accounting  firms.  Students  who  select  this  curriculum  will  complete  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  requirements  for  all  students  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  ac- 
counting are  as  follow: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

BMGT  310,  311— Intermediate  Accounting 6 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting 3 

BMGT  323— Income  Tax  Accounting 3 

(2)  three  of  the  following  courses: 
BMGT  320— Accounting  Systems 

BMGT  420.  421— Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar 

BMGT  422— Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

BMGT  424— Advanced  Accounting. 

BMGT  425— CPA  Problems 

BMGT  427— Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

BMGT  426— Advanced  Cost  Accounting 9 

Total 24 

Junior  and  Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  (mimimum) 24 

Electives  in  Econ  311.  316.  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 

ECON  Courses  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440 6 


GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  12  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 15 

Total 60 

Since  July  1, 1974,  the  educational  requirement  of  the  Maryland  State  Board 
of  Accountancy  has  been  a  baccalaureate  or  higher  degree  with  a  major  in 
accounting  as  defined  by  the  Board,  or  with  a  non-accounting  major  supple- 
mented by  what  the  Board  determines  to  be  substantially  the  equivalent  of  an 
accounting  major. 

An  accounting  major  shall  be  considered  generally  as  constituting  a  minimum 
of  (1)  30  semester  hours  in  accounting  subjects,  which  shall  include  (but  shall  not 
be  limited  to)  courses  in  accounting  principles,  auditing,  cost  accounting  and 
federal  income  tax;  (2)  6  semester  hours  in  commercial  law;  (3)  4  semester  hours 
in  principles  of  economics. 

A  student  planning  to  take  the  CPA  examination  in  a  state  other  than 
Maryland  should  determine  the  course  requirements,  if  any,  for  that  state  and 
arrange  his  or  her  program  accordingly. 

Finance.  The  finance  curriculum  is  designed  to  familiarize  the  student  with  the 
institutions,  theory  and  practice  involved  in  the  allocation  of  financial  resources 
within  the  private  sector,  especially  the  firm.  It  is  also  designed  to  incorporate 
foundation  study  in  such  related  disciplines  as  economics  and  the  quantitative 
areas. 

The  finance  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers 
involving  financial  analysis  and  management,  investment  analysis  and  portfolio 
management,  investment  banldng.  insurance  and  risk  management,  banking,  and 
international  finance;  it  also  provides  a  foundation  for  graduate  study  in  business 
administration,  quantitative  areas,  economics,  and  law. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  finance 
are  as  follows: 

(1)  the  following  required  courses: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

ECON  430— Money  and  Banking 3 

BMGT  322— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions  or 

BMGT  434— Operations  Research  1 3 

BMGT  343— Investments 3 

(2)  two  of  the  following  courses: 
BMGT  440 — Financial  Management 
BMGT  443— Security  Analysis  and  Valuation 
BMGT  445 — Commercial  Bank  Management 

BMGT  481— Public  Utilities _ 6 

(3)  one  of  the  following  courses  (check  prerequisites): 
IFSM  402— Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 
BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 
BMGT  431— Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 
BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
BMGT  435— Operations  Research  II 

MATH  three  semester  hours  of  mathematics  beyond  the  college 

requirement 3 

Total 21 

Junior  and  Senior  Requirements  1-1  Both  Options  are  as  follow: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 21 

One  course  in  economics  selected  from  ECON  401,  403,  431,  440, 

450  and  402* 3 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  the  120  semester  hours  required  for 
graduation  (of  which  18  hours  must  be  in  300  or  400 

level  courses) 21^ 

Total 60 

'especially  recommended 

General  Curriculum  in  Business  and  Management. 

The  general  curriculum  is  designed  for  those  who  desire  a  broader  course  of 
study  in  business  and  management  than  offered  in  the  other  college  curricula. 
The  general  curriculum  is  appropriate  for  example,  for  those  who  plan  to  enter 
small  business  management  or  entrepreneurship  where  general  knowledge  of 
the  various  fields  of  study  may  be  preferred  to  a  more  specialized  curriculum 
concentration. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  general 
business  and  management  are  as  follows: 


Accounting/Finance 


BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting  or 
BMGT  440— Financial  Management.. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


70      Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 


Management  Science/Statistics 

BMGT  332— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions  or 

BMGT  431— Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business  or 

BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Tfieory  in  Business 3 

Marketing 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management  or 

Higtier  numbered  marketing  course  (cfieck  prerequisites) 3 

Personnel/Labor  Relations 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management  or 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 3 

Public  Policy 

BMGT  481— Public  Utilities  or 

BMGT  482— Business  and  Government 3 

Transportation/Production  Management 

BMGT  370— Principles  of  Transportation  or 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Ptiysical  Distribution  Management  or 

BMGT  385— Production  Management 3 

Total 18 

Junior-Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18 

Electives  in  ECON  311,  316,  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 
ECON  courses  at  least  one  of  wtiicti  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  18  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 21^ 

Total 60 

Management  Science-Statistics.  In  the  management  science-statistics  curricu- 
lum, the  student  has  the  option  of  concentrating  primarily  in  statistics  or  primarily 
in  management  science.  The  two  options  are  described  below. 

Statistics  option.  Statistics  consists  of  a  body  of  methods  for  utilizing  probability 
theory  in  decision-making  processes.  Important  statistical  activities  ancillary  to 
the  decision-making  process  are  the  systematization  of  quantitative  data  and  the 
measurement  of  variability.  Some  specialized  areas  wittiin  the  field  of  statistics 
are:  sample  surveys,  forecasting,  quality  control,  design  of  experiment,  Bayesian 
decision  processes,  actuarial  statistics,  and  data  processing.  Statistical  meth- 
ods—for example,  sample  survey  techniques— are  widely  used  in  accounting, 
marketing,  industrial  management,  and  government  applications.  An  aptitude  for 
applied  mathematics  and  a  desire  to  understand  and  apply  scientific  methods  to 
significant  problems  are  important  prerequisites  for  the  statistician. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  statistics  must  take  MATH  140-141. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  the 
statistics  option  are  as  follows: 

(1)  the  following  required  courses:     . 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in' Business 3 

BMGT  432— Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  and  Economics 3 

BMGT  434— Operations  Research  1 3 

BMGT  438— Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business  and 

Management 3 

0  two  of  the  following  courses: 

IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 

BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  435— Operations  Research  II 

BMGT  436 — Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in 

Management  Science 
BMGT  450— Marketing  Research  Methods 

STAT  400— Probability  and  Statistics  I 6 

Total 18 

Management  Science  option.  Management  Science  (operations  research)  is 
the  application  of  scientific  methods  to  decision  problems,  especially  those 
involving  the  control  of  organized  man-machine  systems,  to  provide  solutions 
which  best  serve  the  goals  and  objectives  of  the  organization  as  a  whole. 
Practitioners  in  this  field  are  employed  in  industry  and  business,  and  federal,  state 
and  local  governments. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  this  field  must  complete  MATH  140-141  prior  to 
junior  standing.  Students  considering  graduate  work  in  this  field  should  complete 
MATH  240-241  as  early  as  possible  in  their  career. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  the 
management  science  option  are  as  follow: 

(1)  the  following  required  courses:  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 3 


BMGT  434— Operations  Research  1 3 

BMGT  435— Operations  Research  II 3 

BMGT  436— Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in 

Management  Science 3 

(2)  two  of  the  following  courses: 
BMGT  432— Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics 
BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 
BMGT  438— Topics  in  Statistical  Analysis  for  Business  and 

Management 
STAT  400— Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I 
IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 
IFSM  410— Information  Processing  Problems  of  Administrative, 

Economic,  and  Political  Systems 
IFSM  436— Introduction  to  System  Analysis 
BMGT  385— Production  Management 

BMGT  485— Advanced  Production  Management 6 

Total , 18 

Junior-Senior  Requirements  for  Both  Options 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  electives  in  ECON  311,  316, 

317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level  ECON  courses  at 

least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON  401,  403,  430,  or 

440 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  18  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses  or  approved  equivalent 21 

Total 60 

Marl<eting.  Marketing,  the  study  of  exchange  activities,  involves  the  functions 
performed  in  getting  goods  and  services  from  producers  to  users.  Career 
opportunities  exist  in  manufacturing,  wholesaling,  retailing,  service  organizations, 
government,  and  non-profit  organizations  and  include  sales  administration, 
marketing  research,  advertising,  merchandising,  physical  distribution,  and  product 
management. 

Students  preparing  for  work  in  marketing  research  are  advised  to  elect 
additional  courses  in  management  science  and  statistics. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  market- 
ing are: 

(1)  The  following  required  courses:  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  354— Promotion  Management 3 

BMGT  450— Marketing  Research  Methods 3 

BMGT  451— Consumer  Analysis 3 

BMGT  457— Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies 3 

(2)  and  two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  332— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  353— Retail  Management 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 

BMGT  431— Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business 

BMGT  456— Advertising 

BMGT  453— Industnal  Marketing 

BMGT  454— International  Marketing 

BMGT  455— Sales  Management 6 

Total 18 

Junior-Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18 

Electives  in  ECON  311,  316,  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 
ECON  courses  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  18  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 21^ 

7b(a/ : 60 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations.  Personnel  administration  has  to  do  with  the 
direction  of  human  effort.  It  is  concerned  with  securing,  maintaining  and  utilizing 
an  effective  working  force.  People  professionally  trained  in  personnel  administra- 
tion find  career  opportunities  in  business,  in  government,  in  educational  institu- 
tions, and  in  charitable  and  other  organizations. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  in  personnel  and  labor 
relations  are  as  follows: 

(1)  the  following  required  courses:  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management 3 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations ; 3 

BMGT  460— Personnel  Management— Analysis  and  Problems 3 

BMGT  464— Organizational  Behavior 3 

BMGT  462— Labor  Legislation 3 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      71 


(2)  one  of  the  following  courses:  ^ 

BMGT  467— Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel  Management 

BMGT  385— Production  Management 

PSYC  461— Personnel  and  Organizational  Psychology 

PSYC  451— Principles  of  Psychological  Testing 

PSYC  452— Psychology  of  Individual  Differences 

SOCY  462— Industrial  Sociology 

SOCY  447— Small  Group  Analysis 

GVPT  411— Public  Personnel  Administration 

JOUR  330— Public  Relations 3 

7(3(8/ 18 

Junior-Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18 

Electives  in  ECON  311,  316,  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 
ECON  courses  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  18  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 21 

Tote/ 60 

Production  Management.  This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student 
with  the  problems  of  organization  and  control  in  the  field  of  production 
management.  Theory  and  practice  withj  reference  to  organization,  policies, 
methods,  processes  and  techniques  are  surveyed,  analyzed  and  evaluated. 
Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  produc- 
tion management  are  as  follows: 

Semesfer 
Credit  Hours 


(1)  the  following  required  courses: 

BMGT  321— Cost  Accounting 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management 3 

BMGT  385— Production  Management 3 

BMGT  485— Advanced  Production  Management 3 

(2)  two  of  the  following  courses: 

BMGT  433— Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business 

BMGT  453— Industnal  Marketing 

BMGT  362— Labor  Relations 

BMGT  332— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 6 

Total 18 

Junior-Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18 

Electives  in  ECON  311,  316,  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 
ECON  courses  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  1 8  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 21^ 

Total 60 

Transportation.  Transportation  involves  the  movement  of  persons  and  goods  in 
the  satisfaction  of  human  needs,  The  curriculum  in  transportation  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  services  and  management  problems,  such  as  pricing,  financing, 
and  organization,  of  the  five  modes  of  transport— air,  motor,  pipelines,  railroads, 
and  water— and  covers  the  scope  and  regulation  of  transportation  in  our 
economy.  The  effective  management  of  transportation  involves  a  study  of  the 
components  of  physical  distribution  and  the  interaction  of  procurement,  the  level 
arid  control  of  inventories,  warehousing,  material  handling,  transportation,  and 
data  processing.  The  curriculum  in  transportation  is  designed  to  prepare  students 
to  assume  responsible  positions  with  carriers,  governmental  agencies,  and  in 
traffic  and  physical  distribution  management  in  industry. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  in  trans- 
portation are  as  follows; 

(1)  the  following  required  courses:  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

BMGT  332— Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions 3 

BMGT  370— Principles  of  Transportation 3 

BMGT  372— Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management 3 

BMGT  470 — Land  Transportation  Systems  or 

BMGT  471— Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems 3 

BMGT  473— Advanced  Transportation  Problems •...         3 

(2)  one  of  the  following  courses: 
BMGT  385— Production  Management 
IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 
BMGT  470— Land  Transportation  Systems  or 

BMGT  471— Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems  (depending  on 
choice  under  (1)  above) 


BMGT  474— Urban  Transportation  &  Development 
BMGT  475— Advanced  Logistics  Management 
BMGT  481— Public  Utilities  > 

BMGT  482— Business  and  Government 

Total 


Junior-Senior  Requirements: 

Junior-senior  requirements  for  all  college  students 15 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 18 

Electives  in  ECON  311,  316,  317,  361,  370,  380,  or  any  400  level 
ECON  courses  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  ECON 

401,  403,  430,  or  440^ 6 

GUR  and  electives  to  complete  1 20  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  (of  which  18  semester  hours  must  be  in  300 

or  400  level  courses) 21 

Total 60 

Business  and  Law,  Combined  Program.  The  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment offers  a  combined  Business-Law  Curriculum  in  which  the  student  completes 
three  years  in  the  chosen  curriculum  concentration  in  the  college  and  a  fourth 
year  of  work  in  the  Law  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  Admission  to  the 
law  school  is  contingent  upon  meeting  the  applicable  standards  of  that  school. 
Individual  students  are  responsible  for  securing  from  the  law  school  its  current 
admission  requirements.  The  student  must  complete  all  the  courses  required  of 
students  in  the  college,  except  BMGT  380  and  BMGT  495.  In  addition,  they  must 
complete  all  courses  normally  required  for  one  of  the  specific  curriculum 
concentrations  in  business  and  management  and  enough  other  credits  to  equal  a 
minimum  of  90  semester  hours.  No  business  law  course  can  be  included  in  the  90 
hours.  The  last  year  of  college  work  before  entering  the  law  school  must  be 
completed  in  residence  at  College  Park.  At  least  30  hours  of  work  must  be  in 
courses  numbered  300  or  above. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  conferred  by  the  college  upon  students 
who  complete  the  first  year  in  the  law  school  with  an  average  grade  of  C  or 
better. 

insurance  and  Real  Estate.  Students  interested  in  insurance  or  real  estate  may 
wish  to  concentrate  in  finance  or  general  business  and  management  and  plan 
with  their  advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs.  College 
courses  offered  in  insurance  are: 

BMGT  346— Risk  Management  and 

BMGT  347— Life  Insurance 

College  courses,  occasionally  offered  in  real  estate  are: 

BMGT  393— Real  Estate  Principles  and 

BMGT  490— Urban  Land  Management 

institutional  Management.  Students  interested  in  hotel-motel  management  or 
hospital  administration  may  wish  to  concentrate  in  general  business  and 
management,  finance,  or  personnel  and  labor  relations  and  should  plan  with  their 
advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs. 

International  Business.  Students  Interested  in  international  business  may  wish 
to  concentrate  in  marketing  or  general  business  and  management  and  should 
plan  with  their  advisors  a  group  of  electives  to  meet  their  specialized  needs. 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 
Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 

Afro-American  Studies  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Director:  Gilmore  "(History) 

Associate  Professor:  Tsomondo 

Assistant  Professors:  Dawkins  '(Urban  Studies),  Landry  "(Sociology),  Nzuwah, 

Williams,  Yimenu,  Webb 

Lecturers:  Mrema 

'Joint  appointment  with  indicated  unit 

The  Afro-American  Studies  Program  offers  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  to  students  who  declare  a  major  in  Afro-American  Studies  and 
who  fulfill  the  academic  requirements  of  this  degree  program. 

Students  who  want  to  take  a  major  in  another  department,  as  well  as  follow  a 
concentration  outside  his  major  of  1 8  hours  of  upper  division  course  work  with  an 
emphasif  on  black  life  and  experiences,  can  receive  a  Certificate  in  Afro- 
American  Studies.  This  work  includes  courses  in  art,  African  languages, 
economics,  English,  geography,  history,  music,  political  science,  sociology, 
speech  and  education. 

Undergraduates  in  good  standing  may  enroll  in  the  program  by  contacting 
Professor  Mariiyo  Nzuwah,  Professor  Roosevelt  Williams,  Professor 
Bartholomew  Landry  or  Gloria  Swain  of  the  Afro-American  Studies  Program,  in 
Room  2169  New  Social  Sciences  Building.  Students  pursuing  a  major  or 
certificate  must  meet  the  General  University  and  division  requirements. 


72      Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Students  who  plan  to  major  in  Afro-American  Studies  must  complete  a  total 
of  36  hours  of  Afro-American  Studies  courses.  At  least  24  of  the  36  hours  must 
be  in  upper  division  courses  (300-400  numbers).  Twelve  hours  of  basic  courses 
are  required.  To  fulfill  this  requirement,  all  majors  must  take  the  twelve  hours  of 
basic  courses:  AASP  100.  AASP  200,  AASP  202  and  AASP  298A,  A  minimum  of 
six  hours  of  seminars  (two  courses)  are  required:  AASP  401  to  be  taken  after 
completing  15  hours  of  required  courses,  and  AASP  397  to  be  taken  during  the 
student's  senior  year.  AASP  397  will  include  the  writing  of  a  senior  thesis.  The 
remaining  18  hours  of  upper  division  course  work  (300-400  numbers)  should  be 
concentrated  in  areas  of  specialization  within  the  Program,  but  may  not  include 
AASP  397  or  AASP  401.  Related  and  supporting  courses  taken  in  other 
departments  must  be  approved  by  a  faculty  advisor  or  the  student's  program 
plan.  Each  course  counted  for  the  above  requirements  must  be  passed  with  a 
grade  of  C  or  better.  In  addition  to  the  program  of  courses  indicated  above,  each 
student  majoring  in  Afro-American  Studies  is  strongly  advised  to  utilize  the 
remainder  of  the  120  hours  required  for  graduation  by  concentrating  his  studies  in 
areas  such  as  African  Studies,  Technology,  Fine  Arts,  Pre-Law,  Pre-I^4edicine, 
Business  Administration,  Social  Sciences,  and  Urban  Studies,  etc.  Model  four- 
year  program  for  these  and  other  areas  of  concentration  are  available  from 
program  advisors. 

To  receive  a  Certificate  in  Afro-American  Studies,  the  student  must  enroll  and 
receive  a  satisfactory  grade  in  AASP  100  plus  at  least  three  (3)  of  the  required 
courses  which  must  include  AASP  401,  Seminar  in  Afro-American  Studies.  In 
addition,  the  student  may  also  choose  a  number  of  approved  courses  from  a  list 
of  recommended  electives  to  meet  the  minimum  requirements  of  18  credit  hours. 

Course  Code  Prefix— AASP 

Anthropology 

Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Leone 

Professors:  Gonzalez,  Kerley  and  Williams 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Rosen 

Assistant  Professors:  Benjamin,  Dessaint,  Palkovich,  and  Stuart 

The  Anthropology  Department  offers  beginning  and  advanced  course  work  in 
the  four  principal  subdivisions  of  the  discipline:  physical  anthropology,  linguistics, 
archaeology  and  ethnology.  Courses  in  these  subdivisions  may  be  used  to  fulfill 
the  minor  or  "supporting  courses"  requirement  in  some  programs  leading  to  the 
B.A.  degree.  They  also  may,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Department  of  Sociology,  be 
counted  toward  a  major  in  Sociology. 

Anttiropology  Major:  The  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  for  a  major  in 
anthropology  leads  to  the  B.A.  degree.  All  majors  are  required  to  take  30  hours  in 
anthropology,  18  of  which  must  be  selected  from  the  following  courses:  ANTH 
1 01 ,  102,  401 ,  441 ,  or  451 ,  371  or  461 ,  and  397.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that 
if  ANTH  101  is  used  to  satisfy  the  General  University  requirement  in  Behavioral 
and  Social  Sciences,  it  may  not  be  counted  as  a  part  of  the  30  required  semester 
hours  for  the  major.  The  18  hours  of  required  courses  insures  that  the  major 
becomes  familiar  with  all  areas  of  anthropology.  No  one  area,  therefore,  receives 
special  emphasis,  for  it  is  believed  that  such  specialization  should  occur  during 
graduate  study,  preferably  at  the  Ph.D.  level.  Thus  the  student  is  broadly 
prepared  in  the  ways  humans  have  evolved  culturally  and  physically.  A  statement 
of  course  requirements  and  recommended  sequences  of  courses  is  available  in 
the  departmental  office. 

No  course  with  a  grade  of  less  than  C  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

ANTH  1 01 ,  and  ANTH  1 02,  or  their  equivalent,  or  permission  of  the  instructor, 
are  prerequisites  to  all  other  courses  in  Anthropology. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ANTH. 

Business  and  Economic  Research 

Professor  and  Director:  Cumberland 
Professors:  Cumberland,  Harris 
Assistant  Professor:  Clotfelter 

The  functions  of  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  are 
research,  education  and  public  service. 

The  research  activities  of  the  Bureau  are  primarily  focused  on  basic  research 
and  applied  research  in  the  fields  of  regional,  urban,  public  finance  and 
environmental  studies.  Although  the  bureau's  long-run  research  program  is 
carried  out  largly  by  its  own  staff,  faculty  members  from  other  departments  also 
participate.  The  bureau  also  undertakes  cooperative  research  programs  with  the 
sponsorship  of  federal  and  state  governmental  agencies,  research  foundations 
and  other  groups. 

The  educational  functions  of  the  bureau  are  achieved  through  active 
participation  by  advanced  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  in  the  bureau's 
research  program.  This  direct  involvement  of  students  in  the  research  process 
under  faculty  supervision  assists  students  in  their  degree  programs  and  provides 
research  skills  that  equip  students  for  responsible  posts  in  business,  government 
and  higher  education. 

The  bureau  observes  its  service  responsibilities  to  governments,  business, 
and  private  groups  primarily  through  the  publication  and  distribution  of  its 


research  findings.  In  addition,  the  bureau  staff  welcomes  the  opportunity  to  be  of 
service  to  governmental  and  civic  groups  by  consulting  with  them  on  problems, 
especially  in  the  fields  of  regional  and  urban  economic  development  and 
forecasting,  state  and  local  public  finance,  and  environmental  management. 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

Professor  and  Director.  Lejins  "(Sociology) 

Criminology  Program 

Associate  Professors:  l^aida,  Tennyson 
Assistant  Professors:  Debro,  McKenzie,  Minor 
Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Gluckstern 
Faculty  Research  Assistant:  Wood 
Instructors:  Block 
Part-time  Lecturers:  Freivaids,  Sullivan 

Law  Enforcement  Curriculum 

Associate  Professors:  Ingraham 

Assistant  Professors:  B.  Johnson 

Faculty  Research  Associate:  K.  Johnson 

Part-time  Lecturers:  Larkins,  Mauriello,  Wolman 

Part-time  Instructors:  Brown,  Cummings,  Ellis,  Larson,  Longmire 

'Joint  appointment  with  indicated  unit. 

The  purpose  of  the  Institute  is  to  provide  an  organization  and  administrative 
basis  for  the  interests  and  activities  of  the  University,  its  faculty  and  students  in 
the  areas  usually  designated  as  law  enforcement,  criminology  and  corrections. 
The  Institute  is  to  promote  study  and  teaching  concerning  the  problems  of  crime 
and  delinquency  by  offering  and  coordinating  academic  programs  in  the  area  of 
law  enforcement,  criminology  and  corrections:  managing  research  in  these  areas; 
and  conducting  demonstration  projects. 

The  Institute  comprises  as  its  component  parts: 

1.  The  Criminology  Program. 

2.  The  Law  Enforcement  Curriculum. 

3.  Graduate  Program  offering  M.A.  and  Pli.D.  degrees  in  Criminal  Justice 
and  Criminology. 

The  major  in  criminology  comprises  30  hours  of  course  work:  18  hours  in 
Criminology,  6  hours  in  Law  Enforcement  and  6  hours  in  Sociology.  Eighteen 
hours  in  social  or  behavioral  science  disciplines  are  required  as  a  supporting 
sequence.  In  these  supporting  courses  a  social  or  behavioral  science  statistics 
and  a  social  or  behavioral  science  methods  course  are  required.  Psychology  331 
or  431  is  also  required.  In  addition,  two  psychology  elective  courses  and  a 
general  social  psychology  course  are  required.  Regarding  the  specific  courses  to 
be  taken,  the  student  is  required  to  consult  with  an  advisor.  No  grade  lower  than 
C  may  be  used  toward  the  major  or  the  supporting  courses. 

Course  Code  Prefix— CRIM. 

Major  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

CRIM  220 3 

CRIM  450 3 

CRIM  451 3 

CRIM  452 3 

CRIM  453 3 

CRIM  454 3 

LENF  100 3 

LENF230 3 

SOCY433 3 

SOCY427 3 

TOTAL ; 30 

Supporting  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

PSYC  331  or  431 3 

Social  Psych-such  as  PSYC  221,  SOCY  230,  SOCY  430  or  SOCY 

447 3 

PSYC  electives 6 

Soc.  Sci.  statistics 3 

Soc.  Sci.  methods 3 

18 

General  University  Requirements 30 

Electives 42 

120 

The  major  in  law  enforcement  comprises  30  hours  of  course  work  in  law 
enforcement  and  criminology,  the  latter  being  offered  as  courses  in  the 
Criminology  Program,  divided  as  follows:  18,  but  not  more  than  24,  hours  in  law 
enforcement;  6,  but  not  more  than  1 2,  hours  in  criminology.  Students  may  use  an 
additional  6  hours  to  bring  the  major  up  to  36  hours.  In  addition  to  major 
requirements,  a  student  must  take  6  hours  in  methodology  and  statistics,  and  a 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula      73 

supporting  sequence  of  courses  totalling  18  hours  must  be  taken  in  government  In  lieu  of  Economics  421,  the  student  may  take  one  of  the  following  statistics 

and  politics,  psychology  or  sociology.  No  grade  lower  than  C  may  be  used  toward  courses;  BMGT  230,  BMGT  231 ,  or  STAT  400.  A  student  who  lakes  ECON  205 

the  major,  or  to  satisfy  the  statistics-methodology  requirement.  (Principles)  before  deciding  to  major  in  Economics  may  continue  with  ECON  203, 

without  being  required  to  take  ECON  201. 

Course  Code  Prefix— LENF.  jt^g  remainder  ol  the  30  hours  may  be  chosen  from  among  any  other  upper 

l^gjg^                                                           Semester  division  economics  courses.  Students  who  take  ECON  421  may  not  also  receive 

(Required)                                                Credit  Hours  credit  for  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231 .  The  Department  urges  students  to  take  more 

LENF  100     3  '^3n  the  minimum  of  30  hours,  especially  if  the  student  is  going  to  graduate 

[.BiF  23oZ"ZZI~'Z~Zl 3  school. 

LENF  234 3  (2)  Supporting  Courses  (18  hours) 

LENF  340 ™!ZI"ZZ'I"!Z!!!!!!.!I!!!Z"Z"!!"™.L3  six  credit  hours  of  Mathematics  are  required  including  one  semester  of 

CRIIVI  220 !I"!!Z!Z'Z!!Z!Z!!!!!!!Z!Z!"Z!!!!!!!.!!L...3  calculus.  No  specific  courses  are  required,  but  the  combination  of  MATH  110 

GRIM  450 ZZ"""!~Z"~!!!Z.!!!!!!!""Z"Z!!!1"!!!!".Z!..3  (introduction  to  Mathematics)  and  MATH  220  (Elementary  Calculus)  is  the 

minimum.  Students  planning  to  do  graduate  study  in  Economics  are  strongly 

Semester  urged  to  take  more  than  the  minimum  six-hour  mathematics  requirement. 

Credit  Hours  Economics  majors  must  earn  credit  for  eighteen  hours  of  upper  division  work 

(Select  4  courses  from)  In  non-Economics  courses  (in  addition  to  the  nine  hours  of  upper  division  courses 

LENF  220 3  required  as  pari  of  the  General  University  Requirements).  For  purposes  of  this 

LENF  330                                                                3  requirement,  any  of  the  following  may  count  as  an  "upper  division"  course:  any 

LENF  350                                                                3  course  numbered  300  or  above;  any  course  in  mathematics  beyond  the  six  hours 

LENF  360                                                                3  required  of  all  Economics  majors;  and  any  course  in  a  department  for  which  the 

LENF  398                                                                3  prerequisites  are  the  equivalent  of  one  year  of  college-level  work  in  that 

LENF  399                                                -                3  department  In  particular,  a  second-year  college  course  in  foreign  languages  may 

LENF  444                                                                3  t3e  counted  as  "upper  division". 

LENF  462                                                                3  Students  who  declare  their  major  prior  to  Spring,  1979,  may  graduate  under 

GRIM  432                                                                3  the  former  rules.  The  former  rules  require  36  Economics  hours,  12  hours  of 

GRIM  451                                                                 3  supporting  courses,  and  two  semesters  of  math  but  with  no  calculus. 
GRIM  453                                                                3 

GRIM  454 3  Study  Sequences  and  Plans  of  Study.  While  the  regulations  allow  students 

very  considerable  latitude  in  their  choice  of  courses,  the  Department  urges  that 

Supporting                                                                                Semester  t^g  student  take  ECON  201 ,  203  and  begin  in  the  required  mathematics  courses 

Credit  Hours  gg  gQon  as  possible.  Upon  completion  of  ECON  203,  the  student  should  promptly 

PSYG  200  or  SOCY  201 ;  statistics  (or  another  with  permission  of  take  ECON  401,  403,  or  both,  in  the  following  semester,  since  these  are 

advisor) 3  intermediate  theory  courses  of  general  applicability  in  the  later  course  work. 

SOCY  202;  Research  methods  (or  another  with  permission  of  advisor)..          3  (^gjors  should  take  ECON  421  (or  equivalent)  after  calculus  is  completed.  ECON 

Supporting  sequence:  18  credit  hours  of  specific  recommended                   24  3^0  may  be  taken  any  time  after  completing  ECON  203. 

courses  in  GVPT,  SOGY  and  PSYG  (see  recommended  Courses  in  applied  areas  at  the  300  and  400  level  may  be  begun  at  any  point 

list  in  Institute  Office) 18  gfter  ECON  203,  though  there  is  some  benefit  to  completing  the  intermediate 

General  University  Requirements 30  theory  courses  first.  While  the  Department  does  not  require  any  particular  set  of 

Electives j 36  electives,  students  can  benefit  from  giving  some  attention  to  defining  sub- 

Total 120  specialties  within  Economics  of  interest  or  of  importance  for  subsequent  career 

plans,  and  completing  the  several  relevant  courses  to  that  sub-specialty. 

Division  Computer  Laboratory  Those  students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  Economics  must  begin 

to  prepare  themselves  analytically  for  graduate  work  by  focusing  on  theory, 

Director:  Philips  statistics,  and  mathematics  in  their  undergraduate  curriculum.  This  should  include 

"The  Division  Computer  Laboratory  provides  core  support  services  for  ECON  422  (Quantitative  Methods)  and  ECON  425  (Mathematical  Economics)  in 

individual  faculty,  students  and  departments  in  the  use  of  computers  for  their  program.  Additional  mathematics,  including  more  calculus  and  linear 

instruction  and  research.  The  lab  serves  a  fourfold  research  function:  for  data  algebra,  is  recommended. 

archiving  and  manipulation;  statistical  analysis;  theory  construction  and  validation  Economics  Honors  Program.  The  Honors  Program  provides  students  with  the 

through  the  testing  of  mathematical  models;  and  the  application  of  simulation  and  opportunity  for  advanced  study  in  a  seminar  format,  with  faculty  supervision  of 

gaming  processes  to  problems  in  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences.  A  program  seminar  papers  and  an  honors  thesis.  The  Honors  Program  is  a  three-semester 

library  of  current  system  packages  in  the  social  sciences  is  also  maintained.  jg  (-i-edit  hour)  sequence  which  a  student  enters  at  the  beginning  of  the  last  three 

semesters.  To  be  eligible,  a  student  must  have  a  cumulative  grade-point  average 

Economics  of  at  least  3.0,  and  have  completed  ECON  401  and  403.  ECON  395  and  ECON 

„  397  are  the  first  and  third  courses  in  the  sequence,  which  require  papers  and  a 

Prolessor  arid  Lhatrman:  Marris                                   o     u    ,    ^  nn    ^  thesis.  The  second  semester  is  to  be  chosen  from  among  specified  advanced 

Professors:  Aaron  (on  leave)  Almon,  Bailey,  Bergmann,  Cumberland,  Dillard,  cmnnmirs  rniireB.; 

Gruchy  (emeritus),  Harris,  Kelejian,  McGuire,  Mueller,  Gates,  O'Connell,  Olson,  cconomitb  courbBs. 
Polakoff,  Schultze  (on  leave),  Straszheim,  Wonnacott,  Ulmer 

Associate  Professors:  Adams,  Bennett,  Betancourt,  Glague,  Dodge,  Johnson*  Geography 

(Applied  Math),  Knight  Meyer  Singer,  Weinstein  p^^f^^^^^  ^^^  Chairman:  HarRer 

Assistant  Professors:  Brown,  Clotfelter,  Dorman,  Lieberman,  Murrell,  Professors-  Deshler  Fonaroff 

Panagariya,  Pelcovits,  Snower,  Swartz,  Vavrichek  Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Chaves,  Groves,  Mitchell,  Thompson,  Wiedel 

'Appointment  Witt)  indicated  department.  Assistant  Professors:  Christian  '(Urban  Studies),  Cirrincione  "(Secondary 

Education),  Garst.  Roswell,  Thorn 

The  undergraduate  economics  program  is  designed  to  give  students  an  Lecturers:  Petzold,  Sawyer,  Winters 
understanding  of  the  American  economic  system  and  our  country's  economic 

relations  with  the  rest  of  the  world,  and  the  ability  to  analyze  the  economic  forces  'Joint  appointment  wilt}  indicated  unit 

which  determine  the  production  of  goods  and  services  the  level  of  Prices  the  Geography  studies  the  spatial  patterns  and  interactions  of  natural,  cultural, 

distribution  of  income,  and  other  economic  factors  which  in^uence  the  quality  of  ^^^  socio-economic  phenomena  on  earth's  surface.  The  field  thus  embraces 

life.  Such  study  includes  an  anah^sis  of  current  economic  problems  and  the  merits  ^           ^^  j,^,^  ,^g    ^    ,^3,  g^^  ,^g  ^^^.g,  3^,^^^^^  ^h,^h  are  applied  in  the 

of  alternative  pubic  poicies  which  influence  social  outcomes.  The  program  for  ^        ^,  patterns  of  distnbution  of  individual  phenomena,  to  the  study  of 

majors  prepares  students  for  employment  after  college  as  well  as  for  work  toward  ^^^^^^^  interrelations  of  phenomena  found  in  a  given  region,  and  to  the 

advanced  degrees.  synthesis  of  geographic  regions.   A  geographer  should,  therefore,  acquire 

Requirements  tor  the  Economics  Major.  In  addition  to  the  thirty-hour  General  background  knowledge  in  certain  aspects  of  the  physical  as  well  as  the  social 

University  Requirements,  the  requirements  for  the  Economics  major  are  as  sciences. 

follows:  Fisid  work  and  map  analysis  have  been  the  basic  tools  of  research  for  the 

(1)  Economic  Courses  (30  hours)  geographer.  In  recent  years  these  have  been  augmented  by  the  use  of 

Economics  majors  must  earn  30  credit  hours  in  economics  with  an  average  techniques  of  air  photo  interpretation  and  presently  by  the  development  of 

grade  in  all  Economics  courses  of  not  less  than  G.  Courses  required  of  all  majors  methods  of  interpreting  data  obtained  from  the  remote  sensing  devices  of  space 

are:  ECON  201,  ECON  203,  ECON  310,  ECON  401,  ECON  403,  and  ECON  421.  satellites.  Modern  geography  also  is  making  increasing  application  of  quantitative 


74      Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


methods,  including  the  use  of  statistics  and  systems  analysis,  so  that  mathemati- 
cal training  is  becoming  increasingly  important  for  a  successful  career  in 
geography. 

Today  geographers  are  employed  in  a  wide  range  of  positions.  Geographers 
in  the  federal  government  work  in  the  Departments  of  State,  Interior,  Defense, 
Agriculture,  Housing  and  Urban  Affairs,  and  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare.  They 
are  on  the  staffs  of  the  legislative  research  branch,  the  Library  of  Congress  and 
the  National  Archives.  At  the  state  and  local  government  level  there  is  an 
increasing  demand  for  geographers  in  planning  positions.  And  in  recent  years 
more  and  more  geographers  have  found  employment  in  private  industry  working 
on  problems  of  industrial  and  commercial  location  and  market  analysis.  Teaching 
at  all  levels  from  elementary  school  through  graduate  work  continues  to  employ 
more  geographers  each  year.  Some  have  found  geography  to  be  an  excellent 
background  for  careers  in  the  military,  journalism  and  general  business;  others 
have  simply  found  the  broad  perspective  of  geography  an  excellent  base  for  a 
general  education.  Most  professional  positions  in  geography  require  graduate 
training. 

Requirements  for  an  Undergraduate  Major.  Within  any  of  the  general  major 
programs  it  is  possible  for  the  student  to  adjust  his  program  to  fit  his  particular 
individual  interests.  The  major  totals  36  semester  hours. 

The  required  courses  of  the  geography  majors  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

1  Geography  Core  (GEOG  201,  202,  203,  305,  310) 15 

2  An  additional  techniques  course  (selected  from  370,  372,  376,  380)...  3 

3  A  regional  course 3 

4  Elective  systematic  and  techniques  courses 15 

Total 36 

The  Geography  Core-The  following  five  courses  form  the  minimum 
essential  base  upon  which  advanced  work  in  geography  can  be 
built: 

GEOG  201— Introductory  Physical  Geography 

GEOG  202— Introductorv  Cultural  Geography 

GEOG  203— Introductory  Economic  Geography 

GEOG  305— Introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques 

GEOG  310— Introduction  to  Research  &  Writing 


3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

The  three  lower  division  courses  are  to  be  completed  prior  to  GEOG  310  and  all 
other  upper  division  courses.  GEOG  201 ,  202,  and  203  may  be  taken  in  any  order 
and  a  student  may  register  for  more  than  one  in  any  semester.  GEOG  305  is 
prerequisite  to  GEOG  310.  GEOG  310  is  specifically  designed  as  a  preparation  to 
upper  division  work  and  should  be  taken  by  the  end  of  the  junior  year.  Upon 
consultation  with  a  department  advisor,  a  reasonable  load  of  other  upper  division 
work  in  geography  may  be  taken  concurrently  with  GEOG  310. 

The  techniques  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  taking  one  of  the  following: 
GEOG  370— Cartography  and  Graphics  Practicum,  GEOG  372— Remote 
Sensing,  GEOG  376— Quantitative  Techniques  in  Geography  and  GEOG 
380— Focal  Field  Course. 

Introduction  to  Geography— Geography  100: 

Introduction  to  Geography  is  a  general  education  course  for  persons  who 
have  had  no  previous  contact  with  the  discipline  in  high  school  or  for  persons 
planning  to  take  only  one  course  in  geography.  It  provides  a  general  overview  of 
the  field  rather  than  of  a  single  specialized  subdivision.  Credit  for  this  course  is 
not  applied  to  the  major. 

Areas  of  Specialization.  Although  the  major  program  is  flexible  and  can  be 
designed  to  fit  any  individual  student's  own  interest,  several  specializations 
attract  numbers  of  students.  They  are: 

Urbart  Geography  and  Regional  Development— Proy'\(ies  preparation  for 
careers  in  planning  and  teaching.  Majors  electing  this  specialty  take  departmental 
courses  in  urban  geography,  industrial  location,  transportation,  and  economic 
geography  among  others  and  supporting  courses  in  urban  sociology,  urban 
economics,  urban  transportation,  and  the  urban  studies  program  outside  the 
department. 

Physical  Geography— For  students  with  special  interest  in  the  natural 
environment  and  in  its  interaction  with  the  works  of  man.  This  specialization 
consists  of  departmental  courses  in  geomorphology,  climatology,  and  resources, 
and  of  supporting  courses  in  geology,  soils,  meteorology,  hydrology,  and  botany. 

Cartography— Prepares  students  for  careers  in  map  design,  compilation  and 
reproduction.  The  department  offers  various  courses  in  thematic  mapping, 
cartographic  history  and  theory,  map  evaluation,  and  map  and  photo  interpreta- 
tion. For  additional  training  students  are  advised  to  take  supporting  courses  in  art 
and  civil  engineering. 

Cultural  Geography— 0\  interest  to  students  particularly  concerned  with  the 
geographic  aspects  of  population,  politics,  and  other  social  and  cultural  phenom- 
ena, and  with  historical  geography.  In  addition  to  departmental  course  offerings 
this  specialization  depends  on  work  in  sociology,  anthropology,  government  and 
politics,  history,  and  economics. 

For  further  information  on  any  of  these  areas  of  interest  the  student  should 
contact  a  departmental  advisor. 

All  math  programs  should  be  approved  by  a  departmental  advisor. 


Suggested  Study  of  Program  for  Geography 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Years 

GEOG  100— Introduction  to  Geography  (Does  not  count  toward 

geography  major) 

GEOG  201— Introductory  Physical  Geography 

GEOG  202— Introductory  Cultural  Geography 

GEOG  203— Introductory  Economic  Geography , 

General  University  Requirements  and/or  electives 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Junior  Year 

GEOG  305— Introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques 

GEOG  310— Introduction  to  Research  and  Writing  in  Geography. 

GEOG— A  regional  geography  course 

GEOG— Techniques  (choice) 

GEOG— Elective 

General  University  Requirements  and/or  electives 


Senior  Year 

GEOG— Courses  to  complete  major.. 

Electives 


Total.. 


Geography  Minor  and  Secondary  Education  Geography 
Specialization 

College  of  Education  Majors.  Secondary  Education  majors  with  a  concentra- 
tion in  geography  are  required  to  take  27  hours  in  the  content  field.  Geography 
201,  202,  203,  490.  The  remaining  12  hours  of  the  program  consists  of  3  hours  of 
regional  geography  and  9  hours  of  upper-division  systematic  courses.  For  majors 
in  Elementary  Education  and  others  needing  a  geography  course  for  teaching 
certification,  Geography  100  is  the  required  course. 

Geography  minors  should  take  at  least  GEOG  201,  202  and  203  in  the 
Geography  core  and  310  is  recommended.  As  with  the  major,  these  courses 
should  be  taken  before  any  others. 

Course  Code  Prefix— GEOG 

Governmental  Research 

Professor  and  Director:  Bobrow 
Research  Associate:  Feldbaum 

Activities  of  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research  relate  primarily  to  the 
problems  of  state  and  local  government  in  Maryland.  The  Bureau  engages  in 
research  and  publishes  findings  with  reference  to  local,  state  and  national 
governments  and  their  interrelationships.  It  undertakes  sun/eys  and  offers  its 
assistance  and  sen/ice  to  units  of  government  in  Maryland  and  serves  as  a 
clearinghouse  of  information  for  them.  The  Bureau  furnishes  opportunities  for 
qualified  students  interested  in  research  and  career  development  in  state  and 
local  administration.  The  Bureau  also  acts  as  Coordinator  for  the  Annual  School 
for  Maryland  Assessing  Officers. 

Government  and  Politics 

Professor  and  Department  Chairman:  Hathorn  (Acting) 

Professors:  Anderson,  Bobrow,  Claude,  Hsueh,  McNelly,  Phillips,  Piper, 

Piischke,  Young 

Associate  Professors:  Buttenvorth,  Conway,  Devine,  Elkin,  Glass,  Glendening, 

Hardin,  Heisler,  Koury,  Oppenheimer,  Pirages,  Ranald,  Reeves,  Stone*  (Urban 

Studies),  Terchek,  Usianer,  Wilkenfeld 

Assistant  Professors:  Christensen-Abel,  Lanning,  McCarrick,  Meisinger*  (Ass't. 

Provost),  Nzuwah,  Oliver,  Peroff,  Postbrief,  Werbos,  Woolpert 

Lecturers:  Brown,  Edelstein*  (Ass't.  Provost),  Shue,  Weinberg 

'Joint  Appointment  with  indicated  unit 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  offers  programs  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  government  service,  politics,  foreign  assignments,  teaching, 
a  variety  of  graduate  programs,  law  schools,  and  for  intelligent  and  purposeful 
citizenship, 

Requirements  for  the  Government  and  Politics  Major.  Government  and 
Politics  majors  must  take  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours  in  government 
courses  and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours  in  government  toward  graduation. 
No  course  in  which  the  grade  is  less  than  C  may  be  counted  as  part  of  the  major. 
No  courses  may  be  taken  on  a  pass-fail  basis.  No  more  than  9  hours  of  credit 
from  the  following  courses  may  be  used  toward  major  requirements:  GVPT  375, 
GVPT  375,  GVPT  377,  GVPT  386,  and  GVPT  387 

The  governme,nt  and  politics  fields  are  as  follows:  (1)  American  government 
and  politics;  (2)  comparative  government;  (3)  International  affairs;  (4)  political 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      75 


theory;  (5)  public  administration;  (6)  public  law;  and  (7)  public  policy  and  political 
behavior. 

All  government  majors  are  required  to  tal^e  GVPT  100,  170,  220,  441,  or  442 
and  such  other  supporting  courses  as  specified  by  the  department.  They  must 
take  one  course  from  three  separate  government  fields  as  designated  by  the 
department. 

All  departmental  majors  shall  take  ECON  205  or  ECON  201.  In  addition,  the 
major  will  select  courses  from  one  of  the  following  options;  (a)  methodology,  (b) 
foreign  language,  (c)  philosophy  and  history  of  science,  or  (d)  pre-law.  A  list  of 
courses  which  will  satisfy  each  option  is  available  in  the  departmental  office. 

All  students  majoring  in  government  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a 
secondary  area  of  concentration,  which  involves  the  completion  of  15  semester 
hours  from  approved  departments  other  than  GVPT.  At  least  six  of  the  15  hours 
must  be  taken  at  the  300-400  level  from  a  single  department. 

Students  who  major  in  government  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  GVPT 
Honors  Program  dunng  the  second  semester  of  their  sophomore  year.  Additional 
information  concerning  the  Honors  program  may  be  obtained  at  the  departmental 
offices. 

Departmental  majors  who  have  completed  at  least  75  hours  towards  a 
degree  and  at  least  15  hours  in  GVPT  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the 
department's  Academic  Internship  Program. 

•Course  Code  Prefix— GVPT 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Professor  and  Chairman:  McCall 

Research  Professor:  Causey 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Hamlet* 

Assistant  Professors:  Bennett,  Cicci",  Diggs,  Doudna,  Suter" 

Research  Associates:  Punch,  Schweitzer 

Research  Assistant:  Howard 

Instnictors:  Beck,  Patrick,  Paul-Brown,  Rickerson,  Schwartz 

'Joint  with  School  of  Dentistry 
'  'Joint  with  School  of  Medicine 

The  departmental  curnculum  leads  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  and 
prepares  the  student  to  undertake  graduate  work  in  the  fields  of  speech 
pathology/language,  audiology,  and  speech  and  hearing  science.  The  student 
who  wishes  to  work  professionally  as  a  speech/language  pathologist  or 
audiologist  must  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  graduate  course  work  in 
order  to  meet  state  and  national  certification  requirements. 

A  student  majoring  in  Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences  must  complete  21 
semester  hours  of  specified  courses  and  9  semester  hours  of  electives  in  the 
department  to  satisfy  major  course  requirements.  No  course  with  a  grade  less 
than  C  may  count  toward  major  course  requirements.  In  addition  to  the  30 
semester  hours  needed  for  a  major,  18  semester  hours  of  supporting  courses  in 
allied  fields  are  required. 

Major  Courses.  Specified  courses  for  a  major  in  Heanng  and  Speech  Sciences 
are  PHYS  1 02,  HESP  202,  302,  305,  400,  403,  41 1 ,  and  nine  credits  chosen  from 
among  HESP  310,  312,  404.  406,  408,  410,  412,  414,  and  499. 

Supporting  Courses.  The  undergraduate  student  with  a  major  in  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  will  take  a  total  of  six  courses,  18  credits,  as  designated  in 
these  supporting  areas  of  study: 

Required— one  of  the  following  courses  in  statistics.  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

EDMS  451— Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 3 

PSYC  200— Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology 3 

SOCY  201— Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology 3 

The  student  will  select  4  courses,  12  credits,  in  addition  to  Psychology  100, 
from  offerings  in  the  Department  of  Psychology.  The  following  are  some 
suggested  courses: 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

PSYC  206— Developmental  Psychology 3 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology 3 

PSYC  301— Biological  Basis  of  Behavior 3 

PSYC  331— Introduction  to  Abnormal  Psychology* 3 

PSYC  333— Child  Psychology* 3 

PSYC  335— Personality  and  Adjustment 3 

PSYC  400— Expenmental  Psychology:  Learning  Motivation* 4 

PSYC  410 — Expenmental  Psychology:  Sensory  Processes  1 4 

PSYC  422— Language  and  Social  Communication 3 

PSYC  423— Advanced  Social  Psychology :...„ 3 

PSYC  431— Abnormal  Psychology* 3 

PSYC  433— Advanced  Topics  in  Child  Psychology 3 

PSYC  435— Personality 3 

'  strongly  recommended 


The  student  will  select  one  course,  not  in  the  area  of  psychology,  which  is 
directly  related  to  Hearing  and  Speech.  Suggested  courses  for  fulfilling  this 
requirement  include: 

HLTH  450— Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth 3 

HLTH  456— Health  Problems  of  the  Aging  and  the  Aged 3 

EDHD  400— Introduction  to  Gerontology 3 

EDHD  411— Child  Growth  and  Development : 3 

EDHD  413— Adolescent  Development 3 

EDHD  445— Guidance  of  Young  Children ; 3 

EDHD  470— Introduction  to  Special  Education 3 

EDSP  471— Charactenstics  of  Exceptional  Children:  Mentally  Retarded.  3 

EDSP  475— Education  of  the  Slow  Learner 3 

EDSP  491— Charactenstics  of  Exceptional  Children;  Perceptual 

Learning  Problems 3 

LING  100— Introduction  to  Linguistics 3 

LING  101— Language  and  Culture 3 

LING  401— Phonetics  and  Phonemics 3 

LING  402— Morphology  and  Syntax 3 

LING  498 — Seminar  in  Linguistics 3 

RECR  489C— Field  Projects  and  Workshops  (InUo.  to  Manual 

Communication) 3 

ANTH  371— Introduction  to  Linguistics 3 

ANTH  465 — Human  Growth  and  Constitution 3 

EDCP  413— Behavior  Modification 3 

EDCP  414— Pnnciples  of  Behavior 3 

EDCP  460 — Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling 3 

SOCY  423— Ethnic  Minonties 3 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family 3 

Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies 

Acting  Director:  Weinstein 

The  Program  of  Industnal  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  was  recently 
organized  at  UMCP  and  is  concerned  with  two  kinds  of  activity.  The  first  is 
interdisciplinary  research  directed  primarily  toward  the  study  of  labor-manage- 
ment relations,  wages  and  related  problems,  the  labor  market,  comparative 
studies  and  manpower  problems.  The  Program  draws  on  the  expertise  and 
interests  of  faculty  from  the  College  of  Business  and  Management,  the  School  of 
Law  and  the  Department  of  Economics,  History,  Psychology  and  Sociology.  The 
second  main  activity  consists  of  community  and  labor  relations  education 
projects  sen/ing  management,  unions,  the  public  and  other  groups  interested  in 
industrial  relations  and  labor-related  activities.  These  projects  consist  of  public 
lectures,  conferences,  and  symposia  as  well  as  non-credit  courses. 

Information  Systems  Management 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  Sibley 

Associate  Professor:  Courtright,  Shreiderman 

Assistant  Professors:  Brodie,  W.T.  Hardgrave,  Sayani,  Thomas 

Lecturers:  Chappell,  Dougherty,  Feigin,  A.D.  Hardgrave,  Hudson  (part-time), 

Jefferson  (part-time),  Pitelka,  Prochazka  (part-time),  Sherron  (part-time) 

The  DEPARTMENT  OF  INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MANAGEMENT  is  con- 
cerned with  the  development  and  management  of  Information  Systems  for  the 
support  of  virtually  every  field  of  human  enterprise. 

Because  of  the  wide  applicability  of  the  field,  the  program  is  designed  to 
provide  a  broad,  sound  education  which  includes  subjects  ranging  from  mathe- 
matics and  computer  science  to  operations  research,  statistics,  accounting,  and 
economics.  Since  information  systems  graduates  are  usually  placed  in  positions 
of  high  visibility,  basic  communication  skills  are  also  required. 

In  the  student's  major  field,  courses  concentrate  on  the  analysis,  design, 
construction  and  management  of  information  systems.  This  concentration 
includes  computer-based  systems,  and  higher-level  information  systems.  Appli- 
cation methodology  ranges  from  large  central  computers,  to  distributed  comput- 
ers, to  mini-i  and  micro-computers,  and  formalized  manual  systems.  Students  are 
also  concerned  with  societal  impacts  of  information  systems— issues  such  as 
privacy,  security,  fraud,  ethics,  and  monopolies  in  the  computing  industry. 

The  proximity  of  large  information  centers  provides  students  with  opportuni- 
ties for  stimulating,  state-of-the-art  projects,  and  potential  for  deeper  involve- 
ments during  the  academic  year  or  summer  through  experiential  learning. 

The  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Information  Systems 
Management  are  summarized  below: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Information  Systems  Management 21 

IFSM  201,  202,  301,  402,  410,  436  &  3  additional  credits  from  400 

level  IFSM  courses 

Business  and  Ivlanagement 21 

BMGT  220,  221,  231,  364,  430,  434,  435 

Computer  Science 3 


76^   Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 

Select  from  the  following:  CMSC  211,  250,  311,  420,  450,  475.  undergraduate  major  in  linguistics  at  this  time,  courses  in  linguistics  may  be  used 

(Note:  Some  of  these  courses  have  non-major  to  fulfill  the  supporting  course  requirements  in  some  programs  leading  to  the  B.A. 

prerequisites.) or  B.S.  degree. 

Economics 6 

FrON  ?01    20T  Course  Code  Prefix — LING 

English 3 

ENGL  293.  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service 

Mathematics 9-12  Director  Eooes 

A  sequence  of  courses  covering  Differential  and  ,  „„,  ,„„  E^hr^  r-^rA l«,^^o  i/^n^k^,  Th«r„„,.«„ 

Integral  Calculus  &  Linear  Algebra:  ^^^"'^''-  ^^'"'^'  ^^"^"^''  ^°"^^'  ^^^^^^^''  Thompson 

f^ATH  140,  141,  240,  or  tvlATH  220,  The  (Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service  provides  consulting  services  to 

221,  400.  county  and  municipal  governments  of  the  state.  Technical  consultation  and 

General  University  Requirements 30  assistance  are  provided  on  specific  problems  in  such  areas 'as  preparation  of 

Electives 27-24  charters  and  codes  of  ordinances,  fiscal  management,  personnel  zoning,  and 

t^^inimum  of  12  credit  hours  at  Upper  Division  level.                           related  local  or  intergovernmental  activities.  The  staff  analyzes  and  shares  with 

Total 120  governmental  officials  information  concerning  professional  developments  and 

opportunities  for  new  or  improved  programs  and  facilities. 
SAMPLE  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year                                                                          Semester  Dew/.Krti/»«.i 

Credit  Hours  Psychology 

'            "  Chairman:  Gross 

IFSl^  201— Computer  Based  Infor.,  The  Individual  &  Society 3  Professors:  Anderson,  Bartlett,  Crites,  Dies,  Fretz,  Goldstein,  Gollub,  Hodos, 

MATH  140,  141  or  MATH  220,  221  (Differential  &  Integral                          3-4  Horlon,  Levinson,  Martin,  Mclntire,  Mills,  Schneider,  Scholnick,  Sigall, 

Calculus) 3^  Steinman,  Taylor,  Trickett,  Tyler,  Waldrop 

General  University  Requirements 9          6  Associate  Professors:  Barrett,  Brown,  Coursey,  Dachler,  Hill,  Larkin,  Norman, 

Electives ^ 3   3  Penner,  Smith,  B.  Sternheim 

Total 15-16    15-16  Assistant  Professors:  Barbarin,  Bobko,  Brauth,  Frank,  Gormally,  Johnson,  K. 

Smith,  Soli,  Steele,  White 

Sophmore  Year                                                                            I            II  jqj^i  Appointment:  Locke,  Prof.,  College  of  Business  and  Management 

IFSM  202— Information  Systems  Implementation  Methods 3  Affiliated  Faculty:  Freeman,  Assoc.  Prof.,  Coun.  Cntr.,  Gelso,  Assoc.  Prof., 

IFSM  301-Theory  &  Development  of  Management  Information  Coun.  Cntr.,  Magoon,  Prof.,  Coun.  Cntr.,  Mills,  Prof.,  Coun.  Cntr.,  Pumroy, 

Systems 3  Prof    Coll.  Educ,  Coun.  Cntr. 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting 3  3 

BMGT  231— Business  Statistics  1 3  Psychology  can  be  classified  as  a  biological  science  (Bachelor  of  Science 

ECON  201.  203— Principles  of  Economics  I  &  II 3          3  degree)  and  a  social  science  (Bachelor  of  Arts  degree)  and  offers  academic 

MATH  240  or  MATH  400— (Linear  Algebra) : 3-4  programs  related  to  both  of  these  fields.  The  undergraduate  curriculum  in 

General  University  Requirements 3          3  psychology  provides  an  organized  study  of  the  behavior  of  man  and  other 

j-Qlgl                                                                                       15.15        15  organisms  in  terms  of  the  biological  conditions  and  social  factors  which  influence 

such  behavior.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate  program  is  arranged  to  provide 

Junior  Year                                                                                  I            II  opportunities  for  learning  that  will  equip  qualified  students  to  pursue  further  study 

IFSM  402— Construction  of  Computer  Based  Information  Systems.      3  of  psychology  and  related  fields  in  graduate  and  professional  schools. 

IFSM  410— Infor.  Processing  Problems  of  Models  of  Students  who  are  interested  in  the  biological  aspects  of  behavior  tend  to 

Administrative,  Economic,  and  Political  Systems 3  choose  a  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  while  those 

BMGT  430— Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business 3  interested  primarily  in  the  social  factors  of  behavior  tend  to  choose  the  Bachelor 

CMSC  (select  one  from  list  on  previous  page) 3  of  Arts  degree.  The  choice  of  program  is  made  in  consultation  with  and  requires 

ENGL  293— Technical  Writing 3  the  approval  of  an  academic  advisor. 

General  University  Requirements 3          6  Department  requirements  are  the  same  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  and  the 

Secondary  Field  and/or  Electives 3   3  Bachelor  of  Arts  degrees.  A  minimum  of  31  hours  of  psychology  course  work  is 

Total 15        15  required;  courses  taken  must  include  PSYC  100,  200,  and  eight  additional 

courses  which  must  be  selected  from  four  different  areas  (two  from  each  area). 

Senior  Year                                                                                 I            II  In  order  to  assure  breadth  these  additional  courses  must  be  selected  from 

IFSM  436— Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis 3  four  diflerent  areas  (two  from  each  area).  At  least  one  course  of  these  eight  must 

IFSM  (additional  400  level  credits) 3  be  either  PSYC  400,  410,  or  420. 

BMGT  364— Management  and  Organization  Theory 3 

BMGT  434— Operations  Research  1 3  The  areas  and  courses  are  as  follow: 

BMGT  435— Operations  Research  II  3  Area  I:  206,  301,  310,  400,  402,  403,  405,  410,  412,  453,  Area  II;  221,  420,  422, 

Secondary  Field  and/or  Electives                                                  3-6          9  423,  440,  441 ,  Honors  430C,  Area  III;  331 ,  333,  335,  431 ,  433,  435.  Area  IV;  361 , 

Total [JIIIIIIIIIZ'!^^   ~li  451,  452,  461,  462,  467. 

A  minimum  of  51  hours  of  the  required  120  hours  must  be  in  Upper  Division  (i.e.,  '  .  ^t^dents  should  consult  the  current  Psychology  Undergraduate  Program 
300  and  400  level)  courses.  To  graduate,  a  student  must  have  an  average  grade  ^^'^e  or  a  list  of  approved  advanced  math-science  courses.  This  guide  is 
of  X"  in  all  courses  taken  in  the  IFSM  Department.  Students  are  encouraged,  ^^^ilable  ,n  the  Psychology  Commons  Room  (ZP  1107). 
with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  advisor,  to  pursue  a  secondary  field  of  study  such  as  (but  , ,  .  ^hese  math  and  science  courses  may  be  used  as  part  of  the  General 
not  limited  to):  cnminology.  urban  studies,  business  and  management,  computer  Universi^  Requirements  or  for  the  B.S.  supporting  course  requirennents  de- 
science,  economics;  mathematics,  psychology,  or  public  administration.  ^"t^''  b^l°"'  ^^t  not  for  both.  Majors  in  psychology  are  urged  to  take  their 

^         '^  mathematics  and  science  courses  in  their  first  two  years. 

Course  Code  Prefix— IFSM  The  Supporting  courses  to  supplement  the  work  in  the  major  for  the  Bachelor 

of  Science  degree  must  include  the  hours  in  mathematics  and  science,  beyond 

Linguistics  Program  'hose  courses  required  by  the 

Associate  Professor  and  Director:  Dinqwall                                      ""  °«"«''3'  University  Requirements.  A  minimum  of  two  courses  must  be 

Associate  Professor:  Yehi-Komshian  laboratory  courses,  and  at  least  three  courses  (9  hours)  must  be  chosen  at  the 

advanced  level  (as  described  above).  The  particular  laboratory  and  advanced 

This  program  is  devoted  to  the  investigation  of  the  psychological  and  courses  must  be  approved  by  an  academic  advisor  in  the  Department  of 

biological  bases  of  human  communication.  Areas  of  concentration  include  the  Psychology, 

origin  and  evolution  of  human  communication  systems,  their  ontogenesis  The  supporting  courses  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  must  include  18 

(developmental  psycholinguistics),  the  psychological  aspects  of  language  pro-  hours  which  are  chosen  in  related  fields  to  supplement  work  in  the  major, 

duction  and  comprehension  (experimental  phonetics  and  expenmental  psycholin-  Ordinarily,  courses  would  be  taken  in  one  or  two  departments  or  programs.  Of 

guistics)  and  the  neurological  bases  for  such  processes  (neurolinguistics).  While  these  18  hours,  six  must  be  chosen  at  the  300  and  400  level.  This  set  of  courses 

any  educated  person  will  benefit  from  an  understanding  of  human  communica-  must  be  approved  by  an  academic  advisor  in  psychology. 

tion,  those  who  expect  to  major  in  anthropology,  various  areas  of  computer  Although  a  minimum  of  thirty-one  (31)  hours  of  psychology  course  work  is 

science  and  of  education,  philosophy,  psychology  and  hearing  and  speech  required  for  a  Psychology  major,  each  and  every  Psychology  course  taken  by  the 

science  will  find  a  background  in  linguistics  invaluable.  Although  there  is  not  an  major  student  must  be  counted  as  hours  towards  the  Psychology  major.  The 


Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources      77 


student  majoring  in  Psychology  cannot  use  any  Psychology  course  towards  the 
University  or  Divisional  course  requirements, 

A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  earned  in  the  31  credits  of  Psychology  courses 
counted  towards  the  major  or  a  course  must  be  repeated  until  a  C  or  better  is 
earned.  If  the  course  is  not  repeated  then  another  Psychology  course  fulfilling  the 
same  major  requirements  would  have  to  be  substituted.  The  departmental  grade 
point  average  will  be  a  cumulative  computation  of  all  grades  earned  in 
Psychology  and  must  be  a  2.0  or  above. 

Students  desihng  to  enter  graduate  study  in  certain  areas  of  psychology  are 
advised  to  take  an  additional  laboratory  course  and/or  participate  in  individual 
research  projects.  Such  students  should  consult  an  advisor  for  information  about 
prerequisites  for  graduate  study  in  psychology. 

It  should  be  noted  that  there  are  three  course  content  areas  that  have  two 
courses,  one  in  the  300  sequence  and  one  in  the  400  sequence.  These  include 
abnormal  (331  and  431),  personality  (335  and  435),  child  psychology  (333  and 
433),  and  industrial  psychology  (361  and  461).  The  courses  in  the  300  sequence 
provide  general  surveys  of  the  field  and  are  intended  for  non-majors  who  do  not 
plan  further  in-depth  study.  The  courses  in  the  400  sequence  provide  more 
comprehensive  study  with  particular  emphasis  on  research  and  methodology. 
The  400  series  is  intended  primarily  for  psychology  majors.  It  should  be  further 
noted  that  a  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both; 

PSYC  331  and  PSYC  431 

PSYC  333  and  PSYC  433 

PSYC  335  and  PSYC  435  or 

PSYC  361  and  PSYC  461 

Honors.  The  Department  of  Psychology  also  offers  a  special  program  for  the 
superior  student  which  emphasizes  independent  study  and  research.  Students 
may  be  eligible  to  enter  the  Honors  Program  who  have  a  3.3  grade  average  in  all 
courses  or  the  equivalent,  who  are  in  the  junior  year,  and  who  demonstrate 
interest  and  matunty  indicative  of  success  in  the  program.  Students  in  their 
sophomore  year  should  consult  their  advisor  or  the  Departmental  Honors 
Committee  for  further  information. 

Course  Code  Prefix— PSYC, 

Sociology 

Chairman:  Hage 

Professors:  Dager,  Hoffsommer  (Emeritus),  Janes  (Joint  Appointment  with 

Urban  Studies),  Kammeyer.  Lejins  (Joint  Appointment  with  Institute  of  Criminal 

Justice  and  Criminology.)  Presser,  Ritzer,  Rosenberg,  D.  Segal 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Cussler,  Finsterbusch,  Henkel,  Hirzel,  J.  Hunt,  L. 

Hunt,  Lengermann,  tvlclntyre,  Meeker,  Pease 

Assistant  Professors:  Blair,  Elliott,  Harper,  Landry  (Joint  Appointment  with 

Afro-American  Studies),  t\/layes,  Parming,  1^.  Segal 

Lecturer:  Boozer 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Vanneman 

Sociology  is  the  study  of  social  life  and  the  social  causes  and  consequence;, 
of  human  behavior.  Sociology's  subject  matter  ranges  from  the  intimate  family  to 
the  hostile  mob,  from  chme  to  religion,  from  the  divisions  of  race  and  social  class 
to  the  shared  beliefs  of  a  common  culture,  from  the  sociology  of  work  to  the 
sociology  of  sport.  In  fact,  few  fields  have  such  broad  scope  and  relevance. 
Because  sociology  seems  to  offer  something  for  everyone,  it  may  seem 
surprising  that  its  career  potential  is  just  beginning  to  be  tapped. 

First,  sociology  forms  a  valuable  background  for  those  interested  in  other 
fields  or  majors.  Courses  in  sociology  can  be  used  as  preparation  for  careers  in: 
Social  Work,  Law,  Government  and  Private  Research,  IJrban  Planning,  Personnel 
Work  and  Human  Resources  Management.  Secondly,  the  major  in  sociology 
offers:  (1)  a  general  education  especially  directed  toward  understanding  the 
complexities  of  modern  society  and  its  social  problems  by  using  basic  research 
and  statistical  skills;  (2)  a  broad  preparation  for  various  types  of  professions, 
occupations,  and  services  dealing  with  people;  and  (3)  preparation  of  qualified 
students  for  graduate  training  in  sociology. 

The  student  in  Sociology  must  complete  47*  hours  of  Departmental 
requirements,  none  of  which  may  be  taken  pass/fail.  Thirty-two*  of  tfiese  hours 
are  in  sociology  course  work  which  must  be  completed  with  a  minimum  average 
of  C;  14*  hours  are  in  required  core  courses  and  18  hours  are  Sociology 
electives,  of  which  9  are  required  at  the  400  level  and  an  additional  3  are  required 
at  either  the  300  or  400  level.  Required  core  courses  for  all  majors  are  SOCY  100 
(Intro.),  SOCY  201  (Statistics),  SOCY  203  (Theory),  and  SOCY  202  (Methods). 

SOCY  100  should  be  taken  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year  followed  by 
SOCY  203.  After  completion  of  the  Math  requirements  SOCY  201  should  be 
taken  followed  by  SOCY  202. 

Three  hours  of  Mathematics  (Stat  1 00;  Math  1 1 0,  1 1 1 ,  1 1 5,  1 40,  220  or  their 
equivalents)  are  required  of  majors  and  are  a  prerequisite  for  SOCY  201. 

The  supporting  course  requirement  for  majors  is  12  hours  of  a  coherent 
series  of  courses  from  outside  of  the  department  which  relate  to  the  major 
substantive  or  research  interests  in  Sociology.  These  courses  need  not  come 
from  the  same  department,  but  at  least  6  hours  must  be  from  the  Division  of 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  The  following  are  among  those  recommended 
by  the  Sociology  Undergraduate  Committee  for  majors:  ANTH  102,  CMSC  103, 
ECON  205,  GVPT  100,  170,  260;  HIST  224,  PHIL  170,  250,  455;  PSYC  100. 


Further  information  about  suggested  supporting  courses  can  be  obtained  in  the 
Undergraduate  Office  (Room  2108,  Art/Sociology  BIdg.). 
"47  hours  are  required  because  SOCY  201  and  202  are  4  hour  courses.  For 
transfer  students  or  those  with  equivalent  courses  which  are  only  3  hour  courses, 
exceptions  to  this  47  hour  requirement  may  be  made  by  the  Coordinator  of  the 
Sociology  Undergraduate  Program. 

Course  Co*  Pretix-SOCY 


Division  of  Human  and  Community 
Resources 

The  Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources  includes  the  faculties  and 
programs  of  the  College  of  Education,  the  College  of  Human  Ecology,  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  and  the  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  The  programs  of  the  Division  are  essentially  profes- 
sional. They  are  designed  to  prepare  professionals  interested  in  the  quality  of  life 
of  the  individual  and  in  the  community  factors  which  influence  the  interaction  of 
people;  those  who  are  responsible  for  community  health,  recreation  programs 
and  activities;  technical,  public  and  school  librarians,  information  scientists,  and 
educational  institutions. 

The  Division  supports  the  development  of  research  in  areas  of  concern  to 
faculty  members  in  all  the  Departments  and  Colleges,  and  research  teams  which 
may  cross  departmental  and  College  lines.  Also,  the  Division  seeks  to  stimulate 
the  development  of  interdisciplinary  courses  and  programs  and  the  extension  of 
professional  expertise  to  the  University  and  community  at  large. 

Center  on  Aging 

The  Center  on  Aging  focuses  its  efforts  on  stimulating  interest  in  aging  within 
existing  departments,  colleges,  and  schools  throughout  the  University  through 
research  and  teaching.  In  addition,  it  has  developed  and  maintains  contact  with 
students  in  the  general  field  of  gerontology  and  helps  them  to  devise  educational 
programs  to  meet  their  goals.  The  Center  sponsors  an  ongoing  colloquium  series 
on  aging  and  community  training  programs  based  primarily  on  psychosocial 
needs  of  the  elderly.  The  Center  and  the  College  of  Library  and  information 
Services  also  maintain  the  Robert  N.  Butler  Library  which  contains  an  extensive 
collection  of  Materials  on  aging  and  developmental  psychology. 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program 

The  Intensive  Educational  Development  (lED)'Program  is  designed  to  provide 
an  equal  opportunity  for  successful  matriculation  for  those  students  who  are 
economically,  educationally  and/or  culturally  deprived;  exhibit  limited  English- 
speaking  ability;  and/or  are  physically  handicapped.  Specifically,  the  program  is 
designed  to  provide  freshman  and  sophomore  students  with  comprehensive  and 
continuous  services  in  the  areas  of  English,  reading,  math,  counseling,  academic 
advising  and  tutoring.  The  program  encourages  students  to  utilize  all  program 
and  University  sen/ices  which  would  enable  them  to  develop  their  intellectual, 
personal,  social  and  economic  potential. 

All  prospective  lED  students  are  required  to  participate  in  the  six  (6)  week 
Summer  Transition  Program  that  is  designed  to  develop,  expand  and  improve  the 
individual's  basic  skills  in  English,  math  and  reading;  provide  a  learning 
experience  that  will  assist  the  students  in  the  transition  from  high  school  to  the 
University;  and  provide  an  opportunity  to  challenge  and  further  evaluate  each 
student's  potential  for  success  at  this  University. 

Following  the  initial  summer  component  and  throughout  the  academic  year, 
counseling,  skill  development,  tutorial  assistance  and  other  support  services  are 
available  for  the  students  enrolled  in  the  program.  Support  sen/ices  are  also 
available  to  the  University  community  upon  request. 

Intensive  Educational  Development  Program,  Room  0111,  Chemistry  Build- 
ing. Phone  454-4646,  4647. 

Upward  Bound  Program 

The  University  of  Maryland  Upward  Bound  Program  is  designed  to  provide 
academic  and  counseling  assistance  to  capable  but  underachieving  high  school 
students  with  the  purpose  of  preparing  them  to  pursue  some  form  of  post- 
secondary  education.  Upward  Bound  serves  as  a  supplement  to  its  participants' 
secondary  school  experiences.  It  provides  the  opportunity  for  eacti  student  to 
improve  or  develop  the  skills  necessary  for  acquiring  a  positive  self-image, 
broadening  his/her  educational  and  cultural  perspective,  and  for  identifying  and 
actualizing  undiscovered  potentials. 

Upward  Bound  students  are  selected  from  high  schools  in  Prince  George's 
and  Montgomery  Counties,  and  are  recommended  to  the  program  through  high 
school  pnncipals,  teachers,  counselors,  talent  search,  social  service  agencies, 
and  individuals  knowledgeable  about  the  program.  The  academic  skills  develop- 
ment and  counseling  services  are  available  to  students  throughout  the  school 


78      College  of  Education 


year  and  during  the  summer  program.  Academic  instruction,  tutoring,  counseling 
and  other  related  innovative  educational  experiences  are  provided  for  the 
purpose  of  developing  basic  academic  sl^ills  and  motivation  necessary  for 
success  in  secondary  schools  and  to  assure  that  each  student  gains  a  minimum 
of  one  year's  growth  in  the  basic  skills  areas  of  communication  and  mathematics. 

Persons  interested  in  further  information  regarding  the  Upward  Bound 
Program  should  contact;  The  Director  of  Upward  Bound,  Room  2101,  West 
Education  Annex,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  tvlaryland  20742. 
Telephone  Number:  454-2116. 

The  Division  offers  bachelor's,  master's,  and  doctorate  degrees  in  most  of  its 
programs  in  addition  to  various  professional  certificates.  The  professional 
programs  are  accredited  by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher 
Education,  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education,  the  American  Library 
Association  Committee  on  Accreditation,  and  the  American  Home  Economics 
Association. 

Specifically,  the  Colleges  and  their  respective  departments  in  the  Division 
are: 

College  of  Education.  Department  of  Administration,  Supervision  and  Curricu- 
lum, Department  of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education,  Department  of  Industrial  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Measurement  and  Statistics,  Department  of  Secondary  Education, 
Department  of  Special  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study,  Social  and  Foundation 
Area. 

College  of  Human  Ecology.  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Develop'- 
ment.  Department  of  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration,  Department  of 
Housing  and  Applied  Design,  Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics. 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  This  College  is  a  separate 
professional  College  committed  solely  to  graduate  study  and  research. 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  Department  of  Health 
Education,  Department  of  Physical  Education,  and  Department  of  Recreation. 


College  of  Education 


The  College  of  Education  offers  programs  tor  persons  preparing  for  the 
following  educational  endeavors:  1)  teaching  in  colleges,  secondary  schools, 
middle  schools,  elementary  schools,  kindergarten  and  nursery  schools;  2) 
teaching  in  special  education  programs;  3)  school  libranans  and  resource 
specialists;  4)  educational  work  in  trades  and  industries;  5)  pupil  personhel, 
counselin^g  and  guidance  services;  6)  supervision  and  administration;  7)  curricu- 
lum development;  8)  rehabilitation  programs;  9)  evaluation  and  research. 

Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  in  a  suburb  of  the  nation's  capital, 
unusual  facilities  for  the  study  of  education  are  available  to  its  students  and 
faculty.  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  library  of  the  United  States  Office  of 
Education,  and  special  libraries  of  other  government  agencies  are  accessible,  as 
well  as  the  information  services  of  the  National  Education  Association,  the 
American  Council  on  Education,  United  States  Office  of  Education,  and  other 
organizations,  public  and  private.  The  school  systems  of  the  District  of  Columbia, 
Baltimore  and  the  counties  of  Maryland  offer  generous  cooperation. 

All  bachelor-degree  teacher-preparation  programs  are  accredited  by  both  the 
National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education  and  by  the  National 
Association  of  State  Directors  of  Teacher  Education  and  Certification.  Accredita- 
tion provides  for  reciprocal  certification  with  35-40  other  states  who  recognize 
national  accreditation.  The  graduate  degree  programs  preparing  school  service 
personnel  (elementary  and  secondary  school  principals,  general  school  adminis- 
trators, supervisors,  curnculum  coordinators,  guidance  counselors,  student  per- 
sonnel administrators,  and  vocational  rehabilitation  counselors)  at  the  master's, 
advanced  graduate  specialist  and  doctoral  degree  levels  are  all  fully  accredited 
by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education. 

Requirements  for  Admission.  All  students  desinng  to  enroll  in  the  College  of 
Education  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
at  College  Park  and  meet  the  admissions  requirements  detailed  in  Section  I  of 
this  catalog.  There  are  no  specific  secondary  school  course  requirements  for 
admission,  but  a  foreign  language  is  desirable  in  some  of  the  programs,  and 
courses  in  fine  arts,  trades,  and  vocational  subjects  are  also  desirable  lor  some 
programs. 

Candidates  for  admission  whose  high  school  or  college  records  are  consist- 
ently low  are  strongly  advised  not  to  seek  admission  to  the  College  of  Education. 

Students  with  baccalaureate  degrees  who  have  applied  for  admission  as 
special  students  must  have  received  prior  permission  from  the  appropnate 
department. 

Guidance  in  Registration.  Students  who  intend  to  teach  (except  agriculture  and 
physical  education)  should  register  in  the  College  of  Education  in  order  that  they 
may  have  the  continuous  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty  directly  responsible 
for  teacher  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  At  the  time  of  matnculation 
each  student  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  who  acts  as  the  student's 
advisor.  The  choice  of  subject  areas  within  which  the  student  will  prepare  to 


teach  will  be  made  under  faculty  guidance  during  the  freshman  year.  The  student 
will  confer  regularly  with  the  faculty  advisor  in  the  College  of  Education 
responsible  for  his  teaching  major. 

While  students  on  the  College  Park  Campus  may  transfer  into  an  Education 
major  at  any  time,  it  is  recommended  that  this  transfer  occur  prior  to  the  junior 
year  because  of  the  required  sequence  of  professional  courses  and  experiences. 
Articulated  programs  have  been  developed  with  most  of  Maryland's  community 
colleges  to  accommodate  transferring  to  College  Park  after  the  completion  of  an 
Associate  of  Arts  degree  in  the  community  college. 

General  Requirements  of  the  College.  Minimum  requirements  for  graduation 
are  120  semester  hours.  Specific  program  requirements  for  more  than  the 
minimum  must  be  fulfilled. 

In  addition  to  the  General  University  Requirements  and  the  specific  require- 
ments for  each  curriculum,  the  College  requires  a  minimum  of  20  semester  hours 
of  education  courses  and  3  semester  hours  of  speech. 

A  grade  of  at  least  C  is  required  in:  1)  all  education  courses;  2)  all  academic 
courses  required  in  the  major  and  minor;  and  3)  the  required  speech  course.  An 
overall  grade  point  average  of  C  must  be  maintained.  A  grade  of  S  is  required  in 
student  teaching. 

Exceptions  to  curricular  requirements  and  rules  of  the  College  of  Education 
must  be  recommended  by  the  student's  advisor,  and  department  chairperson, 
and  approved  by  the  dean. 

Students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  but,  who  through 
an  established  cooperative  program  with  another  college,  are  preparing  to  teach 
and  wish  to  register  in  professional  education  courses  required  for  certification 
must  meet  all  curricular  and  scholastic  requirements  of  the  College  of  Education. 

Majors  and  Minors.  There  is  no  College  requirement  for  a  minor  although  many 
majors  require  an  area  of  concentration  to  provide  depth  in  a  specific  area  of 
teaching  specialty.  Specific  program  requirements  should  be  consulted. 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education.  Students  enrolled  in  an  education  major 
should  confirm  the  status  of  their  admission  to  Teacher  Education  with  the 
Student  Service  Office  of  the  College  of  Education  when  they  enroll  in  the  first 
education  course  or  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester  immediately  after  earning 
42  hours.  Transfer  students  with  42  or  more  hours  of  acceptable  transfer  credit 
must  apply  at  time  of  transfer.  Post-graduate  certification  students  and  those 
working  for  certification  only  must  apply  at  the  beginning  of  their  program. 
Application  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  College  of  Education  Student 
Service  Office. 

In  considering  applications,  the  following  guidelines  have  been  established. 

1 .  No  student  will  be  allowed  to  enroll  in  EDHD  300  and  methods  classes  until 
he  or  she  has  received  approval. 

2.  A  successful  field  experience  in  EDHD  300  is  a  prerequisite  to  continuation 
in  the  teacher  education  course  sequence. 

3.  Applicants  must  be  of  good  moral  and  ethical  character.  This  will  be 
determined  as  fairly  as  possible  from  such  evidence  as  advisors'  recom- 
mendations and  records  of  serious  Campus  delinquencies. 

4.  Applicants  must  be  physically  and  emotionally  capable  of  functioning  as 
teachers.  This  will  mean  freedom  from  serious  chronic  illness,  emotional 
instability  and  communicable  diseases,  as  determined  in  cooperation  with 
the  Health  Service  and  the  Counseling  Center. 

5.  Applicants  must  be  free  of  serious  speech  handicaps.  A  health  certificate 
certifying  absence  of  communicable  disease  is  required  for  participation  in 
any  education  course  with  a  field  experience  component. 

The  purpose  of  the  screening  procedure  associated  with  admission  to 
teacher  education  is  to  insure  that  graduates  of  the  teacher  education  program 
will  be  well  prepared  for  teaching  and  can  be  recommended  for  certification  with 
confidence. 

Student  Teaching.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a  course  in  student  teaching,  a 
student  must  have  been  admitted  to  the  Teacher  Education  Program  (see 
above),  have  a  physician's  certificate  indicating  that  the  applicant  is  free  of 
communicable  diseases,  and  the  consent  of  the  department.  Application  must  be 
made  with  the  Director  of  Laboratory  Experiences  by  the  middle  of  the  semester 
which  precedes  the  one  in  which  student  teaching  will  be  done.  Any  applicant  for 
student  teaching  must  have  been  enrolled  previously  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  full  time  for  at  least  one  semester. 

Certification  of  Teachers.  The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education 
certifies  to  teach  in  the  approved  public  schools  of  the  state  only  graduates  of 
approved  colleges  who  have  satisfactorily  fulfilled  subject-matter  and  profes- 
sional requirements.  The  curncula  of  the  College  of  Education  fulfill  State 
Department  requirements  for  certification. 

Degrees.  The  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  Bachelor  of  Science  are 
conferred  by  the  College  of  Education,  The  determination  of  which  degree  is 
conferred  is  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  liberal  arts  study  included  in  a 
particular  degree  program. 

Organization.  The  College  of  Education  is  organized  into  eight  departments  as 
listed  under  the  Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources.  The  non- 
departmental  area  of  Social  Foundations  offers  courses  in  history,  philosophy, 


College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      79 


and  sociology  of  education.  Unique  specialized  services  for  students,  faculty, 
teachers  and  schools  are  offered  through  the  following  centers: 

Arithmetic  Center.  The  Arithmetic  Center  provides  a  tvlathematics  Laboratory 
for  undergraduate  and  graduate  students,  and  a  program  of  clinical  diagnostic 
and  corrective/remedial  services  for  children.  Clinic  services  are  a  part  of  a 
program  in  elementary  school  mathematics  at  the  graduate  level. 

Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services.  The  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tional Research  and  Field  Services  has  been  established  to  (1)  encourage  and 
stimulate  basic  research  bearing  on  different  aspects  of  the  educative  process; 
(2)  provide  assistance  in  designing,  implementing  and  evaluating  research 
projects  initiated  by  local  school  systems;  and  (3)  coordinate  school  systems' 
requests  for  consultants  with  the  rich  and  varied  professional  competencies  that 
are  available  on  the  University  faculty. 

Curriculum  Laboratory.  The  Curriculum  Laboratory  provides  students,  faculty 
and  teachers  in  the  field  with  materials  and  assistance  in  the  area  of  curriculum. 
An  up-to-date  collection  of  curriculum  materials  includes  texts,  simulations, 
learning  packages,  programs,  resource  kits,  charts,  study  guides,  curriculum 
studies,  and  bibliographies. 

Educational  Technology  Center.  The  center  is  designed  as  a  multi-media 
facility  for  students  and  faculty  of  the  College.  It  distributes  closed-circuit 
television  throughout  the  building,  provides  audio-visual  equipment  and  service,  a 
computer  terminal,  a  learning  lab,  and  instruction  in  all  aspects  of  instructional 
materials,  aids,  and  new  media.  Production  and  distribution  rooms  and  a  studio 
are  available  for  closed-circuit  television  and  a  video  tape  system.  Laboratories 
are  available  for  graphic  and  photographic  production  with  facilities  for  faculty 
research  and  development  in  use  of  instructional  media.  Supporting  the  profes- 
sional faculty  in  the  operation  of  the  center  are  media  specialists. 

Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences.  The  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences  is 
designed  to  accommodate  the  laboratory  experiences  of  students  preparing  to 
teach  by  arranging  for  all  field  experiences.  It  also  serves  functions  of  program 
liaison,  staff  development,  and  research  as  they  pertain  to  field  experiences.  This 
office  administers  the  Teacher  Education  Centers  in  conjunction  with  the 
respective  public  school  systems  and  serves  as  one  of  the  liaison  units  between 
the  College  and  the  community.  Student  applications  for  field  experiences, 
including  student  teaching,  are  processed  through  this  office. 

Music  Educators  National  Conference  Historical  Center.  The  University  of 
fvlaryland  and  the  Ivlusic  Educators  National  Conference  established  the  IVIENC 
Histoncal  Center  in  1965  for  the  purpose  of  building  and  maintaining  a  research 
collection  which  would  reflect  the  development  and  current  practices  in  music 
education.  Located  in  McKeldin  Library,  the  center  includes  study  space  and  is 
prepared  to  assist  scholars  in  the  field.  Ivlaferials  in  the  following  categories  are 
collected;  archival  documents  of  (VIENC;  instructional  materials;  professional 
publications;  curricular,  administrative,  and  philosophical  materials;  manuscripts, 
personal  letters  and  other  historical  materials. 

Center  of  Rehabilitation  and  Manpower  Services.  The  Center  of  Rehabilitation 
and  f(/lanpower  Services  is  one  of  the  operating  Divisions  of  the  Department  of 
Industral  Education.  The  Center  was  established  in  1 968  as  a  joint  project  of  the 
Department  of  H.E.W.  and  the  University.  The  Center  receives  support  from 
federal,  state  and  private  sources  to  carry  out  its  mission  of  improving  the 
vocational  training  and  skills  of  mentally  and  physically  handicapped  students 
and  adults  in  Maryland.  Delaware,  Virginia,  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia  and  the 
District  of  Columbia.  The  Center  conducts  short-term  training  institutes  for 
teachers,  administrators,  counselors,  vocational  evaluators,  and  supervisors  to 
upgrade  their  skills.  Consultative  services  are  provided  to  agencies  and  systems 
interested  in  improving  their  planning  and  management  policies.  The  Center  alsa 
serves  as  a  multi-media  resource  providing  and  developing  matehals  specifically 
related  to  the  career  and  vocational  training  of  handicapped  people. 

Program  content,  professional  issues  and  participant  concerns  are  integrated 
into  seminar  designs  to  enable  the  greatest  possible  gain  in  new  skills, 
information  and  insight  in  problem  resolution.  This  approach  to  learning  requires 
limited  enrollment  to  insure  the  quality  of  learning.  Seminars  utilize  participative 
learning  techniques  such  as  simulations,  role  plays,  small  group  exercises, 
brainstorming,  lectures,  practicums,  case  studies,  demonstrations,  in-baskets, 
games  and  critical  instances. 

Center  for  Young  Children.  A  demonstration  nursery-kindergarten  program  (1) 
provides  a  center  in  which  individual  professors  or  students  may  conduct 
research;  (2)  serves  as  a  unit  for  undergraduate  students  to  have  selected 
experiences  with  young  children,  such  as  student  teaching,  child  study,  and 
observation  of  young  children;  (3)  provides  a  setting  in  which  educators  from 
within  and  without  the  University  can  come  for  sources  of  ideas  relative  to  the 
education  of  young  children. 

Reading  Center.  The  Reading  Center  provides  clinical  diagnostic  and  corrective 
services  to  a  limited  number  of  children.  These  services  are  a  part  of  the  program 
in  corrective/remedial  reading  offered  to  teachers  on  the  graduate  level. 

Science  Teaching  Center.  The  Science  Teaching  Center  has  been  designed  to 
serve  as  a  representative  facility  of  its  type  to  fulfill  its  functions  of  undergraduate 


and  graduate  science  teacher  education,  science  supen/isor  training,  basic 
research  in  science  education,  aid  to  inservice  teachers  and  supen/isors,  and 
consultative  services,  on  all  levels,  kindergarten  through  community  college.  Its 
reference  library  features  relevant  periodicals,  science  and  mathematics  text- 
books, new  curriculum  materials,  and  works  on  science  subjects  and  their 
operational  aspects.  Its  fully  equipped  research  laboratory,  in  addition  to  its 
teaching  laboratories  for  science  methods  courses,  provides  project  space  for 
both  faculty  and  students. 

Since  1962  the  Science  Teaching  Center  has  sen/ed  as  the  headquarters  for 
the  activities  of  the  Science  Teaching  l^aterials  Review  Committee  of  the 
National  Science  Teachers  Association,  The  Information  Clearinghouse  on 
Science  and  Iviathematics  Curricular  Developments,  the  International  Clearing- 
house for  A.A.A.S.,  N.S.F.  and  UNESCO,  started  here  that  year  also.  Within  the 
center  is  gathered  the  "software"  and  "hardware"  of  science  education  in  what  Is 
considered  to  be  one  of  the  most  comprehensive  collections  of  such  materials  in 
the  world. 

Vocational  Curriculum  Research  and  Development  Center.  Located  within 
the  Department  of  Industrial  Education,  the  center  provides  leadership  in 
research  and  development,  resources,  and  supportive  services  for  individuals 
and  groups  engaged  in  industrial,  vocational,  and  technical  education  curriculum 
development.  Available  resources  include  curriculum  guides,  textbooks,  course 
outlines,  learning  activity  packages,  teaching  aids,  professional  journals,  refer- 
ence books,  and  catalogs  representing  local,  state,  and  national  curriculum 
trends. 

Study  carrels  and  instructional  media  facilities  are  provided  for  students, 
faculty,  local  teachers  and  specialists  engaged  in  vocational  curriculum  research, 
development  and  assessment.  The  center  maintains  linkages  with  similar 
regional  and  national  agencies  concerned  with  vocational  curriculum  research 
and  development. 

Student  and  Professional  Organizations.  The  College  sponsors  a  chapter  of 
the  Student  National  Education  Association  and  a  Chapter  of  Kappa  Delta  Pi,  an 
Honorary  Society  in  education.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Council  for  Exceptional 
Children  is  open  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  in  Special  Education.  A 
student  chapter  of  the  Ivlusic  Educators  National  Conference  (MENC)  is 
sponsored  by  the  Department  of  Ivlusic,  and  the  Industrial  Education  Department 
has  a  chapter  of  the  American  Society  of  Tool  and  l^anufacturing  Engineers  and 
a  chapter  of  the  American  Industrial  Arts  Association. 

In  several  departments  there  are  informal  organizations  of  students. 

Career  Development  Center  University  Credentials  Service.  All  seniors 
graduating  in  the  College  of  Education  (except  Industrial  Technology  majors)  are 
required  to  file  credentials  with  the  Career  Development  Center.  Credentials 
consist  of  the  permanent  record  of  a  student's  academic  preparation  and 
recommendations  from  academic  and  professional  sources.  An  initial  registration 
fee  enables  the  Career  Development  Center  to  send  a  student's  credentials  to 
interested  educational  employers,  as  indicated  by  the  student. 

Students  who  are  completing  teacher  certification  requirements,  advanced 
degrees  and  are  interested  in  a  teaching,  administrative  or  research  position  in 
education,  or  who  are  completing  advanced  degrees  in  library  science,  may  also 
file  credentials. 

Other  services  include  vacancy  listing  in  secondary  schools  and  institutions  of 
higher  learning,  notifications  of  interest-related  positions,  on-campus  interviews 
with  state  and  out-of-state  school  systems,  and  descriptive  information  on  school 
systems  throughout  the  country. 

This  service  is  also  available  to  alumni.  For  further  information  contact  Mrs. 
Anna  Tackett,  Assistant  Director,  Career  Development  Center,  Terrapin  Hall,  or 
phone  454-2813. 

College  of  Education  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum 

Professor  and  Acting  Chairman:  l^^cClure 

Professors:  J.  P.  Anderson,  V.  E.  Anderson  (Emeritus),  Berman,  Carbone, 

Corrigan,  Dudley,  McClure,  McLoone,  Newell,  Stephens,  van  Zwoll  (Emeritus), 

Wiggin  (Emerita) 

Associate  Professors:  Clague,  Goldman,  Kelsey,  Splaine 

Assistant  Professors:  Brand,  Clabaugh,  Clemson,  Selden 

The  programs  in  this  department  are  all  at  the  graduate  level  and  include 
preparation  of  school  superintendents,  principals,  supen/isors,  human  relations 
specialists,  curriculum  directors,  curriculum-media  specialists,  and  administrative 
specialists  in  the  areas  of  finance,  school  personnel  administration,  collective 
bargaining,  school  law,  and  systems  applications.  In  addition,  there  are  programs 
for  the  preparation  of  professors  and  researchers  in  all  of  the  above  areas. 
Preparation  programs  leading  to  administrative  positions  in  community  colleges 
and  other  institutions  of  higher  learning  are  available  through  a  joint  major  in 
administration-higher  education. 

■   Course  Code  Prefix— EDAD 


80      College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Marx 

Professors:  Byrne,  Magoon,  Pumroy,  Schlossberg 

Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Birk,  Greenberg,  Lawrence,  Medvene,  Power, 

Ray,  Rhoads,  Westbrook 

Assistant  Professors:  Boyd,  Cambridge,  Celotta,  Knefelkamp,  Leonard,  Libby, 

Spokane,  Teglasi,  Thomas 

Programs  of  preparation  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  at  the  master's  degree,  advanced  graduate  specialist,  and 
doctoral  degree  levels  for  counselors  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools, 
rehabilitation  agencies,  community  agencies,  college  and  university  counseling 
centers.  It  also  offers  programs  of  preparation  for  other  personnel  services: 
college  student  personnel  administration,  visiting  teacher  and  psychological 
services  in  schools. 

Course  Code  Prefix— EDCP 

Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Sublet! 

Professors:  Ashlock,  Blough  (Emeritus),  Duffey,  Leeper  (Emerita)  Lembach, 

O'Neill,  Roderick  Schindler  (Emeritus),  Weaver,  J.  Wilson,  R.  Wilson 

Associate  Professors:  Amershek,  Church,  Eley,  Heidelbach,  Herman,  Jantz, 

Johnson,  Seefeldt,  Sullivan,  Williams 

Assistant  Professors:  Cole,  Gambrell,  Garner,  Knifong,  Madison,  Saracho, 

Schumacher,  Shelley,  Stani  (Emerita) 

The  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  offers  two  un- 
dergraduate curricula  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree: 

1.  Early  Childhood  Education— for  the  preparation  of  teachers  in  nursery 
school,  kindergarten  and  primary  grades  (grades  one,  two  and  three). 

2.  Elementary  Education— for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  grades  one 
through  six. 

Students  who  wish  to  become  certified  teachers  for  nursery  school  and/or 
kindergarten  must  follow  the  early  childhood  education  curriculum  (1  above). 
Students  who  seek  certification  for  teaching  the  intermediate  grades  must  follow 
the  elementary  education  curriculum  (2  above).  Students  who  plan  to  teach  in  the 
primary  grades  can  achieve  certification  in  either  1  or  2. 

Graduation  Requirements:  For  graduation  in  either  Early  Childhood  Education 
or  Elementary  Education  programs,  a  minimum  of  120  credits,  distributed  as 
follows,  is  required. 

1.  General  University  Requirements  30  credits 

2.  Departmental  and  College  academic  requirements  49  credits 
ARTE  100;  MUSC  155;  SPCH  100,  110  or 

HESP  202;  LING  100  or  ENGL  280; 

EDEL  424;  PSYC  100;  PSYC  333  or  FMCD  332;  U.S.  history  (3  credits);  6 
credits  in  social  science  from  ANTH,  ECON,  GEOG,  GVPT,  HIST,  or  SOCY; 
MATH  210  and  211;  physical  science  laboratory  course  from  ASTR,  CHEM, 
ENES.  GEOL  or  PHYS;  biological  science  laboratory  course  from  BOTN, 
ENTM,  MICB  or  ZOOL;  an  additional  3-credit  MATH  or  science  course  from 
the  above-listed  prefixes. 

3.  Departmental  and  college  professional  requirements. 

a.  Early  Childhood:  EDEL  299  (or  equivalent  approved  volunteer  service); 
EDHD  300;  EDSF  301;  EDEL  330,  332,  340,  341,  342,  343,  344;  one 
additional  Education  course;  MUED  450.  39-42  credits 

b.  Elementary  Education:  EDEL  299;  EDHD  300;  EDSF  301;  EDEL  333, 
350,  351,  352,  353,  354.  38  credits 

4.  Sufficient  electives  to  total  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  for  a  degree. 
0-3  credits 

5.  EDEL  299,  EDHD  300  and  academic  requirements  should  be  taken  prior  to 
taking  the  professional  methods  courses. 

6.  In  the  Elementary  Education  Professional  Semester  (EDEL  350,  351 ,  352, 
353  and  354),  one  section  of  students  remains  together  for  all  five  methods 
courses.  Professors  teaching  those  five  methods  courses  have  the  opportu- 
nity to  team  in  a  variety  of  ways.  Students  spend  two  days  each  week  in 
school  classrooms  applying  concepts  and  methods  presented  in  methods 
courses.  These  five  courses  must  be  taken  as  a  block.  They  are  not  offered 
separately.  The  Professional  Semester  is  considered  a  full  undergraduate 
load  requiring  all  of  a  student's  energies.  Attendance  is  required  for  all  field 
activities.  Absences  will  be  made  up.  Methods  block  must  be  taken  prior  to 
student  teaching. 

Early  Childhood  Education.  (Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary).  The  Early  Child- 
hood Education  curriculum  has  as  its  primary  goal  the  preparation  of  nursery 
school,  kindergarten  and  primary  teachers. 

Observation  and  student  teaching  are  done  in  the  University  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  School  on  the  Campus  and  in  approved  schools  in  nearby 
communities. 

Graduates  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  meet  the  requirements 
for  certification  for  teaching  kindergarten,  nursery  school  and  primary  grades  in 


Maryland,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Baltimore  and  many  states.  Students  should 
have  had  extensive  experience  in  working  with  children  prior  to  the  junior  year. 

Semester 
Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

I  II 

ENGL  101— Composition 
or 

ENGL  171— Honors  Composition 
or 

General  University  Requirements  alternative 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or 

SPCH  110— Voice  and  Diction 

or 

HESP  202— Fundamentals  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Science 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

MUSC  155— Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 3 

ARTE  100— Fundamentals  of  Art  Education 3 

Biological  Science  with  Lab  from  BOTN,  ZOOL,  MICB,  or  ENTM ...      4 
Physical  Science  wrtth  Lab  from  ASTR,  GEOL,  CHEM,  PHYS,  or 

ENES 4 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT,  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST 3 

General  University  Requirements ; ^  6 

Total 16        16 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  210— Elements  of  Mathematics 4 

MATH  211— Elements  of  Geometry 4 

LING  100— Introduction  to  Linguistics 3 

EDEL  299— School  Service  Semester* 3 

U.S.  History 3 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT,  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST 3 

General  University  Requirements :...; 6  6 

Total 16        16 

"Volunteer  Service  Semester  may  be  substituted.  It  so  two  (2)  additional  semester  tiours  will  be 
required  to  complete  120  semester  tiours. 

Junior  and  Senior  Years 

Semester  V 

EDHD  300E— Human  Development  and  Learning* ,6 

MATH,  or  Science  from  ASTR,  BOTN,  CHEM,  ENES,  ENTM, 

GEOL,  MICB,  PHYS,  or  ZOOL 3 

PYSC  333— Child  Psychology  or 

FMCD  332— The  Child  and  the  Family. 3 

General  University  Requirements .; 3 

Total 15 

Semester  VI 

EDEL  424— Literature  for  Children  and  Young  People— Advanced .  3 

Elective  from  courses  with  "ED"  in  the  prefix  and  which  are  not 

listed  in  Professional  Semesters  A  or  B 3 

General  University  Requirements ^ 6 

Total 12 

Semester  VII 
Professional  Semester  A ' 

EDEL  340— Teaching  Strategies  for  Young  Children 3 

EDEL  341— The  Young  Child  in  His  Social  Environment 3 

EDEL  342— The  Teaching  of  Reading— Early  Childhood 3 

EDEL  332— Student  Teaching,  K-3 ■ 6 

Total 15 

"Prerequisite  to  Professional  Semester  B. 

Semester  VIII 
Professional  Semester  B 

EDEL  343— The  Young  Child  in  His  Physical  Environment 3 

EDEL  344— Creative  Activities  and  Materials  for  the  Young  Child...  3 

EDEL  330— Student  Teaching  Nursery  School 3 

MUED  450— M^sic  in  Early  Childhood  Education 3 

EDSF  301— Foundation  of  Education 3 

Total 15 

"Interctiangeable  with  Semesters  VI  and  VIII. 

Elementary  Education.  This  curriculum  is  designed  for  regular  undergraduate 
students  who  wish  to  quality  for  teaching  positions  in  elementary  schools. 
Students  who  complete  the  curriculum  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  and  they  will  meet  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education 


College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula      81 


requirements  for  the  Standard  Professional  Certificate  in  Elementary  Education, 
The  curriculum  also  meets  certification  requirements  in  many  other  states, 
Baltimore  and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

Semester 
Freshman  Year  Credit  Hours 

ENGL  101— Composition  or 
ENGL  171— Honors  Composition  or 

General  University  Requirements  alternative 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 
SPCH  110— Voice  and  Diction  or 

HESP  202— Fundamentals  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Science 3 

MUSC  155— Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 3 

ARTE  1 00— Fundamentals  of  Art  Education 3 

Biological  Science  with  Lab  from  BOTN,  ZOOL,  MICB,  or  ENTM  ...      4 
Physical  Science  with  Lab  from  ASTR,  GEOL,  CHEM,  PHYS,  or 

ENES 4 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT,  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST 3 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Total 16        16 

Sophomore  Year 

EDEL  299— School  Service  Semester* 3 

MATH  210— Elements  of  Mathematics 4 

MATH  211— Elements  of  Geometry 4 

LING  100— Introduction  to  Linguistics 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

U.S.  History 3 

Social  Science  or  History  course  from  ANTH,  GEOG,  ECON, 

GVPT,  SOCY,  HIUS,  HIFN,  or  HIST 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

Total 16        16 

'Prerequisite  to  Professional  Semester. 

Junior  and  Senior  Years 

Semester  V 

EOHD  300E— Human  Development  and  Learning* 6 

MATH  or  Science  from  ASTR,  BOTN,  CHEM,  ENES,  ENTM, 

GEOL,  MICB,  PHYS,  or  ZOOL 3 

PSYC  333— Child  Psychology  or 

FMCD  332— The  Child  and  the  Family 3 

General  University  Requirements .^ 3 

Total 15 

'Prerequisite  to  student  teacFiing. 

Semester  VI 
Professional  Semester' 

EDEL  350— The  Teaching  of  Language  Arts— Elementary 3 

EDEL  351— The  Teaching  of  Mathematics— Elementary 3 

EDEL  352— The  Teaching  of  Reading— Elementary 3 

EDEL  353— The  Teaching  of  Science— Elementary 3 

EDEL  354— The  Teaching  of  Social  Studies— Elementary 3 

Total 15 

Courses  are  blocked;  i.e.,  one  section  of  students  remains  together  for  all  five 
methods  courses.  Students  spend  two  days  each  week  In  school  classrooms 
applying  concepts  and  methods  presented  in  methods  courses. 

'These  5  courses  must  be  talten  as  a  blocit.  They  are  not  offered  separately.  The  Professional 
Semester  Is  considered  a  full  undergraduate  load  requlnng  all  of  a  student's  energies. 
Attendar>ce  is  required  for  all  field  activities.  Absences  will  be  made  up. 

Semester  VII 

EDEL  333— Student  Teaching 11 

Semester  VIII 

EDEL  424 — Literature  for  Children  and  Young  People— Advanced .  3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

Elective 14 

Total 16 


'Interchangeable  with  Semesters  VI  and  VII. 
Course  Code  Prefix:  EDEL 

Human  Development  (Institute  for  Child  Development) 

Director  and  Professor:  Morgan 

Professors:  Bowie  (Emerita),  Chapin,  Dittmann,  Eliot,  Goering,  Hardy,  Kurtz 

(Emeritus),  Perkins,  Thompson  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Flatter,  Gardner,  Hatfield,  Huebner,  Koopman, 

Kyle,  Marcus,  Matteson,  Milhollan,  Rogolsky,  Svoboda,  Tyler 

Assistant  Professors:  Ames,  Colletta,  Green,  Hunt,  Robertson-Tchabo 

Lecturers:  Brandon,  Long 


The  Department  of  Human  Development  carries  on  the  following  activities: 
(1)  It  undertakes  basic  research  in  human  development;  (2)  It  synthesizes 
research  findings  from  many  sciences  that  study  human  beings;  (3)  It  offers 
course  programs  and  field  training  to  qualified  graduate  students,  prepanng  them 
to  render  expert  consultant  service  and  for  college  teaching  in  human  develop- 
ment; (4)  As  an  Institute  for  Child  Study,  if  plans,  organizes,  and  provides 
consaltant  sen/ice  programs  of  direct  child  and  youth  study  to  inservice  teachers 
in  Maryland  and  other  states. 

Undergraduate  courses  and  workshops  are  designed  for  pre-service  and  in- 
sen/ice  teachers  as  well  as  those  preparing  to  enter  human  services  vocations. 
The  department  does  not  offer  an  undergraduate  major.  However,  undergraduate 
students  may  elect  human  development  courses  in  forming  an  area  of  concentra- 
tion such  as  (1)  infancy  and  early  childhood,  (2)  adolescence,  (3)  aging,  and  (4) 
human  services  (social  service,  recreation,  corrections,  etc.).  Major  purposes  of 
undergraduate  offerings  in  human  development  are  (1)  providing  experiences 
which  facilitate  the  personal  grovrth  of  the  individual,  and  (2)  preparing  people  for 
vocations  and  programs  which  seek  to  improve  the  quality  of  human  life.  These 
offerings  are  designed  to  help  professionals  and  paraprofessionals  acquire  a 
positive  orientation  toward  people  and  basic  knowledge  and  skills  for  helping 
others. 

Course  Code  Prefix— EDHD 

Industrial  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Maley 

Professors:  Harrison,  Luetkemeyer 

Associate  Professor:  Beatty,  Herschbach,  Mietus,  Stough,  Tierney 

Assistant  Professors:  Elkins,  Gemmill,  Starkweather 

Instructors:  Baird,  Carson,  Gibin,  Hayman,  Martin,  Williams,  Winek 

Lecturer:  Rickert 

The  Department  of  Industrial  Education  offers  programs  leading  to  teacher 
certification  in  industrial  arts  and  vocational-industrial  education.  It  also  offers  a 
program  in  Industrial  Technology  which  prepares  individuals  for  supervisory  and 
industrial  management  positions,  and  a  technical  education  program  for  persons 
with  advanced  technical  preparation  who  wish  to  teach  in  technical  institutes  or 
junior  colleges. 

Three  curricula  are  administered  by  the  Industrial  Education  Department:  (1) 
Vocational-Industrial  Education;  (2)  Industrial  Arts  Education,  and  (3)  Industrial 
Technology.  The  overall  offering  includes  both  undergraduate  and  graduate 
programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Education, 
Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  may  lead  either  to  certification  as  a 
vocational-industrial  teacher  with  no  degree  involved  or  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree,  including  certification.  The  University  of  Maryland  is  designated  as  the 
institution  which  shall  offer  the  "Trade  and  Industrial"  certification  courses  and 
hence  the  courses  which  are  offered  are  those  required  for  certification  in 
Maryland.  The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  requires  trade  competence  as 
specified  by  the  Maryland  State  Plan  for  Vocational  Education.  A  person  who 
aspires  to  be  certified  should  review  the  state  plan  and  may  well  contact  the 
Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  officials.  If  the  person  has  in  mind 
teaching  in  a  designated  city  or  county,  he  or  she  may  discuss  his  or  her  plans 
with  the  vocational-industrial  official  of  that  city  or  county  inasmuch  as  there  are 
variations  in  employment  and  training  procedures. 

Industrial  Arts  Education.  The  Industrial  Arts  Education  curriculum  prepares 
persons  to  teach  industrial  arts  at  the  secondary  school  level.  It  is  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  While  trade  or  industrial 
experience  contributes  significantly  to  the  background  of  industrial  arts  teacher, 
previous  work  experience  is  not  a  condition  of  entrance  into  this  curriculum. 
Students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  curriculum  are  encouraged  to  obtain  work  in 
industry  during  the  summer  months.  Industrial  arts  as  a  secondary  school  subject 
area  is  a  part  of  the  general  education  program  characterized  by  extensive 
laboratory  experiences. 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 


General  University  Requirements 3 

CHEM  102— or  103— General  Chemistry 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

EDIN  101— Mechanical  Drawing 2 

EDIN  102— Elementary  Woodworking 3 

EDIN  112— Shop  Calculations 3 

EDIN  282— Basic  Metal  Machining 

EDIN  121— Mechanical  Drawing 

EDIN  122— Woodworking  II 

EDIN  134— Graphic , 

Total 18 


Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 6         6 


82      College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


PHYS  111  or  112— Elements  of  Physics 3 

EDIN  127— Elec-Electronics  1 3 

EDIN  133— Power  Transportation 3 

EDIN  241— Architectural  Drawing 2 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

EDIN  247— Elec-Electronics  H 3 

EDIN  223-Arc  and  Gas  Welding 1 

EDIN  210— Foundry ; 1 

Total 17        17 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3  6 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDIN  22&— General  Metal-Working  Processes 3 

EDIN  Elective  (Laboratory) 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDIN  311— Lab  Practicum  in  Industrial  Arts 3 

EDIN  450— Training  Aids  Development 3 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDIN  340— Cur.,  Instr.  &  Observ 3 

EDIN  347— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

EDSE  330— Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDIN  464— Shop  Organization  and  Management 3 

EDIN  Elective 9 

EDIN  466— Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts 3 

Total 14        15 

Vocational-Industrial  Education.  The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  is  a  four- 
year  program  of  studies  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  education.  It 
is  intended  to  develop  the  necessary  competencies  for  the  effective  performance 
of  the  tasks  of  a  vocational  teacher.  In  addition  to  establishing  the  adequacy  of 
the  student's  skills  in  a  particular  trade  and  the  development  of  instructional 
efficiency,  the  curriculum  aims  at  the  professional  and  cultural  development  of 
the  individual.  Courses  are  included  which  would  enrich  the  person's  scientific, 
economic,  psychological  and  sociological  understandings.  The  vocational-certifi- 
cation courses  for  the  State  of  Maryland  are  a  part  of  the  curriculum  require- 
ments. 

Persons  pursuing  this  curriculum  must  present  documentary  evidence  of 
having  an  apprenticeship  or  comparable  learning  period  and  journeyman- 
experience.  This  evidence  of  background  and  training  is  necessary  in  order  that 
the  trade  examination  phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be  accomplished. 

Persons  having  completed  the  necessary  certification  courses  prior  to 
working  on  the  degree  program  may  use  such  courses  toward  meeting 
graduation  requirements.  However,  after  certification  course  requirements  have 
been  met,  persons  continuing  studies  toward  a  degree  must  take  courses  in  line 
with  the  curriculum  plan  and  University  regulations.  For  example,  junior  level 
courses  may  not  be  taken  until  the  student  has  reached  full  junior  standing. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Freshman  Year 

General  University  Requirements 6         6 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

EDIN  112— Shop  Calculations 3 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  or 

MATH  105 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics .^ 3 

Total :. 12       12 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

Physical  Sciences 3  3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

CHEM  103  or  equivalent  College  Chemistry  1 4 

EDIN  Elective  (Laboratory) ._ 3  

Total 12  13 

Trade  Examination 20 

Junior  Year 

EDIN  450— Training  Aids 3 

EDIN  465— Modern  Industry 3 

EDHD  300 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDIN  462— Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction 3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3          3 

EDIN  471— Principles  and  History  of  Vocational  Education 3 

EDIN  357— Tests  and  Measurements 3 

EDIN  Elective  (Professional) 3 

Total 15        15 

Senior  Year 

EDIN  350— Methods  of  Teaching 3 


EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDIN  347— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools' 8 

EDIN  Electives  (Professional) 6 

EDSF  301— Social  Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDIN  464— Shop  Organization  and  Management 3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) ._ 3 

Total 14        15 

'Student  Teaching  Requirement  In  Vocational  Education.  Persons  currently 
teaching  in  the  secondary  schools  with  three  or  more  years  of  satisfactory 
experience  at  that  level  are  not  required  to  take  EDIN  347— Student  Teaching  in 
Secondary  Schools.  Evidence  of  satisfactory  teaching  experience  shall  be 
presented  in  the  form  of  written  statements  from  the  principal  area  supervisor  and 
department  head  in  the  school  where  such  teaching  is  done.  Instead  of  the  eight 
credits  required  for  student  teaching,  the  individual  meeting  the  above  qualifica- 
tions will  have  eight  additional  semester  hours  of  elective  credits. 

Elective  Credits.  Courses  in  history  and  phJosophy  of  education,  sociology, 
speech,  psychology,  economics,  business  administration  and  other  allied  areas 
may  be  taken  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor. 

Elective  courses  in  the  technical  area  (shop  and  drawing)  will  be  limited  to 
courses  and  subjects  not  covered  in  the  trade  training  experience.  Courses 
dealing  with  advanced  technology  and  recent  improvements  in  field  practices  will 
be  acceptable. 

Vocational-Industrial  Certification.  To  become  certified  as  a  trade  industrial 
and  service  occupations  teacher  in  the  State  of  Maryland  a  per^pn  must 
successfully  complete  18  credit  hours  of  instruction. 

The  following  courses  must  be  included  in  the  18  credit  hours  of  instruction: 

EDIN  350— Methods  of  Teaching 

EDIN  464 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management 

EDIN  457— Tests  and  Measurements 

EDIN  462— Occupational  Analysis  and  Course 

Construction 
The  remainder  of  the  credit  hours  shall  be  met  through  the 

election  of  the  following  courses: 
EDIN  450 — Training  Aids  Development 
EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology 
EDIN  461— Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance 
EDIN  465— Modern  Industry 
EDIN  471— History  and  Principles  of  Vocational 

Education 
EDCP  410— Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Personnel 

Services 
EDCP  411— Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom 

A  person  in  Vocational-Industrial  Education  may  use  his  or  her  certification 
courses  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  In  doing  so  the  general 
requirements  of  the  University  and  the  college  must  be  met  A  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  examination  in  the  trade  in  which 
the  student  has  competence.  Prior  to  taking  the  examination,  the  student  shall 
provide  documentary  evidence  of  his  or  her  apprenticeship  or  learning  period  and 
journeyman  experience.  For  further  information  about  credit  by  examination  refer 
to  the  academic  regulations. 

Industrial  Technology.  The  Industrial  Technology  curriculum  is  a  four-year 
program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is 
to  prepare  persons  for  jobs  within  industry  and,  as  such,  it  embraces  four  major 
areas  of  competence:  (a)  technical  competence;  (b)  human  relations  and 
leadership  competence;  (c)  communications  competence;  and  (d)  social  and  civic 
competence. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

General  University  Requirements 6         6 

SOCY  100— Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

EDIN  101— Mechanical  Drawing  I  or  (Transfer) 2 

EDIN  112— Shop  Calculations  or  (Transfer) 3 

EDIN  121— Mechanical  Drawing  II 2 

EDIN  122— Woodworking  II  or 

EDIN  127— Electricity-Electronics  1 3 

EDIN  223— Arc  and  Gas  Welding 1 

EDIN  262— Basic  Metal  Machining 3 

EDIN  210— Foundry 1 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  or 

MATH  115— Introductory  Analysis 3 

7b(a/ 17        16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

EDIN  124— Sheet  Metal  Work 2 

BMGT  110— Business  Enterprise 3 


College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      83 


SPCH  1 07— Technical  Speech  Communication 2 

PHYS  111-112— Elements  of  Physics  (Mechanics  and  Heat  and  3 

Sound),  (Magrietism,  Electricity  and  Optics) 3 

or 

PHYS  121-122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  (Mechanics  and  Heat),  4 

(Sound,  Optics,  Magnetism,  Elecfricity) 4 

ECON  201 — Principles  cf  Economics  or 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

EDIN  184— Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience* 3   

Total 17-18    14-15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3  3 

PSYC  361— Survey  of  Industrial  Psychology 3 

CHEM  103— General  Chemistry 4 

EDIN  Elective 2 

EDIN  Shop  Elective  or  (Transfer) 2 

EDIN  324— Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience* 3 

EDIN  443— Industrial  Safety  Education  1 2 

EDIN  444— Industrial  Safety  Education  II 2 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management 3 

SOCY  462— Industrial  Sociology 3 

•• ; _3   3 

Total 20        16 

Senior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3 

BMGT  362— Industrial  Relations 3 

BMGT  385— Production  Management 3 

EDIN  465 — Modern  Industry  or 

EDIN  425— Industrial  Training  in  Industry  or 

EDIN  475— Recent  Technological  Developments  in  Products  and  3 

Processes.  ,  3 

EDIN  Elective ...  2 

EDIN  Shop  Elective  or  (Tiansfer)  »  2 

• .  .  6   3 

15         13 


Total 

"Summer  Session. 

"Transfer"  refers  lo  technical  credit  to  be  transferred  by  A.A.  degree  students. 

"refers  to  technical  credit  for  A.A.  degree  students  or  Option  Courses  for  regular  students, 

Furttier  information  on  option  courses  is  available  rn  ttie  Industnal  Education  Department. 

Course  Code  Prefix:  EDIN 

Measurement  and  Statistics 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Lissitz 

Professors:  Dayton,  Giblette,  Stunkard 

Associate  Professors:  Johnson,  Macready,  Schafer,  Sedlecek 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates.  Programs  available  in  the 
Department  of  Measurement  and  Statistics  lead  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree 
(thesis  or  non-thesis  option)  and  to  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  The 
master's  level  program  is  designed  to  provide  individuals  »/ith  the  necessary  skills 
to  serve  as  research  associates  in  various  fields  and  to  provide  test  administra- 
tion, scoring,  and  interpretation  services.  The  doctoral  major  program  is  intended 
primarily  to  produce  individuals  qualified  to  teach  courses  at  the  college  level  in 
educational  measurement,  statistics,  and  evaluation,  advise  in  the  conduct  of 
research  studies;  and  serve  as  measurement,  evaluation,  or  research  design 
specialists  in  school  systems,  industry,  and  government.  At  the  doctoral  level,  a 
student  may  choose  a  specialty  within  one  of  three  areas:  applied  measurement, 
applied  statistics,  and  education  evaluation. 

Persons  interested  in  majoring  in  the  department  must  display  above  average 
aptitude  and  interest  in  quantitative  methods  as  applied  in  the  behavioral 
sciences. 

Course  Code  Prefix— EDIulS 

Secondary  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Risinger 
Art  Education- 
Professor  Lembach 

Associate  Professors:  Craig,  Longley,  McWhinnie 
Business  Education— 
Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Peters 
Assistant  Professor:  Ferran 
Instructor:  Vignone 
Lecturer:  Adams 
Distributive  Education— 
Associate  Professor:  Anderson 
English  Education- 
Professor;  Woolf 


Assistant  Professor:  James 
Foreign  Language  Education— 
Associate  Professors:  Pfister.  DeLorenzo 
Home  Economics  Education- 
Assistant  Professors:  Brev^ster,  Cooney 
Instructor:  Straw 
Library  Science  Education- 
Assistant  Professor:  Fitzgibbons 
Mathematics  Education- 
Professor  Mayor 

Associate  Professors:  Davidson,  Fey,  Henkelman 
Assistant  Professor:  Cole 
Music  Education- 
Professor  Folstrum 

Assistant  Professors:  Shelley,  Lenz,  Miller 
Physical  Education  (Men)-- 
Assistant  Professor:  Vaccaro 
Physical  Education  (Women) — 
Assistant  Professor:  Craft 
Reading  Education- 
Associate  Professor:  Brigham,  Davey 
Science  Education—  ' 

Professor:  Lockard 

Associate  Professors:  Layman,  Heikkinen,  Ridky,  Wheatley 
Assistant  Professor:  Wright 
Social  Studies  Education- 
Professors.'  Campbell,  Grambs 

Associate  Professors:  Adkins,  Cirrincione,  Farrell,  Funaro,  Ruchkin 
Speech  Education- 
Associate  Professor:  Carr 
y4ss/s(an(  Professor:  McCaleb 

Secondary  Education.  The  Department  of  Secondary  Education  is  concerned 
with  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  middle  schools,  junior  high  schools,  and 
senior  high  schools  in  the  following  areas:  art,  distnbutive  education,  English, 
foreign  languages,  general  business,  home  economics,  library  science,  mathe- 
matics, music,  secretarial  education,  science,  social  studies,  and  speech  and 
drama. 

In  the  areas  of  art,  music,  and  lityary  science,  teachers  are  prepared  to  teach 
in  both  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Majors  in  physical  education  and 
agriculture  are  offered  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health  and  the  College  of  Agriculture  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of 
Education.  Majors  in  reading  are  offered  only  at  the  graduate  level,  requiring  a 
bachelor's  degree,  certification,  and  at  least  two  years  of  successful  teaching 
experience  as  prerequisites. 

All  students  who  pursue  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  in  secondary  education 
are  required  to  complete  two  years  (12  semester  hours)  or  the  equivalent  of  a 
foreign  language  on  the  college  level.  If  a  student  has  had  three  years  of  one 
foreign  language  or  two  years  of  each  of  two  foreign  languages  as  recorded  on 
his  or  her  high  school  transcripts,  he  or  she  is  not  required  to  take  any  foreign 
languages  in  the  college,  although  he  or  she  may  elect  to  do  so. 

If  a  student  is  not  exempt  from  the  foreign  language  requirements,  he  or  she 
must  complete  courses  through  the  104  level  of  a  modern  language  or  204  level 
of  a  classical  language. 

In  the  modem  languages— French,  German,  and  Spanish— the  student 
should  take  the  placement  test  in  the  language  in  which  he  or  she  has  had  work  If 
he  or  she  wishes  to  continue  the  same  language;  his  or  her  language  instmction 
would  start  at  the  level  indicated  by  the  test.  With  classical  languages,  the 
student  would  start  at  the  level  indicated  in  the  catalog. 

For  students  who  come  under  the  provisions  above,  the  placement  test  may 
also  sen/e  as  a  proficiency  test  and  may  be  taken  by  a  student  any  timt  (once  a 
semester)  to  try  to  fulfill  the  language  requirement. 

Students  who  have  studied  languages  other  than  French,  German,  or 
Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a  foreign  country  where  a 
language  other  than  English  prevails,  shall  be  placed  by  the  chairman  of  the 
respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by  the  chairmen  of  the  foreign 
language  departments.  Native  speakers  of  a  foreign  language  shall  satisfy  the 
foreign  language  requirements  by  taking  12  semester  hours  of  English. 

All  students  who  elect  the  secondary  education  curriculum  will  fulfill  the 
preceding  general  requirements  and  also  prepare  to  teach  one  or  more  school 
subjects  which  will  involve  meeting  specific  requirements  in  particular  subject 
matter  fields. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  in  the  teaching  fields  of  art,  English, 
foreign  languages,  mathematics,  social  studies,  and  speech  and  drama.  The 
Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  art,  distributive  education,  general 
business,  home  economics,  library  science,  mathematics,  music,  science,  secre- 
tarial education,  social  studies  and  speech  and  drama. 

The  student  teaching  semester  is  a  full-time  commitment  and  interference 
with  this  commitment  because  of  employment  is  not  permitted. 

Living  arrangements,  including  transportation  for  the  student  teaching  assign- 
ments, are  considered  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

Stude  ts  must  have  completed  EDHD  300,  EDSE  330,  and  most  of  their  other 
major  requirements.  In  addition,  students  must  have  completed  the  specific 


84      College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


methods  course  for  their  subject  area  (or  in  some  programs,  be  concurrently 
enrolled).  Consult  your  advisor  for  help  in  planning  your  schedule  in  this  regard. 

Art  Education.  Students  in  art  education  may  select  one  of  three  programs: 
elementary  (K-6),  secondary  (6-12),  or  dual  (K-12)  Art  Education.  The  three 
programs  are  shown  below. 


Freshman  Year 


Elementary  Art  Education  (K-6) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art 3 

ARTS  1 10— Drawing  1 3 

ARTS  100— Design  I  or  APDS  101  or  ARTE  100 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  or  125 

or  220 3 

Elective : 3   3 

Total -•     15        15 

Sophmore  Year 

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education' 3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

ARTH  260  and  261— Art  History 3 

ARTS  220— Painting  I 

CRAF  220— Ceramics 

Elective ; 3 

Total 15 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

General  University  Requirements 3      ,   6 

ARTS  330— Sculpture 3 

EDSE  441— Practicum  in  Art  Education" 3 

Electives 3 

ARTS  340— Printmaking 


APDS  230— Silkscreen  Printing 

APDS  103— Three  Dimensional  Design 


Arts  200. 
Total 


15        15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  An  Criticism**" .'. 3 

Electives 6 

Elective  in  Crafts ^   3 

EDEL  412— Art  in  the  Elejnentary  School 3 

Education  Elective 3 

EDEL  41 1— The  Child  and  Curriculum  or  EOEL  322 3 

EDEL  337— Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools— Art ^ 8 

Total 15        17 

•Admisston  to  Teacher  Education  processed  in  this  course.  Fall  only. 
"Spring  only. 
'"Fall  only 

Secondary  Art  Education  (6-12) 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  or  125 

or  220 3 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art 3 

ARTS  100— Design  t  or  APDS  100  or  ARTE  100 3 

ARTS  1 10— Drawing  1 3 

Foreign  Language'  or  electives 3  3 

APDS  103— Three  Dimension  Design  or  ARTS  200  or  APDS  102..  3 

Electives ; 3   

Total 15        15 

'Required  foreign  language  credit,  2  years  or  equivalent 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education* 3 

Foreign  Language  or  Electives 3  3 

ARTH  260,  261— Art  History 3  3 

ARTS  220— Painting  1 3 

ARTS  21 0— Drawing  II , 3   

Total 18  15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements : 6  6 


EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

ARTS  340— Printmaking  I  or ^. 

APDS  230— Silkscreen  Printing ' 3 

ARTS  330— Sculpture  1 3 

Electives ~ 3 

EDSE  441— Practicum  in  Art  Education** ^ 3 

Total 15        15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

CRAF  220— Ceramics 3 

Elective  in  Crafts 3 

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  Art  Criticism*** 3 

EDSE  340— Curriculum,  Instruction,  Observation  in  Art 3 

Education  Elective 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  in  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  360— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 2§ 

7o/a/ 12        17 

'Admission  to  Teacher  Education  processed  in  this  course. 

Dual  K  through  12  Art  Education  (K-12) 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 6  9 

ARTH  100— Introduction  to  Art 3 

ARTH  260— Art  History 3 

ARTS  100— Design  I  or  ARTE  100  or  APDS  101 3 

ARTS  1 10— Drawing  1 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 ^ ; 3 

Total 15        15 

Sophomore  Year 

EDSE  260— Introduction  to  Art  Education* 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

CRAF  220— Ceramics 3 

ARTH  261— Art  History 3 

ARTS  220— Painting  1 3 

Elective  in  Crafts 3 

Elective 3  3 

ARTS  200— Design  II  or  APDS  102  or  APpS  103 , 3 

Tofa; : 15  15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements ., 6  3 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

ARTS  300— Sculpture 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education '. /  3 

Electives i '',  6 

ARTS  340— Printmaking  or 

APDS  230— Silkscreen  Printing 3 

EDSE  470— Teaching  of  Art  Criticism* ■ 3 

To(a/ y. 15  18 

Senior  Year 

EDEL  321  Child  and  Curriculum  or 3 

EDEL  412— Art  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

EDEL  337— Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools-Art 6 

EDSE  340— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation  in  Art 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  (Methods  in  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  360— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools-Art 6 

EDSE  441— Practicum  in  Art  Education 3 

Total 12        15 

'Admission  lo  Teacher  Education  processed  in  this  course  Fall  only. 

Business  Education.  Three  curricula  are  offered  for  preparation  of  teachers  of 
business  subjects.  The  General  Business  Education  curriculum  qualifies  for 
teaching  all  business  subjects  except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough  training  in 
general  business,  including  economics,  this  curriculum  leads  to  teaching  posi- 
tions on  both  junior  and  senior  high  school  levels. 

The  Secretarial  Education  curriculum  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  those  who 
wish  to  become  teachers  of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business  subjects. 

The  Distributive  Education  curriculum  prepares  students  for  vocational 
teaching  requirements  in  cooperative  marketing  and  merchandising  programs. 


General  Business  Education 


Freshman  Year 


General  University  Requirements.. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

...       9  6 


College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      85 


SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

BMGT  110— Elements  of  Business  Enterprise 3 

MATH  110,  111— Introduction  to  Mathematics 3          3 

EDSE  100,  101— Principles  of  Typewriting  and  Intermediate  2 

Typewriting ; 2   

Total 14        17 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  105— Economic  Developments 3 

ECON  201,  203— Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

EDSE  200— Office  Typewriting  Problems 2 

Business  Electives 3 

EDSE  201— Survey  of  Office  Machines 2 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting 3  3 

GEOG  203— Introductory  Economic  Geography 3 

Total 16  15 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  3008— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

BMGT  350— Marketing  Principles  and  Organization t 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 3 

Elective  300  or  400  level  course  in  Economics 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

Business  Electives ; 6 

Total ; 18  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

IFSM  402— Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 3 

EDSE  341— Curriculum,  Instmction  and  Observation— Business 

Subjects* 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  300— Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills*  * 3 

EDSE  361— Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools 8 

EDSE  415— Financial  and  Economic  Education 3 

EDSE  416— Financial  and  Economic  Education 3 

Total 15        14 

•Fait  only 
**Spring  only 


Freshman  Year 


Distributive  Education 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 9  9 

BMGT  110— Business  Enterprise 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

ECON  201— Principles  of  Economics ^ 3 

ECON  203— Principles  of  Economics ^ 3 

Total 15        15 

Sophomore  Year 

BMGT  220— Principles  of  Accounting 3 

BMGT  221— Principles  of  Accounting , 3 

Business  Electives 9  12 

General  University  Requirements ; 3   

Total 15  15 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

BMGT  350— Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

BMGT  351— Marketing  Management 3 

BMGT  360— Personnel  Management  1 3 

BMGT  353— Retailing 3 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 3 

EDSE  423B— Field  Experience— DE 3 

General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Division) 3   6 

Total 18        15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  420— Organization  and  Coordination  of  Distributive 

Education  Programs** 3 

BMGT  352— Advertising 3 

EDSE  343— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation*  3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  3 

EDSE  363— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  8 

Business  Electives 6   

Total .  15        14 

'Fall  only. 
"Spring  only. 


Secretarial  Education 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

General  University  Requirements 9  9 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

EDSE  100— Principles  of  Typewriting  (if  exempt,  BMGT  110) 2 

EDSE  101— Intermediate  Typewriting 2 

EDSE  102,  103— Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II 3  3 

General  University  Requirements ^ 3  

Total 17  17 

Sophomore  Year 

Business  Electives 3  3 

BMGT  220,  221— Principles  of  Accounting 3  3 

ECON  201,  203— Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

EDSE  200— Office  Typewriting  Problems 2 

EDSE  201— Survey  of  Office  Machines 2 

EDSE  204— Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription 3 

EDSE  205— Problems  in  Transcription 3 

Total 14  14 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDSE  304— Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures* 3 

BMGT  380— Business  Law 3 

Electives : i 3  3 

IFSM  401— Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

Elective  in  General  University  Requirements  (Upper  Division) 3   6 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  305— Secretarial  Office  Practice 3 

EDSE  300— Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills** 3 

EDSE  341— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation— Business 

Subjects* 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  361— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

Electives— 300  or  400  Level ^ 6   3 

Total 15  17 

•Fall  only. 
"Soring  only. 

The  Dance  Education  program  has  been  suspended  and  no  new  students 
are  being  accepted. 

English  Education.  A  major  in  English  202  requires  45  semester  hours  as 

follows:  ENGL  201  or  202;  211  or  212;  481;  403  or  404  or  405;  or  221  or  222; 
482;  493;  three  hours  each  in  a  type,  and  period;  9  hours  electives.  Related 
Fields  SPCH  100  and  240. 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

General  University  Requirements 12  6 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

Foreign  Language 3  3 

Elective 3 

ENGL  101— Introduction  to  Writingor 

ENGL  171— Honors  Composition 3 

Total 15  18 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3 

ENGL  201  or  202— World  Literature 3 

SPCH  240— Oral  Interpretation 3 

Foreign  Language 3  3 

Elective 3  3 

ENGL— (type) 3 

ENGL— (period) 3 

ENGL  211  or  212  English  Literature 3 

Total 15  15 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  288— Field  Expenence  (optional) 1 

ENGL  221  or  222  Amencan  Literature ,    3 

ENGL  403,  404,  or  405  Shakespeare '  3 


Freshman  Year 


86      College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


ENGL  481— Introduction  to  English  Grammar 3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3  3 

ENGL  482— History  of  the  English  Language 3 

ENGL  Elective : 3   

Total 18  16 

Senior  Year 

EDSE  356— Field  Experience  in  English  Teaching 1 

EDSE  344— Curriculum  Instruction  and  Observation— English 3 

EDSE  453— The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School 3 

EDSE  364— Student  Teaching— English 8 

EDSE  357— Seminar  in  English  Teaching 1 

ENGL  493— Advanced  Expository  Writing 3 

ENGL  Electives 6 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) ; 3   

Total 16        12 

Foreign  Language  Education.  The  Foreign  Language  Education  curriculum  is 
designed  for  prospective  foreign  language  teachers  in  secondary  schools.  The 
current  focus  is  on  Spanish,  French  and  German.  Students  seeking  certification 
in  the  areas  of  Hebrew,  Italian,  Latin,  Portuguese  or  Russian  must  apply  for 
certification  through  a  "Credit  Count"  procedure  rather  than  a  departmental 
"Approved  Program".  Further  information  can  be  obtained  through  a  foreign 
language  education  advisor  in  the  office  of  Secondary  Education. 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  a  foreign  language  plus  12  hours  of 
electives  in  a  related  area  for  a  total  of  42  hours  is  required.  The  foreign  language 
education  advisor  must  approve  the  12  hours  of  'related  area"  credit.  The 
following  requirements  must  be  met  within  the  30  required  hours:  one  year  of 
advanced  conversation,  one  year  of  advanced  grammar  and  composition,  one 
year  of  survey  of  literature,  one  year  of  advanced  literature  (400  level)  and  one 
semester  of  advanced  civilization  (300  or  400  level).  Equivalents  to  the  above 
must  be  approved  by  the  appropriate  education  advisor. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 9  6 

SPCH  100,  125,  or  220  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication 3 

Intermediate  Foreign  Language  (or  appropriate  level  as  3 

determined  by  placement  exam) 3 

Electives* : 3   3 

Total 15        15 

Sophomore  Year  \ 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

Foreign  Language — Grammar  and  Composition 3  3 

Foreign  Language — Survey  of  Literature 3  3 

Foreign  Language— Advanced  Conversation 3  3 

Electives* ; 3   3 

Total 15  15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 6 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Foreign  Language— Literature  (400  level) 3  3 

Foreign  Language— Civilization 3 

Electives  In  Foreign  Language  or  Related  Area  (i.e.,  advanced  3 

language  courses,  second  language,  introduction 
to  Linguistics,  Cultural  Anthropology,  Histonc 

Geography  of  the  Hispanic  World,  etc.)* 3 

Foreign  Language— Elective  (400  level) .; 3 

Total 15       15 

Senior  Year 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  345— Curriculum  Observation*  * 3 

EDSE  365— Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools 8 

Elective  from  400-level  courses  in  foreign  language  education. 
See  appropriate  education  area  advisor  for  list  of 

current  offerings 3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 3 

Electives* : 9 

Total 17        15 

•Foreign  Language  Education  majors  and  Arts  and  Humanilies  certification  students  are 
stfongly  advised  to  elect  courses  whicti  will  enhance  ttieir  professional  preparation  (i  e  .  EDSE 
288A.  EDSE  486F.  EDSE  499H,  EDSE  461,  etc),  as  well  as  tfiose  which  will  lead  to  a  second 
area  of  concentration  (i  e  .  a  second  foreign  language  teaching  English  to  speakers  of  other 
languages.  English,  social  studies,  etc )  Students  who  plan  to  leach  a  foreign  language  must 
contact  an  education  advisor  during  the  freshman  year  in  order  to  plan  an  integrated  program  of 
specialized  professional  and  liberal  education 
"Must  be  taken  concurrently  with  student  teacl^ing. 


Home  Economics  Education.  The  Home  Economics  Education  curriculum  is 
designed  for  students  who  are  preparing  to  teach  home  economics.  It  includes 
study  of  each  area  of  home  economics  and  the  supporting  disciplines.  Fifteen 
hours  of  the  total  curriculum  include  an  area  of  concentration  which  must  be 
unified  in  content  and  which  will  be  chosen  by  the  student." 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

FMCD  105— The  Individual  in  the  Family 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications  or  SPCH 
107— Technical  Speech  Communication  or  SPCH 
125— Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Communication..      3 

TEXT  150— Introduction  to  Textile  Materials 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

APDS  101 B— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

TEXT  221— Apparel  1 3 

General  University  Requirements : ? 

Total 15        18 

Sophomore  Year 

FMCD  250— Decision-Making  in  Family  Living 3 

HSAD  240— Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home 3' 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I  or  CHEM  1 02— Chemistry  of 

Man's  Environment 4 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family  or  EDHD  411— Child  Grovirth 

and  Development 3 

EDSE  210— Bases  for  Curriculum  Decisions  in  Home  Economics...      3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

FOOD  200— Scientific  Principles  of  Food 3 

General  University  Requirements ^ 12 

Total 16        18 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  3008— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

FMCD  341— Personal  and  Family  Finance  or  FMCD  443 
Consumer  Problems  or  FMCD  280— The 

Household  as  an  Ecosystem 3 

EDSE  425 — Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Economics 3 

EDSE  380— Field  Experience  in  Child  Development  Lab 1 

General  University  Requirements 3 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  or  MICR  200— General  Microbiology  4 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Life  Styles  or  SOCY  443— The  Family 

and  Society 3 

Area  of  Concentration 6 

General  University  Requirements : 3 

Total 16        16 

Senior  Year 

FOOD  260— Meal  Management 3 

FMCD  344— Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management  (offered 

fall  only)  or  FMCD  343— Applied  Home 

Management  offered  spring  only) 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

Area  of  Concentration 6 

General  University  Requirements 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  347— Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation— Home 

Economics 3 

EDSE  370— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools— Home 

Economics - : 8 

Total 18        14 

Total  Credits 131 

•Area  of  Concentration;  16  semester  hours. 

A)  Including  maximum  of  two  home  economics  courses  in  applied  area,  with  the  remainder  of 
the  16  hours  in  supporting  behavioral,  physical  and  biological  sciences,  philosophy,  geography, 
and  history   B)  Of  the  15  hours,  nine  must  be  upper  divisional  courses. 

Library  Science  Education.  All  students  anticipating  work  in  library  science 
education  should  consult  with  advisors  in  this  area  at  the  beginning  of  the 
sophomore  year.  Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  pursue  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  with  an  area  of  concentration  of  36  hours  in  one  of  the  following:  Arts 
and  Humanities,  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  or  Mathematics  and  Science. 
Students  may  concentrate  in  a  subject  area  subsumed  under  one  of  these  fields, 
or  they  may  choose  a  broad  spectrum  of  courses  in  one  of  the  ar  jas  under  the 
guidance  of  their  advisors.  The  minor  of  18  hours  will  be  library  science 
education.  Students  in  library  science  education  will  complete  eight  semester 
hours  in  directed  library  expenence  as  their  student  teaching  requirement.  It  will 
involve  two  and  a  half  days  per  week,  for  16  weeks.  This  period  will  be  divided 
into  two  sections,  with  eight  weeks  each  in  a  secondary  and  elementary  school.  A 


College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      87 


concurrant  seminar  will  also  be  a  part  of  this  experience.  Students  completing 
this  curriculum  will  be  eligible  for  certification  as  an  Educational  Media  Associate, 
Level  I,  and  will  qualify  to  work  in  school  media  centers  under  the  supervision  of  a 
Media  Generalist,  Level  II. 

Freshman  Year  Serriester 

Credit  Hours 
I  It 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

Electives 6         3 

Area  of  Concentration 6 

Tote/ 15        15 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 6  3 

Electives 3  3 

Area  of  Concentration 6  6 

LBSC  331 -Intro  to  Educational  Media  Services* ^. ; 3 

Total ~~^  15 

•PrerequlsitB  to  Library  Science  courses 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (300  and  above  level) 3         6 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

LBSC  381— Basic  Reference  and  Information  Sources 3 

LBSC  382— Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Materials 3 

LBSC  383— Library  Materials  for  Children  and  Youth 3 

EDEL  322— Curriculum  and  Instruction— Elementary 3 

EDAD  441— Graphic  Materials  for  Instruction 3 

Area  of  Concentration >. 3  

Total 15        18 

Senior  Year 

Area  of  Concentration 12         3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

LBSC  384— Media  Center  Administration  and  Services 3 

EDSE  385— Student  Teaching  in  School  Media 

Centers— Elementary 4 

EDSE  355— Student  Teaching  in  School  Media 

Centers— Secondary 4 

Total 18       11 

Mathematics  Education.  A  major  In  mathematics  education  requires  the 
completion  of  MATH  241  or  its  equivalent,  and  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours 
of  mathematics  at  the  400  level  (excluding  MATH  490);  400  level  courses  beyond 
those  prescribed  (450,  402  or  403, 430  or  431)  should  be  selected  in  consultation 
with  the  mathematics  education  advisor.  The  mathematics  education  major  must 
be  supported  by  one  of  the  following  science  sequences:  CHEM  103  and  104,  or 
105  and  106;  RHYS  221  and  222,  or  161  and  262,  or  191  and  192,  or  141  and 
142;  BOTN  101  and  three  additional  hours  in  BOTN  courses;  ZOOL  101  and 
three  additional  hours  in  ZOOL  courses;  ASTR  180  and  110  and  three  additional 
hours  in  ASTR  (none  of  which  include  ASTR  100  or  105).  Also  a  course  in 
Computer  Science  (CMSC  1 10  or  103)  is  required.  The  following  sample  program 
is  one  way  to  fulfill  requirements. 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 


SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II 4 

Science  Requirement 3-5 

General  University  Requirements ;  3 


4 
3-5 

6 

.13-15    13-15 


Total ' 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  240,  241— Linear  Algebra,  Analysis  III 4 

General  University  Requirements 6 

CMSC  103  or  110  Introductofy  Computer  Programming 3 

Electives 2-4 


Total. 


.15-17  15-17 


Junior  Year 

MATH  430— Geometric  Transformations  or 

MATH  431— Foundations  of  Geometry 3 

MATH  402— Algebraic  Structures  or 

MATH  403— Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra 3 

MATH  450— Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics 3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Mathematics  Electives  (400  level) 3 


General  University  Requirements 3         6 

Elective : 3 

Total 15        15 

Senior  Year 

Mathematics  Electives  (400  level) 3 

EDSE  350— Curriculum,  Instruction,  Obsen/ation  (Mathematics) 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  372— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  School  Mathematics ..  8 

EDSE  489— Field  Experiences 3 

Electives 7   

Total 16        14 

Music  Education.  The  curriculum  in  music  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree 
in  education  with  a  major  in  music  education.  It  is  planned  to  meet  the  demand  for 
specialists,  supervisors  and  resource  teachers  in  music  in  the  schools.  The 
program  provides  training  in  the  teaching  of  vocal  and  instrumental  music  and 
leads  to  certification  to  teach  music  at  both  elementary  and  secondary  school 
levels  in  Maryland  and  many  other  states.  There  are  two  options.  The  vocal 
option  is  for  students  whose  principal  instrument  is  voice  or  piano;  the 
instrumental  option  is  for  students  whose  principal  instrument  is  an  orchestral  or 
band  instrument. 

All  students  are  carefully  obsen/ed  at  various  stages  of  their  programs  by 
members  of  the  Music  Education  faculty.  This  is  intended  to  insure  the  maximum 
development  and  grovrth  of  each  student's  professional  and  personal  competen- 
cies. Each  student  is  assigned  to  an  advisor  who  guides  him  j  her  through  the 
various  stages  of  advancement  in  the  program  of  music  and  music  education. 


Instrumental  Option 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


MUSP  109,  110— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2 

MUSC  131— Intro  to  Music 

MUSC  150,  151— Theory  of  Music 3 

MUSC  102,  103— Class  Piano 2 

MUSC  116— Class  Clarinet 2 

SPCH  Requirement 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

MUED  1 97— Pre-Professional  Experience 

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble 1 

To(a/ 16 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207,  208— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2         2 

MUSC  250,  251— Adv.  Theory  of  Music 4          4 

MUSC  113,  121— Class  Study  of  Instruments 2         2 

MUSC  330,  331— History  of  Music 3          3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble , 1  1 

Total 18        18 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  405,  406— Applied  Music  (Principal  instalment) 2          2 

MUSC  490,  491— Conducting 2          2 

MUSC  120,  114— Class  Study  of  Instruments 2          2 

MUED  470— Music  in  Secondary  Schools 4 

MUED  420— Band  &  Orch  Technique 2 

General  University  Requirements 6         6 

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble ; 1  1 

Total 17        15 

Senior  Year 

MUSP  409— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2 

MUSC  486— Orchestration 2 

EDSE  373,  EDEL  335-Stud  Tchng 8 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Educ 3 

EDSE  330— Prins/Meths  Sec  Ed 3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

MUSC  229— Major  Ensemble 1    

Total 14        11 

Vocal  Option 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year 

I  II 

MUSP  109,  110— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2         2 

MUSC  131— Intro  to  Music 3 

MUSC  150,  151— Theory  of  Music 3          3 

MUSC  100— Class  Voice,  MUSC  200  Adv  Class  Voice  or  MUSC  2  . 

102,  103— Class  Piano 2 


88      College  of  Education  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


MUED  197— Pre-Professional  Experiences 1 

SPCH  Requirement .'. 3 

General  University  Requirements 6  3 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble ; 1    1 

Total 17  15 

Sophomore  Year 

MUSP  207,  208— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2  2 

MUSC  330,  331— Music  History 3  3 

MUSC  202,  203— Adv  Class  Piano ,    2  2 

MUSC  250,  251— Adv  Theory  of  Muse 4  4 

EDHD  300S— Human  Dev  &  Learning 6 

General  University  Requirements 6 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble {  1 

Total 18  18 

Junior  Year 

MUSP  405,  409— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2  2 

MUSC  453— Guitar-Recorder  Methods 2 

MUED  472— Sec  Choral  Methods 2 

MUSC  490,  491— Conducting 2  2 

MUED  478— Spec  Topics  in  MuEd 1 

MUED  470— Music  in  Sec  Schools 4 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble 1    1 

Total 15  16 

Senior  Year 

MUSP  410— Applied  Music  (Principal  instrument) 2 

MUED  478— Special  Topics 1          1 

EDSE  330— Prin  &  Meths  Sec  Ed 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Educ 3 

EDEL  375,  EDSE  373— Student  Tchng 8 

General  University  Requirements 3 

MUSC  329— Major  Ensemble 1    

Total 13          9 

Physical  Education  and  Health  Education.  This  curriculum  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  teaching  physical  education  in  elementary  and  secondary 
schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars  on  course  requirements,  the  student  should 
refer  to  the  sections  on  the  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  the 
Department  of  Health  Education. 

Science  Education.  A  science  major  consists  of  52  semester  hours  study  in  the 
academic  sciences. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  Science  Education  majors:  BOTN 
101;  CHEM  103;  CHEM  104;  PHYS  121-122  or  141-142;  ZOOL  101;  and  a  year 
of  mathematics.  Additional  courses  are  selected  from  the  academic  sciences, 
with  the  approval  of  the  student's  advisor,  so  as  to  provide  a  minimum  of  36 
hours  in  a  particular  science  teaching  area,  e.g.,  biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and 
earth  sciences,  as  noted  below. 

Preparation  for  biology  teaching  will  include  BOTN  202;  ZOOL  293;  MICB 
200;  genetics  (ZOOL  246  or  BOTN  414);  human  anatomy  and  physiology  (ZOOL 
201  and/or  202);  a  field  course  in  botany  or  zoology  (BOTN  212,  462-464,  or 
417,  ZOOL  270-271,  480  or  ENTM  204),  CHEM  201,  202. 

Preparation  for  chemistry  teaching  will  include  CHEM  103,  104,  201,  202, 
203,  204, 481 ,  482, 498  and  upper  division  courses  such  as  CHEM  321 ,  401 ,  403, 
421,  440,  461.  Math  preparation  should  include  MATH  115,  140, 141.  MATH  240 
and  241  or  246  are  also  recommended. 

Preparation  for  physics  teaching  will  include  math  through  at  least  MATH  240. 
241  and  246  are  also  recommended.  Physics  courses  will  include  introductory 
physics  with  calculus  (PHYS  141,  142),  lab  courses  (PHYS  285,  286),  intermedi- 
ate theoretical  physics  (PHYS  404,  405),  and  modern  physics  (PHYS  420).  In 
addition,  a  physics  teacher  should  take  course  work  in  Astronomy  (ASTR  110, 
180).  Panicipation  in  PSSC  or  Harvard  Project  Physics  courses  (when  offered) 
would  be  desirable. 

Preparation  for  earth  science  teaching  will  include  one  year  of  biology  (BOTN 
101  and  ZOOL  101),  one  year  of  chemistry  (CHEM  103  and  104),  one  year  of 
physics  (PHYS  221,  222  preferred),  MATH  1 15  and  140,  and  at  least  30  hours  of 
earth  sciences  with  18  hours  concentration  in  one  of  the  earth  science  fields  and 
six  hours  minimum  in  each  of  two  other  earth  science  areas:  GEOL  100,  102, 
110,  112,  421,  422,  431,  441,  460,  489,  499,  ASTR  100  and  105,  110,  180,  410, 
498;  GEOG  440,  445,  446,  441,  370,  372,  462. 

Biology 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year 

I  II 

BOTN  101— General  Botany 4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

MATH  1 1 0— Introduction  to  Mathematics  1 3 

MATH  111— Introduction  to  Mathematics  II 3 


CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

General  University  Requirements ;_ 3   3 

Tb(a/ 14        17 

Sophomore  Year 

BOTN  202— The  Plant  Kingdom 4 

ZOOL  293— The  Animal  Phyla 4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III 3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III 2 

General  University  Requirements ; 6   9 

Total 15        17 

Junior  Year 

ZOOL  246  or  BOTN  414— Genetics 4 

ZOOL  201— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4 

PHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  1 4 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II i...  4 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

General  University  Requirements ^ 6   3 

7b(a/ 14        17 

Senior  Year 

BOTN  212  or  BOTN  417  or  BOTN  462-464— or  Field  Studies 3 

ZOOL  270-271  or  ZOOL  480  or  ENTM  200— Field  Studies 3 

Biology  Elective 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  352 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation— Science 3 

EDSE  375 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools ^ 8 

Jotal 15        11 


Chemistry 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


BOTN  101— General  Botany 4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 

MATH  1 40— Analysis  1 3 

MATH  141— Analysis  II 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Tb(a/ 14 


Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  201— College  Chemistry  III 3 

CHEM  202— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III , 2 

CHEM  203— College  Chemistry  IV 3 

CHEM  204— College  Chemistry  Laboratory  IV 2 

Mathematics  or  Chemistry  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements .; 12  6 

Total 17        14 

Junior  Year 

CHEM  481— Physical  Chemistry  1 3 

CHEM  482— Physical  Chemistry  II 3 

CHEM  498— Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (lAC) 3  3 

PHYS  221— General  Physics  I 5 

PHYS  222— General  Physics  II 5 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Mathematics  or  Chemistry  Elective ^ 3 

Total 17  14 

Senior  Year 

Chemistry  Elective 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  300— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  352— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation— Science 3 

EDSE  375— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

General  University  Requirements ^ 6  

Total 15        11 

Earth  Science 

Freshman  Year 

GEOL  100— Introductory  Physical  Geology 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

...       3 


College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula      89 


GEOL  110— Physical  Geology  Laboratory 1 

GEOL  102— Historical  and  Stratographic  Geology 3 

GEOL  112— Historical  Geology  Laboratory 1 

BOTN  101— General  Botany 4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  1 3 

MATH  1 1 1— Introduction  to  Mathematics  II 3 

General  University  Requirements 3          3 

SPCH  Speech  100,  125  or  220 : 3 

Total 14        17 

Sophomore  Year 

GEOG  440— Geomorphology 3 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I ." 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

GEOL  422— Mineralogy 4 

ASTR  100— Introduction  to  Astronomy 3 

ASTR  110— Astronomy  Laboratory 1 

Astronomy  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements ; 3   6 

Total 14        17 

Junior  Year 

GEOL  441— Structural  Geology 4 

RHYS  121— Fundamentals  of  Physics  1 4 

PHYS  122— Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 4 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Earth  Science  Electives /. 3  3 

General  University  Requirements ■: 6  3 

Total 17  16 

Seriior  Year 

EDSE  330— Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  352— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Obsenration,  Science 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  375— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools-Science 8 

EDSE  489— Seminar  in  Science  Student  Teaching 1 

Earth  Science  Electives 4 

General  University  Requirements ^. ; 6  

Total 16        12 

Physics 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

MATH  140-Analysis  1 4 

MATH  141— Analysis  II '.  4 

PHYS  141— Principal  of  General  Physics  I* 4 

PHYS  142— Principal  of  General  Physics  II* 4 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

General  University  Requirements ■ 3 

Total 15        15 

•The  physics  ma|or  sequence  (191 .  192.  293,  294)  or  the  engineering  sequence  (161, 162,  263) 
may  be  used  and  appropriate  course  changes  in  the  remainder  of  the  program  will  be  made. 

Sophomore  Year 

PHYS  295— Intro  Lab  in  Electricity  and  Magneticism 2 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

BOTN  101— General  Botany  1 4 

PHYS  296— Intro  Lab  in  Electromagnetic  Waves 2 

ASTR  181— Astronomy  and  Astrophysics 3 

MATH  240-Linear  Algebra 4 

General  University  Requirements ; 3  9 

Total 16        15 

Junior  Year 

PHYS  404— Intermediate  Theoretical  Mechanics 3 

PHYS  405— Intermediate  Theoretical  Electricity  and  Magnetism 3 

PHYS  420— Modern  Physics  for  Engineers 3 

PHYS  305— Physics  Shop  Techniques 1 

ASTR  181— Introduction  to  Astrophysics  II 3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

General  University  Requirements ■■ 9  3 

Total 15        16 

Senior  Year 

PHYS  406— Optics 3 

PHYS  499— Special  Problems  in  Physics 2 

ASTR  210— Practical  Astronomy 2 


General  University  Requirements 3 

EDSF  301— Foundalioris  of  Education 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  352— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Obsen/ation  Science 3 

EDSE  375— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

EDSE  489— Seminar  in  Science  Teaching ; 1 

Total 16  12 

Social  Studies  Education 

Option  I  (History  Concentration).  Requires  54  semester  hours  of  which  at  least 
27  must  be  in  history,  usually  including  HIST  130, 133, 156, 157,  and  12  hours  of 
300  or  400  level  history  courses  including  HIST  309,  27  hours  of  related  social 
sciences  as  outlined  below; 

At  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  following  areas;  geography,  sociology  (or 
ANTH  101),  government  and  politics;  and  two  courses  in  economics.  Twelve 
semester  hours  of  social  science  electives  are  required  of  which  nine  hours  must 
be  in  the  upper  division  (300-400  level).  These  courses  may  be  in  a  given 
concentration  such  as  geography,  psychology,  sociology,  economics,  anthropolo- 
gy, or  combination  of  relevant  fields.  The  selection  of  the  courses  or  fields  is  at 
the  discretion  of  the  advisor  as  a  defensible  area  of  study.  For  those  students 
with  a  minor  in  geography,  GEOG  490  is  required. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

HIST  156,  157— History  of  the  United  States  to  1865;  History  of  3 

the  United  States  since  1865  (or  6  hours  of  any 

U.S.  History  approved  by  advisor) 3 

GEOG  100— Introduction  to  Geography 3 

GVPT  170— American  Government 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  (or  ANTH  101) , 3 

Total '. 15        15 

Sophomore  Year 

HIST  6  hours  of  any  non-U. S.  History  approved  by  advisor 3  3 

ECON  310— Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  Western  Europe 

and  the  United  States 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Social  Science  Electives 3  3 

History  Electives ; 3   3 

Total 15  15 

Junior  Year 

Social  Science  Elective 3 

History  Electives 3  3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

General  University  Requirements 3  9 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

EDSE  353— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation-History* 3 

EDSE  376— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

EDSE  453— The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools** 3 

EDSE  489E— Seminar  in  Social  Studies  Teaching 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

HIST  309— Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing 3 

Social  Science  Electives ; 6  1 

Total 15  15 

*EDSE  353  will  be  offered  Fall  Semester  only  and  must  be  taken  prior  to  Student  Teaching 
"Evening  Course  Only 

Option  II  (Geography  Concentration).  Requires  54  semester  hours  of  which  27 
hours  must  be  in  geography.  GEOG  201 ,  202,  203,  409,  and  one  field  experience 
course  is  required.  The  remaining  hours  in  geography  must  be  upper  division 
systematic  geography  courses  with  one  course  in  regional  geography  included. 
Fifteen  semester  hours  of  social  science  and  history  courses  must  include  at 
least  one  course  in  sociology  (or  anthropology),  one  in  government  and  politics, 
two  courses  in  economics,  and  two  courses  in  American  history.  Fifteen  semester 
hours  of  social  science  and  history  electives  are  required  of  which  nine  hours 
must  be  upper  division  courses.  These  courses  may  be  in  a  given  concentration 
such  as  history,  psychology,  economics,  anthropology  or  combination  of  relevant 
fields.  The  State  of  Maryland  requires  18  hours  of  History  courses,  including  6 
semester  hours  in  U.S.  History  (to  obtain  additional  certification  as  a  social 
studies  teacher).  The  selection  of  courses  or  fields  is  at  the  discretion  of  the 
advisor  as  a  defensible  area  of  study. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 


90      College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  125  or 

220 3 

GEOG  201— Physical  Geography 3 

GEOG  202— Cultural  Geography 3 

U.S.  History 3  3 

SOCY  or  ANTH : 3 

Total 15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

GEOG  203— Economic  Geography ., 3 

GEOG  Field  Course  (GEOG  381/382/383) 1 

GEOG  Electives 3  6 

Economics 3  3 

General  University  Requirements 6  3 

Social  Science  Electives ; 3 

Total 15  16 

Junior  Year 

GEOG  490— Geography  Concepts  and  Source  Material 3 

GEOG  Electives 3          2 

General  University  Requirements 6          3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning ^  6 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

Social  Science  Elective ^ 3 

Total 15       14 

Serfior  Year 

EDSE  376— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

EDSE  489— Field  Experience 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDSE  453— Teaching  of  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools" 3 

Social  Science  Elective 12 

Elective ; 1 

Total 14       16 

"EDSE  353  will  be  offered  Spring  Semester  only  and  must  be  tal<en  prior  to  student  teaching 
•'Evening  Course  Only 

Option  III  (Psychology  Concentration).  Requires  57  sem  hrs  of  social  sciences 
of  which,  24  hours  must  be  in  psychology.  Psychology  100,  200,  and  one  of  the 
following  (Psych  400,  410  or  420)  are  required.  Psychology  405,  451,  and  467  are 
Strongly  recommended;  ten  hours  must  be  at  the  400  level.  Replication  of  300- 
level  courses  at  the  400  level  is  not  allowed  (i.e.,  not  both  361  and  461;  nor  333 
and  433,  etc.)  Independent  studies  478  and  479  are  also  disallowed  as  credit  in 
the  24  hour  requirement. 

Eighteen  semester  hours  of  history  are  required,  of  which  six  semester  hours 
must  be  United  States  history. 

Fifteen  semester  hours  of  related  social  science  courses  are  required  and 
must  include  three  hours  of  political  science,  three  hours  of  geography,  six  hours 
of  economics,  and  three  hours  of  either  sociology  or  anthropology. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Freshman  Year  I  II 

Psyc  100-  Intro  to  Psych 3 

General  University  Requirements 6         6 

Spch  100-Basic  Prins  Spch  Comm 3 

Geog  100-lntro  to  Geog 3 

U.S.  History 3  3 

Sociology  or  Anthropology ■ 3 

Total 15       15 

Sophomore  Year 

Psyc  200-Statistical  Meths  in  Psych 3 

Psych  Elective 3 

Economics 3  3 

Government 3 

General  University  Requirements 6  3 

History , 3  3 

Total ; 15  15 

Junior  Year 

Psyc  400  or  410  or  420 4 

Psyc  Electives 4 

EDHD  300S-Human  Dev  &  Learning 6 

EDSE  353-Curric  lnst/Obsv:SS 3 

EDSE  330-Prins/Meths  Sec -id, 3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

History 3 

Elective ; 1 

Total 16       14 

Senior  Year 

Psyc  Electives i 7 


EDSE  376-Student  Teaching 

EDSE  332-Fld  Exp  in  Soc  Sci  Tchng 
EDSE  453-Tchng  Reading/Sec  Sch 
EDSF  301 -Foundations  of  Education 
General  University  Requirements 

History 

Total 


14 


Speech  and  Drama  Education.  A  major  In  speech  and  drama  education  requires 
37  semester  hours  of  speech  and  drama  content.  The  program  provides  for 
designing  a  program  of  study  appropriate  to  prospective  teachers  in  the 
communication  field.  The  24  hour  English  minor  Is  to  be  selected  in  consultation 
with  the  advisor.  The  24  hour  English  minor  students  desiring  a  Bachelor  of  Arts 
degree  must  also  meet  departmental  foreign  language  requirements. 


Freshman  Year 


Speech  and  Drama  Education 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

I  II 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

DART  1 10— Introduction  to  the  Theatre 3 

DART  1 20— Acting 3 

SPCH  110— Voice  and  Diction 3 

Elective  in  Speech  and  Drama 3 

General  University  Requirements .; 9  6 

Total 15       15 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3         3 

SPCH  350— Foundations  of  Communication 3 

SPCH  20O— Advanced  Public  Speaking 3 

SPCH  220— Group  Discussion 3 

Major  Area:  Electives  in  Speech  and  Drama 6 

Minor  Area;  English  suggested , ■■ 9  

Total :; 15        15 - 

Junior  Year 

SPCH  477— Speech  Communication  and  the  Study  of  Language 

Acquisition 3 

SPCH  489— Speech  Communication  Workshop 1 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Minor  Area:  English  suggested 6         3 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) ; 3  6 

Total 15        16 

Senior  Year 

Electives 3 

HESP  401— Survey  of  Speech  Disorders 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

Minor  Area:  English  suggested 6 

EDSE  354— Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation— Speech* 3 

EDSE  377— Student  Teaching  in  Speech/Drama 8 

Education  Elective ; 3 

Total 15        14 

•Fall  only.  ^ 

Course  Code  Prefix:  EDSE 

Social  Foundations  of  Education  Area 

Associate  Professor  and  Chairman:  Huden 

Professor:  Male 

Associate  Professors:  Agre,  Finkelstein,  Hopkins,  Lindsay,  Noll 

The  Social  Foundations  area  in  the  College  of  Education  offers  courses  in  the 
history,  philosophy  and  sociology  of  education  and  the  Foundation  of  Education 
course  required  of  all  students  majoring  in  Education  (EDSF  301).  These  courses 
treat  the  educational  enterprise  as  it  relates  to  the  political,  social,  and  economic 
structure  of  society  and  the  values  which  underile  a  particular  society.  "Freedom 
in  Education"  and  "Existentialism  and  Education"  are  examples  of  topics  offered 
through  workshops  in  this  area.  Other  timely  courses  on  such  subjects  as  sexism, 
the  history  of  childhood,  the  future  of  education,  the  foundations  of  education, 
life-long  learning,  policy  planning,  multi-cultural  education,  and  youth  in  historical 
perspective,  are  offered  under  a  special  topics  designation  (EDSF  409).  A  broad 
perspective  is  sought  both  for  classroom  teachers  and  prospective  leaders  in  the 
profession. 

The  area  also  offers  the  master's  degree  and  doctorates  in  comparative 
education  (the  study  of  educational  systems  In  other  regions  of  the  world);  history 
of  education;  philosophy  of  education;  and  sociology  of  education. 

Course  Code  Prefix— EDSF 


Special  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burke 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology      91 


Professors:  Hebeler,  Simms 

Associate  Professor:  Seldman 

Assistant  Professors:  Blair,  Harber,  Malouf,  McNelly,  Shroyer, 

Spekman 

The  Special  Education  Department  offers  an  undergraduate  program  which 
prepares  students  for  a  teaching  position  in  either  an  elementary  or  secondary 
level  special  education  program.  Students  who  complete  the  undergraduate 
program  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  meet  Maryland  State 
Department  of  Education  requirements  for  the  standard  professional  certificate  in 
special  education  and  in  elementary  education. 

Students  at  the  undergraduate  level  pursue  a  sequential  comprehensive 
special  education  program  concentrating  either  in  the  area  of  the  mentally 
retarded  or  learning  disabilities.  Progress  through  the  program  is  dependent  upon 
the  student's  achieving  the  requisite  special  teaching  competencies  required  for 
graduation.  Field  expcnences  are  required  of  all  students  in  the  department  prior 
to  their  student  teaching  expenences. 

The  student  consults  with  his  advisor  regarding  specific  details  of  his 
program,  alternatives,  etc.  The  following  represents  a  "typical"  program. 

Semester 
Frestiman  Year  Credit  Hours 

General  University  Requirements 12 

Laboratory  Science 3  or  4 

ARTE  100  or  APDS  101 3 

MUSC  155— Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 3 

SPCH  100  or  110  or  125  or  220  or  HESP  202 .-  3 

Supporting  Academic  Content 6 

Total 31 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 

ENGL  Literature  Course 

HIST  United  States  History  Course 

MATH  210,  211  Elements  of  Math;  Elements  of  Geometry 

EDSP  288— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education 

Supporting  Academic  Content 

Total 

Jur)ior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  (upper  level) 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 

Supporting  Academic  Content 

EDEL  426— Teaching  of  Reading 

EDEL  405— Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School 

EDEL  407— Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 

EDSP  470— Introduction  to  Special  Education 

EDSP  471— or  491— Charactenstics  of  Exceptional  Children 

EDSP  472  or  492— Education  of  Exceptional  Children 

Total 


Senior  Year 

EDEL  414— Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 

EDEL  402— Science  in  the  Elementary  School 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 

EDSP  473— Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Children 

EDSP  489— Field  Placement  in  Special  Education 

EDSP  349— Student  Teaching  of  Exceptional  Children 

EDEL  334— Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School., 

Total '■ 

Total  Credits 


30 
120 


Cojrse  Code  Prefix  EDSP 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology 

The  College  of  Human  Ecology  focuses  in  its  programs  on  the  needs  of 
individuals  and  society.  The  College  shares  in  the  obligation  of  all  higher 
education  to  provide  a  broad  based  education  for'every  individual  as  preparation 
for  living  in  close  harmony  with  the  environment  in  both  the  immediate  and  long- 
range  future. 

Human  Ecology  is  an  interdisciplinary,  problem-focused  field  of  study  dealing 
with  the  interactions  of  man  and  his  environment:  how  man  impinges  upon  the 
environment  and  how  the  environment  impinges  upon  man.  In  the  broad  context, 
the  term  environment  includes  physical-natural,  socioeconomic,  and  esthetic 
concerns.  Thus,  Human  Ecology  must  draw  upon  and  integrate  basic  disciplines 
of  the  natural  and  behavioral  sciences  along  with  the  arts  and  humanities  in  the 
definition  and  solving  of  societal  problems.  The  several  programs  of  the  College 
are  directed  toward  these  problems  and  toward  the  improvement  of  the  quality  of 
life. 


The  College  seeks  to  provide  the  proper  balance  of  educational  expenences 
which  prepare  an  individual  in  the  professional  context  with  those  experiences 
which  benefit  him  personally  as  a  fuHv  functioning  and  contributing  member  of 
society.  This  balance  includes  grounding  in  basic  and  applied  skills,  as  well  as 
providing  an  atmosphere  where  creativity  may  flourish  to  enhance  our  potential 
for  developing  innovative  solutions  to  societal  problems. 

The  faculty  utilizes  existing  knowledge  and  generates  new  knowledge, 
techniques  and  methods  based  on  research,  while  providing  opportunities 
through  laboratory,  practical  and  field  expehences  for  making  knowledge  and 
innovative  discovery  more  meaningful  to  the  individual.  Through  these  experi- 
ences the  faculty  experiments  with  varying  relevant  techniques  and  methods  by 
which  the  individual  can  transfer  to  the  society-at-large  new  ideas  and  methods 
for  more  effective  interaction  within  the  social  and  physical  ecosystems  in  which 
we  function. 

Through  teaching,  research  and  service  the  College  provides  appropriate, 
comprehensive,  quality  education  programs  that  prepare  students  for  profes- 
sional positions  directed  toward  the  improvement  of  conditions  contributing  to: 

1.  The  individual's  psycho-social  development. 

2.  The  quality  and  availability  of  community  resources  which  enrich  family  life 
(in  all  its  various  forms), 

3.  Effective  resource  utilization  including  consumer  competence. 

4.  The  individuals  physiological  health  and  development. 

5.  The  physical  and  aesthetic  components  of  man's  environment. 

6.  Effective  use  of  leisure  time. 

In  accordance  with  the  philosophy  of  this  College  all  four  departments  are 
interrelated  and  coopel-ate  in  the  achievement  of  these  goals.  The  activities  of 
the  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  emphasize  mainly  goals 
1  through  3;  the  Department  of  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration,  2 
through  4;  and  with  different  foci  and  priorities,  the  activities  of  the  Departments 
of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics,  and  Housing  and  Applied  Design  empha- 
size goals  2,  3  and  5.  Goal  3  is  concerned  with  consumer  competence  in  areas 
such  as  food  clothing,  shelter,  transportation,  insurance,  health,  leisure,  etc.  It  is 
an  integrative,  interdisciplinary,  educational  concept  which  necessitates  and 
receives  contnbutions  from  all  four  departments.  Goal  6  is  becoming  increasingly 
important  with  a  reduced  work  week,  earlier  retirement  and  increases  in  the  over- 
65  population,  suggesting  interdepartmental  and  interdisciplinary  programs. 

Objectives 

1 .  Offer  appropriate  comprehensive  bachelor,  master  and  doctoral  programs 
that  address  the  six  goals  stated  above. 

2.  Maximize  resources  and  resource  utilization  in  order  to  accomplish  the  six 
goals  stated  above. 

3.  Act  as  a  resource  to  the  University  community  to  stimulate  awareness  and 
interest  in  the  problems  of  applying  knowledge  for  improving  the  quality  of 
life. 

Special  Facilities  and  Activities.  The  College  of  Human  Ecology  building 
follows  the  Campus  tradition  in  style,  and  a  construction  program  has  been 
initiated  to  provide  expanded  facilities.  A  management  center  is  maintained  on 
the  Campus  for  resident  experiences  in  management  activities  of  family  life. 
Located  between  two  large  cities,  the  College  provides  unusual  opportunities 
for  both  faculty  and  students.  In  addition  to  the  University's  general  and 
specialized  libraries,  Baltimore  and  Washington,  D.C,  furnish  added  library 
facilities.  The  art  galleries  and  museums,  the  government  bureaus  and  city 
institutions  stimulate  study  and  provide  ennching  experiences  for  students. 

Student  Organizations 

AATT-Student  Chapter.  The  Student  Chapter  of  the  American  Association  of 
Textile  Technology  provides  students  with  an  early  opportunity  to  become 
associated  with  the  professional  organization  of  AATT,  and  to  advance  at  the 
local  level  the  aims  and  goals  of  the  parent  national  association. 

Through  speakers  from  the  textiles  and  apparel  industry,  members  are  kept 
abreast  of  the  latest  techniques  and  ideas  in  textiles,  as  well  as  coming  in  contact 
with  prospective  future  employers. 

The  chapter  hopes  to  establish  several  intern  programs  to  provide  its 
members  with  an  opportunity  to  gain  some  vocational  experience  before 
graduation. 

All  undergraduate  students,  including  freshmen,  are  eligible  to  join  AATT  if 
their  curnculum  includes  at  least  one  major  course  in  the  field  of  textiles. 

ASID-Student  Chapter  The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter  of  the 
Amencan  Society  of  Interior  Designers  is  associated  with  the  professional 
chapter  of  ASID  in  Washington  DC,  Student  members  have  the  opportunity  for 
contacts  with  professional  and  fellow  students  at  meetings  sponsored  by  both 
groups.  These  can  help  to  orient  the  student  to  the  job  market  and  to  new 
directions  in  the  profession. 

Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization.  The  University  of  Maryland 
Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization  is  the  student  affiliate  of  the  American 
Home  Economics  Association.  Welcoming  any  Human  Ecology  major  into  its 
membership,  the  organization  meets  once  a  month,  and  links  the  professional 
world  to  the  college  student  through  different  programs. 

The  Collegiate  Home  Economics  Organization  is  the  student's  opportunity  to 
join  a  professional  group  prior  to  graduation  and  to  participate  on  a  student  level 
in  the  national  association. 


92      The  College  of  Human  Ecology 

Each  speaker  or  demonstrator  provides  the  Collegiate  Home  Economics 
Organization  member  with  ideas  and  suggestions  for  professional  preparation  by 
introducing  the  member  to  the  many  facets  of  Human  Ecology. 

The  Organization  gives  both  students  and  faculty  a  chance  to  work  together 
and  meet  on  an  informal  basis  and  to  open  up  better  channels  of  communication 
among  themselves  as  well  as  the  outside  professional  world. 

Student  Representatives  to  college  committees  are  nominated  by  this  group. 

Graphix.  The  University  of  Maryland  Student  Chapter  of  Industrial  Graphics 
International  (I.G.I.)  provides  students  with  opportunities  to  meet,  and  benefit 
from,  professionals  in  the  field.  These  contacts  help  insure  continued  updating  of 
professional  standards  and  exposure  to  diverse  ideas. 

Omicron  Nu.  A  national  honor  society  whose  objectives  are  to  recognize 
superior  scholarship,  to  promote  leadership  and  to  stimulate  an  appreciation  for 
graduate  study  and  research  in  the  field  of  home  economics  and  related  areas. 
Graduate  students,  seniors  and  second  semester  juniors  are  eligible  for  election 
to  membership. 

Financial  Aid.  A  Loan  Fund,  composed  of  contributions  by  the  District  of 
Columbia  Home  Economics  Association,  Maryland  Chapter  of  Omicron  Nu,  and 
personal  gifts,  is  available  through  the  University  Office  of  Student  Aid. 

Admission.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  must 
apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Degrees.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory 
completion,  with  an  average  of  C  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  120 
academic  semester  hour  credits.  No  grade  below  C  is  acceptable  in  the 
departmental  courses  which  are  required  for  a  departmental  major. 

Student  Load.  The  student  load  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  varies  from 
15-18  credits  per  semester.  A  student  wishing  to  carry  more  than  18  credits  must 
have  a  B  grade  average  and  permission  of  the  dean. 

A  minimum  of  120  academic  credits  is  required  for  graduation.  However,  for 
certification  in  some  professional  organizations,  additional  credits  are  required. 
Consult  your  advisor. 

General  Information.  Specific  inquiries  concerning  undergraduate  or  graduate 
programs  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology  may  be  directed  to  the  chairman  of 
the  appropriate  department  or  the  Dean,  College  of  Human  Ecology,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Curricula.  A  student  may  elect  one  of  the  following  curricula,  or  a  combination  of 
curricula:  experimental  foods,  community  nutrition,  coordinated  dietetics, 
dietetics,  nutritional  research,  or  institution  administration  (food  service);  family, 
community,  or  management  and  consumer  studies;  home  economics  education; 
housing,  advertising  design,  interior  design,  costume,  or  crafts;  apparel  design, 
textile  marketing,  fashion  merchandising,  textile  science,  consumer  textiles,  or 
consumer  economics.  A  student  may  register  in  home  economics  education  in 
the  College  of  Human  Ecology  under  the  Department  of  Family  and  Community 
Development  or  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Required  Courses.  The  curricula  leading  to  a  major  in  the  College  of  Human 
Ecology  are  organized  Into  four  broad  professional  categories:  (1)  scientific  and 
technical  areas,  (2)  educational,  community  and  family  life  areas,  (3)  consumer 
service  areas,  and  (4)  design  areas.  These  represent  the  broad  professional 
fields  which  graduates  are  eligible  to  enter  and  pursue  their  chosen  work.  The 
positions  vary  in  nature,  scope  and  title,  but  require  similar  general  studies 
background  and  fundamentals  for  specialization. 

Individual  programs  of  study  are  developed  cooperatively  with  faculty 
advisors  to  provide  a  balanced  and  sequential  arrangement  of  studies  in 
preparation  for  the  chosen  field.  University,  College  and  departmental  require- 
ments are  identified  for  curricula  in  each  of  the  departments. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Human  Ecology,  in  addition  to  meeting  the 
General  University  Requirements,  are  required  to  complete  a  series  or  sequence 
of  courses  to  satisfy  University,  College  and  departmental  requirements.  The 
remaining  courses  needed  io  complete  a  program  of  study  are  elected  by  the 
student  with  the  approval  of  his  advisor. 

The  final  responsibility  of  meeting  all  the  requirements  for  a  specific  major 
rests  with  each  individual  student. 

College  of  Human  Ecology  Requirements 
(For  every  student  depending  on  the  major) 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

APDS  101— Fundamentals  of  Design  OR  Human  Ecology  Elective* 3 

TEXT  105— Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living  OR  Human  Ecology 

Elective* 3 

FOOD  110— Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families  OR  NUTR 

100— Elements  of  Nutrition  OR  Human  Ecology 

Elective* 3 

FMCD  250— Decision  Making  In  Family  Living  OR  Human  Ecology 

Elective' 3 

Root  Discipline  Requirements  Outside  the  College  SOCY  or  ANTH 

Course 3 


PSYC  Course 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics  or  201— Principles  of 

Economics 3 

SPCH  Course .-. 3 

•Human  Ecology  Elective  to  be  taken  in  departments  other  than  maior  department. 


Family  and  Community  Development 

Professor  and  Chairpersor):  Hanna 

Professor:  Gaylln 

Associate  Professors:  Brabble,  Myricks,  Rubin,  Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Churaman,  Garrison,  Macklln,  Phillips 

Instructor  Cohen 

Lecturers:  Gordon,  Tourigny 

The  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  Is  devoted  to 
describing,  explaining,  and  Improving  the  quality  of  life  in  urban,  suburban,  and 
rural  areas  by  means  of  research,  education,  community  outreach,  and  public 
service.  The  approach  is  holistic,  emphasizing  human  ecology.  The  curriculum 
places  special  emphasis  upon  the  family  and  the  community  as  mediating 
structures  in  determining  life  quality.  The  job  for  which  the  curriculum  is  designed 
include  human  and  community  service  counseling,  planning,  research,  advocacy, 
and  delivery. 

There  are  three  Interrelated  majors  offered  by  the  Department: 

/.  Family  Studies.  This  course  of  study  stresses  a  working  knowledge  of  the 
growth  on  individuals  throughout  the  life  span  with  particular  emphasis  on 
Intergenerational  aspects  of  family  living.  It  examines  the  pluralistic  family  forms 
and  life  styles  within  our  post-technological  complex  society  and  the  develop- 
ment of  the  individual  within  the  family  within  tlie  community. 

//.  Community  Studies.  This  major  emphasizes  the  processes  and  methods  of 
social  change,  as  well  as  individuals  or  groups  as  agents  of  change.  It  is 
grounded  upon  a  knowledge  of  the  structures,  dynamics,  and  developmental 
patterns  of  neighborhoods  and  other  communities;  the  relationship  between  the 
community  and  larger  societal  units;  and  the  possibilities  for  social  change 
through  community  service  delivery  and  other  Interventions  planned  and  Imple- 
mented by  specialists  and  citizens  working  together. 

///.  Management  and  Consumer  Studies.  This  concentration  focuses  on  the 
efficient  utilization  of  available  home  and  community  resources;  the  relationship 
between  available  resources  and  governmental  (and  private  sector)  policies, 
programs,  and  sen/ices;  and  the  development  of  expanded  resources  (or  the 
reallocation  of  resources)  responsive  to  citizen  needs  through  citizen  actions 
within  the  public  and  private  sectors.  Information,  citizen  participation,  and  the 
organization  of  consumer  advocacy  are  among  the  emphases. 

Each  of  these  courses  of  study  includes  a  set  of  major  subject  courses 
offered  primarily  within  the  Department  plus  a  sequence  of  supporting  area 
courses  which  may  be  taken  outside  the  Department  or  in  an  interdepartmental 
combination.  Examples  of  supporting  areas  include  African-Americans,  Aging, 
Family  Finances,  Health,  Housing,  Rehabilitation,  and  Urban  Neighborhoods. 

Graduates  of  the  Department  obtain  positions  in  research  centers,  consulting 
firms,  voluntary  organizations,  federal,  state,  and  local  governments,  and 
international  organizations.  Their  specific  jobs  may  be  in  such  agencies  or 
organizations  as  the  Federal  Drug  Administration,  the  Department  of  Housing  and 
Urban  Development,  Planned  Parenthood,  and  United  Way. 

IV.  Home  Economics  Education.  Although  often  narrowly  perceived  as  delimited 
to  the  role  of  educator  within  a  secondary  school  setting.  Home  Economics 
Education  has  a  larger  purview  and  responsibility,  i.e.,  that  of  introducing  and 
implementing  through  education  at  all  levels,  the  theories,  skills  and  philosophy  of 
the  attainment  of  a  better  life  for  all  men,  women,  and  children.  Thus  it  is  the 
major  Interpreter  of  the  ramifications  and  potential  impact  of  Home  Econom- 
ics— the  applied  human  sciences. 

These  areas  of  concentration  will  prepare  students  for  roles  as  family  life 
educators,  extension  specialists,  consumer  consultants,  mental  health  team 
members,  and  teachers  of  home  economics  at  the  secondary  level. 

Family  Studies  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

FMCD  105  The  Individual  and  the  Family 3 

SPCH  125  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Communication 3 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics ., 3 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 3 

ANTH  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Cultural  Anthropology  and 

Linguistics 3 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Total 30 


Typical  Sophomore  Year 

FMCD  201  Concepts  in  Community  Development 3 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

FMCD  250  Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

FMCD  260  Interpersonal  Lifestyles 3 

FMCD  270  Pre-Professional  Seminar , 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

General  University  Requirements « 3 

Electives 6 

Total ~ 30 

Typical  Jurfior  Year 

FMCD  330  Family  Patterns C 3 

HSAD  251  Family  Housing 3 

FMCD  348  Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development 3 

FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practicum 2 

EDHD  306,  411,  413,  or  Developmental  Courses 6 

General  University  Requirements 6 

Electives 9 

Total 32 

Typical  Ser]ior  Year 

FMCD  431  Family  Crisis  and  Retiabilitation 3 

FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems 3 

FMCD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy 3 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems ^  3 

FMCD  332  The  Child  in  the  Family 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics 1 

Electives 6 

Total 28 

Community  Studies  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

SPCH  200  Public  Communication 3 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 3 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 3 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

GVPT  170  American  Government 3 

FMCD  201  Concepts  in  Community  Development 3 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Total 30 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

SOCY  120  Urban  Sociology 3 

FMCD  270  Pre-Professional  Seminar 3 

SOCY  201  Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology 3 

SOCY  215  Social  Institutions 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Electives 6 

Total 30 

Typical  Jur)ior  Year 

FMCD  370  Communication  Skills  and  Techniques 3 

FMCD  381  Low  Income  Families  and  the  Community ,...:. 3 

FMCD  348  Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development 3 

FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practicum 2 

SOCY  330  Community  Organization 3 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Administration 3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

Electives 9 

Total 32 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy 3 

FMCD  483  Family  and  Community  Service  Systems 3 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems 3 

ECON  301  Current  Issues  in  American  Economic  Policy 3 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing ; 3 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics ^ 1 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics 3 

URBS  450  Problems  in  Urban  Law 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

Total 28 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

FMCD  105  The  Individual  and  the  Family 3 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology  93 

SPCH  200  Public  Communication 3 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 3 

SOCY  105  Introduction  to  Contemporary  Social  Problems 3 

GVPT  170  Amencan  Government 3 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Tota; 30 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

FMCD  250  Decision-Making  in  Family  Living 3 

FMCD  270  Pre-Professional  Seminar 3 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

PSYC  221  Social  Psychology 3 

FMCD  280  The  Household  as  an  Ecosystem 3 

Supportive  Courses 6 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Electives 6 

Total 30 

Typical  Junior  Year 

SOCY  230  Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction 3 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law 3 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems 3 

STAT  100  Elementary  Statistics  and  Probability 3 

FMCD  348  Practicum  in  Family  and  Community  Development 3 

FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practicum 2 

General  University  Requirements 6 

Electives 9 

Total 32 

Typical  Senior  Year 

FIVICD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy 3 

ECON  301  Current  Issues  in  American  Economic  Policy r...  ,  3 

FMCD  341  Personal  and  Family  Finance 3 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing 3 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption 3 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior 3 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law 3 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics •. 1 

Supportive  Courses § 

Total 28 

Home  Economics  Education* 

The  Home  Economics  Education  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who  are 
preparing  to  teach  home  economics  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  includes  study  of 
each  area  of  home  economics  and  the  supporting  disciplines. 

Fifteen  hours  of  the  total  curriculum  include  an  area  of  concentration  which 
must  be  unified  in  content  and  will  be  chosen  by  the  student.* 

*New  students  are  not  being  admitted  to  this  program.  Students  interested  in  this 
area  should  contact  the  Department  of  Secondary  Education,  College  of 
Education. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

FMCD  250— Decision-Making  in  Family  Living 3 

FMCD  105— The  Individual  in  the  Family 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

EDSE  151— Freshman  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education 1 

TEXT  105— Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

APDS  101— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology .; 3 

Total 16  15 

Sophomore  Year 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

TEXT  221— Apparel  I  (if  exempted,  may  take  TEXT  222  or  TEXT 

425) 3 

CHEM  103— College  Chemistry  I '. 4 

General  University  Requirements .^ 6  6 

HSAD  240— Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  Home  or 

HSAD  251— Family  Housing 3 

EDSE  210— Sophomore  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education...  1 

FOOD  200— Scientific  Pnnciples  of  Food 3 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Family  or 

EDHD  411— Child  Growth  and  Development ; 3 

Total 16  16 

Junior  Year 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 


94      The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


FMCD  280— The  Household  as  an  Ecosystem  or 
FMCD  443— Consumer  Problems  or 

FMCD  341— Personal  and  Family  Finance 3 

FOOD  260— Meal  Management 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

FMCD  344— Resident  Expenence  in  Home  Management  or 

FMCD  344B— Practlcum  in  Home  Management 3 

EDSE  380— Field  Experience  in  Organization  and  Administration 

of  a  Child  Development  Laboratory 1 

EDSE  425— Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Economics 3 

Area  of  Concentration 6 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Total 18        19 

Senior  Year 

EDSE  347— Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation 3 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 2-3 

EDSE  370— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools— Home 

Economics 8 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Lifestyles  or 

SOCY  443— The  Family  and  Society 3 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology  or 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

Area  of  Concentration 9 

Total / 14        19 

"Area  of  Concentration:  15  semester  hours.  A)  Including  maximum  of  two  tiome  economics 
courses  in  applied  area.  Wilti  ttie  remainder  of  ttie  1 5  hours  in  supporting  behavioral,  physical 
and  biological  sciences,  philosophy,  geography  and  history,  B)  Of  the  15  hours,  nine  must  be 
upper  divisional  courses. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— FI^CD,  HOEC 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Prather 

Professors:  Ahrens,  Beaton 

Associate  Professors:  Butler,  Cox,  Williams 

Assistant  Professors:  Caliendo,  Brady,  Howe,  Moser,  Poplia 

Instructors:  Abbott,  Miller  (part-time)  > 

Visiting  Lecturers:  BIyler,  Evans,  Mclntyre,  J.  Smith 

Adjunct  Professors:  Bodwell,  Trout 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Kelsey 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Roseborough 

The  area  of  food  nutrition  and  institution  administration  is  broad  and  offers 
many  diverse  professional  opportunities.  Courses  introduce  the  student  to  the 
principles  of  selection,  preparation  and  utilization  of  food  for  human  health  and 
the  welfare  of  society.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  scientific,  cultural  and 
professional  aspects  of  this  broad  area  of  food  and  nutrition.  The  department 
offers  six  areas  of  emphasis:  experimental  foods,  community  nutrition,  nutrition 
research,  dietetics,  institution  administration,  and  coordinated  dietetics.  Each 
program  provides  for  competencies  in  several  areas  of  work;  however,  each 
option  is  designed  specifically  for  certain  professional  careers. 

All  areas  of  emphasis  have  in  common  several  courses  within  the  department 
and  the  University;  the  curricula  are  identical  in  the  freshman  year. 

Experimental  foods  is  designed  to  develop  competency  in  the  scientific 
principles  of  food  and  their  reactions.  Physical  and  biological  sciences  in  relation 
to  foods  are  emphasized.  The  program  is  planned  for  students  who  are  interested 
in  product  development,  quality  control  and  technical  research  in  foods.  The 
nutrition  researcti  program  is  designed  to  develop  competency  in  the  area  of 
nutrition  for  students  who  wish  to  emphasize  physical  and  biological  sciences. 
The  community  nutrition  program  emphasizes  applied  community  nutrition. 
Dietetics  develops  an  understanding  and  competency  in  food  nutrition  and 
management  as  related  to  problems  of  dietary  departments;  the  curnculum  is 
approved  by  the  Amencan  Dietetic  Association.  The  coordinated  dietetic  program 
includes  clinical  experience  coordinated  with  the  didactic  components,  and  the 
students  are  eligible  for  membership  in  the  American  Dietetic  Association  upon 
graduation.  The  coordinated  program  is  accredited  by  the  Commission  on 
Evaluation  of  Dietetic  Education  of  the  American  Dietetic  Association.  Institution 
Administration  emphasis  is  related  to  the  administration  of  quantity  food  service 
in  university  and  college  residence  halls  and  student  unions,  school  lunch 
programs  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  restaurants,  coffee  shops,  and 
industrial  cafeterias.  This  program  is  approved  by  the  American  Dietetic  Associa- 
tion. 


Frestiman  Year 


Coordinated  Dietetics  Emphasis 


General  University  Requirements' .. 
NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition.. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

...      1        11 
...      3 


SOCY  100  or  ANTH  102— Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Introduction  to  Anthropology-Cultural 3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation 1 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I 3 

MATH  110  or  115— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SPCH  100  or  107— Basic  Pnnciples  of  Speech  Communications 

or  Technical  Speech  Communication ^ 3   

Total 17        17 

Sophomore  Year 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II 4  4 

General  University  Requirements 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology , 4 

Human  Ecology  Electives 3  3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology ■■ 3  

Total 17  16 

Junior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition 4 

lADM  300— Food  Service  Organization  and  Management 3 

lADM  360— Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing 5 

lADM  460— Administrative  Dietetics  1 2 

General  University  Requirements 3          3 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition 3 

lADM  440— Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 2 

NUTR  460— Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition 3 

NUTR  480— Clinical  Dietetics  I 2 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology 3 

Total ! 17        16 

Senior  Year 

NUTR  485— Clinical  Dietetics  II 4 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirement 3 

Elective 4 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics^ 3 

lADM  470— Administrative  Dietetics  II 4 

NUTR  495— Clinical  Dietetics  III 4 

NUTR  or  lADM  490— Special  Problems  in  Nutrition  or  Food 

Service .; 3 

Total 17        11 

Dietetics  Emphasis 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements' 4  8 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115— Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or  107 

Techniques  of  Speech  Communication 3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation 1 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  1 3 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH  102— Introduction 

to  Anthropology-Cultural ; 3 

Total 14        14 

Sophomore  Year 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II .^ 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Anatomy  and  Physiology 4          4 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics ■. : 3 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective ; 3 

Total 14        16 

Junior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition 4 

lADM  300— Food  Service  Organization  and  Management 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3  3 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition 3 

Elective ; 3   6 

Total 16  15 

Senior  Year 

NUTR  460— Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition 3 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology      95 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

Electives »•  4 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

lADM  440— Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 2 

lADM  360— Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing .; 5 

Total 16  14 

Senior  Year 

General  University  Requirements 4         3 

BMGT  362  or  ECON  470— Labor  Relations  or  Labor  Economics....      3 

lADM  450— Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning 2 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology 3 

Electives 3 

lADM  490  or  480— Special  Problems  in  Food  Service  or 

Practicum  in  Institution  Administration 3 

lADM  455— Manpower  Planning  and  Labor  Market  in  the  Food 

Sen/ice  Industry 3 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics^ 3 

lADM  488— Professional  Seminar 1 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

Total 15        16 

Community  Nutrition  Emphasis 

Freshrr)an  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements' 8  7 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115— Introductory  . 

Analysis 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation 1 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  1 3 

SPCH  100  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 

107— Techniques  of  Speech  Communication 3 

Total 15        16 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  201,  202— Colege  Chemistry  III 5 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Anatomy  &  Physiology  I,  II 4  4 

General  University  Requirements 6 

FOOD  260— Meal  Management 3 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry 3 

Total 15  16 

Juriior  Year 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition 4 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  102 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Nutrition 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3          3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Elective „ ; 3 

Total 14        15 

Ser^ior  Year 

NUTR  460— Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition 3 

NUTR  470— Community  Nutrition 3 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology 3 

Methods  of  Teaching  Course 3 

General  University  Requirements 3          3 

Electives ^ 6  5 

To(a/ 15        14 

Nutrition  Research  Emphasis 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements' 8        10 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115— Introductory 

Analysis 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation 1 

SPCH  100  or  107  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication  or 

Technical  Speech  Communication 3 

FOOD  240— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I 3 

7b(a; 15        16 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  203,  204— College  Chemistry  IV 5 


General  University  Requirements 6  3 

lADM  360— Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchasing 5 

lADM  440— Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 2 

EDHD  460— Educational  Psychology 3 

Electives 3  3 

Data  Processing  or  Statistics  Course^ ^ 3 

7o(a/ 15  16 

Experimental  Foods  Emphasis 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  115— Introductory 

Analysis 3 

NUTR  100— Elements  of  Nutrition 3 

General  University  Requirements' 4  4 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3  3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation — 1 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 

or 

SPCH  107— Techniques  of  Speech  Communication 3 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH  102  Introduction  to 

Anthropology-Cultural 3 

Total 14        16 

Sophomore  Year 

CHEM  201,  202— College  Chemistry  III 5 

FOOD  240,  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I,  II 3         3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

BCHM  261— Introductory  Biochemistry 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

General  University  Requirements' 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective .; 3 

Total 15        16 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  6 

Electives^ : 5  3 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition 4 

FOOD  440,  450— Advanced  and  Experimental  Food  Science 3  3 

FDSC  412  or  413— Principles  of  Food  Processing  I,  II 3 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

PHYS  1 1 1— Elements  of  Physics 3 

FDSC  422— Food  Product  Research  and  Development 3 

FDSC  431— Food  Quality  Control 4 

Electives^ 6  3 

General  University  Requirements 3  7 

Total 16  13 

institution  Administration  Emphasis 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

MATH  110  or  1 1 5— Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

General  University  Requirements' 7  4 

SPCH  100  or  107— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communications 

or  Techniques  of  Speech  Communication 3 

FOOD  105— Professional  Orientation 1 

CHEM  104— College  Chemistry  II 4 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

SOCY  100  or  ANTH  102— Introduction  to  Sociology  or 

Introduction  to  Anthropology— Cultural 3 

7b(a/ 14       14 

Sophomore  Year 

FOOD  240,  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  I,  II 3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Physiology  and  Anatomy  I,  II 4  4 

Electives 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

lADM  200— Introduction  to  Food  Service 2 

Total 16  15 

Junior  Year 

lADM  300— Food  Service  Organization  and  Management 3 

General  University  Requirements 3         3 


96      The  College  of  Human  Ecology 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

FOOD  250— Science  of  Food  Preparation  II 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Anatomy  and  Physiology  I,  II 4          4 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Human  Ecology  Elective 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

SOCY  100— Introduction  to  Sociology  or  ANTH  102— Introduction 

to  Anthropology-Cultural ■ 3 

Total 15        17 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements  3  3 

Human  Ecology  Elective ..  3  3 

BCHM  461,  462— Biochemistry  3  3 

BCHM  463,  464— Biochemistry  Lab  2  2 

NUTR  300— Science  of  Nutrition  4 

NUTR  450— Advanced  Human  Nutrition  3 

Total 15  14 

Senior  Year 

AGRI  401— Agricultural  Biometrics 3 

NUTR  490— Special  Problems  in  Nutrition 3 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Electives • 8   8 

Total 14        14 

'General  University  Requirements  include  30  hours.  Majors  must  be  careful  to  select  prerequi- 
sites for  major  courses.  For  example,  if  FOOD  240  is  required,  the  student  must  select  CHEM 
103  and  104  and  these  can  be  used  to  meet  the  General  University  requirements.  If  ZOOL  201 
is  required,  ZOOL  101  must  be  elected. 

!Nine  hours  of  the  17  electives  must  be  selected  from  the  following  list.  AGRI  401— Agricultural 
Biometrics  (3)  Any  300  or  400  level  NUTR  course  FOOD  260— Meal  Management  (3)  FOOD 
300— Economics  of  Food  Consumption  (3)  FOOD  445— Advanced  Food  Science  Lab  ( 1 )  FOOD 
480— Food  Additives  (3)  FOOD  490— Special  Problems  in  Foods  (2-3)  FDSC  430- Food 
Microbiology  (3)  FDSC  4 1 2  or  41 3  if  not  tal<en  above  I  ADM  360— Quantity  Food  Production  and 
Purchasing  (5)  FMCD  370 — Communications  Skills  and  Techniques  in  Home  Economics  (3) 
'Select  from  this  list:  AGRI  301,  401;  BMGT  301;  IFSM  401;  CMSC  103,  110;  EDMS  451. 

Housing  and  Applied  Design 

Professor  and  Chair:  Francescato 

Professor:  Shearer  y 

Associate  Professor:  McWhinnie 

Assistant  Professors:  Dean,  Geddes,  Olsen,  Ribalta,  Roper 

Instructors:  Irby,  Odiand 

Lecturers:  Byrne,  Norton,  Thomas 

The  Department  of  Housing  and  Applied  Design  offers  programs  of  concen- 
tration in  five  areas:  Housing,  Interior  Design,  Advertising  Design,  Costume,  and 
Crafts. 

The  Department  seeks  to  provide  professionally  focused  instruction  in  the 
theoretical  foundation,  methods,  and  skills  pertinent  to  each  concentration  area. 
In  addition,  students  are  encouraged  to  acquire  a  broad  base  of  general 
education  by  enrolling  in  elective,  recommended,  and  required  courses  outside  of 
the  Department. 

Housing.  This  program  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the  complex 
process  by  which  housing  is  generated  and  consumed.  It  is  also  intended  as  an 
introduction  to  the  most  important  issues  in  the  field,  including  projections  to 
future  trends  and  needs.  Graduates  will  be  qualified  for  employment  in  the 
housing  industry,  governmental  housing  agencies,  housing  authorities,  and 
consumer  organizations.  They  will  also  be  qualified  to  pursue  a  program  of 
graduate  studies  in  housing  or  urban  affairs. 

Interior  Design.  This  program  provides  the  student  with  background  in  design 
theory,  design  history,  problem  solving  methodology,  and  techniques  of  presenta- 
tion. Functional  and  imaginative  applications  of  design  skills  to  space  planning 
and  furnishing  of  commercial  and  residential  interiors  are  stressed.  Special 
courses  include  considerations  of  barrier-free  design  for  handicapped  and  elderly 
users.  A  student  chapter  of  the  professional  organization  A.S.I.D.  and  internship 
opportunities  provide  contact  with  practicing  professionals.  Graduates  will  be 
qualified  for  employment  with  interior  design  firms,  architectural  firms,  or  as 
freelance  professionals. 

Advertising  Design.  This  program  provides  a  foundation  in  the  field  of  graphic 
communication.  It  stresses  development  of  professional  graphic  skills  and  ol 
imaginative  visual  solutions  to  problems  of  page  composition,  type  selection, 
illustration,  photography,  signage,  and  the  like.  Students  graduating  from  this 
program  will  be  qualified  to  begin  a  career  as  graphic  designers  and  seek 
employment  in  publishing  firms  or  in  advertising  agencies.  A  student  chapter  ol 
the  professional  organization  I.G.I,  and  internship  opportunities  provide  contacts 
with  practicing  professionals. 

Costume.*  The  Costume  curriculum  is  structured  to  prepare  students  for 
employment  in  the  many-faceted  fashion  industry.  Advanced  courses  encourage 


interviews  and  on-the-job  contacts  with  working  professionals.  By  careful 
selection  of  elective  courses  and  the  allied-area  block  the  program  may  be 
tailored  to  the  student's  goals.  Graduates  completing  this  major  may  choose 
careers  in:  fashion  illustration  and  display  and  sales  promotion,  fashion  reporting 
and  public  relations,  fashion  coordination,  and  photography. 

Crafts  Design.*  The  Crafts  program  provides  the  student  with  a  wide  range  of  art 
and  design  experience.  After  exposure  to  studio  work  in  several  craft  media,  the 
student  can  become  proficient  in  at  least  one  area.  Opportunities  for  employment 
Include:  teaching  in  recreational  and  adult  education  programs,  directing  various 
forms  of  crafts  progrkns  for  the  government,  and  as  a  producing  craftsman  and 
as  crafts  therapists. 

*No  new  students  are  being  accepted  In  this  program.  Students  Interested 
in  this  subject  shouid  contact  the  Dean,  Coiiege  of  Human  Ecology. 

Advertising  Design  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshman  Year 

Semester 

Credit  Hours 

APDS  101  A— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

ARTS  1 10B— Drawing  1 3 

SPEECH  Course 3 

General  University  Requirement 9 

APDS  102— Design  II 3 

EDIN  101  A— Mechanical  Drawing 2 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 3 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course 3 

Total 29 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103-Design  III 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology .'. 3 

General  University  Requirement 6 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 6 

APDS  210— Presentation  Techniques 3 

APDS  237— Photography 2 

APDS  211— Action  Drawing— Fashion  Sketching 3 

ARTS  215— Anatomical  Drawing 3  or 

ARTS  277— Architectural  Presentation 3  or 

ARTS  340— Printmaking  1 3 

EDIN  234— Graphic  Communications 3 

Total 32 

Typical  Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirement 9 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

APDS  320— Fashion  Illustration 3 

APDS  330— Typography  and  Lettering 3 

ARTH  450— 20th  Century  Art  or  Other  Upper  Level  Art  History 3 

APDS  331— Advertising  Layout 3 

APDS  332— Display  Design 3 

Supporting  Block  Course 3 

Total 30 

Typical  Senior  Year 

APDS  430— Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design 3 

APDS  337— Advanced  Photography 2 

Supporting-Block  Course 6 

Elective 7 

APDS  380— Professional  Seminar 2 

APDS  431— Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design 3 

General  University  Requirement 6 

Total - 29 

Costume  Curriculum 

Typical  Freshman  Year 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

APDS  101  A— Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

ARTS  110B— Drawing  1 3 

General  University  Requirement 12 ' 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 3 

APDS  102— Design  II 3 

APDS  210— Presentation  Techniques 3 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course 3  ' 

Total 30 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103-Design  III 3, 

APDS  211— Action  Drawing— Fashion  Sketching 3 

SPEECH  Course 3 

General  University  Requirement 9 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology      97 


APDS  220— Introduction  to  Fashion  Design 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

APDS  330— Typography  and  Lettering  or  Substitution 

Elective 

Total 


Typical  Junior  Year  > 

APDS  320— Fashion  Illustration 

APDS  237— Photography 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 

Supporting-Block  Course 

General  University  Requirement .. 

APDS  331— Advertising  Layour  or  Substitution 

APDS  321— Fashion  Design  and  Illustration 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Supporting  Course 

Total 

Typical  Senior  Year 

APDS  322— Advanced  Costume.. 

APDS  332— Display  Design 

Supporting-Block  Course 

General  University  Requirement .. 

Elective 

APDS  380— Professional  Seminar 

Total 


Crafts  Curriculum 


Typical  Freshman  Year 


APDS  101  A— Fundamentals  of  Design 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

General  University  Requirement 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 

APDS  102— Design  II 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course 

APDS  210— Presentation  Techniques 
Total 


Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III 

EDIN  102— Woodworking  I 

General  University  Requirement 

Elective 

APDS  211— Action  Drawing— Fashion  Sketching. 

CRAF  240— Weaving 

SPEECH  Course 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

Total 


Typical  Junior  Year 

CRAF  220— Ceramics  I— Matenals  and  Processes 

CRAF  241— Decorative  Textiles 

ARTS  340— Pnntmaking  I 

General  University  Requirement 

Supporting-Block  Course.. 

CRAF  230— Metalry  I 

CRAF  320— Advanced  Ceramics  I 

APDS  237— Photography . 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Elective 

Total 


Typical  Senior  Year 

CRAF  330— Advanced  N/letalry  I 

CRAF  420— Advanced  Ceramics  II 

CRAF  428 — Individual  Problems  in  Ceramics  or 
CRAF  438— Individual  Problems  in  Metalry  or 
CRAF  448 — Individual  Problems  in  Textile  Design ... 

General  University  Requirement 

Supporting-Block  Course 

APDS  380  (CRAF  Section)— Professional  Seminar .. 
CRAF  428 — Individual  Problems  in  Ceramics  or 
CRAF  438 — Individual  Problems  in  Metalry  or 
CRAF  448 — Individual  Problems  in  Textile  Design.., 

CRAFTS  Elective 

Total 


Housing  Curriculum 


Typical  Freshman  Year 

APDS  101A — Fundamentals  of  Design.. 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


SPEECH  Course 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course 

General  University  Requirement 

APDS  102— Design  II 

APDS  210— Presentation  Techniques 

TEXT  150— Introduction  to  Textile  Materials 
PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology... 
Total 

Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III , 

HSAD  240— Home  Furnishings , 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core , 

HSAD  246— Materials  of  Interior  Design 

General  University  Requirement , 

HSAD  251— Family  Housing 

PSYC  221— Social  Psychology 

Total 


Typical  Junior  Year 

HSAD  342— Space  Development 

FMCD  260— Interpersonal  Life  Styles  or  Substitution . 

General  University  Requirement 

TEXT  355 — Environmental  Textiles 

HSAD  343— Interior  Design  I 

SOCY  230— Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction 

Supporting-Block  Course 

Elective 

Total 


Typical  Senior  Year 

FMCD  330— Family  Patterns 

ECON  205— Fundamentals  of  Economics . 

General  University  Requirement 

Supporting-Block  Course 

Elective 

FMCD  332— The  Child  in  the  Famjly 

HSAD  458— Readings  in  Housing 

Total 


Interior  Design  Curriculum 

(Interior  Design  courses  must  be  taken  in  sequence.) 


Typical  Freshman  Year 

APDS  101  A— Fundamentals  of  Design.. 

General  University  Requirement 

EDIN  101  A— Mechanical  Drawing 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core 

SOCY  or  ANTH  Course 

APDS  102— Design  II 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core  (TEXT  150)... 
APDS  210 — Presentation  Techniques.... 
Total 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

3 

9 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

29 


Typical  Sophomore  Year 

APDS  103— Design  III 

SPEECH  Course 

APDS  237— Photography 

HSAD  246— Materials  of  Interior  Design .... 

General  University  Requirement 

ECON  205 — Fundamentals  of  Economics . 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 

Supporting-Block  Course 

Total 


3 

3 

2 

3 

12 

3 

3 

3 

32 

3 

3 

3 

6 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

..1 ~30 

Typical  Senior  Year 

HSAD  344— Interior  Design  II 3 

Elective 9-10 

Supporting-Block  Course 3 


Typical  Junior  Year 

HUMAN  ECOLOGY  Core  (TEXT  463) 

HSAD  340— Period  Homes  and  their  Furnishings.. 

HSAD  342— Space  Development 

General  University  Requirement 

Supporting-Block  Course 

HSAD  341— Contemporary  Development 

HSAD  343— Interior  Design  I 

Elective 

ARTH  Elective 

Total !; 


98      The  College  of  Human  Ecology 


General  University  Requirement 3 

HSAD  345— Professional  Aspects  of  Interior  Design 3  or 

HSAD  380— Professional  Seminar 2 

HSAD  440— Interior  Design  III 4 

HSAD  441— Interior  Design  IV 4 

Total .,., .,.,.,^ 29 

Course  Code  Prefixes— APDS.  CRAF,  HSAD 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Chairman  and  Professor:  Smith 

Professor:  Dardis 

Associate  Professors:  Block,  Buck,  Spivak 

Assistant  Professors:  Brannigan,  Derrick,  Hacklander,  Heagney,  Saltzman, 

Wilbur  (Emeritus),  Yeh 

Instructors:  Marro,  Paoletti 

Visiting  Professor:  Emerson 

Lecturers:  Arsenoff  (part-time).  Hollies  (part-time),  Ruth  (part-time),  Shapiro 

(part-time),  Mihelcic  (part-time) 

Students  in  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  may  select  one  of  four  majors. 
Each  major  offers  diverse  professional  opportunities.  In  addition  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  major,  students  have  the  flexibility  to  take  a  concentration  of 
courses  in  an  area  closely  related  to  their  major  such  as  business,  economics, 
family  services,  journalism,  sciences,  art  and  art  history,  or  speech  and  dramatice 
art  by  carefully  utilizing  their  free  electives  and  general  university  requirements. 
Students  are  encouraged  to  work  closely  with  their  faculty  advisor. 

In  the  TEXTILE  major,  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  scientific  and  technological 
aspects  of  textiles.  Two  options  are  open  to  men  and  women  in  this  program, 
Textile  Science  or  Consumer  Textiles.  Graduates  in  Textile  Science  are  prepared 
for  textile  industry  positions  in  research  and  testing  laboratories,  in  consumer 
technical  service  and  marketing  programs,  in  quality  control,  and  in  buying  and 
product  evaluation.  Graduates  in  Consumer  Textiles  are  prepared  for  careers  in 
product  development  and  consumer  relations  programs  in  business  and  industry, 
in  consumer  information  and  education  programs  in  the  public  and  private  sector 
and  in  government  regulatory  agencies  concerned  with  textile  products. 

The  Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising  major  emphasizes  the 
marketing  of  textile  products.  Men  and  women  completing  this  program  are 
prepared  for  careers  with  manufacturing,  wholesale  and  retail  organizations  in 
buying,  merchandising,  fashion  coordination,  publicity,  styling,  personnel,  sales  or 
marketing.  Two  options  are  open  to  students  in  this  program.  Textile  Marketing  or 
Fashion  Merchandising.  Graduates  completing  the  Textile  Marketing  option  will 
be  prepared  to  enter  every  level  of  textile  marketing  at  the  manufacturing, 
wholesale  and  retail  levels.  Graduates  in  Fashion  Merchandising  will  be  prepared 
for  careers  in  retailing  with  department  or  specialty  stores.  A  special  internship  in 
retailing  is  available  for  students  in  the  Textile  Marketing/ Fashion  Merchandising 
program. 

The  Apparel  Design  major  offers  qualified  students  the  opportunity  to 
prepare  for  positions  as  designers,  assistant  designers,  stylists,  fashion  execu- 
tives, fashion  coordinators,  consultants  to  the  home  sewing  industry,  or  extension 
and  consumer  education  programs. 

The  Consumer  Economics  major  combines  economics  and  marketing  with 
a  knowledge  of  basic  consumer  goods  and  services.  The  program  focuses  on 
consumer  decision-making  and  the  degree  to  which  the  marketplace  reflects 
consumer  needs  and  preferences.  The  subject  matter  includes  consumption 
economics,  marketing,  consumer  behavior  and  consumer  law.  Graduates 
completing  the  Consumer  Economics  program  may  work  in  the  planning, 
marketing  and  consumer  relations  divisions  of  business  and  industry,  in  program 
development  and  analysis  for  government  agencies  providing  consumer  protec- 
tion services  or  in  extension  and  consumer  education  programs. 

An  internship  program  is  available  to  all  students  majoring  in  the  Department 
of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  during  their  senior  year.  Students  must 
apply  for  admission  to  the  internship  program  including  the  retailing  internship  in 
the  second  semester  of  their  junior  year. 

A  Department  Honors  Program  permits  outstanding  undergraduates  to 
explore  on  an  individual  basis  a  program  of  work  which  will  strengthen  their 
undergraduate  program  and  their  professional  interests.  Students  selected  for 
the  program  must  have  at  least  a  "B"  average  to  be  considered.  Students  in  the 
honors  program  participate  in  a  junior  honors  seminar  and  present  a  senior 
thesis.  Students  completing  this  program  graduate  with  departmental  honors. 

Apparel  Design 
Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing,  if  not  exempt) 3 

TEXT  105  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living #. 3 

MATH  110  or  115  Introduction  to  filathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125  Basic  Pnnciples  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 


or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication 3 

Human  Ecology  Core  (APDS  101  Fundameritals  of  Design) 3 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials... 3 

CHEM  103  or  102  College  Chemistry  I  or  Chemistry  of  Man's 

Environment 4 

CHEM  104  College  Chemistry  II  or  "Department  Elective 3-4 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Total 16  15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  201  Principles  of  Economics  I 3 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

TEXT  221  Apparel  1 3 

TEXT  222  Apparel  II 3 

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  &  Characterization 3 

Human  Ecology  Core  (APDS  220  Introduction  to  Fashion  Design)..  3 

Human  Ecology  Core  (APDS  102  Design  II) 3 

Elective ^ 3 

Total '. 15        15 

Junior  Year 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II 3 

TEXT  355  Environmental  Textiles 3 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising 3 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design:  Draping 3 

Department  Elective* 3 

General  University  Requirements ,. 9 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing 3 

Total 30 

Senior  Year 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior '.  3 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries 3 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design:  Experimental  Processes 3 

Department  Elective* 3 

General  University  Requirements - 12 

Electives 4-5 

Total 28-29 

•Department  Electives;  Select  from  TEXT  396,  TEXT  445.  TEXT  463  or  TEXT  498 

Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising 

Students  in  the  TEXTILE  MARKETING/FASHION  MERCHANDISING  program 
must  complete  the  common  requirements  of  the  program.  !n  addition,  they  must 
select  either  the  TEXTILE  MARKETING  or  the  FASHION  MERCHANDISING 
option  and  complete  the  courses  specified  for  the  option  selected.  TEXTILE 
MARKETING  OPTION:  CHEM  103,  CHEM  104,  TEXT  400  and  TEXT  452. 
FASHION  MERCHANDISING  OPTION:  CHEM  103  or  CHEM  102;  CHEM  104  or 
Department  Elective;  TEXT  221;  TEXT  222  or  BMGT  220;  and  TEXT  365. 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing  if  not  exempt) 3 

TEXT  105  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

MATH  110  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 

or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication 3 

Human  Ecology  Core  (APDS  101  Fundamentals  of  Design) 3 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textiles 3 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

CHEM  103  or  102  College  Chemistry  I  or  Chemistry  of  Man's 

Environment  (See  Option  Selected) 4 

CHEM  104  College  Chemistry  II  or  Department  Elective*  (See 

Option  Selected) 3-4 

Total 16  15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  201  Principles  of  Economics  I 3 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II 3 

TEXT  250  Evaluation  &  Characterization  of  Textile  Materials 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

TEXT  221  Apparel  I  or  Department  Elective*  (See  Option 

Selected) 3 


The  College  of  Human  Ecology      99 


TEXT  222  Apparel  II  or  BMGT  220  Accounting  I  or  Department 

Elective'  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

Electives ^ 3   3 

Total 15  15 

Junior  Year 

General  University  Requirements 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 

TEXT  355  Environmental  Textiles 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  or  Department  Elective*  (See  Option 

Selected) 

Human  Ecology  Core 

TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising  or  Elective  (See  Option  Selected) . 

BMGT  Requirement* 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing 

Total 

Senior  Year 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  or 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior 3 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries 3 

General  University  Requirements 12 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and  Properties  of  Fibers 

or  Department  Elective*  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

BMGT  Requirement*  * 3 

Electives 4-5 

Total 28-29 

•Department  Electives:  Select  from  CNEC  435.  TEXT  463.  TEXT  447.  CNEC  43r,  TEXT  441. 

CNEC  437.  CNEC  455.  TEXT  396.  CNEC  457,  or  TEXT  498. 

"BMGT  Requirement;  Select  from  BMGT  220.  221.  353,  354.  360.  364.  454.  455  or  456. 

Textiles 

Students  in  the  TEXTILE  program  must  complete  the  common  requirements  of 
the  program.  In  addition,  they  must  select  either  the  TEXTILE  SCIENCE  or  the 
CONSUMER  TEXTILE  option  and  complete  the  courses  specified  for  the  option 
selected.  TEXTILE  SCIENCE  OPTION:  CHEM  201-202,  CHEM  203-204,  PHYS 
141-142  or  121-122,  and  MATH  140-141.  CONSUMER  TEXTILE  OPTION: 
TEXT  355,  CNEC  431,  CNEC' 437,  CNEC  455  and  BMGT  350. 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 


General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing,  if  not  exempt) 3 

TEXT  105  Textiles  in  Contemporary  Living 3 

MATH  110  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  110,  107,  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 
or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 
Communication 

Human  Ecology  Core 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials 

CHEM  103  or  105  College  Chemistry  I  or  Principles  of  College 

Chemistry  1 4 

CHEM  104  or  106  College  Chemistry  II  or  Principles  of  College 
Chemistry  II 

PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

Total 16 


16 


Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials:  Evaluation  and  Characterization 3 

CHEM  201  College  Chemistry  III  or  General  University 

Requirement  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

CHEM  202  College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  or  Elective  (See 

Option  Selected) 2-3 

CHEM  203  College  Chemistry  IV  or  TEXT  355  Environmental 

Textiles  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

CHEM  204  College  Chemistry  Laboratory  IV  or  Elective  (See 

Option  Selected) .». 2-3 

MATH  140  Analysis  I  or  Elective  (See  Option  Selected) 3-4 

MATH  141  Analysis  II  or  General  University  Requirement  (See 

Option  Selected) 3-4 

Total 15        15 

Junior  Year 

ECON  201  and  203  Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II 6 

PHYS  141  or  121  Principles  of  Physics  or  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I 
or  CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law  (See  Option 
Selected) 3-^ 


PHYS  142  or  121  Principles  of  Physics  or  Fundamentals  of  Physics  II 
or  CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (See  Option 

Selected) 3-4 

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Product  Standards  or  General 

University  Requirements  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structure  and  Properties  of  Fibers  3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

General  University  Requirements 3-6 

Elective 3 

Total 29-30 

Senior  Year 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing* 3 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  or  General  University 

Requirements  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science:  Finishes  or 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science:  Chemistry  and  Physics  of  Polymers 3 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  the  Textile  and  Apparel  Industries 3 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods 3 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption  or  General  University 

Requirements  (See  Option  Selected) 3 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Electives 1-2 

Total 2S-29 

•ENGL  393  preferred. 

Consumer  Economics 

Freshman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  University  Requirements  (ENGL  101  Introduction  to 

Writing  (if  not  exempt) 3 

MATH  110  or  115  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  or  Introductory 

Analysis 3 

SOCY  100  Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

SPCH  100,  107  or  125  Basic  Principles  of  Speech 

Communication,  Technical  Speech  Communication 

or  Introduction  to  Interpersonal  Speech 

Communication 3 

Human  Ecology  Core 3 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 3 

CHEM  103  and  104  College  Chemistry  I  and  II  or 

PHYS  121  and  122  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  and  II  or 3-4      3-4 

CNEC/ECON  Courses  (Consult  your  Faculty  Advisor) 

PSYC  100  IntroG  :tion  to  Psychology 3 

Human  Ecology  Core  ;NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition) ^ 3   

Total 15-16    15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

General  University  Requirements 3  3 

ECON  201  and  203  Principles  of  Economics  I  and  II 3  3 

Human  Ecology  Core  (HSAD  251  Family  Housing) 3 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials 3 

MATH  111,  220  or  140  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I,  Elementary 

Calculus  I  or  Analysis  I 3-4 

MATH  221  or  141  Elementary  Calculus  II  or  Analysis  II  or  Elective  3-4 

Consumer  Product  Information* 3 

Elective 3   

Total ; 15-16    15-16 

Junior  Year 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption 3 

ENGL  391  or  393  Expository  Writing  or  Technical  Writing 3 

CNEC  400  Research  Methods 3 

Consumer  Product  Information* 3 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 3 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis 3 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory 3 

General  University  Requirements ' 9 

Total 30 

Senior  Year 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior 3 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law 3 

General  University  Requirements 12 

Consumer  Product  Information* 3 

Electives 5-9 

Total 26-30 

•Consumer  Product  Information:  Select  from  CNEC  455.  CNEC  457.  CNEC  498.  TEXT  250, 
TEXT  355.  TEXT  452.  TEXT  454.  FOOD  200.  FOOD  300.  FMCD  341  and  otfier  courses  Subject 
to  approval  by  Department. 

Course  Code  PreUxes  TEXT.  CNEC. 


100    College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 


College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services 

The  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  is  a  graduate  program  which 
draws  its  students  from  many  undergraduate  disciplines.  Although  many  of  the 
College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  students  have  degrees  in  the  social 
sciences  and  humanities,  there  is  an  increasing  interest  in  people  with  diverse 
backgrounds — in  the  sciences,  for  example.  The  continued  influence  of  scientific 
advances,  the  variations  in  clientele  and  service  patterns,  and  the  constantly 
shifting  character  of  the  societal  scene  are  among  the  factors  which  have 
significantly  influenced  and  will  doubtless  influence  all  the  more  in  the  future  the 
scope  and  character  of  library  functions  and  responsibilities.  The  library  and 
information  professional  in  the  1970's  must  have  competence  in  many  disciplines 
if  he  or  she  is  to  serve  well  in  the  information  centers,  urban  areas,  public 
libraries,  and  school  libraries.  The  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  is  a 
visionary  school,  attempting  to  produce  people  to  fill  contemporary  needs. 

The  library  science  education  program  at  the  undergraduate  level  fulfills  the 
State  of  Maryland's  requirements  for  the  Educational  N/ledia  Associate  Certificate, 
Level  I.  Its  graduates  are  prepared  to  work  in  school  media  centers  under  the 
guidance  of  the  Educational  Media  Generalist,  Level  II,  which  is  normally 
achieved  with  completion  of  the  master's  library  science  degree.  Fifteen  hours  of 
undergraduate  library  science  courses  are  offered  through  the  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services. 

Because  of  the  universal  application  of  many  principles  of  librarianship  and 
media,  students  other  than  education  students  interested  in  library  and  media 
courses  may  register  for  the  undergraduate  library  science  courses  without  being 
enrolled  in  the  certification  program. 

While  the  undergraduate  program  in  library  science  education  fulfills  a  great 
need  in  training  school  library  and  media  personnel  and  persons  to  fill  special 
roles,  the  master's  degree  program  in  the  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services  is  the  recognized  avenue  for  preparing  fully  qualified  professionals  in  the 
library  field. 

For  further  information  regarding  the  undergraduate  library  science  education 
program,  refer  to  the  Index  listing  for  "Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula, 
Library  Science  Education." 


College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Health 

The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  provides  prepara- 
tion leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  following  professional 
areas:  physical  education  (three  certification  options),  health  education  and 
recreation.  The  College  also  offerscurricula  in  safety  education,  and  kinesiologi- 
cal  sciences.  The  College  provides  research  laboratories  for  faculty  members 
and  graduate  students  who  are  interested  in  investigating  various  parameters  of 
the  fields  of  health,  of  physical  education,  and  of  recreation  and  leisure.  The 
service  section  of  eacfi  department  offers  a  wide  variety  of  courses  for  all 
University  students.  These  courses  may  be  used  to  fulfill  the  General  University 
Requirements,  and  as  electives. 

In  addition  to  its  various  on-campus  offerings,  this  College  regularly  conducts 
courses  in  physical  education,  health  education  and  recreation  in  various  parts  of 
the  State  of  Maryland  and  conducts  workshops  wherever  requested  by  proper 
officials. 

Programs  combining  research,  service  and  instruction  are  provided  by  the 
Children's  Health  and  Development  Clinic,  the  Adulta'  Health  and  Developmental 
Program,  and  the  Sports  Medicine  and  Physical  Fitness  Center. 

Indoor  Facilities.  Five  separate  buildings  support  the  academic  programs  of  the 
College  plus  the  Intramural  Sports  Programs  for  men  and  women. 

New  PERH  Building.  The  second  phase  of  a  projected  three  phase,  multimillion 
dollar  facility  has  been  completed  on  the  North  Campus  near  the  Cambridge 
dorm  complex.  This  building  houses  the  administrative  offices  of  the  College  and 
most  of  its  faculty.  In  addition  to  classrooms,  facilities  include:  two  gymnasia, 
three  multipurpose  rooms,  a  large  gymnastic  area,  a  lecture  hall,  research 
laboratories,  handball-racquetball-squash  courts,  a  weight  lifting  room,  and 
supportive  locker  and  shower  rooms. 

Cole  Student  Activities  Building.  This  building  is  the  center  for  intercollegiate 
athletics  and  also  serves  as  a  teaching  station  for  various  physical  education 
classes  primarily  those  involving  swimming  and  conditioning.  The  main  arena  of 
this  building  has  19,796  square  feet  of  floor  space.  The  swimming  pool  is  divided 
into  two  areas  by  a  permanent  bulkhead.  The  shallow  end  is  42  x  24  feet  and  the 
large  area  is  42  -  75  feet  with  a  depth  ranging  from  4  to  13  feet.  The  College 
maintains  locker  and  shower  facilities  and  an  equipment  room  in  this  building  and 
also  the  Safety  Education  Program  of  the  Health  Education  Department. 

Preinl<ert  Field  House.  There  is  an  additional  75,-  35  feet  swimming  pool  in 
Preinkert  to  serve  physical  education  classes  and  recreational  swimming. 
Supporting  locker  and  shower  facilities  are  available. 


Reckord  Armory.  The  Armory  is  used  pnmanly  for  the  intramural  program.  It 
houses  the  offices  of  the  director  of  intramurals  and  an  athletic  equipment  room 
from  which  students  may  secure  equipment  for  recreational  purposes.  The 
28,880  sq.  ft.  of  floor  space  has  four  basketball  courts,  with  badminton,  volleyball, 
and  tennis  courts  superimposed  on  them.  This  facility  is  also  used  as  an  indoor 
track,  with  indoor  vaulting,  high  and  broad  jump  pits,  a  one-tenth  mile  track,  and  a 
70  yard  straightaway. 

Ritchie  Coliseum.  The  Coliseum  is  used  as  a  supplementary  facility  for 
intramurals  and  physical  education  classes.  The  6,555  square  feet  of  floor  space 
is  used  primarily  for  co-educational  classes  in  square  and  social  dance  and  as  an 
intramural  basketball  court. 

Outdoor  Facilities.  The  Stadium.  The  stadium,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  33,536 
has  a  one-quarter  mile  tartan  track  with  a  220-yard  straightaway.  Pits  are 
available  for  pole  vaulting  and  high  and  broad  jumping.  West  of  the  stadium  are 
facilities  for  the  shot  put,  discus  and  javelin  throw.  The  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health  uses  these  facilities  for  classes  in  track  and 
field.  Also  east  of  the  stadium  are  three  practice  football  fields,  the  baseball 
stadium,  and  a  practice  baseball,  lacrosse,  and  soccer  field.  The  College  uses 
some  of  these  facilities  for  major  skill  classes  in  football,  soccer,  and  baseball. 
West  of  the  stadium  are  four  combination  soccer-touch  football  play  fields, 
complete  with  goal  posts,  and  four  Softball  fields  with  wire  backstops  for  physical 
education  classes  and  recreational  use. 

Surrounding  the  Armory  are  four  touch  football  fields  and  eight  Softball  fields, 
encompassing  18.4  acres.  These  fields,  and  the  four  in  the  Fraternity  Row  are 
used  for  intramurals. 

Immediately  west  of  the  Cole  Activities  Building  are  14  all-weather  tennis 
courts.  A  modern  18-hole  golf  course  was  opened  in  1957.  This  204  acre  course 
includes  two  lakes,  and  an  additional  5.8-acre  golf  driving  range  for  instructional 
purposes.  The  golf  driving  range,  equipped  with  lights,  and  the  golf  course  greatly 
add  to  present  recreational  facilities. 

The  outdoor  facilities  of  the  new  PERH  Building  include  sixteen  lighted  tennis 
courts  and  an  outdoor  playing  field  300  feet  by  600  feet  for  touch  football,  soccer, 
and  lacrosse. 

The  outdoor  facilities  adjacent  to  the  Preinkert  Field  House  include  six  hard- 
surfaced  tennis  courts,  and  a  combination  hockey  and  lacrosse  field. 

General  Information— Entrance  Requirements.  All  students  desiring  to  enroll 
in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  must  apply  to  the 
Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Sixteen  units  of  high  school  credits  are  required  for  admittance  to  this 
College.  Recommended  courses  are:  four  units  of  English,  one  unit  of  socil 
science,  one  unit  of  natural  science,  two  units  in  mathematics,  and  one  unit  of 
physical  sciences. 

Guidance.  At  the  time  of  matriculation  and  first  registration,  each  student  is 
assigned  to  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  College  who  acts  as  the  student's 
academic  advisor.  This  faculty  member  will  be  in  physical  education,  recreation  or 
health  education,  depending  on  the  student's  choice  of  curriculum.  The  student 
should  confer  regularly  with  his  advisor  prior  to  each  registration. 

Normal  Load.  The  normal  University  load  for  students  is  12-18  credit  hours  per 
semester.  No  student  may  register  for  more  than  19  hours  unless  he  or  she  has  a 
B  average  for  the  preceding  semester  and  approval  of  the  dean  of  the  College. 

Electives.  Electives  should  be  planned  carefully,  and  well  in  advance,  preferably 
with  the  student's  academic  advisor.  It  is  important  to  begin  certain  sequences  as 
soon  as  possible  to  prevent  later  conflict.  Electives  may  be  selected  from  any 
department  of  the  University  in  accordance  with  a  student's  professional  needs. 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Program.  The  work  of  the  first  two  years  in  this 
College  is  designed  to  accomplish  the  following  purpose:  (l)provide  a  general 
basic  or  core  education  and  prepare  for  later  specialization  by  giving  a  foundation 
in  certain  basic  sciences;  (2)  develop  competency  in  those  basic  techniques 
necessary  for  successful  participation  in  the  professional  courses  of  the  last  two 
years. 

The  techniques  courses  will  vary  considerably  in  the  different  curriculums  and 
must  be  satisfactorily  completed,  or  competencies  demonstrated  before  the 
student  can  be  accepted  for  the  advanced  courses  in  methods  and  in  student 
teaching.  It  is  very  important  that  each  requirement  be  met  as  it  occurs. 

Student  Teaching.  Opportunity  is  provided  for  student  teaching  experience  in 
physical  education  and  health  education.  The  student  devotes  one  semester  in 
the  senior  year  to  observation,  participation,  and  teaching  under  a  qualified 
supervising  teacher  in  an  approved  Teacher  Education  Center.  A  University 
supervisor  from  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  visits 
the  student  periodically  and  confers  with  the  student  teacher,  the  cooperating 
teacher,  and  the  center  coordinator,  giving  assistance  when  needed. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  the  student  must:  {^)have  the  recommen- 
dation of  the  University  supervising  teacher,  and  (2)  must  have- fulfilled  all 
required  courses  for  the  B.S.  degree  except  those  in  the  Block  Student  Teaching 
Semester,  excluding  those  exceptions  approved  by  each  department.  The 
student  must  obtain  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  professional  courses  in  his  or  her 
curriculum  and  must  register  for  all  courses  in  the  "Block"  concurrently. 


College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     101 


Field  Work.  Recreation  major  students  are  expected  to  carry  out  a  number  of 
field  experiences  during  ttieir  University  career:  volunteer  or  part-time  recreation 
employment  during  ttie  sctiool  year,  summer  employment  in  camps  or  at 
playgrounds,  etc.  These  experiences  culminate  in  a  senior  semester  of  field  work 
for  which  a  student  receives  credit  and  dunng  which  the  student  works  as  a  staff 
member  (for  20  hours  per  week)  in  the  field  of  recreation  in  which  he  or  she 
hopes  to  be  employed,  such  as  public  recreation,  recreation  for  the  exceptional, 
agencies  (Y's,  scouts,  etc.),  military  recreation,  etc. 

Degrees.  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who 
have  met  the  conditions  of  their  curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  a  formal  application  with  the 
Registrations  Office  during  the  registration  period,  or  not  later  than  the  end  of  the 
third  week  of  classes  of  the  regular  semester,  or  at  the  end  of  the  second  week  of 
the  summer  session,  pnor  to  the  date  of  graduation. 

Certification.  The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  certifies  for  teaching 
only  when  an  applicant  has  a  tentative  appointment  to  teach  in  a  Maryland  county 
school.  No  certificate  may  be  secured  by  application  of  the  student  on 
graduation.  Course  content  requirements  for  certification  are  indicated  with  each 
curriculum.  A  student  intending  to  qualify  as  a  teacher  in  Baltimore,  Washington, 
D.C.,  or  other  specific  situations  should  secure  a  statement  of  certification 
requirements  before  starting  work  in  the  junior  year  and  discuss  them  with  his  or 
her  academic  advisor. 

Student  Organizations  and  Activities 

Majors'  Club.  All  students  enrolled  in  the  College  are  eligible  for  membership 
in  this  organization.  It  conducts  vanous  professional  meetings,  brings  in  speakers 
and  promotes  various  corecreational  activities.  It  has  sponsored  trips  to  district 
and  national  conventions  of  the  Amencan  Association  for  Health,  Physical 
Education  and  Recreation,  and  is  chartered  as  a  student  major  club  of  that 
organization. 

Aqualiners.  This  synchronized  swimming  club  is  open  to  all  men  and  women 
registered  in  the  University.  Through  weekly  meetings  the  group  concentrates  on 
additional  stroke  perfection,  individual  aTid  group  stunts,  diving,  and  experimenta- 
tion with  various  types  of  accompaniment  and  choreographic  techniques.  An 
original  water  show  is  presented  each  spring  and  several  demonstrations  are 
given  each  year.  Tryouts  are  held  twice  a  year — once  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall 
semester,  and  again  after  the  water  show  during  the  spring  semester. 

University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Pariis  Society.  In  the  fall  of  1959  the 
University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society  was  formed  by  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  major  and  minor  students  of  the  College.  The 
society,  an  affiliate  of  the  State  and  national  recreation  organizations,  provides 
opportunities  for  University  and  community  service,  for  rich  practical  experience, 
and  for  social  experiences  for  those  students  having  a  mutual  professional 
recreation  interest. 

Gymkana  Troupe.  The  Gymkana  Troupe  includes  men  and  women  students 
from  all  Colleges  who  wish  to  express  themselves  through  the  medium  of 
gymnastics.  These  individuals  coordinate  their  talents  in  order  to  produce  an 
exhibitional  performance  that  has  been  seen  in  many  places  including  Bermuda, 
Iceland,  the  Azores,  Idaho,  Montana,  snd  the  eastern  seaboard  of  the  United 
States.  The  organization  has  three  principal  objectives:  (1)to  provide  healthful, 
co-recreational  activities  that  provide  fun  for  ttie  students  during  their  leisure 
hours;  (2)  to  promote  gymnastics  in  this  locality;  and  (3)  to  entertain  our  students 
and  people  in  other  communities. 

This  organization  is  co-sponsored  by  the  Physical  Education  Department  and 
the  Student  Government  Association,  and  it  welcomes  any  student,  regardless  of 
the  amount  of  experience,  to  join. 

Campus  Sport  and  Recreation  Program 

The  former  Intramural  Program  for  men  and  the  Women's  Recreation 
Association  Program  are  now  consolidated  under  the  office  of  the  Campus  Sport 
and  Recreation  in  concert  with  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs.  The  program 
involves  more  than  20  competitive  sport  activities  and  an  unstructured  recrea- 
tional program  for  those  who  do  not  desire  to  become  part  of  the  competitive 
program.  The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  encourages 
these  activities  by  scheduling  as  many  of  its  facilities  as  possible  for  students  who 
wish  to  participate  in  both  the  competitive  programs  and  in  the  unstructured 
programs.  The  Campus  Sport  and  Recreation  Programs  for  the  academic  year 
1979-80  plan  to  incorporate  an  additional  function,  that  of  sport  and  recreation 
clubs. 

In  the  structured  program  competition  is  provided  in  such  activities  as  field 
hockey,  lacrosse,  touch  football,  soccer,  golf,  tennis,  horseshoes,  cross  country, 
handball,  basketball,  bowling,  weight  training,  swimming,  wrestling,  badminton, 
table  tennis,  Softball,  racketball,  volleyball,  and  outdoor  track.  The  Campus  Sport 
and  Recreation  Office  is  located  in  room  2134  of  the  PERM  Building.  Those 
desiring  information  concerning  tournament  entry  dates,  hours  of  recreation, 
facility  postponements,  etc.,  may  call  454-5454  which  is  a  recording  operating  24 
hours  a  day. 

Unstructured  Recreational  Activities.  Free  play  activities  such  as  tennis, 
swimming,  handball,  racquetball,  and  basketball  have  become  very  popular  with 


students,  faculty  and  staff  on  the  College  Park  Campus.  The  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health  encourages  these  activities  by  scheduling  as 
many  of  its  facilities  available  as  possible  for  students  who  wish  to  participate  on 
an  informal  basis. 

Pt)i  Aiplia  Epsilon.  Honorary  Society  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Health. 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  recognize  academic  achievement  and 
to  promote  professional  growth  by  sponsonng  activities  in  the  fields  of  physical 
education,  recreation,  health  and  related  areas. 

Students  shall  qualify  for  membership  at  such  times  as  they  shall  have 
attained  junior  standing  in  physical  education,  health  or  recreation,  and  have  a 
minimum  overall  average  of  2.7  and  a  minimum  professional  average  of  3.1. 
Graduate  students  are  invited  to  join  after  10  hours  of  work  with  a  3.3  average. 
The  organization  is  open  to  both  men  and  women. 

Sigrr^a  Tau  Epsilon.  This  society,  founded  in  1 940,  selects  those  women  who 
have  attained  an  overall  2.5  average  and  demonstrated  outstanding  leadership, 
service  and  sportsmanlike  qualities  in  the  organization  and  activities  of  ttie 
Women's  Recreation  Association  and  its  affiliated  groups. 

Eta  Sigma  Gamma.  Epsilon  chapter  was  established  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  in  May  of  1969.  This  professional  honorary  organization  for  health 
educators  was  established  to  promote  scholarship  and  community  service  for 
health  majors  at  both  the  graduate  and  undergraduate  levels.  Students  may  apply 
after  two  consecutive  semesters  with  a  2.75  cumulative  average. 


College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  &  Health  Departments, 
Programs  and  Curricula 

Health  Education 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Burt 

Professors:  Johnson,  Leviton 

Associate  Professors:  Clearwater,  D.A.  Girdano,  D.E.  Girdano,  Miller,  Tifft 

Assistant  Professors:  Althoff,  Decker,  Stone,  Yarian. 

Instructors:  Carney,  Luckey,  McLaughlin,  Sands 

The  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  give  leadership  in  the 
development  of  both  school  and  community  health.  Graduates  of  the  departmen- 
tal program  have  placement  opportunities  as  health  educators  in  tfie  public 
schools,  community  colleges,  as  well  as  in  the  public  voluntary  health  agencies. 

Heaith  Education  Curriculum 

Fresiiman  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 

I  II 

ENGL-General  University  Requirement 3 

HLTH  130— Introduction  to  Health 3 

HLTH  140— Personal  and  Community  Health 3 

CHEM  103,  104— College  Chemistry  I  &  II 4  4 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

General  University  Requirements ; 6   6 

Total :. 16  17 

Soptiomore  Year 

HLTH  106— Drug  Use  and  Abuse 3 

HLTH  150— First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Services 2 

HLTH  270— Safety  Education 3 

NUTR  200— Nutrition  for  Health  Services 3 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  and  II 4  4 

General  University  Requirements 6  6 

Elective ■ 3 

Total 16  18 

Junior  Year 

ENGL-General  University  Requirement 3 

HLTH  310— Introduction  to  the  School  Health  Program 2 

HLTH  450— Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth 3 

HLTH  477— Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education 3 

HLTH  489— Community  Health 3 

EDHD  300S— Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 3 

EDMS  410— Pnnciples  of  Testing  and  Evaluation , 3 

MICB  200— General  Microbiology 4 

MICB  420— Epidemiology  and  Public  Health 2 

Total 16        16 

Senior  Year 

HLTH  340— Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 3 

HLTH  390— Organization  and  Administration  of  School  Health 

Programs 3 


102    College  of  Physical  Education.  Recreation  &  Health  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


HLTH  420— Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education 3 

HLTH  489— Field  Laboratory  Project  and  Workshop 6 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 3 

EDSE  367— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools— Health 8 

Electives : §  

Total 15         17 

Degree  Requirements  in  Health  Education:  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  degree  in  health  education  are  as  follows: 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Foundation  Science  Courses  (ZOOL  101,  201,  202;  CHEM  103,  104; 

MICB  200,  420;  NUTR  200) 29 

Professional  Health  Education  Courses  (HLTH  106,  130,  140,  150, 

270,  310,  340,  390,  420,  450,  477,  489) 40 

Education  Courses  (EDHD  300S,  EDSF  301,  EDMS  410,  EDSE  330, 

EDSE  367) 23 

General  University  Requirements 30 

Electives 9 

Total 131 

Minor  in  Health  Education—  24  Hour  Minor.  Twelve  semester  hours  in  health 
education  (HLTH  140,  150,  310,  420,  450). 

Twelve  semester  hours  in  related  areas:  Six  semester  hours  of  biological 
science;  six  semester  hours  of  psychology  or  human  development. 
Driver  Education  Instructors  Certification  Requirements 

A.  Classroom  Instructor— 18  semester  hours 

Twelve  semester  hours  as  follows:  HLTH  280,  305,  and  375;  plus  six 
semester  hours  selected  from  the  following  courses:  HLTH  270, 489F,  489L, 
or  ENES  473. 

B.  Laboratory  Instructor— 12-15  Semester  Hours.  Six  to  nine  semester  hours 
in  driver  education  approved  by  the  department,  plus  an  internship  in  driver 
education  (usually  six  semester  credits). 

Course  Code  Prefix— HLTH 

Physical  Education 

Chairman  and  Professor:  Husman 

Professors:  Clarke,  Dotson,  Eyier,  Humphrey,  Husman,  Ingram  Kelley,  Kramer, 

Steel 

Associate  Professors:  K.  Church,  Hult,  Santa  Maria 

Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi,  Craft,  Dainis,  Dummer,  Freundschuch,  Jackson, 

Kesler,  Krouse,  Morris,  Murray,  Phillips,  Schmidt,  R.  Tyler,  Vaccaro, 

VanderVelden,  Wrenn 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Mirkin 

Instructors:  Bartley,  Bretting,  Drum,  Griffiths,  Kisabeth,  McHugh,  Tobin,  S.  Tyler 

Lecturers:  Bush,  Costello,  Fellows,  Hoffman,  Park,  Redding,  Struna 

This  curriculum,  including  three  certification  options  prepares  students  (1)  for 
teaching  physical  education  in  the  secondary  school,  (2)  for  coaching,  and  (3)  for 
leadership  in  youth  and  adult  groups  which  offer  a  program  of  physical  activity. 
The  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  are  considered  to  be  an  orientation  period  in 
which  the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  adequate  background  in  general 
education  as  well  as  in  those  scientific  areas  closely  related  to  this  field  of 
specialization.  In  addition,  emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  development  of  skills  in  a 
wide  range  of  motor  activities.  Further,  students  are  encouraged  to  select  related 
areas,  especially  in  the  fields  of  biology,  social  sciences,  psychology,  health 
education,  and  recreation  as  fields  of  secondary  interest.  These  materially 
increase  the  vocational  opportunities  which  are  available  to  a  graduate  in  physical 
education. 

Equipment:  Students  may  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment  for 
certain  courses. 

Uniforms:  Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by  the  College,  are  required  for 
the  activity  classes  and  for  student  teaching.  These  uniforms  should  be  worn  only 
during  professional  activities. 

Departmental  Requirements.  All  Certification  Options 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
30 
2 

3-4 

2 


General  University  Requirements 

HLTH  150— First  Aid  and  Safety 

PHYS  101  or  111  or  CHEM  102  or  103  or  105 

PHED  180— Introduction  to  Physical  Education  and  Health 

PHED  181— Fundamentals  of  Movement 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

EDHD  300— Human  Development  and  Learning 

EDSF  301— Foundations  of  Education 

PHED  333— Adapted  Physical  Education 

PHED  390— Practicum  in  Teaching  Physical  Education 

PHED  400— Kinesiology 

PHED  480— Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.. 
PHED  Skills  Laboratories* 


K-6  Certification  Option 

PHED  314— Methods  in  Physical  Education 

EDHD  320— Human  Development  Through  the  Lifespan 

EDEL  336— Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Physical  Education 

PHED  421— Physical  Education  for  Elementary  School:  A  Movement 

Approach 

PHED  485— Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 

PHED  491— The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Education. 
PHED  495— Organization  and  Administration  of  Elementary  School 

Physical  Education 

PHED  Electives  (6  hours  total),  PHED  450,  PHED  460,  PHED  491, 

PHED  493,  or  PHED  495 


3 

3 

3  or 


Electives 10-11 

7-12  Certification  Option 

PHED  314— Methods  in  Physical  Education 3 

Theory  of  Coaching  Elective  (PHED  340,  341,  342,  343,  344,  345,  or 

346) 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 

PHED  381— Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning 

EDSE  374— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools < 

PHED  460— Physiology  of  Exercise .'. 

PHED  485— Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 

PHED  490— Organization  and  Administration  of  Physical  Education 

PHED  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education... 
Electives 


K-12  Certification  Option 

PHED  314— Methods  in  Physical  Education 

EDHD  320— Human  Development  Through  the  Lifespan 

Theory  of  Coaching  Elective  (PHED  340,  341,  342,  343,  344,  345,  or 

346) 

EDSE  330— Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education 

EDEL  336— Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools 

EDSE  374— Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 

PHED  381— Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning 

PHED  421— Physical  Education  for  Elementary  School:  A  Movement 

Approach 

PHED  460— Physiology  of  Exercise r 

PHED  485— Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 

PHED  490— Organization  and  Administration  of  Physical  Education 

PHED  491— The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Education 


2 
3 
3 
8 
3 
3 
3 
3 
8-9 


PHED  495— Organization  and  Administration  of  Elementary  School 

Physical  Education 3 

PHED  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education 3 

This  program  is  designed  for  those  students  who  are  vitally  interested  in  the 
fascinating  realm  of  sport  and  the  human  activity  sciences,  but  not  necessarily 
interested  in  preparing  for  teaching  in  the  public  schools.  The  body  of  knowledge 
explored  by  this  curriculum  may  be  described  briefly  as  follows: 

The  history  of  sport,  both  ancient  and  contemporary,  its  philosophical 

foundations  and  the  study  of  social  factors  as  they  relate  to  human 

behavior. 

Biomechanics,  exercise  physiology,  the  theoretical  bases  and  effects  of 

physical  activity,  neuromotor  learning  and  the  psychological  factors  inherent 

in  physical  performance. 

The  quantification  and  description  of  performance  and  the  relation  of  these 

factors  to  human  development. 

The  program  makes  possible  the  broad  use  of  elective  credit  so  that  various 
student  interests  may  be  combined  on  an  interdisciplinary  basis.  With  such 
possibilities  available,  graduates  could  reasonably  set  their  sights  on  occupations 
in  the  paramedical  fields,  such  as  stress  testing  and  human  factors,  athletic 
involvements  such  as  trainers,  scouts,  sports  publicists,  or  advance  to  further 
study  in  the  therapies,  as  well  as  graduate  work  in  physical  education  and  allied 
fields. 


Freshman  Year 


•Student  should  discuss  this  requirement  with  departmental  advisor. 


Kinesiological  Sciences  Curriculum 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

ZOOL  101— General  Zoology 4 

MATH  001— Review  of  High  School  Algebra  if  required 0 

MATH  105— Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  or 

MATH  110— Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

PSYC  100— Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

PHED  180— Introduction  Physical  Education 2 

HLTH  140— Personal  and  Commijnity  Health 3 

Activity  Courses' 2,2 

General  University  Requirements 9 

Electives ? 

Total 35 

•Activity  courses  In  the  Freshman  Year  are  limited  to  200  level  courses. 


Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering    103 


Sophomore  Year 

ZOOL  201,  202— Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4,  4 

PHED  287— Sport  and  American  Society 3 

Activity  Courses* 2,  2 

General  University  Requirements 12 

Electives 6 

Total 33 

Junior  Year 

PHED  400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED  480— Measurement  in  Physical  Education  3 

PHED  455— Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual  3 

General  University  Requirements 6 

Restricted  Electives** 12-14 

Electives 3 

Total 31-33 

Senior  Year 

PHED  450— Psychology  of  Sport 3 

PHED  460— Physiology  of  Exercise 3 

PHED  485— Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 3 

PHED  493— History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education 3 

PHED  496— Quantitative  Methods 3 

PHED  497— Independent  Studies  Seminar 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Electives 7-9 

Total 28-30 

Minimum  hours  required  for  graduation 123 

•Activity  Courses  in  the  Soptiomore  Year  may  be  ctiosen  from  200  and  300  level  courses. 
•  'See  departmental  advisor  for  information  regarding  available  options  for  restricted  electives. 

The  Honors  Program  In  Physical  Education.  The  aim  of  the  Honors  Program  is 
to  encourage  superior  students  by  providing  an  enriched  program  of  studies 
which  will  fulfill  their  advanced  interests  and  needs.  Qualified  students  are  given 
the  opportunity  to  undertake  intensive  and  often  independent  studies  wherein 
Initiative,  responsibility  and  intellectual  discipline  are  fostered.  To  qualify  for 
admission  to  the  program: 

1.  A  freshman  must  have  a  "B"  average  in  academic  (college  prep)  curriculum 
of  an  accredited  high  school. 

2.  "A  sophomore  must  have  an  accumulative  GPA  of  3.00  in  all  college  courses 

of  official  registration. 

3.  All  applicants  must  have  three  formal  recommendations  concerning  their 
potential,  character,  and  other  related  matters. 

4.  All  applicants  must  be  accepted  by  the  Faculty  Honors  Committee. 

In  completing  the  program,  all  honor  students  must: 

1 .  Participate  In  an  honors  seminar  where  thesis  and  other  relevant  research 
topics  are  studied. 

2.  Pass  a  comprehensive  oral  examination  covering  subject  matter  back- 
ground. 

3.  Successfully  prepare  and  defend  the  honors  thesis. 

On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  in  the  above  program,  the  college 
may  vote  to  recommend  graduation  without  honors,  with  honors,  or  with  high 
honors. 

Recreation 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Humphrey 

Associate  Professors:  Churchill,  Kuss,  Strobell,  Verhoven 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Colton,  Leedy,  M.  Stewart,  Thompson 

Lecturer:  Lutzin 

Instructors:  Allen,  Calloway,  Kelley,  Upshaw,  Ward 

Research  Assistant:  H.L.  Stewart 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who  wish  to  qualify 
for  positions  in  the  leisure  services  fields,  and  for  the  needs  of  those  students 
who  desire  a  background  which  will  enable  them  to  render  distinct  contributions 
to  community  life.  The  Department  draws  upon  various  other  departments  and 
colleges  within  the  University  for  courses  to  balance  and  enrich  its  offerings  for  its 
leisure  studies  curriculum.  A  total  of  120  credits  are  required  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Science  Degree,  with  a  limit  of  72  credits  in  RECR  prefix  coursework. 

Those  majoring  in  leisure  studies  have  opportunity  for  observation  and 
practical  experience  in  local,  county,  state  and  federal  public  recreation  pro- 
grams, in  social  and  group  work  agency  programs,  and  in  the  various  programs  of 
the  Armed  Forces,  American  Red  Cross,  local  hospitals  and  commercial 
recreation  establishments.  Major  students  are  required  to  select  an  Option  Area 
of  interest  around  which  to  center  their  elective  coursework.  These  Option  Areas 
include  Administration,  Interpretive  Services,  Program  Development,  Resource 
Planning  and  Management,  and  Therapeutic  Recreation. 

An  active  student  University  of  Maryland  Recreation  and  Parks  Society,  an 
affiliate  of  the  comparable  state  and  national  organizations,  provides  opportuni- 
ties for  University  and  community  service,  for  practical  experience,  and  for  social 
fellowship  with  those  students  having  mutual  professional  interests. 


Many  outstanding  practitioners/educators  reside  in  the  Metropolitan  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  area.  It  is  the  practice  of  the  Department  to  enrich  its  course 
offerings  through  the  use  of  these  individuals  as  extensively  as  possible. 


Recreation  Curriculum 


Freshman  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

I  II 


RECR  130— History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation 3 

SPCH  100— Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communication 3 

GVPT— Related  Requirement 

ENGL  101— Composition 3 

AREA  A— General  University  Requirement 

AREA  B— General  University  Reqylrement 

Elective  or  Option 3 

Total 12 

Sophomore  Year: 

AREA  A— General  University  Requirement 3 

AREA  B— General  University  Requirement 

AREA  C— General  University  Requirement 3 

Option  Elective 3 

Option  Competency 3 

Elective 2 

RECR  200— Sophomore  Seminar 

RECR  370— Special  Populations 

Total 14 

RECR  340 — Sophomore  Summer  Field  Experience 


Junior  Year: 

AREA  C— General  University  Requirement 3 

Upper  Level  General  University  Requirement 3 

RECR  460— Leadership  Techniques 

RECR  420— Program  Development 

Option  Requirement 3 

Option  Elective 3 

EDHD— Human  Development 3 

Total 15 

Senior  Year: 

Upper  Level  General  University  Requirement 3 

RECR  495— Facilities  Design  and  Planning 3 

RECR  300— Senior  Seminar 1 

Option  Electives 6 

Elective 3 

RECR  410— Measurement  and  Evaluation 

RECR  432— Philosophy  of  Recreation 

RECR  490— Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation 

RECR  341— Senior  Field  Experience 

Tb(a/ 16 


Division  of  l\/lathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering 

The  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering  is  like  a 
technical  Institute  within  a  large  university.  Students  majoring  in  any  one  of  the 
disciplines  encompassed  by  the  Division  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  an 
outstanding  education  in  their  field.  The  Division  caters  both  to  students  who 
continue  as  professionals  in  their  area  of  specialization,  either  immediately  upon 
graduation  or  after  post  graduate  studies,  and  to  those  who  use  their  college 
education  as  preparatory  to  careers  5r  studies  in  other  areas.  The  narrow 
specialist  as  well  as  the  broad  "Renaissance  person"  can  be  accommodated. 

Below  are  outlined  the  requirements  for  each  major  offered  within  the 
Division.  Some  of  the  University  requirements  and  regulations  are  reiterated. 

The  search  for  new  knowledge  is  one  of  the  most  challenging  activities  of 
mankind.  The  university  is  one  of  the  key  institutions  in  society  where  fundamen- 
tal research  is  emphasized.  The  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences 
and  Engineering  contributes  very  substantially  and  effectively  to  the  research 
activities  of  the  University. 

Many  research  programs  include  undergraduates  either  as  paid  student 
helpers  or  in  forms  of  research  participation.  Students  in  departmental  honors 
programs  are  particularly  given  the  opportunity  to  become  involved  in  research. 
Other  students  too  may  undertake  research  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
member. 

A  major  portion  of  the  teaching  program  of  the  Division  is  devoted  to  serving 
students  majoring  in  disciplines  not  encompassed  by  the  Division.  Some  of  this 
teaching  effort  is  in  providing  the  skills  needed  in  support  of  such  majors  or 


104    College  of  Engineering 


programs.  Other  courses  are  designed  as  enrichment  for  non-science  students, 
giving  them  the  opportunity  to  explore  the  reality  of  science  without  the 
technicalities  required  of  the  major. 

Structure  of  the  Division.  The  College  of  Engineering  is  a  major  constituent  of 
the  MPSE  Division,  and  is  headed  by  its  own  Dean.  All  other  departments  and 
programs  in  the  Division  report  directly  to  the  Provost  of  the  Division. 
The  following  departments  and  programs  comprise  the  Division  of  MPSE. 

Department  of  Computer  Science 

Department  of  Mathematics 

Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

Applied  Mathematics  Program 

Astronomy  Program 

Chemical  Physics  Program 

Meteorology  Program 

Physical  Sciences  Program 

Within  the  College  of  Engineering: 

Department  of  Aerospace  Engineering 
Department  of  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 
Department  of  Civil  Engineering 
Department  of  Electrical  Engineering 
Department  of  Fire  Protection  Engineering 
Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
Engineering  Materials  Program 
Engineering  Sciences  Program 
Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Department 
Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program 
Agricultural  Engineering  Program 

Degree  Programs.  The  following  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  programs  are 
offered  by  the  departments  and  programs  of  the  Division: 

Astronomy,  Computer  Science,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Physical  Sci- 
ences, Aerospace  Engineering,  Agricultural  Engineering,  Chemical  Engi- 
neering, Civil  Engineering,  Electrical  Engineering,  Engineering  (Applied 
Science  Option  or  Engineering  Option),  Engineering  Technology  (Me- 
chanical), Fire  Protection  Engineering,  Fire  Science-Urban  Studies, 
Mechanical  Engineering,  and  Nuclear  Engineering. 

General  Information 

The  MPSE  Undergraduate  Office,  Y-11 1 0  (454-4596)  is  the  central  office  for 
coordinating  the  advising,  processing  and  updating  of  student  records  for 
students  not  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  Inquiries  concerning  University 
regulations,  transfer  credits  and  other  general  information  should  be  addressed 
to  this  office.  Specific  departmental  information  is  best  obtained  directly  from  the 
departments. 

The  records  of  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering  are  processed  and  kept 
in  the  Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office,  J-1107  (454-2421).  Inquiries  concern- 
ing Engineering  curricula  should  be  addressed  there. 

The  Division  is  strongly  committed  to  making  studies  in  the  sciences  and 
engineering  available  to  all  regardless  of  their  background.  In  particular,  the 
Division  is  actively  pursuing  an  affirmative  action  program  to  rectify  the  present 
under-representation  of  women  and  minorities  in  these  fields.  There  are  in  fact 
many  career  opportunities  for  women  and  members  of  minorities  in  the  fields 
represented  by  the  Division. 
Degree  Requirements. 
A.  A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  with  at  least  a  C  average  are  required  for 
all  Bachelor  of  Science  degrees  from  the  Division.  All  B.S.  degrees 
conferred  by  the  College  of  Engineering  require  more  than  120  credits;  the 
exact  number  varies  with  the  department. 
8.  30  credits  are  specified  under  the  General  University  Requirements. 

C.  Major  and  supporting  course  work  is  specified  under  each  department  or 
program. 

D.  The  final  30  semester  hours  must  be  completed  at  the  College  Park 
Campus.  Occasionally  this  requirement  may  tie  waived  by  the  Provost  or 
Dean  for  up  to  six  of  these  30  credits  to  be  taken  at  another  institution.  Such 
a  waiver  is  granted  only  if  the  student  already  has  30  credits  in  residence. 

E.  Students  must  be  enrolled  in  the  program  in  which  they  plan  to  graduate  by 
the  time  they  register  for  the  last  15  hours. 


College  of  Engineering 


The  College  of  Engineering  offers  four-year  programs  leading  either  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  with  curriculum  designation  in  Aerospace 
Engineering,  Agricultural  Engineering,  Chemical  Engineenng,  Civil  Engineering, 
Electrical  Engineenng,  Fire  Protection  Engineenng,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
Nuclear  Engineering,  or  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  with 
an  Engineenng  option  or  an  Applied  Science  option,  or  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 


of  Science  in  Engineering  Technology  (Mechanical  Engineering  Option)  or  to  the  ■ 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Urban  Studies  (Fire  Science  Option).  In 
addition,  each  of  the  foregoing  degree  programs  may  be  pursued  through  the 
five-year  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative  Engineering  Education.  The  engineering 
programs  integrate  these  elements:  (1)  basic  sciences,  including  mathematics, 
physics,  chemistry;  (2)  engineering  sciences  including  mechanics  of  solids  and 
fluids,  engineering  materials,  thermo-dynamics,  electricity,  and  magnetism;  (3) 
professional  studies  in  major  fields  of  engineering  specialization;  and  (4)  general 
studies  including  liberal  arts  and  social  studies  as  part  of  the  General  University 
Requirements.  Each  program  lays  a  broad  base  for  continued  learning  after 
college  in  professional  practice,  in  business  or  industry,  in  public  service,  or  in 
graduate  study  and  research.  Increasingly,  the  boundary  between  engineers  and 
applied  scientists  or  applied  mathematicians  becomes  less  distinct.  The  various 
disciplines  of  engineering  similarly  interact  with  each  other,  as  technical  problems 
become  more  sophisticated,  and  require  a  combined  attack  from  several 
disciplines.  The  engineer  occupies  an  intermediate  position  between  science  and 
the  public,  because,  in  addition  to  the  understanding  of  scientific  principles,  the 
engineer  is  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics  and  values  that  define  the 
useful  application  of  those  principles. 

College  Regulations.  The  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for  satisfying 
stated  prerequisites  for  any  course  rests  with  the  student— as  does  the 
responsibility  for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in  which  the  student  is  enrolled. 
Each  student  should  be  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  this  catalog,  including  the 
Academic  Regulations,  contained  in  Section  1. 

1.  General  Information,  and  other  pertinent  regulations. 

2.  Required  courses  in  mathematics,  physics  and  chemistry  have  highest 
priority;  and  it  is  strongly  recommended  that  every  engineering  student  register 
for  mathematics  and  chemistry— or  mathematics  and  physics— each  semester 
until  the  student  has  fully  satisfied  requirements  of  the  College  of  Engineering  in 
these  subjects. 

3.  To  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  College  of  Engineering,  a 
student  must  have  an  average  of  at  least  C— 2.0— (a)  in  all  subjects  applicable  to 
the  degree,  and  (b)  in  all  junior-senior  courses  in  the  major  field.  Responsibility  for 
knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  requirements  for  graduation  in  any  curriculum 
rests  with  the  student. 

4.  Effective  witt)  students  enrolling  in  ttie  College  of  Engineering  in  Spring 
1979  or  thereafter:  A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  all  courses  witti  EN— or 
ET— prefixes  that  are  presented  towards  the  requirements  of  a  degree. 

5.  A  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  may  audit  a  course  only  with  the 
understanding  that  the  course  may  not  be  taken  for  credit  subsequent  to  the 
registration  as  audit.  The  student  must  also  have  the  consent  of  the  department 
offering  the  course.  Forms  requesting  permission  to  audit  courses  are  available  in 
the  Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office,  J-1107. 

6.  The  College  of  Engineering  requires  that  a  minimum  of  eighteen  (18) 
semester  credit  hours  out  of  the  30  hour  General  University  Requirements  be 
taken  in  the  general  area  of  humanities  and  social  sciences  (H&SS).  The  program 
selected  should  be  planned  to  reflect  a  rationale  or  to  fulfill  an  objective 
appropriate  to  the  engineering  profession  and  to  increase  the  engineer's 
awareness  of  social  responsibilities  and  improve  the  ability  to  consider  related 
factors  in  the  decision-making  process.  Skill,  or  professionally  oriented  courses 
treating  such  subjects  as  accounting,  industrial  management,  finance,  personnel 
administration,  the  performing  arts,  certain  education  courses,  and  introductory 
foreign  languages  normally  do  not  fulfill  this  objective  and  may  not  be  included  In 
the  eighteen  (18)  semester  hour  requirement  of  the  College.  Engineering 
students  may  obtain  in  the  Engineering  Student  Affairs  Office  (J-1107)  a  list  of 
many  courses  which  satisfy  this  requirement. 

High  School  Preparation.  Preparation  for  pursuing  an  engineering  degree 
curriculum  begins  in  the  freshman  or  sophomore  year  of  high  school.  The  time 
required  to  complete  the  various  degree  programs  may  be  extended  beyond  the 
four  years  cited  in  this  catalog  to  the  extent  that  an  incoming  student  may  be 
deficient  in  his  or  her  high  school  preparation.  Pre-engineering  students  normally 
enroll  in  an  academic  program  in  high  school.  The  course  of  study  should  include 
3H-4  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  (including  algebra,  trigonometry, 
plane  and  solid  geometry  plus  calculus  or  pre-calculus  advanced  mathematics). 
In  addition,  students  should  complete  one  year  each  of  physics  and  chemistry. 

Structure  of  Engineering  Curricula.  Courses  in  the  normal  curriculum  or 
program  and  prescribed  credit  hours  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  (with  curriculum  designation)  are  outlined  in  the  sections  pertaining  to 
each  department  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  No  student  may  modify  the 
prescribed  number  of  hours  without  special  permission  from  the  dean  of  the 
college.  The  courses  in  each  curriculum  may  be  classified  in  the  following 
categories: 

1 .  Courses  in  the  General  University  Requirements— An  engineering  student 
must  include  eighteen  credits  of  humanities  and  social  sciences  in  the  program  of 
general  studies. 

2.  Courses  in  the  physical  sciences— mathematics,  chemistry,  physics. 

3.  Collateral  engineering  courses— engineering  sciences,  and  other  courses 
approved  for  one  curriculum  but  offered  by  another  department. 

4.  Courses  in  the  major  department.  A  student  must  obtain  written  approval 
for  any  substitution  of  courses  from  the  department  chairman  and  the  dean  of  the 
college. 


College  of  Engineering     105 


The  courses  in  each  engineering  cimculum.  as  classified  above,  form  a 
sequential  and  developmental  pattern  in  subject  matter.  In  this  respect,  curricula 
in  engineenng  may  differ  from  curricula  in  other  colleges.  Some  regulations  which 
are  generally  applicable  to  all  students  (see  the  Academic  Regulations)  may  need 
clarification  for  purposes  of  orderly  administration  among  engineering  students. 
Moreover,  the  College  of  engineering  establishes  policies  which  supplement  the 
University  regulations. 

Curricula  for  the  various  engineering  departments  are  given  in  this  catalog  to 
illustrate  how  the  programs  can  be  completed  in  four  years.  These  curricula  are 
rigorous  and  relatively  difficult  for  the  average  student.  Surveys  have  shown  that 
only  about  one-third  to  one-half  of  the  students  actually  receive  an  engineering 
degree  in  four  years.  The  majority  of  students  complete  an  engineering  program 
in  four  and  one-half  to  five  years  (whether  at  Maryland  or  at  other  engineering 
schools  on  a  national  basis).  It  is  quite  feasible  for  a  student  to  stretch  out  any 
curriculum  (which  might  be  necessary  or  desirable  for  a  variety  of  reasons). 
However,  students  should  seek  competent  advising  in  order  to  ensure  that 
courses  are  taken  in  the  proper  sequence. 

Basic  Format  of  the  Freshman-Sophomore  Years  In  Engineering.  The 

freshman  and  sophomore  years  in  engineering  are  designed  to  lay  a  strong 
foundation  in  mathematics,  physical  sciences  and  the  engineering  sciences  upon 
which  the  student  will  later  develop  a  professional  program  during  the  upper 
division  Ounior  and  senior)  years.  The  College  course  requirements  for  the 
freshman  year  are  the  same  for  all  students,  regardless  of  their  intended 
academic  program,  and  about  75%  of  the  sophomore  year  course  requirements 
are  common,  thus  affording  the  student  a  maximum  flexibility  in  choosing  a 
specific  area  of  engineering  specialization.  Although  the  engineering  student 
selects  a  major  field  at  the  start  of  the  sophomore  year,  this  intramural  program 
commonality  affords  the  student  the  maximum  flexibility  of  choice  or  interdepart- 
mental transfer  up  to  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year. 

Basic  Freshman  Curriculum  In  Engineering.  All  freshmen  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  are  required  to  complete  the  following  basic  cun-iculum  for  freshmen 
regardless  of  whether  the  student  plans  to  proceed  through  one  of  the  major  field 
designated  baccalaureate  degree  programs  or  follow  any  of  the  multidisciplinary, 
non-designated  degree  curricula  that  are  sponsored  by  the  College. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Course  No.  and  Title 

CHEM  103,  104— General  Chemistry** 4  4 

PHYS  161— General  Physics  1 3 

MATH  140,  141— Analysis  I,  II 4  4 

ENES  101— Intro.  Engr.  Science 3 

ENES  1 10— Statics 3 

General  University  Requirements ■■ 6   3 

Total  Credits 17        17 

Students  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule  MATH  140  are  advised  to  register 
for  a  preparatory  course— MATH  115— as  part  of  their  General  University 
Requirement.  These  students  are  also  advised  to  attend  summer  school 
following  their  freshman  year  to  complete  MATH  141  and  PHYS  161  prior  to 
entrance  into  the  sophomore  year  of  study.  MATH  141 ,  ENES  1 10  and  PHYS  161 
are  prerequisites  for  many  courses  required  in  the  sophomore  year. 

••Qualified  students  may  elect  to  take  CHEM  105  and  106  (4  cr.  hrs.  each)  instead  ot  CHEM 
103  and  104. 

The  Sophomore  Year  in  Engineering.  With  the  beginning  of  the  sophomore 
year  the  student  selects  a  sponsoring  academic  department  (Aerospace, 
Agricultural,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Fire  Protection,  or  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing), and  this  department  assumes  the  responsibility  for  the  student's  academic 
guidance,  counseling  and  program  planning  from  that  point  until  the  completion 
of  the  degree  requirements  of  that  department  as  well  as  the  College.  For  the 
specific  requirements,  see  the  curriculum  listing  in  each  engineering  department. 

Engineering  Transfer  Programs.  Most  of  the  community  colleges  in  Maryland 
provide  one-  or  two-year  programs  which  have  been  coordinated  to  prepare 
students  to  enter  the  sophomore  or  junior  year  in  engineering  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  These  curricula  are  identified  as  Engineermg  Transfer  Programs  in  the 
catalogs  of  the  sponsoring  institutions.  The  various  associate  degree  programs  in 
technology  do  not  provide  the  preparation  and  transferability  into  the  professional 
degree  cun'icula  as  the  designated  transfer  programs. 

A  maximum  of  one-half  of  the  degree  credits  (approximately  60-65  semester 
hours)  may  be  transfen-ed  from  a  two-year  community  college  program. 

There  may  be  6-8  semester  hours  of  major  departmental  courses  at  the 
sophomore  level  which  are  not  offered  by  the  schools  participating  in  the 
engineering  transfer  program.  Students  should  investigate  the  feasibility  of 
completing  these  courses  in  Summer  School  at  the  University  of  Maryland  before 
starting  their  junior  course  work  in  the  fall  semester. 

Dual  Degree  Program.  The  Dual  Degree  Program  is  a  cooperative  arrangement 
between  the  College  of  Engineering  and  selected  liberal  arts  colleges  which 


allows  students  to  earn  undergraduate  degrees  from  both  institutions  in  a  five- 
year  program.  A  student  in  the  Dual  Degree  Program  will  attend  the  liberal  arts 
college  for  approximately  three  (3)  academic  years  (minimum  90  hours)  and  the 
University  of  Maryland,  College  of  Engineering  for  approximately  two  (2) 
academic  years  (minimum  hours  required— determined  individually,  approximate- 
ly 60  hours). 

Dual  degree  candidates  may  participate  in  any  of  the  baccalaureate  degree 
programs  in  the  College  of  Engineenng. 

At  the  present  time  the  participating  institutions  are  Amencan  University. 
Bowie  State  College,  Coppin,  Frostburg,  King  College  (Bnstol,  Tenn.),  Notre 
Dame  of  Maryland,  St.  Mary's  (St,  Mary's  City).  Salisbury  State,  Towson  and 
Trinity  (Washington,  D.C.). 

Cooperative  Engineering  Education  Program 

Program  Director— Dr  Donald  J.  Blair 

The  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative  Engineering  Education  at  the  University  of 
Maryland,  offered  by  the  College  of  Engineering,  is  a  four  and  one-half  to  five 
calendar  year  program  leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  academic 
requirements  for  students  following  the  Co-op  Plan  of  Education  are  identical  to 
the  academic  requirements  for  those  students  following  the  regular  four-year 
program.  In  addition  to  the  normal  academic  requirements.  Co-op  students  have 
scheduled  periods  of  professional  internship  which  must  be  satisfactorily  com- 
pleted to  qualify  for  the  baccalaureate  degree  under  the  Co-op 'Plan. 

The  Co-op  Program  begins  after  the  student  has  completed  the  freshman 
and  sophomore  requirements  of  a  major  field.  The  structure  of  Engineering  Co-op 
is  an  alternating  sequence  of  study  and  internship.  As  far  as  Co-op  is  concerned, 
there  are  three  sessions— fall  and  spring  semesters  (20  weeks  each)  and  a 
summer  session  (10  weeks).  This  alternating  plan  of  study  and  professional 
internship  lengthens  the  last  two  academic  years  into  three  calendar  years. 
Delaying  entry  into  the  Co-op  Program  until  the  junior  year  offers  considerable 
educational  advantages  to  the  student. 

The  student  retains  the  normal  freshman-sophomore  program  to  afford  time 
for  the  selection  of  a  major  field  of  engineering — or  to  determine  whether  to 
continue  in  engineering— without  a  commitment  to  either  the  regular  four-year  or 
the  Co-op  Plan  of  Education.  A  more  mature  and  meaningful  series  of 
professional  internship  assignments  are  possible  to  benefit  both  the  student  and 
the  professional  partner.  Also,  the  plan  is  readily  adaptable  to  the  needs  of  the 
student  transferring  to  the  University  from  the  engineering  transfer  programs  of 
community  or  state  colleges. 

Students  need  only  meet  two  criteria  for  entry  into  the  Engineering  Co-op 
Program.  They  are  (1)  completion  of  the  sophomore  requirements  (usually  aboijt 
65  degree  credits)  and  (2)  the  establishment  of  a  cumulative  grade  point  average 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  of  at  least  2.0/4.0. 

A  typical  study-intern  schedule  is  shown  below.  The  typical  student  begins 
the  first  internship  in  the  summer  immediately  following  the  sophomore  year  (65 
accumulated  degree  credits).  The  total  internship  is  for  two  summers  and  two 
semesters  (60  weeks).  The  student  enrolls  for  16  semester  hours  each  during  the 
fall  and  spring  semester,  12  semester  hours  during  the  summer  and  three 
semester  hours  in  the  evening  during  two  internship  periods. 

Typical  Study-Intern  Schedule 


Credit  Hours 

Current 

Accumulated 

Summer* 

Intern  (1)tt 

65 

Fall  Semester 

Study 

16 

81 

Spring  Semester 

Intern  (2,3) 

3** 

84 

Summer 

Study 

12 

96 

Fall  Semester 

Intern  (4,5) 

3** 

99 

Spring  Semester 

Study 

16 

115 

Summer* 

Intern  (6) 

115 

Fall  Semester 

Study 

16 

131 
(Grad) 

•  students  enroll  for  ENCO  408  (6  non-degree  credits). 

tt  Ttiese  numbers  refer  to  10-week  penods.  Students  enroll  lor  ENCO  408  and  409  (12  non- 
degree  credits). 

•*  Ttiese  courses  could  possibly  be  taken  dunng  ttie  evening  at  ttie  University  College,  or  at  a 
college  located  near  your  employment 

Students  make  their  own  arrangements  for  board  and  lodging  while  on  their 
periods  of  internship.  Frequently  the  participating  industrial  company  or  govern- 
mental agency  will  assist  the  student  in  locating  good,  inexpensive  lodging.  The 
internship  wages  are  paid  directly  to  the  student  by  his  employer. 

During  the  semesters  or  summer  sessions  in  which  the  student  attends 
school,  he  pays  the  regular  tuition  and  fees  assessed  by  the  University.  A  $30  fee 
is  charged  for  each  10-week  period  of  professional  internship.  The  professional 
intern  fee  is  payable  at  the  beginning  of  each  intern  period  and  is  not  refundable. 

Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Department.  The  Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Depart- 
ment conducts  a  program  of  experimental  research  and  development  in 
cooperation  with  the  aircraft  industry,  agencies  of  government  and  other 


106    College  of  Engineering  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 

industries  with  problems  concerning  aerodynamics.  Testing  programs  cover  a  The  Department  of  Aerospace  Engineering  at  the  University  of  Maryland 

variety  of  subjects  including  all  types  of  aircraft,  ships,  parachutes,  radar  offers  a  rigorous  and  balanced  education  which  includes  all  of  the  above 

antennas,  trucks,  automobiles,  structures,  and  exterior  equipment  subject  to  high  disciplines.  The  goal  of  this  program  is  to  create  professionally  oriented 

yi,jn(js.  aerospace  engineers  with  an  understanding  of  the  physical  fundamentals 

The  Department  has  a  7.75  x  1 1 -foot  wind  tunnel  that  can  be  operated  at  underlying  atmospheric  and  space  flight,  and  with  the  capability  of  applying  this 

speeds  from  0  to  240  mph.  This  facility  has  powered  model  drive  equipment,  and  knowledge  for  useful  and  exciting  purposes.  Moreover,  the  physical  background 

auxiliary  vacuumand  high  pressure  air  supplies  for  boundary  layer  control  studies.  and  design  synthesis  that  marks  aerospace  engineering  education  also  prepares 

Supporting  shops  include  complete  woodworking,  machine  shop,  photographic,  a  student  to  work  productively  in  other  fields.  For  example,  at  this  moment 

and  instrumentation  facilities.  aerospace  engineers  are  actively  working  on  the  solution  of  environmental  and 

The  full-time  staff  of  the  department  includes  engineering,  computing,  shop,  societal  problems,  on  the  energy  crisis,  and  in  the  field  of  medicine, 

and  technical  operations  personnel.  This  staff  cooperates  with  other  faculty  and  ipmiDaee  Enaineerina  Curriculum               Semester 

students  in  the  College  of  Engineering  on  problems  of  mutual  interest.  Aerospace  Engineering  Curriculum             Credit  Hours 

Professional  Societies.  Each  of  the  major  departments  sponsors  a  student  /           '/ 

chapter  or  student  section  of  a  national  engineering  society.  The  student  Sophomore  Year 

chapters  sponsor  a  variety  of  activities  including  technical  meetings,  social  General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

gatherings  and  college  or  university  service  projects.  Students  who  have  selected  MATH  240-Linear  Algebra 4 

a  major  are  urged  to  affiliate  with  the  chapter  in  their  department.  The  names  of  MATH  241-Analysis  III 4 

the  organizations  together  with  the  location  of  the  student  lounge  or  office  of  a  PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

contact  person:  ENES  240-Engineering  Computation 3 

American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and  ENES  220-Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

Astronautics— S-11 30  ENAE  201 ,  202-lntroductJon  to  Aerospace  Engineering  I,  II 2  2 

American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers— U-2 143  ENAE  203-Technical  Report  Writing 1    

American  Nuclear  Society— U-2 138  Jotal 17        16 

American  Society  of  Agricultural  Engineers— 1-1116  In  generai,  students  shouid  not  register  for  300-400 

American  Society  of  Civil  Engineers— J-1 145  level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers— J-3 129  unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

Black  Engineers  Society— J-1 151  MATH  241  and  MATH  246. 

Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronic  Junior  Year 

Engineers-J-0166  General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

Society  of  Fire  Protection  Engineers— S-11 37  M/^jH  246-Differential  Equations 3 

Society  of  Women  Engineers— J-1 146  ENES  221 -Dynamics 3 

Engineering  Honor  Societies.  The  College  of  Engineering  and  each  of  the  iMrllnVo'^^T'^^^fS"! '  ■Vc^^^'Z;-;; i         ^ 

endneering  departments  sponsors  an  honors  society.  Nominations  or  inilations  ENEE  300-Pnnciples  o  Electrical  Engineering 3 

for  membership  are  usually  extended  to  junior  and  senior  students  based  on  ENAE  305-Aerospace  Laboratory  I :---5---": I 

scholarship,  service  and/or  other  selective  criteria.  Some  of  the  honors  organiza-  ENAE  345-lntroduction  to  Dynamics  of  Aerospace  Systems 3 

tions  are  branches  of  national  societies,  others  are  local  groups:  ENAE  45  ,  452-Flight  Structures  I,  IM 4  3 

Tau  Beta  Pi-CoHege  Honorary^-1 1 23  ENAE  371 -Aerodynamics!' , 3 

Alpha  Epsilon— Agricultural  Engineering— 1-1 116  Total 16        18 

Chi  Epsilon— Civil  Engineering^J-1145  Qoninr  Voar 

Eta  Kappa  Nu-Electncal  Engineering-J-0166  ENAE  471  Aerodvnamics  II'                                                                       3 

omega  Chi  Epstov^^ic^  En^neehng--|^^^  ENAE      .$^^«  ^,  ^3^,--r-^,3,-;:;:;;:;:;;:;;:;:;;::             3 

Pi  Tau  Sigma-Mechanical  Engineenng-J-3129  Aerosoace  Laboratorv  11"                                                            2 

Salamander-Fire  Protection  Engineering-S-1 129  ENAE  401  Aeo  pace  Labo  a  on^ ^ 

Sigrr-a  Gamma  Tau-AerospaceEngineenng-S-1 130 f^AE  ^^^^l^f^'^'lz::-^^^^^^^^                                      ] 

~~~~  General  Univ.  Requirements 9 

Design  Elective 3 

College  of  Engineering  Departments,  AeSSB^vJ'''''''-T:::::::::::::::::^                  3 

Programs.and  Curricula  Technical  Elective^ 3 

Total 33 

Aerospace  Engineering  Minimum  Degree  Credits-104  +  30  GUR. 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Andersori  1  -mose  students  who  wish  to  take  the  elective  course  ENAE  462,  Flight 

Professors:  Corning,  Plotkin,  Melnik,  Pai,  Rivello  Propulsion  II,  should  take  the  following  sequence: 

Associate  Professors:  Barlow,  Donaldson  Jones  Sophomore  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  201 

Lectures:  Billig,  Case,  Chander,  Fleig,  Hallion,  Krone,  Waltrup,  Winkelmann  Sophomore  (Spring  Semester)  ENAE  202,  ENME  217 

Aerospace  engineering  is  focused  on  the  physical  understanding  and  design  Junior  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  471 

considerations  of  aircraft  and  space  vehicles  of  all  kinds.  For  example,  consider  Junior  (Spring  Semester)  ENAE  461 

the  high-speed  flight  of  NASA's  Space  Shuttle.  The  airflow  over  the  wings.  Senior  (Fall  Semester)  ENAE  462 

fuselage  and  tail  surfaces  create  lift,  drag  and  moments  on  the  aircraft.  If  the  For  this  sequence,  ENAE  471,  Aerodynamics  II,  can  be  taken  before  ENAE  371, 

velocity  is  high  enough,  such  as  during  re-entry  of  the  Space  Shuttle  into  the  Aerodynamics  I. 

earth's  atmosphere,  then  the  temperature  of  the  airflow  becomes  extremely  high,  2  The  student  shall  take  one  of  the  following  design  courses: 

the  air  becomes  chemically  reacting,  and  heating  of  the  vehicle's  surface  ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design 

becomes  a  major  problem.  The  study  of  how  and  why  the  airflow  produces  these  ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

forces,  moments  and  heating  is  called  Aerodynamics.  In  turn,  the  motion  of  the  3  The  student  shall  take  one  course  which  utilizes  dynamics  in  a  system 

aircraft  or  space  vehicle  will  respond  to,  indeed  will  be  determined  by,  the  analysis.  The  following  courses  are  offered: 

aerodynamic  forces  and  moments.  The  study  of  the  motion  and  flight  path  of  ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

such  vehicles  is  called  Flight  Dynamics.  Of  course,  while  executing  this  motion,  ENAE  355  Aircraft  Vibrations 

the  vehicle  must  be  structurally  sound,  that  is,  its  surface  and  internal  structure  4  ENAE  401,  402  may  be  replaced  by  three  credits  of  ENAE  499. 

must  be  able  to  withstand  the  severe  forces  and  loads  associated  with  flight.  The  5  Three  credits  must  be  taken  from  elective  courses  offered  by  the  Aerospace 

study  of  the  mechanical  behavior  of  materials,  stresses  and  strains,  deflections  Engineering  Department.  Currently  offered  courses  are: 

and  vibrations  that  are  associated  with  the  structure  of  the  vehicle  itself  is  called  ENAE  415    Computer-Aided  Struct.  Design  Analysis 

Flight  Structures.  In  the  same  vein,  the  motion  of  any  aircraft  or  space  vehicle  ENAE  453    Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Analysis 

must  be  initiated  and  maintained  by  a  propulsive  mechanism  such  as  the  classic  ENAE  457    Flight  Structures  III 

combination  of  a  reciprocating  engine  with  a  propeller,  or  the  more  modern  ENAE  462    Flight  Propulsion  II 

turbojets,  ramjets  and  rockets.  The  study  of  the  physical  fundamentals  of  how  ENAE  472    Aerodynamics  III 

these  engines  work  is  called  Flight  Propulsion.  Finally,  all  of  the  above  are  ENAE  473    Aerodynamics  of  High  Speed  Flight 

synthesized  into  one  system  with  a  specific  application— such  as  a  complete  ENAE  488    Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

DC-10  or  a  Skylab— through  a  discipline  called  Aerospace  Vehicle  Design.  ENAE  499    Elective  Research 


College  of  Engineering  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula    107 


Courses  listed  under  2  and  3  above  and  which  are  not  used  to  meet  the 
requirements  of  2  and  3  may  be  elected  to  fulfill  requirement  5. 
6  With  the  exception  of  courses  that  are  designated  as  "not  applicable  as  a 
technical  elective  for  engineering  majors,"  any  3  credit  technical  course  with 
a  course  number  of  300  or  above,  may  be  taken  as  a  technical  elective. 
Courses  available  as  Aerospace  electives  may  be  used  as  the  technical 
elective. 

Coufse  Code  Prefix— ENAE 


Agricultural  Engineering 

Chairman:  Stewart 

Professors:  Green,  Harris 

Associate  Professors:  Felton,  Merkel,  Stewart,  Wheaton 

Assistant  Professors:  Ayars,  Grant,  Johnson,  Ross 

Lecturers:  Frey,  Holton 

Instructors:  Carr,  Smith 

Faculty  Researcti  Associates:  Brinsfield,  Manor 

Agricultural  engineering  utilizes  both  the  physical  and  biological  sciences  to 
help  meet  the  needs  of  our  increasing  world  population  for  food,  natural  fiber  and 
improvement  or  maintenance  of  the  environment.  Scientific  and  engineering 
principles  are  applied  to  the  conservation  and  utilization  of  soil  and  water 
resources  for  food  production  and  recreation;  to  the  utilization  of  energy  to 
Improve  labor  efficiency  and  to  reduce  laborious  and  menial  tasks;  to  the  design 
of  structures  and  equipment  for  housing  or  handling  of  plants  and  animals  to 
optimize  grovrth  potential;  to  the  design  of  residences  to  improve  the  standard  of 
living  for  the  rural  population;  to  the  development  of  methods  and  equipment  to 
maintain  or  increase  the  quality  of  food  and  natural  fiber;  to  the  flow  of  supplies 
and  equipment  to  the  agricultural  and  acquacultural  production  units;  and  to  the 
flow  of  products  from  the  production  units  and  the  processing  plants  to  the 
consumer.  The  agricultural  engineer  places  emphasis  on  maintaining  a  high 
quality  environment  as  they  work  toward  developing  efficient  and  economical 
engineering  solutions. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Freshman  Year 

MATH  140,  141-Analysis  I,  II 4  4 

CHEM  103,  104-College  Chem.  I,  II 4  4 

BOTN  101  or  ZOOL  101 4 

ENES  101-lntrod.  Engr.  Science 3 

ENES  110-Statics 3 

PHYS  161-General  Physics  1 3 

General  Univ.  Requirements** ^ 3   3 

Total 18        17 

Sophomore  Year 

MATH  241 -Analysis  III ., 4 

MATH  246-Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  &  Engineers 3 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  220-Mechanics  of  Materigis 3 

ENES  221 -Dynamics 3 

ENME  217-Thermodynamics 3 

Free  Elective 3 

General  Univ.  Requirements'* 3   3 

Total 17        16 

In  general  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 

level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

MATH  241  and  MATH  246. 
Junior  Year 

ENME  300-Materials  Science  and  Engineering 3 

ENME  342-Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENEE  300-Prin.  of  Electrical  Engineenng  3 

ENCE  350-Structural  Analysis .       ,  3 

Tech.  Elective* 5  3 

General  Univ.  Requirements**  6   6 

Total 17        15 

Senior  Year 

EN  AG  421 -Power  Systems 3 

ENAG  443-Functional  Design  of  Machines  and  Equipment 3 

ENAG  422-Soil  and  Water  Engr 3 

ENAG  424-Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of  Agricultural  3 

Structures 

ENAG  454-Biological  Process  Engineering 3 

Tech.  Elective 3  3 

Free  Elective 3 


General  Univ.  Requirements" 3   _J 

Total 15        15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 100  -i-  30  GUR 

•Technical  eleclives,  related  lo  field  of  concentralion.  must  be  selected  from  a  departmentally 
approved  list   Eight  credits  must  be  300  level  and  above 

"Students  must  consult  v^ith  departmental  advisors  to  ensure  tlie  selection  of  approphate 
courses  for  their  particular  program  of  study. 

The  undergraduate  curriculum  provides  opportunity  to  prepare  for  many 
interesting  and  challenging  careers  in  design,  management,  research,  education, 
sales,  consulting,  or  international  service.  The  program  of  study  includes  a  broad 
base  of  mathematical,  physical  and  engineering  sciences  combined  with  basic 
biological  sciences.  Twenty  hours  of  electives  gives  flexibility  so  that  a  student 
may  plan  a  program  according  to  his  major  interest. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENAG 

Chemical  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cadman 

Professor  and  Program  Director:  Gomezplata 

Professors:  Beckmann,  Birkner^,  Gentry^,  Regan,  Schroeder',  Smith,  Spain 

Adjunct  Professor:  Bolsaitis 

Associate  Professors:  Gasner,  Hatch 

Assistant  Professors:  Burka,  Finger,  King 

^part-time 

^joint  appointment  with  Civil  Engineering 

^joint  appointment  with  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

The  Chemical  Engineering  Department  offers  programs  in  chemical,  materi- 
als and  nuclear  engineering.  In  addition,  study  programs  in  the  areas  of  applied 
polymer  science,  biological  and  environmental  health  engineering  are  available. 
The  latter  programs  are  interdisciplinary  with  other  departments  of  the  University. 

The  departmental  programs  prepare  an  undergraduate  for  continued  gradu- 
ate study  or  immediate  industrial  employment  following  the  baccalaureate 
■  gree. 

The  chemical  engineering  program  involves  the  application  of  sound  engi- 
neering and  economic  principles— and  basic  sciences  of  mathematics,  physics 
and  chemistry— to  process  industries  concerned  with  the  chemical  transforma- 
tion of  matter.  The  chemical  engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with  research  and 
process  development  leading  to  new  chemical  process  ventures  or  a  better 
understanding  of  existing  ones;  with  the  efficient  operation  of  the  complete 
chemical  plant  or  its  component  units;  with  the  technical  services  engineering 
required  for  improving  and  understanding  chemical  plant  operation  and  the 
products  produced;  with  the  chemical  sales  and  economic  distribution  of  the 
chemical  plant  product;  and  with  the  general  management  and  executive 
direction  of  chemical  process  industry  plants  and  industrial  complexes. 

Because  of  this  wide  range  of  ultimate  applications,  the  chemical  engineer 
finds  interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  such  varied  fields  as 
chemical  (inorganic  and  organic),  food  processing  and  manufacture,  metallurgi- 
cal, nuclear  and  energy  conversion,  petroleum  (refining,  production,  or  petro- 
chemical), and  pharmaceutical  industries.  Additional  opportunities  are  presented 
by  the  research  and  development  activities  of  many  public  and  private  research 
institutes  and  allied  agencies. 

Sophomore  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

MATH  241 -Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246-Differential  Equations 3 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  230-lntro.  to  Materials  and  their  Applications 3 

CHEM  201,  203-College  Chem.  Ill,  IV 3  3 

CHEM  204-College  Chemistry  Lab  IV 2 

ENCH  215-Chem.  Engr.  Analysis 3 

ENCH  280-Transport  Processes  I:  Fluid  Mechanics 2 

General  University  Requirements 3   

Total 17        17 

In  general  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 

level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

MATH  241  and  MATH  246. 
Junior  Year 

ENCH  300-Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics 3 

ENCH  440-Chemical  Engr.  Kinetics 3 

ENCH  442-Chemical  Engr.  Systems  Analysis  and  Dynamics 3 

CHEM  481,  482-Physical  Chemistry 3  3 

CHEM  430-Chemical  Measurements  Lab  1 3 

ENCH  425,  427-Transport  Process  II:  Heat  Transfer;  III:  Mass  3 

Transfer 3 

ENEE  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements 3   6 

Total 18        18 


108    College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


Senior  Year 

ENCH  437-Chemical  Engineering  Lab : 3 

ENCH  444-Process  Engr.  Economics  and  Design  1 3 

ENCH  446-Process  Engr.  Econ.  and  Design  II 3 

ENCH  333-Seminar 1 

Technical  Electives 6  5 

General  University  Requirements 3   6 

Total 15  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 104  +  30  GUR. 

Two  courses  must  be  selected  from  a  single  area  of  concentration  listed  below. 
One  of  the  courses  must  be  a  laboratory  type  course.  In  addition,  credits  in  ENCH 
468-Research,  if  chosen  as  a  technical  elective,  must  be  taken  in  the  area  of 
concentration. 

Biomedical  Engineering 

ENCH  482    Biochemical  Engineering  (3) 

ENCH  485    Biochemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (2) 


Polymers 


ENCH  490 
ENCH  492 
ENCH  494 
ENCH  495 


Introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3) 
Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of  Polymers  (3) 
Polymer  Technology  Laboratory  (2) 
Rheology  of  Polymer  l^aterials  (3) 


Chemical  Processing 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Development  (3) 
ENCH  461  Control  of  Air  Pollution  Sources  (3) 
ENCH  455    Chemical  Process  Laboratory  (2) 

Processing  Analysis  and  Optimization 

ENCH  452    Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (counts  as  Lab)  (3) 
ENCH  453    Applied  IVIathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering  (3) 
ENCH  454    Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization  (3) 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENCH 

Civil  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Ragan 

Professors:  Birkner,  Carter,  Heins,  Lepper,  Sternberg 

Associate  Professors:  Albrecht,  Colville,  Garber,  McCuen,  Mullinazzi,  Piper, 

Witczak 

Assistant  Professors:  Aggour,  Alleman,  Derucher,  Saklas,  Schonfeld,  Vannoy 

Visiting  Professors:  Rib  (part-time),  Schelling 

Lecturers  (part-time):  Cournyn,  Otts,  Rajan,  Wedding 

Civil  Engineering  Curriculum. 

Civil  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  planning,  design,  construction  and 
operation  of  large  facilities  associated  with  man's  environment.  Civil  engineers 
specialize  in  such  areas  as  environmental  engineering,  transportation  systems, 
structures,  water  resource  development,  water  supply  and  pollution  control, 
urban  and  regional  planning,  construction  management,  and  air  pollution  control. 
Ivlany  civil  engineers  enter  private  practice  as  consulting  engineers  or  start  their 
own  businesses  in  the  construction  industry.  Others  pursue  careers  with  local, 
state,  and  federal  agencies  or  with  large  corporations. 

The  undergraduate  program  is  founded  on  the  basic  sciences  and  emphasiz- 
es the  development  of  a  high  degree  of  technical  competence.  The  program 
orients  the  student  toward  computer-aided  design  techniques  and  prepares  the 
student  to  incorporate  new  concepts  that  will  develop  dunng  his  or  her 
professional  career.  Further,  the  program  stresses  the  balance  between  technical 
efficiency  and  the  needs  of  society.  The  graduate  is  prepared  to  enter  one  of  the 
areas  mentioned  above,  or  he  or  she  can  move  into  new  areas  of  specialization 
such  as  oceanographic  engineering  or  the  development  of  facilities  for  extra- 
terrestrial environments. 

At  no  time  has  man  been  more  concerned  with  the  quality  of  the  environment. 
Man  IS  concerned  with  broad  environmental  problems  such  as  pollution  and  the 
operation  of  transportation  systems,  Man  is  also  concerned  with  problems  such 
as  a  need  for  new  approaches  in  the  design  and  construction  of  buildings.  The 
civil  engineenng  profession  faces  the  greatest  challenge  in  its  history  as  it 
assumes  a  central  role  in  the  solution  of  the  physical  problems  facing  the  urban- 
regional  complex. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

4 


MATH  246-Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engineers ^ 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics  II,  III 4 

ENES  220-Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221 -Dynamics 

ENCE  280-Engineehng  Sun/ey  Measurements 3 

ENCE  221 -Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineering 

General  Univ.  Requirements r. ; 3 

Total 17 

In  general,  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 
level  engineering  subjects  until  and 
unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 
MATH  241  and  MATH  246. 
Junior  Year 

ENCE  300-Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENCE  330-Basic  Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENCE  340-Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics 

ENCE  350,  351 -Structural  Analysis  and  Design  1,  II 3 

ENCE  360-Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Programming 4 

ENCE  370-Fundamentals  of  Transportation  Engineehng^ 3 

ENME  320-Thermodynamics 


ENCH  300-Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics.. 
ENCE-Technical  Elective  (Group  A,  B,  C.  or  D)* 

General  Univ.  Requirements 

Total 


16 

Senior  Year 

ENCE-Technical  Elective  (Group  A,  B,  C,  or  D)* 7 

ENCE-Technical  Elective  (Group  E,  F,  or  G)* •**3 

ENEE  300-Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Technical  Elective** 

General  Univ.  Requirements 6 

Total 16 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 102  +  30  GUR 

'  See  notes  concerning  Technical  Electives. 

"One  course  from  available  Technical  Electives  in  Civil  Engineering  or  approved  Technical 

Elective  outside  department. 

•*•  These  numbers  represent  Ihree-semesler-credit courses. 

Additional  semester  credits  will  be  involved  to  the  extent  that  courses  carrying  more  than  three 

credits  are  selected. 

Notes  Concerning  Tectinical  Electives  in  Civil  Engineering 

A  minimum  of  22  credit  hours  of  technical  electives  are  required  as  follows: 

(1)  All  3  courses  from  one  area  of  concentration  A,  B,  C,  D  or  E 

(2)  Any  4  courses  from  the  entire  technical  list,  such  that  the  following  is  met: 

(a)  One  course  must  be  from  Area  F 

(b)  No  more  than  2  courses  within  any  area  of  concentration  A,  B,  C,  D,  E  or 
F 

Areas  of  Concentration 


(A)  Structures 

ENCE  450  (3) 
ENCE  451  (4) 
ENCE  460  (3) 

(C)  Environmental 

ENCE  433  (3) 
ENCE  434  (3) 
ENCE  435  (4) 

(E)  Geotechnical 

ENCE  440  (4) 
ENCE  441  (3) 
ENCE  442  (3) 


Course  Code  Prefix— ENCE 


(B)  Water  Resources 

ENCE  430  (4) 
ENCE  431  (3) 
ENCE  432  (3) 

(D)  Transportation 

ENCE  470  (4) 
ENCE  473  (3) 
ENCE  474  (3) 

(F)  Support  Courses 

ENCE  410  (3) 
ENCE  420  (3) 
ENCE  421  (3) 
ENCE  461  (3) 
ENCE  463  (3) 
ENCE  489  (3) 


Sophomore  Year 


MATH  241 -Analysis  I 


Electrical  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Harger 

Professors:  Chu,  Davisson,  DeClaris,  Hochuli,  Ligomenides,  Lin,  Newcomb, 

Reiser  and  Taylor 

Associate  Professors:  Baras,  Basham,  Emad,  Ephremides,  Lee,  Levine, 

Pugsley,  Rhee,  Silio,  Simons,  Tretter,  Zajac  and  Zaki 

Assistant  Professors:  Conn,  Davis,  Desller,  Striffler,  Wang  and  Yee 

The  program  in  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  features  flexibility  by 
means  of  a  broad  elective  structure  (inside  and  outside  the  Department).  The 
student  may  attain  breadth  or  specialization  as  he  chooses. 


College  of  Engineering  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula    109 


Areas  stressed  include  such  fields  as:  electronics,  integrated  circuits,  solid 
state  devices,  lasers,  communication  engineering,  information  theory  and  coding 
engineering,  system  theory,  computer  software  and  hardware,  particle  accelera- 
tors, electromechanical  transducers,  energy  conversion,  electrical  engineering, 
and  many  others. 

Apprenticeship  programs  allow  qualified  undergraduate  students  to  work  with 
research  laboratory  directors  in  the  Department,  thus  giving  the  student  a  chance 
for  a  unique  experience  in  research  and  engineering  design. 

Projects  in  Electrical  Engineering  allow  undergraduate  students  to  do 
independent  study  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  in  an  area  of  mutual 
interest. 

The  technological  problems  and  needs  of  society  are  becoming  steadily  more 
complex.  The  engineer  is  the  intermediary  between  science  and  society.  To  solve 
the  problems  of  modern  society  he  must  fully  understand  the  most  modern 
devices  and  methodologies  available.  To  find  the  best  solution  he  must  have  a 
broad  education.  To  find  a  solution  that  is  also  acceptable  to  society  he  must  be 
concerned  with  the  economic,  ecologic  and  human  factors  involved  in  the 
problem.  Finally,  current  problems  frequently  require  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
advanced  mathematics  and  physics. 

The  curriculum  of  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  reflects  the  diverse 
requirements  cited  above.  A  basic  mathematical,  physical  and  engineering 
sciences  foundation  is  established  in  the  first  two  years.  Once  this  foundation  is 
established,  the  large  number  of  Electrical  Engineering  courses  and  the  flexibility 
of  the  elective  system  allow  a  student  to  specialize  or  diversify  and  to  prepare  for 
a  career  either  as  a  practicing  engineer  or  for  more  theoretically  oriented 
graduate  work. 

To  go  along  with  this  freedom,  the  Department  has  a  system  of  undergradu- 
ate advising.  The  student  is  encouraged  to  discuss  his  program  and  career  plans 
with  his  advisor  in  order  to  get  maximum  benefit  from  the  curriculum. 

Sophomore  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

IvIATH  246-Differential  Equations 3 

I^ATH  241-Analysis  III 4 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  240-Engineering  Computation 3 

ENES  221-Dynamics 3 

ENEE  204-Systems  and  Circuits  1 3 

ENEE  250-Computer  Structures.- 3 

Total 17        16 

In  general  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 

level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

MATH  241  and  IVIATH  246. 
Junior  Year 

IvIATH  xxx-(Elect.  Advanced  f^^ath*  I) 3 

ENEE  322-Signal  and  System  Theory ; 3 

ENEE  380-Electromagnetic  Theory 3 

ENEE  381 -Elect.  Wave  Propagation 3 

ENEE  304-Systems  &  Circuits  II 3 

ENEE  305-Fundamental  Laboratory 2 

ENEE  324-Engineering  Probability 3 

ENEE  314-Electronic  Circuits 3 

ENEE  xxx-Advanced  Elective  Lab*  I 2 

Electives'1 3 

General  University  Requirements 3   3 

Total 17        17 

Senior  Year 

Electives*  1 9  12 

General  University  Requirements  6   3 

Total., 15  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 101  +  30  GUR. 

'  1  The  29  elective  credits  are  allowed  as  follows:  Three  credits  tor  an  advanced  400  level  math 
elective,  and  two  credits  of  advanced  level  ENEE  laboratory  Of  the  remaining  24  elective 
credits,  a  minimum  of  12  credits  must  be  from  Electrical  Engineering  and  a  minimum  of  nine 
credits  must  be  from  other  fields  of  engineering,  mathematics,  physics  or  from  the  Departmental 
list  of  approved  electives  The  remaining  three  elective  credit  hours  may  be  taken  from  Electrical 
Engineering  or  from  the  Departmental  list  of  approved  electives  Electives  available  in  Electncal 
Engineering  are  described  in  the  course  listings  Any  Electrical  Engineering  course  numbered 
400  to  499,  inclusive,  that  is  not  specifically  excluded  in  its  description  may  be  used  as  part  of  a 
technical  elective  program.  All  other  electives  must  be  of  300  level  or  higher.  If  a  lower  level 
course  (not  specified  as  a  degree  requirement)  is  prerequisite  to  a  300  or  higher  level  elective, 
the  student  should  plan  to  take  such  a  lower  level  course  under  the  General  University 
Requirements;  otherwise,  less  than  300  level  courses  do  not  count  as  technical  electives 
towards  a  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  In  all  cases  the  student's  elective  program  must  be 
approved  by  an  Electrical  Engineering  advisor  and,  in  addition,  by  the  Office  of  Undergraduate 
Studies  of  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department. 

ENEE  Advanced  Elective  Laboratories 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits  Laboratory  (2) 


ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2) 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electncal  Machinery  Laboratory  (1) 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurements  Laboratory  (2) 

Throughout  the  year  students  are  urged  to  contact  the  Electrical  Engineering 

Office  of  Undergraduate  Studies  for  advice  or  any  other  matter  related  to  their 

studies.  The  Electrical  Engineering  Undergraduate  Office  is  located  in  Room 

J-2171. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENEE 

Engineering  Sciences 

Engineering  science  courses  represent  a  common  core  of  basic  material 
offered  to  students  of  several  different  departments.  All  freshman  and  sopho- 
more students  of  engineering  are  required  to  take  ENES  101,  and  ENES  110. 
Other  ENES  courses  220,  221,  230  and  240  are  specified  by  the  different 
departments  or  taken  by  the  student  as  electives.  The  responsibility  for  teaching 
the  engineering  science  courses  is  divided  among  the  aerospace,  civil,  mechani- 
cal, chemical  and  electrical  engineering  departments.  In  addition  to  the  core 
courses  noted  above,  several  courses  of  general  interest  to  engineering  or  non- 
engineehng  students  have  been  given  ENES  designations. 

Fire  Protection  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Bryan 
Associate  Professor:  Hickey 
Assistant  Professor:  Watts 
Lecturers  (part-time):  Hicks,  Walton 

Fire  protection  engineering  is  concerned  with  the  scientific  and  technical 
problems  of  preventing  loss  of  life  and  property  from  fire,  explosion  and  related 
hazards,  and  of  evaluating  and  eliminating  hazardous  conditions. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  fire  protection  engineering  are  relatively  well- 
defined  and  the  application  of  these  principles  to  a  modern  industrialized  society 
has  become  a  specialized  activity.  Control  of  the  hazards  in  manufacturing 
processes  calls  for  an  understanding  not  only  of  measures  for  the  protection  but 
of  the  processes  themselves.  Often  the  most  effective  solution  to  the  problem  of 
safeguarding  a  hazardous  operation  lies  in  the  modification  of  special  extinguish- 
ing equipment.  The  fire  protection  engineer  must  be  prepared  to  decide  in  any 
given  case  what  is  the  best  and  most  economical  solution  of  the  fire  prevention 
problem.  His  or  her  recommendations  are  often  based  not  only  on  sound 
principles  of  fire  protection  but  on  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  special 
problems  of  the  individual  property. 

Modern  fire  protection  utilizes  a  wide  variety  of  mechanical  and  electrical 
equipment  which  the  student  must  understand  in  phnciple  before  he  or  she  can 
apply  them  to  special  problems.  The  fire  protection  curriculum  emphasizes  the 
scientific,  technical  and  humanitarian  aspects  of  fire  protection  engineering  and 
the  development  of  the  individual  student. 

The  problems  and  challenges  which  confront  the  fire  protection  engineer 
include  the  reduction  and  control  of  fire  hazards  due  to  processes  subject  to  fire 
or  explosion  in  respect  to  design,  installation  and  handling,  involving  both 
physical  and  human  factors;  the  use  of  buildings  and  transportation  facilities  to 
restrict  the  spread  of  fire  and  to  facilitate  the  escape  of  occupants  in  case  of  fire; 
the  design,  installation  and  maintenance  of  fire  detection  and  extinguishing 
devices  and  systems;  and  the  organization  and  education  of  persons  for  fire 
prevention  anid  fire  protection. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
I  II 

Sophomore  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

MATH  240-Linear  Algebra    '■ 
or 

MATH  241-Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246-Differential  Equations 3 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  221-Dynamics 3 

ENES  220-Mechanics  of  Matehals 3 

ENFP  251 -Introduction  to  Fire  Protection  Engineering 3 

ENFP  280-Urban  Fire  Problem  Analysis 3 

Total 17        16 

In  general  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 
level  engineering  subjects  until  and 
unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 
MATH  241  and  MATH  246. 
Junior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

CMSC  110-Elementary  Algorithmic  Analysis 

or 

ENES  240-Engineering  Computation 3 


1 10    College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


ENME  320-Thermodynamics 


ENCH  300-Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics 3 

ENCE  300-Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 
or 

ENME  300-Materials  Science  and  Engineering 3 

ENCE  330-Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENFP  312-Fire  Protection  Fluids 3 

ENFP  310-Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  1 3 

ENFP  320-Pyrometrics  of  Materials 3 

ENFP  321 -Functional  and  Structural  Evaluation 3 

Approved  Electives .^ 2   2 

Total 17        17 

Senior  Year 

General  Univer.  Requirements 3  6 

ENNU  310-Environmental  Aspects  of  Nuclear  Engineering 3 

or 

ENEE  300-Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 

ENFP  414-Ufe  Safety  Systems  Analysis 3 

ENFP  411-Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis 3 

ENFP  415-Fire  Protection  System  Design  II 3 

ENFP  416-Problem  Synthesis  and  Design 3 

Technical  Electives* 3   3 

Total 15        15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 101  +  30  GUR 

•Three  credits  of  technical  electives  must  be  in  ENFP 
Course  Code  Prefix— ENFP 

Engineering  Materials  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Arsenault' 

Professor  and  Department  Chairman:  Cadman 

Professors:  Armstrong,^  Dieter,^  Marcinkowski,^  Spain' 

Adjunct  Professor:  Kramer 

Assistant  Professor:  Mathers'  ^ 

Associate  Faculty:  Park'' 

'C/iem/ca/  and  Nuclear  Engineering  'Mectianical  Engineering  ^Dean,  College  of 
Engineering  ''Pf}ysics  and  Astronomy 

Engineering  materials  is  the  study  of  the  relationship  between  structure  and 
properties  of  materials.  The  principles  of  physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics  are 
applied  to  metals,  ceramics,  polymers  and  composite  materials  used  in  industrial 
applications.  In  addition  to  the  traditional  area  of  metallurgy,  engineering 
materials  includes  the  fields  of  solid  state  physics  and  polymer  and  materials 
science  and  their  application  to  modern  industrial  problems.  Because  of  the 
extensive  use  of  materials,  the  engineering  student  finds  a  wide  variety  of 
interesting  career  opportunities  in  many  companies  and  laboratories.  Materials 
research  is  particularly  important  in  the  development  of  new  energy-conversion 
systems. 

Programs  of  study  in  engineering  materials  at  the  undergraduate  and 
graduate  level  are  offered  through  the  chemical  and  mechanical  engineering 
departments.  Students  may  use  Engineering  Materials  as  a  field  of  concentration 
in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  Program. 

Students  choosing  materials  engineering  as  their  primary  field  should  submit 
a  program  for  approval  during  their  junior  year.  The  following  is  an  example  of 
such  a  program.  Students  electing  materials  engineering  as  their  secondary  field 
should  seek  advice  from  a  member  of  the  materials  engineering  faculty  prior  to 
their  sophomore  year. 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 
Sophomore  Year  I  II 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3 

MATH  241-Analysis  III 4  3 

MATH  246-Diff.  Equations 3 

PHYS  262,  263-Gen.  Physics 4  4 

ENES  220-Mechanics,  Materials 3 

CHEM  201,  203-College  Chem.  Ill,  IV 3  3 

ENES  230-imroduction  to  Materials  and  Their  Applications 3 

ENME  205-Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Prog 3 

Total 17        16 

In  general  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 

level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

MATH  241  and  MATH  246 
Junior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

CHEM  481,  482-Physical  Chemistry 3  3 


ENMA  300-Materials  Science  and  Engineering 3 

ENMA  301-Materials  Engr.  Laboratory 1 

ENMA  462-Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  463-Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder  Process  of  Engineering  3 

Materials 

ENMA  464-Environmental  Effects  on  Engineering  Materials 3 

Minor  Courses 3  3 

Technical  Electives 3 

Total 16  18 

Senior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 6          6 

ENMA  470-Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  471-Phys.  Chem.  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  472-Technology  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

ENMA  473-Processing  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

Minor  Courses 3          3 

Technical  Electives .; 3 

Total 15        18 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 104+30  GUR. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENIUIA 

Mechanical  Engineering 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Cunniff 

Professors:  Allen,  Anand,  Armstrong,  Berger,  Buckley,  Dally,  Dieter,  Fourney, 

Hsu,  Jackson,  (Emeritus),  Marcinkowski,  Marks,  Sallet,  Sayre,  Shreeve,  Talaat, 

Weske  (Emeritus),  Wockenfuss,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Hayleck,  Holloway,  Kirk,  Kobayashi,  Wallace,  Walston 

Assistant  Professors:  Dagalakis,  Baker,  Metcalf,  Tsui 

Lecturers  (part-time):  Belding,  Berman,  Brandt,  Carpenter,  Coder,  Dawson, 

Hurdis,  Reid,  Smith 

Instructors:  Colucci,  Keydel,  Lindler 

Visiting  Professor  (part-time):  Irwin 

The  primary  function  of  the  mechanical  engineer  is  to  create  devices, 
machines,  structures  or  processes  which  are  used  to  advance  the  welfare  of 
mankind.  Design,  analysis  and  testing  are  the  essential  steps  in  these  develop- 
ments. Of  particular  importance  are  the  aspects  of  engineering  science  and  art 
relating  to  the  generation  and  transmission  of  mechanical  power,  the  establish- 
ment of  both  experimental  and  theoretical  models  of  mechanical  systems,  the 
static  and  dynamic  behavior  of  fluids  and  the  optimization  of  materials  in  design. 
Emphasis  is  also  given  to  the  proper  coordination  and  management  of  facilities 
and  personnel  to  achieve  a  successful  product  or  service. 

The  responsibility  of  the  mechanical  engineering  profession  is  extremely 
broad.  The  following  divisions  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers 
indicate  many  of  the  technical  areas  in  which  the  mechanical  engineer  may  work: 
air  pollution,  applied  mechanics,  automatic  controls,  aviation  and  space, 
biomechanical  and  human  factors,  design  engineering,  diesel  and  gas  engine 
power,  energetics,  fluids  engineering,  fuels,  gas  turbine,  heat  transfer,  manage- 
ment materials  handling,  metals  engineering,  nuclear  engineering,  petroleum, 
power,  pressure  vessels  and  piping,  process  industries,  railroad,  rubber  and 
plastics,  safety,  solar  energy,  textiles  and  undenwater  technology. 

There  are  many  career  opportunities  in  all  of  these  fields.  In  particular,  the 
areas  of  design,  systems  analysis,  management,  consulting,  research,  mainte- 
nance, production,  teaching  and  sales  offer  challenging  and  rewarding  futures. 

Because  of  the  wide  variety  of  professional  opportunities  available  to  the 
mechanical  engineer,  the  curriculum  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  a 
thorough  training  in  basic  fundamentals  including  physics,  chemistry,  mathemat- 
ics, mechanics,  thermodynamics,  materials,  heat  transfer,  electronics,  power  and 
design.  The  curriculum  leads  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  Mechanical 
Engineering  which  is  usually  sufficient  for  early  career  opportunities  in  industry  or 
the  government.  Advanced  graduate  programs  are  available  for  continued  study 
leading  to  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 


Sophomore  Year 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


I 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3 

MATH  241-Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246-Differential  Equations 

PHYS  262,  263-General  Physics  II,  III 4 

ENES  220-Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

ENES  221-Dynamics 

ENME  205-Engr.  Anal.  &  Cptr.  Prog 3 

ENME  21 7-Thermodynamics 

Total 17 

In  general,  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 
level  engineering  subjects  until  and 
unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 
MATH  241. 


College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula    111 


Junior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirennents 3  6 

ENEE  300-Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

ENEE  301 -Electrical  Engr.  Lab 1 

ENME  300-Materials  Engr 3 

ENME  301-Materials  Engr.  Lab 1 

ENME  315-lntermecl.  Thermodynamics 3 

ENME  321-Transfer  Processes 3 

ENME  342-Fluid  Mechanics 3 

ENME  343-Fluid  Mechanics  Lab 1 

ENME  360-Dynamics  of  Machinery 3 

ENME  381 -Measurements  Laboratory 3 

Total 17        16 

Senior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

ENME  400-Machine  Design 3 

ENME  403-Automatic  Controls 3 

ENME  404-Mech.  Engr.  Systems  Design 4 

ENME  405-Energy  Conversion  Design 3 

ENME  480-Engr,  Expehmentation 3 

Technical  Elective  (Design  Group) 3* 

Technical  Elective ,. 3   3 

Total 15        16 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 101  +  30  GUR 

*   Design  oriented  elective  approved  by  Dept.  Chrm. 

Technical  Electives 

ENME  410-Operations  Research  I  (3) 

ENME  411 -Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering  (3) 

ENME  412-Mechanical  Design  for  Manufacturing  and 

Production  (3) 
ENME  415-Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Energy  (3) 
ENME  422-Energy  Conversion  II  (3) 
ENME  423-Environmental  Engineering  (3) 
ENME  424-Advanced  Thermodynamics  (3) 
ENME  442-Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3) 
ENME  450-Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  for  the 

Oceanic  Environment  (3) 
ENME  451 -Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  for 

Underwater  Operations  (3) 
ENME  452-Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography  (3) 
ENME  453-Ocean  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulences  (3) 
ENME  461 -Dynamics  II  (3) 
ENME  462-lntroduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics  (3) 
ENME  463-Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 
ENME  464-Machine  Design  II  (3) 
ENME  465-lntroductory  Fracture  Mechanics  (3) 
ENME  488-Special  Problems  (3) 
ENME  489-Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering  (3) 

In  the  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  there  are  several  divisions  of 
specialization  which  include:  design  and  system  analysis,  energy  conversion, 
solid  and  fluid  mechanics  and  materials.  The  undergraduate  student  may  select 
technical  electives  from  one  or  more  of  these  areas  of  specialization.  Students 
planning  to  continue  on  in  the  graduate  program  should  preferably  choose 
electives  to  provide  the  best  background  for  their  major  area.  The  subject 
material  of  interest  to  each  field  of  specialization  is: 

I.  Industrial  and  Systems  Engineering 

a.  Systems  design 

b.  Systems  analysis 

c.  Operations  research 

d.  Engineering  management 

II.  Energy 

a.  Thermodynamics 

b.  Heat  transfer 

c.  Energy  conversion 

d.  Solar  energy 

III.  Fluid  Mechanics 

a.  Compressible  and  incompressible  flow 

b.  Viscous  flow 

c.  Hydrodynamics 

d.  Marine  and  ocean  engineering 

IV.  Solid  Mechanics 

a.  Continuum  mechanics 

b.  Dynamics,  vibrations  and  acoustics 

c.  Elasticity,  plasticity  and  viscoelasticity 

d.  Plates,  shells  and  structures 

e.  Experimental  mechanics 

V.  Materials 


See  listing  under  Engineering  Materials  section. 
Opportunities  are  also  available  for  students  to  take  advanced  work  in 
engineering  management,  operations  research,  manne  and  ocean  engineering, 
bio-mechanical  engineering,  environmental  engineering,  acoustics,  bio-mechan- 
ics and  expenmental  stress  analysis. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENME 

Nuclear  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Munno 

Professor  and  Department  Chairman:  Cadman 

Professors:  Duffey,  Silverman^ 

Associate  Professors:  Almenas,  Roush,'  Sheaks 

^Joint  appointment  with  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
^Director,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

Nuclear  engineering  deals  with  the  practical  use  of  nuclear  energy  from 
nuclear  fission,  fusion  and  radioisotope  sources.  The  major  use  of  nuclear  energy 
is  in  electric  power  generation.  Other  uses  are  in  the  areas  of  chemical 
processing,  medicine,  instrumentation,  and  isotope  tracer  analysis.  The  nuclear 
engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with  the  design  and  operation  of  energy 
conversion  devices  ranging  from  very  large  reactors  to  miniature  nuclear 
batteries,  and  with  the  use  of  nuclear  reactions  in  many  environmental,  biological 
and  chemical  processes.  Because  of  the  wide  range  of  uses  for  nuclear  systems, 
the  nuclear  engineers  finds  interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  a 
variety  of  companies  and  laboratories. 

Programs  of  study  in  nuclear  engineering  at  the  undergraduate  and  graduate 
level  are  offered  through  the  chemical  engineering  department.  Students  may 
use  nuclear  engineering  as  a  field  of  concentration  in  the  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Engineering  program. 

Students  choosing  nuclear  engineering  as  their  primary  field  should  submit  a 
program  for  approval  during  their  junior  year.  The  following  is  an  example  of  such 
a  program.  Students  electing  nuclear  engineering  as  their  secondary  field  should 
seek  advice  from  a  member  of  the  nuclear  engineering  faculty  prior  to  their 
sophomore  year. 

Sophomore  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

MATH  241 -Analysis  III 4 

MATH  246-Ditf.  Equations 3 

PHYS262,  263-General  Physics 4  4 

ENES  230-Materials  Science 3 

ENES  240-Engr.  Computation 3 

Secondary  Field  Electives 3 

ENNU  215-tntrod.  to  Nuclear  Tech 3 

Total 17        16 

In  general,  students  should  not  register  for  300-400 

level  engineering  subjects  until  and 

unless  they  have  satisfactorily  completed 

MATH  241. 
Junior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  6 

ENNU  440-Nuclear  Tech.  Lab 3 

ENNU  450-Reactor  Eng.  1 3 

PHYS  420-lntrod.  to  Mod,  Physics 3 

Second  Field  Courses 3  3 

ENNU  455-Reactor  Engr.  II 3 

ENNU  460-Nuc.  Heat  Trans 3 

ENMA  464-Environ.  Effects  on  Engr.  Materials .^ 3 

Total 15        18 

Senior  Year 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 

ENNU  electives 3  3 

Secondary  field  courses 3  3 

Technical  electives 3  3 

ENNU  480-Reactor  Core  Design 3 

ENNU  490-Nuc.  Fuel  Cycle  and  Management 3 

ENES  elective 3 

Total 18  15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 102  -i-  30  GUR. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ENNU 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology 

Mechanical  engineering  is  a  part  of  the  spectrum  of  technical  education 
extending  from  the  skilled  craftsman  to  the  professional  mechanical  engineer. 
The  mechanical  engineering  technologist  is  located  nearest  the  engineer  and 


112    College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula 


applies  scientific  and  engineering  principles  in  supporting  engineering  activities  in 
both  government  and  Industnes.  Students  completing  this  program  normally 
pursue  their  careers  as  engineering  technologists  working  in  production,  mainte- 
nance, quality  control,  prototype  testing  or  sales. 

High  school  seniors  interested  in  mechanical  engineering  technology  are 
encouraged  to  enroll  in  a  community  college  program.  The  community  colleges 
provide  the  first  two  years  of  the  program  and  award  students  an  Associate  of 
Arts  Degree.  The  second  two  years  of  a  four-year  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  In 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  are  taken  at  the  College  Park  Campus. 

Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  Curriculum 

Junior  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  It 

ETTS  221 -Dynamics 3 

ETME  210-Applled  Thermodynamics 3 

ETH/1E  380-Applled  tvlath  In  Engr 3 

ETME  330-Machlne  Design  Technology  i 3 

General  University  Requirements ^ 3 

Total 15 

ETME  320-Fluld  Mechanics  Technology 3 

ETME  343-Fluld  Mechanics  Lab 1 

ETME  315-Heat  Transfer  Technology 3 

ETME  335-Machlne  Design  Technology  II 3 

ETME  370-lndustrlal  Engrlneering  Tecfinology 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Total 16 

Senior  Year 

ETME  325-lnstrumentatlon  and  Measurements 4 

ETME  350-Mechanlcal  Systems  Design 3 

ETME  345-Vibratlons 3 

ETME— Technical  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Total 16 

ETME  355-Mech.  Systems  Design  Project 3 

ETME  375-Applled  Operations  Research 3 

ETME— Energy  Related  Technical  Elective 3 

ETME— Technical  Elective 3 

General  University  Requirements 3 

Total 15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 90  -i-  30  GUR. 

'Students  transferring  equivalent  courses  as  part  of  their  first  two  year's  credits  may  make 
appropriate  substitutions.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  students  complete  thermodynamics 
before  entering  the  junior  year.  If  this  is  not  feasible,  they  must  take  ETME  210  during  the  first 
semester.  t1  is  recommended  that  students  complete  an  equivalent  computer  programming 
course  before  starting  the  junior  year.  Students  who  have  not  taken  computer  programming  by 
the  end  of  their  junior  year  must  take  programming  in  lieu  of  a  technical  elective. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ETME 

Urban  Studies-Fire  Science 

The  provision  of  a  major  field  of  specialization  In  Fire  Science  for  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  Degree  In  Urban  Studies  is  designed  to  meet  the  professional 
educational  needs  and  objectives  of  fire  service  personnel.  The  broad  Interdisci- 
plinary nature  of  the  Urban  Studies  program  will  provide  public  fire  safety 
personnel  with  a  technical  background  and  understanding  of  urban  considera- 
tions In  public  fire  safety. 

High  school  seniors  interested  in  the  field  of  fire  science  are  encouraged  to 
enroll  in  a  community  college  program.  The  Urban  Studles-FIre  Science  Degree 
program  requires  that  an  individual  complete  an  approved  associate  degree 
program  In  Fire  Science.  The  upper  division  of  a  four-year  program  leading  to  a 
B.S.  In  Urban  Studles-FIre  Science  Is  taken  at  the  College  Park  Campus. 

The  upper  division  fire  science  courses  are  structured  to  build  on  fundamental 
concepts  developed  at  the  community  college  level.  The  primary  focus  of  these 
courses  Is  the  analysis  of  current  tecfinology  In  fire  protection,  urban  fire  service 
delivery  criteria,  and  research  for  the  improved  provision  of  public  fire  safety. 

Typical  Upper  Division  Program  Example 

Junior  Year  Semester 

Credit  Hours 
I  II 

ETFS  301 -Fire  Safety  Codes  and  Standards 3 

ETFS  302-Urban  Fire  Safety  Analysis  1 3 

URBS  210-Survey  of  the  Field  of  Urban  Studies 3  or 

URBS  260-lntroductlon  to  Urban  Studies 

URBS  320-Clty  and  the  Developing  National  Culture 3 

Physical  Environmental  Specialization 3         3 

General  Univ.  Requirements 3  3 


General  Electlves 3   _3 

Total 15        15 

Senior  Year 

ETFS  303-Urban  Fire  Problem  Analysis  II 3 

ETFS  402-Flre  Safety  Research  and  Transfer 3 

URBS  350-lntroductlon  to  Urban  Field  Study 3  or 

URBS  395-Seminar  In  Urban  Literature 

URBS  430-Urban  Community  and  Urban  Organization 3 

URBS  480-Urban  Theory  and  Simulation 3 

EFTS  405-Technlca!  Problems  Analysis 3 

Physical  Environmental  Specialization 3  3 

General  Univ.  Requirements! 3   3 

Total 15        15 

Minimum  Degree  Credits— 90  +  30  GUR. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ETFS 

Bachelor  of  Science  Degree  in  Engineering 

The  "B.S.— Engineering"  program  is  designed  to  serve  three  primary 
functions:  (1)  to  prepare  those  students  who  wish  to  use  the  breadth  and  depth  of 
their  engineering  education  as  a  preparatory  vehicle  for  entry  into  post- 
baccalaureate  study  In  such  fields  as  medicine,  law,  or  business  administration; 
(2)  to  provide  the  basic  professional  training  for  those  students  who  wish  to 
continue  their  engineering  studies  on  the  graduate  level  In  one  of  the  new 
Interdisciplinary  fields  of  engineering  such  as  environmental  engineering,  bio- 
medical engineering,  systems  engineering,  and  many  others;  and  finally  (3)  to 
educate  those  students  who  do  not  plan  a  normal  professional  career  in  a 
designated  engineering  field  but  wish  to  use  a  broad  engineering  education  so  as 
to  be  better  able  to  serve  In  one  or  more  of  the  many  auxiliary  or  management 
positions  of  engineering  related  industries.  The  program  Is  designed  to  give  the 
maximum  flexibility  for  tailoring  a  program  to  the  specific  future  career  plans  of 
the  student.  To  accomplish  these  objectives,  the  program  has  two  optional  paths: 
an  engineering  option  and  an  applied  science  option. 

The  "Engineering"  option  should  be  particularly  attractive  to  those  students 
contemplating  graduate  study  or  professional  employment  In  the  interdisciplinary 
engineering  fields,  such  as  environmental  engineering,  blo-engineering,  bio- 
medical, and  systems  and  control  engineering,  or  for  preparatory  entry  Into  a 
variety  of  newer  or  Interdisciplinary  areas  of  graduate  study.  For  example,  a 
student  contemplating  graduate  work  in  environmental  engineering  might  com- 
bine chemical  and  civil  engineering  for  his  or  her  program;  a  student  Intrested  In 
systems  and  control  engineering  graduate  work  might  combine  electrical 
engineering  with  aerospace,  chemical,  or  mechanical  engineering. 

The  "Applied  Science"  option  should  be  particularly  attractive  to  those 
students  who  do  not  plan  on  professional  engineering  careers  but  wish  to  use  the 
rational  and  developmental  abilities  fostered  by  an  engineering  education  as  a 
means  of  furthering  career  objectives.  Graduates  of  the  Applied  Science  Option 
may  aspire  to  graduate  work  and  an  ultimate  career  In  a  field  of  science,  law, 
medicine,  business,  or  a  variety  of  other  attractive  opportunities  which  build  on  a 
combination  of  engineering  and  a  field  of  science.  Entrance  requirements  for  law 
and  medical  schools  can  be  met  readily  under  the  format  of  this  program.  In  the 
applied  science  program,  any  field  in  the  University  In  which  the  student  may  earn 
a  B.S.  degree  is  an  acceptable  secondary  science  field,  thus  affording  the 
student  a  maximum  flexibility  of  choice  for  personal  career  planning. 

Listed  below  are  the  minimum  requirements  for  the  B.S.— Engineering  degree 
with  either  an  Engineering  option  or  an  Applied  Science  option.  The  66  semester 
credit  hours  required  for  the  completion  of  the  junior  and  senior  years  Is 
superimposed  upon  the  freshman  and  sophomore  curriculum  of  the  chosen 
primary  field  of  engineering.  The  student,  thus,  does  not  make  a  decision  whether 
to  take  the  designated  or  the  undesignated  degree  In  an  engineering  field  until 
the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  In  fact,  the  student  can  probably  delay  the 
decision  until  the  spring  term  of  the  junior  year  with  little  or  no  sacrifice,  thus 
affording  the  student  ample  time  for  decision.  Either  program  may  be  taken  on 
the  regular  four-year  format  or  under  the  Maryland  Plan  for  Cooperative 
Engineering  Education. 

Junior-Senior  Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  B.S.— Engineering 

Requirements  Engineering  Applied  Science 

Option  Option 

General  Univ.  15  sh.  15  sh. 

Requirements 

Mathematics  Physical         3  sh.  3  sh. 

Scl.  Requirements^ 

Engineering  Sciences''^      6  sh.2  6  sh 

Primary  Field"  24  sh.  (Engr.)  18  sh,(Engr.) 

Secondary  Field  12  sh.(Engr.)  12sh.(Sci.) 

Approved  Electlves^.e  6  sh.  (Tech.)  9  or  10  sh. 

Sr.  Research/ Project  3  or  2  sh. 


TOTAL 


66 


66 


Engineering  Fields  of  Concentration  available  under  the  B.S.-EnglneerIng 
program  as  primary  field  within  either  the  Engineering  option  or  the  Applied 
Science  option  are  as  follows: 


other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula     113 


Aerospace  Engineenng       Electrical  Engineenng 
Aghcultural  Engineering      Engineering  Materials 


Mectuinical  Engineering 
Nudear  Engineering 


Oemai  Engineering 
Civil  Engineering 
Fre  Prcrtection 
Engineering 

All  engineering  fieMs  of  concentration  may  t>e  used  as  a  secondary  field 
irwthin  the  engineering  optioa 

(1)  Engineering  sciences,  fof  tfie  purpose  of  this  degree,  are  those  courses  in 
the  Engineering  College  prefixed  by  ENES,  or.  are  in  an  engineenng  field  not 
the  primary  or  secondary  field  of  engineering  corx^ntrabon. 

(2)  Students  following  tfie  "Engineering"  option  may  use  up  to  six  sh.  of  course 
worit  at  the  100  or  200  course  number  level  in  the  primary  or  the  secondary 
field  of  engineering  concentration  as  an  engineering  science. 

(3)  A  minimun  of  50%  of  the  course  work  in  the  mathematics,  physical 
sciences,  engineering-science  and  elective  areas  must  be  at  the  300  or  400 
come  number  level. 

(4)  Al  of  the  cowses  used  to  fulfW  the  fields  of  concentration  requirements  (36 
sh.  in  the  engineering  option  and  30  in  the  Applied  Sciences  option)  must  be 
at  the  300  course  number  level  or  above. 

(5)  For  the  appfeed  science  option  each  student  is  requred— unless  specifically 
excused,  and  if  excused,  15  sh.  of  approved  electives  will  be  requlre<^to 
satefactixily  complete  a  senior  level  project  or  research  assignment  relating 
the  engineering  and  science  fields  of  concentration. 

(6)  In  the  Engineering  option,  the  6  sh.  of  electives  must  be  technical  (math, 
physical  sciences,  or  engineering  sciences,  but  may  not  be  in  the  primary  or 
secondary  fields  of  concentration).  In  the  Applied  Science  option,  the 
approved  electives  should  be  selected  to  strengthen  the  student's  program 
consistent  with  career  objectives.  Courses  In  the  primary  or  secondary  fields 
of  cor>centration  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  approved  electives  requirement 

General  Regulations  for  the  B.S.— Engineering  Degree.  All  undergraduate 
students  -e-g'"":*  ssec;  ;-e' ■^a'O' 'e  a  s::-s:'-g  department  at  the 
beginning  o'  lie-  se:3"3  yea.'  'ega'^d'ess  o*  wr-ere'  re,  plan  to  proceed  to  a 
designated  or  an  undesigrated  degree.  A  student  wishing  to  elect  the  un- 
designated degree  program  may  do  so  at  any  time  following  the  completion  of  the 
sophomore  year,  or  a  minimum  of  50  earned  credits  towards  any  engineering 
degree,  and  at  least  one  semester  prior  to  the  time  the  student  expects  to  receive 
0\e  baccalaureate  degree.  As  soon  as  the  student  elects  to  seek  an  un- 
designated baccalaureate  degree  in  engineering,  ttie  student's  curriculum  plan- 
ning, giidance  and  counseing  wil  be  the  responsibility  of  the  "Undesignated 
Degree  Program  Advisor"  in  the  primary  field  department  At  least  one  semester 
before  the  expected  degree  is  to  be  granted,  the  student  must  file  an  "Appiication 
for  Admission  to  Candidacy  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineer- 
ing" with  the  Dean's  Office  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  can(fidacy  form 
must  be  approved  by  the  chairman  01  ttie  primary  fiekJ  department  the  primary 
engineering  and  the  secondary  field  advisors  and  the  college  faculty  committee 
on  "Unde^gnated  Degree  Programs."  This  committee  has  the  responsftxlity  for . 
implementing  al  approved  poficies  pertaining  to  this  program  and  reviewing  and 
ati6ng  on  the  carxidacy  forms  fitod  by  the  student 

Specific  Universtty  and  Cotege  academic  regulations  apply  to  this  un- 
designated degree  program  In  the  same  manner  as  they  apply  to  the  conven- 
tionai  designated  degree  programs.  For  example,  the  academic  regulations  of  the 
University  apply  as  stated  in  the  College  Park  Catalog  of  the  University  of 
Maryland,  arxl  the  College  reqiirement  of  2.00  factor  In  the  major  field  during  the 
June  arid  senior  years  apply.  For  the  purpose  of  implementation  of  such 
academic  njles,  the  crecfts  in  the  primary  engineering  field  and  the  credits  In  the 
secondary  field  are  considered  to  count  as  "the  Major"  for  such  academic 
purposes. 

Environmental  Engineering.  Environmental  engineering  is  the  application  of 
basic  e-g  -ee"g  a-:  s-:er)ce  to  the  problem  of  the  errvironment  to  ensure 
opa-^u-  e-.-: — -■:=-  :-airty.  In  recent  years,  humans  have  suffered  a 
::-:'.=  .  :5?-  :•=■ ':  i'.ronmerrt  A  truly  professiortal  engineer  Involved  In 
-T  :■.:.  ;-.  :--;-•=  engineering  must  see  the  total  picture  and  relate  it  to 
a  p="  :.  =•  -  ;-;  .;  -5-  this  be  air  pollution,  water  quality  control,  environ- 
mer;a  -a  ■■  i:  :  ;  :  : jkJ  waste  (tsposal.  The  total  picture  Includes  urban 
systs- ;;;;:-  ; : :  :  ^ : :  -  :Tiic  factors,  water  resource  development,  and  land 
and  '5.-:..-:;  ::-i--  i  :- 

A  s:-:e-:  a":  ;; ;:  ;  r  =  ;  —Engineering  degree  program  can  specialize 
inenv-:--5-  5  e-:  t;  :  :: cer  selection  of  primary  and  secondary  fiekJs 
from  V.e  /■  ce  ue:: ;-  ;  ;:-"i«5  elated  to  environmental  engineering  given  by 
the  vanous  depatnents  m  the  Coilege. 

Engineering-Medicine.  Ajva'ce;  '.echnology  Is  finding  increasingly  sopfiisticat- 
e:  =::  :a:-5  --e::a  :  =  ■-  --  =: -esearch.  Pacemakers,  heart-assist 
:,-:;  ■:-  =  .::•;;-;:  :  a  limbs  are  only  a  few  examples  of 

"i  re  ;■  ;':-er--:  ;-:  t  :  :.,  -  medicine.  In  addition,  diagnostic 
:•:;;:.;=  a-:  rrrr-ee:-;  a.e  been  greatly  enhanced  by  the  use  of 
::-:,a-;  =-;  ay:-:  a;-:  equipment  There  Is  a  growing  need  for 
:-.; :  a-;  a-:  'esei:'e-=  -  re  :.1e  sciences,  having  strong  backgrounds  In 
ar-aa-g  *ho  can  effectively  utilize  these  technologies  and  who  can  work 
A  -  a-:  -ee's  In  research  and  devetopment 


The  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineenng  degree  provides  tne  student  an 
excellent  opportunity  to  develop  a  professional  level  of  competence  m  an 
engineering  discipline  while  at  the  same  time  meeting  the  entrance  requirements 
for  medical  school.  Under  the  Applied  Science  option,  the  student  could  select 
any  engineenng  field  of  most  interest  to  him,  and  his  or  her  secondary  field  would 
usually  be  Chemistry  or  Zoology.  In  addition  to  the  medical  school  entrance 
requirements,  he  or  she  would  complete  12  credits  of  advanced  work  in  his  or  her 
secondary  field. 

Under  the  Engineenng  option,  the  student  would  generally  combine  Chemical 
Engineering  (as  either  pnmary  or  secondary  field)  with  another  engineenng 
discipline.  This  option  allows  the  student  to  complete  more  advanced  work  in  his 
primary  field  of  engineenng  than  does  the  Applied  Science  option.  Either  option 
can  tie  completed  in  a  four-year  period  with  careful  planning  and  scheduling. 


Other  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Science  Departments,  Programs  and 
Curricula 

Applied  Mathematics  Program 

Director  Professor  P,  Wolfe 

Faculty:  Eighty-Five  rfiembers  from  eleven  units  of  the  campus 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program  offers  the  student  an  opportunity  to  orient 
his  selection  of  courses  in  mathematics  to  applications.  The  program  Is 
administered  by  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  and  all  MAPL  courses  carry 
credit  in  mathematics.  An  undergraduate  program  stressing  applied  mathematics 
Is  available  to  majors  in  mathematics  and  such  courses  occur  under  the  MATH 
and  STAT  label  as  well  as  the  MAPL  label.  See  the  Mathematics  listing  for 
details. 

Course  code  prefix — MAPL 

Astronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Acting  Director.  Kundu 

Professors:  Bell,  Erickson,  Ken-,  Rose,  Smith,  Wentzel,  Westerhout, 

Zuckerman 

Professors  (Adjunct  or  part-time):  Brandt,  Opik 

Associate  Professors:  A'Heam,  Hanington,  Matthews,  Zpoy 

/Associate  Professors  (Adjunct  or  part-time):  Clark,  Trimble 

Assistant  Professors:  Eichler,  Scott  Wilson 

The  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  offers  a  major  in  Astronomy.  The 
Astronomy  Program  office  Is  located  in  the  Space  Sciences  Building  Astronomy 
Stijdents  are  given  a  sti^ong  undergraduate  preparation  in  astronomy,  physics  and 
mathematics,  as  well  as  encouragement  to  take  a  wide  range  of  other  liberal  arts 
courses.  The  Astronomy  Program  Is  designed  to  be  quite  flexible,  in  order  to  take 
advantage  of  stijdents'  special  talents  or  interests  after  the  basic  requirements 
for  a  sound  astronomy  education  have  been  met  Students  prepanng  for  graduate 
studies  will  have  an  opportunity  to  choose  from  among  many  advanced  courses 
available  in  astronomy,  mathematics  and  physics.  The  program  is  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  positions  in  governmental  and  industrial  laboratories  and 
ooservatories,  for  graduate  work  In  astronomy  or  related  fields,  and  for  non- 
astronomical  careers  such  as  in  law  or  business. 

Asti^onomy  majors  are  required  to  take  an  inb-oductory  course  in  astronomy. 
This  will  usually  be  ASTR  181,  182.  However  students  with  the  appropriate 
physics  background  could  take  the  one  semester  introductory  course,  ASTR  350, 
instead.  In  addition  ASTR  210  (Practical  Asti^onomy)  and  two  400  level  asti-onomy 
courses  are  required  for  the  major. 

Students  majoring  in  astronomy  are  also  required  to  obtain  a  good  back- 
ground in  physics.  The  normal  required  course  sequence  is  PHYS  191,  192,  293 
and  294  along  with  the  attendent  lab  courses  195, 196,  295  and  296.  In  addition, 
the  student  would  be  required  to  take  PHYS  421-422  or  410-411.  Required 
supporting  courses  are  MATH  140,  141  and  240  or  241  or  246. 

The  program  requires  that  the  student  maintain  an  average  grade  of  C  in  all 
astronomy  courses;  moreover,  the  average  grade  of  all  the  required  physics  and 
mathematics  courses  must  also  be  C  or  better.  Any  student  who  wishes  to  be 
recommended  for  graduate  work  In  astronomy  must  maintain  a  B  average.  He  or 
she  should  also  consider  including  several  additional  advance  courses  beyond 
the  minimum  required,  to  be  selected  from  astronomy,  physics  and  mathematics. 

Detailed  information  on  typical  programs  and  alternatives  to  the  standard 
program  can  be  found  In  the  pamphlet  entitled  "Department  Requirements  for  a 
B.S.  degree  in  Asti^onomy "  which  is  available  from  the  Asti-onomy  Program  offce. 
Note:  Some  changes  in  the  required  program  for  Astronomy  majors  are  under 
discussion.  Check  with  the  Asti-onomy  office  for  further  details. 

Honors  In  Astronomy.  The  Honors  Program  offers  students  of  exceptional 
ability  and  Interest  in  astronomy  an  educational  program  with  a  number  of  special 
opportunities  for  learning.  There  are  n^iany  opportunities  for  part-time  research 


114    Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors 
seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students,  credit  may  be  given  for  independent 
work  or  study;  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit  toward  the 
bachelor's  degree. 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted  by  the  Department's  Honors 
Committee  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other  faculty 
members,  fs^ost  honors  candidates  submit  a  written  report  on  their  research 
project,  which  together  with  an  oral  comprehensive  examination  in  the  senior 
year,  concludes  the  program  which  may  lead  to  graduation  "with  Honors  (or  High 
Honors)  In  Astronomy." 

Courses  for  Non-Science  Majors.  There  are  a  variety  of  Astronomy  courses 
offered  for  those  who  are  interested  in  learning  about  the  subject  but  do  not  wish 
to  major  in  if.  These  courses  do  not  require  any  background  in  mathematics  or 
physics  and  are  geared  especially  to  the  non-science  major.  ASTR  100  is  a 
general  survey  course  that  briefly  covers  all  of  the  major  parts  of  Astronomy. 
ASTR  1 10  is  the  lab  that  can  be  taken  with  or  after  ASTR  100.  Several  300-level 
courses  are  offered  primarily  for  non-science  students  who  want  to  learn  about  a 
particular  field  in  depth.  Such  topics  as  the  Solar  System,  Galaxies  and  the 
Universe  and  Life  in  the  Universe  are  offered. 

Course  Code  Prefix— ASTR 

Computer  Science 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Minker  a 

Professors:  Atchison,  Chu',  Edmundson^,  Kanal^,  Rosenfeld^,  Stewart'" 

Adjunct  Professor:  H.  tvtills  (p.t.) 

Associate  Professors:  Agrawala,  Austing,  Basili,  Hamlet,  Rieger,  Vandergraft, 

Zelkowitz 

Assistant  Professors:  Dowdy,  Gannon,  Gligor,  Jacobs,  Privitera,  Samet,  Zave 

Visiting  Lecturers:  Knott  (p.t.),  Park  (p.t.),  Shankar  (p.t.).  Stockman  (p.t.) 

^Jointly  witti  Electrical  Engineering 

^Jointly  with  Mathematics 

Jointly  with  Computer  Science  Center 

^Jointly  with  the  Institute  of  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

The  Department  of  Computer  Science  offers  a  B.S.  degree  in  Computer 
Science.  The  program  is  designed  to  meet  the  three  broad  objectives  of  service 
to  the  community,  qualification  for  employment,  and  preparation  for  graduate 
work.  It  provides  the  student  with  the  flexibility  to  select  courses  in  areas  of 
individual  interest  and  in  line  with  the  student's  goals  after  graduation. 

Requirements  for  a  Computer  Science  Major 

1 .  A  minimum  of  30  credit  hours  of  CIVISC  courses,  at  least  24  hours  of  which 
are  at  300-400  levels,  with  an  overall  average  of  "C"  or  better. 

2.  Either  of  the  mathematics  calculus  sequences  (MATH  140,  141,  or  fvlATH 
150, 151)  with  at  least  a  "C"  average  as  supporting  course  work.  Additional 
mathematics  and  statistics  courses  are  recommended  but  not  required. 

3.  30  credit  hours  which  satisfy  the  General  University  Requirements  as 
presented  in  the  University  Catalog.  None  of  these  may  be  CI^SC  courses 
or  specified  prerequisites  to  Cfi^SC  courses. 

4.  Electives  to  obtain  at  least  the  minimum  120  hours  needed  for  graduation. 
Students  may  wish  to  choose  their  electives  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of 
another  department's  degree  program  and,  by  so  doing,  qualify  for  a  double 
major. 

Introductory  Computer  Science  Courses.  The  Department  offers  a  choice  of 
courses,  CfvISC  103,  110,  for  students  with  little  or  no  computer  background. 

CMSC  103  is  considered  a  terminal  course  for  nonmajors.  It  provides  an 
introduction  to  the  use  of  a  computer  and  programming  in  the  language 
FORTRAN.  Students  who  complete  CMSC  103  but  want  to  take  additional  CMSC 
courses  should  contact  an  advisor  as  soon  as  possible  to  determine  what 
additional  work  may  be  necessary  to  qualify  for  CMSC  120. 

Non-majors  who  may  want  to  take  additional  CMSC  courses  should  take 
CMSC  110  instead  of  CMSC  103.  The  two  courses  are  of  comparable  difficulty, 
and  the  matenal  is  similar.  As  a  terminal  course,  CMSC  103  attempts  to  cover 
more  topics  but  at  less  depth  than  CMSC  110. 

Majors  should  take  the  CMSC  110,  120  sequence  in  their  first  year.  Those 
students  who  have  programming  background  in  a  language  such  as  FORTRAN 
should  consult  an  advisor  to  determine  if  they  need  to  take  CMSC  1 10  or  if  they 
could  obtain  credit  for  it  by  examination.  Credit  by  examination  is  possible  for 
CMSC  1 10  or  120,  or  for  any  other  undergraduate  level  computer  science  course 
for  which  transfer  credit  has  not  been  given. 

Undergraduate  Computer  Science  Courses.  Beginning  with  courses  at  the  200 
level  each  student  may  arrange  an  individualized  program  by  choosing  areas  of 
interest  within  computer  science  and  then  taking  courses  appropriate  to  those 
areas.  The  Department  offers  the  following  undergraduate  courses  in  the  areas 
indicated:  Applications:  CMSC  475,  477,  480;  Computer  Systems:  CMSC  210, 
311,  411,  412,  415;  Information  Processing:  CMSC  220,  420,  426;  Numerical 
Analysis:  CMSC  460,  470,  471;  Programming  Languages:  CMSC  330,  430,  445; 
and  Theory  of  Computing:  CMSC  250,  450,  452,  455. 

In  addition  special  topics  courses  (CMSC  498)  are  offered  in  one  or  more 
areas  each  semester.  (Graduate  level  courses  are  offered  in  all  of  these  areas  as 
part  of  the  Department's  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degree  programs.) 


The  student  may  choose  from  a  large  variety  of  computer  science  courses  to 
satisfy  the  requirement  of  a  minimum  of  30  credit  hours  of  CMSC  courses.  A 
number  of  advanced  courses  in  computer  science  have  additional  mathematics 
such  as  MATH  240  and  241  as  prerequisites.  Students  who  anticipate  continuing 
their  studies  in  graduate  school  should  complete  the  sequence  MATH  140,  141, 
240,  241,  and  a  statistics  course. 

Sample  Programs 

Sample  programs  indicating  the  variety  of  programs  that  are  possible  include*: 


Area 

Computer  Systems 


Information  Processing 


Programming 
Languages 

Theory  of  Computing 


Numerical  Analysis 


Applications  (Scientific) 


Applications  (Business) 


Applications  (Societal) 


CMSC  Courses 
210,  220,  250,311, 
330,411,412,415, 
420,  430,  452/455 

210,220,  250.311, 
330,  411/412,  420, 
426,  430,  450,  498 

210,220,  250,311, 
330,  420,  430,  445, 
450,  455,  498 

210,250,311,  330, 
411/412,450,452, 
455,  475/477,  498, 

220,311/330,  420, 
450,  470,  471,  475, 
477,  498 

220,  420,  426,  450, 

470,  475,  477,  480, 

498 
210,220,250,  311, 

330,411,  412,420, 

430,  498 

210,220,250,  311, 
330,411,412,420, 
426,  430,  498 


Electives 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT, 
ENEE,  others 

Selected  courses  In 
MATH,  STAT, 
IFSM,  others 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  In. 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 

Selected  courses  in 
MATH,  STAT 


Courses  from  e.g., 
BIOL,  ECON, 
GVPT,  PSYC, 
SOCY 


'All  of  tfiese  programs  include  the  CMSC  110.  120  sequence  during  tfie  first  year. 

>lonors  Program.  A  departmental  honors  program  has  been  developed  to 
provide  an  opportunity  for  selected  undergraduate  students  in  computer  science 
to  begin  scholarly  research  by  conducting  suitable  independent  study  in  a 
direction  and  at  a  pace  not  possible  in  the  customary  lecture  courses.  Students 
are  accepted  into  the  program  after  their  sophomore  year  based  on  their  overall 
academic  performance  in  computer  science  courses  taken. 

At  least  one  course  appropriate  for  departmental  honor  students  is  offered 
each  semester.  An  honors  paper  of  expository  or  research  nature,  representing 
independent  study  on  the  part  of  the  student,  under  guidance  of  and  certified  to 
by  a  member  of  the  professorial  faculty,  must  be  completed  in  addition  to  other 
departmental  requirements. 

Computer  Equipment.  The  department  maintains  a  mini-and  microcomputer 
laboratory  for  instruction  and  research.  The  laboratory  has  three  complete 
PDP— 1 1  /40/45  systems  connected  by  high-speed  lines  to  the  central  Univac 
computers,  a  DEC  GT-40  graphics  terminal,  and  a  graphics  dot-matric  printer.  A 
number  of  microprocessors  are  available,  including  an  LSI— 11.  A  small  shop  is 
well  equipped  with  components  and  test  equipment.  The  laboratory  is  used  for 
hands-on  experience,  particularly  in  operating  system  software.  The  department 
also  has  a  number  of  hard-copy  and  display  terminals  connected  to  the  central 
Univac  computers  (currently  a  UNIVAC  1108  and  11/44  computer  system). 

Course  Code  Prefix— CMSC 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

Professor  an.d  Director:  Silverman 

Professors:  Babuska',  Benedict,  Benesch,  Brush^,  DeRocco,  Dorfman-",  Faller, 

Ferrell",  Gentry,  Ginter,  Goldstein^,  Hubbard",  Karlovitz',  Kellogg',  Koopman, 

Krisher,  Lashinsky,  Olver",  Pai^,  Rosenberg,  Sengers,  Sloan,  Spain^,  Stewart^, 

Tidman,  Wilkerson,  Wu,  Yorke",  Zwanzig 

Adjunct  Professor:  Hudson 

Adjunct  Professors  (part-time):  Aziz',  Montgomery 

Associate  Professors:  Berenstein',  Coplan,  Gammon,  Guernsey,  Johnson^, 

Matthews,  Mcllrath,  Miya,  Plotkin^ 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor  (part-time):  Miller 

Assistant  Professors:  Bernard,  Cheung'",  Kedem',  Kudia',  Liu',  O'Learys, 

Wolpert' 

Assistant  Professors  (visiting  or  part-time):  Lee,  McGee,  Nicoll,  Siren,  Spicer 

Research  Associates:  Basu,  Brey,  Carlson'',  Das,  Durvasala,  Hubbard,  Kan, 

Lebow,  Lee,  Mahon,  Markovic,  Ivlueller,  Nold.  Parsons,  Pianigiani,  Prasad, 

Reinhardt,  Wolf,  Yu^ 

Professors  Emeritus:  Burgers,  Landsberg 


other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula    115 


Vo//7(  with  Mathematics 

'Joint  with  Chemical  Engineering 

3Joint  with  History 

'Joint  with  Physics  &  Astronomy 

^Joint  with  Computer  Science  Department 

^Joint  with  Electrical  Engineering 

''Joint  with  University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County 

'Joint  with  Economics 

^Joint  with  Aerospace  Engineering 

^°Joint  with  Radiology  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine 

The  faculty  members  of  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  are 
engaged  in  the  study  of  pure  and  applied  science  problems  that  are  at  the 
boundaries  between  those  areas  served  by  the  academic  departments.  These 
interdisciplinary  problems  afford  challenging  opportunities  for  thesis  research  and 
classroom  instruction.  Courses  and  thesis  research  guidance  by  the  faculty  of  the 
Institute  are  provided  either  through  the  graduate  program  in  Applied  (Vlathemat- 
ics*  or  under  the  auspices  of  other  departments.  Students  interested  in  studying 
with  Institute  faculty  members  should  direct  inquiries  to  the  Director,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology,  College  Park,  Ivlaryland  20742. 

Current  topics  of  research  interest  at  the  institute  are:  atomic  physics,  a  wide 
variety  of  problems  in  plasma  physics,  statistical  mechanics  of  physical  and  living 
systems,  physics  of  the  upper  atmosphere  and  magnetosphere,  fluid  dynamics, 
physical  oceanography,  various  aspects  of  space  and  planetary  science,  theoreti- 
cal and  applied  numerical  analysis,  control  theory,  epidemiology  and  biomathe- 
matics,  chemical  processes  induced  by  ionizing  radiation,  and  the  history  of 
science.  They  also  include  analysis  of  a  number  of  current  problems  of  interest  to 
society  such  as  mathematical  models  applied  to  public  health,  and  many  diverse 
efforts  in  basic  mathematics. 

The  Institute  sponsors  a  wide  variety  of  seminars  in  the  various  fields  of  its 
Interest.  Principal  among  these  are  the  general  seminars  in  plasma  physics, 
applied  mathematics,  fluid  dynamics,  and  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics. 
Information  about  these  can  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director  or  by  calling  (301) 
454-2636. 

Financial  support  for  qualified  graduate  students  is  available  through  research 
assistantships  funded  by  grants  and  contracts,  and  through  teaching  assistant- 
ships  in  related  academic  departments. 

'See  the  separate  listing  for  ttie  Applied  Mathematics  Program 

Mathematics 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Kirwan 

Professors:  Adams,  Antman,  Auslander,  Babuska***,  Benedetto,  Bernstein, 

Brace,  Chu,  J.  Cohen,  Cook,  Correl,  Douglis,  Edmundson*,  Ehrlich,  Goldberg, 

Goldhaber,  Goldstein,  Good,  Gray,  Greenberg,  Gulick,  Heins,  Horvath, 

Hubbard*",  Hummel,  Kariovitz*'*,  Kellogg'**,  Kleppner,  Lay,  Lehner, 

Lipsman,  Lopez-Escobar,  Markley,  Mikulski,  Olver***,  Osborn,  Pearl,  Reinhart, 

Stellmacher,  Syski,  Vesentini,  Wolfe,  G.  Yang,  Yorke***,  Zaicman,  Zedek 

Associate  Professors:  Alexander,  Berenstein,  Berg,  Cooper,  Dancis,  Ellis, 

Fey**,  Green,  Helzer,  Henkelman**,  Johnson.  Kueker,  Liu,  Neri,  Neumann, 

Owings,  Razar,  Sather,  Schafer,  Schneider,  Smith,  Stewart,  Sweet,  Warner, 

Winkelnkemper 

Assistant  Professors:  Buchner,  Chang,  Currier,  Davidson**,  Fitzpatrick, 

Garbanati,  Herb,  Kedem,  King,  Kudia,  Lee,  Shepherd,  Slud,  Traxler, 

Washington,  Wolpert,  P.  Yang 

Professor  Emeritus:  L.  Cohen 

Instructors:  Alter,  Cleary,  Kilboum,  Vanderslice  (part-time) 

Instructor  and  Administrative  Assistant:  Sorensen 

'Joint  Appointment:  Computer  Science  Center 

"Joint  Appointment:  Department  of  Secondary  Education 

'"Joint  Appointment:  IPST 

The  program  in  mathematics  leads  to  a  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Mathematics  and  offers  students  training  in  mathematics  and  statistics  in 
preparation  for  graduate  work,  teaching  and  positions  in  government  or  industry. 

A  student  intending  to  major  in  mathematics  should  complete  the  introductory 
sequence  MATH  140,  141,  240,  241  or  the  corresponding  honors  sequence 
MATH  150,  151,  250,  251  and  should  have  an  average  grade  of  at  least  B  in 
these  courses. 

Upper  Level  Math  Requirements:  A  mathematics  major  is  required  to  complete 
MATH  410,  41 1 ,  either  403  or  402  and  five  other  upper  division  courses  to  make 
a  total  of  eight  MATH/STAT/MAPL  courses  (24  credits).  A  linear  algebra  course 
is  also  required  and  this  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  one  of  the  following: 
MATH  240,  405,  461,  or  474.  A  grade  of  C  or  better  must  be  presented  for  each 
course  used  to  meet  the  MATH/STAT/MAPL  major  requirements.  With  special 
written  permission  from  the  Undergraduate  Chairman,  given  in  advance,  2  upper 
level  courses  from  selected  Departments  may  be  substituted  for  one  of  the  eight 
upper  level  mathematics  courses  with  the  exception,  that  these  two  courses  may 
not  replace  either  MATH  410  or  MATH  411.  All  Math/Stat  majors  beginning 
Spring,  1979  are  required  to  take  either  Math  143  or  CMSC  1 10  or  any  course  for 
which  CMSC  is  an  official  prerequisite. 


The  requirements  are  detailed  in  a  departmental  brochure  which  is  available 
through  the  Undergraduate  Mathematics  Office.  Appropriate  courses  taken  at 
other  universities  or  through  University  College  may  be  used  to  fulfill  these 
requirements  provided  written  permission  is  given  in  advance  or  transfer  credit 
has  been  approved.  However,  at  least  four  of  the  eight  required  upper  division 
MATH/STAT/MAPL  courses  must  be  taken  in  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

In  addition  to  the  above,  a  mathematics  major  must  include  a  supporting 
course  sequence  with  a  combined  grade  average  of  at  least  C.  A  list  of  approved 
sequences  may  be  obtained  from  the  Mathematics  Undergraduate  Office. 

Within  the  Department  of  Mathematics  there  are  a  number  of  identifiable 
areas  which  a  student  can  pursue  to  suit  his/her  own  goals  and  interests.  They 
are  briefly  described  below.  Note  that  they  do  overlap  and  that  a  student  need 
not  confine  himself/herself  to  one  of  them. 

1.  Pure  Mathematics:  the  courses  which  clearly  belong  in  this  area  are:  MATH 
402,  403,  404,  405,  406,  410,  411,  413,  414,  415,  416,  417,  430,  431,  432, 
433,  436,  444,  446,  447,  450,  490;  STAT:  410,  411.  Students  preparing  for 
graduate  school  in  mathematics  should  include  MATH  403,  404  or  405,  410, 
411,  413  (or  660),  and  432  (or  730)  in  their  programs.  Other  courses  from 
the  above  list  and  graduate  courses  are  also  appropriate. 

2.  Secondary  teaching:  the  following  courses  are  particularly  suited  for 
students  preparing  to  teach  mathematics  at  the  secondary  level:  MATH  402, 
406,  430,  431,  444,  450,  490;  STAT  400,  and  EDSE  372.  (EDSE  372  is 
acceptable  as  one  of  the  eight  upper  level  math  courses  required  for  a 
mathematics  major.)  In  addition  EDHD  300,  EDSF  301,  EDSE  350,  and  330 
are  necessary  to  teach.  Immediately  after  completing  at  least  42  credits,  you 
must  apply  for  and  be  admitted  to  teacher  education. 

3.  Statistics:  For  a  student  with  a  B.A.  seeking  work  requiring  some  statistical 
background,  the  minimal  program  is  STAT  400-401 .  To  work  primarily  as  a 
statistician,  one  should  combine  STAT  400-401  with  at  least  two  more 
statistics  courses,  most  suitably  STAT  450  and  STAT  440.  A  stronger 
sequence  is  STAT  410,  420,  450.  This  offers  a  better  understanding  and 
wider  knowledge  of  statistics  and  is  a  general  purpose  program  (i.e.,  does 
not  specify  one  area  of  application).  For  economics  applications  STAT  400, 
401,  450,  and  MAPL  477  should  be  considered.  For  operations  research 
MAPL  477  and/or  STAT  411  should  be  added  or  perhaps  substituted  for 
STAT  450.  To  prepare  for  graduate  work,  STAT  410  and  420  give  the  best 
background,  with  STAT  411,  421,  440,  450,  and  460  added  at  some  later 
stage.  At  least  one  computer  science  course  is  recommended. 

4.  Computational  mathematics:  there  are  a  number  of  math  courses  which 
emphasize  the  computational  aspects  of  mathematics  including  the  use  of 
the  computer.  They  are  MAPL  460,  470,  471,  477;  MATH:  472,  474,  475. 
Students  interested  in  this  area  should  take  CMSC  1 10  as  eariy  as  possible, 
and  CMSC  210,  420,  440  are  also  suggested. 

5.  Applied  mathematics:  the  courses  which  lead  most  rapidly  to  applications 
are  the  courses  listed  above  in  3  and  4  and  MATH  401,  413  or  463,  414, 
415,  436,  462,  463,  464.  A  student  interested  in  applied  mathematics  should 
obtain,  in  addition  to  a  solid  training  in  mathematics,  a  good  knowledge  of  at 
least  one  area  in  which  mathematics  is  currently  being  applied.  Concentra- 
tion in  this  area  is  good  preparation  for  employment  in  government  and 
industry  or  for  graduate  study  in  applied  mathematics. 

Language.  Since  most  of  the  non-English  mathematical  literature  is  written  in 
French,  German  or  Russian,  students  intending  to  continue  studying  mathematics 
in  graduate  school  should  obtain  a  reading  knowledge  of  at  least  one  of  these 
languages. 

Honors  in  Mathematics.  The  Mathematics  Honors  Program  is  designed  for 
students  showing  exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  mathematics.  Its  aim  is  to  give 
a  student  the  best  possible  mathematical  education.  Participants  are  selected  by 
the  Departmental  Honors  Committee  during  the  first  semester  of  their  junior  year. 
To  graduate  with  honors  in  mathematics  they  must  pass  a  final  written  and  oral 
comprehensive  examination.  Six  credits  of  graduate  work  or  three  credits  in  a 
graduate  course  and  three  credits  of  independent  study  in  mathematics  approved 
by  the  Honors  Committee  are  also  required.  The  rest  of  the  program  is  flexible. 
Independent  work  is  encouraged  and  can  be  done  in  place  of  formal  course  work. 
A  student  need  not  major  in  mathematics  to  participate  in  the  honors  program. 

The  Mathematics  Department  also  offers  a  special  Mathematics  Departmen- 
tal honors  calculus  sequence  (MATH  150, 151,  250,  251)  for  promising  freshmen 
with  a  strong  mathematical  background  (usually  including  calculus).  Enrollment  in 
the  sequence  is  normally  by  invitation  but  any  interested  student  may  apply  to  the 
Mathematics  Departmental  Honors  Committee  for  admission. 

Participants  in  the  General  Honors  Program  may  enroll  in  special  honors 
sections  of  the  regular  calculus  sequence  (MATH  140H,  141H,  240H,  241H). 
They  may  enroll  in  the  honors  calculus  sequence  if  invited  by  the  Mathematics 
Departmental  Honors  Committee.  However,  the  Mathematics  Departmental 
Honors  calculus  sequence  and  the  General  Honors  Program  are  distinct,  and 
enrollment  in  one  does  not  imply  acceptance  in  the  other. 

Neither  honors  calculus  sequence  is  prerequisite  for  participating  in  the 
Mathematics  Honors  Program,  and  students  in  these  sequences  n,eed  not  be 
mathematics  majors. 

Pi  Mu  Epsilon.  The  local  chapter  of  Pi  Mu  Epsilon,  national  honorary  mathemat- 
ics fraternity,  meets  frequently  to  discuss  mathematical  or  educational  topics  of 
interest  to  undergraduates.  The  programs  are  open  to  the  public. 


1 16    Other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments.  Programs  and  Curricula 


Placement  in  Mathematics  Courses.  The  department  has  a  large  offering  to 
accommodate  a  great  variety  of  backgrounds,  interests  and  abilities.  The 
department  permits  a  student  to  take  any  course  for  which  he  or  she  has  the 
appropriate  background  regardless  of  formal  course  work.  For  example,  a 
student  with  a  high  school  calculus  course  may  be  permitted  to  begin  in  the 
middle  of  the  calculus  sequence  even  if  he  or  she  does  not  have  advanced 
standing.  Students  may  obtain  undergraduate  credit  for  mathematics  courses  in 
any  of  the  following  ways:  passing  the  appropriate  CEEB  Advanced  Placement 
Examination,  passing  standardized  CLEP  examinations,  and  through  the  depart- 
ment's Credit-by-Examination.  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  advisors  from 
the  Mathematics  Department  to  assist  with  proper  placements. 
Statistics  and  Probability,  and  Applied  Mathematics.  Courses  in  statistics  and 
probability  and  applied  mathematics  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Mathemat- 
ics. These  courses  are  open  to  non-majors  as  well  as  majors,  and  carry  credit  in 
Mathematics.  Students  wishing  to  concentrate  in  the  above  may  do  so  by 
choosing  an  appropriate  program  under  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

Course  Code  Prefixes— MATH,  STAT,  MAPL 

Meteorology  Program 

Director:  Baer. 

Professor  Emeritus:  Landsberg. 

Professors:  Faller',  Fritz. 

Associate  Professors:  Ellingson,  Rodenhuis,  Thompson,  Vernekar. 

Assistant  Professors:  Mass,  Pinker,  Fitter,  Robock.Ws/f/ng  Lecturers:  Atlas, 

Schoeberl. 

'/nsf.  for  Ptiys.  Sci.  and  Tech. 

The  Meteorology  Program  offers  a  number  of  courses  of  interest  to 
undergraduate  students.  These  courses  provide  an  excellent  undergraduate 
background  for  those  students  who  wish  to  do  graduate  work  in  the  fields  of 
atmospheric  and  oceanic  science,  meteorology,  air  pollution,  and  other  environ- 
mental sciences.  The  interdisciplinary  nature  of  studies  in  meteorology  and 
physical  oceanography  assures  that  all  science  oriented  students  will  gain  a 
broadened  view  of  physical  science  as  a  whole,  as  well  as  the  manner  in  which 
the  sciences  may  be  applied  to  understand  the  behavior  of  our  environment. 

Undergraduate  students  interested  in  pursuing  a  bachelor's  degree  program 
preparatory  to  further  study  or  work  in  meteorology  are  urged  to  consider  the 
Physical  Sciences  Program,  in  which  they  can  specialize  in  meteorology.  It  is 
important  that  students  who  anticipate  this  specialization  should  consult  the 
Physical  Sciences  Program  advisor  representing  the  Meteorology  Program  as 
early  as  possible  in  their  studies. 

Because  of  its  interdisciplinary  nature,  the  study  of  the  atmi^phere  requires  a 
firm  background  in  the  basic  sciences  and  mathematics.  To  be  suitably  prepared 
for  400-level  courses  in  meteorology,  the  student  should  have  the  following 
background:  Either  the  physics  major  series  PHYS  191-296  or  the  series  PHYS 
161,  262,  263;  the  mathematics  series  MATH  140,  141,  240,  241  and  either  the 
series  CHEM  103,  104  or  CHEM  105,  106.  In  addition,  natural  science 
background  courses  in  astronomy  (such  as  ASTR  181,  182,  or  350),  geology 
(such  as  GEOL  445,  446)  and  METO  301  are  highly  recommended. 

Semester 
Electives  in  meteorology  are  as  follow:  Credit  Hours 

METO  301— Atmospheric  Environment 3 

METO  310— Meteorological  Observations  and  Instruments 3 

METO  398— Topics  in  Atmospheric  Science 3 

METO  410— Descriptive  and  Synoptic  Meteorology  I 3 

METO  41 1— Descriptive  and  Synoptic  Meteorology  II 3 

METO  412— Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the  Atmosphere 3 

METO  413— Atmospheric  Processes  on  Atomic  and  Molecular  Scale 3 

METO  416— Introduction  to  Atmospheric  Dynamics 3 

METO  420— Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography 3 

METO  422— Oceanic  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulence 3 

METO  434— Air  Pollution 3 

METO  441— Weather  Map  Discussion  and  Practice  Forecasting  1 1 

METO  442— Weather  Map  Discussion  and  Practice  Forecasting  II 1 

METO  460— Synoptic  Laboratory  1 3 

METO  461— Synoptic  Laboratory  II 3 

METO  499— Special  Problems  in  Atmospheric  Science 1-3 

Students  who  may  be  preparing  for  graduate  education  in  meteorology  are 
strongly  advised  to  pursue  further  course  work  from  among  the  areas  of  physics, 
mathematics,  chemistry,  computer  science  and  statistics  to  supplement  course 
work  in  meteorology. 

Course  Code  Prefix— METO 

Physical  Sciences  Program 

Astronomy:  Matthews 
Ctiemistry:  Bellama 
Computer  Science:  Vandergraft 
Geology:  Stifel 
Engineering:  Wockenfuss 
Matt)ematics:  Schneider 
Meteorology:  Robock 
Pt)ysics:  Hornyak 


Purpose.  This  program  is  suggested  for  many  types  of  students:  these  whose 
interests  cover  a  wide  range  of  the  physical  sciences;  those  whose  interests  have 
not  yet  centered  on  any  one  science;  students  interested  in  a  career  in  an 
interdisciplinary  area  within  the  physical  sciences;  students  who  seek  a  broader 
undergraduate  program  than  is  possible  in  one  of  the  traditional  physical 
sciences;  students  interested  in  meteorology;  preprofessional  students  (prelaw, 
premedical);  or  students  whose  interests  in  business,  technical  writing,  advertis- 
ing or  sales  require  a  broad  technical  background.  This  program  can  also  be 
useful  for  those  planning  science-oriented  or  technical  work  in  the  urban  field; 
some  of  the  Urban  Studies  courses  should  be  taken  as  electives.  Students 
contemplating  this  program  as  a  basis  for  preparation  for  secondary  school 
science  teaching  are  advised  to  consult  the  Science  Teaching  Center  staff  of  the 
College  of  Education  for  additional  requirements  for  teacher  certification. 

The  Physical  Sciences  Program  consists  of  a  basic  set  of  courses  in  physics, 
chemistry  and  mathematics,  followed  by  a  variety  of  courses  chosen  from  these 
and  related  disciplines:  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  computer  science,  and 
the  engineering  disciplines.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  a  broad  program  as 
contrasted  with  a  specialized  one. 

Students  are  advised  by  members  of  the  Physical  Sciences  Committee.  This 
committee  is  composed  of  faculty  members  from  each  of  the  represented 
disciplines  and  some  student  representatives.  Assignment  of  advisor  depends  on 
the  interest  of  the  student,  e.g.,  one  interested  principally  in  chemistry  will  be 
advised  by  the  chemistry  member  of  the  committee.  Students  whose  interests  are 
too  general  to  classify  in  this  manner  will  normally  be  advised  by  the  chairman  of 
the  committee. 

More  detailed  information  concerning  the  Physical  Sciences  Program  is 
available  from  the  MPSE  Undergraduate  Office,  Math  Building,  Y-1110. 

The  Curriculum.  The  basic  courses  include  MATH  140, 141  and  one  other  math 
course  for  which  MATH  141  is  a  prerequisite  (11  or  12  credits);  CHEM  103  and 
104,  or  105  and  106  (8  credits);  PHYS  162,  262,  263  (11  credits);  or  141,  142  (8 
credits);  or  191,  192/293/294,  195,  196,  295,  296  (18  credits);  or  221,  222  (10 
credits);  or  PHYS  121,  122  followed  by  PHYS  262  (12  credits). 

The  choice  of  the  physics  sequence  depends  on  the  student's  future  aims 
and  his/her  background.  PHYS  161,  262,  263  is  the  standard  sequence 
recommended  for  most  Physical  Science  majors.  This  sequence  will  enable  the 
student  to  continue  with  intermediate  level  and  advanced  courses.  PHYS  141, 
142  is  available  to  students  who  wish  a  less  extensive  background  in  physics 
than  is  represented  by  PHYS  161-263  or  191-294.  Students  desiring  a  strong 
background  in  physics  are  urged  to  enroll  in  PHYS  191-294.  This  is  the  sequence 
also  used  by  Physics  majors  and  leads  directly  into  the  advanced  physics 
courses.  PHYS  221,  222  is  designed  for  Education  majors,  and  therefore  is 
suitable  for  students  thinking  in  terms  of  a  teaching  career.  PHYS  121,  122  plus 
262  is  offered  as  an  option  only  for  students  who  have  already  taken  PHYS  121, 
122  and  then  decide  to  major  in  Physical  Sciences.  This  sequence  should  not  be 
selected  by  students  already  in  or  just  starting  the  program.  The  rationale  for 
requiring  PHYS  262  to  follow  121,  122  is  to  ensure  that  students  have  some 
physics  with  calculus  (121,  122  do  not  have  a  calculus  corequisite). 

Beyond  these  basic  courses  the  student  must  complete  24  credits  of  which 
12  must  be  at  the  300  or  400  level,  chosen  from  the  following  disciplines: 
Chemistry,  physics,  mathematics,  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology,  computer 
science,  and  one  of  the  engineering  disciplines,  subject  to  certain  limitations. 
Students  presenting  PHYS  294  as  part  of  their  basic  curriculum  may  include 
these  credits  among  the  24  credits.  The  24  credits  must  be  so  distributed  that  he 
or  she  has  at  least  six  credits  in  each  of  any  three  of  the  above  listed  disciplines. 
The  program  requires  an  average  grade  of  at  least  C  in  courses  counting  toward 
the  major  including  both  the  basic  plus  the  broader  set  of  courses. 

Engineering  courses  used  for  one  of  the  options  must  all  be  from  the  same 
department,  e.g.,  all  must  be  ENEE  courses,  or  a  student  may  use  a  combination 
of  courses  in  ENCH,  ENNU  and  ENMA,  which  are  all  offered  by  Department  of 
Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering;  courses  offered  as  engineering  sciences, 
ENES,  will  be  considered  as  a  department  for  these  purposes.  Engineering 
Technology  courses  (ET  prefix)  are  not  applicable  for  a  major  in  Physical 
Sciences. 

Because  of  the  wide  choice  and  flexibility  within  the  program,  students  are 
required  to  submit  for  approval  a  study  plan  during  their  junior  year,  specifying  the 
courses  they  wish  to  use  in  satisfying  the  requirements  of  the  major. 

Students  who  wish  to  depart  from  the  stipulated  curriculum  may  present  their 
proposed  program  for  approval  by  the  Physical  Science  Committee.  An  honors 
program  is  available  to  qualified  students  in  their  senior  year. 

Certain  courses  offered  in  the  fields  included  in  the  program  are  not  suitable 
for  Physical  Science  majors  and  cannot  count  as  part  of  the  requirements  of  the 
program.  'These  include  any  courses  corresponding  to  a  lower  level  than  the 
basic  courses  specified  above  (e.g.,  MATH  115),  some  of  the  special  topics 
courses  designed  for  non-science  students,  as  well  as  other  courses.  A  complete 
listing  of  "excluded"  courses  is  available  from  the  MPSE  Division  office. 

Honors  Program.  The  Physical  Sciences  Honors  program  offers  students  the 
opportunity  for  research  and  independent  study.  Interested  students  should 
request  details  from  their  advisor. 

Physics  and  Astronomy 

Professor  and  Ctiairman:  Park 


other  Mathematical  and  Physical  Science  Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula    117 


Professor  and  Acting  Director  of  Astronomy  Program:  Kundu 

Professor  and  Associate  Chairman:  Falk 

Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Ct^airman:  Goldenbaum 

Professors:  Alley,  Anderson,  Banerjee,  Bell,  Bhagat,  Brill,  Currie,  Davidson, 

DeSilva,  Dorfman,  Dragt,  Earl,  Erickson,  Ferrell,  Glasser,  Glick,  Gloeckler, 

Glover  III,  Gluckstern,  Greenberg,  Griem,  Griffin,  Hendrie,  Holmgren,  Hornyak, 

Kerr,  Liu,  MacDonald,  Marion,  Misner,  Myers,  Oneda,  Pati,  Prange,  Reiser, 

Roos,  Rose,  Sengers,  Smith,  Snow,  Steinberg,  Sucher,  Wall,  Weber,  Wentzel, 

Woo,  Yodti,  B.  S.  Zorn,  G.  T.  Zorn,  Zuckerman 

Professors  (part-time):  Opik,  Papadopoulos,  Z.  Slawsky 

Visiting  Professors:  Koshe,  Montgomery,  Sloan 

Adjunct  Professors:  Bennett,  Brandt,  Friedman,  Hayward,  McDonald,  Musen, 

Rado 

Associate  Professors:  A'Hearn,  Bardasis,  Beall,  Boyd,  C.  Y.  Chang,  Chant, 

Drew,  Fivel,  Harrington,  Kacser,  Kim,  Korenman,  Layman,  Matthews,  Redish, 

Richard,  Roush,  Wallace,  Zipoy 

Visiting  Associate  Professors:  Hershey,  Kozlovsky,  Trimble 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Clark,  Dixon,  Pechacek 

Assistant  Professors:  Bagchi,  C.  C.  Chang,  Chen,  Dombeck,  Einstein, 

Ellsworth,  Lynn,  Mason,  Paik,  Scott,  Skuja,  Wickes,  Wilson 

Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Dworzecka,  Tkachenko,  Verdun 

Lecturers:  Allgaier,  Deming,  Kniffen,  Lecar,  Nossal,  M.  Slawsky,  Stern,  Swank, 

Theison,  Wineland 

The  Physics  program  includes  a  broad  range  of  undergraduate  courses 
designed  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  almost  every  student,  from  the  advanced  physics 
major  to  the  person  taking  a  single  introductory  physics  course.  In  addition,  there 
are  various  opportunities  for  personally  directed  studies  between  student  and 
professor,  and  many  undergraduate  "research"  opportunities  also  are  available. 
For  further  information  consult  "Undergraduate  Programs  in  Physics"  available 
from  the  Department. 

Courses  for  Non-Majors.  The  department  offers  several  courses  which  are 
intended  for  students  other  than  physics  majors.  PHYS  101,  102,  106,  111  and 
112  without  a  laboratory  and  PHYS  117  with  laboratory  are  designed  to  satisfy 
the  General  University  distribution  requirements.  PHYS  121,  122,  or  141,  142 
satisfy  the  requirements  for  professional  schools  such  as  medical  and  dental,  and 
PHYS  161,  262,  263  satisfy  the  introductory  physics  requirement  for  most 
engineering  programs.  PHYS  318  is  a  one  semester  course  stressing  contempo- 
rary topics  for  those  who  have  completed  a  year  of  one  of  the  above  sequences. 
In  addition,  PHYS  420  is  a  one  semester  modern  physics  course  for  advanced 
students  in  science  or  engineering.  Either  the  course  sequence  161,  262,  263,  or 
the.  full  sequence  191,  192,  293,  294  is  suitable  for  mathematics  students  and 
those  who  major  in  other  physical  sciences. 

The  Physics  Major.  The  way  most  physics  majors  will  begin  their  work  is  with  a 
two-year  basic  sequence  of  physics  courses.  PHYS  191 A  or  B,  192,  293,  and 

294,  accompanied  by  the  laboratory  courses  PHYS  1 95, 1 96  in  the  first  year  and 

295,  296  in  the  second  year.  Transfer  students  who  come  with  a  different  set  of 
introductory  courses  either  will  be  put  into  an  appropriate  course  in  this  sequence 
or  will  take  bridging  courses,  such  as  PHYS  404,  405,  (if  offered)  and  then  go  on 
to  advanced  courses. 

The  requirement  for  a  physics  major  includes  six  laboratory  courses  and 
PHYS  410,  411,  421  and  422,  plus  MATH  140,  141,  240,  241  (or  150,  151,  250) 
and  one  additional  3  or  4  credit  mathematics  course.  Students  must  have  an 
overall  average  of  at  least  2.0  (C)  in  the  required  physics  and  required  supporting 
mathematics  courses.  After  taking  the  basic  sequence,  the  student  will  have 
some  flexibility  in  his  program,  and  he  or  she  will  be  able  to  take  specialty 
courses,  such  as  those  in  nuclear  physics  or  solid-state  physics,  or  courses  in 
related  fields  which  are  of  particular  interest  to  him  or  her.  In  addition,  a  student 
interested  in  doing  research  may  choose  to  do  a  bachelor's  thesis  under  the 
direction  of  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

Honors  in  Physics.  The  Honors  Program  offers  to  students  of  good  ability  and 
strong  interest  in  physics  a  greater  flexibility  in  their  academic  programs,  and  a 
stimulating  atmosphere  through  contacts  with  other  good  students  and  with 
individual  faculty  members.  There  are  opportunities  for  part-time  research 
participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors 


seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for  independent 
work  or  study,  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit  toward  the 
bachelor's  degree. 

Students  are  accepted  by  the  department's  Honors  Committee  on  the  basis 
of  recommendations  from  their  advisors  and  other  faculty  members. 

A  final  written  or  oral  comprehensive  examination  in  the  senior  year  is 
optional,  but  those  who  pass  the  examination  will  graduate  "with  honors  in 
physics." 

The  Astronomy  Majors.  See  page  113  for  details. 

Course  Code  Predx— PHYS 

Science  Communications 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  several  interdisciplinary  approaches  to  the 
training  of  science  communicators,  ranging  from  specialization  in  one  science  or 
engineering  with  background  in  communication  to  specializing  in  journalistic 
communication  with  background  coursework  in  the  sciences.  Each  of  the  several 
program  options  can  be  tailored  to  the  needs  of  individual  students. 

Undergraduate  students  interested  in  science  communications  can  choose 
from  a  wide  range  of  possibilities.  For  example,  some  may  want  a  career  wnting 
about  the  general  happenings  of  the  day  in  the  physical  and  life  sciences,  or 
some  students  may  prefer  writing  about  the  span  from  a  pure  science  to  its 
applied  technology.  Others  may  prefer  writing  about  one  field — such  as  agrono- 
my, astronomy,  geology— and  its  impact  on  society— in  ecological  problems, 
space  exploration,  and  plate  tectonics. 

The  following  are  several  approaches:  Writing  about  the  ptiysical  sciences:  A 
recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  the  Physical  Sciences  Program  with  a 
minor  in  journalism.  The  Physical  Sciences  Program  consists  of  a  basic  set  of 
courses  in  physics,  chemistry  and  mathematics,  followed  by  a  variety  of  courses 
chosen  from  these  and  related  disciplines:  astronomy,  geology,  meteorology  and 
computer  science. 

Writing  about  the  life  sciences:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take 
the  Biological  Sciences  Program  with  a  minor  in  journalism.  The  Biological 
Sciences  Program  includes  work  in  botany,  entomology,  microbiology,  and 
zoology,  and  introduces  the  student  to  the  general  principles  and  methods  of 
each  of  these  biological  sciences. 

Writing  about  engineering:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  the 
B.S.-Engineering  Program  with  a  minor  in  journalism.  The  B.S.-Engineering 
Program  blends  two  or  three  fields  of  engineering  or 'applied  science. 

Writing  about  a  specific  field:  A  recommended  approach  would  be  to  take  a 
departmental  major  in  any  of  the  sciences,  agriculture,  or  engineering  and  a  minor 
in  journalism. 

Journalism  combined  with  an  overview  of  the  sciences:  A  journalism  major 
could  take  selected  science  courses  that  provide  a  familarity  with  scientific 
thought  and  application. 

Science  or  Math  Education 

Students  completing  an  undergraduate  major  in  astronomy,  physics,  physical 
sciences,  or  in  math,  or  who  may  be  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education,  may 
prepare  to  teach  astronomy,  physics,  physical  science,  or  math.  Early  contact 
should  be  made  with  either  Dr.  John  Layman  (astronomy,  physics,  physical 
sciences)  or  Dr.  Neil  Davidson  (math). 

Statistics  and  Probability 

The  Mathematical  Statistics  Program  offers  a  wide  range  of  undergraduate 
courses  in  applied  statistics,  mathematical  statistics  and  probability.  The  program 
is  administered  by  the  Statistics  Branch  of  the  Mathematics  Department,  and  all 
STAT  courses  carry  credit  in  Mathematics. 

An  undergraduate  program  stressing  statistics  is  available  to  majors  in 
Mathematics.  See  the  Mathematics  listing  for  details.  Master's  and  doctoral 
degrees  in  statistics  are  offered  by  the  Mathematical  Statistics  Program. 

Course  code  prefix:  STAT. 


118 


4     Course  offerings 


Course  Numbering  System 

NUMBER/ELIGIBILITY 

000-099  Non-credit  course 

100-199  Primarily  freshman  course 

200-299  Primarily  sophomore  course 

300-399  Junior,   senior  course  not  acceptable  for 

credit  toward  graduate  degrees. 

400-499  Junior,  senior  course  acceptable  for  credit 

toward  some  graduate  degrees. 

500-599    Professional    School    course    (Dentistry, 

Architecture,   Law,   f^ediclne)   or  postbaccalaureate 

course. 

600-899  Course  restricted  to  graduate  students 

799  [vlasters  Thesis  credit 

899  Doctoral  dissertation  credit  Courses  with  last  digit 

of  8  or  9  can  be  repeated  for  additional  credit 


Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  100  Introduction  to  Afro-American  Studies 

(3)  A  survey  of  significant  aspects  of  black  life  and 
thought  which  are  reflected  In  black  literature,  music 
and  art.  This  interdisciplinary  course  examines  the 
African  cultural  and  historical  backgrounds  and  traces 
the  development  of  black  culture  in  Africa,  the  United 
States  and  the  Carribean  from  the  fifteen  century  to 
contemporary  times.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
social,  political  and  economic  changes  in  black  life  that 
have  influenced  the  ideas  of  black  artists  and  spokes- 
men. 

AASP  101  Elementary  Swatiili  (3)  An  Introductory 
course  in  the  Swahlll  language.  Study  of  linguistic 
structure  and  development  of  audiollngual  ability. 
Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week. 

AASP  102  Intermediate  Swahlll  <3)  Three  recitations 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Further  study  of  linguistic 
structure  and  development  of  audiollngual  and  writing 
ability,  and  introduction  to  the  reading  of  literary  texts. 

AASP  112  Advanced  Swahlll  (3)  For  students  who 
wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  the  speak- 
ing, reading  and  writing  of  Swahill  language.  Discus- 
sions In  Swahili. 

AASP  200  African  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  African 
civilizations  from  4500  B.C.  to  present.  Analysis  of 
traditional  social  systems.  Discussion  of  the  impact  of 
European  colonization  on  these  civilizations.  Analysis 
of  the  Influence  of  traditional  African  social  systems  on 
modern  African  institutions  as  well  as  discussion  of 
contemporary  processes  of  Africanization. 

AASP  202  Black  Culture  In  the  United  States  (3) 

The  course  examines  important  aspects  of  American 
Negro  life  and  thought  which  are  reflected  in  Afro- 
American  literature,  drama,  music  and  art.  Beginning 
with  the  cultural  heritage  of  slavery,  the  course  surveys 
the  changing  modes  of  black  creative  expression  from 
the  nineteenth-century  to  the  present. 

AASP  298  Special  Topics  in  Afro-American  Studies 

(3)  An  introductory  multi-disciplinary  and  inter-discipli- 
nary educational  experience  to  explore  issues  relevant 
to  black  life,  cultural  experiences,  and  political,  eco- 
nomic and  artistic  development.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  If  subject  matter  is  different. 

AASP  300  The  Black  Community  and  Public  Policy 

(3)  A  Study  of  the  role  and  impact  of  the  black 
community  in  public  policy  formulation:  scope  and 
methods  in  public  policy  focusing  on  specific  problems 
in  the  black  community;  analysis  and  review  of  rela- 
tionships between  the  policy  makers  and  the  commu- 
nity. With  permission  of  the  program,  students  may 
elect  to  devote  time  to  specific  community  projects  as 


part  of  the  requirements  of  the  course.  The  student  will 
not  serve  in  an  agency  in  which  he  is  already  em- 
ployed. 

AASP  311  The  African  Slave  Trade  (3)  The  relation- 
ship of  the  slave  trade  of  Africans  to  the  development 
of  British  Capitalsim  and  its  Industrial  Revolution:  and 
to  the  economic  and  social  development  of  the  Amer- 
icas. 

AASP  312  Social  and  Cultural  Effects  of  Coloniza- 
tion and  Racism  (3)  A  comparative  approach  to  the 
study  of  the  social  and  cultural  effects  of  colonization 
and  racism  on  black  people  In  Africa,  Latin  America 
and  in  the  United  States — community  and  family  life, 
religion,  economic  institutions,  education  and  artistic 
expression. 

AASP  397  Senior  Reading  and  Research  Seminar 
In  Afro-American  Studies  (3)  An  Interdisciplinary 
reading  and  research  senior  seminar  for  majors  In 
Afro-American  studies  or  majors  in  other  departments 
or  programs  who  have  completed  at  least  eighteen 
hours  of  Afro-American  studies  courses.  Emphasis  on 
research  and  writing  methods  in  Afro-American  stu- 
dies. A  senior  thesis  will  be  completed  duhng  the 
course. 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  in  Afro-American 
Studies  (3)  The  readings  will  be  directed  by  the 
Director  of  Afro-American  Studies.  Topics  to  be  cov- 
ered: The  topics  will  be  chosen  by  the  director  to  meet 
the  needs  and  Interests  of  individual  students. 

AASP  401  Seminar  in  Afro-American  Studies  (3) 

The  theory  and  concepts  of  the  social  and  behavioral 
sciences  as  they  relate  to  Afro-American  studies. 
Required  for  the  certificate  in  Afro-American  studies. 
Prerequisites:  at  least  1 5  hours  of  Afro-American  stu- 
dies or  related  courses  or  permission  of  the  director. 

AASP  403  The  Development  of  a  Black  Aesthetic 

(3)  An  analysis  of  selected  areas  of  black  creative 
expression  in  the  arts  for  the  purpose  of  understanding 
the  informing  principles  of  style,  techniques,  and  cul- 
tural expression  which  make  up  a  Black  aesthetic. 
Prerequisite,  completion  of  ENGL  443  or  AASP  302  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

AASP  410  Contemporary  African  Ideologies  (3) 

Analysis  of  contemporary  African  Ideologies.  Empha- 
sis on  philosophies  of  Nyerere,  Nkrumah,  Senghor, 
Sekou  Toure,  Kaunda,  Cabral,  et  al.  Discussion  of  the 
role  of  African  ideologies  on  modernization  and  social 
change. 

AASP  41 1  Black  Resistance  Movements  (3)  A  com- 
parative study  of  the  black  resistance  movements  In 
Africa  and  America;  analysis  of  their  interrelationships 
as  well  as  their  Impact  on  contemporary  Pan-African- 
ism. 

AASP  428  Special  Topics  in  Black  Development  (3) 

A  multi-disciplinary  and  inter-disciplinary  educational 
experience  concerned  with  questions  relevant  to  the 
development  of  black  people  everywhere.  Develop- 
ment implies  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural 
change  among  other  things.  Consequently,  a  number 
of  topics  may  be  examined  and  studied. 

AASP  429  Special  Topics  in  Black  Culture  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  approach  to  the  role  of  black  artists 
around  the  world.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  contribu- 
tions of  the  Black  man  in  Africa,  the  Caribbean  and  the 
United  States  to  the  literary  arts,  the  musical  arts,  the 
performing  arts,  and  the  visual  arts.  Course  content 
will  be  established  in  terms  of  those  Ideas  and  con- 
cepts which  reflect  the  cultural  climate  of  the  era  in 
which  they  were  produced.  Attention  to  individual 
compositions  and  works  of  an  through  lectures,  con- 
cepts, field  trips,  and  audio-visual  devices. 


Agriculture 


AGRI  101  Introduction  to  Agriculture  (1)  Required 
of  all  beginning  freshmen  and  sophomores  in  agricul- 
ture. Other  students  must  get  the  consent  of  the 
Instructor.  A  series  of  lectures  introducing  the  student 
to  the  broad  field  of  agriculture. 

AGRI  301  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Biometrics 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  University  math  requirement.  Descriptive 
statistics,  sampling,  confidence  interval  estimation, 
introduction  to  hypothesis  testing,  simple,  regression 
and  correlation.  Course  emphasis  shall  be  on  applica- 
tion of  simple  statistical  techniques  and  on  interpreta- 
tion of  the  statistical  results. 

AGRI  389  Internship  in  Conservation  and  Re- 
source Development  (3)  Prerequisites:  permission  of 
instructor.  Students  are  placed  in  work  experiences 
related  to  their  stated  career  goals  for  a  minimum  of 
eight  hours  a  week  for  a  semester.  Each  student  must 
do  an  in  depth  study  in  some  portion  of  the  work 
experience  and  produce  a  special  project  and  report 
related  to  this  study.  A  student  work  log  Is  also 
required.  This  course  may  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  six 
credits.  An  evaluation  from  the  external  supervisor  of 
the  project  will  be  required. 

AGRI  4oi  Agricultural  Biometrics  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
MATH  115  or  equivalent.  Probability,  measures  of 
central  tendency  and  dispersion,  frequency  distribu- 
tions, tests  of  statistical  hypotheses,  regression  analy- 
ses, multiway  analysis  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of 
statistical  methods  in  agricultural  research. 

AGRI  489  Special  Topics  In  Agriculture  (1-3)  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the 
course.  A  lecture  series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a 
selected  phase  of  agriculture  not  normally  associated 
with  one  of  the  existing  programs. 


Agronomy 

AGRO  100  Crops  Laboratory  (2)  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Demonstration  and  application  of 
practices  in  the  identification,  distribution  and  manage- 
ment of  field  crops. 

AGRO  102  Crop  Production  (2)  Prerequisite,  AGRO 
100  or  concurrent  enrollment  Therin.  Culture,  use, 
Improvement,  adapatation,  distribution,  and  history  of 
field  crops. 

AGRO  103  World  Crops  and  Food  Supply  (3)  An 

introduction  to  the  relationship  of  crops  with  civiliza- 
tion. The  past,  present,  and  future  Interactions  of  the 
biology  of  crop  plants  with  world  affairs  and  population 
will  be  studied.  The  future  impact  of  crops  on  world 
affairs  will  be  emphasized. 

AGRO  105  Soil  and  the  Environment  (3)  A  study  of 
soils  as  an  irreplaceable  natural  resource,  importance 
of  soils  in  the  ecosystem,  and  analysis  of  land  re- 
source areas  In  the  U.  S.  Discussion  of  soils  as  a 
pollutant  and  the  pollution  of  soils  by  various  agents 
and  the  role  of  soil  as  a  medium  for  storage,  decon- 
tamination or  inactivation  of  pollutants. 

AGRO  302  General  Soils  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  fundamentals 
of  soils  including  their  origin,  development,  relation  to 
natural  sciences,  effect  on  civilization,  physical  proper- 
ties, and  chemical  properties. 

AGRO  398  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Reports  by  seniors  on 
current  scientific  and  practical  publications  pertaining 
to  agronomy. 


Animal  Science    119 


AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding  (3)  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
414  or  ZOOL  246.  Principles  and  methods  of  breeding 
annual  self  and  cross-pollinated  plant  and  perennial 
forage  species. 

AGRO  404  Tobacco  Production  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BOTN  100.  A  study  of  the  history,  adaptation,  distribu- 
tion, culture,  and  improvement  of  various  types  of 
tobacco,  with  special  emphasis  on  problems  in  Mary- 
land Tobacco  production.  Physical  and  chemical  fac- 
tors associated  with  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco  will  be 
stressed. 

AQRO  405  Turf  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
100.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  managing 
turf  for  lawns,  golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  playgrounds, 
airfields  and  highways  for  commerical  sod  production. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crop  Production  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: BOTN  101,  and  AGRO  100:  or  concurrent  enroll- 
ment in  these  courses.  A  general  look  at  world  grass- 
lands; production  and  management  requirements  of 
major  grasses  and  legumes  for  quality  hay,  silage  and 
pasture  for  livestock  feed;  new  cultivar  development 
and  release;  seed  production  and  distribution  of  im- 
proved cultivars. 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BOTN  101  and  AGRO  100;  or  concurrent  enrollment  in 
these  courses.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of 
corn,  small  grains,  rice,  millets,  sorghums,  and 
soybeans  and  other  oil  seed  crops.  A  study  of  seed 
production,  processing,  distribution  and  federal  and 
state  seed  control  programs  of  corn,  small  grains  and 
soybeans. 

AGRO  41 1  Soil  Fertility  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  202.  A  study  of  the  chemical,  physical,  and 
biological  characteristics  of  soils  that  are  important  in 
growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of  physical,  chemical, 
or  biological  nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of 
lime,  fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illus- 
trated. 

AGRO  412  Commercial  Fertilizers  (3)  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
manufacturing  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  their  use  in 
soils  for  efficient  crop  production. 

AGRO  413  Soil  and  Water  Conservation  (3)  Two 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  importance  and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of 
soil  erosion  control,  and  the  effect  of  conservation 
practices  on  soil-moisture  supply.  Special  emphasis  is 
placed  on  farm  planning  for  soil  and  water  conserva- 
tion. The  laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to 
field  trips. 

AGRO  414  Soil  Classification  and  Geography  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  genesis,  morphology,  classification  and 
geographic  distribution  of  soils.  The  broad  principles 
governing  soil  formation  are  explained.  Attention  is 
given  to  the  influence  of  geographic  factors  on  the 
development  and  use  of  the  soils  in  the  united  states 
and  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  laboratory  periods 
will  be  largely  devoted  to  the  field  trips  and  to  a  study 
of  soil  maps  of  various  countries. 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: AGRO  302.  Evaluation  of  soils  in  the  uses  of  land 
and  the  environmental  implications  of  soil  utilization. 
Interpretation  of  soil  information  and  soil  surveys  as 
applied  to  both  agricultural  and  non-agricultural  prob- 
lems. Incorporation  of  soil  data  into  legislation,  envi- 
ronmental standards  and  land  use  plans. 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  and 
a  course  in  physics,  or  permission  of  instructor,  A  study 
of  physical  properties  of  soils  with  special  emphasis  on 
relationship  to  soil  productivity. 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  penods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  202  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical 
composition  of  soils:  cation  and  anion  exchange;  acid, 
alkaline  and  saline  soil  conditions:  and  soil  fixation  of 
plant  nutrients.  Chemical  methods  of  soil  analysis  will 
be  studied  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  fertilizer 
requirements. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Biochemistry  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO 


202,  CHEIvl  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
biochemical  processes  involved  in  the  formation  and 
decomposition  of  organic  soil  constitutents.  Signifi- 
cance of  soil-biochemical  processes  involved  in  plant 
nutrition  will  be  considered. 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite: 
AGRO  302  and  CHEM  104  or  permission  of  Instruc- 
tor. Reaction  and  fate  of  pesticides,  agricultural  fertiliz- 
ers, industrial  and  animal  wastes  in  soil  and  water  with 
emphasis  on  their  relation  to  the  environment. 

AGRO  451  Cropping  Systems  (2)  Prerequisite, 
AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  The  coordination  of  informa- 
tion from  various  courses  in  the  development  of  bal- 
anced cropping  systems,  appropriate  to  differnet  ob- 
jectives in  various  areas  of  the  state  and  nation, 

AGRO  453  Weed  Control  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  AGRO  102  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  use  of  cultural  practices  and 
chemical  herbicides  in  the  control  of  weeds. 

AGRO  499  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  AGRO  202,  406,  407  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  detailed  study,  including  a  written  report 
of  an  important  problem  in  agronomy. 


American  Studies 

AMST  201  Introduction  to  American  Studies  I  (3) 

Introduction  to  American  cultural  studies,  examining 
the  relationship  between  the  self  and  society  as  re- 
vealed in  autobiographical  writing,  'New  Journalism' 
and  personal  accounts  of  American  culture. 

AMST  202  Introduction  to  American  Studies  II  (3) 

An  investigation  of  the  concepts  of  culture  as  defined 
by  both  the  humanities  and  the  social  sciences  and  as 
illuminated  by  specific  artifacts  and  documents  from 
American  civilization.  The  strategies  employed  by  indi- 
viduals and  academic  disciplines  to  observe  and  ex- 
plain the  mores,  myths,  and  rituals  of  American  socie- 
ty. 

AMST  298  Selected  Topics  In  American  Studies  (3) 
Cultural  study  of  a  specific  theme  or  Issue  Involv- 
ing diversified  artifacts  and  documents  from  both 
past  and  contemporary  amerlcan  experience. 
Course  may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
hours  If  the  subject  Is  different. 

AMST  398  Independent  Studies  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  Instructor.  Provides  the  student  with 
the  opportunity  to  pursue  independent,  interdisciplin- 
ary research  and  reading  in  specific  areas  of  American 
culture  studies.  I^ay  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

AMST  426  Culture  and  the  Arts  In  America  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study  of  Amencan 
institutions,  the  intellectual  and  esthetic  climate  from 
the  Colonial  period  to  the  present. 

AMST  427  Culture  and  the  Arts  In  America  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study  of  american 
institutions,  the  intellectual  and  esthetic  climate  from 
the  Colonial  period  to  the  present, 

AMST  436  Readings  In  American  Studies  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, junior  standing.  An  histoncal  survey  of  Amen- 
can values  as  presented  in  various  key  writings. 

AMST  437  Readings  in  American  Studies  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, junior  standing.  An  historical  survey  of  Ameri- 
can values  as  presented  in  various  key  writings. 

AMST  446  Popular  Culture  in  America  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, junior  standing  and  permission  of  instructor.  A 
survey  of  the  histoncal  development  of  the  popular 
arts  and  modes  of  popular  entertainment  in  America. 

AMST  447  Popular  Culture  in  America  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, junior  standing  and  AI^ST  446,  Intensive  research 
in  the  sources  and  themes  of  contemporary  Amencan 
popular  culture. 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  in  American  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  A  course  in  American  history,  literature, 
or  government,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest,  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits 
when  topics  differ. 


Animal  Science 

ANSC  101  Principles  of  Animal  Science  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one,  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 


A  comprehensive  course,  including  the  development 
of  animal  science,  its  contributions  to  the  economy, 
characteristics  of  animal  products,  factors  of  efficient 
and  economical  production  and  distribution. 

ANSC  201  Basic  Principles  of  Animal  Genetics  (3) 

Lecture  (3  credits):  Three  lectures  per  week.  The  basic 
pnnciples  and  laws  of  Ivlendelian  genetics  as  applied 
to  economically  important  domestic  animals.  Molecu- 
lar genetics  including  DNA,  RNA,  genetic  code  and  the 
regulation  of  protein  synthesis.  Other  topics  stressed 
include  linkage  and  crossing  over,  recombination, 
cytological  maps,  chromosomal  aberrations,  muta- 
tions, population  genetics  and  genetic  counseling. 

ANSC  203  Feeds  and  Feeding  (3)  Credit  not  allowed 
for  ANSC  major.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  103,  104,  Ele- 
ments of  nutrition,  source,  charactenstics  and  adapta- 
bility of  the  various  feedstuffs  to  the  several  classes  of 
livestock.  A  study  of  the  composition  of  feeds,  the 
nutrient  requirements  of  farm  animals  and  the  formula- 
tion of  economic  diets  and  rations  for  livestock, 

ANSC  211  Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ZOOL  101.  A  systematic  gross  and  microscopic  com- 
parative study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  major  domestic 
animals.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  those  systems 
important  in  animal  production. 

ANSC  212  Applied  Animal  Physiology  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ANSC  211  or  equivalent.  The  physiology  of 
domesticated  animals  with  emphasis  on  functions 
related  to  production,  and  the  physiological  adaptation 
to  environmental  influences. 

ANSC  214  Applied  Animal  Physiology  Laboratory 

(1)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ANSC  212.  One  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Application  of  physiological  labo- 
ratory techniques  to  laboratory  and  domestic  animals. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for  ANSC  212 
prior  to  spring  1977. 

ANSC  221  Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  This 
course  deals  with  the  adaptation  of  beef  cattle,  sheep, 
swine  and  horses  to  significant  and  specific  uses. 
Breeding,  feeding,  management  practices  and  criteria 
for  evaluating  usefulness  are  emphasized, 

ANSC  222  Livestock  Evaluation  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  221  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  type 
and  breed  characteristics  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and 
swine  and  the  market  classes  of  livestock  which  best 
meet  present  day  demands.  One  field  trip  of  about  two 
days  duration  is  made  during  which  students  partici- 
pate in  the  annual  Eastern  Intercollegiate  Livestock 
Clinic. 

ANSC  223  Career  and  Curriculum  Planning  Semi- 
nar (1)  One  meeting  per  week.  Presentation  of  infor- 
mation relating  to  all  specialized  areas  of  the  animal 
sciences  with  orientation  toward  career  development 
and  curriculum  planning.  Discussions  and  reports  will 
be  included. 

ANSC  226  Man,  Culture,  Animals  (2)  A  general  study 
of  the  importance  of  animals  in  the  cultural  develop- 
ment of  man.  Historical  and  contemporary  uses  of 
particular  animal  species  will  be  explored.  Environ- 
mental limitations  to  human  development  which  have 
been  overcome  by  man-animal  relationships  will  be 
emphasized. 

ANSC  230  Introduction  to  Horse  Management  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week,  A  general  course  in  horse  management  for 
students  who  intend  to  work  in  activities  closely  related 
to  the  horse  industry.  The  basis  for  the  usefulness  of 
horses  to  individuals  and  society  will  be  developed  by 
application  of  the  principles  of  nutrition,  physiology, 
anatomy,  genetics,  behavior,  and  environmental  con- 
trol. 

ANSC  242  Dairy  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC 
101,  A  comprehensive  course  in  dairy  breeds,  selec- 
tion of  dairy  cattle,  dairy  cattle  nutrients,  feeding  and 
management, 

ANSC  244  Dairy  Cattle  Type  Appraisal  (1)  Fresh- 
men, by  permission  of  instructor.  Two  laboratory  peri- 
ods. Analysis  of  dairy  cattle  type  with  emphasis  on  the 
comparative  judging  of  dairy  cattle, 

ANSC  252  Introduction  to  the  Diseases  of  Wildlife 

(2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  zool  101.  The 


120    Animal  Science 


principal  diseases  of  North  American  wildlife  will  be 
briefly  consideration.  For  each  disease,  specific  atten- 
tion will  be  given  to  the  following:  signs  evidenced  by 
the  affected  animal  or  bird,  causative  agent,  means  of 
transmission  and  effects  of  the  disease  on  the  popula- 
tion of  the  species  involved.  Also  included  where 
appropriate  is  a  consideration  of  the  threat  that  each 
disease  may  pose  to  man  or  his  domestic  animals. 

Advanced  Poultry  Judging  (1)  Prerequisite.  ANSC 
101.  One  lecture  or  laboratory  penod  per  week.  The 
theory  and  practice  of  judging  and  culling  by  physical 
means  is  emphasized,  including  correlation  studies  of 
characteristics  associated  with  productivity.  Contest- 
ants for  regional  collegiate  judging  competitions  will 
selected  from  this  class. 

ANSC  262  Commercial  Poultry  Management  (3) 

Prerequisite,  ANSC  101.  A  symposium  of  finance, 
investment,  plant  layout,  specialization,  purchase  of 
supplies  and  management  problems  in  baby  chick, 
egg,  broiler  and  turkey  prodution;  foremanship,  adver- 
tising, selling,  by-products,  production  and  financial 
records.  Field  trips  required. 

ANSC  265  Fundamentals  of  Pet  Nutrition  (2)  Two 

lecture  hours  per  week.  A  basic  course  on  the  nutrition 
of  those  animals  commonly  kept  as  household  pets. 
Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  minimal  science 
background  with  thf  'jasic  principles  and  techniques  of 
animal  nutrition. 

ANSC  301  Advanced  Livestock  Evaluation  (2)  Two 

laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  222 
and  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in 
meat  animal  evaluation  designed  to  study  the  relation- 
ship and  limitations  that  exist  in  evaluating  breeding 
and  market  animals  and  the  relationship  between  the 
live  market  animal  and  its  carcass.  Evaluating  meat 
carcesses,  wholesale  meat  cuts  and  meat  grading  will 
be  emphasized.  The  most  adept  students  enrolled  in 
this  course  are  chosen  to  represent  the  University  of 
Maryland  in  intercollegiate  judging  contests. 

ANSC  305  Companion  Animal  Care  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, a  semester  of  zoology  or  general  biology,  gener- 
al information,  care,  and  management  of  the  compan- 
ion small  animals.  Species  covered  include  the  cat, 
dog,  rodents,  lagomorphs,  reptiles,  amphibians,  birds 
and  others  as  class  interest  and  schedule  dictate. 
Basic  description,  evolutionary  development,  breed- 
ing, nutritional  and  environmental  requirements,  and 
public  health  aspects  will  be  presented  for  each  spe- 
cies. 

ANSC  332  Horse  Management  (3)  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  230.  Major  topics  include  nutrition,  reproduc- 
tion, breeding,  performance  evaluation,  basic  training 
and  management  techniques. 

ANSC  337  The  Science  of  Horse  Training  (2)  Sum- 
mer only.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  230,  332,  and  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Major  topics  include  evaluation  of 
behavioral  repertory,  use  of  positive  and  negative 
reinforcement,  successive  approximation,  as  tech- 
niques for  the  basic  training  of  the  horse,  the  basic 
training  to  include  teaching  an  untrained  horse  to 
lunge,  accept  lack,  drive,  be  mounted  and  perform 
certain  movements  while  being  ridden. 

ANSC  350  Ornitliology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week,  three  mandato- 
ry field  trips.  Prerequisites;  ZOOL  290  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Includes  systematics,  anatomy,  physiology, 
behavior,  life  histories,  ecology,  population  dynamics, 
evolution  and  consen/ation  of  birds.  May  not  be  taken 
for  credit  by  students  who  have  credit  in  ANSC  454. 

ANSC  398  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite,  approval  of  the 
staff.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature 
and  research  work  in  animal  science,  or  in  fish  and 
wildlife  management.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two 
hours. 

ANSC  399  Special  Problems  In  Animal  Science 
(1-2)  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Work  assigned  in 
proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  A  course  designed  for 
advanced  undergraduates  in  which  specific  problems 
relating  to  animal  science  will  be  assigned. 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  104;  ANSC  212 
recommended.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all 
nutrients  in  the  body  including  their  digestion,  absorp- 
tion and  metabolism.  Dietary  requirements  and  nutri- 
tional deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm 
animals  and  man  will  be  considered. 


ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
MATH  1 10,  ANSC  401  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  influence  the 
nutnlional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poul-_ 
try.  practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in' 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  rations  will  be 
presented. 

ANSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
MATH  110,  ANSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  study  of  those  factors  which  influence  the 
nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poul- 
try. Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  rations  will  be 
presented. 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, anatomy  and  physiology.  The  specific  anatomi- 
cal and  physiological  modifications  employed  by  ani- 
mals adapted  to  certain  stressful  environments  will  be 
considered.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
problems  of  temperature  regulation  and  water  bal- 
ance. Specific  areas  for  consideration  will  include: 
animals  in  cold  (including  hibernation),  animals  in  dry 
heat,  diving  animals  and  animals  in  high  altitudes. 

ANSC  407  Advanced  Dairy  Production  (1)  An  ad- 
vanced course  primarily  designed  for  teachers  of  vaca- 
tional  agriculture  and  country  agents.  It  includes  a 
study  of  the  newer  discoveries  in  dairy  cattle  nutrition, 
breeding  and  management. 

ANSC  411  Biology  and  Management  of  Shellfish  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
each  week.  Field  trips,  identification,  biology,  manage- 
ment, and  culture  of  commercially-important  molluscs 
and  Crustacea.  Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology  or 
zoology.  This  course  will  examine  the  shellfisheries  of 
the  world,  but  will  emphasize  those  of  the  Northwest- 
ern Atlantic  Ocean  and  Chesapeake  Bay. 

ANSC  412  Introduction  (o  Diseases  of  Animals  (3) 

Prerequisite,  MICB  200  and  ZOOL  101.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  This  course  gives 
basic  instruction  in  the  nature  of  disease:  including 
causation,  immunity,  methods  of  diagnosis,  economic 
importance,  public  health  aspects  and  prevention  and 
control  of  the  common  diseases  of  sheep,  cattle, 
swine,  horses  and  poultry. 

ANSC  413  Laboratory  Animal  Management  (3)  A 

comprehensive  course  in  care  and  management  of 
laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  physi- 
ology, anatomy  and  special  uses  for  the  different 
species.  Disease  prevention  and  regulations  for  main- 
taining animal  colonies  will  be  covered.  Field  trips  will 
be  required. 

ANSC  414  Biology  and  Management  of  Fish  (4) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  Biology  or  Zoology.  Two 
lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratories  a  week.  Fun- 
damentals of  individual  and  population  dynamics;  the- 
ory and  practice  of  sampling  fish  populations;  manage- 
ment schemes. 

ANSC  415  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Domestic  Animals 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ANSC  412  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  parasitic 
diseases  resulting  from  protozoan  and  helminth  infec- 
tion and  arthropod  infestation.  Emphasis  on  parasites 
of  vetennary  importance:  their  identification:  life  cy- 
cles, pathological  effects  and  control  by  management. 

ANSC  416  Wildlife  Management  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory.  An  introduction  to  the  interrelation- 
ships of  game  birds  and  mammals  with  their  environ- 
ment, population  dynamics  and  the  principles  of  Wil- 
dlife Management. 

ANSC  422  Meats  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ANSC  221.  A  course 
designed  to  give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as  a  food 
and  the  factors  influencing  acceptability,  marketing, 
and  quality  of  fresh  meats.  It  includes  comparisons  of 
characteristics  of  live  animals  with  their  carcasses, 
grading  and  evaluating  carcasses  as  well  as  wholesale 
cuts,  and  the  distribution  and  merchandising  of  the 
nation's  meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods  are  conduct- 
ed in  pack'ng  houses,  meat  distnbution  centers,  retail 
outlets  and  university  meats  laboratory. 

ANSC  423  Livestock  Management  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  401.  Application  of  various  phases  of  animal 
science  to  the  management  and  production  of  beef 
cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 


ANSC  424  Livestock  Management  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ANSC  423.  Applications  of  various  phases  of  animal 
science  to  the  management  and  production  of  beef 
cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 

ANSC  425  Herpetology  (3)  Prerequisites;  ANSC  211 
and  ANSC  212;  or  equivalent.  Study  of  taxonomy, 
physiology,  behavior,  functional  anatomy,  evolution 
and  distnbution  of  present  day  amphibians  and  rep- 
tiles. Common  diseases  and  management  under  cap- 
tive conditions.  Identification  of  poisonous  species 
with  appropriate  precautions. 

ANSC  426  Principles  of  Breeding  (3)  Second  semes- 
ter. Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  ANSC  201 
or  equivalent,  ANSC  222,  ANSC  423  or  424.  Graduate 
credit  (1-3  hours)  allowed  with  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. The  practical  aspects  of  animal  breeding,  heredity, 
variation,  selection,  development,  systems  of  breeding 
and  pedigree  study  are  considered. 

ANSC  432  Horse  Farm  Management  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, ANSC  332  and  AREC  410.  One  90-minute  lecture 
and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  A 
course  to  develop  the  technical  and  managerial  skills 
necessary  for  the  operation  of  a  horse  breeding  farm. 
Herd  health  programs,  breeding  programs  and  proce- 
dures, foaling  activities,  -foot  care,  weaning  programs, 
and  the  maintenance  of  records  incidental  to  each  of 
these  activities. 

ANSC  442  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
ANSC  242,  and  ANSC  201.  A  specialized  course  in 
breeding  dairy  cattle.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods 
of  evaluation  and  selection,  systems  of  breeding  and 
breeding  programs. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  of  Lacta- 
tion (3)  Prerequisites;  ANSC  212  or  equivalent  and 
CHEM  261  or  CHEM  461.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
The  physiology  and  biochemistry  of  milk  production  in 
domestic  animals,  particulariy  cattle.  Mammary  gland 
development  and  maintenance  from  the  embryo  to  the 
fully  developed  lactating  gland.  Abnormalities  of  the 
mammary  gland. 

ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisites,  AGEC  406  and  ANSC  203  or  214,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  business  aspects  of  dairy 
farming  including  an  evaluation  of  the  costs  and  re- 
turns associated  with  each  segment.  The  economic 
impact  of  pertinent  management  decisions  is  studied. 
Recent  developments  in  animal  nutrition  and  genetics, 
agricultural  economics,  agricultural  engineering,  and 
agronomic  practices  are  discussed  as  they  apply  to 
management  of  a  dairy  herd. 

ANSC  446  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  422  or  ANSC  212.  Anatomy 
and  physiology  of  reproductive  processes  in 
domesticated  and  wild  mammals. 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction 
Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or  corequisites:  ANSC  446.  One 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Animal  handling,  artifi- 
cial insemination  procedures  and  analytical  techniques 
useful  in  animal  management  and  reproductive  re- 
search. Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
ANSC  446  prior  to  Fall  1976. 

ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology  (2)  (Alternate  even 
years)  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  basic  course  in  animal  physiology.  The 
basic  physiology  of  the  bird  is  discussed,  excluding  the 
reproductive  system.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to 
physiological  differences  between  birds  and  other  ver- 
tebrates. 

ANSC  462  Physiology  of  Hatchability  (1)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
ZOOL  421  or  422.  The  physiology  of  embryonic  devel- 
opment as  related  to  principles  of  hatchability  and 
problems  of  incubation  encountered  in  the  hatchery 
industry  are  discussed. 

ANSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite, 
ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concurrent  registration.  Six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  rumi- 
nant and  monogaslric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of 
vanous  food  products,  and  feeding  trials  demonstrat- 
ing classical  nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory  ani- 
mals. 

ANSC  464  Poultry  Hygiene  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites.  MICB  200 


Applied  Design    121 


and  ANSC  101.  Virus,  bacterial  and  protozoan  diseas- 
es, parasitic  diseases,  prevention,  control  and  eradica- 
tion. 

ANSC  466  Avian  Anatomy  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  ZOOL  102. 
Gross  and  microscopic  structure,  dissection  and  dem- 
onstration. 

ANSC  467  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding  (1)  This 
course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  extension  service  workers.  The  first 
half  will  be  devoted  to  problems  concerning  breeding 
and  the  development  of  breeding  stock.  The  second 
half  will  be. devoted  to  nutrition. 

ANSC  477  Poultry  Products  and  Marketing  (1)  This 
course  is  designed  primanly  for  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  county  agents.  It  deals  with  the  factors 
affecting  the  quality  of  poultry  products  and  with  hatch- 
ery management  problems,  egg  and  poultry  grading, 
preservation  problems  and  market  outlets  for  Ivlary- 
land  poultry. 

ANSC  480  Special  Topics  in  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Management  (3)  Three  lectures.  Analysis  of  various 
state  and  federal  programs  related  to  fish  and  wildlife 
management.  This  would  include:  fish  stocking  pro- 
grams, Maryland  deer  management  program,  warm 
water  fish  management,  acid  drainage  problems, 
water  quality,  water  fowl  management,  wild  turkey 
management  and  regulations  relative  to  the  adminis- 
tration of  these  programs. 

ANSC  487  Special  Topics  in  Animal  Science  (1) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  This  course  is 
designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational  agricul- 
ture and  extension  service  personnel.  One  primary 
topic  to  be  selected  mutually  by  the  instructor  and 
students  will  be  presented  each  session. 


Anthropology 

ANTH  101  Introduction  to  Anthropology  -  Archae- 
ology and  Physical  Anthropology  (3)  May  be  taken 
for  credit  in  the  general  education  program.  General 
patterns  of  the  development  of  human  cluture;  the 
biological  and  morphological  aspects  of  man  viewed  in 
his  cultural  setting. 

ANTH  102  Introduction  to  Anthropology  -  Cultural 
Anthropology  and  Linguistics  (3)  Social  and  cultural 
principles  as  exemplified  in  ethnographic  descriptions. 
The  study  of  language  within  the  context  of  Anthropol- 
ogy. 

ANTH  103  Introduction  to  Primate  Social  Behavior 

(3)  An  introduction  of  the  primate  socialization  process 
as  evidenced  in  the  prosimians,  monkeys,  apes  and 
humans.  Social  organization,  function  and  ecology  will 
be  stressed  within  the  framework  of  modern  ethology. 

ANTH  221  Man  and  Environment  (3)  A  geographical 
introduction  to  ethnology,  emphasizing  the  relations 
between  cultural  forms  and  natural  environment. 

ANTH  241  Introduction  to  Archaeology  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  basic  aims  and  methods  of  archeological  field 
work  and  interpretation,  with  emphasis  on  the  recon- 
struction of  prehistoric  ways  of  life. 

ANTH  261  Introduction  to  Physical  Anthropology 

(3)  The  biological  evolution  of  man,  including  the 
process  of  race  formation,  as  revealed  by  the  study  of 
the  fossil  record  and  observation  of  modern  forms. 

ANTH  271  Language  and  Culture  (3)  A  non-technical 
introduction  to  linguistics,  with  special  consideration  of 
the  relations  between  language  and  other  aspects  of 
culture.  (Listed  also  as  ling  101). 

ANTH  298  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (3)  An- 
thropological perspectives  on  selected  topics  of  broad 
general  interest.  Course  may  be  repeated  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits  when  course  content  differs. 

ANTH  361  Human  Evolution  and  Fossil  Man  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  basic  principles  of  human  evolution  as 
seen  by  comparative  anatomic  study  of  fossil  speci- 
mens. 

ANTH  371  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  basic  concepts  of  modern  descriptive 
linguistics.  Phonology,  morphology,  syntax.  Examina- 
tions of  the  methods  of  comparative  linguistics,  inter- 
nal reconstruction,  dialect  geography. 


ANTH  389  Research  Problems  (1-6)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  Introductory  training  in  anthro- 
pological research  methods.  The  student  will  prepare 
a  paper  embodying  the  results  of  an  appropriate 
combination  of  research  techniques  applied  to  a  se- 
lected problem  in  any  field  of  anthropology. 

ANTH  397  Anthropological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  historical 
development  and  current  emphasis  in  the  theoretical 
approaches  of  all  fields  of  anthropology,  providing  an 
integrated  frame  of  reference  for  the  discipline  as  a 
whole. 

ANTH  401  Cultural  Anthropology — Principles  and 
Processes  (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101,  102,  or  221. 
An  examination  of  the  nature  of  human  culture  and  its 
processes,  both  historical  and  functional.  The  ap- 
proach will  be  topical  and  theoretical  rather  than 
descriptive. 

ANTH  402  Cultural  Anthropology— World  Ethnog- 
raphy (3)  Prerequisite,  ANTH  101,  102,  or  221.  A 
descriptive  survey  of  the  culture  areas  of  the  world 
through  an  examination  of  the  ways  of  selected  repre- 
sentative societies. 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Oceania  (3)  A 

sun/ey  of  the  cultures  of  Polynesia,  Micronesia, 
Melanesia  and  Australia.  Theoretical  and  cultural-his- 
torical problems  will  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  414  Ethnology  of  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites, 
ANTH  101  and  102.  The  native  peoples  and  cultures 
of  Africa  and  their  historical  relationships,  with  empha- 
sis on  that  portion  of  the  continent  south  of  the  Sahara. 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the  Far  East  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  major  sociopolitical  systems  of  China, 
Korea  and  Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions  will 
be  dealt  with  in  presenting  this  material. 

ANTH  423  Ethnology  of  the  Southwest  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, ANTH  101  and  102.  Culture  history,  economic 
and  social  institutions,  religion,  and  mythology  of  the 
Indians  of  the  Southwest  United  States. 

ANTH  424  Ethnology  of  North  America  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites. ANTH  101  and  102.  The  native  people  and 
cultures  of  North  America  north  of  Mexico  and  their 
historical  relationships,  including  the  effects  of  contact 
with  European-derived  populations. 

ANTH  426  Ethnology  of  Middle  America  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ANTH  101  and  102.  Cultural  background  and 
modern  social,  economic  and  religious  life  of  Indian 
and  Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  Central  America; 
processes  of  acculturation  and  currents  in  cultural 
development. 

ANTH  431  Social  Organization  of  Primitive  Peoples 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ANTH  101  and  102.  A  comparative 
survey  of  the  structures  of  non-literate  and  folk  socie- 
ties, covering  both  general  phnciples  and  special  re- 
gional developments. 

ANTH  434  Religion  of  Primitive  Peoples  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, ANTH  101  and  102.  A  sun/ey  of  the  religious 
systems  of  primitive  and  folk  societies,  with  emphasis 
on  the  relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects  of  culture, 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technology  and  Economy  (3) 

A  survey  of  technology,  food  economy  and  general 
economic  processes  in  non-industrial  societies. 

ANTH  437  Politics  and  Government  in  Primitive 
Society  (3)  A  combined  survey  of  politics  in  human 
societies  and  of  important  anthropological  theories 
concerning  this  aspect  of  society. 

ANTH  441  Archaeology  of  the  Old  World  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ANTH  101  or  241.  A  survey  of  the  archaeologi- 
cal materials  of  Europe,  Asia  and  Afhca,  with  emphasis 
on  chronological  and  regional  interrelationships. 

ANTH  451  Archaeology  of  the  New  World  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, ANTH  101  or  241.  A  survey  of  the 
archaeological  materials  of  North  and  South  America 
with  emphasis  on  chronological  and  regional  interrela- 
tionships. 

ANTH  461  Human  Osteology  Laboratory  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ANTH  101.  A  laboratory  study  of  the  human 
skeleton,  its  morphology,  measurement,  and  anatomic 
relationships. 

ANTH  462  Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ANTH  101.  The  gross  anatomy  of  non-human 
primates.  Laboratory  dissection  of  various  pnmate 
cadavers  under  supervision.  Occasional  lectures. 


ANTH  463  Primate  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH 
101 .  A  combination  lecture  and  laboratory  examination 
of  non-human  pnmates.  Major  studies  of  various  types 
that  have  been  undertaken  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the 
field. 

ANTH  465  Human  Growth  and  Constitution  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  101,  A  laboratory  study  of  the 
growth,  development  and  age  changes  in  the  human 
body  from  conception  through  old  age,  including  gross 
photographic,  radiographic,  and  microscopic  study  of 
growth  and  variation. 

ANTH  466  Forensic  Anthropology  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ANTH  461  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
A  laboratory  study  of  the  methods  used  to  identify 
human  remains  by  anthropological  techniques  and 
discussion  of  the  role  of  the  anthropologist  in  medico- 
legal investigation. 

ANTH  467  Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory  study  of 
human  population  genetics,  dynamics  and  variation, 
including  anthropological  seriology,  biochemistry, 
dermatoglyphics  and  hair  microscopy. 

ANTH  498  Field  Methods  in  Ethnology  (1-6)  Field 
training  in  the  collection  and  recording  of  Ethnological 
data. 

ANTH  499  Field  Methods  in  Archaeology  (1-6)  Field 

training  in  the  techniques  of  archaeological  sun/ey  and 
excavation. 


Applied  Design 

APDS  101  Fundamentals  of  Design  (3)  Knowledge 

of  basic  art  elements  and  principles  gained  through 
design  problems  which  employ  a  variety  of  media. 

APDS  102  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite,  APDS  101. 
Continued  exploration  of  design  as  a  means  of  visual 
expression  with  added  emphasis  on  color  and  lighting. 

APDS  103  Design  III — Three-Dlmensionai  Design 

(3)  Three  studio  pehods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101, 

102.  Creative  efforts  directed  to  discriminating  use  of 
form,  volume,  depth,  and  movement. 

APDS  104  Survey  of  Art  History  (3)  A  rapid  survey  of 
western  culture  expressed  through  and  influenced  by 
the  visual  arts:  monumental  and  residential  architec- 
ture; furniture,  textiles  and  costume;  painting  and 
sculpture. 

APDS  210  Presentation  Techniques  (3)  Three  studio 
periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101,  102  or  equivalent. 
Comparative  approach  to  basic  presentation  tech- 
niques used  in  the  several  areas  of  commercial  design. 

APDS  211  Action  Drawing— Fashion  Sketching  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  balance  and  propor- 
tion of  the  human  figure.  Sketch  techniques  applied  to 
action  poses  and  fashion  drawing  in  soft  and  litho- 
graph pencils,  pastels,  water  color,  ink.  Drawing  from 
model. 

APDS  212  Design  Workshop  for  Transfers  (5)  Pre- 
requisite, APDS  101  or  equivalent.  Provides  opportuni- 
ty for  transfer  students  to  remove  deficiences  in  lower- 
level  design  courses.  Study  of  color,  lighting  and 
presentation  techniques.  May  be  taken  no  later  than 
one  semester  after  transfer  into  department. 

APDS  220  Introduction  to  Fashion  Design  (3)  Three 
studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  APDS  101  or  equivalent. 
Basic  fashion  figure  drawing.  Original  designs  ren- 
dered in  transparent  and  opaque  water  color,  soft 
pencil,  pastels,  and  ink.  Primarily  for  nonmajors. 

APDS  230  Silk  Screen  Printing  (3)  Three  laboratory 
penods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102,  or  equivalent. 
Use  of  silk  screen  processes  in  execution  of  original 
designs  for  commercial  production. 

APDS  237  Photography  (2)  One  lecture,  three  hours 
laboratory.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102,  or  equiva- 
lent. Study  of  fundamental  camera  techniques.  Explor- 
ation of  the  expressive  possibilities  in  relation  to  the 
field  of  design  and  visual  communication. 

APDS  320  Fashion  Illustration  (3)  First  semester. 
Three  studio  periods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102, 

103,  210,  211.  Fabnc  and  clothing  structure  as  they 
relate  to  illustration.  Opportunity  to  explore  rendering 
styles  and   techniques  appropriate  to  reproduction 


122    Architecture 


methods  currently  used  in  advertising.  Guidance  in 
development  of  individuality  in  presentations. 

APOS  321  Fashion  Design  and  Illustration  (3)  Three 
studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  APDS  320.  Design  and 
illustration  of  fashions  appropriate  to  the  custom  mar- 
ket and  to  mass  production. 

APDS  322  Advanced  Costume  (4)  Prerequisiie. 
APDS  320  or  321.  Advanced  problems  in  fashion 
illustration  or  design.  Problems  chosen  with  consent  of 
instructor. 

APDS  330  Typography  and  Lettering  (3)  Three 
studio  periods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101.  102.  Experi- 
ence in  hand  lettering  techniques  as  a  means  of 
understanding  lettering  styles  in  design  composition. 
Recognition  of  type  faces  used  in  advertisement,  bool( 
and  magazine  layout.  Effect  of  printing  processes  on 
design  choices. 

APDS  331  Advertising  Layout  (3)  Three  studio  peri- 
ods. Prerequisites,  APDS  330.  EDIN  101a.  Design  of 
advertising  layouts  from  initial  idea  to  finished  layout. 
Typography  and  illustration  as  they  relate  to  reproduc- 
tion processes  used  in  direct  advertising. 

APDS  332  Display  Design  (3)  Three  studio  periods. 
Prerequisites,  EDIN  101a.  APDS  330  or  equivalent. 
Application  of  design  principles  to  creative  display 
appropriate  to  exhibits,  design  shows,  merchandising. 
Display  construction. 

APDS  337  Advanced  Photography  (2)  Two  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite.  APDS  237.  Composition,  tech- 
niques and  lighting  applicable  to  illustration,  documen- 
tation, advertising  design,  and  display. 

APDS  360  Professional  Seminar  (2)  Two  lecture- 
discussion  periods.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Exploration  of  professional  and 
career  opportunities,  ethics,  practices.  Professional 
organizations,  portfolio  evaluation. 

APDS  430  Advanced  Problems  In  Advertising  De- 
sign (3)  Two  studio  periods.  Prerequisite.  APDS  331 
Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of  adver- 
tising design. 

APOS  431  Advanced  Problems  In  Advertising  De- 
sign (3)  Two  studio  periods.  Prerequisite.  APDS  430. 
Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  planned  for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of  adver- 
tising design. 

APDS  437  Advanced  Photography  (3)  Three  studio 
periods.  Continuation  of  APDS  337. 

APDS  499  Individual  Problems  in  Applied  Design 
(3-4)  A — Advertising  B — Costume  Open  only  to  ad- 
vanced students  who,  with  guidance  can  work  inde- 
pendently. Written  consent  of  instructor. 


Architecture 

ARCH  170  introduction  to  the  Built  Environment 

(3)  Introduction  of  (1)  conceptual,  perceptual,  behav- 
ioral and  technical  aspects  of  the  environment;  and, 
(2)  methods  of  analysis,  problem  solving  and  imple- 
mentation. For  students  not  majoring  in  architecture. 
Prerequisites,  none.  Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  200  Basle  Environmental  Design  (4)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  processes  of  visual  and  architectural  de- 
sign, including  the  study  of  visual  design  fundamentals. 
Field  problems  involving  the  student  in  the  study  of 
actual  developmental  problems.  Lecture,  studio.  9 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  201  Basic  Environmental  Design  (4)  Prereq- 
uisite—ARCH  200  with  a  grade  of  c  or  better.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  processes  of  visual  and  architectural  de- 
sign, including  the  study  of  visual  design  fundamentals. 
Field  problems  involving  the  student  in  the  study  of 
actual  developmental  problems.  Lecture  and  studio.  9 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  214  Materials  and  Methods  of  Construction  I 

(2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Architecture  students  only 
or  permission  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 
materials  of  construction,  their  properties  attributes 
and  deficiencies 

ARCH  215  Materials  and  Methods  of  Construction 

II  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Architecture  students 


only  or  permission  of  instructor.  Describes  the  meth- 
ods by  which  the  architect  combines  materials  to 
produce  structural  systems. 

ARCH  220  History  of  Architecture  I  (3)  Survey  of 
architectural  history.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  221  History  of  Architecture  II  (3)  Prerequi- 
site—ARCH  220.  Continuation  of  survey  of  architectur- 
al history.  Lecture  three  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  240  Basic  Photography  (2)  Provides  a  student 
with  the  basic  concepts  of  clarity  and  organization  on  a 
two-dimensional  surface  and  stresses  photography  as 
a  tool  for  visual  communication.  Lecture  one  hour  per 
week,  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 

ARCH  242  Drawing  I  (2)  Introduces  the  student  to 
basic  techniques  of  sketching  and  use  of  various 
media. 

ARCH  300  Architecture  Studio  I  (4)  Prerequi- 
sites— ARCH  201  with  a  grade  of  c  or  better. 
Corequisite — ARCH  310.  Develops  a  basic  under- 
standing of  the  elements  of  environmental  control, 
basic  structural  systems,  building  processes  materials, 
and  the  ability  to  manipulate  them.  Lecture  and  studio. 
9  hours  per  week.  . 

ARCH  301  Architecture  Studio  II  (4)  Prerequi- 
site— ARCH  300  with  a  grade  of  c  or  better. 
Corequisite — ARCH  311.  Develops  a  basic  under- 
standing of  the  forms  generated  by  different  structural 
systems,  environmental  controls  and  methods  of  con- 
struction. Lecture  and  studio,  9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  310  Architectural  Science  and  Technology  I 

(4)  Prerequisite — ARCH  201  with  a  grade  of  c  or 
better,  ARCH  215.  IWlATH  221,  and  PHYS  121. 
Corequisite — ARCH  300.  Introduction  to  architectural 
science  and  technology  treating  principles  of  struc- 
tures, environmental  mechanical  controls,  and  con- 
struction. Lecture  and  studio.  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  311  Architectural  Science  and  Technology  II 

(4)  Prerequisite— ARCH  300  and  ARCH  310  with  a 
grade  of  c  or  better.  Corequisite — ARCH  301.  Devel- 
ops working  knowledge  of  the  design  principles  and 
parameters  of  three  areas  of  architectural  science  and 
technology  structures,  environmental-mechanical  con- 
trols, and  construction.  Lecture  and  studio.  6  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  314  Computer  Applications  in  Architecture 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ARCH  201  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Introduction  to  computer  programming  and  utilization, 
with  emphasis  on  architectural  applications.  Lecture, 
laboratory. 

ARCH  320  Studies  In  Ancient  Architecture  (3)  The 

origins  and  development  of  architecture  of  the  ancient 
world  from  the  earliest  times  through  the  fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire  with  emphasis  upon  Egypt,  the  Near 
East  and  the  Classical  World. 

ARCH  322  Studies  In  Medieval  Architecture  (3) 

Limited  to  architecture  students  or  by  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Architectural  innovations  from  the 
Carolingian  through  the  Gothic  periods.  Lecture.  3 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  324  Studies  In  Renaissance  Architecture  (3) 

Limited  to  architecture  students  or  by  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Study  of  Renaissance  architectural  prin- 
ciples and  their  development  in  the  Baroque  period. 
Lecture  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  326  Studies  In  Modern  Architecture  (3)  Limit- 
ed to  architecture  students  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Study  of  architectural  problems  from  1750 
to  the  present.  Lecture.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  342  Studies  in  Visual  Design  (3)  Studio  work 
at  an  intermediate  level  in  visual  design  divorced  from 
architectural  problem  solving.  Prerequisite.  ARCH  201. 
Lecture,  studio  work.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  350  Theory  of  urban  form  (3)  Urban  spatial 
forms  of  the  past  and  present;  theories  of  design  of 
complexes  of  buildings,  urban  space  and  communities. 
Lecture  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  352  The  Architect  In  the  Community  (3)  The 

architect's  role  in  the  social  and  political  dynamics  of 
urban  environmental  design  decision-making  pro- 
cesses, including  study  of  determination  and  expres- 
sion of  user  needs,  community  aspirations,  formal  and 
informal  program  and  design  review  processes.  Semi- 
nar, 1  hour  per  week,  field  observation,  approximately 
3  hours  per  week. 


ARCH  360  Basic  Site  Analysis  (3)  Study  of  criteria 
and  principles  essential  to  the  support  of  natural 
systems  in  physical  site  development.  For  architecture 
students  or  by  permission  of  instructor.  Lecture-lab,  3 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  370  Theories  and  Literature  of  Architecture 

(3)  Limited  to  architecture  students  or  by  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Provides  an  understanding  of  some 
historical  and  present  theories  of  architectural  design 
readings  and  seminar  discussions.  Lecture,  3  hours 
per  week. 

ARCH  372  Signs,  Symbols  and  Messages  In 
Architecture  (3)  Limited  to  architecture  students  or  by 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Class  limited  to  15-20 
students.  Signs  and  symbols  in  buildings  and  cities, 
messages  conveyed  and  purposes  for  conveying 
these  messages.  Readings,  photographic  reports  and 
minor  problem-solving  assignments.  Lecture,  three 
hours  per  week. 

ARCH  374  Computer  Aided  Environmental  Design 

(3)  Applications  of  computer-aided  design  in  architec- 
ture, using  existing  problem-solving  routines  and  com- 
puter graphic  techniques.  Prerequisite.  ARCH  201, 
CMSC  103.  Lecture.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  376  The  Architectural  Program  as  Func- 
tional Form  Generator  (3)  A  study  of  architectural 
programming  as  derived  from  functional  needs  of  man 
in  his  environment.  Analysis,  synthesis  and  evaluation 
of  categories  of  needs  with  concentration  on  human 
response  to  forms  generated  by  programs  with  em- 
phasis on  non-quantifiable  human  needs.  Architecture 
majors  or  by  permission  of  the  instnjctor.  Lectures, 
seminars,  field  trips,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  400  Architecture  Studio  III  (4)  Prerequi- 
sites— ARCH  301  with  a  grade  of  c  or  better,  and 
ARCH  311.  Corequisite— ARCH  410,  except  by  per- 
mission of  the  dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio, 
with  emphasis  on  comprehensive  building  design  and 
introduction  to  urban  design  factors.  Lecture  and  stu- 
dio 9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  401  Architecture  Studio  IV  (4)  Prerequi- 
sites— ARCH  400  wfith  a  grade  of  c  or  better  and 
ARCH  410.  Corequisite— ARCH  411,  except  by  per- 
mission of  the  dean.  Continuation  of  design  studio  with 
emphasis  on  urban  design  factors.  Lecture  and  studio, 
9  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  410  Architectural  Science  and  Technology 

III  (4)  Prerequisites— ARCH  301  and  ARCH  311  with  a 
grade  of  c  or  better.  Corequisite — ARCH  400,  except 
by  permission  of  the  dean.  Application  of  principles  in 
architectural  structures,  environmental  controls  and 
construction.  Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  411  Architectural  Science  and  Technology 

IV  (4)  Prerequisites— ARCH  400  and  ARCH  410  with  a 
grade  of  c  or  better.  Corequisite — ARCH  401  except 
by  permission  of  the  dean.  Application  of  principles 
and  further  analysis  of  systems  and  hardware  in  archi- 
tectural structures,  environmental  controls  and  con- 
struction. Lecture  and  studio,  6  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  413  Structural  Systems  In  Architecture  (3) 

Theory  and  application  of  selected  complex  structural 
systems  as  they  relate  to  architectural  decisions.  Pre- 
requisite, ARCH  41 0  or  by  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Seminar.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  for  Buildings 

(3)  Prerequisites,  ARCH  31 1 .  or  ENME  321 .  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to 
provide  heating,  cooling,  hot  water,  and  electricity  for 
buildings  and  related  techniques  for  reducing  energy 
consumption.  Crosslisted  as  ENME  414. 

ARCH  41B  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  Sci- 
ence (1-4)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  content 
is  different. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  In  Architectural 
Science  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty 
sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  com- 
mittee. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits. 

ARCH  420  History  of  American  Architecture  (3) 

Survey  history  of  American  architecture  from  the  17th 
Century  to  the  present.  Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  421  Seminar  in  American  Architecture  (3) 

Advanced  investigation  of  histoncal  problems  in  Amer-     i 
ican  architecture.  Readings,  discussions,  and  papers. 
Prerequisite,  ARCH  420  or  permission  of  instructor. 


Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics    123 


ARCH    422    French    Architecture    1750-1800    (3) 

French  architectural  theory  and  practice  of  the  second 
half  of  the  eighteenth  century  A  reading  knowledge  of 
French  will  be  required  Colloquium  and  independent 
research.  By  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ARCH  424   History  of  Russian  Architecture  (3) 

Survey  history  of  Russian  architecture  from  the  10th 
century  to  the  present    Lecture,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  426  Readings  in  Contemporary  Architecture 

(3)  Prerequisite — ARCH  326.  Readings  and  analysis  of 
recent  architectural  criticism.  Seminar,  three  hours  per 
week. 

ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  History 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural 
History  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty 
sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curnculum  com- 
mittee. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  430  Problems  and  Methods  of  Architectural 
Preservation  (3)  Prerequisite.  ARCH  420  or  by  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Examination  of  social,  cultural. 
and  economic  values  affecting  the  theory  and  practice 
of  architectural  preservation  in  America,  with  emphasis 
upon  the  rationale  and  methods  for  the  documenta- 
tion, evaluation,  and  utilization  of  existing  architectural 
resources.  Field  trips. 

ARCH  438  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  Preser- 
vation (1-4)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the 
content  is  different. 

ARCH  439  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural 
Preservation  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  facul- 
ty sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum 
committee.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  447  Advanced  Seminar  in  Photography  (3) 

Prerequisites.  ARCH  340  or  APDS  337  or  JOUR  351: 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of  photo- 
graphic criticism  through  empirical  methods,  for  stu- 
dents proficient  in  photographic  skills.  Photographic 
assignments,  laboratory,  seminar.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  in  Visual  Studies  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  in  Visual  Studies 
(1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  of  the  curnculurrr  committee.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  450  Introduction  to  Urban  Planning  (3)  Intro- 
duction to  city  planning  theory,  methodology  and  tech- 
niques, dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural,  eco- 
nomic, social  aspects  of  the  city:  urban  planning  as  a 
process.  Architectural  majors  or  by  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Lecture,  seminar.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  451  Urban  Design  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ARCH  350  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Advanced 
investigation  into  problems  of  analysis  and  evaluation 
of  the  design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and  complexes 
with  emphasis  on  physical  and  social  considerations, 
effects  of  public  policies,  through  case  studies.  Field 
observations 

ARCH  453  Urban  Problems  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  A  case  study  of  urban  devel- 
opment issues,  dealing  primanly  with  socio-economic 
aspects  of  changes  in  the  built  environment. 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  in  Urban  Planning  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  in  Urban  Planning 
(1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  of  the  curnculum  committee.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  of  Architecture 

(3)  Introduction  of  economic  aspects  of  present  day 
architecture:  government  policy,  land  evaluation,  and 
project  financing;  construction  materials  and  labor 
costs:  cost  analysis  and  control  systems.  Architecture 
majors,  except  by  permission  of  instructor.  Lecture, 
seminar.  3  hours  per  week 

ARCH  478  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 


ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  in  Architecture 
(1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and 
receive  approval  of  the  curnculum  committee  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  6  credits 

ARCH  500  Advanced  Topical  Problems  in  Architec- 
ture I  (6)  Prerequisite— ARCH  401  with  a  grade  of  c  or 
better.  Offers  several  studio  options  in  advanced  topi- 
cal problems  from  among  which  the  student  selects 
one  Studies  are  structured  under  generic  titles  and 
includes  lectures,  field  trips,  and  assigned  readings  as 
well  as  directed  independent  work.  Offered  fall  term 
only.  Lecture  and  studio  12  hours  per  week.  Architec- 
ture majors  only. 

ARCH  501  Advanced  Topical  Problems  in  Architec- 
ture II  (6)  Prerequisite — ARCH  500  with  a  grade  of  c  or 
better.  Offers  several  studio  options  in  advanced  topi- 
cal problems  from  among  which  the  student  selects 
one.  Studios  are  structured  under  genenc  titles  and 
include  lectures,  field  trips,  assigned  readings  as  well 
as  directed  independent  work.  Offered  spnng  term 
only.  Lecture  and  studio  12  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  502  Thesis  Proseminar  (3)  Directed  research 
and  preparation  of  program  for  required  undergraduate 
thesis  to  be  undertaken  in  final  semester  of  program. 
Prerequisite.  ARCH  401  with  grade  of  c  or  better. 
Seminar,  three  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  512  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  in 
Architecture  (3)  Qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis 
and  design  of  selected  complex  structural  systems 
and  methods.  Prerequisite.  ARCH  411.  Labs,  field 
trips.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  514  Environmental  Systems  in  Architecture 

(3)  Qualitative  analysis  of  selected  environmental  sys- 
tems as  design  determinants.  Prerequisite,  ARCH  41 1 . 
Lecture,  lab.  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  570  Introduction  to  Professional  Manage- 
ment (2)  Introduction  to  architectural  professional 
practice  management,  including  social,  organizational 
project  management,  legal  and  cost-control  aspects  of 
the  performance  of  complex,  comprehensive  environ- 
mental design  services.  Prerequisite.  ARCH  401.  Lec- 
ture, 2  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite.  ARCH  401. 


Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics 

AREC  240  Environment  and  Human  Ecology  (3) 

Pollution  and  human  crowding  in  the  modern  environ- 
ment. Causes  and  ecological  costs  of  these  problems. 
Public  policy  approaches  to  the  solution  of  problems  in 
environment  and  human  ecology. 

AREC  250  Elements  of  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics  (3)  An  introduction  to  economic  principles 
of  production,  marketing,  agricultural  prices  and  in- 
comes, farm  labor,  credit,  agricultural  policies,  and 
government  programs. 

AREC  251  Marketing  of  Agricultural  Products  (3) 

The  development  of  marketing,  its  scope,  channels, 
and  agencies  of  distribution,  functions,  costs,  methods 
used  and  services  rendered. 

AREC  365  World  Hunger,  Population,  and  Food 
Supplies  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  problem  of  world 
hunger  and  possible  solutions  to  it.  World  demand, 
supply,  and  distribution  of  food.  Alternatives  for  level- 
ing off  world  food  demand,  increasing  the  supply  of 
food,  and  improving  its  distnbution.  Environmental 
limitations  to  increasing  world  food  production. 

AREC  398  Seminar  (1)  Students  will  obtain  experi- 
ence in  the  selection.  Preparation  and  presentation  of 
economic  topics  and  problems  which  will  be  subjected 
to  critical  analysis. 

AREC  399  Special  Problems  (1-2)  Concentrated 
reading  and  study  in  some  phase  of  problem  in  agricul- 
tural economics. 

AREC  404  Prices  of  Agricultural  Products  (3)  An 

introduction  to  agricultural  price  behavior.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  use  of  pnce  information  in  the  decision- 
making process,  the  relation  of  supply  and  demand  in 
determining  agricultural  prices,  and  the  relation  of 
pnces  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  of  process- 
ing in  the  marketing  system.  The  course  includes 
elementary  methods  of  pnce  analysis,  the  concept  of 
panty  and  the  role  of  pnce  support  programs  in  agncul- 
tural  decisions. 

AREC  406  Farm  Management  (3)  The  organization 
and  operation  of  the  farm  business  to  obtain  an 


income  consistent  with  family  resources  and  objec- 
tives. Pnnciples  of  production  economics  and  other 
related  fields  are  applied  to  the  individual  farm  busi- 
ness. Laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field 
tnps  and  other  practical  exercises. 

AREC  407  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 

(3)  Application  of  economic  principles  to  develop  crite- 
na  for  a  sound  farm  business,  including  credit  source 
and  use,  prepanng  and  filing  income  tax  returns, 
methods  of  appraising  farm  properties,  the  summary 
and  analysis  of  farm  records,  leading  to  effective 
control  and  profitable  operation  of  the  farm  business. 

AREC  410  Horse  Industry  Economics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site. ANSC  230  and  232.  An  introduction  to  the  eco- 
nomic forces  affecting  the  horse  industry  and  to  the 
economic  tools  required  by  horse  farm  managers, 
trainers,  and  others  in  the  industry. 

AREC  414  Introduction  to  Agricultural  business 
management  (3)  The  different  forms  of  businesses 
are  investigated.  Management  functions,  business  in- 
dicators, measures  of  performance,  and  operational 
analysis  are  examined.  Case  studies  are  used  to  show 
applications  of  management  techniques. 

AREC  427  The  economics  of  marketing  systems 
for  agricultural  commodities  (3)  Basic  economic 
theory  as  applied  to  the  marketing  of  agricultural 
products,  including  pnce,  cost,  and  financial  analysis. 
Current  developments  affecting  market  structure  in- 
cluding effects  of  contractual  arrangement,  vertical 
integration,  governmental  policies  and  regulation. 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Poli- 
cy (3)  Development  of  natural  resource  policy  and 
analysis  of  the  evolution  of  public  intervention  in  the 
use  of  natural  resources.  Examination  of  present  poli- 
cies and  of  conflicts  between  private  individuals,  public 
interest  groups,  and  government  agencies. 

AREC  445  World  Agricultural  Development  and  the 
Quality  of  Life  (3)  An  examination  of  the  key  aspects 
of  the  agricultural  development  of  less  developed 
countries  related  to  resources,  technology,  cultural 
and  social  setting,  population,  infrastructure,  incen- 
tives, education,  and  government.  Environmental  im- 
pact of  agnculturai  development,  basic  economic  and 
social  charactenstics  of  peasant  agriculture,  theories 
and  models  of  agricultural  development,  selected  as- 
pects of  agricultural  development  planning. 

AREC  452  Economics  of  Resource  Development 

(3)  A  study  of  the  adequacy  and  quality  of  the  natural 
(land,  water,  air)  and  human  resources,  the  economic 
and  institutional  arrangements  which  guide  their -use 
and  development,  and  the  means  for  improving  their 
quality  and  use. 

AREC  453  Economic  Analysis  of  Natural  Re- 
sources (3)  Rational  use  and  reuse  of  natural  re- 
sources. Theory  and  methodology  of  the  allocation  of 
natural  resources  among  alternative  uses.  Optimum 
state  of  conservation,  market  failure,  safe  minimum 
standard,  and  cost-benefit  analysis. 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Econometrics  in  Agricul- 
ture (3)  An  introduction  to  the  application  of  econo- 
metric techniques  to  agricultural  problems  with  empha- 
sis on  the  assumptions  and  computational  techniques 
necessary  to  derive  statistical  estimates,  test  hypothe- 
ses, and  make  predictions  with  the  use  of  single 
equation  models.  Includes  linear  and  non-linear 
regression  models,  internal  least  squares,  discriminant 
analysis  and  factor  analysis. 

AREC  489  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural  and  Re- 
sources Economics  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
9  credits. 

AREC  495  Honors  Reading  Course  in  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  I  (3)  Selected  readings  in 
political  and  economic  theory  from  1700  to  1850.  This 
course  develops  a  basic  understanding  of  the  develop- 
ment of  economic  and  political  thought  as  a  foundation 
for  understanding  our  present  society  and  its  cultural 
heritage.  Prerequisite,  acceptance  in  the  honors  pro- 
gram of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  Resource 
Economics. 

AREC  496  Honors  Reading  Course  In  Agricultural 
and  Resource  Economics  II  (3)  Selected  readings  in 
political  and  economic  theory  from  1850  to  the  pre- 
sent. This  couse  continues  the  development  of  a  basic 
understanding  of  economic  and  political  thought 
begun  in  AREC  495  by  the  examination  of  modern 


124    Air  Science 


problems  in  agricultural  and  resource  economics  in  the 
light  of  the  material  read  and  discussed  in  AREC  495 
and  AHEC  496.  Prerequisite:  Successful  completion  of 
AREC  495  and  registration  in  the  honors  program  of 
the  department  of  resource  economics. 


Air  Science 

ARSC  100  The  Air  Force  Today  I  (1)  One  hour  class 
and  one  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Study  of  U.S.  Air 
Force  in  contemporary  society.  Survey  of  Air  Force 
doctrine,  mission,  organization  and  systems.  Fresh- 
men year  course  for  AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all 
university  students. 

ARSC  101  The  Air  Force  Today  II  (1)  Continuation  of 
ARSC  100.  The  mission,  organization  and  systems  of 
US  Air  Force  offensive,  defensive,  and  aerospace 
support  forces  and  the  use  of  these  forces  to  support 
contemporary  societal  demands.  Freshmen  year 
course  for  AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university 
students, 

ARSC  110  Fundamentals  of  Flying  (1)  A  study  of 
basic  aviation  knowledge  for  the  beginning  student 
pilot.  The  basic  principles  of  flight,  simple  aerodynam- 
ics, a  descnption  of  aircraft  systems  and  flight  instru- 
ments, federal  aviation  regulations,  basic  meteorology, 
the  use  of  the  flight  computer  for  simple  flight  compu- 
tations and  visual  flight  operations  (VFR). 

ARSC  200  The  Development  of  Air  Power  I  (1) 

Development  of  air  power  from  balloons  and  dirigibles 
through  employment  in  World  War  I  and  II.  Chronologi- 
cal approach  to  grovrth  of  air  power  in  response  to  civil 
and  military  requirements.  Sophomore  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students, 

ARSC  201  The  Development  of  Air  Power  II  (1)  One 

class  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Grovrth  and  devel- 
opment of  air  power  and  aerospace  support  forces 
from  1945  in  response  to  Korea,  the  Cold  War,  South- 
east Asia,  and  the  Space  Age.  The  peaceful  employ- 
ment of  aerospace  forces  for  relief  and  civic  action 
program.  Sophomore  year  course  for  AFROTC  cadets. 
Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  205  The  U.S.  Air  Force  and  Air  Power  (4)  Six 

week  field  training  session  held  during  summer  months 
at  designated  air  force  bases.  Open  only  to  applicants 
selected  by  AFROTC  to  compete  for  entrance  into  the 
two  year  AFROTC  program  as  a  contract  cadet.  Suc- 
cessful completion  is  a  pre-requisite  for  acceptance 
into  the  two  year  AFROTC  program.  Course  content 
consists  of  a  combination  of  academics,  physical 
training  and  leadership  laboratory  experiences  approx- 
imating those  four  year  cadets  gain  in  ARSC  100/101 
and  ARSC  200/201 

ARSC  310  Management  and  Leadership  I  (3)  Study 
of  management  functions,  techniques  and  skills.  Em- 
phasis on  application  of  same  in  laboratory  environ- 
ment structured  to  approximate  a  contemporary  milita- 
ry or  bureaucratic  organization.  Junior  year  course  for 
AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  311  Management  and  Leadership  II  (3)  Con- 
tinuation in  study  and  application  of  management  and 
leadership  skills  to  a  contemporary  military  environ- 
ment. Emphasis  on  leadership,  the  uniform  code  of 
military  justice  and  current  issues  for  the  military  man- 
ager and  leaders.  Junior  year  course  for  AFROTC 
cadets.  Open  to  all  university  students. 

ARSC  320  National  Security  Forces  in  Contempo- 
rary American  Society  I  (3)  The  role  of  the  military 
profession  in  contemporary  american  society,  its  re- 
sponsibilities to  society  and  its  impact  on  society.  The 
definition,  development  and  alteration  of  defense  poli- 
cy in  supporting  national  objectives.  Senior  year 
course  for  AFROTC  cadets.  Open  to  all  university 
students, 

ARSC  321  National  Security  Forces  in  Contempo- 
rary American  Society  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  the 
study  on  the  formulation,  development  and  alteration 
of  strategy  and  of  the  factors  in  the  modern  world 
which  necessitate  the  continuous  reassessment  of 
amencan  defense  policy.  Investigation  of  the  interplay 
of  various  governmental  agencies  in  the  formulation  of 
american  defense  policy  Senior  year  AFROTC 
course   Open  to  all  university  students. 


Art  Education 


ARTE  100  Fundamentals  of  Art  Education  (3)  Two 

hours  of  laboratory  and  two  hours  of  lecture  per  week. 


Fundamental  pnnciples  of  the  visual  arts  for  teaching 
on  the  elementary  level.  Elements  and  principles  of 
design  and  theory  of  color.  Studio  practice  in  different 
media. 


Art  History 

ARTH  100  Introduction  to  Art  (3)  Basic  tools  of 
understanding  visual  art.  This  course  stresses  major 
approaches  such  as  techniques,  subject  matter,  form, 
and  evaluation.  Architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and 
graphic  arts  will  be  discussed.  Required  of  all  art 
majors  in  the  first  year. 

ARTH  260  History  of  Art  (3)  A  survey  of  western  art 
as  expressed  through  architecture,  sculpture  and 
painting.  Prehistoric  times  to  Renaissance. 

ARTH  261  History  of  Art  (3)  A  survey  of  western  art 
as  expressed  through  architecture,  sculpture  and 
painting  from  renaissance  to  the  present. 

ARTH  262  Arts  of  Asia  (3)  The  history  of  South  and 
East  Asian  art  from  prehistory  through  the  mid  19th 
century. 

ARTH  284  Introduction  to  African  Art  (3)  General 
concepts  preparing  the  student  for  a  better  under- 
standing of  African  cultures  through  an  appreciation  of 
their  art. 

ARTH  320  Masterpieces  of  Painting  (3)  A  study  of 
the  contributions  of  a  few  major  painters,  ranging  from 
Giotto  to  Titian. 

ARTH  321  Masterpieces  of  Painting  (3)  A  study  of 
the  contributions  of  a  few  major  painters,  ranging  from 
El  Greco  to  Picasso. 

ARTH  330  Masterpieces  of  Sculpture  (3)  A  study  of 
the  contributions  of  a  few  major  sculptors,  ranging 
from  Polykleitos  to  Ghiberti. 

ARTH  331  Masterpieces  of  Sculpture  (3)  A  study  of 
the  contributions  of  a  few  major  sculptors,  ranging 
from  Ghiberti  to  Moore. 

ARTH  338  Special  Topics  in  Music  and  Art  (3) 

Variable  topics  as  announced.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits,  (listed  also  as  MUSC  338.) 

ARTH  340  Masterpieces  of  Architecture  (3)  A  study 
of  great  architecture  from  Stonehenge  to  the  cathedral 
at  Pisa. 

ARTH  341  Masterpieces  of  Architecture  (3)  A  study 
of  great  architecture  from  Abbaye-Aux-Hommes  to 
Dulles  Airport. 

ARTH  401  Greek  and  Roman  Painting  (3)  Survey  of 
Greek  and  Roman  frescoes  and  panels;  Study  of 
extant  paintings  and  lost  works  known  only  through 
literary  sources. 

ARTH  402  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Greek  art 
and  Archaeology  from  1000  B.C.  to  50  B.C. 

ARTH  403  Roman  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Roman 
art  and  Archaeology  from  Etruscan  origins  to  Diocle- 
tian, 

ARTH  404  Bronze  Age  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  Near  East, 
Egypt  and  Aegean. 

ARTH  405  Japanese  Painting  (3)  Survey  of  Japanese 
painting  from  the  sixth  through  the  sixteenth  centuries, 
including  traditional  Buddhist  painting,  narrative 
scrolls,  and  Zen-related  ink  painting. 

ARTH  406  Arts  of  the  East  I  (3)  the  arts  of  Japan  and 

China  from  prehistory  to  1400. 

ARTH  407  Arts  of  the  East  II  (3)  The  arts  of  Japan 
and  China  from  the  1400's  to  the  present. 

ARTH  410  Early  Christian— Early  Byzantine  Art  (3) 

Sculpture,  painting,  architecture,  and  the  minor  arts 
from  about  312  to  726  AD. 

ARTH  411  Byzantine  Art,  726—1453  (3)  Sculpture, 
painting,  architecture  and  the  minor  arts  from  726  to 
1453  AD. 

ARTH  412  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture 
and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages.  First  semester  will 
stress  Romanesque. 

ARTH  413  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture 
and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages.  Second  semester  will 
stress  the  Gothic  period. 


ARTH  416  Northern  European  Painting  in  the  15th 
century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Netherlands,  France  and 
Germany. 

ARTH  417  Northern  European  Painting  In  the  16th 
century  (3)  Painting  in  the  Netherlands,  France  and 
Germany, 

ARTH    422   Early   Renaissance   Art   in   Italy   (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  about  1400 
to  1430. 

ARTH   423   Early   Renaissance  Art  In   Italy  (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  about  1430 
to  1475. 

ARTH   424   High   Renaissance   Art   in    Italy   (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  about  1475 
to  1500. 

ARTH    425   High   Renaissance   Art   in   Italy   (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  about  1500 
to  1525, 

ARTH  430  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  of  the  rriajor  southern  European 
centers  in  the  1 7th  century. ' 

ARTH  431  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major  northern  European 
centers  in  the  17th  century. 

ARTH  434  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  from 
1400  to  1600.  From  Fouquet  to  Poussin. 

ARTH  435  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  from 
1600  to  1800.  From  Le  Brun  to  David. 

ARTH  440  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architec- 
ture, sculpture  and  painting  in  Europe  from  Neo- 
Classicism  to  Romanticism. 

ARTH  441  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architec- 
ture, sculpture  and  painting  in  Europe.  From  Realism, 
to  to  Impressionism  and  Symbolism, 

ARTH  445  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpressionism 

<3)  Prerequisite,  ARTH  260,  261  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. History  of  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpressionism: 
Artists,  styles,  art  theories,  criticism,  sources  and  influ- 
ence on  20th  Century. 

ARTH  450  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture 
and  architecture  from  the  late  19th  Century  to  1920. 

ARTH  451  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture 
and  architecture  from  1920  to  the  present. 

ARTH  452  History  of  Photography  (3)  History  of 
photography  as  art  from  1839  to  the  present. 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Century 
Sculpture  (3)  Trends  in  sculpture  from  Neo-Ciassi- 
cism  to  the  present.  Emphasis  will  be  put  on  the 
redefinition  of  sculpture  during  the  20th  Century. 

ARTH  460  History  of  the  Graphic  Arts  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, ARTH  100,  or  ARTH  260  and  261,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Graphic  techniques  and  styles  in  Europe 
from  1400  to  1800;  Contributions  of  major  artists. 

ARTH  462  African  Art  (3)  First  semester,  the  cultures 
west  of  the  Niger  River  (Nigeria  through  Mali)  from  400 
B.C.  to  the  present.  The  art  is  studied  through  its 
iconography  and  function  in  the  culture  and  the  inter- 
cultural  influences  upon  the  artists,  including  a  study  of 
the  societies,  cults  and  cermonies  during  which  the  art 
was  used. 

ARTH  463  African  Art  (3)  Second  semester,  the 
cultures  east  and  south  of  Nigeria.  The  art  is  studied 
through  its  iconography  and  function  in  the  culture  and 
the  intercultural  influences  upon  the  artists,  including  a 
study  of  the  societies,  cults  and  cermonies  during 
which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  464  African  Art  Research  (3)  Seminar  with 
concentration  on  particular  aspects  of  African  art.  The 
course  is  given  at  the  Museum  of  African  Art  in 
Washington,  D.  C. 

ARTH  470  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  Pre- 
Hispanic  and  the  Colonial  periods. 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  19th  and 
20th  centuries. 

ARTH  473  Arts  of  Black  Americans  I  (3)  The  visual 
arts  of  Black  Americans  from  the  Colonial  period 
through  the  19th  century,  including  crafts  and  decora- 
tive arts. 


Astronomy    125 


ARTH  474  Arts  of  Black  Americans  II  (3)  The  visual 
arts  of  Black  Americans  in  the  20th  century,  including 
crafts  and  decorative  arts. 

ARTH  476  History  of  American  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  Slates  from  the 
Colonial  period  to  about  1875. 

ARTH  477  History  of  American  Art  (3)  Architecture, 
sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  Slates  from  about 
1875  to  Ihe  present. 

ARTH  489  Special  Topics  In  Art  History  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, consent  of  department  head  or  instructor.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  I  (2-3) 

For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  In  Art  History  11  (2-3) 


Art  Studio 

ARTS  100  Design  (3)  Principles  and  elements  of 
design  through  manipulation  and  organization  of 
materials  In  two  and  three  dimensions. 

ARTS  110  Drawing  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  An 
introductory  course  with  a  variety  of  media  and  related 
techniques.  Problems  based  on  still  life,  figure  and 
nature. 

ARTS  200  Intermediate  Design  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisites  ARTS  100,  1 10.  A  continuation  of 
Design  I  with  more  individually  structured  problems  in 
terms  of  form,  composition  and  meaning. 

ARTS  210  Drawing  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ARTS  100,  110.  Original  compositions  from  the 
figure  and  nature,  supplemented  by  problems  of  per- 
sonal and  expressive  drawing. 

ARTS  215  Anatomical  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisites  ARTS  210  or  permission  of  instru- 
cotr.  A  drawing  course  based  on  the  study  of  anatomi- 
cal structure  emphasizing  the  human  body. 

ARTS  220  Painting  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites ARTS  100,  110.  Basic  tools  and  language  of 
painting.  Oil  and  wateroolor. 

ARTS  277  Architectural  Presentation  (3)  Six  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisites,  ARTS  100,  110.  Techniques 
of  wash  and  watercolor  in  architectural,  interior  and 
landscape  architectural  rendering. 

ARTS  310  Drawing  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ARTS  210.  Emphasis  on  understanding  organic 
form,  as  it  is  related  to  study  from  the  human  figure  and 
to  pictorial  composition. 

ARTS  320  Painting  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites, ARTS  210,  220.  Original  compositions  based 
upon  nature,  figure  and  still  life,  supplemented  by 
expressive  painting.  Choice  of  media. 

ARTS  324  Painting  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ARTS  320.  Creative  painting  for  advanced  stu- 
dents. Problems  require  a  knowledge  of  pictorial  struc- 
ture. Development  of  personal  direction.  Choice  of 
media. 

ARTS  330  Sculpture  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ARTS  210.  (For  students  majoring  in  art  history, 
by  permission  of  department.)  Volumes,  masses  and 
planes,  based  on  the  use  of  plastic  earths.  Simple 
armature  construction  and  methods  of  casting. 

ARTS  334  Sculpture  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  330.  Nature  as  a  point  of  develop- 
ing ideas  into  organic  and  architectural  forms. 

ARTS  335  Sculpture  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  334.  Problems  involving  plastic 
earths  and  other  material  capable  of  being  modeled  of 
~ast.  Choice  of  individual  style  encouraged. 

ARTS  340  Printmaldng  I  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  210.  (For  students  majoring  in  Art 
History,  by  permission  of  department.)  Basic  printmak- 
ing  techniques  in  relief,  intaglio,  and  planographic 
media. 

ARTS  344  Printmaking  II  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  210.  One  print  media  including 
extensive  study  of  color  processes.  Individually  struc- 
tured problems. 


ARTS  404  Experiments  In  Visual  Processes  (3)  Six 

hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  either  ARTS  220.  330 
or  340.  Investigation  and  execution  of  process  orient- 
ed art.  Group  and  individual  expenmental  projects. 

ARTS  410  Drawing  IV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week  Prereq- 
uisite, ARTS  310.  Advanced  drawing,  with  emphasis 
on  human  figure,  its  structure  and  organic  likeness  to 
forms  in  nature.  Compositional  problems  deriving  from 
this  relationship  are  also  stressed. 

ARTS  420  Painting  IV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite, ARTS  324.  Creative  painting.  Emphasis  on 
personal  direction  and  self-cniicism.  Group  seminars. 

ARTS  430  Sculpture  IV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  335.  Problems  and  techniques  of 
newer  concepts,  utilizing  various  materials,  such  as 
plastics  and  metals.  Technical  aspects  of  welding 
stressed. 

ARTS  440  Printmaking  III  (3)  Six  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  340  and  344.  Contemporary  exper- 
imental techniques  of  one  print  medium  with  group 
discussions. 

ARTS  441  Printmaking  iV  (3)  Six  hours  per  week 
Prerequisite,  ARTS  440.  Continuation  of  ARTS  440. 

ARTS  489  Special  Problems  in  Studio  Arts  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  498  Directed  Studies  In  Studio  Art  (2-3)  For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 


Astronomy 

ASTR  100  Introduction  to  Astronomy  (3)  An  ele- 
mentary course  in  descriptive  astronomy,  especially 
appropnate  for  non-science  students.  Sun,  moon, 
planets,  stars  and  nebulae,  galaxies,  evolution.  Credit 
for  ASTR  100  cannot  be  obtained  after,  or  simultane- 
ously with,  receiving  credit  for  any  ASTR  course  num- 
bered 150  or  higher. 

ASTR  110  Astronomy  Laboratory  (1)  Two  hours  of 
laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite,  previous  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  ASTR  100.  Exercises  include 
use  of  photographs  of  moon,  stars,  nebulae  and 
galaxies  and  spectra;  experiments  demonstrating  sci- 
entific concepts  used  in  astronomy.  Daytime  and 
nightime  observations  if  weather  permits.  Appropriate 
for  non-science  majors. 

ASTR  181  Introductory  Astronomy  and  As- 
trophysics I  (3)  Corequisite — MATH  140.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  For  science  and  mathematics  majors. 
Survey  of  several  branches  of  astronomy  such  as  the 
solar  system,  properties  of  stars  and  stellar  systems, 
and  the  galaxy.  ASTR  181  should  not  normally  be 
taken  by  students  who  have  already  taken  ASTR  1 00 
and  105. 

ASTR  182  Introductory  Astronomy  and  As- 
trophysics II  (3)  Prerequisites — ASTR  181  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  For  science 
and  mathematics  majors.  Aspects  of  astronomy  not 
included  in  ASTR  181  and  in  general  more  oriented 
toward  astrophyscis.  The  sun,  stellar  evolution,  ex- 
tragalactic  objects  and  cosmology.  Credit  will  be  given 
only  one  course  ASTR  182  or  350. 

ASTR  210  Practical  Astronomy  (2-3)  Prerequisites, 
ASTR  181  or  350  and  MATH  140.  ASTR  100  and  105 
may  be  substituted  for  ASTR  181  if  approved  by 
instructor.  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  2-3  credits,  according  to  work  done.  De- 
signed primarily  for  Astronomy  majors  to  give  the 
student  familiarity  with  techniques  used  by  astrono- 
mers and  an  understanding  of  how  astronomical  data 
are  obtained.  Students  registered  for  2  credits  will  not 
be  required  to  do  all  the  exercises.  Coordinate  sys- 
tems, optics,  photometry,  binary  stars,  distance  deter- 
mination, Hertzsprung-Russel  diagram,  solar  observa- 
tions, moon,  galactic  structure,  and  galaxies. 

ASTR  288  Special  Projects  in  Astronomy  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Independent 
study,  short  research  projects,  tutorial  reading,  and 
assisting  with  faculty  research  and  teaching  under 
special  supervision.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

ASTR  315  Navigation  (3)  Prerequisite:  Plane  trigo- 
nometry. Theory  and  practice  of  navigation  without 


landmarks,  with  emphasis  on  celestial  navigation  and 
some  discussion  of  electronic  navigation.  Sphencal 
tngonometry  as  necessary.  Extensive  practical  work  at 
limes  to  be  arranged. 

ASTR  330  Solar-System  Astronomy  (3)  No  prerequi- 
sites: Designed  pnmanly  for  students  not  majoring  in 
astronomy  and  suitable  lor  non-science  ma|ors.  The 
structure  of  planets  and  of  their  atmospheres,  the 
nature  of  comets,  asteroids  and  satellites.  Comparison 
of  various  theories  for  the  origin  of  the  solar  system. 
Emphasis  on  a  description  of  recent  data  and  in- 
terpretations. 

ASTR  340  Galaxies  and  the  Universe  (3)  No  prereq- 
uisite: Designed  pnmarily  for  students  not  majonng  in 
Astronomy  and  suitable  for  non-science  majors.  A 
study  of  galaxies  including  our  own,  radio  galaxies  and 
quasars,  the  measurement  of  distances,  the  recession 
of  galaxies,  the  microwave  background  and  its  relation 
to  cosmology. 

ASTR  350  Astronomy  and  Astrophysics  (4)  Prereq- 
uisites: PHYS  192,  262  or  142,  or  the  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Recommended  corequisite — PHYS  293  or 
263.  Survey  course  in  astronomy  and  astrophysics, 
with  strong  emphasis  on  physical  concepts.  No  previ- 
ous astronomy  assumed.  Credit  will  be  given  only  for 
one  course,  ASTR  182  or  350. 

ASTR  398  Special  Topics  in  Astronomy  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.  This 
course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  not  majoring 
in  astronomy  and  is  suitable  for  nonscience  students. 
It  will  concentrate  study  in  some  limited  field  in  astron- 
omy which  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  Possi- 
ble subjects  for  study  are  the  solar  system,  extragalac- 
tic  astronomy  and  cosmology,  the  inconstant  universe. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ASTR  399  Honors  Seminar  (1-16)  Credit  according 
to  work  done.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students  ad- 
mitted to  the  honors  program  in  astronomy. 

ASTR  400  Stellar  Astrophysics  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  PHYS  422  or  consent  of  instructor.  Stellar 
atmospheres,  stellar  structure  and  evolution,  neutron 
stars  and  black  holes. 

ASTR  401  Interstellar  and  Extragalactlc  As- 
trophysics (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  physics  of  the 
interstellar  medium  and  of  astrophysics  as  it  relates  to 
galaxies  and  cosmology. 

ASTR  410  Observational  Astronomy  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, working  knowledge  of  calculus,  physics  through 
PHYS  284,  or  263,  and  3  credits  of  astronomy.  An 
introduction  to  current  methods  of  obtaining  astronom- 
ical information  including  radio,  infrared,  optical,  ultra- 
violet, and  x-ray  astronomy.  The  laboratory  work  will 
involve  photographic  and  photoelectric  observations 
with  the  department's  optical  telescope  and  21  -cm  line 
spectroscopy,  flux  measurements  and  interferometry 
with  the  department's  radiotelescopes. 

ASTR  411  Observational  Astronomy  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites, ASTR  410,  working  knowledge  of  calculus,  phys- 
ics through  PHYS  284,  or  263,  and  3  credits  of 
astronomy.  An  introduction  to  current  methods  of 
obtaining  astronomical  information  including  radio,  in- 
frared, optical,  ultra-violet,  and  x-ray  astronomy.  The 
laboratory  work  will  involve  photographic  and 
photoelectric  observations  with  the  department's  opti- 
cal telescope  and  21 -cm  line  spectroscopy,  flux 
measurements  and  interferometry  with  the  depart- 
ment's radiotelescopes.  Observatory  work  on  individu- 
al projects.  Every  semester. 

ASTR  420  Introduction  to  Galactic  Research  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  192  and  ASTR  182  or  equivalent, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  of  galactic  research, 
stellar  motions,  clusters  of  stars,  evolution  of  Ihe 
galaxy,  study  of  our  own  and  nearby  galaxies. 

ASTR  430  The  Solar  System  (3)  Prerequisite— MATH 
246  and  either  PHYS  263  or  PHYS  294,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  structure  of  planetary  atmospheres, 
radiative  transfer  in  planetary  atmospheres,  remote 
sensing  of  planetary  surfaces,  interior  structure  of 
planets.  Structure  of  comets.  Brief  discussions  of 
asteroids,  satellite  systems,  and  solar  system  evolu- 
tion. 

ASTR  440  Introduction  to  Extra-Galactic  Astrono- 
my (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  192  and  ASTR  182  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  nor- 


126    Biochemistry 


mal  and  peculiar  galaxies,  including  radio  galaxies  and 
quasars:  expansion  of  the  universe  and  cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics  (3)  Three  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  PHYS  410  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Celestial  mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations  of  motion. 

ASTR  498  Special  Problems  In  Astronomy  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  Major  in  physics  or  astronomy  and/or 
consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special  study.  Credit 
according  to  work  done. 


Biochemistry 

BCHM  261  Elements  of  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: CHEM  104.  For  undergraduate  students  who 
desire  a  one-semester  Biochemistry  course  rather 
than  a  two-semester  sequence.  Basic  Chemistry  and 
metabolism  of  most  molecules  of  biological  impor- 
tance. Not  open  to  students  with  credit  in  BCHIvl  461. 

BCHM  461  Biochemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEIVl 
203-204  or  213-214,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
comprehensive  introduction  to  general  Biochemistry. 
The  chemistry  and  metabolism  of  carbohydrates, 
lipids,  nucleic  acids,  and  proteins. 

BCHM  462  Biochemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  BCHM 
461.  A  continuation  of  BCHM  461 

BCHM  463  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I  (2)  Two  three- 
hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre  or  corerequisite: 
BCHM  461. 

BCHM  464  Biochemistry   Laboratory   11  (2)  Two 

three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
BCHM  462  or  current  registration  therein,  and  CHEM 
430  or  CHEM  463. 


Biology 

BIOL  101  Organization  and  Interrelationships  in 
the  Biological  World  (3)  An  introductory  lecture 
course  for  the  non — science  major  emphasizing  the 
fundamental  organization,  processes  and  interdepen- 
dence of  living  organisms  and  the  biological  effects 
associated  with  human  influences  of  the  ecosystem. 

BIOL  124  Cosmic  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisites:  High 
school  chemistry  and  biology.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Especially  appropriate  for  non — science  stu- 
dents. The  current  scientific  thinking  on  the  sequence 
of  events  from  the  origin  of  the  universe  to  the 
appearance  of  man.  Emphasis  on  chemical  and  bio- 
logical evolution. 


Business  and  Management 

BMGT  110  Introduction  to  Business  and  Manage- 
ment (3)  A  survey  of  the  field  of  business,  including  its 
environment,  organization,  overall  and  functional  man- 
agement, and  current  issues  and  developments. 

BMGT  220  Principles  of  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Sophomore  standing.  The  principles  of  accounting  for 
business  enterprise  and  the  use  of  accounting  data  in 
making  business  decisions. 
A — Limited  to  non-accounting  majors. 

See  descnption  above  for  BMGT  220. 
BMGT  221  Principles  of  Accounting  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: BMGT  220  or  220A.  The  principles  of  accounting 
for  business  enterprise  and  the  use  of  accounting  data 
in  making  business  decisions. 
A — Limited  to  non-accounting  majors. 

See  description  above  for  BMGT  221. 
BMGT  230  Business  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  220  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introductory 
course  in  statistical  concepts  including  probability  from 
a  naive  set  theory  approach,  random  vanables  and 
their  properties,  and  the  probability  distnbutions  of 
selected  discrete  and  continuous  random  vanables. 
The  concepts  of  sampling,  sampling  distributions,  and 
the  application  of  these  concepts  to  estimation  hy- 
pothesis testing  are  included  as  are  brief  surveys  of 
the  regression  and  anova  models.  This  course  may  not 
be  taken  for  credit  by  management  science,  statistics 
and  IFSM  majors. 

BMGT  231  Business  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite, 
MATH  141  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  management 
science,  statistics  and  IFSM  majors  An  introductory 
course  in  statistical  concepts  including  probability  from 


a  naive  set  theory  approach,  random  variables  and 
their  properties,  and  the  probability  distributions  of 
selected  discrete  and  continuous  random  variables. 
The  concepts  of  sampling,  sampling  distributions,  and 
the  application  of  these  concepts  to  estimation  hy- 
pothesis testing  are  included  as  are  brief  surveys  of 
the  regression  and  anova  models. 

BMGT  301  Electronic  Data  Processing  (3)  Students 
enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 
curricula  will  register  for  IFSM  401.  For  detailed  infor- 
mation on  prerequisites  and  descnption  of  the  course, 
refer  to  IFSM  401 .  The  credits  earned  in  IFSM  401  may 
be  included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in  the  area  of 
concentration  in  Business  and  Management. 

BMGT  302  Electronic  Data  Processing  Applica- 
tions (3)  Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management  curncula  will  register  for  IFSM  402. 
For  detailed  information  on  prerequisites  and  descrip- 
tion of  the  course,  refer  to  IFSM  402.  The  credits 
earned  in  IFSM  402  may  be  included  in  the  total  credits 
earned  in  the  area  of  concerilration  in  business  and 
management. 

BMGT  310  Intermediate  Accounting  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, BMGT  221  or  221  A.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
the  theory  and  problems  of  valuation  of  assets,  appli- 
cation of  funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements, 
and  the  interpretation  of  accounting  statements. 

BMGT  311  Intermediate  Accounting  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, BMGT  221  or  221  A.  A  comprehensive  study  of 
the  theory  and  problems  of  valuation  of  assets,  appli- 
cation of  funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements, 
and  the  interpretation  of  accounting  statements. 

BMGT  320  Accounting  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  220.  A  study  of  the  factors  involved  in  the 
design  and  installation  of  accounting  systems:  the 
organization,  volume  and  types  of  transactions,  charts 
of  accounts,  accounting  manuals,  the  reporting  sys- 
tem. 

BMGT  321  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
221  or  221A.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  product 
costing  and  cost  analysis  for  management  planning 
and  control.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  of  the 
accountant  in  organizational  management,  analysis  of 
cost  behavior,  standard  cost,  budgeting,  responsibility 
accounting  and  relevant  costs  for  decision  making. 

BMGT  323  Income  Tax  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  221  or  221A.  A  study  of  the  important  provi- 
sions of  the  federal  tax  laws,  using  illustrative  exam- 
ples, selected  questions  and  problems,  and  the  prepa- 
ration of  returns. 

BMGT  332  Operations  Research  for  Management 
Decisions  (3)  Prerequisite,  MATH  220,  BMGT  230. 
Surveys  the  philosophy,  techniques,  and  applications 
of  operations  research  to  managerial  decision  making. 
The  course  is  designed  primarily  for  students  not 
majoring  in  management  science,  statistics,  or  IFSM. 
Techniques  covered  include,  linear  programming, 
transportation  and  assignment  models,  markov  pro- 
cesses, inventory  and  queueing  models.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  formulating  and  solving  decision  problems 
in  the  functional  areas  of  management. 

BMGT  340  Business  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
221.  This  course  deals  with  principles  and  practices 
involved  in  the  organization,  financing,  and  rehabilita- 
tion of  business  enterprises;  the  various  types  of 
secunties  and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning 
income,  risk,  and  control;  intercorporate  relations;  and 
new  developments.  Emphasis  is  on  solution  of  prob- 
lems of  financial  policy  faced  by  management. 

BMGT  343  Investments  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  340. 
An  introduction  to  financial  investments.  Topics  in- 
clude securities  and  securities  markets;  investment 
nsks,  returns,  and  constraints;  portfolio  policies;  and 
institutional  investment  policies. 

BMGT  345  Property  and  Liability  Insurance  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  221  and  230.  Analysis  of  the 
major  areas  of  property  and  casualty  covers,  including 
fire,  indirect  loss,  cnme,  automobile,  ocean  and  inland 
manne,  and  liability.  Investigation  of  substandard,  re- 
sidual, and  reinsurance  markets  and  discussion  of 
current  issues. 

BMGT  346  Risk  Management  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  221  and  230.  Recognition  and  evaluation  of  the 
pure  risks  facing  organizations.  Guides  for  risk  man- 
agement decisions  concerning  the  retention,  control, 
and  transfer  (including  insurance)  of  risk. 


BMGT  347  Life  Insurance  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
221 .  Life  and  health  insurance  products  and  principles 
in  business  financial  planning.  Pension  planning  in- 
cluding deferred  compensation  and  profit  sharing 
plans;  use  of  trust  in  business  and  individual  estate 
planning;  comprehensive  analysis  of  the  impact  of 
income,  estate,  and  gift  taxation  on  life  insurance 
programming  and  estate  planning. 

BMGT  350  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization 

(3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  203  or  205.  This  is  an  introduc- 
tory course  in  the  field  of  marketing.  Its  purpose  is  to 
give  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation  of  the 
forces  operating  institutions  employed,  and  methods 
followed  in  marketing  agricultural  products,  natural 
products,  services  and  manufactured  goods. 

BMGT  353  Retail  Management  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  220  and  350.  Retail  store  organization,  loca- 
tion, layout  and  store  policy;  pricing  policies,  price 
lines,  brands,  credit  policies,  records  as  a  guide  to 
buying;  purchasing  methods;  supervision  of  selling; 
training  and  supervision  of  retail  sales  force;  and 
administrative  problems. 

BMGT  354  Promotion  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  350.  The  use  of  advertising,  personal  selling, 
sales  promotions,  and  other  methods  in  marketing 
programs.  Case  studies  in  the  use  and  coordination  of 
demand  stimulation  methods,  analysis  and  planning. 
Research,  testing  and  statistical  control  of  promotional 
activities.  (Not  open  for  credit  to  students  with  credit 
for  BMGT  452.) 

BMGT  360  Personnel  Management  (3)  The  basic 

course  in  personnel  management  includes  manpower 
planning,  recruitment,  selection,  development,  com- 
pensation, and  appraisal  of  employees.  Explores  the 
impact  of  scientific  management  and  unionism  on 
these  functions. 

BMGT  362  Labor  Relations  (3)  A  study  of  the  devel- 
opment and  methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry 
with  reference  to  the  settlement  of  labor  disputes.  An 
economic  and  legal  analysis  of  labor  union  and  em- 
ployer association  activities,  arbitration,  mediation,  and 
conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements, 
strikes,  boycotts,  lockouts,  company  unions,  employee 
representation,  and  injunctions. 

BMGT  364  Management  and  Organization  Theory 

(3)  The  development  of  management  and  organization 
theory,  nature  of  the  management  process  and  func- 
tion and  its  future  development.  The  role  of  the  manag- 
er as  an  organizer  and  director,  the  communication 
process,  goals  and  responsibilities. 

BMGT  370  Principles  of  Transportation  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, ECON  203  or  205.  A  general  course  covering 
the  five  fields  of  transportation,  their  development, 
service,  and  regulation. 

BMGT  372  Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Man- 
agement (3)  Prerequisite,  Junior  standing.  Examines 
the  management  aspects  of  the  business  firm  in 
moving  their  raw  materials  and  finished  goods,  through 
traffic,  warehousing,  industhal  packaging,  materials 
handling,  and  inventory.  A  systematic  examination  of 
the  trade-off  possibilities  and  management  alterna- 
tives to  minimize  cost  of  product  flow  and  maximizing 
customer  service  is  provided.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  credit  for  BMGT  371. 

BMGT  380  Business  Law  (3)  Legal  aspects  of  busi- 
ness relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments, 
agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal 
property,  and  sales. 

BMGT  381  Business  Law  (3)  Legal  aspects  of  busi- 
ness relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments, 
agency,  partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal 
property,  and  sales. 

BMGT  385  Production  Management  (3)  Studies  the 
operation  of  a  manufactunng  enterprise,  concentrating 
on  the  economies  of  production.  Introduces  a  ground- 
ing in  analytical  method  early  so  that  the  broad  prob- 
lem areas  of  system  design,  operation  and  control  can 
be  based  upon  the  analytical  method. 

BMGT  392  Introduction  to  International  Business 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  203  or  205.  A 
study  of  the  domestic  and  foreign  environmental  fac- 
tors affecting  the  international  operations  of  U.S.  busi- 
ness firms.  The  course  also  covers  the  administrative 
aspects  of  international  marketing,  finance  and  man- 
agement. 


Business  and  Management    127 


BMQT  393  Real  Estate  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite. 
ECON  203  or  205.  This  course  covers  the  nature  and 
uses  ol  real  estate,  real  estate  as  a  business,  basic 
principles,  construction  problems  and  home  owner- 
ship, city  planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of 
real  estate. 

BMGT  401  Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis  (3) 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management  curncula  will  register  for  IFSM  436.  For 
detailed  information  on  prerequisites  and  descriptions 
of  the  course,  refer  to  IFSM  436.  The  credits  earned  in 
IFSM  436  may  be  Included  in  the  total  credits  earned  in 
the  area  of  concentration  in  business  and  manage- 
ment. 

BMGT  417  Advanced  Tax  Accounting  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites—BMGT  31 1  and  323.  Federal  taxation  of  corpo- 
rations, partnerships,  fiduciaries,  and  gratuitous  trans- 
fers. Tools  and  techniques  of  tax  research  for  com- 
pliance and  planning. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Senior  standing  as  an  Accounting  major 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  out- 
standing current  non-text  literature,  current  problems 
and  case  studies  in  accounting. 

BMGT  421  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Senior  standing  as  an  accounting  major 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper 
one-third  of  senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  out- 
standing current  non-text  literature,  current  problems 
and  case  studies  in  Accounting. 

BMGT  422  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, BMGT  311.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  prob- 
lems of  auditing  and  application  of  accounting  princi- 
ples to  the  preparation  of  audit  working  papers  and 
reports. 

BMGT  423  Apprenticeship  In  Accounting  (O)  Pre- 
requisites, Minimum  of  20  semester  hours  in  account- 
ing and  the  consent  of  the  Accounting  staff.  A  period 
of  apprenticeship  is  provided  with  nationally  known 
firms  of  certified  public  accountants  from  about  Janu- 
ary 15  to  February  15. 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  311.  Advanced  accounting  theory  to  special- 
ized problems  in  partnerships,  ventures,  consign- 
ments, installment  sales,  insurance,  statement  of  af- 
fairs, receiver's  accounts,  realization  and  liquidation 
reports,  and  consolidation  of  parent  and  subsidiary 
accounts. 

BMGT  425  CPA  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT 
311,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  nature, 
form  and  content  of  C.P.A.  examinations  by  means  of 
the  preparation  of  solutions  to,  and  an  analysis  of,  a 
large  sample  of  C.P.A.  problems  covering  the  various 
accounting  fields. 

BMGT  426  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  (2)  Prerequi- 
site, BMGT  321.  A  continuation  of  basic  cost  account- 
ing with  special  emphasis  on  process  costs,  standard 
costs,  joint  costs,  and  by-product  cost. 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  422,  Advanced  auditing  theory 
and  practice  and  report  writing. 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Model  building  involving  an  intensive  study  of  the 
general  linear  stochastic  model  and  the  applications  of 
this  model  to  business  problems.  The  model  is  derived 
in  matrix  form  and  this  form  is  used  to  analyze  both  the 
regression  and  anova  formulations  of  the  general 
linear  model. 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in 
Business  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  230  or  231,  Surveys 
anova  models,  basic  and  advanced  experimental  de- 
sign concepts.  Non-parametric  tests  and  correlation 
are  emphasized-  Applications  of  these  techniques  to 
business  problems  in  primarily  the  marketing  and 
behavioral  sciences  are  stressed. 

BMGT  432  Sample  Survey  Design  for  Business  and 
Economics  (3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  230  or  231.  De- 
sign of  probability  samples  Simple  random  sampling, 
stratified  random  sampling,  systematic  sampling,  and 
cluster  sampling  designs  are  developed  and  compared 
for  efficiency  under  varying  assumptions  about  the 
population    sampled.    Advanced    designs    such    as 


multistage  cluster  sampling  and  replicated  sampling 
are  surveyed.  Implementing  these  techniques  in  esti- 
mating parameters  of  business  models  is  stressed. 

BMGT  433  Statistical  Decision  Theory  In  Business 

(3)  Prerequisite.  BMGT  231  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Bayesian  approach  to  the  use  of  sample  information  in 
decision-making.  Concepts  of  loss,  risk,  decision  crite- 
ria, expected  returns,  and  expected  ulility  are  exam- 
ined. Application  of  these  concepts  to  decision-making 
in  the  firm  in  vanous  contexts  are  considered. 

BMGT  434  Operations  Research  I  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  230,  MATH  240  or  permission  of  instructor 
Designed  pnmanly  for  students  majonng  in  manage 
ment  science,  statistics,  and  information  systems  man 
agement.  It  is  the  first  semester  of  a  two  semestei 
introduction  to  the  philosophy,  techniques  and  applica- 
tions of  operations  research.  Topics  covered  include 
linear  programming,  postoptimality  analysis,  network 
algorithms,  dynamic  programming,  inventory  and 
equipment  replacement  models. 

BMGT  435  Operations  Research  II  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  434,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  second 
semester  of  a  two-part  introduction  to  operations  re- 
search The  primary  emphasis  is  on  stochastic  models 
in  management  science.  Topics  include  stochastic 
linear  programming,  probabilistic  dynamic  pro- 
gramming, Markov  processes,  probabilistic  inventory 
models,  queueing  theory  and  simulation. 

BMGT  436  Applications  of  Mathematical  Pro- 
gr,ammlng  In  Management  Science  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  434  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and 
applications  of  linear,  integer,  and  nonlinear  pro- 
gramming models  to  management  decisions.  Topics 
convered  include  the  basic  theorems  of  linear  pro- 
gramming; the  matrix  formulation  of  the  simplex,  and 
dual  simplex  algorithms;  decomposition,  cutting  plane, 
branch  and  bound,  and  implicit  enumeration  al- 
gorithms; gradient  based  algonthms;  and  quadratic 
programming.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  model 
formulation  and  solution  using  prepared  computer 
algorithms. 

BMGT  438  Topics  In  Statistical  Analysis  for  Busi- 
ness Management  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  430  and 
MATH  240  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected 
topics  in  statistical  analysis  which  are  relevant  to 
management  for  students  with  knowledge  of  basic 
statistical  methods.  Topics  include  evolutionary  opera- 
tion and  response  surface  analysis,  forecasting  tech- 
niques, pathologies  of  the  linear  model  and  their 
remedies,  multivanate  statistical  models,  and  non- 
parametric  models. 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite, 
BMGT  340.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  cases  and 
readings  relating  to  financial  decisions  of  the  firm.  The 
application  of  finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of 
financial  problems  is  emphasized. 

BMGT  443  Security  Analysis  and   Valuation  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  343,  Study  and  application  of  the 
concepts,  methods,  models,  and  empirical  findings  to 
the  analysis,  valuation,  and  selection  of  securities, 
especially  common  stock. 

BMGT  445  Commercial  Bank  Management  (3)  Pre- 
requisites, BMGT  340  and  ECON  430.  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  in  commercial  bank 
management.  The  loan  function  is  emphasized;  also 
the  management  of  liquidity  reserves,  investments  for 
income,  and  source  of  funds.  Bank  objectives,  func- 
tions, policies,  organization,  structure,  services,  and 
regulation  are  considered. 

BMGT  450  Marketing  Research  Methods  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites, BMGT  230  and  350.  Recommended  that 
BMGT  430  be  taken  prior  to  this  course.  This  course  is 
intended  to  develop  skill  in  the  use  of  scientific  meth- 
ods in  the  acquisition,  analysis  and  interpretation  of 
marketing  data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of 
marketing  research;  the  planning  of  survey  projects, 
sample  design,  tabulation  procedure  and  report  prepa- 
ration. 

BMGT  451  Consumer  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  350  and  351.  Recommended  that  PSYC  100 
and  221  be  taken  pnor  to  this  course.  Considers  the 
growing  importance  of  the  American  consumer  in  the 
marketing  system  and  the  need  to  understand  him. 
Topics  include  the  foundation  considerations  underly- 
ing consumer  behavior  such  as  economic,  social, 
psychological   and  cultural  facolrs.   Analysis  of  the 


consumer  in  marketing  situations — as  a  buyer  and 
user  of  products  and  services — and  in  relation  to  the 
various  individual  social  and  marketing  factors  affect- 
ing his  behavior.  The  influence  of  marketing  communi- 
cations is  also  considered. 

BMGT  453  Industrial  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  350  plus  one  other  marketing  course.  The 
industrial  and  business  sector  of  the  marketing  system 
IS  considered  rather  than  the  household  or  ultimate 
consumer  sector.  Industrial  products  range  from  raw 
materials  and  supplies  to  the  major  equipment  in  a 
plant,  business  office,  or  institution.  Topics  include 
product  planning  and  introduction,  market  analysis  and 
forecasting,  channels,  pricing,  field  sales  force  man- 
agement, advertising,  marketing  cost  analysis,  and 
government  relations.  Particular  attention  is  given  to 
industrial,  business  and  institutional  buying  policies 
and  practice  and  to  the  analysis  of  buyer  behavior. 

BMGT  454  International  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  350  plus  any  other  marketing  course.  A  study  of 
the  marketing  functions  from  the  viewpoint  of  the 
international  executive.  In  addition  to  the  coverage  of 
international  marketing  policies  relating  to  product 
adaptation,  data  collection  and  analysis,  channels  of 
distnbution,  pricing,  communications,  and  cost  analy- 
sis, consideration  is  given  to  the  cultural,  legal,  Jinan- 
cial,  and  organizational  aspects  of  international  mar- 
keting. 

BMGT  455  Sales  Management  (3)  The  role  of  the 
sales  manager,  both  at  headquarters  and  in  the  field,  in 
the  management  of  people,  resources  and  marketing 
functions  An  analysis  of  the  problems  involved  in 
sales  organization,  forecasting,  planning,  communicat- 
ing, evaluating  and  controlling.  Attention  is  given  to  the 
application  of  quantitative  techniques  and  pertinent 
behavioral  science  concepts  in  the  management  of 
the  sales  effort  and  sales  force. 

BMGT  456  Advertising  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  354. 
The  role  of  advertising  in  the  Amencan  economy;  the 
impact  of  advertising  on  our  economic  and  social  life, 
the  methods  and  techniques  currently  applied  by  ad- 
vertising practitioners;  the  role  of  the  newspaper, 
magazine,  and  other  media  in  the  development  of  an 
advertising  campaign,  modern  research  methods  to 
improve  the  effectiveness  of  advertising  and  the  orga- 
nization of  the  advertising  business.  (Not  open  for 
credit  to  students  with  credit  for  BMGT  352.) 

BMGT  457  Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Three  courses  in  marketing.  Integrative 
decision  making  in  marketing.  Emphasis  on  consumer 
and  market  analysis  and  the  appropriate  decision 
models.  Case  studies  are  included. 

BMGT  460  Personnel  Management — Analysis  and 
Problems  (3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  360.  Recom- 
mended, BMGT  230.  Research  findings,  special  read- 
ings, case  analysis,  simulation,  and  field  investigations 
are  used  to  develop  a  better  understanding  of  person- 
nel problems,  alternative  solutions  and  their  practical 
ramifications. 

BMGT  462  Labor  Legislation  (3)  Case  method  analy- 
sis of  the  modern  law  of  industrial  relations.  Cases 
include  the  decisions  of  administrative  agencies, 
courts  and  arbitration  tribunals. 

BMGT  463  Public  Sector  Labor  Relations  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, BMGT  362  or  permission  of  instructor.  De- 
velopment and  structure  of  labor  relations  in  public 
sector  employment;  federal,  state,  and  local  govern- 
ment responses  to  unionization  and  collective  bargain- 
ing. 

BMGT  464  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite. 
BMGT  364.  An  examination  of  research  and  theory 
concerning  the  forces  which  contribute  to  the  behavior 
of  organizational  members.  Topics  covered  include: 
work  group  behavior,  supervisory  behavior,  intergroup 
relations,  employee  goals  and  attitudes,  communica- 
tion problems,  organizational  change,  and  organiza- 
tional goals  and  design. 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  In  Personnel 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite,  Consent  of  instructor. 
This  course  is  open  only  to  the  top  one-third  of 
undergraduate  majors  in  personnel  and  labor  relations 
and  is  offered  dunng  the  fall  semester  of  each  year. 
Highlights  major  developments.  Guest  lecturers  make 
penodic  presentations. 

BMGT  470  Land  Transportation  Systems  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. BMGT  370.  Overall  view  of  managerial  prob- 


128    Botany 

lems  facing  land  carriers;  emphasis  on  rail  and  motor 
modes  of  transportation. 

BMGT  471  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  Overall  view  of  manageri- 
al problems  facing  air  and  water  carriers;  emphasis  on 
international  and  domestic  aspects  of  air  and  water 
modes  of  transportation.  Not  open  for  credit  to  stu- 
dents who  have  credit  for  BfulGT  472. 

BMGT  473  Advanced  Transportation  Problems  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  370.  A  critical  examination  of 
current  government  transportation  policy  and  pro- 
posed solutions.  Urban  and  intercity  managerial  trans- 
port problems  are  also  considered. 

BMGT  474  Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Develop- 
ment (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  203  or  205.  An  analysis 
of  the  role  of  urban  transportation  in  present  and  future 
urban  development.  The  interaction  of  transport  pric- 
ing and  service,  urban  planning,  institutional  restraints, 
and  public  land  uses  is  studied. 

BMGT  475  Advanced  Logistics  Management  (3) 

Prerequisites,  BMGT  370,  372,  332.  Application  of  the 
concepts  of  BMGT  372  to  problem  solving  and  special 
projects  in  logistics  management;  ca^e  analysis  is 


BMGT  480  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3)  The 

course  examines  the  principal  ideas  in  law  stressing 
those  which  are  relevant  for  the  modern  business 
executive.  Legal  reasoning  as  it  has  evolved  in  this 
country  will  be  one  of  the  central  topics  of  study. 
Several  leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to 
illustrate  vividly  the  reasoning  process  as  well  as  the 
interplay  of  business,  philosophy,  and  the  various 
conceptions  of  the  nature  of  law  which  give  direction  to 
the  process.  Examination  of  contemporary  legal  prob- 
lems and  proposed  solutions,  especially  those  most 
likely  to  affect  the  business  community,  are  also  cov- 
ered. 

BMGT  481  Public  Utilities  (3)  Prerequisite,  ECON  203 
or  205.  Using  the  regulated  industries  as  specific 
examples,  attention  is  focused  on  broad  and  general 
problems  in  such  diverse  fields  as  constitutional  law, 
administrative  law,  public  administration,  government 
control  of  business,  advanced  economic  theory,  ac- 
counting, valuation  and  depreciation,  taxation,  finance, 
engineering,  and  management. 

BMGT  482  Business  And  Government  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, ECON  203  or  205.  A  study  of  the  role  of  govern- 
ment in  modern  economic  life.  Social  control  of  busi- 
ness as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business  enter- 
prise arising  from  the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of 
limitations  on  government  regulation  of  private  enter- 
prise. 

BMGT  485  Advanced  Production  Management  (3) 

Prerequisite,  BMGT  385.  A  study  of  typical  problems 
encountered  by  the  factory  manager.  The  objective  is 
to  develop  tho  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in 
management  control  of  production  and  in  the  formula- 
tion of  production  policies.  Among  the  topics  covered 
are  plant  location,  production  planning  and  control, 
methods  analysis,  and  time  study. 

BMGT  490  Urban  Land  Management  <3)  Covers  the 
managerial  and  decision  making  aspects  of  urban  land 
and  property.  Included  are  such  subjects  as  land  use 
and  valuation  matters. 

BMGT  493  Honors  Study  (3)  First  semester  of  the 
senior  year.  Prerequisite,  candidacy  for  honors  in  busi- 
ness and  management.  The  course  is  designed  for 
honors  students  who  have  elected  to  conduct  inten- 
sive study  (independent  or  group).  The  student  will 
work  under  the  direct  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor  and 
the  chairman  of  the  honors  committee.  They  shall 
determine  that  the  area  of  study  is  of  a  scope  and 
intensity  deserving  of  a  candidate's  attention.  Formal 
written  and/or  oral  reports  on  the  study  may  be 
required  by  the  faculty  advisor  and/or  chairman  of  the 
honors  program.  Group  meetings  of  the  candidates 
may  be  called  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  advisors 
and/or  chairman  of  the  honors  committee. 

BMGT  494  Honors  Study  (3)  Second  semester  of  the 
senior  year.  Prerequisite,  BMGT  493,  and  continued 
candidacy  for  honors  in  business  and  management. 
The  student  shall  continue  and  complete  the  research 
initiated  in  BMGT  493,  additional  reports  may  be 
required  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  advisor  and 
honors  program  chairman.  Group  meetings  may  be 
held. 


BMGT  495  Business  Policies  (3)  Prerequisites, 
BMGT  340,  350,  364.  and  senior  standing.  A  case 
study  course  in  which  the  aim  is  to  have  the  student 
apply  what  they  have  learned  of  general  management 
principles  and  their  specialized  functional  applications 
to  the  overall  management  function  in  the  enterprise. 

BMGT  496  Business  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  course  in  BMGT  or  consent  of  instructor.  Norma- 
tive role  of  business  in  society;  consideration  of  the 
sometimes  conflicting  interests  and  claims  on  the  firm 
and  its  objectives. 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  in  business  and  Manage- 
ment (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Special 
topics  in  business  and  management  designed  to  meet 
the  changing  needs  and  interests  of  students  and 
faculty.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the 
subject  matter  is  different. 


Botany 

BOTN  100  General  Botany  for  Non-Science  Stu- 
dents (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  A  basic  course  in  plant  biology  specifically 
designed  to  meet  the  educational  needs  of  the  general 
or  non-science  student.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  an 
ecological  approach  to  studying  fundamental  con- 
cepts and  processes  of  plants,  and  stressing  the 
importance  of  plant  life  to  human  welfare.  Credit  not 
allowed  for  both  BOTN  100  and  101. 

BOTN  101  General  Botany  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  A  basic  course  in  plant 
biology  specifically  designed  to  meet  the  educational 
needs  of  students  majoring  in  the  physical  or  biological 
sciences.  Thig  course  prepares  students  for  advanced 
courses  in  plant  science.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  funda- 
mental biological  principles  and  mechanisms  govern- 
ing higher  plant  life  in  the  ecosystem.  (Credit  not 
allowed  for  both  BOTN  100  and  101) 

BOTN  102  Honors  General  Botany  (4)  A  basic 
course  in  plant  biology  designed  for  honors  students 
and  open  to  others  with  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Fundamental  biological  principles  and  mechanisms 
governing  plant  life. 

BOTN  200  Humanistic  Botany  (2)  An  introduction  to 
botany  for  arts  and  humanties  students:  nature  of 
Botany,  form  and  process  in  plants,  plants  in  the 
environment,  plants  used  by  humans,  plants,  history, 
and  culture,  plants  as  art  forms,  exploring  for  plants. 

BOTN  202  Plant  Kingdom  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100  or 
equivalent.  A  brief  evolutionary  study  of  algae,  fungi, 
livenworts.  mosses,  ferns  and  their  relatives,  and  the 
seed  plants,  emphasizing  their  structure,  reproduction, 
habitats,  and  economic  importance. 

BOTN  211  Principles  of  Conservation  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the  principles  of  econom- 
ical use  of  our  natural  resources  including  water,  soil, 
plants,  minerals,  wildlife  and  man. 

BOTN  212  Plant  Taxonomy  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite — BOTN  IOC 
or  equivalent.  An  introductory  study  of  plant  identifica- 
tion, naming,  and  classification.  Laboratory  emphasis 
on  the  collection  and  identification  of  local  vascular 
plants. 

BOTN  221  Diseases  of  Plants  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
100  or  equivalent.  An  introductory  study  of  the  symp- 
toms and  causal  agents  of  plant  diseases  and  meas- 
ures for  their  control. 

BOTN  378  Tutorial  Readings  in  Botany  (2-3)  Open 
only  to  honors  students  in  botany.  A  review  of  the 
original  literature  dealing  with  a  specific  research  prob- 
lem in  preparation  for  research  to  be  accomplished  in 
BOTN  379. 

BOTN  379  Honors  Research  Problems  In  Botany 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  378  and  twenty  credits  in 
botany  courses.  Open  only  to  honors  students  in 
botany.  Research  in  botany  under  the  direction  and 
close  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  faculty.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

BOTN  398  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  Major  in  botany; 
with  permission  of  instructor,  major  in  biological  sci- 
ence. Discussion  and  reading  on  special  topics,  cur- 
rent literature,  or  problems  and  progress  in  all  phases 


of  botany.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two  semester 
hours  credit. 

BOTN  399  Research  Problems  in  Botany  1-3  Re- 
search Problems  In  Botany  Prerequisites,  twenty 
hours  of  botany  courses  and  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Research  and/or  integrated  reading  in  botany 
under  the  direction  and  close  supervision  of  a  member 
of  the  faculty.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modern  Botany  (1)  Prerequi- 
site: 20  credit  hours  in  biological  sciences  including 
BOTN  100  or  101  or  equivalent.  History  of  botany  as  a 
science,  from  ancient  Greece  through  the  18th  centu- 
ry; Emphasis  on  botany  as  an  intellectual  and  cultural 
pursuit. 

BOTN  402  Plant  MIcroteclinlque  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  100  or  101.  and  consent  of  instructor.  One 
lecture  and  five  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prepara- 
tion of  temporary  and  permanent  mounts,  including 
selection  of  material,  killing  and  fixing,  embedding, 
sectioning,  and  staining  methods. 

BOTN  403  Medicinal  and  Poisonous  Plants  (2) 

Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  101  and  CHEM  104.  Two 
lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  plants  important  to  man 
that  have  medicinal  or  poisonous  properties.  Empha- 
sis on  plant  source,  plant  description,  the  active  agent 
and  its  beneficial  or  detrimental  physiological  action 
and  effects. 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: BOTN  202  and  BOTN  212,  or  equivalents.  A 
review  of  the  history  and  principles  of  plant  taxonomy 
with  emphasis  on  monographic  and  floristic  research. 
A  detailed  laboratory  review  of  the  families  of  flowering 
plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  In  Botany  (2)  Four 
two-hour  laboratory  demonstration  periods  per  week, 
for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite.  BOTN  100  or  equivalent. 
A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of  common  plants, 
and  demonstrations,  projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable 
for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

BOTN  413  Plant  Geography  (2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN 
100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  plant  distribution  through- 
out the  world  and  the  factors  generally  associated  with 
such  distribution. 

BOTN  4 1 4  Plant  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisite.  BOTN  1 00  , 
or  equivalent.  The  basic  principles  of  plant  genetics 
are  presented;  the  mechanics  of  transmission  of  the 
hereditary  factors  in  relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed 
plants,  the  genetics  of  specialized  organs  and  tissues, 
spontaneous  and  induced  mutations  of  basic  and 
economic  significance  gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the 
fundamentals  of  polyploidy,  and  genetics  in  relation  to 
methods  of  plant  breeding  are  the  topics  considered. 

BOTN  415  Plants  and  Manl<ind  (2)  Prerequisite. 
BOTN  100  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of  the  plants  which    > 
are  utilized  by  man.  the  diversity  of  such  utilization,  and 
their  historic  and  economic  significance. 

BOTN  416  Principles  of  Plant  Anatomy  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  2-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
The  origin  and  development  of  cells,  tissues,  and 
tissue  systems  of  vascular  plants  with  special  empha- 
sis on  seed-bearing  plants.  Particular  stress  is  given  to 
the  comparative,  systematic,  and  evolutionary  study  of 
the  structural  components  of  the  plants.  Prerequisite,  4 
General  botany. 


BOTN  417  Field  Botany  and  Taxonomy  (2)  Prerequi- 
site, BOTN  100  or  general  biology.  Four  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week  for  eight  weeks.  The  identifi- 
cation of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing  the 
native  plants  of  maryland.  Manuals,  keys,  and  other 
techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short  field  trips  will 
be  taken.  Each  student  will  make  an  individual  collec-  4 
tion. 

BOTN  419  Natural  History  of  Tropical  Plants  (2) 

Prerequisite.  One  course  in  plant  taxonomy  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  tropical  vascular 
plants  with  emphasis  on  their  morphological,  anatomi- 
cal, and  habital  peculianties  and  major  taxonomic 
features,  geographic  distnbution  and  economic  utiliza- 
tion of  selected  families.  Two.  one-hour  lectures  par 
week.  ■< 

BOTN  424  Diagnosis  and  Control  of  Plant  Diseases 

(3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  221.  Two  lectures  and  one 


laboratory  period  per  week.  A  study  of  the  diagnosis 
and  control  of  plant  diseases.  Emphasis  on  recogniz- 
ing the  symptoms  of  plant  disease  and  control  of  the 
causal  organisms.  Field  trips  and  a  collection  of  dis- 
eased plant  specimens. 

BOTN  425  Diseases  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf  (2) 

Prerequisite — BOTN  221.  Two  lectures  per  week.  De- 
signed for  those  students  who  need  practical  experi- 
ence in  recognition  and  control  of  ornamentals  and  turf 
diseases.  The  symptoms  and  current  control  meas- 
ures for  diseases  in  these  crop  areas  will  be  discussed. 

BOTN  426  Mycology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
three — hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Botany  101  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  An  intro- 
ductory course  in  the  biology,  morphology  and  taxono- 
my of  the  fungi 

BOTN  427  Field  Plant  Pathology  (1)  Summer  ses- 
sion) Lecture  and  laboratory  to  be  arranged.  Prerequi- 
site. BOTN  221.  or  equivalent.  The  techniques  of 
pesticide  evaluation  and  the  identification  and  control 
of  diseases  ol  Maryland  crops  are  discussed  Offered 
in  alternate  years  or  more  frequently  with  demand. 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week  Prerequisites, 
BOTN  100  and  general  chemistry  Organic  chemistry 
strongly  recommended.  A  survey  of  the  general  physi- 
ological activities  of  plants 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisite,  BOTN  100 
Two  lectures  per  week  The  dynamics  ol  populations 
as  affected  by  environmental  factors  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  structure  and  composition  of  natural 
plant  communities,  both  terrestial  and  aquatic. 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune  Vegetation 

(2)  Two  lectures  a  week  Prerequisites.  BOTN  100.  An 
examination  of  the  biology  of  higher  plants  in  dune  and 
marsh  ecosystems. 

BOTN  464  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequi- 
site— BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent  or  concurrent  enroll- 
ment therein.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Two  or  three  field  tnps  per  semester.  The 
application  of  field  and  expenmental  methods  to  the 
qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegatation  and 
ecosystems. 

BOTN  471  Marine  and  Estuarine  Botany  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite. BOTN  441  or  equivalent.  An  ecological  discus- 
sion of  plant  life  in  the  marine  environment  of  sea 
coasts,  salt  marshes,  estuaries  and  open  seas. 

BOTN  475  General  Phycology  (4)  One  lecture  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: BOTN  100  and  BOTN  202,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  An  introductory  study  of  both  macro-  and 
micro-algae,  including  the  taxonomy,  morphology,  and 
life  cycles  of  both  fresh  water  and  manne  forms. 


Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences 

BSOS  101  Introduction  to  the  Behavioral-Social 
Sciences  (3)  An  introduction  to  modern  behavioral 
and  social  sciences:  brief  history,  underlying  princi- 
ples, methods  and  trends  of  the  major  behavioral  and 
social  science  disciplines.  Selected  contemporary 
problems  and  their  handling  by  several  appropriate 
disciplines  of  the  behavioral-social  sciences. 

BSOS  306  Contemporary  Issues— Interdisciplinary 
Approaches  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  analysis  of  cur- 
rent public  policy  issue  of  international,  national  and 
community  import.  Senior  standing  recommended. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  once  for  credit,  provided 
a  different  topic  is  offered. 


Chemistry 

CHEM  101  Introductory  College  Chemistry  (2)  Two 

lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week.  An  introduction 
to  the  study  of  matter.  This  course  is  intended  to  be 
followed  by  CHEIvl  103.  This  course  may  not  be  taken 
for  credit  by  students  with  credit  in  CHEfil  001,  003, 
005,  102,  103,  or  105  or  their  equivalents.  This  course 
may  not  be  taken  to  satisfy  the  general  education 
science  requirement. 

CHEM  102  Chemistry  of  Man's  Environment  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Non-mathemalical  presentation  of  baste  chemi- 


cal principles  and  applications  in  cosmochemistry, 
geochemistry,  biochemistry  and  nuclear  chemistry. 
Particular  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  development  of 
mans  environment  and  his  effect  upon  it  This  course 
IS  for  the  general  student  and  does  not  satisly  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  schools. 

CHEM  103  College  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three  lectures, 
one  discussion,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  a  satisfactory  math  SAT  score,  or 
an  adequate  knowledge  ol  high  school  Chemistry  or 
satisfactory  performance  in  CHEfyl  101,  The  first  se- 
mester of  a  Chemistry  sequence  intended  for  students 
whose  curncula  require  a  year  or  more  of  Chemistry. 
The  nature  and  composition  of  matter,  chemical  calcu- 
lations, elements  and  inorganic  compounds. 

CHEM  104  College  Chemistry  II  (4)  Three  lectures, 
one  discussion,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  103  or  105.  The  chemistry 
of  carbon:  aliphatic  compounds,  aromatic  compounds, 
sterochemistry,  halides,  amines  and  amides,  acids, 
esters,  carbohydrates,  and  natural  products. 

CHEM  105  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  I  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  A  more  rigorous  treatment  of  the 
matenal  of  CHEM  103.  Admission  by  invitation  of  the 
Chemistry  Department  based  on  performance  on  a 
qualifying  test. 

CHEM  106  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  II  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  103  or  105 
and  consent  of  the  Chemistry  Department.  A  more 
rigorous  treatment  of  the  material  of  CHEM  104. 

CHEM  107  Chemistry  and  Man  (3)  Lecture  course 
intended  for  non-chemistry  majors.  The  impact  of 
chemistry  on  man.  The  chemistry  of  the  universe 
around  us,  of  life,  of  the  body,  of  the  mind,  of  food  and 
drugs,  of  consumer  goods,  and  of  everyday  living. 
Basic  knowledge  of  chemistry  helpful  to  the  intelligent 
citizen  of  today. 

CHEM    109   College   Chemistry   Laboratory   (1-2) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department.  Laboratory  work 
as  required  for  transfer  students  whose  lower  division 
work  at  other  universities  has  not  included  laboratory 
work. 

CHEM  201  College  Chemistry  III  (3)  Three  lectures 
and  one  recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  104 
or  106.  A  continuation  of  CHEM  104.  Organic  Chemis- 
try, with  emphasis  on  molecular  structure, 
stereochemistry,  conformational  analysis;  substitution 
reactions;  carbonium  ions;  spectroscopy;  aromaticity; 
synthetic  processes.  This  course  must  be  accompa- 
nied by  CHEM  202  unless  credit  for  CHEM  202  has 
previously  been  established. 

CHEM  202  College  Chemistry  Laboratory  III  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  104  or  106.  A  laboratory  course  to 
accompany  CHEM  201  This  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  CHEM  201. 

CHEM  203  College  Chemistry  IV  (3)  Three  lectures 
and  one  recitation  per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  104 
or  106.  Introductory  analytical  and  theoretical  chemis- 
try. Bonding  theory;  electrochemistry;  molecular  ener- 
getics and  structure;  chemical  dynamics;  equilibnum; 
determination  of  composition  of  matter.  This  course 
must  be  accompanied  by  CHEM  204  unless  credit  for 
CHEM  204  has  previously  been  established. 

CHEM  204  College  Chemistry  Laboratory  IV  (2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  CHEM  104  or  106.  A  laboratory  course  to 
accompany  CHEM  203,  This  course  must  be  accom- 
panied by  CHEM  203 

CHEM  211  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  III  (3) 

Three  lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, CHEM  104  or  106  and  consent  of  the  Chemistry 
Department  A  more  ngorous  treatment  of  the  matenal 
of  CHEM  201,  This  course  must  be  accompanied  by 
CHEM  212  unless  credit  for  CHEM  212  has  previously 
been  established. 

CHEM  212  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  Labora- 
tory III  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week  Prerequisite,  CHEM  1 04  or  1 06  and  consent 
of  the  Chemistry  Department,  A  more  rigorous  treat- 
ment of  the  material  of  CHEM  202.  This  course  must 
be  accompanied  by  CHEM  211. 

CHEM  213  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  IV  (3) 

Three  lectures  and  one  recitation  per  week.  Prerequi- 


.^ Chemistry    129 

site,  CHEM  104  or  106  and  consent  of  Chemistry 
Department  A  more  ngorous  treatment  of  the  matenal 
of  CHEM  203.  This  course  must  be  accompanied  by 
CHEM  214  unless  credit  for  CHEM  214  has  previously 
been  established. 

CHEM  214  Principles  of  College  Chemistry  Labora- 
tory IV  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  104  or  106  and  consent 
of  the  chemistry  department  A  more  ngorous  treat- 
ment of  the  material  of  CHEM  204.  This  course  must 
be  accompanied  by  CHEM  213 

CHEM  302  Radiochemical  Safety  Procedures  (1) 

One  lecture  per  week.  A  lecture  and  demonstration 
course.  Radiation  hazards,  principles  and  practices  of 
radiation  safety,  federal  (AEC,  ICC)  codes  and  state 
public  health. 

CHEM  321  Quantitative  Analysis  (4)  Two  lectures 

and  two  three-hours  laboratory  penods  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  203-204  or  213-214,  Volumetric, 
gravimetnc.  electrometric.  and  colonmelric  methods. 
Intended  for  students  in  agncultural  chemistry,  general 
physical  science,  science  education,  etc. 

CHEM  398  Special  Projects  (2)  Honors  projects  for 
undergraduate  students 

CHEM  399  Introduction  to  Chemical  Research 
(1-2)  Prerequisite,  Junior  standing  Registration  only 
upon  consent  of  the  course  coordinator.  The  course 
will  allow  students  to  conduct  basic  research  under  the 
supervision  of  a  member  of  the  department.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  four  credits. 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481, 

CHEM  403  Radiochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite,  One  year  of  college  chemistry  and 
one  year  of  college  physics.  Radioactive  decay;  intro- 
duction to  properties  of  atomic  nuclei;  nuclear  pro- 
cesses in  cosmology;  chemical,  biomedical  and  envi- 
ronmental applications  of  radioactivity;  nuclear  pro- 
cesses as  chemical  tools;  interaction  of  radiation  with 
matter, 

CHEM   421   Advanced   Quantitative   Analysis   (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  CHEM  430 
and  482  or  concurrent  registration.  An  examination  of 
some  advanced  topics  in  quantitative  analysis  includ- 
ing nonaqueous  titrations,  precipitation  phenomena, 
complex  equilibna,  and  the  analytical  chemistry  of  the 
less  familiar  elements, 

CHEM  423  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis  (2)  Two 

three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  203-204  or  213-214,  and  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon,  hy- 
drogen, nitrogen,  halogen  and  certain  functional 
groups, 

CHEM  430  Chemical  Measurements  Laboratory  I 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  penods 
per  week.  Corequisite,  CHEM  481.  An  introduction  to 
the  pnnciples  and  applications  of  quantitative  tech- 
niques useful  in  chemistry,  with  emphasis  on  modern 
instrumentation.  Computer  programming,  electronic 
circuits,  spectroscopy,  chemical  separations. 

CHEM  431  Chemical  Measurements  Laboratory  II 

(3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481 ;  Corequisite,  CHEM 
482,  An  introduction  to  the  pnnciples  and  applications 
of  quantitative  techniques  useful  in  chemistry,  with 
emphasis  on  modern  instrumentation.  Communica- 
tions techniques,  vacuum  systems,  thermochemistry, 
phase  equilibna,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry. 

CHEM  433  Chemical  Synthesis  (3)  One  lecture  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: CHEM  201-202  or  211-212.  and  203-204  or 
213-214, 

CHEM  441  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite, CHEM  481.  An  advanced  study  of  the  com- 
pounds of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on  molecular 
orbital  theory  and  organic  reaction  mechanisms. 

CHEM  443  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two-three  hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  201-202  or  211-212,  and 
203-204  or  213-214,  The  systematic  identification  of 
organic  compounds. 

CHEM  473  Geochemistry  of  Solids  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  482  or  GEOL  422. 


130    Chinese 


Principles  of  Crystal  Chemistry  applied  to  structures, 
properties  and  reactions  of  minerals  and  non-metallic 
solids.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relation  of  structural 
stability  to  bonding,  ionic  size,  charge,  order-disorder, 
polymorphism,  and  isomorphism. 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481 ,  or  equivalent. 
The  sources  of  various  elements  and  chemical  reac- 
tions between  them  in  the  atmosphere  and 
hydrosphere  are  treated.  Causes  and  biological  effects 
of  air  and  water  pollution  by  certain  elements  are 
discussed 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite.  CHEM  203-204  or  213-214, 
MATH  141,  PHYS  142  or  PHYS  263  (PHYS  263  may 
by  taken  concurrently  with  CHEM  481)  or  consent  of 
Instructor.  A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemi- 
cal engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM  481,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemi- 
cal engineers. 

CHEM  485  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  (2)  Pre- 
requisite, CHEM  482.  Quantum  Chemistry  and  other 
selected  topics. 

CHEM  486  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  Labora- 
tory (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  CHEM  482  and  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (3)  Three 
lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite  varies  with  the  nature  of  the 
topic  being  considered.  Course  may  be  repeated  for 
credit  if  the  subject  matter  is  substantially  different,  but 
not  more  than  three  credits  may  be  accepted  in 
satisfaction  of  major  supporting  area  requirements  for 
Chemistry  majors. 


Chinese 

CHIN  101  Intensive  Elementary  Chinese  I  (6)  Intro- 
duction to  speaking,  reading,  and  writing  Chinese  with 
an  emphasis  on  mastenng  the  essentials  of  pronuncia- 
tion, basic  characters  and  structural  patterns. 

CHIN  102  Intensive  Elementary  Chinese  II  (6)  Pre- 
requisite: CHIN  101.  Continuation  of  CHIN  101. 

CHIN  103  Review  of  Elementary  Chinese  (3)  De- 
signed for  students  with  pnor  experience  with  the 
Chinese  language,  either  wntten  or  spoken,  who  have 
need  of  further  preparation  before  entering  Chinese 
201.  CHIN  103  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with 
Chinese  201 ,  104  with  202,  on  recommendation  of  the 
director  of  the  Chinese  program. 

CHIN  104  Review  of  Elementary  Chinese  (3)  De- 
signed lor  students  with  prior  expenence  with  the 
Chinese  language,  either  wntten  or  spoken,  who  have 
need  of  further  preparation  before  entering  Chinese 
201.  CHIN  103  may  be  taken  simultaneously  with 
Chinese  201 ,  104  with  202,  on  recommendation  of  the 
director  of  the  Chinese  program. 

CHIN  201  Intermediate  Chinese  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week:  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  CHIN  201 . 
Prerequiste,  CHIN  102  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Chinese  life, 
thought  and  culture. 

CHIN  202  Intermediate  Chinese  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  CHIN  201  or  equivalent.  Read- 
ing of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of 
Chinese  life,  thought  and  culture. 

CHIN  301  Advanced  Chinese  (3)  Advanced  level 
study  of  language  patterns  and  syntax  as  well  as 
development  of  vocabulary  and  skills  necessary  to 
prepare  the  student  for  eventual  use  of  original 
sources  Prerequisite,  Chinese  201 ,  202,  or  permission 
of  the  director  of  the  Chinese  program. 

CHIN  302  Advanced  Chinese  (3)  Advanced  level 
study  of  language  patterns  and  syntax  as  well  as 
developmeni  of  vocabulary  and  skills  necessary  to 
prepare  the  student  for  eventual  use  of  original 
sources  Prerequisite,  Chinese  201 ,  202,  or  permission 
of  the  director  of  the  Chinese  program. 

CHIN  313  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation  I  (3)  The 

background  and  development  of  Chinese  literature 


from  the  earliest  philosophical  writings  through  the 
poetry  of  the  Sung  Dynasty  (13th  century  A.D.). 

CHIN  314  Chinese  Literature  in  Translation  II  (3) 

Yuan  Dynasty  drama  through  Ming  and  Ching  novels 
and  essays  to  the  modern  and  revolutionary  short 
stories,  essays,  and  poetry  of  twentieth  century  China. 

CHIN  401  Readings  in  Chinese  History  and  Litera- 
ture I  (3)  Prerequisite — CHIN  302  or  equivalent.  A 
language  training  course  using  original  sources  in 
history  and  literature. 

CHIN  402  Readings  in  Chinese  History  and  Litera- 
ture II  (3)  Prerequisite — CHIN  401  or  equivalent.  A 
language  course  training  using  original  sources  in 
history  and  literature. 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
302.  Introductory  classical  Chinese  using  literary  and 
historical  sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
302.  Further  classical  studies  by  various  writers  from 
famous  ancient  philosophers  to  prominent  scholars 
before  the  new  culture  movement. 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composi- 
tion I  <3)  Prerequisite — CHIN  202  or  equivalent.  Re- 
view of  contemporary  grammar  with  emphasis  on 
contemporary  materials  and  free  composition. 

CHIN  406  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composi- 
tion II  (3)  Prerequisite — CHIN  405  or  equivalent.  Anal- 
ysis of  the  role  of  language  in  literature;  study  of 
principles  and  techniques  of  advanced  composition, 
speech  composition,  letter  and  report  writing. 

CHIN  411  Chinese  Civilization  (3)  This  course  sup- 
plements GEOG  422;  cultural  geography  of  China  and 
Japan.  It  deals  with  Chinese  literature,  art,  folklore, 
history,  government,  and  great  men.  The  course  is 
given  in  English. 

CHIN  412  Chinese  Civilization  (3)  Developments  in 
China  since  1911.  The  course  is  given  in  English. 

CHIN  415  Readings  In  Current  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or  equivalent. 
Translation  of  original  sources  in  politics  and  econom- 
ics with  special  emphasis  on  reading  Chinese  commu- 
nist documents  wntten  in  simplified  Chinese  charac- 
ters. Readings  in  Chinese;  instruction  in  English. 

CHIN  416  Readings  In  Current  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  415  or  equiva- 
lent. Continuation  of  CHIN  415. 

CHIN  421  Chinese  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  422  Chinese  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite,  CHIN 
102  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  431  Translation  and  Interpretation  I  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, CHIN  202  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  the 
history  and  theories  of  translation/interpretation;  con- 
traslive  studies  of  the  structures  of  English  and  Chi- 
nese; development  of  the  four  language  skills. 

CHIN  432  Translation  and  Interpretation  II  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, CHIN  431  or  equivalent. 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction  in  Translation 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  313  or  314,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Readings  from  the  4th  century  tale  of  the 
marvelous  through  the  IBth  century  Ching  novel,  in- 
cluding major  works  of  fiction,  literary  history  and 
criticism. 

CHIN  442  Modern  Chinese  Fiction  in  Translation  (3) 

Prerequisite  CHIN  313  or  314.  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Readings  from  the  literary  revolutuon  of  1917 
to  the  present,  including  major  works  of  fiction,  literary 
history,  and  cnticism. 

CHIN  499  Directed  Study  in  Chinese  (1-3)  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  instructor.  Readings  in  Chinese 
under  faculty  supervision.  If  content  differs,  repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Comparative  Literature 

CMLT  401  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative 
Literature  (3)  Survey  of  the  background  ol  European 
literature  through  study  ol  Greek  and  Latin  literature  in 
English  translations,  discussing  the  debt  ol  modern 
literature  to  the  ancients 


CMLT  402  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative 
Literature  (3)  Study  of  the  medieval  and  modarn 
continental  literature. 

CMLT  41 1  The  Greek  Drama  (3)  The  chief  works  of 
Aeschylus,  Sophocles.  Euripides,  and  Aristophanes  in 
English  translations.  Emphasis  on  the  histohc  back- 
ground, on  dramatic  structure,  and  on  the  effect  of  the 
attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the  civilized  world. 

CMLT  415  The  Old  Testament  as  Literature  (3)  A 

study  of  sources,  development  and  literary  types. 

CMLT  416  New  Testament  as  Literature  (3)  A  study 
of  the  books  of  the  New  Testament,  with  attention  to 
the  relevant  historical  background  and  to  the  transmis- 
sion of  the  text.  A  knowledge  of  Greek  is  helpful,  but 
not  essential. 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence 
In  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance  (3)  Empha- 
sis on  major  writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence 
In  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance  (3)  Empha- 
sis on  major  writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or 
Latin  required. 

CMLT  430  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Narra- 
tive, dramatic  and  lyric  literature  of  the  Middle  Ages 
studied  in  translation. 

CMLT  433  Dante  and  the  Romance  Tradition  (3)  A 

reading  of  the  Divine  Comedy  to  enlighten  the  discov- 
ery of  reality  in  Western  literature. 

CMLT  461  Romanticism — Early  Stages  (3)  Empha- 
sis on  England,  France  and  Germany.  Reading  knowl- 
edge of  French  or  German  required. 

CMLT  462  Romanticism — Flowering  and  Influence 

(3)  Emphasis  on  England,  France  and  Germany. 
Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  required. 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel  (3)  The  novel  in 
translation  from  Stendhal  through  the  Existentialists, 
selected  from  literatures  of  France,  Germany,  Italy, 
Russia,  and  Spain. 

CMLT  470  Ibsen  and  the  Continental  Drama  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  major  work  of  Ibsen,  with  some 
attention  given  to  selected  predecessors,  contempo- 
raries and  successors. 

CMLT  479  Major  Contemporary  Authors  (3) 

CMLT  488  Genres  (3)  A  study  of  a  recognized  literary 
form,  such  as  tragedy,  epic,  satire,  literary  criticism, 
comedy,  tragicomedy,  etc.  The  course  may  be  re- 
peated for  cumulative  credit  up  to  six  hours  when 
different  material  is  presented. 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers  (3)  Each  semester  two 
major  writers  from  different  cultures  and  languages  will 
be  studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the  basis  of 
significant  relationships  of  cultural  and  aesthetic  con- 
texts, analogies  between  their  respective  works,  and 
the  importance  of  each  writer  to  his  literary  tradition. 

CMLT  496  Conference  Course  In  Comparative  Lit- 
erature (3)  Second  semester.  A  tutorial  type  discus- 
sion course,  correlating  the  courses  in  various  litera- 
tures which  the  student  has  previously  taken  with  the 
primary  themes  and  masterpieces  ol  world  literature. 
This  course  is  required  of  undergraduate  majors  in 
comparative  literature,  but  must  not  be  taken  until  the 
final  year  of  the  student's  program. 

CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  In  Comparative  Litera- 
ture (3) 


Computer  Science 

CMSC  100  Introduction  to  Use  ol  the  Digital  Com- 
puter (1)  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  fortran  for 
solution  of  simple  computational  tasks  The  use  of  a 
conversational  mode  to  simplify  the  computational 
process  will  be  emphasized  Where  possible  students 
will  be  assigned  to  sections  of  comparable  back- 
ground. Examples  and  problems  for  the  sections  will 
be  chosen  appropriate  to  the  background  of  the  stu- 
dents 

CMSC  103  Introduction  to  Computing  lor  Non- 
Majors  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two — hour  laboratory 
period  each  week.  Basic  concepts  of  fortran.  Elements 
of  computer  organization.  Algorithms  in  the  computa- 


Consumer  Economics    131 


tional  solution  ol  problems.  Survey  of  non — numeric 
and  numberic  applications.  Programming  projects. 
Credit  will  be  given  lor  only  one  course.  CMSC  103  or 
CMSC  110 

CMSC  110  Introductory  Computer  Programming 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each 
week.  Construction  of  algorithms  for  the  efficient  solu- 
tion of  computational  problems.  Elements  of  fonran. 
Programming  techniques  and  implementation,  includ- 
ing debugging  and  documentation  The  first  course  for 
students  interested  in  taking  additional  CMSC  courses 

CMSC  120  Intermediate  Computer  Programming 

(4)  Three  lectures  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  each 
week.  Prerequisites,  CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  Ele- 
ments of  structured  programming.  Program  design. 
testing,  and  documentation.  Development  of  large 
programs. 

CMSC  211  Assembly  Language  Programming  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  CMSC  120  or  equivalent.  Assembly  lan- 
guage programming,  assemblers,  loaders,  linkage  edi- 
tors, and  macros 

CMSC  220  Introduction  to  File  Processing  (3)  Pre- 
requisite, CMSC  120  or  equivalent.  Characteristics  and 
use  of  peripheral  memory  devices  for  sequential  and 
direct  access  file  processing.  Techniques  such  as 
sorting  and  searching,  hash  coding,  and  table  look-up. 

CMSC  250  Introduction  to  Discrete  Structures  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CMSC  1 1 0  and  MATH  1 1 1  or  equivalent. 
Fundamental  mathematical  concepts  and  algebraic 
structures,  such  as  sets,  relations,  functions, 
semigroups,  monoids,  and  boolean  algebras.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  theory  of  graphs  and  trees  and  their 
realization  as  computer  programs.  Emphasis  on  exam- 
ples and  applications  rather  than  mathematical  ngor. 

CMSC  268  Numerical  Calculus  laboratory  (1-2) 

Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour. 
Prerequisite,  MATH  240,  or  concurrent  registration 
therein  and  CMSC  110,  or  equivalents.  Laboratory 
work  in  the  development  of  algorithmic  solutions  of 
problems  taken  from  numencal  calculus  with  emphasis 
on  efficiency  of  computation,  and  the  control  of  errors. 
Basic  one-credit  laboratory  includes  completion  of 
several  machine  projects  on  material  related  to  MATH 
240.  Second  credit  involves  more  comprehensive  pro- 
jects based  on  similar  or  related  material. 

CMSC  311  Computer  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite, 
Familiarity  as  a  user  with  the  instruction  set  and 
operating  system  of  a  general-purpose  computer,  or 
CMSC  21 1 .  Design  of  digital  logic  ciruits.  Organization 
of  central  processors,  including  instruction  sets,  regis- 
ter transfer  operations,  control  microprogramming, 
data  representation,  and  arithmetic  algorithms.  Memo- 
ry and  input/output  organization. 

CMSC  330  Organization  of  Programming  Lan- 
guages (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  120  or  equivalent.  The 
run — time  organization  of  programming  languages. 
Algebraic  languages  (e.g.  Algol,  SimpI,  PL/1,  Pascal) 
via  their  run — time  storage  structures  Dynamic  versus 
static  activation  records.  Storage  for  strings  and  ar- 
rays. Interpretive  systems  such  as  APL  and  Snobol4. 
Not  open  for  credit  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
CMSC  440. 

CMSC  388  Special  Computational  Laboratory  (1-2) 

Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour. 
Prerequisite,  CMSC  103  or  equivalent.  Arranged  for 
special  groups  of  students  to  give  experience  in 
developing  algonthmic  solutions  of  problems  or  using 
particular  computational  systems.  May  be  taken  for 
cumulative  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours  where 
different  material  is  covered. 

CMSC  390  Honors  Paper  (3)  Prerequisite:  Admission 
to  CMSC  honors  program.  Special  study  or  research 
directed  toward  preparation  of  honors  paper. 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer  Languages 
and  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite.  MATH  241  or  equiva- 
lent. A  terminal  course  suitable  for  non-CMSC  majors 
with  no  programming  background.  Organization  and 
charactenstics  of  computers.  Procedure  onented  and 
assembly  languages  Representation  of  data,  charac- 
ters and  instructions.  Introduction  to  logic  design  and 
systems  organization.  Macro  definition  and  generation. 
Program  segmentation  and  linkage  extensive  use  of 
the  computer  to  complete  projects  illustrating  pro- 
gramming techniques  and  machine  structure.  (CMSC 
400  may  not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the  graduate 
program  in  computer  science.) 


CMSC  411  Computer  System  Architecture  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: CMSC  311  or  equivalent.  Input/output 
processors  and  techniques  Intra-system  communica- 
tion, buses,  caches.  Addressing  and  memory  hierar- 
chies.  Microprogramming,   parallelism,  and  pipeling 

CMSC  412  Operating  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CMSC  311  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  batch 
systems,  spooling  systems,  and  Ihird-generation  mul- 
tiprogramming systems.  Descnption  of  the  parts  of  an 
operating  system  in  terms  of  function,  structure,  and 
implementation.   Basic   resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  415  Systems  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CMSC  220.  410.  Basic  algorithms  of  operating  system 
software.  Memory  management  using  linkage  editors 
and  loaders,  dynamic  relocation  with  base  registers, 
paging.  File  systems  and  input/output  control.  Proces- 
sor allocation  for  multiprogramming,  timesharing.  The 
emphasis  of  the  course  is  on  practical  systems  pro- 
gramming, including  projects  such  as  a  simple  linkage 
editor,  a  stand-alone  executive,  a  file  system,  etc. 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite.  CMSC 
220  or  equivalent.  Description,  properties,  and  storage 
allocation  of  data  structures  including  lists  and  trees. 
Algorithms  for  manipulating  structures.  Applications 
from  areas  such  as  data  processing,  information  re- 
trieval, symbol  manipulation,  and  operating  systems. 

CMSC  426  image  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC 
420  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  basic  techniques 
of  analysis  and  manipulation  of  pictonal  data  by  com- 
puter. Image  input/output  devices,  image  processing 
software,  enhancement,  segmentation,  property 
measurement,  fourier  analysis.  Computer  encoding, 
processing,  and  analysis  of  curves. 

CMSC  430  Theory  of  Language  Translation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CMSC  120  and  250,  or  equivalent;  CMSC 
330  recommended.  Formal  translation  of  programming 
languages,  program  syntax  and  semantics.  Finite  state 
grammars  and  recognizers.  Context  free  parsing  tech- 
niques such  as  recursive  descent,  prededence.  LL(K). 
LR(K)  and  SLR(K).  Machine  independent  code  im- 
provement and  generation,  syntax  directed  translation 
schema.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
CMSC  440. 

CMSC  432  Compiler  Writing  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC 
220,  330,  430.  A  detailed  examination  of  a  compiler  for 
an  algebraic  language  designed  around  the  writing  of  a 
compiler  as  the  major  part  of  the  course.  Scanning  and 
parsing,  code  generation,  optimization  and  error  recov- 
ery, and  compiler-wnting  techniques  such  as  boot- 
strapping and  translator  wnting  systemc. 

CMSC  435  Software  Design  and  Development  (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  420  and  430.  or  equivalent.  State- 
of-the-art  techniques  in  software  design  and  develop- 
ment. Laboratory  expenence  in  applying  the  tech-' 
niques  covered.  Structured  design,  structured  pro- 
gramming, top-down  design  and  development,  seg- 
mentation and  modularization  techniques,  iterative  en- 
hancement, design  and  code  inspection  techniques, 
correctness,  and  chief-programmer  teams.  The  devel- 
opment of  a  large  software  project. 

CMSC  450  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3) 

Prerequisite.  MATH  240  or  consent  of  instructor.  This 
IS  the  same  course  as  MATH  444.  An  elementary 
development  of  prepositional  logic,  predicate  logic,  set 
algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discussion  of 
Markov  algonthms.  tunng  machines  and  recursive 
functions.  Topics  include  post  productions,  word  prob- 
lems, and  formal  languages. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Computation  (3) 

Prerequisites.  CMSC  120,  250  This  course  is  intended 
to  serve  two  purposes:  (1)  an  introduction  to  the  theory 
of  computation,  and  (2)  a  tie  between  many  abstract 
results  and  their  concrete  counterparts.  This  course 
establishes  a  theoretical  foundation  (or  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  inherent  limitations  and  actual 
power  of  digital  computers.  Also,  it  provides  a  relatively 
uniform  way  of  slating  and  investigating  problems  that 
arise  in  connection  with  the  computation  of  particular 
functions  and  certain  classes  of  functions.  Topics 
covered  include  an  introductory  treatment  ol  classes 
of  computable  functions,  compulability  by  register  ma- 
chines, computabilily  by  tunng  machines,  unsolvable 
decision  problems,  concrete  computational  complexi- 
ty, and  complexity  of  loop  programs 

CMSC  455  Elementary  Formal  Language  Theory 

(3)  Prerequisites  CMSC   120,   250.   This   course   is 


intended  to  serve  as  an  introduction  to  the  theory  of 
formal  languages.  This  theory  is  encountered  in  the 
study  of  both  programming  languages  and  natural 
languages,  and  consequently  will  be  useful  in  nu- 
merous other  courses  in  computer  science  at  the 
undergraduate  and  graduate  levels.  Topics  covered 
include  the  highlights  of  Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  gram- 
mars and  Chomsky's  hierarchy  of  languages,  a  sum- 
mary treatment  of  acceptors  related  to  these  lan- 
guages, and  a  brief  introduction  to  the  theory  of 
Transformational  grammars. 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: MATH  240,  241.  and  CMSC  110.  or  equivalent. 
Basic  computational  methods  for  interpolation,  least 
squares,  approximation,  numerical  quadrature,  numen- 
cal solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equa- 
tions, systems  of  linear  equations  and  initial  value 
problems  for  ordinary  differential  equations  Emphasis 
on  the  methods  and  their  computational  properties 
rather  than  on  their  analytic  aspects.  (Listed  also  as 
MAPL  460.) 

CMSC  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent.  This  course  with  MAPL/CMSC  471.  forms 
a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level.  Interpolation,  numen- 
cal differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear 
equations,  acceleration  of  convergence,  numerical 
treatment  of  differential  equations  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assignments.  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  470.) 

CMSC  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear  Algebra 

(3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent.  The  course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470,  forms 
a  one-year  introduction  to  numencal  analysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level.  Direct  solution  of  linear 
systems,  norms,  least  squares  problems,  the  symmet- 
ric eigen-value  problem,  basic  iterative  methods.  Top- 
ics will  be  supplemented  with  programming  assign- 
ments. (Listed  also  as  MAPL  471.) 

CMSC  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  General 
enumeration  methods,  difference  equations,  generat- 
ing functions.  Elements  of  graph  theory,  matnx 
representations  of  graphs,  applications  of  graph  theory 
to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  MATH  475.) 

CMSC  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  110 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474.  Linear  programming 
including  the  simplex  algonthm  and  dual  linear  pro- 
grams, convex  sets  and  elements  of  convex  pro- 
gramming, combinatorial  optimization  integer  pro- 
gramming. (Listed  also  as  MAPL  477.) 

CMSC  480  Simulation  of  Continuous  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite.  CMSC  280  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
digital  simulation;  simulation  by  mimic  programming; 
simulation  by  fortran  programming;  simulation  by 
DSL/90  (or  CSMP)  programming;  logic  and  construc- 
tion of  a  simulation  processor;  similarity  between  digi- 
tal simulations  of  continuous  and  discrete  systems. 

CMSC  498  Special  Problems  in  Computer  Science 
(1-3)  Prerequisite.-  Permission  of  instructor  An  in- 
dividualized course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or 
students  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  project  under 
the  supervision  of  the  senior  staff.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 


Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  100  Introduction  to  Consumer  Economics 

(3)  The  role  of  the  consumer  in  modern  society.  Topics 
include  the  consumer  in  the  market,  the  impact  of 
market  failures  on  the  quality  of  life  and  the  impact  of 
government  and  business  decisions  on  consumer  wel- 
fare 

CNEC  385  Junior  Honors  Seminar  (1)  Spnng  semes- 
ter Limited  to  juniors  in  the  departmental  honors 
program.  Readings,  reports  and  discussion  of  selected 
topics 

CNEC  396  Field  Work  and  Analysis  in  Consumer 
Economics  (3-6J  Supen/ised,  professional  field  work 
experience  in  business,  industry,  government  or  edu- 
cation A  seminar  and  a  written  critique  of  the  field 
work  experience  will  be  required  to  relate  formal 
academic  study  to  student  work  expenences.  Students 


132    Cooperative  Education  Program 


must  apply  a  semester  in  advance  and  enrollment  is  by 
permission  of  the  department  and  is  limited  to  majors. 

CNEC  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  110  or  115.  Research  methodology  in  textiles 
and  consumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on 
the  application  of  statistical  concepts  and  techniques 
to  the  analysis  of  data  from  the  areas  of  textiles  and 
consumer  economics.  May  not  be  taken  by  students 
who  have  credit  in  TEXT  400. 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  A  study  of  legislation  affecting  con- 
sumer goods  and  services.  Topics  covered  include 
product  safety  and  liability,  packaging  and  labeling, 
deceptive  advertising,  and  consumer  credit.  The  impli- 
cations of  such  legislation  for  consumer  welfare  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  disadvantaged  groups  in 
our  society  will  be  examined. 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption  (3)  Spring 
semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ECON  201  and  203  or  ECON  205  for  non-majors.  The 
application  of  economic  theory  to  a  study  of  consumer 
decision-making  and  its  role  in  a  market  economy  at 
both  the  individual  and  aggregate  levels.  Topics  cov- 
ered include  empirical  studies  of  consumer  spending 
and  saving,  the  consumer  in  the  market  and  collective 
consumption. 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  1 00  and  SOCY  1 00.  An 
application  of  the  behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  of 
consumer  behavior.  Current  theories,  models  and  em- 
pirical research  findings  are  explored. 

CNEC  455  Consumer  Technology:  Product  Stan- 
dards (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  The 
process  of  product  standard  development,  and  the 
significance  of  such  standards  to  the  consumer.  Histo- 
ry, procedures  and  uses  of  standards  by  industry  and 
government,  including  both  voluntary  and  regulatory 
standardization;  the  impact  of  product  standards,  and 
mechanisms  lor  obtaining  consumer  imput  in  the 
standardization  process. 

CNEC  457  Consumer  Technology — Product  Safety 
(3) ,  courses  In  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  An 
interdisciplinary  investigation  of  consumer  product 
safety.  Major  statutes  and  agencies  regulating  safety. 
Alternative  means  of  promoting  consumer  product 
safety.  The  application  of  product  liability  and  cost 
benefit  analysis  to  the  economics  of  product  safety. 
Consumer  response  to  safety  labeling,  advertising  and 
educational  efforts. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Limited  to 
undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  honors 
program.  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  or  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year. 
Student  should  register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study 
by  an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  of  students  in 
advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
ment. Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study 
they  wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by 
the  faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department 
chairman. 


Cooperative  Education  Program 

COOP  208  COOP  Work  Experience  I  (0)  Prerequi- 
sites, Satisfactory  completion  of  36  credits;  and  con- 
sent of  the  director  of  the  cooperative  education 
Program.  Practical,  fulltime  work  experience  in  either 
private  or  government  agencies  which  supplements 
and  enhances  the  theories,  principles  and  practices  in 
the  normal  education  program.  The  student  must 
register  for  COOP  208  for  each  summer  work  experi- 
ence and  for  both  COOP  208  and  209  for  each 
semester  work  experience. 

COOP  209  COOP  Work  Experience  II  (0)  Prerequi- 
sites, Satisfactory  completion  of  36  credits;  and  con- 
sent of  the  director  of  the  cooperative  education 
program.  Practical,  fulltime  work  experience  in  either 
private  or  government  agencies  which  supplements 
and  enhances  the  theories,  pnnciples  and  practices  in 
the  normal  education  program.  The  student  must 
register  for  COOP  208  for  each  summer  work  experi- 
ence and  for  both  COOP  208  and  209  for  each 
semester  work  experience. 


Crafts 

CRAF  101  Craft  Fundamentals  and  Materials  (3) 

Three  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  APDS  101  or 


equivalent.  Introduction  to  materials  and  techniques. 
Recognition  of  design  limitations  Imposed  by  inherent 
quality  of  materials. 

CRAF  102  Recreational  Crafts  (2)  Two  laboratory 
periods.  Problems  to  encourage  creative  expression  in 
variety  of  materials.  Emphasis  on  achievement  of 
aesthetic  quality  in  use  of  easily  available  materials, 
simple  tools.  Suitable  lor  non-majors. 

CRAF  202  Creative  Crafts  (3)  Three  studio  periods. 
Prerequisite,  CRAF  101  or  102.  Problems  to  stimulate 
creative  experimentation  as  approach  to  design.  Work 
with  paper,  fabric,  clay,  wood,  metal. 

CRAF  220  Ceramics  I — Materials  and  Processes  (3) 

Three  studio  periods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101  and 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Fundamental  preparation 
and  use  of  clay.  Execution  of  original  designs  while 
developing  elementary  skills  In  the  production  of  clay 
sculpture  and  pottery. 

CRAF  230  Metalry  I  (3)  Three  studio  periods.  Prereq- 
uisites, APDS  101  plus  one  additional  design  course, 
or  equivalent.  Opportunity  to  develop  basic  skills  in  the 
execution  of  creatively  conceived  design  problems  in 
copper,  pewter  and  silver.  Standards  of  craftsmanship 
as  they  relate  to  design  quality. 

CRAF  240  Weaving  (3)  Three  studio  periods.  Prereq- 
uisites, APDS  1 0 1 ,  1 02  or  equivalent,  TEXT  1 05.  Basic 
weaves,  patterns  drafts.  Creative  weaving  as  a  study 
of  texture,  pattern  and  color  appropriate  to  purpose. 

CRAF  241  Decorative  Textiles  (3)  Three  studio  peh- 
ods.  Prerequisites,  APDS  101,  102  or  equivalent.  Ex- 
ecution of  original  designs  appropriate  to  textile  deco- 
ration, fibers  and  fabrics  and  to  the  process  involved 
(i.e.  batik,  block  printing,  silk  screen,  stitchery,  and 
applique). 

CRAF  320  Advanced  Ceramics  I  (3)  Three  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  220.  Experience  in  experi- 
mental development  of  body  and  textures,  glazes  and 
colors,  and  their  utilization  in  clay  products  of  original 
design.  Calculation  of  body  and  glaze  composition. 

CRAF  330  Advanced  Metalry  I  (3)  Three  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  230.  Advanced  applica- 
tion of  skills  to  design  and  fabrication  of  metals: 
jewelry,  stone  setting,  metal  casting,  and  forming. 

CRAF  340  Advanced  Weaving/Textile  Design  (3) 

Two  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  240.  Execu- 
tion of  original  textile  designs  which  reflect  the  de- 
mands both  of  the  custom  market  and  of  mass  produc- 
tion. Problems  chosen  with  the  consent  of  instructor. 

CRAF  341  Advanced  Weaving/Textile  Design  (3) 

Two  studio  periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  241,  Execu- 
tion of  original  textile  designs  which  reflect  the  de- 
mands both  of  the  custom  market  and  of  mass  produc- 
tion. Problems  chosen  with  the  consent  of  instructor. 

CRAF  420  Advanced  Ceramics  11  (3)  Three  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  330.  Experience  in  experi- 
mental development  of  body  and  textures,  glazes  and 
colors  and  their  utilization  in  clay  products  of  original 
design.  Calculation  of  body  and  glaze  composition. 

CRAF  428  Individual  Problems  In  Ceramics  (3) 

Prerequistes:  CRAF  220,  320,  420.  Open  to  students 
with  demonstrated  ability  and  with  the  potential  for  a 
high  level  of  achievement  in  studio  production  or  in 
research.  Total  undergraduate  credit  permitted  in  all 
individual  problems  courses  in  crafts  is  a  maximum  of 
nine  hours.  Consent  of  crafts  faculty.  No  less  than  b 
average  on  prerequisites  and  presentation  of  work  for 
evaluation. 

CRAF  430  Advanced  Metalry  11  (3)  Two  studio  pen- 
ods.  Prerequisite,  CRAF  330.  Advanced  application  of 
skills  to  the  design  and  fabncation  of  metals;  jewelry, 
stone  setting,  metal  casting,  cloisonne.  Hand-raised 
hollow. 

CRAF  438  Individual  Problems  In  Metalry  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: CRAF  230,  330,  430  with  at  least  a  grade  of 
b  in  all  three  courses.  Open  to  students  with  demon- 
strated ability  and  with  the  potential  for  a  high  level  of 
achievement  in  studio  production  or  in  research.  Total 
undergraduate  credit  permitted  in  all  individual  prob- 
lems courses  in  crafts  is  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 
Consent  of  crafts  faculty.  No  less  than  B  average  on 
prerequisites  and  presentation  of  work  for  evaluation, 

CRAF  448  Individual  Problems  In  Textile  Design  (3) 

Prerequisites:  CRAF  240,  241 ,  340,  or  341  with  at  least 


a  grade  of  'B'  in  all  three  courses.  Open  to  students 
with  demonstrated  ability  and  with  the  potential  for  a 
high  level  of  achievement  on  studio  production  or  in 
research.  Total  undergraduate  credit  permitted  in  all 
individual  problems  courses  in  crafts  as  a  maximum  of 
nine  hours.  Consent  of  crafts  faculty.  No  less  than  b 
average  on  prerequisites  and  presentation  of  work 
evaluation. 


Criminology 

CRIM  220  Criminology  (3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  100 
and  sophomore  standing.  Criminal  behavior  and  the 
methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies  of  criminal 
acts  and  offenders;  punishment,  correction  and  inca- 
pacitation; prevention  of  crime. 

CRIM  359  Field  Training  In  Criminology  and  Cor- 
rections (1-3)  Prerequisites,  SOCY  100;  for  crime 
control  field  training,  CRIM  220  and  CRIM  450.  Enroll- 
ment restricted  to  available  placements.  Supervised 
field  training  in  public  and  private  social  agencies.  The 
student  will  select  his  particular  area  of  interest  and  be 
responsible  to  an  agency  for  a  definite  program  of  in- 
service  training.  Group  meetings,  individual  confer- 
ences and  written  program  reports  will  be  a  required 
part  of  the  course. 

CRIM  388  Independent  Reading  Course  In  Crimi- 
nology (3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100.  For 
honors  students  only.  This  course  is  designed  for  the 
needs  of  honors  students  in  criminology. 

CRIM  389  Independent  Research  In  Criminology 

(3)  H — Honors  Prerequisite,  SOCY  100.  For  honors 
students  only.  This  course  is  designed  for  the  needs  of 
the  honors  students  in  criminology. 

CRIM  399  Independent  Study  In  Criminology  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  written  consent  of  faculty  under  whose 
direction  the  study  is  to  be  performed,  and  at  least  12 
hours  of  criminology  credit.  Integrated  reading  or  re- 
search under  direction  and  supervision  of  faculty  mem- 
ber. 

CRIM  432  Law  of  Corrections  (3)  Prerequisite,  LENF 
230  or  234  and  CRIM  220.  A  review  of  the  law  of 
criminal  corrections  from  sentencing  to  final  release  or 
release  on  parole.  Probation,  punishments,  special 
treatments  for  special  offenders,  parole  and  pardon, 
and  the  prisoner's  civil  rights  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SOCY  100.  Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the 
general  problem  of  crime;  analysis  of  factors  underiy- 
ing  juvenile  delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention. 

CRIM  451  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3) 

Prerequisites,  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of 
crime  and  delinquency. 

CRIM  452  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents 
In  the  Community  (3)  Prerequisite,  CRIM  220  or 
CRIM  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the 
processes  and  methods  in  the  modification  of  criminal 
patterns  of  behavior  in  a  community  setting. 

CRIM  453  Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and 
Delinquents  (3)  Prerequisite,  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450 
or  consent  of  instructor.  History,  organization  and 
functions  of  penal  and  correctional  institutions  for 
adults  and  juveniles. 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite,  CRIM  220,  CRIM  450,  and  CRIM  451  or 
CRIM  452  or  CRIM  453.  Brief  histoncal  overview  of 
criminological  theory  up  to  the  50's,  Deviance,  Label- 
ing. Typologies,  Most  recent  research  in  criminalistic 
subcultures  and  middle  class  delinquency.  Recent 
proposals  for  'decriminalization'. 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminology  (3)  Top- 
ics of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduates  in 
criminology.  Such  courses  will  be  offered  in  response 
to  student  request  and  faculty  interest.  No  more  than 
six  credits  may  be  taken  by  a  student  in  selected 
topics. 


Dance 

DANG  100  Modern  Dance  I  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Basic 
principles  of  modern  dance,  emphasizing  fundamen- 
tals of  movement. 


Dance    133 


DANC  102  Rhythmic  Training  for  Dance  (2)  Basic 
approaches  to  rhythmic  principles  related  to  dance, 

DANC  104  Modern  Dance  II  for  Non-Majors  (2) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  100.  A  continuation  of  the  princi- 
ples introduced  in  DANC  100. 

DANC  109  Improvisation  I  (2)  Pre-  or  Corequisite: 
DANC  100  or  148.  An  introduction  to  the  process  of 
spontaneous  movement  discovery.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits  only  with  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. 

DANC  124  Ballet  I  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Barre  and 
center  work  for  alignment,  strength,  flexibility  and 
coordination.  Introduction  to  ballet  terminology. 

DANC  127  Ballet  II  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  124  or  audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  124. 

DANC  128  Ballet  I  for  Majors  Only  (2)  Barre  and 
center  work  for  alignment,  strength,  flexibility  and 
coordination.  Introduction  to  ballet  terminology.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  4  credits  only  with  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

DANC  129  Ballet  II  for  Majors  Only  (2)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  128  or  audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  128. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits  only  with 
permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  138  Introduction  to  Ethnic  Dance  (2)  Tradi- 
tional dances  and  music  of  selected  cultures.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  4  credits  only  with  permis- 
sion of  instructor. 

DANC  148  Modern  Dance  I  for  Majors  Only  (3)  A 

study  of  dance  movement:  placement,  rhythm,  dynam- 
ics, space  and  dance  phrases.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  149  Modern  Dance  II  for  Majors  Only  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  148  or  audition.  Continuation  of 
DANC  148.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  only 
with  permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  154  Jazz  I  for  Non-Majors  (2)  Introduction  to 
the  jazz  style  in  dance  for  the  beginning  student. 

DANC  158  Jazz  I  for  Majors  Only  (2)  Introduction  to 
the  jazz  style  in  dance  for  the  beginning  student. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  for  4  credits  only  with 
permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  165  Dance  Notation  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
102  and  either  DANC  100  or  DANC  148.  Movement 
analysis  for  purposes  of  recording  dance;  notation 
fundamentals.  Elementary  writing  of  technique;  read- 
ing of  simple  modern,  ballet  and  ethnic  studies. 

DANC  171  Movement  Integration  (2)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Techniques  for 
reducing  tension  and  achieving  integrated  muscular 
control  and  coordination. 

DANC  199  Dance  Workshop  I  (1-2)  Planning,  per- 
formance, choreography,  production  and  presentation 
of  student  works,  both  on  and  off  campus.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  200  Introduction  to  Dance  (3)  A  study  of 
dance  as  a  form  of  communication  and  as  an  art  form; 
a  survey  of  the  theories  and  styles  of  dance,  and  their 
relationships  to  other  art  forms. 

DANC  204  Modern  Dance  III  for  Non-Majors  (2) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  104  or  audition.  Continuation  of 
DANC  104. 

DANC  208  Choreography  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
102  and  DANC  109.  Basic  principles  of  dance  compo- 
sition: space,  time  dynamics,  and  movement  invention. 
The  development  of  chtical  awareness.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits  only  with  permission  of 
instructor. 

DANC  210  Dance  Production  I  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  sun/ey  of  theatre 
crafts  and  techniques  involved  in  dance  production, 
including  lighting,  sound,  set  and  costume  design  and 
construction,  publicity  and  promotion,  management 
and  administration,  stage-management  and  videotap- 
ing. 

DANC  228  Ballet  III  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  129  or 
audition.  Execution  of  the  vocabulary  of  ballet  move- 
ment with  technical  accuracy.  Beginning  combinations 
across  the  floor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4 
credits. 

DANC  229  Ballet  IV  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  228  or 
audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  228.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  four  credits. 


DANC  248  Modern  Dance  III  for  Majors  Only  (3) 

Prerequisite:  DANC  149  or  audition.  The  body  as  an 
instrument  of  expression;  techniques  for  increasing 
kinesthetic  sensitivity.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

DANC  249  Modern  Dance  IV  (3)  Prerequisite:  danc 

248  or  audition.  Continuation  of  danc  248.  repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  258  Jazz  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  154  or  158; 
DANC  104  or  149  or  audition.  A  history  of  jazz  through 
movement  from  its  tribal  roots  to  the  American  dance 
styles  of  the  1950's.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4 
credits  only  with  permission  of  instructor. 

DANC  265  Dance  Notation  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
165  or  equivalent.  Reading,  writing  and  performing 
movement  scores. 

DANC  271  Movement  Therapy  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Personal  and  con- 
ceptual exploration  of  movement  to  increase  body 
awareness,  self-understanding,  and  non-verbal  com- 
munication. 

DANC  280  Prevention  and  Treatment  of  Dance 
Injuries  (2)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Theories  of  the  care  of  the  body,  including 
warm-up  and  cool-down  exercises,  nutrition,  construc- 
tive rest,  hydro-therapy,  massage,  bandaging,  taping 
and  first-aid. 

DANC  299  Dance  Workshop  II  (1-2)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  1 99  or  permission  of  instructor.  Continuation  of 
Dance  199.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  4 
credits. 

DANC  302  Music  Sources  for  Dance  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: DANC  102  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Study 
of  musical  literature,  improvisation  and  composition  as 
they  relate  to  dance.  Techniques  of  instrumental  ac- 
companiment. 

DANC  305  Principles  of  Teaching  Dance  (3)  Two 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: DANC  102,  208  and  249.  Theory  and  practice  of 
dance  instruction  including  methods,  lesson  plans  and 
practice  teaching. 

DANC  308  Choreography  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
165  and  208.  Exploration  of  the  formal  elements  of 
choreography;  theme,  development,  repetition,  con- 
trast, transition,  continuity  and  structure. 

DANC  309  Improvisation  11  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
109  or  audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  109.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  310  Dance  Lighting  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DANC  210. 
Theory  and  pratice  of  stage  lighting  with  specific 
reference  to  designing  for  dance. 

DANC  311  Dance  Costuming  (3)  One  lecture  and 
four  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  DANC 
210.  Theory  and  practice  of  the  design  and  production 
of  costumes  for  dance. 

DANC  328  Ballet  V  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  229  or 
audition.  Complex  combinations  of  ballet  movements 
at  the  barre,  in  center,  and  across  the  floor.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  4  credits 

DANC  329  Ballet  VI  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  328  or 
audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  328.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  338  Ethnic  Dance  Styles  (3)  One  lecture  and 
four  labs.  Prerequisite:  DANC  138.  Continuation  of 
DANC  138.  Heritage  and  customs  as  they  relate  to 
performance  and  style. 

DANC  348  Modern  Dance  V  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 

249  or  audition.  Complex  phrases  of  modern  dance 
movement  with  emphasis  on  articulation  and  expres- 
sion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  349  Modern  Dance  VI  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
348  or  audition.  Continuation  of  DANC  348.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  358  Jazz  III  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  258  or 
audition.  Contemporary  jazz  trends  and  styles  from 
1950  to  the  present.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4 
credits. 

DANC  359  Jazz  IV  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  358  or 
audition.  Advanced  jazz  techniques.  Performance  em- 
phasis. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 


DANC  365  Effort/Shape  (3)  Prerequisite  DANC  165. 
Introduction  to  Rudolf  Laban's  system  of  qualitative 
movement  analysis  in  relation  to  understanding  per- 
sonal movement  style.  Application  to  dance  perform- 
ance, teaching,  composition  and  research. 

DANC  368  Fundamentals  of  Performing  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite: DANC  249  or  audition.  The  development  of 
concentration,  kinesthetic  awareness,  spatial  projec- 
tion and  theatrical  nuances  through  individual  coach- 
ing. For  choreographers  as  well  as  performers.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  3  credits. 

DANC  371  Creative  Dance  for  Children  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: DANC  208  and  305,  or  equivalent.  Directing  the 
essential  elements  of  dance  to  the  level  of  the  child's 
expenence  and  facilitating  the  creative  response.  The 
development  of  movement  into  simple  forms  to  serve 
as  a  symbol  of  individual  expression. 

DANC  380  Kinesiology  for  Dancers  (4)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  104  or  149.  A  study  of  the  biological  and 
physical  principles  of  movement  and  the  effects  of 
dancing  upon  the  structure  and  function  of  the  human 
body. 

DANC  398  Directed  Studies  in  Dance  (1-6)  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  the  Department  Chairman.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  399  Dance  Workshop  III  (1-2)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  299  or  permission  of  instructor  Continuation  of 
DANC  299.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  4 
credits. 

DANC  408  Choreography  III  3  credits  Prerequisite: 
DANC  308  or  audition.  Theoretical  and  creative  as- 
pects of  choreography  for  small  groups.  Emphasis  on 
individual  projects.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

DANC  410  Dance  Production  II  (3)  One  lecture  and 
four  labs.  Prerequisite:  DANC  210.  Continuation  of 
DANC  210. 

DANC  411  Dance  Management  and  Administration 

(3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  210.  Principles  of  dance  man- 
agement and  administration,  including  organization  of 
touring,  bookings,  budgets,  public  relations, 
grantsmanship  and  audience  development. 

DANC  428  Principles  of  Pointe  Work  and  Partner- 
ing (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  329  or  audition.  An  intro- 
duction to  pointe  work  for  the  advanced  female  stu- 
dent pursuing  the  tradition  of  classical  ballet.  Principles 
of  partnering  for  the  male  dance  student.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  429  Ballet  Variations  and  Repertory  (3)  Pre- 
or  Corequisite:  DANC  428.  Choreography,  music,  sce- 
nario and  staging  of  standard  works  in  ballet.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  430  Dance  Ethnology  (3)  Social  and  cultural 
aspects  of  dance  in  world  cultures  with  emphasis  on 
non-western  peoples. 

DANC  448  Modern  Dance  VII  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
349  or  audition.  Advanced  technique  in  contemporary 
dance  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  expressive  skills. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  449  Modern  Dance  VIII  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
448  or  audition.  Intensive  work  in  modern  technique  for 
the  professionally  oriented  dancer.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  468  Modern  Repertory  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC 
165  and  249  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  The 
form,  content,  music,  design  and  performance  of  se- 
lected works  of  well  known  modern  choreographers, 
including  Humphrey,  Graham  and  Limon.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  471  Movement  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  165.  The  social  psychology  of  movement;  reci- 
procity of  physical  and  emotional  behavior. 

DANC  482  History  of  Dance  I  (3)  The  development  of 
dance  from  primitive  times  to  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of  culture. 

DANC  483  History  of  Dance  II  (3)  The  development 
of  dance  from  the  Renaissance  period  to  the  present 
time  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of 
culture. 

DANC  484  Philosophy  of  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite: 
DANC  482,  or  483  or  permission  of  instructor.  Critical 


134    Human  and  Community  Resources 


analysis  of  dance  as  a  creative  experience  and  the  role 
of  professional,  educational  and  recreational  dance  in 
our  society.  Study  of  selected  approaches  to  current 
developments  in  dance. 

DANC  485  Survey  of  Dance  Literature  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: DANC  482  and  483.  Research  methods  and 
bibliography  in  dance. 

DANC  486  Movement  and  Media  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  Theory  and  practice  of  recording  solo  and 
group  dances  on  film  and  video-tape.  Analysis  of 
significant  dance  films,  photographic  lighting  and  edit- 
ing techniques. 

DANC  489  Special  Topics  In  Dance  (1-3)  Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  the  department  chairman.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  provided  subject  matter  is 
different. 

DANC  499  Dance  Workshop  IV— Practlcum  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  department  chairman. 
Advanced  workshop  in  dance  presentation,  including 
performing,  production  and  planned  field  experiences. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Human  and  Community 
Resources 

DHCR  200  Introduction  to  Human  Services  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  experience  exploring  the  provision  of 
human  services  in  a  variety  of  community  and  institu- 
tional settings.  Lectures,  seminars  and  observation 
and  participation  in  campus,  community  and  govern- 
mental sen/ice  agencies. 

DHCR  201  Inquiries  into  the  Future  of  the  Commu- 
nity (3)  Interdisciplinary  lecture-discussion.  Explora- 
tions of  future  developments  from  the  viewpoint  of  a 
number  of  disciplines  particulariy  those  represented  by 
the  Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources. 

DHCR  288  Special  Topics  In  Human  and  Communi- 
ty Resources  (1-3)  Topics  in  interdisciplinary  pro- 
cesses relevant  to  the  study  of  human  and  community 
resources.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  the  subject  matter  is  different  and  when  there  is 
no  suffix. 

DHCR  488  Selected  Topics  in  Human  and  Commu- 
nity Resources  (1-3)  Topics  in  interdisciplinary  pro- 
cesses relevant  to  the  study  of  human  and  community 
resources.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  the  subject  matter  is  different  and  when  there  is 
no  suffix. 


Economics 

ECON  105  Economics  of  Social  Problems  (3)  An 

introduction  to  modern  economic  and  social  problems; 
their  nature,  causes,  and  policy  implications.  Closed  to 
students  who  have  taken  two  of  ECON  201,  203,  or 
205. 

ECON  201  Principles  of  Economics  I  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  problems  of  unemployment,  inflation,  and 
economic  growth  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  roles  of 
monetary  and  fiscal  policy  in  the  conduct  of  macro- 
economic  policy.  The  efficacy  of  wage  and  price 
controls  is  analyzed. 

ECON  203  Principles  of  Economics  II  (3)  This 
course  emphasizes  the  behavior  of  individual  consum- 
ers and  business  firms,  problems  of  international  trade 
and  finance,  the  distribution  of  income,  policies  for 
eliminating  poverty  and  discrimination,  the  problems  of 
environmental  pollution,  and  the  impact  of  different 
market  structures  upon  economic  activity.  (Students 
are  advised  to  take  ECON  201  before  ECON  203.) 

ECON  205  Fundamentals  of  Economics  (3)  (Not 
open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  ECON  201 .  Credit 
will  be  given  lor  either  201  or  205,  but  not  for  both. 
Students  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management 
are  required  to  take  ECON  201,  and  should  not  take 
205.)  A  one-semester  introduction,  for  non-majors,  to 
the  principles  of  economics  and  their  applications  to 
the  leading  economic  problems  of  society,  including 
inflation,  unemployment,  population,  poverty,  urban 
renewal,  inequality,  monopoly,  environmental  protec- 
tion, international  trade,  imperialism,  economic  plan- 
ning, and  comparative  economic  systems. 


ECON  301  Current  Issues  in  American  Economic 
Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  or  205.  An  analysis 
of  current  economic  policy  problems.  Application  of 
available  facts  and  elementary  techniques  to  the  study 
of  such  policy  problems  as  inflation,  unemployment, 
taxation,  popCilation,  income  distribution,  and  welfare 
programs. 

ECON  307  Development  of  Economic  Ideas:  (3) 
Social  Issues  and  Political  Applications  Prerequi- 
site: ECON  201  or  205.  The  development  of  economic 
ideas  with  particular  reference  to  their  relationship  with 
social  history,  contemporary  politico-economic  prob- 
lems, underlying  philosophies,  view  of  the  human 
prospect,  methods  of  analysis,  and  the  role  of  values. 
Marx,  Marshall,  Veblen,  Schumpeter,  Keynes,  Samuel- 
son,  Friedman,  Galbralth,  Myrdal,  Joan  Robinson,  and 
others. 

ECON  310  Evolution  of  Modern  Capitalism  in  West- 
ern Europe  and  the  United  States  (3)  The  evolution 
of  the  capitalist  system  from  its  medieval  origins  to  the 
present.  Emphasis  on  dynamic  forces  of  cumulative 
change  in  capitalism,  including  capital  accumulation, 
technology,  expansion  of  markets,  the  corporate  form 
of  private  property  in  the  means  of  production,  and  the 
relation  of  capitalism  to  war  and  revolution. 

ECON  311  American  Economic  Development  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  An  analysis 
of  the  major  issues  in  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  American  economy,  Basic  economic  theory  related 
to  such  topics  as  agriculture,  banking,  industrialization, 
slavery,  transportation,  and  the  depression  of  the 
1930's. 

ECON  316  Economic  Development  of  Latin  Ameri- 
ca (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Institutional  characteristics  of  Latin  America  and  an 
analysis  of  alternative  strategies  and  policies  for  devel- 
opment. 

ECON  317  Economic  Development  of  South  Asia 
and  Sub-Saharan  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201 
and  203;  or  205.  Analysis  of  common  themes  and 
problems  of  national  development  in  Southern  Asia 
and  Sub-Saharan  Africa.  Relations  of  economic  pat- 
terns to  society  and  politics.  The  record  of  achieve- 
ment: planning  and  plans.  Population,  aid  and  invest- 
ment, trade,  and  other  topics. 

ECON  355  Economics  of  Crime  and  Law  Enforce- 
ment (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Economic  analysis  of  crime  and  the  criminal  justice 
system,  including  such  topics  as  the  measurement  of 
crime,  economic  models  of  crime,  cost  and  benefits  of 
police  and  prisons,  private  protection,  gambling  and 
other  victimless  crimes,  and  organized  crime. 

ECON  361  Economics  of  American  industries  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  A  survey  of 
industrial  organization  theory.  Analysis  of  the  structure, 
conduct,  performance,  and  public  policies  in  selected 
American  industries. 

ECON  370  Labor  Markets,  Human  Resources,  and 
Trade  Unions  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  203; 
or  205.  A  survey  of  labor  force  growth  and  composi- 
tion, problems  of  unemployment  and  labor  market 
operations,  theories  of  wage  determination,  the 
wage — price  spiral,  collective  bargaining,  governmen- 
tal regulation  of  employment  and  labor  relations,  and 
the  history  and  characteristics  of  the  American  labor 
movement. 

ECON   380  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  A  compara- 
tive analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types 
of  economic  systems,  with  special  attention  being 
given  to  the  economic  systems  of  the  United  States, 
the  Soviet  Union,  mainland  China.  Western  and  East- 
ern Europe,  and  lesser  developed  countries. 

ECON  381  Environmental  Economics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ECON  201  or  205  or  consent  of  instructor.  Appli- 
cation of  economic  theory  to  problems  of  enviromental 
quality  and  management.  Theory  of  economic  exter- 
nalities, common  property  resources,  alternative  pollu- 
tion control  measures,  and  limits  to  economic  growth. , 

ECON  385  Economics  of  Natural  Resources  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  205  or  203.  Economic  analysis  of 
natural  resource  problems,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  rate  of  use  of  exhaustible  resources  and  the 
problems  posed  for  the  maintenance  of  growth. 

ECON  395  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Normally  taken  in  the 
junior  year.  Prerequisite:  Candidacy  for  honors  in  eco- 


nomics. Selected  topics  are  investigated  and  written 
reports  are  submitted 

ECON  396  Independent  Honors  Study  (3)  Normally 
taken  in  the  senior  year.  Prerequisites:  ECON  395  and 
candidacy  for  honors  in  economics.  Integrated  reading 
under  staff  direction.  Leading  to  the  preparation  of  a 
thesis  in  Economics  397 

ECON  397  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisites:  Econom- 
ics 396  and  candidacy  for  honors  in  economics.  Gen- 
eral supervision  will  be  provided  through  assembled 
meetings  with  the  professor  in  charge  of  the  course. 

ECON  398  Topics  in  Economics  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  to  meet  the  changing  interests  of  students 
and  staff.  Topics  vary  in  response  to  those  interests. 
This  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the 
subject  matter  changes.  Students  are  advised  to  seek 
information  about  the  coverage  and  prerequisites  dur- 
ing the  registration  period.  Repeataljle  to  a  maximum 
of  six  hours. 

ECON  399  Individual  Reading  and  Research  for 
Undergraduates  (3)  Prerequisite:  Six  hours  of  upper- 
division  economics  courses.  By  arrangement  with  indi- 
vidual faculty  members.  This  course  is  designed  for 
students  desiring  specialized  instruction  and  guidance 
in  subjects  not  covered  in  the  course  offerings.  Before 
enrollment,  the  student  must  secure  agreement  from 
an  individual  faculty  member  to  act  as  his  supervisor.  A 
program  of  reading,  research  and  evaluation  will  be 
worked  out  between  the  student  and  the  faculty  mem- 
ber. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ECON  201,  203.  Required  for  economics  majors. 
Analysis  of  the  determination  of  national  income,  em- 
ployment, and  price  levels.  Discussion  of  consump- 
tion, investment,  inflation,  and  government  fiscal  and 
monetary  policy. 

ECON  402  Business  Cycles  (3)  First  semester.  Pre- 
requisite: ECON  430.  A  study  of  the  causes  of  depres- 
sions and  unemployment,  cyclical  and  secular  instabili- 
ty, theories  of  business  cycles,  and  the  problem  of 
controlling  economic  instability. 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ECON  201,  203.  Required  for  economics  majors. 
An  analysis  of  the  theories  of  consumer  behavior  and 
of  the  firm,  and  of  general  price  and  distribution  theory, 
with  applications  to  current  economic  issues. 

ECON  407  Contemporary  Economic  Thought  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201,  203,  and  senior  standing. 
Graduate  students  should  take  ECON  705.  A  survey  of 
the  development  of  economic  thought  since  1900  with 
special  reference  to  Thorstein  Veblin  and  other  pre- 
1939  institutionalists  and  to  post-1945  neo-institu- 
tionalists  such  as  J.K.  Galbralth  and  Gunnar  Myrdal 

ECON  415  Introduction  to  Economic  Development 
of  Underdeveloped  Areas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON 
201  and  203;  or  205.  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and 
social  characteristics  of  underdeveloped  areas.  Re- 
cent theories  of  economic  development,  obstacles  to 
development,  policies  and  planning  for  development. 

ECON  418  Economic  Development  of  Selected 
Areas  (3)  A— Latin  America  B — Asia  C — Africa  Pre- 
requisite: ECON  415.  Institutional  characteristics  of  a 
specific  area  are  discussed  and  alternate  strategies 
and  policies  for  development  are  analyzed. 

ECON  421  Economic  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH  110  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  taken  BSAD  230  or  BSAD  231 .  An  introduction  to 
the  use  of  statistics  in  economics.  Topics  include: 
probability,  random  variables  and  their  distributions, 
sampling  theory,  estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  analy- 
sis of  variance,  regression  analysis,  correlation. 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ECON  201,  203,  and  421  (or  BSAD 
230);  or  permission  of  instructor.  Emphasizes  the 
interaction  between  the  economic  problems  posed  by 
economists  and  the  assumptions  employed  in  statisti- 
cal theory.  Deals  with  the  formulation,  estimation  and 
testing  of  economic  models.  Topics  include  single 
variable  and  multiple  variable  regression  techniques, 
theory  of  identification,  autocorrelation  and  simultane- 
ous equations.  Independent  work  relating  the  material 
in  the  course  to  an  economic  problem  chosen  by  the 
student  is  required. 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: ECON  401  and  403  and  one  year  of  college 


Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services    135 


mathematics.  A  course  designed  to  enable  economics 
majors  to  understand  the  simpler  aspects  of  mathe- 
matical economics.  Those  parts  ol  the  calculus  and 
algebra  required  for  economic  analysis  will  be  pre- 
sented. 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking  (3)  Prerequisits: 
ECON  201,  203.  Relation  of  money  and  credit  to 
economic  activity  and  prices;  impact  of  public  policy  in 
financial  markets  and  for  goods  and  services;  policies, 
structure,  and  functions  of  the  federal  reserve  system; 
organization,  operation,  and  functions  of  the  commer- 
cial banking  system,  as  related  particularly  to  ques- 
tions of  economic  stability  and  public  policy. 

ECON  431  Theory  of  Money,  Prices  and  Economic 
Activity  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  430.  A  theoretical 
treatment  of  the  influence  of  money  and  financial 
markets  on  economic  activity  and  prices,  and  of  the 
effects  of  monetary  policy  on  the  markets  for  goods 
and  services;  the  role  of  money  in  the  classical  and 
Keynesian  macro-systems;  topics  of  theoretical  inter- 
est in  monetary  policy  formation  and  implementation. 

ECON  440  International  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201,  203  A  descnptive  and  theoretical  analysis 
of  international  trade,  balance  of  payments  accounts, 
the  mechanism  of  international  economic  adjustment, 
comparative  costs,  economics  of  customs  unions. 

ECON  441  International  Economic  Policies  <3)  Pre- 
requisites: ECON  401,  403,  and  440.  Contemporary 
Balance  of  payments  problems:  the  international  liquid- 
ity controversy  investment,  trade  and  economic  devel- 
opment; evaluation  of  arguments  for  protection. 

ECON  450  Introduction  to  Public  Finance  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ECON  201,  203;  or  ECON  205.  The  role  of 
federal,  state,  and  local  governments  in  meeting  public 
wants.  Analysis  of  tax  theory  and  policy,  expenditure 
theory,  government  budgeting,  benefit-cost  analysis, 
and  income  redistribution. 

ECON  451  Public  Choice  and  Public  Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201,  203,  or  205.  Analysis  of 
collective  decision  making,  economic  models  of  gov- 
ernment, program  budgeting,  and  policy  implementa- 
tion; emphasis  on  models  of  public  choice  and  institu- 
tions which  affect  decision  making. 

ECON  454  State  and  Local  Public  Finance  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  Principles  and 
problems  of  governmental  finance  with  special  refer- 
ence to  slate  and  local  jurisdictions.  Topics  to  be 
covered  include  taxation,  expenditures  and  inter- 
governmental fiscal  relations. 

ECON  460  Industrial  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  Changing  structure  of  the 
American  economy;  price  policies  in  different  industrial 
classifications  of  monopoly  and  competition  in  relation 
to  problems  of  public  policy. 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  in  Labor  Economics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  470.  For  students  who  wish  to 
pursue,  in  depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field. 
Issues  and  topics  selected  for  detailed  examination 
may  include:  manpower  training  and  development, 
unemployment  compensation  and  social  security,  race 
and  sex  discrimination  in  employment,  wage  theory, 
productivity  analysis,  the  problems  of  collective  bar- 
gaining in  public  employment,  wage-price  controls  and 
incomes  policy. 

ECON  474  Economic  Problems  of  Women  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ECON  201,  203,  or  205.  Discrimination 
against  women  in  the  labor  market;  the  division  of 
labor  in  the  home  and  the  workplace  by  sex;  the  'child 
care  industry';  women  in  poverty. 

ECON  475  Economics  of  Poverty  and  Discrimina- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205. 
Topics  include  the  causes  of  the  persistence  of  low 
income  groups;  the  relation  of  poverty  to  technological 
change,  to  economic  growth,  and  to  education  and 
training;  economic  motivations  for  discrimination;  the 
economic  results  of  discnmination;  proposed  remedies 
for  poverty  and  discrimination. 

ECON   482   Economics  of  the  Soviet   Union   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  An  analysis 
of  the  organization,  operating  principles  and  perform- 
ance of  the  Soviet  economy  with  attention  to  the 
historical  and  ideological  background,  planning,  re- 
sources, industry,  agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign 
trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure  and  growth  of 
national  income. 


ECON  484  The  Economy  of  China  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  Policies  and  performances 
of  the  Chinese  economy  since  1949.  Will  begin  with  a 
survey  of  modern  China's  economic  history.  Empha- 
sizes the  strategies  and  institutional  innovations  that 
the  Chinese  have  adopted  to  overcome  the  problems 
of  economic  development.  Some  economic  controver- 
sies raised  during  the  'Cultural  Revolution'  will  be 
covered  in  review  of  the  problems  and  prospects  ol 
the  present  Chinese  economy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National  Planning  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  203;  or  205.  An  analysis 
of  the  principles  and  practice  of  economic  planning 
with  special  reference  to  the  planning  problems  of 
West  European  countnes  and  the  United  States 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic  Problems 
and  Policies  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  and  203;  or 
205.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  urban  economics 
through  the  examination  of  current  policy  issues.  Top- 
ics may  include  suburbanization  of  jobs  and  re- 
sidences, housing  and  urban  renewal,  urban  transpor- 
tation, development  of  new  towns,  ghetto  economic 
development,  problems  in  services  Such  as  education 
and  police. 

ECON  491  Economics  and  Control  of  Urban 
Growth  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  490,  An  analysis  of 
metropolitan  development  processes,  the  conse- 
quences of  alternative  growth  patterns,  and  the  evalu- 
ation of  policies  to  control  growth. 

ECON  492  Economics  of  Location  and  Regional 
Growth  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  403.  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  the  theories,  problems,  and  poli- 
cies of  regional  economic  development  and  the  loca- 
tion of  economic  activity  for  both  rural  and  metropoli- 
tan regions.  Methods  of  regional  analysis. 


Educational  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Curriculum 

EDAD  440  Utilization  of  Educational  Media  (3)  Sur- 
vey of  classroom  uses  of  instructional  media.  Tech- 
niques for  integrating  media  into  instruction.  Includes 
preparation  of  a  unit  of  instruction  utilizing  professional 
and  teacher  produced  media. 

EDAD  441   Graphic  Materials  for  Instruction  (3) 

Prerequisites:  EDAD  440  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
laboratory  course  which  combines  graphic  and  photo- 
graphic processes  for  education  and  training  pur- 
poses. Techniques  include  lettenng,  coloring,  trans- 
parencies, illustrations,  convening,  duplicating  trans- 
parent and  opaque  media.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
appropriate  media  selection  for  target  audiences. 
Heavy  student  project  orientation. 

EDAD  442  Instructional  Media  Services  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites. Teaching  expenence  and  EDAD  440.  or  equiv- 
alent. Procedures  for  coordinating  instructional  media 
programs;  instructional  materials  acquisition,  storage, 
scheduling,  distnbution.  production,  evaluation  and 
other  service  responsibilities;  instructional  matenals 
center  staff  coordination  of  research,  curriculum  im- 
provement and  faculty  development  programs. 

EDAD  443  Instructional  Television  Utilization  (3) 

Combining  televised  lessons,  on-campus  seminars, 
and  related  workbook  assignments,  this  course  focus- 
es upon  planning  for  the  vanous  uses  of  instructional 
television  with  students.  State,  local  school  unit, 
school,  and  classroom  uses  will  be  illustrated  through 
film  and  studio  production.  The  aspects  of  producing 
ITV  programs  are  developed  through  the  television 
lessons  and  'hands-on'  assignments  of  the  seminars. 

EDAD  444  Programmed  Instruction  (3)  Analysis  of 
programmed  instruction  techniques;  selection,  utiliza- 
tion and  evaluation  of  existing  programs  and  teaching 
machines;  developing  learning  objectives,  wnting  and 
validating  programs. 

EDAD  489  Field   Experience  In   Education   (1-4) 

Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequi- 
sites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the 
experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  expenence 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note — The  total 


number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDAD 
489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours 

EDAD  494  The  Legal  Rights  and  Obligations  of 
Teachers  and  Students  (3)  Selected  state  and  feder- 
al court  decisions,  legislation,  and  executive  guidelines 
regulating  public  education.  Speech  and  other  forms  of 
expression,  privacy,  suspensions,  expulsions,  search 
and  seizure,  tort  liability  lor  negligence  (including  edu- 
cational malpractice),  hinng,  promotion,  dismissal  and 
non-renewal  of  teachers  No  prior  legal  training  re- 
quired. 

EDAD  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems 

EDAD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  under 
this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until 
six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled 
under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by 
the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  cooperatively 
with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  othen«ise 
covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical  experi- 
ences in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech 
therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers- 
institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or  prob- 
lems and  intended  for  designated  groups. 


Education  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services 

EDCP  108  College  Aims  (1)  This  course  is  primarily 
aimed  at  orienting  new  students  toward  the  practice  of 
efficient  study  techniques.  It  will  be  concerned  with 
such  topics  as:  how  to  study  and  develop  higher  level 
work  skills;  diagnosing  and  remedying  skill  disabilities; 
handling  problem  area  which  distracts  students  from 
their  studies. 

EDCP  410  Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Services  (3)  Presents  pnnciples  and  procedures, 
and  examines  the  function  of  counselors,  psycholo- 
gists in  schools,  school  social  workers,  and  other 
personnel  service  workers. 

EDCP  411  Mental  Hygiene  (3)  The  practical  applica- 
tion of  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  to  classroom 
problems. 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Knowledge  and 
techniques  of  intervention  in  a  variety  of  social  situa- 
tions, including  contingency  contracting  and  lime  out 
will  be  acquired. 

EDCP  414  Principles  of  Behavior  (3)  Development  of 
student  proficiency  in  analyzing  complex  patterns  of 
behavior  on  the  basis  of  empirical  evidence. 

EDCP  415  Behavior  Mediation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDCP  414.  Basic  principles  of  human  behavior  will  be 
reviewed  and  application  of  these  principles  will  be 
implemented  under  supervision. 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  and  Leadership  (3)  The 

nature  and  property  of  groups,  interaction  analysis, 
developmental  phases,  leadership  dynamics  and 
styles,  roles  ol  members  and  interpersonal  communi- 
cations. Two  hours  of  lecture  discussion  and  two  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week,  laboratory  Involves  experimen- 
tal based  learning. 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism  (3)  Strategy  devel- 
opment for  counselors  and  educators  to  deal  with 
problems  of  racism. 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counsel- 
ing (3)  Introductory  course  for  maiors  in  rehabilitation 
counseling,  social  work,  psychology,  or  education  who 
desire  to  work  professionally  with  physically  or  emo- 
tionally handicapped  persons. 

EDCP  470  Introduction  to  Student  Personnel  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  A  systematic  anal- 
ysis of  research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a  variety 
of  major  problems  in  the  organization  and  administra- 
tion of  student  personnel  services  in  higher  education. 
Included  will  be  discussion  of  such  topics  as  the 
student  personnel  philosophy  in  education,  counseling 
services,  discipline,  housing,  student  activities,  finan- 
cial aid,  health,  remedial  services,  etc. 


136    Education,  Early  Childhood-Elementary 


EDCP  489  Field  Experience  in  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  (1-4)  Prerequisites:  At  least  six 
semester  hours  in  Education  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the 
major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  lal<en. 
Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided  for  selected 
students  who  have  had  teaching  experience  and 
whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has  been 
approved  by  the  Education  faculty.  Field  experience  is 
offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students.  Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDCP  498  Special  Problems  In  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  (1-3)  Prerequisite;  Consent  of 
instructor.  Available  only  to  major  students  who  have 
formal  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems. 

EDCP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  under 
this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until 
six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The  following 
type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled 
under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by 
the  Department  of  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 
(or  developed  cooperatively  with  other  departments, 
colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered 
in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in 
counseling  and  testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech 
therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers; 
institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or  prob- 
lems and  intended  for  designated  groups. 


Education,  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary 

EOEL  288  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-€) 

Prerequisites;  Consent  of  education  advisor.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  prob- 
lems relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching.  Course 
cards  must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name 
of  the  faculty  member  who  has  approved  it. 

EDEL  299  School  Service  Semester  (3)  Provides  a 
basis  for  conceptual  understanding  of  the  teaching- 
learning  process  and  enhances  student's  abilities  to 
relate  to  courses  in  their  career  field.  Provides  for 
seminars  to  coordinate  on-  and  off-campus  experi- 
ences. (One  hour  per  weel<  on  campus  with  an  ar- 
ranged six  hours  each  week  in  schools.) 

EOEL  304  Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation (2)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and 
written  expression,  and  creative  expression. 

EDEL  311  The  Child  and  the  Curriculm— Elementa- 
ry (2)  Relationship  of  the  elementary  school  curricu- 
lum to  child  growtfi  and  development.  Recent  trends  in 
curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on 
learning;  readiness  to  learn;  adapting  curriculum  con- 
tent and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 

EDEL  312  Art  In  the  Elementary  School  (2)  Con- 
cerned with  art  methods  and  materials  for  elementary 
schools.  Includes  laboratory  experiences  with  materi- 
als appropriate  for  elementary  schools. 

EDEL  315  Teaching  In  Nursery  School  and  Kinder- 
garten (3)  An  overview  of  nursery  school  and  kinder- 
garten teaching  designed  for  individuals  without  spe- 
cific preparation  for  elementary  school  teaching  or  for 
individuals  without  recent  teaching  experience. 

EDEL  316  Teaching  In  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

An  overview  of  elementary  school  teaching  for  individ- 
uals without  recent  teaching  experience. 

EDEL  320  Curriculum  and  Instruction — Coopera- 
tive Nursery  School  (3)  Philosophy  of  early  childhood 
education,  observation  of  the  developmental  needs  at 
various  age  levels,  with  emphasis  upon  the  activities, 
materials  and  methods  by  which  educational  objec- 
tives are  attained. 

EDEL  321  Curriculum  and  Instruction — Early  Child- 
hood (3) 

EDEL  322  Curriculum  and  Instruction — Elementary 

(3)  Philosophy  of  elementary  education,  observation  of 
the  developmental  needs  at  various  age  levels,  with 
emphasis  upon  the  activities,  matenals  and  methods 
by  which  educational  objectives  are  attained. 


EDEL  323  Foreign  Language  Methods  In  the  Ele- 
mentary School  (3)  Registration  limited  and  based 
upon  approval  of  advisor.  Methods  and  techniques  for 
developmental  approach  to  the  teaching  of  modern 
foreign  languages  in  elementary  schools.  Use  of  real 
development  of  oral-aural  skills  and  understanding  of 
young  children  in  language  development  are  stressed. 

EDEL  324  Literature  (or  Children  and  Young  Peo- 
ple (3)  Development  of  literary  materials  for  children 
and  young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless  books,  and 
outstanding  examples  of  contemporary  publishing. 
Evaluation  of  the  contributions  of  individual  authors 
and  illustrators  and  children's  book  awards. 

EDEL  325  The  Parental  Role  in  the  Educative 
Process  (3)  Educational  implications  of  current  trends 
and  practices  in  the  raising  of  young  children.  Practical 
applications  of  educational  research.  Ways  in  which 
the  parent  can  prepare  his/her  child  for  school,  and 
can  ennch  and  supplement  the  child's  school  experi- 
ence. 

330 — 337  Student  Teaching  Courses  Student  teach- 
ing is  a  full  time  commitment.  Consequently,  interfer- 
ence with  this  commitment  due  to  employment  is  not 
permitted.  Transportation  to  the  school(s)  assigned  for 
student  teaching  is  the  responsibility  of  each  student. 
Student  teachers  in  elementary,  early  childhood,  spe- 
cial education  and  library  science  should  reserve  the 
week  of  registration  for  orientation  in  public  schools.  A 
doctor's  certificate  indicating  freedom  from  commu- 
nicable diseases  and  approval  of  the  instructor  re- 
quired. Undergraduate  credit  only.  No  other  courses 
may  be  taken  during  a  full  semester  of  student  teach- 
ing. For  16  credits,  full  time  for  one  semester  is 
devoted  to  this  work.  For  experienced  teachers  the 
time  and  credit  may  be  reduced  to  not  less  than  8 
credits. 

EDEL  330  Student  Teaching  In  the  Nursery  School 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  300,  concurrent  enrollment  in 
EDEL  343,  344.  The  student  will  have  the  opportunity 
to  work  with  children  under  the  age  of  five  years  in  one 
of  a  variety  of  settings  such  as  nursery  schools,  day 
care  centers.  Head  Start,  hospitals  or  other  community 
programs  which  involve  teaching  children  under  five 
years  of  age. 

EDEL  331  Student  Teaching  In  Dance  (6-8)  Prereq- 
uisite: Consent  of  department. 

EDEL  332  Student  Teaching  In  K-3  (6)  Prerequisites: 
EDHD  300,  concurrent  enrollment  in  EDEL  340,  341, 
342.  This  student  teaching  assignment  is  in  a  public 
school  setting  and  involves  work  with  children  5-9 
years  of  age.  It  is  expected  that  the  student  will  have 
the  major  teaching  contact  at  the  kindergarten  level 
and  the  remainder  of  the  experience  with  children  in 
one  of  the  first  three  grades. 

EDEL  333  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  (11) 

Prerequisites:  EDEL  350,  351,  352,  353.  354. 

EDEL  334  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary— Spe- 
cial Education  (8)  Limited  to  special  education  majors 
who  have  previously  applied.  Provides  8  weeks  of  full- 
time  experience  in  the  regular  elementary  classroom. 

EDEL  335  Student  Teaching  In  Music  (4-6) 

EDEL  336  Student  Teaching  In  Physical  Education 
(4-8) 

EDEL  337  Student  Teaching  In  Art  (4-8)  Limited  to 
art  education  majors  who  have  previously  applied. 
Fulfills  elementary  teaching  requirements  in  K-12  art 
education  program. 

EDEL  340  Teaching  Strategies  for  Young  Children 

(3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300,  concurrent  enrollment 
EDEL  341 ,  342,  332.  Intensive  study  of  basic  principles 
underlying  learning  opportunities  for  young  children, 
planning  daily  programs,  organizing  the  learning  envi- 
ronment, developing  the  curriculum,  clarifying  values, 
guiding  behavior,  diagnosing  and  evaluating,  and 
working  with  parents  and  other  adults. 

EDEL  341  The  Young  Child  in  his  Social  Environ- 
ment (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300,  concurrent  enroll- 
ment in  EDEL  340,  342,  332.  The  child's  understand- 
ing of  people,  social  roles,  society  and  various  cul- 
tures; his  communicative  skills  and  his  ability  to  devel- 
op satisfying  relationships  with  peers  and  adults.  Re- 
lated techniques,  materials  and  resources  invluded. 

EDEL  342  The  Teaching  of  Reading— Early  Child- 
hood (3)  Prerequisites;  EDHD  300,  concurrent  enroll- 


ment in  EDEL  340,  341,  332.  Concerned  with  the 
fundamentals  of  developmental  reading  instruction, 
including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  re- 
cords, procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the  improve- 
ment of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all  areas 
of  the  curriculum,  uses  of  children's  literature,  the 
program  in  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for  deter- 
mining individual  needs.  Includes  laboratory/field  ex- 
periences. 

EDEL  343  The  Young  Child  and  his  Physical  Envi- 
ronment (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  211,  EDHD  300, 
and  concurrent  enrollment  in  EDEL  344,  330.  De- 
signed to  help  teachers  of  young  children  acquire 
developmental  aspects,  teaching  skills,  and  back- 
ground knowledge  important  to  guiding  the  child  in 
learning  how  to  learn  about  his  physical  environment. 
The  skills  ot  quantification,  observation,  inference, 
space-time  relationships,  and  classification  will  be 
emphasized. 

EDEL  344  Creative  Activities  and  Materials  for  the 
Young  Child  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300,  concurrent 
enrollment  in  EDEL  343,  330.  Activities  and  experi- 
ences with  materials;  techniques  and  resources  for 
using  art  media,  music,  songs  and  rhythms;  play  and 
creative  dramatics. 

EDEL  350  The  Teaching  of  Language  Arts — Ele- 
mentary (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  299,  EDHD  300. 
Concerned  with  competencies  in  the  knowledge  of 
and  the  application  of  the  language  arts,  including 
listening,  oral  communication,  functional  writing,  crea- 
tive writing,  spelling,  handwriting,  and  creative  expres- 
sion. A  linguistic  approach  to  grammar  and  language 
development  is  studied.  Includes  laboratory/field  ex- 
periences. 

EDEL  351  The  Teaching  of  Mathematics — Elemen- 
tary (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  211,  EDEL  299,  and 
EDHD  300.  Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures 
which  help  children  sense  arithmetical  meanings  and 
relationships.  Helps  teacher  education  students  gain  a 
better  understanding  of  the  number  system  and  arith- 
metical processes.  Includes  laboratory/field  experi- 
ences. 

EDEL  352  The  Teaching  of  Readlng^Elementary 

(3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  299,  EDHD  300.  Concerned 
with  the  fundamentals  of  developmental  reading  in- 
struction, including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experi- 
ence stories,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers,  the 
improvement  of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in 
all  areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of  children's  literature, 
the  program  in  word  analysis,  and  procedures  for 
determining  individual  needs.  Includes  laboratory/field 
experiences. 

EDEL  353  The  Teaching  of  Science — Elementary 

(3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  299,  EDHD  300.  Designed  to 
provide  an  overview  of  objectives,  methods,  materials 
and  activities  for  teaching  science  in  the  elementary 
school.  Considerable  emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
'doing'  of  science  and  on  teaching  strategies  which 
help  children  learn  the  processes  and  concepts  of 
science.  Includes  laboratory/field  experiences. 

EDEL  354  The  Teaching  of  Social  Science — Ele- 
mentary (3)  Prerequisites:  EDEL  299,  EDHD  300. 
Consideration  given  to  curriculum,  organization  and 
methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials, 
and  utilization  of  environmental  resources.  Includes 
laboratory/field  experiences. 

EDEL  401  Science  In  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Designed  primarily  to  help  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3,  to  acquire  general  science 
understandings  and  to  develop  teaching  materials  for 
practical  use  in  classrooms.  Includes  experiments, 
demonstrations,  constructions,  observations,  field 
trips  and  use  of  audio-visual  materials.  The  emphasis 
is  on  content  and  method  related  to  science  units  in 
common  use  in  nursery  school  through  Grade  3. 
Offered  dunng  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus 
programs  taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily 
there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  402  Science  In  the  Elementary  School  (3) 

Designed  primarily  to  help  in-service  teachers,  grades 
1-6,  to  acquire  general  science  understandings  and  to 
develop  teaching  materials  for  practical  use  in  class- 
rooms. Includes  expenments,  demonstrations,  con- 
structions, observations,  field  trips  and  use  of  audio- 
visual matenals.  The  emphasis  is  on  content  and 
method  related  to  science  units  in  common  use  in 
grades  1-6.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in 


Education.  Human  Development    137 


off-campus  programs  taught  through  University  Col- 
lege. Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  404  Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation (3)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and 
written  expression  and  creative  expression.  Designed 
primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through  University  Col- 
lege. Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  405  language  Arts  In  the  elementary  School 

(3)  Teaching  of  spelling,  handwriting,  oral  and  written 
expression  and  creative  expression.  Designed  primari- 
ly for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during 
summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field 
placement. 

EDEL  406  Social  Studies  In  Early  Childhood  Educa- 
tion (3)  Consideration  given  to  curriculum,  organiza- 
tion and  methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer 
materials  and  utilization  of  environmental  resources. 
Designed  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and 
in  off-campus  programs  taught  through  University  Col- 
lege. Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  407  Social  Studies  In  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Consideration  given  to  curriculum,  organization  and 
methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  newer  materials 
and  utilization  of  environmental  resources.  Designed 
lor  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during 
summer  session  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is  no  field 
placement. 

EDEL  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum— Early 
Childhood  (3)  Relationship  of  the  school  curriculum, 
nursery; school  through  grade  3,  to  child  growrth  and 
development.  Recent  trends  in  curriculum  organiza- 
tion; the  effect  of  environment  on  learning;  readiness 
to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content  and  methods 
to  maturity  levels  of  children.  Designed  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3.  Offered 
during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is 
no  field  placement. 

EDEL  411  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum— Elemen- 
tary (3)  Relationship  of  the  school  curriculum,  grades 
1-6,  to  child  growth  and  development.  Recent  trends 
in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment 
on  learning;  readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curricu- 
lum content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children. 
Designed  for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered 
during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is 
no  field  placement. 

EDEL  412  Art  In  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Con- 
cerned with  art  methods  and  materials  for  elementary 
schools.  Includes  laboratory  experiences  with  materi- 
als appropriate  for  elementary  schools. 

EDEL  413  Mathematics  in  Early  Childhood  Educa- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  21 0  or  equivalent.  Empha- 
sis on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils 
sense  arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships.  De- 
signed to  help  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school 
through  grade  3,  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the 
number  system  and  arithmetical  processes.  Offered 
during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs 
taught  through  University  College.  Ordinarily  there  is 
no  field  placement. 

EDEL  414  Mathematics  In  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Emphasis 
on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense 
arithmetic  meanings  and  relationships.  Designed  to 
help  in-service  teachers,  Grades  1-6,  gain  a  better 
understanding  of  the  number  system  and  arithmetical 
processes.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in  off- 
campus  programs  taught  through  University  College. 
Ordinarily  there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  415  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning 
Disabilties  in  Mathematics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL 
351  or  equivalent  and  approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis 
and  treatment  of  disabilities  in  mathematics.  Theoreti- 
cal models,  specific  diagnostic  and  instructional  tech- 
niques and  materials  for  working  with  children  in  both 
clinical  and  classroom  settings.  Practice  using  tech- 
niques by  conducting  case  studies  with  children  previ- 
ously diagnosed  as  primarily  corrective  rather  than 
severely  disabled.  Clinic  hours  to  be  arranged. 


EDEL  416  The  Mathematics  Laboratory  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: EDEL  351  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  The  definition,  design,  and  uses  of  an 
elementary  school  mathematics  laboratory.  Laborato- 
ry visitations.  The  design  of  instructional  activities  and 
field-test  activities  with  children. 

EDEL  417  Social  Studies  and  Multiethnic  Education 

(3)  Prerequisites:  A  preservice  Social  Studies  methods 
course  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Seminars  will  be 
held  relating  to  general  social  science  principles  that 
are  applicable  to  multiethnic  education  as  a  compo- 
nent of  social  studies  instruction.  Cultural  experiences 
arranged  on  an  independent  basis  for  each  participant. 

EDEL  424  Literature  for  Children  and  Young  Peo- 
ple, Advanced.  (3)  Development  of  literary  materials 
for  children  and  young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless 
books,  and  outstanding  examples  of  contemporary 
publishing.  Evaluation  of  the  contributions  of  individual 
authors  and  illustrators  and  children's  book  awards. 

EDEL  425  The  Teaching  of  Reading— Early  Child- 
hood (3)  Concerned  with  the  fundamentals  o(  devel- 
opmental reading  instruction,  including  reading  readi- 
ness, use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in  using 
basal  readers,  the  improvement  of  comprehension, 
teaching  reading  in  all  areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of 
children's  literature,  the  program  in  word  analysis,  and 
procedures  for  determining  individual  needs.  Designed 
for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade 
3.  Offered  during  summer  sessions  and  in  off-campus 
programs  taught  through  University  College.  Ordinari- 
ly, there  is  no  field  placement. 

EDEL  426  The  Teaching  of  Reading— Elementary 

(3)  Concerned  with  the  fundamentals  of  developmen- 
tal reading  instruction,  including  reading  readiness, 
use  of  experience  stories,  procedures  in  using  basal 
readers,  the  improvement  of  comprehension,  teaching 
reading  in  all  areas  of  the  curriculum,  uses  of  children's 
literature,  the  program  in  word  analysis,  and  proce- 
dures for  determining  individual  needs.  Designed  for 
in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6.  Offered  during  sum- 
mer sessions  and  in  off-campus  programs  taught 
through  University  College.  Ordinarily,  there  is  no  field 
placement. 

EDEL  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading  instruc- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL/EDSE  427  or  equivalent, 
and  consent  of  the  department.  For  teachers,  super- 
visors, and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and 
assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties.  Concerned  with 
diagnostic  techniques,  instructional  materials  and 
teaching  procedures  useful  in  the  regular  classroom. 

EDEL  431   Laboratory  Practices  in  Reading  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDEL  430.  A  laboratory  course  in  which 
each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting  per  week  to 
diagnose  individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDEL  488  Special  Topics  in  Elementary  Education 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Special  treat- 
ment of  current  topics  and  issues  in  elementary  educa- 
tion. Repeatable  to  maximum  of  6  credits,  provided 
content  is  different. 

EDEL  489  Field  Experience  in  Education  (1-4)  Pre- 
requisites: at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequi- 
sites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the 
experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note — The  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDEL 
489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDEL  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems. 

EDEL  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  the 
following  types  of  educational  enterprise  may  be 
scheduled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops  con- 
ducted by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and 


not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing; 
clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading 
clinics,  speech  therapy  laboratocies,  and  special  edu- 
cation centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups 
such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and  super- 
visors. 

EDEL  500  Education  of  the  Young  Child  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: A  baccalaureate  degree  and  consent  of  the 
department.  An  initial  course  for  persons  entering 
graduate  study  in  eariy  childhood  education,  to  provide 
a  foundation  for  further  graduate  study  or  a  supple- 
ment to  other  areas.  Intensive  study  of  current  educa- 
tion programs,  teacher  roles,  and  planning,  staffing, 
and  organizing  for  children's  learning  needs.  Not  appli- 
cable towards  graduate  degrees. 

EDEL  501  Materials  and  Practices  In  Early  Child- 
hood Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  A  baccalaureate 
degree  and  consent  of  the  department.  An  overview  of 
practices  and  media  available  for  innovative  ap- 
proaches in  early  childhood  programs,  including  diag- 
nostic and  prescriptive  techniques.  Not  applicable 
toward  graduate  degrees. 


Education,  Human  Development 

EDHD  300  Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

Open  only  to  students  approved  for  teacher  education. 
Studies  scientific  facts  that  describe  growth,  develop- 
ment, and  learning  and  the  implications  of  these  for 
the  teacher  and  the  school.  A  study  of  an  individual 
child  and  a  classroom  participation  experience  are 
integral  parts  of  the  course  and  require  a  one-half  day 
per  week  assignment  in  a  public  school  as  a  teacher 
aide.  Students  are  scheduled  for  field  assignments  in 
an  elementary  or  high  school  according  to  the  curricu- 
lum they  are  in.  Each  group  is  under  the  supervision  of 
a  faculty  member  with  whom  it  meets  every  second 
week  in  a  seminar  session. 

EDHD  306  A  Study  of  Human  Behavior  (3)  This 
course  is  planned  for  and  limited  to  students  who  are 
not  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education,  and  it  does 
not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  teach- 
er education  programs.  The  course  is  designed  to 
introduce  students  to  the  scientific  principles  (physical, 
social  and  psychological)  which  describe  human  be- 
havior, Development  and  adjustment  at  all  maturity 
levels  and  to  use  these  principles  in  the  study  of 
individual  children  and  youth.  Each  student  will  ob- 
serve, record,  and  analyze  the  behavior  of  an  individu- 
al throughout  the  semester  and  must  have  one  half- 
day  a  week  for  this  purpose. 

EDHD  319  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Develop- 
ment (3)  Concepts  and  issues  in  contemporary  culture 
in  relation  to  the  development  and  learning  of  children 
and  youth.  Repeatable  lor  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if 
the  topics  differ. 

EDHD  320  Human  Development  through  the  Life- 
span (3)  Central  concepts  related  to  parameters  of 
human  development,  individual  and  social,  which  arise 
throughout  the  various  stages  of  the  lifespan.  Continui- 
ty and  change  within  the  developing  individual. 

EDHD  330  Human  Development  and  Societal  In- 
stitutions (3)  Development  of  the  individual  in  the 
context  of  his  relationships  with  the  formal  and  infor- 
mal institutions  of  society.  An  examination  of  various 
aspects  of  development,  from  the  broad  perspective  of 
the  social  sciences. 

EDHD  340  Human  Development  Aspects  of  the 
Helping  Relationship  (3)  Focuses  upon  the  develop- 
ment of  skills  in  relating,  communicating,  and  problem- 
solving  with  others.  Includes  an  examination  of  psy- 
chological theories  relevant  to  the  helping  relationship, 
laboratory  experiences  in  developing  communication 
skills,  and  field  experiences  wherein  theory  and  skills 
are  applied. 

EDHD  350  Human  Development  Factors  in  Per- 
sonal Development  (3)  An  exploration  of  personality 
dynamics  including  self-study  experiences  which  con- 
tribute to  the  student's  personal  grovrth  and  self- 
insight.  Designed  for  the  preprofessional,  with  empha- 
sis on  factors  which  enhance  optimal  development  in 
small  group  interaction. 

EDHD  400  Introduction  to  Gerontology  (3)  An  over- 
view of  the  processes  of  aging  including  physiological, 


138    Education,  Industrial 


sociological,  and  psychological  aspects  as  an  intro- 
duction to  the  field  of  gerontology.  Analysis  of  physio- 
logical changes,  cultural  forces  and  self  processes 
that  have  a  bearing  on  life  quality  in  the  late  years. 
Examination  of  community  action  in  response  to  prob- 
lems of  the  elderly.  Direct  field  contact  with  programs 
for  the  elderly. 

EOHD  411   Child  Growth  and  Development  (3) 

Growth  and  development  of  the  child  from  conception 
through  the  early  childhood  years,  with  emphasis  on 
development  sequences  in  physical,  psychological 
and  social  areas.  Implications  for  understanding  and 
working  with  young  children  in  the  home,  school,  and 
other  settings. 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development  (3)  A  study  of 
the  interplay  of  physical,  cultural  and  self  forces  as 
they  influence  behavior,  development,  learning  and 
adjustment  during  adolescence.  Includes  observation 
and  case  study.  This  course  cannot  be  used  to  meet 
the  psychological  foundations  requirements  for  teach- 
er certification. 

EDHD  416  Scientific  Concepts  In  Human  Develop- 
ment III  (3)  Guided  reading  and  observation  of  pupils 
throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on  human  de- 
velopment concepts  relating  to  impact  of  family, 
school,  society,  and  peer  group  on  the  student.  Collec- 
tion and  analysis  of  data  affecting  learning  and  behav- 
ior. For  in-service  educators.  (Not  open  to  persons 
with  credit  in  EDHD  402,  403.) 

EDHD  417  Laboratory  In  Behavior  Analysis  III  (3) 

Prerequisite;  EDHD  416.  Guided  reading  and  observa- 
tion of  pupils  throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on 
analysis  of  intrinsic  aspects  of  learning  and  behavior 
including  cognitive  processes,  motivation,  self-con- 
cept, attitudes,  and  values.  For  in-service  educators. 
(Not  open  to  persons  with  credit  on  EDHD  402,  403.) 

EDHD  419  Human  Development  and  Learning  in 
School  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite:  Classroom  teaching 
experience  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of 
human  development  and  learning  principles  in  the 
continuous  study  and  evaluation  of  several  different 
phases  of  the  school  program  over  an  extended  period 
of  time.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  the 
topics  differ. 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children  (3)  Develop- 
ment of  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of  young 
children  from  different  home  and  community  back- 
grounds; study  of  individual  and  group  problems. 

EDHD  460  Educational  Psychology  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites; PSYC  100  or  EDUC  300  or  equivalent.  Offers  an 
examination  of  research  and  problems  in  educational 
psychology.  Includes  consideration  of  measurement 
and  the  significance  of  individual  differences,  learning, 
motivation  and  emotions,  transfer  of  learning,  intel- 
ligence, attitudes,  problem  solving,  understanding, 
thinking,  and  communicating  knowledge.  The  course  is 
intended  to  provide  an  overview  of  educational  psy- 
chology with  an  emphasis  on  learning  processes.  It 
may  not  be  substituted  for  EDUC  300  by  regularly 
matriculated  students  in  the  teacher  education  pro- 
gram. 

EDHD  489  Field  Experiences  In  Education  1-4 
credits  Prerequisites;  at  least  six  semester  hours  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other 
prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which 
the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note;  The  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDHD 
489.  888.  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDHD  498  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite;  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems. 

EDHD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  the 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  sched- 
uled under  this  course  heading;  workshops  conducted 
by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  coopera- 


tively with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not 
otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education 
centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 


Education,  Industrial 

EDIN  101  Mechanical  Drawing  I  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  This  course  constitutes  an  intro- 
duction to  orthographic  multi-view  and  isometric  pro- 
jection. Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  visualization  of 
an  object  when  it  is  represented  by  a  multi-view 
drawing  and  upon  the  making  of  multi-view  drawings. 
The  course  carries  through  auxiliary  views,  sectional 
views,  dimensioning,  conventional  representation  and 
single  stroke  letters. 

EDIN  102  Fundamentals  of  Woodworking  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An 
orientation  into  the  woodworking  industry  with  regard 
to  materials,  products  and  processes  while  providing 
skill  development  in  the  care  and  use  of  hand  and 
power  tools. 

EDIN  106  Industrial  Arts  In  the  Elementary  School  i 

(2)  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A  course  for 
pre-service  and  in-service  elementary  school  teachers 
covering  construction  activities  in  a  variety  of  media 
suitable  for  classroom  use.  The  work  is  organized  on 
the  unit  basis  so  that  the  construction  aspect  is 
supplemented  by  reading  and  other  investigative  pro- 
cedures. 

EDIN  1 10  industrial  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School 

II  (2)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  106.  This  is  a  continuation  of 
EDIN  106.  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  It 
provides  the  teacher  with  opportunities  to  develop 
further  competence  in  construction  activities.  Some  of 
the  basic  phenomena  of  industry  are  studied,  particu- 
larly those  which  apply  to  the  manufacture  of  common 
products,  housing,  transportation  and  communication. 

EDIN  112  Technical  Calculations  (3)  Designed  to 
develop  an  understanding  and  working  knowledge  of 
the  mathematical  concepts  related  to  the  various 
aspects  of  industrial  education,  algebra,  geometry, 
trigonometry,  and  general  mathematics  as  applied  to 
laboratory  and  drawing  activities. 

EDIN  121  Mechanical  Drawing  II  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  1 01 .  A  course 
dealing  with  working  drawings,  machine  design,  pat- 
tern layouts,  tracing  and  reproduction.  Detail  drawings 
followed  by  assemblies  are  presented. 

EDIN  124  Sheet  Metal  Work  (2)  Four  hours  of  labora- 
tory per  week.  Articles  are  made  from  metal  in  its  sheet 
form  and  involve  the  operations  of  cutting,  shaping, 
soldering,  riveting,  wiring,  folding,  seaming,  beading, 
burning,  etc.  The  student  is  required  to  develop  his 
own  patterns  inclusive  of  parallel  line  development, 
radial  line  development,  and  triangulation. 

EDIN  127  Fundamentals  of  Electricity  Electronics 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  electricity-electronics  in  general 
dealing  with  electncal  circuits  and  wiring,  the  measure- 
ment of  electrical  energy,  the  theory  of  motors  and 
generators  and  an  introduction  to  cacuum  tubes,  tran- 
sistors and  power  supplies. 

EDIN  134  Graphic  Arts  I  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  An  introductory  course  involving  experi- 
ences in  letterpress  and  offset  printing  practices.  This 
course  included  typographical  design,  hand  composi- 
tion proof  reading,  stock  preparation,  off-set  plate 
making,  imposition,  lock-up,  press-work,  linoleum 
block  cutting,   paper  marbelizing,   and  bookbinding. 

EDIN  184  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experi- 
ences (3)  (3  credits  for  each  internship  period,  total:  6 
credits.)  This  is  a  work  experience  sequence  planned 
for  students  enrolled  in  the  curriculum,  'education  for 
Industry.'  The  purpose  is  to  provide  the  students  with 
opportunities  for  first-hand  expenences  with  business 
and  industry.  The  student  is  responsible  for  obtaining 
his  own  employment  with  the  coordinator  advising  him 
in  regard  to  the  |0b  opportunities  which  have  optimum 
learning  value.  The  nature  of  the  work  experience 
desired  is  outlined  at  the  outset  of  employment  and 
then  evaluations  made  by  the  student  and  the  coordi- 


nator are  based  upon  the  planned  experiences.  The 
minimum  time  basis  for  each  internship  is  6  forty-hour 
weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  period  of  internship 
must  be  served  through  continuous  employment  in  a 
single  establishment. 

EDIN  201  Operational  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  101  or  equiva- 
lent. A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  give  stu- 
dents practice  in  the  modern  drafting  methods  of 
industry. 

EDIN  202  Machine  Woodworking  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDIN  102  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Designed  to  give  a 
comprehensive  knowledge  of  machine  woodworking 
with  emphasis  on  mass  production  practices,  speciali- 
ty cuts,  laminating  procedures,  machine  maintenance, 
and  consumer  understanding. 

EDIN  210  Foundry  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Bench  and  floor  molding  and  elementary  core 
making.  Theory  and  principles  covering  foundry 
materials,  tools  and  appliances.  EDIN  223  Arc  and 
Gas  Welding  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A 
course  designed  to  develop  a  functional  knowledge  of 
the  principles  and  use  of  electric  and  acetylene  weld- 
ing. Practical  work  is  carried  on  in  the  construction  of 
various  projects  using  welded  joints.  Instruction  is 
given  in  the  use  and  care  of  equipment,  types  of 
welded  joints,  methods  of  welding,  importance  of 
welding  processes  jn  industry,  safety  consideration, 
etc. 

EDIN  226  Fundamental  Metaiworking  Processes 

(3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory 
metaiworking  per  week.  Introduction  to  the  technology 
of  metaiworking.  Experience  with  operating  metals 
laboratory  equipment  including  an  indepth  study  of  the 
processes  of  manufacture. 

EDiN  227  Applications  of  Electronics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: EDIN  1 27  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four 
hours  of  laboratbry  per  week.  An  intermediate  course 
designed  to  provide  more  extensive  knowledge  in 
electricity-electronics  including  the  principles  of  the 
transmission  and  reception  of  radio  waves,  the  appli- 
cations of  transistors  and  other  semiconductors  and 
an  introduction  to  industrial  electronics. 

EDIN  231  Mechanical  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EDIN  101  and  121. 
A  course  dealing  with  the  topics  enumerated  in  EDIN 
121  but  on  a  more  advanced  basis.  The  reading  of 
prints  representative  of  a  variety  of  industries  is  a  part 
of  this  course. 

EDIN  232  Fundamentals  of  Automotive  Technolo- 
gy (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Designed  for  non-industrial  education  maj- 
ors interested  in  learning  the  theory  and  practical 
operation  of  the  automobile.  Mechanical,  lubrication, 
cooling,  fuel  and  electrical  systems.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  EDIN  243. 

EDIN  233  Fundamentals  of  Power  Technology  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Introduction  to  power  generation,  control,  and 
transmission.  Emphasis  of  efficiency  of  energy  con- 
verters and  use  of  new  and  future  energy  sources,  e.g., 
solar,  fuel  cell,  and  diesel  laboratory  experience  in 
testing  and  evaluationg  various  energy  converters. 

EDIN  234  Graphic  Communications  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  overview 
of  graphic  reproduction  processes  and  related  areas 
used  to  communicate.  Offset,  letterpress,  screen,  gra- 
vure.  engraving  flexographic,  photographic  and  elec- 
trostatic duplication;  and  relevant  history,  safety,  lay- 
out and  design,  composition,  photo  conversion,  image 
carriers,  image  transfer,  finishing,  binding,  paper  and 
ink.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  EDIN  1 34. 

EDIN  241  Architectural  Drawing  (2)  Four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  101  or  equiva- 
lent. Practical  experience  is  provided  in  the  design  and 
planning  of  houses  and  other  buildings.  Working  draw- 
ings, specifications,  and  blue-prints  are  featured. 

EDIN  262  Basic  Metal  Machining  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDIN  101  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Applications  of  basic 
metal  cutting  operations  in  mass  production  including 
work  planning,  properties  of  metals  and  tool  materials, 
conventional  metal  machining  processes  and  preci- 
sion measurements.    • 

EDIN   268   Special   Problems   In   Education   (1-6) 

Prerequisites:  Consent  of  education  advisor.  Available 


Education.  Industrial    139 


only  to  freshmen  and  sophmore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  prob- 
lems relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching.  Course 
cards  must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name 
of  the  faculty  member  who  has  approved  it. 

EDIN  291  Introduction  to  Plastics  Technology  (3) 

Lecture  and  laboratory.  An  overview  of  the  plastics 
industry  including  properties  of  plastics,  major  poly- 
mers of  the  plastics  industry  and  basic  molding  pro- 
cesses. 

EDIN  302  Woodworking  Technology  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: EDIN  202  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  A  working  knowledge  of 
contemporary  woodworking  technology,  including  test- 
ing and  macroscopic  identification  of  wood.  Experi- 
ence in  laboratory  maintenance  with  an  opportunity  for 
specialized  research  of  the  woodworking  industry. 

EDIN  305  General  Shop  (3)  Designed  to  meet  needs 
in  organizing  and  administering  a  secondary  school 
shop.  Students  are  rotated  through  skill  and  knowl- 
edge developing  activities  in  a  variety  of  shop  areas. 

EDIN  311  Laboratory  Practlcum  In  Industrial  Arts 
Education  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite: 18  semester  hours  of  shopwork  and  drawing. 
A  course  devoted  to  the  development  of  instructional 
materials  and  the  refinement  of  instructional  methods 
pertinent  to  the  teaching  of  industrial  arts  at  the 
secondary  school  level. 

EDIN  324  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experi- 
ences (3)  (3  credits  for  each  internship  period,  total:  6 
credits.)  This  is  a  work  experience  sequence  planned 
(or  students  enrolled  in  the  curriculum,  'Education  for 
Industry.'  The  purpose  is  to  provide  the  students  with 
opportunities  for  first  hand  experiences  with  business 
and  industry.  The  student  is  responsible  for  obtaining 
his  own  employment  with  the  coordinator  advising  him 
in  regard  to  the  job  opportunities  which  have  optimum 
learning  value.  The  nature  of  the  work  experience 
desired  is  outlined  at  the  outset  of  employment  and 
then  evaluations  made  by  the  student  and  the  coordi- 
nator are  based  upon  the  planned  experiences.  The 
minimum  time  basis  for  each  internship  is  6  forty  hour 
weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  period  of  internship 
must  be  served  through  continuous  employment  in  a 
single  establishment. 

EDIN  327  Electronic  Seml-Conductor  Applications 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  127  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  ad- 
vanced course  designed  to  provide  more  extensive 
knowledge  in  electricity  or  electronics  including  the 
advanced  theory  and  applications  of  semi-conductors 
and  the  principles  of  the  storage  and  transmission  of 
electronically  coded  information. 

EDIN  332  Advanced  Procedures  in  Automotive 
Technology  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDIN  232  or  equiva- 
lent. Two  hours  of  lecture,  6  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Designed  for  students  who  have  a  background 
in  engine  systems  and  wish  to  broaden  their  knowl- 
edge to  include  the  power  train  and  suspension  sys- 
tems. Emission  control,  electrical  systems,  and  diag- 
nostic problem  solving, 

EDIN  334  Photographic  and  Electronic  Graphic 
Communications  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  234  or 
equivalent.  An  intermediate  course  on  contemporary 
processes  relevant  to  graphic  reproduction.  Photo- 
graphic, electronic  and  computer  assisted  composition 
techniques,  contract  photoprinting,  line  and  halftone 
process  photography,  microphotography,  photo 
screen  printing  and  photo  offset  lithography.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  credit  for  EDIN  244 

EDIN  335  Continuous  Tone  Photographic  Technol- 
ogy (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  234  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  An  overview  of  theory  and  techniques 
pertaining  to  black-and-white  and  color  light  sensitive 
materials.  Emphasis  on  a  study  of  history,  cameras, 
exposure  techniques,  composition,  illumination  film 
processing,  contact  printing,  enlarging,  darkroom  con- 
trols and  finishing  as  related  to  graphic  communica- 
tions. 

EDIN  340  Curriculum,  instruction,  and  Observation 

(3)  Major  functions  and  specific  contributions  of  indus- 
trial art  education;  its  relation  to  the  general  objectives 
of  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools,  selection  and 
organization  of  subject  matter  in  terms  of  modern 


practices  and  needs:  methods  of  instruction:  expected 
outcomes;  measuring  results;  professional  standards. 
Twenty  periods  of  observation. 

EDIN  347  Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary 
Schools  (2-8)  Admission  to  student  teaching  requires 
a  doctor's  certificate  indicating  freedom  from  commu- 
nicable diseases;  the  consent  of  the  coordinating 
instructor:  and  previous  enrollment  at  the  University  of 
fylaryland  for  at  least  one  semester.  Undergraduate 
credit  only.  Application  forms  for  this  course  must  be 
submitted  to  the  appropriate  advisor  by  the  middle  of 
the  semester  preceding  the  one  in  which  an  assign- 
ment is  desired.  Students  who  register  for  this  course 
serve  as  apprentice  teachers  in  the  schools  to  which 
they  are  assigned.  For  credits,  full  time  for  one-half  of 
the  semester  is  devoted  to  this  work.  For  experienced 
teachers  who  are  planning  to  split  student  teaching 
assignment  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  the 
time  and  credit  may  be  modified.  Student  teaching  is  a 
full-time  commitment.  Consequently,  interference  with 
this  commitment  due  to  employment  is  not  permitted. 
Transportation  to  the  school(s)  assigned  for  student 
teaching  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student. 

EDIN  350  Methods  of  Teaching  (3)  For  vocational 
and  occupational  teachers  of  shop  work  and  related 
subjects.  The  identification  and  analysis  of  factors 
essential  to  helping  others  learn;  types  of  teaching 
situations  and  techniques;  measuring  result  and  grad- 
ing student  progress  in  shop  and  related  technical 
subjects. 

EDIN  357  Tests  and  Measurements  (3)  The  con- 
struction of  objective  tests  for  occupational  and 
vocational  subjects. 

EDIN  362  Advanced  Metal  Machining  Processes  (3) 
Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  262  or  equivalent.  Experi- 
ence in  complex  metal  cutting  operations;  special  heat 
treating  processes;  super  precision  measurements; 
electrical,  chemical  and  ultrasonic  metal  removal,  and 
high  energy  rate  forming  with  experimentation  in  spe- 
cialized machining  operations  not  open  to  students 
who  have  credit  in  EDIN  282. 

EDIN  381  Inorganic  Nonmetailic  Materials  (3)  Two 

hours  of  lectue,  four  hours  laboratory  per  week.  Intro- 
duction to  inorganic,  nonmetailic  materials  which  are 
applied  in  the  manufacturing  and  construction  Indus- 
tries. 

EDIN  391  Plastics  Processing  Fundamentals  (3) 
Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  291  or 
permission  of  the  department.  Experience  with  plastics 
production  equipment  including  an  in  depth  study  of 
thermoplastic  and  thermosetting  resins  and  their  fabri- 
cation processes. 

EDIN  399  Trade  Competence  (1-20)  An  examination 
to  determine  and  evaluate  the  trade  competence  of 
students  pursuing  a  degree  in  tf^  field  of  vocational- 
industrial  education. 

EDIN  400  Technology  Activities  for  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Experience  in  the  development  and  use  of 
technology  and  career  education  instructional  materi- 
als for  construction  activities  in  an  interdisciplinary 
approach  to  elementary  school  education. 

EDIN  410  Administration  and  Program  Develop- 
ment in  Industrial  Arts  (3)  Principles  and  practices  of 
program  development  and  supervision  with  reference 
to  the  role  of  the  departmental  chairperson  in  voca- 
tional, technical,  and  industrial  arts  programs  at  the 
secondary  and  post-secondary  levels. 

EDIN  412  Management  of  Physical  Facilities  in 
Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Educational  (3)  Pnn- 
ciples,  practices,  and  theory  related  to  the  role  of  the 
departmental  chairperson  charged  with  the  manage- 
ment of  the  physical  facilities  in  vocational,  technical, 
and  industnal  arts  laboratories. 

EDIN  415  Research  and  Experimentation  in  Indus- 
trial Arts  (3)  This  is  a  laboratory-seminar  course 
designed  to  develop  persons  capable  of  planning, 
directing  and  evaluating  effective  research  and  experi- 
mentation procedures  with  the  materials,  products  and 
processes  of  industry. 

EDIN  416  Industrial  Hygiene  (3)  Introduction  to  the 
concept  of  industrial  hygiene  and  environmental 
health.  Evaluation  techniques,  instrumentation  for 
identification  of  problems;  design  parameters  for 
achieving  control  over  environmental  epidemological 
and  toxicological  hazards. 


EDIN  421  Industrial  Arts  in  Special  Education  (3) 

Four  hours  laboratory  per  week,  one  hour  lecture. 
Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  and  471  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. This  course  provides  experiences  of  a  technical 
and  theoretical  nature  in  industrial  procedsses  applica- 
ble for  classroom  use.  Emphasis  is  place  on  individual 
research  in  the  specific  area  of  one  major  interest  in 
special  education. 

EDIN  425  Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I  (3)  An 

overview  of  the  function  of  industrial  training,  including 
types  of  programs,  their  organization,  development, 
and  evaluation. 

EDIN  426  Industrial  Training  In  Industry  II  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: EDIN  425.  Studies  of  training  programs  in  a 
variety  of  industries,  including  plant  program  visitation, 
training  program  development,  and  analysis  of  indus- 
trial training  research. 

EDIN  427  Experimental  Electronics  (2)  Emphasis  on 
student  investigation  of  an  area  of  electronics  of 
particular  interest  or  usefulness  at  a  depth  appropriate 
for  student  background  and  need.  Course  focuses  on 
student-based  objectives  relating  to  one  or  more  of  the 
following:  digital  circuitry,  communication,  energy  con- 
version, test  equipment  utilization,  analogue  circuitry. 
Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 

EDIN  433  Advanced  Topics  In  Power  Technology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  233  or  equivalent.  Two  hours  of 
lecture,  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Intended  for 
the  advanced  undergraduate  or  graduate  student  who 
wishes  to  develop  a  competency  in  building  and  evalu- 
ating the  performance  of  energy  transmission,  control 
and  converter  systems.  Methane  digestors,  solar  col- 
lectors, electric  motors,  steam  turbines,  and  fluid 
power  systems. 

EDIN  434  Color  Reproduction  In  Graphic  Commu- 
nications (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  334  or  equiva- 
lent. An  advanced  course  on  the  theory  and  processes 
of  color  graphic  reproduction.  Continuous  tone  color 
photography,  flat  color  preparation,  process  color 
separations  and  the  reproduction  of  a  multi-color  prod- 
uct on  a  semi-or  automatic  printing  press. 

EDIN  443  Industrial  Safety  Education  I  (2)  This 
course  deals  briefly  with  the  history  and  development 
of  effective  safety  programs  in  modern  industry  and 
treats  causes,  effects  and  values  of  industrial  safety 
education  inclusive  of  fire  prevention  and  hazard  con- 
trols. 

EDIN  444  industrial  Safety  Education  II  (2)  In  this 
course  exemplary  safety  practices  are  studied  through 
conference  discussions,  group  demonstration,  and  or- 
ganized plant  visits  to  selected  industrial  situations. 
Methods  of  fire  precautions  and  safety  practices  are 
emphasized.  Evaluative  criteria  in  safety  programs  are 
formulated. 

EDIN  445  Systems  Safety  Analysis  (3)  The  develop- 
ment of  systems  safety,  a  review  of  probability  con- 
cepts and  the  application  of  systems  technique  to 
industrial  safety  problems.  Hazard  mode  and  effect, 
fault  free  analysis  and  human  factors  considerations. 

EDIN  450  Training  Aids  Development  (3)  Study  of 
the  aids  in  common  use  as  to  their  source  and 
application.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  principles 
to  be  observed  in  making  aids  useful  to  laboratory 
teachers.  Actual  construction  and  application  of  such 
devices  will  be  required. 

EDIN  457  Tests  and  Measurements  (3)  The  con- 
struction of  objective  tests  for  occupational  and  voca- 
tional subjects. 

EDIN  460  Essentials  of  Design  (2)  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  101  and  basic 
laboratory  work.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of 
design  and  practice  in  their  application  to  the  construc- 
tion of  laboratory  projects. 

EDIN  461  Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (3) 

This  course  identifies  and  applies  the  underlying  princi- 
ples of  guidance  to  the  problems  of  educational  and 
vocational  adjustment  of  students. 

EDIN  462  Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Con- 
struction (3)  Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  occu- 
pational and  job  analysis  and  applies  the  techniques  in 
building  and  reorganizing  courses  of  study  for  effective 
use  in  vocational  and  occupational  schools. 

EDIN  464  Laboratory  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment (3)  This  course  covers  the  basic  elements  of 


140    Education,  Measurement  and  Statistics 


organizing  and  managing  an  industnal  education  pro- 
gram including  the  selection  of  equipment  and  the 
arrangement  of  the  shop. 

EDIN  465  Modern  Industry  (3)  This  course  provides 
an  overview  of  manufactunng  industry  in  the  American 
social,  economic  and  culture  pattern.  Representative 
basic  industries  are  studied  from  the  viewpoints  of 
personnel  and  management  organization,  industrial 
relations,  production  procedures,  distribution  of  pro- 
ducts, and  the  like. 

EDIN  466  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial 
Arts  (3)  A  study  of  the  factors  which  place  industrial 
arts  education  in  any  well-rounded  program  of  general 
education. 

EDIN  467  Problems  in  Occupational  Education  (3) 

The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  secure,  assemble, 
organize,  and  interpret  data  relative  to  the  scope, 
character  and  effectiveness  of  occupational  educa- 
tion. 

EDIN  470  Numerical  Control  in  Manufacturing  (3) 

The  histoncal  development  of  numerical  control  (N/C) 
in  manufacturing,  recent  industrial  trends  in  N/C.  and  a 
variety  of  N/C  equipment  and  support  services.  N/C 
machine  operations:  machine  motions,  positioning 
control  systems,  N/C  tapes  and  their  preparation, 
manual  and  computer  assisted  (APT  III)  part  pro- 
gramming. Experience  in  product  design,  part  pro- 
gramming, and  product  machining. 

EDIN  471  History  and  Principles  of  Vocational 
Education  (3)  An  overview  of  the  development  of 
vocational  education  from  primitive  times  to  the  pre- 
sent with  special  emphasis  given  to  the  vocational 
education  movement  with  the  American  program  of 
public  education. 

EDIN  475  Recent  Technological  Developments  In 
Products  and  Processes  (3)  This  course  is  designed 
to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  recent  techno- 
logical developments  as  they  pertain  to  the  products 
and  processes  of  industry.  The  nature  of  the  newer 
products  and  processes  is  studied  as  well  as  their 
effect  upon  modern  industry  and/or  society. 

EDIN  476  Application  of  Technology  to  Societal 
Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  311  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  alternative  solutions  of  a  techno- 
logical nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as  housing, 
transportation,  energy,  communications,  production, 
trash  and  waste  disposal,  water  development,  and 
pollution  control. 

EDIN  481  Manufacture  and  Use  of  Inorganic  Non- 
metallic  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIN  381  or 
equivalent.  Two  hours  of  lecture,  four  hours  laboratory 
per  week.  Fabrication  of  products  from  calculated 
compositions;  application  of  forming  process;  utiliza- 
tion of  compositions;  experiences  with  property  analy- 
sis and  product  design. 

EDIN   487   Field   Experience   in   Education   (1-4) 

Prerequisitee:  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequi- 
sites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the 
experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  expehence  and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note:  The  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIN 
487,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDIN  488  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems. 

EDIN  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment  Selection 

(3)  Lecture  and  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  EDIN  391  or 
permission  of  the  department.  Includes  experience 
with  matehal  selection,  product  design,  mold  design, 
auxiliary  equipment  and  fixtures. 

EDIN  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  sched- 
uled under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted 
by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  coopera- 


tively with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not 
otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education 
centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 


Education,  Measurement  and 
Statistics 

EDMS  410  Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation  (3) 

Basic  principles  including  the  steps  in  the  specification 
of  instructional  objectives  and  subsequent  develop- 
ment of  teacher-made  tests;  problems  in  the  use  and 
interpretation  of  achievement  and  aptitude  tests;  intro- 
duction to  the  development  and  use  of  non-testing 
evaluation  procedures;  basic  consideration  in  the  as- 
signment of  marks  and  grades;  introduction  to  comput- 
er technology  as  applied  to  measurement. 

EDMS  451  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics 

(3)  Designed  as  a  first  course  in  statistics  for  students 
in  education.  Emphasis  is  upon  educational  applica- 
tions of  descriptive  statistics,  including  measures  of 
central  tendency,  variability  and  association.  Also  in- 
cluded are  inferential  statistics  through  one-way 
anova. 

EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  In  Educational 
Research  (3)  Introduction  to  the  use  of  the  computer 
as  a  tool  in  educational  research.  Instruction  in  a  basic 
scientific  computer  source  language  as  well  as  practi- 
cal experience  in  program  writing  for  solving  statistical 
and  educational  research  problems. 

EDMS  489  Field  Experiences  In  Measurement  and 
Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisites:  at  least  six  credits  in 
education  courses  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  plus 
such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major 
area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned 
field  experience  for  education  majors.  Repeatable  for 
credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  In  Measurement  and 
Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  education  majors  who  have  formal 
plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Re- 
peatable for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Education,  Secondary 

EDSE  100  Principles  Of  Typewriting  (2)  Five  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  The  goal 
of  this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  to  operate 
the  the  typewriter  continuously  with  reasonable  speed 
and  accuracy  by  the  'touch'. 

EDSE  101  Intermediate  Typewriting  (2)  Five  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  minimum  grade  of  C  in  EDSE 
1 00  or  consent  of  instructor.  Drills  for  improving  speed 
and  accuracy  and  an  introduction  to  office  production 
typewriting.  This  course  must  be  completed  prior  to 
enrollment  in  EDSE  204. 

EDSE  102  Principles  of  Shorthand  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  Five  periods  per  week.  Develop- 
ment of  the  theory  and  principles  of  Gregg  shorthand. 

EDSE  103  Principles  of  Shorthand  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  Five  periods  per  week.  Develops 
mastery  of  dictation. 

EDSE  200  Office  Typewriting  Problems  (2)  Five 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  minimum  grade  of  C  in 
EDSE  101  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  to  devel- 
op the  higher  degree  of  accuracy  and  speed  possible 
and  to  teach  the  advanced  techniques  of  typewriting 
and  special  emphasis  on  production. 

EDSE  201  Survey  of  Office  Machines  (2)  Prerequi- 
site: sophomore  standing.  The  various  types  of  office 
business  machines  are  surveyed,  tt;eir  capacities  and 
special  functions  compared.  Skill  is  developed  through 
actual  use  and  demonstration  of  such  machines  as 
accounting,  duplicating,  dictating  and  transcribing, 
adding  and  calculating,  and  other  functional  types  of 
machines  and  equipment.  The  course  is  designed  also 
to  give  special  training  in  the  handling  of  practical 
business  problems  with  machine  application. 

EDSE  204  Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription 

(3)  Prerequisite:  Minimum  grade  of  C  in  EDSE  101  and 


consent  of  instructor.  Seven  periods  per  week.  Em- 
phasis is  placed  on  vocabulary  development  and  new 
matter  dictation  for  sustained  speed  at  the  highest 
level  possible  under  varying  conditions.  Transcription 
is  under  timed  conditions  with  emphasis  on  production 
involving  quantity  and  quality  of  -Jinished  product. 

EDSE  205  Problems  in  Transcription  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Minimum  grade  of  C  in  EDSE  204  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Seven  periods  per  week.  A  systematic  de- 
velopment of  recording  skills  under  special  and  office- 
style  dictation  and  transcription  conditions  with  partic- 
ular emphasis  on  transcriptional  problems. 

EDSE  210  Bases  for  Curriculum  Decision  in  Home 
Economics  (3)  Exploration  of  decision  about  priorities 
in  home  economics  curricula  based  on  the  needs  of 
society,  the  individual,  and  the  structure  of  the  home 
economics  program.  Examines  the  roles  of  the  sec- 
ondary home  economics  teacher  with  respect  to  con- 
cept priorities.  Includes  weekly  two-hour  observations 
in  area  schools. 

EDSE  260  Introduction  to  Art  Education  (3)  An 

introductory  lecture-laboratory  course  designed  to  in- 
troduce the  student  to  the  field  of  art  education  as  a 
profession.  Each  student  will  spend  4-6  weeks  as  a 
teacher  aid  in  a  school  setting.  Required  as  a  prerequi- 
site for  admission  into  the  remainder  of  the  profes- 
sional art  education  program.  (The  students  need  to 
leave  Tuesday  and  Thursday  p.m.  free  of  other 
classes.) 

EDSE  288  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  Consent  of  education  advisor.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  prob- 
lems relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching. 

EDSE  300  Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3) 

First  semester.  An  examination  and  evaluation  of  the 
aims,  methods,  and  course  contents  of  each  of  the 
office  skill  subjects  offered  in  high  school  curriculum. 

EDSE  304  Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures 

(3)  Prerequisite,  EDSE  204  and  205  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  The  nature  of  office  work,  the  secretary's 
function  in  communication,  inter-company  and  public 
relations,  handling  records,  supplies  and  equipment; 
and  in  direction  of  the  office  forms  and  procedures  in 
relation  to  correspondence,  mailing,  receiving  callers, 
telephoning,  handling  conferences,  and  securing  busi- 
ness information.  Business  etiquette  and  ethics. 

EDSE  305  Secretarial  Office  Practice  (3)  Six  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisite,  Senior  standing  and  comple- 
tion of  EDSE  304.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give 
laboratory  and  office  experience  to  senior  students.  A 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  office  of  experierice  under 
supervision  is  required.  In  addition,  each  student  will 
prepare  a  written  report  on  an  original  problem  previ- 
ously approved. 

EDSE  330  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 
Education  (2-3)  This  course  is  concerned  with  the 
principles  and  methods  of  teaching  in  junior  and  senior 
high  schools.  Instructional  problems  common  to  all  of 
the  subject  fields  are  considered  in  relation  to  the 
needs  and  interests  of  youth,  and  urgent  social  prob- 
lems of  today,  and  the  central  values  to  which  our 
society  is  committed. 

EDSE  332  Field  Experience  In  Social  Science 
Teaching  (3)  Corequisite:  EDSE  376.  An  analysis  of 
teaching  theory,  strategies,  and  techniques  in  r^lation 
to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDSE  340 — 354  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Obser- 
vation courses  Offered  in  separate  courses  for  the 
various  subject  matter  areas.  The  objectives,  selection 
and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  meth- 
ods, lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other  instructional 
materials,  measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to 
the  particular  subject  matter  area  are  treated.  Twenty 
periods  of  observation.  Students  must  reserve  all  day 
each  Tuesday  for  observation  in  public  schools. 

EDSE  340  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion—Art (3) 

EDSE  341  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Business  Education  (3) 

EDSE  342  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Dance  (3) 

EDSE  343  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Distributive  Education  (3) 


Education,  Secondary    141 


EDSE  344  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— English  (3) 

EDSE  345  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Foreign  Language  (3) 

EDSE  346  Curriculum,  instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Geography  (3) 

EOSE  347  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Home  Economics  (3) 

EDSE  350  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Mathematics  (3) 

EDSE  351  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Music  (3) 

EDSE  352  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion— Science  (3) 

EDSE  353  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion—Social Studies  (3) 

EDSE  354  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observa- 
tion—Speech (3) 

EDSE  355  Student  Teaching  in  School  Media  Cen- 
ters—Secondary (4)  Prerequisites:  EDHD  300,  EDSE 
387,  381,  382,  383,  384,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Supervised  internship  experience  in  secondary  school 
media  centers.  Participation  at  a  professional  level  in 
the  management  and  operation  of  an  on  going  media 
program, 

EDSE  356  Field  Experience  In  English  Teaching  (1) 

Pre  or  co-requisite:  EDSE  344.  Practical  experience  as 
an  aide  to  a  regular  English  teacher;  assigned  respon- 
sibilities and  participation  in  a  variety  of  teach- 
ing/learning activities. 

EDSE  357  Seminar  In  English  Education  (1)  Concur- 
rent registration  in  EDSE  364  required.  An  analysis  of 
teaching  theory,  strageties  and  techniques  in  relation 
to  the  student  teaching  experience, 

EDSE  360-Student  Teaching  Courses  Admission  to 
student  teaching  requires  a  doctor's  certificate  indicat- 
ing freedom  from  communicable  diseases;  the  con- 
sent of  the  instructor  in  the  appropriate  area;  previous 
enrollment  at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  at  least 
one  semester.  Undergraduate  credit  only.  Offered  in 
separate  courses  for  the  various  areas.  Application 
forms  for  this  course  must  be  submitted  to  the  appro- 
priate advisor  by  the  middle  of  the  semester  preceding 
the  one  in  which  an  assignment  is  desired.  Students 
who  register  for  this  course  serve  as  apprentice  teach- 
ers in  the  schools  to  which  they  are  assigned.  For  8 
credits,  full  time  for  one-half  of  the  semester  is  devot- 
ed to  this  work.  For  experienced  teachers  and  stu- 
dents in  physical  education,  music  education,  and 
Library  Science  Education  who  are  planning  to  split 
student  teaching  assignment  in  elementary  and  sec- 
ondary schools,  the  time  and  credit  may  be  modified. 
Student  teaching  is  a  full-time  commitment.  Con- 
sequently, interference  with  this  commitment  due  to 
employment  is  not  permitted  transportation  to  the 
school(s)  assigned  for  student  teaching  is  the  respon- 
sibility of  the  student. 

EDSE  360  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Art  (2-8) 

EDSE  361  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Business  Education  (2-8) 

EDSE  362  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools — Dance  (2-8) 

EDSE  363  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Distributive  (2-8) 

EDSE  364  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools— English  (2-8) 

EDSE  365  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools — Foreign  Languages  (2-8) 

EDSE  366  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools — Geography  (2-8) 

EDSE  367  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Health  (2-8) 

EDSE  370  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools-rHome  Economics  (2-8) 

EDSE  372  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Mathematics  (2-8) 

EDSE  373  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools— Music  (2-8) 


EDSE  374  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Physical  Education  (2-8) 

EDSE  375  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Science  (2-8) 

EDSE  376  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary 
Schools — Social  Studies  (2-8) 

EDSE  377  Student  Teaching  In  Secondary 
Schools — Speech  (2-8) 

EDSE  380  Field  Experience  in  Analysis  of  Child 
Development  Laboratories  (1)  Observation  and  par- 
ticipation in  a  secondary  school  child  development 
laboratory  bi-weekly,  alternated  with  bi-weekly  semi- 
nars. Integration  of  child  development  theones  with 
laboratory  experiences.  Enrollment  in  FlylCD  332  or 
EDHD  411.  and  425  either  prerequisite  or  concurrent. 

EDSE  385  Student  Teaching  in  School  Media  Cen- 
ters—Elementary (4)  Prerequisites.  EDHD  300, 
EDSE  387,  381.  382.  383.  384.  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  internship  experience  in  elementary 
and  middle  school  media  centers.  Participation  at  a 
professional  level  in  the  management  and  operation  of 
an  ongoing  media  program. 

EDSE  402  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching 
Bookkeeping  and  Related  Subjects  (3)  Important 
problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  of  bookkeep- 
ing and  related  office  knowledge  afld  the  skills  includ- 
ing a  consideration  of  materials  and  teaching  proce- 
dures. 

EDSE  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3) 

Problems  in  development  of  occupational  competen- 
cy, achievement  tests,  standards  of  achievement,  in- 
structional materials,  transcription,  and  the  integration 
of  office  skills. 

EDSE  404  Basic  Business  Education  In  the  Sec- 
ondary Schools  (3)  Includes  consideration  of  course 
objectives;  subject  matter  selection;  and  methods  of 
organization  and  presenting  business  principles, 
knowledge  and  practices. 

EDSE  415  Financial  and  Economic  Education  I  (3) 

Problems  of  teaching  courses  in  personal  finance  and 
economics  in  the  public  schools,  including  materials 
and  resources. 

EDSE  416  Financial  and  Economic  Education  II  (3) 

Continuation  of  EDSE  415. 

EDSE  420  Organization  and  Coordination  of  Dis- 
tributive Education  Programs  (3)  This  course  deals 
specifically  with  such  areas  as  the  organization  of  a 
cooperative  distributive  education  program;  the  devel- 
opment of  an  effective  cooperative  relationship  be- 
tween coordinator  and  training  sponsor;  the  selection, 
orientation,  and  training  of  sponsors;  analysis  of  train- 
ing opportunities,  reports  and  records;  the  evaluation 
and  selection  of  students  for  part-time  cooperative 
work  assignments;  and  the  evaluation  of  the  program, 

EDSE  421  Methods  and  Materials  in  Distributive 
Education  (3)  This  course  covers  basic  methods  and 
materials  needed  to  teach  the  preparatory  classroom 
related  instruction  of  a  one  or  two  year  distributive 
education  program.  It  deals  specifically  with  the  orga- 
nization of  special  supplementary  materials  for  individ- 
ual and  group  instruction  youth  club  programs,  organi- 
zation and  administration. 

EDSE  423  Field  Experiences  in  Vocational  Areas 

(3)  A — Home  Economics  Education  B — Business  Edu- 
cation C— Distributive  Education  Supervised  work  ex- 
perience in  an  occupation  related  to  vocational  educa- 
tion. Application  of  theory  to  work  situations  as  a  basis 
for  teaching  in  Vocational  Education  programs.  By 
individual  arrangement  with  advisor, 

EDSE  425  Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Eco- 
nomics (3)  An  analysis  of  curriculum  development 
including  the  tools  for  planning,  managing,  and  evalu- 
ating the  teaching/learning  environment  of  conceptual 
curriculum  design.  Includes  a  field  experience. 

EDSE  426  Evaluation  of  Home  Economics  (3)  The 

meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the 
development  of  a  plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking 
program  with  emphasis  upon  types  of  evaluation  de- 
vices, their  construction  and  use, 

EDSE  430  Corrective-Remedial  Reading  Instruc- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  EDEL/EDSE  427  or  equivalent, 
and  consent  of  the  department.  For  teachers,  super- 
visors, and  administrators  who  wish  to  identify  and 


assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties.  Concerned  with 
diagnostic  techniques,  instructional  materials  and 
teaching  procedures  useful  in  the  regular  classroom. 

EDSE  431  Laboratory  Practices  in  Reading  (2-4) 

Prerequisite,  EDSE  430,  A  laboratory  course  in  which 
each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and 
instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting  per  week  to 
diagnose  individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruction, 

EDSE  432  The  Junior  High  School  (2-3)  A  general 
overview  of  the  junior  high  school.  Purposes,  functions 
and  charactenstics  of  this  school  unit;  a  study  of  its 
population,  organization,  program  of  studies,  methods, 
staff,  and  other  topics,  together  with  their  implications 
for  prospective  teachers, 

EDSE  440  Methods  of  Teaching  English  in  Second- 
ary Schools  (3) 

EDSE  441  Practicum  in  Art  Education  (3)  One  two- 
hour  lecture  discussion  period  and  two,  two-hour  labo- 
ratory sessions  per  week.  Instruction  will  be  aimed  at 
reviewing  expenences  in  a  chosen  medium  of  art  and 
assembling  a  workable  procedure  to  present  the  con- 
tent to  secondary  school  students.  The  course  will 
provide  a  studio  setting  in  which  the  student  will 
assemble  matenals  for  an  in-depth  study  of  the  practi- 
cal work  involved  and  attempt  to  develop  a  total 
concept  in  a  particular  area  of  art. 

EDSE  442  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual  Skills  in 
Foreign  Languages  (3) 

EDSE  444  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  in 
Secondary  Schools  (3) 

EDSE  446  Methods  of  Teaching  Science  in  Sec- 
ondary Schools  (3) 

EDSE  447  Methods  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  In 
Secondary  Schools  (2-3) 

EDSE  450  Speech  Methods  and  Resources  in  Sec- 
ondary Schools  (3) 

EDSE  453  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Second- 
ary School  (3) 

EDSE  460  Environmental  Education  (3)  Two  lecture- 
discussion  periods  and  one  three  hour  laboratory-field 
experience  session  per  week.  An  interdisciplinary 
course  covering  the  literature,  techniques  and  strate- 
gies of  environmental  education.  Emphasis  is  upon  the 
study  of  environmental  education  programs  and  the 
development  of  a  specific  program  which  is  designed 
to  implement  the  solution  of  an  environmental  prob- 
lem. The  laboratory-field  experience  is  provided  as  a 
model  for  future  activities  of  students.  Open  to  any 
student  who  wishes  to  become  actively  involved  in  the 
process  of  environmental  education  program  develop- 
ment. 

EDSE  461  Methods  of  Teaching  English  to  Speak- 
ers of  Other  Languages  (3)  An  introductory  course  in 
methods  for  teaching  listening,  speaking,  reading  and 
writing  techniques  and  a  review  of  research  findings, 

EDSE  470  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  in  Public 
Schools  (3)  Introduction  to  various  alternative  theo- 
ries of  aesthetics  as  related  to  the  teaching  of  art, 

EDSE  488  Special  Topics  in  Secondary  Education 
(1-3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  hours. 

EDSE  489  Field  Experience  in  Education  (1-4)  Pre- 
requisite: At  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at 
the  University  of  Ivlaryland  plus  such  other  prerequi- 
sites as  may  be  set  by  the  secondary  education 
department.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided 
for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experi- 
ence and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience 
has  been  approved  by  the  Secondary  Education  facul- 
ty. Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both 
major  and  non-major  students.  Note:  The  total  number 
of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSE  489,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDSE  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems, 

EDSE  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  the 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  sched- 


142    Education,  Social  Foundations 


uled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted 
by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  coopera- 
tively with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not 
otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  Special  Education 
centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 
problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 


Education,  Social  Foundations 

EDSF  288  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisites:  Consent  of  Education  advisor.  Available 
only  to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  prob- 
lems relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching. 

EDSF  301  Foundations  of  Education  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: EDHD  300,  completion  of  at  least  90  hours  and 
approval  for  admission  to  Teacher  Education.  Histori- 
cal, social,  cultural,  and  philosophical  foundations  of 
American  education.  Considers  education  as  a  profes- 
sion, and  the  organizational  structure,  operation  and 
function  of  modem  school  systems.  Comparative  edu- 
cation and  contemporary  issues  are  included. 

EDSF  409  Special  Topics  In  the  Social  Foundations 
of  Education  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine 
hours.  An  intensive  examination  of  current  problems 
and  issues  in  the  formation  of  educational  policies. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with 
are  different. 

EDSF  410  History  of  Education  In  Western  Clvlllza- 
llon  (3)  Educational  institutions  through  the  Ancient, 
Medieval  and  Early  Modern  periods  in  Western  Civili- 
zation, as  seen  against  a  bacltground  of  socio-eco- 
nomic development. 

EDSF  411  History  of  Education  In  the  United  States 

(3)  A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  chief 
features  of  the  present  system  of  education  in  the 
United  States. 

EDSF  420  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  A  study  of 
the  great  educational  philosophers  and  systems  of 
thought  affecting  the  development  of  modern  educa- 
tion. 

EDSF  421  Logic  of  Teaching  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
structure  of  basic  subject  matters  in  the  curriculum  and 
of  the  standard  logical  moves  in  leaching. 

EDSF  430  Educational  Sociology  (3)  Deals  with  data 
of  the  social  sciences  which  are  germane  to  the  work 
of  teachers.  Implications  of  democratic  ideology  for 
educational  endeavor,  educational  tasks  imposed  by 
changes  in  population  and  technological  trends,  the 
welfare  status  of  pupils,  the  socio-economic  attitudes 
of  individuals  who  control  the  schools,  and  other 
elements  of  community  background. 

EDSF  489  Field  Experience  In  Education  (1-4)  Pre- 
requisites: At  least  six  semester  hours  in  Education  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequi- 
sites as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the 
experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for  such 
field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  Education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note:  The  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSF 
489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDSF  498  Special  Problems  In  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to 
mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual 
study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSF  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six 
semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached  the 
following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  sched- 
uled under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted 
by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  coopera- 
tively with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not 
othenwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  Special  Education 
centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or 


problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  supenntendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

Education,  Special 

EDSP  288  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  Consent  of  Special  Education  advisor. 
Open  only  to  Special  Education  majors.  Available  only 
to  freshmen  and  sophomore  students  who  have  defi- 
nite plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems 
relative  to  their  preparation  for  teaching.  Such  study 
will  usually  take  the  form  of  a  field  experience  as  a 
teacher's  aid  in  a  Special  Education  program  for  one- 
half  day  a  week. 

EDSP  349  Student  Teaching  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren (8)  A  doctor's  certificate  indicating  freedom  from 
communicable  diseases  and  approval  of  department 
required.  Undergraduate  credit  only.  Students  in  Spe- 
cial Education  enroll  in  8  credits  of  EDEL  333  for  8 
weeks  during  the  same  semester.  No  other  courses 
may  be  taken  during  a  full  semester  of  student  teach- 
ing. 

EDSP  470  Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  288.  Designed  to  give  an  under- 
standing of  the  needs  of  all  types  of  exceptional 
children.  Stressing  preventive  and  remedial  measures. 

EDSP  471  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Mentally Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  470 
or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis  etiology,  physical, 
social  and  emotional  characteristics  of  exceptional 
children. 

EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Mentally Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  471 
or  equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of 
teaching  exceptional  children.  Selected  observation  of 
actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Mentally Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  471 
or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives 
guiding  curriculum  for  exceptional  children;  gives  expe- 
rience in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various  cur- 
ricula currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner  (3)  Stu- 
dies the  characteristics  of  the  slow  learner  and  those 
educational  practices  which  are  appropriate  for  the 
child  who  is  functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Gifted (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  or  equivalent. 
Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social,  and 
emotional  characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  482  Education  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Gifted (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  481  or  equivalent. 
Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching 
exceptional  children.  Selected  observation  of  actual 
teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Gifted (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  481  or  equivalent. 
Examines  the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  current 
curriculum  for  exceptional  children;  gives  experience 
in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various  curricula  cur- 
rently in  use. 

EDSP  469  Field  Experience  In  Special  Education 
(1-4)  Prerequisites:  At  least  six  semester  hours  in 
Special  Education  at  the  University  of  Maryland  plus 
such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  Special 
Education  Department.  Planned  field  experience  may 
be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had 
teaching  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  Spe- 
cial Education  faculty.  Note:  The  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Perceptual Learning  Problems  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis, 
etiology,  physical,  social  and  emotional  characteristics 
of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Exceptional  Children— Per- 
ceptual Learning  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP 
491  or  equivalent  Offers  practical  and  specific  meth- 
ods of  teaching  exceptional  children.  Selected  obser- 
vation of  actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Child- 
ren—Perceptual Learning  Problems  (3)  Prerequi- 


site: EDSP  492  or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles 
and  objectives  guiding  curriculum  for  exceptional  child- 
ren; gives  expenence  in  developing  curriculum;  studies 
various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  in  Special  Education 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Available 
only  to  mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for 
individual  study  of  approved  problems. 

EDSP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  In 
Special  Education  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol 
may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached  the  following  type  of  educa- 
tional enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course 
heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  Special  Educa- 
tion Department  (or  developed  cooperatively  with 
other  departments,  colleges  and  universities)  and  not 
otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing. 

Laboratories,  and  Special  Education  centers;  in- 
stitutes developed  around  specific  topics  or  problems 
and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as  school 
superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 


Education 

EDUC  388  Special  Topics  In  Education  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: Consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  for  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  hours. 


Engineering,  Aerospace 

ENAE  201  Introduction  to  Aerospace  Engineering  I 

(2)  Prerequisite:  ENES  110.  Characteristics  of  the 
atmosphere,  lifting  surfaces,  drag,  propulsion  systems, 
and  aircraft  control. 

ENAE  202  Introduction  to  Aerospace  Engineering 

II  (2)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  201.  Guidance,  structures, 
and  performance  of  aerospace  vehicles,  weather, 
safety,  and  flight  simulation.  The  Aerospace  Industry 
and  Aerospace  Engineering  as  a  profession. 

ENAE  203  Technical  Writing  (1)  Corequisite:  ENAE 

201 .  Technical  writing  as  a  means  of  effective  profes- 
sional communication.  Practice  in  the  writing  process 
with  attention  to  grammar  and  style.  Tables,  graphs, 
and  figures. 

ENAE  305  Aerospace  Laboratory  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  300.  Pre  or  corequisites:  ENAE  345,  ENAE  451, 
and  ENAE  371.  Measurement  philosophy,  data  analy- 
sis, error  assessment,  sensing  devices,  optical  meth- 
ods, material  tests;  flow  visualization  techniques,  ma- 
nometry, dynamic  response  of  measurement  systems. 
Application  of  instrumentation  in  Aerospace  Technolo- 
gy- 

ENAE  345  Flight  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES 
221  and  MATH  246.  Kinematics  and  concept  of  sys- 
tem state.  Dynamic  principles  applied  to  particles, 
discrete  mass  and  continuously  distributed  mass  sys- 
tems, lagrangian  dynamics,  dynamic  stability  of  sys- 
tems, applications  to  dynamics  of  aerospace  vehicles 
and  vehicle  components. 

ENAE  355  Aircraft  Vibrations  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
345  or  equivalent.  Free  and  forced  vibration  of  single 
and  multiple  degree  of  freedom  systems. 

ENAE  371  Aerodynamics  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE 

202.  PHYS  262.  MATH  241  and  concurrent  registra- 
tion In  MATH  246.  Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  aerody- 
namic theory. 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (2)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345.  Corequisites:  ENAE 
452  and  ENAE  471 .  Application  of  fundamental  meas- 
urement techniques  to  experiments  in  Aerospace  En- 
gineering, structural,  aerodynamic,  and  propulsion 
tests,  correlation  of  theory  with  experimental  results. 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (1)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345.  Corequisites:  ENAE 
452,  ENAE  471,  and  ENAE  475.  Application  of  funda- 
mental measurement  techniques  to  experiments  in 
Aerospace  Engineering,  structural,  aerodynamic,  flight 
simulation,  and  heat  transfer  tests.  Correlation  of  theo- 
ry with  experimental  results. 

ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE 
345,  ENAE  451.  and  ENAE  371.  Theory,  background 


Engineering.  Civil    143 


and  methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic  and  super- 
sonic. 

ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371.  Theory,  back- 
ground and  methods  of  space  vehicle  design  for 
manned  orbiting  vehicles,  manned  lunar  and  planetary 
landing  systems. 

ENAE  415  Computer-Alded  Structural  Design  Anal- 
ysis (3)  Prerequisite;  ENAE  452  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Introduction  to  structural  design  concepts  and 
analysis  techniques.  Introduction  to  computer  soft- 
ware for  structural  analysis  which  is  utilized  to  verify 
exact  solutions  and  perform  parametric  design  studies 
of  aerospace  structures.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  earned  credit  in  ENAE  431. 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace  Vehi- 
cles (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  345  and  ENAE  371. 
Stability,  control  and  miscellaneous  topics  in  dynam- 
ics. 

ENAE  451  Flight  Structures  I— Introduction  to 
Solid  Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  An 
introduction  to  the  analysis  of  aircraft  structural  mem- 
bers, introduction  to  theory  of  of  elasticity,  mechanical 
behavior  of  materials,  thermal  effects,  finite-difference 
approximations,  virtual  work,  variational  and  energy 
principles  for  static  systems. 

ENAE  452  Flight  Structures  II:  StructumI  Elements 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  451.  Application  of  variational 
and  energy  principles  to  analysis  of  elastic  bodies; 
stresses  and  deflections  of  beams  including  effects  of 
non — principal  axes,  non — homogeneity,  and  thermal 
gradients;  differential  equations  of  beams,  bars,  and 
cables.  Stresses  and  deflections  of  torsional  mem- 
bers, stresses  due  to  shear.  Deflection  analysis  of 
structures. 

ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  In  Computational  Me- 
chanics (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  452  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  the  concepts  of  computa- 
tional analysis  of  continuous  media  by  use  of  matrix 
methods.  Foundation  for  use  of  finite  elements  in  any 
field  of  Continuum  fviechanics,  with  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  the  displacement  method  to  solve  thermal  and 
structural  problems. 

ENAE  457  Flight  Structures  III  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENAE  452  or  equivalent.  An  advanced  undergraduate 
course  dealing  with  the  theory  and  analysis  of  the 
structures  of  flight  vehicles.  Stresses  due  to  shear, 
indeterminate  structures,  plate  theory,  buckling  and 
failure  of  columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  461  Flight  Propulsion  I  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENME  216  and  ENAE  471.  Operating  principles  of 
piston,  turbojet,  tuboprop,  ramjet  and  rocket  engines, 
thermodynamic  cycle  analysis  and  engine  perform- 
ance, aerothermochemistry  of  combustion,  fuels,  and 
propellants. 

ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
461.  Advanced  and  current  topics  in  Flight  Propulsion. 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
371  and  ENME  216.  Elements  of  compressible  flow 
with  applications  to  aerospace  engineering  problems. 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
371.  Theory  of  the  flow  of  an  incompressible  fluid. 

ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed  Flight  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENAE  472  or  equivalent.  An  advanced 
course  dealing  with  aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at 
supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities.  Unified  hyper- 
sonic and  supersonic  small  disturbance  theories,  real 
gas  effects,  aerodynamic  heating  and  mass  transfer 
with  applications  to  hypersonic  flight  and  re-entry. 

ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  371.  ENAE  471,  and  ENME 
216.  Fundamental  aspects  of  viscous  flow,  navier- 
stokes  equations,  similarity,  boundary  layer  equations; 
laminar,  transitional  and  turbulent  incompressible 
flows  on  airfoils,  thermal  boundary  layers  and  convec- 
tive  heat  transfer;  conduction  through  solids,  introduc- 
tion to  radiative  heat  transfer. 

ENAE  488  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering  (1-4) 

Technical  elective  taken  with  the  permission  of  the 
student's  advisor  and  instructor.  Lecture  and  con- 
ference courses  designed  to  extend  the  student's 
understanding  of  aerospace  engineering.  Current  top- 
ics are  emphasized, 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research  (1-3)  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  three  credits.  Elective  for  seniors  in 


Aerospace  Engineering  with  permission  of  the  stu- 
dent's advisor  and  the  instructor.  Original  research 
projects  terminating  in  a  a  written  report. 

ENAE  588  Professional  Development  Topics  In 
Aerospace  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Current  topics  in  Aerospace 
Engineering  chosen  to  provide  for  the  professional 
development  of  practicing  engineers.  May  not  be 
credited  toward  a  graduate  school  degree.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  3  credits. 

ENAE  589  Professional  Development  Topics  In 
Aerospace  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  Instructor.  Current  topics  in  Aerospace 
Engineering  chosen  to  provide  for  the  professional 
development  of  practicing  engineers.  May  not  credited 
toward  a  Graduate  School  degree.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  3  credits. 


Engineering,  Agricultural 

ENAG  100  Basic  Agricultural  Engineering  Technol- 
ogy (3)  An  introduction  to  the  application  of  engineer- 
ing concepts.  Topics  include  quantitation  and  meas- 
urement; mechanical,  thermal,  fluid  and  electrical  prin- 
ciples and  their  relationship  to  biological  systems  and 
materials  of  agricultural  and  aquacultural  products  (for 
non-engineering  majors). 

ENAG  200  Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  One 

lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  study  of 
the  hand  tools  and  power  equipment  and  their  safe 
use  as  it  applies  to  mechanized  farms.  Principles  and 
practice  in  arc  and  gas  welding,  cold  metal  and  sheet 
metal  work  are  provided.  Also,  tool  fitting,  woodwork- 
ing, plumbing,  blue  print  reading  and  use  of  concrete. 

ENAG  232  Water,  A  Renewable  Resource  (3)  Oc- 
currence and  distribution  of  water.  Review  of  both 
natural  and  man-made  water  resource  systems. 
Basics  of  water  quality  and  waste  water  treatment. 

ENAG  305  Farm  Mechanics  (2)  Two  laboratory  peri- 
ods a  week,  available  only  to  seniors  in  Agricultural 
Education.  This  course  consists  of  laboratory  exer- 
cises in  practical  farm  shop  and  farm  equipment 
maintenance,  repair,  and  construction  projects,  and  a 
study  of  the  principles  of  shop  organization  and  admin- 
istration. 

ENAG  314  Mechanics  of  Food  Processing  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  1 1 1  or 
121.  Applications  in  the  processing  and  preservation 
of  foods,  of  power  transmission,  hydraulics,  electricity, 
thermodynamics,  refrigeration,  instruments  and  con- 
trols, materials  handling  and  time  and  motion  analysis, 

ENAG  315  Energy— Its  Effects  on  Agriculture  and 
Food  (3)  Introduction  to  the  current  energy  problems 
in  agricultural  production  and  food  supply.  Energy 
issues,  alternate  sources  of  energy,  energy  conserva- 
tion practices,  possible  solutions  and  limitations, 

ENAG  401  Agricultural  Production  Equipment  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: AGEN  100.  Principles  of  operation  and  functions 
of  power  and  machinery  units  as  related  to  tillage; 
cutting,  conveying,  and  separating  units;  and  control 
mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal  combustion  en- 
gines and  power  unit  components. 

ENAG  402  Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and  En- 
vironmental Control  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite:  AGEN  1 00.  Characteristics 
of  construction  materials  and  details  of  agricultural 
structures.  Fundamentals  of  electricity,  electrical  cir- 
cuits, and  electrical  controls.  Materials  handling  and 
environmental  requirements  of  farm  products  and  ani- 
mals. 

ENAG  421  Power  Systems  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
two  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENME 
216,  ENEE  300  and  ENME  340.  Analysis  of  energy 
conversion  devices  including  internal  combustion  en- 
gines; electrical  and  hydraulic  motors.  Fundamentals 
of  power  transmission  and  coordination  of  power 
sources  with  methods  of  power  transmission. 

ENAG  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENME  340.  Applica- 
tions of  engineering  and  soil  sciences  in  erosion 
control,  drainage,  irrigation  and  watershed  manage- 
ment. Pnnciples  of  agncultural  hydrology  and  design  ol 
water  control  and  conveyance  systems. 


ENAG  424  Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of 
Agricultural  Structures  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  AGEN  324.  An 
analytical  approach  to  the  design  and  planning  of 
functional  and  environmental  requirements  of  plants 
and  animals  in  semi-or  completely  enclosed  struc- 
tures. 

ENAG  432  General  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Qualitative  aspects  of  basic  hydrologic  princi- 
ples pertaining  to  the  properties,  distribution  and  circu- 
lation of  water  as  related  to  public  interest  in  water 
resources. 

ENAG  433  Engineering  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  MATH  246,  ENCE  330  or 
ENME  340.  Properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of 
water  from  the  sea  and  in  the  atmosphere  emphasiz- 
ing movement  overland,  in  channels  and  through  the 
soil  profile.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  factors  are 
considered. 

ENAG  435  Aquacultural  Engineering  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  department,  A  study  of  the  engineer- 
ing aspects  of  development,  utilization  and  conserva- 
tion of  aquatic  systems.  Emphasis  will  be  on  harvest- 
ing and  processing  aquatic  animals  or  plants  as  re- 
lated to  other  facets  of  water  resources  management. 

ENAG  444  Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and 
Equipment  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  labora- 
tory per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENES  221  and  senior 
standing.  Theory  and  methods  of  agricultural  machine 
design.  Application  of  machine  design  principles  and 
physical  properties  of  soils  and  agricultural  products  in 
designing  machines  to  perform  specific  tasks. 

ENAG  454  Biological  Process  Engineering  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENME  342.  Design  of  systems  to  pump, 
heat,  cool,  dry  and  control  biological  materials  as  part 
of  Food  and  Agncultural  Engineering.  Study  the  effect 
of  physical  parameters  on  biological  material  response 
to  these  processes. 

ENAG  488  Topics  in  Agricultural  Engineering  Tech- 
nology (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Selected  topics  in  Agricultural  Engineering  tech- 
nology of  current  need  and  interest.  May  be  repeated 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are  different.  Not 
acceptable  for  credit  towards  major  in  Agricultural 
Engineering. 

ENAG  469  Special  Problems  In  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Approval  of  department. 
Student  will  select  an  engineering  problem  and  pre- 
pare a  technical  report.  The  problem  may  include 
design,  experimentation,  and/or  data  analysis. 

ENAG  499  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering Technology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Approval  of 
department.  Not  acceptable  for  majors  in  Agricultural 
Engineering,  Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  cred- 
it. 


Engineering,  Civil 

ENCE  221  Introduction  to  Environmental  Engineer- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  One  semester  of  Chemistry  and 
Physics.  An  introductory  course  which  provides  an 
exposition  of  those  physical,  chemical,  and  biological 
systems  relating  to  the  quality  of  the  land,  water,  and 
air  environments.  Current  environmental  pollution 
problems  will  be  examined  and  methods  of  pollution 
abatement  discussed. 

ENCE  280  Engineering  Survey  measurements  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  141  or  concurrent  registration.  Standards, 
units,  calibration,  measurement  of  distance,  elevation, 
angles,  systematic  and  random  error  analysis  in 
measurements,  fundamentals  of  mapping,  instrumen- 
tation. 

ENCE  300  Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: ENES  220  or  concurrent  registration.  Properties 
and  constitution  of  the  principal  materials  used  in  Civil 
Engineering.  Laboratory  tests  for  these  properties, 
interpretation  of  test  results  and  of  specifications. 

ENCE  330  Basic  Fluid  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENES  220,  221,  PHYS  262.  The  study  of  fluids  at  rest 
and  in  motion.  Principles  of  viscous  and  turbulent  flow. 
Impulse  and  momentum  concepts.  Pumps,  turbines 
and  meters.  Dimensional  analysis  and  laws  of  similari- 
ty- 


144    Engineering,  Chemical 


ENCE  340  Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  Introductory  study  of  soils  in 
Civil  Engineering.  Soil  origin,  phase  relationships  and 
classification  schemes.  Soil  hydraulics:  capillary,  effec- 
tive stress,  frost,  permeability  and  seepage  considera- 
tions. Basic  stress  distribution  theories  are  introduced 
in  conjunction  with  soil  consolidation-settlement  analy- 
sis. Integration  of  shear  strength  evaluation  with  slope 
stability  analysis. 

ENCE  350  Structural  Analysis  and  Design  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENES  220  and  concurrent  registration  in 
ENCE  300.  Methods  of  analysis  'of  statically  deter- 
minate structures  for  fixed  and  moving  loads.  Equilibri- 
um, influence  lines,  stability.  Structural  design  of  steel 
buildings  and  bhdges.  including  design  of  tension 
members,  beams,  columns,  trusses,  and  welded, 
bolted,  and  riveted  connections. 

ENCE  351  Structural  Analysis  and  Design  II  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  300  and  ENCE  350.  Analyses  for 
stresses  in  statically  indeterminate  beams  and  frames 
by  approximate  methods  and  by  moment  distribution. 
Influence  lines  and  maximum  shear  and  moment  for 
continuous  members.  Design  of  reinforced  concrete 
beams,  continuous  beams,  and  columns  by  elastic 
theory  and  by  ultimate  strength  design. 

ENCE  360  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer 
Programming  (4)  Prerequisite:  MATH  241.  Introduc- 
tion to  the  elements  of  fortran  and  the  algorithmic 
approach  in  the  analysis  of  Civil  Engineering  problems. 
Methods  of  numerical  analysis  including  the  solution  of 
linear  systems  of  equations,  numerical  quadrature, 
differentiation,  interpolation,  and  the  solution  of  poly- 
nomial and  transcendental  equations.  Instruction  in 
the  computer  solution  of  Civil  Engineering  problems. 

ENCE  370  Fundamentals  of  Transportation  Engi- 
neering (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  280.  Engineering 
problems  of  transportation  by  airways,  highways,  pipe- 
lines, railways,  and  waterways.  Elementary  dynamics 
of  traffic  and  function  consideration  of  routes  and 
terminals. 

ENCE  410  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: ENES  220,  ENCE  350  and  MATH  246. 
Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable  bodies,  plane 
stress  and  strain.  Torsion  theory,  unsymmetical  bend- 
ing, curved  beams.  Behavior  of  beams,  columns, 
slabs,  plates  and  composite  members  under  load. 
Elastic  and  inelastic  stability. 

ENCE  411  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENES  220.  Application  of  experimental  data  on  materi- 
als to  design  problems.  Correlation  of  analytical  and 
experimental  methods  of  analysis  with  design.  Electric 
strain  gages,  photoelasticty,  brittle  laquer  methods 
and  various  analogies. 

ENCE  420  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Urban-regional  physical  planning  from  the  Civil 
Engineering  viewpoint.  Integration  of  the  planning  as- 
pects of  engineering,  environmental,  structural,  trans- 
portation and  water  resources  into  a  systems  ap- 
proach to  the  practice  of  Civil  Engineering.  Also  includ- 
ed: site,  construction,  and  engineering  materials  plan- 
ning; engineering  economics  and  evaluation;  current 
topics. 

ENCE  421  Construction  Engineering  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ENCE  340,  351,  370  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
ordering  of  engineered  construction.  Modern  tech- 
niques of  construction  planning,  estimating,  schedul- 
ing, operation,  control.  Construction  methods.  Con- 
tract and  Resource  Management.  Systems  approach 
to  Construction  Management  practice. 

ENCE  430  Hydraulic  Engineering  and  Open  Chan- 
nel Flow  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  330.  Application  of  basic 
pnnciples  to  the  solution  of  engineenng  problems: 
ideal  fluid  flow,  mechanics  of  fluid  resistance,  open 
channel  flow  under  uniform,  gradually  varied  and  rapid- 
ly varied  conditions,  sediment  transport,  role  of  model 
studies  in  analysis  and  design. 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENCE  330  and  360,  Study  of  the  physical 
processes  of  the  hydrologic  cycl&  Hydrometeorology, 
concepts  of  weather  modification,  evaporation  and 
transpiration  infiltration  studies,  runoff  computations, 
flood  routing,   reservoir  requirements,   emphasis  on 


process  simulation  as  a  tool  in  the  water  resource 
development. 

ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENCE  330.  Concepts  related  to  the  development 
of  the  ground  water  resource,  hydrogeology,  hydrody- 
namics of  flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics  of 
wells,  artificial  recharge,  sea  water  intrusion,  basin- 
wide  ground  water  development. 

ENCE  433  Environmental  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  theory 
and  analytical  techniques  used  in  evaluating  man's 
environment.  Emphasis  is  given  to  the  areas  of  Quanti- 
tative, Physical,  Electroanalytical  and  Organic  Chemis- 
try as  applied  to  chemical  analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Classification  of  at- 
mospheric pollutants  and  their  effects  on  visibility, 
inanimate  and  animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of  source 
emissions  and  principles  of  air  pollution  control;  mete- 
orological factors  governing  the  distribution  and  re- 
moval of  air  pollutants;  air  quality  measurements  and 
air  pollution  control  legislation. 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  De- 
sign (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  221  and  ENCE  330.  The  applica- 
tion of  sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  principles  to 
the  design  and  operation  of  water  and  waste  water 
treatment  plants  and  the  control  of  stream  pollution. 

ENCE  440  Engineering  Soil  Tests  (4)  Two  le:ctures 
and  two  laboratory  sessions  per  week.  Prerequisite 
ENCE  340  or  equivalent.  Critical  review  of  major  soil 
tests  and  their  interpretation  for  engineering  purposes. 
Engineering  classification  tests  (Atterberg  limits,  grain- 
size  distribution,  specific  gravity),  permeability  and  see 
00  page  properties,  in-situ  and  lab  density-moisture 
tests,  soil  strength  (penetrometers,  vane  shear,  CBR, 
unconfined  compression,  direct  shear  and  triaxial)  and 
compressibility  characteristics. 

ENCE  441  Soil-Foundation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  340  or  equivalent.  Critical  review  of  classical 
lateral  earth  pressure  theories,  analysis  of  braced 
excavation  systems,  cantilever  and  anchored  sheet 
piling  design.  Beahng  capacity  of  shallow  foundations 
(footings  and  mats)  design  of  deep  pile  foundations  to 
include  pile  capacity  and  pile  group  action,  and  seismic 
effects  upon  foundations  are  treated. 

ENCE  442  Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement  Design 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340  or  equivalent.  Principles 
relative  to  the  design,  construction  and  rehabilitation  of 
highway  and  airfield  pavement  systems.  Introduction 
to  multi-layered  elastic  and  slab  theories,  properties  of 
pavement  materials  and  methods  of  characterization, 
Stochastic  treatment  of  design  vahables,  economic 
principles  of  design  alternates  and  the  effect  of  envi- 
ronment upon  pavement  performance.  A  critical  re- 
view of  existing  rigid  and  flexible  design  methods  as 
well  as  major  fundamentals  relative  to  the  rehabilita- 
tion of  existing  pavement  systems 

ENCE  450  Design  of  Steel  Structures  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENCE  350  and  pre — or  corequisite  registration  in 
ENCE  360.  Analyses  for  stresses  and  deflections  in 
structures  by  methods  of  consistent  deformations, 
virtual  work  and  internal  strain  energy.  Application  to 
design  of  plate  girders,  indeterminate  and  continuous 
trusses,  two  hinged  arches  and  other  structures.  Ele- 
ments of  plastic  analysis  and  design  of  steel  struc- 
tures. 

ENCE  451  Design  of  Concrete  Structures  (4)  Pre- 
requisites: ENCE  351  and  pre — or  corequisite  ENCE 
360.  Three  lecture  hours  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Design  of  reinforced  concrete  structures,  including 
slabs,  footings,  composite  members,  building  frames, 
and  retaining  walls.  Approximate  methods  of  analysis; 
code  requirements:  influence  of  concrete  properties 
on  strength  and  deflection:  optimum  design.  Introduc- 
tion to  prestressed  concrete 

ENCE  460  Modern  Techniques  for  Structural  Anal- 
ysis (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  360  and  pre— or 
corequisite:  ENCE  351.  Two  lecture  hours  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Application  of  computer  oriented 
methods  and  numerical  techniques  to  analysis  and 
design  of  structural  systems.  Malnx  formulation  of  the 
stiffness  and  flexibility  methods  lor  framed  structures. 
Introduction  of  numerical  techniques  to  the  solution  of 
selected  problems  in  such  topics  as  plates,  structural 
stability,  and  vibrations. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems  I 

(3)  Prerequisite,  Senior  standing  or  consent  of  instruc- 


tor. Application  of  the  principles  of  Engineering  Econo- 
my and  statistics  to  the  solution  of  Civil  Engineering 
problems.  Economic  comparison  of  alternatives  using 
present  worth,  annual  cost,  rate  of  return  and  cost 
benefit  analyses.  Development  and  use  of  simple  and 
multiple  regression  models,  and  statistical  decision 
theory. 

ENCE  463  Engineering  Economics  and  System 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  Engineer- 
ing, or  consent  of  instructor.  Development  and  applica- 
tion of  the  pnnciples  of  Engineering  Economics  to 
problems  in  Civl  Engineering.  Evaluation  of  design 
alternatives,  depreciation  and  sensitivity  analysis.  Use 
of  systems  analysis  techniques,  including  CPM,  pert 
and  decision  networks. 

ENCE  470  Highw/ay  Engineering  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  340.  Location,  design,  construction  and  mainte- 
nance of  roads  and  pavements.  Introduction  to  traffic 
engineering. 

ENCE  473  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Engineer- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370.  Detailed  study  of  the 
planning,  design,  construction,  operations  and  mainte- 
nance of  airports  and  watenjvays,  emphasis  on  design 
and  operations  of  transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  474  Railroad  Mass  Transportation  Engineer- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370.  Detailed  study  of  the 
planning,  design,  construction,  operations,  and  main- 
tenance of  railroads  and  mass  transportation  systems, 
emphasis  on  design  and  operations  of  transportation 
facilities. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing.  A  course  arranged  to  meet  the  needs  of 
exceptionally  well  prepared  students  for  study  in  a 
particular  field  of  Civil  Engineering. 


Engineering,  Chemical 

ENCH  215  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: CHEM  104  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to 
methods  of  Chemical  Engineering  calculations  and 
analysis.  Stoichiometric  relations,  material  and  energy 
balances,  and  behavior  of  gases,  vapors,  liquids  and 
solids.  Analytical  and  computer  methods. 

ENCH  280  Transport  Processes  I — Fluid  Mechan- 
ics (2)  Pre  or  corequisite:  Fluid  properties,  fluid  statics, 
flow  concepts  and  basic  equations,  viscous  effects. 
Applications  in  measurement  of  flow,  closed  conduit 
flow,  packe  bed  and  other  chemical  engineering  sys- 
tems. Not  open  to  students  who  already  have  credit  for 
ENCH  250. 

ENCH  300  Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  104.  Principles  of  thermodynam- 
ics and  their  application  to  engineering  problems.  First 
and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics,  properties  of 
gases,  liquids  and  solids,  phase  equilibrium,  flow  and 
non-flow  systems,  energy  conversion,  production  of 
work  from  heat,  thermodynamic  analysis  of  processes, 
equilibrum  stage  operations  and  the  thermodynamics 
of  chemically  reacting  systems.  Not  open  to  students 
who  already  have  credit  for  ENCH  295. 

ENCH  333  Chemical  Engineering  Seminar  (1)  Pre- 
requisite: Senior  standing.  Oral  and  written  reports  on 
recent  developments  in  Chemical  Engineering  and  the 
process  industries, 

ENCH  425  Transport  Processes  11 — Heat  Transfer 

(3)  Pre-or  corerequisite:  ENCH  280.  Steady  and  un- 
steady state  conduction,  convective  heat  transfer, 
radiation,  design  of  condensers,  heat  exchangers, 
evaporation,  and  other  types  of  heat  transfer  equip- 
ment. 

ENCH  427  Transport  Processes  III — Mass  Transfer 

(3)  Pre  or  corequisite:  ENCH  425.  Steady  and  un- 
steady state  molecular  diffusion,  interphase  transfer, 
simultaneous  heat  and  mass  transfer,  transfer  and 
chemical  reaction.  Design  applications  in  humidifica- 
tion  gas  absorption,  distillation,  extraction,  adsorption 
and  ion  exchange. 

ENCH  437  Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Application  ol  Chemical  Engi- 
neering process  and  unit  operation  principles  in  small 
scale  semi-commercial  equipment.  Data  from  experi- 
mental observations  are  used  to  evaluate  performance 
and  efficiency  of  operations.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
correct  presentation  of  results  in  report  form. 


Engineering,  Electrical    145 


ENCH  440  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENCH  250.  Fundamentals  of  chemical  reac- 
tion kinetics  and  their  application  to  the  design  and 
operation  of  chemical  reactors.  Reaction  rale  theory, 
homogeneous  reactions  in  batch  and  flow  systems, 
adsorption,  heterogeneous  reactions  and  catalysis 
electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic  reactor  design. 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering  Systems  Analysis 
(3)  Prerequisite:  Differential  equations  or  ENCH  453. 
Dynamic  response  applied  to  process  systems.  Goals 
and  modes  of  control,  la  place  transformations,  analy- 
sis and  synthesis  of  simple  control  systems,  closed 
loop  response,  dynamic  testing.  Laboratory  work  on 
methods  of  process  control,  use  of  experimental  ana- 
log and  mathematical  models  of  control  systems. 

ENCH  444  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Principles  of 
Chemical  Engineering  Economics  and  process  design. 
Emphasis  on  equipment  types,  equipment  design  prin- 
ciples, capital  cost  estimation,  operating  costs,  and 
profitability.  Not  open  to  students  who  already  have 
credit  for  ENCH  447. 

ENCH  445  Process  Engineering  and  Design  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Utilization  of  Chemical  Engi- 
neering principles  lor  the  design  of  process  equip- 
ment. Typical  problems  in  the  design  of  chemical 
plants.  Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

ENCH  446  Process  Engineering  Economics  and 
Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  444.  Application  of 
Chemical  Engineering  principles  for  the  design  of 
chemical  processing  equipment.  Typical  problems  in 
the  design  of  chemical  plants.  Not  open  to  students 
who  already  have  credit  for  ENCH  445. 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Development  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENCH  427.  Chemical  process  industries 
from  the  standpoini  of  technology,  raw  materials, 
products  and  processing  equipment.  Operations  of 
major  chemical  processes  and  industries  combined 
with  quantitative  analysis  of  process  requirements  and 
yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analy- 
sis (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  425.  Application  of  digital 
and  analog  computers  to  Chemical  Engineering  prob- 
lems. Numerical  methods,  programming,  differential 
equations,  curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and  analog  circuits. 

ENCH  453  Applied  IMathematics  In  Chemical  Engi- 
neering (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240.  Mathematical 
techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of 
Chemical  Engineering  problems.  Use  of  differentiation, 
integration,  differential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations  and  integral  transforms.  Application  of  infi- 
nite series,  numerical  and  statistical  methods. 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Op- 
timization (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  427,  440.  Applica- 
tions of  mathematical  models  to  the  analysis  and 
optimization  of  chemical  processes.  Models  based  on 
transport,  chemical  kinetics  and  other  chemical  engi- 
neering principles  will  be  employed.  Emphasis  on 
evaluation  of  process  alternatives. 

ENCH  455  Chemical  Process  Laboratory  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENCH  427  and  440.  One  lecture  and  six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Experimental  study  of  various 
chemical  processes  through  laboratory  and  small 
semi-commercial  scale  equipment.  Reaction  kinetics, 
fluid  mechanics,  heat  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  461  Control  Of  Air  Pollution  Sources  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  Engineering  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Theory  and  application  of  methods 
for  the  control  and  removal  of  airborne  materials. 
Principles  of  design  and  performance  of  air  quality 
control  equipment. 

ENCH  468  Research  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor.  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under 
the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Comprehensive 
reports  are  required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

ENCH  475  Electrochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENCH  425.  Fundamentals  of  Electrochemistry 
with  application  to  engineering  and  commercial  pro- 
cesses. Equilibrium  potentials,  reaction  mechanisms, 
cell  kinetics,  polarization,  surface  phenomena.  Elec- 
trorefining,  electrowinning,  oxidation  and  reduction, 
solid,  liquid  and  gas  systems.  Aspects  cf  design  and 
performance  of  electroprocess  plants. 

ENCH  480  Engineering  Analysis  of  Physiological 
Systems  (3)  Engineering  description  and  analysis  ol  . 


physiological  systems.  Survey  of  bioengineering  litera- 
ture and  an  introduction  to  mathematical  modeling  of 
physiological  systems. 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  in  Engineering  or  consent  ol  instruc- 
tor. Introduction  to  biochemical  and  microbiological 
applications  to  commercial  and  engineenng  pro- 
cesses, including  industrial  fermentation,  enzymology, 
ultrafiltration,  food  and  pharmaceutical  processing  and 
resulting  waste  treatment.  Enzyme  kinetics,  cell 
growth,  energetics  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (2) 

Prerequisite  or  co-requisite:  ENCH  482.  Techniques  of 
measuring  pertinent  parameters  in  fermentation  reac- 
tors, quantification  of  production  variables  for  primary 
and  secondary  metabolites  such  as  enzymes  and 
antibiotics,  the  insolublization  of  enzymes  for  reactors, 
and  the  demonstration  of  separation  techniques  such 
as  ultrafiltration  and  affinity  chromatography. 

ENCH  490  introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor.  The  elements  of 
the  chemistry,  physics,  processing  methods,  and  engi- 
neering applications  of  polymers. 

ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of  Polymers 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481.  Corequisite,  CHEM  482  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Kinetics  of  formation  of  high 
polymers,  determination  of  molecular  weight  and 
structure,  and  applied  thermodynamics  and  phase 
equilibria  of  polymer  solutions. 

ENCH  494  Polymer  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENCH  490  or  492  or  consent  of  instructor. 
One  lecture  and  two  lab  periods  per  week.  Measure- 
ment of  mechanical,  electrical,  optical,  thermal  proper- 
ties of  polymers.  Measurement'of  molecular  weight  by 
viscosimetry  isometric  and  light  scattering  methods. 
Application  of  xray,  NMR,  ESR,  spectroscopy  molecu- 
lar relaxation,  microscopy  and  electron  microscopy  to 
the  determination  of  polymer  structure,  effects  of 
ultraviolet  light  and  high  energy  radiation. 

ENCH  495  Rheoiogy  of  Polymer  Materials  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENCH  490  or  492  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  continuum 
point  of  view  and  its  relationship  to  structural  types. 
Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of 
single  phase  and  multiphase  materials.  (Students  who 
have  credit  for  ENCH  495  may  not  take  ENMA  495  for 
credit.) 

ENCH  496  Processing  of  Polymer  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  comprehensive  analysis  of  the  operations  car- 
ried out  on  polymeric  materials  to  increase  their  utility. 
Conversion  operations  such  as  molding  extrusion, 
blending,  film  forming,  and  calendering.  Development 
of  engineering  skills  required  to  practice  in  the  high 
polymer  industry.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENCH 
496  may  not  take  ENMA  496  for  credit. 


Engineering,  Cooperative  Education 

ENCO  408  CO-OP  Internship  (0)  Professional  intern- 
ship in  industry  or  government  agency  provides  the 
practical  work  experiences  which  supplement  and 
enhance  the  theories,  principles  and  practices  in  the 
normal  educational  program.  The  student  should  regis- 
ter for  ENCO  408  for  each  summer  internship.  He 
should  register  for  both  ENCO  408  and  ENCO  409  for 
each  semester  internship. 

ENCO  409  CO-OP  Internship  (0)  Professional  intern- 
ship in  industry  or  government  agency  provides  the 
practical  work  experiences  which  supplement  and 
enhance  the  theories,  principles  and  practices  studied 
in  the  normal  educational  pragram.  The  student  should 
register  for  ENCO  408  for  each  summer  internship.  He 
should  register  for  both  ENCO  408  and  409  for  each 
summer  internship. 


Engineering,  Electrical 

ENEE  204  Systems  and  Circuits  i  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  141.  Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engi- 
neering. Kirchhoff's  laws,  linear,  nonlinear,  and  time- 
varying  elements  of  systems  and  circuits.  Solution  of 
circuit  differential  equations,  zero  input,  zero  state,  and 
complete  response.  Coupled  elements,  ideal  transfor- 
mers, controlled  sources.  Node  and  mesh  analysis  in 
the  time  domain. 


ENEE  250  Computer  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENEE  240  or  equivalent.  Basic  structure  and  organiza- 
tion of  digital  computers:  number  systems  and  data 
representation:  assembly  language  (Some  simple  as- 
sembly language  programs  will  be  run),  introduction  to 
system  software:  gates  and  memory  elements;  logic 
design  of  simple  digital  systems;  relaibilty;  hard- 
ware/software tradeoffs. 

ENEE  300  Principles  Of  Electrical  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  PHYS  263.  Corequisite: 
ENEE  301.  Required  of  Aerospace,  Mechanical  and 
Chemical  engineers.  Not  applicable  in  the  electncal 
engineering  major  program.  Acceptable  as  prerequi- 
site for  some  advanced  ENEE  courses.  Analysis  of 
linear  systems,  introduction  to  la  place  transforms, 
steady-state  A-C  transforms,  introduction  to  the  con- 
cepts of  electromagnetic  fields  and  electric  machines. 

ENEE  301  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite:  ENEE 
300.  Experiments  on  the  transient  and  steady-state 
response  of  linear  circuits,  electric  machines,  electron 
tubes  and  semi  conductor  devices. 

ENEE  304  Systems  and  Circuits  ii  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  204;  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH  246.  Sinusoidal 
analysis.  General  mesh  and  node  analysis.  Analysis  by 
laplace  transforms,  network  functions,  network  theo- 
rems. Two-port  theory,  controlled  sources,  small-sig- 
nal analys|is  of  semiconductor  devices.  Fourier  series. 

ENEE  305  Fundamental  Laboratory  (2)  Corequisite: 
ENEE  204.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week. 
Concepts  and  techniques  of  physical  measurements 
using  standard  electrical  measuring  devices:  genera- 
tors, oscilloscopes,  voltmeters,  etc.  Measurements  of 
linear  and  non-linear  circuits;  steady  state  and  step 
response;  integrated  circuits.  Handling  and  use  of 
data. 

ENEE  314  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
304.  Characteristics  of  semi-conductor  devices. 
Diodes;  biasing  and  stabilization  of  bipolar  and  field 
effect  transistors;  power  amplifier  characteristics. 
Feedback  amplifiers,  integrated  operational  amplifiers; 
transistor  switches,  gates,  and  integrated  logic  circuits; 
bistable  miltivibrators  and  applications  in  counters, 
registers  and  selected  digital  networks. 

ENEE  322  Signal  and  System  Theory  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: ENEE  204  and  MATH  246.  Concept  of  linear 
systems,  state  space  equations  for  continuous  and 
discrete  systems,  time  domain  analysis  of  linear  sys- 
tems. Fourier,  laplace  and  z  transforms.  Application  of 
theory  to  problems  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

ENEE  324  Engineering  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  322.  Axioms  of  probability;  conditional  probabili- 
ty and  Bayes'  rules;  random  variables,  probability 
distribution  and  densities:  functions  of  random  varia- 
bles: weak  law  of  large  numbers  and  central  limit 
theorem.  Introduction  to  random  processes;  correla- 
tion functions,  spectral  densities,  and  linear  systems. 
Applications  to  noise  in  electrical  systems,  filtering  of 
signals  from  noise,  estimation,  and  digital  communica- 
.  tions. 

ENEE  380  Electromagnetic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  241  and  PHYS  263.  Introduction  to  electromag- 
netic fields.  Coulomb's  law.  Gauss's  law,  electrical 
potential,  dielectric  materials  capacitance,  boundary 
value  problems,  Biot-Savart  law,  Ampere's  law, 
Lorentz  force  equation,  magnetic  materials,  magnetic 
circuits,  inductance,  time  varying  fields  and  Maxwell's 
equations. 

ENEE  381  Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  380.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions; the  wave  equation,  potentials,  Poynting's  theo- 
rem. Transmission,  lossy  medium,  skin  effect.  Parallel- 
plate  and  rectangular  wave-guides.  Radiation,  retard- 
ed potentials,  radiation  from  dipole. 

ENEE  400  Computer  Aided  Circuit  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  314.  Computer  aided  analysis  of 
electronic  devices  and  components.  Network  topolo- 
gy, computer  formulation  of  Kirchhoff  laws,  nodal 
analysis  of  linear  and  non-linear  networks,  computer 
formulation  of  the  state  equations,  time  domain  and 
frequency  domain   solution,   sensitivity  calculations. 

ENEE  402  Advanced  Puise  Techniques  (3)  (See 

ENEE  403  for  optional  related  laboratory  course). 
Prerequisite:  ENEE  314  or  410  or  equivalent.  Bistable, 
monostable,  and  astable  circuits,  sweep  circuits,  syn- 
chronization, counting,  gates,  comparators.  Magnetic 


Engineering,  Electrical 


core  circuits,  semi-conduclor  and  vacuum-lube  cir- 
:  cults. 

ENEE  407  Microwave-Circuits  Laboratory  (2)  Pre- 
requisite: Senior  standing  in  Electrical  Engineering  or 
consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours 
per  week.  Experiments  concerned  with  circuits  con- 
structed from  microwave  components  providing  practi- 
cal experience  in  the  design,  construction  and  testing 
of  such  circuits.  Projects  include  microwave  filters  and 
S-parameter  design  with  applications  of  current  tech- 
nology. 

ENEE  410  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
300  or  equivalent  knowledge  of  circuit  theory  or  con- 
sent of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  intended  for 
students  in  the  Physical  Sciences,  and  for  Engineenng 
students  requiring  additional  study  of  electron  circuits. 
Credit  not  normally  given  for  this  course  in  an  Electncal 
Engineering  major  program.  (ENEE  41 3  may  optionally 
be  taken  as  an  associated  laboratory).  P-N  junctions, 
transistors,  vacuum  tubes,  biasing  and  operating  point 
stability,  switches,  large-signal  analysis,  models,  small- 
signal  analysis,  frequency  response,  feedback  and 
multistage  amplifiers,  pulse  and  digital  circuits. 

ENEE  412  Telemetry  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  314.  Selected  digital  circuits:  frequency  division 
multiplexing:  Flvl/Af^  systems,  SSB/Flvl  systems;  time 
division  multiplexed  systems;  pulse  amplitude  modula- 
tion; pulse  duration  modualtion:  pulse  code  modilation: 
analog  to  digital  converters:  multiplexers  and  DC- 
commutators. 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (2)  Corequisite: 
ENEE  314.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week. 
Provides  experience  in  the  specification,  design,  and 
testing  of  basic  electronic  circuits  and  practical  inter- 
connections. Emphasis  on  design  with  discrete  solid 
state  and  integrated  circuit  components  for  both  ana- 
log and  pulse  circuits. 

ENEE  414  Network  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
304.  Network  properties:  Linearity,  reciprocity,  etc.: 
2-pon  descriptions  and  generalization:  Y,S,  hybird 
matrices;  description  properties:  symmetry,  para-unity, 
etc,;  basic  topological  analysis;  state-space  tech- 
niques; computer-aided  analysis;  sensitivity  analysis; 
approximation  theory. 

ENEE  416  Network  Synthesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
304.  Active  and  passive  components,  passivity, 
bounded  and  positive  real,  RC  properties  and  synthe- 
sis, Brune  and  Darlington  synthesis,  transfer-voltage 
and  Y21  synthesis,  active  feedback  configurations, 
image  parameter  design,  computer-aided  optimization 
synthesis  via  the  embedding  concept. 

ENEE  418  Projects  In  Electrical  Engineering  (1-3) 

Hours  to  be  arranged.  Prerequisites:  senior  standing 
and  permission  of  the  instructor.  I^ay  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  instructor. 
Theoretical  and  experimental  projects. 

ENEE  419  Apprenticeship  In  Electrical  Engineering 
(2-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged.  Prerequisite:  Completion 
of  sophomore  courses  and  permission  of  an  ap- 
prenticeship director.  I^ay  be  taken  for  repeated  credit 
up  to  a  total  of  nine  credits.  A  unique  opportunity  for 
experience  in  Experimental  Research  and  Engineering 
Design.  A  few  highly  qualified  students  will  be  selected 
as  apprentices  in  one  of  the  research  facilities  of  the 
Electrical  Engineering  Department  and  will  participate 
in  the  current  research  under  the  supervision  of  the 
laboratory  director.  In  the  past,  apprenticeships  have 
been  available  in  the  following  laboratories:  biomedi- 
cal, electron  ring  accelerator,  gas  laser,  integrated 
circuits,  simulation  and  computer,  and  solid  state  laser. 

ENEE  420  Communication  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  324.  Fourier  series,  Fourier  transforms  and 
linear  system  analysis;  random  signals,  autocorrelation 
(unctions  and  power  spectral  densities:  analog  com- 
munication systems:  amplitude  modulation,  single- 
sideband  modulation,  frequency  and  phase  modula- 
tion, sampling  theorem  and  pulse-amplitude  modula- 
tion: digital  communication  systems  pulse-code  modu- 
lation, phase-shift  keying,  differential  phase  shift  key- 
ing, frequency  shift  keying;  performance  of  analog  and 
digital  communication  systems  In  the  presence  of 
noise. 

ENEE  421  Information  Theory  and  Coding  3  Prereq- 
uisite: ENEE  324.  Definition  of  information  and  entro- 
py; Memoryless  and  Markov  Sources;  source  coding; 


Kraft  and  Ivlaclvlillan  Inequalities;  Shannon's  First  The- 
orem; Hoffman  Codes;  Channels,  Ivlutual  Information, 
and  Capacity.  Shannon's  Noisy  Channel  Coding  Theo- 
rem; Error  Correcting  Codes. 

ENEE  425  Digital  Signal  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  322.  Sampling  as  a  modulation  process:  alias- 
ing; the  sampling  theorem;  the  Z-transform  and  dis- 
crete-time system  analysis;  direct  and  computer-aided 
design  of  recursive  and  nonrecursive  digital  filters;  the 
Discrete  Fourier  Transform  (DFT)  and  Fast  Fourier 
Transform  (FFT);  digital  filtering  using  the  FFT;  analog- 
to-digital  and  digital-to  analog  conversion;  effects  of 
quantization  and  finite-word-length  arithmetic. 

ENEE  432  Electronics  (or  Life  Scientists  (4)  Three 
hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  College  Algebra  and  a  Physics  course, 
including  basic  electricity  and  magnetism.  Not  accept- 
ed for  credit  in  an  Electrical  Engineering  major  pro- 
gram. The  concept  of  an  instrumentation  system  with 
emphasis  upon  requirements  for  transducers,  am- 
plifiers, and  recording  devices,  design  criteria  and 
circuitry  of  power  supplies  amplifiers,  and  pulse  equip- 
ment, specific  instruments  used  for  biological  re- 
search, problems  of  shielding  against  hum  and  noise 
pickup  and  other  interference  problems  characteristic 
of  biological  systems. 

ENEE  433  Electronic  Instrumentation  for  Physical 
Science  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENEE  300  or  306. 
PHYS  271  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The 
concept  of  instrumentation  systems  from  sensor  to 
readout;  discussions  of  transducers,  system  dynamics, 
precision  and  accuracy;  measurement  of  electrical 
parameters;  direct,  differential,  and  potentiometric 
measurements;  bridge  measurements,  time  and  fre- 
quency measurements,  waveform  generation  and  dis- 
play. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Networks  and 
Signals  3  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or  300.  Introduction 
in  the  generation  and  processing  of  bioelectric  signals 
including  structure  and  function  of  the  neuron,  mem- 
brane theory,  generation  and  propagation  of  nerve 
impulses,  synaptic  mechanisms,  transduction  and 
neural  coding  of  sensory  events,  central  nervous  sys- 
tem processing  of  sensory  information  and  correlated 
electrical  signals,  control  of  effector  organs,  muscle 
contraction  and  mechanics,  and  models  of  neurons 
and  neural  networks. 

ENEE  435  Electrodes  and  Electrical  Processes  In 
Biology  and  Medicine  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or 
300.  Techniques  (or  recording  biological  signals  such 
as  brain,  muscle  and  cardial  electrical  potentials; 
membrane  theory;  half-cell  potentials,  liquid  junction 
potentials,  polarization  of  electrodes;  biological  and 
medical  instrumentation;  and  applications  in  the  de- 
sign of  cardial  pacemakers,  or  a  similar  case  study. 

ENEE  438  Topics  in  Biomedical  Engineering  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Ivlay  be 
taken  for  repeated  credit.  The  content  may  vary  from 
semester  to  semester.  Selected  topics  of  current  inter- 
est from  such  areas  as  bioelectric  systems,  modeling 
instrumentation,  automated  diagnostic,  health-care 
delivery,  etc.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or  equivalent.  Architectural 
aspects  of  Software  Engineering.  Machine  language 
and  machine  structure;  assembly  language  and  as- 
semblers; macro-language  and  macro-processors; 
loaders  and  linkers;  programming  languages  and  lan- 
guage structure;  compilers  and  interpreters;  operating 
systems. 

ENEE  444  Logic  Design  of  Digital  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  250.  Review  of  Switching  Algebra; 
gates  and  logic  modules;  map  simplification  tech- 
niques; multiple-output  systems;  memory  elements 
and  sequential  systems;  large  switching  systems; 
iterative  networks;  sample  designs,  computer  oriented 
simplification  algorithms;  state  assignment;  partition 
techniques;  sequential  system  decompositions. 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  444.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week. 
Hardware  oriented  experiments  providing  practical  ex- 
perience in  the  design,  construction,  and  checkout  of 
components  and  interfaces  for  digital  computers  and 
data  transmission  systems.  Projects  include  classical 
design  techniques  and  applications  of  current  technol- 
ogy. 


ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
*•  ENEE  250.  Essential  elements  of  the  hardware  design 
of  digital  computers.  Ahthemetic  and  logic  units,  ad- 
ders, mulitpliers,  dividers,  logic  and  shifting  operations, 
floating  point  arithmetic.  Memory  organization,  design 
of  a  basic  computer:  instruction  set,  bus  structure, 
fetch-execute  microoperations,  hard-wired  control 
unit,  microprogrammed  control  unit,  index  registers, 
indirect  addressing,  interrupt  operation,  direct  memory 
access.  Organization  of  commercially  available  com- 
puters. No  student  will  be  allowed  credit  for  both 
CMSC  410  and  ENEE  446. 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENES  240  or  equivalent.  Review  of  Set  Algebra  includ- 
ing relations,  partial  ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic 
structures  including  semigroups  and  groups.  Graph 
theory  including  trees  and  weighted  graphs.  Boolean 
Algebra  and  propositional  logic.  Applications  of  these 
structures  to  various  areas  of  Computer  Engineering. 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
322.  Mathematical  models  (or  control  system  com- 
ponents. Transform  and  time  domain  methods  for 
linear  control  systems.  Introductory  stability  theory. 
Root  locus.  Bode  diagrams  and  Nyquist  plots.  Design 
specifications  in  the  time  and  frequency  domains. 
Compensation  design  in  the  time  and  frequency  do- 
main. Introduction  to  sampled  data  systems.  Introduc- 
tion to  computer  aided  design  of  control  systems. 

ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequi- 
site: ENEE  460.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per 
week.  Projects  to  enhance  the  student's  understand- 
ing of  feedback  control  systems  and  to  familiarize  him 
with  the  characteristics  and  limitations  of  real  control 
devices.  Students  will  design,  build,  and  test  ser- 
vomechanisms,  and  will  conduct  analog  and  hybrid 
computer  simulations  of  control  systems. 

ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Computation  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENEE  300  or  304,  and  MATH  246  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Matrix  Algebra,  state  space 
analysis  of  discrete  systems,  state  space  analysis  of 
continuous  systems,  computer  algorithms  for  circuit 
analysis,  optimization  and  system  simulation. 

ENEE  472  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  304.  Electromechanical  trans- 
ducers, theory  o(  electromechnical  systems,  power 
and  wideband  transformers,  rotating  electrical  machin- 
ery from  the  theoretical  and  performance  points  of 
view. 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery 
Laboratory  (1)  Corequisite:  ENEE  472.  Experiments 
on  transformers,  synchronous  machines,  induction 
motors,  synchros,  loudspeakers,  other  transducers. 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State  Electronics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381.  Review  of  Maxwell's 
Equation,  electromagnetic  properties  of  dielectrics; 
introduction  to  quantum  mechanics  and  quantum  sta- 
tistics; classical  and  quantum  theory  o(  metals;  theory 
o(  semiconductors  and  semiconductor  devices;  princi- 
ple o(  magnetic  devices  and  selected  topics. 

ENEE  481  Antennas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  361. 
Introduction  to  the  concepts  of  radiation,  generalized 
far  (ield  (ormulas;  antenna  theorems  and  (undamen- 
tals:  antenna  arrays,  linear  and  planar  arrays;  aperture 
antennas;  terminal  impedance;  propagation. 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurements  Labora- 
tory (2)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  305  and  ENEE  380.  One 
lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week.  Experiments 
designed  to  provide  familiarity  with  a  large  class  of 
micro-wave  and  optical  components,  techniques  for 
interconnecting  them  into  useful  systems,  and  tech- 
niques of  high  frequency  and  optical  measurements. 

ENEE  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical  and  Engi- 
neering Principles  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  380  and 
PHYS  420,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Sources  of 
charged  particles;  methods  of  acceleration  and  focus- 
ing of  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic  fields;  basic 
theory,  design,  and  engineering  principles  of  particle 
accelerators. 

ENEE  488  Topics  In  Electrical  Engineering  (3)  Cred- 
it up  to  a  total  of  six  credits,  with  the  permission  of  the 
student's  advisor  and  the  instructor. 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-Optic  Devices  (3) 

Pre-or  corequisite:  ENEE  381.  Optical  resonators, 
fabry-perol  etalon.  Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate 
equations.  Gaseous,  solid  state,  semiconductor  and 


dye  laser  systems.  Electro-optic  eftects  and  paramet- 
ric oscillators.  Holography. 


Engineering  Science 

ENES  101  Introductory  Engineering  Science  (3) 

Basic  languages  of  the  engineer.  Elements  of  Graphic 
Communication  and  analysis.  Orthrographic  projec- 
tion, conventions,  graphs  and  curve-fitting.  Introduc- 
tion to  Fortran  computer  language.  Engineering  orien- 
tation, selection  of  a  major  and  career  goals. 

ENES  110  Statics  (3)  Corequisile:  MATH  140.  The 
equilibrium  of  stationary  bodies  under  the  influence  of 
various  kinds  of  forces.  Forces,  moments,  couples, 
equilibrium,  trusses,  frames  and  machines,  centroids, 
moment  of  inertia,  beams,  and  friction.  Vector  and 
scalar  methods  are  used  to  solve  problems. 

ENES  120  Noise  Pollution  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
sources  and  the  effects  of  noise  pollution  in  the 
modern  environment.  Physical  properties  of  sound  and 
methods  of  measurement.  Noise  abatement  methods. 
Public  policy  approaches  to  the  control  of  environmen- 
tal noise. 

ENES  121  The  Man  Made  World  (3)  Introduction  to 
technology  created  to  enhance  the  operation  of  con- 
temporary society.  Study  of  the  conception  and  opera- 
tion of  technological  systems.  Examples  of  systems 
for  transportation,  communications,  information,  and 
energy  supply.  Concepts  of  modeling,  feedback  and 
stability  applied  to  the  analysis,  interpretation  and 
understanding  of  the  behavior  of  technological  sys- 
tems and  their  impact  on  society. 

ENES  131  introduction  to  Flight  (3)  An  elementary 
course  in  Aeronautics  appropriate  for  both  science 
and  non-science  students.  The  elements  of  flight  as 
exemplified  by  the  flight  of  birds  and  the  historical 
development  of  the  airplane.  Navigation  and  control  of 
the  aircraft,  weather  as  it  affects  aviation,  flight  instru- 
ments, and  the  operation  of  the  U.S.  Civil  Aviation 
System.  One  hour  of  flight  simulator  experience  is 
included. 

ENES  220  Mechanics  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites: 
I^ATH  141,  PHYS  161,  and  ENES  110.  Distortion  of 
engineering  materials  in  relation  to  changes  in  stress 
or  temperature.  Geometry  of  internal  strain  and  exter- 
nal displacement.  Application  to  beams,  columns, 
shafts,  tanks,  and  other  structural,  machine  and  vehi- 
cle members. 

ENES  221  Dynamics  <3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  110. 
Pre— or  corequisite:  MATH  241  and  PHYS  262.  Sys- 
tems of  heavy  particles  and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  in 
motion.  Force  acceleration,  work  energy  and  impulse- 
momentum  relationships.  Motion  of  one  body  relative 
to  another  in  a  plane  and  in  space. 

ENES  230  Introduction  to  Materials  and  their  Appli- 
cations (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  110.  Structure  of 
materials,  chemical  composition,  phase  transforma- 
tions, corrosion  and  mechanical  properties  of  metals, 
ceramics,  polymers  and  related  materials.  Material 
selection  in  engineering  applications. 

ENES  240  Engineering  Computation  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  141.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  labo- 
ratory period  per  week.  Introduction  to  the  design  and 
implementation  of  algorithms  to  solve  engineering 
problems  using  digital  computers.  Analysis  of  prob- 
lems fundamental  to  engineering  design,  construction 
and  diagrammatic  description  of  effective  procedures 
for  solving  them  and  implementing  and  testing  of  these 
solutions  in  a  common  high-level  engineering-oriented 
language  such  as  Fortran.  Techniques  for  SATA  input 
and  storage,  selection  of  relevant  numerical  and  non- 
numerical  methods  for  problem  solutions,  and  the 
efficient  ordering  of  data  for  meaningful  output  presen- 
tation. 

ENES  401  Technological  Assessment  (3)  Intended 
for  seniors  not  majoring  in  Engineering.  Not  applicable 
as  a  technical  elective  for  Engineering  majors.  Analy- 
sis of  assessing  technology  in  terms  of  goals  and 
resources.  Public  and  private  constraints,  changes  in 
objectives  and  organization.  Applications  to  Engineer- 
ing Technology. 

ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment  (3)  Intended 
for  seniors  not  majoring  in  Engineering.  Not  applicable 
as  a  technical  elective  for  Engineering  majors.  An 
introduction  to  the  power  needs  of  society.  The  inter- 


relationship between  man's  use  of  energy  and  the 
effect  on  the  eco-system  Introduction  to  the  tech- 
niques of  power  production  with  special  emphasis  on 
nuclear  fueled  power  plants. 

ENES  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  In  Buildings 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  262  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating, 
cooling,  hot  water,  and  electncity  for  buildings;  survey 
of  related  techniques  for  reducing  energy  consumption 
in  buildings.  Solar  collectors,  heating  and  cooling 
systems,  water  heaters,  energy  storage,  solar  cells, 
solar-thermal  power  systems.  Quantitative  evaluation 
of  system  efficiences;  economics  of  solar  energy  utili- 
zation; structural  and  esthetic  integration  of  solar  col- 
lectors and  system  components  into  building  designs. 

ENES  473  Principles  of  Highway  and  Traffic  Engi- 
neering (3)  Prerequisites:  Permission  of  instructor. 
Designed  to  assist  the  non-engineer  in  understanding 
highway  transportation  systems,  A  survey  of  the  funda- 
mentals of  traffic  characteristics  and  operations.  Study 
of  the  methods  and  implementation  of  traffic  control 
and  regulation.  An  examination  of  highway  design 
procedures,  and  the  role  of  Traffic  Engineering  in 
transportation  systems  safety  improvements. 

ENES  508  Engineering  Professional  Development 

(2)  Prerequisite:  B.S.  in  Engineering  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Subjects  as  announced.  Review  and  exten- 
sion of  subject  areas  covered  at  the  undergraduate 
leveT  Preparation  for  EIT  examination,  licensing,  and 
other  professional  requirements.  Not  applicable  to- 
wards a  graduate  degree. 


Engineering,  Fire  Protection 

ENFP  251  introduction  to  Fire  Protection  Engineer- 
ing (3)  Analysis  of  the  social,  economic,  environmen- 
tal, organizational  and  legal  dimensions  of  the  fire 
problem.  Examination  of  the  theoretical  principles 
relating  to  basic  fire  phenomena  and  theories  of  extin- 
guishment. Introduction  to  Fire  Research. 

ENFP  280  Urban  Fire  Problem  Analysis  (3)  Intensive 
study  of  the  urban  fire  problem.  Operations  research 
techniques  and  Systems  Engineering  are  utilized  as 
analytical  procedures  for  the  technological  assess- 
ment of  public  fire  protection.  Traditional  assessment 
methods  and  urban  analysis. 

ENFP  310  Fire  Protection  Systems  Design  i  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENFP  312.  Study  of  aqueous  suppres- 
sion system  agents  and  their  application  to  selected 
fire  protection  problems.  Examination  of  specifica- 
tions, code  criteria,  published  criteria  and  research 
utilized  in  the  engineering  design  of  aqueous  agent 
suppression  systems.  Application  of  hydraulic  theory 
to  a  range  of  design  considerations.  Problem  calcula- 
tions based  upon  student  prepared  design  layouts. 

ENFP  312  Fire  Protection  Fluids  (3)  Corequisite: 
ENCE  330.  Study  of  fluid  flow  principles  for  fire  protec- 
tion systems.  Analysis  of  hydrostatic  and  hydrodynam- 
ic  problems  associated  with  municipal  and  industrial 
water  supply  distribution  systems.  Calculation  meth- 
ods, techniques,  and  procedures  for  hydraulically  de- 
signed distribution  networks  to  meet  prescribed  condi- 
tions of  adequacy  and  reliability  of  the  total  system. 

ENFP  320  Pyrometrics  of  Materials  (3)  Analysis  and 
Study  of  characteristics  of  materials,  and  material 
assemblies  related  to  flame  spread,  fuel  contribution, 
combustibility  and  smoke  development.  Analysis  of 
fuel  geometry  and  configuration  to  fire  severity.  Proce- 
dures of  laboratory  analysis,  determination  and  model- 
ing. 

ENFP  321  Functional  and  Structural  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENFP  320.  Examination  of  the  functional 
and  structural  components  of  buildings  and  building 
complexes  relative  to  modular  fire  loss  potential.  Ana- 
lytical concepts  and  research  developments  related  to 
modular  loss  evaluations.  Investigation  of  the  perform- 
ance criteria  of  building  and  fire  prevention  codes. 

ENFP  411  Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: ENFP  251,  310,  Corequisite:  ENFP  415. 
Examination  of  diffusion  flame  phenomena  and  materi- 
al flame  propagation  and  development  in  industrial  and 
related  environments.  Synthesis  of  design  procedures 
relative  to  the  total  application  of  Fire  Protection 
Engineering  with  economic  and  cost  benefit  analysis. 

ENFP  414  Life  Safety  Systems  Analysis  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENFP  321.  Detailed  examination  and  study  of 


English    147 

the  physical  and  psychological  variables  related  to  the 
occurrence  of  fire  casualties.  The  investigation  of 
functional  features  of  smoke  movement  and  egress. 
Review  of  systematic  procedures  for  analysis  of  life 
safety  in  structures,  and  the  incorporation  of  such 
procedures  into  the  design  process. 

ENFP  415  Fire  Protection  System  Design  il  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENFP  310.  312,  Study  of  gaseous  and 
particulate  fire  suppression  systems  plus  hazard  de- 
tection systems.  Examination  and  evaluation  of  code 
critena,  performance  specifications  and  research  rela- 
tion to  the  study  areas.  Application  of  fluid  theory  to  the 
design  layout  and  the  calculation  procedures  for  gase- 
ous and  particulate  fire  suppression  systems.  Func- 
tional analysis  and  design  layout  of  detection  systems. 
An  integrated  fire  protection  systems  design  project. 

ENFP  416  Problem  Synthesis  and  Design  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: Senior  standing.  Techniques  and  procedures 
of  problem  orientation  and  solution  design  utilizing 
logical  and  numerical  procedures.  Student  develop- 
ment of  research  projects  in  selected  areas. 

ENFP  489  Special  Topics  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  the  department.  Selected  topics  of  credits. 


English 

ENGL  101  introduction  to  Writing  (3)  An  introducto- 
ry course  in  expository  writing. 

ENGL  102  Introduction  to  Literature  <3)  Open  only 
to  students  who  have  passed  or  are  exempted  from 
ENGL  101.  Further  practice  in  writing,  along  with 
readings  in  the  modern  novel,  short  story,  poetry,  and 

drama. 

ENGL  103  Accelerated  English  Composition  (I)  An 

accelerated  course  in  rhetoric  and  in  the  methods  of 
research.  Designed  for  students  who  attain  sufficiently 
high  scores  on  an  appropriate  placement  test  or  an 
advanced  placement  score  of  2.  Not  open  for  credit  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  ENGL  101,  ENGL  171, 
HONR  100,  or  equivalent. 

ENGL  104  Introduction  to  Writing — The  Sentence 

A  one-credit  course  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  com- 
petency requirement  in  English  composition.  The  sen- 
tence and  its  elements  will  be  studied  for  the  purpose 
of  teaching  students  how  to  write  the  types  of  sen- 
tences necessary  for  completing  college-level  assign- 
ments. English  104  is  limited  to  students  whose  test 
scores  and  writing  samples  indicate  inability  to  take 
English  101. 

ENGL  105  Introduction  to  Writing — The  Paragraph 

(i)  Prerequisite:  ENGL  104.  A  one-credit  course  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  the  competency  requirement  in 
English  Composition.  The  paragraph  and  its  elements 
will  be  studied  for  the  purpose  of  teaching  students 
how  to  write  the  types  of  paragraphs  necessary  for 
completing  college-level  assignments. 

ENGL  106  introduction  to  Writing — The  Composi- 
tion (i)  Prerequisite:  ENGL  105.  A  one-credit  course  in 
partial  fulfillment  of  the  competency  requirement  in 
English  Composition.  The  composition  will  be  studied 
for  the  purpose  of  teaching  students  how  to  complete 
some  types  of  writing  assignments  that  are  required  In 
college. 

ENGL  171  Honors  Composition  (3)  Survey  of  princi- 
ples of  composition,  rhetoric,  and  techniques  of  re- 
search; reading  in  essays,  short  stories,  poetry;  fre- 
quent themes. 

ENGL  201  World  Literature  (3)  Homer  to  the  Renais- 
sance, foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation. 

ENGL  202  World  Literature  (3)  Shakespeare  to  the 
present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation. 

ENGL  205  introduction  to  Shaltespeare  (3)  Reading 
of  selected  representative  plays  including  the  major 
tragedies,  recommended  for  non-majors. 

ENGL  211  English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings 
to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  211  English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings 
to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  212  English  Literature  from  1800  to  the 
Present  (3) 

ENGL  221  American  Literature — Beginning  to  1865 
(3) 


148    English      

ENGL  222  American  Literature— 1865  to  Present 
(3) 

ENGL  234  Introduction  to  Afro-American  Litera- 
ture (3)  A  survey  of  Black  American  literature  from  the 
late  eighteenth  century  to  the  present. 

ENGL  241  introduction  to  the  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  242  Readings  in  Biography  (3)  An  analytical 
study  in  the  form  and  technique  of  biographical  writing 
in  Europe  and  America. 

ENGL  243  Introduction  to  Poetry  and  Poetics  (3) 

ENGL  244  introduction  to  Dramatic  Literature  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  basic  literature  of  drama  from  the  classi- 
cal Greeks  to  modern  times. 

ENGL  245  introduction  to  Film  as  Literature  (3) 

Primary  attention  is  on  the  film  as  a  narrative  medium, 
but  other  literary  models  will  be  examined. 

ENGL  246  The  Short  Story  (3) 

ENGL  247  Literature  of  Fantasy  (3)  Reading  and 
analysis  of  various  works  of  non-realistic  literature 
broadly  termed  'Fantasy'. 

ENGL  250  Women  in  Literature  (3)  Images  of  women 
in  literature  by  and  about  women. 

ENGL  270  Introduction  to  English  Honors  (3)  Inten- 
sive study  of  a  limited  number  of  works  drawn  from  five 
major  genres  (drama,  narrative  poetry,  lyric  poetry, 
prose  fiction,  prose  non-fiction).  An  introduction  for  the 
beginning  honors  student  to  the  major  genres,  literary 
backgrounds,  chronological  divisions  and  methods  of 
approaching  English  and  American  literature.  Required 
for  graduation  with  honors. 

ENGL  271  Honors  World  Literature  (3)  Homer  to  the 
Renaissance,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  transla- 
tion. 

ENGL  272  Honors  World  Literature  (3)  Shakespeare 
to  the  present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  transla- 
tion. 

ENGL  278  Special  Topics  in  Literature  (3)  Repeata- 
ble  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  280  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3) 

ENGL  291  Expository  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  292  Composition  and  Literary  Types  (3)  Not 

open  to  students  who  have  taken  ENGL  171.  A  study 
of  literary  genres  with  writing  based  on  the  readings. 

ENGL  293  Technical  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  294  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3)  Addi- 
tional prerequisite.  Sophomore  standing. 

ENGL  300  and  400  Level  Course  Prerequisites:  Any 

two  freshman  or  sophomore  English  courses,  with  the 
exception  of  ENGL  293  and  ENGL  294. 
ENGL  301  Critical  Methods  in  the  Study  of  Litera- 
ture (3)  An  introduction  to  the  techniques  of  literary 
analysis  and  a  brief  survey  of  the  most  common 
approaches  to  literature.  Required  of  all  English  and 
American  literature  majors. 

ENGL  302  English  Medieval  Literature  In  Transla- 
tion (3) 

ENGL  304  The  Major  Works  of  Shakespeare  (3) 

Students  who  have  credit  for  ENGL  403  or  404  cannot 
receive  credit  for  ENGL  304. 

ENGL  305  Shakespeare  and  his  Contemporar- 
ies— An  Introduction  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  plays 
of  Shakespeare  and  those  of  several  of  his  contempo- 
raries. The  course  emphasizes  a  reading  of  eight  to  ten 
plays  in  the  context  of  the  development  of  the  drama  in 
England  and  of  the  pertinent  Elizabethan  theatrical, 
social,  intellectual,  and  political  circumstances.  Be- 
cause the  course  includes  six  of  the  plays  of  Shake- 
speare normally  taught  in  ENGL  405,  students  who 
take  ENGL  305  may  not  take  ENGL  405.  They  may 
take  ENGL  403,  404,  450,  451. 

ENGL  345  Twentieth  Century  Poetry  (3)  A  one- 
semester  survey  course  in  British  and  American  poetry 
from  Yeats  and  Robinson  to  the  present.  Special 
emphasis  on  Yeats,  Pound,  Eliot,  Williams,  Roethke, 
and  Lowell.  Not  open  to  students  who  already  have 
credit  for  ENGL  445  or  446. 

ENGL  348  Literary  Works  by  Women  (3)  The  con- 
text, form,  style  and  meaning  of  literary  works  by 


women.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when 
content  differs. 

ENGL  369  Honors  Seminar — Major  Traditions  (4-5) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  director  of  English 
honors.  Intensive  study  of  major  English  and  American 
literary  classics  in  their  generic  context  of  narrative 
and  lyric  poetry,  drama,  prose,  fiction  and  non-fiction 
from  the  beginnings  to  the  present, 

ENGL  370  Junior  Honors  Conference  (1)  Prerequi- 
site: Candidacy  for  honors  in  English.  Preparation  for 
writing  the  senior  honors  project. 

ENGL  371  Senior  Honors  Conference  (1)  Prerequi- 
site: Candidacy  for  honors  in  English.  Presentation  and 
discussion  of  senior  honors  projects. 

ENGL  373  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  Candidacy 
for  honors  in  English.  Research  and  writing  of  senior 
honors  project.  Strongly  recommended  for  students 
planning  graduate  work. 

ENGL  378  independent  Research  in  English  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Designed  to  pro- 
vide qualified  majors  in  English  an  opportunity  to 
pursue  specific  English  readings  under  the  supervision 
of  a  member  of  the  department.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

ENGL  379  Special  Topics  in  Literature  (3)  (English 
majors  may  nol  count  credits  earned  in  this  course 
toward  the  total  required  for  the  major.)  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  9  hours  if  the  content  is  different. 

ENGL  385  English  Semantics  (3)  An  introductory 
study  of  meaning  in  language  and  paralanguage.  Gen- 
eral semantics,  kinesics,  linguistic  relativity  and  recent 
developments  in  linguistic  semantics. 

ENGL  388  Field  Work  (3)  The  experiential  segment  of 
the  English  Department  internship  sequence,  pre- 
professional  training  in  writing,  editing  and  related 
fields.  Ivlust  be  taken  concurrently  with  ENGL  389. 
Repeatable  to  a  total  of  six  credit  hours. 

ENGL  389  Field  Work  Analysis  (1)  Evaluation  of  work 
experience  in  the  English  Department  intern  program. 
Ivlust  be  taken  concurrently  with  ENGL  388.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  total  of  two  credits. 

ENGL  402  Chaucer  (3) 

ENGL  403  Shakespeare  (3)  Early  period— histories 
and  comedies 

ENGL  404  Shakespeare  (3)  Late  periods— tragedies 
and  romances. 

ENGL  407  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser  (3) 

ENGL  411  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  412  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century, 
1600-1660(3) 

ENGL  414  Milton  (3) 

ENGL  415  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century, 
1660-1700(3) 

ENGL  416  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  of  Pope  and  Swift. 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Age  of  Johnson  and  the  Preromantics. 

ENGL  418  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3) 

First  generation:  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  el.  al. 

ENGL  421  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3) 

Second  generation:  Keats,  Shelly,  Byron,  el.  al. 

ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3) 

Early  years, 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3) 

Middle  years. 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian  Literature 

(3)  A  study  of  the  literary  movements  and  techniques 
which  effected  the  transition  from  Victorian  to  modern 
literature. 

ENGL  425  Modern  British  Literature  (3)  An  historical 
survey  of  the  major  writers  and  literary  movements  in 
English  prose  and  poetry  since  1900. 


ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Beginning  to  1810, 
the  Colonial  and  Federal  Periods  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature,  18to  10  1865,  the 
American  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature,  1865  to  1914,  Real- 
ism and  Naturalism  (3) 

ENGL  433  American  Literature,  1914  to  the  Pre- 
sent, the  Modern  Period  (3) 

ENGL  434  American  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  435  American  Poetry— Beginning  to  the  Pre- 
sent (3) 

ENGL  436  The  Literature  of  American  Democracy 

(3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American  Literature  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  poetry,  prose,  and  drama  written  in 
America  in  the  last  decade. 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers 
studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  in  America  to  1910  (3) 

ENGL  441  The  Novel  In  America  since  1910  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South  (3)  A  historical 
survey,  from  eighteenth-century  beginnings  to  the  pre- 
sent. 

ENGL  443  Afro-American  Literature  (3)  An  examina- 
tion of  the  literary  expression  of  the  Negro  in  the 
United  States,  from  its  beginning  to  the  present. 

ENGL  444  Experimental  Approaches  to  Litera- 
ture— Emerson  and  Thoreau  (3)  Variable  subject 
matter  presented  in  experimental  methods  and  ap- 
proaches. Grading  in  Satisfactory/Fail  only.  Consent 
of  instructor  required  for  admission. 

ENGL  445  Modern  British  and  American  Poetry  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  required  for  stu- 
dents with  credit  in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of  the  formation 
of  the  'Ivlodern  Tradition'  in  British  and  American 
poetry,  exploring  the  distinctive  energy  and  conscious- 
ness in  the  poets  of  the  early  Twentieth  Century  (1 896- 
1930).  Special  emphasis  on  Hopkins,  Yeats,  Pound, 
Eliot,  and  Stevens.  Collateral  readings  in  essays  on 
modern  poetics,  and  in  other  poets  of  the  period. 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and  American 
Poetry  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  re- 
quired for  students  with  credit  in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of 
British  and  American  poetry  from  the  Depression  to 
the  present.  Special  emphasis  on  Auden,  Williams, 
Dylan  Thomas,  Theodore  Roethke,  Robert  Lowell.  A 
more  general  study  of  the  work  of  some  of  these: 
Berryman,  Jarrell,  Fuller,  Bishop,  Wright,  Kinnell,  Lar- 
kin  and  including  the  projectivists,  the  beats  and  the 
present  scene. 

ENGL  447  Satire  (3)  An  introduction  to  English  and 
American  satire  from  Chaucer  to  the  present. 

ENGL  449  Playwriting  (3) 

ENGL  450  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3) 

Beginnings  to  Marlowe. 

ENGL  451  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Prama  (3) 

Jonson  to  Webster, 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  from  1660  to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  453  Literary  Criticism  (3) 

ENGL  454  Modern  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel  (3)  Eighteenth  Century. 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel  (3)  Nineteenth  Century. 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  460  Introduction  to  Folklore  (3) 

ENGL  461  Folk  Narrative  (3)  Studies  in  legend,  tale 

and  myth.  Prerequisite:  ENGL  460. 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad  (3)  Prerequisite: 

ENGL  460, 

ENGL  463  American  Folklore  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
460.  An  examination  of  American  folklore  in  terms  of 
history  and  regional  folk  cultures.  Exploration  of  collec- 
tions of  folklore  from  various  areas  to  reveal  the 


Engineering,  Mechanical    149 


difference  in  regional  and  ethnic  groups  as  witnessed 
in  their  oral  and  literary  traditions. 

ENGL  464  Afro-American  Folklore  and  Culture  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  culture  of  the  Negro  in  the 
United  States  in  terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  the 
present)  and  social  changes  (rural  to  urban).  Explora- 
tion of  aspects  of  Negro  culture  and  history  via  oral 
and  literary  traditions  and  life  histories. 

ENGL  465  Urban  Folklore  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENGL 
460.  An  examination  of  the  folklore  currently  originat- 
ing in  white,  urban,  American  culture. 

ENGL  466  Arthurian  Legend  (3)  Development  of  the 
Arthurian  legend  of  heroism  and  love  in  English  litera- 
ture from  medieval  to  modern  times. 

ENGL  475  Literature  for  Adolescents  (3)  Adoles- 
cent themes  in  contemporary  and  older  literature  de^ 
signed  for  adolescent  and  young  adult  audiences. 

ENGL  476  Modern  Fantasy  and  Science  Fiction  (3) 

Major  works  of  fantasy  and  science  fiction  since  the 
mid-eighteenth  century,  emphasizing  their  continuity 
and  their  relationships  to  philosophical  speculation, 
scientific  discovery,  literary  history  and  cultural 
change. 

ENGL  478  Selected  topics  In  English  and  American 
Literature  before  1800  (3) 

ENGL  479  Selected  topics  In  English  and  American 
Literature  after  1800  (3) 

EN6L  481  Introduction  to  English  Grammar  (3)  A 

bri*t  review  of  traditional  English  grammar  and  an 
introduction  to  structural  grammar,  including  phonolo- 
gy, morphology  and  syntax. 

ENGL  482  History  of  the  English  Language  (3) 

ENGL  483  American  English  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar  (3)  Credit 
may  not  be  granted  in  both  ENGL  484  and  LING  402. 

ENGL  486  Introduction  to  Old  English  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  grammar,  syntax,  and  phonology  of  Old 
English.  Selected  readings  from  Old  English  prose  and 
poetry. 

ENGL  489  Special  Topics  In  English  Language  (3) 

Studies  in  topics  of  current  interest;  repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  493  Advanced  Expository  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  498  Creative  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  499  Advanced  Creative  Writing  (3) 


Engineering,  Materials 


ENMA  300  Materials  Science  and  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  Basic  principles,  nature  and 
properties  of  engineering  materials.  Processes  and 
methods  to  manufacture  and  usefully  apply  engineer- 
ing materials.  Fabrication  techniques  for  metals,  poly- 
mers, and  refractories.  Students  vifho  have  credit  for 
ENIVIA  300  may  not  take  f  NME  300  for  credit. 

ENMA  301  Materials  Engineering  Laboratory  (1) 

Pre-or  corequisite:  ENMA  300.  One  laboratory  a  week. 
Fatigue,  tensile  and  impact  testing,  heat  treatment  and 
hardenability,  structure  and  properties  of  steels,  case 
studies.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENMA  301  may 
not  take  ENME  301  for  credit. 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Relationship  of  structure  to  the  mechanical  properties 
of  materials.  Elastic  and  plastic  deformation,  micro- 
scopic yield  criteria,  state  of  stress  and  ductility.  Ele- 
ments of  dislocation  theory,  work  hardening,  alloy 
strengthening,  creep,  and  fracture  in  terms  of  disloca- 
tion theory. 

ENMA  463  Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder  Process- 
ing of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES 
230  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  processes 
used  in  the  production  of  primary  metals.  The  detailed 
basic  principles  of  beneficiation  processes,  pyrometal- 
lurgy,  hydrometallurgy,  electrometallurgy,  vapor  phase 
processing  and  electroplating.  Liquid  metal  processing 
including  casting,  welding,  brazing  and  soldering.  Pow- 
der processing  and  sintering.  Shapes  and  structures 
produced  in  the  above  processes. 


ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  on  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  the  phenomena  associated 
with  the  resistance  of  materials  to  damage  under 
severe  environmental  conditions.  Oxidation,  corrosion, 
stress  corrosion,  corrosion  fatigue  and  radiation  dam- 
age are  examined  from  the  point  of  view  of  mechanism 
and  influence  on  the  properties  of  materials.  Methods 
of  corrosion  protection  and  criteria  for  selection  of 
materials  for  use  in  radiation  environments. 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  atomic 
and  electronic  structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  stnjcture  to  the  physical  and  mechani- 
cal properties. 

ENMA  471  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engineering 
Materials  (3)  Equilbrium  multicomponent  systems  and 
relationship  to  the  phase  diagram.  Thermodynamics  of 
polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Diffusion  in 
solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in  solids. 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Relationship  of  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineenng 
applications.  Criteria  for  the  choice  of  materials  for 
electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties.  Par- 
ticular emphasis  on  the  relationships  between  struc- 
ture of  the  solid  and  its  potential  engineering  applica- 
tion. 

ENMA  473  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineer- 
ing materials.  Processes  considered  include  refining, 
melting  and  solidification,  purification  by  zone  refining, 
vapor  phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat 
treatments. 

ENMA  495  Rheoiogy  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Study  of  the  deformation  and  flow  of  engineering 
materials  and  its  relationship  to  structural  type.  Elastic- 
ity, viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of  single 
phase  and  multiphase  materials.  Students  who  have 
credit  for  ENMA  495  may  not  take  ENCH  495  for 
credit. 

ENMA  496  Polymeric  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  230.  A  comprehensive  summary  of 
the  fundamentals  of  particular  interest  in  the  science 
and  applications  of4J)olymers.  Polymer  single  crystals, 
transformations  in  polymers,  fabrication  of  polymers 
as  to  shape  and  internal  structure.  Students  who  have 
credit  for  ENMA  496  may  not  take  ENCH  496  for 
credit. 


Engineering,  Mechanical 

ENME  205  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer 
Programming  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre-or 
corequisite:  MATH  241.  Continuation  of  computer  pro- 
gramming techniques  -  flowcharts,  algorithms,  and 
computer  languages.  Introduction  to  numerical  tech- 
niques and  error  analysis  in  solving  for  roots  of  equa- 
tions, simultaneous  equation,  interpolation,  numerical 
differentiation  and  integration,  numerical  solution  of 
differential  equations.  Applications  to  engineering 
problems.  Students  cannot  receive  credit  for  this 
course  if  they  have  already  earned  credit  for  ENME 
382. 

ENME  215  Principles  of  Mechanical  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  141,  PHYS  263.  Required  of  civil 
engineers.  Laws  and  corollaries  of  classical  ther- 
modynamics. Properties  and  characteristics  of  pure 
substances  and  perfect  gases,  vapor  and  gas  cycles. 
Mixture  of  gases  including  applications  to  psychrome- 
try.  Introduction  to  heat  transfer. 

ENME  217  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS 
262,  MATH  141.  Properties,  characteristics  and  funda- 
mental equations  of  gases  and  vapor.  Work  transfer 
and  heat  transfer,  first  and  second  laws  of  ther- 
modynamics, entropy.  Irreversibility,  availability,  and 
the  thermodynamics  of  mixtures.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  credit  for  ENME  216. 

ENME  300  Materials  Science  and  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  Basic  principles,  nature  and 
properties  of  engineering  materials.  Processes  and 
methods  to  manufacture  and  usefully  apply  engineer- 
ing materials.  Fabrication  techniques  for  metals,  poly- 
mers, and  refractories.  Students  who  have  credit  for 
ENME  300  may  not  take  ENMA  300  for  credit. 


ENME  301   Materials  Engineering  Laboratory  (1) 

Pre-or  corequisite;  ENME  300,  One  laboratory  a  week. 
Fatigue,  tensile  and  impact  testing,  heat  treatment  and 
hardenability,  structure  and  properties  of  steels,  case 
studies.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENME  301  may 
not  take  ENMA  301  for  credit 

ENME  315  Intermediate  Thermodynamics  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENME  217,  Application  of  the  first  and 
second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of 
basic  heat  engines,  air  compression  and  vapor  cycles. 
Heat  sources  in  fossil  fuels  and  nuclear  fuels.  The 
thermodynamics  of  fluid  flow.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  credit  in  ENME  382. 

ENME  320  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
141,  PHYS  262.  The  properties,  characterisitcs  and 
fundamental  equations  of  gases  and  vapors.  Applica- 
tion of  the  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in 
the  analysis  of  basic  heat  engines,  air  compression 
vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  for  gases 
and  vapors. 

ENME  321  Transfer  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENME  342.  Conduction  by  steady  state  and  transient 
heat  flow,  laminar  and  turbulent  flow,  free  and  forced 
convection,  radiation,  evaporation  and  condensation 
vapors.  Transfer  of  mass,  heat  and  momentum. 

ENME  342  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
216.  Fluid  flow  concepts  and  basic  equations,  effects 
of  viscosity  and  compressibility.  Dimensional  analysis 
and  laws  of  simularity.  Flow  through  pipes  and  over 
immersed  bodies.  Principles  of  flow  measurement. 

ENME  343  Fluid  Mechanics  Laboratory  (1)  One 

laboratory  a  week.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  concurrently 
with  enme  342.  Measurement  of  fluid  properties,  deter- 
mination of  pressure  drops  in  pipes  and  fittings,  obser- 
vation of  fluid  phenomena.  Experiment  and  demon- 
stration of  flow  measurement  techniques. 

ENME  360  Dynamics  of  Machinery  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENES  221  and  MATH  246.  Dynamic  characteristics  of 
machinery  with  emphasis  on  systems  with  single  and 
multiple  degree  of  freedom. 

ENME  381  Measurements  Laboratory  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites: 
ENME  360  and  ENEE  300.  Concurrently,  ENME  342. 
Required  of  juniors  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Measurements  and  measurement  systems,  applica- 
tion of  selected  instruments  with  emphasis  on  interpre- 
tation of  results. 

ENME  400  Machine  Design  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENME  300, 
360.  Working  stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress 
analysis  and  repeated  loadings.  Design  of  machine 
elements.  Kinematics  of  mechanisms. 

ENME  402  Selected  Topics  in  Engineering  Design 

(3)  Three  lecture  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Se- 
nior standing  in  mechanical  engineering  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Creativity  and  innovation  in  design.  General- 
ized performance  analysis,  reliability  and  optimization 
as  applied  to  the  design  of  components  and  engineer- 
ing systems.  Use  of  computers  in  design.  Design  of 
multivariable  systems. 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controls  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENEE  300,  senior  standing.  Hydraulic,  electrical,  me- 
chanical and  pneumatic  automatic  control  systems. 
Open  and  closed  loops.  Steady  state  and  transient 
operation,  stability  criteria,  linear  and  non-linear  sys- 
tems. Laplace  transforms. 

ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  De- 
sign (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  mechanical  en- 
gineering. Design  of  components  that  form  a  complete 
working  system.  Engineering  economics,  perform- 
ance-cost studies,  optimization.  Engineering  design 
practice  through  case  studies.  Legal  and  ethical 
responsibility  of  the  designer.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  credit  In  ENME  401. 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Se- 
nior standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Application  of 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and  heat  transfer  to 
energy  conversion  processes.  Design  of  engines, 
compressors,  heat  exchangers.  Energy  storage  and 
fuel  handling  equipment.  Not  open  to  students  who 
have  credit  in  ENME  421. 

ENME  410  Operations  Research  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Applica- 


150    Engineering,  Nuclear 


tions  of  linear  programming,  queuing  model,  theory  of 
games  and  competitive  models  to  engineering  prob- 
lems, 

ENME  411  Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering 

(3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  300  and  ECON  205  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  This  course  is  concerned  with  the 
design,  improvement  and  installation  of  integrated 
systems  of  men,  materials  and  equipment.  Areas  cov- 
ered include  industrial  activities,  plant  layout  and  de- 
sign, value  analysis,  engineering  economics,  quality 
and  production  control,  methods  engineering,  industri- 
al relations,  etc. 

ENME  412  Mechanical  Design  for  Manufacturing 
and  Production  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in 
engineering.  The  physical  properities  of  materials.  Re- 
view of  key  fundamental  principles  used  in  product 
design.  Characterization  of  various  classes  of  engi- 
neering materials.  The  types  of  manufacturing  pro- 
cesses which  can  be  applied  to  production  of  the 
design. 

ENME  415  Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Ener- 
gy (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  315  and  321.  Collection, 
storage,  and  utilization  of  solar  thermal  energy.  Con- 
version to  electricity.  Component  and  system  model- 
ing equations.  Performance  analysis.  Systems  design. 

ENME  420  Energy  Conversion  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENME  320.  Chemical,  heat,  mechanical,  nuclear  and 
electrical  energy  conversion  processes,  cycles  and 
systems.  Direct  conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells, 
thermionics  and  magneto  hydromechanics. 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  it  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENME  421.  Advanced  topics  in  energy  conversion. 
Direct  conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  solar  cells, 
thermionics,  thermoelectrics  and  mag- 

netohydrodynamics. 

ENME  423  Environmental  Engineering  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ENME  321  and  senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Heating  and  cooling  load  computations. 
Thermodynamics  of  refrigeration.  Low  temperature 
refrigeration.  Problems  involving  extremes  of  tempera- 
ture, pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  11  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENME  321,  senior  standing.  Applications  to  special 
systems,  change  of  phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical 
concepts,  equilibrium,  heterogenous  systems. 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
342,  senior  standing.  Hydrodynamics  with  engineering 
applications.  Stream  function  and  velocity  potential, 
conformal  transformations,  pressure  distributions,  cir- 
culation, numerical  methods  and  analogies. 

ENME  450  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  for  the 
Oceanic  Environment  (3)  Prerequisite:  Junior  stand- 
ing. Study  of  the  characteristics  of  the  marine  environ- 
ment which  affect  the  design,  operation  and  mainte- 
nance of  mechanical  equipment,  effects  of  waves, 
currents,  pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and  foul- 
ing. Study  of  design  parameters  for  existing  and  pro- 
posed mechanical  systems  used  in  marine  construc- 
tion, on  shipboard,  in  search  and  salvage  operations. 

ENME  451  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  for 
Underwater  Operations  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  450 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  propulsion,  control 
and  environmental  systems  for  submerged  vehicles. 
Design  of  mechanical  systems  in  support  of  diving  and 
saturated  living  operations. 

ENME  452  Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography 

(3)  Prerequisites:  Consent  of  the  instructor.  Historical 
review  of  oceanography  physical,  chemical,  stratifica- 
tion and  circulation  properties  of  the  ocean;  dynamics 
of  frictionless,  frictional,  wind  driven  and  thermohaline 
circulations;  air-sea  interactions. 

ENME  453  Ocean  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulences 

(3)  Prerequisite:  METO  420  or  consent  of  instructor 
Introduction  to  the  theory  of  oceanic  wave  motions, 
tides,  wind  waves,  swells,  storm  surges,  seiches,  tsu- 
namies,  internal  waves,  turbulence,  stirring,  mixing  and 
diffusion. 

ENME  461  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  360, 
differential  equations,  senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Linear  and  non-linear  plane  and  three- 
dimensional  motion,  moving  axes,  LaGrange's  equa- 
tion, Hamilton's  pnnciple,  non-linear  vibration, 
gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics. 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  380  or  equivalent.  Study  of  the 


physical  behavior  of  sound  waves.  Introduction  to 
terminology  and  instrumentation  used  in  acoustics. 
Criteria  for  noise  and  vibration  control.  Some  funda- 
mentals underlying  noise  control  and  applications  to 
ventilation  systems,  machine  and  shop  quieting,  office 
buildings,  jet  noise,  transportation  systems  and  un- 
derwater sound. 

ENME  463  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENME  380,  or 
MATH  246.  Mathematical  modeling  of  physical  situa- 
tions. Solution  of  problems  expressed  by  partial  differ- 
ential equations.  Application  of  Fourier  series  and 
integrals,  LaPlace  transformation,  Bessel  functions, 
Legendre  polynominals  and  complex  variables  to  the 
solution  of  engineering  problems  in  mechanical  vibra- 
tions, heat  transfer,  fluid  mechanics  and  automatic 
control  theory. 

ENME  464  Machine  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
400.  The  study  of  stress  and  strain  as  applied  to 
engineering  problems;  stress  and  strain  from  a  three 
dimensional  point  of  view;  theories  of  failure;  residual 
stresses;  dynamic  loading;  fatigue;  environmental  in- 
fluence; temperature  extremes;  corrosive  media.  Case 
studies  of  design  practices. 

ENME  465  Introductory  Fracture  Mechanics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  engineering.  An  exami- 
nation of  the  concepts  of  fracture  in  members  with  pre- 
existing flaws.  Emphasis  is  primarily  on  the  mechanics 
aspects  with  the  development  of  the  Griffith  theory  and 
the  introduction  of  the  stress  intensity  factor,  K,  as- 
sociated with  different  types  of  cracks.  Fracture  phe- 
nomena are  introduced  together  with  critical  values  of 
the  fracture  toughness  of  materials.  Testing  proce- 
dures for  characterizing  materials  together  with  appli- 
cations of  fracture  mechanics  to  design  are  treated. 

ENME  480  Engineering  Experimentation  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theo- 
ry of  experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of 
measurement  and  instrumentation  systems  to  labora- 
tory experimentation.  Experiments  in  fluid  mechanics, 
solid  mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  ex- 
periments or  assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication  of  results, 
analogous  systems  and  leadership. 

ENME  481  Engineering  Experirtientatlon  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: Senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theo- 
ry of  experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of 
measurement  and  instrumentation  systems  to  labora- 
tory experimentation.  Experiments  in  fluid  mechanics, 
solid  mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  ex- 
periments or  assigned  projects  to  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communication  of  results, 
analogous  systems  and  leadership. 

ENME  488  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Advanced  prob- 
lems in  mechanical  engineering  with  special  emphasis 
on  mathematical  and  experimental  methods. 

ENME  489  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  May  be 
taken  for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with 
the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor.  Selected 
topics  of  current  importance  in  mechanical  engineer- 
ing. 

ENME  518  Mechanical  Engineering  Professional 
Elective  (2)  Prerequisite:  B.S.  in  engineering  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Subjects  as  announced.  Current 
topics  or  recent  development  of  interest  to  the  practic- 
ing engineer.  Not  applitable  towards  a  graduate  de- 
gree. 


Engineering,  Nuclear 

ENNU  215  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Technology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  141  and  PHYS  161.  Engineering 
problems  of  the  nuclear  energy  complex,  including 
basic  theory,  use  of  computers,  nuclear  reactor  design 
and  isotopic  and  chemical  separations, 

ENNU  310  Environmental  Aspects  of  Nuclear  Engi- 
neering (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241  or  246  or  equiva- 
lent, and  PHYSICS  263,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Evaluation  of  environmental  and  safety  aspects  of 
nuclear  power  reactors.  Calculations  of  radioactive 
decay,  activation,  and  shielding,  radiation  monitoring. 


Biological  effects  of  radiation,  waste  handling,  siting, 
plant  design  and  operations,  as  related  to  environment 
safety  and  licensing  regulations. 

ENNU  320  Nuclear  Reactor  Operation  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  nuclear  reactor  operations.  Outline  of  reactor 
theory.  Nature  and  monitoring  techniques  of  ionizing 
radiation,  radiation  safety.  Reactor  instrument  re- 
sponse. Operation  of  the  University  of  Maryland  nucle- 
ar reactor. 

ENNU  430  Radioisotope  Power  Sources  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: ENNU  21 5  or  permission  of  instructor.  Principles 
and  theory  of  radioisotope  power  sources.  Design  and 
use  of  nuclear  batteries  and  small  energy  conversion 
devices. 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  215  or  permission  of  instructor.  Principles  and 
techniques  of  activation  analysis  involving  neutrons, 
photons  and  charged  particles.  Emphasis  placed  upon 
application  of  this  analytical  technique  to  solving  envi- 
ronmental and  engineering  problems. 

ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: MATH  240,  PHYS  263.  Techniques  of  detecting 
and  making  measurements  of  nuclear  or  high  energy 
radiation.  Radiation  safety  experiments.  Both  a  sub- 
critical  reactor  and  the  swimming  pool  critical  reactor 
are  sources  of  radiation. 

ENNU  450  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  I  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: MATH  246  and  PHYS  263  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Elementary  nuclear  physics,  reactor  theory, 
and  reactor  energy  transfer.  Steady-state  and  time- 
dependent  neutron  distributions  in  space  and  energy. 
Conduction  and  conveclive  heal  transfer  in  nuclear 
reactor  systems. 

ENNU  455  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  II  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ENNU  450.  General  plant  design  considera- 
tions including  radiation  hazards  and  health  physics, 
shielding  design,  nuclear  power  economics,  radiation 
effect  on  reactor  materials,  and  various  types  of  nucle- 
ar reactor  systems. 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  450.  Heat  generation  in  nuclear  reactor  cores, 
conduction  and  transfer  to  coolants.  Neutron  flux 
distributions,  fission  and  heat  release.  Steady  and 
unsteady  state  conduction  in  fuel  elements.  Heat 
transfer  to  nonmetallic  and  metallic  coolants.  Heat 
transfer  with  phase  change.  Thermal  design  of  reactor 
cores. 

ENNU  468  Research  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  staff.  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under  the 
direction  of  one  of  the  staff  members.  Comprehensive 
reports  are  required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours. 

ENNU  470  Introduction  to  Controlled  Fusion  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  engineering  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  principles  and  the  current  status  of 
research  to  achieve  controlled  thermonuclear  power 
production.  Properties  of  ionized  gases  relating  to 
confinement  and  heating.  Concepts  of  practical  fusion 
devices. 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Design  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Design  of  nuclear 
reactor  cores  based  on  a  sequence  of  standard  com- 
puter codes.  Thermal  and  epithermal  cross  sections, 
multigroup  diffusion  theory  in  one  and  two  dimensions 
and  fine  structure  flux  calculations  using  transport 
theory. 

ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENNU  460  and  480,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Physics  and  economics  of  the  nuclear  fuel 
cycle  utilizing  existing  design  codes.  Mining,  conver- 
sion, enrichment,  fabrication,  reprocesing  processes. 
Effects  of  Plutonium  recycle,  in-core  shuffling,  fuel 
mechanical  design  and  power  peaking  on  fuel  cycle 
costs. 


Entomology 


ENTM  100  Insects  (3)  A  survey  of  the  major  groups  of 
insects,  their  natural  history,  and  their  relationships 
with  man  and  his  environment. 

ENTM  1 1 1  Beekeeping  (2)  First  semester.  A  study  of 
the  life  history,  behavior  and  seasonal  activities  of  the 
honeybee,  its  place  in  pollination  of  flowers  with  em- 


Engineering  Technology.  Mechanical  Engineering    151 


phasis  on  plants  of  economic  importance  and  bee  lore 
in  literature. 

ENTM  204  General  Entomology  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: One  semester  of  a  college  level  biology  course. 
The  position  of  insects  in  the  animal  kingdom,  their 
classification,  anatomy,  embryology,  physiology,  be- 
havior, ecology  and  economic  importance.  All  the 
orders  and  some  important  families  are  studied.  A 
collection  of  insects  is  required. 

ENTM  252  Agricultural  Insect  Pests  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: 80TN  100  or  ZOOL  101.  An  introduction  to  the 
principal  insect  pests  of  fruit,  vegetable,  forage,  and 
ornamental  crops,  witt\  special  reference  to  Maryland 
agnculture.  Not  open  to  entomology  majors. 

ENTM  351  Introduction  to  Insect  Population  Man- 
agement (3)  Three  lectures  periods  a  week.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  theory  and  practice  of  management  of 
insect  populations.  The  course  explores  the  develop- 
ment of  all  insect  pest  population  suppression  meth- 
ods, as  well  as  the  management  of  insect  populations 
beneficial  to  man.  The  main  theme  of  the  course  is 
how  man  can  manipulate  environmental  components 
for  the  purpose  of  population  regulation  of  insects,  and 
the  beneficial  and  harmful  effects  of  these  manipula- 
tions. 

ENTM  399  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Credit  and  prereq- 
uisites to  be  determined  by  the  department.  Investiga- 
tions of  assigned  entomological  problems. 

ENTM  407  Entomology  tor  Science  Teachers  (4) 

Summer.  Four  lectures  and  four  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  This  course  will  include  the  elements 
of  morphology,  taxonomy  and  biology  of  insects  using 
examples  commonly  available  to  high  school  teachers. 
It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  presen/ing,  rearing 
and  experimenting  with  insects  insofar  as  time  will 
permit. 

ENTM  412  Advanced  Apiculture  <3)  One  lecture  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: ENTf^  III.  The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary 
management.  Designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to 
keep  bees  or  requires  a  practical  knowledge  of  bee 
management. 

ENTM  421  Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology  (4)  Two 

lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENTM  204.  Introduction  to  the  principles 
of  systematic  entomology  and  the  study  of  all  orders 
and  the  important  families  of  insects:  immature  forms 
considered. 

ENTM  432  Insect  Morphology  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: ENTM  204.  A  basic  study  of  insect  form,  structure 
and  organization  in  relation  to  function. 

ENTM  442  Insect  Physiology  (4)  Prerequisites: 
ENTM  204  and  CHEM  104  or  equivalent.  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Func- 
tions of  internal  body  systems  in  insects. 

ENTM  451  Economic  Entomology  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: ENTM  204.  The  recognition,  biology  and  control 
of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and  vegetable  crops,  field 
crops  and  stored  products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides  (2)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
the  department.  The  development  and  use  of  contact 
and  stomach  poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important 
chemicals,  with  reference  to  their  chemistry,  toxic 
action,  compatability,  and  host  injury.  Recent  research 
emphasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamental  Plants  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENTM  204.  Two  lectures  and  one  three- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  The  recognition,  biolo- 
gy and  control  of  insects  and  mites  injurious  to  orna- 
mental shrubs,  trees  and  greenhouse  crops.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  pests  of  woody  ornamental  plants. 

ENTM  462  Insect  Pathology  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: MICB  200,  prerequisite  or  corequisite,  ENTM  442 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the 
principal  insect  pathogens  with  special  reference  to 
symptomology,  epizootiology,  and  microbial  control  of 
insect  pests. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a 


week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  204  or  consent  of  depart- 
ment. A  study  of  the  morphology,  taxonomy,  biology 
and  control  of  the  arthropod  parasites  and  disease 
vectors  of  man  and  animals.  The  ecology  and  behavior 
of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease  transmission  will  be 
emphasized. 

ENTM  498  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 
Presentation  of  original  work,  reviews  and  abstracts  of 
literature. 


Engineering  Technology,  Fire  Service 

ETFS  301  Fire  Safety  Codes  and  Standards  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  compara- 
tive and  contrasting  analysis  of  fire  safety  legislation 
codes  and  standards.  The  current  and  potential  impact 
of  regulatory  provisions  on  urban  fire  safety.  Criteria  for 
the  development,  adoption,  implementation  and  en- 
forcement of  selected  types  of  legislation. 

ETFS  302  Urban  Fire  Safety  Analysis  I  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  An  exami- 
nation of  public  fire  safety  organization  in  relation  to 
paradigms  of  public  administration.  A  systems  struc- 
ture of  organizations  provides  the  framework  for 
analyzing  public  fire  safety  relative  to  administrative 
and  management  functions.  Evaluation  of  the  devel- 
oped public  fire  safety  system  in  terms  of  public  choice 
alternative  and  economies  of  scale. 

ETFS  303  Urban  Fire  Safety  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ETFS  302.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  A  synthesizing  course  on  alternative 
arrangements  for  establishing  defined  levels  of  public 
fire  safety.  The  planning  decision  system  utilizes  role 
playing  techniques.  Analysis  and  modification  of  ele- 
ments affecting  urban  fire  safety. 

ETFS  402  Fire  Safety  Research  and  Transfer  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  An 
evaluation  of  scope  and  methods  utilized  to  accom- 
plish technological  transfer  of  scientific  finding  to  the 
application  of  problem  situations  in  public  fire  safety. 
An  examination  of  ongoing  and  reported  research. 

ETFS  405  Technical  Problem  Analysis  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites: 
12  hours  of  upper  division  courses  in  fire  science.  The 
development  of  student  awareness  and  competency 
relating  to  concepts  of  research  analysis.  Each  stu- 
dent develops  a  research  design  and  carries  out  a 
study  project.  Individual  studies  are  culminated  with  a 
project  paper. 


Engineering  Technology,  Mechanical 
Engineering 

ETME  200  Designing  with  Materials  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week-concurrent  with  ETTS 
200.  Basic  properties  of  engineering  materials  applied 
to  design  of  industrial  products. 

ETME  210  Applied  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: MATH  221  and  CHEM  103.  Fundamental  con- 
cepts. First  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  for 
control  volumes  and  fixed-mass  systems.  Properties  of 
liquids,  vapors  and  gases.  Applications  to  carnot,  otto, 
diesel  and  rankine  power  cycles. 

ETME  315  Heat  Transfer  Technology  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: ETME  320.  Heat  transfer  by  conduction,  free  or 
forced  convection  and  radiation.  Concepts  of  dimen- 
sional analysis  and  similarity  applied  to  transfer  pro- 
cesses. Application  of  basic  principles  to  the  design  of 
heat  transfer  equipment. 

ETME     320    Fluid     Mechanics    Technology     (3) 

Corequisite:  ETME  210  or  equivalent,  Corequisite: 
ENME  343.  Fluid  properties.  Hydrostatic  pressure, 
forces  and  moments  in  floating  and  submerged  ob- 
jects. Energy  and  momentum  conservation  pnnciples 
for  the  flow  to  incompressible  fluids.  Similanty,  dimen- 
sional analysis  and  model  testing.  One-dimensional 
flow,  pipe  friction  and  losses  in  fittings.  Fluid  meters 
and  instrumentation. 

ETME  325  Instrumentation  and  Measurements  (4) 

Two  lectures  per  week  one  laboratory  and  one  recita- 
tion. Pre:reqaisite  EDIN  247  or  equivalent.  Fundamen- 
tal concepts  of  mechanical  and  electronic  measure- 
ment of  distance,  velocity,  acceleration,  time,  pres- 
sure,  force,   strain.   Introduction   to  development  of 


measunng  systems  and  calibration  of  these  systems. 
Application  of  measuring  systems  to  industrial  technol- 
ogy 

ETME  330  Machine  Design  Technology  I  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: ETTS  220  and  221  or  equivalent.  Stresses  and 
deflection  in  machine  members.  Power  transmission: 
shafts,  couplings,  kays,  clutches  and  brakes.  Fasten- 
ing: threaded  fasteners,  bolts,  rivets  and  welding. 
Lubrication,  sleeve  bearings  and  roller  bearings. 

ETME  335  Machine  Design  Technology  II  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ETME  330,  Design  of  mechanisms.  Linkages,  connec- 
tors, cams  and  toothed  gearing.  Gear  types  and  pro- 
duction methods.  Intermittent  motion  mechanisms. 
Kinematics  and  dynamics  of  machinery.  Velocities  and 
accelerations,  static  and  inertia  forces  in  machine 
elements.  Machine  analysis  and  design  project. 

ETME     343     Fluid     Mechanics     Laboratory     (1) 

Corequisite:  ETME  320.  One  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Measurement  of  of  fluid  properties,  determina- 
tion of  pressure  drops  in  pipes  and  fittings,  observation 
of  fluid  phenomena.  Expenment  and  demonstration  of 
flow  measurement  techniques. 

ETME  345  Vibrations  (3)  Prerequisite:  A  course  in 
differential  equations.  Single  and  multi-degree-of-free- 
dom  systems.  Free  and  forced  vibrations.  Damping 
and  resonance.  Energy  method,  ra  sigh  method  and 
mechanical  impedance  method.  ?,alancing  and  dy- 
namic vibration  absorber.  Electrical  analogies  and 
analog  computer. 

ETME  350  Mechanical  System  Design  (3)  Two  lec- 
ture and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ETME  315  and  ETME  335.  The  design  process:  crea- 
tivity, analysis,  synthesis  and  decision-making.  Appli- 
cation of  analytical  techniques  and  experimental  re- 
sults. Individual  or  group  design  projects  emphasizing 
the  synthesis  of  a  design  solution  to  meet  performance 
specifications. 

ETME  352  Components  of  Control  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisites:  A  course  in  differential  equations  and 
ETME  325.  Principles  of  feedback  control  systems. 
Dynamic  behavior  of  typical  processes,  transducers 
and  controlled  systems.  Mechanical,  electromechani- 
cal and  fluid  power  control  system  components.  Nu- 
merical control  of  machine  tools.  Digital  and  analog 
simulation  of  system  performance  and  stability. 

ETME  355  Mechanical  System  Design  Project  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Pre:requisite  ETME  350.  Individual  or  group  design 
projects  requiring  the  synthesis  of  analytical,  experi- 
mental and  manufacturer's  data  for  the  development 
of  a  mechanical  system.  Execution  of  design  in  suffi- 
cient detail  to  permit  construction  and  texting  or  evalu- 
ation of  a  prototype,  model,  or  mock-up.  Consideration 
of  reliability,  safety,  human  factors  and  economics  of 
production. 

ETME  357  Applied  Stress  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ETTS  220,  ENME  380,  ENES  240,  ENES  243.  A 
continuation  of  the  course  ETTS  220:  however,  em- 
phasis is  placed  on  computing  stresses  in  machine 
components.  Major  topics  include  shatts  in  bending, 
short  deep  beams,  torsion  of  non-circular  sections, 
rotating  disks,  thick-walled  pressure  vessels,  and  theo- 
ries of  failure.  Energy  methods  and  numerical  proce- 
dures are  introduced  to  solve  specific  problems. 

ETME  360  Applications  of  Direct  Energy  Conver- 
sion (3)  Prerequisite:  ETME  315,  Review  of  thermody- 
namic energy  conversion  processes.  Basic  concepts 
for  solid  state  energy  conversion  processes.  Applica- 
tions to  the  operation  of  thermoelectric,  thermionic, 
magnetohydrodynamic  photovoltaic  and  fuel  cell  ener- 
gy conversion  systems. 

ETME  362  Air  Conditioning  and  Refrigeration  Sys- 
tems (3)  Prerequisite:  ETME  315  Thermodynamic 
analysis  of  typical  cycles  for  air  conditioning  and 
refrigeration  systems.  Calculation  of  heating  and  cool- 
ing loads.  Equipment  characteristics  for  typical  sys- 
tems, 

ETME  367  Power  Plant  Design  and  Operation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ETME  315,  Analysis  and  design  of  com- 
ponents of  steam  power  plants  such  as  boilers,  tur- 
bines, condensers  and  pumps.  Nuclear  reactors  as 
heat  sources.  Economic  and  environmental  considera- 
tions in  plant  design. 

ETME  369  Internal  Cumbustion  Engine  Design  and 
Performance  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week,  Prerequi- 


152    Engineering  Technology,  Technological  Science 


sites:  ETME  210  and  ETME  320.  Air-standard  cycle 
analysis.  Combustion  processes.  Engine  components, 
carburetion,  valves,  ignigion  systems  and  combustion 
chambers.  Knock  and  knock  rating,  engine  perform- 
ance characteristics.  Emission  control. 

ETME  370  Industrial  Engineering  Technology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDIN  262  or  consent  of  instructor  Princi- 
ples of  industnal  and  laboratory  organization.  Econom- 
ics of  production,  capital  equipment,  labor  costs,  cost 
of  materials.  Industnal  plant  siting,  environmental  con- 
siderations, plant  layout  and  design.  Engineenng  deci- 
sions for  production,  methods  analysis,  value  analysis 
quality  control.  Industnal  relations. 

ETME  375  Applied  Operations  Research  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: MATH  221.  Problem  formulation  and  model 
construction.  Allocation  problems.  Applications  to  in- 
ventory, production,  replacement,  reliability  and  main- 
tenance requirements.  Queuing  problems.  Applica- 
tions to  sequencing,  coordination  and  routing  opera- 
tions lor  manufacturing  plants  and  laboratories. 

ETME  3B0  Applied  Mathematics  in  Engineering  (3) 

Prerequisite;  MATH  141.  Mathematical  techniques  ap- 
plied to  the  analyses  and  solutions  of  engineering 
problems.  Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differen- 
tial equations,  partial  differential  equations  and  integral 
transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numencal  and 
statistical  methods 


Engineering  Technology, 
Technological  Science 

ETTS  110  Applied  Statics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
110.  Systems  of  rigid  bodies  in  equilibrium  under 
action  of  forces  and  couples.  Numerical,  graphical, 
and  vectorial  computations  are  used  in  the  solution  of 
practical  problems  in  statics. 

ETTS  120  Manufacturing  Processes  and  Materials 

(3)  Manufacturing  processes  and  materials,  including 
casting,  machining,  forming,  stamping,  extruding, 
welding  and  cutting,  bonding,  finishing,  heat  treatment, 
equilibrium  diagrams,  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  materi- 
als. 

ETTS  220  Applied  Strength  of  Materials  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: MATH  111  and  ETTS  110.  Distortion  of  engi- 
neering materials  in  relation  to  changes  in  stress  or 
temperature.  Geometry  of  internal  strain  and  external 
displacement.  Application  to  beams,  columns,  shafts, 
tanks  and  other  structural  machines  and  vehicle  mem- 
bers. 

ETTS  221  Applied  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  111  and  ETTS  110.  Systems  of  heavy  particles 
and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  in  motion.  Rectilinear 
motion,  curvilinear  motion,  rotation,  plane  motion, 
work,  energy,  power,  impulse  and  momentum. 


Food  Science 

FDSC  111  Contemporary  Food  Industry  and  Con- 
sumerism (3)  Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  The  role 
of  the  food  processing  industry  in  attempting  to  satisfy 
man's  need  for  food.  Food  quality  nutritional,  sensory, 
and  compositional;  conventional  vs  'natural'  organic 
foods;  preservation  and  spoilage-role  of  chemical  ad- 
ditives; synthetic  and  convenience  foods;  consumer 
protection;  the  food  industry  and  the  environment; 
future  food  sources. 

FDSC  398  Seminar  (1)  Presentation  and  discussion  of 
current  literature  and  research  in  food  science. 

FDSC  399  Special  Problems  In  Food  Science  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Approval  of  staff.  Designed  for  advanced 
undergraduates  in  which  specific  problems  in  food 
science  will  be  assigned.  Four  credit  maximum  per 
student. 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  Processing  I  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
basic  methods  by  which  foods  are  preserved  (unit 
operations).  Effect  of  raw  product  quality  and  the 
vanous  types  of  processes  on  yield  and  quality  of  the 
preserved  products. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Processing  II  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  food 
processing  with  emphasis  on  line  and  staff  operations, 
including  physical  facilities,  utilies,  pre-and  post-pro- 


cessing operations,  processing  line  development  and 
sanitation. 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  203  and  204  The  applica- 
tion of  basic  chemical  and  physical  concepts  to  the 
composition  and  properties  of  foods.  Emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  processing  technology,  to  the  keeping 
quality,  nutritional  value,  and  acceptability  of  foods. 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and  Develop- 
ment (3)  Two  lectures:  and  one  laboratory  per  Week. 
Prerequisites,  FDSC  413,  CHEM  461,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  research  and  development 
function  for  improvement  of  existing  products  and 
development  of  new,  economically  feasible  and  mar- 
ketable food  products.  Application  of  chemical-physi- 
cal characteristics  of  ingredients  to  produce  optimum 
quality  products,  cost  reduction,  consumer  evaluation, 
equipment  and  package  development. 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  FDSC  421.  Two  laboratory  per  week. 
Analysis  of  the  major  and  minor  constituents  of  food 
using  chemical,  physical  and  instrumental  methods  in 
concordance  with  current' food  industry  and  regulatory 
practices.  Laboratory  exercises  coincide  lecture  sub- 
jects in  FDSC  421. 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  200  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
microorganisms  of  major  importance  to  the  food  indus- 
try with  emphasis  on  food-borne  outbreaks,  public 
health  significance,  bioprocessing  of  foods  and  control 
of  microbial  spoilage  of  foods. 

FDSC  431  Food  Quality  Control  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Definition  and  organiza- 
tion of  the  quality  control  function  in  the  food  industry; 
preparation  of  specifications;  statistical  methods  for 
acceptance  sampling;  in-plant  and  processed  product 
inspection.  Instrumental  and  sensory  methods  for 
evaluating  sensory  quality,  identity  and  wholesome- 
ness  and  their  integration  into  grades  and  standards  of 
quality. 

FDSC  434  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2)  Two 

laboratories  per  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC  430. 
A  study  of  techniques  and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  of  foods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Processing  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Commer- 
cial methods  of  canning,  freezing,  dehydrating,  fer- 
menting, and  chemical  preservation  of  fruit  and  vege- 
table crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Method  of  produc- 
tion of  fluid  milk,  butter,  cheese,  condensed  and 
evaporated  milk  and  milk  products  and  ice  cream. 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poultry 

(3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study 
of  the  technological  factors  concerned  with  the  pro- 
cessing, storage,  and  marketing  of  eggs  and  poultry 
and  the  factors  affecting  their  quality. 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  CHEM 
461  or  permission  of  instructor.  Physical  and  chemical 
characteristics  of  meat  and  meat  products,  meat  pro- 
cessing, methods'of  testing  and  product  development. 

FDSC  482  Seafood  Products  Processing  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
CHEM  461  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  principal 
preservation  methods  for  commercial  seafood  pro- 
ducts with  particular  reference  to  the  invertebrates. 
Chemical  and  microbiological  aspects  of  processing 
are  emphasized. 


Family  and  Community 
Development 

FMCD  IDS  The  Individual  In  the  Family  (3)  Study  of 
self-concept  development  and  self  awareness  through 
examination  of  developmental  theories  and  their  appli- 
cation within  the  family  context. 

FMCD  201  Concepts  in  Community  Development 

(3)  Examination  of  the  community  within  society  and 
the  individual  and  family  within  the  community.  Models 
for  community  intervention  and  service  delivery  for  the 
solution  of  individual  and  family  problems. 


FMCD  250  Decision-Making  in  Family  Living  (3) 

Decision-Making  in  relation  to  family  values,  philoso- 
phies, goals,  and  resources,  and  general  socio-eco- 
nomic conditions. 

FMCD  260  Interpersonal  Life  Styles  (3)  Socialization 
toward  marriage  and  contemporary  life-style  patterns 
in  interpersonal  relations. 

FMCD  270  Pre-Professional  Seminar  (3)  Survey  of 
professional  opportunities,  responsibilities  and  trends 
in  each  departmental  area  of  emphasis.  Concentration 
will  be  on  the  development  of  personal  qualities  and 
professional  ethics  essential  for  effective  occupational 
performance. 

FMCD  280  The  Household  as  an  Ecosystem  (3)  The 

input  of  air,  water,  energy  and  other  resources  and  the 
output  of  household  pollutants  as  influences  on  the 
choices  of  equipment  for  such  household  processes 
as  food  preparation,  laundry,  and  floor  care. 

FMCD  330  Family  Patterns  (3)  Prerequisites:  FMCD 
260  and  PSYC  100.  A  study  of  family  patterns  within 
the  sub-cultures  of  America  and  various  other  cultures. 
Emphasis  will  be  given  to  those  patterns  and  life  styles 
which  evolve  as  adaptations  to  cultural  demands. 

FMCD  332  The  Child  In  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100  or  SOCY  100.  Study  of  the  child  from 
prenatal  stage  through  adolescence,  with  emphasis  on 
responsibility  for  guidance  in  the  home.  Biological  and 
psychosocial  needs  as  they  affect  the  child's  relation- 
ship with  his  family,  peers,  and  society. 

FMCD  341  Personal  and  Family  Finance  (3)  Study  of 
individual  and  family  finances  with  particular  emphasis 
upon  financial  planning,  savings,  insurance.  Invest- 
ments, income  taxes,  housing,  and  use  of  credit. 

FMCD  343  Applied  Home  Management  (3)  An  al- 
ternate for  FMCD  344.  this  course  provides  an  oppor- 
tunity for  the  student  who  is  currently  managing  his  or 
her  own  home  to  meet  objectives  similar  to  those 
stated  for  FMCD  344. 

FMCD  344  Resident  Experience  In  Home  Manage- 
ment (3)  Four  to  nine  weeks.  Prerequisite:  FMCD  250, 
Group  living  and  management  experience  providing 
opportunity  to  examine  decision  patterns,  participate  in 
group  decission  making  and  analyze  value  systems 
and  resource  utilization  which  differ  from  the  student's 
own.  (Each  student  pays  $60  which  is  used  for  food 
and  supplies.  The  University  Housing  office  bills  non- 
dormitory  students  for  room  rent  at  the  rate  of  $5  per 
week.) 

FMCD  348  Practicum  In  Family  and  Community 
Development  (3-12)  Prerequisites:  FMCD  270  plus  6 
credits  of  practicum  related  coursework.  For  FMCD 
majors  only.  Pre-application  required.  A  planned,  su- 
pervised practicum  to  complement  classroom  instruc- 
tion. To  be  carried  concurrently  with  FMCD  349.  analy- 
sis of  practicum  Maximum  total  of  12  credits  allowed 
towards  degree  requirements. 

FMCD  349  Analysis  of  Practicum  (1-2)  For  FMCD 
majors  only.  Weekly  seminars  for  students  concur- 
rently carrying  FMCD  348.  Opportunities  to  integrate 
theory  and  practice.  Two  credits  for  the  first  semester 
and  one  credit  every  semester  thereafter  for  a  maxi- 
mum total  of  five  credits. 

FMCD  370  Communication  Skills  and  Techniques 

(3)  Provides  training  in  communication  skills  relevant 
to  interpersonal  situations,  i.e.  dating,  marriage  and 
family  life.  Relevant  communication  concepts,  princi- 
ples and  models  and  discussed  and  demonstrated. 

FMCD  381  Low-Income  Families  and  the  Communi- 
ty (3)  Interrelationships  between  the  community  social 
system  and  the  behavior  patterns  of  low  income 
families  using  the  theoretical  and  applied  perspective 
of  human  ecology. 

FMCD  430  Gender  Role  Development  In  the  Family 

(3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  260.  The  development  of  mas- 
culinity and  femininity  within  the  context  of  the  contem- 
porary family  and  the  implications  for  family  life. 

FMCD  431   Family  Crises  and  Rehabilitation  (3) 

Deals  with  various  types  of  family  crises  oituations  and 
how  families  cope  with  the  rehabilitation  process.  It 
covers  issues  at  various  stages  of  the  family  cycle 
ranging  from  divorce,  teenage  runaways,  abortion,  to 
the  effect  of  death  on  a  family.  Role  playing  and 
interviewing  techniques  are  demonstrated  and  ways  of 
helping  the  family  through  the  chses  are  emphasized. 


Food    153 


FMCD  432  Intergenerational  Aspects  of  Family 
Living  (3)  Prerequisites:  FMCD  105.  260  and  332,  or 
permission  ol  instructor.  The  historical,  cultural,  devel- 
opmental, and  psychosocial  expenences  of  contem- 
porary american  generations.  Interactions  among  dif- 
ferent generations  within  the  family  and  consequences 
for  individual  development. 

FMCO  443  Consumer  Problems  (3)  Consumer  prac- 
tices of  American  families.  Merchandising  practices  as 
they  affect  the  consumer.  Organizations  and  laws  in 
the  interest  of  the  consumer. 

FMCD  446  Living  Experiences  with  Families  (3-6) 

A — Domestic  Intercultural 

B— International  Intercultural  Prerequisites;  FMCD 
330,  ANTH  101;  FMCD  250;  optional,  language  com- 
petence. An  individual  experience  in  living  with  families 
of  a  sub-culture  within  the  US.  or  with  families  of 
another  country,  participating  in  family  and  community 
activities.  A  foreign  student  may  participate  and  live 
with  an  American  family. 

FMCD  447  Home  Management  for  the  Disabled  (3) 

Application  of  home  management  concepts  in  the  use 
of  resources  to  promote  maintenance  of  homemaker 
independence  through  physiological  and  psychologi- 
cal adjustments  in  the  family  and  home  environment. 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  prepare  students  for 
working  effectively  with  disabled  homemakers. 


FMCD  448  Selected  Topics  in  Home  Management 

(3)  Seminar  format  will  be  used  to  examine  the  ways 
families  set  priorities  and  organize  their  efforts  and 
resources  to  achieve  both  social  and  economic  goals. 
Prior  registration  in  FMCD  250.  341.  or  other  courses 
in  management  theory,  systems  analysis  or  research 
methods  is  desirable.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits  provided  subject  matter  is  different. 


FMCD  453  Family-Community  Advocacy  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FMCD  201  or  permission  of  instructor.  Decision- 
making processes  at  the  federal,  state  and  local  levels 
regarding  social  policy  determination  in  the  family  and 
community  field.  The  ongins  and  consequences  of 
policies  as  they  affect  family  and  community  function- 
ing. 

FMCD  460  Violence  in  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisites; 
FMCD  260  or  330  or  332.  Violence  in  the  family  from 
the  perspective  of  interfamilial  patterns  and  systems. 
The  ways  in  which  societal  forces  augment,  support  or 
deter  violent  interchanges. 

FMCD  483  Family  and  Community  Service  Systems 

(3)  Prerequisite;  By  permission  of  instructor.  The  plan- 
ning, implementation,  administration,  and  evaluation  of 
human  service  systems  affecting  families  and  commu- 
nities. Major  organizational  theories,  managenal 
styles,  administrative  techniques,  and  relevant  issues 
in  human  service  delivery. 

FMCD  485  Introduction  to  Family  Counseling  (3) 

Provides  the  fundamental  theoretical  concepts  and 
clinical  procedures  that  are  unique  to  marital  and 
family  therapy.  These  techniques  are  contrasted  with 
individually-orientated  psychotherapy.  Pre-marital, 
marital  and  family,  and  divorce  counseling  techniques 
are  demonstrated  and  evaluated. 

FMCD  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems  (3)  Laws 
and  legal  involvement  that  directly  affect  specific  as- 
pects of  the  family:  adoption,  marriage,  estate  plan- 
ning, property  rights,  wills,  etc.  Emphasis  will  be  given 
to  the  involvement  of  a  professional  lawyer;  principles 
and  interpretation  of  the  law. 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics  (1-3) 

A — Family  Studies 

B — Community  Studies 

C — Management  and  Consumer  Studies 


Foreign  Language 

FOLA  001   English  for  Foreign  Students  (3)  An 

introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of 
the  non-English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation, 
spelling,  syntax,  vocabulary.  The  difference  between 
English  and  various  other  languages  are  stressed. 
Reaching  of  modern  American  short  stories.  This 
course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University. 

FOLA  002  English  for  Foreign  Students  (3)  An 

introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of 


the  non-English-speaking  student.  Pronunciation, 
spelling,  syntax,  vocabulary.  The  difference  between 
English  and  various  other  languages  are  stressed. 
Reading  of  modern  American  snort  stories.  This 
course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University. 

FOLA  108  Elementary  Foreign  Languages  i  (3)  The 

first  semester  of  conversational  study  of  a  language 
not  otherwise  offered.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if 
language  covered  is  different.  The  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful 
completion  of  FOLA  1 08,  1 09,  1 1 8  and  1 1 9  in  a  single 
language. 

FOLA  109  Elementary  Foreign  Languages  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  108  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  ol  the  instructor.  The  second  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  othenwise 
offered.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  language  cov- 
ered is  different.  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion 
of  FOLA  108,  109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language 

FOLA  118  Intermediate  Foreign  Languages  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FOLA  109  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  third  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  otherwise 
offered.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  language  cov- 
ered is  different.  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion 
of  FOLA  108.  109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language. 

FOLA  119  Intermediate  Foreign  Languages  II  (3) 

Prerequisite;  FOLA  118  in  the  subject  language  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  fourth  semester  of 
conversational  study  of  a  language  not  othenwise 
offered.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  language  cov- 
ered is  different.  The  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement  may  be  fulfilled  by  successful  completion 
of  FOLA  108,  109,  118  and  119  in  a  single  language. 

FOLA  128  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages 

I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department.  An 
introduction  to  the  three  principal  languages  of  the 
Islamic  Middle  East — Arabic,  Persian,  and  Turkish. 
Only  standard  written  form  of  the  three  languages  is 
taught.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours 
when  language  varies.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts 
and  humanities  language  requirement. 

FOLA  129  Introductory  Middle  Eastern  Languages 

II  (3)  Prerequisite;  FOLA  128  and  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  128.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  languages 
varies.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  158  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  I 
(3-6)  Directed  study  of  a  modern  foreign  language  with 
use  of  a  self-instruction  approach.  Open  only  by  per- 
mission to  students  of  high  motivation  and  proven 
language  learning  aptitude.  May  be  repeated  to  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits  in  each  language  studied. 

FOLA  159  Directed  Study  of  a  Foreign  Language  II 
(3-6)  Prerequisite;  FOLA  158  in  the  same  language.  A 
continuation  of  of  FOLA  158.  Open  only  by  permission 
to  students  of  high  motivation  and  proven  language 
learning  aptitude.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  in  each  language  studied. 

FOLA  228  Intermediate  Middle  Eastern  Languages 

I  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  129  and  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  129.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language 
varies.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  229  intermediate  Middle  Eastern  Languages 

II  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  228  and  consent  of  the 
department.  Continuation  of  FOLA  228.  May  be  re- 
peated to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language 
varies.  May  not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

FOLA  328  Advanced  Middle  Eastern  Languages  I 

(3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  229  or  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment. Continuation  of  FOLA  229.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours  when  language  varies.  May  not 
be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  329  Advanced  Middle  Eastern  Languages  II 
(6-3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  328  or  consent  of  the  depart- 
ment. Continuation  of  FOLA  328.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours  when  languages  vanes.  May 


not  be  used  to  satisfy  arts  and  humanities  language 
requirement. 

FOLA  389  Foreign  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
cultural  history,  arts  and  letters,  folklore  and  life-style 
of  the  speakers  of  a  language  not  otherwise  offered. 
May  be  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  single  civilization  if 
content  is  different.  All  readings  and  instruction  in 
english. 

FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I  (3)  Intensive  study  of 
a  foreign  language  or  related  topic  not  available  under 
one  of  the  current  foreign  language  departments  or 
programs.  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  the  arts  and 
humanities  language  requirement. 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Language  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FOLA  408  in  the  same  language  or  topic.  A  continua- 
tion of  FOLA  406.  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  division  ol 
arts  and  humanities  language  requirement. 

FOLA  459  Foreign  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Reading  and  discussion  of  selected  authors,  periods 
or  genres  of  a  foreign  literature  not  othenwise  offered. 
May  be  repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  single  literature  if 
content  is  different.  All  readings  and  instruction  in 
English. 


Food 

FOOD  105  Professional  Orientation  (1)  A  senes  of 
lectures  introducing  the  student  to  the  broad  field  of 
careers  in  food,  nutrition,  dietetics,  and  institution 
administration.  Includes  trends,  role  of  related  sci- 
ences, educational  and  personal  requirements,  ethics, 
and  opportunities  in  each  professional  area. 

FOOD  110  Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and 
Families  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
penod  a  week.  A  study  of  food  in  contemporary  living. 
The  economic,  social  and  esthetic  implications  of  food 
as  well  as  its  ntritive  value.  Selection  and  use  of  food  in 
relation  to  eating  habits,  health  and  well-being  of  the 
individual.  Survey  of  meal  preparation  and  service 
applied  to  family  situations.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  course;  NUTR  100  or  FOOD  110. 

FOOD  200  Scientific  Principles  of  Food  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; NUTR  100.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  labo- 
ratory period  a  week.  Study  of  basic  scientific  princi- 
ples as  applied  to  food  preparation  processes.  For 
nondepartmental  majors. 

FOOD  240  Science  of  Food  Preparation  I  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Pre — or  corequisites:  NUTR  100  and  CHEM 
104.  Composition  and  structure  of  food  with  study  of 
the  fundamental  principles  involved  in  food  prepara- 
tion. Especially  designed  for  majors  in  food,  nutrition 
and  institution  administration. 

FOOD  250  Science  of  Food  Preparation  II  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  three — hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  FOOD  240.  A  continuation  of 
FOOD  240. 

FOOD  260  Meal  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites; 
FOOD  200  or  240.  Retail  selection  of  food  commodi- 
ties in  relation  to  levels  of  spending;  management  of 
family  meals  through  organization  of  available  re- 
sources. 

FOOD  300  Economics  of  Food  Consumption  (3) 

Prerequisites;  ECON  201  or  205;  and  FOOD  110  or 
NUTR  100.  Interrelations  of  food,  population  and  eco- 
nomic progress;  trends  in  food  consumption  patterns; 
world  and  local  food  problems. 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisites:  FOOD  250  and  CHEM 
261  or  461.  Chemical  and  physical  properties  of  food 
as  related  to  consumer  use  in  the  home  and  institu- 
tions. 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory  (1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  201  and  consent  of  instructor.  Chemical  deter- 
mination ol  selected  components  in  animal  and  plant 
foods. 

FOOD  450  Experimental  Food  Science  (3)  One 

lecture:  two  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisite.  FOOD 
440  or  equivalent.  Individual  and  group  laboratory 
experimentation  as  an  introduction  to  methods  of  food 
research 


154 


FOOD  480  Food  Additives  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD 
440  or  equivalent.  Effects  of  intentional  and  incidental 
additives  on  food  quality,  nutritive  value  and  safety. 
Current  regulatory  procedures. 

FOOD  490  Special  Problems  In  Foods  (2-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FOOD  440  and  consent  of  instructor.  Individual 
selected  problems  in  ttie  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Con- 
sent of  instructor.  Selected  current  aspects  of  food. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  ttie  subject 
matter  is  substantially  different. 


French 

FREN  101  Elementary  French  (4)  Introduction  to 
basic  structures  and  pronunciation.  Four  recitations 
per  week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 

FREN  102  Elementary  French  (4)  Completion  of 
basic  structures  wltti  emphasis  on  reading  and  speak- 
ing skills.  Four  recitations  per  week  plus  one  laboratory 
hour. 

FREN  103  Review  of  Elementary  French  (4)  Limited 
to  students  who  have  had  at  least  two  years  of  high 
school  trench  (or  equivalent)  or  who  do  not  qualify  for 
FREN  104.  Four  recitations  per  week  plus  one  hour  of 
laboratory. 

FREN  104  Intermediate  French  (4)  Grammar  review 
with  extended  reading,  discussion,  and  composition. 
Four  recitations  per  week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 
Fulfills  the  language  requirement. 

FREN  111  Elementary  French  (3)  Given  as  intensive 
course  in  summer  session.  Three  recitations  and  one 
drill  per  week.  Study  of  spoken  and  written  language 
and  development  of  the  four  language  skills. 

FREN  112  Elementary  French  (3)  Given  as  intensive 
course  In  summer  session.  Three  recitations  and  one 
drill  per  week.  Study  of  spoken  and  written  language 
and  development  of  the  four  language  skills. 

FREN  113  Review  of  Elementary  French  (3)  Two 

recitations  and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week,  or 
three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill,  depending 
on  circumstances.  Enrollment  limited  to  students  who, 
having  taken  placement  examination,  have  failed  to 
qualify  for  FREN  114. 

FREN  114  Intermediate  French  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  ses- 
sion. Prerequisite:  FREN  112  or  equivalent  or  FREN 
113.  Study  of  linguistic  structures,  further  development 
of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of 
literary  texts  with  discussion  In  French. 

FREN  115  Intermediate  French  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Given  as  Intensive  course  in  summer  ses- 
sion. Prerequisite:  FREN  112  or  equivalent  or  FREN 
113.  Study  of  linguistic  structures,  further  development 
of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of 
literary  texts  with  discussion  In  French. 

FREN  121  Accelerated  French  I  (3)  An  intensive 
beginning  course  in  French  language  skills:  guided 
practice  in  reading  and  writing,  understanding  the 
spoken  language  and  conversation,  to  enable  the 
student  to  move  more  quickly  to  advanced  courses. 
Enrollment  restricted  to  students  already  having  a 
good  background  at  least  one  other  foreign  language 
(successful  completion  of  level  4  in  high  school,  or  of 
115  or  104  or  equivalent  at  the  University  level;  or 
through  linguistic  competence  acquired  by  residence 
abroad,  or  by  demonstration  of  equivalent  proficiency). 
With  122,  may  be  used  to  satisfy  language  require- 
ments. 

FREN  122  Accelerated  French  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FRENCH  121.  An  intensive  beginning  course  in 
French  language  skills:  guided  practice  in  reading  and 
writing,  understanding  the  spoken  language  and  con- 
versation, to  enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly 
to  advanced  courses.  IVIay  be  used  to  satisfy  language 
requirements. 

FREN  200  French  for  Reading  (3)  Intensive  course 
designed  to  bring  students  to  a  tiasic  reading  and 
translating  competence  of  ordinary  literary  and  scien- 
tific trench,  with  the  aid  of  a  dictionary,  in  one  semes- 
ter. Study  of  essential  grammar,  but  no  spoken  or 
written  French  involved.  No  prerequisites.  Course  not 
open  to  students  who  have  completed  two  years  high 


school  French  or  two  semesters  college  French  within 
the  last  five  years  nor  to  students  for  whom  French  in 
the  native  language.  H^ay  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the 
language  requirement  of  the  division  of  arts  and  hu- 
manities. 

FREN  201  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  104  or  115,  or  course  chairman's 
consent.  An  intensive  review  of  major  aspects  of 
contemporary  grammatical  usage:  training  in  com- 
prehension: an  Introduction  to  guided  composition. 

FREN  211  Phonetics  and  Spoken  French  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FREN  104  or  115,  or  course  chairman's  con- 
sent. Not  open  to  native  speakers  of  French.  Introduc- 
tion of  the  French  phonetic  system,  with  practice  in  the 
spoken  language;  international  phonetic  alphabet;  in- 
tonation. 

FREN  231  Aspects  of  French  Civilization  (3)  A 

general  introduction  to  the  geographical,  historical  and 
cultural  forces  that  have  fashioned  modern  French 
institutions.  No  knowledge  of  French  required.  No 
prerequisites. 

FREN  250  Readings  In  French  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FRENCH  104  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings  from 
various  genres  in  French  literature.  Discussion  and 
brief  written  reports  in  French.  » 

FREN  279  Readings  in  French  Literature  In  Trans- 
lation (3)  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester.  All 
readings,  discussions  and  examinations  in  English.  No 
prerequisites.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

FREN  301  Composition  and  Style  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  201 ,  or  course  chairman's  consent.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  techniques  of  the  dissertation  generale; 
grammatical  analysis;  free  composition. 

FREN  302  Advanced  Composition  and  Style  (3) 

Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or  course  chairman's  consent. 
Training  In  the  art  of  translation:  dissertation  generale; 
analysis  of  the  role  of  language  In  literature. 

FREN  311  French  Conversation:  Contemporary  Is- 
sues (3)  Vocabulary  development  to  the  level  of  the 
contemporary  French  press.  Not  open  to  native  speak- 
ers of  French. 

FREN  312  French  Conversation:  Current  Cultural 
Events  (3)  Vocabulary  development  to  the  level  of  the 
contemporary  French  press.  Not  open  to  native  speak- 
ers of  French. 

FREN  350  Advanced  Readings  iji  French  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: FRENCH  201  or  250.  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Selected  readings  in  various  genres  from  important 
trench  authors  and  from  works  dealing  with  various 
aspects  of  French  life,  culture,  and  civilization.  Trans- 
lation, textual  analysis,  discussion  and  t)rie(  written 
reports  in  French. 

FREN  351  French  Literature  from  the  Revolution  to 
the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  201  or  250,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  chief  authors 
and  major  movements  of  French  literature  from  Pre- 
Romantlcism  to  the  present. 

FREN  352  French  Literature  from  the  Middle  Ages 
to  the  Revolution  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  201  or  250, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  chief  authors 
and  major  movements  of  French  literature  from  the 
lyliddle  Ages  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

FREN  398  Practicum  in  Spoiten  French  (1)  Prerequi- 
site: FRENCH  312,  or  permission  of  department  chair- 
man. Practice  in  French  conversation  at  the  advanced 
level.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  three  credits.  Will 
not  count  toward  the  French  major.  Satisfactory/fail 
^Only. 

FREN  399  Directed  Study  in  French  (1-3)  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  department  chairman.  Intended  for 
advanced  undergraduates  who  wish  to  work  on  an 
individual  basis  with  a  professor  of  their  choice.  Open 
as  elective  to  all  students,  but  may  not  be  counted 
toward  French  major.  May  be  taken  for  one,  two  or 
three  credits,  according  to  nature  and  scope  of  work 
envisaged.  May  be  taken  more  than  once;  however, 
only  repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  three  credits.  Grad- 
ing method:  satisfactory-fall  only. 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of 
applied  linguistics  and  its  contribution  to  the  effective 
teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  French,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 
divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of 
related  drills. 


FREN  401  introduction  to  Styllstics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FREN  302,  or  course  chairman's  consent.  Compara- 
tive stylistic  analysis;  detailed  grammatical  analysis; 
translation. 

FREN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers  of  French  (3) 

Prerequisitee:  FREN  311  and  FREN  312,  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Development  of  fluency  in  French, 
stress  on  correct  sentence  structure  and  idiomatic 
expression.  Credit  may  not  be  applied  toward  the 
French  major.  f 

FREN  405  Explication  Oe  Textes  (3)  Oral  and  written 
analysis  of  short  literary  works,  or  of  excerpts  from 
longer  works  chosen  for  their  historical,  structural,  or 
stylistic  Interest,  with  the  purpose  of  training  the  major 
to  understand  literature  In  depth  and  to  make  mature 
esthetic  evaluations  of  It. 

FREN  411  introduction  to  Medieval  Literature  (3) 

French  literature  from  the  ninth  through  the  fifteenth 
century.  La  Chanson  Epique,  Le  Roman  Courtois,  Le 
Lai;  La  Litterature  Bourgooise,  Le  Theatre,  La  Poesle 
Lyrique. 

FREN  412  Introduction  to  Medieval  Literature  (3) 

French  literature  from  the  ninth  through  the  fifteenth 
century.  La  Chanson  Epique.  Le  Roman  Courtois,  Le 
Lai;  La  Litterature  Bourgeoise,  Le  Theatre,  La  Poesle 
Lyrique. 

FREN  421  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury (3)  The  Renaissance  in  France:  Humanism, 
Rabelais,  Calvin,  the  Pleiade,  Montaigne,  Baroque 
poetry. 

FREN  422  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Cen- 
tury (3)  The  Renaissance  in  France:  Humanism, 
Rabelais.  Calvin,  the  Pleiade,  Montaigne,  Baroque 
poetry. 

FREN  431  French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  « 
Century  (3)  Descartes,  Pascal,  Corneille,  Racine;  the 
remaining  great  classical  writers,  with  special  attention 
to  Mollere. 

FREN  432  French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth 
Century  (3)  Descartes,  Pascal,  Corneille.  Racine;  the 
remaining  great  classical  writers,  with  special  attention 
to  Mollere. 

FREN  441  French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century  (3)  Development  of  philosophical  and  scien- 
tific movement:  Montesquieu,  Voltaire,  Diderot,  Rous- 
seau. 

FREN  442  French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century  (3)  Development  of  philosophical  and  scien- 
tific movement:  Montesquieu,  Voltaire,  Diderot,  Rous- 
seau. 

FREN  451  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3)  Drama  and  poetry  from  Romanticism  to 
Symbolism;  the  major  prose  writers  of  the  same  peri- 
od. 

FREN  452  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3)  Drama  and  poetry  from  Romanticism  to 
Symbolism;  the  major  prose  writers  of  the  same  perl-  . 
od. 

FREN  461  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century  Litera- 
ture— The  Early  Years  (3)  French  poetry,  theator  and 
the  novel  during  the  age  of  Proust  and  Gide. 

FREN  462  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century  Liters- 
ture — Mid — Century  Writers  Modern  French  poetry,  * 
theater  and  the  novel,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
literature  of  anxiety  and  existentialism. 

FREN  463  Studies  in  Twentieth  Century  Litera- 
ture— The  Contemporary  Scene  (3)  French  writers 
and  literary  movements  since  about  1950,  with  special 
emphasis  on  new  forms  of  the  novel  and  theater. 

FREN  471  French  Civilization  I  (3)  French  life,  cus- 
toms, culture,  traditions  (800-1750).  j 

FREN  472  French  Civilization  il  (3)  French  life, 
customs,  culture,  traditions  (1750 — present-day 
France). 

FREN  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  French  Liter- 
ature in  Translation  (3)  Studies  treatments  of  the- 
matic problems  or  of  literary  or  historical  movements  in 
French  literature.  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semes- 
ter. Given  in  English. 

FREN  479  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  Treats  the  works  of  one  or  more  major 


Geography    155 


(rench  writers.  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester. 
Given  in  English. 

FREN  488  Pro-Seminar  In  a  Great  Literary  Figure 

(3)  Each  semester  a  specialized  study  will  be  made  of 
one  great  French  writer  chosen  from  some  representa- 
tive literary  period  or  movement  since  the  Middle  Ages. 
Repealable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  489  Pro-Seminar  in  Themes  or  Movements 
ot  French  Literature  (3)  Repealable  for  a  maximum 
of  six  credits. 

FREN   491   Honors   Reading  Course,   Poetry  (3) 

•H — Honors,  Poetry 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN   492   Honors   Reading   Course,   Novel   (3) 

H — Honors,  Novel 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN   493   Honors   Reading   Course   Drama   (3) 

H — Honors,  Drama 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally  only  by 

students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN  494  Honors  Independent  Study  (3)  H— Hon- 
ors Honors  independent  study  involves  guided  read- 
ings based  on  an  honors  reading  list  and  tested  by  a  6 
hour  written  examination.  Honors  494  and  495  are 
required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement 
in  addition  to  two  out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H, 
493H.  Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  depart- 
mental honors  program. 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  H— Honors 
Honors  thesis  research  involves  the  writing  of  a  paper 
under  the  direction  of  a  professor  in  this  department 
and  an  oral  examintion.  Honors  494  and  495  are 
required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement 
in  addition  to  two  out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H, 
493H.  Open  only  to  students  admitted  to  the  depart- 
mental honors  program. 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  in  French  Literature  (3) 

Repealable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  in  French  Studies  (3)  An 

aspect  of  French  studies,  the  specific  topic  to  be 
announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered.  Repeala- 
ble for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Geography 

GEOG  100  Introduction  to  Geography  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  the  broad  field  of  geography  as  it  is  applica- 
ble to  the  general  education  student.  The  course 
presents  the  basic  rationale  of  variations  in  human 
occupancy  of  the  earth  and  stresses  geographic  con- 
cepts relevant  to  understanding  world,  regional  and 
local  issues. 

GEOG  201   Introductory  Physical  Geography  (3) 

Examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  physical  geogra- 
phy including  those  involving  landforms,  climate,  vege- 
tation, soils,  and  mineral  resources,  and  the  interrela- 
tions between  them. 

GEOG  202  introductory  Cultural  Geography  (3) 

Examination  of  the  basic  concepts  of  human  geogra- 
phy such  as  those  relating  to  geography  of  political, 
population,  settlement,  and  cultural  phenomena. 

GEOG  203  introductory  Economic  Geography  (3)  A 

study  of  physical  and  economic  factors  that  underlie 
production.  The  roles  of  climate,  soils,  and  landforms; 
and  geographic  distribution  of  agricultural,  power  and 
mineral  resources,  and  the  nature  and  uses  of  carto- 
graphic materials. 

GEOG  305  introduction  to  Geographic  Techniques 

(3)  A  practical  introduction,  by  use  of  exercise  and 
supporting  readings,  to  data  sources  and  measure- 
ment, basic  descriptive  statistics;  data  collection,  sam- 
pling and  questionnaire  design;  field  techniques;  maps 
and  map  projections;  and  data  presentation. 

GEOG  310  Introduction  to  Research  and  Writing  in 
Geography  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  305.  Develop- 
ment of  research  methods  in  geography  including  the 
formulation  of  problem,  the  establishment  of  hypothe- 
ses, development  of  structures  for  testing  hypotheses, 
and  practice  with  forms  of  geographic  presentation. 
Maps,  quantitative  and  field  methods  will  be  used  as 
appropriate. 


GEOG  370  Cartography  and  Graphics  Practicum 

(3)  One  hour  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Techniques  and  problems  of  compila- 
tion, design  and  construction  of  various  types  of  maps 
and  graphics.  Relationships  between  map  making  and 
modern  methods  of  production  and  reproduction.  Trips 
to  representative  plants.  Laboratory  work  directed 
toward  cartographic  problems  encountered  in  the 
making  of  non-topographic  maps. 

GEOG  372  Remote  Sensing  (3)  Prerequisite;  GEOG 
305  or  permission  of  instructor.  Principles  of  remote 
sensing  in  relation  to  photographic,  thermal  infra-red, 
and  radar  imaging.  Methods  of  obtaining  quantitative 
information  from  remotely-sensed  images.  Interpreta- 
tion of  remotely-sensed  images  emphasizing  the  study 
of  spatial  and  environmental  relationships. 

GEOG  376  Quantitative  Methods  in  Geography  (3) 

Prerequisite;  "GEOG  305.  Inferential  statistics  applica- 
ble to  geographic  problems  including  probability,  sam- 
pling, point  and  interval  estimates,  tests  of  hypothe- 
ses, correlation,  regression,  analysis  of  frequencies 
and  proportions,  and  analysis  of  variance.  The  applica- 
tion of  these  to  problem-solving  in  geography. 

GEOG  380  Local  Field  Course  (3)  Training  in  geo- 
graphic field  methods  and  techniques.  Field  observa- 
tion of  land  use  in  selected  rural  and  urban  areas  in 
eastern  Maryland.  One  lecture  per  week  with  Saturday 
and  occasional  weekend  field  trips.  Primarily  for  under- 
graduates. 

GEOG  381  Field  Study— Physical  (1) 

GEOG  382  Field  Study— Rural  (1) 

GEOG  383  Field  Study— Urban  (1) 

GEOG  384  Field  Study— Field  Methods  (1) 

GEOG  385  Scientific  Methodology  and  History  of 
Geography  (3)  For  undergraduate  and  graduate  maj- 
ors in  geography.  May  be  taken  also  by  students  with  a 
minimum  of  nine  hours  in  systematic  and  six  hours  in 
regional  geography.  A  comprehensive  and  systematic 
study  of  the  history,  nature  and  basic  principles  of 
geographic  thought;  a  critical  evaluation  of  some  of  the 
important  geographical  works  and  methods  of  geo- 
graphic research. 

GEOG  398  Honors  Research  (3)  Student  develop- 
ment of  a  potential  research  topic  under  the  guidance 
of  a  faculty  advisor,  culminating  in  a  written  and  oral 
presentation  of  a  research  proposal. 

GEOG  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG 
398.  Second  course  in  departmental  honors  se- 
quence. Student  research  under  the  auspices  of  a 
faculty  advisor,  culminating  in  a  research  paper  to  be 
defended  orally  before  the  geography  honors  commit- 
tee. 

GEOG  400  Geography  of  North  America  (3)  An 

examination  of  the  contemporary  patterns  of  American 
and  Canadian  life  from  a  regional  viewpoint.  Major 
topics  include:  the  significance  of  the  physical  environ- 
ment, resource  use,  the  political  framework,  economic 
activities,  demographic  and  socio-cultural  charac- 
teristics, regional  identification,  and  regional  problems. 

GEOG  402  Geography  of  Maryland  and  Adjacent 
Areas  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  physical  environment, 
natural  resources,  and  population  in  relation  to  agricul- 
ture, industry,  transport,  and  trade  in  the  state  of 
Maryland  and  adjacent  areas. 

GEOG  406  Historical  Geography  of  North  America 
before  1800  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  changing  geogra- 
phy of  the  U.S.  and  Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times 
to  the  end  of  the  18th  century.  Emphasis  on  areal 
variations  and  changes  in  the  settlements  and  econo- 
mies of  Indian  a/id  colonial  populations.  Areal  speciali- 
zation and  the  changing  patterns  of  agriculture,  indus- 
try, trade,  and  transportation.  Population  growth,  com- 
position and  interior  expansion.  Regionalization. 

GEOG  407  Historical  Geography  of  North  America 
after  1800  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography 
of  the  U.S.  and  Canada  from  1800  to  the  1920's. 
Emphasis  on  the  settlement  expansion  and  socio- 
economic development  of  the  U.S.,  and  comparisons 
with  Canadian  experience.  Immigration,  economic  ac- 
tivities, industrialization,  transportation  and  urbaniza- 
tion, 

GEOG  410  Geography  of  Europe  (3)  Agricultural  and 
industrial  development  of   Europe  and  present-day 


problems  in  relation  to  the  physical  and  cultural  setting 
of  the  continent  and  its  natural  resources. 

GEOG  411  Historical  Geography  of  Europe  after 
1500  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography  of 
Europe  from  the  Columbian  discoveries  until  the  eariy 
20th  century  with  particular  emphasis  on  western 
Europe,  the  medieval  legacy,  the  impact  of  overseas 
expansion,  and  changing  patterns  of  population,  agri- 
culture, industry,  trade,  and  transportation.  Attention  to 
the  development  of  the  nation-state  and  to  agricultural 
and  industrial  revolutions. 

GEOG  415  Economic  Resources  and  Development 
of  Africa  (3)  The  natural  resources  of  Africa  in  relation 
to  agricultural  and  min&ral  production;  the  various 
stages  of  economic  development  and  the  potentialities 
of  the  future. 

GEOG  420  Geography  of  Asia  (3)  Lands,  climates, 
natural  resources,  and  major  economic  activities  in 
Asia  (except  Soviet  Asia).  Outstanding  differences 
between  major  regions. 

GEOG  421  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of 
Eastern  Asia  (3)  Study  of  China,  Korea,  Japan,  the 
Philippines;  physical  geographic  setting,  population, 
economic  and  political  geography.  Potentialities  of 
major  regions  and  recent  developments. 

GEOG  422  Cultural  Geography  of  China  and  Japan 

(3)  Survey  of  geographical  distribution  and  interpreta- 
tion of  cultural  patterns  of  China  and  Japan.  Emphasis 
on  basic  cultural  institutions,  outlook  on  life,  unique 
characteristics  of  various  groups.  Trends  of  cultural 
change  and  contemporary  problems. 

GEOG  423  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of 
South  and  Southeast  Asia  (3)  Study  of  the  Indian 
subcontinent.  Farther  India,  Indonesia;  physical  geo- 
graphic setting,  population,  economic  and  political 
geography.  Potentialities  of  various  countries  and  re- 
gions and  their  role  in  present  Asia. 

GEOG  431  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of 
Caribbean  America  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  physical 
framework,  broad  economic  and  historical  trends,  cul- 
tural patterns,  and  regional  diversification  of  Mexico, 
Central  America,  the  West  Indies. 

GEOG  432  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of 
South  America  (3)  A  survey  of  natural  environment 
and  resources,  economic  development  and  cultural 
deversity  of  the  South  American  Republics,  with  em- 
phasis upon  problems  and  prospects  of  the  countries. 

GEOG  434  Historical  Geography  of  the  Hispanic 
World  (3)  An  examination  of  the  social,  economic, 
political  and  cultural  geography  of  the  countries  of  the 
Iberian  Peninsula  and  Latin  America  in  the  past  with 
concentration  on  specific  time  periods  of  special  signif- 
icance in  the  development  of  these  countries. 

GEOG  435  Geography  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  The 

natural  environment  and  its  regional  diversity.  Geo- 
graphical factors  in  the  expansion  of  the  Russian  state. 
The  geography  of  agricultural  and  industrial  production 
in  relation  to  available  resources,  transportation  prob- 
lems, and  diversity  of  population. 

GEOG  437  Introduction  to  Regional  Methods  (3) 

Inquiry  into  the  evolution  of  regional  methodology  with 
specific  reference  to  geographic  problems.  Critical 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  past  and  contemporary 
theories  and  a  thorough  examination  of  alternate  re- 
gional methodologies.  Application  of  quantitative  and 
qualitative  techniques  of  regional  analysis  and  synthe- 
sis to  traditional  and  modern  regional  geography  em- 
phasizing principles  of  regionalization. 

GEOG  440  Process  Geomorphoiogy  (3)  Study  of  the 
major  processes  involved  in  the  development  of  land- 
forms,  especially  weathering,  wasting,  and  fluvial  ero- 
sion. Evaluation  of  models  of  slope  and  landscape 
evolution. 

GEOG  441  Geomorphoioglcai  Environment  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GEOG  440.  An  examination  of  environ- 
ments, coastal,  glacial,  lithologic,  etc.,  which  lead  to 
the  spatial  differentiation  of  landforms. 

GEOG  445  Climatology  (3)  The  geographic  aspects 
of  climate  with  emphasis  on  energy-moisture  budgets, 
steady-state  and  non-steady-state  climatology,  and 
climatic  variations  at  both  macro-and  micro-scales. 

GEOG  446  Applied  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  445  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  in-depth  analy- 


156    Geology 

sis  of  the  components  of  ttie  eartli's  radiation  balance 
and  energy  budgets:  radiation,  soil  heat  flux,  and  the 
evaporation  process.  Measurement  and  estimation 
techniques.  Practical  applications  of  microclimatologi- 
cal  theory  and  techniques. 

GEOG  450  Cultural  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  201,  202,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  analysis 
of  the  impact  of  man  through  his  ideas  and  technology 
on  the  evolution  of  geographic  landscapes.  Major 
themes  in  the  relationships  between  cultures  and 
environments. 

GEOG  451  Political  Geography  (3)  Geographical 
factors  in  national  power  and  international  relations;  an 
analysis  of  the  role  of  'geopolitics'  and  'geostrategy,' 
with  special  reference  to  the  current  world  scene. 

GEOG  452  Cultural  Ecology  (3)  Basic  issues  con- 
cerning the  natural  history  of  man  from  the  perspective 
of  the  geographer.  Basic  components  of  selected 
behavioral  and  natural  systems  their  evolution  and 
adaptation,  and  survival  strategies. 

GEOG  453  Population  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the 
spatial  characteristics  of  population  distribution  and 
growth,  migration,  fertility  and  mortality  from  a  global 
perspective.  Basic  population-environmental  relation- 
ships; carrying  capacity,  density,  relationships  to  na- 
tional development. 

GEOG  455  Urban  Geography  (3)  Origins  of  cities, 
followed  by  a  study  of  elements  of  site  and  location 
with  reference  to  cities.  The  patterns  and  functions  of 
some  major  world  cities  will  be  analyzed.  Theories  of 
land  use  differentiation  within  cities  will  be  appraised. 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of  Metropolitan 
Areas  (3)  A  socio-spatial  approach  to  man's  interac- 
tion with  his  urban  environment;  the  ways  people 
perceive,  define,  behave  in,  and  structure  their  cities 
and  metropolitan  areas.  Spatial  patterns  of  social 
activities  as  formed  by  the  distribution  and  interaction 
of  people  and  social  institutions. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of  Cities  (3)  The 

course  is  concerned  with  the  urbanization  of  the 
United  States  and  Canada  prior  to  1920.  Both  the 
evolution  of  the  urban  system  across  the  countries  and 
the  spatial  distnbution  of  activities  within  cities  will  be 
considered.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  process  of 
industrialization  and  the  concurrent  structuring  of  resi- 
dential patterns  among  ethnic  groups. 

GEOG  459  Proseminar  in  Urban  Geography  (3)  A 

problems-oriented  course  for  students  with  a  back- 
ground in  urban  geography  using  a  discussion/lecture 
format.  It  will  focus  on  a  particular  sub-field  within 
urban  geography  each  time  it  is  taught  taking  ad- 
vantage of  the  special  interests  of  the  instructor. 

GEOG  460  Advanced  Economic  Geography  I — Ag- 
ricultural Resources  (3)  Prerequisite,  GEOG  201  or 
203.  The  nature  of  agricultural  resources,  the  major 
types  of  aghcultural  exploitation  in  the  world  and  the 
geographic  conditions.  Main  problems  of  conserva- 
tion. 

GEOG  461  Geographic  Aspects  of  Environmental 
Quality  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  202  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Basic  issues  of  human — environment  in- 
teractions. Reactions  of  natural  systems  to  human 
inten/ention.  Examination  of  the  geographic  charac- 
teristics of  environmental  disruptions. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water  Resource 
Planning  (3)  GEOG  201  or  203  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Water  as  a  component  of  the  human  envi- 
ronment. A  systematic  examination  of  various  aspects 
of  water,  including  problems  of  domestic  and  industrial 
water  supply,  irngation,  hydroelectric  power,  fisheries, 
navigation,  flood  damage  reduction  and  recreation, 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollution  (3)  The 

impact  of  man  on  his  environment  and  resultant  prob- 
lems. Examination  of  the  spatial  aspects  of  physical 
and  socio-economic  factors  in  air.  water,  and  land 
pollution. 

GEOG  465  Geography  of  Transportation  (3)  The 

distribution  of  transport  routes  on  the  earth's  surface, 
patterns  of  transport  routes,  the  adjustment  of  trans- 
port routes  and  media  to  conditions  of  the  natural 
environment,  population  centers  and  their  distribution. 

GEOG  466  Industrial  Localization  (3)  Factors  and 
trends  in  the  geographic  distribution  of  the  manufactur- 


ing industries  of  the  world,  analyzed  with  reference  to 
theories  of  industrial  location. 

GEOG  470  History  and  Theory  of  Cartography  (3) 

The  development  of  maps  throughout  history.  Geo- 
graphical orientation,  coordinates  and  map  scales. 
Map  projections,  their  nature,  use  and  limitations. 
Principles  of  representation  of  features  on  physical 
and  cultural  maps.  Modern  uses  of  maps  and  relation- 
ships between  characteristics  of  maps  and  use  types. 

GEOG  471  Cartography  and  Graphics  Practlcum 
(3) 

GEOG  472  Problems  of  Cartographic  Representa- 
tion and  Procedure  (3)  Two  hours  lecture  and  two 
hours  laboratory  a  week.  Study  of  cartographic  compi' 
lation  methods.  Principles  and  problems  of  symboliza 
tion,  classification  and  representation  of  map  data. 
Problems  of  representation  of  features  at  differen' 
scales  and  for  different  purposes.  Place-name  selec 
tion  and  lettering,  stick-up  and  map  composition. 

GEOG  473  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation  (3)  Two 

hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week. 
Schools  of  topographic  concepts  and  practices.  Theo- 
retical and  practical  means  of  determining  map  relia- 
bility, amp  utility,  and  source  materials.  Nature,  status 
and  problems  of  topographic  mapping  in  different 
parts  of  the  world.  Non-topographic  special  use  maps. 
Criteria  of  usefulness  for  purposes  concerned  and  of 
reliability. 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and  Source 
Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey 
of  geographic  concepts  designed  exclusively  for 
teachers.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the  philosophy  of 
geography  in  relation  to  the  social  and  physical  sci- 
ences, the  use  of  the  primary  tools  of  geography, 
source  materials,  and  the  problems  of  presenting 
geographic  principles. 

GEOG  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Independent 
study  under  individual  guidance.  Restricted  to  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at  least 
24  hours  in  geography  and  to  graduate  students.  Any 
exception  should  have  the  approval  of  the  head  of  the 
department. 

GEOG  499  Undergraduate  Research  (3)  Directed 
regional  or  systematic  study  involving  several  subfields 
of  geography,  including  cartographic  presentation,  and 
usually  requiring  field  work,  and  leading  to  an  un- 
dergraduate thesis. 


Geology 

GEOL  100  Introductory  Physical  Geology  (3)  A 

study  dealing  primarily  with  the  principles  of  dynamical 
and  structural  geology.  Designed  to  give  a  general 
survey  of  the  rocks  and  minerals  composing  the  earth, 
the  movement  within  it,  and  its  surface  features  and 
the  agents  that  form  them. 

GEOL  102  Historical  and  Stratigraphic  Geology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GECJL  100.  A  study  of  the  earth's  history 
as  revealed  through  the  principles  of  stratigraphy  and 
the  processes  of  physical  geology,  with  emphasis  on 
the  formations  and  the  geologic  development  of  the 
North  American  continent. 

GEOL  110  Physical  Geology  Laboratory  (1)  One 

laboratory  a  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOL  100.  The 
basic  materials  and  tools  of  physical  geology  stressing 
familiarization  with  rocks  and  minerals  and  the  use  of 
maps  in  geologic  interpretations. 

GEOL  112  Historical  Geology  Laboratory  (1)  One 

laboratory  a  week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  GEOL  100  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  use  of  geologic  maps  and 
fossils  in  the  study  of  the  physical  and  biological 
evolution  of  the  earth. 

GEOL  120  Environmental  Geology  (3)  A  review  of 
geologic  factors  underlying  many  environmental  prob- 
lems and  the  interactions  between  population  and 
physical  environment:  geologic  hazards,  land-use 
planning,  conservation,  mineral  resources,  waste  dis- 
posal, land  reclamation  and  the  geologic  aspects  of 
health  and  disease.  The  course  is  aimed  at  lower 
division  students  in  education  and  liberal  arts,  and 
should  be  useful  to  any  student  concerned  with  geolo- 
gic perspectives  of  environmental  problems. 

GEOL  399  Research  Problems  in  Geology  (1)  Pre- 
requisite: Any  two  of  the  following:  GEOL  441,  GEOL 


431,  GEOL  422.  Open  only  to  geology  majors  in  their 
senior  year.  The  student  will  select  and  investigate 
with  departmental  assistance  a  specific  library,  labora- 
tory or  field  study.  A  written  and  oral  presentation  of 
the  study  will  determine  satisfactory  completion  of  the 
course. 

GEOL  421  Crystallography  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  1 1 5  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  crystals. 
Stresses  the  theoretical  and  practical  relationships 
between  the  internal  and  external  properties  of  crystal- 
line solids.  Encompasses  morphological,  optical  and 
chemical  crystallography. 

GEOL  422  Mineralogy  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  110  and  421 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic  elementary  mineralogy 
with  emphasis  on  description,  identification,  formation, 
concurrence  and  economic  significance  of  approxi- 
mately 150  minerals. 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy  (3)  One  lecture  and 
two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  optical  behavior  of  crystals 
with  emphasis  on  the  theory  and  application  of  the 
petrographic  microscope. 

GEOL  431  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4)  Three  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL 
102  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  systematic  review  of 
the  morphology,  classification,  interrelationships  and 
geologic  significance  of  all  the  commonly  fossilized 
invertebrate  phyla. 

GEOL  432  Stratigraphic  Paleontology  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL 
431.  Principles  of  biostratigraphy,  paleoecology  and 
pateogeography.  Laboratory  study  emphasizes  signifi- 
cant index  fossils. 

GEOL  434  Micropaleontology  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  431  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  systematic  review  of  the 
morphology,  classification,  ecology  and  geologic 
ranges  of  important  microfossil  groups,  particularly 
ostracoses  and  foraminifera. 

GEOL  436  Regional  Geology  of  North  America  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOL  102  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A 
systematic  study  of  the  regional  geology  of  North 
America  including  history,  structure,  stratigraphy  and 
petrology  of  the  physiographic  provinces  of  the  United 
States,  Canada  and  the  Caribbean. 

GEOL  441  Structural  Geology  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  110  and 
112,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  the 
deformation  of  the  earth's  crust;  stress  and  strain; 
mechanical  behavior  of  rocks;  origin  and  significance 
of  structural  features.  Construction  of  geologic  maps 
and  cross  sections;  stereographic  and  orthographic 
representation  of  structures. 

GEOL  442  Sedimentation  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  GEOL  1 10  or  consent 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  critical  variables  in  sedi- 
mentation systems;  origin,  dispersion,  accumulation, 
and  properties  of  sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks. 
Laboratories  will  include  the  measurement  and  statisti- 
cal analysis  of  sediment  properties  and  study  of  sedi- 
mentation rates. 

GEOL  443  Petrology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  rocks:  petrogenesis; 
distributions;  chemical  and  mineralogical  relation; 
macroscopic  descriptions  and  geologic  significance. 

GEOL  444  Petrography  (3)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites:  GEOL  423,  442  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Microscopic  thin-section  studies 
of  rocks  stressing  the  description  and  classification  of 
igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks. 

GEOL  445  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  103  and 
GEOL  422.  An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of 
geochemistry  including  geothermometry, 

geobarometry,  geochronology  and  the  genesis  of  nat- 
ural inorganic  materials. 

GEOL  446  Geophysics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  122  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  ,the  basic  theories  and 
principles  of  geophysics  stressing  such  important  ap- 
plications as  rock  magnetism,  gravity  anomolies,  crust- 
al  strain  and  earthquakes,  and  surveying. 


German    157 


GEOL  447  Geochemistry  of  Fuels  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  Discussion  of  the 
progenitors  and  the  biochemical,  chemical  and  physi- 
cal agencies  that  convert  them  into  crude  oils,  coals  of 
various  ranks,  natural  gas  and  other  organic  fuels.  The 
origin,  composition,  mineralogy  and  organic  constitu- 
ents (kerogen)  of  oil  shales.  Mineralogy,  geochemical 
cycles  and  accumulation  of  uranium  and  thorium. 

GEOL  450  Economic  Geology  of  Energy  Sources 

(3)  Problems  related  to  current  methods  for  explora- 
tion for  and  recovery  of  crude  oils,  coals,  asphalts,  tar 
sands,  oil  shales,  gas,  uranium,  and  geothermal  ener- 
gy. Geological,  geochemical,  engineering,  economic 
and  environmental  considerations. 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOL  100  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to 
the  basic  geologic  parameters  associated  with  the 
hydrologic  cycle.  Problems  in  the  accumulation,  distri- 
bution and  movement  of  groundwater  will  be  analyzed. 

GEOL  452  Geological  Oceanography  (4)  Prerequi- 
site: Geology  475  and  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
marine  and  estuarine  environments  with  special  atten- 
tion to  present  geological  and  geochemical  processes. 
Origin  and  evolution  of  basins,  margins,  sediments  and 
water;  sediment-water  and  basalt-water  interactions; 
environmental  effects  of  societal  actions;  oceano- 
graphic  and  laboratory  techniques;  Chesapeake  Bay 
processes.  Shipboard  excursions  required.  Laboratory 
workups  on  collected  samples,  conducted  on  an  indi- 
vidual basis  to  the  interests  of  the  student. 

GEOL  453  Economic  Geology  (3)  Two  laboratories  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  422  or  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  geology  of  metallic  ore  deposits  stress- 
ing ore-forming  processes,  configuration  of  important 
ore  bodies,  and  familiarization  with  characteristic  ore 
mineral  suites. 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOL  441  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  a  week.  A  study  of  the  geological 
problems  associated  with  the  location  of  tunnels, 
bridges,  dams  and  nuclear  reactors,  slope  control,  and 
natural  hazards. 

GEOL  460  Earth  Science  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instruc- 
tor. An  interdisciplinary  course  designed  to  show  how 
geology,  meteorology,  physical  geography,  soil  sci- 
ence, astronomy  and  oceanography  are  interrelated  in 
the  study  of  the  earth  and  its  environment  in  space. 
Recommended  for  science  education. 

GEOL  462  Geological  Remote  Sensing  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites: 
GEOL  441  and  442,  or  440,  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  geological  remote  sensing  in- 
cluding applications  of  aerial  photographic  interpreta- 
tion to  problems  in  regional  geology,  engineering  geol- 
ogy, structural  geology,  and  stratigraphy.  Films,  filters, 
and  criteria  used  in  selecting  imagery  are  also  discuss- 
ed. Laboratory  exercises  include  measurements  of 
geologic  parameters  and  compilation  and  transfer- 
ence of  data  to  base  maps. 

GEOL  471  Geochemical  Methods  of  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  and  104.  Principles  and  appli- 
cation of  geochemical  analysis  as  applied  to  a  variety 
of  geological  problems.  X-ray  and  optical  spectrosco- 
py. X-ray  diffraction,  atomic  absorption,  electron 
microprobe  and  electron  microscopy. 

GEOL  472  Tectonics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  441  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Selected  tectonic  elements  of 
organic  belts  through  out  the  world  viewed  in  the 
framework  of  plate  tectonics  and  sea  floor  spreading. 

GEOL  475  General  Oceanography  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  or  equivalent,  and 
one  additional  semester  of  physical  science.  An  intro- 
duction to  physical,  chemical  and  geological  pro- 
cesses that  occur  in  the  marine  environment  including 
physical  and  chemical  properties  of  sea  water,  geology 
of  the  sea  floor,  general  circulation  of  the  ocean, 
currents,  waves,  and  tides. 

GEOL  476  Geochemistry  of  Biosphere  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Two  years  of  chemistry  including  one  year  of 
either  organic  or  physical  chemistry.  An  interdisciplin- 
ary approach  involving  inorganic,  organic,  physical  and 
biochemistry  to  integrate  the  available  information 
necessary  to  interpret  and  explain  the  major  aspects 
of  the  geochemistry  of  the  biosphere. 

GEOL  489  Special  Topics  in  Earth  Science  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  GEOL  460  or  equivalent. 


GEOL  490  Geology  Field  Camp  (6)  Prerequisites: 
GEOL  422,  431  and  441,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Six 
weeks  of  summer  field  work  prior  to  senior  year. 
Principles  and  problems  in  sampling,  measuring, 
mapping,  and  reporting  of  geologic  data.  Group  field 
trips  and  discussions. 

GEOL  499  Special  Problems  In  Geology  (1-3)  Pre, 
requisites:  GEOL  102  and  110  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Intensive  study  of  a  special 
geologic  subject  or  technique  selected  after  consulta- 
tion with  instructor.  Intended  to  provide  training  or 
instruction  not  available  in  other  courses  which  will  aid 
the  student's  development  in  his  field  of  major  interest. 


German 

GERM  111  Elementary  German  I  (3)  Introduction  to 
basic  structures  and  pronunciation  by  emphasis  of  the 
four  skills:  listening,  speaking,  reading  and  writing. 
Readings  concern  the  current  life-style  and  civilization 
of  the  german-speaking  world.  Three  recitations  per 
week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 

GERM  112  Elementary  German  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  111  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  GERM 
111,  completing  the  introduction  of  basic  structures 
and  continuing  the  involvement  with  the  civilization  of 
the  German-speaking  world.  Three  recitations  per 
week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 

GERM  113  Review  of  Elementary  German  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: Assignment  either  by  placement  examination 
or  by  the  undergraduate  director  (Germanic  section). 
Designed  specifically  for  students  who  are  too  ad- 
vanced for  GERM  111  but  not  sufficiently  prepared  to 
take  GERM  1 1 2.  GERM  1 1 3  covers  the  course  work  to 
the  completion  of  GERM  1 12  in  one  semester.  Three 
recitations  per  week  plus  one  laboratory  hour. 

GERM  114  Intermediate  German  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  1 1 2  or  1 1 3  or  equivalent.  Grammar  review  and 
greater  mastery  of  vocabulary,  idioms,  conversational 
fluency  and  compositional  skills.  Readings  stress  the 
current  life-style  and  civilization  of  the  German-speak- 
ing world. 

GERM  115  Intermediate  German  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  1 14  or  equivalent.  Continued  stress  on  all  four 
language  skills,  with  specialization  in  such  fields  of 
interest  as  German  literature,  art  and  music,  the  be- 
havioral sciences,  history  and  political  science,  and 
the  natural  sciences. 

GERM   116  Review  of  Intermediate  German  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Assignment  either  by  placement  exami- 
nation or  by  the  undergraduate  director  (Germanic 
section).  Designed  specifically  for  students  who  are 
too  advanced  GERM  114  but  not  sufficiently  prepared 
to  take  GERM  115.  GERM  116  covers  the  course  work 
up  to  the  completion  of  GERM  115. 

GERM  21 1  German  Reading  Facility  I  (3)  An  inten- 
sive presentation  of  German  grammar  limited  exclu- 
sively to  reading  skill;  graded  readings  in  the  arts  and 
sciences.  Instruction  in  English;  can  not  be  used  to 
satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities  foreign  language 
requirement.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students 
who  have  completed  GERM  111-115  and/or  GERM 
301/302. 

GERM  212  German  Reading  Facility  II  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; GERM  211  or  GERM  112.  Written  translation  of 
materials  from  the  student's  field  of  study.  Discussion 
of  basic  problems  of  German-to-English  translation, 
with  examples  from  students'  projects.  Instruction  in 
English.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  and  hu- 
manities foreign  language  requirement. 

GERM  221  Introduction  to  German  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  114  or  equivalent.  Reading  and 
discussion  of  major  authors  with  emphasis  on  contem- 
porary German  literature.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German.  May  be  taken  concurrently  with  GERM  115. 

GERM  301  Conversation  and  Composition  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  115  or  equivalent.  Practice  in 
contemporary  spoken  and  written  German,  Systematic 
review  of  grammar,  and  exercise  in  composition.  Em- 
phasis on  cultural  contrasts. 

GERM  302  Conversation  and  Composition  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  301  or  equivalent  Continuation  of 
GERM  301, 

GERM  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  115  or  116  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  stu- 


dents who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in 
speaking  the  the  language. 

GERM   318  Prosemlnar  in  Translation  Skills  (3) 

Prerquisite:  GERM  212  or  GERM  115  or  equivalent. 
Problems  of  professional  translating  from  German  into 
Englih;  translation  of  literary  and  technical  texts;  the 
assembling  and  use  of  a  specialized  translator's  refer- 
ence library.  May  be  repeated  up  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

GERM  321  Masterworks  of  German  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERly)  221  or  equivalent.  Selected 
mastenworks  from  different  periods  of  German  litera- 
ture: Middle  Ages,  Reformation,  baroque,  18th  centu- 
ry, classicism.  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  322  German  Literature  and  Society  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GERM  221  or  equivalent.  Study  of  the  in- 
teraction between  literature  and  society  from  the  19th 
century  to  the  present.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  348  Selected  Topics  In  German  Literature 

(3)  Prerequisite;  GERM  211  or  equivalent.  Readings 
and  instruction  in  German.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  differs. 

GERM  381  German  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
literary,  educational  and  artistic  traditions,  great  men 
and  women,  customs  and  general  culture  of  the  Ger- 
man-speaking world  from  the  beginnings  to  the  middle 
of  the  19th  century.  All  readings  and  instruction  are  in 
English. 

GERM  382  German  Civilization  II  (3)  A  continuation 
of  GERM  381  covering  the  development  of  German, 
Austrian  and  Swiss  civilizations  from  the  middle  of  the 
19th  century  to  the  present  All  readings  and  instruc- 
tion are  in  English. 

GERM  383  Germanic  Area  Studies— The  Viking  Era 

(3)  An  introduction  to  the  lifestyle  of  northern  Europe  in 
the  9th  to  11th  centuries.  Reading  and  instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  384  Germanic  Area  Studies — The  Age  of 
Chivalry  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  lifestyle  of  northern 
Europe  in  the  12th  to  14th  centuries.  Reading  and 
instruction  in  English. 

GERM  397  Honors  Reading  (Independent  Study) 

(3)  H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  nor- 
mally only  by  students  admitted  into  honors  program. 

GERM  398  Honors  Reading  Course  (3)  H — Honors 
Discussion  of  a  central  theme  with  related  investiga- 
tions by  students.  Conducted  in  German. 

GERM  401  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GERM  302  or  equivalent  Development  of  fluency  in 
spoken  German.  Discussion  of  contemporary  issues. 

GERM  402  Styllstlcs  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or 
equivalent.  Stylistic  analysis  of  oral  and  written  Ger- 
man both  literary  and  non-literary.  Intensive  study  of 
vocabulary  and  syntax.  Dictionary  and  composition 
exercises. 

GERM  409  Selected  Topics  in  German  language 
study  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  and  permission  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  410  Structure  of  the  German  Language  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent.  An  introduction 
to  applied  linguistics  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  ad- 
vanced student  and/or  teacher  of  German.  Structural 
analysis  of  the  phonetics,  phonology,  morphology, 
syntax  and  vocabulary  of  modern  German  contrasted 
with  the  structure  of  modern  English.  Instruction  in 
English. 

GERM  420  Methodology,  Bibliography  and  Re- 
search Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  1 1 5  or  equiv- 
alent Principles  of  literary  criticism.  Use  of  German 
bibliographies,  catalogs,  and  reference  works.  Tech- 
niques of  conducting  and  documenting  research.  In- 
struction in  German. 

GERM  421  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: GERM  321  and  322.  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. German  literature  from  the  8th  through  the  15th 
centuries.  Readings  include  old  high  German  texts;  the 
German  heroic,  courtly  and  popular  epic;  Minnesang, 
Meistersang,  the  late  Medieval  epic:  folk  literature  of 
the  late  Middle  Ages.  Read  in  modern  German  transla- 
tion. 

GERM  422  German  Literature  of  the  Baroque  Peri- 
od (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322,  or  permis- 


158    General  Education 


sion  of  instructor.  The  Baroque  period  readings  include 
such  authors  as  Opitz,  Gnnnmelhausen.  Gryphius, 
Bidermann,  Schefller.  GerhardI,  Lohenstein,  Ho(- 
mannswaldau,  Beer.  Weise.  Readings  and  instruction 
In  German. 

GERM  423  Enlightenment;  Storm  and  Stress  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  period  '(ca.  1720-1786)  from 
Gottsched's  influence  to  Goethe's  Italian  journey. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as  Goltsched.  Gellert, 
Lessing.  Wieland,  Klopstock,  Claudius,  Herder, 
Klinger,  Lenz,  Schiller,  and  Goethe.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERIvl  321 
and  322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  penod  (ca 
1786-1832)  from  Goethe's  Italian  journey  to  his  death. 
Readings  include  such  authors  as  Goethe,  Schiller, 
Jean  Paul,  Hoelderlin.  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  431  Romanticism  and  Biedermeier  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: GERIwl  321  and  322  or  permission  of  in- 
structor. The  romantic  and  Biedermeier  penods.  Read- 
ings include  such  authors  as  Tieck,  Wackenroder, 
Novalis,  Brentano.  Arnim,  Kleist,  E.T.A.  Hoffmann, 
Eichendorff,  Grillparzer,  Raimund,  Nestroy,  Lenau, 
Moerike,  Droste-Huelshoff,  Stifter.  Readings  and  in- 
struction in  German. 

GERM  432  Junges  Deutschland  and  Realism  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GERIVl  321  and  322,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Realism  and  periods  of  political  unrest  sur- 
rounding the  year  1848.  Readings  include  such  au- 
thors as  Heine,  Grabbe,  Boerne,  Buechner,  Gutzkow. 
Hebbel,  Keller,  Storm,  Raabe,  f^eyer,  Fontane.  Read- 
ings and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  its  Counter  Currents  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERIi^  321  and  322  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  periods  of  naturalism,  impressionism, 
neoromanticism  and  neoclassicism.  Readings  include 
such  authors  as  Anzengruber,  Holz,  Sudermann, 
Hauptmann.  George,  Wedekind,  Hofmannsthal, 
Schnitzler,  Rilke,  Heinrich  Mann,  Hesse.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  438  German  Literature  In  Translation  (3) 

Different  movements,  genres,  or  other  special  topics 
will  be  treated  each  semester.  Repeatable  up  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 
May  not  be  counted  in  fulfillment  of  German  major 
requirement  for  German  literature.  Readings  and  in- 
struction in  English. 

GERM  439  Proseminar  In  German  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Specialized  study  of  an  author,  school, 
genre,  or  theme.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  subject  matter  is  different.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  German. 

GERM  462  Expressionism  to  the  Present  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: GERM  321  and  322.  Prose  and  dramatic 
writings  from  expressionism  to  present.  Modern  liter- 
ary and  philosophical  movements 

GERM  471  Introduction  to  Indo-European  Philolo- 
gy (3)  Basic  principles  of  historical  language  study: 
terminology  of  phonetics  and  morphology,  language  ' 
famifies.  writing  systems.  Reconstructed  Indo-Europe- 
an and  surveys  of  the  most  important  ancient  Indo- 
European  languages:  Sanskrit.  Old  Church  Slavonic. 
Lithuanian.  Classic  Greek.  Latin,  Gothic.  Instruction  in 
English;  no  knowledge  of  German  required 

GERM  472  Introduction  to  Germanic  Philology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  GERM  115  and  GERM  471,  or  equiva- 
lent. Reconstructed  proto-Germanic  and  surveys  of 
Gothic,  Old  Norse,  Old  English,  Old  Saxon.  The  devel- 
opment of  high  German  from  the  old  high  German 
period  through  middle  high  German  to  modern  Ger- 
man; a  short  introduction  to  modern  German  dialectol- 
ogy. Instruction  in  English. 

GERM  473  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwe- 
gian I  (3)  Develops  reading  facility  in  three  languages 
in  one  semester.  Texts  read  include  Bergman's  Sev- 
enth Seal,  tales  by  H.C.  Andersen,  excerpts  works  by 
Ibsen  and  Hamsun,  and  selected  folk  literature.  No 
foreign  language  prerequisite. 

GERM  474  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwe- 
gian II  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  473  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Further  development  of  reading  facility. 

GERM  475  Old  Norse  (3)  The  language  of  the  old 
Icelandic  saga,  the  Eddas  and  Skaldic  poetry.  Reading 


of  texts  in  the  original,  historical  development  of  Old 
Norse  and  its  role  in  the  Germanic  language  family.  No 
knowledge  of  German  or  a  Scandinavian  language 
required;  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  479  Proseminar  in  Germanic  Philology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics 
such  as  comparative  Germanic  studies.  Old  Norse 
language  or  readings  in  Old  Norse  literature,  modern 
German  dialectology,  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  489  Proseminar  in  Germanic  Culture  (3) 

Selected  topics  in  the  cultural  and  intellectural  history 
of  the  German  and  Germanic  language  areas.  In 
English.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if 
subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  In  German  (1-3)  For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


General  Education 

GNED  279  Selected  Topics  in  the  Social  Sciences 

(3)  A  series  of  student-initiated  seminars  in  the  social 
sciences 

GNED  289  Selected  Topics  In  the  Humanities  (3)  A 

series  of  student-initiated  seminars  in  the  humanities. 

GNED  299  Selected  Topics  In  the  Natural  Sciences 

(3)  A  series  of  student-initialed  seminars  in  the  natural 
sciences. 


Greek 

GREK  101  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  school  may  register  for 
GREK  101  for  purposes  of  review,  but  not  for  credit. 

GREK  102  Elementary  Greek  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Greek  in  high  sctiool  may  register  for 
GREK  102  for  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

GREK  203  Intermediate  Greek  (Grammar  and 
Reading)  (3)  Prerequisite:  GREK  101.  102  or  equiva- 
lent. 

GREK  204  Intermediate  Greek  (Homer)  (3)  Prerequi- 
site; GREK  203  or  equivalent. 

GREK  290  Greek  and  Latin  Medical  Terminology 

(3)  Basic  medical  vocabulary  through  the  study  of 
Greek  and  Latin  roots,  prefixes  and  suffixes.  No  previ- 
ous knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  required. 

GREK  309  Special  Topics  In  Greek  Literature  (3) 

May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  the 
topics  differ.  May  not  be  counted  toward  a  major  in 
Latin  or  a  concentration  in  Greek.  Readings  in  transla- 
tion. GREK  300  Level  Course  Prerequisite:  GREK 
204  or  equivalent.  Except  that,  with  the  instructor's 
permission,  a  student  who  plans  to  lake  no  more  than 
lour  semesters  of  Greek  may  substitute  GREK  352  for 
GREK  204. 

GREK  351  Euripides  (3) 

GREK  352  The  New  Testament  (3) 

GREK  Herodotus  (3) 

GREK  354  Greek  Lyric  Poetry  (3) 

GREK  370  Greek  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Selec- 
tions in  translation  of  Greek  literature  from  Homer  to 
Lucian,  with  special  emphasis  on  epic  and  dramatic 
poetry.  No  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin  is  required. 
GREK  400  level  course  prerequisite:  The  status  of 
advanced  undergraduate  or  graduate  and  consent  of 
the  instructor. 

GREK  401  Thucydldes  (3) 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy  (3) 

GREK  405  Greek  Oratory  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy  (3) 

GREK  488  Independent  Study  In  Greek  Language 
and   Literature   (1-3)   Permission   of   departmental 


chairman  and  instructor  required.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

GREK  499  Greek  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  the  instructor.  The  reading  of  one  or  more  selected 
Greek  authors.  Reports.  May  be  repealed  with  dif- 
ferent content. 


Government  and  Politics 

GVPT  100  Principles  of  Government  and  Politics 

(3)  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  concepts  of 
political  science.  This  course  may  be  used  to  satisfy,  in 
part,  the  social  science  requirement  in  the  general 
education  program. 

GVPT  170  American  Government  (3)  This  course  is 
designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government  and  it  or 
its  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite  to  other  courses  in  the 
department  as  specified  in  the  catalog.  It  is  a  com- 
prehensive study  of  government  in  the  United  States- 
national,  state  and  local. 

GVPT  210  Introduction  to  Public  Administration 
and  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  study  of  the  administrative  process  in  the 
executive  branch  with  an  examination  of  the  concepts 
and  principles  of  administration  and  their  relationship 
to  public  policy.  The  organizational  structure,  theory 
and  the  behavior  of  participants  in  the  administration 
of  policy. 

GVPT  220  Introduction  to  Political  Behavior  (3) 

Pre:requisite  GVPT  170.  Development,  concepts  and 
techniques  of  the  behavioral  approach  to  political 
science.  Comparison  with  traditional  approaches. 

GVPT  240  Political  Ideologies  (3)  Prerequisite:,  GVPT 
1 70.  A  survey  and  analysis  of  the  leading  ideologies  of 
the  modern  world,  including  anarchism,  communism, 
socialism,  fascism,  nationalism,  and  democracy. 

GVPT  260  State  and  Local  Government  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite; GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  functioning  and 
problems  of  state  and  local  government  in  the  United 
States,  with  illustrations  from  Maryland  jurisdictions. 

GVPT  272  The  Politics  of  Race  Relations  In  the 
United  States  (3)  Political  dimensions  of  historical  and 
contemporary  racial  cleavage  in  the  United  States  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  post-World  War  II  period. 

GVPT  273  Introduction  to  Environmental  Politics 

(3)  A  comprehensive  overview  of  environmental  prob- 
lems, institutions,  policies,  practices,  and  remedies 
found  in  present-day  world  society,  with  special  em- 
phasis on  environmental  matters  as  objects  ot  Ameri- 
can public  policy,  both  domestic  and  foreign. 

GVPT  280  Comparative  Politics  and  Governments 

(3)  An  introduction  to  the  field  of  comparative  politics 
including  exposure  to  the  analytic  frameworks  through 
which  comparative  studies  of  politics  and  governmen- 
tal institutions  can  be  undertaken  and  a  survey  of  the 
salient  types  of  political  systems. 

GVPT  282  The  Government  and  Politics  of  the 
Third  World  (3)  A  study  of  the  governmental  institu- 
tions, processes  and  problems,  and  the  socio-eco- 
nomic environment  which  are  common  to  the  great 
majority  of  the  Third  World  states  of  Africa.  The  Middle 
East,  Asia,  and  Latin  America;  and  in  which  internal 
politics  develop. 

GVPT  300  International  Political  Relations  (3)  A 

study  of  the  major  factors  underlying  international 
relations,  the  methods  of  conducting  foreign  relations, 
the  foreign  policies  of  the  major  powers,  and  the 
means  of  avoiding  or  alleviating  international  conflicts. 
This  course  may  be  used  to  satisfy,  in  part,  the  social 
science  requirement  in  general  education  program. 

GVPT  306  Global  Ecopolltlcs  (3)  Consideration  of 
global  problems  such  as  the  growth  controversy,  agri- 
cultural productivity,  pollution,  resource  depletion,  the 
energy  crisis,  and  the  general  impact  of  science  and 
technology  on  the  world  ecological,  socio-economic, 
and  political  system,  with  particular  emphasis  on  such 
matters  as  objects  of  public  policy. 

GVPT  375  Academic  Field  Research  In  Govern- 
ment and  Politics  (6)  Field  research  is  based  on  the 

data  gathered  by  the  student  during  his  internship 
assignment.  Students  conduct  a  major  research  pro- 
ject on  a  subject  of  interest  to  modern,  theoretical 
political  science  based  on  a  research  design  approved 


Government  and  Politics     159 


by  an  academic  adviser.  The  course  is  open  only  to 
GVPT  majors  and  intended  to  be  taken  concurrently 
witti  GVPT  377.  The  research  conducted  under  GVPT 
375  will  be  substantially  different  from  the  project  done 
for  GVPT  376, 

GVPT  376  Applied  Field  Research  In  Government 
and  Politics  (6)  Students  in  this  course  participate  as 
interns  in  an  agency  of  government  or  in  some  other 
appropnate  political  organization.  Assignments  are  ar- 
ranged to  provide  students  with  insights  into  both 
theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  politics.  Under  the 
tutelage  of  the  host  agency  and  an  academic  adviser, 
students  conduct  a  major  research  project  of  mutual 
interest  to  the  student  and  his  host  agency  in  the  field 
of  government  and  politics.  The  course  is  open  only  to 
GVPT  majors  and  must  be  taken  concurrently  with 
GVPT  377. 

GVPT  377  Seminar  for  Academic  Interns  (3)  This 
seminar  stresses  the  application  of  major  concepts  of 
political  science  as  they  apply  to  the  realities  of  the 
political  process.  Readings  and  discussion  attempt  to 
relate  the  experiences  of  the  academic  interns  to 
appropriate  literature  on  the  subject  of  political  deci- 
sion-making. This  course  is  open  only  to  GVPT  majors 
and  is  intended  for  students  concurrently  enrolled  in 
GVPT  376  and/or  375. 

GVPT  388  Topical  Investigations  (3)  Independent 
research  and  writing  on  selected  topics  in  government 
and  politics.  Prerequisite  of  upper  division  standing 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  may  be 
taken  not  more  than  twice  for  academic  credit  towards 
graduation. 

GVPT  390  Honors  Seminar  in  American  Govern- 
ment and  Public  Administration  (3)  H— Honors  Pre- 
requisite. Admission  to  honors  program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting  and  discussion  centehng  on  the  major 
materials  of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in 
the  fields  of  American  government  and  public  adminis- 
tration. 

GVPT  391  Honors  Seminar  in  Comparative  Govern- 
ment and  International  Relations  (3)  H— Honors 
Prerequisite,  Admission  to  honors  program.  Directed 
reading,  reporting  and  discussion  centering  on  the 
major  materials  of  historical  and  contemporary  rele- 
vance in  the  fields  of  comparative  government  and 
international  relations. 

GVPT  392  Honors  Seminar  In  Public  Law  and  Politi- 
cal Theory  (3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite,  Admission  to 
honors  program.  Directed  reading,  reporting  and  dis- 
cussion centering  on  the  major  materials  of  historical 
and  contemporary  relevance  in  the  fields  of  public  law 
and  political  theory. 

GVPT  393  Honors  Seminar  in  Public  Policy,  Politi- 
cal Behavior,  and  Methodology  (3)  H— Honors  Pre- 
requisite, Admission  to  honors  program.  Directed  read- 
ing, reporting  and  discussion  centering  on  the  major 
materials  of  historical  and  contemporary  relevance  in 
the  fields  of  public  policy  and  political  behavior. 

GVPT  397  Honors  Research  (3)  H— Honors  Prereq- 
uisite, Admission  to  honors  program.  Individual  reading 
and  research.  In  his  last  semester  each  student  pre- 
pares an  original  paper. 

GVPT  399  Seminar  in  Government  and  Politics  (3) 

Reading,  Research,  discussion,  analysis,  and  writing  in 
the  area  of  politics.  Both  substantive  issues  and  meth- 
odological approaches  will  be  considered.  Primarily  for 
government  and  politics  undergraduate  majors.  Not 
open  to  graduate  students. 

GVPT  401  Problems  of  World  Politics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, GVPT  1 70.  A  study  of  governmental  problems  of 
international  scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems 
of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required  to 
report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

GVPT  402  International  Law  (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT 
170.  A  study  of  the  basic  character,  general  principles 
and  specific  rules  of  international  law,  with  emphasis 
on  recent  and  contemporary  trends  in  the  field  and  its 
relation  to  other  aspects  of  international  affairs. 

GVPT  41 1  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GVPT  410  or  BIVIGT  360.  A  survey  of  public 
personnel  administration,  including  the  development 
of  merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency,  classifica- 
tion, recruitment,  examination  techniques,  promotion, 
service  ratings,  training,  discipline,  employee  relations, 
and  retirement. 


GVPT  412  Public  Financial  Administration  (3)  Pre- 
requisite; GVPT  4 1 0  or  ECON  450.  A  survey  ol  govern- 
mental financial  procedures,  including  processes  of 
current  and  capital  budgeting,  the  administration  ol 
public  borrowing,  the  techniques  of  public  purchasing, 
and  the  machinery  of  control  through  pre-audit  and 
post-audit. 

GVPT  413  Governmental  Organization  and  Man- 
agement (3)  Prerequisite,  GVPT  410.  A  study  of  the 
theories  ol  organization  and  management  in  Amencan 
government  with  emphasis  on  new  trends,  experi- 
ments and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law  (3)  Prerequisite, 
GVPT  1 70.  A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised  by 
administrative  agencies,  including  analysis  of  their 
functions,  their  powers  over  persons  and  property, 
their  procedures,  and  judical  sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  417  Comparative  Study  of  Public  Adminis- 
tration (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  410,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  govern- 
mental administrative  systems  viewed  from  the  stand- 
point of  comparative  typologies  and  theoretical 
schemes  useful  in  cross-national  comparisons  and 
empincal  studies  of  the  politics  of  the  administrative 
process  in  several  nations.  Both  western  and  non- 
western  countnes  are  included. 

GVPT  422  Quantitative  Political  Analysis  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: GVPT  220,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction 
to  quantitative  methods  of  data  analysis,  including 
selected  statistical  methods,  block  analysis,  content 
analysis,  and  scale  construction. 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170. 
An  examination  of  public  opinion  and  its  effect  on 
political  action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation 
and  measurement,  propaganda  and  pressure  groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
220,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  societal 
aspects  of  political  life  including  selected  aspects  of 
the  sociology  of  group  formation  and  group  dynamics, 
political  association,  community  integration  and  politi- 
cal behavior  presented  in  the  context  of  the  societal 
environments  of  political  systems. 

GVPT  429  Problems  in  Political  Behavior  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: GVPT  170.  The  problem  approach  to  political 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  and  empirical 
studies  on  selected  aspects  of  the  political  process. 

GVPT  431  introduction  to  Constitutional  Law  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  systematic  inquiry  into  the 
general  principles  ol  the  American  constitutional  sys- 
tem, with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary 
in  the  interpretation  and  enforcement  of  the  federal 
constitution. 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  431.  A  study  of  civil  rights  in  the 
American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom 
of  religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority  discrimina- 
tion, and  the  rights  of  defendants. 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Process  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170.  An  examination  of  judicial  organization  in 
the  United  States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with 
some  emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal  research  and 
court  procedures. 

GVPT  434  Race  Relations  and  Public  Law  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GVPT  170.  A  political  and  legal  examination 
of  the  constitutionally  protected  rights  affecting  racial 
minorities  and  of  the  constitutional  power  of  the  feder- 
al courts.  Congress,  and  the  executive  to  define, 
protect  and  extend  these  rights. 

GVPT  435  Judicial  Behavior  (3)  A  study  of  judicial 
decision  making  at  the  state  and  national  levels, 
drawing  pnmarily  on  the  more  recent  quantitative  and 
behavioral  literature. 

GVPT  436  The  Legal  Status  of  Women  (3)  An 

examination  of  judicial  interpretation  and  application  of 
common,  statutory,  and  constitutional  law  as  these 
affect  the  status  of  women  in  American  society. 

GVPT  441  History  of  Political  Theory— Ancient  and 
Medieval  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170,  A  survey  of  the 
principal  political  theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  before  liflachiavelli. 

GVPT  442  History  of  Political  Theory— Modern  and 
Recent  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  survey  of  the 
principal  political  theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of 
writers  from  Ivlachiavelli  to  J.  S.  Mill. 


GVPT  443  Contemporary  Political  Theory  (3)  Pre- 
requisite. GVPT  441  or  442,  A  survey  of  the  principal 
political  theories  and  ideologies  from  Karl  Ivlarx  to  the 
present 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  170,  A  study  of  the  development  and 
growth  of  Amencan  political  concepts  from  the  Coloni- 
al penod  to  the  present, 

GVPT  445  Russian  Political  Thought  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  1 70,  A  survey  and  analysis  of  political  ideas 
in  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  448  Non-Western  Political  Thought  (3)  Politi- 
cal thought  originating  in  Asia,  the  Ivliddle  East,  and 
Africa.  This  is  not  a  survey  of  all  non-western  political 
thought,  but  a  course  to  be  limited  by  the  professor 
with  each  offering.  When  repeated  by  a  student, 
consent  of  instructor  is  required. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study /Of  Foreign  Policy 
Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  300.  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  compara- 
tive study  of  foreign  policy  formation  structures  and 
processes  followed  by  a  survey  of  the  domestic 
sources  of  policy  lor  major  states,  A  conspectus  of  ' 
substantive  patterns  ol  foreign  policy  in  analytically 
salient  types  of  systems  is  presented.  Domestic  and 
global  systemic  sources  of  foreign  policy  are  com- 
pared. 

GVPT  451  Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the 
foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid 
to  the  forces  and  conditions  that  make  for  continuities 
and  changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

GVPT  452  Inter-American  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  170.  An  analytical  and  historical  study  of  the 
Latin-Amencan  policies  of  the  United  States  and  of 
problems  in  our  relations  with  individual  countries,  with 
emphasis  on  recent  developments. 

GVPT  453  Recent  East  Asian  Politics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  1 70.  The  background  and  interpretation  of 
recent  political  events  in  East  Asia  and  their  influence 
on  world  politics, 

GVPT  454  Contemporary  African  Politics  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GVPT  1 70.  A  sun/ey  of  contemporary  devel- 
opment in  the  international  politics  of  Africa,  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging  Africa  in 
world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern  Politics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  survey  of  contemporary 
development  in  the  international  politics  of  the  Middle 
East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  emerging 
Middle  East  nations  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  457  American  Foreign  Relations  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  170.  The  pnnciples  and  machinery  of  the 
conduct  of  Amencan  foreign  relations,  with  emphasis 
on  the  department  of  state  and  the  foreign  sen/ice.  and 
an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the  United 
States. 

GVPT  460  State  and  Local  Administration  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  administrative 
structure,  procedures  and  policies  of  state  and  local 
governments  with  special  emphasis  on  the  state  level 
and  on  intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with  illus- 
trations from   Maryland  governmental  arrangments. 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Administration  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  170.  An  examination  of  administrative 
problems  relating  to  public  services,  planning  and 
coordination  in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics  (3)  Urban  political  process 
and  institutions  considered  in  the  light  of  changing 
social  and  economic  conditions. 

GVPT  473  Legislatures  and  Legislation  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: GVPT  1 70.  A  comprehensive  study  of  legislative 
organization  procedure  and  problems.  The  course 
includes  opportunities  for  student  contact  with  Con- 
gress and  with  the  legislature  of  Maryland. 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
1 70.  A  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  of  Ameri- 
can political  parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  politi- 
cal leadership. 

GVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Executive 
Branch  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  An  examination  of 
the  executive,  legislative  and^arty  roles  of  the  presi- 
dent in  the  political  process. 


160    Hebrew 


GVPT  479  Problems  o(  Ameiican  Public  Policy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  The  background  and  interpre- 
tation of  various  factors  which  affect  the  formation  and 
execution  of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT  480  Comparative  Political  Systems  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: GVPT  280  and  at  least  one  other  course  in 
comparative  government.  A  study,  along  functional 
lines,  of  major  political  institutions,  such  as  legisla- 
tures, executives,  courts,  bureaucracies,  public  or- 
ganizations, and  political  parties. 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administration  of  tlie 
Soviet  Union  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  study  of 
the  adoption  of  the  communist  philosophy  by  the 
Soviet  Union,  of  its  governmental  structure  and  of  the 
administration  of  government  policy  in  the  Soviet 
Union. 

GVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  Ameri- 
ca (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  comparative  study  of 
the  governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of 
the  Latin  American  countries,  with  special  emphasis 
on  Argentina,  Brazil.  Chile,  and  Mexico. 

GVPT  483  Government  and  Politics  of  Asia  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  or  453,  or  HIST  261 ,  or  262  or 
HIFN  442,  or  445.  A  comparative  study  of  the  political 
systems  of  China.  Japan.  India  and  other  selected 
Asian  countries. 

GVPT  484  Government  and  Politics  of  Africa  (3) 

Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  comparative  study  of  the 
governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of  the 
African  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  prob- 
lems of  nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Middle 

East  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  comparative  study 
of  the  governmental  systems  and  political  processes 
of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  problems  of  nation-building  in  emergent  coun- 
tries. 

GVPT  486  Comparative  Studies  in  European  Poli- 
tics (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  comparative  study  of  political  processes  and 
governmental  forms  in  selected  European  countries. 

GVPT  487  The  Government  and  Politics  of  South 
Asia  (3)  Political  systems  and  governments  of  such 
countries  as  India.  Pakistan,  Bangladesh,  Ceylon,  and 
Nepal. 

GVPT  492  Tfie  Comparative  Politics  of  Race  Rela- 
tions (3)  Impact  of  government  and  politics  on  race 
relations  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  The  origins, 
problems,  and  manifestations  of  such  racial  policies  as 
segregation,  apartheid,  integration,  assimilation,  part- 
nership, and  nonracialism  will  be  analyzed. 


Hebrew 

HEBR  101  intensive  Elementary  Hebrew  (4)  Five 
hours  per  week.  Limited  to  students  with  no  reading 
knowledge  of  Hebrew.  Modern  Israeli  Hebrew.  Empha- 
sis on  conversation.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and 
development  of  audio-lingual,  writing  and  reading  abili- 
ty. Credit  may  not  be  earned  for  both  HEBR  101  and 
HEBR  111. 

HEBR  111  Elementary  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week  and  one  drill  hour.  Modern  Israeli  Hebrew. 
Emphasis  on  conversation.  Study  of  linguistic  structure 
and  development  of  audio-lingual,  writing  and  reading 
ability. 

HEBR  112  Elementary  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week  and  one  drill  hour  Prerequisite:  HEBR  1 1 1  or 
101  or  equivalent.  Modern  Israeli  Hebrew.  Emphasis 
on  conversation.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and  de- 
velopment of  audio-linguai,  writing  and  reading  ability. 

HEBR  114  Intermediate  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recita- 
tions per  week  and  one  drill  hour.  Prerequisite:  HEBR 
112  or  equivalent.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further 
development  of  audio-lingual,  reading,  writing,  and 
speaking  skills.  Reading  of  texts  and  newspapers 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Hebrew  life, 
thought  and  culture. 

HEBR  115  Intermediate  Hebrew  (3)  Three  recita- 
tions per  week  and  one  drill  hour.  Prerequisite:  HEBR 
114  or  equivalent.  Completion  of  study  of  linguistic 
structure,  further  development  of  audio-lingual,  read- 
ing, writing,  and  speaking  skills.  Reading  ol  texts  and 


newspapers  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of 
Hebrew  life,  thought  and  culture. 

HEBR  201  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: HEBR  115  or  equivalent.  A  practical  lan- 
guage course  recommended  for  all  students  continu- 
ing with  Hebrew.  Review  of  grammar  and  composition. 
Selected  readings.  Oral  and  written  exercises. 

HEBR  301  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: HEBR  201  or  equivalent.  A  practical  lan- 
guage course  recommended  for  all  students  continu- 
ing with  Hebrew.  Review  of  grammar  and  composition. 
Selected  readings.  Oral  and  written  exercises. 

HEBR  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HEBR  1 15  or  consent  of  instructor.  Not  open  to  native 
speakers  of  Hebrew.  Concentrated  practice  in  spoken 
Hebrew. 

HEBR  312  Readings  in  Hebrew  Newspapers  and 
Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  201  or  equivalent 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Current  events,  editorials, 
theatrical  reports,  book  reviews  and  scholarly  articles. 
Conducted  in  Hebrew. 

HEBR  321  Survey  of  Hebrew  Literature  i  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  Haskalah  (Enlighten- 
ment) period.  Selections  from  prose  and  poetry  of 
Michal,  Mapu,  Gordon,  Mendele.  Hebrew  neo-classi- 
cism  and  romanticism.  Reading  in  Hebrew.  Discus- 
sions in  Hebrew  and  in  English. 

HEBR  322  Survey  of  Hebrew  Literature  It  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  Hebrew  Renais- 
sance movement  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the 
second  world  war  The  writings  of  Peretz,  Bialik,  Ahad 
Haam  and  Berdichevsky  against  the  background  of 
European  realism,  neo-romanticism  and  symbolism. 
Readings  in  Hebrew.  Discussions  in  Hebrew  and  in 
English. 

HEBR   333   Hebrew   Civilization   (in   English)  (3) 

Trends  in  the  cultural,  social  and  literary  history  of  the 
Jews  from  their  earliest  experiences  as  a  people  until 
Maccabean  times.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

HEBR   334   Hebrew   Civilization   (in   English)   (3) 

Trends- in  the  cultural,  social  and  literary  history  of  the 
Jews  from  their  encounter  with  Hellenism  until  the  end 
of  the  Talmudic  era  in  late  antiquity.  Readings  and 
instruction  in  English. 

HEBR  423  The  Hebrew  Bible  In  Translation  I  (3) 

Selected  readings  from  the  Bible  and  its  commenta- 
ries, classical  and  modern.  Major  concepts  of  Biblical 
thought. 

HEBR  424  The  Hebrew  Bible  in  Translation  li  (3)  A 

continuation  of  HEBR  423. 

HEBR  431  Modern  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings  from 
the  major  Hebrew  prose  writers  of  the  20th  century 
such  as  J.  Steinberg,  Buria,  Berkovitz,  Shofman  and 
Agnon  describing  traditional  Jewish  life  in  the  Diaspora 
Mileu  and  in  the  land  of  Israel. 

HEBR  432  Contemporary  Hebrew  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  HEBR  301  or  equivalent.  The  problems 
facing  modern  man  as  reflected  in  the  writings  of 
Agnon,  Hazaz,  Meged,  Yehoshua,  Amichai,  and  oth- 
ers. Training  in  literary  criticism.  Reading  of  periodicals 
dealing  with  current  literary  trends. 

HEBR  441  Studies  In  Classical  Hebrew  and  Epig- 
raphy (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  1 1 5  or  equivalent.  Lin- 
guistic peculiarities  of  classicial  Hebrew  from  pre- 
Biblical  epigraphic  records  to  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls. 
Application  of  the  method  of  literary  form  criticism  to 
epic  poetry  and  Thanksgiving  songs,  cultic  formulae, 
histoncal  annals  and  narratives. 

HEBR  442  Classical  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: HEBR  115  or  equivalent.  Pentateuchal  source 
analysis,  prophetic  oracles,  Biblical  law  in  comparison 
with  other  ancient  codes,  wisdom  literature,  the  apoca- 
lyptic form  and  the  manual  of  discipline  of  the  Dead 
Sea  Scrolls. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  In  Hebrew  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: As  announced  in  the  schedule  of  classes  for  each 
topic.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits  pro- 
vided the  content  is  different. 


Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

HESP  202  Fundamentals  of  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  (3)  Inlroduclion  to  phonetics,  the  physiologi- 


cal bases  of  speech  production  and  reception,  and  the 
physics  of  sound.  Required  of  majors  in  hearing  and 
speech  science  and  recommended  for  majors  in  edu- 
cation and  psychology. 

HESP  302  Speech  Pathology  I  (3)  For  majors.  Pre- 
requisite: HESP  202.  Etiology,  assessment,  and  treat- 
ment of  articulation  disorders. 

HESP  305  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  the  Speech 
Mechanism  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  202.  Anatomy, 
physiology,  and  neurology  of  speech  mechanism. 
Physiological  phonetics. 

HESP  310  Semantic  Aspects  of  Speech  in  Human 
Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  202.  An  analysis  of 
speech  and  language  habits  from  the  standpoint  of 
general  sematics. 

HESP  312  Instrumentation  In  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences  (3)  Prerequisites:  HESP  202  and  PHYS  102. 
Principles  of  operation  of  electronic  equipment  in  the 
hearing  and  speech  sciences. 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language  Development  of 
Children  (3)  Prerequisite,  HESP  202,  Analysis  of  nor- 
mal processes  of  speech  and  language  development 
in  children. 

HESP  401  Survey  of  Speech  Disorders  (3)  Commu- 
nication disorders  in  school  children.  May  not  be  used 
by  majors  in  hearing  and  speech  sciences  to  satisfy 
major  or  supporting  course  requirements. 

HESP  403  introduction  to  Phonetic  Science  (3) 

Prerequisites:  HESP  202  and  PHYS  102.  Phonetic 
transcription  and  phonetic  principles.  Acoustical  and 
perceptual  phonetics. 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  li  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HESP  302.  305.  Etiology  and  therapeutic  management 
of  cleft  palate  and  stuttering, 

HESP  406  Speech  Pathology  iii  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HESP  302.  305.  Etiology  and  therapeutic  management 
of  aphasia  and  delayed  language. 

HESP  408  Clinical  Practice  (3)  Prerequisites:  comple- 
tion of  the  21  hours  of  specified  courses  for  the  major, 
HESP  404  or  HESP  406.  and  permission  of  the  clinical 
staff.  Obsen/ation  and  participation  in  the  speech  and 
hearing  clinic.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits, 
but  only  three  credits  may  apply  toward  satisfaction  of 
the  major  course  requirement  in  hearing  and  speech 
sciences. 

HESP  410  Principles  and  Methods  In  Speech  Ther- 
apy (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  404  or  406.  Comparative 
methods  in  the  clinical  management  of  speech  prob- 
lems. 

HESP  411  Introduction  to  Audioiogy  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: HESP  202  and  PHYS  1 02.  Anatomy  and  physiol- 
ogy of  hearing,  introduction  to  measurement  and  to 
rehabilitation  of  the  hearing-handicapped, 

HESP  412  Rehabilitation  of  the  Hearing  Handi- 
capped (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  411.  Speech  reading,' 
auditory  training,  and  speech  training  for  hard-of-hear- 
ing  children  and  adults. 

HESP  414  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Individual  projects  in  phonetic  science, 
speech  pathology,  and  audioiogy. 

HESP  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
departmental  approval.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maxi- 
mum of  6  credits. 


History 


HIST  101  Great  ideas,  Events  and  Personalities  in 
History  (3)  An  introduction  to  history  including  both 
theories  of  historical  change  and  detailed  specific 
examples,  focusing  on  crucial  events,  ideas,  or  per- 
sonalities illustrative  of  that  change. 

HIST  105  The  Jewish  Experience  (3)  An  introduction 
to  Jewish  history  through  a  study  of  some  major 
figures  or  Jewish  culture  and  society.  Major  themes, 
ideas,  and  events  of  Jewish  history  from  Biblical  times 
until  the  present, 

HIST  106  American  Jewish  Experience  (3)  History  of 
the  Jews  in  America  from  Colonial  times  to  the  pre- 
sent. Emphasis  on  the  waves  of  migration  from  Ger- 
many and  eastern  Europe;  the  changing  nature  of  the 
American  Jewish  community  and  its  participation  in 
American  social,  economic  and  political  life. 


History    161 


HIST  108  Biography  In  History  (3)  Detailed  investiga- 
tions in  the  lives,  times,  and  works  of  important  and 
visible  figures  in  world  history;  each  section  usually 
devoted  to  a  single  figure.  Concern  for  both  the  theory 
of  the  individual  in  history  and  close  examination  of  the 
single  person.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  to  a  six 
credits  hours  when  topic  differs. 

HIST  115  Modern  Business  History  (3)  Case  studies 
of  selected  individuals  in  the  business  world  are  used 
to  examine  the  history  of  the  modern  business  system 
from  the  early  modern  period  to  the  present.  Equal 
attention  to  European  origins  and  to  the  American 
evolution.  Special  emphasis  on  the  history  of  modern 
corporations  and  banks  and  their  relations  with  gov- 
ernment and  the  rest  of  society. 

HIST   130 — 133  The  Emergence  of  Europe  The 

following  sequence  of  courses  taken  together  consti- 
tutes a  thorough  treatment  of  the  evolution  of  Europe- 
an civilization.  Each  course  or  any  series  of  courses 
may,  however,  be  taken  independently.  The  courses 
have  been  specifically  designed  for  meeting  general 
University  requirements. 

HIST  130  The  Ancient  World  (3)  Interpretation  of 
select  literature  and  art  of  the  ancient  Mediterranean 
world  with  a  view  to  illuminating  the  antecedents  of 
modern  culture;  religion  and  myth  in  the  ancient  near 
east;  Greek  philosophical,  scientific,  and  literary  inven- 
tion; and  the  Roman  tradition  in  politics  and  adminis- 
tration. 

HIST  131  The  Medieval  World  (3)  The  development 
of  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages;  emphasis  on  the  role  of 
religious  values  in  shaping  new  social,  economic,  and 
political  institutions.  Readings  in  medieval  literature 
and  consideration  of  monuments  in  art  and  architec- 
ture. 

HIST  132  The  Rise  of  the  West— 1500— 1789  (3) 

History  of  early  modern  Europe.  Emphasis  on  the 
developments  of  the  national  consciousness  of  sever- 
al continental  European  peoples  with  references  to 
England  and  eastern  Europe  Evidence  of  the  growth 
of  state  power  and  bureaucracy,  the  role  of  economic 
institutions,  the  developments  in  art,  literature,  science 
and  religion. 

HIST  133  Modern  Europe— 1789— Present  (3)  Na- 
tion-states in  Europe  since  the  outbreak  of  the  French 
Revolution.  Rapid  changes  in  industrial-economic 
structure  and  in  demography  related  to  national 
growths.  Emergence  of  a  distinctly  modern  secular 
society  including  'Europeanism'  throughout  the  world. 
Emphasis  on  continental,  western  European  countries 
and  peoples,  eastern  Europe  and  insular  Great  Britain. 

HIST  141  Western  Civilization  I  (3)  Recommended 
for  students  seeking  a  two-semester  survey  course  of 
European  history  from  antiquity  to  the  twentieth  centu- 
ry. Political,  social  and  intellectual  developments  that 
form  the  values  and  institutions  of  western  world.  Ends 
with  the  period  of  reformation  May  be  taken  independ- 
ently of  HIST  142.  (Students  previously  enrolled  in 
HIST  241  not  admitted  to  this  course.) 

HIST  142  Western  Civilization  II  (3)  Recommended 
for  students  seeking  a  two-semester  sun/ey  course  of 
European  history  from  antiquity  to  the  twentieth  centu- 
ry. Begins  with  period  of  the  Reformation  and  ends 
with  modern  times  and  may  be  taken  independently  of 
HIST  141.  (Students  previously  enrolled  in  HIST  242 
not  admitted  to  this  course.) 

HIST  144  The  Humanities  I  (3)  A  survey  of  man's 
cultural  development  from  pre-histonc  times  to  the 
Renaissance.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  arts, 
philosophy,  religion,  and  social  conditions  which  have 
influenced  the  common  cultural  heritage  of  western 
civilization  Aspects  of  the  culture  of  the  non-western 
world  included  when  appropriate.  Students  previously 
enrolled  in  HIST  251  not  admitted. 

HIST  145  The  Humanities  II  (3)  A  survey  of  man's 
cultural  development  from  the  Renaissance  to  the 
present.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the  arts, 
philosophy,  religion,  and  social  conditions  which  have 
influenced  the  common  cultural  hentage  of  western 
civilization.  Aspects  of  the  culture  of  the  non-western 
world  included  when  appropnate.  Students  previously 
enrolled  in  HIST  252  not  admitted. 

HIST  156  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  from  Colonial 
times  to  the  end  of  the  Civil  War  Emphasis  on  the 
establishment  and  development  of  American  institu- 
tions. 


HIST  157  History  of  the  United  States  since  1865 

(3)  A  survey  of  economic,  social,  intellectual,  and 
political  developments  since  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis 
on  the  rise  of  industry  and  the  emergence  of  the 
United  States  as  a  world  power. 

HIST  180  The  Chinese  World  (3)  An  introduction  to 
China,  both  traditional  and  modern.  The  various  as- 
pects of  Chinese  culture,  including  the  language,  fami- 
ly, history,  art,  and  agriculture. 

HIST  200  Introduction  to  the  History  of  Science  (3) 

Survey  of  some  major  problems  in  the  development  of 
science.  Specific  examples  of  discoveries  and  theohes 
from  the  viewpoint  of  theories  of  historical  change, 
philosophies  of  science,  and  interaction  of  science 
with  philosophy.  Students  cannot  receive  credit  for 
both  PHIL  250  and  HIST  200. 

HIST  201  Science  and  Technology  In  World  History 
Space/Time/Man/Woman  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
the  history  of  science  and  technology,  emphasizing 
their  interest  and  importance  to  the  public.  The  topics 
are  united  by  three  main  themes:  (1)  the  development 
of  space/time  concepts  of  the  universe  in  astronomy 
and  physics;  (2)  communications  and  transportation; 
(3)  the  nature  of  man  and  woman,  including  biological, 
anthropological  and  psychological  theories  of  race  and 
sex  differences. 

HIST  206  The  Holocaust  of  European  Jewry  (3) 

Roots  of  Nazi  Jewish  policy  in  the  1930's  and  during 
world  war  II;  the  process  of  destruction  and  the  imple- 
mentation of  the  'Final  Solution  of  the  Jewish  Problem' 
in  Europe,  and  the  responses  made  by  the  Jews  to 
their  concentration  and  annihilation. 

HIST  210  Women  in  America  to  1850  (3)  The  interac- 
tion among  the  political,  social  and  economic  activities 
of  women.  The  effects  of  growing  industrialization  and 
governmental  centralization  on  women's  lives.  The 
role  of  women  inside  and  outside  of  the  home. 

HIST  211  Women  In  America  since  1850  (3)  The 

increasing  participation  of  women  in  reform  move- 
ments and  social  and  political  institutions.  The  effect  of 
the  growth  of  large-scale  industnes,  political  struc- 
tures, and  affluence  on  the  lives  of  women. 

HIST  214  Pre-Honors  Colloquium  in  Early  Ameri- 
can History  (3)  Selected  reading  in  early  American 
history  with  emphasis  on  independent  discussion  and 
writing.  May  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  exempt 
from  American  history.  Permission  of  instructor  re- 
quired. 

HIST  215  Pre-Honors  Colloquium  In  Modern  Ameri- 
can History  (3)  Selected  readings  in  modern  Amen- 
can  history  with  emphasis  on  independent  study,  dis- 
cussion and  whting.  May  be  taken  for  credit  by  stu- 
dents exempt  from  American  history.  Permission  of 
instructor  required. 

HIST  219  Special  Topics  in  History  (3) 

HIST  220  History  of  the  Family  in  Western  Civiliza- 
tion (3)  Survey  of  the  history  of  the  family  in  Europe 
and  the  United  Slates  from  prehistoric  times  to  the 
present.  (Students  previously  receiving  credit  in  HIST 
243  may  not  enroll.) 

HIST  234  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  I  (3) 

The  development  of  Bntish  life  and  institutions  to 
1485 

HIST  235  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain  II  (3) 

Bntish  history  from  the  Tudors  to  the  present.  The 
Tudor  reformations,  English  revolutions,  industnalism, 
Victonan  and  20th  century  reforms,  and  the  growth 
and  evolution  of  the  British  Empire. 

HIST  237  Russian  Civilization  (3)  An  overview  of 
Russian  history  stressing  the  mam  lines  of  develop- 
ment of  The  Russian  state  and  the  evolution  of  Rus- 
sian culture  to  the  present  day. 

HIST  250  Latin  American  History  I  (3)  Latin  Amenca 
from  pre-Columbian  Indian  cultures  to  the  beginnings 
of  the  wars  for  independence  (ca  1810),  covenng 
cultural,  political,  social,  and  economic  developments. 

HIST  251  Latin  American  History  II  (3)  The  republics 
of  Latin  America  since  independence,  with  special 
emphasis  upon  their  social  economic,  and  cultural 
development  as  Third  World  nations. 

HIST  255  Afro-American  History  (3)  A  survey  ol  the 
Negro  in  American  history,  covenng  the  Afncan  back- 
ground, slavery,  the  role  of  the  Negro  in  the  social, 


political,  economic,  cultural  and  artistic  life  of  the 
United  States.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  endur- 
ing themes  and  the  black  experience  in  American 
society,  including  contemporary  problems  in  race  rela- 
tions. 

HIST  264  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Early  Amer- 
ica (3)  American  social  experience  from  Colonial  times 
through  the  Civil  War.  The  development  of  colonial 
societies,  the  economic  and  religious  bases  of  18th 
century  life,  the  social  character  of  the  revolution,  the 
growth  of  cities,  hse  of  immigration,  and  maturation  of 
economic  enterphse  in  antebellum  America,  and  the 
social  causes  and  consequences  of  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  265  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Modern 
America  (3)  American  social  history  from  Civil  War  to 
the  present.  Examination  of  a  network  of  social  in- 
teraction accompanying  the  rise  of  male-dominated, 
business-oriented  urban  culture  after  the  Civil  War. 
Concentration  on  the  major  social  forces  clashing  and 
cooperating  to  produce  the  modern  United  States: 
'Business  Republicanism',  urban  workers;  intellec- 
tuals; rural  populists;  immigrants  (especially  Jewish); 
black-Americans;  and  struggling  women  liberators. 
The  swift  crosscurrents  of  a  'free-society'  still  wrestling 
with  inherent  contradictions  of  the  democratic  experi- 
ment begun  in  the  American  colonies  some  350  years 
ago. 

HIST  266  The  United  States  In  World  Affairs  (3)  A 

study  of  the  United  States  as  an  emerging  world  power 
and  the  American  response  to  changing  status  in 
world  affairs.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  between 
internal  and  external  development  of  the  nation. 

HIST  280  Islamic  Civilization  (3)  Survey  of  Islamic 
civilization  dealing  with  Islam  as  a  religion  and  covering 
its  major  institutions.  Begins  with  pre-lslamic  Arabia 
and  hse  of  Muhammad,  emphasizing  the  life  and 
political  activities  of  the  prophet  of  Islam,  the  basic 
tenets  of  Islam,  and  Islamic  religious  law.  A  survey  of 
the  sectarian  development  in  early  Islam  is  included. 

HIST  282  History  of  the  Jewrish  People  I  (3)  Political, 
economic,  social  and  cultural  development  within  Jew- 
ish history  from  the  Biblical  period  to  the  late  Middle 
Ages.  Special  attention  to  the  emergence  of  rabbinic 
Judaism  and  its  subsequent  encounter  with  medieval 
Chhstian  and  Islamic  civilizations.  Students  who  have 
previously  received  credit  for  HIFN  354  and  HIST  312 
may  not  enroll. 

HIST  283  History  of  the  Jewish  People  II  (3)  Politi- 
cal, economic,  social  and  cultural  development  within 
Jewish  history  from  the  end  of  Middle  Ages  to  the 
present.  Special  attention  to  twentieth  century 
developments  including  the  Nazi  holocaust  and  its 
aftermath,  the  Zionist  movement  and  the  creation  of 
the  state  of  Israel;  rise  of  the  contemporary  American 
Jewish  community.  Students  who  have  previously  re- 
ceived credit  for  HIFN  355  and  HIST  313  may  not 
enroll. 

HIST  284  East  Asian  Civilization  I  (3)  An  interdisci- 
plinary survey  of  the  development  of  east  Asian  cul- 
tures. An  histoncal  approach  drawing  on  all  facets  of 
east  Asian  traditional  life,  to  gain  an  appreciation  of  the 
fascinatingly  different  and  complex  cultures  of  the 
area. 

HIST  285  East  Asian  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
historical  development  of  modern  Asia  since  1700. 
Primarily  concerned  with  the  efforts  of  east  Asians  to 
preserve  their  traditional  cultures  in  the  face  of  west- 
ern expansion  in  the  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centu- 
ries, and  their  attempts  to, survive  as  nations  in  the 
twentieth  century. 

HIST  290  African  Civilization  (3)  A  brief  survey  of  the 
history  of  sub-Saharan  Africa  from  prehistonc  times  to 
the  end  of  the  Colonial  era  Special  focus  on  neolithic 
civilizations,  major  migrations  and  political  and  com- 
mercial developments  in  pre-colonial  and  colonial 
Afnca. 

HIST  301  Women  and  Industrial  Development  (3) 

Analysis  of  women's  role  in  the  industrial  state.  Em- 
phasis on  the  process  of  industrialization  and  its  effect 
on  women's  lives  since  the  industrial  revolution.  Com- 
pansons  of  women  in  industrial  and  non-industrial 
settings. 

HIST  304  Modern  Church  History  (3)  Introduction  to 
major  developments  and  problems  of  modern  church 
history  primanly  in  Europe  from  the  'waning'  of  the 
confessional  age  in  the  17th  and  18th  centuries 
through  the  20th  century. 


162    History 


HIST  305  The  Eastern  Orthodox  Church— Its  Cul- 
tural History  (3)  A  study  ot  the  development  of  the 
Christian  church  in  the  near  East  and  eastern  Europe 
from  the  conversion  of  Constantine  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  will  be  on  the  relations  between  church  and 
state  in  various  periods  and  on  the  influence  of  eastern 
Christianity  on  the  cultures  of  traditionally  eastern 
orthodox  nations. 

HIST  306  History  of  Religion  in  America  (3)  A 

history  of  religion,  religious  movements,  and  churches 
in  America  from  the  early  Colonial  period  to  the 
present,  with  special  attention  to  the  relation  of  church 
and  society. 

HIST  308  Religion  In  America:  Historical  Topics  (3) 

Selected  aspects  of  the  American  religious  experience 
in  detail.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours  when  content  differs. 

HIST   309   Prosemlnar   In   Historical   Writing   (3) 

Discussions  and  research  papers  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  methods  and  problems  of  re- 
search and  presentation.  The  student  will  be  encour- 
aged to  examine  those  phases  of  history  which  he 
regards  as  his  specialties. 

HIST  316  Honors  Colloquium  I  (3)  Enrollment  limited 
to  students  admitted  by  the  departmental  honors  com- 
mittee. Reading  in  sources  and  secondary  work  cen- 
tering about  the  development  of  the  modern  world. 
Discussions  of  reading  and  written  work  in  weekly 
seminar  meetings. 

HIST  317  Honors  Colloqulumll  (3)  Continuation  of 
HIST  316. 

HIST  318  Honors  Thesis  (3)  Limited  to  students  who 
have  completed  HIST  395.  Normally  repeated  for  a 
total  of  six  hours  credit  during  the  senior  year  by 
candidates  for  honors  in  history. 

HIST  319  Special  Topics  in  History  (3) 

HIST  330  Medieval  Civilization  I  (3)  Europe!  from  the 
fall  of  Rome  to  the  death  of  Chariemagne.  The  eco- 
nomic, social  and  intellectual  movements  which 
shaped  the  civilization  of  the  Latin  west,  including  the 
rise  of  Christianity  and  the  church,  the  creation  of  a 
feudal  nobility,  and  the  foundation  of  European  states. 
Developments  in  art  and  literature.  Readings  from 
sources  when  available  in  translation. 

HIST  331  Medieval  Civilization  II  (3)  Medieval  civili- 
zation in  the  12th  and  13th  centuries:  the  Renaissance 
of  the  12th  century,  the  rise  of  universities,  Gothic 
architecture,  the  European  state  system,  medieval 
pariiaments  and  scholastic  learning  and  culture.  Em- 
phasis on  cultural  and  political  developments  of  the 
high  Middle  Ages  with  study  of  the  principal  sources  of 
medieval  thought  and  learning,  art  and  architecture 
and  political  theory.  Recommended  as  a  sequel  to 
HIFN  411. 

HIST  332  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  I  (3)  Continental  Europe  from  1450  to 
1650;  development  and  spread  of  Renaissance  cul- 
ture; grovrth  in  the  powers  of  central  government; 
economic  expansion  and  beginnings  of  overseas 
colonization;  division  of  western  Chnstendom  into  two 
rival  religious  camps.  Particular  emphasis  on  the  Prot- 
estant and  Catholic  reformations  and  their  conse- 
quences for  Europe's  political,  social,  and  cultural 
development.  Renaissance  and  reformation, 
1450-1555.  The  age  of  religious  wars,   1555-1650. 

HIST  333  Europe  During  the  Renaissance  and 
Reformation  II  (3)  Continuation  of  HIST  332. 

HIST  334  The  Age  ot  Absolutism,  1648-1748  (3) 

Europe  in  the  age  of  Louis  XIV,  with  emphasis  upon 
social,  religious,  and  cultural  developments. 

HIST  335  The  Old  Regime  and  the  French  Revolu- 
tion, 1748-1815  (3)  Europe  during  the  French  Revolu- 
tion and  Napoleonic  penod  Intellectual,  social,  and 
cultural  movements  in  revolutionary  Europe. 

HIST  336  Europe  in  the  19th  Century,  1815-1919  (3) 

The  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  develop- 
ment of  Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  thie 
first  World  War 

HIST  337  Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  20th 
Century  (3)  Political,  economic  and  cultural  develop- 
ments in  20lh  century  Europe  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  factors  involved  in  the  two  worid  wars  and  their 
global  impacts  and  significance. 


HIST  340  Eastern  Europe  under  Communism  (3) 

The  evolution  of  Communist  regimes  and  socialist 
societies  in  Poland,  Czechoslavakia,  Hungary,  East 
Germany,  Romania  and  Bulgaria  with  separate  treat- 
ment of  Yugoslavia.  Emphasis  on  pre-1945  continuity 
and  post-1945  change. 

HIST  342  Fascism:  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  The 

origins  and  history  of  Fascism  in  Europe.  1918-1945. 
Emphasis  divided  between  the  industrialized  (or  indus- 
trializing) nations  and  the  largely  agranan  countries  of 
Europe.  The  rise  of  Fascism  in  other  parts  of  the  worid. 

HIST  344  The  Russian  Revolutions  of  1917  (3)  A 

close  examination  of  the  histoncal  background,  the 
doctrines,  the  immediate  causes,  the  events,  and  the 
results  of  the  February  and  October  revolutions. 

HIST  346  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Europe  (3) 

An  exploration  of  social  structure,  life  styles,  rituals, 
symbols,  and  myths  of  the  peoples  of  Europe. 

HIST  347  History  of  Crime  and  Punishment  In 
England  (3)  Emphasis  on  the  historical  development 
of  law  enforcement  agencies,  cnminal  jurisdictions  and 
trial  procedure,  1500-1800.  Nature  of  principle  felo- 
nies and  major  trends  in  crime;  penal  theory  and 
practice  in  historical  perspective. 

HIST  360  American  Colonial  History  (3)  Colonial 
America  from  Jamestown  to  1763.  The  establishment 
of  the  various  colonies  with  emphasis  on  the  reasons 
for  the  instability  of  colonial  society  to  1689;  the 
emergence  of  stable  societies  after  1689;  the  develop- 
ment of  colonial  regionalism,  political  institutions,  so- 
cial divisions,  education,  urban  and  frontier  problems 
in  the  eighteenth  century. 

HIST  361  The  American  Revolution  (3)  The  back- 
ground and  course  of  the  American  revolution  through 
the  formation  of  the  constitution.  Emphasis  on  the 
impact  of  the  political  movement  and  war  years  on  the 
character  of  American  society. 

HIST  362  The  Formative  Period  In  America, 
1789-1824  (3)  The  evolution  of  the  federal  govern- 
ment, the  origins  of  political  parties,  problems  of 
foreign  relations  in  an  era  of  international  conflict, 
beginnings  of  the  industrial  revolution  in  America,  and 
the  birth  of  sectionalism. 

HIST  363  The  Middle  Period  ot  American  History, 
1824-1860  (3)  An  examination  of  the  political  history 
of  the  United  States  from  Jackson  to  Lincoln  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  factors  producing  Jacksoni- 
an  democracy,  manifest  destiny,  the  Whig  party,  the 
antislavery  movement,  the  Republican  party,  and 
secession. 

HIST  364  Sectional  and  Class  Conflicts  1860-1896 

(3)  Sectional  and  class  conflicts  and  their  impact  on 
American  life  and  institutions  from  the  Civil  War 
through  the  Gilded  Age;  social,  economic  and  political 
reconstruction  of  the  union;  industrialization,  urbaniza- 
tion and  technological  changes. 

HIST  365  The  Progressive  Period:  the  United 
States,  1896-1919  (3)  How  the  Wm.  McKinley-T.Roo- 
sevelt-W.H.  Taft-Woodrow  Wilson  administrations 
dealt  with  the  trust,  money,  tariff,  and  black  issues. 
World  War  I  is  treated  briefly. 

HIST  366  Between  the  Wars:  The  United  States, 
1919-1945  (3)  The  American  way  of  life  in  the_1920's 
and  1930's,  the  Great  Depression,  new  deal,  and  a 
bnef  consideration  of  Worid  War  II. 

HIST  367  The  United  States  since  World  War  II  (3) 

American  history  from  the  inauguration  of  Harry  S. 
Truman  to  the  present  with  emphasis  upon  politics  and 
foreign  relations,  but  with  consideration  of  special 
topics  such  as  radicalism,  conservation,  and  labor 

HIST  372  Jews  and  Judaism  under  Medieval  Islam 

(3)  History  ol  Jews  and  Judaism  from  the  rise  of 
Mohammed  to  the  12th  century  Economic,  political 
and  social  developments;  special  emphasis  on  Jewish 
thought  illustrated  through  the  wntings  of  Saadia 
Judah,  Ha-Levi  and  Moses  Maimonides. 

HIST  373  Jews  and  Judaism  under  Medieval 
Christendom  (3)  History  ol  Jews  and  Judaism  in 
Christian  lands  from  Constantine  through  the  15th 
century.  Intellectual  and  social  relationships  between 
Jews  and  Christians;  medieval  anli-semitism;  Jewish 
cultural  achievements;  the  Marrano  phenomenon. 

HIST  374  Modern  Jewish  History  i:  The  Road  to 
Emancipation,  1650-1870  (3)  Social,  political,  eco- 


nomic, and  cultural  change  in  the  Jewish  worid  since 
1650.  Emphasis  on  emancipation,  assimilation,  and 
new  forms  of  Jewish  identity  in  western  and  eastern 
European  Jewry  from  the  17th  to  the  20th  centuries. 

HIST  375  Modern  Jewish  History  II:  World  Jewry 
Since  1870  (3)  Continuation  of  HIST  374. 

HIST  376  History  ot  Zionism  and  the  State  of  Israel 

(3)  Ideological  and  political  factors  leading  to  the 
establishment  ol  a  secular  Jewish  state  in  1948; 
Zionist  thought  of  Herzl,  Ahad  Ha-Am,  the  socialist  and 
religious  Zionist,  and  the  revisionists;  diplomatic  activi- 
ties; Arab-Israel  conflict;  post-1948  Israeli  society. 

HIST  380  American  Relations  with  China  and 
Japan,  1740-1970  (3)  American  political,  economic, 
and  cultural  relations  with  China  and  Japan  from  the 
American  Colonial  era  to  the  present.  Diplomacy  and 
power  politics;  Christian  missions;  immigration  and 
exclusion;  overseas  education;  art  and  literature; 
trade,  investment,  technology. 

HIST  390  Middle  East  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the  political, 
cultural  and  institutional  history  covering  the  period  up 
to  the  tenth  century. 

HIST  391  Middle  East  II  (3)  ATurvey  of  the  political, 
cultral  and  institutional  history  covering  the  period  up 
from  the  tenth  century  to  the  beginning  of  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

HIST  392  History  of  the  Contemporary  Middle  East 

(3)  The  rise  of  sovereign  nation-states;  modernization, 
westernization  and  secularization  in  a  traditional  socie- 
ty; shifting  political  and  economic  power  groupings 
within  a  regional  and  global  context. 

HIST  400  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite;  De- 
partmental approval  of  research  project  and  consent 
of  the  department.  Available  To  all  students  who  wish 
to  pursue  a  specific  research  topic. 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Revolution— From  Coper- 
nicus to  Newton  Major  events  in  the  history  of 
physical  science  during  the  18th  and  17th  centuries 
and  their  relation  to  philosophy,  religion  and  society  in 
western  Europe.  The  attack  on  ancient  and  medieval 
scientific  theories;  the  transition  from  geocentric  to 
heliocentric  astronomy;  discoveries  of  Kepler.  Galileo 
and  Newton;  and  the  establishment  of  the  'mechanical 
philosophy'  that  dominated  early  modern  science. 

HIST  402  The  Development  of  Modern  Physical 
Science — from  Newton  to  Einstein  (3)  The  history  of 
physics  in  the  18th  and  19th  centuries,  including  some 
of  its  connections'  with  mathematics,  technology, 
chemistry  and  planetary  science.  Emphasis  on  internal 
technical  developments  in  physical  theory,  with  some 
discussion  of  experimental,  philosophical  and 
sociological  aspects.  This  is  the  second  part  of  a 
three-semester  sequence  (HIST  401 ,  HIST  402,  PHYS 
490);  each  part  may  be  taken  independently  of  the 
others.  Prerequisites;  MATH  110  and  PHYS  112  or 
117.  or  equivalent  competence  in  mathematics  and 
physics. 

HIST  404  History  of  Modern  Biology  (3)  The  internal 
development  of  biology  in  the  nineteenth  and  twenti- 
eth centunes.  including  evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity 
and  development,  spontaneous  generation,  and 
mechanism — vitalism  controversies.  The  philosophical 
aspects  of  the  development  of  scientific  knowledge 
and  the  interaction  of  biology  with  chemistry  and 
physics. 

HIST  407  History  of  Technology  (3)  A  survey  course 
designed  for  junior,  senior  and  graduate  students  with 
a  solid  base  in  either  engineering  or  history;  it  will  cover 
the  time  span  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the  first  World 
War.  Technology  will  be  studied  as  a  cultural  force 
controlled  by  laws  of  its  own  and  operating  within  a 
distinctive'conceptual  framework.  The  course  will  con- 
centrate on  the  changing  character  of  technology  in 
history  and  on  the  interactions  between  technology 
and  other  cultural  forces  such  as  science,  philosophy, 
art,  matenal  culture,  and  the  economy. 

HiST  409  Science,  Medicine  and  Technology:  His- 
torical Topics  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  history  of 
medicine,  science  and  technology.  Specific  descnp- 
tions  will  be  available  in  the  history  department  when 
the  course  is  offered  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  semester  hours 

HIST  410  History  of  Early  Medicine:  From  Thauma- 
turgy  and  Theurgy  to  the  17th  Century  Theories  (3) 


History     163 


A  historical  survey  of  the  development  of  medicine  in 
Europe  and  Asia  from  earliest  times  to  the  eighteenth 
century.  Topic  discussed  include:  primitive  diseases, 
Egyptian,  Chinese,  Greek  and  medieval  medicine,  epi- 
demics, surgical  developments,  the  physician  and  the 
development  of  public  health  administration.  Enroll- 
ment limited  to  upper  division  and  graduate  students. 

HIST  411  History  of  the  Emergence  of  Modern 
Medicine  (3)  Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  Develop- 
ment of  modern  medicine  from  the  eighteenth  century 
to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  the  United  States, 
including  American  Indian  medicine,  growth  of  medical 
professions,  hospitals  and  public  health  facilities,  sur- 
gery, clinical  medicine,  psychiatry  and  modern  medical 
specialization. 

HIST  412  Readings  In  Psycho-History  (3)  Applica- 
tion of  psychological  theories  to  the  study  of  historical 
personalities  and  collective  behavior;  survey  of  rele- 
vant personality  theorists,  and  an  evaluation  of  recent 
contributions. 

HIST  414  History  of  European  Ideas  I  (3)  Review  of 
the  basic  western  intellectual  traditions  as  a  heritage 
from  the  ancient-world.  Selected  important  currents  of 
thought  from  the  scientific  revolution  of  the  16th  and 
17th  centuries  down  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

HIST  415  History  of  European  Ideas  II  (3)  A  con- 
tinuation of  HIFN  414  emphasizing  19th  and  20th 
century  thought. 

HIST  416  Modem  Jewish  Intellectual  History  I  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas  and  ideologies  of 
the  Jewish  people  from  the  period  of  the  expulsion 
from  Spain  in  1492  until  the  generation  of  Moses 
Mendelssohn  and  his  contemporaries  at  the  end  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  The  course  will  emphasize  the 
major  intellectual  developments  within  the  Jewish 
community  shaped  by  its  encounter  with  major  cultural 
developments  such  as  the  Renaissance,  Reformation 
and  religious  skepticism  as  well  as  by  the  constant 
threats  to  its  collective  identity  and  physical  well-being 
throughout  this  entire  period. 

HIST  417  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual  History  II  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas  and  ideologies  of 
the  Jewish  people  from  the  end  of  the  eighteenth 
century  until  the  present.  The  course  will  consider  the 
major  intellectual  responses  to  the  problem  of  Jewish 
identity  in  the  context  of  the  effects  of  political  and 
social  emancipation,  nationalism  and  socialism,  secu- 
larism and  cultural  assimilation,  as  well  as  political  anti- 
Semitism  and  physical  extermination  upon  the  Jewish 
community. 

HIST  418  Jews  and  Judaism:  Selected  Historical 
Topics  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credit  hours 
if  topics  differ. 

HIST  419  Special  Topics  In  History  (3)  May  be 

repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

HIST  420  Ancient  Greece  (3)  Greek  history  and 
culture  from  the  Bronze  Age  to  200  B.C.  Concentration 
of  the  life  and  institutions  of  the  city-state,  poetry  and 
society,  the  Peloponnesian  War,  and  Alexander  the 
Great. 

HIST  421  History  of  Rome  (3)  Roman  history  from 
the  foundation  of  the  city  to  the  time  of  Constantine  the 
Great,  concentrating  on  Imperialism,  the  crisis  of  the 
republic,  Augustus  and  the  organization  of  monarchy, 
and  city  life  during  the  principate.  (Students  who  have 
received  credit  for  HIFN  410  not  admitted.) 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I  (3)  The  Eastern  Roman 
Empire  from  Constantine  the  Great  to  the  crisis  of  the 
ninth  century.  The  development  of  the  late  Roman 
state  into  the  medieval  Christian  Byzantine  Empire  and 
the  evolution  of  a  distinctive  Byzantine  culture. 

HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II  (3)  The  Byzantine 
Empire  from  the  Macedonian  Renaissance  to  the 
conquest  of  Constantinople  by  the  Turks  in  1453:  the 
Byzantine  Empire  at  its  height,  the  crusades,  Byzanti- 
um as  a  minor  power,  and  its  contributions  to  the 
Renaissance  and  the  cultures  of  Russia  and  the 
Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801  (3)  A  history  of 
Russia  from  earliest  times  to  1917. 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  from  1801—1917  (3)  A 

History  of  Russia  from  earliest  times  to  1917. 

HIST  426  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portugal  to  1700 

(3)  A  survey  of  the  ancient,  medieval,  and  early  mod- 


ern history  of  the  Iberian  peninsula  with  attention  to 
Spanish  and  Portuguese  expansion  overseas  and  the 
role  of  Spain  in  Europe  under  the  Hapsburg  kings. 

HIST  427  The  History  of  Spain  and  Portugal  since 
1700  (3)  The  social,  political  and  cultural  development 
of  modern  Spain  and  Portugal,  emphasizing  the  de- 
cline of  the  monarchies,  Napoleonic  intervention,  the 
loss  of  the  main  part  of  the  overseas  empires,  civil 
strife,  and  the  rise  of  strong-man  government, 

HIST  430  Tudor  England  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  life, 
1485-1603,  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor  govern- 
ment, the  English  Reformation  and  the  Elizabethan 
era. 

.HIST  431  Stuart  England  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  life, 
1603-1714,  with  special  emphasis  on  puritanism  and 
the  English  revolutions. 

HIST  432  Britain  In  the  18th  Century  (3)  Develop- 
ments in  Great  Britain  from  the  revolution  of  1688  to 
the  end  of  the  Napoleonic  wars. 

HIST  433  Modern  Britain  (3)  A  survey  of  British 
history  from  the  age  of  the  French  Revolution  to  World 
War  I  with  emphasis  upon  such  subjects  as  Britain's 
role  in  the  world,  the  democratization  of  the  state,  the 
problems  arising  from  industrialism  and  urbanism,  and 
Irish  and  Imperial  problems. 

HIST  434  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  I 

(3)  Constitutional  development  in  England,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  the 
grovirth  of  the  common  law,  the  development  of  parlia- 
ment, and  the  emergence  of  systematized  govern- 
ment. First  semester,  to  1485. 

HIST  435  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  II 

(3)  Constitutional  development  in  England,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  the 
growth  of  the  common  law,  the  development  of  parlia- 
ment, and  the  emergence  of  systematized  govern- 
ment. Second  semester,  since  1485, 

HIST  436   History  of  the   British   Empire  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  development  of  the  British  Empire  since 
the  American  Revolution.  Particular  emphasis  is  given 
to  the  problem  of  responsible  self-government,  the 
evolution  of  the  British  Empire  into  a  commonwealth  of 
nations  and  the  problems  of  the  dependent  empire. 
Recommended  prerequisites:  HIST  112,  113,  141,  or 
254, 

HIST  437  Modern  France  from  Napoleon  to 
OeGauile  (3)  The  changing  political  and  cultural  val- 
ues of  French  society  in  response  to  recurrent  crises 
throughout  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Students 
should  have  had  some  previous  survey  of  either  west- 
ern civilization  or  European  history. 

HIST  440  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth  Century, 
1815-1914  (3)  The  development  of  modern  Germany 
and  the  rise  of  national  socialism. 

HIST  441  Germany  in  the  Twentieth  Century, 
1914-1945  (3)  Germany's  aims  and  policies  during 
World  War  I,  its  condition  and  policies  in  the  inter-war 
period,  the  rise  of  national  socialism,  and  Germany's 
part  in  World  War  II. 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union  (3)  A  history  of  Soviet 
Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  1917  to  the  present. 
Stress  on  the  relationship  between  Marxist  theory  and 
practice,  and  the  development  of  peculiarly  socialist 
institutions  and  practices. 

HIST  443  Modern  Balkan  History  (3)  A  political, 
socio-economic,  and  cultural  history  of  Yugoslavia, 
Bulgana.  Romania,  Greece,  and  Albania  from  the 
breakdown  of  Ottoman  domination  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  is  on  movements  for  national  liberation 
dunng  the  nineteenth  century  and  on  approaches  to 
modernization  in  the  twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  The  development  and  execution  of  Euro- 
pean diplomacy  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the 
outbreak  of  World  War  I,  concentrating  on  central  and 
western  Europe, 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European  Diplomatic 
History  (3)  The  development  and  execution  of  Euro- 
pean diplomacy  from  the  outbreak  of  World  War  I  to 
the  conclusion  of  World  War  II,  concentrating  on 
central  and  western  Europe, 


HIST  446  European  Economic  History  to  1750  (3) 

Economic  development  of  Europe  from  the  manorial 
economy  of  medieval  feudalism  through  the  emer- 
gence of  capitalist  institutions  and  overseas  empires 
to  the  advent  of  the  industrial  revolution, 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History  since  1750 

(3)  The  mainspnngs  of  the  industrial  revolution  first  in 
18th  century  England  and  then  across  the  rest  of 
Europe  dunng  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Emphasis 
on  the  English,  French.  German,  Austro-Hungarian 
and  Russian  experiences  with  private  capitalism  and 
public  policy,  including  Fascism  and  Communism.  So- 
cial consequences  of  industrial  development  such  as 
urbanization  and  the  rise  of  labor  movements. 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to 
1865  (3)  The  development  of  the  American  economy 
from  Columbus  through  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  451  Economic  History  of  the  United  States 
after  1865  (3)  The  development  of  the  American 
economy  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 
to  1898  (3)  American  foreign  relations  from  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Amencan  Revolution  in  1 775  through  the 
Spanish-American  War  of  1898,  including  both  interna- 
tional developments  and  domestic  influences  that  con- 
tributed to  American  expansion  in  world  affairs,  and 
analyses  of  significant  individuals  active  in  American 
diplomacy  and  foreign  policy. 

HIST  453  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States 
since  1898  (3)  American  foreign  relations  in  the  twen- 
tieth century  during  the  age  of  Impehalism,  World  War 
I,  the  Great  Depression,  World  War  II,  and  the  Cold 
War.  A  continuation  of  HIUS  422. 

HIST  454  Constitutional  History  of  the  United 
States — from  Colonial  Origins  to  1860  (3)  The  in- 
teraction of  government,  law,  and  politics  in  the  con- 
stitutional system.  The  nature  and  purpose  of  constitu- 
tions and  constitutionalism;  the  relationship  between 
the  constitution  and  social  forces  and  influences,  the 
way  in  which  constitutional  principles,  rules,  ideas,  and 
institutions  affect  events  and  are  in  turn  affected  by 
events.  The  origins  of  American  politics  and  constitu- 
tionalism through  the  constitutional  convention  of 
1787.  Major  constitutional  problems  such  as  the  orig- 
ins of  judicial  review,  democratization  of  government, 
slavery  in  the  territories  and  political  system  as  a 
whole. 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the  United 
States — since  1860  (3)  American  public  law  and 
government,  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  gov- 
ernment, law,  and  politics.  Emphasis  on  the  political- 
constitutional  system  as  a  whole,  rather  than  simply 
the  development  of  constitutional  law  by  the  Supreme 
Court.  Major  crises  in  American  government  and  poli- 
tics such  as  Civil  War,  Reconstruction,  the  1890's,  the 
New  Deal  era,  the  civil  disorders  of  the  1960's. 

HIST  456  History  of  ideas  in  America  to  1865  (3) 

The  ideas,  conflicts,  myths,  and  realities  that  shaped 
American  character  and  society  from  the  first  settle- 
ments to  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  457  History  of  Ideas  In  America  since  1865  (3) 

A  continuation  of  HIUS  424. 

HIST  458  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History  (3) 

Selected  topics  on  women  in  American  society  includ- 
ing such  areas  as  women  and  the  law,  women  and 
politics,  the  'feminine  mystique'  and  the  'new  femi- 
nism.' May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hours.  Students  previously  receiving  credit  in  HIST  408 
may  not  enroll. 

HIST  459  Society  in  America — Historical  Topics  (3) 

A  consideration  of  selected  aspects  of  American  soci- 
ety from  colonial  times  to  the  present.  Special  empha- 
sis on  regionalism,  immigration,  nativism,  minorities, 
urbanization,  and  social  responses  to  technological 
changes  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  topics  are  different. 

HIST  460  A  Cultural  and  Social  History  of  the 
American  Worker  (3)  Examines  the  free  American 
working  class  in  terms  of  its  composition;  its  myths  and 
Utopias;  Its  social  conditions;  and  its  impact  on  Ameri- 
can institutions, 

HIST  461  Blacks  in  American  Life:  1865  to  Present 

(3)  The  role  of  the  black  in  Amenca  since  slavery,  with 
emphasis   on   twentieth   century  developments:   the 


164    Health 


migration  from  farm  to  city;  the  growth  of  the  civil  nghts 
movement;  the  race  question  as  a  national  problem. 

HIST  462  The  Civil  War  (3)  A  detailed  study  of 
histoncal  interpretations;  the  forces,  situations  and 
events  that  caused  the  war;  the  war  and  its  impact. 

HIST  463  History  of  the  Old  South  (3)  The  golden 
age  of  the  Chesapeake,  the  institution  of  slavery,  the 
frontier  south,  the  antebelium  plantation  society,  the 
development  of  regional  identity  and  the  expenment  in 
independence 

HIST  464  History  of  the  New  South  (3)  The  experi- 
ence of  defeat,  the  restructuring  of  southern  society, 
the  impact  of  industnalization  and  the  modern  racial 
adjustment 

HIST  465  History  of  the  American  Frontier— The 
Trans-Allegheny  West  (3)  Major  histoncal  interpreta- 
tion of  the  significance  to  the  period  of  the  Trans- 
Allegheny  West  Assesses  the  impact  of  the  frontier 
experience  on  American  history.  Equal  attention  is 
given  to  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  prob- 
lems associated  with  the  development  of  the  west. 
Indian  culture,  treatment  of  the  Indians,  and  Indian- 
White  relatons  are  integrated  into  the  course  through 
readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  466  History  of  the  American  Frontier— The 
Trans-Mississippi  West  (3)  Exploration,  settlement 
and  development  of  the  Trans-Mississippi  West.  As- 
sesses the  impact  of  the  frontier  experience  on  Ameri- 
can history.  Equal  attention  is  given  to  political,  eco- 
rx)mic,  social  and  cultural  problems  associated  with 
the  development  of  the  west.  Indian  culture,  treatment 
of  the  Indians,  and  Indian-White  relations  are  in- 
tegrated into  the  course  through  readings  and  lec- 
tures. 

HIST  467  History  of  Maryland  (3)  Political,  social  and 
economic  history  of  Maryland  from  seventeenth  centu- 
ry to  the  present. 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin  America  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  political,  economic  and  cultural  relations 
of  the  l^tin  Amencan  nations  with  emphasis  on  their 
relations  with  the  United  States  and  the  development 
of  the  inter-American  system. 

HIST  471  History  of  Brazil  (3)  The  history  of  Brazil 
with  emphasis  on  the  national  period. 

HIST  472  History  of  the  Argentine  Republic  (3) 

Concentration  upon  the  recent  history  of  Argentina 
with  emphasis  upon  the  social  and  economic  develop- 
ment of  a  Third  World  nation. 

HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  I  (3) 

History  of  Mexico,  Central  America  and  the  Antilles, 
beginning  with  the  pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and 
continuing  through  European  contact,  conquest,  and 
colonial  dominance,  down  to  the  beginning  of  the 
Mexican  War  for  independence  in  1810. 

HIST  475  History  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  II  (3) 

A  continuation  of  HIFN  406  with  emphasis  on  the 
political  development  of  the  Mexican  nation. 

HIST  476  History  of  Canada  (3)  Prerequisites;  HIST 
241 ,  242  or  253,  254.  A  history  of  Canada,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  nineteenth  century  and  upon  Canadi- 
an relations  with  Great  Bntain  and  the  United  States. 

HIST  480  History  of  Traditional  China  (3)  China  from 
earliest  times  to  1644  A.D.  Emphasis  on  the  develop- 
ment of  traditional  Chinese  culture,  society,  and  gov- 
ernment. 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modem  China  (3)  Modern 
Chma  from  1644  to  the  People's  Republic  of  China. 
Emphasis  on  the  coming  of  the  west  to  China  and  the 
various  stages  of  the  Chinese  reaction. 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800  (3)  Traditional 
Japanese  civilization  from  the  age  of  Shinto  mythology 
and  introduction  of  continental  learning  down  to  the 
rule  of  military  families,  the  transition  to  a  money 
economy,  and  tlie  creation  of  a  townsmen's  culture.  A 
survey  of  political,  economic,  religious,  and  cultural 
history 

HIST  483  History  of  Japan  since  1800  (3)  Japan's 
renewed  contact  with  the  western  worid  and  emer- 
gerKe  as  a  modern  state,  industrial  society,  and  world 
power,  1800-1931;  and  Japan's  road  to  war,  occupa- 
tion, and  recovery,  1931  to  the  present. 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinese  Communism  (3)  An 

analysis  of  the  various  factors  m  modern  Chinese 


history  that  led  to  the  victory  of  the  Chinese  Commu- 
nist party  in  1949  and  of  the  subsequent  course  of 
events  of  the  People's  Republic  of  China,  from  ca. 
1919  to  the  present. 

HIST  491  History  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  (3)  Survey 
of  the  Ottoman  Turkish  Empire  from  1300  A.D.  to  its 
collapse  during  Worid  War  I.  Emphasis  on  the  empire's 
social  and  political  institutions  and  its  expansion  into 
Europe,  the  Arab  East  and  north  Africa 

HIST  492  The  Contemporary  Middle  East  (3)  This 
course  covers  the  breai(-up  of  the  Ottoman  Empire 
and  the  emergence  of  contemporary  states  of  the 
area. 

HIST  495  Twentieth  Century  Algeria  (3)  A  brief 
survey  of  the  history  of  Algeria  an-d  an  indepth  study  of 
twentieth  century  events  leading  up  to  and  including 
the  war  of  liberation  and  Algerian  independence 
Reading  knowledge  of  French  desirable. 

HIST  496  A  History  of  West  Africa  (3)  West  Africa 
from  approximately  4500  B.C.  to  the  Colonial  era.  The 
development  of  agricultural  and  technological 
achievements,  which  made  it  possible  for  West  African 
civilizations  to  emerge  and  endure  and  the  develop- 
ment of  the  medieval  and  eariy  modern  state  systems. 
The  structure  of  West  African  societies,  the  people 
arid  their  cultural  history. 

HIST  497  Economic  History  of  West  Africa  (3)  The 

economic  history  of  West  Africa  from  neolithic  times  to 
the  end  of  the  Colonial  era.  Reading  knowledge  of 
French  desirable. 


Health 

HLTH   105  Science  and  Theory  of  Health  (2)  A 

course  concerned  primarily  with  sound  health  knowl- 
edge, attitudes  and  behaviors  as  they  apply  to  the 
individual.  The  major  subjects  dealt  within  this  course 
are;  mental  health  and  social  adjustment;  human 
reproduction  and  sex  education;  organic  efficiency; 
ecology  and  health;  and  the  need  for  health  education 
and  community  action  for  health  from  local  to  world 
levels. 

HLTH  106  Drug  Use  and  Abuse  (3)  An  interdisciplin- 
ary analysis  of  contemporary  drug  issues  and  prob- 
lems. The  course  will  examine  physiological,  psycho- 
logical, social,  philosophical,  histoncal,  legal  and 
health  aspects  of  drug  use  and  abuse.  Special  atten- 
tion will  be  focused  on  those  general  motivations  for 
drug  use  that  attend  life  on  the  college  campus. 

HLTH  110  Orientation  to  Health  Education  (1)  This 
course  explores  the  field  of  health  education  in  both 
the  school  and  the  community  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  health  educator.  Professional  preparation  and  ca- 
reer opportunities  are  considered. 

HLTH  130  Introduction  to  Health  (3)  Development  of 
understanding  and  appreciation  of  the  historic  and 
significant  purpose  and  place  of  each  of  the  special- 
ized health  areas  in  general  education.  A  study  of  the 
educational  and  persona)  requirements  and  opportuni- 
ties of  a  career  in  each  professional  health  area. 

HLTH   140  Personal  and  Community  Health  (3) 

Meaning  and  significance  of  physical,  mental  and 
social  health  as  related  to  the  individual  and  to  society; 
important  phases  of  national  health  problems;  con- 
structive methods  of  promoting  health  of  the  individual 
and  the  community;  health  problems  young  people 
encounter  with  special  emphasis  on  health  knowledge 
for  future  teachers. 

HLTH  150  First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Serv- 
ices (2)  Lecture,  demonstration  and  training  in  emer- 
gency care,  including  cardiopulmonary  resuscitation, 
hemorrhage  control,  shock,  poisons  and  bone  injury 
treatment  and  childbirth.  American  Red  Cross  and 
Heart  Association  of  Maryland  certification  awarded. 

HLTH  260  Instructor's  Course  in  First  Aid  (2)  Pre- 
requisite; HLTH  1 50  or  equivalent.  Advanced  consider- 
ation of  first  aid  techniques;  orientation  to  methods, 
techniques  and  teaching  aids;  practical  classroom 
instruction  required.  Red  Cross  instructor's  certifica- 
tion awarded 

HLTH  270  Safety  Education  (3)  Safety  in  the  home, 
school  and  community.  Safety  education  programs  in 
the  public  schools, 

HLTH  280  The  Driver  and  his  Characteristics  (3) 

Prerequisite;  HLTH  270.  The  aim  of  this  course  is  to 


treat  the  dnver  behavior  problem  in  its  relation  to  many 
of  the  psychophysical  factors  and  forces  in  the  traffic 
environment  that  impinge  upon  the  man  behind  the 
wheel. 

HLTH  305  Driver  Education  and  Traffic  Safety  I  (3) 

Prerequisites;  HLTH  270,  280.  This  course  is  a  study  of 
the  place  of  the  automobile  in  modern  life  and  deals 
with  the  fundamentals,  principles,  practices,  and  con- 
tent of  high  school  driver  education  and  traffic  safety. 
Laboratory  experience  consists  of  observation  and 
experience  in  teaching  beginners  to  drive  in  dual 
control  cars  and  simulators.  Course  includes  stght 
weeks  of  practice  teaching. 

HLTH  310  Introduction  to  the  School  Health  Pro- 
gram (2)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  105  or  140.  This  course 
deals  with  the  aspects  of  school  health:  health  envi- 
ronment, health  services,  and  health  education.  The 
relationships  of  the  school  health  program  and  the 
general  education  program  are  emphasized.  The  roles 
of  teachers,  administrators,  health  specialists,  and 
others  in  related  fields  are  discussed, 

HLTH  340  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 

(3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  140,  270,  310.  420.  A  course 
designed  to  provide  directed  observation  and  discus- 
sion, coordinating  these  experiences  with  those  from 
previous  methods  courses  in  the  development  of  cur- 
ricula for  health  and  physical  education.  The  course  is 
planned  to  prepare  for  student  teaching  which  follows, 
in  the  same  semester.  The  observations  will  be  made 
of  health  programs  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools. 
This  course  must  be  taken  during  the  semester  in 
which  the  student  is  doing  student  teaching, 

HLTH  345  Driver  Education  and  Traffic  Safety  II  (3) 

Prerequisites:  HLTH  270,  280,  305,  or  their  equival- 
ents. Comprehensive  programming  for  driver  educa- 
tion; teaching  to  meet  driving  emergencies  and  winter 
conditions;  resources  and  agencies;  the  teacher  and 
driver  education;  consumer  education,  insurance  and 
liability. 

HLTH  365  Organization,  Administration  and  Super- 
vision of  School  Safety  Education  (3)  Prerequisites: 
HLTH  273,  280,  305,  345  or  their  equivalents.  De- 
signed for  teachers,  school  administrators,  college 
instructors,  and  others  responsible  for  directing  or 
supervising  safety  programs  in  the  schools.  Deals  with 
the  problems,  policies,  practices,  and  procedures  in- 
volved in  the  organization,  administration  and  the 
supervision  of  a  comprehensive  accident  prevention 
and  safety  education  program  for  the  schools.  Con- 
siders integration  factors  of  the  school  safety  pro- 
grams with  the  special  emphasis  on  traffic  programs. 

HLTH  375  Problems  In  Driver  and  Traffic  Safety 
Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  270.  280,  305.  345 
or  their  equivalents.  An  advanced  course  which  gives ' 
consideration  to  the  individual  problems  encountered 
in  teaching  driver  and  safety  education.  The  psycholo- 
gy of  teaching  and  learning  are  emphasized.  Consider- 
ation is  given  to  implications  of  emotion  and  attitude 
factors  in  driver  and  traffic  education.  The  course 
includes  an  examination  of  existing  courses  of  study, 
research,  supervisory  and  evaluation  practices. 

HLTH  390  Organization  and  Administration  of 
School  Health  Programs  (3)  The  three  major  aspects 
of  the  school  health  program  are  considered.  Prob- 
lems connected  with  health  services,  health  instruc- 
tion, and  the  health  aspects  of  the  school  environment 
are  discussed.  The  responsibilities  of  school  person- 
nel are  delineated  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  the 
administrator, 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  In  Health  Educa- 
tion (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  105  or  140.  310  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
present  the  interrelationships  of  curriculum  planning, 
methodology  and  the  selection  and  use  of  leaching 
aids  and  materials.  Special  problems  associated  with 
health  teaching  are  discussed.  Students  will  become 
familiar  with  a  variety  of  resources  as  well  as  planning 
for  and  presenting  demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  450  Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth 

(3)  This  course  involves  a  study  of  the  health  needs 
and  problems  of  pupils  from  the  primary  grades 
through  high  school.  Physical,  mental  and  psychoso- 
matic aspects  of  health  are  considered  in  relation  to 
the  developmental  and  school  levels.  Consideration  is 
given  to  such  topics  as  diet  selection  and  control; 
exercise,  recreation  and  rest;  emotional  upset  and  its 
implications;    and    psychosexual    development    and 


Horticulture     165 


problems.  The  role  of  the  teacher  and  parent  in 
encouraging  optimal  health  is  emphasized. 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual  (3)  A 

study  of  the  major  physical  fitness  problems  confront- 
ing the  adult  in  modern  society.  Consideration  is  given 
to  the  scientific  appraisal,  development  and  mainte- 
nance of  fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such  problems  as 
obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special  exercise  programs  are  explored.  This  course  is 
open  to  persons  outside  the  fields  of  physical  educa- 
tion and  health. 

HLTH  456  Health  Problems  of  the  Aging  and  the 
Aged  (3)  Psychological,  physiological,  and  socio-eco- 
nomic aspects  of  aging;  nutrition;  sexuality;  death, 
dying,  and  bereavement;  self  actualization  and  creativ- 
ity health  needs  and  crises  of  the  aged. 

HLTH  460  Problems  in  School  Health  Education  In 
Elementary  and  Secondary  Schools  (2-6)  This  is  a 
workshop  type  course  designed  particularly  for  inser- 
vice  teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best  methods 
of  providing  good  health  services,  healthful  environ- 
ment and  health  instruction. 

HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH  105  or  140;  310.  This 
course,  designed  for  the  elementary  school  classroom 
teacher,  analyzes  biological  and  sociological  factors 
which  determine  the  health  status  and  needs  of  the 
individual  elementary  school  child.  The  various  as- 
pects of  the  school  program  are  evaluated  in  terms  of 
their  role  in  health  education.  The  total  school  health 
program  Is  surveyed  from  the  standpoint  of  organiza- 
tion and  administration,  and  health  appraisal.  Empha- 
sis is  placed  upon  modern  methods  and  current 
materials  in  health  instruction.  (The  State  Department 
of  Education  accepts  this  course  for  biological  science 
credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health  (3)  The  women's  health 
movement  from  the  perspective  of  consumerism  and 
feminism.  The  physician-patient  relationship  in  the 
gynecological  and  other  medical  settings.  The 
gynecological  exam,  gynecological  problems,  con- 
traception, abortion,  pregnancy,  breast  and  cervical 
cancer  and  surgical  procedures.  Psychological  as- 
pects of  gynecological  concerns. 

HLTH  476  Death  Education  (3)  Examination  of  the 
genesis  and  development  of  present  day  death  atti- 
tudes and  behavior  by  use  of  a  multidisciplinary  life 
cycle  approach. 

HLTH  477  Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education  (3)  This 
course  is  concerned  with  basic  information  regarding 
the  physical,  psychological,  social,  historical,  semantic 
"and  comparative  cultural  aspects  of  sex.  The  adjust- 
ment needs  and  problems  of  children  and  adults 
during  the  course  of  maturing  and  aging  are  studied; 
and  special  consideration  is  given  to  the  sex  education 
program  in  schools. 

HLTH  480  Measurement  in  Health  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  application 
of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  educational  meas- 
urement to  the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion; study  of  functions  and  techniques  of  measure- 
ments in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress  toward  the 
objectives  of  health  and  physical  education,  and  in  the 
evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

HLTH   485   Controlling   Stress   and   Tension   (3) 

Health  problems  related  to  stress  and  tension.  Analy- 
sis of  causative  psycho-social  stressors  and  interven- 
ing physiological  mechanisms.  Emphasis  on  preven- 
tion and  control  of  stress  through  techniques  such  as 
biofeedback,  meditation  and  neuromuscular  relaxa- 
tion. 

HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Work- 
shop (1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshop  and 
research  projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not 
covered  by  regularly  structured  courses.  Note:  The 
maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned 
toward  any  degree  in  physical  education,  recreation,  or 
health  education  under  PHED,  RECR.  or  HLTH  489  is 


HLTH  498  Special  Topics  In  Health  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  in 
areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 
Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different. 


Honors 

HONR  100  Honors  Orientation  Colloquium  (3)  A 

multi-sectioned  colloquium  on  current  topics  in  the 
humanities,  the  natural  sciences  and  the  social  sci- 
ences. The  topics  will  vary  with  the  interest  of  the 
instructors.  Writing  on,  and  in-class  discussions  of, 
assigned  reading  will  be  stressed.  Ordinarily  taken  by 
all  general  honors  freshmen.  Open  to  other  students 
with  the  consent  of  the  director  of  honors. 

HONR  339  Seminar  In  the  Social  Sciences  (1-4)  A 

series  of  seminars  in  the  social  sciences.  Often  inter- 
disciplinary in  character  and  often  team-taught.  The 
subjects  of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from 
semester  to  semester.  Seminars  may  be  repeated  for 
credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  director  of  honors,  if 
the  content  of  the  course  alters  appreciably  Open  to 
general  and  departmental  honors  students  and  to 
other  students  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor  and 
the  director  of  honors. 

HONR  349  Seminar  In  the  Natural  Sciences  (1-4)  A 

series  of  seminars  in  the  natural  sciences.  Often 
interdisciplinary  in  character  and  often  team-taught. 
The  subjects  of  the  seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary 
from  semester  to  semester.  Seminar  may  be  repeated 
for  credit,  with  the  permission  of  the  director  of  honors, 
if  the  content  of  the  course  alters  appreciably.  Open  to 
general  and  departmental  honors  students  and  to 
other  students  with  the  consent  of  the  instructor  and 
the  director  of  honors. 

HONR  359  Seminar  In  the  Humanities  (1-3)  A  series 
of  seminars  in  the  humanities.  Often  interdisciplinary  in 
character  and  often  team-taught.  The  subjects  of  the 
seminars  and  the  faculty  may  vary  from  semester  to 
semester.  Seminar  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  with  the 
permission  of  the  director  of  honors,  if  the  content  of 
the  course  alters  appreciably.  Open  to  general  and 
departmental  honors  students  and  to  other  students 
with  the  consent  of  the  instructor  and  the  director  of 
honors. 

HONR  360  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  A  thesis 
preparation  course  for  general  honors  students  under 
the  direction  of  individual  faculty  members.  HONR  360 
or  379,  but  not  both,  may  be  used  once  to  fulfill  the 
general  honors  seminar  requirement.  Graded  pass-fail. 
May  not  be  repeated.  Open  only  to  general  honors 
students. 

HONR  379  Honors  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Honors 
independent  study  Involves  reading  or  research,  di- 
rected by  individual  faculty,  especially  in  areas  outside 
of  student's  major.  HONR  379  or  360  but  not  both, 
may  be  used  once  to  fulfill  the  general  honors  seminar 
requirement.  Graded  pass-fail.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  twelve  hours.  Open  only  to  general  hon- 
ors students. 


Horticulture 

HORT  111  Tree  Fruit  Production  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  100.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
A  detailed  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  in  fruit 
production,  harvesting  and  storage,  with  emphasis  on 
the  apple.  One  field  trip  required. 

HORT  112  Tree  Fruit  Production  (2)  Two  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  111.  A  study  of  the 
principles  and  practices  in  fruit  production,  harvesting, 
and  handling  of  deciducus  tree  fruit  crops  other  than 
the  apple. 

HORT  132  Garden  Management  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  The  planting  and  care 
of  ornamental  plants  on  the  home  grounds  and  a  study 
of  commonly  used  species  of  annuals  and  herbaceous 
perennials. 

HORT  142  Garden  Management  Laboratory  (1)  One 

two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concur- 
rent HORT  132.  Demonstration  and  application  of 
practices  in  the  production  and  maintenance  of  garden 
plants. 

HORT  160  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 

(3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  The  theory  and  general 
principles  of  landscaping  design  with  their  application 
to  public  and  private  areas. 

HORT  171  Elements  of  Forestry  (3)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A  general  survey  of  the 
field  of  forestry,  including  timber  values,  conservation. 


protection,  silviculture,  utilization,  mensuration,  engi- 
neering, recreation  and  lumbering.  Principles  and  prac- 
tices of  woodland  management.  Four  all-day  Saturday 
field  trips  are  required. 

HORT  212  Berry  Production  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  penod  a  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100. 
A  study  of  the  pnnciples  and  practices  involved  in  the 
production  of  small  fruits  including  grapes,  strawber- 
ries, raspberries,  blackberries,  and  cranberries. 

HORT  222  Vegetable  Production  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN 
100.  A  study  of  pnnciples  and  practices  of  commercial 
vegetable  production. 

HORT  231  Greenhouse  Management  (3)  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  1 00.  A  study  of  the 
construction  and  operation  of  structures  for  forcing 
horticultural  crops  and  the  principles  underlying  the 
regulation  of  growth  under  greenhouse  conditions. 

HORT  232  Flower  Store  Management  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
HORT  231 .  A  study  of  the  operation  and  management 
of  a  flower  store,  llaboratory  period  devoted  to  princi- 
ples and  practice  of  floral  arrangements  and  decora- 
tion. 

HORT  241  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  Laborato- 
ry (1)  One  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  or  con- 
current HORT  231.  Demonstration  and  application  of 
practices  in  the  commercial  production  of  greenhouse 
crops. 

HORT  242  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  Laborato- 
ry (1)  One  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT 
231.  Demonstration  and  application  of  practices  in  the 
commercial  production  of  greenhouse  crops.  .- 

HORT  260  Basic  Landscape  Composition  (2)  Two 

laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  introduction  of  land- 
scaping presentation  technique,  supplemented  by 
problems  in  basic  composition. 

HORT  271  Plant  Propagation  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A  study  of  the  princi- 
ples and  practices  in  the  propagation  of  plants. 

HORT  274  Genetics  of  Cultivated  Plants  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100,  Principles 
of  plant  genetics  in  relation  to  plant  breeding.  Some  of 
the  topics  presented  are  meiosis.  simple  mendelian 
genetics,  gene  interaction,  linkage  and  crossing  over, 
cytoplasmic  and  quantitative  inheritance,  mutations, 
and  and  the  role  of  DNA. 

HORT  361  Principles  of  Landscape  Design  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: HORT  160  and  260.  A  consideration  of  design 
criteria  and  procedure  as  applied  to  residential  proper- 
ties. 

HORT  362  Advanced  Landscape  Design  (3)  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: HORT  361 .  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  HORT  454. 
The  design  of  public  and  private  areas  with  the  major 
emphasis  on  plant  materials, 

HORT  364  Landscape  Construction  (3)  One  lecture 
and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
HORT  361.  An  introductory  study  and  application  of 
location  methods,  construction  details,  and  construc- 
tion techniques  of  the  various  landscape  objects  such 
as  walks,  walls,  benches,  roads. 

HORT  398  Seminar  (1)  Oral  presentation  of  the 
results  of  investigational  work  by  reviewing  recent 
scientific  literature  in  the  various  phases  of  horticul- 
ture. 

HORT  399  Special  Problems  (2)  Credit  arranged 
according  to  work  done.  For  major  students  in  horticul- 
ture or  botany.  Four  credits  maximum  per  student. 

HORT  411  Technology  of  Fruits  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  112.  prerequisite  or 
concurrent  BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of  research 
work  and  application  of  the  principles  of  plant  physiolo- 
gy, chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical  problems  in 
commercial  production. 

HORT  417  Tree  and  Small  Fruit  Management  (1) 

Primarily  designed  for  vocational  agriculture  teachers 
and  extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  new  and  improved  commercial  methods  of  pro- 
duction of  the  leading  tree  and  small  fruit  crops. 
Current  problems  and  their  solution  will  receive  special 
attention 


166    Housing  and  Applied  Design 


HORT  422  Technology  of  Vegetables  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  222,  prerequi- 
site or  concurrent,  BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of 
research  work  and  application  of  principles  of  plant 
physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical  prob- 
lems in  commercial  vegetable  production. 

HORT  427  Truck  Crop  Management  (1)  Primarily 
designed  for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and 
extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed 
upon  new  and  improved  methods  of  production  of  the 
leading  truck  crops.  Current  problems  and  their  solu- 
tions will  receive  special  attention. 

HORT  432  Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Pro- 
duction (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
HORT  231.  This  course  deals  with  a  study  of  the 
commercial  production  and  marketing  of  ornamental 
plant  crops  under  greenhouse,  plastic  houses  and  out- 
of-door  conditions. 

HORT  433  Plants  for  Interior  Decoration  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite: HORT  231  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  selection,  production  and  use  of  plants  for  interior 
decoration  and  their  installation  and  maintenance 
under  interior  conditions. 

HORT  451  Technology  of  Ornamentals  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  or  concurrent  BOTN 
441.  A  study  of  the  physiological  processes  of  the 
plant  as  related  to  the  growth,  flowering  and  storage  of 
ornamental  plants. 

HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  212.  A  field  and  laboratory  study  of  trees, 
shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BOTN  212.  A  field  and  laboratory  study  of  trees, 
shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  456  Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody 
Plants  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  HORT  271,  454.  A 
study  of  the  production  methods  and  operation  of  a 
commercial  nursery  and  the  planting  and  care  of 
woody  plants  in  the  landscape. 

HORT  457  Ornamental  Horticulture  (1)  A  course 
designed  for  teachers  of  agriculture  and  extension 
agents  to  place  special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the 
culture  and  use  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  471  Systematic  Horticulture  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  study  of  the 
origin,  taxonomic  relationship  and  horticultural  classifi- 
cation of  fruits  and  vegetables. 

HORT  472  Advanced  Plant  Propagation  (2)  Prereq- 
uisite: HORT  271 .  A  study  of  the  anatomy,  morphology 
and  physiology  of  the  seed  and  plant  as  related  to 
macro  and  micro  forms  of  propagation.  A  review  of 
research  in  propagation. 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage 
of  Horticultural  Crops  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  BOTN  441.  Factors  related  to  storage  of 
horticultural  crops. 

HORT  489  Special  Topics  In  Horticulture  (1-3) 

Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of 
course.  A  lecture  and/or  laboratory  series  organized  to 
study  in  depth  a  selected  phase  of  horticulture  not 
covered  by  existing  courses. 


Housing  and  Applied  Design 

HSAD  240  Design  and  Furnishings  in  the  home  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101  or 
104.  Designed  to  meet  need  for  basic  information  and 
competency  in  choice  and  arrangement  of  home 
furnishings.  For  nonmajors  only. 

HSAD  246  Materials  of  Interior  Design  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  instructor.  Investigation  of  materials 
and  construction  characteristics  of  interior  architecture 
and  furnishings.  Emphasis  on  use,  limitations,  sources. 
Directions  in  current  research. 

HSAD  251  Family  Housing  (3)  Housing  and  its  rela- 
tionship to  family  living.  A  study  of  factors  which  shape 
housing  design;  investigation  of  group  and  individual 
housing  needs  and  values. 

HSAD  340  Period  Homes  and  their  Furnishings  (3) 

Prerequisites:  APDS  101,  HSAD  246,  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  authentic  interiors  and  furnishings.  Explora- 


tion of  style  influences  apparent  in  contemporarily 
produced  items. 

HSAD  341  Contemporary  Developments  in 
Architecture,  Interiors,  Furnishings  (3)  Prerequisite: 
HSAD  246  and  consent  of  instructor.  Style  origins  and 
development  of  twentieth  century  architecture  as  living 
space.  Architects,  designers,  trends,  philosophy  of 
relationship  of  intenor  space  to  furnishings. 

HSAD  342  Space  Development  (3)  One  lecture,  2 
two-hour  studios.  Prerequisitee:  APDS  101,  102,  103, 
EDIN  101A,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  blue  prints  and 
house  construction  as  they  relate  to  the  interior  de- 
signer. Development  and  drafting  of  onginal  plans 
emphasizing  the  functional  spatial  relationship  of 
furnishings  to  interiors.  ' 

HSAD  343  Interior  Design  I  (3)  One  lecture-discus- 
sion, two  studio  periods.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101, 
EDIN  210,  or  equivalent.  Complete  presentation  of 
rooms;  isometric  and  perspective  projections  rendered 
in  color;  purchase  and  work  orders.  Emphasis  on 
individual  and  family  living  space. 

HSAD  344  Interior  Design  II  (3)  One  lecture-discus- 
sion, two  studio  periods.  Prerequisite:  HSAD  343. 
Continuation  of  HSAD  343  with  emphasis  on  commer- 
cial and  contract  assignments. 

HSAD  345  Professional  Aspects  of  Interior  Design 

<3)  One  lecture  plus  work  experience.  Professional 
orientation,  ethics,  and  practices. 

HSAD  380  Professional  Seminar  (2)  Two  lecture 
discussion  periods.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Exploration  of  professional  and 
career  opportunities,  ethics,  practices,  professional 
organizations.  Portfolio  evaluation. 

HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III  (4)  Eight  hours  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite:  HSAD  344.  Preparation  of  com- 
plete presentation:  work  specifications,  floor  plans, 
purchase  orders,  renderings,  etc.  Portfolio  preparation. 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV  (4)  Eight  hours  studio 
periods.  Prerequisite,  HSAD  440.  Preparation  of  com- 
plete presentation:  work  specifications,  floor  plans, 
purchase  orders,  renderings,  etc.  Portfolio  preparation. 

HSAD  442  Barrier-Free  Interiors  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
APDS  101A  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  determinants  of  design  decisions  in 
relation  to  the  handicapped,  aging  and  disabled:  physi- 
cal limitations  and  design  support  systems. 

HSAD  443  Barrier-Free  Interiors  II  (3)  Prerequisites: 
HSAD  343,  HSAD  442.  Three  studio  periods.  Experi- 
ence in  solving  problems  related  to  interior  space,  both 
individual  and  congregate,  and  its  use  by  the  handi- 
capped, aging  and  disabled. 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  and  consent  of  instructor.  Readings  in 
depth  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  on  one 
or  more  facets  of  housing,  in  support  of  individual 
interests  in  urban  renewal,  public  housing,  etc.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

HSAD  488  Selected  Topics  in  Housing  and  Interior 
Design  (1-6)  Offered  on  demand.  May  be  repeated  to 
a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

HSAD  499  Individual  Study  in  Housing  and/or  Inte- 
rior Design  (3-4)  Guidance  for  the  advanced  student 
capable  of  independent  subject  matter  investigation  or 
creative  work.  Problem  chosen  with  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. 


institution  Administration 

lADM  200  Introduction  to  Food  Service  (2)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  histoncal  development,  future  trends,  and 
careers  in  the  food  service  industry,  e.g.  franchises, 
multi-unit  corporations,  hospitals,  educational  institu- 
tions, and  vending. 

lADM  300  Food  Service  Organization  and  Manage- 
ment (3)  Introduction  to  the  food  services,  principles 
of  organization,  management.  Financial  control,  and 
technical  operations.  Records,  reports  and  organiza- 
tion charts  included. 

IADM  360  Quantity  Food  Production  and  Purchas- 
ing (5)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  250  and  IADM  300.  Three 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  six-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Information,  suggestions  and  recommendations 


regarding  the  identification,  solution  and  prevention  of 
problems  in  areas  ranging  from  menu  planning  to  food 
control,  including  sanitation,  purchasing,  receiving  and 
storage,  principles  of  quantity  food  preparation,  facili- 
ties, tools  and  equipment.  Laboratory  experience  in 
management  techniques  and  in  quantity  food  produc- 
tion and  service. 

IADM  410  School  Food  Service  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  morning  a  week  for  field  experience  in  a  school 
food  service.  Prerequisite:  FOOD  200,  or  240  and  250, 
and  NUTR  300,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
organization  and  management,  menu  planning,  food 
purchasing,  preparation,  service,  and  cost  control  in  a 
school  lunch  program. 

IADM  440  Food  Service  Personnel  Administration 

(2)  Prerequisite:  IADM  300.  Principles  of  personnel 
administration  in  food  services,  emphasis  on  person- 
nel selection,  supervision  and  training,  job  evaluation, 
wage  and  payroll  structure,  current  labor  regulations, 
and  interpersonal  relationships  and  communications. 

IADM  450  Food  Service  Equipment  and  Planning 

(2)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor.  Equipment  design  selection,  maintenance 
and  efficient  layout,  relation  of  the  physical  facility  to 
production  and  service. 

IADM  455  Manpower  Planning  and  Labor  Market  in 
the  Food  Service  Industry  (3)  Manpower  planning 
and  labor  market  in  the  food  service  industry.  (3) 
Prerequis:ites  IADM  440  or  BMGT  360  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  The  labor  market  with  particular  refer- 
ence to  human  resource  planning  and  development, 
productivity  of  workforce  and  the  progress  of  minority 
towards  equal  employment  opportunities.  The  future 
needs  and  implications  indicated  by  the  growth  and 
present  dimensions  of  these  and  other  factors. 

IADM  460  Administrative  Dietetics  I  (2)  Corequisite: 
IADM  360.  Open  only  to  students  accepted  into  the 
coordinated  dietetic  program.  Ten  hours  of  supen/ised 
clinical  experience  per  week  is  required.  Application  of 
management  theory  through  guided  experience  in  all 
aspects  of  hospital  dietary  services  administration. 

IADM  470  Administrative  Dietetics  II  (4)  Prerequi- 
site: IADM  360,  440  and  460.  Open  only  to  senior 
students  in  the  coordinated  dietetic  program.  Con- 
tinuation of  IADM  460.  Two  hundred  eighty  hours  of 
supervised  clinical  practice  per  semester  required, 
including  affiliation  with  a  general  hospital. 

IADM  480  Practicum  in  Institution  Administration 

(3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  the  department.  In-service 
training  and  practical  experience,  totaling  at  least  120 
hours,  in  an  approved  food  service  operation  under 
direct  supervision  of  practicum  advisor. 

IADM  488  Professional  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  Problems  and  controversies  in 
food  service  industry.  Review  of  non-text  literature  and 
research  findings  pertinent  to  current  problems. 

IADM  490  Special  Problems  in  Food  Service  (2-3) 

Prerequisites:  Senior  standing,  five  hours  in  IADM 
courses  and  consent  of  instructor.  Individual  selected 
problems  in  the  area  of  food  service. 

IADM  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Selected  current  aspects  of  institution 
administration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  the  subject  matter  is  subtantially  different. 


Information  Systems  Management 

IFSM  201  Computer  Based  Information,  the  Indi- 
vidual and  Society  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  area  of 
information  systems  and  their  impact  on  the  individual, 
business,  government  and  society  in  general.  The 
basic  structure  of  information  systems,  their  implemen- 
tation, application  and  uses,  abuses,  including  comput- 
er crime  and  the  threat  to  privacy,  and  the  needs  and 
implementation  of  public  policy  to  control  abuses  in  the 
information  industry, 

IFSM  202  Information  Systems  Implementation 
Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  201  or  equivalent  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Information  systems  tech- 
niques relative  to  their  manual  and  automated  com- 
ponents. Tools  for  collecting,  processing,  stonng,  and 
reporting  data.  Business  computing  languages,  partic- 
ularly cobol.  Programming  of  several  elementary  ex- 
amples. IFSM  202  and  401  cannot  both  be  taken  for 
credit. 


Journalism    167 


IFSM  301  Theory  and  Development  of  Manage- 
ment Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM 
201  or  equivalent  or  permission  of  instructor.  An 
introduction  to  the  theory  and  implications  of  informa- 
tion systems.  The  information  system  life  cycle  and 
development  process  and  information  system  applica- 
tions. The  systems  point  of  view,  the  organization  as  a 
system,  information  flows  within  organizations,  in- 
tegrated systems,  and  management  information  sys- 
tems. The  history  and  nature  of  information  systems 
and  processing  tools.  Decision-making  within  or- 
ganizations, with  emphasis  on  the  nature  and  types  of 
decisions:  operational,  tactical,  and  strategic. 

IFSM  398  Individual  Study  In  Information  Systems 
Management  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

IFSM  401  Electronic  Data  Processing  (3)  The  elec- 
tronic digital  aomputer  and  its  use  as  a  tool  in  process- 
ing data.  Organization  of  data  processing  systems; 
environmental  aspects  of  computer  systems;  and 
management  control  problems  and  potentials  Inherent 
in  mechanized  data  processing  systems.  IFSM  202 
and  401  cannot  both  be  taken  for  credit. 

IFSM  402  Construction  of  Computer  Based  Infor- 
mation Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  IFSM  202  or  IFSM 
401  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  advanced  con- 
cepts and  tools  necessary  for  the  construction  of 
computer  based  information  systems.  Information  sys- 
tems architecture,  data  and  storage  structures,  operat- 
ing system  and  software  support  functions,  and  hard- 
ware characteristics.  Advanced  features  of  a  pro- 
gramming language,  operating  system  command  lan- 
guages and  data  definition  and  manipulation  lan- 
guages. Emphasis  on  structured  programming,  ade- 
quate testing  and  documentation  standards. 

IFSM  410  Information  Processing  Problems  of  Mo- 
dels of  Administrative,  Economic  and  Political  Sys- 
tems (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  141  or  equivalent;  IFSM 
402.  BMGT  231.  and  some  familiarity  with  administra- 
tive, economic  and/or  political  models.  Prerequisites 
may  be  waived  with  the  consent  of  instructor.  Data 
processing  requirements  underlying  the  creation  and 
maintenance  of  a  data  base  to  be  used  in  estimating 
the  parameters  of  socio-economic  models.  An  analy- 
sis of  the  structure  and  development  of  recent  socio- 
economic models  as  relevant  to  data  processing  con- 
siderations. Extractions  and  preparation  of  data  from 
the  data  base  to  facilitate  the  appropriate  transforma- 
tion necessary  for  model  construction  and  also  to 
minimize  the  processing  cost  of  data  in-put.  The 
course  draws  upon  a  knowledge  of  models  of  adminis- 
trative, economic  and  political  systems.  Case  studies 
and  experience  with  data  processing  for  selected 
models  are  included. 

IFSM  420  InformAtlon  Processing  and  Computa- 
tional Problems  In  Operations  analysis  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: MATH  141  or  equivalent;  IFSM  402.  and  a 
course  in  statistics,  such  as  BMGT  430.  dealing  with 
multivariate  models.  Prerequisites  may  be  waived  with 
the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Implementation  of  appli- 
cations requiring  the  integration  of  data  processing 
and  analytical  programming  techniques.  Such  applica- 
tions feature  the  calculation  of  various  statistical  esti- 
mates of  the  parameters  in  a  multivariate  model  within 
the  context  of  a  file  maintenance  problem  (e.g..  the 
writing  of  a  matrix  inversion  routine  for  revenue  fore- 
casting within  a  master  updating  program  or  sales 
forecasting  and/or  sales  performance  evaluation  with- 
in a  sales  transaction-master  updating  program).  A 
universal,  problem-oriented  language  such  as  Cobol 
will  be  used  with  strong  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the 
mathematical  Fortran  IV  library  subroutines.  Class 
projects  include  case  studies  and  solutions  of  prob- 
lems using  real-world  data. 

IFSM  436  Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites:  IFSM  402;  BMGT  430;  MATH  141  or 
MATH  221;  or  equivalent;  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  use  of  the  computer  in  the  management  and 
operation  of  organizations.  The  pnnciples  of  systems 
analysis;  recent  applications  and  innovations  of  the 
systems  concept;  design  and  implementation  of  com- 
puter systems,  including  such  techniques  as  mathe- 
matical programming,  simulation,  business  games  and 
network  analysis;  and  the  laboratory  use  of  a  digital 
computer  in  the  application  of  these  techniques. 

IFSM  483  Information  Systems  as  a  Research  Tool 

(3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  department.  Strategies 
lor  collecting,  organizing  and  using  data.  Understand- 


ing systems  interfaces:  command  language;  aspects 
of  running  special  packages  (statistics,  operations 
research,  etc.);  library  and  archival  storage;  effect  of 
charge-back  policy.  Portability  and  transferability  of 
program  and  data;  use  of  networks.  Emphasis  on 
general  concepts  illustrated  by  the  local  environment 
with  problems  selected  from  situations  facing  students 
in  the  class.  Not  intended  for  IFSM  or  CMSC  students. 

IFSM  498  Special  Topics  In  Information  Systems 
(1-3)  Permission  of  instructor.  Topics  in  the  design 
and  implementation  of  information  processing  sys- 
tems. Repeatable  to  maximum  of  six  credits  when 
topics  differ. 


Italian 

ITAL  101  Elementary  Italian  (4)  Introduction  to  basic 
grammar  and  vocabulary;  written  and  oral  work.  Four 
recitations  per  week,  plus  one  drill  period,  during  which 
oral  skills  are  emphasized. 

ITAL  102  Elementary  Italian  (4)  Completion  of  study 
of  basic  grammar;  written  and  oral  work,  with  an 
increasing  emphasis  on  spoken  Italian.  Four  recita- 
tions per  week,  plus  one  drill  period  stressing  conver- 
sational skills. 

ITAL  104  Intermediate  Italian  (4)  Review  of  Italian 
grammar;  extensive  reading,  discussion,  and  composi- 
tion. Four  recitations  per  week,  plus  one  drill  period 
stressing  conversational  skills.  Fulfills  the  language 
requirement. 

ITAL  111  Elementary  Italian  (3)  Three  recitations  and 
one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  grammar 
and  exercises  in  translation. 

ITAL  1 12  Elementary  Italian  (3)  Three  recitations  and 
one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  grammar 
and  exercises  in  translation. 

ITAL  114  Intermediate  Italian  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ITAL  1 12  or  equivalent.  Read- 
ing of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Italian 
life,  thought  and  culture. 

ITAL  115  Intermediate  Italian  (3)  Three  recitations 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ITAL  1 12  or  equivalent.  Read- 
ing of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Italian 
life,  thought  and  culture. 

ITAL  121  Accelerated  Italian  I  (3)  An  intensive  begin- 
ning course  in  Italian  language  skills:  guided  practice  in 
reading  and  writing,  understanding  the  spoken  lan- 
guage and  conversation,  to  enable  the  student  to 
move  more  quickly  to  advanced  courses.  Restricted  to 
students  already  having  a  good  background  in  at  least 
one  other  foreign  language  (successful  completion  of 
level  4  in  high  school,  or  of  1 1 5  or  104  or  equivalent  at 
the  University  level;  or  through  linguistic  competence 
acquired  by  residence  abroad,  or  by  demonstration  of 
equivalent  proficiency).  With  122,  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  language  requirements. 

ITAL  122  Accelerated  Italian  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL 
121.  An  intensive  beginning  course  in  Italian  language 
skills:  guided  practice  in  reading  and  writing,  under- 
standing the  spoken  language  and  conversation,  to 
enable  the  student  to  move  more  quickly  to  advanced 
courses.  May  be  used  to  satisfy  language  require- 
ments. 

ITAL  201  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ITAL  104  or  1 1 5.  A  practical  language  course 
recommended  for  all  students  continuing  in  Italian. 
May  be  taken  concurrently  with  ITAL  251. 

ITAL  251  introduction  to  Italian  Literature  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: ITAL  104  or  115.  Required  of  all  students 
who  continue  in  advanced  courses  of  the  department 
with  the  exception  of  superior  students  who  are  per- 
mitted to  bypass  an  introduction  to  Italian  literature. 
Conducted  in  Italian.  Reading  of  literary  texts,  discus- 
sion and  brief  essays, 

ITAL  279  Readings  In  Italian  Literature  in  Transla- 
tion (3)  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester.  All 
readings,  discussions  and  examinations  in  English.  No 
prerequisites.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits, 

ITAL  301  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composi- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  ITAL  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Written  and  oral  work,  grammar  review  and  practice, 
designed  to  better  the  students'  abilities  to  write  and 
speak  fluently  and  correctly. 


ITAL  351  Italian  Literature  from  Dante  to  the  Ren- 
aissance (3)  Prerequisites:  ITAL  201  or  251  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  Basic  survey  of  history  of  Italian 
literature. 

ITAL  352  Italian  Literature  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  Present  (3)  Prerequisites:  ITAL  201  or  251  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Basic  survey  of  history  of 
Italian  literature. 

ITAL  399  Directed  Study  in  Italian  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  department.  Intended  for  undergradu- 
ates who  wish  to  work  on  an  individual  basis  with  a 
professor  of  their  choice.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum 
of  three  credits. 

ITAL  410  The  Italian  Renaissance  (3)  A  study  of 
major  trends  of  thought  in  Renaissance  literature, 
philosophy,  art.  and  science. 

ITAL  498  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Literature  (3) 

Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Studies  (3)  An 

aspect  of  Italian  studies,  the  specific  topic  to  be 
announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered.  Repeata- 
ble for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Individual  Studies  Program 

IVSP  318  Individual  Studies  (1-15)  Prior  permission 
of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 
required.  This  course  may  be  used  by  students  in  the 
Individual  Studies  Program  to  establish  credit  in  ap- 
proved informal  educational  experiences  such  as  inde- 
pendent studies,  special  problems,  or  work-study  ex- 
perience. 

IVSP  319  Tutorial  Report  (1)  A  written  analysis  of 
progress  toward  completion  of  degree  requirements. 
Limited  to  students  in  the  Individual  Studies  Program. 

IVSP  320  Bachelor's  Report  (3)  Required  of  all 
students  in  the  Individual  Studies  Program  whose 
program  includes  40%  or  more  of  informal  educational 
experience  (independent  study,  special  problems, 
work  internship,  etc)  and  is  strongly  recommended  for 
all  students  in  the  program.  This  paper  is  to  be 
completed  in  the  student's  final  semester  and  ap- 
proved by  the  tutor  and  committee  prior  to  certification 
for  the  degree. 


Japanese 

JAPN  101  Elementary  Japanese  1  (4)  Introduction  to 
the  basic  structures  and  the  two  phonetic  syllabaries, 
with  emphasis  on  the  spoken  language. 

JAPN  102  Elementary  Japanese  II  (4)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  101 .  Introduction  to  more  basic  structures  and  to 
ideographs,  with  emphasis  on  the  spoken  language. 

JAPN  104  Elementary  Japanese  III  (4)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  102.  A  continuation  of  JAPN  102. 

JAPN  201  Intermediate  Japanese  i  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  104  or  equivalent.  Further  training  in  reading, 
writing,  and  speaking  Japanese. 

JAPN  202  Intermediate  Japanese  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
JAPN  201  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  JAPN  201. 

JAPN  418  Japanese  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

Representative  works  of  Japanese  literature  in  transla- 
tion. May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  nine  credits  when 
content  differs. 

JAPN  499  Directed  Study  In  Japanese  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: Permission  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits. 


Journalism 

JOUR  200  introduction  to  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Survey  of  the  processes  and  effects  of  mass  commu- 
nication: historical  development  and  social,  economic, 
legal,  and  professional  aspects  of  the  mass  media. 
Open  to  all  students. 

JOUH  201  Writing  for  Mass  Media  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENGL  101  and  JOUR  200,  and  30  wpm  typing  ability. 
Introduction  to  news,  feature  and  publicity  wnting  for 
the  pnnted  and  electronic  media;  development  of 
news  concepts;  laboratory  in  news  gathering  and 
writing  skills. 


168    Latin 


JOUR  310  News  Editing  (3)  Principles  of  the  editing 
process  and  practice  in  copy  editing,  headline  writing, 
newspaper  page  layout,  and  editorial  judgment.  Pre- 
requisites: JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  320  News  Reporting  (3)  Principles  and  prac- 
tices of  news  reporting,  with  special  emphasis  on  news 
gathering  for  all  the  media:  covering  news  beats  and 
other  news  sources,  including  researching  a  news 
story  for  accuracy,  comprehensiveness  and  interpreta- 
tion. Prerequisites:  JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  321  Reporting  of  Public  Affairs  (3)  Advanced 
training  in  writing  news  for  publication  in  specialized 
areas,  particularly  city,  county,  and  federal  news.  Stu- 
dents meet  in  seminar  with  news  sources  and  leading 
news  reporters  and  work  in  Washington,  D.  C,  Annap- 
olis, and  Baltimore  in  covering  news  in  depth  for 
publication.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  320  and  permission 
of  the  instructor. 

JOUR  325  Seminar  in  Journalism  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  the  instructor.  Seminar  for  journalism 
seniors  in  newsroom  problems  and  policies,  emphasiz- 
ing ethics  and  responsibilities]  in  cooperation  with  the 
Baltimore  Sun,  Baltimore  News  Amencan  and  other 
news  media. 

JOUR  328  Specialized  News  Reporting  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: JOUR  320.  Advanced  training  and  practice  in 
writing  and  reporting  news  of  one  specialized  field  of 
interest.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  the  topic  differs. 

JOUR  330  Public  Relations  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  200  and  201.  Study  of  the  historical  develop- 
ment and  contemporary  status  of  public  relations  in 
business,  government,  associations  and  other  or- 
ganizations. Application  of  communication  theory  and 
social  science  methods  to  the  research,  planning, 
communication  and  evaluation  aspects  of  the  public 
relations  process. 

JOUR  331  Public  Relations  Techniques  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: JOUR  330.  Review  of  the  techniques  of  public 
relations  including  news  releases,  putjiications  and 
printed  matenals,  audio-visual  techniques,  speeches 
and  special  events.  Application  of  these  techniques  in 
laboratory  and  field  projects. 

JOUR  332  Practicum  in  Public  Relations  (1)  Prereq- 
uisite: JOUR  330.  Organized,  supervised  field  experi- 
ence in  public  relations.  Individual  projects  coordinat- 
ed by  faculty  and  public  relations  professionals.  Must 
be  taken  concurrently  with  JOUR  331. 

JOUR  333  Organizational  Communication  in  Public 
Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  201.  Theory  and 
techniques  for  planning  and  producing  organizational 
publications  and  internal  communication  programs. 
Theories  of  organizational  communication,  principles 
of  layout  and  design,  non-print  communication  media, 
and  methods  of  pre-testing  and  evaluating  communi- 
cations programs. 

JOUR  340  Principles  of  Typography  and  Produc- 
tion (3)  Study  of  layout,  typography,  design,  and 
printing  in  the  planning  and  production  of  the  printed 
media.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  200  and  201, 

JOUR  341  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout  (3)  Theory 
and  practice  in  advertising  copy  and  layout,  with  em- 
phasis on  newspaper  advertising,  for  letterpress  and 
photo-offset  pnnting.  Use  of  illustrations,  type  selec- 
tion, copy-fitting,  media  selection.  Prerequisites:  JOUR 
200  and  201. 

JOUR  350  Photojournalism  (3)  Prerequisites:  JOUR 
201.  Pnnciples  and  practice  of  photojournalism,  includ- 
ing the  fundamentals  of  camera  operation,  composi- 
tion, developing  and  printing  of  black  and  white  photo- 
graphs for  publication,  and  a  brief  history  of  photojour- 
nalism. 

JOUR  351  Advanced  Photojournalism  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: JOUR  350.  Analysis  of  the  role  of  photography  in 
mass  communication,  with  emphasis  on  the  photo- 
graphic essay,  and  use  of  the  35mm  camera.  Students 
provide  35mm  equipment  and  supplies. 

JOUR  352  Special  Topics  in  Photojournalism  (3) 

Prerequisites:  JOUR  351  and  consent  of  instructor  An 
analysis  of  the  theory  and  application  of  advanced 
photographic  processes  to  the  communication  of 
ideas,  including  direct  audience  communication,  realis- 
tic and  nonrealistic  visual  materials  and  media. 

JOUR  360  Broadcast  News  Writing  (3)  Study  of  and 
practice  in  the  special  application  of  news  writing  and 


editing  to  the  broadcasting  media,  including  the  use  of 
wire  copy  and  tape  recorders  in  producing  newcasts. 
Prerequisites:  JOUR  320  and  321. 

JOUR  361  Reporting  through  Audio-Visual  Media 

(3)  Principles  of  live  photography  and  recording  in  the 
production  of  news  and  documentaries  for  all  the 
media.  Prerequisites:  JOUR  350  and  360. 

JOUR  370  Editing  Industrial  Publications  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: JOUR  200  and  201 .  Industrial  communications; 
managements  and  production  of  company  periodicals; 
public  relations  aspects  of  industrial  journalism. 

JOUR  371  Magazine  Article  and  Feature  Writing  (3) 

Study  of  types  of  feature  articles,  particularly  for  the 
magazine  market,  analysis  of  the  magazine  medium 
and  specialized  audiences;  practice  in  researching  and 
writing  the  feature  article;  analysis  of  free-lance  mar- 
kets. Prerequisites,  JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  380  Journalism  for  Science  and  Technology 

(3)  Study  and  practice  of  the  basic  techniques  of 
writing  and  editing  scientific  and  technical  material  for 
both  the  general  audience  and  the  specialist.  Prerequi- 
sites: JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  390  News  Commentary  and  Critical  Writing 

(3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  320.  Study  and  practice  of 
journalistic  interpretation  and  analysis,  editorial  writing, 
and  critical  writing. 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication  (3)  Study  of 
the  legal  rights  and  constraints  of  mass  media;  libel, 
privacy,  copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and  other 
aspects  of  the  law  applied  to  mass  communication. 
Previous  study  of  the  law  not  required.  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  410  History  of  Mass  Communication  (3) 

Study  of  the  development  of  newspapers,  magazines, 
radio,  television,  and  motion  pictures  as  media  of  mass 
communication.  Analysis  of  the  influences  of  the 
media  on  the  historical  development  of  America.  Pre- 
requisites: JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Communication 

(3)  Study  of  the  relationship  between  the  news  media 
and  government.  Analysis  of  media  coverage  of  gov- 
ernment and  politics.  Study  of  governmental  and  politi- 
cal information  and  persuasion  techniques.  Prerequi- 
sites: JOUR  200  and  201. 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  Communication  Sys- 
tems (3)  Survey  of  the  history  and  status  of  the  mass 
media  throughout  the  world;  comparative  analysis  of 
the  role  of  the  press  in  different  societies.  Prerequi- 
sites: JOUR  200  and  201  or  consent  of  the  instructor 
for  non-majors. 

JOUR  440  Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Communica- 
tion (3)  Prerequisites:  JOUR  200  and  201.  Study  of 
publics  and  their  interrelationships  in  the  formation  of 
public  opinion;  measurement  of  public  opinion  and 
media  habits;  role  of  the  mass  media  in  the  formation 
of  public  opinion. 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  in  Mass  Communication 

(3)  Issues  of  special  concern  and  current  interest. 
Open  to  all  students.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  provided  the  topic  differs. 

JOUR  497  Professional  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites: 
JOUR  200,  JOUR  201  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Projects  and  discussions  relating  professional  work 
experience  to  the  study  of  journalism.  Limited  to  stu- 
dents who  participated  in  an  approved  summer  work 
experience  after  the  junior  year. 

JOUR  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Individual  pro- 
dects  in  journalism.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 
of  three  hours. 


Latin 

LATN  101  Elementary  Latin  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Latin  in  high  school  may  register  for 
LATN  101  for  purposes  of  review,  but  ordinarily  not  for 
credit. 

LATN  102  Elementary  Latin  (3)  A  student  who  has 
had  two  units  of  Latin  in  high  school  may  register  for 
LATN   102  for  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

LATN  120  intensive  Latin  (4)  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor  Not  open  for  credit  to  students  with 
credit  for  LATN  102.  Elements  of  Latin  grammar  and 
vocabulary;  elementary  reading. 


LATN  170  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (3)  Taught 
in  English,  no  prerequisite,  cannot  be  taken  for  lan- 
guage credit.  This  course  is  particularly  recommended 
for  students  planning  to  major  in  foreign  languages, 
English,  history,  the  fine  arts,  or  journalism. 

LATN  203  Intermediate  Latin  (Caesar)  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: LATN  101,  102  or  equivalent. 

LATN  204  Intermediate  Latin  (Cicero)  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: l,^TN  203  or  equivalent. 

LATN  280  English  Word  Building  from  Latin  and 
Greek  (3)  General  English  vocabulary  through  the 
study  of  Latin  and  Greek  roots,  prefixes,  suffixes, 
etymologies,  and  principles  of  linguistic  change. 

LATN  305  Vergil's  Aeneld  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN 
204  or  equivalent. 

LATN  309  Special  Topics  In  Roman  Literature  (3) 

May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours  when  the 
topics  differ.  May  not  be  counted  toward  a  major  in 
Latin  or  a  concentration  in  Greek.  Readings  in  transla- 
tion. 

LATN  351  Horace  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  305  or 
equivalent. 

LATN  352  Livy  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  351  or  equiva- 
lent. 

LATN  361  Pliny's  Letters  (3)  Prerequisite:  LATN  352 
or  equivalent. 

LATN  370  Latin  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Selec- 
tions in  translation  of  Latin  literature  to  the  time  of 
Apuleius.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  poetry  of 
the  Augustan  age.  No  knowledge  of  Latin  is  required. 
Cannot  be  counted  towards  a  major  in  Latin.  LATN 
400  level  course  prerequisite:  LATN  361 

LATN  401  Catullus  and  the  Roman  Elegiac  Poets 

(3) 

LATN  402  Tacitus  (3) 

LATN  403  Roman  Satire  (3) 

LATN  404  Roman  Comedy  (3) 

LATN  405  Lucretius  (3) 

LATN  411  Advanced  Latin  Grammar  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Three  years  of  college  Latin  or  equivalent.  An 
intensive  study  of  the  morphology  and  syntax  of  the 
Latin  language  supplemented  by  rapid  reading. 

LATN  470  Advanced  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology 

(3)  Prerequisites;  LATN  170  permission  of  instructor. 
Selected  themes  and  characters  of  Greek  and  Roman 
myth.  History  of  the  study  of  myth  and  research 
methods  in  mythology. 

LATN  488  Independent  Study  In  Latin  Language 
and  Literature  (1-3)  Permission  of  departmental 
chairman  and  instructor  required.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

LATN  499  Latin  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor.  The  reading  of  one  pr  more  selected 
Latin  authors  from  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance, 
reports.  May  be  repeated  with  different  content. 


Library  Science 


LBSC  331  Introduction  to  Educational  Media  Serv- 
ices (3)  An  overview  of  the  library  profession.  Devel- 
opment of  public,  academic,  special  and  school  serv- 
ices. History  of  books  and  libraries.  The  library  as  a 
social  institution.  The  impact  of  communication  media 
on  society.  Philosophy  of  librarianship.  professional 
standards,  organizations  and  publications. 

LBSC  381  Basic  Reference  and  Information 
Sources  (3)  An  introductory  course  in  the  nature  of 
reference/information  service  and  the  sources,  and 
technology  tools  essential  to  the  reference  process. 
Selection,  evaluation  and  utilization  of  all  types  of 
reference  tools  for  school  media  centers. 

LBSC  382  Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Library 
Materials  (3)  Introduction  to  the  principles  and  prac- 
tice of  media  and  information  retrieval  system  organi- 
zation and  construction,  including  classification 
schemes;  cataloging  codes;  subject  heading  lists;  and 
file  control. 

LBSC  383  Library  Materials  for  Children  and  Youth 

(3)  Study  of  literature  and  media  for  children  and 


Mathematics    169 


youth,  including  fiction  and  information  materials: 
books,  periodicals,  television,  filmstrips.  films,  micro- 
films, records,  pictures,  pampfilets.  Introduction  to 
reading,  viewing  and  listening  guidance  tecfiniques. 

LBSC  384  Media  Center  Administration  (3)  The 

management  and  operation  of  instructional  media  cen- 
ters, including  staffing;  material  and  equipment  acqui- 
sition, dissemination  and  control;  program  planning 
and  evaluation;  and  facilities  design. 

LBSC  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  institutes  (1-9) 

Workstiops,  clinics,  and  institutes  developed  around 
specific  topics  or  problems  primarily  for  practicing 
librarians.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credit 
hours. 


Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology 

LENF  100  Introduction  to  Law  Enforcement  (3) 

Introduction  to  ttie  administration  of  criminal  justice  in 
a  democratic  society  with  emphasis  upon  the  theoreti- 
cal and  historical  development  of  law  enforcement. 
The  principles  of  organization  and  administration  for 
law  enforcement;  functions  and  specific  activities; 
planning  and  research;  public  relations;  personnel  and 
training;  inspection  and  control;  direction;  policy  formu- 
lation. 

LENF  220  Investigation  In  Law  Enforcement  (3) 

Investigation  as  a  process  of  communication.  Princi- 
ples and  problems  in  information  collection  and  evalu- 
ation; impartial  gathering  and  evaluation  of  data.  Crime 
scene  search  and  recording;  collection  and  preserva- 
tion of  physical  evidence;  scientific  aids;  modus 
operandi;  sources  of  information;  interviewing;  follow- 
up  and  case  preparation. 

LENF  230  Criminal  Law  In  Action  (3)  Law  as  one  of 

the  methods  of  social  control.  Criminal  law;  its  nature, 
sources,  and  types;  theories  and  historical  develop- 
ments. Behavioral  and  legal  aspects  of  criminal  acts. 
Classification  and  analysis  of  selected  criminal  offen- 
ses. 

LENF  234  Criminal  Procedure  and  Evidence  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LENF  230.  General  principles  and  theo- 
ries of  criminal  procedure.  Due  process.  Arrest,  search 
and  seizure.  Recent  developments.  Study  and  evalua- 
tion of  evidence  and  proof. 

LENF  330  Contemporary  Legal  Policy  Issues  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LENF  230  and  234  or  equivalent.  In- 
depth  examination  of  selected  topics.  Criminal  respon- 
sibility. Socio-legal  policy  alternatives  with  regard  to 
deviance.  Law  enforcement  procedures  for  civil  law 
and  similar  legal  problems.  Admissibility  of  evidence. 
Representation,  indigent's  right  to  counsel. 

LENF  340  Concepts  of  Law  Enforcement  Adminis- 
tration (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  100  or  equivalent.  An 
introduction  to  concepts  of  organization  and  manage- 
ment as  these  relate  to  law  enforcement.  Principles  of 
structure,  process,  policy  and  procedure,  communica- 
tion and  authority,  division  of  work  and  organizational 
controls.  Human  element  in  the  organization.  Informal 
interaction  and  bureaucracy. 

LENF  350  Law  Enforcement-Community  Relations 

(5)  Prerequisite:  LENF  100  or  equivalent.  Examination 
of  factors  contributing  to  cooperation  or  friction  be- 
tween law  enforcement  personnel  and  the  community, 
with  emphasis  on  minority  groups,  political  pressures 
and  cultural  problems.  Community  organization  and 
social  responsibility  of  law  enforcement. 

LENF  360  Industrial  and  Retail  Security  Adminis- 
tration (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  100,  220  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  origins  of  contemporary  private  security 
systems.  Organization  and  management  of  industrial 
and  retail  protective  units. 

LENF  388  Independent  Reading  In  Law  Enforce- 
ment (3)  H — Honors  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Supervised  study  of  selected  topic  in  criminal 
justice.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

LENF  389  Independent  Research  In  Law  Enforce- 
ment (3)  H — Honors  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Supen/ised  study  of  selected  topic  in  criminal 
justice.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

LENF  398  Law  Enforcement  Field  Training  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Junior  Standing,  majors  only  and  consent 


of  instructor.  Supervised  field  training  in  law  enforce- 
ment agencies  as  a  structured  and  focused  experi- 
ence. The  student,  in  consultation  with  his  advisor,  will 
select  his  particular  area  of  interest  and  will  be  respon- 
sible to  his  advisor  continued  contact  and  required 
report. 

LENF  399  Directed  Independent  Research  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Senior  standing,  majors  only  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Supervised  individual  research  and  study; 
library  and  field  research,  surveys,  special  local  prob- 
lems. 

LENF  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcement  Administra- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  340  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. The  structuring  of  manpower,  material,  and  sys- 
tems to  accomplish  the  major  goals  of  social  control. 
Personnel  and  systems  management.  Political  con- 
trols and  limitations  on  authority  and  jurisdiction. 

LENF  455  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal 
Justice  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  An 
examination  of  conceptual  and  practical  issues  related 
to  planned  change  in  criminal  justice.  Emphasis  on  the 
development  of  innovative  ideas  using  a  research  and 
development  approach  to  change, 

LENF  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal 
Justice  II  (3)  Prerequisite;  LENF  455  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  of  conceptual  and  practi- 
cal issues  related  to  planned  change  in  criminal  jus- 
tice. Emphasis  on  change  strategies  and  tactics  which 
are  appropriate  for  criminal  justice  personnel  in  entry 
level  positions. 

LENF  462  Special  Problems  In  Security  Administra- 
tion (3)  Prerequisites:  LENF  360  and  consent  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  course  for  students  desiring  to 
focus  on  specific  concerns  in  the  study  of  private 
security  organizations;  business  intelligence  and  espi- 
onage; vulnerability  and  criticality  analyses  in  physical 
security;  transportation,  banking,  hospital  and  military 
security  problems;  uniformed  security  forces;  national 
defense  information;  and  others. 

LENF  498  Selected  Topics  In  Criminal  Justice  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Supervised  study 
of  a  selected  topic  to  be  announced  in  the  field  of 
criminal  justice,  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 


Linguistics 

LING  100  Introduction  to  Linguistics  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  basic  concepts  of  modern  descriptive 
linguistics.  Phonology,  morphology,  syntax.  Examina- 
tions of  the  methods  of  comparative  linguistics,  inter- 
nal reconstruction  and  dialect  geography. 

LING  101  Language  and  Culture  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Sophomore  standing.  A  non-technical  introduction  to 
linguistics,  with  special  consideration  of  the  relations 
between  language  and  other  aspects  of  culture.  (List- 
ed also  as  ANTH  271). 

LING  401  Phonetics  and  Phonemlcs  (3)  Training  in 
the  identification,  description  and  symbolization  of 
various  sounds  found  in  language.  Study  of  scientific 
techniques  for  classifying  sounds  into  units  which  are 
percectually  relevant  for  a  given  language. 

LING  402  Morphology  and  Syntax  (3)  A  detailed 
study  of  language  structure.  No  student  may  receive 
credit  for  both  LING  402  and  ENGL  484. 

LING  403  Historical  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LING  401  and  402,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  change  in 
the  phonological,  grammatical  and  semantic  struc- 
tures of  natural  languages;  language  typology:  recon- 
struction and  various  allied  topics  will  be  treated. 

LING  498  Seminar  In  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LING  100.  Advanced  topics  in  linguistics.  Lectures  and 
discussions  by  faculty,  students  and  invited  outside 
scholars.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  content  is  different. 


Applied  Mathematics 


MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: MATH  240,  241,  and  CIvISC  110,  or  equivalent. 
Basic  computational  methods  for  interpolation,  least 
squares,  approximation,  numerical  quadrature,  numeri- 
cal solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equa- 


tions, systems  of  linear  equations  and  initial  value 
problems  for  ordinary  differential  equations.  Emphasis 
on  the  methods  and  their  computational  properties 
rather  than  on  their  analytic  aspects.  (Listed  also  as 
CMSC  460.) 

MAPL  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  241;  CMSC  110  or 
equivalent.  This  course  with  MAPL/CMSC  471,  forms 
a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level  Interpolation,  numeri- 
cal differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear 
equations,  acceleration  of  convergence,  numerical 
treatment  of  differential  equations.  Topics  will  be  sup- 
plemented with  programming  assignments,  (Listed 
also  CMSC  470.) 

MAPL  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear  Algebra 

(3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241;  CMSC 
1 10  or  equivalent.  The  course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470, 
forms  a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at 
the  advanced  undergraduate  level.  Direct  solution  of 
linear  systems,  norms,  least  squares  problems,  the 
symmetric  eigenvalue  problem,  basic  iterative  meth- 
ods. Topics  will  be  supplemented  with  programming 
assignments.  (Listed  also  as  CMSC  471.) 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  110 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474.  Linear  programming 
includirtg  the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear  pro- 
grams, convex  sets  and  elements  of  convex  pro- 
gramming, combinatorial  optimization  integer  pro- 
gramming. (Listed  also  as  CMSC  477.) 

MAPL  498  Selected  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics 
(1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics 
in  applied  mathematics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduate  students.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 


Mathematics 

MATH  001   Review  of  High  School  Algebra  (3) 

Recommended  for  students  who  fail  the  qualifying 
examination  for  MATH  105,  1 10, 1 15.  Special  fee.  This 
course  does  not  carry  credit  towards  any  degree  at  the 
University. 

lyiATH  102  Introduction  to  Mathematics  lA  (1)  Pre- 
requisite: Consent  of  department.  First  third  of  a  three- 
course  sequence  equivalent  to  MATH  110.  Graphing, 
properties  of  straight  lines,  properties  of  quadratic 
functions,  change  of  coordinates.  Students  may  not 
receive  credit  for  both  MATH  102  and  MATH  110,  nor 
may  they  receive  credit  for  MATH  1 02  if  taken  after  the 
completion  of  any  math  course  numbered  above  110, 

MATH  103  Introduction  to  Mathematics  IB  (1)  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  102  and  consent  of  department.  Sec- 
ond third  of  a  three-course  sequence  equivalent  to 
MATH  110.  Power  functions,  exponential  functions, 
logarithmic  functions  and  trigonometric  functions.  Stu- 
dents may  not  receive  credit  for  both  MATH  103  and 
MATH  110,  nor  may  they  receive  credit  for  MATH  103 
if  taken  after  the  completion  of  any  math  course 
numbered  above  110. 

MATH  104  Introduction  to  Mathematics  IC  (1)  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  103  and  consent  of  department.  Final 
third  of  a  three-course  sequence  equivalent  to  MATH 
110.  Inequalities,  linear  inequalities,  graphing  systems 
of  linear  inequalities,  linear  programming.  Students 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  MATH  104  and  MATH 
110,  nor  may  they  receive  credit  for  MATH  104  if  taken 
after  the  completion  of  any  math  course  numbered 
above  110. 

MATH  105  Mathematical  Ideas  (3)  Prequisite:  None. 
A  survey  of  some  different  aareas  of  mathematics. 
Intended  for  non-science  majors  who  would  like  to  see 
some  non-standard  mathematics  applied  to  some  ev- 
eryday problems.  Transport  networks,  matching  prob- 
lems, critical  path  analysis,  introduction  to  statistics 
and  hypothesis  testing,  Euler's  formula,  planar  graphs, 
polyhedra,  and  other  selected  topics.  Not  preliminary 
to  MATH  110). 

MATH  110  Introduction  to  Mathematics  I  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: Two  and  one  half  years  of  college  preparatory 
mathematics  and  satisfactory  performance  on  the  SAT 
mathematics  test,  or  MATH  001.  Linear  programming, 
systems  of  linear  equations,  matrices;  elementary  al- 
gebraic and  trancendental  functions,  with  emphasis  on 
their  properties  and  graphs,  (Not  open  to  students 


170    Mathematics 


majoring  in  mathematics,  engineering  or  the  physical 
sciences.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course, 
MATH  110  or  MATH  115.) 

MATH  1 1 1  Introduction  to  Mathematics  li  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: 3'i  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics 
and  satisfactory  performance  on  the  SAT  mathematics 
test;  or  MATH  110;  or  MATH  115.  Logic,  boolean 
algebra,  counting,  probability,  random  vahables.  ex- 
pectation applications  of  the  normal  probability  distri- 
bution. Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses, 
MATH  111  or  STAT  100.  (Not  open  to  students 
majoring  in  mathematics,  engineering  or  the  physical 
sciences.) 

MATH  115  Pre-Calculus  (3)  Prerequisite:  2%  years  of 
college  preparatory  mathematics  and  an  appropnate 
score  on  the  SAT  mathematics  test,  or  MATH  001 .  An 
introductory  course  for  students  not  qualified  to  starl 
MATH  140  or  MATH  220.  Elementary  functions  and 
graphs:  polynomials,  rational  functions,  exponential 
and  logarithmic  functions,  trigonometric  functions. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course,  MATH  1 15  of 
MATH  110. 

MATH  140  Calculus  I  (4)  Three  lectures,  two  drill 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  3'A  years  of  college 
preparatory  mathematics  (including  trigonometry)  or 
MATH  115.  Introduction  to  calculus,  including  func- 
tions, limits,  continuity,  derivatives  and  applications  of 
the  derivative,  sketching  of  graphs  of  functions,  defi- 
nite and  indefinite  integrals,  and  calculation  of  area. 
The  course  is  especially  recommended  for  science 
and  mathematics  majors.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  course,  MATH  140  or  MATH  220. 

MATH  141  Analysis  II  (4)  Three  lectures,  two  drill 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  140  or  equiva- 
lent. Applications  of  integration,  techniques  of  integra- 
tion, polar  coordinates,  basic  properties  of  the  elemen- 
tary functions,  improper  integrals,  indeterminate  forms, 
sequences,  and  infinite  series.  Credit  will  be  given  for 
only  one  course,  MATH  141  or  MATH  221. 

MATH  143  Computer  Laboratory  for  MATH  141(1) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  140  or  its  equivalent.  Two  hours 
laboratory  per  week.  Application  of  computer  methods 
to  problems  of  the  calculus. 

MATH  150  Calculus  I  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite:  Ap- 
proval of  department.  A  rigorous  treatment,  with  appli- 
cations, of  differential  and  integral  calculus  in  one 
variable. 

MATH  151  Calculus  II  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite: 
Approval  of  department.  A  rigorous  treatment,  with 
applications,  of  differential  and  integral  calculus  in  one 
variable. 

MATH  210  Elements  of  Mathematics  (4)  Prerequi- 
site: One  year  of  college  preparatory  algebra.  Re- 
quired for  majors  in  elementary  education,  and  open 
only  to  students  in  this  field.  Topics  from  algebra  and 
number  theory,  designed  to  provide  insight  into  arith- 
metic: inductive  proof,  the  natural  number  system 
based  on  the  peano  axioms;  mathematical  systems, 
groups,  fields;  the  system  of  integers;  the  system  of 
rational  numbers;  congruence,  divisibility:  systems  of 
numeration. 

MATH  211  Elements  of  Geometry  (4)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  210  or  equivalent.  Structure  of  mathematics 
systems,  algebra  of  sets,  geometrical  structures,  logic, 
measurement,  congruence,  similahty,  graphs  in  the 
plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere. 

MATH  220  Elementary  Calculus  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Three  and  one  half  years  of  college  preparatory  math- 
ematics including  trig,  and  satisfactory  performance  on 
the  SAT  mathematics  test,  or  MATH  110,  or  MATH 
115.  Basic  ideas  of  differential  and  integral  calculus, 
with  emphasis  on  elementary  techniques  of  differentia- 
tion and  applications.  Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics,  engineering  or  the  physical  sciences. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course,  MATH  140  or 
MATH  220. 

MATH  221  Elementary  Calculus  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  220,  or  MATH  140,  or  equivalent.  Differential 
and  integral  calculus,  with  emphasis  on  elementary 
techniques  of  integration  and  applications.  Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics,  engineering  or  the 
physical  sciences.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one 
course,  MATH  141  or  MATH  221. 

MATH  240  Linear  Algebra  (4)  Three  lectures,  two  drill 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  141  or  equiva- 


lent. Basic  concepts  of  linear  algebra:  vector  spaces, 
applications  to  line  and  plane  geometry,  linear  equa- 
tions and  matrices,  similar  matrices,  linear  transforma- 
tions, eigenvalues,  determinants  and  quadratic  forms. 
Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course,  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400. 

MATH  241  Analysis  III  (4)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141 
and  any  one  of  the  following:  MATH  240.  or  ENES  1 1 0, 
or  PHYS  191.  Calculus  of  functions  of  vectors:  partial 
derivatives,  multiple  integration,  surface  integrals, 
classical  theorems  of  Green,  Gauss  and  Stokes. 

MATH  246  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141  or  equivalent. 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  methods  of  solving  differ- 
ential equations.  Separable,  exact,  and  especially  line- 
ar differential  equations  will  be  treated.  The  main 
techniques  included  will  be  undetermined  coefficients, 
series  solutions.  La  place  transforms,  and  numerical 
methods. 

MATH  250  Calculus  III  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite: 
Approval  of  department.  Elements  of  linear  algebra, 
euclidean  and  other  metric  spaces;  multi-variable  cal- 
culus; implicit  function  theorem;  theorems  of  Green, 
Gauss  and  Stokes.  Riemann  Stieltjes  integral  and,  as 
time  permits,  ordinary  differential  equations,  Fourier 
series,  orthogonal  functions. 

MATH  251  Calculus  IV  (Honors)  (4)  Prerequisite: 
Approval  of  department.  Elements  of  linear  algebra. 
Euclidean  and  other  metric  spaces;  multi-variable  cal- 
culus; implicit  function  theorem;  theorems  of  Green, 
Gauss  and  Stokes.  Riemann  Stieltjes  integral  and,  as 
time  permits,  ordinary  differential  equations,  Fourier 
series,  orthogonal  functions. 

MATH  299  Selected  Topics  In  Mathematics  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest  under  the  general  guidance  of  the 
departmental  committee  on  undergraduate  studies. 

MATH  310  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Reason- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141.  Recommended  pre- 
or  co-requisite:  MATH  241.  intended  to  bridge  the  gap 
between  calculus  and  advanced  calculus.  Introduction 
to  the  logical  foundations  of  mathematics  and  to  the 
technique  of  proving  theorms.  Topics  drawn  from: 
logic,  set  theory,  structure  of  the  real  line,  elementary 
topology,  convergence,  functions,  infinite  sets,  conti- 
nuity. (This  course  cannot  be  used  towards  the  upper 
level  math  requirements  for  MATH/STAT  majors.) 

MATH  398  Honors  Seminar  (2)  Prerequisite.  Permis- 
sion of  the  departmental  honors  committee.  Reports 
by  students  on  mathematical  literature;  solution  of 
vanous  problems. 

MATH  400  Vectors  and  Matrices  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  141  or  221.  Algebra  of  vector  spaces  and 
matrices.  Recommended  for  students  interested  in  the 
applications  of  mathematics.  (Not  open  to  students 
who  have  had  MATH  240  or  405). 

MATH  401  Applications  of  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  400,  or  MATH  240,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Various  applications  of  linear  algebra:  theo- 
ry of  finite  games,  linear  programming,  matrix  methods 
as  applied  to  finite  Markov  chains,  random  walk, 
incidence  matrices,  graphs  and  directed  graphs,  net- 
works, transportation  problems. 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  240  or  equivalent.  For  students  having  only 
limited  experience  with  rigorous  mathematical  proofs, 
and  parallels  MATH  403.  Students  planning  graduate 
work  in  mathematics  should  take  MATH  403.  Groups, 
rings,  integral  domains  and  fields,  detailed  study  of 
several  groups;  properties  of  integers  and  polynomials. 
Emphasis  is  on  the  origin  of  the  mathematical  ideas 
studied  and  the  logical  structure  of  the  subject.  (Not 
open  to  mathematics  graduate  students.  Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MATH  402  or  MATH 
403.) 

MATH  403  Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241  or  equiva- 
lent. Integers;  groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses.  MATH 
402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  404  Field  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403. 
Algebraic  and  transcendental  elements,  Galois  theory, 
constructions  with  straight-edge  and  compass,  solu- 
tions of  equations  of  low  degrees,  insolubility  of  the 
Quintic,  Sylow  theorems,  fundamental  theorem  of  fi- 
nite Abelian  groups. 


MATH  405  Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: MATH  240  and  MATH  403  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  abstract  treatment  of  finite  dimensional 
vector  spaces.  Linear  transformations  and  their  invari- 
ants (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses. 
MATH  400  or  MATH  405.) 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: MATH  141,  or  MATH  221  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Rational  integers,  divisibility,  prima  num- 
bers, modules  and  linear  forms,  unique  factorization 
theorem.  Euler's  function,  Mobius'  function, 
cyclotomic  polynomial,  congruences  and  quadratic 
residues,  Legendre's  and  Jacobi's  symbol,  reciprocity 
law  of  quadratic  residues,  introductory  explanation  of 
the  method  of  algebraic  number  theory. 

MATH  410  Advanced  Calculus  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240  and  MAJH  241.  First  semester  of  a  year 
course.  Subjects  cdvered  during  the  year  are:  se- 
quences and  sehes  of  numbers,  continuity  and  dif- 
ferentiability of  real  valued  functions  of  one  variable, 
the  Rieman  integral,  sequences  of  functions,  and 
power  series.  Functions  of  several  variables  including 
partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  line  and  surface 
integrals.  The  implicit  function  theorem. 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculus  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  410,  and  MATH  240  or  MATH  400.  Continua- 
tion of  MATH  410. 

MATH  413  Introduction  to  Complex  Variables  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410.  The  algebra  of  complex  num- 
bers, analytic  functions  mapping  properties  of  the 
elementary  functions.  Cauchy's  theorem  and  the 
Cauchy  integral  formula.  Residues.  (Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  413  or  MATH 
463.) 

MATH  414  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  240  and  MATH  410.  or  equivalent.  Existence 
and  uniqueness  theorems  for  initial  value  problems. 
Linear  theory:  fundamental  rjatrix  solutions,  variation 
of  constants  formula,  Floquel  theory  for  periodic  linear 
systems.  Asymptotic  orbital  and  Lyapunov  stability 
with  phase  plane  diagrams.  Boundary  value  theory  and 
series  solutions  are  optional  topics. 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  Differential  Equa- 
tions (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246,  and  MATH  41 1  or 
MATH  25 1 .  (MATH  4 1 1  and  MATH  4 1 5  may  be  taken 
concurrently).  First  order  equations,  linear  second 
order  equations  in  two  variables,  one  dimensional 
wave  equation  and  the  method  of  separation  of  varia- 
bles, and  other  topics  such  as  harmonic  functions,  the 
heat  equation,  and  the  wave  equation  in  space.  (Credit 
will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  415  or 
MATH  462) 

MATH  416  Introduction  to  Real  Variables  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: MA.TH  410.  The  Lebesgue  integral.  Fubini's 
theorem.  The  LP  spaces.  Convergence  theorems. 

MATH  417  Introduction  to  Fourier  Analysis  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410.  Fourier  series.  Fourier  and 
Laplace  transforms. 

MATH  430  Geometric  Transformations  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  240.  Recommended  for  students  in  mathe- 
matics education.  Important  groups  of  geometric 
transformations,  including  the  isometries  and  similari- 
ties of  the  plane.  Geometries  related  to  transformation 
groups. 

MATH  431  Foundations  of  Geometry  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: one  year  of  college  mathematics.  Recommended 
for  students  in  mathematics  education.  The  axiomatic 
foundations  of  geometry  Attention  will  be  given  to  one 
or  more  axiomatic  developments  of  Euclidean  geome- 
try and  to  the  relation  of  Euclidean  geometry  to  other 
geometric  systems. 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Set  Topology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  410  or  450,  or  equivalent.  Con- 
nectedness, compactness,  transformations, 
homomorphisms;  application  of  these  concepts  to 
various  spaces,  with  particular  attention  to  the  Euclide- 
an plane. 

MATH  433  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Topology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  403  and  432,  or  equivalent. 
Chains,  cycles,  homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the 
fundamental  group. 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry 

(3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  and  either  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400,  or  equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  ol 


Meteorology    171 


curves  and  surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving 
frames,  the  fundamental  differential  forms,  intnnsic 
geometry  of  a  surface 

MATH  444  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3) 

Prerequisite:  tiflATH  240  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
elementary  development  of  propositional  logic,  predi- 
cate logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a 
discussion  of  Markov  algonthms.  turning  machines 
and  recursive  functions.  Topics  include  post  produc- 
tions, word  problems,  and  formal  languages.  (Also 
listed  as  CMSC  450). 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  403  or  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Develop- 
ment of  a  system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  choice 
principles,  induction  principles,  ordinal  arithmetic  in- 
cluding discussion  of  cancellation  laws,  divisibility, 
canonical  expansions,  cardinal  anthmetic  including 
connections  with  the  axiom  of  choice,  Hartog's  theo- 
rem. Konig's  theorem,  properties  of  regular,  singular, 
and  inaccessible  cardinals. 

MATH  447  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Logic  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  403  or  41 0  or  450.  Formal  proposi- 
tional logic,  completeness,  independence,  decidability 
of  the  system,  formal  quantificational  logic,  first-order 
axiomatic  theones,  extended  Godel  completeness 
theorem.  Lowenheim-Skolem  theorem,  model-theoret- 
ical applications. 

MATH  450  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics 

(3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Sets,  relations,  mappings.  Construction  of  the  real 
number  system  starting  with  Peano  postulates;  al- 
gebraic structures  associated  with  the  construction; 
Archimedean  order,  sequential  completeness  and 
equivalent  properties  of  ordered  fields.  Finite  and 
infinite  sets,  denumberable  and  non-denumberable 
sets. 

MATH  462  Linear  Analysis  for  Scientists  and  En- 
gineers (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241  and  some  knowl- 
edge of  differential  equations.  Linear  spaces  and 
operators,  orthogonality.  Sturm-Liouville  problems  and 
Eigenfunction  expansions  for  ordinary  differential 
equations,  introduction  to  partial  differential  equations. 
boundary  and  initial  value  problems.  (Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course.  MATH  462  or  MATH  415.) 

MATH  463  Complex  Variables  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  241  or  equivalent. 
The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary  functions. 
Cauchy  integral  formula.  Theory  of  residues  and  appli- 
cation to  evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  mapping. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MATH 
413  or  MATH  463.) 

MATH  464  Transform  Methods  for  Scientists  and 
Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246,  and  either 
MATH  463  or  MATH  413.  Fourier  senes.  Fourier  and 
La  Place  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the  complex  inver- 
sion integral  by  the  theory  of  residues.  Applications  to 
ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  of  mathemat- 
ical physics:  solutions  using  transforms  and  separation 
of  variables.  Additional  topics  such  as  Bessel  functions 
and  calculus  of  variations  may  be  included. 

MATH  472  Differential  Equations  and  Numerical 
Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240.  MATH  410. 
and  CMSC  110  or  their  equivalents.  A  general  intro- 
duction to  the  theory  of  ordinary  differential  equations 
emphasizing  numerical  methods  for  constructing  ap- 
proximate solutions.  Existence  and  uniqueness  theo- 
rems. Runge-Kutta  method,  systems  of  linear  differen- 
tial equations,  phase  plane  methods,  and  numerical 
solution  of  boundary  value  problems. 

MATH  474  Applied  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  240.  MATH  241,  and  CMSC  110  or  their  equi- 
valents. A  treatment  of  finite  dimensional  linear  spaces 
and  linear  transformations  with  an  emphasis  on  appli- 
cations and  computational  aspects. 

MATH  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  General 
enumeration  methods,  difference  equations,  generat- 
ing functions.  Elements  of  graph  theory,  matrix 
representations  of  graphs,  applications  of  graph  theory 
to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical 
algorithms.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  475.) 

MATH  478  Selected  Topics  for  Teachers  of  Mathe- 
matics (1-3)  Prerequisite:  One  year  of  college  mathe- 
matics or  consent  of  instructor.  (This  course  cannot  be 
used  toward  the  upper  level  math  requirements  for 
K^ATH/STAT  majors.) 


MATH  481  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: One  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Elementary  number  theory  and  the  devel- 
opment of  the  real  numbers  for  teachers.  (Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics  or  physical  sci- 
ences.) 

MATH  482  Introduction  to  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Modern  ideas  in  algebra  and  the  theory  of  equa- 
tions for  teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  majonng  in 
mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  483  Introduction  to  Geometry  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: One  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  basic  ideas  from  Euclidean  and 
non-Euclidean  geometry  for  teachers.  (Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics  or  physical  sci- 
ences.) 

MATH  484  Introduction  to  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
One  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  limit  concept  and  the  calculus  for 
teachers.  Previous  knowledge  of  calculus  is  not  re- 
quired. (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in  mathematics 
or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  488  National  Science  Foundation  Summer 
Institute  for  Teachers  of  Science  and  Mathemat- 
ics— Seminar  (1-3)  Lectures  and  discussion  to  deep- 
en the  student's  appreciation  of  mathematics  as  a 
logical  discipline  and  as  a  medium  of  expression. 
Special  emphasis  on  topics  relevant  to  current  mathe- 
matical curriculum  studies  and  revision.  (Not  open  to 
students  majoring  in  mathematics;  not  recommended 
for  students  majoring  in  any  of  the  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  490  History  of  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  240  and  241.  or  equivalent.  The  development 
of  mathematics  from  around  1900  B.C.  to  around  1900 
A.D.  with  special  emphasis  on  the  period  of  the  Greeks 
(600  B.C. — 200  A.D.),  the  period  of  development  of  the 
calculus  (1 7th  century),  and  the  period  of  the  institution 
of  the  'modern'  style  of  rigor  (19th  century).  Including 
the  influence  of  the  cultural  environment  on  the  devel- 
opment of  mathematics  at  vanous  times,  the  develop- 
ment of  the  mathematical  concept  of  infinity  and  the 
limit  process,  the  interplay  between  algebra  and  analy- 
sis, and  the  development  of  the  modern  concept  of  the 
mathematical  proof. 

MATH  498  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (1-16) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students 
will  be  offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guid- 
ance of  the  departmental  committee  on  undergraduate 
studies.  Honors  students  register  for  reading  courses 
under  this  number. 


Meteorology 

METO  301  The  Atmospheric  Environment  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: CHEM  103. 104.  PHYS  121,  122,  or  equiva- 
lent. This  course  will  give  a  broad  survey  of  the  state  of 
knowledge  and  problems  of  atmospheric  science.  It 
covers  a  wide  range  of  topics,  including  origin,  struc- 
ture, and  chemistry  of  the  atmosphere;  energy  trans- 
formations, motions,  and  resulting  weather;  at- 
mospheric optics  and  electricity;  the  water  cycle;  pollu- 
tion and  weather  modification;  atmospheric  factors  in 
ecology. 

METO  310  Meteorological  Observations  and  In- 
struments (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  301  or  equivalent. 
Two  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week  Observational  practices  in  meteorological  serv- 
ices and  standard  procedures  of  the  worid  meteoro- 
logical organization.  Ordinary  station  equipment  its 
exposure,  functioning  and  maintenance,  meteoriogical 
radar;  lidar,  and  sonar,  automatic  weather  stations; 
radiosondes;  weather  buoys  and  weather  satellites. 

METO  398  Topics  in  Atmospheric  Science  (3)  In- 
tended primarily  for  non-science  majors.  Study  of 
some  aspects  of  atmosphere  sciences  as  applied  to 
the  environment.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  provided  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

METO  410  Descriptive  and  Synoptic  Meteorology  I 

(3)  Prerequisites:  N/IATH  241.  PHYS  294  or  PHYS  263 
or  equivalent.  METO  441  is  suggested  as  a  companion 
course.  With  METO  411.  an  introduction  to  broad 
range  of  theoretical  and  applied  studies  in  meteorolo- 
gy in  order  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  interaction 


o(  the  physical  and  dynamic  processes  and  the  various 
scales  of  atmospheric  phenomena.  Introduction  to 
radiational  energy  transfer  in  the  atmosphere,  earth- 
atmospheric  energy  budgets,  atmosphenc  ther- 
modynamics, statics  and  mechanics  and  a  survey  of 
the  general  distribution  of  temperature,  pressure, 
moisture  and  wind  in  the  atmosphere. 

METO  411  Descriptive  and  Synoptic  Meteorology 

II  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  410.  METO  442  suggested 
as  a  companion  course.  A  continuation  of  METO  410 
including  an  introduction  to  the  concepts  of  vorticity 
and  circulation  in  the  atmosphere,  properties  of  cold 
fronts  and  warm  fronts,  cyclones  and  anticyclones,  air 
masses,  thunderstorms,  elements  of  dynamic  weather 
forecasting,  microphysics  of  cloud  formation  and 
precipitation,  turbulence  and  diffusion  in  the  atmos- 
phere. 

METO  412  Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the 
Atmosphere  (3)  Prerequisites,  MATH  241,  PHYS  284 
or  equivalent.  Optical  phenomena,  the  radiation  bal- 
ance, introduction  to  cloud  physics,  atmosphenc  elec- 
trical phenomena,  basic  thermodynamic  processes 
and  their  application  to  the  atmosphere. 

METO  413  Atmospheric  Processes  on  Molecular 
and  Atomic  Scale  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  or  graduate 
standing  in  the  physical  or  engineenng  sciences,  at 
least  one  year  of  college  physics,  a  familiarity  with 
differential  and  integral  calculus.  An  introduction  to 
atmospheric  processes  with  an  emphasis  on  atomic 
and  molecular  effects.  Theories  of  the  gas  phase 
interactions  of  neutral  atoms  and  molecules  and 
charged  particles  applied  to  meteorological  and  at- 
mospheric topics. 

METO  416  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  Dynamics 

(3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  246;  PHYS  263.  The 
equations  of  atmospheric  motion;  coordinate  systems; 
balanced  flows  and  elementary  application;  diver- 
gence; circulation  and  vorticity;  the  planetary  boundary 
layer;  diagnostic  analysis  with  the  quasi-geotrophic 
equations. 

METO  420  Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography 
(3)  Prerequisite:  METO  410  or  a  basic  course  in  fluid 
dynamics  such  as  ENME  340.  Historical  review  of 
oceanography;  physical,  chemical,  stratification  and 
circulation  properties  of  the  ocean;  dynamics  of  fric- 
tionless.  frictional.  wind  driven  and  thermohaline  circu- 
lation; air-sea  interactions. 

METO  422  Oceanic  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulence 

(3)  Prerequisite:  METO  420.  Introduction  to  the  theory 
of  oceanic  wave  motions;  tides,  wind  waves,  swells, 
storm  surges,  seiches,  isunamis.  internal  waves,  turbu- 
lence, stirring,  mixing  and  diffusion;  probability,  statis- 
tics and  time  series. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite;  Senior 
standing  in  science  or  engineering  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Classification  of 
atmospheric  pollutants  and  their  effects  on  visibility, 
inanimate  and  animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of  source 
emissions  and  principles  of  air  pollution  control;  mete- 
orological factors  governing  the  distribution  and  re- 
moval of  air  pollutants;  air  quality  measurements  and 
air  pollution  control  legislation. 

METO  441  Weather  Map  Discussion  and  Practice 
Forecasting  I  (1)  Prerequisite:  METO  301  or  equiva- 
lent. Corequisite — METO  410.  Discussion  of  current 
weather  situation  on  the  basis  of  information  received 
by  facsimile  from  national  meteorological  center.  Use 
of  computer-produced  prognostic  information,  critique 
of  previous  forecast,  and  briefing  on  expected  weather 
conditions  by  experienced  forecasters.  Preparation  of 
practice  forecasts,  using  all  available  information. 
Readings  in  synoptic  meteorology. 

METO  442  Weather  Map  Discussion  and  Practice 
Forecasting  (1)  Prerequisite:  METO  441.  A  continua- 
tion of  METO  441, 

METO  460  Synoptic  Laboratory  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 

METO  411  or  equivalent.  Two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Weather  map  plotting;  methods  of 
map  analysis;  upper  air  analysis;  radar  charts;  satellite 
data  integration  into  map  analyses.  Procedures  for 
prognostic  charts.  Mesoscale  analysis.  Use  of  comput- 
er produced  diagnostic  and  prognostic  material.  Orien- 
tation lectures  followed  by  laboratory  practice. 

METO  461  Synoptic  Laboratory  II  (3)  Prequisite: 
METO  460.  A  continuation  of  METO  460. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  In  Atmospheric  Sci- 
ence (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Re- 


172    Microbiology 


search  or  special  study  in  the  field  of  meteorology  and 
the  atmospheric  and  oceanic  sciences.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 


Microbiology 

MICB  200  General  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: Two  semesters  of  chemistry.  The  biology  of 
microorganisms,  with  special  reference  to  the  bacteria. 
Fundamental  principles  of  microbiology  as  revealed 
through  an  examination  of  the  structure,  physiology, 
genetics,  and  ecology  of  microorganisms. 

MICB  290  Applied  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: MICB  200.  The  application  of  microorganisms  and 
microbiological  principles  to  industrial  processes.  Con- 
trol of  microorganisms,  sterilization,  disinfection,  an- 
tibiotics, industrial  fermentations. 

MICB  300  Microbiological  Literature  (1)  One  lecture 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  a  major  in  microbiology. 
Introduction  to  periodical  literature,  methods,  interpre- 
tation, and  presentation  of  reports. 

MICB  322  Microbiology  and  the  Public  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  course  for  general  (non-science) 
students  in  which  they  will  be  made  aware  of  the  ways 
in  which  epidemic  disease,  water  pollution,  immuniza- 
tion requirements,  solid  waste  disposal,  and  the  like, 
impinge  on  current  social  and  political  problems  in  the 
American  community. 

MICB  330  Microbial  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisites:  I^ICB 
200  and  CHEM  201-202.  Two  lectures  a  week.  In- 
teraction of  microorganisms  with  other  microorgan- 
isms, higher  organisms  and  the  environment.  Role  of 
microorganisms  in  the  ecosphere.  Microorganisms 
and  current  environmental  problems. 

MICB  379  Honors  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  Admis- 
sion to  departmental  honors  program.  Research  pro- 
ject carried  out  under  guidance  of  faculty  advisor. 
Repeatable  to  a  total  of  12  credits. 

MICB  380  Bacterial  Genetics  (4)  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  201-202  and  8  credits  in  microbiology.  Two. 
lectures  and  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Organization,  replication,  expression,  mutation  and 
transfer  of  the  genetic  material  of  bacteria  and  bac- 
teriophages. Techniques  of  study. 

MICB  388  Special  Topics  in  Microbiology  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  8  credits  in  microbiology,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  special  sub- 
jects in  the  field  of  microbiology.  A  maximum  of  8  credit 
hours  of  MICB.  388  may  be  applied  to  a  major  in 
microbiology. 

MICB  399  Microbiological  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
16  credits  in  microbiology  registration  only  upon  the 
consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  arranged  to 
provide  qualified  majors  in  microbiology  and  majors  in 
applied  fields  an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific 
microbiological  problems  under  the  supervision  of  a 
member  of  the  department. 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lecture 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  8  credits  in  microbiology 
or  consent  of  instructor.  History  and  philosophy  of 
classification.  Alpha,  numencal  and  molecular  genetic 
taxonomy.  Methods  used  in  microbial  identification 
and  classification. 

MICB  410  History  of  Microbiology  (1)  Prerequisite:  A 
major  in  microbiology  or  consent  of  instructor.  History 
and  integration  of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the 
science.  Modern  aspects  of  abiogenesis,  fermenta- 
tion, and  disease  causation  in  relation  to  early  theo- 
ries. 

MICB  420  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health  (2)  Pre- 
requisite: MICB  200,  History,  characteristic  features  of 
epidemiology:  the  important  responsibilities  of  public 
health:  vital  statistics. 

MiCB  430  Marine  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Morphology,  biochemistry  and  ecology  of  ma- 
nne  microorganisms  including  fungi,  yeasts,  bacteria 
and  viruses.  Properties  of  marine  bacteria,  such  as 
luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements  for  growth,  pro- 
duction of  ectocnne  compounds,  and  sampling  and 
cultunng  manne  microorganisms,  are  covered, 

MICB  431  Marine  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2)  Two 

two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Morphology, 


biochemistry  and  ecology  of  marine  microorganisms. 
Properties  ol  marine  bacteria:  luminescence,  metal  ion 
requirements,  ectocrine  compound  production,  sam- 
pling and  culturing.  Laboratory  may  include  sampling 
trips  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  a  deep  sea  research 
cruise. 

MICB  440  Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures 
and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site: MICB  200.  The  role  of  bacteria  and  fungi  in  the 
diseases  of  man  with  emphasis  upon  the  differentia- 
tion and  culture  of  microorganisms,  types  of  disease, 
modes  of  disease  transmission,  prophylactic, 
therapeutic,  and  epidemiological  aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two- 
hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB 
440.  Principles  of  immunity;  hypersensitiveness.  Fun- 
damental techniques  of  immunology. 

MICB  460  General  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB 
440  or  equivalent.  Discussion  of  the  physical  and 
chemical  nature  of  viruses,  virus  cultivation  and  assay 
methods,  virus  replication,  viral  diseases  with  empha- 
sis on  the  oncogenic  viruses,  viral  genetics,  and 
characteristics  of  the  major  virus  groups. 

MICB  470  Microbial  Physiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites: 
8  credits  in  microbiology  and  CHEM|461,  462,  or 
equivalent.  Aspects  of  the  growth,  death,  and  energy 
transactions  of  microorganisms  are  considered,  as 
well  as  the  affects  of  the  physical  and  chemical 
environment  on  them. 

MICB  490  Microbial  Fermentations  (2)  Second  se- 
mester. Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
MICB  470.  Principles  and  practice  in  industrial  fermen- 
tation processes,  and  the  study  of  fermentative  metab- 
olism in  microorganisms. 

MICB  491  Microbial  Fermentations  Laboratory  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  490,  or  concurrent  registra- 
tion in  MICB  490,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Methods 
(or  the  conduct,  control  and  analysis  of  fermentation 
processes. 


Music  Education 

MUED  197  Pre-Professlonal  Experiences  (1)  An 

orientation  Into  the  role  of  the  music  teacher  in  the 
school  and  community.  Class  meets  one  hour  a  week 
for  planning  and  discussion.  Students  spend  one  after- 
noon a  week  assigned  to  various  music  education 
activities.  Limited  to  music  education  majors. 

MUED  352  Music  for  the  Elementary  Classroom 
Teacher  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  155  or  consent  of 
instructor.  For  non-music  majors.  Methods  for  guiding 
elementary  school  students  in  musical  experiences: 
development  of  objectives,  and  a  survey  of  instruc- 
tional materials. 

MUED  410  Instrumental  Arranging  (2)  Prerequisites: 
MUSC  250  and  permission  of  instructor.  Arranging  for 
school  bands  and  orchestras  from  the  elementary 
through  high  school  levels. 

MUED  411  Instrumental  Music:  Methods  and 
Materials  for  the  Elementary  School  (3)  A  com- 
prehensive study  of  instructional  materials  and  teach- 
ing techniques  for  beginning  instrumental 
classes — winds,  strings  and  percussion, 

MUED  420  Instrumental  Music:  Methods,  Materials 
and  Administration  for  Secondary  School  (2)  A 

comprehensive  study  of  instructional  and  program 
materials,  rehearsal  techniques  and  program  planning 
for  junior  and  senior  high  school  bands  and  orchestras. 
Organization,  scheduling,  budgeting  and  purchasing 
are  included, 

MUED  438  Special  Problems  In  the  Teaching  of 
Instrumental  Music  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
113-213  or  the  equivalent,  A  study,  through  practice 
on  minor  instruments,  of  the  problems  encountered  in 
public  school  teaching  of  orchestral  instruments.  Liter- 
ature and  teaching  matenals,  minor  repairs,  and  ad- 
justment of  instruments  are  included.  The  course  may 
be  taken  for  credit  three  times  since  one  of  four  groups 
of  instruments:  strings,  woodwind,  brass  or  percussion 
will  be  studied  each  time  the  course  is  offered. 

MUED  450  Music  In  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  155  or  equivalent.  Creative  experi- 


ences in  songs  and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music  and 
everyday  teaching  with  the  abilities  and  development 
of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and  materials;  observa- 
tion and  teaching  experience  with  each  age  level. 

MUED  460  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary 
School  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  Music  methods  or  teaching 
experience.  A  study  of  the  creative  approach  to  the 
development  of  music  experiences  for  children  in  the 
elementary  grades  emphasizing  contemporary  music 
and  contemporary  music  techniques. 

MUED  470  General  Concepts  for  Teaching  Music 

(1)  Corequisite:  MUED  411  or  471.  Basic  philosophi- 
cal, psychological,  educational  considerations  for  a 
total  music  program  K-12;  strategies  for  teaching  tonal 
and  rhythmic  concepts;  evaluation  techniques  and 
field  experiences  in  designated  schools. 

MUED  471  Methods  for  Teaching  Elementary  Gen- 
eral Music  (3)  A  study  of  curriculum,  materials,  and 
teaching  techniques  for  the  development  of  meaning- 
ful music  experiences  which  contribute  to  a  sequential 
musical  growth  for  children  in  the  elementary  schools. 

MUED  472  Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire  (2) 

Prerequisites:  MUED  470  and  MUSC  490.  Rehearsal 
techniques  for  developing  appropriate  diction,  tone, 
production,  intonation,  phrasing,  and  interpretation  of 
choral  music;  examination  of  a  wide  variety  of  reper- 
toire for  use  by  choral  performing  groups  on  the 
elementary  and  secondary  levels. 

MUED  478  Special  Topics  In  Music  Education  (1-2) 

Prerequisite:  MUED  470  or  consent  of  department. 
Each  topic  focuses  on  a  specific  aspect  of  the  music 
instructional  program;  collectively,  the  topics  cover  a 
wide  range  of  subject  matter  relevant  to  today's 
schools.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

MUED  480  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and  School 
Organization  (2)  Prerequisite:  Student  teaching,  pre- 
vious or  concurrent.  The  role  of  the  vocal  music 
specialist  in  the  implementation  of  the  supervision  and 
administration  of  the  music  programs  in  the  elementa- 
ry and  secondary  schools.  Open  to  graduate  students 
by  permission  of  instructor. 

MUED  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes  (2-6)  in- 
novative and  experimental  dimensions  of  music  edu- 
cation will  be  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of  music 
teachers  and  music  supervisors  and  to  allow  students 
to  individualize  their  programs.  The  maximum  number 
credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol 
may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester 
hours  have  been  reached. 


Music 

MUSC  100  Class  Voice  (2)  Four  hours  per  week.  A 
laboratory  course  in  which  a  variety  of  voices  and 
vocal  problems  are  represented.  Principles  of  correct 
breathing  as  applied  to  singing;  fundamentals  of  tone 
production  and  diction.  Students  are  taught  to  develop 
their  own  voices.  Repertoire  of  folk  songs  and  songs  of 
the  classical  and  romantic  periods. 

MUSC  102  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per  week. 
Functional  piano  training  for  beginners.  Development 
of  techniques  useful  for  school  and  community  play- 
ing. Basic  piano  techniques;  chord,  arpeggio,  and 
scale  techniques;  melody  and  song  playing;  simple 
accompaniments,  improvisation  for  accompaniments 
and  rhythms;  sight  reading  and  transposition,  and 
playing  by  ear. 

MUSC  103  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per  week. 
Functional  piano  training  for  beginners.  Development 
of  techniques  useful  for  school  and  community  play- 
ing. Basic  piano  techniques;  chord,  arpeggio,  and 
scale  techniques;  melody  and  song  playing;  simple 
accompaniments,  improvisation  for  accompaniments 
and  rhythms;  sight  reading  and  transposition,  and 
playing  by  ear  MUSC  103  is  a  continuation  of  MUSC 
102;  elementary  repertoire  is  begun. 

MUSC  104  Beginning  Folk  Guitar  Class  (2)  Basic 
techniques  of  folk  guitar.  Emphasis  on  performance  of 
traditional  and  contemporary  folk  music  literature. 

MUSC   106  Beginning  Classic^  Guitar  Class  (2) 

Basic  techniques  of  classical  guitar.  Music  reading 
skills  and  musical  interpretation;  exercises  to  develop 
technical  competency. 


Music    173 


MUSC  110  Class  Study  of  String  Instruments  (2) 

Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education  (vocal  option). 
Four  lat>oratory  hours  per  week.  Basic  principles  of 
string  playing,  and  a  survey  of  all  string  instruments. 

MUSC  111  Class  Study  of  Wind  and  Percussion 
Instruments  (2)  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  educa- 
tion (vocal  option).  Four  laboratory  hours  per  vi^eek.  A 
survey  of  wind  and  percussion  instruments  with  em- 
phasis on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire 
an  adequate  playing  technique  on  one  instrument  and 
gain  an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construc- 
tion principles  of  the  others. 

MUSC  113  Class  Study— Violin  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  option).  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  violin  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  ac- 
quire an  adequate  playing  technique. 

MUSC  114  Class  Study— Cello  and  Bass  (2)  Open 
only  to  majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  op- 
tion). Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
instruments  with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The 
student  will  acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique. 

MUSC  1 16  Class  Study— Clarinet  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  option).  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  clarinet  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  ac- 
quire an  adequate  playing  technique. 

MUSC  117  Class  Study— Flute,  Oboe,  Bassoon, 
and  Saxophone  (2)  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
education  (instrumental  option).  Four  laboratory  hours 
per  week.  A  study  of  the  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  ade- 
quate playing  technique  on  two  to  four  instruments, 
and  an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construc- 
tion principles  of  the  others. 

MUSC  120  Class  Study— Cornet  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  option).  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  cornet  with 
emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  ac- 
quire an  adequate  playing  technique. 

MUSC  121  Class  Study — Horn,  Trombone,  Euptto- 
nlum,  and  Tuba  (2)  Open  only  to  majors  in  music 
education  (instrumental  option).  Four  laboratory  hours 
per  week.  A  study  of  the  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  ade- 
quate playing  technique  on  two  to  four  instruments, 
and  an  understanding  of  the  acoustical  and  construc- 
tion principles  of  the  others. 

MUSC  122  Class  Study— Percussion  (2)  Open  only 
to  majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  option). 
Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  instru- 
ments with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  stu- 
dent will  acquire  an  adequate  playing  technique  on  two 
to  (our  instruments,  and  an  understanding  of  the 
acoustical  and  construction  principles  of  the  others. 

MUSC  123  Movement  for  Singers  (1)  Systematic 
exercises,  improvisations  and  dances  in  conjunction 
with  artistic  vocal  expression.  Performance  and  cri- 
tique of  stage  deportment,  gestures  and  recital  tech- 
niques. 

MUSC  126  Vocal  Diction— English  and  Latin  (1) 

Augmentation  of  private  voice  study.  Phonetics  and 
diction  for  singers  of  English  and  Latin  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  127  Vocal  Diction— Italian  and  Spanish  (1) 

Augmentation  of  private  voice  study.  Phonetics  and 
diction  for  singers  of  Italian  and  Spanish  vocal  litera- 
ture. 

MUSC  128  Sight  Reading  for  Pianists  (2)  A  course  to 
give  the  piano  major  an  opportunity  to  develop  profi- 
ciency in  sight  reading  at  the  keyboard.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  129  Ensemble  (1)  A— Men's  Glee  Club; 
B— Women's  Chorus;  C— Chapel  Choir;  D — Cham- 
ber Chorus;  E — Madrigal  Singers;  F — Opera  Work- 
shop; G — University  Orchestra;  H— Theater  Or- 
chestra; I— Band;  J — Brass  Choir;  K — Percussion 
L — Clarinet  Choir;  M— Saxphone;  N— String; 
0 — Woodwind  Quintet;  P — Keyboard;  Q — Cham- 
ber Orchestra;  R — Instrumental  Consort;  S — Twen- 
tieth Century;  T— Jazz;  U— Guitar;  Z— University 
Chorus.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Rehearsal 
and  performance  of  selected  works  for  small  ensem- 
bles of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal  groups.  After 
two  registrations  in  MUSC  129  the  student  will  elect 


MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and  MUSC 
329  thereafter.  In  addition  to  indicating  the  course 
number  (129,  229,  329)  the  student  will  indicate  a 
suffix. 

MUSC  130  Survey  of  Music  Literature  (3)  Three 
Lectures  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Open  to 
all  students  except  music  and  music  education  majors. 
MUSC  1 30  and  1 31  may  not  both  be  taken  for  credit.  A 
study  of  the  principles  upon  which  music  is  based,  and 
an  introduction  to  the  musical  repertoires  performed  in 
America  today. 

MUSC  131  Introduction  to  Music  (3)  Open  only  to 
music  or  music  education  majors;  other  students  take 
MUSC  130.  MUSC  130  and  131  may  not  both  be 
counted  for  credit.  A  study  of  the  forms  and  styles  of 
music,  leading  to  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  art 
and  providing  a  foundation  for  more  advanced  courses 
in  the  department  of  music. 

MUSC  135  Basic  Notational  SIdils  (2)  Three  hours 
per  week.  An  introductory  course  in  fundamentals  of 
music  notation  and  the  development  of  aural  skills. 
May  not  be  used  in  fulfillment  of  degree  requirements 
by  majors  in  music. 

MUSC  140  Music  Fundamentals  I  (3)  An  introductory 
theory  course  for  the  non-music  major.  Notation, 
scales,  intervals,  triads,  rhythm,  form,  and  basic  aural 
skills. 

MUSC  141  Music  Fundamentals  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  140  or  permission  of  instructor.  Continuation  of 
MUSC  140.  Introduction  to  counterpoint,  contempo- 
rary idioms,  improvisation  and  student  compositions. 

MUSC  150  Theory  of  Music  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  fundamental 
course  in  the  elements  of  music.  Study  of  rhythms, 
scales,  chord  structures,  and  tonalities  through  ear 
training,  sight  singing,  and  keyboard  drill. 

MUSC  151  Theory  of  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
150  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C.  A  continuation  of 
MUSC  150,  including  study  of  more  advanced  har- 
monic techniques  of  the  eighteenth  century,  such  as 
modulation  and  chromatic  harmonies.  Emphasis  on 
sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis,  and  compositional 
skills. 

MUSC  155  Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teach- 
er (3)  Open  to  students  majoring  in  elementary  educa- 
tion or  childhood  education;  other  students  take  MUSC 
150.  MUSC  150  and  155  may  not  both  be  counted  for 
credit.  The  fundamentals  of  music  theory  and  practice, 
related  to  the  needs  of  the  classroom  and  kindergar- 
ten teacher,  and  organized  in  accord  with  the  six-area 
concept  of  musical  learning. 

MUSC  200  Advanced  Class  Voice  (2)  Fours  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  101  or  equivalent  vocal 
training.  Continuation  of  MUSC  101,  with  more  ad- 
vanced repertoire  for  solo  voice  and  small  ensembles. 
A  special  section  for  music-education  majors  will  in- 
clude the  study  of  methods  and  materials  for  teaching 
class  voice. 

MUSC  201  Advanced  Class  Voice  (2)  Fours  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  101  or  equivalent  vocal 
training.  Continuation  of  MUSC  101,  with  more  ad- 
vanced repertoire  for  solo  voice  and  small  ensembles. 
A  special  section  for  music-education  majors  will  in- 
clude the  study  of  methods  and  materials  for  teaching 
class  voice. 

MUSC  202  Advanced  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  103  or  equivalent  piano 
training.  Advanced  keyboard  techniques.  Continuation 
of  skills  introduced  in  MUSC  103.  Transposition, 
modulation,  and  sight  reading;  methods  of  teaching 
functional  piano. 

MUSC  203  Advanced  Class  Piano  (2)  Four  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  MUSC  202  or  equivalent  piano 
training.  Advanced  keyboard  techniques.  Continuation 
of  skills  introduced  in  MUSC  202.  Transposition, 
modulation,  and  sight  reading:  methods  of  teaching 
functional  piano.  Development  of  style  in  playing  ac- 
companiments and  in  playing  for  community  singing. 
More  advanced  repertoire. 

MUSC  204  Advanced  Folk  Guitar  Class  (2)  Prerequi- 
site: MUSC  104  or  equivalent.  Continuation  of  skills 
introduced  in  MUSC  104. 

MUSC  206  Advanced  Classical  Guitar  Class  (2) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  106  or  permission  of  instructor. 


Continuation  of  skills  introduced  in  MUSC  106,  includ- 
ing transcribing  music  for  the  guitar. 

MUSC  213  Advanced  Class  Strings  (2)  Open  only  to 
majors  in  music  education  (instrumental  option).  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  instruments 
with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training. 

MUSC  226  Vocal  Diction— French  (1)  Augmentation 
of  private  voice  study.  Phonetics  and  diction  for  sin- 
gers of  French  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  227  Vocal  Diction— German  (1)  Augmentation 
of  private  study.  Phonetics  and  diction  for  singers  of 
German  vocal  literature. 

MUSC  228  Accompanying  for  Pianist  (2)  Prerequi- 
site: MUSC  128.  A  course  to  give  the  piano  major 
experience  in  dealing  with  the  problems  of  accompa- 
nying at  an  intermediate  stage  of  difficulty.  Guidance 
and  instruction  in  class  will  be  supplemented  by  exten- 
sive experience  working  as  an  accompanist  in  applied 
studios.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  229  Ensemble  (1)  A— Men's  Glee  Club; 
B — Women's  Chorus;  C— Chapel  Choir;  D — Cham- 
ber Chorus;  E — Madrigal  Singers;  F — Opera  Work- 
shop; G— University  Orchestra;  H— Theater  Or- 
chestra; I — Band;  J — Brass  Choir;  K — Percussion; 
L— Clarinet  Choir;  M— Saxophone;  N— String; 
0 — Woodwind  Quintet;  P— Keyboard;  Q — Cham- 
ber Orchestra;  R — Instrumental  Consort;  S — Twen- 
tieth Century;  T— Jazz;  U— Guitar;  Z— University 
Chorus.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Pehearsal 
and  performance  of  selected  works  for  small  ensem- 
bles of  instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal  groups.  After 
two  registrations  in  MUSC  129  the  student  will  elect 
MUSC  229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and  MUSC 
329  thereafter.  In  addition  to  indicating  the  course 
number  (129,  229,  329)  the  student  will  indicate  a 
suffix. 

MUSC  248  Special  Problems  in  Music  (2-3)  Prereq- 
uisite, Permission  of  instructor.  Designed  to  allow  a 
student  of  theory  or  music  history  to  pursue  a  special- 
ized topic  or  project  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

MUSC  250  Advanced  Theory  of  Music  I  (4)  Prerequi- 
site: MUSC  151  with  a  minimum  grade  of  C.  A  con- 
tinuation of  MUSC  151,  with  further  study  of  chromatic 
and  modulatory  techniques  of  the  nineteeth  century. 
Emphasis  on  sight  singing,  ear  training,  analysis,  and 
compositional  skills. 

MUSC  251  Advanced  Theory  of  Music  II  (4)  Prereq- 
uisite: MUSC  250  with  a  minimum  of  C.  A  continuation 
of  MUSC  250,  concentrating  on  late  nineteenth-centu- 
ry chromatic  harmony  and  an  introduction  to  twentieth- 
century  melody  and  harmony.  Emphasis  on  sight  sing- 
ing, ear  training,  analysis,  and  compositional  skills. 

MUSC  328  Chamber  Music  Performance  for  Pi- 
anists (2)  A  course  to  give  the  piano  major  experience 
in  dealing  with  the  problems  of  playing  chamber  music 
at  a  moderately  difficult  level.  Class  instruction  will 
center  around  actual  rehearsal  and  performance  situa- 
tions and  will  be  supplemented  by  further  experience 
working  in  chamber  ensemble  in  applied  studios.  Re- 
peatable to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  329  Ensemble  (1)  A— Men's  Glee  Club 
B — Women's  Chorus  C — Chapel  Choir  D — Cham- 
ber Chorus  E — Madrigal  Singers  F — Opera  Work- 
shop G — University  Orchestra  H — Theater  Orches- 
tra I — Band  J — Brass  Choir  K— Percussion 
L — Clarinet  Choir  M — Saxophone  N— String 
O — Woodwind  Quintet  P — Keyboard  Q — Chamber 
Orchestra  R — Instrumental  Consort  S — Twentieth 
Century  T — Jazz  U — Guitar  Z — University  Chorus 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Rehearsal  and  per- 
formance of  selected  works  for  small  ensembles  of 
instruments,  piano,  or  small  vocal  groups.  After  two 
registrations  in  MUSC  129  the  student  will  elect  MUSC 
229  for  two  additional  semesters,  and  MUSC  329 
thereafter.  In  addition  to  indicating  the  course  number 
(129,  229,  329)  the  student  will  indicate  a  suffix. 

MUSC  330  History  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisites:  MUSC 
130  or  131  and  junior  standing.  A  study  of  musical 
styles  from  their  ongins  in  western  Europe  to  their 
present-day  manifestations.  The  interaction  of  music 
and  other  cultural  activities.  This  course  covers  the 
Greek  period  to  Bach. 

MUSC  331  History  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisites:  MUSC 
130  or  131  and  junior  standing.  A  study  of  musical 


174    Music  Performance 


styles  from  their  origins  in  wester;.  Europe  to  their 
present-day  manifestations.  The  interaction  of  music 
and  other  cultural  activities.  This  course  covers  Bach 
to  the  present. 

MUSC  338  Special  Topics  in  Music  and  Art  (3) 

Variable  topics  as  announced.  Repeatable  to  a  maxi- 
mum of  six  credits.  (Listed  also  as  ARTH  338.) 

MUSC  339  Honors  Reading  Course  (2-3)  Prerequi- 
sites: Junior  standing  and  consent  of  honors  commit- 
tee. Selected  readings  in  the  history,  literature  and 
theory  of  music.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit 
at  the  discretion  of  the  committee. 

MUSC  345  Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Jazz  theory,  notational  conventions,  improvisation 
techniques,  reading  and  analysis  of  music,  and  per- 
formance in  small  combo  format. 

MUSC  346  Jazz  Theory  and  Improvisation  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  345  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Continuation  of  MUSC  345  including  scoring  and 
transcription. 

MUSC  355  Music  in  Recreation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  155  or  equivalent.  An  advanced  course  in 
music  programs,  materials  and  sl<ills  for  the  program 
specialist  involved  with  planning  music  activities  for 
leisure  and  recreation  in  community  and  clinical 
settings. 

MUSC  358  Aural  Musical  Skills  (2)  Advanced  skills  in 
perceiving  pitch,  melody,  rhythm,  harmony,  texture, 
and  timbre  in  a  variety  of  media.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits. 

MUSC  379  Opera  Workshop  (2)  Ten  hours  per  week. 
Open  to  music  and  non-music  majors  (by  audition). 
Operatic  production  and  performance,  performance 
techniques  and  coaching,  stage  direction,  set  design, 
costume  design,  and  make-up.  Repertoire  will  include 
smaller  operatic  works,  excerpts,  or  scenes.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  eight  credits. 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Conference  course. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  MUSC  418,  or.  a  more 
advanced  course  in  applied  music.  A  study  of  major 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  of 
pedagogical  techniques,  materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal  or  Cham- 
ber Music  (2)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  MUSC  328. 
A  course  for  piano  students  who  wish  to  go  further 
than  the  work  offered  in  MUSC  128,  228,  and  328  by 
becoming  specialists  in  the  areas  of  vocal  coaching  or 
chamber  music  coaching.  Elements  of  pedagogy,  con- 
ducting, and  responsible  artistic  decision-making  for 
the  entire  musical  production. 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater  (2-3)  Ten  hours  per  week 
Open  to  music  and  non-music  majors  with  consent  ol 
director.  Advanced  techniques  ol  operatic  production; 
preparation,  rehearsal,  and  performance  of  operatic 
works  from  both  the  traditional  and  contemporary 
repertory.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

MUSC  430  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the  Non- 
Major  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  130  or  the  equivalent. 
Open  to  all  students  except  music  and  music  educa- 
tion majors.  Selected  compositions  are  studied  from 
the  standpoint  of  the  informed  listener.  Choral  music, 
opera,  and  art  song. 

MUSC  431  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the  Non- 
Major  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  130  or  the  equivalent. 
Open  to  all  students  except  music  and  music  educa- 
tion majors.  Selected  compositions  are  studied  Irom 
the  standpoint  ol  the  inlormed  listener.  Orchestral, 
chamber,  and  keyboard  music, 

MUSC  432  Music  in  World  Cultures  I  (3)  Folk  idioms 
of  eastern  and  western  Europe,  and  the  Americas; 
American  Indian  musics.  Historical,  social,  and  cultural 
context;  musical  instruments;  theoretical  systems. 
form,  and  aesthetics;  major  representative  musical 
and  theatncal  genres. 

MUSC  433  Music  In  World  Cultures  11  (3)  Art  musics 
of  Asia,  including  China,  Japan,  India.  Indonesia,  and 
Arabia-Persia.  Histoncal.  social,  and  cultural  context; 
musical  instruments;  theoretical  systems,  form,  and 
aesthetics;  maior  representative  musical  and  theatncal 
genres 

MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now  (3)  Ma|or  styles  and 
influential  artists  ol  the  past  75  years  ol  jazz. 


MUSC  438  Area  Studies  in  Ethnomusicology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  432  or  433  or  equivalent.  Ad- 
vanced study  of  musics  in  selected  regions  of  the 
world.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  pro- 
vided content  is  different. 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Muslcum  (1)  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission ol  the  instructor.  Open  to  undergraduates  and 
graduates,  music  majors  and  non-majors.  Procure- 
ment, edition,  and  performance  of  music  not  belonging 
to  a  standard  repertory:  early  music,  compositions  for 
unusual  performing  media,  works  which  demand 
reconstruction  of  their  original  circumstances  of  per- 
formance. Outcome  of  a  semester's  work  may  be  one 
or  more  performances  for  the  public.  May  be  repeated 
for  credit  five  times. 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  330,  331  or  the  equivalent.  The  study  of  solo 
vocal  literature  from  the  baroque  cantata  to  the  art 
song  of  the  present.  The  lied,  melodie,  vocal  chamber 
music,  and  the  orchestral  song  are  examined. 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  330,  331,  or  the  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
music,  librettos  and  composers  of  the  standard 
operas. 

MUSC  448  Special  Topics  in  Music  (2-6)  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  the  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  ol  six  semester  hours. 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251 . 
A  study  of  the  principles  of  organization  in  music  with 
emphasis  on  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century  Euro- 
pean music.  Reading  and  analysis  of  scores  exemplify- 
ing the  musical  forms. 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
450  or  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in 
the  analysis  of  tonal  music.  Discussion  of  individual 
works,  with  emphasis  on  their  unique  characteristics 
and  on  the  relation  of  analysis  to  performance. 

MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  251.  Keyboard  performance  of  musical  score 
for  vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  and  keyboard 
realization  of  basso  continue  parts. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and  Recorder  (2) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  ol  instructor  or  any  four  of  the 
following:  MUSC  102,  103,  113,  114,  116,  117,  120, 
121,  202,  203.  Three  hours  per  week.  Study  and 
development  of  instrumental  technique,  pedagogical 
practices,  and  materials  relating  to  group  performance. 

MUSC  457  Electronic  Music  Composition  (2)  Pre- 
requisite: MUSC  250  and  permission  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  practice  of  electronic  music,  electronically- 
generated  sound,  and  tts  modulation  in  the  voltage- 
controlled  studio. 

MUSC  460  Tonal  Counterpoint  I  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  251  or  permission  ol  instructor.  A  course  in 
eighteenth-century  contrapuntal  techniques,  analysis 
and  original  composition  of  two-voice  dances, 
preludes,  and  inventions. 

MUSC  461  Tonal  Counterpoint  II  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  460.  A  continuation  ol  MUSC  460.  Analysis  and 
original  composition  of  larger  works  displaying  imita- 
tion in  more  than  two  voices,  including  the  chorale 
prelude  and  fugue. 

MUSC  462  Modal  Counterpoint  (2)  Prerequisite: 
MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  the 
contrapuntal  techniques  of  the  sixteenth  century:  the 
structure  of  the  modes,  composition  ol  modal 
melodies,  and  contrapuntal  wnting  for  two,  three  and 
four  voices, 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
461  or  the  equivalent.  Composition  and  analysis  of  the 
canon  and  fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth, 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries, 

MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint  (3)  Prerequisite 
MUSC  461  or  permission  ol  the  instructor,  A  study  of 
counterpoint  and  its  role  in  articulating  large-scale 
tonal  structures  with  emphasis  on  analysis  and  written 
exercises. 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  i  (3)  A  study  of  major 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  ol 
pedagogical  techniques,  materials,  and  procedures, 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
467  Application  ol  the  studies  begun  in  MUSC  467  to 
the  actual  lesson  situation  Evaluation  of  results.  May 
be  repeated  once  lor  credit. 


MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal  Practices  of 
the  Twentieth  Century  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or 
equivalent.  A  theoretical  and  analytical  study  of  twenti- 
eth century  materials,  i 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Compositional  Tech- 
niques (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  470  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Continuation  of  MUSC  470.  with  emphasis 
on  the  analysis  of  individual  works  written  since  1945. 

MUSC  478  Composition  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  250, 
251 .  Principles  of  musical  composition,  and  their  appli- 
cation to  the  smaller  forms.  Original  writing  in  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  century  musical  idioms  for  vari- 
ous media. 

MUSC  479  Composition  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  250, 
251 .  Principles  of  musical  composition,  and  their  appli- 
cation to  the  smaller  forms.  Original  writing  in  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  century  musical  idioms  for  vari- 
ous media. 

MUSC  480  Music  in  Antiquity  and  the  Middle  Ages 

(3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  Hellenic  times  to 
1450. 

MUSC  481  Music  in  the  Renaissance  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1450  to  1600. 

MUSC  482  Music  in  the  Baroque  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  483  Music  In  the  Classic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  484  Music  In  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1820  to  1900. 

MUSC  485  Music  in  the  20th  century  (3)  Survey  of 
western  music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  486  Orchestration  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251.  A  study  of  the  ranges,  musical  functions  and 
technical  characteristics  of  the  instruments  and  their 
color  possibilities  in  various  combinations.  Practical 
experience  in  orchestrating  for  small  and  large  ensem- 
bles. 

MUSC  487  Orchestration  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
486.  A  study  bf  orchestration  in  the  various  historical 
periods,  with  emphasis  upon  stylistic  writing  projects. 

MUSC  490  Conducting  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251. 
Vocal  and  instrumental  baton  techniques. 

MUSC  491  Conducting  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  490 
or  the  equivalent.  Baton  techniques  applied  to  score 
reading,  rehearsal  techniques,  tone  production,  style 
and  interpretation. 

MUSC  492  Keyboard  Music  I  (3)  The  history  and 
literature  ol  harpsichord  and  solo  piano  music  from  its 
beginning  to  the  Romantic  period.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  those  segments  of  repertoire  which  are  encoun- 
tered in  performance  and  teaching  situations  at  the 
present  time. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
492.  The  history  and  literature  of  harpsichord  and  solo 
piano  music  from  the  Romantic  period  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  segments  of  repertoire 
which  are  encountered  in  performance  and  teaching 
situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
251.  A  study  of  the  major  contributions  of  music 
theorists  from  Greek  antiquity  through  the  twentieth 
century. 

MUSC  495  Acoustics  for  Musicians  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent,  and  senior  or 
graduate  standing  in  music.  The  basic  physics  of 
music,  acoustics  of  musical  instruments  and  music 
theory,  physiological  acoustics,  and  musico-architec- 
lural  acoustics. 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies  (2-3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  ol  instructor.  Independent  research  on  a 
topic  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  instructor,  which 
may  culminate  in  a  paper  or  appropriate  project.  May 
be  repeated  once  for  credit. 


Music  Performance 

Music  Performance  Courses  are  available  in  Three 

Series: 

Minor  Series:     2  credits  each  course.   Half-hour 

lesson  and  six  practice  hours  pur  week.  Prerequisite: 


Physical  Education     175 


Permission  o(  department  chairman  and  the  next  lower 
course  on  the  same  instrument  Intended  for  either 
music  majors  studying  a  secondary  instrument  or  non- 
music  majors. 

MUSP  102,  103  Freshman  courses. 

MUSP  202,  203  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  302,  303  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  402,  403  Senior  Courses. 
Principal  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course.  One- 
hour  lession  and  6-praclice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for 
2-credits:  or  one-hour  lesson  and  15-practice  hours 
per  week  if  taken  for  4-credits  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  department  chairman  and  the  next  lower 
course  on  same  instrument.  Intended  for  majors  in 
music  programs  other  than  performance 

MUSP  109,  110,  Freshman  Courses. 

MUSP  207,  208  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  405,  406  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  409,  410  S<*nior  Courses.  Recital  required  In 
MUSP  410. 

Major  Series:  2  or  4  credits  each  course.  One-hour 
lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  2- 
credits:  or  one-hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours 
per  week  if  taken  for  4-credits.  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  department  chairman  and  the  next  lower 
course  on  same  instrument.  Intended  for  students 
majoring  in  performance. 

MUSP  119,  120  Freshman  Courses. 

MUSP  217,  218  Sophomore  Courses. 

MUSP  415,  416  Junior  Courses. 

MUSP  419,  420  Senior  Courses.  Recital  required  in 
MUSC  420. 

Instrument  Designation:   Each  student  taking  a 
music  performance  course  must  indicate  the  instru- 
ment chosen  by  adding  a  suffix  to  the  proper  course 
number,    such    as:    H/IUSP    102A    Music    Perform- 
ance— Piano. 
A— Piano 
B— Voice 
C— Violin 
D— Viola 
E— Cello 
F — Bass 
G— Flute 
H— Oboe 
I — Clarinet 
J — Basson 
K — Saxophone 
L— Horn 
M— Trumpet 
N — Trombone 
O— Tuba 
P — Euphonium 
O — Percussion 
R— Organ 
S— Guitar 
T — Composition 
U 


X— Hisl  Inst— Keyboard 
Y— Hist  Inst— Strings 
Z— Hist  Inst— Winds 


Nutritional  Science 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of 
all  nutrients  in  the  body,  including  their  digestion, 
absorption  and  metabolsim.  Dietary  requirements  and 
nutritional  deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and 
farm  animals  and  man  will  be  considered.  This  course 
will  be  for  both  graduate  and  undergraduate  credit, 
with  additional  assignments  given  to  the  graduate 
students 

NUSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
MATH  110.  NUSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
cntical  study  of  those  factors  which  influence  the 
nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and  poul- 
try Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in 
formulation  of  economically  efficient  rations  will  be 
presented 


NUSC  415  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child  Nutrition  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week  Prerequisite.  Course  in  basic 
nutnlion.  Nutritional  needs  of  the  mother,  infant  and 
child  and  the  relation  of  nulntion  to  physical  and 
menial  growth. 

NUSC  425  International  Nutrition  (2)  Two  lectures  a 
week  Prerequisite;  Course  in  basic  nutrition.  Nutn- 
tional  status  ol  world  population  and  local,  national, 
and  international  programs  for  improvement 

NUSC  435  History  of  Nutrition  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Course  in  basic  nutrition.  A  study  of 
the  development  of  the  knowledge  of  nutntion  and  its 
interrelationship  with  social  and  economic  develop- 
ment. 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Ni(trltion  (3)  First  se 
mester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory. 
Prerequisites  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461, 
462  or  concurrent  registration  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  critical  study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  particular  emphasis 
on  current  problems  in  human  nutrition. 

NUSC  480  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisite:  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300.  Two 
lectures  and  laboratory  period  per  we^k.  Modification 
of  normal  adequate  diet  to  meet  human  nutritional 
needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

NUSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite: 
ANSC/NUSC  401  or  concurrent  registration.  Six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  rumi- 
nant and  monogastric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of 
various  food  products,  and  feeding  trials  demonstrat- 
ing classical  nutntional  deficiencies  in  laboratory  ani- 
mals. 


Nutrition 

NUTR  100  Elements  of  Nutrition  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Fundamentals  of  human  nutrition.  Nutrient 
requirements  related  to  changing  individual  and  family 
needs.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course:  NUTR 
100  or  NUTR  200. 

NUTR  200  Nutrition  for  Health  Services  (3)  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  CHEM  104  and  ZOOL  201.  Two  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Nutrition  related  to  main- 
tenance of  normal  health  and  prevention  of  disease; 
nutritional  requirements  for  individuals  in  different 
stages  of  development;  current  concerns  in  nutrition 
for  the  professional  in  health  services.  Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course:  NUTR  100  or  200. 

NUTR  300  Science  of  Nutrition  (4)  Prerequisites: 
NUTR  100;  ZOOL  202;  and  CHEM  261,  or  461;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory.  An  understanding  of  the  chemical  and 
physiological  utilization  of  of  nutrients  present  in  food 
as  related  to  individual  human  nutrition  status;  diges- 
tion and  absorption,  requirements  and  deficiencies. 

NUTR  315  Maternal,  Infant  and  Child  Nutrition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  NUTR  100  or  200.  Nutritional  needs  of 
the  mother,  infant  and  child  and  the  relation  of  nutrition 
to  physical  and  mental  growth.  Intended  primarily  for 
non-majors. 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition  (2)  Two  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Course  in  basic  nutrition.  Nutri- 
tional status  of  world  population  and  local,  national 
and  international  programs  for  improvement. 

NUTR  430  Nutritional  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  261  or  equivalent.  Nutritional  biochemistry  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between  bio- 
chemistry and  nutrition. 

NUTR  435  History  of  Nutrition  (2)  Two  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  Course  in  basic  nutntion.  A  study  of 
the  development  of  the  knowledge  of  nutrition  and  its 
inter-relationship  with  social  and  economic  develop- 
ments. 

NUTR  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: Consent  of  department;  NUTR  300  and  CHEM 
261  or  concurrent  registration  in  CHEM  462.  Two 
lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  A  critical  study 
of  the  physiological  and  metabolic  influences  on  nutri- 
ent utilization,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current 
problems  in  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 


sites: NUTR  300,  450  Modilications  of  the  normal 
adequate  diet  to  meet  human  nutritional  needs  in 
pathological  conditions. 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites: 
NUTR  300,  450.  460.  A  study  of  dillerenl  types  of 
community  nutrition  programs,  problems  and  projects. 

NUTR  480  Clinical  Dietetics  I  (2)  Pre-  or  corequisite: 
NUTR  450.  Corequisite:  NUTR  460,  Open  only  to 
students  accepted  into  the  coordinated  dietetic  pro- 
gram. Principles  of  interviewing  and  counseling.  Appli- 
cation of  principles  of  normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition 
in  medical  and  surgical  care  of  patients.  Thirteen  hours 
of  supervised  clinical  experience  per  week  is  required. 

NUTR  485  Clinical  Dietetics  11  (4)  Prerequisite:  NUTR 
480  Open  only  to  students  in  the  coordinated  program 
in  dietetics.  Continuation  of  NUTR  480  with  emphasis 
on  development  of  nutritional  care  plans  and  patient 
education.  Fourteen  hours  of  clinical  experience  per 
week  IS  required.  One  two  hour  lecture. 

NUTR  490  Special  Problems  In  Nutrition  (2-3)  Pre- 
requisites: NUTR  300  and  consent  ol  instructor.  Indi- 
vidual selected  problems  in  the  area  of  human  nutri- 
tion. 

NUTR  495  Clinical  Dietetics  III  (4)  Prerequisites: 
NUTR  4B5.  Open  only  to  senior  students  in  the  coordi- 
nated dietetic  program.  Clinical  practice  in  dietetics 
under  supervision  of  a  registered  dietician,  including 
responsitjiity  for  nutritional  support  and  nutritional  care 
plans  for  patients,  supervision  of  dietetic  personnel 
and  affiliation  with  community  agencies.  Two  hundred 
eighty  hours  of  clinical  practice  per  semester. 

NUTR  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Con- 
sent of  instructor.  Selected  current  aspects  of  nutn- 
lion. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the 
subject  matter  is  substantially  different. 


Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health 

PERH  487  Adult  Health  and  Developmental  Pro- 
gram (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Training 
and  experience  in  a  clinically  oriented  development 
program  for  the  aged. 

PERH  488  Children's  Physical  Developmental  Clin- 
ic (1-4)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  An  oppor- 
tunity to  acquire  training  and  experience  in  a  therapeu- 
tically oriented  physical  education — recreation  pro- 
gram for  children  referred  by  various  education,  spe- 
cial education,  medical  or  psychiatric  groups.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 


Physical   Education 

PHED  Activities  Program  Courses:  1-3  credits  each 
PHED  100—114  Physical  Education  Activi- 
ties— Men 

PHED  115—127  Physical  Education  Acflvl- 
tles- Women 

PHED  130—177  Physical  Education  Activi- 
ties— Coed 

PHED  158  Adapted  Physical  Education— Coed 
PHED  Professional  Program  Courses: 

PHED  180  Introduction  to  Physical  Education  (2) 

An  orientation  to  the  profession,  including  the  relation- 
ship of  physical  education  to  education,  current  trends 
and  practices,  career  opportunities,  and  areas  of  re- 
search. 

PHED  181  Fundamentals  of  Movement  (2)  Three 
hours  a  week.  Introduction  to  analysis  of  muscular 
activity,  conditioning  exercises  and  programs,  im- 
provement of  physical  fitness  and  analysis  of  the 
relationships  of  mechanical  principles  to  basic  move- 
ment and  skills, 

PHED  182  Rhythmic  Activities  (2)  Six  hours  a  week. 
Development  of  rhythmic  sensitivity  through  analysis 
of  rhythm  and  its  application  to  movement,  skills  in 
folk,  square  and  social  dance,  leaching  techniques  for 
use  in  schools  and  recreational  programs. 

PHED  183  Elementary  School  Rhythmic  Activities 

(2)  A  discussion  of  preparation  and  active  participation 


176^    Physical  Education 


in  expressive  and  rhythmical  movement  activities  for 
the  elementary  school  age  child.  Educational  dance, 
creative  dances  and  rhythms  are  considered 

PHED  184  Elementary  School  Skills  and  Self-Test- 
ing Activities  (2)  A  discussion  of  preparation  and 
active  participation  in  educational  gymnastics  and 
functional  movement  skills  suitable  for  elementary 
school  children. 

PHED  200  Apparatus  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
apparatus. 

PHED  201  Archery  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  archery. 

PHED  202  Badminton  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
badminton. 

PHED  203  Baseball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  leaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
baseball. 

PHED  204  Basketball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
basketball. 

PHED  205  Bowling  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  bowl- 
ing. 

PHED  206  Golf  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  golf. 

PHED  207  Fencing  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  fencing. 

PHED  210  Field  Games  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Pro- 
gressive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills 
in  field  games  such  as  flag  football,  soccer,  speedball 
and  speed-a-way. 

PHED  211  Field  Hockey  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Pro- 
gressive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills 
in  field  hockey. 

PHED  212  Football  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  football. 

PHED  213  Lacrosse  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
lacrosse. 

PHED  214  Soccer  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  soccer. 

PHED  215  Softball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  Softball. 

PHED  216  Tumbling  and  Balancing  Skills  Laborato- 
ry (1)  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice 
of  skills  in  tumbling  and  balancing. 

PHED  217  Tennis  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progressive 
techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in  tennis. 

PHED  218  Laboratory  in  Teaching  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Students  are  eligible  who  have  completed  a  minimum 
of  36  semester  hours  of  credit  with  appropriate  knowl- 
edge and  experience  in  the  selected  activity  area  or 
with  permission  of  instructor.  The  course  is  designed 
to  prepare  the  student  for  the  student  teaching  experi- 
ence by  assisting  in  a  class.  Ii/1ay  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  2  credit  hours. 

PHED  220  Track  and  Field  Skills  Laboratory  (1) 

Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  track  and  field. 

PHED  221  Volleyball  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  leaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
volleyball. 

PHED  222  Weight  Training  Skills  Laboratory  (1) 

Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  weight  training. 

PHED  223  Wrestling  Skills  Laboratory  (1)  Progres- 
sive techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of  skills  in 
wrestling. 

PHED  282  Techniques  of  Officiating  (1)  Emphasis 
on  mechanics  and  techniques  involved  with  officiating 
various  sports.  Opportunity  to  qualify  for  officials'  rat- 
ings in  sports  such  as  basketball,  field  hockey  and 
volleyball. 

PHED  287  Sport  and  American  Society  (3)  Sport  will 
be  related  to  such  social  problems  as  delinquency, 
segregation,  collective  behavior,  and  leisure,  to  social 


processes  such  as  socialization,  stratification,  mobility, 
and  social  control;  and  to  those  familiar  social  institu- 
tions, the  family,  the  school,  the  church,  the  military, 
the  economy,  the  polity,  and  the  mass  media. 

PHED  289  Topical  Investigations  (1-6)  Independent 
study  by  an  individual  student  or  a  group  of  students  in 
special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
scheduled  courses.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

PHED  290  Observation  of  Teaching  Strategies  in 
Physical  Education  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Structured  observation  of  child- 
ren in  physical  education  settings.  Specific  emphasis 
on  analysis  of  the  teaching/learning  process  and  the 
selection  and  development  of  approphate  content. 

PHED  301  Organization  and  Officiating  in  Intramu- 
rals  (1)  Organization,  administration,  and  promotion  of 
intramurals  at  various  school  levels.  Included  are  types 
of  tournaments,  units  of  competition,  handling  of  stu- 
dent leader  personnel. 

PHED  303  Organization  and  Officiating  in  intramu- 
rals (1)  Organization,  administration,  and  promotion  of 
intramurals  at  various  school  levels.  Included  are  types 
of  tournaments,  units  of  competition,  handling  of  stu- 
dent leader  personnel. 

PHED  304  Advanced  Basketball  Skills  Laboratory 

(2)  Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  basketball  at  the  advanced  level.  Prerequisite: 
PHED  204  or  equivalent. 

PHED  306  Advanced  Golf  Skills  Laboratory  (2) 

Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  in  golf  at  the  advanced  level.  Prerequisite:  PHED 
206  or  equivalent. 

PHED  314  Methods  In  Physical  Education  (3)  Appli- 
cation of  educational  philosophy  and  principles  to 
class  organization  and  techniques  of  teaching  physical 
education. 

PHED  315  Methods  of  Aquatics  (2)  Training  for 
aquatic  leadership  in  schools,  camps  and  clubs.  In 
eluded  are  teaching  methods,  organization  and  admin 
istration,  analysis  of  the  basic  and  competitive  swim 
ming  strokes,  diving,  and  equipment  and  pool  mainte- 
nance. Prerequisite:  WSI  or  instructor's  permission 

PHED  316  Advanced  Gymnastics  Skills  Laboratory 

(2)  An  analytical  approach  to  teaching  basic  through 
advanced  skills  in  gymnastics.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
spotting,  evaluating,  and  the  solving  of  motor  perform- 
ance problems.  Prerequisite:  PHED  200  and  PHED 
216  or  equivalent. 

PHED  317  Advanced  Tennis  Skills  Laboratory  (2) 

Progressive  techniques  of  teaching  and  practice  of 
skills  In  tennis  at  the  advanced  level.  Prerequisite: 
PHED  217  or  equivalent. 

PHED  330  Fundamentals  of  Body  Dynamics  (3) 

Acquaintance  of  the  elementary  teacher  with  the  sci- 
entific pnnciples  of  mechanical-anatomical  analysis 
and  physiology  of  activities  relating  to  physical  growth 
and  development. 

PHED  333  Adapted  Physical  Education  (2)  Lecture 
and  lab.  Application  of  kinesiological  and  physiological 
principles  to  handicapped  students;  designed  to  help 
prospective  teachers  meet  exercise  needs  of  those 
pupils  with  disabilities. 

PHED  335  Swimming  Pool  Management  (2)  Analysis 
of  the  position  of  the  swimming  pool  manager.  The 
systematic  treatment  of  swimming  pool  water;  swim- 
ming pool  first  aid;  and  laws  pertaining  to  swimming 
pool  operation.  Qualifies  the  student  for  a  pool  opera- 
tor's license  in  most  Maryland  counties. 

PHED  340  Theory  of  Coaching  Athletics  (2)  General 
theory  and  practice  of  coaching  selected  competitive 
sports  found  in  secondary  schools  and  community 
recreation  programs.  Not  open  to  students  who  have 
credit  for  PHED  324. 

PHED  34 1  Theory  of  Coaching  Basketball  (2)  Phi 

losophy,  preparation  for  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  323. 

PHED  342  Theory  of  Coaching  Baseball  (2)  Philoso- 
phy, preparation  for  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  325. 

PHED  343  Theory  of  Coaching  Football  (2)  Philoso 
phy,   preparation   for   season,   practice  organization 


scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  323, 

PHED  344  Theory  of  Coaching  Swimming  (2)  Phi- 
losophy, preparation  for  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  326. 

PHED  345  Theory  of  Coaching  Track  and  Field  (2) 

Philosophy,  preparation  for  season,  practice  organiza- 
tion, scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open 
to  students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  325. 

PHED  346  Theory  of  Coaching  Wrestling  (2)  Philos- 
ophy, preparation  for  season,  practice  organization, 
scouting,  film  analysis,  and  strategies.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  credit  for  PHED  326. 

PHED  361  Weight  Control  through  Diet  and  Exer- 
cise (3)  Lecture  and  laboratory.  The  basic  principles  of 
weigtit  control  are  given  and  ttie  students  participate  in 
diet  and  exercise  programs, 

PHED  381  Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning  (3) 

Three  hours  a  week.  Theoretical  and  practical  founda- 
tions of  the  prevention,  recognition  and  treatment  of 
athletic  injuries.  Physical  conditioning  and  re-condi- 
tioning, preventive  taping,  first  aid,  and  various  modali- 
ties are  emphasized. 

PHED  389  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Independent 
study  by  an  individual  student  or  a  group  of  students  in 
special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
scheduled  courses.  (Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

PHED  390  Practicum  in  Teaching  Physical  Educa- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  290.  Two  lectures  and  two 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week,  in  the  teaching  of 
children  in  a  physical  education  setting.  Specific  em- 
phasis is  on  curriculum  development,  lesson  planning, 
progressions  and  analyzation  of  teacher  behavior. 

PHED  393  History  of  Sport  In  America  (3)  The 

growth  and  development  of  sport  in  America.  The 
transformation  of  sport  within  the  perspective  of  Amer- 
ican history,  including  class  sport,  professionalization, 
amateurism,  and  international  involvement. 

PHED  398  Honors  Seminar  (1)  H — Honors  Prerequi- 
site: Participation  in  honors  program.  One  discussion 
period  a  week.  Guided  discussion  of  research  topics  of 
current  interest.  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  3  hours  credit. 

PHED  399  Honors  Thesis  (3)  H— Honors  Prerequi- 
site: PHED  398H  and  candidacy  for  honors  in  physical 
education.  Advisement  will  be  on  the  individual  basis. 
Thesis  must  be  defended  in  the  honors  seminar. 

PHED  400  Kinesiology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  hours  a  week,  Prerequisitee:  ZOOL  101, 
201,  and  202  or  the  equivalent.  The  study  of  human 
movement  and  the  physical  and  physiological  princi- 
ples upon  which  it  depends.  Body  mechanics,  posture, 
motor  efficiency,  sports,  the  performance  of  atypical 
individuals,  and  the  influence  of  growth  and  develop- 
ment upon  motor  performance  are  studied. 

PHED  401  Kinesiology  for  Dance  (3)  Ivlechanical 
and  anatomical  components  of  human  movement. 
Integration  of  the  scientific  knowledge  necessary  to 
the  dancer  with  the  artistic  aspects  of  dance.  Practical 
expenence  in  the  application  of  kinesiological  princi- 
ples to  dance  and  dance  education.  Ivlay  not  be  taken 
for  credit  by  students  who  have  credit  in  PHED  400. 

PHED  406  Perceptual-Motor  Development  in  the 
Young  Child  (3)  Analysis  of  perceptualmotor  com- 
ponents, their  progression,  inter-relationships,  devel- 
opmental activities  and  evaluation.  Study  of  the  growth 
and  other  factors  that  influence  perceptual-motor  de- 
velopment in  the  young  child, 

PHED  420  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary 
School  (3)  Onentation  of  the  general  elementary 
teacher  to  physical  education.  Principles  and  practices 
in  elementary  physical  education  are  discussed  and  a 
variety  of  appropriate  activities  are  considered. 

PHED  421  Elementary  School  Physical  Educa- 
tion— A  Movement  Approach  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHED  183  and  184.  An  analysis  of  movement  philoso- 
phy and  content,  focusing  upon  cognitive,  psychomo- 
tor and  affective  developmental  characteristics  in  rela- 
tion to  progression  and  planning  of  games,  education- 
al dance  and  educational  gymnastices  for  elementary 
school  age  children. 

PHED  450  The  Psychology  of  Sports  (3)  Three 
hours  a  week.  An  exploration  of  the  personality  fee- 


Philosophy    177 


tOfS.  including,  but  not  limited  to  motivation,  aggres- 
sion and  emotion,  as  they  affect  sports  participation 
and  motor  skill  performance. 

PHED  451  Sport  and  the  American  Woman  (3)  The 

expanding  perception  of  the  woman's  role  in  American 
society;  etiology  of  sex  differences;  socialization  of  sex 
roles  in  America;  development  of  'masculinity'  and 
'feminity'  in  children  through  early  play  experiences; 
competition  and  women;  personality  of  the  female 
athlete;  and  personal  motivations  of  female  athletes 
and  projected  future  for  sport  and  the  American. 

PHED  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual  (3)  A 

study  of  the  major  physical  fitness  problems  confront- 
ing the  adult  modern  society.  Consideration  is  given  to 
the  scientific  appraisal,  development,  and  mainte- 
nance of  fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such  problems  as 
obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and 
special  exercise  programs  are  explored.  Open  to  per- 
sons outside  the  profession  of  physical  education. 

PHED  460  Physiology  of  Exercise  (3)  Two  lectures 
and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL 
101,  201  and  202;  PHED  400  or  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  physiology  of  exercise,  including  concepts  of  work, 
muscular  contraction,  energy  transformation,  metabo- 
lism, oxygen  debt,  and  nutrition  and  athletic  perform- 
ance. Emphasis  is  placed  on  cardiovascular  and  re- 
spiratory function  in  relation  to  physical  activity  and 
training. 

PHED  461  Exercise  and  Body  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisites:  CHEM  104,  ZOOL  201,  and  ZOOL  202; 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Physiological  concepts  relat- 
ing body  composition  factors  to  exercise  and  human 
(performance.  The  scientific  basis  for  the  establish- 
ment and  evaluation  of  conditioning  programs  where 
body  composition  may  play  an  important  role,  such  as 
weight  control  and  athletics. 

PHED  470  Seminar  for  Student  Teachers  (2)  A 

seminar  held  concurrently  with  student  leaching  in 
physical  education.  An  intensive  examination  of  cur- 
rent problems  and  issues  in  teaching  physical  educa- 
tion. 

PHED  480  Measurement  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  105  or  110.  A  study  of  the  princi- 
ples and  techniques  of  educational  measurement  as 
applied  to  teaching  of  physical  education;  study  of  the 
functions  and  techniques  of  measurement  in  the  eval- 
uation of  student  progress  toward  the  objectives  of 
physical  education  and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effec- 
tiveness of  teaching. 

PHED  485  Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance 

(3)  Prerequisites,  PHED  480  and  PSYC  100.  A  study  of 
tfie  research  dealing  with  motor  learning  and  motor 
performance.  Major  topics  discussed  are  scientific 
methodology,  individual  differences,  specificity, 
proprioceptive  control  of  movement,  motivation,  tim- 
ing, transfer,  and  retention. 

PHED  487  Physical  Education  and  Sport  In  Con- 
temporary Cultures  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: SOCY  1(X)  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
cultural  impact  of  physical  education  activities  in  the 
United  States  and  selected  countries.  Individual  re- 
search on  selected  topics  is  required. 

PHED  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Work- 
shop (1-6)  Workshops  and  research  projects  in  spe- 
cial areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly 
structured  courses.  Note:  The  maximum  total  number 
of  credits  tfiat  may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in 
physical  education  is  six. 

PHED  490  Organization  and  Administration  of 
Physical  Education  (3)  The  application  of  the  princi- 
ples of  administration  and  supervision  to  physical 
education  and  intramurals.  Students  are  normally  en- 
rolled during  the  student  teaching  semester. 

PHED  491  The  Curriculum  In  Elementary  School 
Physical  Education  (3)  Techniques  planning  and  con- 
struction are  considered  from  a  standpoint  of  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  in  elementary 
school  physical  education.  Desirable  features  of  coop- 
erative curriculum  planning  in  providing  for  learning 
experiences  will  be  presented  and  discussed. 

PHED  493  History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 
Physical  Education  (3)  History  and  philosophical  im- 
plications of  sport  and  physical  education  through 
ancient,  medieval,  and  contemporary  periods  in  west- 
em  civilization. 


PHED  495  Organization  and  Administration  of  Ele- 
mentary School  Physical  Education  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHED  420.  Studies  the  procedures  basic  to  satisfacto- 
ry organization  of  all  phases  of  the  elementary  school 
physical  education  program.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  organizational  and  administrative  factors  neces- 
sary for  the  successful  operation  of  the  program  in 
various  types  of  elementary  schools. 

PHED  496  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Statistical  tech- 
niques most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining  to 
physical  education.  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the 
student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him 
with  the  interpretations  and  applications  of  these  tech- 
niques. 

PHED  497  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (3)  Discus- 
sions of  contemporary  issues  vital  to  the  discipline, 
critiques  of  research  in  the  student's  area/areas  of 
special  interest,  completion  of  a  major  project  where 
the  student  will  be  asked  to  demonstrate  the  ability  to 
carry  out  investigative  processes  in  problem  solving 
and  critical  writing  under  faculty  direction. 

PHED  498  Special  Topics  In  Physical  Education  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  Topics  of  special 
interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled 
courses.  Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  dif- 
ferent 


Philosophy 

PHIL  100  introduction  to  Philosophy  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy, 
and  to  some  of  the  main  ways  of  dealing  with  these 
problems. 

PHIL  140  Ethics  (3)  An  introduction  to  moral  philoso- 
phy, including  a  critical  examination  of  some  important 
classic  and  contemporary  systems  of  ethics,  such  as 
those  of  Aristotle,  Kant,  Mill,  and  Dewey. 

PHIL  170  Introduction  to  Logic  (3)  A  general  intro- 
duction to  the  discipline  of  logic.  Traditional  and  mod- 
ern deductive  techniques;  informal  fallacies. 

PHIL  173  Analytical  Reading  (3)  Basic  techniques  for 
evaluating  deductive  arguments;  exercises  in  analyz- 
ing the  logical  structure  of  published  writings  of  varied 
style  and  content. 

PHIL  206  Chinese  Philosophy:  Social  and  Political 
Thought  (3)  An  introductory  survey  of  Confucian  phi- 
losophy and  of  other  Chinese  social  and  political 
philosophy  from  ancient  times  to  the  present  day.  The 
Chou  Dynasty  (1 1 22-222  BC)  and  the  many  schools  of 
thought  produced  during  that  period.  The  reemer- 
gence  of  Confucian  philosophy  in  the  Sung  Dynasty 
(960-1 279  AD)  and  trace  developments  down  to  the 
contemporary  period.  Contemporary  thought  in  the 
context  of  earlier  Chinese  traditions.  Not  available  for 
credit  for  students  who  earned  credit  for  PHIL  207  prior 
to  fall  1976. 

PHIL  207  Chinese  Philosophy:  Religious  Thought 

(3)  An  introductory  survey  and  critical  examination  of 
Taoist  and  Chinese  Buddhist  philosophical  and  reli- 
gious ideas.  The  period  from  the  rise  of  Taoist  thought 
during  the  Chou  Dynasty  (c,  400  BC)  to  the  decline  of 
Buddhism  in  China  (c.  1000  AD). 

PHIL  209  Philosophical  Issues  (3)  An  examination  of 
selected  philosophical  issues  of  general  interest.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  hours  for  credit  when 
the  issues  dealt  with  are  different. 

PHIL  233  Philosophy  in  Literature  (3)  Reading  and 
philosophical  criticism  of  novels  and  dramas  contain- 
ing ideas  significant  for  ethics,  social  policy  and  reli- 
gion. 

PHIL  236  Philosophy  of  Religion  (3)  This  course 
seeks  to  provide  the  student  with  the  means  by  which 
he  may  approach  intelligently  the  main  problems  of 
religious  thought:  the  nature  of  religious  experience, 
the  forms  of  religious  expression,  the  conflicting  claims 
of  religion  and  science,  and  the  place  of  religion  in  the 
community  and  in  the  life  of  the  individual. 

PHIL  250  Philosophy  of  Science  I  (3)  An  introduction 
to  the  main  issues  in  the  philosophy  of  science,  giving 
special  attention  to  the  ways  scientific  developments 
have  influenced  the  philosophy  of  science  and  how 
philosolhy  of  science  has  influenced  scientific  prog- 
ress. Case  studies  of  selected  historical  episodes  in 
which  science  and  philosophy  have  interacted  signifi- 


cantly, focusing  on  the  physical,  biological,  or  social 
sciences  Students  cannot  receive  credit  for  both  HIST 
200  and  PHIL  250. 

PHIL  305  Philosophy  In  America  (3)  Prerequisite:  Six 
hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  philosophical  thought 
in  America  from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  Edwards,  Jefferson,  Emer- 
son, Royce,  Peirce,  James,  and  Dewey 

PHIL  308  Studies  in  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Six  hours  in  philosophy  Problems,  is- 
sues, and  points  of  view  of  current  interest  in  philoso- 
phy. May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt 
with  are  different.  Repeatable  to  a  meiximum  of  six 
hours. 

PHIL  310  Ancient  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisites:  Six 
hours  in  philosophy.  A  history  of  Greek  thought  from  its 
beginnings  to  the  time  of  Justinian.  The  chief  figures 
discussed:  the  presocratic  philosophers,  Socrates. 
Plato.  Aristotle,  Epicurus,  the  Stoic  philosophers,  and 
Plotinus. 

PHIL  320  Modern  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisites:  Six 
hours  in  philosophy.  A  history  of  philosophical  thought 
in  the  west  during  the  16th,  17th  and  18th  centuries. 
The  chief  figures  discussed:  Bacon.  Galileo,  Des- 
cartes, Spinoza,  Leibniz,  Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume,  and 
Kant. 

PHIL  325  Nineteenth  Century  Philosophy  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: Six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  philoso- 
phy in  the  nineteenth  century  through  a  consideration 
of  such  writers  as  Hegel,  Schopenhauer,  Nietzsche. 
Spencer,  Marx,  Comte,  Mill,  Mach,  and  Bradley. 

PHIL  326  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: Six  hours  in  philosophy.  A  survey  of  philosophy 
in  the  twentieth  century  through  a  consideration  of 
representative  figures  in  England,  Europe  and  Ameri- 
ca. Among  the  theories  to  be  studied  are  logical 
atomism  (Russell,  Wittgenstein),  positivism  (Carnap, 
Ayer),  existentialism  and  phenomenology  (Sartre,  Hus- 
seri),  naturalism  and  realism  (Dewey.  Santayana). 

PHIL  328  Studies  In  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Six  hours  in  philosophy.  Problems,  is- 
sues, and  points  of  view  in  the  history  of  philosophy. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with 
are  different.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

PHIL  330  Philosophy  of  Art  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
fundamental  concepts  in  art  and  in  esthetic  experience 
generally.  Readings  from  the  works  of  artists,  estheti- 
cians,  critics  and  philosophers. 

PHIL  342  Moral  Problems  In  Medicine  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PHIL  100  or  140  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  critical 
examination  of  the  moral  dimensions  of  decision- 
making in  health-related  contexts.  Readings  are  drawn 
from  philosophical,  medical,  and  other  sources. 

PHIL  343  Sexual  Morality  (3)  A  critical  examination.of 
practical  moral  issues  bearing  on  sexual  conduct, 
using  the  resources  of  moral  and  social  philosophy. 

PHIL  345  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  I  (3)  An 

introduction  to  political  philosophy,  including  a  critical 
examination  of  classic  and  contemporary  political  the- 
ories, such  as  those  of  Plato,  Hobbes.  Locke.  Rous- 
seau. Mill,  and  Marx. 

PHIL  360  Philosophy  of  Language  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHIL  170  or  371.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  and 
function  of  language  and  other  forms  of  symbolism. 

PHIL  371  Symbolic  Logic  I  (3)  The  formal  analysis  of 
deductive  reasoning  providing  familiarity  with  tech- 
niques of  formal  deduction  in  propositional  logic  and 
quantification  theory,  as  well  as  some  knowledge  of 
basic  concepts  of  formal  semantics  (truth  tables,  mo- 
dels). 

PHIL  373  Analytical  Writing  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL 
170  or  173  or  371.  Emphasis  on  non-deductive  tech- 
niques and  classical  pitfalls  of  analysis;  the  develop- 
ment of  a  prose  style  for  writing  clearly  and  critically 
about  ideas. 

PHIL  399  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Open  to  honors  stu- 
dents in  philosophy  and,  by  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor, to  honors  students  in  other  departments.  Re- 
search in  selected  topics,  with  group  discussiori.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different 

PHIL  408  Topics  In  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  320.  An  intensive  examination  of 


178    Physics 


contemporary  problems  and  issues.  Source  material 
will  be  selected  from  recent  books  and  articles.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different. 

PHIL  412  The  Philosophy  of  Plato  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  and  320.  A  critical  study  of  selected  di- 
alogues. 

PHIL  414  The  Philosophy  ol  Aristotle  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: PHIL  310  and  320.  A  critical  study  of  selected 
portions  of  Aristotle's  writings. 

PHIL  416  Medieval  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  or  320.  A  history  of  philosophic  thought  in 
the  west  from  the  close  of  the  classical  period  to  the 
Renaissance.  Based  on  readings  of  the  stoics,  early 
Christian  writers,  neoplatonists,  later  christian  writers, 
and  schoolmen. 

PHIL  421  The  Continental  Rationalists  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: PHIL  310  and  320.  A  critical  study  of  the  systems 
of  some  of  the  major  17th  and  18th  century  ra- 
tionalists, with  special  reference  to  Descartes, 
Spinoza,  and  Leibniz. 

PHIL  422  The  British  Empiricists  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  and  320.  A  critical  study  of  selected  writings 
of  Locke.  Berkeley,  and  Hume. 

PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  o(  Kant  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  and  320.  A  critical  study  of  selected  portions 
of  Kant's  writings. 

PHIL  428  Topics  In  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHIL  310  and  320,  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt 
with  are  different. 

PHIL  438  Topics  In  Philosophical  Theology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  236  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
examination  of  a  basic  issue  discussed  in  theological 
writings,  with  readings  drawn  from  both  classical  and 
contemporary  theologians  and  philosophers.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  topics 
are  different. 

PHIL  440  Ethical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  140. 
Contemporary  problems  having  to  do  with  the  meaning 
of  the  principal  concepts  of  ethics  and  with  the  nature 
of  moral  reasoning. 

PHIL  445  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  11  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  140  or  345.  A  systematic  treatment 
of  the  main  philosophical  issues  encountered  in  the 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  social  (especially  political) 
institutions. 

PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  One 
course  in  philosophy.  Examination  of  fundamental 
concepts  related  to  law,  e.g.,  legal  system,  law  and 
morality,  justice,  legal  reasoning,  responsibility. 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I  (3)  The  development 
of  science,  its  philosophical  interpretations  and  impli- 
cations, and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the  ancients 
through  Newton  and  Leibniz. 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  il  (3)  The  development 
of  science,  its  philosophical  interpretations  and  impli- 
cations, and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the  death  of 
Newton  to  the  eariy  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  142,  263,  or  294,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Investigation  of  the  implications  of  20th-century  phys- 
ics for  such  problems  as  operationalism,  the  structure 
and  purposes  of  scientific  theories,  the  meaning  of 
'probability',  the  basis  of  geometrical  knowledge,  the 
Copenhagen  interpretation  of  quantum  mechanics,  the 
nature  and  limits  of  measurement.  Interaction  between 
physics  and  philosophy  will  be  stressed  throughout. 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  of  Science  ii  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  250  or  an  upper-division  course  in  philosophy  or 
a  major  in  science  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A 
comprehensive  survey  of  developments  in  the  main 
problems  of  philosophy  of  science  from  logical  positiv- 
ism to  the  present.  The  nature  of  theories,  models. 
laws  and  counterfactuals,  testing,  inductive  logic  and 
confirmation  theory,  experimental  methodology,  meas- 
urement, explanation,  concept  formation,  scientific 
change,  and  scientific  realism. 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social  Sciences  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHIL  250  or  six  hours  in  a  social  science 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  consideration  of 
philolophical  issues  arising  in  the  social  sciences,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  issues  of  practical  methodolog- 
ical concern  to  social  scientists. 


PHIL  456  Phiiosophy  of  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHIL  250  or  permission  of  the  instnjctor.  Questions 
about  concepts,  reasoning,  explanation,  etc.,  in  biolo- 
gy, and  their  relations  to  those  of  other  areas  of 
science.  Case  studies  of  selected  aspects  ol  the 
history  of  biology,  especially  in  the  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  457  Phiiosophy  of  History  (3)  An  examination 
of  the  nature  of  historical  knowledge  and  historical 
explanation,  and  of  theories  of  the  meaning  of  world 
history. 

PHIL  458  Topics  in  the  Phiiosophy  of  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHIL  250  or  consent  of  the  instructor; 
when  the  topic  for  a  given  semester  demands,  addi- 
tional philosophical  or  scientific  prerequisites  may  be 
required  by  the  instructor.  A  detailed  examination  of  a 
particular  topic  or  problem  in  philosophy  of  science. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  wlien  the 
content  is  different. 

PHIL  461  Theory  of  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHIL 
170  or  371,  and  320.  A  study  of  theories  about  the 
meaning  of  linguistic  expressions,  including  the  verifi- 
cation theory  and  the  theory  of  meaning  as  use. 
Among  topics  to  be  considered  are  naming,  referring, 
synonymy,  intension  and  extension,  and  ontological 
commitment.  Such  writers  as  Mill,  Frege,  Russell, 
Lewis,  Carnap,  Wittgenstein,  Austin,  and  Quine  will  be 
discussed. 

PHIL  462  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHIL  310  and  320.  PHIL  371  is  recommended.  The 
origin,  nature,  and  validity  of  knowledge  considered  in 
terms  of  some  philosophic  problems  about  perceiving 
and  thinking,  knowledge  and  belief,  and  language, 
truth  and  confirmation. 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHIL  310 
and  320.  PHIL  371  is  recommended.  A  study  of  some 
central  metaphysical  concepts  (such  as  substance, 
relation,  causality,  and  time)  and  of  the  nature  of 
metaphysical  thinking. 

PHIL  466  Phiiosophy  of  Mind  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL 
320.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  of  mind  through  the 
analysis  of  such  concepts  as  consciousness,  percep- 
tion, understanding,  imagination,  emotion,  intention, 
and  action. 

PHIL  471  Symbolic  Logic  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL 
371  or  consent  of  instructor.  Axiomatic  development  of 
the  propositional  calculus  and  the  first-order  functional 
calculus,  including  the  deduction  theorem,  independ- 
ence of  axioms,  consistency,  and  completeness. 

PHIL  474  induction  and  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  inferential  forms,  with 
emphasis  on  the  logical  structure  underiying  such 
inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and  hypothesis- 
testing.  Decision-theoretic  rules  relating  to  induction 
will  be  considered,  as  well  as  classic  theories  of 
probability  and  induction. 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHIL  471.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics 
dealt  with  are  different. 

PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3) 


Physiqs 

PHYS  101  Contemporary  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
High  school  algebra.  For  non-science  students  who 
are  interested  in  the  evolution  of  scientific  thought  and 
its  present  day  significance.  Historical,  philosophic, 
experimental  and  theoretical  aspects  of  physics  are 
presented.  Topics  in  mechanics,  relativity,  electricity 
and  magnetism,  and  nuclear  physics  are  covered.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  taken  PHYS  111,  112. 

PHYS  102  Physics  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisites:  High 
school  algebra,  basic  knowledge  of  musical  notation. 
A  study  of  the  physical  basis  of  sound,  acoustical 
properties  ol  sounds,  the  human  ear  and  voice, 
reproduction  ol  sound,  electronic  music,  acoustical 
properties  of  auditoriums,  and  other  selected  topics. 

PHYS  106  Light,  Perception,  Photography,  and 
Visual  Phenomena  (3)  Intended  for  the  general  stu- 
dent, this  course  will  cover  topics  in  optics  which 
require  minimal  use  of  mathematics.  Principles  of 
optics,  lenses,  cameras,  lasers  and  holography,  phys- 
ics of  the  eye,  color  vision  and  various  visual  phenom- 
ena such  as  rainbows.  Credit  not  applicable  toward  the 
minimum  requirements  for  a  major  in  physics  and 
astronomy. 


PHYS  111  Physics  In  the  Modern  World  (3)  The  first 
semester  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics  em- 
phasizing the  role  that  physics  plays  in  science,  tech- 
nology, and  society  today.  The  course  is  concept 
oriented  and  minimal  use  of  mathematics  is  made. 
Intended  for  the  general  student;  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  schools. 

PHYS  112  Physics  In  the  Modern  World  (3)  The 

second  semester  of  a  sun/ey  course  in  general  ptiysics 
emphasizing  the  role  that  physics  plays  in  science, 
technology,  and  society  today.  The  course  is  concept 
oriented  and  minimal  use  of  mathematics  is  made. 
Intended  for  the  general  student;  does  not  satisfy  the 
requirements  of  the  professional  school. 

PHYS  114  Energy  and  the  Environment  (4)  One 

semester,  4  credits.  A  physical  science  course  for 
students  who  wish  an  acquaintance  with  the  methods 
and  attitudes  of  physical  science  and  their  application 
to  today's  problems  of  the  environment.  Includes 
topics  such  as  energy,  sources  and  resources,  the 
atmosphere,  and  man's  interaction  with  it.  Appropriate 
for  non-science  students. 

PHYS  117  Introduction  to  Physics  (4)  Three  lectures 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
qualification  to  enter  MATH  110.  Intended  for  students 
majoring  in  neither  the  physical  nor  biological  sci- 
ences. A  study  of  the  development  of  some  of  the 
basic  ideas  of  physical  science. 

PHYS  120  Physical  Principles  in  Medical  Technolo- 
gy (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  plus  a  two  hour  laborato- 
ry period  per  week.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint 
medical  technology  students  with  the  physics  they 
need  to  understand  instruments  and  practices  used  in 
modern  medicine.  Energy,  heat,  electronics,  and  radia- 
tion are  some  topics  covered.  This  course  does  not 
satisfy  the  undergraduate  course  requirements  of  fu- 
ture medical  and  dental  students. 

PHYS  121  Fundamentals  of  Physics  I  (4)  Three 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Previous  course  work  in 
trigonometry  or  MATH  1 1 0  or  MATH  1 1 5.  The  first  part 
of  a  two-semester  course  in  general  physics  treating 
the  fields  of  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  mag- 
netism, optics,  and  modern  physics.  Together  with 
PHYS  122,  this  generally  satisfies  ■  the  minimum 
requirement  of  medical  and  dental  schools. 

PHYS  122  Fundamentals  of  Physics  11  (4)  Three, 
lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory' 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite  PHVS  121  or  equivalent. 
A  continuation  of  PHYS  121.  Which  together  with  it, 
generally  satisfies  the  minimum  requirment  of  medical 
and  dental  schools. 

PHYS  141  Principles  of  Physics  (4)  The  first  of  a  two- 
semester  series  in  general  physics.  Three  lectures, 
one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Concurrent  enrollment  in  MATH  141  or  equivalent.  The 
first  semester  covers  the  fields  of  mechanics,  ther- 
modynamics, and  special  relativity.  This  survey  course 
will  use  calculus  and  is  recommended  (or  chemistry 
and  zoology  majors.  It  also  satisfies  the  requirements 
of  medical  and  dental  schools. 

PHYS  142  Principles  of  Physics  (4)  A  continuation  of 
PHYS  141.  The  second  semester  covers  the  fields  of 
waves,  electricity  and  magnetism,  optics,  and  modern 
physics. 

PHYS  161  General  Physics— Mechanics  and  Parti- 
cle Dynamics  (3)  Three  lectures  and  one  recitation 
per  week.  MATH  141  prerequisite  or  concurrent  regis- 
tration. The  first  semester  of  a  three-semester  calcu- 
lus-based general  physics  course.  (See  PHYS  262, 
263).  Laws  of  motion,  force,  and  energy;  principles  of 
mechanics;  collisions;  harmonic  motion;  rotation;  and 
gravitation. 

PHYS  191   introductory  Physics— Mechanics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  A  high  school  physics  course  or  consent 
of  the  department.  Corequisites:  PHYS  195,  and 
MATH  140  or  141.  First  semester  of  a  four-semester 
sequence  intended  for  physics  majors  or  others  desir- 
ing a  rigorous  preparation  in  the  physical  sciences: 
kinematics,  dynamics,  conservation  laws,  applications, 
kinetic  theory  of  gases. 

PHYS  192  introductory  Physics— Thermodynam- 
ics, Waves  and  Special  Relativity  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  140;  PHYS  191  and  195.  Corequisites:  MATH 
141,  PHYS  196.  Second  semester  of  a  four-semester 
sequence  intended  for  physics  majors  or  others  deslT» 


Physics     179 


ing  a  rigorous  preparation  in  the  physical  sciences: 
thermodynamics.'  waves,  special  relativity. 

PHYS  195  Introductory  Physics  Laboratory  I  (1) 

Corequisile:  PHYS  191.  One  three-hour  laboratory 
biweekly  alternating  with  two-hour  demonstration  dis- 
cussion periods.  Kinematics,  dynamics,  conservation 
laws.  All  reports  will  be  done  during  the  class  period. 

PHYS  196  Introductory  Physics  Laboratory  II  (1) 

Corequisite;  PHYS  192.  One  three-hour  laboratory 
biweekly  alternating  with  two-hour  demonstration-dis- 
cussion periods.  Simple  harmonic  motion,  waves, 
sound,  thermodynamics,  special  relativity.  All  reports 
will  l>e  done  during  the  class  period. 

PHYS  221  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  I 

(4)  Prerequisite:  A  high  school  physics  course.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  MATH  140  or  220.  Three  lectures,  one 
two-hour  laboratory  and  one  recitation  per  week.  The 
first  part  of  a  two-semester  sequence  in  physics, 
stressing  physical  insight,  for  prospective  secondary 
school  science  and  mathematics  teachers. 

PHYS  222  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  II 

(4)  Prerequisite.  PHYS  221.  Three  lectures,  one  two- 
hour  laboratory  and  one  recitation  per  week.  A  con- 
tinuation of  PHYS  221. 

PHYS  262  General  Physics— Heat,  Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (4)  Three  lectures.  One  recitation,  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite. 
PHYS  161.  The  second  semester  of  a  calculus-based 
general  physics  course.  Thermodynamic  kinetic  theo- 
ry; electrostatics;  electrodynamics;  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions. 

PHYS  263  General  Physics— Waves,  Relativity  and 
Quantum  Physics  (4)  Three  lectures,  one  recitation, 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  262.  The  third  semester  of  a  calculus-based 
general  physics  course.  Wave  motion;  electromagnet- 
ic waves;  refraction;  interference  and  diffraction;  spe- 
cial theory  of  relativity;  quantum  physics. 

PHYS  293  Introductory  Physics— Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  192.  196.  MATH 
141.  Corequisites:  PHYS  295;  MATH  241  or  240.  (It  is 
preferable  to  take  MATH  241  before  MATH  240  for  this 
course).  Third  semester  of  a  four-semester  sequence 
intended  for  physics  majors  or  others  desiring  a  rigor- 
ous preparation  in  the  physical  sciences;  phenomeno- 
logical  laws  of  electricity  and  magnetism  Maxwell's 
equations,  electrical  and  magnetic  properties  of  mat- 
ter, applications. 

PHYS  294  Introductory  Physics — Optics  and  Mod- 
ern Physics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  293.  295;  MATH 
241  or  240.  Corequisites:  PHYS  296;  MATH  241  or 
240.  Fourth  semester  of  a  four-semester  sequence 
intended  for  physics  majors  or  others  desiring  a  rigor- 
ous preparation  in  the  physical  sciences:  electromag- 
netic waves,  geometrical  and  physical  optics,  modern 
physics. 

PHYS  295  Introductory  Laboratory  In  Electricity 
and  Magnetism  (2)  Corequisite:  PHYS  293.  One  four- 
hour  lecture-laboratory  session  per  week.  Electro- 
statics, magneto-statics,  magnetic  induction,  electric 
and  magnetic  fields,  AC  circuits. 

PHYS  296  Introductory  Laboratory  In  Electromag- 
netic Waves  (2)  Corequisite:  PHYS  294.  One  four- 
hour  laboratory-lecture  session  per  week.  Electromag- 
netic waves,  interference  and  diffraction,  dispersion, 
modern  physics. 

PHYS  299  Special  Problems  In  Physics  (1-6)  Pre- 
requisite: Consent  of  department.  Research  or  special 
study  to  complement  courses  taken  elsewhere  which 
are  not  fully  equivalent  to  those  in  departmental 
requirements.  Credit  according  to  work  done.  May  be 
taken  no  more  than  twice.  Maximum  of  eight  credits 
applicable  to  B.S.  degree  program. 

PHYS  305  Physics  Shop  Techniques  (1)  One  three- 
hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  365  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Machine  tools,  design  and  con- 
struction of  laboratory  equipment. 

PHYS  318  Topics  in  Contemporary  Physics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  122.  PHYS  1 12  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  survey  of  topics  of  current  research  and 
public  interest.  Intended  for  the  non-physics  or  non- 
science  major.  Topics  covered  will  include  lasers, 
quantum  liquids,  cosmology,  elementary  particles  and 
geophysics. 


PHYS  389  Undergraduate  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  advisor.  Independent  directed 
research  and  study  on  a  topic  selected  by  the  student 
in  consultation  with  his  advisor.  Final  wntten  thesis  and 
oral  defense  will  be  expected.  Enrollment  limited  to 
undergraduate  physics  majors.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PHYS  395  Advanced  Experiments  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  294  and  296;  or  PHYS  263.  Advanced  laborato- 
ry techniques.  Selected  experiments  from  many  fields 
of  modern  physics.  Emphasis  on  sell-study  of  the 
phenomena,  data  analysis,  and  presentation  in  report 
form. 

PHYS  398  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (1-16) 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  Enrollment  is  limited  to 
students  admitted  to  the  independent  studies  program 
in  physics. 

PHYS  399  Special  Problems  in  Physics  (1-3)  Two 

hours  laboratory  work  a  week  for  each  credit  hour.  One 
to  three  credits  may  be  taken  concurrently  each  se- 
mester. (Will  be  given  with  sufficient  demand.)  Prereq- 
uisite 365  and  consent  of  advisor.  Selected  advanced 
experiments. 

PHYS  400  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  I  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Junior  standing.  A  primarily  descriptive  course  in 
two  semesters,  intended  mainly  for  those  students  in 
the  liberal  arts  who  have  not  had  any  other  course  in 
physics.  This  course  does  not  serve  as  a  prerequisite 
or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The  main 
emphasis  is  on  the  concepts  of  physics,  their  evolution 
and  their  relation  to  other  branches  of  human  endeav- 
or. 

PHYS  401  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  II  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PHYS  400  or  consent  of  instructor. 

PHYS  404  Intermediate  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH  241  previously 
or  concurrently.  Fundamentals  and  selected  advanced 
topics  of  physical  mechanics.  Vector  differential  calcu- 
lus will  be  used. 

PHYS  405  Intermediate  Theoretical  Electricity  and 
Magnetism  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH 
241.  Intermediate  electricity  and  magnetism  and  elec- 
tromagnetic waves  (optics).  Vector  differential  calculus 
is  used  throughout. 

PHYS  406  Optics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: PHYS  263  or  284  and  MATH  240.  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments, 
wave  motion,  interference  and  diffraction,  and  other 
phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

PHYS  407  Sound  (3)  (Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient 
demand)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  122.  142  or  263.  MATH 
240  is  to  be  taken  concurrently. 

PHYS  410  Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics — Me- 
chanics (4)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  284.  or  PHYS  404 
and  405.  or  PHYS  263  and  consent  of  instructor,  and 
also  MATH  241.  A  study  of  the  theoretical  foundations 
of  mechanics,  with  extensive  applications  of  the  meth- 
ods. Also  various  mathematical  tools  of  theoretical 
physics. 

PHYS  411  Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics — Elec- 
tricity and  Magnetism  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  404  or 
410.  and  PHYS  263  or  284  or  405,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  foundations  of  electromag- 
netic theory,  with  extensive  application  of  the  meth- 
ods. Thorough  treatment  of  wave  properties  of  solu- 
tions of  Maxwell's  equations. 

PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  404  and  405  or  PHYS  410  and  MATH  240  or 
equivalent.  Dynamics  of  gas  particles.  Maxwell-Bultz- 
mann  distribution,  diffusion,  Brownian  motion,  etc.. 

PHYS  414  Introduction  to  Thermodynamics  and 
Statistical  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240, 
PHYS  284  or  404  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Intro- 
duction of  basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics  and 
statistical  mechanics. 

PHYS  420  Modern  Physics  for  Engineers  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: PHYS  263  or  284  or  404  and  405;  MATH  241 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  atomic  and 
nuclear  phenoma  and  the  main  trends  in  modern 
physics.  This  course  is  appropriate  for  students  in 
engineenng  and  other  physical  sciences.  It  should  not 
be  taken  in  addition  to  PHYS  421. 

PHYS  421  Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: PHYS  284  or  equivalent;  MATH  241  includ- 


ing some  knowledge  of  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Introductory  discussion  of  special  relativity,  origin  of 
quantum  theory,  Bohr  atom,  wave  mechanics,  atomic 
structure,  and  optical  spectra. 

PHYS  422  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
421.  This  course  uses  the  basic  ideas  of  quantum  ' 
mechanics  and  special  relativity  to  discuss  the  charac- 
tenstics  of  many  diverse  subjects  including  complex 
atoms,  molecules,  solids,  nuclei  and  elementary  parti- 
cles. 

PHYS  423  Elementary  Quantum  Physics  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: PHYS  420  or  421;  MATH  246;  and  a  level  of 
mathematical  sophistication  equivalent  to  that  of  a 
student  who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  411,  or  ENEE 
380  and  382.  The  quantum  theory  is  presented  in  a 
rigorous  way  including  the  concepts  of  operators, 
measurement  and  and  angular  momentum.  These 
concepts  together  with  the  Schroedinger  equation  are 
then  applied  to  some  basic  problems  in  atomic  and 
molecular  physics. 

PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory 

(3)  PHYS  395  and  consent  of  instructor.  Classical 
experiments  in  atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated 
experiments  in  current  techniques  in  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter  (3)  Prerequisite; 
PHYS  404  and  405;  or  PHYS  410;  or  PHYS  420;  or 
PHYS  421 .  Introduction  to  solid  state  physics.  Electro- 
magnetic, thermal,  and  elastic  properties  of  metals, 
semiconductors  and  insulators. 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
404  and  405;  or  PHYS  410;  or  PHYS  420;  or  PHYS 
421.  An  introduction  to  nuclear  physics  at  the  pre- 
quantum-mechanics  level.  Properties  of  nuclei; 
radioactivity;  nuclear  systematics;  nuclear  moment; 
the  shell  model,  interaction  of  charged  panicles  and 
gamma  rays  with  matter;  nuclear  dectectors;  accelera- 
tors; nuclear  reactions;  beta  decay;  high  energy  phe- 
nomena. 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Various  related  topics  in  neutron  reactor  physics. 

PHYS  451  Introduction  to  Elementary  Particles  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  422  or  consent  of  instructor.  Prop- 
erties of  elementary  particles,  production  and  detec- 
tion of  particles,  relativistic  kinematics,  invariance  prin- 
ciples and  conservation  laws. 

PHYS  461  Introduction  to  Fluid  Dynamics  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: PHYS  404  and  MATH  240.  Kinematics  of 
fluid  flow,  properties  of  incompressible  fluids,  complex 
variable  methods  of  analysis,  wave  motions. 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma  Physics  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  404  or  410.  or 
ENES  221;  and  PHYS  405  or  411,  or  ENEE  380;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Students  without  the  electricity 
and  magnetism  prerequisite  but  having  a  familiarity 
with  Maxwell's  equations  should  oheck  with  the  in- 
structor. Orbit  theory,  magneto-hydrodynamics,  plas- 
ma heating  and  stability,  waves  and  transport  pro- 
cesses. 

PHYS  465  Modern  Optics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS 

401  and  420  or  421.  and  411  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Designed  for  students  with  a  background  in 
fundamental  optics,  the  course  deals  with  topics  in 
modern  optics  such  as  coherence,  holography,  princi- 
ples of  laser  action,  electron  optics,  and  non-linear 
optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and  Space 
Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  404  and  405  or  410, 
420  or  421.  Motions  of  charged  particles  in  magnetic 
fields,  aspects  of  plasma  physics  related  to  cosmic 
rays  and  radiation  belts,  atomic  phenomena  in  the 
atmosphere,  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the 
atmosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  intructor.  Designed  for 
advanced  and  mature  students  who  may  have  only 
minimal  knowledge  of  biological  processes  but  are 
well  grounded  in  physics.  Areas  in  bioscience  where 
physics,  biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical 
analysis  fuse  to  provide  definition  for  biologic  statics 
and  dynamics. 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  two  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  395,  and  concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  405  or 


180    Psychology 


411,  Theory  of  semi-conductor  and  vacuum  tube  cir- 
cuits. Application  in  experimental  physics. 

PHYS  487  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical  and  Engi- 
neering Principles  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  410,  411 
or  271,  321  and  421,  or  equivalents.  Sources  or 
charged  particles,  methods  of  acceleration  and  focus- 
ing of  electron  and  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic 
fields;  electrostatic  accelerators;  constant-gradient 
cyclotrons  and  synchrotrons;  betatrons  and 
microtrons;  the  alternating-gradient  and  sector-focus- 
ing principles;  isochronous  syclotrons  and  alternating- 
gradient  sychrotrons:  linear  accelerators.  This  course 
is  also  listed  as  ENEE  487. 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PHYS  420  or  421  or  equivalent.  Primarily  for 
senior  physics  majors  and  first  year  graduate  students. 
A  survey  of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in  20th 
century  physics,  including  the  relations  of  physics  to 
other  sciences,  philosophy  of  science,  technology  and 
society. 

PHYS  499  Special  Problems  in  Physics  (1-16)  Pre- 
requisite: Major  in  physics  and  consent  of  advisor. 
Research  or  special  study.  Credit  according  to  vKork 
done. 

Portuguese 

PORT  101  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  Introduction 
to  basic  structures,  with  emphasis  upon  audio-lingual 
skills.  Four  recitations  per  week  and  one  optional 
laboratory  hour.  Leads  to  102.  ' 

PORT  102  Elementary  Portuguese  (4)  Completion  of 
basic  structures  with  increasing  emphasis  upon  read- 
ing skill,  reinforced  by  discussion  and  composition. 
Four  recitations  per  week  and  one  optional  laboratory 
hour. 

PORT  104  Intermediate  Portuguese  (4)  Extensive 
reading,  discussion  and  composition.  Four  recitations 
per  week,  and  one  optional  laboratory  hour. 

PORT  121  Accelerated  Portuguese  (3)  Limited  to 
students  who  have  reached  the  300  level  or  equivalent 
in  Spanish  and  wish  to  acquire  a  reading  knowledge  of 
Portuguese  in  one  semester.  Normally  leads  to  PORT 
221 .  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities 
language  requirement. 

PORT  202  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PORT  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  Development 
of  oral  skills  in  Portuguese. 

PORT  221  Introduction  to  Brazilian  Literature  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PORT  104.  Reading  of  literary  texts, 
discussion  and  brief  written  reports.  Conducted  in 
Portuguese. 

PORT  399  Independent  Study  in  Portuguese  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Specific  read- 
ings in  literature  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  of  the  department.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  three  credits. 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  Luso-Brazlli- 
an  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  A  study  of  specific 
themes  and  movements  in  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  as 
announced.  Designed  for  students  for  whom  the  litera- 
tures would  be  inaccessible  in  Portuguese.  Repeata- 
ble to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Psychology 


PSYC  100  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3)  A  basic 
introductory  course,  intended  to  bring  the  student  into 
contact  with  the  ma|or  problems  confronting  psycholo- 
gy and  the  more  important  attempts  at  their  solution. 
H — Honors 

PSYC  200  Statistical  Methods  In  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  and  MATH  111  or  140  or  220. 
A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods  used  in 
psychological  research. 

PSYC  201  Intermediate  Psychology  (Honors)  (3) 
H — Honors  Usually  taken  during  sophomore  year. 
Prerequisite:  PSYC  100H  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  course  content  will  stress  the  interrelations  among 
data  derived  from  the  fields  of  human  development, 
cognition,  perception,  measurement  and  social  pro- 
cesses. 

PSYC  206  Developmental  Blopsychology  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: PSYC  100.  Biological  basic  of  behavioral 
development  in  relation  to  genetic,  constitutional,  ana- 


tomical, physiological,  and  environmental  factors.  Em- 
phasis upon  both  phylogenetic  and  ontogenetic  re- 
search findings  in  biological  psychology. 

PSYC  221  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
100.  The  influence  of  social  factors  on  the  individual 
and  interpersonal  behavior.  Includes  topics  such  as 
conformity,  attitude  change,  person  perception,  inter- 
personal attraction  and  group  behavior. 

PSYC  301  Biological  Basis  of  Behavior  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  200,  and  major  in  psychology  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  current  interest,  as  an- 
nounced, which  represent  extensions  of  or  additions  to 
topics  covered  in  more  general  topical  courses.  Of- 
fered on  a  seminar  basis.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

PSYC  310  Perception  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  survey  of  phenomena  and 
theories  of  perception  including  psychological,  ana- 
tomical, physiological,  and  environmental  factors  im- 
portant in  determining  how  we  perceive  the  world. 
Historical  background  will  be  examined  as  well  as 
contemporary  research.  No  credit  for  students  who 
have  completed  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  331  Introduction  to  Abnormal  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  History  of  the  study  of 
psychopathology  and  mental  health:  concepts  and 
models  of  psychopathology;  concepts  and  models  of 
positive  mental  health;  major  syndromes  of  deviant 
behavior,  including  psychoneurosis,  psychosis,  per- 
sonality disorders,  and  affective  disorders;  theories  of 
deviant  behavior;  and  community  mental  health.  A 
student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  331  and 
PSYC  431. 

PSYC  333  Child  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
100.  Behavioral  analysis  of  normal  development  and 
normal  socialization  of  the  growing  child.  A  student 
may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  333  and  433. 

PSYC  335  Personality  and  Adjustment  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  100.  Introduction  to  psychology  of  human 
personality  and  adjustment.  This  course  is  designed 
for  the  student  who  desires  a  general  knowledge  of 
this  area  of  psychology.  A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  PSYC  335  and  435. 

PSYC  337  Introduction  to  Community  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100,  221  and  335  or  435, 
senior  standing,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Sun/ey  and 
critical  examination  of  environmental  factors  as- 
sociated with  variations  in  individual  functioning.  Ef- 
fects of  social  process  and  social  structure  in  commu- 
nity life  on  individual  mental  health,  theoretical  models 
in  community  psychology,  variety  of  additional  topics 
within  community  psychology. 

PSYC  361  Survey  of  Industrial  Psychology  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: PSYC  100.  A  course  for  nonmajors  which 
provides  a  general  survey  of  the  field  of  industrial 
psychology;  including  such  topics  as  selection  training, 
job  satisfaction,  social  organization,  and  environmen- 
tal factors.  A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both 
PSYC  361  and  461. 

PSYC  400  Experimental  Psychology— Learning 
and  Motivation  (4)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  200  and 
either  206  or  301.  Two  lectures  and  four  one-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Primarily  for  students 
who  major  in  psychology.  The  experimental  analysis  of 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  conditioning,  learning  and 
motivational  processes.  Experiments  are  conducted 
on  the  behavior  of  animals. 

PSYC  401  Advanced  Laboratory  in  the  Experimen- 
tal Analysis  of  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  400 
An  intensified  extension  of  the  principles  and  tech 
niques  demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  of  PSYC  400, 
Emphasis  on  complex  schedules  of  reinforcement, 
and  experimental  designs  using  repeated  measures, 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Prerequi 
site:  PSYC  206  or  301.  An  introduction  to  research  on 
the  physiological  basis  of  human  behavior,  including 
considerations  of  sensory  phenomena,  motor  coor- 
dination, emotion,  drives,  and  the  neurological  basis  of 
learning. 

PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
206  or  301.  A  study  of  animal  behavior,  including 
considerations  of  social  interactions,  learning,  sensory 
processes,  motivation,  and  experimental  methods, 
with  a  mjajor  emphasis  on  mammals. 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavioral  Pharmaco- 
logy (3)  Prerequisite:  Psychology  400  or  permission  of 


instructor.  This  course  sun/eys  the  basio  findings  and 
theoretical  viewpoints  on  the  interaction  of  drugs  and 
behavior.  Topics  include  an  introduction  to  basic  prin- 
ciples of  pharmacology,  the  effects  of  drugs  on  various 
behavior,  experimental  analysis  of  drug  dependence 
and  abuse,  and  neuropharmacology  and  behavior. 

PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  301.  Theoretical  and  research  literature  in 
the  application  of  operant  and  respondent  conditioning 
principles  to  human  behavior.  Approaches  to  behavior 
problems  in  school,  home  and  professional  settings. 

PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology — Sensory 
Processes  I  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory/demonstration  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: MATH  140,  or  1 1 1  and  220,  Pnmarily  for  students 
who  major  in  psychology.  A  systematic  survey  of  the 
content,  models,  and  mehtodologies  of  sensory  and 
perceptual  research.  A  student  who  has  completed 
PSYC  310  must  have  permission  of  the  instructor  in 
order  to  register  for  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  412  Experimental  Psychology — Sensory 
Processes  M  (4)  Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of 
laboratory  exercise  and  research  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  410  or  consent  of  instructor.  Pnmanly  for 
psychology  majors  and  majors  in  biological  sciences 
with  a  special  interest  in  sensory  processes.  Lectures 
and  laboratory  exercises  will  emphasize  contemporary 
problems  in  sensory  process  research.  Sufficient  lati- 
tude will  be  provided  so  the  exceptional  student  may 
conduct  original  research  based  on  findings  reported 
in  the  current  literature. 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychology— Social  Pro- 
cesses (4)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  and  221.  Pnmanly 
for  psychology  majors.  A  laboratory  course  which 
provides  a  basic  understanding  of  experimental  meth- 
od in  social  psychology  and  experience  in  conducting 
research  on  social  processes. 

PSYC  422  Language  and  Social  Communication  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  420.  The  nature  and  significance 
of  verbal  and  nonverbal  communication  in  social  psy- 
chological processes  including  examination  of  relevant 
theoretical  approaches  to  symbolic  behavior. 

PSYC  423  Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: PSYC  420.  A  systematic  review  of  research  and 
points  of  view  in  regard  to  major  problems  in  the  field 
of  social  psychology. 

PSYC  431  Abnormal  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100.  200.  and  400  or  410  or  420.  The  nature, 
diagnosis,  etiology,  and  treatment  of  mental  disorders. 
A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  331 
and  431. 

PSYC  433  Advanced  Topics  In  Child  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200.  335,  The  growth  and 
transformation  of  basic  psychological  processes  from 
birth  to  maturity.  Emphasis  is  on  research  data  and 
methodological  issues,  especially  as  they  relate  to 
other  aspects  of  psychology.  A  student  may  not  re- 
ceive credit  for  both  PSYC  333  and  433. 

PSYC  435  Personality  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200, 
331 ,  and  400  or  41 0  or  420.  Major  personality  theories, 
their  postulates  and  evidence,  assessment  and  re- 
search methodology  in  personality,  major  areas  of 
personality  research,  their  methodologies,  findings, 
implications,  and  relationships  to  the  field  of  psycholo- 
gy. A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC  335 
and  435. 

PSYC  436  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PSYC  451 ;  either  PSYC  431  or  435;  and 
either  PSYC  400  or  410  or  420  A  sun/ey  and  cntical 
analysis  of  clinical  psychology,  with  particular  empha- 
sis on  current  developments  and  trends.  Designed  to 
broaden  the  student's  perspective  on  clinical  psychol- 
ogy, to  increase  his  intrinsic  interest  in  the  field,  and  to 
provide  him  with  a  firmer  basis  for  cntical  evaluation  of 
major  theoretical  and  methodological  foundations  in 
the  field.  Students  will  be  expected  to  conduct  individu- 
al projects  related  to  the  course  with  a  substantial 
amount  of  direct  supervision. 

PSYC  440  Introduction  to  Cognitive  Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200.  This  course  serves  as  an 
introduction  to  selected  topics  and  theones  in  cogni- 
tive psychology.  Topics  include  visual  and  auditory 
information  processing,  attention,  memory,  concept 
identification  and  psycholinguistics. 

PSYC  441  Psychology  of  Human  Learning  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: PSYC  200  and  440  or  410  or  420,  Review 


Recreation     181 


and  analysis  of  the  major  phenomena  and  theories  of 
human  learning,  including  an  introduction  to  the  fields 
of  problem  solving,  thinking  and  reasoning. 

PSYC  451  Principles  of  Psychological  Testing  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  survey 
of  the  basic  concepts  and  theories  of  psychological 
measurement  illustrated  through  demonstration  of 
principal  approaches  to  psychological  testing. 

PSYC  452  Psychology  of  Individual  Differences  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200.  Problems  theones  and 
researches  related  to  psychological  differences 
among  individuals  and  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. A  survey  of  mathematical  formulations  in  psychol- 
ogy, including  measurement  and  scaling  models,  sta- 
tistical and  psychometric  models,  and  elementary 
mathematical  representations  of  psychological 
pr.ocesses  in  learning,  choice,  psychophysics,  and 
social  behavior 

PSYC  461  Personnel  and  Organizational  Psycholo- 
gy (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and  one 
other  200  level  course.  For  majors.  Intensive  examina- 
tion of  issues  in  personnel  psychology  (recruitment, 
selection  and  classification,  job  satisfaction)  and  or- 
ganizational psychology  (motivation,  morale,  group 
processes  including  leadership,  organization  theory). 
Emphasis  is  on  theones  of  behavior  in  organizations 
and  research  results  regarding  behavior  in  on-going 
human  systems.  Where  appropriate,  relations  between 
theory  and  practice  are  discussed. 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychology  and  Training 
Models  (3)  Prerquisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and 
one  other  200  level  course.  For  majors.  An  examina- 
tion of  the  theories  and  research  regarding  human 
performance  capabilities  and  skills  (information  pro- 
cessing, decision-making,  environmental  constraints, 
automation),  training  procedures  (traditional  methods, 
programmed  learning,  computer-assisted  instruction) 
and  models  and  procedures  for  evaluating  training 
programs  In  industry,  education,  and  service  organiza- 
tions. 

PSYC  467  Vocational  Psychology  (3)  Survey  and 
critical  analysis  of  theory  and  research  on  vocational 
choice  and  vocational  adjustment.  Definition  and  cor- 
relates of  vocational  aspirations,  preferences,  choices, 
motivation,  success,  and  satisfaction.  Developmental 
trends  in  career  decision-making  and  career  patterns. 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Written  consent  of  instructor.  A  student 
who  wishes  to  take  independent  research  study  must 
have  completed  1 2  hours  of  psychology  with  at  least  a 
2.5  average.  Integrated  reading  under  direction  lead- 
ing to  the  preparation  of  an  adequately  documented 
report  on  a  special  topic.  (In  special  cases  a  student 
who  may  need  to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to 
complete  his  independent  study  will  make  a  formal 
request,  including  a  research  proposal,  through  his 
advisor  to  the  departmental  honors  committee.) 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  in  Psycholo- 
gy (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Written  consent  of  instructor.  A 
student  who  wishes  to  take  independent  research 
study  must  have  completed  12  hours  of  psychology 
with  at  least  a  2.5  average.  An  individual  course 
designed  to  allow  the  student  to  pursue  a  specialized 
research  topic  under  supervision.  (In  special  cases  a 
student  who  may  need  to  repeat  this  course  in  order  to 
complete  his  research  will  make  a  formal  request, 
including  a  research  proposal,  through  his  advisor  to 
the  departmental  honors  committee.) 

PSYC  488  Advanced  Psychology  I  (Honors)  (3) 

H — Honors  Usually  taken  during  junior  year.  Prerequi- 
sites: PSYC  200  and  permission  of  department  honors 
committee.  Seminar  covering  topics  in  sensation,  per- 
ception, learning,  and  motivation. 

PSYC  489  Senior  Seminar  (3) 

PSYC  498  Advanced  Psychology  II  (Honors)  (3) 

H — Honors  Usually  taken  during  senior  year.  Prerequi- 
site: PSYC  488H.  Semester  covering  topics  in  meas- 
urement, social  processes  and  other  subject  matter  of 
current  interest. 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  H — Honors 
Usually  taken  during  last  semester  in  residence.  Pre- 
requisite: permission  of  thesis  advisor. 


Recreation 

RECR  130  History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation 

(3)  An  introduction  to  the  beginnings  and  growth  of 
recreation-parks  as  fostered  by  individuals,  agencies 
and  governments:  attitudes  toward  and  theones  of 
play;  present  pnnciples  and  objectives;  organizations 
and  groups  interested  in  recreation  and  parks  and  their 
relationships;  job  opportunities,  specifications  and  de- 
mands; self-analysis  of  individual  student  interest,  limi- 
tations and  capabilities  in  light  of  these  specifications 
and  demands. 

RECR  150  Camp  Counseling  (2)  A  study  of  the 
philosophy  and  techniques  of  camp  counseling  includ- 
ing the  qualifications,  responsibilities  and  skills  in- 
volved; the  basic  organization,  administration  and  pro- 
gram planning  practices  and  problems  of  camping  as  a 
whole;  the  relationship  of  tfiese  practices  and  prob- 
lems to  the  counselor  and  his  or  her  probable  success. 
Outdoor  skills  will  be  taught  and  practiced  insofar  as 
possible  with  field  trips  included. 

RECR  200  Sophomore  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department.  Discussion,  observation, 
analysis  and  assessment  of  a  number  of  possible 
placements  under  various  jurisdictions,  with  a  number 
of  age  groupings,  in  different  settings,  with  diverse 
facilities  and  programs  for  their  activity  leadership  role 
in  sophomore  summer  field  work  practioum.  Work  in 
the  field  with  supervisors  to  identify  strategies  and 
problems  and  to  develop  materials  appropnate  to  the 
interviewing  and  placement  process. 

RECR  220  Methods  and  Materials  in  Recreation  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Roles,  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  recreation 
activity  leader.  Practical  experience  in  planning,  or- 
ganizing, leading,  participating  and  evaluating  a  wide 
variety  of  recreation  activities. 

RECR  300  Senior  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  department.  Review  and  evaluation  of  academic 
and  other  professional  preparation,  analysis  of  future 
plans,  and  final  preparation  for  entry  into  the  recreation 
profession. 

RECR  325  General  Fundamentals  of  Recreation  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  for  and  limited  to  students  not 
majoring  in  recreation  who  wish  to  develop  some 
understanding  of  the  place,  importance  and  potentiali- 
ties of  recreation  in  modern  life.  Included  will  be  limited 
study  of  the  areas  of  philosophy,  program  planning, 
leadership  techniques,  organization  and  administra- 
tion, and  inter  relationships  with  other  fields. 

RECR  335  Recreation  and  Leisure  (3)  Introduction  to 
the  study  of  leisure  or  park  and  recreation  services. 
The  challenges,  opportunities,  and  problems  of  leisure 
as  it  affects  individuals'  lives  and  the  social  fabric  of 
their  local,  national  and  world  communities. 

RECR  340  Field  Work  I  (6)  Prerequisite:  RECR  200 
and  consent  of  the  department.  Practical  field  expen- 
ence  in  developing  recreation  activity  leadership  skills 
at  an  organized  recreation  department  or  agency. 
Students  will  be  expected  to  make  a  commitment  for  a 
minimum  of  eight  weeks  or  equivalent. 

RECR  341  Field  Work  II  (8)  Prerequisite:  RECR  300 
and  consent  of  the  department.  Observation  and  field 
work  placement  selected  and  assigned  on  the  basis  of 
the  student's  interest  and  future  employment  plans. 
Leadership  activity  and  participation  in  staff  activities 
and  responsibilities. 

RECR  351  Nature  Interpretation  (3)  Pnnciples  and 
techniques  used  for  interpretation  of  environmental, 
natural,  historic  and  other  features  of  recreation  and 
parks  facilities  to  the  visitor.  Individual  and  group  field 
trips  will  be  required. 

RECR  370  Recreation  and  Special  Populations  (3) 

Recreation  programming  for  special  populations  with 
emphasis  on  history,  etiology,  terminology,  charac- 
teristics and  treatment  approaches. 

RECR  375  Introduction  to  Therapeutic  Recreation 

(3)  History,  philosophy  and  current  practices  related  to 
the  therapeutic  recreation  process. 

RECR  410  Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Recrea- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or  325  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  survey  course  in  measurement  tools  and 
methods  and  application  of  measurement  to  evalua- 
tive processes  applicable  in  specific  and  broad  areas 
of  interest  and  specialization  in  recreation  and  parks. 


RECR  415  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  A  course  cover- 
ing the  statistical  techniques  most  frequently  used  in 
research  p^naming  to  recreation.  An  effort  will  be 
made  to  provide  the  student  with  the  necessary  skills, 
and  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and  practi- 
cal applications  of  these  techmques. 

RECR  420  Program  Planning  and  Analysis  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: RECR  130  or  325;  RECR  220  recom- 
mended. The  essential  elements  and  basic  principles 
involved  in  the  organization  and  administration  of 
various  types  of  recreation  programs  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  practical,  comprehensive  program 
plans  and  evaluations  for  a  population  and  a  facility 
within  the  students  particular  area  of  interest. 

RECR  426  Industrial  Employee  Recreation  (3)  An 

introductory  study  of  the  philosophy  of  and  practices 
and  problems  in  industrial  recreation.  Where  possible 
the  course  will  include  opportunities  for  observation 
and  for  meeting-  visiting  specialists. 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of 
the  meanings,  relationships,  and  services  of  recreation 
as  expressed  by  past  and  present  authonties  and 
leaders.  This  course  should  be  of  interest  to  people 
active  in  education,  social  work,  and  rela'.ed  fields. 

RECR  450  Camp  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RECR  150  or  experience.  An  advanced  camping 
course  for  those  students  with  previous  training  and 
expenence;  organization,  administration,  pro- 
gramming, current  trends,  evaluation,  and  special 
problems.  Whenever  possible,  visiting  specialists  and 
field  trips  will  be  included. 

RECR  451  Recreational  Use  of  Natural  Areas  (3)  An 

introductory  orientation  to  the  outdoor  recreation  phe- 
nomenon. Factors  stimulating  outdoor  recreation  in- 
volvement; federal,  state,  local,  public  and  private 
departments  and  agencies  managing  outdoor  recrea- 
tion areas;  legislation;  philosophical  concepts;  and 
planning  and  management  issues. 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education  (6)  Field  experience 
and  resident  camping  in  an  outdoor  setting  will  be  used  ' 
to  present  the  activities  and  techniques  recommended 
for  modern  outdoor  education  practice.  Where  possi- 
ble groups  of  participants  will  be  utilized  as  subjects  for 
practice  instructional  work.  Activity  will  emphasize  not 
only  the  subject  matter  of  science  and  education  but 
also  the  broad  concepts  of  conservation,  worthy  use  of 
leisure  time,  education  for  democratic  living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Interpretation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  351.  Examination  of  the  philoso- 
phies of  and  techniques  appropriate  to  historical  and 
natural  interpretation  Analysis  and  development  of 
interpretive  programs  and  visitor  information  services. 
Field  tnps  and  laboratory  experiences  will  be  required, 

RECR  457  Concepts  and  Issues  in  Outdoor  Recre- 
ation (3)  A  survey  of  the  relationships  between  land, 
leisure  and  people  as  increasingly  vital  and  interde- 
pendent issues  in  American  civilization.  The  main- 
stream of  thoughts,  methods  and  policies  of  resource 
based  recreation,  with  special  attention  to  the  history 
of  conservation  and  the  significance  of  wilderness. 

RECR  460  Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices 

(3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or  325  Various  types  and 
dynamics  of  recreation  leadership  at  academic,  agen- 
cy, small  and  large  group  levels.  Acquisition  of  tangible 
techniques,  such  as  goal  setting,  decision  making,  and 
leadership  for  purposes  of  organizing,  implementing, 
observing  and  analyzing  human  function  in  organiza- 
tional settings. 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Recreation 

(3)  A  study  of  the  pnnciples.  methods,  techniques  as 
well  as  an  analysis  of  the  functions  of  supervision  in 
the  recreation  and  parks  environment.  This  course  is 
designed  to  advance  the  student's  understanding  of 
the  art  of  building  human  relationships,  and  to  apply 
the  emerging  concepts  and  pnnciples  of  modern  su- 
pervision to  practical  situations  in  which  administra- 
tors, supervisors,  leaders  (both  professional  and  para- 
professional)  and  volunteers  are  working 

RECR  475  Problems  in  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RECR  375,  Problems  encountered  in  the 
delivery  of  therapeutic  recreation  services  to  individu- 
als with  special  problems.  Current  trends,  innovative 
service  delivery  models,  literature  review,  and  identifi- 
cation of  funding  sources. 

RECR  476  Institutional  Recreation  (3)  An  introducto- 
ry study  of  the  philosophy  of  and  practices  in  hospital 


182    Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 


and  Institutional  recreation.  Where  possible  the  course 
will  include  opportunities  for  observation  and  for  meet- 
ing visiting  specialists. 

RECR  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Work- 
shop (1-6)  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshops  and 
research  projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not 
covered  by  regularly  structured  courses. 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administration  of  Rec- 
reation (3)  A  study  of  the  organizational  patterns  and 
administrative  problems  involved  in  the  various  types 
of  operating  recreation  departments  and  agencies; 
forms  of  organization;  finance  and  budget;  personnel; 
public  relations. 

RECR  495  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Plan- 
ning (3)  Basic  principles  of  planning,  design,  develop- 
ment, and  maintenance  of  community  recreation  areas 
and  facilities.  The  interrelationships  between  local, 
regional,  state,  and  national  park  and  recreation  sys- 
tems. 

RECR  497  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Plan- 
ning il  (3)  Prerequisite;  RECR  495  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Principles  of  design,  development,  proce- 
dures, and  maintenance  considerations  for  recreation 
areas  and  facilities  Use  of  analytical  methods  to  carry 
out  park  designs  and  development  of  skills  in  graphi- 
cally conveying  design  concepts.  Safety,  efficiency 
and  economy  as  they  affect  design,  development  and 
park  maintenance. 

RECR  498  Special  Topics  in  Recreation  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite; Consent  to  instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest 
in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 
Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different. 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

RLED  302  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 

(2)  An  overview  of  the  job  of  the  teacher  of  agriculture; 
examination  of  agncultural  education  programs  for 
youth  and  adults. 

RLED  303  Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 

(2)  Principles  and  practices  of  the  demonstration 
method;  construction  and  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching 
agriculture. 

RLED  305  Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer 
Groups  (1)  Characteristics  of  young  and  adult  farmer 
instruction  in  agriculture.  Determining  needs  for  an 
organizing  a  course;  selecting  materials  for  instruction; 
and  class  management.  Emphasis  is  on  the  con- 
ference method  of  teaching. 

RLED  31 1  Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agricul- 
ture (3)  A  comprehensive  course  in  the  work  of  high 
school  departments  of  vocational  agriculture.  It  em- 
phasizes particularly  placement,  supervised  farming 
programs,  the  organization  and  administration  of  fu- 
ture farmer  activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in 
all-day  instruction. 

RLED  313  Student  Teaching  (5)  Prerequisite:  Satis- 
factory academic  average  and  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Full-time  student  teaching  in  an  off-campus  stu- 
dent teaching  center  under  an  approved  supervising 
teacher  of  agriculture,  participating  expenence  in  all 
aspect  of  the  work  of  a  teacher  of  agriculture. 

RLED  315  Student  Teaching  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  Sat- 
isfactory academic  average  and  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Full-time  obsen/ation  and  participation  in  work  of 
teacher  of  agriculture  in  off-campus  student  teaching 
center.  Provides  students  opportunity  to  gain  experi- 
ence in  the  summer  program  of  work,  to  participate  in 
opening  of  school  activities,  and  to  gain  other  experi- 
ence needed  by  teachers. 

RLED  323  Developing  Youth  Programs  (3)  A  study 
of  concepts  involved  in  planning  and  executing  pro- 
grams developed  to  meet  the  needs  of  youth  especial- 
ly those  living  in  rural  and  suburban  areas.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  on  the  identification  of  attitudes,  needs, 
and  problems  of  youth  in  all  socio-economic  levels.  An 
analysis  of  methods  or  working  with  youth  groups  and 
developing  volunteer  leaders  will  also  be  included. 

RLED  325  Directed  Experience  in  Extension  Edu- 
cation (1-5)  Prerequisite:  satisfactory  academic  aver- 
age and  permission  of  instructor.  Full-time  observation 
and  participation  in  selected  aspects  of  extension 
education  m  an  approved  training  county. 


RLED  327  Program  Planning  in  Extension  (3)  Stu- 
dies concepts  involved  in  planning,  execution  and 
evaluation  of  educational  programs.  Students  will 
apply  the  concepts  while  assisting  with  the  planning 
and  evaluation  of  programs.  Special  emphasis  will  also 
be  given  to  extension  education. 

RLED  389  Selected  Topics  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

RLED  398  Seminar  In  Agricultural  Education  (1) 

Examination  of  current  literature,  reports  and  discus- 
sions of  problems,  trends,  and  issues  in  agricultural 
education 

RLED  422  Extension  Education  (3)  The  agricultural 
extension  service  as  an  educational  agency.  The  his- 
tory, philosophy,  objectives,  policy,  organization, 
legislation  and  methods  used  in  extension  work. 

RLED  423  Extension  Communications  (3)  An  intro- 
duction to  communications  in  teaching  and  within  an 
organization,  including  barriers  to  communication,  the 
diffusion  process  and  the  application  of  communica- 
tion pnnciples  person  to  person,  with  groups  and 
through  mass  media. 

RLED  426  Development  and  Management  of  Ex- 
tension Youth  Programs  (3)  Designed  for  present 
and  prospective  state  leaders  of  extension  youth  pro- 
grams. Program  development,  principles  of  program 
management,  leadership  development  and  counsel- 
ing; science,  career  selection  and  citizenship  in  youth 
programs,  field  experience  in  working  with  low  income 
families'  youth,  urban  work. 

RLED  427  Group  Dynamics  in  Continuing  and  Ex- 
tension Education  (3)  Concepts  involved  in  working 
with  groups  planning  extension  and  continuing  educa- 
tion programs.  Analysis  of  group  behavior  and  group 
dynamics  related  to  small  groups  and  development  of 
a  competence  in  the  selection  of  appropriate  methods 
and  techniques. 

RLED  464  Rural  Life  In  Modern  Society  (3)  Examina- 
tion of  the  many  aspects  of  rural  life  that  affect  and  are 
affected  by  changes  in  technical,  natural  and  human 
resources.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  which 
diverse  organizations,  agencies  and  institutions  play  in 
the  education  and  adjustment  of  rural  people  to  the 
demands  of  modern  society. 

RLED  466  Rural  Poverty  in  ah  Affluent  Society  (3) 

Topics  examined  include  conditions  under  which  peo- 
ple in  poverty  exist,  factors  giving  rise  to  such  condi- 
tions, problems  faced  by  the  rural  poor,  and  the  kinds 
of  assistance  they  need  to  rise  out  of  poverty.  Topics 
and  issues  are  examined  in  the  context  of  rural-urban 
interrelationships  and  their  effects  on  rural  poverty. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  past  and  present  pro- 
grams designed  to  alleviate  poverty  and  to  considera- 
tions and  recommendations  for  future  action. 

RLED  487  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  (3) 

Designed  primarily  for  teachers.  Study  of  state's  natu- 
ral resources— soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests, 
and  minerals — natural  resources  problems  and  prac- 
tices. Extensive  field  study.  Concentration  on  subject 
matter.  Taken  concurrently  with  RLED  497  in  summer 
season. 

RLED  488  Critique  In  Rural  Education  (1)  Current 
problems  and  trends  in  rural  education. 

RLED  489  Critique  in  Rural  Education  (1)  Current 
problems  and  trends  in  rural  education. 

RLED  497  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  (3) 

Designed  primarily  for  teachers.  Study  of  state's  natu- 
ral resources — soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests, 
and  minerals — natural  resources  problems  and  prac- 
tices. Extensive  field  study.  Methods  of  teaching  con- 
servation included.  Taken  concurrently  with  RLED  487 
in  summer  season. 

RLED  499  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Prerequisite;  Staff 
approval. 


Religious  Studies 

RLST  125  Introduction  to  Religion  (3)  An  introduc- 
tion to  Judaism,  Christianity,  and  the  religions  of  Asia, 
consideration  of  modern  tfieories  of  religion  including 
cntics  (e.g.  Freud.  Marx)  and  reinterpretation  (e.g. 
Tilllch.  Bonhoeffer).  some  attention  to  recent  religious 


movements  in  the  West  such  as  yoga,  Pentecostalism, 
Zen,  and  the  Jesus  Movement, 

RLST  200  Modern  Religious  Thought  (3)  Major 
modern  religious  thinkers  and  intellectual  movements 
in  Europe  and  Amehca  from  1900  to  the  present. 
Study  of  Protestant,  Catholic  and  Jewish  whtings, 
representing  liberalism  and  modernism,  fundamental- 
ism, neoorlhodoxy.  Vatican  II,  and  the  'Death  of  God' 

RLST  200  (Continued)  Theology.  Readings  include 
Tillich.  Bart.h.  Niebuhr.  Bonhoeffer.  Buber.  Heschel. 
Rubenstein.  and  Teilhard. 

RLST  233  History  of  Jewish  Thought  I  (3)  An 

exploration  of  the  development  of  Classical  and  rab- 
binic Jewish  covenantal  prophecy,  apocalyptic  devel- 
opment of  legalism  in  Hebrew  scriptures,  early  mysti- 
cism, covenantal  demands  in  rabbinical  thoughts 
pietist  attitudes  and  philosophy  in  the  Middle  Ages. 
Social  factors  and  their  intellectual  repercussions — for 
example.  Karaites  and  the  Crusades. 

RLST  234  History  of  Jewish  Thought  II  (3)  The 

impact  of  historical  events  on  Jewish  thought  from  the 
1492  Spanish  expulsion  to  the  present — false  mes- 
sianism,  emancipation.  Hasidism,  varieties  of  ortho- 
doxy and  reforms  since  development  in  America. 


Radio,  Television  and  Film 

RTVF  124  Mass  Communication  in  20th  Century 
Society  (3)  The  evolution  of  mass  communications 
and  the  impact  of  the  media  on  contemporary  society. 
Emphasis  on  broadcasting  and  film  treatments  of 
social,  economic,  or  political  issues. 

RTVF  222  Introduction  to  Radio,  Television,  and 
Film  (3)  The  development,  scope  and  influence  of 
radio,  television,  and  film;  emphasis  on  the  relationship 
of  the  industries  to  audiences,  advertisers,  and  gov- 
ernment. 

RTVF  223  The  Television  Program — Planning  and 
Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  222.  Study  of 
basic  program  formats  and  variations  with  special 
emphasis  on  pre-production  planning,  production  or- 
ganization, management,  facility  utilization  and  cost 
analysis.  RTVF  Upper-Level  Course  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  222  and  RTVF  223  are  prerequisites  for  all 
majors  prior  to  enrollment  in  upper-level  courses.  Non- 
majors  are  required  to  obtain  instructor's  consent  for 
all  upper-level  courses.  All  students  are  limited  to  one 
production  course  per  semester  unless  permission  is 
obtained  prior  to  registration. 

RTVF  302  Beginning  Sound  Production  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: RTVF  223.  Practical  experience  in  sound  pro- 
duction, including  scripting,  acoustics  planning,  record- 
ing, editing,  and  coordination  of  personnel.  Application 
principally  toward  radio. 

RTVF  314  Introduction  to  the  Film  (3)  An  elementary 
survey  of  the  film  as  an  art  form.  Included  are;  the 
medium  of  the  cinema,  a  brief  survey  of  its  develop- 
ment, film  genres,  esthetics,  criticism,  and  the  current 
international  scene.  A  series  of  significant  American 
and  foreign  films  are  viewed.  ■" 

RTVF  317  Radio  and  Television  Continuity  Writing 

(3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  223  and  ENGL  391  or  exemp- 
tion from  the  latter.  Principles,  methods  and  limitations 
of  writings  for  radio  and  television.  Application  toward 
whting  of  general  types  of  continuities  and  commer- 
cials. 

RTVF  332  Public  Broadcasting  (3)  Public  television 
and  radio:  development;  problems;  influence;  its  place 
in  contemporary  broadcasting,  through  the  viewing  of 
and  listening  to  selected  programs. 

RTVF  333  Television  and  Children  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  223  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of 
programming  designed  lor  children.  Investigation  of 
current  research  and  the  analysis  of  specific  programs. 
Field  studies  with  local  children. 

RTVF  340  Principles  of  Television  Production 
Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  223  and  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Theory,  methods  techniques  and 
problems  of  television  production,  television  cameras 
and  lenses,  lighting  theory  and  practices,  audio,  gra- 
phic arts  and  special  effects.  Practical  application  in 
television  studios. 

RTVF  346  Television  News  and  Public  Affairs  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RTVF  31 7  or  JOUR  360,  Development  of 


Russian    183 


broadcast  journalism,  current  problems  concerning 
radio  and  television  news,  and  the  development  of  the 
documentary. 

RTVF  347  Broadcast  Processes  and  Effects  (3) 

Prerequiate:  RTVF  223.  Common  analytic  approaches 
to  methods  of  t>roadcasting  and  their  effects  on  socie- 
ty; opinion  change,  principles  of  mass  persuasion, 
social  consequences  of  broadcasting 

RTVF  351  Television  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite 
RTVF  223.  Introduction  to  the  history,  types,  Iheones, 
regulations,  and  conventions  of  television  pro- 
gramming. Exploration  of  the  roles  of  programmers, 
advertisers,  ratings  services,  producers,  and  regulato 
ry  t>odies  through  a  programming  simulation. 

RTVF  355  Film  Production  (3)  Prerequisite,  Consent 
of  instnjctor.  A  study  of  the  theoretical  and  practical 
aspects  of  16mm  film  production.  Through  reading  and 
practice,  students  are  familiarized  with  basic  cine- 
matography, lighting,  editing,  pictorial  composition. 
and  film  continuity  as  a  communication  arts  medium. 

RTVF  356  Film  Production  I,  Introduction  (3)  Pre- 
requisites: For  majors,  RTVF  222  and  consent  of 
instructor:  for  non-majors,  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Introduction  to  film  technology  and  techniques, 

RTVF  357  Film  Production  II,  Cinematography  (3) 

Prerequisites:  RTVF  356  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Development  of  proficiency  in  16mm  film  production. 

RTVF  402  Advanced  Sound  Production  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: RTVF  302  and  consent  of  instructor.  An  ad- 
vanced sound  production  methodology  in  radio  drama 
and  documentaries. 

RTVF  413  The  History  ol  the  Film  (3)  An  advanced 
survey  of  the  film  as  an  art  form.  Cinema  pre-history, 
actualities  and  the  Lumiere  tradition,  Melies,  Gnffith, 
and  their  contemporaries,  the  silent  film  (1920-29): 
Germany,  Russia,  and  the  U.S.A..  screen  comedy,  the 
sound  film  (1926-present):  American  and  foreign  mas- 
ter directors,  recent  and  current  trends.  Recom- 
mended prior  to  this  course:  RTVF  314. 
RTVF  414  Contemporary  American  Cinema  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: RTVF  222.  An  analysis  of  the  trends  and 
major  social  issues  in  Amencan  culture  as  they  are 
expressed  through  the  film  medium.  Emphasis  on  'new 
wave',  experimental,  underground,  independent,  and 
cinema  verite  motion  pictures. 
RTVF  415  Contemporary  European  Cinema  (3)  A 
comparative  and  critical  analysis  of  the  European 
motion  picture  botti  as  a  distinct  art  form  reflecting  the 
national  character  of  a  particular  country  and  as  a 
medium  for  mass  communications  demonstrating  the 
universality  of  the  human  condition. 
RTVF  417  Dramatic  Writing  for  Broadcasting  ana 
Film  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  31 7  or  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. An  introduction  to  the  principles,  methods  and 
limitations  of  writing  comedy,  drama,  and  the  docu- 
mentary for  radio,  television,  and  film. 
RTVF  418  The  Film  Auteur  (3)  The  intensive 
chronological  study  of  the  work  of  one  European  or 
American  film  director  each  semester. 
RTVF  419  Film  Genres73)  The  study  of  one  major  film 
genre  each  semester  (the  gangster  film,  the  western, 
science  fiction  and  hon-or,  the  political  film).  Cinema 
develops  formal  and  thematic  conventions  and  how, 
as  a  medium  for  reflecting  social  ideals  and  needs. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  420  The  Documentary  Film  (3)  Growth,  impli- 
cation, and  the  use  of  the  international  nonfiction  film 
as  propaganda,  public  service,  promotion,  education, 
and  entertainment.  Case  studies  from  representative 
documentaries  will  be  analyzed. 

RTVF  421  Film  Criticism  and  Theory  (3)  Cn'tical- 
aesthetic  approaches  to  film  in  order  to  develop  a 
vocabulary  for  film  analysis.  Included  will  be  shot 
analysis;  montage  and  deep  focus;  the  Auteur  theory; 
the  role  of  screenwriter,  director  of  photography,  acton 
genre  analysis;  analysis  of  film  as  popular  art. 

RTVF  425  Television  and  Politics  (3)  Critical  review 
of  studies  of  the  effects  of  political  broadcasts;  legal 
and  social  issues;  surveys  and  media  campaigns. 

RTVF  440  Television  Direction  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  340  and  consent  of  instructor.  Pnnciples  of 
television  direction  including  elements  of  composition, 
picturization,  timing,  script  notation  and  program  coor- 
dination. 

RTVF  441  Television  Direction  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RTVF  440  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  theones 
of  television  direction;  script  analysis  and  adaptaton, 
production  coordination,  casting,  blocking,  rehearsals 
and  mixing. 


RTVF  449  Television  Workshop  (3)  Two-Hour  lec- 
ture, four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  RTVF  340. 
440  and  consent  of  instructor. 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station  Mai>age- 
menl  (3)  The  role  of  the  manager  in  the  modern 
broadcasting  industry.  Station  communication  factors, 
regulation,  licensing,  personnel  functions,  sales,  pro- 
gramming supervision,  audience  analysis,  and  station 
promotion 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
professional,  histoncal.  social,  and  psychological  cnti- 
cism  of  American  radio  and  television,  together  with 
practical  application  of  professional  and  scholarly  cnti- 
cai  methods. 

RTVF  452  International  and  Comparative  Broad- 
casting Systems  (3)  A  comparative  study  of  interna- 
tional broadcasting  program  policies,  economic  sys- 
tems, control  and  organization.  The  use  of  broadcast- 
ing in  international  affairs  as  an  instrument  of  propa- 
ganda, culture  and  information  dissemination.  (Monitor- 
ing of  overseas  broadcasts,  television  programs  and 
discussions  with  representatives  of  domestic  and  for- 
eign international  broadcast  agencies. 

RTVF  453  Broadcast  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RTVF  223.  Legal  issues  involving  radio  and  television: 
freedom,  restraints,  self-regulation;  regulation  of  pro- 
gramming, competition,  rights  as  seen  by  the  broad- 
caster, regulatory  agencies  and  the  public. 

RTVF  466  Film  Production  III,  Synchronized  Sound 
Film  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  355  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Synchronized  sound  and  color  tech- 
nology with  emphasis  on  the  16mm  format. 

RTVF    467    Film    Production    IV,    Advanced    (3) 

Prerequis:ites  RTVF  464  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Direction  and  production  of  16mm,  color,  synchronized 
sound  motion  picture.  Production  management,  cine- 
matography, and  sound  recording. 

RTVF  498  Semlrtar  (3)  Prerequisites:  Senior  standing 
and  consent  of  instnjctor.  Present  day  radio-television- 
fiim  research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 


Russian 


RUSS  111  Elementary  Russian  (3)  Three  recitations 
and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  gram- 
mar, pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in 
translation. 

RUSS  112  Elementary  Russian  (3)  Three  recitations 
and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  gram- 
mar, pronunciation  and  conversation,  exercises  in 
translation. 

RUSS  114  Intermediate  Russian  (3)  Three  recita- 
tions per  week.  Additional  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  112  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  texts  designed  to 
give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  life,  thought  and 
culture. 

RUSS  115  Intermediate  Russian  (3)  Three  recita- 
tions per  week,  additional  laboratory.  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  1 14  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  text  designed  to 
give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  life,  thought  and 
culture.  S — Scientific  Prerequisite:  RUSS  1 14  or  equiv- 
alent. Reading  or  technical  and  scientific  prose 

RUSS  121  Intensive  Elementary  Russian  (6)  Intro- 
duction to  speaking,  reading,  and  writng  Russian  with 
emphasis  on  mastering  the  essentials  of  basic  struc- 
tural patterns  and  pronunciation.  Eight  hours  per  week. 

RUSS  122  Intensive  Intermediate  Russian  (6)  Pre- 
requisite: RUSS  112.  121  or  equivalent.  Eight  hours 
per  week,  including  two  drill  hours.  Reading  of  texts 
designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of  Russian  life, 
thought,  and  culture. 

RUSS  201  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  A  practical  lan- 
guage course  recommended  for  all  students  continu- 
ing in  Russian.      , 

RUSS  202  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  A  practical  lan- 
guage course  recommended  for  all  students  continu- 
ing in  Russian. 

RUSS  204  Commercial  Russian  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS   115  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Business  letters,  forms,  commercial  procedure  and 
trade  nomenclature 

RUSS  301  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  Designed  to 
give  a  thorough  training  in  the  structure  of  the  lan- 
guage, dnil  in  Russian  composition 

RUSS  302  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite.  RUSS  115  or  equivalent.  Designed  to 
give  a  thorough  training  in  the  structure  of  the  lan- 
guage; drill  in  Russian  composition. 

RUSS  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
RUSS  201.  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  students 
who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speak- 
ing the  language. 

RUSS  312  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 

RUSS  201.  202  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  students 
who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speak- 
ing the  language. 

RUSS  321  Survey  of  Russian  Literature  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: RUSS  1 15  or  equivalent.  An  elementary  survey 
of  Russian  literature. 

RUSS  322  Survey  of  Russian  Literature  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: RUSS  1 1 5  or  equivalent.  An  elementary  survey 
of  Russian  literature. 

RUSS  365  Slavic  Literature  In  '  'anslation  (3)  A 

survey  of  the  major  works  of  th?  literatures  of  the 
south,  west,  and  east  Slavs  (Yugoslav  and  Bulgarian, 
Polish  and  Czech,  Russian  primarily)  on  a  comparative 
basis. 

RUSS  397  Honors  Seminar  (3)  H — Honors  Prerequi- 
site: Permission  of  honors  committee  chairman.  Dis- 
cussion of  a  central  theme  with  related  investigations 
by  students.  Conducted  in  Russian. 

RUSS  398  Honors  Reading  Course  (3)  H— Honors 
Prerequisite:  RUSS  321  and  322.  or  permission  of 
instructor,  or  honors  committee  chairman.  Supervised 
reading  and  independent  study  taken  normally  by 
students  admitted  into  the  honors  program  Conducted 
in  Russian   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  credits. 

RUSS  399  Directed  Study  In  Russian  (1-3)  For 

advanced  students,  by  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

RUSS  401  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

RUSS  402  Advanced  Composition  (3) 

RUSS  421  Russian  Civilization  (in  Russian)  I  (3)  An 

histoncal  survey  of  Russian  civiltzalion,  emphasizing 
architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  music,  ballet  and  the 
theater  to  the  beginning  of  the  19lh  century  pointing 
out  the  inter-relationship  of  all  with  literary  movements. 
Taught  in  Russian. 

RUSS  422  Russian  Civilization  (In  Russian)  II  (3)  An 

histoncal  survey  of  Russian  civilization  emphasizing 
architecture,  painting,  sculpture,  music.  baHet.  and  the 
theater,  from  the  beginning  of  the  1 9th  century  to  the 
present  pointing  out  the  inter-relationships  of  all  with 
literary  movements.  Taught  in  Russian. 


RUSS  441  Russian  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  451  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  452  Russian  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  (3) 

RUSS  461  Soviet  Russian  Literature  (3) 

RUSS  462  Soviet  Russian  Literature  (3) 

RUSS  465  Modern  Russian  Poetry  (3) 

RUSS  466  Modern  Russian  Drama  (3) 

RUSS  467  Modern  Russian  Fiction  (3) 

RUSS  468  19th  Century  Russian  Literature  in 
Translation  (3)  Development  of  Russian  literary 
thought  in  the  Russian  novel  and  short  prose  of  the 
19th  century  Influence  of  western  literatures  and 
philosophies  considered.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
SIX  credits  when  content  differs. 

RUSS  470  Applied  Unguistlcs  (3)  The  nature  of 
applied  linguistics  and  its  contnbutions  to  the  effective 
teaching  of  foreign  languages  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of 


184    Sociology 


divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of 
related  drills. 

RUSS  471  Comparative  Slavic  Linguistics  (3)  Com- 
parative Slavic  linguistics  and.  especially,  a  concept  of 
the  place  of  the  Russian  language  in  the  world  of 
Slavic  culture  through  the  reading  of  selected  texts 
illustrating  common  Slavic  relationships  and  dis- 
similarities. 

RUSS  478  Soviet  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Rus- 
sian literature  since  1917.  both  as  a  continuation  of 
prerevokjtionary  traditions  and  as  a  reflection  of  soviet 
ideology.  Repealable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  content  differs. 


Sociology 

SOCY  10O  introduction  to  Socioiogy  (3)  The  funda- 
mental concepts  and  principles  of  sociology.  Includes 
consideration  of  culture,  patterns  of  social  interaction, 
norms,  values,  social  institutions,  stratification,  and 
social  change 

SOCY  105  introduction  to  Contemporary  Social 
Problems  (3)  An  examination  of  contemporary  social 
problems  through  sociological  perspectives;  ways  in 
which  social  problems  are  part  of  the  organization  of 
society;  a  detailed  study  of  selected  social  problems 
including  social  corflict  and  social  inequality.  Not  open 
to  students  who  a.ioady  have  credit  for  SOCY  210. 

SOCY  110  Rural  Sociology. (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Rural  life  in  America:  its  people,  social 
organization,  culture  patterns,  and  problems. 

SOCY  120  Urban  Socioiogy  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Urban  growth  and  expansion:  charac- 
teristics of  city  populations;  urban  institutions  and 
personality  patterns;  relations  of  city  and  country. 

SOCY  201  introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  hours  drill  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: SOCY  100  or  105  and  MATH  1 10  or  equivalent. 
Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics.  Con- 
struction and  percentaging  of  bivariate  cintingency 
tables;  frequency  distributions  and  graphic  presenta- 
tions; measures  of  central  tendency  and  dispersion; 
parametric  and  nonparametric  measures  of  associa- 
tion and  correlation;  regression;  probability;  hypothesis 
testing;  the  normal,  binomial  and  chi-square  distribu- 
tions; point  and  interval  estimates. 

SOCY  202  Introduction  to  Research  Metliods  In 
Sociology  (4)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  201 .  The  underiying 
logic,  major  strategies,  specific  techniques  and  skills  of 
sociological  research.  Research  design,  measure- 
ment, data  collection,  sampling,  field  research  experi- 
ments, surveys,  index  and  scale  construction,  data 
analysis,  interpretation  and  report  writing. 

SOCY  203  Socioiogicai  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Development  of  the  science  of 
sociology;  historical  backgrounds;  recent  theories  of 
society,  required  of  all  sociology  majors. 
SOCY  215  Social  institutions  (3)  Prerequisites: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Nature  and  function  of  social 
institutions;  the  perpetuation  of  behavior  through  cus- 
toms and  social  norms;  typical  contemporary  Ameri- 
can in_stitutions. 

SOCY  230  Dynamics  of  Social  interaction  (3) 
Prerequisits:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  psychology  of 
groups  such  as  committees,  teams,  clubs,  sects,  so- 
cial movements,  crowds  and  publics.  Origin  of  the 
social  self;  role  behavior,  inter-group  and  intragroup 
relations. 

SOCY  300  American  Society  (3)  The  social  structure 
and  organization  of  American  society  with  special 
reference  to  recent  social  change.  A  sociological  per- 
spective on  urban  and  other  population  trends;  the 
character  structure,  values  and  ideology  of  ameri- 
cans — social  movements  and  changes  in  work,  family 
life  and  recreation. 

SOCY  324  Racism  and  intergroup  Conflict  (3)  Pre- 
requisite: SOCY  100  or  105.  An  introduction  to  the 
study  of  racism  and  intergroup  conflict  in  the  U.S. 
history  of  racism;  racial  stereotypes,  roles,  and  myths; 
individual  and  institutional  racism;  race  and  its  relation 
to  culture,  stratification,  social  movements,  and  social 
change. 

SOCY  325  Sex  Roles  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or 
105  sex-role  differentiation  and  sex  inequality  from  a 
sociological  perspective.  Institutional  bases  of  sex 
inequality,  cultural  views  of  the  sexes,  sex-role  so- 
cialization and  sex-role  change.  Emphasis  on  contem- 
porary American  society. 


SOCY  327  introduction  to  the  Study  of  Deviance 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  An  introduction  to 
the  sociological  study  of  deviant  behavior,  covering 
such  topics  as  mental  illness,  sexual  deviance,  and  the 
use  of  drugs.  Students  may  not  receive  credit  for 
SOCY  327  if  they  have  completed  SOCY  427. 

SOCY  330  Community  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Community  organization  and  its 
relation  to  social  welfare;  analysis  of  community  needs 
and  resources;  health,  housing,  recreation;  community 
centers;  neighborhood  projects. 

SOCY  359  Social  Field  Training  (1-3)  Prerequisites: 
Permission  of  instructor  and  at  least  12  hours  of 
sociology  credit.  Enrollment  restricted  to  available 
placements.  The  student  will  be  responsible  to  an 
agency  for  a  program  of  in-service  training.  Group 
meetings,  individual  conferences  and  written  program 
reports  will  be  a  required  part  of  the  course. 

SOCY  388  Independent  Research  in  Socioiogy  (3) 

H— Honors  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105  and  con- 
sent of  instructor.  For  honors  students  only.  This 
course  is  designed  for  the  needs  of  the  honors  stu- 
dents in  sociology. 

SOCY  389  independent  Reading  Course  in  Sociol- 
ogy (3)  H— Honors  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105 
and  consent  of  instructor.  For  honors  students  only. 
This  course  is  designed  for  the  needs  of  the  honors 
students  in  sociology. 

SOCY  398  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1-3)  Prereq- 
uisite: SOCY  100  or  105  topics  of  special  interest  to 
both  sociology  majors  and  non-majors.  Repeatable  for 
credit  when  the  subject  matter  changes,  up  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

SOCY  399  independent  Study  in  Sociology  (1-6) 

Prerequisites:  Written  consent  of  faculty  under  whose 
direction  the  study  is  to  be  performed,  and  at  least  12 
hours  of  sociology  credit  to  include  one  or  more  of  the 
following:  SOCY  201;  202;  203.  Integrated  reading  or 
research  under  direction  and  supervision  of  faculty 
member. 

SOCY  401  Intermediate  Statistics  for  Sociologists 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  201  or  equivalent,  and  six 
additional  credits  in  sociology.  Intermediate  correlation 
techniques,  analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  additional 
nonparametric  techniques,  additional  topics  in  in- 
ferential statistics. 

SOCY  403  intermediate  Socioiogicai  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  203.  Major  theoretical  approaches 
e.g.,  functionalism  conflict,  symbolic  interactionism. 
and  their  implicit  methods  of  logic  illustrated  by  case 
studies.  Original  works  of  major  theorists  in  historical 
perspective. 

SOCY  410  Population  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Junior  stand- 
ing; SOCY  1 00  or  1 05  not  required.  Population  distribu- 
tion and  growth;  sources  of  demographic  data;  popula- 
tion composition;  population  theories;  mortality;  fertility 
and  family  planning;  migration;  and  population  prob- 
lems and  policy. 

SOCY  411  Population  II  (3)  Prerequisite;  SOCY  410 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  basic  tech- 
niques for  analyzing  population  change.  The  measure- 
ment of  fertility,  mortality,  and  migration. 

SOCY  421  interculturai  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  On  the  basis  of  a  comparative  study 
of  customs,  individual  and  group  behavior  patterns  and 
institutions.  This  course  studies  the  ideologies  of 
America  and  other  modern  societies. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  Minorities  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Basic  social  processes  in  the  relations  of 
ethnic  groups;  immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the 
United  States;  ethnic  minorities  in  Europe. 

SOCY  424  Sociology  of  Race  Relations  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: 9  credits  in  sociology  or  permission  of  intructor. 
Analysis  of  race-related  issues,  with  a  primary  focus  on 
American  society.  The  hisorical  emergence,  develop- 
ment, and  institutionalization  of  racism;  the  impact  of 
racism  on  its  victims;  and  racially-based  conflict. 

SOCY  425  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions  (3) 

Prerequisite:  12  credits  in  sociology.  Relationship  be- 
tween sex  roles  and  the  structure  of  one  or  more  social 
institutions  (e.g..  the  economy,  the  family,  the  political 
system,  religion,  education).  The  issues  of  major  con- 
cern are:  how  assumptions  about  sex  roles  are  built 
into  social  institutions;  how  social  institutions  serve  to 


perpetuate  or  transform  sex  roles;  how  changing  sex 
roles  affect  social  institutions. 

SOCY  426  Sociology  of  Religion  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105  Varieties  and  sources  of  religious 
experience.  Religious  institutions  and  the  role  of  reli- 
gion in  social  life. 

SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
327  or  12  credits  in  sociology  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. Current  theories  of  the  genesis  and  distribution  of 
deviant  behavior,  and  their  implications  for  a  general 
theory  of  deviant  behavior.  Definitions  of  deviance, 
labeling  theory,  secondary  deviance. 

SOCY  430  Sociology  of  Personality  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Development  of  human  nature  and 
personality  in  contemporary  social  life;  processes  of 
socialization;  attitudes,  individual  differences  and  so- 
cial behavior. 

SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organizations  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  concept  of  formal 
organization.  The  study  of  functioning  and  control  in 
the  operation  of  bureaucracies  such  as  corporations 
and  in  large-scale  organizations  such  as  military,  reli- 
gious and  educational  hierarchies.  Forms  of  recruit- 
ment, internal  mobility  and  organizational  personality. 
Relations  between  large-scale  organizations  and  with 
the  larger  society. 

SOCY  432  Collective  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  interaction  in  mass  behavior; 
communication  processes;  structure  and  functioning 
of  crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  movements,  and 
the  public. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100 
or  105  or  200.  Forms,  mechanism,  and  techniques  of 
group  influence  on  human  behavior;  problems  of  social 
control  in  contemporary  society. 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification  (3)  Prerequisite:  9 
credits  of  sociology.  An  introduction  to  the  sociology  of 
social  stratification.  Consideration  of  the  basic  con- 
cepts and  major  findings  in  the  field.  The  relationship 
of  social  stratification  to  the  institutional  orders  of  the 
socjety. 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Study  of  the  family  as  a  social 
institution;  its  biological  and  cultural  foundation;  histor- 
ic development,  changing  structure,  and  function;  the 
interaction  of  marriage  and  parenthood,  disorganizing 
and  reorganizing  factors  in  present  day  trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  Functions  of  the  arts  as  a  social 
institution.  Social  role  of  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and 
organizational  structure  of  artistic  professions.  Art 
forms  and  social  characteristics  of  audiences.  Chang- 
ing technology  and  social  values  as  reflected  in  artistic 
expression. 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
SOCY  100  or  105  and  201  (Sociological  Statistics)  or 
equivalent.  Analysis  of  small  group  structures  and 
dynamics.  Review  of  research  on  small  groups  in  real 
life  settings  and  in  laboratories.  Presentation  of  tech- 
niques used  in  small  groups. 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Lavir  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
1 00  or  1 05.  Law  as  a  form  of  social  control  interrelation 
between  legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to  their 
content,  sanctions,  and  methods  of  securing  conformi- 
ty; law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of  groups; 
factors  and  processes  operative  in  the  formation  of 
legal  norms  as  determinants  of  human  behavior. 

SOCY  460  Socioiogy  of  Work  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Analysis  of  the  American  work  worid  with 
special  attention  to  the  impact  of  social  change  and 
occupational  conflicts  on  the  individual  worker,  profes- 
sionalization.  career  patterns,  problems  of  minority 
groups,  and  the  future  of  work. 

SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  The  sociology  of  human  relations  in 
American  industry  and  business.  Complex  industrial 
and  business  organization  as  social  systems.  Social 
relationships  within  and  between  industry,  business, 
community,  and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Socioiogy  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY 
100  or  105.  Social  change  and  the  growth  of  military 
institutions.  Complex  formal  military  organizations. 
Military  service  as  an  occupation  or  profession.  The 
sociology  of  military  life.  Relations  between  military 
institutions,  civilian  communities  and  society. 


Spanish    185 


SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  The  origin  and  development  of 
armed  forces  as  Institutions,  the  social  causes,  opera- 
tions and  results  of  war  as  social  conflict;  the  relations 
of  peace  and  war  and  revolution  in  contemporary 
civilizations. 

SOCY  466  Sociology  of  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  9 
credits  In  sociology.  An  Introduction  to  the  sociology  of 
political  phenomena.  Consideration  of  the  basic  con- 
cepts and  major  findings  in  the  field;  the  relationship  of 
the  polity  to  other  Institutional  orders  of  the  society;  the 
relationship  of  political  activity  in  America  to  the  theory 
of  democracy. 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education  (3)  Prerequisites: 
iSOCY  100  or  105  or  permission  of  the  Instructor. 
ILIsted  also  as  EDSF  430.  Sociological  analysis  of 
educational  Institutions  and  their  relation  to  society; 
goals  and  functions,  the  mechanisms  of  social  control, 
and  the  impacts  of  stratification  and  social  change. 
Study  of  the  school  as  a  formal  organization,  and  the 
roles  and  subcultures  of  teachers  and  students. 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urban  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  The  ecology  of  population  and  the 
forces  making  for  change  in  rural  and  urban  life: 
migration,  decentralization  and  regionalism  as  meth- 
ods of  studying  individual  and  national  issues.  Applied 
field  problems. 

SOCY  471  The  Rural  Community  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SOCY  100  or  105.  A  detailed  study  of  rural  life  with 
emphasis  on  levels  of  living,  the  family,  school,  and 
church  and  organizational  activities  in  the  fields  of 
health,  recreation,  welfare,  and  planning. 

SOCY  473  The  City  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or 
105.  The  nse  of  urban  civilization  and  metropolitan 
regions;  ecological  process  and  structure;  the  city  as  a 
center  of  dominance;  social  problems,  control  and 
planning. 

SOCY  498  Selected  Topics  in  Sociology  (1-3)  Pre- 
requisite: SOCY  100  or  105.  Topics  of  special  Interest 
to  advanced  undergraduates  in  sociology.  Such 
courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to  student  request 
and  faculty  Interest.  No  more  than  6  credits  may  be 
taken  by  a  student  in  selected  topics.  Spanish 


Spanish 


SPAN  100  Applied  Spanish  (3)  Vocabulary  and  struc- 
tures pertinent  to  specific  professions  and  vocations: 
medicine,  nursing,  law  enforcement,  firefighting,  and 
social  work.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  divisional  or 
Spanish  major  language  requirements. 
SPAN  101  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Introduction  to 
basic  structures,  with  emphasis  upon  understanding 
and  speaking.  Four  recitations  per  week,  and  one 
optional  laboratory  hour.  Normally  leads  to  102,  but 
gifted  students  may  be  recommended  for  102H. 
SPAN  102  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  Completion  of 
basic  structures,  with  increasing  emphasis  upon  read- 
ing skill,  reinforced  by  discussion  and  composition. 
Four  recitations  per  week,  and  one  optional  laboratory 
hour.  Normally  leads  to  104,  but  gifted  students  may 
be  recommended  for  104H.  H — Honors  Limited  to 
students  who  have  been  recommended  by  their  In- 
structor in  101.  Enriched  course  of  study,  with  broad 
reading  base  and  related  development  or  oral  and 
written  expression.  Four  recitations  per  week  and  one 
optional  laboratory  hour.  Normally  leads  to  201  or  221 
at  student's  option. 

SPAN  103  Review  of  Elementary  Spanish  (4)  An 
intensive  beginning  course  in  Spanish  language  skills; 
guided  practice  in  reading  and  writing,  understanding 
the  spoken  language  and  conversation,  to  enable  the 
student  to  move  more  quickly  to  advanced  courses. 
Enrollment  restricted  to  students  who  have  had  at 
least  two  years  of  Spanish  or  the  equivalent  and  who 
do  not  quality  for  SPAN  104,  and  to  students  who 
already  have  a  good  background  in  at  least  one  other 
language  (successful  completion  of  level  4  in  high 
school,  or  115  or  104  or  equivalent  at  the  University 
level). 

SPAN  104  Intermediate  Spanish  (4)  Continued  de- 
velopment of  the  skills  of  understanding  and  speaking 
with  supplementary  attention  to  reading  and  writing. 
Four  recitations  per  week,  and  one  optional  laboratory 
hour.  Normally  leads  to  201  or  221 ,  at  student's  option. 
H — Honors  Limited  to  students  who  have  been  recom- 
mended by  their  instructor  in  102.  Ennched  course  of 
study,  with  broad  oral  base  and  related  development 
of  reading  and  writing.  Four  recitations  per  week  and 


one  optional  laboratory  hour.  Normally  leads  to  321, 
322,  323,  or  324  at  student's  option. 

SPAN  201  Review  of  Oral  and  Written  Spanish  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  104.  A  practical  language  course 
recommended  for  all  students  continuing  in  Spanish. 
May  be  taken  concurrently  with  SPAN  221. 

SPAN  202  Intermediate  Conversation  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: SPAN  1 04  or  permission  of  instructor.  Provides  an 
opportunity  to  develop  fluency  in  oral  Spanish. 

SPAN  221  Readings  In  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  104.  Selected  readings  from  various  genres  in 
Spanish  and  Spanish  American  literature.  Discussion 
and  brief  written  reports  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  301  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  equivalent.  An  Intensive 
review  of  grammar  and  practice  in  Spanish  composi- 
tion. 

SPAN  302  Review  Grammar  and  Composition  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPAN  301  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  310  Spanish  Phonetics  (3)  Descriptive  study  of 
the  Spanish  sound  system.  Practice  In  phonetic  per- 
ception, transchplion,  and  articulation.  Particular  atten- 
tion to  sentence  phonetics:  juncture,  rhythm,  stress, 
pitch.  Prerequisite:  SPAN  201  or  202. 

SPAN  311  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Designed  to  devel- 
op fluency  and  accuracy  In  speaking  Spanish. 

SPAN  312  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  201  or  consent  of  Instructor. 

SPAN  315  Commercial  Spanish  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  302  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Designed  to  give  a  knowledge  of  correct  commercial 
Spanish  Including  letters  and  business  forms. 

SPAN  316  Practicum  In  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  302.  Pre-professional  training  In  translating 
technical  and  literary  Spanish. 

SPAN  321  Survey  of  Spanish  Litera- 
ture—12th-17th  Century  (3) 

SPAN  322  Survey  of  Spanish  Litera- 
ture—18th-20th  Century  (3) 

SPAN  323  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature 

(3)  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish-American 
Literature. 

SPAN  324  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature 

(3)  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish-American 
literature. 

SPAN  378  Pro-Seminar  in  the  Hispanic  Literatures 

(3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321-322  (for  Spanish  topic); 
SPAN  323-324  (for  Spanish-American  topic).  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits,  with  change  of 
topic. 

SPAN  399  Independent  Study  in  Spanish  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Specific  read- 
ings In  literature  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member  of  the  department.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  three  credits. 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  In 
practical  stylistics,  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatic 
and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in 
practical  stylistics,  with  special  emphasis  on  idiomatic 
and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  404  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native  Teachers 
of  Spanish  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Development  of  fluency  in  Spanish  with  stress  on 
correct  sentence  structure,  pronounciation  and  idio- 
matic expression. 

SPAN  405  Oral  Practice  for  Non-Native  Teachers 
of  Spanish  11  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  404,  a  continua- 
tion of  SPAN  404. 

SPAN  408  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Litera- 
tures (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the  literature  of  Spain  or 
Spanish-America.  Each  theme  will  be  announced 
when  the  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Litera- 
tures (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the  literature  of  Spain  or 
Spanish-America.  Each  theme  will  be  announced 
when  the  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  the  fifteenth 


century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course 
covers  until  1350. 

SPAN  411  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish 
literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  the  fifteenth 
century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course 
covers  from  1350  to  1500. 

SPAN  412  The  Romancero  (3)  Ongin,  nature  and 
influence.  Extensive  reading  In  each  of  the  respective 
sub-genres. 

SPAN  418  Hispanic  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits,  with 
change  of  topic. 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings  and 
literary  analysis. 

SPAN  421  Prose  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings  and 
literary  analysis. 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3)  From 
the  earliest  autos  and  pasos,  the  development  of 
Spanish  drama  anterior  to  Lope  De  Vega,  including 
Cervantes. 

SPAN  425  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 

years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  the  cultural  heritage 
of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  traditions, 
customs,  art,  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  interrelationship  of  social  and  literary  history.  Con- 
ducted in  Spanish. 

SPAN  426  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000 

years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  the  cultural  heritage 
of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  traditions, 
customs,  art,  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  Interrelationship  of  social  and  literary  history.  Con- 
ducted in  Spanish. 

SPAN  430  Cervantes-Oon  Ouljote  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  431  Cervantes — Novel  as  Ejemplares  and 
Entremeses  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  17th  Century  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings,  liter- 
ary analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  poetry 
of  the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical  background. 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Century  (3)  Prerequi- 
site, SPAN  321  or  equivalent.  Selected  readings,  liter- 
ary analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  prose 
of  the  period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical  background. 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3) 

Devoted  to  Lope  De  Vega,  dramatic  theory  and  the 
Spanish  stage. 

SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3) 

Drama  after  Lope  De  Vega  to  Calderon  De  La  Barca 
and  the  decline  of  the  Spanish  theater. 

SPAN  440  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Traditionalism,  neo-classicism,  and  pre-romanticism  in 
prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and  poetics  of 
the  enlightenment. 

SPAN  441  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3) 

Traditionalism,  neo-Classicism,  and  pre-Romanticism 
in  prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and  poetics 
of  the  Enlightenment. 

SPAN  446  Latin  American  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  cultural  hentage  of  the  Latin  American  peoples 
from  the  pre-Columbian  period  to  independence.  His- 
panic and  other  European  influences.  Conducted  in 
Spanish. 

SPAN  447  Latin  American  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  Latin  American  peoples 
from  independence  to  the  present.  Hispanic  and  other 
European  influences.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  448  Special  Topics  in  Latin  American  Civili- 
zation (3)  An  intensive  study  of  a  selected  topic 
related  to  Latin  American  civilization.  This  course  may 
be  taken  no  more  than  twice.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  449  Special  Topics  In  Spanish  Civilization  (3) 

An  intensive  study  of  a  selected  topic  related  to 
Spanish  civilization.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SPAN  452  The  Romantic  Movement  in  Spain  (3) 

Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the  Romantic  and  post- 
Romantic  periods. 


186    Speech 


SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction  (3)  Significant 
novels  of  the  nineteenth  century, 

SPAN  456  Nineteenth  Century  Drama  and  Poetry 

($)  Significant  dramas  and  poetry  of  the  realistic  peri- 
od. 

SPAN  460  The  Generation  of  1898  and  Its  Succes- 
sors (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all  genres  of  the 
generation  of  1898  and  those  of  the  immediately 
succeeding  generation. 

SPAN  461  The  Generation  of  1898  and  Its  Succes- 
sors (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all  genres  of  the 
generation  of  1898  and  those  of  the  immediately 
succeeding  generation 

SPAN  462  Twentieth  Century  Drama  (3)  Significant 
plays  of  the  twentieth  century. 
SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry  (3)  Span- 
ish poetry  from  the  generation  of  1927  to  the  present. 
SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanish  Novel  (3) 
The  novel  and  the  short  story  from  1940  to  the 
oresent. 

SPAN  468  Modernism  and  Post-Modernism  in 
Sfxln  and  Spanish-America  (3)  A  study  of  the  most 
important  works  and  authors  of  both  movements  in 
Spain  and  Spanish-America. 

SPAN  469  Modernism  and  Post-Modernism  in 
Spain  and  Spanish-America  (3)  A  study  of  the  most 
important  works  and  authors  of  both  movements  in 
Spain  and  Spanish-America. 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of 
the  socio-political  contents  and  aesthetic  qualities  of 
representative  works  from  the  Colonial  to  the  Contem- 
porary period. 

SPAN  481  Spanish  American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of 
the  socio-political  contents  and  aesthetic  qualities  of 
representative  works  from  the  Colonial  to  the  Contem- 
porary period,  with  emphasis  on  the  essay  of  the 
twentieth  century. 

SPAN  488  Spanish-American  Fiction  (3)  Represen- 
tative novels  and/or  short  stories  from  the  wars  of 
independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  announced  each 
time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  489  Spanish-American  Fiction  (3)  Represen- 
tative novels  and/or  short  stories  from  the  wars  of 
independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major 
contemporary  works.  Subject  will  be  announced  each 
time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  491  Honors  Reading  Course — Poetry  (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consul- 
tation with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  492  Honors  Reading  Course — Novel  (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consul- 
tation wrth  the  instructor. 

SPAN   493  Honors  Reading  Course— Drama  (3) 

H — Honors  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by  stu- 
dents admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consul- 
tation with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  496  Honors  Seminar  (3)  H — Honors  Required 
of  all  students  in  the  honors  program.  Other  students 
will  be  admitted  on  special  recommendation.  Conduct- 
ed in  Spanish,  Discussion  of  a  central  theme  with 
related  investigation  by  students. 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry  (3)  Main 
trends,  authors  and  works  from  the  conquest  to  Ruben 
Oario. 


Speech 


SPCH  100  Basic  Principles  of  Speech  Communica- 
tion (3)  Prerequisite  for  advanced  speech  courses.  A 
study  of  oral  communication  principles,  including  verb- 
al and  nonverbal  language,  listening,  group  dynamics, 
and  public  speaking.  Emphasis  in  this  course  is  upon 
the  application  of  these  principles  to  contemporary 
problems  and  upon  the  preparation  of  different  types 
of  oral  discourse.  SPCH  100  and  107  may  not  both  be 
used  for  credit. 

SPCH  107  Technical  Speech  Communication  (3)  A 

study  of  oral  communication  as  it  is  part  of  technical 
fields.  Emphasis  in  this  course  is  on  the  principles  and 
techniques  of  interviewing,  group  discussion,  listening, 
and    informative    and    persuasive    briefings    and 


speeches.  SPCH  100  and  107  may  not  both  be  used 
for  credit. 

SPCH  110  Voice  and  Diction  (3)  Emphasis  upon  the 
improvement  of  voice,  articulation,  and  phonation.  May 
be  taken  concurrently  with  SPCH  100. 

SPCH  125  introduction  to  Interpersonal  Communi- 
cation (3)  The  course  will  focus  on  the  theory  and  its 
application  in  the  area  of  informal  interpersonal  com- 
munication. 

SPCH  200  Public  Communication  (3)  A  study  of 
rhetorical  principles  and  models  of  speech  composi- 
tion in  conjunction  with  the  preparation  and  presenta- 
tion of  specific  forms  of  public  communication. 

SPCH  220  Group  Discussion  (3)  A  study  of  the 
principles,  methods  and  types  of  discussion,  and  their 
application  in  the  discussion  of  contemporary  prob- 
lems. 

SPCH  230  Argumentation  and  Debate  (3)  A  study  of 
the  fundamental  principles  of  reasoning,  analysis,  and 
evidence  preparation  of  debate  briefs  and  presenta- 
tion of  standard  academic  debate. 

SPCH  240  Oral  Interpretation  (3)  The  oral  interpreta- 
tion of  literature  and  the  practical  training  of  students  in 
the  art  of  reading. 

SPCH  325  Parliamentary  Law  (1)  A  study  of  the 
principles  and  application  of  parliamentary  law  as 
applied  to  all  types  of  meetings.  Thorough  training  in 
the  use  of  Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

SPCH  330  Argumentation  and  Debate  in  Society  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  230  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
An  in-depth  study  of  argumentation  in  the  conduct  of 
contemporary  legislative,  judicial  and  political  debat- 
ing. 

SPCH  350  Foundations  of  Communication  Theory 

(3)  A  study  of  oral  communicative  behavior,  including 
problems  and  processes  of  symbolizations,  aspects  of 
oral  language,  the  involvement  of  the  talker  and  listen- 
er, kinds  of  signals,  and  self-revelation  through 
speech. 

SPCH  356  Rhetoric  and  Society  (3)  A  survey  of 
fundamental  aspects  and  approaches  to  rhetorical 
theory. 

SPCH  360  The  Rhetoric  of  Black  America  (3)  An 

historical-critical  survey  of  the  rhetoric  of  black  Ameri- 
cans from  the  Colonial  period  to  the  present.  Empha- 
sis will  be  placed  on  the  nature  and  historical  an- 
tecedents of  contemporary  black  power  rhetoric. 

SPCH  400  Introduction  to  Research  Methodolo- 
gies in  Speech  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Speech  communication  major  or  minor  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  An  introductory  survey  of  empirical  and 
historical-critical  research  methodologies  in  speech 
communication.  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the 
student  to  understand  and  to  conduct  basic  research 
in  the  field. 

SPCH  420  Advanced  Group  Discussion  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: SPCH  220  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An 
examination  of  current  research  and  techniques  in  the 
discussion  and  conference,  including  extensive  prac- 
tice in  various  types  of  discussions.  Emphasis  is  upon 
small  group  leadership  and  dynamics. 

SPCH  422  Interviewing  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor.  Speech  principles  and  practices  basic  to 
recognized  types  of  interview,  giving  special  attention 
to  behavioral  objectives  and  communication  variables 
involved  in  the  process  of  interviewing. 

SPCH  423  Communication  Processes  In  Confer- 
ences (3)  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  speech  commu- 
nication or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Group  participa- 
tion in  conferences,  methods  of  problem  solving,  se- 
mantic aspects  of  language,  and  the  function  of  con- 
ferences in  business,  industry  and  government 
settings. 

SPCH  424  Business,  industrial  and  Government 
Communication  (3)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Structure,  methodology  and  application  of 
communication  theory  in  the  industrial  setting  will  be 
emphasized. 

SPCH  440  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite: SPCH  240,  A  study  of  the  advanced  theories 
and  techniques  employed  in  the  interpretation  of 
prose,  poetry  and  drama.  Attention  is  given  to  selec- 


tions, analyses,  cuttings,  script  compilations,  and  the 
planning  of  programs  and  performances  in  oral  inter- 
pretation. 

SPCH  441  Readers  Theatre  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH 
240  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Theories  and  tech- 
niques of  readers  theatre  will  be  analyzed  to  enhance 
the  interpreting  and  directing  abilities  of  students. 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  interpretation  and 
direction  of  prose,  drama,  and  script  compilation. 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhetorical  Theo- 
ry (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  theories  of  speech-making  and  speech  composi- 
tion as  propounded  by  the  classical  rhetoricians.  Spe- 
cial attention  is  given  to  Plato,  Aristotle,  Socrates, 
Cicero,  Quintlian,  and  St.  Augustine. 

SPCH  451  Renaissance  and  Modern  Rhetorical 
Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the 
instructor,  A  study  of  the  development  of  modern 
rhetorical  theories  in  Europe  and  America  with  consid- 
eration of  the  application  of  the  theories  to  public 
address.  Special  attention  is  given  to  Thomas 
Sheridan,  John  Walker,  George  Campbell,  Hugh  Blair, 
Richard  Whately,  James  A.  Winans,  Charles  Woolbert, 
I.  A.  Richards,  and  Kenneth  Burke. 

SPCH  455  Speechwrlting  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Intensive  study  of  rhetori- 
cal principles  of  speech  composition  through  study  of 
model  speeches  and  through  a  practicum  in  speech 
writing.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  application  of 
research  in  speech  writing  to  various  forms  and  styles 
of  speeches. 

SPCH  460  American  Public  Address  1635-1900  (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPEECH  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Course  examines  the  rhetorical  development  of  major 
historical  movements  and  influential  spokesmen  from 
1635-1900.  Emphasis  on  the  reign  of  theocracy,  the. 
American  Revolution,  the  Presidential  Inaugural  as  a 
rhetorical  type,  the  Compromise  of  1 850,  the  Lincoln- 
Douglas  debates,  the  Civil  War  rhetoric  and  the 
Populist  movement. 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  In  the  20th  '. 
Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Course  examines  the  rhetorical  develop- 
ment of  major  historical  movements  and  influential 
spokesmen  from  1900  to  the  present.  Focus  on  the 
progressive  movement  the  rise  of  labor,  women's 
suffrage,  McCarthyism  and  the  evolution  of  pro-  and 
anti-war  rhetoric. 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address  (3)  Prerequisite, 
SPEECH  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  biographi- 
cal, textual  and  critical-rhetorical  study  of  great  British 
speakers  and  their  influences.  Special  attention  will  be  i 
devoted  to  the  'Golden  Age'  of  British  oratory  and  to 
the  forms  and  styles  of  contemporary  speakers. 

SPCH  470  Listening  (3)  A  study  of  the  listening 
process,  listening  variables,  listening  levels,  and  the 
development  of  effective  listening  behavior. 

SPCH  472  Nonverbal  Communication  (3)  Survey  of 
nonverbal  communication  in  human  interaction;  theory 
and  research  on  proxemics,   kinesics  and  paralin- 
guistics as  expression  of  relationship,  affect  and  orien-     ' 
tation  within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  474  Communication  Theory  and  Process  (3) 

A  general  survey  of  introductory  material  in  communi- 
cation theory. 

SPCH  475  Persuasion  In  Speech  (3)  Prerequisite: 
SPCH  200  or  230.  A  study  of  the  bases  of  persuasion 
with  emphasis  on  recent  experimental  developments 
in  persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Foundations  of  Speech  Behavior  (3)  This  ^ 
course  will  provide  a  study  of  the  acquisition  of  b 
speech,  the  elements  that  influence  speech  behavior,  I 
the  influences  of  speech  behavior,  and  a  theoretical  f. 
framework  for  the  analysis  of  communication,  situa- 
tions. Students  will  apply  the  theory  to  analysis  of 
specific  communication  situations. 

SPCH  477  Speech  Communication  and  the  Study 
of  Language  Acquisition  (3)  Survey  of  language  < 
acquisition  and  development  in  human  communication 
behavior;  theory  and  research  on  language  structure, 
syntactic,  phonological,  and  cognitive  systems  as  an 
influence  of  an  individual's  orientation  and  develop- 
ment within  and  across  cultures, 

SPCH  478  Speech  Communication  Colloqulm  (1) 

Current  trends  and  issues  in  the  field  of  speech 


Textiles    187 


communication,  stressing  recent  research  methods. 
Recommended  for  senior  and  graduate  student  maj- 
ors and  minors  in  speech  communication.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  4  hours. 

SPCH  468  Speech  Communication  Internship  (1-C) 

Registration  by  permission  of  adviser  only.  This  inde- 
pendent internship  is  designed  to  give  the  speech 
communication  student  practical  career  experience 
with  a  speech  communication  professional  in  the 
Washington  Metropolitan  area.  Limited  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits. 

SPCH  489  Speech  Communication  Workshop  (1-6) 

Workshops  devoted  to  special,  in-depth  study  in 
speech  communication.  Course  may  be  repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

SPCH  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites:  Senior  standing 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Present-day  speech  re- 
search. 

SPCH  499  Honors  Seminar  (3)  For  honors  students 
only.  Readings,  symposiums  visiting  lectures,  discus- 
sions. 


Statistics  and  Probability 

STAT  100  Elementary  Statistics  and  Probability  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  1 10  or  exemption  from  MATH  1 10 
by  a  satisfactory  score  on  a  departmental  placement 
examination.  Simplest  tests  of  statisitical  hypotheses; 
applications  to  before-and-after  and  matched  pair  stu- 
dies. Events,  probability,  combinations,  independence. 
Binomial  probabilities,  confidence  limits.  Random  van- 
ables.  expected  values,  median,  variance.  Tests  based 
on  ranks  Law  of  large  numbers,  normal  approxima- 
tion. Estimates  of  mean  and  variance.  (Students  who 
have  completed  MATH  1 1 1  or  any  MATH  or  STAT 
course  with  a  prerequisite  of  MATH  1 4 1  may  not  obtain 
credit  for  STAT  100). 

STAT  250  Introduction  to  Statistical  Models  (3) 

Prerequisite:  MATH  220  or  equivalent.  Applications  of 
basic  ideas  of  probability  and  statistics  to  epidemics, 
genetics,  learning  models,  population  growth,  queuing, 
reliability  and  traffic  problems.  Topics  include  random 
variables,  distributions,  expectations.  Markov  chains, 
renewals,  hypotheses  testing  and  estimation,  with 
emphasis  on  discrete  models  and  intuitive  approach. 
Choice  of  applications  can  vary  according  to  class 
interest. 

STAT  400  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  141  or  221.  Random  variables, 
standard  distnbutions,  moments,  law  of  large  numbers 
and  central  limit  theorem.  Sampling  methods,  estima- 
tion of  parameters,  testing  of  hypotheses. 

STAT  401  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  400.  Point  estimation — sufficient, 
unbiased,  and  consistent  estimators.  Interval  estima- 
tion. Minimum  variance  and  maximum  likelihood  esti- 
mators. Testing  of  hypotheses.  Regression  correlation 
and  analysis  of  variance.  Sampling  distributions.  Se- 
quential tests,  elements  of  non-parametric  methods. 

STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  Probability 
and  its  properties.  Random  variables  and  distribution 
functions  in  one  and  several  dimensions.  Moments. 
Charactenstic  functions.  Limit  theorems. 

STAT  411  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Processes  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  250  or  400  or  equivalent.  Elemen- 
tary stochastic  processes.  Renewal  process,  random 
walks,  branching  process,  discrete  Markov  chains,  first 
passage  times,  Markov  chains  with  a  continuous  pa- 
rameter, birth  and  death  processes.  Stationary  pro- 
cesses. 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
STAT  410  or  equivalent.  Point  estimation,  sufficiency, 
completeness,  cramer-rao  inequality,  maximum  likeli- 
hood. Confidence  intervals  for  parameters  of  normal 
distribution.  Hypotheses  testing,  most  powerful  tests, 
likelihood  ratio  tests.  Chi-square  tests,  analysis  of 
variance,  regression,  correlation.  Nonparametric 
methods. 

STAT  421   Elements  of  Statistical  Inference  (3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  420  or  equivalent  Rank  tests, 
confidence  and  tolerance  inter>/als,  Kolmogorov-Srnir- 
nov  tests.  Sequential  analysis,  multivariate  analysis. 
Decision  theory.  Bayesian  and  minimax  procedures. 
Sampling  theory. 


STAT  440  Sampling  theory  (3)  Prerequisite  STAT 
401  or  STAT  420.  or  consent  of  the  instructor  Simple 
random  sampling.  Sampling  for  proportions.  Estima- 
tion of  sample  size.  Sampling  with  varying  probabilities 
of  sampling  Sampling:  stratified,  systematic,  cluster, 
double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT  450  Regression  and  Variance  Analysis  <3) 

Prerequisite:  STAT  401  or  420.  One,  two.  three  and 
four-way  layouts  in  analysis  of  variance,  fixed  effects 
models,  linear  regression  in  several  variables,  Gauss- 
Markov-theorem,  multiple  regression  analysis,  expen- 
mental  designs 

STAT  460  Applied   Nonparametric  Statistics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  A  statistics  course  other  than  STAT  100. 
Review  of  basic  statistical  ideas.  Sign  tests  and  rank- 
ing methods  for  one  and  two  samples,  one-way  layout, 
two-way  layout,  correlation  and  regression,  including 
significance  tests,  nonparametnc  confidence  intervals 
and  robust  point  estimates.  Goodness-of-fit,  contin- 
gency tables,  exact  and  Chi-square  test  for  homoge- 
neity and  independence.  Techniques  illustrated  using 
data  from  social  biological  and  behavioral  sciences. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: One  semester  of  calculus  and  junior  standing- 
Probabilistic  models.  Sampling.  Some  applications  of 
probability  in  genetics.  Expenmental  designs.  Estima- 
tion of  effects  of  treatment.  Comparative  expenments. 
Fisher-lrwin  test.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  compari- 
sons. Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards  degrees  in 
mathematics  or  statistics. 

STAT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics  (1-6)  Pre- 
requisite: Permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  spe- 
cial interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will 
be  offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guidance  of 
the  MATH/STAT  major  committee.  Students  register 
for  reading  in  statistics  under  this  number.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  16  credits. 


Textiles 

TEXT   105  Textiles  in  Contemporary   Living   (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  A  mulidisciplinary  approach 
to  the  consumer  in  the  near  environment  with  empha- 
sis on  apparel  and  environmental  textiles. 

TEXT  150  Introduction  to  Textile  Materials  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  An 
introduction  to  the  properties  of  textile  materials  Be- 
havior of  textile  materials  are  observed  in  relation  to 
environmental  conditions  which  influence  aesthetics, 
comfort  and  performance. 

TEXT  221  Apparel  I  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  and 
processes  of  pattern  design  and  apparel  construction. 
Students  will  relate  flat  pattern  and  construction  tech- 
niques to  apparel  design  problems. 

TEXT  222  Apparel  II  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  TEXT  150  and  TEXT  221.  A 
continuation  of  Apparel  I  involving  more  advanced 
problems.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  successful  integra- 
tion of  pattern  design  with  construction  processes  in 
contemporary  fabrics. 

TEXT  250  Textile  Materials— Evaluation  and 
Characterization  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  150.  An  in- 
vestigation of  the  behavior  of  textile  materials  in  rela- 
tion to  environmental  factors  and  conditions  of  service 
influencing  performance,  comfort  and  aesthetics.  Lab- 
oratory expenence  provides  an  opportunity  to  explore 
a  variety  of  textile  materials  and  methods  of  evalua- 
tion. 

TEXT  355  Environmental  Textiles  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  1 50.  A  consideration  of 
the  properties,  performance  and  care  of  textile  materi- 
als other  than  clothing  used  in  the  near  environment. 
Included  are  furnishings,  floor  coverings,  wall  treat- 
ments and  recreational  and  structural  matenals.  Envi- 
ronmental conditions  such  as  soiling,  heat,  radiation, 
weathering,  aging,  moisture  and  solvents  will  be  con- 
sidered. 

TEXT  365  Fashion  Merchandising  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  fashion  trends  and 
their  effect  on  retail  merchandising.  Emphasis  on  the 
buying  and  selling  process,  including  the  calculations 
necessary  to  plan  and  estimate  seasonal  purchases, 
mark-ups,  turnover,  open-to-buy.  markdowns  and 
stocksales  ratios. 


TEXT  385  Junior  Honors  Seminar  (1)  Limited  to 
luniors  in  the  departmental  honors  program.  Readings, 
reports  and  discussion  of  selected  topics. 

TEXT  396  Field  Work  and  Analysis  in  Textiles  (3-6) 

Supervised,  professional,  field  work  experience  in 
retailing,  industry  or  government.  A  seminar  and  a 
written  cntique  of  the  field  work  expenence  will  be 
required  to  relate  formal  academic  study  to  student 
work  expenences.  Students  must  apply  a  semester  in 
advance  and  enrollment  is  by  permission  of  the  de- 
partment and  IS  limited  to  majors. 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
110  or  115.  Research  methodology  in  textiles  and 
consumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
application  of  statistical  concepts  and  techniques  to 
the  analysis  of  data  from  the  areas  of  textiles  and 
consumer  economics.  May  not  be  taken  by  students 
who  have  credit  in  CNEC  400. 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design— Draping  (3)  Two  three- 
hour  laboratory  penods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  APDS 
101  and  TEXT  222.  APDS  220  recommended  but  not 
required.  Students  explore  pattern  design  through 
draping  on  the  human  form.  Emphasis  is  on  the 
interrelationship  between  material,  design  and  form. 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design — Experimental  Pro- 
cesses (3)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week  Prerequisites:  APDS  101.  TEXT  250,  and  TEXT 
222  Processes  are  related  to  fiber  and  fabric  charac- 
teristics, style  and  end-use.  Opportunities  are  provided 
for  students  to:  1)  learn  advanced  construction  and 
tailoring  techniques.  2)  explore,  adapt  and  create  new 
processes  with  modern  textile  materials  and  3)  evalu- 
ate results  in  terms  of  design  quality. 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (3)  Three 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  and  SOCY 
100.  An  exploration  of  socio-psychological  ap- 
proaches to  the  study  of  clothing  in  relation  to  human 
behavior.  Social  and  psychological  theories  will  be 
examined  as  possible  framework  for  the  study  and 
investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  445  History  of  Costume  I  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  The  wrap-style  dress.  A  critical  study  of  the 
various  forms  of  dress,  analyzing  shape  and  form  of 
garments  and  the  component  parts  of  which  they  are 
made,  taking  special  note  the  various  distinctive  styles  - 
and  unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish  one  period 
from  another;  relating  the  history  of  costume  to  events, 
to  achievements,  to  the  social  attitudes  and  develop- 
ment of  the  various  times  and  cultures  of  man. 

TEXT  447  History  of  Costume  II  (3)  Three  lectures 
per  week.  The  shaped-style  dress.  A  critical  study  of 
the  various  forms  of  dress;  analyzing  shape  and  form 
of  garments  and  the  component  parts  of  which  they 
are  made,  taking  special  note  of  the  distinctive  styles 
and  unique  shapes  which  help  distinguish  one  penod 
from  another;  relating  the  history  of  costume  to  events, 
to  achievements,  to  the  social  attitudes  and  develop- 
ment of  the  various  times  and  culture  of  man. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science— Chemical  Structures 
and  Properties  of  Fibers  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites;  CHEM 
104  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  chemical  structure, 
properties  and  reactions  of  the  major  classes  of  natu- 
ral and  man-made  fibers.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the 
relationship  between  molecular  structure  and  physical 
properties  of  fibers  and  fabrics.  Laboratory  includes 
chemical  identification  of  fibers,  preparation  of  select- 
ed fibers  and  examination  of  chemical  reactions  and 
properties  of  fibers. 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science— Finishes  (3)  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  chemical  reactions  and  and  mechanisms  involved 
in  imparting  water  repellance.  crease  resistance  and 
crease  recovery  properties,  shrink-resislance.  flame 
resistance,  soil-release  properties  and  moth  and  mil- 
dew resistance  to  textile  materials.  Properties  of  the 
finished  matenal  which  effect  its  end-use  will  also  be 
examined  Laboratory  work  includes  the  application  of 
finishes,  identification  of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the 
properties  of  finished  fabrics. 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science— Chemistry  and  Physics 
of  Fibers  in<S  Polymers  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  The  theory  of  fiber  structure  and  its 
relationship  to  chemical  and  physical  properties  of 


188    Theatre 


natural  and  man-made  libers.  Laboratory  includes 
study  of  performance  of  textile  materials  in  relation  to 
(heir  chemical  and  physical  properties. 

TEXT  463  History  of  Textiles  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  150  or  consent  of  instructor, 
A  study  of  historic  and  contemporary  fibers  and  fab- 
rics. Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  analysis  of  de- 
signs and  techniques  of  decorating  fabrics  and  the 
relationship  of  textiles  to  the  aesthetic  and  develop- 
mental cultures  of  society. 

TEXT  465  Economics  of  tfie  Textile  and  Apparel 
Industries  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ECON  201  and  203.  Trends  in  the  production  and 
consumption  of  textiles  and  apparel;  economic  analy- 
sis of  the  textile  and  apparel  industries;  factors  affect- 
ing changes  in  output,  price,  location  and  market 
structure. 

TEXT  488  Senior  Honors  Tfiesis  (1-4)  Limited  to 
undergraduate  students  in  the  departmental  honors 
program.  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  of  field 
study,  conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year. 
Student  should  register  in  both  fall  and  spring. 

TEXT  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study 
by  an  individual  student  or  by  a  group  of  students  in 
advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  depart- 
rfient  Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study 
they  wish  to  undertake.  The  plan  must  be  approved  by 
the  faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department 
chairman. 


Theatre 

THET  1 10  Introduction  to  tfie  Theatre  (3)  Introduc- 
tion to  the  people  of  the  theater;  actors,  directors, 
designers  and  backstage  personnel.  The  core  and 
characteristics  of  a  play  script;  theatrical  forms  and 
styles;  and  theater  history. 

THET  120  Acting  Fundamentals  (3)  Basic  pnnciples 
of  acting  techniques.  Exercises  structured  to  develop 
the  student's  concentration,  imagination,  sense  and 
emotional  memory.  Textual  analysis,  character  analy- 
sis and  scene  study;  and  the  application  of  these 
techniques  to  character  portrayal  through  perform- 
ance of  short  scenes. 

THET  125  Creative  Expression  (3)  For  the  non- 
theater  arts  major.  Exploration  of  creativity  through  self 
expression.  Basic  techniques  of  pantomime,  improvi- 
sation, role  playing,  communicative  and  concentrative 
skills  through  movement,  theater  games  and  group 
dynamics 

THET  170  Stagecraft  (3)  A  survey  of  the  fundamen- 
tals of  theatrical  productions,  with  emphasis  in  the 
construction  of  scenery.  Practice  work  on  university 
theater  and  experimental  theater  productions. 

THET  185  Makeup  (2)  The  theory  and  practice  of 
stage  makeup  covering  character  analysis,  facial  anat- 
omy, application  of  makeup  and  period  styles  in  theat- 
rical makeup. 

THET  221  Speech  for  the  Stage  (3)  Development  of 
the  vocal  techniques  required  for  theatrical  production 
including  projection,  resonance,  and  character  voices. 
The  study  and  acquisition  of  the  diction  of  the  Ameri- 
can stage. 

THET  273  Scenographic  Techniques  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: THET  1 70.  An  analysis  of  the  graphic  approaches 
used  in  various  stages  of  planning  and  execution  of  a 
setting  for  the  theater.  Study  of  drafting  techniques, 
presentational  conventions,  and  scene  painting  tech- 
niques unique  to  the  theater. 

THET  282  Historic  Costuming  for  the  Stage  (3) 

Histonc  costuming  and  its  relation  to  the  theater.  The 
evolution  of  clothing  from  the  Greeks  to  the  twentieth 
century  as  applied  to  the  needs  of  the  director,  actor 
and  stage  designer.  Emphasis  on  the  practical  use  of 
this  information  as  related  to  acting  styles.  Character 
statement,  scene  and  costume  design. 

THET  263  Costume  Crafts  (3)  Study  and  practical 
experience  in  garment  construction  and  related  cos- 
tume crafts  as  used  in  theater  costume  design.  Em- 
phasis on  celastic  armour,  jewelry,  hat-making  and 
othei  related  theater  costuming  crafts. 

THET  31 1  Play  Production  (3)  A  practical  study  of  the 
various  elements  and  procedures  necessary  for  pro- 
duction of  plays  for  public  performance. 


THET  320  Intermediate  Acting  (3)  Prerequisites: 
THET  120  or  221  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Continuation  of  THET  120.  Emphasis  on  the  blueprint- 
ing of  character  development  and  portrayal  (or  a  full 
length  play. 

THET  330  Play  Directing  (3)  Prerequisites:  THET  120 
and  1 70.  A  lecture-laboratory  course  dealing  with  the 
techniques  of  coordination,  designing  and  guiding  the 
production  of  a  script  through  to  pertormance.  Study 
and  practice  in  stage  composition,  movement,  pacing, 
script  and  character  analysis,  and  rehearsal  routines. 
Emphasis  on  methods  of  communication  a  script  to  an 
audience. 

THET  371  Stage  Decor  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  1 70.  A 
study  of  environmental  decor,  ornaments  and  proper- 
ties through  the  ages  and  their  practical  reproduction 
for  a  theatncal  production. 

THET  375  Stage  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  THET  170 
and  491 .  Design-oriented  theatre  majors  are  expected 
to  also  have  credit  for  THET  273.  A  study  of  design 
theory  and  style.  Methods  and  techniques  of  coordina- 
tion all  elements  of  scenic  design  for  theatre. 

THET  420  Styles  and  Theories  of  Acting  (3)  Prereq- 
uisites: THET  120,  221,  320  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Emphasis  on  the  philosophical  basis  and  techniques 
necessary  for  acting  modern  realistic  drama  and  acting 
penod  style  dramas.  In-depth  study  of  Stanislavski 
system  and  application  of  those  techniques  toward 
performance  in  scenes.  Examination  and  application 
of  the  techniques  necessary  for  the  preparation  and 
performance  of  an  acting  score  for  performing  Shake- 
speare. Improvisation.  Required  attendance  at  live 
theatre  productions. 

THET  429  Actor's  Studio  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent 
of  instructor.  Participation  in  dramatic  roles  executed 
under  faculty  supervision  in  the  department's  produc- 
tions. Eligible  students  must  make  commitments  and 
plan  performances  with  course  instructor  during  pre- 
registration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

THET  430  Advanced  Directing  for  the  Stage  (3) 

Prerequisite:  THET  330  or  consent  of  instructor.  Dis- 
cussion of  the  preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal 
practices  necessary  for  the  presentation  of  a  variety  of 
theatrical  styles  and  forms.  Emphasis  on  understand- 
ing the  relationship  between  the  director,  the  actor,  the 
script  and  the  audience.  A  series  of  student-directed 
scenes  supplemented  by  attendance  at  theatre 
productions. 

THET  440  Children's  Dramatics  (3)  Principles  and 
methods  of  creative  dramatics  as  applied  in  the  class- 
room or  community  center  for  elementary,  secondary 
and  exceptional  children.  Supervised  conducting  of 
classes  in  creative  dramatics  at  the  University,  nearby 
community  centers  or  schools. 

THET  445  Directing  Plays  for  Children's  Theatre  (3) 

Prerequisite:  THET  440.  An  introduction  into  the  formal 
elements  of  directing  plays  for  children.  The  organiza- 
tion of  large  groups  of  children  in  the  framework  of 
children's  theatre.  History  of  children's  theatre,  script 
analysis,  and  basic  directing  skills  for  staging  child- 
ren's theatre.  A  final  presentation  of  a  short  estab- 
lished or  original  children's  play  is  required. 

THET  450  American  Musical  Comedy  (3)  The  evolu- 
tion of  musical  comedy  through  opera  to  early  Ameri- 
can extravaganzas  and  minstrels  to  the  musicals  of 
the  1920's  and  1930's.  The  development  and  high- 
lights of  the  form  since  1940.  The  function  and  form  of 
the  libretto,  music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles  of  the 
creative  personnel  of  a  musical  production.  Work- 
shops in  performance  skills. 

THET  460  Theatre  Management  I  (3)  The  practical 
tools  of  theatre  management:  production  philosophies, 
selecting  and  balancing  a  season,  tickets  and  box 
oftee  procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts  production, 
advertising,  publicity  and  other  promotional  devices. 

THET  461  Theatre  Management  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
THET  460  or  consent  of  instructor.  Case  studies, 
discussions,  lectures  and  projects  concerning  ad- 
vance theatre  management  decision  making  and  ad- 
ministration, including  such  areas  as  personnel  rela- 
tions, contract  negotiations,  theatrical  unions,  fund 
raising,  touring,  audience  development  and  public  rela- 
tions. 

THET  471  Advanced  Scenic  Design  (3)  Prerequi- 
sites: THET  170,  273,  375  or  consent  of  instructor. 


Study  of  period  styles  and  techniques  in  scenic  design. 
Emphasis  on  individual  projects  and  multi-use  the- 
atres. 

THET  476  Principles  and  Theories  of  Stage  Light- 
ing (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  170.  recommended  THET 
273.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  electrification,  instru- 
ments, design,  color,  and  control  for  stage  and  televi- 
sion. Brief  survey  of  sound  for  the  theatre.  Practical 
work  on  productions. 

THET  477  Advanced  Lighting  Design  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: THET  476.  Study  of  history  and  theory  of  lighting 
design.  Design  exercises  in  proscenium,  in-the-round, 
thrust,  outdoor  pageant,  circus,  concert,  spectacle, 
dance  and  television  lighting,  A  survey  of  lighting 
companies  and  equipment  and  architectural  lighting. 

THET  479  Theater  Workshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
THET  170  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Participa- 
tion in  the  technical  aspects  of  theatre  production  in 
selected  University  and  experimental  theatre  produc- 
tions. Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits, 

THET  480  Stage  Costume  Design  t  (3)  Prerequisite: 
THET  282.  Basic  principles  of  theatre  costume  design 
and  introduction  to  rendering  skills.  Emphasis  on  de- 
velopment of  design  conception,  unity,  character 
statement,  basic  clothing  design  and  period  style  ad- 
aptation. 

THET  481  Stage  Costume  Design  II  (3)  One  lecture 
and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
THET  480.  An  advanced  study  of  costume  design  and 
interpretation  leading  to  understanding  and  facility  in 
design  of  stylized  productions.  Emphasis  on  design  for 
musical  comedy,  dance  theatre,  opera  and  various 
non-traditional  forms  of  theatre  production. 

THET  485  Advanced  Makeup  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET 
180  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  techniques  and 
materials  in  makeup  for  the  theatre,  television  and  film. 
Practical  work  with  three-dimensional  makeup  (pros- 
thetic devices),  hair  pieces,  mask-making  and  stylized 
makeup.  Opportunity  to  develop  skills  in  a  creative 
approach  to  makeup  design. 

THET  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I  (3)  Evolution  of 
the  theatre  from  primitive  origins,  through  the  early 
Renaissance  with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays, 
theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and  significant  per- 
sonalities. Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play 
reading,  related  theatre-going. 

THET  491  History  of  the  Theatre  II  (3)  A  continuation 
of  THET  490  beginning  with  the  16th  century  and 
progressing  into  the  20th,  examining  the  late  Renais- 
sance, Elizabethan.  Restoration.  17th  to  19th  century 
European,  and  Early  American  theatres.  Emphasis  on 
dramatic  forms  and  styles,  theatre  architecture  and 
decor,  and  significant  personalities.  Extensive  use  of 
graphic  material,  play  reading,  related  theatre-going. 

THET  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory  and  Criti- 
cism (3)  The  development  of  theatrical  theory  and 
criticism  from  the  Greeks  to  the  modern  theorist.  The 
philosophical  basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form.  Important 
theorists  and  the  practical  application  of  their  theories 
in  either  play  scripts  or  theatrical  productions.  Re- 
quired attendance  at  selected  live  theatre  productions. 

THET  499  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  Per- 
mission of  instructor.  An  independent  study  course  in 
which  each  student  completes  an  assigned  major 
theatre  project  under  close  faculty  supervision.  Pro- 
jects may  culminate  with  term  papers,  scenic  or  cos- 
tume designs,  or  a  stage  production.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 


Institute  for  Urban  Studies 

URBS  100  Introduction  to  Interdisciplinary  Urban 
Studies  (3)  The  scope  and  range  of  urban  studies,  and 
the  characteristics  of  urban  life.  An  interdisciplinary 
lecture  series  which  meets  twice  a  week,  gaming 
laboratory  sessions  which  meet  for  two  hours  once  a 
week,  and  the  development  of  an  urban  project,  l^ay 
not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  received  credit  lor 
URBS  260, 

URBS  210  Behavioral  and  Social  Dimensions  of  the 
Urban  Community  (3)  Three  lecture  hours  per  week. 
Definition  of  urbanism,  urbanization,  and  urban  demog- 
raphy; study  of  the  institutional  Iramework  of  urban 
areas,  including  administration,  politics,  finances,  and 


Zoology    189 


commumications;  explanation  of  human  services  and 
social  issues. 

URBS  220  Environmental  and  Technological 
Dimensions  of  the  Urban  Community  (3)  Three 
lecture  hours  per  week.  Issues  involved  in  understand- 
ing the  impact  of  environment  and  technology  on 
urban  living.  Emphasis  on  the  metropolis  as  a  physical 
structure,  including  its  housing,  land  use  and  geogra- 
phy; on  the  metropolis  as  a  physical  system,  including 
Its  environment,  engineering  and  utilities;  and  on  public 
policy  issues  of  technology  in  the  urban  areas. 

URBS  320  The  City  and  the  Developing  National 
Culture  of  the  United  States  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  instructor  or  one  URBS  course.  Definition  of 
national  culture  as  contained  in  values,  ideas,  ideolo- 
gy, and  moral  standards  but  expressed  in  objects  and 
activities.  History  of  the  city  in  the  United  States  as 
related  to  cultural  phases;  the  city  and  innovation  in 
architecture  and  sculpture,  in  literature  and  the  fine 
arts;  individual  cities  as  creators  of  cultural  history;  the 
city  and  mass  culture. 

URBS  350  Introduction  to  Urban  Field  Study  (3) 

Prerequisite;  Permission  of  instructor  or  one  URBS 
course.  Instruction  In  the  techniques  of  inquiry  into 
urban  conditions.  Training  in  use  of  descriptive  statis- 
tics to  summarize  data.  Selection  of  problems  for 
study,  design  of  research,  preparing  conclusions. 
Comparison  of  team-research  approach  to  individual 
investigation.  Study  of  the  urban  community  through 
field  projects. 

URBS  397  Honors  Independent  Reading  (3)  Prereq- 
uisite; Admission  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or  other 
departments.  Directed  reading  in  contemporary  urban 
studies. 

URBS  399  Independent  Study  In  Urban  Topics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor  or  one  URBS 
course.  Directed  research  and  study  of  selected  as- 
pects of  urban  affairs. 

URBS  420  Seminar  In  Urban  Literature  (3)  Prerequi- 
site: Two  URBS  courses  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. The  works  of  several  of  the  major  20th  century 
writers  in  urban  studies.  A  comparative  analysis  of  the 
perspectives  of  these  writers  on  theoretical  and  sub- 
stantive urban  issues,  is  a  basis  for  more  advanced 
study  in  the  theory  and  process  of  urbanization. 

URBS  430  Urban  Internship  (6)  Prerequisite:  Permis- 
sion of  the  department.  Supervised  field  training  in 
urban-oriented  programs.  Emphasized  areas  of  inter- 
est are  (1)  neighborhoods  and  communities,  (2)  or- 
ganizations and  agencies,  (3)  specific  programs.  The 
student  will  be  assigned  to  a  specific  agency  or  project 
and  will  be  responsible  to  that  agency.  Class  meetings, 
written  reports,  instnjctor  conferences,  and  a  student's 
critique  of  his  experience  are  included. 

URBS  450  Problems  in  Urban  Uw  (3)  Recom- 
mended preparation:  Six  credits  in  URBS  courses.  A 
survey  of  the  urban  legal  environment  and  special 
legal  problems  of  urban  governments  and  public  inter- 
est lawyers.  Problems  related  to  planning,  zoning, 
eminent  domain  and  land  use  controls;  consumer 
protection  in  central  cities;  housing  codes  and  multiple 
dwelling  regulation;  public  accommodations  and  civil 
rights  ordinances;  defending  the  indigent;  and  welfare 
delivery  systems. 

URBS  480  Urban  Theory  and  Simulation  (3)  Review 
of  eariy  theories  of  the  city.  Contemporary  theories  of 
the  city  as  a  physical  and  an  institutional  system. 
Urban  theory  as  integration  of  information  involving 
economic,  political,  and  social  dimensions  of  contem- 
porary cities.  Simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  testing; 
urban  simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  building. 

URBS  488  Selected  Topics  In  Urban  Studies  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instnjctor.  Topics  of  spe- 
cial interest  to  advanced  urban  studies  students.  Re- 
peatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  subject 
matter  is  different. 

URBS  498  Honors  Seminar  in  Selected  Topics  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Admission  to  honors  program  in  URBS  or 
other  departments.  Individual  reading  and  research, 
and  group  discussion  dealing  with  selected  major 
contemporary  urban  issues;  philosophy  and  growth  of 
new  towns;  emergent  forms  of  urban  policy;  federal 
legislation  and  the  cities;  citizen  attitudes  toward  met- 
ropolitan government;  housing  abandonment,  rehabili- 
tation, and  new  construction;  the  urban  future;  major 
worid  capitals;  arid  urbanization  in  developing  nations. 


May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  for  credit 
provided  the  topics  are  different. 

URBS  499  Honors  Thesis  (3-6)  Prerequisite:  Admis- 
sions to  honors  program  in  UflBS  or  other  depart- 
ments. Individual  reading  and  research,  and  the  writing 
of  an  onginal  paper  on  an  urban  topic  of  the  student's 
choice  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member. 


Women's  Studies 

WMST  200  Women  in  Contemporary  Society  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  study  of  the  status,  roles  and  experi- 
ences of  women  in  contemporary  society.  Sources 
from  a  variety  of  fields  such  as  literature,  psychology, 
history  and  anthropology,  focusing  on  the  writings  of 
women  themselves. 

WMST  298  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 
(1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

WMST  400  Theories  of  Feminism  (3)  A  study  of 
feminist  theories  from  an  interdisciplinary  perspective, 
including  politics,  sociology,  psychology,  anthropolo- 
gy, and  philosophy.  Prerequisite:  A  course  on  women 
(ideally  WMST  200)  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

WMST  498  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies 
(1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits.  Prerequi- 
site: A  course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or 
consent  of  instructor. 


Zoology 

ZOOL  101  General  Zoology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lec- 
ture and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  intro- 
duction to  the  modern  concepts  of  biological  principles 
and  animal  life.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  func- 
tional aspects  of  living  systems  with  a  survey  of  the 
physical  and  chemical  bases  of  all  life  processes. 
Credit  for  ZOOL  101  is  not  counted  in  the  twenty-six 
hours  required  for  the  major. 

ZOOL  146  Heredity  and  Man  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  For  non-science  students  who  en- 
deavor to  gain  an  understanding  of  human  genetics  so 
they  can  intelligently  consider  how  recent  discoveries 
and  environmental  changes  may  affect  the  future  of 
human  heredity.  Not  accepted  for  credit  toward  the 
major. 

ZOOL  181  Life  in  the  Oceans  (3)  Prerequisite:  An 
introductory  course  in  biological  principles.  Three  lec- 
tures per  week.  Consideration  of  major  groups  of 
animals  and  plants  in  various  marine  environments 
and  man's  potential  uses  and  misuses  of  the  ocean. 
Not  accepted  for  credit  towards  the  zoology  major. 

ZOOL  201  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  I  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  101  or  equivalent.  A  thor- 
ough introduction  to  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  skeletal,  muscular,  nervous  and  sensory  systems. 
An  introduction  into  cellular  physiology  is  also  includ- 
ed. 

ZOOL  202  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  II  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  101  or  equivalent.  A  thor- 
ough introduction  to  the  anatomy  and  physiology  of 
the  cardiovascular,  respiratory,  digestive,  excretory 
and  reproductive  systems.  Intermediary  metabolism 
and  endocrine  relationships. 

ZOOL  205  History  of  Zoology  (1)  One  hour  of  lecture 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  A  general  grade  point  aver- 
age of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  of  3.5  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  course  in  the  history  of 
the  development  of  zoology  involving  the  historical 
figures,  experiments  and  ideas  which  contributed  to 
modern  concepts. 

ZOOL  206  Zoological  Literature  (1)  One  hour  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  A  general  grade  point 
average  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  of  3.5, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discussion  of  zoologi- 
cal literature,  its  use  and  significance. 

ZOOL  209  Basic  Study  in  Zoology  (1-4)  Prerequi- 
sites: A  general  grade  point  average  of  3.2  and  a  GPA 
in  biological  subjects  of  3.5,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Independent  study,  with  supporting  labora- 
tory experiments,  of  the  basic  disciplines  in  zoology. 
Repeatable  up  to  8  hours  credit. 


ZOOL  230  Developmental  Biology  (4)  Three  hours 
of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  An  introductory  course  in  zoology  or 
equivalent.  A  course  in  the  pnnciples  of  development, 
including  morphogenesis,  differentiation,  pattern  for- 
mation and  genetic  control  of  development. 

ZOOL  246  Genetics  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and 
two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  One 
college  course  in  zoology,  botany,  biology  or  equiva- 
lent and  one  semester  of  college  chemistry.  Basic 
principles  of  heredity. 

ZOOL  270  Population  Biology  and  General  Ecology 

(3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  No  prerequisites, 
designed  for  elective  credit.  General  introduction  to 
population  and  community  biology,  with  consideration 
of  principles  of  evolution,  population  genetics,  popula- 
tion growth  and  steady  states,  age  structure  of  popula- 
tions, multispecies,  dependencies,  and  ecosystem 
energetics.  Illustrations  will  be  drawn  both  from  natural 
populations  and  human  populations. 

ZOOL  271  Population  Biology  and  General  Ecology 
Laboratory  (1)  One  two-hour  laboratory  each  week. 
Zoology  270  to  be  taken  previously  or  concurrently. 
Exercises  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  field  will  illustrate 
basic  principles  of  population  biology,  including  natural 
selection,  environmental  carrying  capacity,  trophic 
structure  and  community  interactions.  Occasional  Sat- 
urday field  trips  vyill  be  arranged. 

ZOOL  290  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (4) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  One  college  level  course  in  zoolo- 
gy, biology  or  equivalent.  A  comparative  study  of  the 
organ  systems  of  the  vertebrates  in  terms  of  structure 
and  function. 

ZOOL  293  Animal  Diversity  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
two-hour  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisite:  One  se- 
mester of  college  level  biology.  An  introduction  to  the 
diversity  of  form  and  function  in  the  major  groups  of 
animals  and  factors  responsible  for  this  variety.  Effec- 
tive fall  1976,  students  having  credit  for  ZOOL  102 
may  not  take  ZOOL  293  for  additional  credit. 

ZOOL  308  Honors  Seminar  (1)  H— Honors  One  hour 
of  discussion  per  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Participation  in 
honors  program.  Guided  discussion  of  topics  of  cur- 
rent interest.  Repeatable  to  total  of  four  hours  credit. 

ZOOL    309    Honors    Independent    Study    (1-4) 

H — Honors  Prerequisite:  Participation  in  the  honors 
program.  Study  of  classical  material  by  way  of  guided 
independent  study  and  laboratory  experiments.  Re- 
peatable to  a  total  of  12  hours  credit. 

ZOOL  318  Honors  Research  (1-2)  H— Honors  Pre- 
requisite: Participation  In  the  honors  program.  A  labo- 
ratory research  problem;  required  each  semester  dur- 
ing honors  participation  and  culminating  in  a  honors 
thesis.  Repeatable  to  a  total  of  eight  hours  credit. 

ZOOL  319  Special  Problems  In  Zoology  (1-2)  Pre- 
requisites, A  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences,  a 
minimum  of  3.0  GPA  in  the  biological  sciences  and 
consent  of  the  instnjctor.  Research  or  integrated  read- 
ing in  zoology.  A  student  may  register  several  times 
and  receive  up  to  8  semester  hours  of  credit. 

ZOOL  328  Selected  Topics  In  Zoology  (1-4)  Lec- 
tures, seminars,  mini-courses  and  other  special  in- 
struction in  various  zoological  subjects.  The  contents 
and  format  of  the  course  change  frequently  and  stu- 
dents may  register  for  it  more  than  once  up  to  a  total  of 
six  credits. 

ZOOL  411  Cell  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  one 
hour  of  demonstration-discussion  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  two  years  of  zoolo- 
gy and  organic  chemistry,  or  permission  of  the  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  cell  structure  and  function  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  activity  of  subcellular  organoids  and 
the  mechanisms  of  coordination  and  control  of  cell 
function. 

ZOOL  413  Biophysics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites:  One  year  of  biology,  a  year  of  physics 
and  at  least  one  semester  of  calculus;  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  ideas  and  meth- 
ods used  in  biophysics  to  analyze  the  functional  com- 
ponents of  cells  and  tissues  as  physical-chemical 
systems. 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Differentiation  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  A  course  in  develop- 


190    Zoology 


ment  biology,  cell  biology,  molecular  genetics  or  per- 
mission of  instructor.  Cellular  and  subcellular  dif- 
ferentiation, emphasizing  the  biochemical  and  ultra- 
structural  bases  of  these  development  changes. 

ZOOL  421  Neurophysiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lec- 
ture and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: An  introductory  course  in  zoology  or  biology;  a 
semester  of  organic  chemistry;  physics,  through  an 
introduction  to  electricity  and  magnetism;  MATH  110 
or  1 1 5.  The  physiology  of  nerves,  muscles  and  senso- 
ry receptors  and  aspects  of  central  nervous  system 
physiology. 

ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisites: One  year  of  zoology  and  one  semester  of 
organic  chemistry.  A  study  of  the  cardiovascular, 
hemopoietic,  gastrointestinal,  renal  and  respiratory 
systems.  Chemical  and  endocrine  regulation  of  physio- 
logical functions  in  higher  vertebrates  with  emphasis 
on  mammals. 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  Three  semesters  of 
animal  biology  and  two  semesters  of  organic  chemis- 
try. Functions  and  the  functioning  of  the  endocrine 
glands  of  animals  with  special  reference  to  the  ver- 
tebrates. 

ZOOL  430  Vertebrate  Embryology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: A  course  in  genetics;  either  ZOOL  290  or  422;  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Vertebrate  embryogenesis, 
developmental  physiology  and  experimental  embryol- 
ogy. 

ZOOL  440  Evolution  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  A  course  in  genetics  and  a  course 
in  animal  diversity.  A  consideration  of  current  thought 
in  regard  to  the  evolution  of  living  organisms. 

ZOOL  444  Advanced   Evolutionary   Biology  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL 
440  or  equivalent:  one  semester  of  calculus.  The 
nature  and  consequences  of  organic  evolution  in  rela- 
tion to  present  day  geography  and  geologic  time. 
Topics  covered  will  include  organic  diversity  gradients 
in  space  and  time,  rales  of  evolution,  co-evolution  and 
extinctions.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  in  the 
synthesis  of  information  and  on  construction  and  eval- 
uation of  hypotheses. 

ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetics  (3)  Three  hours  of 
lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  246  or  equiva- 
lent and  a  course  in  organic  chemistry.  The  molecular 
basis  of  gene  structure  and  function.  Regulation  of 
differential  gene  expression. 

ZOOL  447  Experimental  Genetics  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 


sites: Two  courses  in  genetics,  one  of  which  included 
laboratory  work,  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  meth- 
odology and  techniques  course  considering  experi- 
mental design,  the  use  of  diverse  organisms  and 
instrumentation  and  the  presentation  and  interpreta- 
tion of  data. 

ZOOL  460  Ethology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  293  and 
one  course  in  physiology,  vertebrate  morphology,  or 
ecology.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  animal 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  physiological  bases,  eco- 
logical correlates  and  evolutionary  aspects  of  behav- 
ior 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory  (3)  One  hour  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site or  corequisite:  ZOOL  460  or  equivalent.  Training  in 
the  description  of  behavior,  methods  of  quantification 
and  experimentation,  and  the  mathematical  treatment 
of  behavioral  data. 

ZOOL  470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology  (2)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites:  One  year  of  zoolo- 
gy, a  course  in  calculus  and  a  course  in  statistics,  A 
course  in  genetics  is  strongly  recommended.  De- 
signed for  majors  and  graduate  students  in  the  biologi- 
cal sciences.  Topics  to  include  theory  of  population 
grovrth  and  regulation,  life  tables  and  population  pro- 
jection matrices,  niche  theory,  theory  of  competition 
and  predation,  diversity  analysis,  and  energetic  model- 
ing. Emphasis  will  be  on  current  literature  and  research 
in  ecological  theory. 

ZOOL  471  Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology  (2)  Three 
hours  of  laboratory  and  field  work  and  one  hour  of 
discussion  per  week.  Prerequisites:  Zoology  470  previ- 
ously or  concurrently.  Exercises  in  laboratory  and  field 
will  pursue  problems  of  contemporary  ecological  inter- 
est; population  density  regulation,  community  struc- 
ture, niche  shape,  competition  coefficients,  pattern 
diversity,  and  energetics  of  ecosystems.  Topics  will  be 
coordinated  with  those  presented  in  Zoology  470. 
Terrestrial  and  aquatic  systems  will  be  studied. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and 
six  hours  of  laboratory  including  field  trips  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  One  year  of  biology.  Basic  conceptual 
treatment  of  free-living  and  parasitic  protozoan  func- 
tional morphology,  life  history,  and  systematics.  The 
laboratory  will  stress  observations  of  protozoa,  living 
ans  stained,  collected  from  diverse  habits. 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  A 
course  in  invertebrate  zoology  or  animal  diversity,  and 
ZOOL  470,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Courses  in 
evolution  and  animal  behavior  are  strongly  recom- 
mended. A  detailed  analysis  of  the  evolutionary  ecolo- 
gy of  marine  invertebrates;  emphasis  on  testing  of 
theories  and  on  current  literature. 

ZOOL  475  General  Parasitology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 


sites: Two  years  of  zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry, 
or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  consideration  of  the 
phenomenon  of  parasisism  through  a  study  of  the 
structure,  function  and  host  relationships  of  parasitic 
organisms. 

ZOOL  477  Symbiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  293. 
An  introduction  to  basic  concepts  of  symbiosis.  Adap- 
tations for  establishment  of  sybiotic  associations,  sym- 
biote  nutrition  and  metabolism,  responses  of  the  host 
and  ecology  of  the  host-symbiote  complex. 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  A 
course  in  animal  diversity  and  a  course  in  ecology.  An 
investigation  of  the  causal  relationships  of  freshwater, 
estuarine  and  marine  biotic  communities  to  their  envi- 
ronment. 

ZCOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and  Estuarine 
Invertebrates  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  One  year  of 
zoology.  An  in-depth  consideration  of  the  taxonomy 
and  functional  morphology  of  the  invertebrates,  exclu- 
sive of  insects.  Chesapeake  Bay  forms  and  the  study 
of  living  material  will  be  emphasized. 

ZOOL  482  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours 
of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: Two  years  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  A  consideration  of  the  evolution,  taxonomy, 
morphology,  physiology,  behavior  and  ecology  of  ma- 
rine and  estuarine  protochordates  and  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: One  year  of  zoology  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  identification,  classification,  habits,  and 
behavior  of  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  fresh  water, 
terrestrial  and  aerial  forms,  and  a  consideration  of  the 
evolution  of  living  and  fossil  representatives. 

ZOOL  492  Form  and  Pattern  in  Organisms  (3) 

Prerequisites:  One  year  of  calculus;  one  year  of  phys- 
ics; one  semester  of  introductory  biology.  A  lecture 
course  in  structural  and  functional  interpretation  of 
form  in  organisms.  Pattern  formation  in 
morphogenesis,  mathematical  description  of  shape, 
methods,  and  examples  of  functional  analysis  of  form, 
and  patterns  of  morphological  diversity  through  space 
and  time. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequi- 
sites: A  course  in  vertebrate  anatomy  and  a  course  in 
vertebrate  physiology  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  microscopic  anatomy,  ultrastructure  and 
histophysiology  of  tissues  and  organs  of  mammals. 


191 


5     Faculty  Listing 


Aaron,  Henry  J.  Professor.  Part-time.  Economics.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1958;  M.A..  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. 1960;  Pti.D..  1963. 

Abbott,  Flora-Belle  E.  Instructor.  Food.  Nulntion  and  Institu- 
tion Administration.  B.S..  Brooklyn  College.  ^62;  f^.A..  New 
York  University.  1973. 

Adams,  John  Q.,  Ill     Associate  Professor.  Economics.  A.B., 
Oberlin  College.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1965. 
Adams,  William  W.      Professor.  Mathematics.  B  A.,  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1959;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University. 
1964. 

Adetman,  Irma     Professor.  Economics.  B.S..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1950;  M.A..  1951;  Ph.D..  1955. 
Adklns,  Arthur     Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Education. 
B.S..  Sainl  Cloud  State  College.   1942;  M.A..  University  of 
li«innesota.  1947;  Ph.D..  1958, 

Adklns,  Curtis  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Onental  and  Hebrew 
Program.  A.B..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1968;  M.A.. 
1972;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University.  1976. 
Adlar,  Isidore  Professor,  Chemistry  and  Geology.  B.S.. 
Brooklyn  College.  1942;  M.S..  Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1947;  Ph.D..  1952, 

Aggour,  M.  Shertf  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineehng. 
B.S..  Cairo  University.  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington.  1972. 

Agrawala,  Ashok  K.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence B.S..  Agra  University.  1960;  B.E..  Indian  Institute  of 
Science.  1963;  M.E,.  1965;  Ph.D.  Harvard  University,  1970. 
Agrs,  Gene  P.  Associate  Professor  of  Social  Foundations  of 
Education  B.A.  Macalesler  College.  1951;  B.S,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1953;  M.A..  1956;  Ph.D.;  University  of  Illinois  (Ur- 
bane), 1964. 

Ahalt,  Arthur  M.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  J.D..  American 
University.  1967. 

Ahem,  Dennia  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Philosophy.  B.A., 
University  of  MKhigan.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(Irvine).  1973. 

Ahrens,  Richard  A.  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1958;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Davis),  1963. 

Albert,  Thomas  F.  Associate  Professor,  Veterinary  Science. 
B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1959;  V.M.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1962;  Ph.D..  Georgetown  University.  1972. 
Albrecht,  Pedro  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  Dipl. 
Ing..  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of  Technology.  1 962;  Ph.D..  Lehigh 
University.  1972. 

Alexander,  James  C.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  1968. 
Alexander,  Millard  H.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.A., 
Harvard.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Paris.  1967. 
Allan,  J.  Oavid  Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.Sc.,  Univer- 
sity of  British  (^lumbia.  1966;  M.S..  University  of  Michigan. 
1968;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Allan,  Thomas  K.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services.  B.S..  Northwestern  University.  1950;  M.A.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D..  1966. 
Atleman,  James  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Notre  Dame.  1971;  M.S..  1973;  Ph.D..  1978. 
Allen,  Lawrence  R.  Instructor.  Recreation.  B.S..  West  Ches- 
ter State  College,  1970;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1974. 
Allen,  Marin  P.  Instructor.  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre. 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1969;  M^..  1971. 
Allen,  Redlleld  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S  , 
University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1959. 

Allen,  Russell  B.  Professor  Ementus.  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.. 
Yale  University.  1923. 

Alley,  Carroll  O.,  Jr.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Richmond.  1948;  M.A..  Pnnceton  University. 
1951;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Allgaler,  Robert  S.  Lecturer.  Part-Time.  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy. A.B..  Columbia  University.  1950;  A.M..  1952;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1958. 


Almenas,  Kazys  K.     Associate  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nu- 
clear Engineering  B.S..  University  of  Nebraska.  1957;  Ph.D. 
University  and  Polytechnic  of  Warsaw.  1968. 
Almon,  Clopper,  Jr.      Professor.  Economics.  A,B  .  Vanderbilt 
University,  1956;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1961 
Alt,  Frank  B.     Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.E..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967;  MS., 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1973.  Ph.D..  1977. 
Alter,  Mary  K.      Instructor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1957. 

Althofi,  Sally  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education,  B.S. 
Bowling  Green  State  University,  1966;  M.Ed..  University  of 
Toledo.  1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Amershek,  Kathleen  G.  Associate  Professor,  Early  Child- 
hood Elementary  Education.  B.S  .  Indiana  State  College  (Penn- 
sylvania). 1951;  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1957; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 
Ames,  Carole  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Human  Development. 
B.A..  Indiana  University.  1967;  M.S..  1968;  Ph.D..  Purdue  Uni- 
versity. 1976. 

Ammon,  Herman  L      Professor.  Chemistry.  B.Sc  .  Brown  Uni- 
versity. 1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington.  1963. 
Anand,   Davlnder  K.     Professor,   Mechanical   Engineering. 
B.S,,  George  Washington  University,  1959;  M.S..  1961;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

Anastos,  George  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S..  University  of 
Akron.  1942;  MA.,  Harvard  University,  1947;  Ph.D..  1949. 
Anderson,  Amel  Assistant  to  the  Provost.  Division  of  Agri- 
cultural and  Life  Sciences.  B.S.,  Jackson  State  University.  1962; 
M.S..  University  of  Houston.  1969.  Ph.D..  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute  and  State  University.  1976, 

Anderson,  Carl  R.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1969; 
M.B.A..  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Anderson,  C.  Raymond  Associate  Professor.  Secondary 
Education;  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Education,  B,S,.  Universi- 
ty of  Maryland.  1957;  M.Ed,,  1959;  Ed,D..  1969. 
Anderson,  Frank  G.  Associate  Professor,  Anthropology, 
A.B..  Cornell  University.  1941;  Ph.D..  University  of  New  Mexico. 
1951. 

Anderson,  Henry  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement B.A,.  University  of  London.  1939;  M,B,A,.  Columbia 
University.  1948;  Ph.D..  1959 

Anderson,  John  D.,  Jr,.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Aerospace 
Engineering.  B.S,,  University  of  Florida,  1959;  PhD,,  Ohio  State 
University,  1966, 

Anderson,  J.  Paul  Professor  Administration.  Supen/ision 
and  Cumculum.  B.S,.  University  of  Minnesota.  1 942;  M.A..  1 947. 
Ph.D.,  1960, 

Anderson,  J.  Robert     Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B,S,.  State  University  of  Iowa.  1955;  Ph.D..  1963, 
Anderson,  Nancy  S.      Professor.  Psychology;  B.A..  University 
of  Colorado.  1952;  MA,.  Ohio  State  University,  1953;  Ph,D„ 
1956. 

Anderson,  Thornton  H.  Professor.  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. A.B..  University  of  Kentucky.  1937;  M.A,.  1938;  PhD.. 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1948, 

Anderson,  Vernon  E.  Professor  Ementus,  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Cumculum,  B,S,,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1930;  M,A,.  1936;  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado.  1942, 
Andrews,  Mary  Associte  Professor  Emenla.  English,  B  S,. 
New  York  University.  1929;  MA.  1935;  Ph.D..  1941 
Antman,  Stuart  S.  Professor.  Mathematics,  8,3  ,  Rensselaer 
Polylecfinic  Institute.  1 961 ;  M,S,,  University  of  Minnesota.  1 963; 
PhD,.  1965. 

Arenas,  Margaret  Instructor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B,S  . 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee).  1971;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1974. 

Arm,  Bart>ara  Instructor.  Part-time,  Recreation,  B,S,.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1974;  M.A..  Tnnity  College  (Washington.  DC). 
1978. 

Armstrong,  Eariene  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S,, 
North  Carolina  Central  University.  1969.  M.S..  1970;  PhD,. 
Cornell  University,  1975. 


Armstrong,  Ronald  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.E.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.Sc.  Carneigie-Mel- 
lon  University.  1957;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Arrlghl,  Maregarite  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S..  University  of  Richmond.  1958.  M.A.  University  of 
Maryland.  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Carolina  (Green- 
sboro). 1974. 

Arsenault,  Richard  R.  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S..  Michigan  Technology  University.  1957;  Ph.D.. 
Northwestern  University.  1962 

Arsenoff,  Robert  C.  Lecturer.  Part-Time.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics  8. A..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  J.D.. 
Georgetown  University.  1975. 

Ashby,  Genette  Assistant  Professor.  French  and  Italian. 
B.A..  Oberiin.  1969;  M.A..  Middlebury  College.  1971;  M.  Phil.. 
Columbia  University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 
Ashlock,  Robert  B.  Professor.  Eariy  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.S..  Butler  University.  1951;  M.S.  1959.  Ed.D., 
Indiana  University,  1965 

Ashmen,  Roy  Associate  Professor.  Colleoe  of  Business  and 
Management  B  S  .  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology.  1935;  M,S,. 
Columbia  University.  1936;  PhD.  Northwestern  University, 
1950, 

Assad,  Arjang  J.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B,S,.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1971;  MS,,  1976;  Ph,0„  1978, 

Atchison,  William  F.  Professor.  Computer  Science.  A.B,. 
Georgetown  College  (Kentucky).  1938;  M,A„  University  of  Ken- 
tucky. 1940;  Ph,D„  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1943, 
Aug,  Stephen  M.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A,,  New  York  University.  1956;  M.S..  Columbia  University. 
1958. 

Auslander,  Joseph  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S,.  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  MS,.  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1953;  Ph.D..  1957, 

Ausling,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Sci- 
ence, B.S,,  Xavier  University,  1953;  MS,,  Saint  Louis  University. 
1955;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University  of  America.  1963, 
Avery,  William  T.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Classical  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures,  B,A,.  Case-Western  Reserve  Universi- 
ty. 1 934;  MA,,  1 935;  Ph,D,.  1 937;  Fellow.  American  Academy  in 
Rome.  1937-1939. 

Axley,  John  H.  Professor.  Agronomy,  B.A..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1937;  Ph.D.,  1945, 

Ayars,  James  £.  Assistant  Professor,  Agncultural  Engineer- 
ing, BAE,.  Cornell  University.  1965;  M.S..  Colorado  State 
University.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Aycock,  Marvin  K.,  Jr.  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S..  North 
Carolina  State  University.  1959;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State 
University,  1966. 

Aylward,  Thomas  J.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Communica' 
tion  Arts  and  Theatre,  B,S,.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1947;  M.S. 
1949;  Ph.D..  1960. 

Babuska,  Ivo  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and  In 
stitute  for  Fluid  (dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics.  Ph.D, 
University  of  Prague,  1960. 

Baer,  Ferdlnan  Professor  and  Director.  Meteorology,  B  A, 
University  of  Chicago.  1950;  MS,.  1954;  Ph.D..  1961, 
BagchI,  Amjtabha  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astron 
omy,  BSc.  Calcutta  University  (India).  1964;  M.S..  University  of 
California  (San  Diego),  1967;  PhD,.  1970, 
Bailey,  Martin  J.  Professor.  Economics.  B.A..  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles).  1951;  M.A,.  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1953;  PhO,.  1956, 

Bailey,  William  J.  Research  Professor.  Chemistry,  BChem,, 
University  of  Minnesota.  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1946, 
Baird,  David  Instructor.  Industrial  Education,  B.S..  Illinois 
State  University.  1976, 

Balrd,  Janet  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese and  Secondary  Education.  B,S,.  University  of  Kansas. 
1966;  M.A,.  1971;  PhO,.  1973, 

Baker,  Donald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Heanng  and  Speech 
Sciences,  B  S,.  Ohio  State  University.  1954;  MA..  1956;  Ph.D.. 
1962. 


192    Baker.  Edward  W. 


Baker,  Edward  W.     Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology.   B.S., 
University  ol  Calilornia.  Berkeley,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1938. 
Baker,  Lavvrence  J.     Instructor,   Mathematics    6.S.,   Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1972:  M,A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1974. 

Baker,  Robert  L     Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  A.B., 

Swanhmore  College,  1959;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1962; 

Ph.D.,  1965. 

Bandel,  Vernon  A.     Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Banerjee,  ManoJ  K.     Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S., 

Patna  University,  1949;  M.S.,  Calcutta  University,  1951;  Ph.D. 

1956, 

Banlgan,  Stephen  H.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  of  Architec- 
ture. B.  Arch.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1971. 
Bara*.  John  S.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering 
DipI.E.E.,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens,  1970.  S.M., 
Harvard  University.  1971;  Ph.D.  1973 
Barbarln,  Oscar  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B., 
Saint  Joseph's  Seminary  and  College,  1968;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1971;  M.S..  Rutgers  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
Bardasis,  Angelo  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy. B.A.,  Cornell  University;  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Barker,  Donald  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.S.M.E.,  University  of  Washington,  1969;  M.S.,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1976. 
Barkln.  Steve  M.  Lecturer,  College  of  Journalism.  A.B., 
Washington  University  (SL  Louis),  1967;  M.S.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1968. 

Barlow,  Jewel  8.  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing. BE.,  Auburn  University,  1963;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Toronto,  1970. 

Barnes,  Jack  C.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A ,  Duke 
University,  1939;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland. 
1954. 

Bamett,  Audrey  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Wil- 
son College.  1955;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Barnett  Neal  M.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  6.S.,  Purdue 
University.  1959;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1966 

Barnett,  Ronald  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Uni- 
versity of  Rochester,  1960;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1973. 

Barrablni,  MIchellne  Instructor,  French  and  Italian.  Licence 
on  Droit,  Bordeaux  (France),  1952;  Licence  es  Lettres,  Aix 
(France),  1955. 

Barrett,  Jamea  E.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity 1971  Barrett,  Paul  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany. 
B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D., 
University  of  British  Columbia,  1972. 

Barry,  Jackson  G.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Yale 
University,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Case- 
Western  Reserve  University,  1963. 

Bartlett,  Claude  J.  Professor,  Psychology.  B,S.,  Denison 
University.  1954;  M.A.,  Ohio  Slate  University,  1956  Ph.D.,  1958^ 
Bartley,  Diane  R.  Instmctor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  How- 
ard University,  1969;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1970. 

Bartol.  Kathryn  M.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A.,  Marygrove  College,  1963.  M.A.  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1966;  Ph.O,,  Michigan  State  University,  1972. 
Barton,  Robert  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1967;  M.A., 
Bovviing  Green  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D ,  1977. 
Baaham,  Ray  S.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
8.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Baalll,  Victor  R.     Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S..  Fordham  University,   1961;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University. 
1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1970. 
Batty,  C.  David     Lecturer,  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services.  B.A,,  University  of  Durham,  1954 
Bauer,  Ricliard  H.     Professor  Emeritus,  History.  B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Chicago,  1924;  M.A.,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1935. 
Bauemteind,  Qeorge  Q.     Lecturer,   Part-time,   College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.S.B.A.,  University  of  West  Virgini- 
a,  1969;  J.D.,  Georgetown  University  Law  Center,  1974;  L.L.M., 
1976. 

Baxter,  Sharon  Instructor,  Scoiology;  Coordinator  of  Un- 
dergraduate Office.  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1969; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Beala,  Robert  S,  Assistant  to  the  Provost.  Division  of  Agricul- 
tural and  Life  Sciences,  B.S.,  West  Virginia  State  College,  1932; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1935;  Ph.D.,  Pennsytania 
State  Unrversity,  1942. 


Beall,  Edgar,  F.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. S.A-,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1958;  Ph.D..  1962. 
Bean,  George  A.  Professor.  Botany.  B.S..  Cornell  University, 
1958;  M.S.,  University  ol  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.  1963 
Beasley,  Maurlne  H.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Jour- 
nalism, B.A.,  University  of  Missouri,  1958;  B.J.,  1958;  M.S., 
Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  George  Washington  Universi- 
ty, 1974. 

Beaton,  John  R.  Professqr.  Food.  Nutntion  and  Institution 
Administration;  Dean.  College  of  Human  Ecology.  B.A..  Univer- 
sity of  Toronto.  1949;  M.A..  1950;  Ph.D.  1952. 
Beatty,  Charles  J.  Associate  Professor.  Industnal  Education. 
B.S..  Northern  Michigan  University,  1959;  M.S.  University  of 
Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Slate  University,  1966. 
Beatty,  Yvonne  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Michi- 
gan State  University,  1953;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1956. 

Beauchamp,  Virginia  W.  Assistant  Professor,  English,  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1942;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1955. 

Bechhoefer,  William  B.  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1963;  M.  Arch..  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Design,  1967. 

Beck,  Lucille  B.  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences. 
B.A.,  Adelphi  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Beckmann,  Robert  B.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1940;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1944. 

Bedlngfleld,  James  P.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland  1966. 
M.B.A.,  1968.  D.B.A.  1972 

Belchen,  Suzanne  Lecturer,  (Part-time),  Music.  B.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1966;  M.A.,  Stanlord  University,  1969;  Ph.D.. 
1978. 

Belcken,  Peter  U.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages.  M.A.,  University  of  Munich  (Germany),  1968;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1971. 

Better,  Robert  J.  Principal  Specialist,  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1952;  M.S.. 
1975, 

Bell,  Roger  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  B.Sc, 
University  of  Melbourne,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Australian  National  Uni- 
versity, 1961. 

Bellama,  John  M.  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B.,  Allegheny  Col- 
lege, 1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966. 
Bellows,  William  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  Harvard  University,  1959;  M.S., 
University  of  Massachusetts,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 
Belz,  Herman  J.  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Princeton  Universi- 
ty, 1959;  M.A.,  University  ol  Washington,  1963;  Ph.D.  1966. 
Bender,  Fllmore  E.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S..  University  ol  California  (Davis).  1961;  M.S.. 
North  Carolina  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Benedetto,  John  J.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Boston 
College,  1960;  M.A.  Harvard  University.  1962;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Toronto,  1964. 

Benedict,  William  S.  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology.  A.B..  Cornell  University,  1928;  A.M.. 
1929;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1933. 
Benesch,  William  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Johns 
Hopliins  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952, 
Benjamin,  Gall  R.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Anthoropology,  B.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Bennett,  Maurice  J.'  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Har- 
vard University,  1971;  M.A.,  1972,  Ph.D..  1978. 

Bennett,  Ralph      Lecturer.  Part-time.  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A..  Princeton  University.  1961;  M.F.A..  1964. 
Bennett,  Robert  L.     Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.A. 
University  of  Texas,  1951;  M.A..  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 
Bennett,  Stanley  W.     Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  Iowa  State  University,  1959,  M.A.,  State  University 
of  Iowa.  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan.  1970. 
Bennett,  Suzanne     Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University.  1965;  M.A.  Western 
Michigan  University.  1989;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1976. 
Bentz,  Frank  L.,  Jr.     Associate  Professor,  Agronomy;  Vice 
President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Legislative  Relations.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1942;  PhD  ,  1952, 
Berenstein,  Carlos  A,     Associate  Professor,  Mathematics. 
Licenciado  En  Matematicas,  University  of  Buenos  Aires,  1966; 
M.S.,  New  York  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Berg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1967. 


Berger,  Bruce  S.     Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1954;  M.S.  1958;  Ph.D..  1962. 
Bergeron,  Raymond     Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B., 
Clark  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Brandeis  University,  1973. 
Bergmann,  Barbara  R.     Professor.  Economics.  A.B..  Cornell 
University,  1948;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Berlin,  Ira     Associate  Professor,  History.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1963;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 
Berman,  Alice  1.     Instructor,  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Berman,  Joel  H.  Professor.  Music.  B.S..  Juilliard  School  of 
Music.  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  D.M.A.,  Universi- 
ty ol  Michigan,  1957. 

Berman,  Louise  M.  Professor.  Administration,  Supervision 
and  Curriculum:  Acting  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Education. 
A.B.,  Wheaton  College.  1950:  M.A..  Columbia  University,  1953; 
Ed.D..  1960. 

Bernstein,  Allen  R.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.A..  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Bernstein,  Melvin  Professor,  Music.  Administrative  Dean  for 
Summer  Programs.  A.B.,  Southwestern  University,  1947;  B. 
Mus.,  1948;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949;  M.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  North  Carolina,  1954:  Ph.D.,  1964. 
Bemthat,  John  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1962:  M.A.,  University 
of  Kansas,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971. 
Berry,  Thomas  E.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  6.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University, 
1952:  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1955;  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  Texas.  1966. 

Berry,  William  B.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Animal  Science.  B.S., 
Washington  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  New  Mexico  State 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Texas  A  .&  M  University,  1972. 
Bersson,  Robert  D.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Art.  B.A.,  Brandeis 
University,  1968;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1972; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 

Best,  Otto  F.  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages. 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Munich  (Germany),  1963. 
Beste,  C.  Edward  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture,  B.S., 
Purdue  University,  1961;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Betancourt,  Roger  R.  Associate  Professor,  Economics. 
B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1 965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin, 1969. 

Beyl,  David  W.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Portland 
State  University,  1968;  M.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1974, 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Bhagal,  Satlndar  M.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University,  1950;  M.Sc.,  University  of 
Delhi.  1953;  Ph.D..  1956. 

BIckley,  William  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomology.  B.A., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1940. 

Blelec,  John  A.  Assistant  to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Adminis- 
trative Affairs.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.A.,  1969; 
Ph.D..  1972. 

BIlik,  Dorothy  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages.  6. A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1969:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1977. 
BINIg,  Frederick  S.  Lecturer.  Part-Time.  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering B.E.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland.  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Bingham,  Alfred  J.     Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A..  Yale 
University.  1933;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1939. 
Birdsoll  Esther  K.     Associate  Professor,  English.  6. A.,  Cen- 
tral Michigan  University,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona.  1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

BIrk,  Janice  M.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services;  Counseling  Center.  B.A.,  Sacred  Heart  Col- 
lege, 1963;  M.A.,  Loyola  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Missouri,  1970. 

BIrkner,  Francis  B.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering,  B.S.,  New- 
ark College  of  Engineering,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BIsh,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor,  Urban  Studies.  A.B., 
University  of  Southern  California,  1964;  A.M.,  Indiana  University, 
1966:  Ph.D.,  1968, 

BIssell,  Theodore  Associate  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomolo- 
gy, B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1936. 

Blackert,  William  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971, 
Blair,  Donald  J.  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  of  Engineer- 
ing; Director,  Engineering  Cooperative  Education.  B.S.M.E., 
Bradley  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1962; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1969. 


Campbell,  Elwood  G.    193 


Blair,  John  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A., 
Gustavus  Adolphus  College,  1 966;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1972;  Ptl.O.  1975 

Blair,  Nancy  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  B.S., 
Otiio  Slate  University;  1964,  M.Ed  ,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
Bilmline,  Carol  Lecturer.  Pan-Time.  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Sen/ices  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1965;  M.S.,  Indiana 
University,  1966;  Ph.D.  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Block  Ira  Associate  Professor.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Elonomics  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Block,  Kathleen  J.  Instructor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice 
and  Criminology,  B.A,,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1969,  MA,, 
University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Bloom,  Paul  N.  Assistant  Professor,  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  B.S..  Lehigh  University.  1968;  M.B.A.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania.  1970;  Ph.D  ,  Northwestern  University,  1974. 
Blough,  Glenn  O.  Professor  Emeritus.  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B  A,,  University  of  Michigan,  1929;  M.A.. 
1932;  LID,  Central  Michigan  University.  1950. 
BIyler,  Elaine  M.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Food,  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitution Administration  Simmons  College,  1 968;  M.S.,  Universi- 
ty ol  Maryland,  1970 

Bobko,  Philip  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M.S.,  Buchnell  Uni- 
versity, 1972;  Ph.D.  Cornell  University,  1975. 
Bobrow,  Davis  B.  Professor.  Government  and  Politics;  Di- 
rector Bureau  of  Governmental  Research  B.A.  University  of 
Chicago,  1955,  B.A.,  1956,  B.A.,  Queen's  College.  Oxford 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1962. 

Bode,  Carl  Professor.  English.  Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago. 
University,  M.A..  1938,  Ph.D.,  1941. 

Bodin,  Lawrence  0.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management  A.B..  Northeastern  University.  1962; 
M.S.  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1966;  Ph.D..  1967. 
Bodwell,  C.E.  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institu- 
tion Administration.  B.S.,  Oldahoma  Stale  University,  1957;  M.S. 
University  of  Cambndge  (England),  1959;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1964. 

Bolsjoly,  Russell  P.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management,  B.S..  Lowell  Technological  Institute 
(University  ol  Lowell).  1972;  MBA..  Boston  University.  1973; 
DBA.,  Indiana  University,  1978. 

Bonar,  Dale  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Whitman 
College,  1967;  M.S.  University  of  the  Pacific,  1970;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Hawaii.  1973. 

Bondurant,  Dotores  Instructor,  French  and  Italian.  A.  B., 
Morgan  State  College.  1954;  M.  A.,  Howard  University.  1956. 
Boozer,  Melvin  Lecturer,  Sociology,  B.A..  Dartmouth,  1967. 
Bormanshlnov,  Arash  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  M.  A.,  University  ol  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1956,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1958. 
Boroson,  Harold  R.  Lecturer.  Pan-time,  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing B.S.,  Union  College.  1944;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois.  1947; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1972 

Bortnik,  NJnel  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  M.A.,  University  of  Kiev,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  1972. 

Bottino,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor,  Botany  B.S.  (Utah 
State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Washington  State 
University,  1969. 

Boughner,  Robert  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Classical  Lan- 
guages and  Literatures.  A.B.  Duke  University,  1 968;  M.A.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
Bouwkamp,  John  C.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 
Bowie,  Luclle  B.  Professor  Emerita.  Human  Development. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  MA.,  Teacher  College, 
Columbia  University.  1946;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 
Boyd,  Alfred  C.  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Canisius  College,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D.. 
1957. 

Boyd,  Derek  A.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.S..  University  of  Cape  Town  (S.  Africa).  1964;  B.S.. 
(Hons.),  1965,  M.Sc,  1967.  Ph.D.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy, 1973. 

Boyle,  Regis  L.  Visiting  Professor,  Pan-time,  College  of 
Journalism,  A.B..  Tnnity  College,  1933;  M.A.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

Brabble,  Elizabeth  W.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and 
Community  Development.  B  S..  Virginia  State  College,  1960; 
M.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966;  Ed.D.,  1969. 
Brace,  John  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  8. A..  Swarthmore 
College.  1949;  M.A,,  Cornell  University.  1951,  Ph.D.,  1953. 
Bradbury,  Miles  L.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  A.B..  Har- 
vard University.  1960;  A.M.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 


Bradley.  John  L.  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Yale  University, 
1940;  M.A,,  Han/ard  University.  1946;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University. 
1950, 

Brady,  Pamela  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutntion  and 
Institution  Administration,  B  S,A.,  University  of  Arkansas,  1974; 
MS,  1976;  PhD,,  University  of  Tennessee.  1978, 
Brandon,  Janet  S.  Instructor,  Human  Development  B.A  . 
Eastern  Nazarene  College,  Massachusetts,  1951,  MS..  Univer- 
sity of  Rhode  Island.  1967;  PhD  ,  University  of  Maryland.  1974. 
Brannlgan,  Vincent  M.  Assistant  Professor  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics  B.A.  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  J.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1975. 

Brauth,  Steven  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology  B.S.. 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1967;  Ph.D.,  New  York  Univer- 
sity. 1973. 

Bray,  Rebecca     Lecturer,  Part  time.  Dance 
Brechling,  Frank  P.     Visiting  Professor,  Economics.   B.A.. 
University  of  Freiburg.  1951;  Ph.D..  Trinity  College,  1955. 
Breger,  Irving  A.     Visiting  Professor,  Pan-Time,  Geology, 
B.S.,    Worcester    Polytechnic    Institute,    1941;    M.S..    Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology.  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 
Breslow,  Marvin  A.     Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska,   1957;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,   1958; 
Ph.D.,  1963, 

Brewster,  Premata  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary  Edu- 
cation, B.S.,  Lucknow  University  (India),  1956;  B  T.,  Jabalpur 
University  (India),  1957;  MA,  New  York  University,  1961;  PhD  . 
Cornell  University,  1968 

Brigham,  Bruce  M.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  Slate  University  College  of  New  York  (Srockport). 
1949;  M.A.,  1954.  Ph.D..  Temple  University.  1967, 
Brill,  Dieter  R.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  B.A., 
Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Brlnkley,  Howard  J,  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S..  West  Virginia 
University,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1960; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

Brodsky,  Harold  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.S.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1954;  M.S.,  Colora- 
do College,  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington,  1966. 
Broome,  C.  Rose  Assistant  Professor,  Botany,  B.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Miami,  1965.  A.M.  University  of  South  Flonda,  1968. 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1974. 

Brown,  Charles  C,  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  A.B., 
Boston  College,  1970;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Han/ard  University, 
1974. 

Brown,  John  H.     Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A  B.,  Pnn- 
ceton  University,  1952;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1958. 
Brown,  Joshua  R.C.     Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Duke  Univer- 
sity, 1948;  M.A..  1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Brown,  Peter  G.  Lecturer,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Haverlord  Col- 
lege, 1961;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1964;  Ph.D..  1969. 
Brown,  Richard  Associate  Professor,  Sociology  B.A.  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley),  1961;  M.A.  Columbia  University. 
1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (San  Diego)  1973, 
Brown,  Rol>ert  A.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology,  B.A. 
University  of  Richmond,  1958;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1961,  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Brown,  Russell  G.  Professor  Emeritus,  Botany.  B.S.,  West 
Virginia  University,  1929;  M.S.,  1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1934. 

Brown,  Samuel  E,  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Indi- 
ana University,  1934;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1955. 
Brown,  Warren  D.  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Music.  B.M.,  Peabody 
Consen/atory  of  Music,  1972. 

Bruner,  Carol  M,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Devel- 
opment. B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1966;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  New  Mexico,  1978. 

Bruno,  Dominic  R,     Instructor,  Economics.  B.A.,  St.  Joseph's 
College,  1972;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Brush,  Stephen  G.     Professor,  History  and  Institute  for  Physi- 
cal Science  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1955, 
Ph.D..  Oxford  University,  1958. 

Bryan,  John  L,  Professor  and  Chairman,  Fire  Protection 
Engineering,  B,S,,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1953;  M.S., 
1954;  EdD.,  American  University,  1965, 
Bryer,  Jackson  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Amherst  College, 
1949;  M.A,.  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1965. 

Buchler,  Edward  R,  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  Cali- 
fornia State  Polytechnic  College.  1964,  M.A,.  University  of 
California  (Santa  Barbara).  1966;  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Montana. 
1972. 

Buchner,  Michael  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
A.B.,  Phnceton  University,  1969;  MA.,  Harvard  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  1974, 

Buck,  Allen  C.  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics,  Coordinator  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research, 
College  of  Human  Ecology,  B,S,,  Michigan  State  University. 
1940;  M.S..  Case-Western  Reserve  University.  1942;  Ph.D., 
1947. 


Buckley,  Frank  T.,  Jr.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.  University  ol  Maryland.  1959.  PhD.  1968 
Buczek,  Karen  K.  Instructor.  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S.  University  of  Maryland.  1976;  M.S..  1978. 
Buffkins,  Archie  L.  Assistant  Dean,  Gradua,te  School.  B.S., 
Jackson  State  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1961;  Ed.D.,  1963. 

Buhllg.  Paul,  Jr,  Instructor,  English.  B.S..  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity, 1950;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1954, 
Bullock,  Orin  M.  Lecturer,  Pan-lime,  School  of  Architecture. 
Bumb,  Bafu  Lai  Assistant  Professor,  Pan-time,  Economics. 
M.A,,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  PhD,,  1977. 
Bundy,  Mary  L.  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services.  A.B  .  Slate  University  College  (Potsdam).  1948.  M.A., 
University  of  Denver.  1951,  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1960, 

Burgers.  J.  M.  Research  Professor,  Emeritus,  Institute  For 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Doctor  of  Mathematics  and 
Physics.  University  of  Leyden,  1918,  Doctor  Honons  Causa, 
University  Libre  de  Bruxellis,  1948;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa, 
University  of  Poitiers,  1950. 

Buric,   John     Associate   Professor.   Animal   Science.   B.S., 
West  Virginia  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1960. 
Burka,  Maria  K,     Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering    SB..   Massachusetts   Institute   of   Technology, 
1969;  S.M  .  1970;  Ph.D.,  Pnnceton  University.  1977 
Burke,  Frank  G,     Lecturer,  Part-Time,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.,  University  of  Alaska,  1955;  M.A., 
University  of  Chicago.  1959;  Ph.D..  1969. 
Burke.  Philip  J,     Chairman  and  Professor,  Special  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Scranton,  1963;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1970. 

Burkina,  Ruth  H.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Special  Education.  A.B., 
Maryville  College,  1950;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965; 
Ph.D..  1978. 

Burl.  Gordon  W.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.  Ten- 
nessee Polytechnic  Institute,  1961;  M.S.  0>mell  UNiversily. 
1964,  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington,  1967, 
Burt,  John  J.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Health  Education, 
B.A.,  Duke  University,  1956,  M.Ed  .  University  Of  North  Carolina, 
1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1960;  Ed.D.  1962. 
Butler,  Ethel  Lecturer,  Part  time.  Dance.  Butler,  Jean,  Lec- 
turer, Part  lime.  Dance.  B.  Mus.  Ed.,  Oberlin  Consen/atory, 
1948. 

Butterworth.  Charles  E.  Associate  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1959,  Doct.,  Uni- 
versity of  Nancy  (France),  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1966 

Byerly,  Theodore  C.  Adjunct  Professor.  Poultry  Science. 
A.B.,  University  of  Iowa,  1923;  M.S.,  1925;  PhD,,  1926. 
Byrne,  Richard  H,  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Sen/ices.  B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1938;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1947,  Ed.D.,  1952 
Cadman,  Theodore  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Chemical 
and  Nuclear  Engineehng.  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technolo- 
gy, 1962;  M.S..  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Cain,  Jarvis  L.  Professor,  Aghcultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1955;  M.S.,  Ohio  Slate  Univer- 
sity. 1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Cairns,  Gordon  M.  Dean  Emeritus,  College  of  Agriculture. 
B.S..  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D..  1940. 
Caldwell,  S,  Carlton  Jr.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean,  College  of 
Journalism.  B.A,.  Louisiana  State  University  (Baton  Rouge), 
1971;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1974.  Caliendo,  Mary  Alice 
Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administra- 
tion, B,S,,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maine,  1972;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1975. 
Callcott,  George  H.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of 
South  Carolina,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1951;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1956. 

Calloway,  Jimmy  Instructor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1969;  MS.,  1970. 

Cambridge,  Milton  H.     Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services  B.A,,  Queens  College,  1969;  M,S,,  Univer- 
sity of  Southern  Mississippi,  1973,  Ph.D.,  1976. 
Campagna,  Andrew  F.     Assistant  Professor,   French  and 
Italian,   A.B.,   Dartmouth  College,   1966;   MA,,   University  of 
Rochester,  1967;  Ph.D..  Washinglon  University,  1975. 
Campagnoni,  A.  T.     Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B., 
Northeastern  University,  1964,  Ph.D..  Indiana  University,  1968. 
Campbell,  Donald  L,     Assistant  Professor,  Veterinary  Sci- 
ence, D  V,M  .  University  ol  Georgia,  1968;  MS,,  Texas  Agricul- 
tural and  Mechanical  University.  1972 
Campbell,  Elwood  G.      Professor,  Secondary  Education;  As- 
sistant to  the  Dean,  College  of  Education.  B.S  ,  Northeast 
Missouh  State  College,  1949;  MA  ,  Northwestern  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  1963. 


194    Campbell,  Howard 


Campbell,  Howard     Lecturer,  Part-time,  School  ol  Architec- 
ture. B.  Arch.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
Campbell,     Kenneth     Associate     Professor,     Art      (Mas- 
sachusetts College  of  Art;  National  Academy  of  Design;  Art 
Students  League;  Lowell  Institute. 

Cantrell,  Rose  M.  Instructor,  Part-time,  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.S.,  Kansas  State  University.  1968; 
MS.  University  of  Ivlaryland.  1970. 

Carameilo,  Charles  Assistant  Professor,  English.  A.B,  Wes- 
leyan  University.  1970;  MA.  University  of  Wisconsin(fv1ilwau- 
kee).  Ph.D.  1978. 

Carbone,  Robert  F.  Professor,  Administration.  Supervision 
and  Curnculum.  B.A..  Eastern  Montana  College.  1953:  M.Ed.. 
Emory  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago.  1961. 
Caretta,  Vincent  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A..  State 
University  of  New  York  (Binghamlon).  1968;  M.A..  1971;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Iowa.  1977. 

Carlson,  Severin  C.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. BS.,  Nonheaslern  University,  1974;  M.B.A.,  Indiana 
University.  1977. 

Carney,  Eugene  D.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Health  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.Ed..  Frostburg  State 
College,  1971. 

Caron,  Oewey  M.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.A.. 
University  of  Vermont  1964;  M.A..  University  of  Tennessee. 
1966.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1970. 
Carpenter,  Robert  F.  Lecturer.  Part-Time.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D.. 
1970. 

Carr,  John  C.  Professor.  Secondary  Education,  B.S..  District 
of  Columbia  Teachers  College.  1952;  M.F  A.,  Catholic  Universi- 
ty of  America,  1953;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Carr,  Lewis  E.     Instructor.  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E., 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1963;  IVI.S.  1970. 
Carroll,  Edward  G.      Instructor.  College  ol  Journalism.  B.A.. 
Ohio  Wesleyan  University.  1961;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University. 
1975. 

Carroll,  Stephen  J.,  Jor,  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S..  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1 957; 
M.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1959;  Ph.  D..  1964. 
Carson,  Delbert  D.  Instructor.  Industrial  Education.  B.S.. 
California  State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1976;  M.A.,  Kent  State 
University.  1978. 

Carter,  Everett  C.  Professor.  Civil  Engineering  B.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1958;  M.E..  University  of  California.  1959; 
Ph.D..  Northwestern  University.  1969. 
Case,  William  H.  Lecturer  Part-Time,  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing. B.S.A.E..  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.S.M.E.,  Drexel 
University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1972 
Casey,  Mary  H.  Part-lime  Instructor,  French  an.d  Italian  B. 
A..  College  of  St.  Catherine,  1968;  M.  A..  Fordham  University, 
1969;  Ph.D..  1977. 

Cass,  Heather  W.  Assistant  Professor.  School  of  Architec- 
ture. B.A..  Mount  Holyoke  college,  1969;  M.  Arch.,  Yale  Univer- 
sity. 1972. 

Castellan,  Gilbert  W.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Regis  Col- 
lege. 1945;  Ph.D..  Catholic  University.  1949. 
Castellanos,  Adelalda  Lecturer  Part-time.  Spanish  and  Por- 
tuguese. MA.  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 
Cate,  George  A.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Rutgers- 
The  State  University,  1960;  M.A..  Duke  University,  1962;  Ph.D.. 
1967. 

Caughey,  John  L.  Assistant  Professor.  American  Studies. 
B.A..  Harvard  College.  1963;  M.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Causey,  G.  Donald  Research  Professor  Part-Time,  Hearing 
and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland  1950;  M.A.. 
Purdue  University.  1951,  Ph.D.,  1954. 
Celarler,  James  L.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  AB., 
University  ol  Illinois  (Urbana).  1956;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

Chalken,  Irwin  Lecturer  Part-Time.  Dairy  Science.  A.B., 
Brown  University.  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1968. 

Chalres,  James  W.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  M.B.A..  1974. 
Chance,  Charles  M.  Associate  Professor.  Dairy  Science. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1941.  BS.,  Virginia  Polytechnic 
Institute.  1948;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1952. 
Chander,  Suresh  Lecturer  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing BS-  Banaras  Hindu  University,  1964.  M.S..  Indian  Institute 
of  Science,  1966;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1971;  Ph.D.. 
1975. 

Chang,  Chla-Cheh  Assistant  Professor.  Physios  and  Astron- 
omy. BS .  Tunghai  University  (Taiwan).  1961;  M.A..  University 
of  Southern  California.  1966;  Ph.D..  1968. 


Chang,  Chung  Yualg  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  Colum- 
bia University.  1965. 

Chang,  LI  Yi-Kun  Instructor  Part  Time,  Chinese.  B.A.. 
Yenching  University  (Peking),  1944. 

Chang,  Sun-Yung  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University.  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1974. 

Chant,  Nicholas  S.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy, M.A..  Downing  College  (Cambridge  University).  1962; 
Ph.D..  Lincoln  College  (Oxford  University),  1966. 
Chapin,  A.  Dexter  Part-time  Lecturer,  Social  Foundations  of 
Education.  B.A..  Stanford  University.  1969;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland.  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Chapin,  John  L  Professor.  Human  Development.  A.B..  De- 
nison  University,  1939;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1960. 
Chappell,  James  D.,  Jr.  Instructor.  Information  Systems 
Management.  A.B..  Duke  University.  1953;  M.S..  Columbia 
University.  1954. 

Chase,  Krlstlne  L  Instructor.  Economics.  B.A..  University  of 
California  (Davis).  1970;  M.A..  1972. 

Chasen,  Lyn  E.  Lecturer.  Urban  Studies.  B.S..  Boston  Uni- 
versity. 1975;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 
Chatelain,  Verne  E.  Professor  Emeritus.  History.  B.A..  Ne- 
braska State  Teachers  College,  1 91 7;  M.A..  University  of  Chica- 
go, 1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943. 
Chaves,  Antonio  F.  Associate  Professor.  Geography.  Bach.. 
University  of  Havana.  1941;  M.A..  Northwestern  University. 
1948:  Ph.D.,  1946. 

Chen,  Chujen  C.  Assistant  Professor  Emeritus.  Oriental  and 
Hebrew  Program.  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1919;  M.S..  Universi- 
ty ol  Maryland.  1920. 

Chen,  Hsing-Hen  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy*.  B.S..  National  Taiwan  University.  1968;  M.A..  Co- 
lumbia University.  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 
Cherry,  Alan  A.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.B.A.,  Baruch  College.  1970;  M.S.,  Ph.D.. 
1978. 

Chin,  Tsung  Associate  Professor,  Oriental  and  Hebrew  Pro- 
gram. B.A..  Taiwan  Normal  University.  1953;  M.S..  Georgetown 
University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Chow,  Garland  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  M.B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  D.B.A..  Indiana  University.  1977. 
Chrlstensen-Abel  Cheryl  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Govern- 
ment and  Politics.  B.A..  University  of  Minnesota.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1976. 
Christian,  Charles  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Geography  and 
Urban  Studies.  B.A..  Northeastern  State  College.  1966; 
M.A.A.T.,  1968;  M.A.,  University  ol  Illinois  (Urbama).  1970; 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Chu,  Hsin     Professor.  Mathematics.  M.S..  Tulane  University. 
1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1959. 
Chu,  Yaohan     Professor.   Computer  Science.   B.S..    1942; 
M.S..   Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.   1945;  Sc.D.. 
1953. 

Churaman,  Charlotte  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Family  arid 
Community  Development.  B  Sc.  Berea  College.  1942:  M  Ed.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1964.  Ed.D.,  1969. 
Church,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor.  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B  S..  University  of  Northern  Iowa.  1946;  M.S.,  University  of 
Iowa.  1955;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1963. 
Church.  Marilyn  G.  Associate  Professor,  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S.,  Indiana  University.  1962;  M.S.. 
1963;  Ed.D..  1969. 

Churchill,  John  W.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.. 
State  University  College  (Cortland).  1959;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1968. 
CIrrinclone,  Joseph  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography;  As- 
sociate Professor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S..  State  University 
College  (Oswego).  1962;  M.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1967; 
Ph.D..  1970. 

Clague,  Christopher  K.  Associate  Professor.  Economics. 
B  A..  Lafayette  College.  1961;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University.  1966. 
Clague,  Monlque  W.  Associate  Professor.  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Curriculum.  B.A..  Swarthmore  College,  1969; 
Ph.D..  Han/ard  University,  1969. 

Clapsaddla,  Jerry     Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.F.A..  Drake 
University,  1964;  M.F, A.  Indiana  University,  1966 
Clark,  Eugenie     Professor.  Zoology.  B.A..  Hunter  College. 
1942;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1946;  Ph.D..  1968. 
Clark,  Linda  M.      Lecturer.  Part-time.  Music.  B  Mu..  Northwest- 
ern University,   1968.  M.M..  1970. 

.  Clarke,  David  H.  Professor.  Physical  Education.  B.S..  Spring- 
field College.  1952;  M.S..  1953;  Ph.D..  University  of  Oregon. 
1959. 


Clarkson,  Christopher     Lecturer  Part-Time.  College  ol  Libra- 
ry and  tnlormation  Services.  National  Diploma  in  Design.  Cam- 
beraiell  College  ol  Arts  and  Crafts  (London).  1958;  A.R.C.A.. 
Royal  College  of  Art  (London).  1963. 
Claude,  Richard  P.     Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  College  of  Saint  Thomas.  1956;  M.S..  Florida 
State  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1964. 
Clearwater,  Harvey  E.     Associate  Professor.  Health  Educa- 
tion. A.B..  State  University  of  New  York  (Albany).  1955;  M.A.. 
Michigan  State  University.  1967;  Ed.D..  1970. 
Cleary,  Marilyn  F.      Instructor,  Mathematics.  A.B..  Montclair 
State  College.  1953;  M.A,.  1957. 

Ciemaon.  Barry  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Administration  Su- 
pervision and  Curriculum.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1965;  M.A..  1968;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Clottelter,  Charles  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics;  Bu- 
reau of  Business  and  Economic  Research.  B.A.,  Duke  Universi- 
ty. 1969;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 
Coarts,  Darlene  G.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  MBA.  1976. 
Cochran  Alexander  S.  Professor.  Part-time.  School  of 
Architecture.  A.B.,  Princeton  University.  1935;  M.  Arch..  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Design.  1939. 

Cockburn,  James  S.  Professor.  History.  LL.B..  Leeds  Uni- 
versity. 1959;  LL.M..  1961;  Ph.D..  1970. 
Cohen,  Joel  Professor,  Mathematics.  Sc.B..  Brown  Universi- 
ty. 1963;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1966. 
Cohen,  Leon  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Columbia  University.  1923;  M.A..  1925;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Michigan.  1928. 

Cohen.  Ruth  K.  Instructor.  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment. B.A..  Brooklyn  Clollege.  1952;  M.S.Vif..  Hunter  College. 
1959. 

Cohn,  Elizabeth  W.     Instructor.  Part-time.  English.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity ol  Maryland.  1971.  M.A..  1975. 
Colangelo,  William  E.     Assistant  to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for 
Administrative  Affairs.  B.S..  Syracuse  University.  1966;  M.S.. 
1969. 

Cole  Mildred  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education  and  Mathematics.  B.S..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana).  1943;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1951. 
Cole,  Wayne  S.  Professor.  History.  B.A..  Iowa  State  Teach- 
ers College,  1946;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1948;  Ph.D.. 
1951. 

ColettI,  Theresa  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A  .  Universi- 
ty of  Pittsburgh.  1971;  M.A..  University  ol  Roctiester.  1973; 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Colletia,  Nancy  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  Michigan  State  University.  1972;  M.S..  State  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  College  (Buffalo).  1974;  Ph.D..  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1977. 

Cotton,  Craig  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation.  8.S.,  Utah 
State  University.  1963;  M.S.  1970;  Ph.D..  1976. 
Colvlle,  Georgians  M.  M.  Assistant  Professor.  French  and 
Italian.  Licence  es  Lettres.  Universite  d'Aix-Marseille  (France), 
1967;  M.  A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1968;  Ph.D.. 
1973. 

Colvllle,  James  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
Purdue  University.  1959;  M.S..  Purdue  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Texas  at  Austin.  1970. 

Colwell,  Rita  R.  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.  S..  Purdue  Uni- 
versity. 1956;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington. 
1961. 

ConconI,  Charles  N.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Journal- 
ism. B.S..  Kent  State  University.  1960;  M.S.,  Northwestern 
University.  1961. 

Conger,  Joseph  H.,  Ill     Assistant  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill). 
1973;  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Greensboro).  1975. 
Conn,  Alex  P.     Assistant  Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineering.  A 
B,  Dartmouth  College,  1968;  B.E.,  1969;  M.E..  1971;  Ph.  D.. 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1977. 
Contrera,  Joseph  F.     Associate  Professor.  Zoology    8. A.. 
New  York  University.  1960;  M.S..  1961  Ph.D..  1966. 
Conway,  Mary  M.     Associate  Professor.  Govermment  and 
Politics.  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1957;  MA.  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley).  1960;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University.  1965. 
Coogan,  Robert  M.     Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  lona 
College.  1954;  M.S..  DePaul  University,  1958;  Ph.D..  Loyola 
University,  1967. 

Cook,  Clarence  H.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  State  Uni- 
versity ol  Iowa.  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado. 
1962. 

Cook,  Thomas  M.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Microbiology. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1955;  M.S..  1957;  Ph.D..  Rut- 
gers—The State  University.  1963. 


Pillion,  Conley  H.    195 


Cool«y,  Franklin  D.  Professor  Emeritus.  English.  B.A..  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1927;  M.A..  University  of  Maryla.nd.  1933; 
Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1940. 
Cooney,  Joseph  J.  Professor.  Microbiology.  Head  of  Labo- 
ratory. Chesapeake  Biological  Labortory.  B.S..  LeMoyne  Col- 
lege. 1956;  M.S..  Syracuse  University,  1958;  Ph.D..  1961. 
Coopar,  Jack  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.  Mus..  Curtis 
Institute.  1958.  M.Mus..  Catholic  University  of  America.  1963. 
Cooper,  Jeffrey  M.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics  B.A  . 
Haverford  College.  1962;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Chicago). 
1964;  Ph.D..  1967, 

Cooper,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.S . 
Temple  University.  1951;  M.A..  1953;  M.A..  1953;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania.  1963. 

Coplan,  Michael  A.  Research  Associate  Professor.  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.A..  Williams  College. 
1960;  Ph.D..  Vale  University.  1963. 

Corbett,  M.  Kenneth.  Professor.  Botany.  B.Sc.  McGill  Uni- 
versity. 1950;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1954. 

Corliss,  John  O.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Zoology.  B.5.. 
University  of  Chicago.  1944;  B.A..  University  of  Vermont.  1947; 
Ph.D..  New  York  University.  1951. 

Comlng,  Gerald  Professor.  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S, 
New  York  University.  1973;  M.S..  Catholic  University  of  Ameri- 
ca, 1953. 

Corrigan,  Robert  A.  Professor,  English.  Provost.  Division  of 
Arts  and  Humanities.  A.B..  Brown  University.  1957;  M.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania.  1959;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Correl,  Ellen  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  Douglas  College. 
1951;  M.S..  Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Coral,  Thomas  M.  Assisianl  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management  B.A..  Case-Western  Reserve  University. 
1971;  M.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1976. 

Cory,  Ernest  N.  Professor  Emeritus.  Entomology.  B.S..  Mary- 
land Agricultural  College.  1909;  M.S..  1913;  Ph.D..  Amencan 
University.  1926. 

Costablle,  Sahratore  L  Lecturer  Part-Time,  College  of  Libra- 
ry and  Infomiation  Services.  B.S.S..  Georgetown  University. 
1956;  M.S.L.S..  Catholic  University  of  America.  1963. 

Coumyn,  John  B.  Lecturer.  Part-time.  Ovil  Engineenng. 
B.S..  Aeronautical  Engineering.  University  of  Alabama.  1946; 
M.S..  Civil  Engineenng.  University  of  Alabama,  1948. 
Coursey,  Robert  0.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S.. 
Spring  Hill  College.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1970 
Courtrlght,  Benjamin  F.  Jr..  Associate  Professor.  Informa- 
tion Systems  Management.  B.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1939;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Cox,  Evelyn  M.  Associate  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.S..  Syracuse  University.  1 939;  M.S.. 
1948;  Ph.D..  State  University  of  Iowa.  1960. 

Craft,  Ann  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Physical  Education  and 
Secondary  Education.  B.S..  East  Carolina  University,  1962; 
MS..  1966. 

Craig,  Patrick  M.  Lecturer.  Art  B.F.A..  Western  Michigan 
University.  1974;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1976. 
Critea,  John  O.  Professor.  Psychology.  A.B..  Princeton  Uni- 
versity. 1950;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1957. 
Crosaon,  Patricia.  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor.  B.S..  Smith 
College.  1966;  M.ED..  University  ol  Massachusetts.  1972; 
ED.D..  1974. 

Cross,  H.  Russell  Lecturer  Part-time.  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Florida.  1966.  M.S..  University  of  Florida.  1969; 
Ph.D..  Texas  A  i  M  University.  1972. 

Crothers,  John  L,  Jr.  Senior  Specialist.  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  MS  . 
1954. 

Cumberland,  John  H.  Professor.  Economics;  Director,  Bu- 
reau of  Business  and  Economic  Research.  B.A..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1947;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1949;  Ph.D..  1951 
Cunnff,  Patrick  F.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Mechanical  En- 
gineenrig  S.CE..  Manhattan  College.  1955;  M.S..  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1957;  Ph.D..  1962. 
Cunningham,  William  0.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A..  University  of  Kansas,  1959;  M.L.S,. 
University  of  Texas.  1963.  ^ 

Currle,  Douglas  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
BE. P..  Cornell  University.  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Rochester, 
1962 

Currier,  Albert  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
State  University  ol  Iowa.  1954;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1959;  Ph.D..  1968. 

Curry,  William  A.  Associate  Specialist.  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
University  o(  Maryland,  1960. 


Curtis,  John  M.  Prolessor.  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. Director.  Cooperative  Extension  Service.  B.S,.  North 
Carolina  State  University.  1947;  MS,.  1949;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1961. 

Cussler,  Margaret  Associate  Prolessor.  Sociology.  B.A. 
State  University  ol  New  York  (Albany).  1931.  MA..  1931;  MA.. 
Harvard  University.  1941;  M.S..  1941;  Ph.D.  1943 
Czarsty,  Stephen  L.  Lecturer.  College  ol  Business  and 
Management.  B.S. B.A,.  University  ol  Hartford.  1968;  M.BA. 
University  of  Connecticut.  1969;  D.B.A..  George  Washington 
University.  1975 

Dachier,  H.  Peter  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S. 
Virginia  Commonwealth  University.  1963;  M.A..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1968;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Dagalakis.  Nicholas  G.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical  En- 
gineenng. Dipl.  ol  Mech,  Engr..  National  Technical  University 
(Greece).  1969;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
1971;  Eng.D..  1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Dager,  Edward  Z.  Professor.  Sociology  A.B..  Kent  State 
University.  1 950;  A.M..  Ohio  State  University.  1 951 ;  Ph.D..  1 956. 
Dalnis,  Andrew  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Education, 
B,S  .  University  ol  Adelaide.  South  Australia.  1 962;  M.A..  Univer- 
sity ol  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill).  1972;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Adelaide.  1967, 

Dally,  James  W.     Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.. 

Carnegie  Institute  ol  Technology.   1951;  M.S..   1953;  PhD,. 

Illinois  Institute  of  Technology.  1958. 

Oaly,  George,  W.      Instructor.  Part-time.  Industnal  Education, 

ME,  Steven's  Institute.  1940;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland. 

1976. 

Oancis,  Jerome  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn.  1961;  M.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1963;  PhD..  1966. 

Daniel,  Sandra  F.  Assistant  Professor.  French  and  Italian, 
B,A..  Talladega  College.  1965;  M.A..  University  ol  Rochester. 
1968;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Darden,  LIndley  Assistant  Prolessor.  Philosophy  and  Histo- 
ry. B.A..  Southwestern  University.  1968;  A.M..  University  ol 
Chicago;  S.M..  University  of  Chicago.  1972.  Ph.D..  1974. 
Darden,  Thomas  A.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Mathemat- 
ics. B.S..  University  of  New  Mexico.  1970;  M.S..  University  ol 
Chicago.  1971, 

Dardis,  Rachel  Professor.  Textiles  and  Consumer  Econom- 
ics B.S,.  Saint  Mary's  College  (Dubin).  1949  M.S.  University  ol 
Minnesota.  1963.  PhD,   1965, 

Darrah,  Charles  H.  III.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  ot  Delaware.  1969;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland 
1972;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1978. 
Davey,  H.  Beth  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Education. 
B.S..  University  ol  Miami.  1965;  M.A..  University  of  Rochester. 
1969;  Ph.D..  Case-Western  Reserve  University.  1971. 
Davidson,  James  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Veterinary  Sci- 
ence. B.S..  Michigan  State.  1964;  DVM,.  1966;  MS,.  1974. 
Davidson,  John  A.  Professor.  Entomology  B  A..  Columbia 
Union  College.  1955;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1957;  Ph.D.. 
1960. 

Davidson,  Marie  S.  Assistant  Dean.  Graduate  School  6  S  . 
Dilliard  University.  1959;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1967; 
Ph.D..  1971. 

Davidson,  Neil  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics.  Associ- 
ate Prolessor.  Secondary  Education,  B,S,.  Case  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1961;  M.A..  University  ol  Wisconsin  (Madison). 
1963;  Ph.D..  1970, 

Davis,  Christopher  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Electical  Engi- 
neering. B.A..  Cambridge  University.  1965;  M.A..  1970;  Ph.D.. 
Marichester  Uhiversity  (England).  1970. 

Davis,  Richard  F.  Prolessor  and  Chairman,  Dairy  Science. 
B.S..  University  ol  New  Hampshire.  1950;  M.S..  Cornell  Univer- 
sity. 1952;  Ph.D..  1953 

Davis,  Shelley  G.     Associate  Professor.  Music,  A,B  .  New 
York  University.  1957;  M.A..  1960;  Ph.D..  1971. 
Oavisson,  Loe  D.     Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineenng  BSE.. 
Princeton  University.  1958;  M.S.E.  University  ol  Calilornia  (Los 
Angeles).  1961.  PhD,  1964. 

Oawkins,  Marvin  P.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Alro-American  and 
Urban  Studies,  B,S,.  Edward  Waters  College.  1970;  M.S..  Flori- 
da State  University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1975, 

Dawson,  Townes  L.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and 
Management,  B  B,A..  University  of  Texas.  1943;  B.S..  United 
States  Merchant  Marne  Academy.  1946;  MBA,.  University  of 
Texas.  1947;  PhD,.  1950;  J,D..  1954, 
Dawson,  Victor  CD.  Lecturer  Part-Time.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering, B,S .  Massachusetts  Institute  ot  Technology.  1948; 
M.S..  Harvard  University.  1951;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland. 
1963 

Dayton,  C.  Mitchell.  Prolessor.  Measurement  and  Statistics, 
B,A,.  University  of  Chicago.  1955;  MA..  University  of  Maryland. 
1963;  Ph.D..   1964, 


Deal.  Elwyn  E.  Associate  Prolessor.  Agronomy;  Assistant 
Provost.  Division  ol  AgnCultural  and  Lite  Sciences;  Assistant 
Director.  Agricultural  Extension  Service  B.S..  University  ol 
Georgia.  1958.  MS.  1960;  PhD,.  Rutgers — The  State  Universi- 
ty. 1963. 

Dean,  S.  R.  Instructor.  Housing  and  Applied  Design.  B.A,. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1958;  M.A..  Amencan  University.  1966. 
DeBarthe,  Jerry  V.  Associate  Prolessor.  Animal  Science. 
BS,.  Iowa  State  University.  1961;  Ph.D..  1966. 
Debro,  Julius  Assistant  Prolessor.  Institute  ol  Cnminal  Jus- 
tice and  Criminology  BS,.  University  ol  San  Franasco.  1953; 
MA  .  San  Jose  State  College.  1967 

Decker,  A.  Morris  Professor.  Agronomy,  B,S,.  Colorado 
State  University.  1949;  M.S..  Utah  State  University.  1950;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1953, 

Oecker,  William  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Health  Education. 
B  A,.  Slate  University  ol  Calilornia  (San  Diego).  1967;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Connecticut.  1975 

DeClaJris,  Nicholas  Prolessor.  Electrical  Engineering,  B,S . 
Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  University.  1952;  S,M,  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology.  1954,  Sc.D,  1959 
de  Leiris,  Alain  Prolessor.  Art.  B.F.A,.  Rhode  Island  School 
of  Design.  1948;  M  A  .  Han/ard  University.  1952;  Ph.D..  1957, 
OeLorenzo,  William  E.  Associate  Prolessor.  Secondary  Ed- 
ucation B.A,.  Montclair  State  College.  1959;  M.A..  1964;  Ph.D.. 
Ohio  State  University.  1971 

Demaitre,  Ann  Associate  Prolessor.  French  and  Italian,  B.A.. 
Columbia  University.  1 950;  M.  A..  University  ol  California  (Berke- 
ley). 1951;  M.S..  Columbia  University.  1952;  Ph.D..  University  ol 
Maryland.  1965, 

Demaree,  Constance  H.  Instructor.  English.  B.A..  University 
ol  Maryland.  1944;  MA,.  1945, 

Deming,  Drake  Lecturer  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago.  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1975 

DeMonte,  Claudia  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.A..  College 
of  Notre  Dame  of  Maryland.  1969;  M.F.A..  Catholic  University  of 
America.  1971. 

Denno,  Robert  F.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Entomology.  B.S.. 
University  ol  California  (Davis).  1967;  Ph.D..  1973. 
Denny,  Don  W.  Professor  of  Art  B.A..  University  of  Rorida. 
1959;  MA.  New  York  University.  1961;  Ph.D..  1965. 
Derrick,  Frederick  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics,  B.S,.  North  Carolina  State  University. 
1972;  MS.  1974;  Ph.D..  1976, 

DeRocco,  Andrew  G.  Professor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology.  B.S..  Purdue  University.  1951;  M.S.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1953;  Ph.D..  1956, 

Derucher,  Kenneth  N.  Assistant  Professor.  Crvil  Engineer- 
ing, BS..  Tn-State  University.  1971;  MS.  University  of  North 
Dakota.  1973;  PhD,.  Virginia  Polytechnical  Institute  and  State 
University.  1976, 

Deshler,  Walter  W.  Prolessor.  Geography.  B.S..  Lafayette 
College.  1943;  MA..  University  of  Maryland.  1953;  Ph.D..  1957. 
DeSifva,  Alan  W.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Calilornia  (Los  Angeles),  1 954;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1961 

Dessaint,  Alain  Y.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Anthropology.  B.A.. 
University  ot  Chicago.  1961;  MA,  Standord  University.  1962; 
PhD..  University  of  Hawaii.  1972, 

Destler,  William  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Electncal  Engineer- 
ing B  S,.  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology.  1968;  Ph.D..  Cornell 
University.  1972 

Devermond,  Mary  F.  Professor  Emerita.  Music.  B.Mus., 
Howard  University.  1942.  M.A..  Columbia  University,  1948; 
Ed. P..  University  of  Maryland.  1959. 

Devine,  Donald  J.  Associate  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics  BBA  .  Saint  Johns  University.  1959.  MA  City  Universi- 
ty ol  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1965;  Ph.D..  Syracuse 
University.  1967, 

DeVoe,  Howard  J.     Associate  Prolessor.  Chemistry.  A.B.. 
Oberlin  College.  1955;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1960. 
Dies,  Robert  R.      Prolessor.  Psychology.  B.S..  Canoll  College. 
1962.  MA,.  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity ol  Connecticut.  1968 

DiFederIco,  Frank  R.  Associate  Prolessor  ol  Art.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity ol  Massachusetts;  M.A..  Boston  University;  Ph.D..  New 
York  University.  1970. 

Diggs.  Charles  T..  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences  A  B,.  Loyola  College.  1969;  M.S..  Purdue 
University.  1972.  Ph.D..  1973, 

Dlllard,  Dudley     Prolessor.  Economics.  BS..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1935.  PhD.  1940. 
Djilion,  Conley  H.     Professor  Ementus.  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. 8. A..  Marshall  University.  1928;  MA,.  Duke  University. 
1933;  Ph.D..  1936 


196    Dingwall,  William  0. 


Dingwall,  William  O.  Associate  Prolessor.  Linguistics  Pro- 
gram. B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1957;  Pfi.D..  1964. 
DINovo,  John  C.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment A.B..  University  of  Illinois.  1970:  M.A.S..  1975. 
Dinmann,  Laura  L.  Professor.  Human  Development.  B.S.. 
University  of  Colorado,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

DIvely,  Galen  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology  B.S.,  Ju- 
niata College,  1966;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1968;  Ph.D., 
1974. 

Olxon,  Jack  R.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Part-Time, 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Case-Western  Resen/e  Universi- 
ty. 1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 
Dixon,  Sally  Instructor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Western  Maryland 
College,  1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
Dodge,  Norton  T.  Associate  Professor.  Economics.  A.B., 
Cornell  University,  1948;  M.A..  Han/ard  University.  1951;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

Doerr,  John  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Poultry  Science.  B.A.. 
Washington  and  Lee  University.  1968;  BS.,  North  Carolina 
State  University.  1972;  M.S..  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 
Ooetsch,  Raymond  N.  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1942;  M.A..  Indiana  University,  1943; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1948. 

Doherty,  Ruth  M.  Instructor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland.  1970;  M.S..  1973. 

Domt>eck,  Thomas  W.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Northwest- 
ern University,  1972. 

Donahue,  Thomas  F.  Instructor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  A.A..  Nassau  Community  College.  1972;  B.A., 
SUNY/Binghamton,  1974;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 
Donaldson,  Bruce  K.  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering. A.B,,  Columbia  University,  1954;  B.S.,  1955;  M.S., 
University  of  Wichita.  1 963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana). 
1968. 

Donawerth,  Jane  L.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
Miami  University.  1969;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1970; 
Ph.D.,  1975. 

Dorfman,  J.  Rot>ert  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  and 
Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 
Dorman,  Gary  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  A.B,.  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  1972;  Ph.D..  University  of  California.  1976. 
Oorrance,  Graeme  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Economics.  B.A., 
Queen's  University,  1940;  M.A,,  Kingston  (Ontaho),  1941. 
Dotson,  Charles  O.  Professor.  Physical  Education.  B.A., 
Moorehead  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Dotson,  James  H.,  Jr.  n  Instructor,  Health  Education.  B.A., 
Columbia  Union  College,  1970;  M.A,,  University  of  Maryland, 
1977, 

Doudna,  Mark  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D. 
1962. 

Dougherty,  David  M.  Lecturer  Information  Systems  Man- 
agement and  College  of  Business  and  Management.  M.E., 
qolorado  School  of  Mines,  1961;  M.B.A.,  Case  Western  Re- 
serve University,  1969. 

Douglass,  Larry  W.  Associate  Prolessor,  Dairy  Science. 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State 
University,  1969. 

Douglls,  Awron.  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  University  ol 
Chicago,  1938;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1948;  Ph.D..  1949. 
Ooiwdy,  Lawrence  W.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence. B.S.,  Flonda  State  University,  1974;  M.A.,  Duke  Universi- 
ty, 1976;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Doyle,  Thomas  H.  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement B.S.I.A.,  United  States  Air  Force  Academy,  1966; 
M.B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University  (Edwardsville).  1971. 
Dragt,  Alex  J.  Prolessor  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  Cal- 
vin College,  1958,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1963. 

Drew,  H.  Dennis.  Associate  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Universi- 
ty. 1967. 

Driskell,  David  C.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Art.  A.B.,  How- 
ard University,  1 955;  M.F.A,,  The  Catholic  University  ol  America, 
1962. 

Druker,  Sylvia     Lecturer,  Part  time.  Dance 
Drum,  Bartiara  A.     Instructor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Penn- 
sylvania State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  University  ol  Iowa,  1963. 
Dubrow,  Heather     Assistant  Prolessor,  English.  B.A ,  Har- 
vard University,  1966,  Ph.D.,  1972, 

Dudley,  James  Prolessor,  Administration,  Supervision  and 
Curriculum.  B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1957; 
Ed.O.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1964. 


Duffey,  Dick  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Pur- 
due University,  1939;  M.S.,  University  ol  Iowa,  1940;  Ph,D., 
University  ol  Maryland,  1956. 

Duffey,  Robert  V.  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education,  B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1938;  M.E.,  Temple 
University,  1948;  Ed.D.,  1954. 

Duffy,  John  Priscilla  Alden  Burke  Prolessor,  History  B.A., 
Louisiana  Slate  University.  1941;  M.A..  1943;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Calilornia  (Los  Angeles),  1946. 

Duffy,  John  M.  Instructor,  Classical  (.anguages  and  Litera- 
tures. B.A.,  Maynooth  College,  Ireland,  1965;  M.A.,  National 
University  of  Ireland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  NY.,  at 
Buffalo,  1975. 

Oumonceau,  Michael  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Communica- 
tion Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.A., 
1968.;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Dunn,  Norma  E.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Madison 
Collega,  1946;  M,A.,  University  ol  Pennsylvania,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

DuPuy,  Karl  F.G.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architec- 
ture. B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1964;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1967. 

Durst,  Richard  A.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Chemistry,  B,S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Rhode  Island,  1 960;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1963. 

Outta,  Sukanta  K.     Associate  Professor,  Vetehnary  Science. 

B.Sc,  Bombay  University  (India),   1956;  M.S.,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Dworzecka,  Maria     Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and 

Astronomy.  M.Sc,  Warsaw  University  (Poland),  1964;  Ph.D., 

1969. 

Oymond,  Lee  H.     Lecturer  Part-time.  Economics.  B.S..  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  1971;  M.A..  1972. 
Earl,  James  A.     Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  BS,. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Eastman,  Margaret  B.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  ol  Jour- 
nalism. A.B.,  Vassar  College,  1964. 

Edelson,  Charles  B.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management.  B.B.A,,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1 949; 
M.S. A,,  Indiana  University,  1950. 

Edmlster,  Robert  O.  Associate  Prolessor,  College  ol  Busi- 
ness and  Management,  B.S.,  Miami  University,  1964;  M.B.A., 
University  ol  Michigan,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  Slate  University, 
1970. 

Edmundson,  Harold  Prolessor,  Mathematics  and  Computer 
Science  B.A.,  University  of  California,  1946;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D., 
1953. 

Ehrllch,  Gertrude  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Womens 
College  ol  Georgia,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Tennessee,  1953. 
Einstein,  Theodore  L  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1969;  M.A,,  1969; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973. 
Elsenberg,  John  F.  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  Wash- 
ington Slate  University.  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at 
Berkeley,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Eley,  George,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.S.,  Ohio  Stale  University,  1952;  M.Ed., 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Eliot,  John  Professor,  Human  Development,  A.B.,  Harvard 
University,  1956;  A.M.T.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  Stanlord  University,  1966. 
Elkln,  Stephen  L  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics,  B.A.,  Allred  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1969. 

Elklns,  Richard  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial  Education. 
B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  1972. 
Elklns,  Wilson  H.  President  Emeritus.  B.A,,  University  ol 
Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Litt.,  Oxford  University,  1936;  Ph.D., 
1936. 

Elllngson,  R.  G.     Associate  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S., 
Florida  State  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University, 
1968;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University,  1972. 
Elliott,  Gregory  C.     Assistant  Prolessor,   Sociology.  A.B., 
Boston  College  1968;  M.S.,  University  ol  North  Carolina;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 
Elliott,  Teresa  G.     Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre  B.A.,  Catholic  University  ol  America,  1950;  M.C.A., 
1970;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1976. 
Ellis,  Robert  L.     Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B., 
Miami  University  (Ohio),  1960;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1966. 
Elllston,  Ronald  J.     Assistant  Prolessor,  Music.  B.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1970;  M.S.,  1973. 
Elsasser,  Walter  M.     Research  Prolessor  Ementus,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.   Ph.D..  University  ol 
Goettingen  (Germany),  1927. 

Elslng,  Evelyn  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1970;  M.Mus.,  1971. 


Emad,  Fawzl  P.  Associate  Prolessor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.E.E.  American  University  (Beirut),  1 961 ;  M.S..  Northwestern 
University.  1963.  Ph.D..  1966. 

Enis,  Charles  R.  Lecturer  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. BS,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1968.  1972;  MBA,,  1974. 
Enrlght,  Thomas  J.  Visiting  Associate  Prolessor,  Mathemat- 
ics. B.A.,  Hanrard  College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Washing- 
ton, Seattle,  1973. 

EphrSmldes,  Anthony  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. B.S.,  National  Technical  University  ol  Athens,  1967; 
M.A.,  1969,  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 
Erdahl,  William  Instructor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.S.,  Bucknell  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1965;  M.F.A.,  1968. 

Erickson,  William  C.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1956, 
Evans,  Emory  G.  Professor  and  Chairman,  History.  B.A., 
Randolph-Macon  College,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Ewert,  D.  Merrill     Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Exten- 
sion Education.  B.A.,  Tabor  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  ol 
Wisconsin  (Madison),  1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 
Ewing,  Lee     Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A., 
Georgetown  University,  1965. 

Eyier,  Marvin  H.  Prolessor,  Physical  Education;  Dean,  Col- 
lege of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  A.B., 
Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1948;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Faber,  John  E.     Professor  Emeritus,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity ol  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 
Falclone,  Raymond  l_     Asspciate  Prolessor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  University  ol  Akron,  1965;  M.A.,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University,  1972. 

Falk  David  S.  Prolessor  and  Associate  Chairman,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  B.Eng.Phys.,  Cornell  University,  1954;  M.S., 
Han/ard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Faller,  Alan  J.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  D.Sc,  1957. 
Fanara,  Phillip,  Jr.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Business  and  Man- 
agement, B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1971;  M.A.,  1973. 
Fanning,  Delvin  S.  Prolessor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, 1954;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Wisconsin,  1964. 
Fanos,  Stavroula  A.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  Assistant 
Provost,  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  B.  Mus.Ed.,  Oberlin 
College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ed.D,, 
1970. 

Farquhar,  James  D.  Associate  Professor.  Art.  B.A.,  Wash- 
ington and  Lee  University,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Farrell,  Richard  T.  Associate  Professor,  History  and  Sec- 
ondary Education.  B.A.,  Wabash  College.  1954;  M,S„  Indiana 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Feldbaum,  Eleanor  Lecturer  Part-Time,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A.,  American  University,  1969;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1973. 

Fellows,  Frank  C.  Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation. Recreation  and  Health.  B.S..  University  ol  Maryland. 
1953;  M.A,.  1957. 

Felton,  Kenneth  E.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  Engi- 
neering. B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1950;  B.S.C.E..  1951; 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  Slate  University,  1962. 
Ferraloll,  Joseph  Lecturer  of  Art.  B.I.D.,  Pratt  Institute  of  An, 
1964;  M,F.A.,  Columbia  University,  1970, 
Ferrell,  Richard  A.  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  8,S„ 
California  Institute  ol  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University.  1952 

Fey,  James  T.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematics  and  Sec- 
ondary Education.  B.S..  University  ol  Wisconsiri.  1962;  M.S., 
1963;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  te68. 
Fields,  James  E.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Journalism.  B.A.,  Seat- 
tle Pacilic  College,  1961;  M,A.,  Calilornia  State  University 
(Fullerton),  1972. 

Finger,  Stanley  M.     Assistant  Prolessor,  Part-time,  Chemical 

and  Nuclear  Engineering,   B.S.,  Pratt  Institute,   1969;   M.S., 

University  ol  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Fink,  Beatrice  C.     Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 

B,A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1953;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1956; 

Ph.D.,  University  ol  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

Fink,  F.  David     Instructor,  Oriental  and  Hebrew  Program. 

B.A.,  Boston  University,  1970;  M,A.,  Yale  University,  1976;  M. 

Phil.,  1977. 

FInkelsteIn,  Barbara  J.  Associate  Professor,  Social  Founda- 
tions ol  Education.  B.A.  Barnard  College,  1959;  M.A,,  Teachers 
College,  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1970. 
FInsterbusch,  Kurt  Associate  Professor,  Sociology,  B.A. 
Pnnceton  University.  1957;  B.D.,  Grace  Theological  Seminary, 
1960;  Ph.D.  Columbia  University,  1969. 


Glover.  Rolfe  E..  Ill    197 


Fish,  Gertrude  S.  Assistant  Protessor,  Housing  and  Applied 
Design,  B.S.,  Cornell  University.  1968;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973, 

Fisher,  Allan  J.  Professor,  Part-ttme.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  B.S-,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1928; 
Litt.M.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1936;  Ph.D.,  1937. 
FItzglbbons,  Shirley  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary  Ed- 
ucation and  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.S., 
Slate  University  College  ol  New  York  (Oswego),  1958;  lul.L.S  , 
Syracuse  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1976. 
FItzpatrIck,  Patrick  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Rutgers  University.  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

FIvel,  Daniel  i.     Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Flack,  James  K.,  Jr.     Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A., 
Albion  College.  1959;  M.A..  Wayne  State  University,   1963; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

Flatter,  Charles  H.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1961;  E.Ed.,  University  of  Tole- 
do, 1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 
Fleck.  Jere  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages. Ph.D.,  University  of  Munich,  1966. 
Fleig,  Albert  J.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineering. 
B.S.E.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University, 
1968. 

Fleming,  Leon  B.  Associate  Professor,  Music  BS.,  East 
Carolina  College,  1948;  M.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College, 
1950. 

Fleming,  Rudd  Professor  Emeritus,  English.  B.A.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1930;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1932;  Ph.D..  1934 
Flieger,  Verlyn  B.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  George 
Washington  University,  1955;  M.A..  Catholic  University  of  Amer- 
ica, 1972;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Fiorestano,  Patricia  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies. 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
Fiynn,  Daniel  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A.,  Hiram  College,  1958. 

Fogle,  David  P.  Assistant  Dean  and  Associate  Professor, 
School  of  Architecture.  A.B.,  Pnnceton  University,  1951;  M.C.P., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958. 
Foisom,  Kenneth  E.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A. 8.,  Prin- 
ceton University,  1943;  A.B.,  Instructor,  California  (Berkeley), 
1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Foistrom,  Roger  J.  Professor,  Music  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  College  of  Saint  Thomas,  1956;  M.Ed.,  1959;  M.Mus., 
f^orthwestern  University,  1963,  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Fonaroff,  L.  Schuyler  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.,  Universi- 
ty of  Arizona,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961. 
Forbes,  James  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  1966. 

Ford,  Gary  T.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.B.A.,  Clarkston  College  ol  Technology,  1966; 
M.B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo).  1968;  Ph.D., 
1973. 

Fobs,  John  E.  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Wisconsin  State 
University  (River  Falls)  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Foster,  John  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science.  B.S., 
North  Carolina  State  University.  1926;  M.S.,  Kansas  State 
University,  1927;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1937. 

Foster,  Phillips  W.  Professor,  Agncultural  and  Resource 
Economics-  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Fourney,  William  L  Professor  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.A.E.,  West  Virginia  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1966. 

Foust,  Clifford  M.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Syracuse  Univer- 
sity, 1949;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Fraley,  Lester  M.  Professor  Emeritus,  Physical  Education; 
Dean  Emeritus,  College  ol  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and 
Health.  A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  College.  1928;  M.A.,  Peabody 
College,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

Frank,  Susan  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  New 
York  University,  1971. 

Franzak,  Frank  J.,  Jr.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S..  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State 
University,  1973;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland  1976. 
Fredericksen,  Eike  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages.  M.A.,  University  of  Kiel  (Germany),  1962; 
M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colora- 
do, 1973. 

Freedman,  Morris  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  City  University  of 
New  York  (City  College),  1 941 ;  M.A.,  Columbia  University.  1 950; 
Ph.D..  1953. 

Freeman,  David  H.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1952;  M.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1954; 
Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1957. 


Freeman,  Robert  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
Haverford  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Wesleyan  College,  1954;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

Frelmuth,  Vickt  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.S.,  Eastern  Illinois  University  1968;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Florida  Slate  University,  1974. 
Fretz,  Bruce  R.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg 
College.  1961;  M.A,,  Ohio  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D-,  1965. 
Freundschuh,  Joy  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1953;  M.A.,  1954, 
Frey,  Barry  C.  Lecturer,  Agricultural  Engineering.  6.S.A.E., 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1971;  M.S.  1974. 
Friedman,  Herbert  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1936; 
Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1940. 
Fritz,  Sigmund  Visiting  Professor,  Part-time,  Meteorology. 
B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1934;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1941 ;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technolo- 
gy, 1953. 

Fromovltz,  Stan  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A.Sc,  University  of  Toronto,  1960;  M.A., 
1961;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1965. 
Fry,  Giadys-Marie  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  How- 
ard University,  1952;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University, 
1967 

Fuegi,  John  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages; 
Director,  Comparative  Literature  Program.  B.A.,  Pomona  Col- 
lege, 1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1967. 
Funaro,  George  J.  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Educa- 
tion; Provost.  Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources. 
B.S..  American  International  College,  1956;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1965. 

Funt,  Richard  C.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S., 
Delaware  Valley  College,  1968;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity, 1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Funt,  Shirley  M.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Teidites  and  Consumer 
Economics  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1968.  M.S., 
1975. 

Gallagher,  Carol  A.  Instructor.  Part-time.  English.  A.B.,  Col- 
lege Misericordia,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1973. 
Gallagher,  Charles  C.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus., 
University  ol  Michigan,  1950;  M.Mus.,  1952. 
Galletta,  Gene  J.  Adjunct  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University.  1953;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California,  1959. 

Galloway,  Raymond  A.     Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S..  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 
Gambrell,  Linda  B.     Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood 
Elementary   Education.   B.S.   University  of   Maryland,    1966; 
M.Ed.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Gammon,  R.  W.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961; 
M.S..  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1963;  Ph,D.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1967. 

Gannon,  John  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science. 
A.B.,  Brown  University,  1970;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Toronto,  1975. 

Gannon,  Martin  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.A.,  University  of  Scranton.  1961;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1969. 

GarbanatI,  Dennis  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Spring  Hill  University.  1967;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Santa  Barbara).  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Garber,  Daniel  L.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1952;  M.S.,  1959;  PhD.,  1965. 
Garbuny,  Siegfried  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. Arb ,  Schiller  Realgymnasium  (Berlin),  1933;  M.A., 
University  of  Berlin,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Freiburg  (Ger- 
many), 1938. 

Gardner,  Albert  H.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  Cortland,  1958;  M.A.. 
Syracuse  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
Gardner,  Jerry  Y.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus..  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan.  1965.  M.Mus..  Boston  University.  1967 
Gardner,  Marjorle  H  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S..  Utah  State 
University,  1946;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1960. 

Garner,  Ruth  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood-Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison), 
1967;  M.S..  1970;  1977. 

Garristfn,  Martha  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Communi- 
ty Development.  B.S.,  Michigan  State  University.  1938;  M.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

Garst,  Ronald  D.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Geography.  B.S.,  Ari- 
zona State  University,  1963;  M.A..  1966;  Ph.D..  Mkrhigan  State 
University.  1972. 


Garvey,  Evelyn  F.  Professor.  Music  B  S..  Temple  University. 
1943.  MM  ,  University  ol  Rochester.  1946. 
Gasner,  Larry  L.  Associate  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B  S..  University  of  Minnesota.  1965,  M.S..  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  ol  Technology.  1967.  PhD.  1971. 
Gass,  Saul  I.  Prolessor,  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. B  A..  Boston  University.  1949.  M.A..  1949;  PhD  ,  Univer- 
sity ofCalifornia  (Berkeley).  1965. 

Gatwood,  Joseph  G.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Music.  B.S..  Juil- 
liard  School  of  Music.  1970. 

Gauch,  Hugh  G.  Professor  Emeritus,  Botany.  A.B..  Miami 
University  (Ohio).  1935;  M.S.  Kansas  State  University.  1937; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago.  1939. 

Gaylin,  Ned  L.     Professor.  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  University  ol  Chicago,  1956,  MA,  1961,  PhD,,  1965. 
Gelman,  Ellen  P.     Associate  Professor.  Art.  A.B..  Brandeis 
University;  M.F.A.,  Columbia  University. 
Gelso,  Charles  J.     Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology.  B.S,. 
Bloomburg  Slate  College.  1963,  MS.,  Florida  State  University. 
1964;  PhD  .  Ohio  State  University.   1970. 
Gemmlll,  Perry  R.     Assistant  Professor.  Industrial  Education, 
B.S..  Millersville  State  College.  1968;  M.A.E..  Ball  Slate  Univer- 
sity, 1970;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1976. 
Genovese,  Robert     Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Music. 
Dipt..  Curtis  Institute  of  Music. 

Gentry,  James  W.     Associate  Professor.  Chemical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S..  Oklahoma  State  University.  1961;  M.S..  University  ol 
Birmingham,  1963;  PhD,.  University  ol  Texas,  1969 
Geraci,  Philip  C.     Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism, 
as..  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A..  1961. 
Gherna,  Robert  L      Lecturer  Pan-time,  Microbiology.  A.B.. 
University  of  Southern  California.  1960;  Ph.D..  1964. 
Giblette,  John  F.     Professor.  Measurement  and  Statistics. 
B.A..  George  Washington  University.  1947;  M.A..  University  of 
Minnesota,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960. 
Gitalin,  Michael  J.      Instructor,  Industrial  Education.  B.A.,  San 
Diego  State  College.  1972;  M.A.,  Ball  State  University.  1973. 
Glffln,  Donald  W.     Associate  Professor.  History;  Director  of 
Academic  Services,  B,A.,  University  of  Calilornia  (Santa  Bar- 
bara), 1950;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,   1956;  Ph.D..  1962. 
Gilbert,  James  B.      Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Carleton  College, 
1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Platteville),  1963;  Ph.D., 
1966. 

Gill,  Douglas  E.     Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S..  Marietta 
College,  1 965;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan.  1 967;  Ph.D..  1 971 . 
Gillen,  Dennis  J.     Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.B.A..  1973. 
Gilliam,  Sam     Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of 
Louisville,  1955;  M.F.A..  University  of  Louisville,  1961. 
Gllmore,  Ai-Tony     Associate  Professor  and  Director.  Afro- 
American  Studies.  BA.,  North  Carolina  Central  University,  1968; 
M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo.  1972. 
Glnter,  Marshall  L.     Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  A.B.,  Chico  State  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Van- 
derbilt University,  1961. 

Gird,  John  W.  Instructor,  Agncultural  Engineering.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Massachusetts,  1971;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland, 
1977. 

Girdano,  Daniel  A.  Associate  Professor.  Health  Education. 
B.A..  West  Liberty  State  College.  1 964,  M.A..  Kent  State  Univer- 
sity. 1965;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Toledo,  1970. 
Girdano,  Dorothy  D.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1960;  M.A.,  Colorado  Slate  Col- 
lege. 1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Toledo.  1969. 
Glad,  John  Associate  Professor  and  Co-Chairman,  Ger- 
manic and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A,.  Indiana 
University,  1962;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1970. 
Glass,  James  M.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961;  M.A..  1964; 
Ph.D.,  1970. 

Glasser,  Robert  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.. 
University  of  Chicago,  1948;  B.S..  1950;  M.S..  1952;  Ph.D.. 
1954. 

Glendening,  Parris  N.  Associate  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  1965; 
Ph.D..  1967. 

Gtick,  Arnold  J.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.A..  City  University  ol  New  York  (Brooklyn),  1955;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1961. 

Gligor,  Virgil  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science. 
B.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1972;  M.S..  1973; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Gloeckler,  George  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. S.B.,  University  of  Chicago.  1960;  S.M.,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

Glover,  Rolfe  E.,  ill.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
A.B..  Bowdoin  College,  1948;  B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Goettingen,  1953. 


198    Gluckstern,  Robert  L 


Qluckstern,  Robert  L.      Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy; 
Chancellor.  BEE..  City  University  ol  New  York  (City  College). 
1944;  Ph.D  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1948. 
Qotring,  Jacob  D.     Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A  , 
Bethel  College,  1941;  Ph.D  .  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 
Gokel,  George     Associate  Professor,  Chemistry  B,S  ,  Tulane 
University,  1968;  Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California.  1971 
Qotd,  Edward  S.     Instructor  Part-time.  English  B.A.  Universt- 
,ty  o(  Maryland.  1969;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1970. 
Goldberg,  Seymour     Protessor.  Mathematics.  A.B  .  Hunter 
College.  1950;  MA..  Ohio  State  University.  1952;  Ph.D..  1958. 
Goldberg,  Theresa     Lecturer  Part-time.  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese. B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  M.A..  1975. 
Golden,  Bruce  L.     Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  8. A..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1972;  S.M.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1974;  Ph.D  .  1976. 
Goldenbaum,  George  C.     Associate  Professor  and  Associ- 
ate Ctiairman.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S..  Muhlenberg  Col- 
lege. 1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1966. 
Goldhaber,  Jacob  K.     Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A..  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1944;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1945;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950. 
Goldman,  Harvey     Associate  Professor,  Administration,  Su- 
pervision and  Curriculum.  Bach..  University  of  Rhode  Island. 
1960;  Ed.D..  Michigan  State  University.  1966. 
Goldsby,  Richard  A.     Professor.  Chemistry.  B.A..  University 
of  Kansas.  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley). 
1961. 

Goldstein,  Irwin  L.  Professor.  Psychology.  B.B.A.,  City  Uni- 
versity of  New  York  (City  College),  1959;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Goldstein,  Larry  J.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  University 
ol  Pennsylvania.  1965;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1967. 
Gollub,  Lewis  R.  Professor.  Psychology.  A.B.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1955;  Ph.D..  Hazard  University.  1958. 
Gomezplata,  Albert  Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engi- 
neering. B.Ch.E..  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn.  1952; 
M.Ch.e..  1954;  Ph.D..  Rennselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1959. 
Good,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Ashland 
College,  1939;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940;  Ph.D..  1945. 
Goode,  M.  Dennis  Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1967. 
Goodwin,  Edwin  E.  Extension  Associate  Professor,  Animal 
Science.  B.S..  Louisiana  Slate  University.  1946;  M.S..  Cornell 
University.  1948;  Ph.D..  Washington  State  University,  1955. 
Goodiwyn,  Frank  Professor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.. 
College  of  Arts  and  Industries.  1939;  M.A..  1940;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Texas,  1946, 

Gordon,  Barry  R.  Lecturer.  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1965;  M.S.W.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1971. 

Gordon,  Donald  0.  Professor.  History.  B.A..  College  of  Wit- 
Ham  and  Mary,  1934;  M.A.,  Columbia  University.  1937;  Ph.D.. 
1947 

Gordon,  Glen  E.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  University  of 
Illinois.  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California.  Berkeley.  1960. 
Gordon,  Stewart  L.  Professor.  Music.  B.A..  University  of 
Kansas.  1953;  M.A.  1954;  D.M.A..  University  of  Rochester. 
1965. 

Gormally,  James  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.. 
Mann  College.  1969;  M.A..  Southern  Illinois  University.  1972; 
Ph.D..  1974 

Oorovltz,  Samuel  Professor  and  Chairman.  Philosophy 
B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1960.  Ph.D.  Stan- 
ford University.  1963. 

Qossage,  John  R.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Art.  Walden  School. 
1965 

Gouin,  Francis  R.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture.  BS.. 
University  of  New  Hampshire.  1962;  M.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1965;  Ph.D..  1969 

Gould,  William,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.A.. 
Albion  College.  1940;  ML. A..  University  of  Georgia.  1975. 
Graham,  Ethel  L  Instructor.  Part-time.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B  S..  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology. 
1961;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1964. 
Gramberg,  Edward  J.  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
8. A.,  University  of  Amsterdam.  1946;  M.A..  University  of  Califor- 
nia (Berkeley).  1949;  PhD,.  1968, 

Grambs,  Jean  D.  Professor.  Secondary  Education.  B.A.. 
Reed  College.  1940,  M.A..  Stanford  University.  1941;  Ed.D.. 
1948 

Oramllng,  Lawrence  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  University  of  Scranton,  1968;  M.B.A.. 
Northeastern  University.  1970. 

Grant,  Lee  P.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Connecticut.  1962;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1971;  Ph.D,  1974. 


Gravely,  William  H.,  Jr.  Professor  Emeritus.  English.  B.A.. 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1925;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Virginia, 
1953 

Gray,  Alfred  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  University  ol 
Kansas.  1960;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles).  1964 

Green,  Eleanor  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  A.B..  Vassar 
College.  1949;  M.A..  George  Washington  University.  1971; 
Ph.D..  1973.  V 

Green,  Harry  B.,  Jr.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Human  Develop- 
ment B.A..  University  ol  Virginia.  1959;  M.Ed..  1963;  Ph.D.. 
1965. 

Green,  Paul  S.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  Cor- 
nell University.  1959;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1960;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University.  1964. 

Green,  Robert  L.  Prolessor.  Agricultural  Engineering.  Coor- 
dinator. Water  Resources  Research  Center.  B.S.A.E..  University 
ol  Georgia.  1934;  M.S..  State  College  ol  Iowa.  1939;  Ph.D.. 
Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

Green,  Willard  W.  Professor  Emeritus.  Animal  Science  B.S. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1933;  M.S..  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 
Greenberg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Sen/ices.  B.S..  Ohio  State  University.  1 951 ;  M.A. . 
1952;  Ph.D..  Case-Western  Reserve  University.  1960. 
Greenberg,  Leon  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  City  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  (City  College),  1953;  M.A.,  Yale  University. 
1955;  Ph.D..  195B. 

Greenberg,  Louis  M.  Associate  Professor.  History.  A. 8.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1954;  M.A..  Harvard 
University.  1957;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Greenberg,  Meyer  Assistant  Prolessor  and  Director  Hebrew 
Program.  8. A..  Yeshiva  University.  1934;  M.A..  Jewish  Institute 
ol  Religion.  1944;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland.  1956 
Greenberg,  Oscar  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  Rutgers — The  State  University.  1952;  A.M.,  Pririceton 
University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1956. 

Greene,  James  B.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  A.B..  Duke  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Michigan.  1975. 

Greenston,  Ana  Marie  Instructor.  Spanish  and  Portugese. 
B.A..  Universidade  do  Brasil.  1964. 

Greenwood,  David  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  English.  8. A.. 
University  ol  London.  1949;  Ph.D..  University  of  Dublin.  1968. 
Greer,  Sandra  C.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Fur- 
man  University.  1966;  M.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1968;  Ph.D.. 
1969. 

Greer,  Thomas  V.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.A..  University  of  Texas.  1953;  M.B.A..  Ohio  State 
University.  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of  Texas.  1964 
Gregory,  Donnelly  A.  Instructor.  Special  Education.  A.B. 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1962;  M.Ed..  Bowie  State  College. 
1972. 

Griem,  Hans  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Bach..  Max 
Planck  Schule.  1949;  Ph.D..  University  of  Kiel,  1954, 
Grentzer,  Rose  M.  Professor  Emerita.  Music.  A. 8..  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology.  1935;  A.B..  1936;  M.A.,  1939, 
Griffin,  James  J.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Villanova  College.  1952;  M.S.,  Princeton  University.  1955; 
Ph.D..  1956. 

Griffin,  John  D.  Instructor.  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Clemson  Uni- 
versity. 1973;  M.Agri..  1974. 

Griffiths,  Thomas  J.  Instructor.  Physical  Education.  B.S.. 
Southern  Connecticut  State  College.  1971;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1973. 

Grim,  Samuel  0.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College.  1 956;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Tech- 
nology. 1960, 

Grimshaw,  Alan  E.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management.  8.S..  Northern  Illinois  University.  1963; 
M.B.A..  1970, 

Grimsted,  David  A.  Associate  Professor,  History,  A, 8..  Har- 
vard University.  1957;  M.A..  University  of  California  (Berkeley). 
1958;  Ph.D..  1963. 

Grtsvard,  Pierre  Visiting  Professor.  Mathematics.  Licence  de 
Mathemaliques.  Universite  de  Nancy.  1962;  Doctoral  3'  Cycle 
de  Mathemaliques.  University  of  Paris.  1965. 
Grollman,  SIgmund  Prolessor.  Zoology.  B.S  .  University  of 
Maryland.  1947;  M.S..  1949;  Ph.D..  1952. 
Gross,  Alan  E.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Psychology.  B.S.. 
Purdue  University.  1959,  M.B.A..  Stanford  University.  1962; 
Ph.D.  1967. 

Groves,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor.  Geography.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  London.  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berke- 
ley). 1969 

Gruchy,  Allan  G.  Professor  Emeritus.  Economics,  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  British  Columbia.  1926;  MA..  McGill  University.  1928; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Virginia.  1931 


Gruenebaum,  Fred  M.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Music. 
Dipt.  Curtis  Institute  ol  Music.  1962. 

Grunig,  James  E.  Prolessor.  College  ol  Journalism.  B.S.. 
Iowa  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1966.  Ph.D..  1968. 

Guernsey,  Ralph  L.  Research  Associate  Prolessor,  Institute 
lor  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S..  Miami  University 
(Ohio).  1952;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Michigan.  1960. 
Gulick,  Sidney  L.,  Ill  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  Oberlin 
College.  1958;  M.A..  Yale  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  1963 
Haber,  Francis  C.  Prolessor.  History,  B.A..  University  ol 
Connecticut.  1948;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1952; 
Ph.D..  1957. 

Hacklander,  Effle  Assistant  Professor.  Textiles  and  Con 
sumer  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Minnesota,  1962.  M.S. 
Michigan  State  University.  1968;  Ph.D..  1973 
Hage,  Jerald  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Sociology.  B.B.A. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1955;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University, 
1963. 

Hage,  Madeleine  Instructor.  Part-time,  French  and  Italian 
C.A.P.E.T..  Ecole  Normale  Supeneur  de  I'Enseignement  Tech. 
1955;  Agregation  (English).  University  of  Paris.  Sorbonne.  1965, 
Doctorate  de  Trosieme  Cycle  (Ph.D.),  University  of  Nancy. 
France.  1973 

Haley,  A.  James  Professor  and  Assistant  Chairman.  Zoolo- 
gy. B.S..  University  of  New  Hampshire.  1949;  M.S..  1950;  Sc.D. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1955. 

Hall,  Thomas  W.  Associate  Professor.  French  and  Italian. 
B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1938;  M.A..  Middlebury  College. 
1950;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Maryland,  1958. 
Hamer,  Michelle  M.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man^ 
agement.  8. A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  Madison.  1968;  M.B.A. 
1970. 

Hameroff,  Michael  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Special  Education. 
B.A..  C.W.  Post  College.  1966;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1970. 

Hamilton,  Arthur  B.  Associate  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricut 
tural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1929;  M.S.  1931. 

Hamilton,  Donna  B.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A. 
Saint  Olal  College.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1968 
Hamilton,  Gary  0.  Associate  Professor.  English.  8. A..  Saint 
Olaf  College,  1962;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D. 
1968. 

Hamlet,  Richard  G.  Associate  Professor.  Computer  Science 
8.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959;  M.S..  Cornell  University. 
1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington.  1971. 
Hamlet,  Sandra  L.  Associate  Professor.  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1959;  M.A.. 
1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington.  1970. 
Hamlin,  Robert  E.  Instructor.  Administration.  Supervision. 
Curriculum.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1975;  M.A..  1976. 
Hammond,  Eugene  R.  Assistant  Professor.  English  B.A.. 
University  of  Notre  Dame.  1969;  B.A..  Oxford  University.  1973; 
Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1977. 

Hammond,  Robert  C.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Veterinary 
Science.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1943;  V.M.D.. 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1948. 

Hanna,  William  J.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development.  B.S..  University  of  California  (Los  Ange- 
les). 1957;  M.A..  1960;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Hansen,  J.  Norman  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1968, 
Hanson,  James  C.  Instructor,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 
8.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1972;  MS,.  University  ol  Minneso- 
ta. 1974;  M.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1978. 
Harber,  Jean  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education. 
8.A..  Ohio  State  University,  1961;  M.Ed..  University  of  Pitt- 
sburgh. 1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Hardgrave,  Aleta  0.  Instructor.  Information  Systems  Man- 
agement. M.S..  University  ol  Economics.  Bratislava  (Czechoslo- 
vakia). 1969. 

Hardgrave,  Walter  T.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Information  Sys- 
tems Management.  B.S,,  University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1967; 
M.A..  1970;  Ph.D..   1972. 

Hardle,  Ian  W.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics.  BS,.  University  of  California  (Davis).  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  ol  Calilornia  (Berkeley).  1965. 
Hardin,  W.  Russell  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A.  and  8  S..  University  ol  Texas.  1963;  8. A..  Oxford 
University.  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1971. 

Harding,  Wallace  C,  Jr.  Pnncipal  Specialist.  Entomology. 
B.S,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1951;  M.S..  1956;  Ph.D..  1961. 
Hardy,  Robert  C.  Professor.  Human  Development.  B.S.Ed.. 
Bucknell  University.  1961;  M.S.Ed..  Indiana  University.  1964; 
Ed.D,.  1969. 


Howe.  Jean  M.    199 


Hargar,  Robarl  O.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. B.S,.  Universjty  of  Michigan.  1955;  MS,.  1959;  Ph,D,. 
1961, 

Harlan,  Louli  R.  Professor.  History,  B,A.,  Emory  University. 
1943;  M,A,,  Vanderbill  University.  1948;  Ph,D,.  Johns  HopKins 
University.  1955, 

Harman,  John  H.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University.  1966; 
J,D,.  American  University.  1970. 

Harman,  Susan  E.  Professor  Ementa,  English.  B.A..  Universi- 
ty of  IMebraslta.  1917;  M.A.,  1918;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity. 1926, 

Harper,  Glenn     Assistant  Professor.  Sociology,  B,S„  Purdue 
University,  1958;  MS,.  1961;  Ph,D„  1968. 
Harpar,  Robert  A.     Professor  and  Chairman.  Geography. 
Ph,B,,  University  of  Chicago.  1946;  B.S,.  1947;  MS,.  1948; 
Ph.D,.  1950. 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.S..  University  of  Chicago.  1961;  M.S,.  Ohio  State 
University.  1964;  Ph,D,.  1967, 

Harris,  Curtis  C.  Professor.  Economics  and  Bureau  of  Busi- 
ness and  Economic  Research.  B.S,.  University  of  Florida.  1956; 
MA,.  Han/ard  University.  1959;  Ph.D..  1960. 
Harris,  Jamas  F.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  8,3,.  Loyola 
University.  1962;  M,S„  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph,0.. 
1968 

Harris  June  L  Instructor.  Special  Education,  B,S,  North 
Carolina  Central  University.  1962;  M,A.,  Atlanta  University. 
1966, 

Harris,  Wesley  L  Professor.  Agricultural  Engineering  and 
Director,  Agncultural  Experiment  Station.  B.S.A,E,.  University  of 
Georgia.  1953;  M.S,.  1958;  Ph,D..  Michigan  State  University. 
1960 

Harrison,  Floyd  P.  Professor.  Entomology.  B,S.,  Louisiana 
State  University.  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1955. 

Harrison.  Horace  V.  Professor  Emeritus.  Government  and 
Politics.  8. A,.  Trinity  University  (Texas).  1 932;  M,A,.  University  of 
Texas,  1941;  PhD,.  1951. 

Harrison,  Paul  E.,  Jr.  Professor.  Industrial  Education.  B.S.D.. 
Northenn  Illinois  University.  1942;  M.A..  Colorado  State  College. 
1947;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1955. 
Harvey,  James  W.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S,.  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1966; 
M,B.A,.  University  of  Miami  (Coral  Gables),  1968;  Ph,D„  Penn- 
sylvania Stale  University.  1977, 

Hasenauer,  Edward  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A..  lona  College.  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Southern  California.  1976. 

Haalem,  John  A.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. A.B..  Duke  University.  1956;  MB. A.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph,D,.  1967, 

Hatch,  Randolph  Thomas  Associate  Professor.  Chemical 
and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B,S,.  University  of  California.  Berke- 
ley. 1967;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1969; 
Ph,D„  1973, 

Hatfield,  Agnes  B.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A,.  University  of  California.  1948;  M,A.  University  of 
Denver.  1954;  Ph.D..  1959. 

Hathom,  Guy  B.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman,  Govern- 
ment and  Politics.  B.A,.  University  of  Mississippi.  1940;  M.A,. 
1942;  Ph.D..  Duke  University.  1950. 

Hauptman,  William  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B,A,.  The 
George  Washington  University.  1968;  M.A..  The  George  Wash- 
ington University.  1 970;  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni' 
.  ty.  1975. 

Haviland,  Elizabeth  E.  Assistant  Professor  Emerita,  Ento 
mology.  A.B..  Wilmington  (Ohio)  College.  1923;  M.A..  Cornell 
University.  1926;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland  1936;  PhD 
1945. 

Hayieck,  Charles  R.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  M.S..  1949 
Hayman,  Helen  S.  Instructor.  Industrial  Education.  B.S..  Urn 
varsity  of  Maryland.  1971. 

Hayward,  Raymond  W.  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. B.S..  Iowa  State  University.  1943;  Ph.D..  University  oi 
California  (Berkeley).  1950, 

Haad,  Emerson  W.     Associate  Professor,  Music,   B,Mus. 
University  of  Michigan.  1957;  M.Mus,.  1961. 
Heagney,  Eileen  M.     Assistant  Professor.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1941 
M.A..  Columbia  University.  1949, 

Heath,  James  L     Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science,  B,S 
Louisiana  State  University.  1963;  M.S..  1968;  Ph.D..  1970 
Hetieler,  Jean  R.     Professor.  Special  Education.  B.S..  State 
University  of  New  Yorii  (Albany).   1953;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1956;  Ed.D..  Syracuse  University,  1960, 


Heldelbach,  Ruth  A.  Associate  Professor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education,  B,S..  University  of  Maryland.  1949; 
M.Ed  .  University  of  Florida,  1957;  Ed  D..  Teachers  College. 
Columbia  University,  1967 

Halkklnen,  Henry  W.  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry 
B.Eng.,  Yale  University.  1 956;  M.A..  Columbia  University  Teach- 
er's College.  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1973 
Hellprin,  Lawrence  B.  Professor  Emeritus.  College  of  Libra- 
ry and  Information  Services.  B.S,.  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1928;  MA,,  1931;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1941. 
Helm,  Norman  M.  Professor.  Music.  B.M.Ed..  University  of 
Evansville.  1951;  M.Mus,.  University  of  Rochester.  1952. 
D,M,A..  1962. 

Heinle,  Donald  R.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Zoology. 
B.S..  University  of  Washington.  1959;  M.S..  University  of  Mary- 
land,  1965;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Helns,  Conrad  P.  Professor.  Civil  Engineenng.  B.S..  Drexel 
Institute  of  Technology.  1960;  MS,.  Lehigh  University.  1962; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Helns,  Maurice  H.  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B,.  Harvard 
University.  1937;  A,M,.  1939;  Ph,D,.  1940;  A.M..  Brown  Universi- 
ty. 1947. 

Helsler,  Martin  O.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1960;  M.A,, 
1962;  Ph.D,.  1969. 

Heller,  Rachelle  S.  Instructor.  Computer  Science.  B.S..  State 
University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook).  1964;  M.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1972. 

Hellman,  John  L  Assistant  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1966;  MS,.  1968;  PhD..  1975. 
Helm,  Eugene  E.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mu.Ed.,  Southeastern 
Louisiana  College,  1950;  M,Mu.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University. 
1955;  Ph.D.  North  Texas  State  University,  1958. 
Helz,  George  R.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  A,B.,  Pnn- 
ceton  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1971. 

Helzer,  Garry  A.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A.. 
Portland  State  College.  1959;  M,A,.  Northwestern  University. 
1962.  Ph.D..  1964. 

Henery-Logan,  Kenneth   R.     Professor.  Chemistry    BSc. 
McGill  University,  1942;  Ph.D..  1946. 
Henkel,  Ramon     Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  Ph.B..  Uni- 
versity of  North  Dakota.  1958;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin. 
1961;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Henkelman,  James  Associate  Professor,  Mathematicsand 
Secondary  Education,  B,S,.  Miami  University  (Ohio);  1954; 
M,Ed,.  1955;  Ed.D,.  Hanrard  University.  1965. 
Herb,  Rebecca  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics,  B,A.. 
University  of  Oregon,  1969;  M.A..  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington.  1974, 

Hering,  Chrlstoph  A.     Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages, Ph.D..  University  of  Bonn,  1950, 
Herman,  Harold  J.     Associate  Professor.  English,  B,A,.  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1960. 

Herman,  Wayne  L.  Associate  Professor.  Eariy  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.A..  Ursinus  College.  1955;  M.Ed.. 
Temple  University.  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 
Herschbach,  Dennis  R.  Associate  Professor.  Industrial  Edu- 
cation. A.B..  San  Jose  Slate  College.  1960;  M.S..  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana).  1966;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Hetrick,  Frank  M.  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.S,,  Michigan 
State  University.  1954;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 
PhD,.  1962, 

HIckey,  Harry  E.  Associate  Professor.  Fire  Protection  Engi- 
neering. B.S..  New  York  University.  1955;  M.S..  1960;  Ph.D.. 
Amencan  University.  1977. 

Hicks,  Margaret  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University.  1967;  MB. A..  1972. 
HIebert,  Ray  E.  Professor  and  Dean.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1954.  MS.,  Columbia  University. 
1957;  M,A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1961;  Ph.D,.  1962. 
HIgglns,  Elizabeth  A.  Instmclor,  Botany.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1950;  M.S..  1969. 

HIgglns,  William  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B  S  ,  Bos- 
ton College,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Flonda  State  University,  1973, 
HIghton,  Richard  Professor,  Zoology,  B,A.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1950;  MS,  University  of  Florida,  1953;  M.A,.  1956. 
Hill,  Clara  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.,  South- 
ern Illinois  University.  1970.  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
Hill,  John  W.  Dean  and  Professor.  School  of  Architecture. 
B.A.,  Rice  University.  1951;  B.  Arch..  1952;  M.A..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1959. 

HInch,  Terry  A.     Instructor.  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre, 
B.  A,.  Brigham  Young  University.  1973, 
HInes,  Barbara  A.     Assistant  Dean.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.S..  University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1969;  M.S..  Amencan  Univer- 
sity. 1974, 


HIrzel,  Robert  K.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology,  B,A,. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1946;  M.A..  1959;  Ph.D..  Louis- 
iana State  University.  1954. 

Hitchcock,  Donald  R.  Associate  Professor.  Germanic  and 
Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland. 
1952;  M.A..  Harvard  University.  1954.  Ph.D..  1965, 
Hochull,  Ura  E.  Professor,  Electncal  Engineering,  M,S„  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1955;  Ph  D..  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1962, 

Hodos,  William  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S..  City  University 
of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1955;  M,A..  University  of 
Pennsylvania.  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Hoffman.  Ronald  Associate  Professor.  History  B.A..  George 
Peabody  College.  1964;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965; 
Ph.D..  1969. 

Hotfsommer,  Harold  C.  Professor  Emeritus.  Sociology, 
B,A.,  Northwestern  University.  1921;  M.A,.  1923;  Ph,D,.  Cornell 
University,  1929, 

Hollander,  Roberta  B.  Lecturer,  Urban  Studies  B.A,.  Boston 
University,  1967;  M.A..  George  Washington  University.  1971, 
Hollies,  Norman  R,S.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.S,  University  of  Alberta.  1944;  Ph.D., 
McGill  University.  1947. 

Holloway,  David  C.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1966;  M.S..  1969; 
Ph.D.,  1971, 

Holman,  Benjamin  F.  Visiting  Professor.  College  of  Journal- 
ism, B,S..  University  of  Kansas,  1952, 
Holmgren,  Harry  0.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1949;  M,A„  1950;  Ph,D,.  1954. 
Holmlund,  Chester  E.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Worcester 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1943;  M.S,.  1951;  Ph,D,.  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1954. 

Holtan,  Heggie  N.     Lecturer,  Agricultural  Engineering.  A.B.. 
State  Teachers  College,  LaCrosse,  Wisconsin,  1933. 
Holtan,  W.  Milne     Professor.  English.  B.A,,  Dartmouth  Col- 
lege, 1954;  L.L.B,.  Han/ard  University.  1957;  M.A.,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, 1959;  Ph,D„  1965. 

Holum,  Kenneth  Assistant  Professor.  History,  B,A..  Au- 
gustana  College.  1961;  MA.,  University  of  Chicago,  1969; 
Ph,D„  1973, 

Holvey,  Samuel  B.  Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.F.A.,  Syracuse  University.  1967;  M.A,.  American  University, 
1969. 

Hoizman,  Harold  R.     Lecturer  Part-time..  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A..  State  University  of  New  York. 
1966;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland.  1968. 
Hommel,  William  L     Lecturer,  Art.  B.A,,  Oakland  University. 
1963;  M.A.,  Indiana  University.  1977. 
Honey,  Michelle      Lecturer  Part-time.  School  of  Architecture. 
B.  B.  S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1971;  B.Arch.,  1972, 
Hopkins.  H,  Palmer     Director  of  Student  Aid,  Ementus.  B.S,, 
Oklahoma  Stale  University,  1936;  Ed,M,,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1948;  EdO,.  George  Washington  University,  1962. 
Hopkins,  Richard  L,     Associate  Professor,  Social  Founda- 
tions of  Education.  B.S..  Stanford  University,  1962;  M,S,.  1963; 
PhD,,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1969. 
Hornbake,  R.  Lee     Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs.  B.S.. 
California  State  College  (Pennsylvania).  1934,  M.A.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1936;  Ph,D.,  1942;  LL.D.,  Eastern  Michigan  Universi- 
ty, 1963, 

Hornung,  Carlton  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Sociology  B,A., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Buf(al9),  1967;  M,A.,  Syracuse 
University,  1970;  PhD.,  1972. 

Hornyak,  William  F.      Professor.   Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B,S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1944.  Ph.D,. 
California  Institute  of  Technology.  1949 
Horowitz,  Robert  S.     Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Journal- 
ism, 

Horton,  David  L.      Professor.  Psychology.  B.A,,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph,D.,  1959. 
Horvath,  John  M.     Professor,  Mathematics.  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Budapest,  1947. 

Houppert,  Joseph  W.  Associate  Professor.  English  Ph.B  . 
University  of  Detroit,  1955;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan,  1957; 
PhD,  1964. 

Hovey,  Richard  B.  Professor,  English.  B.A..  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1942;  M,A„  Han/ard  University,  1943;  Ph,D,.  1950. 
Howard,  John  D.  Associate  Professor,  English,  B.A..  Wash- 
ington College  (Maryland).  1956;  M.A..  University  of  Maryland, 
1962,  PhD.,  1967. 

Howard,  Lawrence  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Microbiology, 
B,A,,  Emory  University.  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1966;  PhD.,  1970. 

Howe,  Jean  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.S  .  St.  Francis  College.  1953.  M.S.. 
Purdue  University,  1957;  Ph.D.  1965. 


200    Howell,  Bernice  L. 


Howell,  Bemlce  L  Instructor,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture, 
B,A,.  Augsburg  College,  1950. 

Howell,  Grace  F.  Instructor,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1941. 

Howell,  Robert  K.  Instructor,  Part-time,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1961; 
Ph.D..  1964. 

Howell,  Susana  Instructor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.. 
Florida  State  University,  1964;  M.A..  University  of  Hawaii,  1974. 
Hoyert,  John  H.  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland,  1943;  M.S  ,  1949;  Pfi.D.,  1951. 
Hrablkova,  Helena  M.  Instructor  Part-lime,  French  and  Ital- 
ian. Doct.,  University  of  Genoa  (Italy),  1958. 
Hsu,  Shao  T.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S., 
Chiao-Tung  University,  1937;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology.  1944;  D.Sc.  Swiss  Federal  Institute  of  Technolo- 
gy, 1954. 

Hsueh,  Chun-Tu  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  L.L.B., 
Chaoyang  University  (China).  1946;  M.A..  Columbia  University, 
1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Hubbard.  Bert  E.  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics.  B.S., 
Western  Illinois  University,  1949;  M.S.,  State  University  of  Iowa. 
1952;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 
Hubbe,  Rolf  O.  Associate  Professor,  Classical  Languages 
and  Literatures.  B.A.,  Hamilton  College,  1947.  M.A.,  Princeton 
University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1950 

Huden,  Daniel  P.  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman,  Social 
Foundations  of  Education.  B.S  .  University  of  Vermont,  1954; 
M.A.,  Columbia  Teachers  College,  1958;  Ed.D.,  1967. 
Hudson,  William  L.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Philadelphia 
Music  Academy,  1954;  A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957; 
M.Mus.,  Yale  University,  1961. 

Huebner,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor.  Human  Develop- 
ment B.S.,  Concordia  Teachers  College.  1957;  M.A.,  1960; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

Huh,  Priscllla  Gall  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Economics.  B.A., 
Bradley  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan;  Ph.D.. 
1969. 

Huheey,  James  E.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of 
Cincinnati,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 
Hult,  Joan  S.  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S., 
Indiana  University,  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greensboro),  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Southern  California, 
1967. 

Hummel,  James  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.A.,  Rice  University,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  1955. 

Humphrey,  Fred  Professor  and  Chairman,  Recreation.  B.A.. 
TarVio  College,  1946;  M.A..  University  of  Iowa,  1953;  Ph.D.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973. 

Humphrey,  James  H.  Prolessor,  Physical  Education.  A. 8.. 
Denison  University,  1933;  MA.,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1946;  Ed.D,.  Boston  University,  1951 
Hunt,  E.  Joan  Assistant  Prolessor,  Human  Development, 
A.B..  University  of  Redlands.  1954;  M.A..  Fresno  State  College, 
1964;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1967. 
Hunt,  Janet  G.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A.  Univer- 
sity ol  Redlands.  1962;  M.A..  Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1973. 

Hunt,  Larry  L.  Associate  Prolessor,  Sociology.  B.S.,  Ball 
State  University,  1961;  M.A..  Indiana  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1968. 

Husman,  Burris  F.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1941;  M.S..  1948; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954 

Hutton,  Date  J.  Associate  Professor.  School  of  Architecture. 
B.  Arch.,  Texas  ASM  University,  1960;  M.  Arch.,  Columbia 
University,  1961 

Hymes,  Donald  L.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism. 
A.B..  Columbia  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954. 

Hynes,  Cecil  V.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.A..  Michigan  State  University,  1948;  M.A.. 
1949;  PhD  .  1965 

tannoconni,  Teresa  E.  Lecturer  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B  S.B.A.,  Georgetown  University.  1965 

Igel,  Regina  Associate  Professor.  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
M.A..  State  University  of  Iowa,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New 
Mexico,  1973. 

ImberskI,  Richard  B.  Associate  Professor.  Zoology  B.S  , 
University  of  Rochester.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Ince,  Elizabeth     Associate  Professor.  Dance.  B.A.  University 
ol  California  (Los  Angeles).  1957.  MA   1964 
Ingerman,  Donald      Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Business 
and   Management    B.S.E.E .   Fairleigh   Dickinson   University. 
1965;  M.S.O.R.,  New  York  University,  1971. 


Ingling,  Allen  L.  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science. 
B.S.E.E.  University  ol  Maryland.  1963;  V.M.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1969. 

Ingraham,  Barton,  L,  Associate  Professor,  Institute  of  Cnmi- 
nal  Justice  and  Criminology.  A.B..  Harvard  University,  1952; 
J.D..  1957;  M.Cnm..  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1968; 
PhD,  1971. 

Ingram,  Anne  G.  Professor,  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  1944;  M.A..  University  ol  Georgia, 
1948;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University.  1962. 
Inouye,  David  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.. 
Swarlhmore  College.  1971;  Ph.D..  University  ol  North  Carolina, 
1976. 

Irby,  Gary  R.  Instructor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design.  B.A.. 
Eastern  Illinois  University,  1965;  M.F.A.,  i3eorge  Washington 
University,  1969. 

Irwin,  George  R,  Visiting  Professor.  Part-time.  Mechanical 
Engineering.  A.B..  Knox  College.  1930;  M.S.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1933;  Ph.D..  1937. 

Issacs,  Nell  D.  Prolessor,  English.  A.B..  Dartmouth  College, 
1953;  A.M.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1956;  Ph.D.. 
Brown  University.  1959. 

Ishee,  Sidney  Professor.  Agncultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. B.S,.  Mississippi  State  University,  1950;  M.S..  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University.  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
Iwry,  Samuel  Visiting  Prolessor.  Part-time.  Oriental  and  He- 
brew Program.  B.A..  Teachers'  College  Vilno,  1931;  M.A.. 
Institute  lor  Higher  Judaic  Studies  (Warsaw),  1937;  Ph.D.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1951. 

JachowskI,  Leo  A.,  Jr.  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S.,  University 
of  Michigan.  1941;  M.S.,  1942;  Sc.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1953. 

Jackson,  Elton  8.     Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Education. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1966, 
Jackson,  John  W.     Professor  Emeritus,  Mechariical  Erigi- 
neenng.  B.S..  University  of  Cincinnati,  1934;  M.Eng.,  1937;  M.S., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 
Jackson,  Reginald  B.     Lecturer  Part-time.  Music.  B.M.,  North 
Texas  State  University,  1968;  M,M,ED.,  1973. 
Jackson,  Thomas  J.      Lecturer  Part-time.  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  Ph.D..  1976. 
Jacobs,  Barry  E.     Assistant  Prolessor,  Computer  Science. 
B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1969;  M.S..  New  York  University.  1971; 
Ph.D..  1975. 

Jacobs,  Walter  D.     Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.S.. 
Columbia  University,  1955;  M.A..  1956;  Ph.D..  1961. 
James,  Edward  F.     Assistant  Professor.  English  and  Second- 
ary Education.  B.A.,  University  ol  Maryland.  1954;  M.A.,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America.  1970. 
Jamieson,  Kathleen  M.     Associate  Professor,  Communica- 
tion Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Marquette  University,  1967;  M,A., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 
Jamison.    Patricia     Instructor,    Special    Education,     B.S., 
Youngstown  State  University  1963;  M.S..  University  ol  Mary- 
land. 1972. 

Janes,  Robert  W.  Professor.  Sociology  and  Institute  for 
Urban  Studies.  A.B..  University  of  Cfilcago.  1938;  M.A.,  1939; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois.  1942. 

Jantz,  Richard  K.  Associate  Prolessor.  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.S..  Indiana  University.  1968;  M.S.,  1970; 
Ed.D..  Ball  Slate  University,  1972. 

Jaquith,  Richard  H.  Professor,  Chemistry;  Assistant  Vice 
Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs.  B.S..  University  of  Mas- 
sachusetts. 1940;  M.S.,  1942;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University. 
1955, 

Jarvis,  Bruce  B.  Associate  Prolessor,  Chemistry.  B.A..  Ohio 
Wesleyan  University,  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado,  1966. 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.  Instructor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  West  Virginia 
University.  1953;  M.Mus..  1954;  M.Mus.,  New  England  Conserv- 
atory ol  Music.  1966. 

JashemskI,  Wilhelmina  F.  Professor.  History.  B  A..  York 
College,  1931;  M.A..  University  of  Nebraska.  1933;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Chicago.  1942. 

Jellema,  Roderick  H.  Associate  Prolessor.  English.  B.A.. 
Calvin  College.  1951;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Edin- 
burgh, 1962. 

Johns,  Elizabeth  Assistant  Professor  of  Art.  B.A..  Birming- 
ham-Southern College.  1959;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1965;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University,  1974, 
Johns,  Ferdinand  8.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture,  B.A..  University  of  Virginia,  1971;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University.  1975. 

Johnson,  Arthur  T.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  Engi- 
neenng.  B.S.A.E..  Cornell  University,  1964;  M.S..  1967;  Ph.D.. 
1969. 

Johnson,  Bruce  H.  Assistant  Professor.  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Cnminology.  A.B..  Wheaton  College,  1959;  B.D.. 
Tilles  Theological  Seminary.  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1968;  Ph.D..  1973. 


Associate  Prolessor,  Measurement 
iiversity  of  Minnesota.  1957;  Ph.D..  1964. 
Johnson,  Charles  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Economics;  Asso- 
ciate Professor.  Institute  of  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 
B.A..  Northwestern  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  California  Institute 
of  Technology.  1972. 

Johnson,  Conrad  D,  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.. 
Stanford  University.  1965;  M.A.,  University  ol  Michigan,  1966; 
Ph.D..  1969. 

Johnson,  Elton  L.  Associate  Professor.  Pouttry  Science. 
B.S.  A..  Oklahoma  State  University,  1 940;  M,S..  Purdue  Universi- 
ty, 1942;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Johnson,  Everett  R.  Professor,  Chemical  Engineering,  B,A,. 
State  University  of  Iowa.  1937;  M.A..  Harvard  University,  1940; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1949. 

Johnson,  Janet  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B., 
George  Washington  University.  1951;  A.M..  1956;  Ph.D..  1962. 
Johnson,  Kerry  A.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services.  A.B..  Gettysburg  College.  1962;  M.S., 
Queens  College,  CUNY,  1967;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University. 
1976. 

Johnson,  Martin  1_  Associate  Professor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.S..  Morns  College,  1961;  M.Ed..  Uni- 
versity ol  Georgia,  1968;  Ed,D,,  1971. 
Johnson,  Raymond  L.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B.A..  Universi^  ol  Texas,  1963;  Ph,D..  Rice  University.  1969. 
Johnson,  Robert  B.  Associate  Professor.  Veterinary  Sci- 
ence. A.B..  University  of  South  Dakota.  1939. 


Johnson,  Warren  R,  Professor,  Health  Education,  S,A,,  Uni- 
versity of  Denver,  1942;  M.A..  1947;  Ed.D..  Boston  University. 
1950. 

Jolson,  Marvin  A.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.E.E..  George  Washington  University,  1949; 
MBA..  University  of  Chicago.  1965;  D.B.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1969, 

Jones,  Everett     Associate  Prolessor.  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing. B.A.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,   1956;  M.A.E., 
1960;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1968. 
Jones,  George  F.     Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages. B.A..  Emory  University.  1938;  M.A.,  Oxford  University, 
1943;  Ph.D.  Columbia  University,  1951. 
Jones,  Jack  C.     Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Auburn  Univer- 
sity. 1942;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1950. 
Jones,  Joni  L     Instructor.  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre. 
B.  $.,  MacMurray  College,  1 977;  M.  A.,  Northwestern  University, 
1978. 

Joseloff,  Samual  H.  Lecturer  Part-time.  English.  B.A..  Yale 
University.  1962;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1963;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1968. 

Kacser.  Claude  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.A..  Oxford  University.  1955;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Kammeyer,  Kenneth  C.  W.  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Northern  Iowa,  1953;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa. 
1958;  PhD.,  1960. 

Kanai.  Laveen  N.  Professor.  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Washington,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1960. 

Kane,  Michael  R.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.S..  University  ol  Maryland.  1968;  M.A..  University  of  Missouri. 
1971. 

Kannapelt.  Barbara  Part-time  Instructor,  Recreation.  B.A.. 
Gallaudet  College.  1961;  M.A..  Catholic  University,  1970. 
Kantzes,  James  G.  Professor.  Botany,  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1961;  M.S..  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
Karlander.  Edward  P.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.S., 
University  of  Vermont.  1960;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

Karlovitz,  Les  A.  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics,  B.S..  Yale  University, 
1959;  Ph.D..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 
Kaster,  Franz  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  Doctoran- 
dum.  University  of  Vienna.  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Katok,  Anatoly  B.  Visiting  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
Moscow  State  University.  1965.  Ph.D.,  1966. 


Kaufman,  Stuart  B,  Associate  Prolessor,  History.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Florida,  1962;  MA.,  1964;  Ph.D..  Emory  University, 
1970. 

Kedem,  Benjamin  Assistant  Prolessor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
Roosevelt  University.  1968;  M.S..  Carnegie-Mellon  University, 
1970;  Ph.D..  1972. 

Keeney,  Mark  Professor.  Chemistry  and  Dairy  Science.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1942;  M.S..  Ohio  Stale  Universi- 
ty, 1947;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  Stale  University,  1950. 


Larkins.  Hayes  C.    201 


Kehoe,  Patrice  Lecturer.  Art  B.F.A,,  University  ol  North 
Carolina,  1973;  M.F  A.,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis).  1977. 
Kele|lan,  Harry  H.  Prolessor.  Economics  B.A  .  Hotstra  Col- 
lege. 1962;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D.  1968 
Keller,  Paul  F.  G.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Informabon  Services  B.S  .  Mansfield  State  College.  1963;  MS.. 
Elmira  College.  1967.  Ph.D .  Southern  Illinois  University.  1977, 
Kelley,  David  L.  Professor.  Physical  Education  AB.  San 
Diego  Stale  College.  1957.  MS.  University  of  Southern  Califor- 
nia, 1958;  Ph.D..  1962. 

Kelley.  Jerry  D.  Lecturer.  Recreation.  B.S,.  George  Williams 
College.  1963;  MA,.  Roosevelt  University.  1970, 
Kellogg,  R.  Bruce  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics,  B.S,. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1962:  PhD,,  University 
of  Chicago.  1959 

Kelly,  Kathleen  S.  Assistant  to  the  Dean.  College  of  Journal- 
ism. B.S,,  University  of  Maryland.  1973 
Kelaey,  June  L  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administration,  B,S,.  North  Texas  State  College. 
1946;  MS,,  1947;  PhD,,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1967, 
Kelsey,  Roger  R.  Associate  Professor.  Administration.  Su- 
pervision and  Cumculum,  B,A,.  Saint  Olaf  College.  1934;  M.A.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1940;  Ed.D,.  George  Peabody  College, 
1954. 

Kenney,  Blair  G.     Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.,  Vassar 
College.  1855;  f^.D..  Han/ard  University.  1961. 
Kenny,  Shirley  S.     Professor,  English    B.A,,  University  ol 
Texas.  1955:  M.A..  Unrversity  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D..  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1964, 

Kent,  George  O.     Professor.  History,  B.S,.  Columbia  Universi- 
ty. 1948;  M.A..  1949;  PhD,  Oxford  Unrversity,  1958, 
Kenworthy,  William  J.     Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy,  B-S,, 
Purdue  University,  1970;  M.S,,  North  Carolina  State  University, 
1972;  PhD,.  1976. 

Kerkham,  H.  Eleanor  Assistant  Professor.  Onental  and  He- 
brew Program.  B,A,.  Pomona  College,  1961;  M.A.  Stanford 
University.  1963;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1947, 

Kerley,  Ellis  R.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Anthropology,  B.S,, 
University  of  Kentucky,  1950;  M.S..  University  of  Michigan. 
1956;  PhD,.  1962. 

Kem,  Dona  L  Assistant  Professor.  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1965;  M.S..  1972;  PhD,.  1976. 
Kerr,  Frank  J.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Acting 
Provost.  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineenng, 
B-Sc.  University  of  Melbourne.  1938;  MSc,  1940;  M.A.  Harvard 
University.  1951;  DSc  .  University  of  Melbourne.  1962. 
Kesler,  Ethel  Assistant  Prolessor.  Physical  Education,  B.S,. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1949;  M.Sc,  Wellesley  College, 
1953, 

Keailer,  Marsha  Lecturer  Part-time,  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese. B,A,.  Catawba  College.  1972;  M.A..  University  ol  Mary- 
land. 1976, 

Khanna,  Raj  K.  Associate  Prolessor,  Chemistry,  M.Sc.  Uni- 
versity of  Delhi.  1957;  Ph.D..  Indian  Institute  of  Science.  Ban- 
glore.  1962. 

KIdd.  Jerry  S.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services.  B.S,.  Illinois  Wesleyan  University.  1950;  MA,.  North- 
western University,  1954;  Ph.D..  1956, 

Kiefer,  Lawrence  L  Lecturer  Part-Time.  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services,  A.B..  University  ol  Florida.  1958; 
M.S.LS..  Western  Reserve  University.  1960;  JD,.  University  of 
Maryland.  1966, 

Kletfer,  Thomas  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture  B.E.S .  State  University  of  New  York  (Syracuse). 
1972;  B.L.A..  1973. 

Kiehl,  Edward  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time,  Music,  B.ME,. 
Wichita  Slate  Unrversity.  1961. 

Kilboum,  George  L.,  Jr.  Instructor.  Mathematics.  BS,.  Yale 
University.  1950;  B.E .  1954. 

Kim,  Hogll  Professor.  Electrical  Engineenng  and  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  BS  .  Seoul  National  University.  1956;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Birmingham  (England).  1964. 

Kim,  Wha-Chun  Assistant  Professor.  Onental  and  Hebrew 
Program,  B.A,,  EWHA  Women's  University.  1972;  PhD .  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology.  1976. 
Kim,  Young  Suh  Associate  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. BS..  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1958;  Ph.D..  Prin- 
ceton University.  1961, 

King,  Henry  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics  A  B.. 
Brown  University.  1969;  M.A..  University  ol  California  (Berke- 
ley). 1973;  Ph.D..  1974. 

King,  Raymond  L     Professor.  Dairy  Science.  A.B,.  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1955,  PhD..  1958. 
King,  William  E.,  Jr.     Assistant  Professor.  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering  B.S,.  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1965;  MS. 
Camegie-Meflon  University.    1968 


KInnaIrd,  John  W.  Associate  Professor.  English  B  A  .  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley)  1 944.  M.A.,  Columbia  University. 
1949.  PhD.   1959 

Kirk,  James  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing BS,.  Ohio  State  University.  1967;  M.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  ol  Technology.  1969.  Ph.D..  1972, 
Kirkley,  Donald  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre  B.A.  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  M.A. 
1962;  PhD,.  Ohio  State  University.  1967, 

Kirwan,  William  E.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Mathematics, 
A.B  .  University  of  Kentucky.  1960;  M.S..  Rutgers— The  State 
University.  1962;  PhD.  1964. 

Kisabeth,  Kathryn  L.  Instructor.  Physical  Education.  BS,. 
Ohio  State  University.  1968;  M.Ed.,  Bowling  Green  Stale  Uni- 
versity. 1973 

Kisslda,  John  E.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture  B  S  . 
Rutgers  University.  1971;  M.L.A..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1974 

Klank,  Richard     Associate  Professor,  Art.  B,  Arch  .  Catholic 
University  of  America.  1962;  M,F,A,.  1964, 
Kiarman,  William  l_     Professor.  Botany  B.S..  Eastern  Illinois 
University.   1957;  M.S..  University  ol  Illinois  (Urbana).   1960; 
PhD,.  1962, 

Klavon,  Albert  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education  Assistant  Provost.  Division  of  Agncultural 
and  Life  Sciences,  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  MS,. 
1973:  PhD,.  1975, 

Klelne,  Don  W.  Associate  Prolessor,  English,  B.A,.  Universi- 
ty of  Chicago.  1950;  MA..  1953:  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan. 
1961. 

Kleppner,  Adam  Professor.  Mathematics,  B.S..  Yale  Univer- 
sity, 1953:  MA.,  University  of  Michigan.  1954;  Ph.D..  Harvard 
University.  1960, 

Knefelkamp,  Lee  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services.  B,A,,  Macalester  College.  1967,  M.A,. 
University  ol  Minnesota.  1973:  PhD  ,  1974 
Knilong,  James  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education,  BS  .  Northern  Illinois  University.  1964. 
M.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urtjana).  1968;  Ph.D..  1971 
Knight,  Robert  E.L  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics.  A.B,. 
Harvard  University.  1948;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Calllornia  (Berke- 
ley). 1958. 

Knutson,  Lloyd.  Adjunct  Prolessor.  Entomology.  B.A..  Ma- 
calester College.  1957;  M.S..  Cornell  University.  1959:  PhD . 
1963, 

KobayshI,  T.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mechanical  Engineenng, 
B.S.,  Nagoya  Institute  of  Technology.  1966;  MS,.  Illinois  In- 
stitute ol  Technology.  1969;  Ph.D..  1972, 
Koehl,  Dorothy  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B  S  .  Purdue  University.  1952:  M.B.A..  Ohio 
State  University.  1975.  PhD,.  1978 

Kolker,  Robert  P.  Associate  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Queens  Col- 
lege). 1962;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University.  1965:  Ph.D..  Columbia 
University.  1969. 

Kolodny,  Richard  Associate  Prolessor.  College  ol  Business 
and  Management,  BSBA,.  Northwestern  University.  1965; 
MBA..  New  York  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1972, 

Koopman,  David  W.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physi- 
cal Science  and  Technology  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan. 
1964. 

Koopman,  Elizabeth  Janssen  Associate  Professor,  Human 
Development  A.B..  University  of  Michigan.  1960;  MA..  1963; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973, 

Koreman,  Victor  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my, B,A,,  Princeton  University,  1958;  A.M..  Han/ard  University. 
1959;  PhD-.  1965 

Komblatt  Joyce  R.  Instructor.  Part-time.  English.  B.A..  Car- 
negie-Mellon University.  1966;  MA.,  Case-Western  Reserve 
University.  1968, 

Kosklmen,  Patricia  Lecturer  Part-time.  Eariy  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education,  B,A..  Connecticut  College.  1964;  MAT,. 
Antloch  College.  1969:  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1975, 
Koury,  Enver  M-  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Poli- 
tics, B.A.,  George  Washington  University.  1954;  PhD .  Ameri- 
can University.  1958, 

Koutaiidis,  Harry  C.     Lecturer  Part-time.  Institute  ol  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.A..  University  of  Miami.  1950, 
Kovach,  Kenneth  A.      Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management  BBA,.  University  ol  Ohio.  1968:  MBA,.  1971, 
Kraft,  Kenneth  L      Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement   B,A  .  University  of  Maryland  (University  College). 
1973;  MBA,.  University  ol  Maryland  (College  Park).  1975, 
Kramer,  Amihud     Prolessor.  Horticulture.  B.S..  University  ol 
Maryland,  1938;  MS,.  1939;  Ph.D..  1942, 
Kramer,  Arnold  N.     Lecturer.  School  of  Architecture   B  S  . 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1966:  M.S..  1968, 


Kramer.  Charles  F.     Associate  Professor  Emenius.  French 
and  Italian   Ph  B  .  Dickinson  College.  1911.  MA.  1912, 
Kramer,  George  F.      Professor.  Physical  Education  BS .  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1953.  MA  .  1956;  Ph.D..  Louisiana  State 
University.   1967 

Krestensen,  EIroy  R.  Associate  Prolessor.  Entomology. 
B  S..  University  of  Florida.  1949;  M.S..  1951.  PhD,.  University  ol 
Maryland.  1962 

Krewatch,  Albert  V.  Extension  Prolessor  Emeritus,  Agricul- 
tural Engineering,  B  S,,  University  ol  Delaware,  1925;  M.S.. 
1929;  E,E  ,   1933 

Krisher,  Lawrence  C.  Prolessor.  Institute  lor  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology  AB..  Syracuse  University.  1955;  A.M.. 
Han/ard  University.   1957;  PhD,.  1959 

Krone,  Norris,  J.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Aerospace  Engineer- 
ing B  S  .  University  of  Maryland.  1955.  MS.  Air  Force  Institute 
of  Technology.  1962.  PhD.  University  of  Maryland.  1974, 
Krusberg,  Lorin  R.  Professor.  Botany  B.S,.  University  of 
Delaware  1954.  M.S..  North  Carolina  State  University.  1956; 
PhD.  1959 

Krushenick,  Nicholas  Lecturer.  Art.  Art  Students'  League, 
1950;  Hans  Hofmann  School.  1951, 

Kudia,  Steven  S.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mathematics  B.A.. 
Harvard  University.  1971;  Ph.D..  State  University  ol  New  York 
IStonyBrook).  1975, 

Kuehi,  Philip  G.     Associate  Prolessor.  College  of  Business 

and  Management.  B.S..  Miami  University  (Ohio),  1965;  MB. A,. 

Ohio  State  University.  1967,  PhD,.  1970 

Kueker,  David  W.     Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B . 

University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1964;  M.A..  1966:  Ph.D., 

1967, 

Kuenzei,  Wayne  J.  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science. 
B.S,.  Bucknell  University.  1964;  M.S..  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Georgia.  1969, 

Kumar,  Parmeswar  C.  Assistant  Prolessor.  College  ol  Busi- 
ness and  Management  BSc.  University  of  Bombay  (India), 
1956;  BE,.  University  of  Baroda  (India).  1960:  DBM..  University 
of  Madras  (India).  1971;  PhD  .  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1975, 

Kundt,  John  F.     Associate  Prolessor.  Horticulture,  B,S..  West 

Virginia  University.  1952:  Ph.D..  North  Carolina  State  University. 

1969, 

Kundu,  Mukui  R.      Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  BSc., 

Calcutta  University.  1949;  MSc.  1951;  DSc,  University  ol 

Pans.  1957, 

Kunkie,  William  E.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Animal  Science.  BS. 
Ohio  Slate  University,  1970;  M.S..  1970:  Ph.D..  1974. 
Kurtz,  John  J.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Human  Development. 
B.A  .  University  of  Wisconsin.  1935;  MA,.  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1940;  PhD.  University  of  Chicago.  1949, 
Kuss,  Fred  R.  Associate  Professor.  Recreation.  B.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  New  Hampshire,  1948.  MS,.  1950;  Ph.D..  Cornell  Univer- 
sity. 1968 

Kyle,  David  G.  Associate  Professor.  Human  Development. 
B  A,.  University  of  Denver.  1952.  MA,.  1953:  Ed.D,.  University 
of  Maryland.  1961 

Lagarias,  Jeffrey  C.  Visiting  Assistant  Prolessor.  Mathemat- 
ics, S-B,/S,M  .  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology.  1972; 
Ph.D..  1974 

Lakshmanan,  Sitarama  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry. 
BSc.  Annamalai,  1946:  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1954. 
Lamone,  Rudolph  P.  Prolessor  and  Dean.  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Managemennl,  BS,  University  of  North  Carolina. 
1960;  PhD.  1966 

Lampe,  John  R.  Assoc,  Professor.  History.  B,A,.  Harvard 
University.  1957;  MA,.  University  of  Minnesota,  1964;  Ph.D.. 
University  ol  Wisconsin,  1971 

Land,  Frank  P.  Lecturer,  College  ol  Business  and  Manage- 
ment  B.A,,  University  of  Colorado,  I960:  J  D.,  1966, 

Lands,  Aviva  M.  Instructor.  Hebrew  Program,  B-A,.  Hebrew 
University.  Jerusalem,  1968. 

Landry,  L.  Bartholomew  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology  and 
Afro-American  Studies,  B,A  .  Saint  Mary's  Seminary.  1961;  B.A,. 
Xavler  University,  1966;  PhD,.  Columbia  University.  1971, 
Landsberg.  Helmut  E.  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Institute  lor 
Physical  Science  and  Technology,  PhD  .  University  of  Frank- 
furt. 1930, 

Lanning,  Eidon  W.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics.  BS,.  Northwestern  University.  1960:  Ph.D..  University 
ol  Virginia.  1965 

Laplnski,  Tadeusz  Associate  Professor.  Art,  M.F, A..  Acade- 
my of  Fine  Arts.  Warsaw.  Poland.  1955 
Larkin,  Wlllard  D.  Associate  Prolessor.  Psychology  B.S,. 
University  ol  Michigan.  1959;  M.A,.  University  ol  Pennsylvania. 
1963.  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1967, 
Larkins,  Hayes  C.  Lectureer  Part-time.  Institute  ol  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology  B  S..  Michigan  State  Uhiversity.  1961; 
MS.  1966. 


202    Larson.  Jerome  V. 


Larson.  Jerome  V.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. BS,  University  o(  Maryland.  1960;  M,S,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
Lashlnsky,  Herbert  Research  Professor.  Institute  tor  Physi- 
cal Science  and  Technology  B.A..  City  College  ot  New  York. 
1950;  PhD..  Columbia  University.  1961. 
Lauridsen,  Oavid  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Secondary  Educa- 
tion, B.A,,  Michigan  State  University,  1969;  M,A..  1970 
Lawrence,  Richard  E.  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  B  S,,  Michigan  State  University,  1955;  M,A.. 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Lawrence,  Robert  G.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics,  B,S,.  University  of  Oklahoma.  1957; 
M.B.A,.  1960;  Ph,D..  Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  Univer- 
sity, 1969, 

Lawaon,  Lewis  A.  Professor.  English.  B.S.,  East  Tennessee 
State  University.  1957;  MA..  1959;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 1964, 

Lay,  David  C.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics,  B,A.,  Auro- 
ra College.  1962;  M.A..  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles). 
1965;  Ph.D..  1966, 

Layman,  John  W.  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Physics  and  Astronomy,  A,B,,  Park  College,  1955; 
M,S,Ed,,  Temple  University.  1962;  Ed.D,,  Oklahoma  State  Uni- 
versity. 1970, 

Lazaris,  Evangelos  S.  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  B.A..  University  of  Oregon,  1968;  M,S,  Arch,, 
Cornell  University,  1970;  Ph,D,,  University  of  Patras.  1977. 
Lea,  John  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  B.A,.  Miami  University  (Ohio),  1957;  M.A„  1964;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland.  1975. 

Leafblad,   William      Lecturer,   Music.   B.Mus.,   University  of 
Wisconsin,  1972;  MS.,  University  of  Illinois,  1977. 
Lee,  Chi  H.     Associate  Professor,  Electncal  Engineenng.  B.5., 
National  Taiwan  University  (Taipei),  1959;  M.S.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity. 1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Lee,  Eve  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Lan- 
guages. S,A,.  University  of  Cincinnati,  1969;  M,A.,  1970;  Ph,D., 
Vanderbilt  University,  1974. 

Lee,  Young  Jack  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics,  B.SE., 
Seoul  National  University.  1964;  M.S..  Ohio  State  University, 
1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Leedy,  Charlotte  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  BS,, 
University  of  Maryland,  1 960;  M,A,,  1 966;  Ph,D„  Temple  Univer- 
sity. 1975 

Leete,  Burt  A.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management-  B.S.  Juniata  College.  1962;  M.B.A,,  University  of 
Maryland.  1964;  J.D,,  American  University,  1969. 
Leffel,  Emory  C.  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S..  University 
of  Maryland  1943;  M.S..  1947;  Ph.D.  1953. 
Legg,  Joseph  O.  Adjunct  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S, A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Arkansas,  1950;  M.S.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryfand,  1957, 

Lehner,  Guydo  R.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Loyola 
University.  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.. 
1958. 

LeJIns,  Peter  P.  Professor,  Sociology;  Director.  Institute  of 
Criminal  Justice  and  Chminology.  M.Phil,.  University  of  Latvia. 
1930;  M.L,.  1933;  PhD,,  University  of  Chicago,  1938. 
Lembach,  John  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary  Edu- 
cation and  Art.  B.A,.  University  of  Chicago  and  Chicago  Art 
Institute,  1934;  M,A,.  Northwestern  University,  1937;  Ed.D., 
Columbia  University.  1946. 

Lengermann,  Joseph  J.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology. 
B.A,,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1958;  S.T.B.,  Gregonan  Univer- 
sity. 1960;  M.A.  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1964;  Ph.D.  Cornell 
University,   1969, 

Lenz,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Music  and  Secondary 
Education,  BME..  Northwestern  University,  1968;  M.M,,  1970, 
Leonard,  Mary  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services,  B.S,,  Boston  College,  1968;  M.A,.  University  of 
Minnesota,  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Leone,  Mark  Associate  Professor.  Anthropology.  B.A.,  Tufts 
University,  1963;  MA,,  University  of  Arizona,  1965;  PhD,,  1968, 
Leong,  David  S.  Instructor,  Communication  Arts  and  Thea- 
tre. B.A,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1973;  M,F,A.,  University 
of  North  Carolina-Greensboro,  1975, 

Lepper,  Henry  A.  Professor.  Civil  Engineering.  B.S..  George 
Washington  University,  1936;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois.  1938; 
Doctor  of  Engineering.  Yale  University.  1947. 
Lerner,  Howard  M.  Instructor,  Art,  B,F,A,.  Boston  University. 
1975;  M,F,A,,  Boston.  University,  1977. 
Lesher,  James  H.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy;  Acting 
Chairman.  Classical  Languages  and  Literatures  B  A  .  University 
of  Virginia.  1962;  Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester,  1966, 

Lessley,  Billy  V.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics B  S  ,  University  of  Arkansas.  1957;  M.S.,  1960.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Missouri,  1965, 


Levlne,  Charles  H.  Associate  Professor,  Urban  Studies, 
B,S,.  University  of  Connecticut.  1964;  M.B.A.,  Indiana  Universi- 
ty. 1966;  MP.A,.  1968;  Ph.D..  1971, 

Levlne,  James  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  B,A,,  State  University  of  New  York 
at  Buffalo,  1971;  B.  A,,  1972;  M.  A,.  University  of  Illinois,  1974; 
PhD.,   1977, 


Levlne,  Marvin  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement, B,A,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1952;  J. P.,  1954;  M.A,, 
1959,  PhD,.  1964 

Levlne,  Stephen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Services,  A,B,.  City  University  of  New  York  (Hunter 
College).  1967;  M.S.E,,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  Col- 
lege). 1969;  Ph.D..  Hofstra  University,  1972. 
Levlne,  William  S.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1969, 

Levlnson,  Jerrotd  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy,  B.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1974, 

Levlnson,  John  Z.     Professor,  Psychology,  B.A,,  University  of 
Toronto,  1939;  M,A,,  1940;  Ph,D.,  1948, 
Levltan,  Herbert     Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.E.E.,  Cor- 
nell University.  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965, 

Levltan,  Karen  B.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1964;  M,Ed,, 
1966.  M.LS.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
Levltihe,  George  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of  Pahs, 
1938;  M.A,,  Boston  University,  1946;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University, 
1962. 

Levlton,  Daniel  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  George 
Washington  University.  1953;  M.A.,  Springfield  College,  1956; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1967. 

Levno,  Patricia  Instructor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M,A„  1967;  Ph,D.,  1977. 
Lewis,  Andrea  Instructor,  Dance  B.S.  Towson  State  College, 
1976;  B.S.  Towson  State  College.  1978. 
Lewis,  Roger  K.  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architec- 
ture, B.  Arch.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1964;  M. 
Arch.,  1974. 

Liang,  Richard     Assistant  Professor,  Chinese.  B.A.,  Tunghai 

University  (Taiwan),  1966;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1969; 

Ph.D.,  1973. 

Llberman,  Esther     Instructor,  Oriental  and  Hebrew  Program. 

M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1949. 

Lleberman,  Charles     Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.S., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M.A.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania.  1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Uebman,  J.     Adjunct  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Brooklyn 

College.  1967;  M.A.,  Princetori  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Lleaener,  James  W.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services  B.A.,  Wartburg  College,  1955:  M.A.,  University 
of  Northern  Iowa,  1960;  A.M.L.S,,  University  of  Michigan,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1967. 

LIgomentdes,  Panos  A.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
8.S.,  University  of  Athens,  1 951 ;  M,S„  1 952;  M.SE.E.,  Stanford 
University.  1956;  Ph.D..  1958, 

LIn,  Hung  Chang  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S., 
Chiao-Tung  University.  1941;  M.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1948;  Ph,D„  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1956. 
Llnder,  Harris  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  Long 
Island  University.  1951;  M.S..  Cornell  University.  1955;  Ph.D., 
1958. 

Lindsay,  Rao  H.  Associate  Professor,  Social  Foundations  of 
Education.  B.A.  Brigham  Young  University.  1954;  M.A..  1958; 
M.A.  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Unduska,  James  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland,  1965;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Link,  Conrad  B.  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1933;  M.S..  1934;  Ph.D.,  1940. 
Ltnkow,  Irving  Associate  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A..  University  of  Denver,  1937;  MA.,  1938. 
LIpkIn,  Leonard  J.  Visiting  Associate  Professor.  Mathemat- 
ics, AS,.  Oberlin  College.  Ohio,  1960;  A.M,,  University  of 
Michigan,  Ann  Arbor.  1962;  Ph.D..  1965. 

LIpsman.  Ronald  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  City  Uni- 
versity of  New  York  (City  College).  1964;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

LIssltz,  Robert  W.  Chairman  and  Professor.  Measurement 
and  Statistics  BS.,  Northwestern  University,  1963,  Ph,D,,  Syra- 
cuse University.  1969. 

Little,  Karen      Lecturer  Part-time.  Spanish  and  Portuguese 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  1975. 
LIttlehales,  John     Instructor,  Part-time,  Industrial  Education. 
B.A,,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1958;  MEd,,  University  of 
Maryland.  1972:  AG.S.,  1973. 


Liu,  Chuan  Shen  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
Tunghai  University  (Taiwan),  1 960:  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Liu,  Tal-PIng  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Na- 
tional Taiwan  University,  1968;  M.S.,  Oregon  Slate  University, 
1970;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan,  1973. 
Lockard,  J.  David  Professor.  Botany  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion, B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1951;  M.Ed..  1955; 
Ph.D.,  1962, 

Locke,  Edwin  A.  Professor,  Psychology  and  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management,  B.A.  Harvard  University.  I960:  M.A. 
Cornell  University  1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 
Loeb,  Stephen  E,  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement, B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1961;  M,B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin.  1963;  Ph.D.,  1970. 
Lois,  Lambros  Lecturer  Part-time,  Chemical  Engineering. 
M.E.,  National  Technical  University  of  Athens  (Greece),  1955; 
M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  D.Sc,  Columbia 
University,  1965. 

Long,  Howard  F.  Instructor,  Human  Development.  B.S., 
Juaniata  College,  Pennsylvania,  1950;  M.A.,  Goucher  College, 
1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 
Longest,  James  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension 
Educatio.n.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1951;  M.S., 
1953;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University,  1957. 

Longley,  Edward  L,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary 
Education.  B.A.,  University  of -Maryland.  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1953;  Ed.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1967. 
Longmire,  Dennis  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.S..  Towson  State  College,  1974; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Lopez-Escobar,  Edgar  G,  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Cambridge  University,  1956:  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Lord,  David  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.S..  University  of  Arizona,  1962;  M.S.,  1965;  M.  A.,  University  o( 
California  (Berkeley),  1972. 

Lounsbury,  Myron  0.  Associate  Professor,  American  Stu- 
dies. B. A.,  Duke  University,  1961;  M, A.,  University  of  Pennsylva- 
nia, 1962;  Ph,D.,  1966. 

Love,  Nancy  K.     Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Van- 
derbilt University,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Alabama  (Birming- 
ham), 1970;  Ph.D.,  Baylor  University,  1975. 
Luck.  Ray  E.     Lecturer,  Music.  B.Mus..  University  of  London, 
1966:  D.M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1978. 
Luckey,  Patricia  Ann     Instructor,  Health  Education.  B.S., 
West  Virginia  University,  1976:  M.S.,  1977. 
Luetkemeyer,  Joseph  F,     Professor,  Industrial  Education. 
B.S.,  Stout  State  College,  1953;  M.S..  1954;  Ed.D.,  University  ol 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1961. 

Lundsager,  Margrethe  Instructor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Ameri- 
can University,  1973, 

Lutwack,  Leonard  I.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Wesleyan 
University,  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  Ph,D,,  Ohio  State  University,  1950. 
Lutzin,  Sidney  B.  Lecturer,  Recreation.  B.S.,  Tufts  Universi- 
ty, 1936;  M.Ed.,  1936. 


Lynn,  Jeffrey  W,  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.S .  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  M.S.,  1970; 
Ph.D..  1974. 

MacBaIn,  William  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  M.  A.,  Hon- 
ors, Saint  Andrews  University  (Scotland).  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 
MacDonald,  William  M.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University, 
1955 

Mack,  Maynard,  Jr.     Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Yale 
University.  1964;  MPhil,,  1969;  Ph,D..  1969. 
Macklln,  Eleanor  D.     Assistant  Prolessor,  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development.  B.A..  Oberiin  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Cornell 
University,  1959;  Ph,D,.  1973. 

MacLeod,  Anne  S.  Associate  Professor,  College  ol  Library 
and  Information  Services,  B,A..  University  of  Chicago,  1949; 
M.L.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973. 
MacNevIn,  Dorothy  Part-time  Lecturer,  Social  Foundations 
of  Education.  B.A,,  Whittier  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
New  Mexico,  1968; 

MacOulllan,  Anthony  M.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology. 
B.S. A,,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1956;  M.S.  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1962. 

Macready,  George  B.  Associate  Professor.  Measurement 
and  Statistics.  B.A..  Williamette  University,  1965;  M.A,,  Universi- 
ty of  Oregon,  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota,  1972. 
Madden,  Dorothy  G.  Professor  Emerita.  Dance.  A.B.,  Mid- 
dlebury  College,  1934;  M.A,.  Syracuse  University,  1937;  Ph,D., 
New  York  University,  1962 


Meinik.  Walter  L.    203 


Madison,  John  P.  Assistant  Protessor,  Early  Cliildhood  Ele- 
mentary Education,  B-S..  State  University  College  of  New  York 
(Geneseo),  1962:  M.S..  1965;  Ed  D..  University  ol  Illinois,  1972. 
Magoon.  Thomas  M.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  and  Psychology;  Director,  Counseling  Center.  B.A,, 
Dartmouth  College.  1947;  M.A.,  University  ol  Minnesota.  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

Malda,  Pater  R.  Associate  Professor.  Institute  of  Cnminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  S.A..  St.  Vincent  College.  1960;-M.A.. 
Fordham  University.  1962;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  Slate  University. 
1969 

Ma|eska,  George  P,  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Majaskle,  J.  Lee  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State 
University,  1970. 

Male.  George  A.  Professor,  Social  Foundation. s  of  Educa- 
tion B.A.,  University  ol  Michigan.  1 948;  M.A.,  1 949;  Ph.D.,  1 952. 
Malay,  Donald  Professor  and  Chairman,  Industrial  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  California  State  College  (Pennsylvania),  1943;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 
MalonI,  Paul  J.  Assistant  to  the  Vice  Chancellor  for  Adminis- 
trative Affairs.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1963. 
Matouf,  David  B.  Assistant  Protessor.  Special  Education. 
B.A..  University  of  Utah.  1968;  M.Ed..  1970;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Oregon.  1976. 

Manclnl,  Joseph,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
Providence  College,  1968;  I^.A,,  Harvard  University.  1969; 
Ph.D.,  1976. 

Manning,  Charles  Protessor  Ementus,  English;  Dean  Emen- 
tus.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  B.S.,  TuMs  University,  1929; 
M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  North  Caro- 
lina. 1950, 

Manspeaker,  Joe  E.     Assistant  Professor  of  Vetennary  Sci- 
ence. V.M.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1952. 
Marando,  Vincent  L.     Professor.  Urban  Studies.  B.S..  State 
University  at  Buffalo.  1960;  M.A..  Michigan  State  University. 
1964;  Ph.D..  1967. 

MarclnkowskI,  M.  John  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineenng. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Marcus,  Robert  F.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment- B.A.,  Montclair  State  College,  1965;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973. 
Marlon,  Jerry  B.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A., 
Reed  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Rice  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 
Markley,  Nelson  G.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B., 
Lafayette  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1966 

Marks,  Colin  H,  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineenng.  B.S., 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

Marquardt.  Warren  W.  Associate  Professor  of  Vetennary 
Science.  B.S  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1959;  D.V.M..  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1970. 

Marra-Lopez,  Jose  R,  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
B.A.,  (Liceniatura),  University  of  Madrid  (Spain),  1959. 
Marrls,  Robin  Professor  and  Chairman,  Economics.  B.A., 
Cambridge  University,  1947;  ScD.,  1968. 
Marro,  Jacqueline  C.  Instructor,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1966;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1971. 

Martin,  Barry  Instructor,  Industrial  Education.  B.A.,  Montclair 
State  College,  1974. 

Martin,  David  L  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  1968. 

Martin,  Frank  Instructor,  Part-time,  Economics.  A.B.,  John 
Carroll  University,  1967. 

Martin,  James  G.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  University  of 
North  Dakota,  1951;  M,A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

Martin,  L  John     Professor,  College  of  Journalism;  Director  of 

Research,  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  A.B.,  Amehcan 

University  (Cairo),  1947,  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951, 

Ph.D.,  1955. 

Martin,  Monroe  H.     Professor  Ementus,  Institute  for  Physical 

Science  and  Technology  B.S  ,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928; 

Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1932. 

Martin,  Raymond  F.     Associate  Professor.  Philosophy!  B.A.. 

Ohio  State  University.  1962;  M.A..  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 

Rochester,  1968. 

Marx,  George  L     Professor,  and  Chairman  Counseling  and 

Personnel  Sen/ices.  B.A.,  Yankton  College,  1953;  M.A.,  State 

University  of  Iowa,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


Mason,  Gienn  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.A.,  Han/ard  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1967;  PhD,  1971. 

Mass,  Clifford  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S.,  Cor- 
nell University,  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington.  1977. 
Massie,  Cecil  M.,  Sr.  Instructor.  Institute  ol  Applied  Agncul- 
ture.  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1950;  M.S.,  1957. 
Mather,  ian  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science  B.Sc, 
University  College  of  North  Wales.  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 
Mathers,  James  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nu- 
clear Engineering.  B.S.,  Alfred  Univ..  1970;  M.S.,  North  Carolina 
State  University,  1974;  PhD,  1975. 

Matossian,  Mary  K,  Associate  Protessor,  History.  B.A.,  Stan- 
ford University,  1951;  M.A.,  American  University  (Beirut),  1952; 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University.  1955. 

Matteson,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  Knox  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1955;  Ed.D..  1962. 

Mattheiws,  David  L  Research  Associate  Protessor,  Institute 
for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S..  Queens  University 
(Canada),  1949;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University.  1959. 
Matthews,  Edward  P.,  Jr.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1950;  M.A..  Univer- 
sity of  Denver.  1959. 

Matthews,  Thomas  A.  Associate  Professor.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A..  University  of  Toronto.  1950;  M.S..  Case  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1951;  Ph.D.,  Han/ard  University,  1956. 
Mattick,  Joseph  F.  Professor.  Dairy  Science.  B.S..  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University.  1942;  Ph.D..  1950. 
Mattingly,  Joseph  G.,  Jr.  Director  of  Undergraduate  Studies. 
College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1958;  M.B.A.,  1966. 

Maurieilo,  Thomas  P,  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Institute  of  Cnmi- 
nal Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  Suffolk  University,  1973; 
M.F.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1976. 
Mayer-Sommer,  Alan  P.  Assistant  Protessor.  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.A..  Columbia  University,  1963; 
MB. A.,  Harvard  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Georgia  State  Universi- 
ty, 1976. 

Mayes,  Alvin  Instructor,  Dance.  B.A.  University  of  Michigan, 
1969. 

Mayes,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  Michi- 
gan State  University,  1970;  M.A.  Yale  University.  1972;  Ph.D.. 
1974. 

Mayo,  Mariene  J.  Associate  Professor.  History.  B.A..  Wayne 
State  University.  1954;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1957;  Ph.D.. 
1961. 

Mayor,  John  R.  Visiting  Professor,  Secondary  Education; 
Assistant  Provost  for  Research,  Division  of  Human  and  Commu- 
nity Resources.  B.S,,  Knox  College,  1928,  M.A.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1933. 
Mazis,  Michael,  B.  Associate  Professor.  Part-time.  Textiles 
and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1964;  M.B.A..  New  York  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1971. 

Mazzocchi,  Paul  H.     Professor.  Chemistry.  B.Sc.,  Queens 
College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Fordham  University,  1965. 
McArdle,  James  V.     Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry.  Sc.B., 
Brown  University,  1972;  Ph.D..  California  Institute  of  Technolo- 
gy. 1975. 

McCaieb,  Joseph  L  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Abilene  Chris- 
tian College,  1969;  M.Ed..  University  of  Texas  (Austin),  1973; 
Ph.D.,  1976. 

McCali,  Gerald  N.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Florida  Stale  Uriiversity,  1959;  M.A., 
Northwestern  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
McCali,  James  P.  Assistant  Protessor.  Animal  Science.  B.S.. 
Texas  A  &  M  University,  1966;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 
McCarrick,  Earieen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Government 
and  Politics.  B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1964. 

McCarthy,  Michael  Assistarit  Professor.  American  Studies. 
A.B..  Boston  College.  1964;  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota, 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

McCarthy,  Wliiiam  C.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Counseling  and 
Personnel  Senrices.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1962;  M.Ed., 
Loyola  College  (Baltimore),  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1974. 

McCartney,  John  E.      Lecturer  Part-time.  School  of  Architec- 
ture. B.  Arch.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960. 
McCieary,  Robert  F,     Assistant  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland,   1965;  M.A., 
1967;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University.  1978. 

McClure,  L.  Morris  Professor.  Administration.  Supervision, 
and  Curriculum.  B.A..  Western  Michigan  University.  1940;  M.A.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1946;  Ed.D..  Michigan  State  University, 
1953 


McCiurg,  Charles  A.  Associate  Professor,  Horticutture.  8.S., 
Iowa  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  Universi- 
ty,  1968,  PhD,  1970 

McConaghy,  Barbara  Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  De- 
sign. A.6..  University  ol  Missouri.  1968. 
McCrank,  l^wrence  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  bbrary 
and  Information  Services.  B.A.,  Morehead  State  University, 
1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1970;  M.L.S.,  University  of 
Oregon.  1976,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1974. 
McCuen,  Richard  H.  Associate  Protessor.  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Georgia  Institute 
of  Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

McCusker,  John  J.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A .  Saint 
Bernards  College.  1961;  M.A..  University  of  Rochester.  1963: 
Ph.D..  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1970. 
McDonald,  Frank  B.  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrorv 
omy.  B.S..  Duke  University.  1948:  M.S..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1952:  Ph.D.,  1955. 

McDonald,  James  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  8.M.. 
Morningside  College.  1962:  M.A..  University  of  Iowa,  1964: 
D.M.A..  1974. 

McElreath,  Mark  P.  Assistant  Prof'sssor.  College  of  Journal- 
ism. B.A.,  University  of  Houston.  1969;  M.A,.  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

McGuire,  Martin  C.  Professor.  Economics  B.S..  United 
States  Military  Academy:  1955;  B.A..  Oxford  University.  1958; 
Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1964. 

McHugh,  John  C.  Instructor.  Physical  Education.  B.S  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  1959;  M.Ed.  American  University,  1968. 
Mcilrath,  Thomas  J.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Physi- 
cal Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1960:  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1966 
Mclntire,  Roger  W.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Northwest- 
ern University,  1958;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1960: 
PhD.,  1962. 

Mcintyre,  Jennie  J.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B. 
Howard  College,  1960;  M.S..  Florida  Slate  University.  1962: 
Ph.D..  1966. 

McKay,  Janet  H.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Oakland 
University,  1968;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
McKee,  Claude  G.  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
McKenzie,  Douglas  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Crim- 
inal Justice  and  Cnminology.  B.S.,  Mrehigan  State  University, 
1968:  M.A.,  1970:  PhD.,  1977. 

McLaughlin,  William  K.  Instructor,  Health  Education.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  1975. 
McLoone,  Eugene  P.  Associate  Professor,  Economics:  Pro- 
fessor, Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum.  B.A., 
LaSalle  College,  1951,  M.S.,  University  of  Denver,  1952;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1961. 

McNelly,  Charles  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education. 
A.B-,  Eariham  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966; 
Ph.D   University  of  Michigan,  1973. 

McNeiiy,  Charles  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education 
A.B.,  Eariham  College,  1964;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University.  1966; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1973. 

McNesby,  James  R.  Professor,  Chemistry  B.S.,  Ohio  Uni- 
versity, 1943:  Ph.D.,  New  Yort<  University,  1951. 
McNIcol,  Lor6  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.A,, 
University  of  Montana,  1965:  Ph.D.,  Boston  University,  1968. 
McWhInnie,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor,  Housing  and 
Applied  Design  and  Secondary  Education.  B.A.E.,  Art  Institute 
of  Chicago,  1953:  M.F.A..  1957;  Ed.D..  Stanford  University. 
1965. 

Measday,  Walter  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Economics.  A.B.. 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1941;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1955. 

Medvene,  Arnold  Associate  Professor.  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services;  Counselor,  University  Counseling  Center.  B,S., 
Temple  University,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1963:  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Kansas,  1968. 

Meeker,  Barbara  F.  Associate  Professor,  Socioksgy.  B.A., 
University  of  Kansas,  1961;  M.A.  Stanford  University,  1964; 
PhD,  1966. 

Meersman,  Roger  L.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre  B  A.,  Saint  Ambrose  College,  1 952;  M.A.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Mehl,  Jane  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Sfavic 
Languages  B.A,  Douglass  Ckillege,  1967;  M.A.,  Middlebury 
College,  1968;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Bingham- 
ton),  1974. 

Meijer,  Marianne  S.     Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 
Romance  Language,  University  of  Leiden  (Holland),  1946;  M.A.. 
Catholic  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  1972 
Meinik,  Waiter  L.     Professor.  Aerospace  Engineenng.  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1964. 


204    Menard,  John  P. 


Menard,  John  P.  Instructor  and  Director,  Computer  Science 
Center.  AS..  Saint  Michaels  College,  1954. 
Mendeloff,  Henry  Professor  and  Ctiairman.  Spanish  and 
Portuguese.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College), 
1936;  H/1.S..  1939;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America.  1960. 
Menke,  Arnold  S.  Adjunct  Professor.  Entomology.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  California,  Berkely,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia. Davis,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Menzer,  Robert  E.  Professor,  Entomology;  Acting  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies.  OS.,  University  ot  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
1964. 

Merka,  William  C.  Lecturer,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.,  Texas 
A&M  University.  1964;  M.E.,  1972. 

Merkel,  James  A.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  Engi- 
neenng.  B.S.A.E.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962;  M.S., 
Iowa  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
Merkowltz,  David  R.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Journal- 
ism. B.A.,  New  York  University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1971, 

Merrick,  Charles  P.  Associate  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricul- 
tural Engineenng.  B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Maryland.  1933. 
Merriken,  Harry  E.  Lecturer.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. A.B..  Loyola  College,  1969;  M.B.A..  1978, 
Merrill,  Horace  S.  Professor,  History.  B.E.,  Wisconsin  State 
University  (River  Falls),  1932;  Ph.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1933;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

Messerii,  Douglas  J.  Instructor,  Part-time,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  1974. 
Messersmilh,  Donald  H.  Professor.  Entomology.  B.Ed..  Uni- 
versity of  Toledo.  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962. 
Metcalf,  John  T.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy.  1949;  M.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  D.  Eng..  Catholic  University  of 
Amenca.  1974. 

Metz,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.     Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate 
Studies.  B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Meyer,  Charlton  G.     Associate  Professor,  Music    B  Mus., 
Curtis  Institute.  1952. 

Meyer,  James  F.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Chemical  Engineering. 
B.S.E.E..  Valparaiso  University.  1963;  S.A..  1963;  M.S..  Penn- 
sylvania State  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  1968. 
Meyer,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor.  Economics.  B.A..  Johns 
Hopkins  University.  1961;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University.  1966. 
Michejda,  Christopher  J.  Adjunct  Professor,  Chemistry. 
B.S..  University  of  Illinois.  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester 
1963. 

MIetus,  Walter  S.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Education. 
B.S.,  Chicago  Teachers  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  Illinois  State 
Teachers  College,  1959;  Ed.D.,  Loyola  University,  1966. 
Mlhelcic.  Rebecca  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1966; 
M.S..  Kansas  State  University.  1968. 

Mikulski,  Plotr  W.     Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A..  Lyceum 
(Warsaw),  1942;  M.S..  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics.  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 
Mlihollan,  Frank     Associate  Professor,  Human  Development. 
B.A..  Colorado  College,  1949;  M.P.S.,  University  of  Colorado. 
1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska.  1966. 
Miller,  Catherine  M.     Associate  Professor,  Health  Education. 
B.S..  Illinois  State  University.  1956;  M.A..  Colorado  State  Ck5l- 
lege,  1959;  Ph.D..  Ohio  Slate  University.  1967. 
Miller,  Douglass  R.     Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Entomolo- 
gy. B.S..  University  of  California.  Davis.  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D 
1969. 

Miller,  Frederick  P.     Professor.  Agronomy  B.S..  Ohio  State 
University.  1958;  M.S..  1961;  Ph.D..  1965. 
Miller,  Gerald  R.     Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin.  1958;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois.  I960- 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

Miller,  James  R.      Professor  and  Chairman,  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1951;  M.S..  1953;  Ph.D..  1956. 
Miller,  Jerry  F.      Lecturer  Part-time.  Urban  Studies.  B.M.E., 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  M.B.A..  University  of 
Colorado.  1964 

Miller,  Joseph  W.      Lecturer.  English.  B.A..  Saint  John  Fisher 
College.  1958;  MA,.  University  of  Rochester.  1960. 
Miller,  Mary  R.     Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A..  University 
of  Iowa.  1951;  M.A..  University  of  Denver.  1959;  Ph.D..  Geor- 
getown University,  1969. 

Mills,  Judson  R.,  Jr.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University.  1958. 
Mlllstein,  Flora  M.  Instructor.  Family  and  Community  Devel- 
opment. BS.,  University  of  Maryland.  1974;  MS,.  1977 
Miner,  William  G.  Lecturer  Part-time.  School  of  Architecture. 
A.B..  Princeton  University.  1972;  M.A.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Technology,  1974. 


Minlowitz,  Ruth  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.S.,  Technion,  1972;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D..  1978. 
Minker,  Jack  Professor  and  Chairman,  Computer  Science 
B.A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1949; 
M.S..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1959. 

Minor,  W.  William  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.S..  Michigan  Slate  University.  1968; 
M.S..  Florida  State  University.  1973;  Ph.D..  1975. 
Lawrence  E.  Mintz  Associate  Professor.  American  Studies. 
B.A..  University  of  South  Carolina,  1966;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1967;  Ph.D..  1969. 

Mirkin,  Gabe  B,  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Part-time, 
Physical  Education.  B.A.  Harvard  University,  1957;  M.D.  Baylor 
Medical  School.  1961. 

Mish,  Charles  C.     Professor,   English.   B.A..   University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1936;  M.A..  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 
MIsner,  Charles  W.     Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S., 
University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Mitchell,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  M.A.. 
University  of  Glasgow.  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
1968. 

MItyga,  Henry  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture  and  In- 
stitute ot  Applied  Agriculture.  B.S..  Cornell  Uriiversity.  1966; 
M.S.  Purdue  University.  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland 
1976. 

Mitzei,  M.  Adele.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Measurement  and  Sta- 
tistics. B.S.,  Towson  State  College,  1939;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1944;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 
Moerdyk,  Carol  B.  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.B.A..  Western  Michigan  University.  1971. 
Mohanty,  Sashi  B.  Professor,  Veterinary  Science.  B.V.S.. 
Bihar  University,  1956;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1961; 
Ph.D..  1963. 

Montero,  Darrei  Assistant  Professor.  Urban  Studies.  A.B.. 
California  Stale  University,  1 970;  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Montgomery,  William  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Cornell  Col- 
lege, 1953;  M.Mus.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1957;  Ph  D 
1975. 

Moore,  John  H.     Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Carnegie  In- 
stitute of  Technology.  1963;  M.A..  Johns  Hopkins  University. 
1965;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1967. 
Moore,  John  fl.     Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, 1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 
Moquin,  George  A.     Assistant  to  the  Dean,  Summer  Pro- 
grams. B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971. 
Morash,  Edward  A.      Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement B.A.,  Northeastem  University,  1968,  M.B.A..  Universi- 
ty of  Maryland,  1971. 

Morgan,  Omar  D.  Professor,  Botany.  B.Ed.,  Illinois  State 
University  (Normal).  1940,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana). 
1950. 

Morgan,  H.  Gerthon  Chairman  and  Professor,  Human  De- 
velopment. B.A.,  Furman  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1943;  Ph.D..  1946. 

Morin,  Wilbur  J.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
Tufts  University,  1950;  M.S.  University  of  Utah,  1963;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Utah,  1969. 

Morris,  Alfred  F.     Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education. 
B.S.  University  of  Massachusetts.   1964;  M.A.  University  of    ' 
Maryland.  1966;  Ph.D.  University  of  Massachusetts.  1975. 
Morris,  John  l_     Extension  Associate  Professor  Emeritus, 
Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1943;  M.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  Delaware,  1958. 

Morris,  Louis  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time.  Textiles  and 
Consumer  Economics.  B.A.,  Boston  University,  1968;  M.A., 
New  School  for  Social  Research,  1971;  Ph.D..  Tulane  Universi- 
ty. 1974. 

Morris,  Russell  D.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S.C.,  Ohio  Stale  University.  1963;  M.B.A,. 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Morse,  Douglass  H.  Professor,  Zoology  B.S ,  Bates  Col- 
lege, 1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  University.  1965. 

Morse,  Frederick  H.  Adjunct  Professor.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957;  M.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1959;  Ph.D., 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1969. 
Morton,  Eugene  S.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Zoology. 
B.S..  Denison  University,  1962;  Ph.D..  Yale  University,  1969. 
Moser,  Phylis  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Food.  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland  1969- 
M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Moses  Claire  G.  Assistant  Professor.  Women's  Studies  Pro- 
gram. A.B..  Smith  College,  1963;  M.  Phil.,  George  Washington 
University,  1972;  Ph.D..  1978. 


Moss,  Alfred  A.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Lake 
Forest  College,  1965;  M.Div.,  Episcopal  Divinity  School,  1968; 
M.A..  University  of  Chicago.  1972. 

Moss,  Lawrence  Professor,  Music  B.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Los  Angeles).  1949;  MA,,  University  of  Rochester.  1950; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Southern  California.  1957. 
Motta,  Jerome  J.  Associate  Professor.  Botany.  A.B,.  San 
Francisco  State  College.  1959;  MA..  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of 
California  (Berkeley).  1968. 

Mueller,  Arthur  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Measurement  and 
Statistics.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1965;  M.A..  University  of 
Maryland,  1971. 

Mueller,  Dennis  G.      Professor.  Economics.  B.S..  Colorado 
College.  1962;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1966. 
Mulchi,  Charles  L.      Professor,  Agronomy  B  S.,  North  Caro- 
lina State  University.  1964;  M.S..  1969;  Ph.D..  1970. 
Mullnazzl,  Thomas  E.     Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineer- 
ing. B.S..  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1964;  M.S.,  Purdue  Univer- 
sity, 1966;  Ph.D..  Purdue  University.  1973. 
Munn,  Robert  J.     Professor,  Chemistry   B.Sc.  University  of 
Bristol,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Bristol.  1961. 
Munno,  Frank  J.     Professor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineer- 
ing. B.S..  Waynesburg  College.  1957;  M.S..  University  of  Florida 
1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Muno2,  Silverlo  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese. Licenciatura.  Universidad  de  Concepcion  (Chile).  1972; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  (San  Diego).  1977. 
Murphy,  Charles  D.  Professor  Emeritus,  English.  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1929;  MA,,  Han/ard  University,  1930; 
PhD.,  Cornell  University,  1940. 

Murphy,  Thomas  J.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S., 
Fordham  University,  1963;  Ph.D..  Rockefeller  University,  1968. 
Murphy,  Thomas  P.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics; 
Director.  Institute  for  Urban  Studies.  B.A..  Queens.  College, 
1952;  M.A.,  Georgetown  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  Saint  John's 
University.  1963. 

Murray,  Joseph  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education 
B.S.  University  of  Maryland.  1967;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1976. 
Murray,  Ray  A,  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. B.S..  University  of  Nebraska.  1934;  M.A..  Cornell  Uni- 
versity. 1938;  Ph.D..  1949. 

Murreli,  Peter  Assistant  Professor.  Economics.  B.Sc.  Lon- 
don School  of  Economics.  1971;  M.Sc.  London  School  of 
Economics,  1971;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1977. 
Muse,  Stephen  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.  Arch.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  Cornell  University, 
1976. 

Myers,  Ralph  D.  Professor  Emeritus  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.A..  Cornell  University.  1934;  MA,,  1935;  PhD..  1937. 
Myers,  Robert  M.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt  Uni- 
versity, 1941;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1948. 
Myrlcks,  Noel  Associate  Professor,  Family  and  Community 
Development.  B.A..  San  Francisco  State  University,  1955;  M.S., 
1967;  J.D.,  Howard  University,  1970;  Ed.D..  American  Universi- 
ty, 1974. 

Nam,  Sunwoo  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A..  Hankuk  University.  Seoul.  Korea.  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford 
University.  1965;  M.A..  1967;  Ph.D..  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison).  1969. 

Nash,  Allan  N,  Professor  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  SB. A.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1957;  MBA,,  1959;  Ph.D.  1963. 
Nelson,  Bonnie  C.  Lecturer  Part-lime,  Measurement  and 
Statistics.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1966. 

Nelson,  Clifford  L  Professor  and  Chairman,  Agricultural  and 
Extension  Education.  B.S..  Washington  State  University,  1957; 
M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 
Nelson,  Judd  0.  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin.  1969;  M.S..  1972;  Ph.D..  1974. 
Nemes,  Gracleia  P.  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
B.S..  Trinity  College  (Vermont),  1942;  M.A,.  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1946;  Ph.D..  1952 

Nepote,  Kathryn  H.  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Medi- 
cine. B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1969;  V.M.D.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1973. 

Nerl,  Umberto     Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago.  1961;  M.S..  1962;  Ph.D..  1966. 
Neumann,  Walter     Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A., 
Adelaide  University  (Australia),  1966;  M.A.,  1968;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Bonn  (West  Germany).  1969. 

Newby,  Hayes  A.  Professor.  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences. 
AS..  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1935;  M.A..  University  of  Iowa. 
1939;  Ph.D..  1947. 

Newcomb,  Robert  W.  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S..  Purdue  University.  1955;  M.S..  Stanford  University.  1957; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960. 


Pettigrew,  Rebecca  F.    205 


Newell,  Clarence  A.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman.  Admin- 
istration. Supervision,  and  Curnculum.  B.A,,  Hastings  College. 
1935;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1939;  Ph.D..  1943, 
Newsom,  D.  Earl  Professor.  College  ol  Journalism.  B.S.. 
Oklahoma  Stale  University,  1948;  IvlS.J.,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1949;  Ed.D..  Oklahoma  Stale  University.  1957. 
Ng,  Timothy  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  1969;  IklS  .  Purdue  University.  1972;  Ph.D.. 
1976 

Nickels,  William  G.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management.  B.S.B.A..  Ohio  State  University.  1962. 
li^.B.A..  Western  Reserve  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State 
University.  1969. 

NIcklason,  Fred  H.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.S.. 
Gustavus  Adolphus  College,  1953;  I^.A..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 1955;  Ph.D..  Yale  University,  1967. 
NIedenluhr,  Francis  VV.  Lecturer  Part-lime.  Ivlechanical  En- 
gineering, B,S..  University  ol  Michigan.  1950;  M.S..  1951;  Ph.D.. 
Ohio  State  University.  1957. 

NIemeyer,  G.  Charles  Associate  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B,A..  Depauw  University.  1933;  MA.  Norlh- 
v»estern  University.  1935;  Ph.D..  Yale  University.  1942. 
NIese,  Henry  Associate  Professor.  Art.  Cert..  The  Cooper 
Union.  1949;  Cert.  Academie  Grande  Chaumiere,  Paris,  1949; 
B.FA..  Columbia.  1955. 

Nlles,  Lyndrey  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  B.A..  Columbia  Union  College.  1963;  MA.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.  Temple  University.  1973. 
Noll,  James  W.  Associate  Professor.  Social  Foundations  of 
Education.  B.A..  University  of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1954; 
M.S.  University  ol  Wisconsin.  1 962;  Ph.D.  University  of  Chicago. 
1965, 

Norland,  Douglas  L.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management  BAA,.  University  ol  Michigan.  1967; 
MB.A..  1968;  DBA,.  Indiana  University.  1977. 
Norman,  Kent  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.. 
Southern  Methodist  University.  1969;  M.A..  University  of  Iowa, 
1971,  Ph.D..  1973. 

Norton,  Charles  F.     Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.F.A,  Photography.  Maryland  Institute  College  ol  Art,  1972. 
Norton,  Virgil  J.     Professor  and  Chairman,  Agricultural  and 
Resource  Economics,  B,S,.  Kansas  State  University,   1957; 
MS,,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University.  1964, 
Nunamaker,  Anne  W.     Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Jour- 
nalism. B.A.,  Middle  Tennessee  Stale  University.  1955;  M.A,, 
1959;  EdS,.  George  Peabody  College.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1977. 
Nzuwah,  Mariyo  M.     Assistant  Professor.  Afro-American  Stu- 
dies and  Government  and  Policitics.  B.A..  University  of  Minne- 
sota. 1965;  MA..  Howard  University.  1967;  Ph.D..  1974. 
O'Connell,  Donald  W.     Vice  President  for  General  Adminis- 
tration; Professor.  Economics.  B.A..  Columbia  University.  1937; 
M.A..  1936;  PhD,.  1953, 

Odell,  Stanley  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy,  B.A..  Uni- 
versity of  Kansas,  1960;  M.A,.  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana). 
1962;  Ph.D..  1967. 

Odiand,  Sheldon  W.  Instnjctor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.A,.  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1958. 
O'Haver,  Thomas  C.  Prolessor,  Chemistry.  B.S..  Spring  Hill 
College.  1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Florida,  1968, 
O'Keefe,  Kathleen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre,  B,A„  College  of  St.  Benedict,  1962;  M.A,. 
Ohio  State.  1963;  Ph.D..  1968. 

O'Leary,  Dianne  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Computer  Science, 
B,S,,  Purdue  University,  1972;  PhD,.  Stanford  University.  1976, 
O'Leary,  Ronald  T.  Associate  Professor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B,S..  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1960; 
M.A.,  1961:M.F.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1964;  Ph.D..  1966, 
Oliver,  James  H.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. B.A,.  University  of  Washington.  1959;  MA..  1962;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Wisconsin.  1968. 

Oliver,  Richard  L.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B,S,M,E,,  Purdue  University.  1967;  M.B.A.. 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison).  1969;  Ph.D..  1973, 
Oneda,  Sadao  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Tohoku  University.  1946;  M.Sc,  1948;  Ph.D,,  Nagoya  Universi- 
ty, 1953, 

Opik,  Ernst  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  Bach,, 
Moscow  Imperial  University,  1916;  Ph,D,,  National  University  of 
Estonia.  1923, 

Oisen,  Bonny  G.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design,  B,S,.  University  of  Georgia.  1 965;  M.S..  Oklahoma  State 
University.  1966.  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1976. 
Olson,  Alison  G.  Prolessor.  History,  B.A,,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1952;  M,A,,  1953;  PhD,,  Oxford  University 
(England).  1956 

Olson,  Edwin  E.  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services,  B,A..  Saint  Olaf  College,  1959;  M.S..  American 
University,  1961;  Ph,D.,  1966. 


Olson,  Keith  W.  Associate  Prolessor.  History,  B,A  .  Slate 
University  of  New  York  (Albany).  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  PhD. 
University  ol  Wisconsin.  1964, 

Olson,  Mancur  L  Jr.     Professor,  Economics    B.S..  North 
Dakota  Stale  University.  1954;  B.A..  Oxford  University.  1956; 
M.A..  1960;  PhD,.  Han/ard  University.  1963. 
Olson,  Orrin  O.     Associate  Professor.  Music.  A,B..  Sacramen- 
to State  College,  1960;  MMus,.  Indiana  University.  1961, 
Olver,  Frank  W.     Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and  In- 
stitute for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics,  B,Sc,. 
University  ol  London.  1945;  M.Sc.  1948;  DSc .  1961, 
Ondeck,  Carol  M.      Lecturer  and  Director  of  MBA,  Program. 
College  of  Business  and  Management-  B.S.A..  Temple  Universi- 
ty. 1969;  MBA..  George  Washington  University.  1972, 
O'Neill,  Leo  W.  Jr.     Prolessor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.A..  University  ol  Chicago.  1938.  MA,.  University  of 
Kansas.  1951;  Ed.D,.  University  of  Colorado.  1955, 
Oppenheimer.  Joe  A.     Associate  Professor.   Government 
and  Politics,  A,B,.  Cornell  University.  1963;  M.A..  University  of 
Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D..  Pnnceton  University.  1971, 
Osborn,  John  E.     Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S,.  University  of 
Minnesota.  1948;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  1965. 
Osterhout,   David  J.      Instructor,   Mechanical   Engineering, 
B.S..  College  of  Forestry  at  Syracuse  University,  1973,  B,S,C.E,, 
Buffalo  University,  1974. 

Ostrowski,  Paul  P.  Assistant  Professor.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. S,S..  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  M.  Eng.,  McGill 
University,  1970;  Ph.D..  1975.  ' 

Ottlnger,  Mary  Ann  Assistant  Prolessor,  Poultry  Science. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D..  1977. 
Otto,  Gilbert  F.  Visiting  Professor.  Zoology,  B.A.,  Kalamazoo 
College.  1926;  M.S..  Kansas  State  University,  1927;  Ph.D.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1929. 

Otts,  Louis,  E.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Civil  Engineering.  B.A.. 
East  Texas  State  University,  1933;  B.S.,  Texas  A&M  University, 
1946;  M.S..  1946. 

Ousby,  Ian  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A..  Cambridge 
University  (England).  1968;  M.A..  1972;  Ph.D.,  Han/ard  Universi- 
ty. 1973. 

Owens,  Greta  Instructor.  Dance.  B.A.  University  of  Maryland. 
1975. 

Owlngs,  James  C.  Associate  Prolessor.  Mathematics.  B.S,, 
Dartmouth  College,  1962;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1966, 
Pal,  Shih  I.  Research  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Sci- 
ence and  Technology.  B.S,.  National  Central  University  (China). 
1935;  M.S..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1938; 
Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1940. 
Palk,  Ho  Jung  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy, 
B.S.,  Seoul  National  University  1966;  M.S.,  Stanford  University, 
1970;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Paik,  Minja  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
Seoul  National  University.  1966;  M.A..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1968;  Ph.D..  1971, 

Paine,  Frank  T.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. B.S..  Syracuse  University,  1951;  M.B.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1963. 

Panagartya,  Arvind  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A., 
University  Rajasthan.  1971;  M.A..  1973;  M.A.,  Princeton  Univer- 
sity. 1977;  Ph.D..  1978. 

Panichas,  George  A.  Professor,  English.  B.A..  American 
International  College.  1 951 ;  M.A..  Trinity  College  (Connecticut). 
1952;  Ph.D..  Nottingham  University,  1961. 
Paoletti,  Jo  B.  Instructor.  Textiles  and  Consumer  Econom- 
ics. B.S.,  Syracuse  University.  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode 
Island,  1976, 

Papadopoulos,  Konstantlnos  Professor,  Part-time,  Physics 
and  Astronomy,  B.Sc,  University  ol  Athens,  1960;  M.Sc.  Mas- 
sachusetts Institute  of  Technology.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland.  1968. 

Papenfus,  Edward  C.     Adjunct  Associate  Prolessor,  History. 
B.A.,  American  University.  1965;  M.A,.  University  of  Colorado. 
1967;  Ph.D..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1973. 
Park,  Cha  Sok      Lecturer  Part-time.  Physical  Education,  B,S, 
Korean  Judo  College.  1968. 

Park,  Robert  L  Prolessor  and  Chairman.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. A. A.,  Edinburg  Regional  College  (Texas).  1950;  B.S.. 
University  of  Texas  (Austin).  1958;  M.A,.  1960;  Ph.D..  Brown 
University.  1964. 

Parming,  Tonu  Assistant  Professor.  Sociology  B.A,  Prin- 
ceton University.  1964;  MA,.  Yale  University.  1973.  Ph.D..  1976, 
Pasch,  Alan  Professor.  Philosophy,  B,A,.  University  of  Michi- 
gan. 1949;  M.A..  New  School  for  Social  Research.  1952;  Ph.D.. 
Princeton  University.  1955. 

Pasmanlck,  Kenneth  Assistant  Professor,  Music,  B.A.. 
American  University.  1962, 

Pater,  Stephen  P.  Instructor.  Communication  Arts  and  Thea- 
tre. B.A,,  Mount  St.  Paul  College.  1971;  M.F.A..  Catholic  Univer- 
sity. 1978. 


Rati,  Jogesh  C.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  B.S 
Ravenshaw  College.  1955;  M  Sc.  Delhi  University,  1957;  PhD 
University  of  Maryland.  1960, 

Patrick,  Susan  B.  Instructor.  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences, 
B,A,.  University  of  Kentucky.  1971;  MA,  Ohio  University.  1975 
Patrick,  W.  Larry  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Journalism, 
B,A,.  University  of  Kentucky.  1972;  MS  .  University  of  TenneS' 
see.  1973;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University.  1975 
Patterson,  Glenn  W.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Botany.  B.S, 
North  Carolina  State  University.  1960;  MS..  University  of  Mary- 
land. 1963;  PhD.  1964, 

Patterson,  James  C.  Visiting  Lecturer.  Agronomy.  B.S . 
West  Virginia  State  University.  1967;  MS,.  1969, 
Patterson,  Mary  Margaret  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of 
Journalism,  B.A.,  Ohio  Slate  University.  1966.  M.A,.  1967, 
Patterson,  William  V.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.FA,.  University  ol  Oklahoma.  1970;  MFA,. 
University  of  Utah.  1972, 

Paul,  Mary  Patricia  Eileen  Instructor.  Pan-time,  Recreation, 
B,A,.  Trinity  College  (Washington);  M,A,  Catholic  University, 
1959;  MA,,  1967, 

Paul-Brown,  Diane     Instructor,   Hearing  and  Speech  Sci- 
ences, B,A,.  MA..  Ohio  State  University.  1973, 
Payerle,  Laszio     Assistant  Professor.  Music,  BMus,.  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland.  1960;  MMus,.  University  ol  Texas.  1962. 
Pearce,  Alan      Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Business  and 
Management,   BSc.   London   School   of   Economics.   1963; 
M.Sc.  1968.  Pti-D,.  Indiana  University.  1972. 
Pearl,  Martin  H.     Professor.  Mathematics,  B,A..  City  Universi- 
ty of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1950;  M.A..  University  of 
Michigan.  1951;  PhD,.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1955, 
Pearson,  Barry  L.     Assistant  Prolessor.  English.  B.A,.  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan,  1968;  MA..  Indiana  University.  1970, 
Pearson,  Carol     Associate  Professor.  Women's  Studies  Pro- 
gram and  American  Studies.  B.A,.  Rice  University.  1966;  M.A.. 
1969;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Pease,  John  Associate  Professor,  Sociology,  B,S.,  Western 
Michigan  University,  1960;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1963;  PhD.,  1968. 

Pechacek,  Robert  E.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy,  B,S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology.  1954; 
M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1963;  Ph.D..  1966. 
Pedone,  Carola  i.  Instructor.  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  1976. 

Pelcovlts,  Michael  D.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Economics.  B.A.. 
University  of  Rochester.  1972;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1976, 

Pelczar,  Michael  J.,  Jr.  Professor  Emeritus,  Microbiology, 
B,S„  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  MS,  1938;  Ph.D,,  University 
of  Iowa,  1941. 

Pemberton,  Elizabeth  Professor,  Art  B.A..  Mount  Holyoke 
College.  1961;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  1968. 
Penner,  Merrliynn  J.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A., 
Harvard  University,  1966;  Ph.D..  University  ol  California  (San 
Diego).  1970, 

Pennington,  Kenneth  Associate  Prolessor.  Music  B.A.. 
Friends  University.  1949;  BMus..  1950;  M.A..  New  York  Univer- 
sity. 1953;  DMus..  Indiana  University.  1961, 
Perlnbam,  B.  Marie  Associate  Professor,  History,  B,A,,  Lon- 
don University,  1955;  M.A,,  University  of  Toronto.  1959;  Ph.D.. 
Georgetown  University.  1969. 

Perkins,  Hugh  V.  Professor.  Human  Development.  A  B.. 
Obertin  College.  1941;  A.M..  University  of  Chicago.  1946;  Ph.D.. 
1949;  Ed.D,.  New  York  University.  1956. 
Perkins,  Moreiand  Professor.  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Hanrard  Uni- 
versity. 1948;  A.M..  1949;  Ph.D..  1953. 
Perotf,  Kathleen  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics.  B.A..  Holy  Names  College,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison).  1970, 

Perpener,  John     Instructor.  Dance,  B,A,  University  of  Colora- 
do, 1966;  MFA,  Southern  Methodist  University.  1970, 
Pertmer,  Gary  A.     Assistant  Prolessor.  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering,  B,S,.  Iowa  State  Univ..  1971 ;  M.S..  Univ.  of  Missou- 
ri (Columbia).  1973;  PhD,.  1978. 

Peters,  Robert  M.  Associate  Prolessor.  Secondary  Educa- 
tion, B,S,.  Mankato  State  College.  1955;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Minnesota,  1965. 

Peterson,  Carta  L.  Assistant  Professor.  English  and  Com- 
parative Literature.  B.A..  Radclitfe  College.  1965;  Ph.D..  Yale 
University.  1976, 

Peterson,  William  S.  Professor.  English,  B,A..  Walla  Walla 
College.  1961;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin.  1962;  Ph.D.. 
Northwestern  University.  1968. 

Pettigrew,  Rebecca  F.  Instructor.  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Mary 
Baldwin  College.  1973;  M.Ed..  University  of  South  Carolina. 
1975, 


206    Petzold,  Donald  E.  Jr. 


Petzold,  Donald  E.  Jr.  Lecturer.  Geography,  B.Sc.  McGill 
University,  1971;  M.Sc.  1974. 

Pflster,  Jill  A.  Inslruclor,  Institute  ol  Applred  Agriculture,  B,S  . 
Ohio  State  University.  1976:  M.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1978. 
Pfialar,  Guentcr  G.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man. Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages;  Secondary  Education. 
B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1963;  M.  A.  Michigan 
State  University,  1965;  Ph.D  ,  University  of  Kansas,  1970. 
Phillips,  Clarice  Lecturer  Part-lime.  College  of  Journalism. 
A.B.,  Morgan  State  University,  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 1976. 

Phillips,  Robert  A.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Com- 
munity Development.  8. A.,  Ottawa  University,  1964;  M.Div., 
Colgate  Rochester  Divinity  School,  1967;  M.Th.,  1970;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1977. 

Phillips,  Sally  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education. 
B.S.  Slippery  Rock  State  College,  1964;  MEd,  Colorado  State 
University,  1969;  PhD.  University  of  Wisconsin,  1978. 
Phillips,  Warren  R.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics. 
B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1963;  M.S.,  California  State 
University  (San  Francisco),  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii, 
1969. 

Phlpard,  Jonathan  J.  Lecturer  Part-lime,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  Certificate,  Institute  of  Applied  Agnculture,  1967. 
Phllport,  Joseph  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre,  B,A„  William  Patterson  College  of  New 
Jersey.  1971;  M.A.,  1972;  PhD,,  Bowling  Green  State  Universi- 
ty, 1975. 

Pierce,  Sidney  K.,  Jr.     Professor,  Zoology.  B.Ed,,  University 
of  Miami,  1966;  Ph.D,,  Florida  State  University,  1970. 
Pinker,  Rachel     Assistant  Professor,  li/leteorology.  M.Sc,  He- 
brew University  (Israel),  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1976. 

PInnell,  Patrick     Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architecture, 
B,A„  Yale  University,  1971;  M,  Arch,,  1974, 
Piper,  Don  C.     Professor.  Government  and  Politics,  B,A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D,,  Duke  Universi- 
ty, 1961. 

Piper,  Harry  tW.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering, 
Arch,,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1940;  MS,,  1960, 
Piper,  Rowena  W.  Instructor.  Zoology,  B,S,,  Midwestern 
University,  1954;  M,A.,  Duke  University,  1962, 
PIrages,  Dennis  C.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics,  B,A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1964;  Ph,D„  Stanford 
University,  1958, 

PIsarra,  John  A.  Instructor,  Human  Development,  B,A„  Vil- 
lanova.  1963;  MA,,  Fairleigh  Dickenson  University,  1970;  Ph,D,, 
University  of  Maryland,  1978, 

PItelka,  Karen  J,  Lecturer,  B.A.,  Luther  College,  1970; 
M.B,A..  University  ol  Massachusetts  (Amherst).  1977,  Informa- 
tion Systems  Management, 

Pitt,  David  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture,  B,A„  Stale 
University  of  New  York  (Syracuse),  1970;  M,L,A„  University  of 
Massachusetts,  1974, 

Pitta,  Dennis  A.  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment 8.S,,  Boston  College,  1967;  M,S,.  Canisius  College,  1969 
M,8,A„  1972, 

PItter,  Richard  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  A,B,. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1969;  MS,.  1970  Ph  D 
1973, 

Plater-Zyberk,  Elizabeth  Lecturer  Part-time,  School  ol 
Architecture,  B,A,.  Princeton  University.  1972;  M,  Arch.,  Yale 
School  of  Architecture,  1974,  , 

Pllschke,  Elmer  Professor,  Government  and  Politics,  Ph.B., 
Marquette  University,  1937;  M.A.,  Amehcan  University,  1933; 
Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1943. 

Plolkin,  Allen  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering,  B,S,,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1963;  M,S,,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University 
1968 

Poftenbwger,  Paul  R,  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics;  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Agnculture.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity ol  Maryland,  1 935;  M.S.,  1 937;  Ph.D..  American  Universi- 
ty, 1953. 

Polst,  Richard  F.  Professor.  College  ol  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.S,,  Pennsylvania  Stale  University,  1965;  MBA,, 
University  of  Maryland,  1967;  PhD,,  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity, 1972 

Pollock,  Sandra  Instructor,  Dance,  B,A,  State  University  ol 
New  York  (Brockport),  1975  MA,  University  of  Colorado,  1977, 
Ponnamperuma,  Cyril  Professor,  Chemistry  B,A,,  University 
ol  Madras,  1948;  BSc,  University  of  London,  1959;  PhD,, 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1962, 
Poplal,  BIna  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and 
Institution  Administration,  B,A,,  Punjab  University  (India),  1949; 
M,S,,  Baroda  University,  1966;  PhD,,  Texas  Woman's  Universi- 
ty. 1971 

Porter,  William  Lecturer  Part-time;  Special  Education,  A,B,, 
Western  Maryland  College,  1959;  MEd,,  University  ol  Maryland 
1968;  PhD.  1976 


Portz,  John  Director  Emeritus  of  the  Honors  Program,  B,S,, 
Duke  University,  1937;  MA,,  Harvard  University,  1941;  PhD, 
1958 

Postbrlel,  Samuel     Assistant  Professor,  Government  and 
Politics,  A,B„  City  College  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College), 
1969;  MA,,  Indiana  University,  1971;  Ph,D„  1975, 
Potter,  Jane  H.     Associate  Professor,  Zoology,  B,S,,  Universi- 
ty ol  Chicago,  1942,  MS,,  1947;  Ph,D„   1949, 
Potter,  Michael     Adjunct  Professor,  Zoology,  A,B,,  Princeton 
University,  1945;  M,D,,  University  o(  Virginia,  1949, 
Power,  Paul  W.     Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services,  B,A„  St,  Paul's  College,  1 953,  MS,,  San  Diego 
State  University,  1971;  ScD,,  Boston  University,  1974, 
Prange,  Gordon  W.     Professor,  History,  B,A,,  State  University 
ol  Iowa.  1932;  MA,.  1934;  PhD,,  1937 
Prange,  Richard  E.     Professor,  Physios  and  Astronomy,  M.S., 
University  of  Chicago,  1955;  PhD.,  1958. 
Prather,  Elizabeth  S.      Professor  and  Chairman.  Food,  Nutri- 
tion and  Institution  Administration.   B.S..  Auburn  University. 
1951;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1963. 
Presser,  Harriet     Professor,  Sociology,  B,A,,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1959;  MA,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1962; 
Ph,D,  University  ot  California  (Berkeley),  1969, 
Prindle,  Allen  M.     Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics,  B.S,,  Wisconsin  State  University,   1970; 
M.S.,  Purdue  Univesity,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  Univer- 
sity, 1977. 

Prlvltera,  John  P.     Lecturer  Computer  Science   B.S  .  MS.. 
Stevens  Institute  of  Technology  (concurrently),  1972 
Prochazka,  Janet  C.      Lecturer  Part-time,  Information  Sys- 
tems  Management.   B.A.,  American  University,   1963;   M.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971. 

Procoplow,  Norma  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
Marymount  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Pugllese,  Rudolph  E.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  B.A.,  Miami  University  (Ohio),  1947;  M.A.,  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1961. 
Pugeley,  James  M.  Associate  Prolessor,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  ol  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Pumroy,  Donald  K.     Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services.  B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1954. 
Puryear,  Martin     Assistant  Professor,  Art,  B,A,,  Catholic  Uni- 
versity, 1963;  M.F.A.,  Yale,  1971. 

Quigley,  George  D.  Associate  Prolessor  Emeritus.  Poultry 
Science;  Director  Emeritus.  Institute  ol  Applied  Agriculture.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1925. 

Quynn,  William  F.  Prolessor  Emeritus,  French  and  Italian, 
B,A„  University  of  Virginia,  1922;  M,A„  1923;  Ph,D„  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1934, 

Raben,  Charles  S,  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B,A.,  Fairleigh-Dickinson  University,  1969; 
MA.,  Ohio  Stale  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 
Racusen,  Richard  H.  Assistant  Prolessor,  Botany  B  S  ,  Uni- 
versity of  Vermont,  1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 
Rado,  George  T.  Adjunct  Prolessor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
SB.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technology,  1939;  S.M  1941- 
Ph.D.,  1943. 

Ragan,  Robert  M.  Prolessor,  College  of  Engineering.  B.S., 
Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  ol 
Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1965. 
Rajan,  Jal  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S., 
Rookee  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Duke  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1966. 

Ranald,  Ralph  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Government  and 
Politics.  A.B.,  University  ol  Calilomia  (Los  Angeles),  1952;  M.A., 
1954;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  Ph.D,  1961. 
Rand,  Marquerlte  Professor  Emerita,  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese. B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1919;  M,A„  Stanford  University, 
1921;  Ph,D,,  University  of  Chicago,  1951, 

Rao,  Thammavarapu  R,  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering, 
BSc,  Government  Arts  College,  Andhra  University,  1952; 
DLLSc,  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  Banagalore,  India.  1955; 
MS,  University  of  Michigan.  1961;  PhD,  1964, 

Rathbun,  Patricia  F.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Urban  Studies,  B,A,, 
Calilomia  State  University  (San  Jose),  1971;  M,A„  1974;  PhD,, 
University  ol  Maryland,  1978, 

Hawla,  Walter  J,  Adjunct  Assistant  Prolessor,  Civil  Engineer- 
ing, B,S,,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1967;  MS,,  1968;  Ph,D„ 
Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1975, 

Ray,  Philip  B.  Associate  Prolessor.  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Sen^ices;  Counselor,  Counseling  Center,  B,A,,  Antioch  Col- 
lege, 1950;  M,S,,  University  ot  Pennsylvania,  1955;  PhD,, 
University  of  Minnesota,  1962, 


Razar,  Michael  J.     Associate  Prolessor,  Mathematics,  A.B,. 
Harvard  University,  1965;  PhD,,  1971, 
Reaka,  Mar|orle  L.     Assistant  Prolessor,  Zoology,  B,A,,  Uni- 
versity ol  Kansas,  1965;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Califor- 
nia (Berkeley).  1975. 

Rearick,  W.  R.  Prolessor,  Art  B.A.,  New  York  University, 
1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Han/ard  University,  1961. 
Reckers,  Philip  J.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B.S,,  Quincy  College,  1968;  M.B.A.,  Wash- 
ington University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Illinois,  1978. 
Redding,  Harold  R,  Lecturer  Part-time,  Physical  Education, 
B.S.  Springlield  College,  1940. 

Redlsh,  Ediward  F.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy. A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

Reed,  Robert  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, B.S.,  University  ol  Maryland,  1964;  MS,,  1970;  Ph,D,,  1978, 
Reeve,  Wiikins  Professor,  Chemistry,  8,S,.  Drexel  Universi- 
ty, 1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940. 
Reeves,  Mavis  M.  Associate  Prolessor,  Government  and 
Politics,  B,A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1942;  M,A,,  1943,  Ph,D„ 
University  ol  North  Carolina,  1947, 

Regan,  Thomas  M.  Prolessor  and  Nuclear  Chemical  Engi- 
neering, B,S„  Tulane  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
Reicheiderf  er,  Charles  F,  Associate  Prolessor,  Entomology. 
B.S.,  Saint  Cloud  State  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Washington,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  California  (Riverside), 
1968. 

Reid,  Harvey  Instructor,  Part-time,  Music.  B.S.,  University  ol 
Maryland,  1974. 

Reid,  James  E.     Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B,F,A.,  Maryland 
Institute  of  Art,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 
Reid,  Walter  P.      Lecturer  Part-time,  Mechanical  Engineering, 
B.S,,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1938;  M.S„  1939;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Pittsburgh,  1942. 

Reinhart,  Bruce  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Lehigh 
University,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph,0„  1956. 
Reiser,  Martin  P.  Prolessor.  Physics  and  Astronomy  and 
Electrical  Engineering,  B.Sc,  Johannes  Gutenberg  University,' 
1957;  Ph.D,,  1960, 

Reiser,  Sheldon  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitution Administration.  B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1953; 
M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 
Reihch,  Patricia  M.  Instructor,  Economics,  B.A,,  State  Uni- 
versity ol  New  Yort<  (Albany)  1974;  M.A.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1976. 

Rentz,  Marie  S.  Instructor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  A.B., 
University  ol  North  Carolina,  1947;  M.A.  Duke  University,  1951, 
Reuben,  Elaine  Lecturer  Part-time,  Women's  Studies  Pro- 
gram. B.A.,  Brandeis  University  1963;  M.A,,  Stanlord  University, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Reveal,  James  L.  Associate  Prolessor,  Botany  B,S.,  Utah 
State  University,  1963,  M.S.,  1965,  Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young 
University,  1969. 

Reynolds,  Charles  W.  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.A.,  Univer- 
sity of  Alabama,  1941;  B.S.,  Auburn  University,  1947;  M.S., 
1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 
Reynolds,  Michael  M.  Prolessor,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.,  Hunter  College.  1950;  M.S.L.S,, 
Columbia  University,  1952;  M.A.,  American  University.  1954; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan.  1964; 

Rhee,  Moon-Jhong  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. B.S.,  1958;  Catholic  University  ol  America,  1 960;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Rhoads,  David  J.  Associate  Professor  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services.  B.A.  Temple  University.  1954;  M.A..  1958; 
Ed.D..  University  of  Marylarjd.  1963. 

Rib,  Harold  T.  Visiting  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.C.E,, 
City  University  of  New  Yort<,  1953;  M.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1957;  Ph,D„  Purdue  University,  1967, 
Ribaita.  Pedro  J.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design,  M,F,A,,  Instituto  Allende,  University  of  Guanajuato, 
1969;  M,F,A„  University  of  Maryland,  1975, 
Richard,  Jean  Paul  Associate  Prolessor,  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy, B,A„  Universite  Laval,  1956;  8,S„  1960;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity ol  Paris,  1963. 

Richardson,  William  C.  Instructor.  Art.  B.F  A..  University  of 
North  Carolina.  1975;  M.F.A..  Washington  University  (St.  Louis), 
1977. 

RIckard,  Tony  R.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Dairy  Science,  B.S. 
Western  Kentucky  University,  1971;  M.S.  Cornell  University, 
1974;  Ph.D.  1979. 

RIckerson,  Caroline  M.  Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sci- 
ences, B,A„  State  University  ol  New  York  at  Albany,  1952;  M.A. 
University  ol  Maryland.  1960, 

RIckert,  Waiter  K.  Lecturer.  Industrial  Education,  B,S,.  Air 
Force  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  Princeton  University, 
1949. 


Schneler.  Craig  E.    207 


RIdgway,  Whitman  H.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B., 
Kenyon  College,  1963;  M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  (College, 
1967;  Pn.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973, 
RIdky,  R,W.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Education  and 
Geology,  B.S„  State  University  of  New  Ywk,  1966;  M.S„ 
Syracuse  University,  1970;  Ph,0.,  1973. 
RIeger,  Charles  J.,  Ill  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1970;  Pfi.D.,  Stanford  University, 
1973. 

Rlpln,'  Marilyn  J.  Instructor,  Part-Time,  Microbiology.  B.S., 
University  of  IVIaryland,  1966;  IvI.S..  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Rlslnger,  Robert  Professor  and  Chairman,  Secondary  Edu- 
cation. B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1940;  M.A,  University  of 
Chicago,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1955. 
RIasler,  Jane  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  Shepherd 
College,  1966;  M.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1968;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1977. 

Rlt2er,  George  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  City  College  of 
Nev*  York,  1962;  IvI.A.,  University  of  f^ichigan,  1964;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University.  1968. 

Rlv«llo,  Robert  M.  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S,, 
University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1948. 
Roberson,  Bob  S.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.A„ 
University  North  Carolina,  1951;  Ph.D ,  1960. 
Roberts,  Merrill  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1938,  M.B.A.,  Universi-  - 
ty  of  Chicago,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Roberlson-Tchabo,  Elizabeth  A.  Assistant  Professor, 
Human  Development.  8. A.,  University  of  Calgrary,  1966;  M.Sc. 
1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1972, 
Robinson,  Eugene  S.  Instructor,  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  1975. 
Robinson,  James  A.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A,, 
Kenyon  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1975. 

Robinson,  Louis  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A,.  George  Washington  University,  1949. 
Robock,  Alan  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  1970:  M.S..  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1974;  Ph.D..  1977. 
Rodenhuls,  David  R.  Associate  Professor.  Meteorology. 
B.S..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1959.  B.S..  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University.  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington, 
19^7. 

Roderick,  Jessie  A.  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.S.,  Wilkes  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Columbia  Universi- 
ty, 19S7;  Ed,D.,  Temple  University.  1967. 
Roe,  Wayne  I.  Instructor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Union  College, 
1972;  M.A.,  Stale  University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1974;  M.A., 
University  of  Maryland.  1977. 

Rogers,  Benjamin  L.  Professor,  Horticulture.  B  S.,  Clemson 
University,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1947;  Ph,D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1950. 

Rogers,  Michael     Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.M..  University 
of  Illinois.  1963;  M.M.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 
Rogolsky,  Saul     Associate  Professor,  Human  Development. 
B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1953:  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1963. 
Roke,   Edward  J.     Instructor,   Human   Development.   B.A., 
Wilkes  College,  1970;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1972. 
Rolllnson,  Carl  L.     Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1939. 
Roos,  Philip  G.     Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A., 
Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1 960;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute 
of  Techonology,  1964. 

Roper,  James  B.  Assistant  Professor.  Housing  and  Applied 
Design.  B.S.,  East  Carolina  University,  1961;  M.A..  1963. 
Rose,  Harry  J.,  Jr.  Visiting  Professor,  Part-time,  B.S.,  Saint 
Francis  College,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 
Rose,  William  K.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B. 
Rosebrough,  Robin  H.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Food, 
Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1966;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michigan,  1970:  M.S., 
University  of  Kentucky,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975.  1965:  J.D.,  1971; 
D.B.A.,  1974. 


Rosen,  Stephen  I.  Associate  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A., 
University  of  Southern  California,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  Kan- 
sas, 1969. 

Rosenberg,  Jonathan  M.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Math- 
ematics. A.B..  Han/ard  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1976. 

Rosenberg,  Morris  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  Brooklyn 
College,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1953. 
Rosenberg,  Theodore  J.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.E.E..  City  University  of 
New  York  (City  College).  1 960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1965. 


Rosenfeld,  Airlel  Research  Professor,  Computer  Science 
B.A.,  Yeshiva  University,  1950;  M.S.,  Yeshiva  University,  1954; 
Ph.D.,  Columbia  University.  1957. 

Rosendeld,  Leonora  C.  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.. 
Smith  College,  1930;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
1940- 

Ross,  David  S.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineer- 
ing. B.S-,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1969;  M.S.,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  1973 

Ross,  George  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Virginia 
Slate  College,  1961;  M.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1966: 
DMA.,  1975. 

Ross,  Wendy  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.A..  Bradley  University.  1964. 

Roswell,  Charles  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Geography.  B.A.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1969;  Ph.D.  1974. 

Rothgeb,  Russell  0.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy.  B.S. 
University  of  Maryland,  1924;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1925; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1928. 

Rothschild,  Max  F.  Assistant  Professor.  Dairy  Science.  B.S. 
University  of  California  (Davis).  1974:  M.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1975:  Ph.D.  Cornell  University 
Roush,  Marvin  L.  Associate  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nucle- 
ar Engineering  and  Physics.  B.Sc,  Ottawa  University,  1956, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

Rovelstad,  Howard  Professor  and  Director  Emeritus,  Libra- 
ry. B.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbane),  1936;  M.A.,  1937; 
B.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University,  1940. 
Rovner,  PhHIp  Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portu- 
guese. B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

Rozenbllt,  Marsha  L  Lecturer,  History  B.A.  Barnard  Col- 
lege. 1971;  M.A..  Columbia  Univ..  1974;  M.  Phil.,  1975. 
Rubin,  Roger  H.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and  Communi- 
ty Development.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn 
College),  1965,  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  Stale  University.  1966. 
Ph.D.,  1970 

Rubin,  Vivien  Part-time  Instructor.  French  and  Italian.  B.A.. 
London  University.  1955;  M.A..  University  of  Michigan  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1970. 
Ruchkin,  Judith  P.  Associate  Professor.  Secondary  Educa- 
tion; Associate  Director,  Office  of  Laboratory  Experiences.  B.A.. 
Swarthmore  college.  1956:  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1957;  Ed.D,, 
Columbia  University,  1971. 

Ruderman,  David  B.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  City 
College  of  New  York.  1966;  M.A.,  Columbia  University.  1968; 
Ph.D..  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem,  1975. 
Rundell,  Walter,  Jr.  Professor,  History.  B.S..  University  of 
Texas.  1951;  M.A..  American  University.  1955:  Ph.D.  1957. 
Russek,  Estelle  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S. 
State  University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook),  1972:  Ph.D.  Univer- 
sity of  Washington,  1978. 

Russell,  Camilla  P.  Instructor,  French  and  Italian.  Laurea, 
Padua  University  (Italy).  1960. 

Russell,  Chartes  C.  Assistant  Professor,  French  and  Italian. 
8.A.,  Oberiin  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  Haward  University,  1970. 

Russell,  John  D.  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Colgate  Universi- 
ty, 1951;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Rut- 
gers— The  State  University.  1959. 

Ruth,  John  N.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.S.  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964;  J.D.  Universi- 
ty of  Maryland,  1968. 

Rutherford,  Charles  S.  Assistant  Professor.  English.  B.A.. 
Carleton  College.  1962;  M.A..  Indiana  University.  1966;  Ph.D.. 
1970. 

Rutledge,  Eleanor  S.  Instructor.  Classical  Languages  and 
Literatures.  A.B. Smith  College.  1969:  Ph.D..  University  of  North 
Carolina.  1973. 

Ryden,  EInar  R.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agricultural  and  Exten- 
sion Education.  S.A..  Augsburg  College.  1929;  Ph.D..  North- 
western University.  1947. 
Ryder,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  Dance. 
Sakias,  George  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.A.,  Uriiversity  of  Pennsylvania,  1969;  B.S.,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1969:  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University,  1978. 

Salak.  Marilyn  M.  Lecturer.  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.A.,  Hiram  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1963. 

Salamanca,  Jack  H.  Professor.  English.  Grad..  Royal  Acade- 
my of  Dramatic  Art  (London).  1952;  DIpl..  University  of  London. 
1953:  Licentiate,  Graduate  School  of  Drama  (Royal  Academy  of 
Music,  London).  1954. 

Ballet,  birse  W.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.. 
George  Washington  University.  1961;  M.S..  University  of  Kan- 
sas. 1963;  Ph.D..  University  of  Stuttgart.  1966. 


Saltzman,  Harold  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.A  ,  State  University  of  New  York  (Stony 
Brook),  1971;  MA.,  1974,  Ph.D.,  1977. 
Samet,  Hanan  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S., 
University  ol  California  (Los  Angeles),  1970;  M.S.,  Stanford. 
Sammons,  David  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.. 
Tufts  University.  1968:  A.M..  Harvard  University.  1972;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois,  1978 

Sampugna,  Joseph     Associate  Professor,  Chemistry   8. A., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1959;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
Samuels,  Karl     Instructor,  of  Art.  B.A,,  Indiana  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1967;  M.F.A.,  Pratt  Institute,  1972. 
Sandler,  Edward  S.     Lecturer  Part-time,  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre.  8. A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.A.,  1971. 
Sands,  Doris  W.     Instructor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  Jersey 
City  State  College,  1946;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 
Sanford,  Linda     Lecturer  Part-time,  Social  Foundations  of 
Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  M.A.,  1973. 
Santa  Maria     D.  Laine.  Associate  Professor.  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1953;  M.Ed.  Temple 
University,  1962;  Ed.D.  University  of  Oregon,  1968. 

Saracho,  Olivia  N.     Assistant  Professor.  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education.  8.S..  Texas  Woman's  University.  1967; 
M.Ed..  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois.  1978 
Sarraf,  Nancy  J.     Lecturer  Part-time.   Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 
Sarro,  Ronald  A.     Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Journalism. 
Sather,  Jerome  O.     Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S.. 
University  of  Minnesota.  1957:  M.S..  1959;  Ph.D..  1963. 
Sawyer,  Stephen  W.  Jr.     Lecturer,  Geography.  B.A.,  Mld- 
dlebury  College,  1971;  MA,  Clark  University,  1973. 
SayanI,  Hasan  H.     Assistant  Professor,  Information  Systems 
Management.  B.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan,   1965;  M.S,E„ 
1966:  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Sayre,  Cliflord  L.,  Jr.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering; 
Associate  Dean,  College  of  Engineering.  B.S.,  Duke  University, 
1947;  M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  1950;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Schafer,  James  A.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  of  Rochester,  1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago, 
1965. 

Schafer,  William  D.  Associate  Professor.  Measurement  and 
Statistics.  B.A..  University  of  Rochester.  1964;  M.A..  1965; 
EdD..  1969. 

Schaffer,  George  U.  Bangladesh  Project  Coordinator/Lec- 
turer. Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture.  B.S.A.E..  University  of 
Maryland.  1967:  M.S.A.E..  1972. 

Schales,  Franklin  D.  Associate  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.. 
Louisiana  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

Schelling,  David  R.  Associate  Professor.  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S..  Lehigh  University.  1961;  M.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technol- 
ogy, 1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1969. 
Schick,  Allen  Lecturer  Part-time.  Urban  Studies.  B.A.,  Brook- 
lyn College.  1956;  M.A..  Yale  University.  1959:  Ph.D..  Yale 
University.  1966. 

Schindler,  Alvin  W.  Professor  Emeritus.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  B.A..  Iowa  State  Teachers  College, 
1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa.  1929;  Ph.D..  1934. 
Schlaretzkl,  Walter  E.  Professor.  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Mon- 
mouth College,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1942; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1948. 


Schlesinger,  B.  Frank  Professor,  School  of  Architecture. 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1950;  M.  Arch.,  Hanrard 
Graduate  School  of  Design,  1954. 

Schlossberg,  Nancy  K.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Person- 
nel Services.  B.A.,  Barnard  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University:  Ed.D.,  1961. 

Schmelssner,  Joanna  F,  Instructor,  Part-time,  English,  As- 
sistant to  the  Dean,  Graduate  School.  B.A.,  Agnes  Scott  Col- 
lege, 1960:  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1962. 

Schmidt,  Margaret  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina  of  Greensboro,  1957 
M.A.  University  of  Michigan,  1 961 ;  Ph,D.  University  of  Maryland, 
1972. 

Schneider,  Benjamin  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A..  Alfred 
University.  I960:  MBA.  City  University  of  New  York  (Baruch 
College).  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 
Schneider,  Oavid  I.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B.. 
Oberiin  College.  1959;  PhD  ,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1964. 

Schneler,  Craig  E.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business 
and  Management.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University.  1969;  M.S.. 
University  of  Colorado.  1972;  DBA..  1975. 


208    Schoenbaum,  Samuel 


Schoenbaum,  Samuel  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Brooklyn 
College,  1947;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 
Schoettler,  Carl  A.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  College  of  Journal- 
Ism.  B.S.,  Temple  University,  1959. 

Scholnick,  Ellin  D.  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B.,  Vassar  Col- 
lege, 1958,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1963. 
Schonfeld,  Paul  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering. 
B.S-,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  tvl.S.,  1974; 
Ph.D..  University  of  California-Berkeley,  1978. 
Schoeberl,  Mark  R.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Ij^eteorology.  B.S., 
Iowa  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  (Cham- 
paign-Urbana)  1976;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Schroeder,  Wtlburn  0.  Professor  and  Nuclear  Eng.ineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1930;  M.S.E.,  1931,  Ph.D..  1933. 
Schulman,  Joseph  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. B.E.E.  City  College  of  New  York,  1944;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1951. 

Schultze,  Charles  L-  Professor,  Part-time,  Economics.  B.A., 
Georgetown  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1960. 

Scliuma,  John      Instructor,   Part-time,   Industrial  Education, 
B.A.,  Chicago  State  University;  1964. 
Schumacher.  Elizabeth     Assistant  Professor,  Early  Child- 
hood Elementary  Education.  B.S.,  Newark  State  College,  1942; 
M,Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 
Schumacher,  Thomas     Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus., 
Manhattan  College,  1958;  M.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1962. 
Schuyler,  Michael  A.     Instructor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Bowdoin 
College,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Schwartz,  Joanne  H.     Instructor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sci- 
ences. B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
Iowa.  1971. 

Schwelger,  David  M.  Lecturer  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn  1974;  M.S. 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  New  York,  1976. 
Scott,  John  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S-,  Michigan  State  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Arizona,  1975. 

Scott,  Leiand  E.     Professor  Ementus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Kentucky,   1927;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943. 
Scott,  Philip  A-     Lecturer  Part-time.  College  of  Journalism. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

Seal,  Stewart  Lecturer  Part-time  Dance.  B.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1976. 

Seeleldt,  Carol  A.  Associate  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Ele- 
mentary Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1956;  M.A., 
University  of  South  Florida,  1968.  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  Universi- 
ty, 1971. 

Segal,  David     Professor,  Sociology.   B.A.,  Harpur  College, 
1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
Segal,  Mady  W.     Assistant  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A..  City 
University  of  New  York  (Queens  College),  1 965;  M.A.,  University 
of  Chicago.  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Segal,  Marsha  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia, 
1978. 

Segovia,  Antonio  V.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S., 
Colorado  School  of  Mines,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1963. 

Selbel,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Ex- 
tension Education;  Director,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture. 
B.S..  University  of  Illinois.  (Urbana).  1957;  M.S..  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Seidman,  Eric  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S., 
New  York  University  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Connecticut,  1964. 

Selden,  Steven     Assistant  Professor,  Administration,  Super- 
vision, and  Curriculum.  B.S.,  SUNY  at  Oswego,  1963;  M.S., 
CUNY  at  Brooklyn  College,  1970;  M.A.,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  1970;  Ph.D..  1970;  Ed.D..  1971. 
Sellars,  Stanley  G.      Lecturer  Part-time.  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.Ed., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1971,  Ph.D.,  1976. 
Sengers,  Jan  V.      Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  B.Sc.  University  ol  Amsterdam,  1 952;  Ph.D.,  1 962. 
Senkevltch,  Anatole     Jr.,  Associate  Professor,  School  of 
Architecture.  B  S.,  University  of  Texas,  1967;  M.  Arch.,  Universi- 
ty of  Virginia,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1974. 
Serwer,  Howard     Associate  Professor,  Music.  A.B.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1949;  Ph.D..  1969, 

Sewell.  Winifred  Lecturer  Pan-time,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Sen/ices  B.A.,  State  College  of  Washington,  1938; 
B.S.  (L.S.),  Columbia  University,  1940. 
Shattner,  Clyne  S.  Professor  Emeritus,  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1938;  M.S..  1940;  Ph.D..  Purdue 
University.  1947. 


Shanks,  James  B.  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S..  Ohio  State 
University,  1939;  M.S.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 
Shapere,  Dudley  Professor,  Philosophy,  A.B.,  Han/ard  Uni- 
versity, 1949;  A.M.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
Shapiro,  Jack  J-  Lecturer  Part-time,  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  J.D..  University 
of  Maryland  School  ol  Law.  1970. 

Sheaks,  O.  J.  Associate  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1964,  Ph.D., 
1969. 

Shearer,  Jane  K.  Professor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1940;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennes- 
see, 1950,  Ph.D.,  Flonda  State  University,  1960. 
Sheldon,  Anne  L.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B.A.,  Swathmore  College,  1967;  M.L.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Shelley,  Shirley  Associate  Professor,  Music  and  Early  Child- 
hood Elementary  Education.  B.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1 944; 
M.Mus..  1947. 

Shepherd,  Julius  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B., 
East  Carolina  College,  1944;  M.A.,  1947. 
Sherron,  Gene  T.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Information  Systems 
Management;  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor.  B.S.B.A.,  University 
of  Florida  (Gainesville),  1953;  M.B.A.,  The  George  Washington 
University,  1968,  D.B.A.,  1976. 

Shih,  Teln-Mo  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University.  1970;  M.S..  University  of 
Southern  California.  1 972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berke- 
ley), 1977. 

Shnelderman,  Ben  Associate  Professor,  IFSM.  B.S..  City 
College  of  New  York.  1966;  M.S..  State  University  of  New  York 
(Stony  Brook).  1972;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Shoenberg,  Robert  E.  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergradu- 
ate Studies.  B.A..  Amherst  College,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Shorb,  Mary  S.  Professor  Emeritus.  Poultry  Science.  B.S., 
College  ol  Idaho.  1928;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1933. 
Shreeve,  Charles  A.  Professor.  Part-time.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.E..  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1935;  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1943. 

Shroyer,  Charlotte  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Special  Educa- 
tion. B.A.,  Ohio  State  University.  1961;  M.Ed.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh.  1972;  Ph.D..  1975. 

Sibley,  Edgar  H.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman.  Informa- 
tion Systems  Management.  B.Sc.  University  of  London,  1946; 
S.U.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  Mech.  Eng., 
1966;  Sc.D.,  1967. 

Slegrlst,  Henry  G.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair- 
man. Geology.  B.A..  Lehigh  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Pennsylva- 
nia State  University,  1959;  Ph.D..  1961. 
SIgall,  H.  F.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology.  B.S..  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1 964;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Texas,  1968. 

Slgnell,  Karl  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.S,,  Juilliard 
School  of  Music,  1962;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Washington,  1973. 

Slllo,  Charles  B.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering. B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1965;  M.S.  E.E., 
1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Silverman,  Joseph  Professor  and  Director,  Institute  for 
Physical  Sciences  and  Technology.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New 
York  (Brooklyn),  1944;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

SImms,  Betty  H.  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Harris 
Teachers  College  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland  1962. 

Simons,  David  E.     Associate  Protessor,  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951 
Singer,  Nell  M.     Associate  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  Har- 
vard University,  1960;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

SIsler,  Hugh  D.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1949;  M.S.   1951,  Ph.D.   1953. 

Sjoblad.  Roy  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.S.. 
Gordon  College.  1969;  M.S..  University  of  Massachusetts. 
1971;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1976. 
Skuja,  Andrls  Assistant  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.Sc.  University  of  Toronto,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1972. 

Slater  Karen  A.  Lecturer,  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services.  A.B.,  University  of  Rochester,  1968;  M.L.S.,  University 
ol  Maryland,  1975. 

Slawsky,  Milton  M.     Lecturer  Part-time,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my B.S..  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1933;  MS,  Califor- 
nia Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1938. 
Slawsky,  Zaka  1.     Protessor.  Pan-lime,  Physics  and  Astrono- 


Sloan,  Ian  H,  Visiting  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S.,  University  of  Melbourne  (Australia),  1958;  B.A.,  University 
of  Adelaide  (Australia),  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
London,  1964 

Slud,  Eric  V.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Har- 
vard College.  1 972;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  ol  Technolo- 
gy, 1976. 

Small,  Eugene  B.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A., 
Wayne  State  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1964. 

Smaltwood,  Richard  L.  Lecturer  Pan-time  Music.  B.Mus., 
Howard  University,  1971. 

Smith,  Barry  D.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  Bucknell  University, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1967. 
Smith,  Betty  F.  Professor  and  Chairman.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.S..  Unive'sity  of  Arkansas.  1951;  M.S., 
University  of  Tennessee.  1956;  Ph.D..  University  of  Minnesota. 
1965. 

Smith,  Elbert  B.      Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Maryville  College, 
1940;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 
Smith,  Elske  v.P.     Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Associ- 
ate Vice  Chancellor  lor  Academic  Affairs.  A.B.,  Radcliffe  Col- 
lege, 1950;  A.M.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 
Smith,  Gary   L.     Instructor,  Agricultural   Engineering.   B.S.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973,  M.S.,  1975, 
Smith,  Gayle  S.     Associate  Professor,  English.  B.S.,  Iowa 
State  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1952;  Ph.D., 
1958. 

Smith,  Harold  D.  Professor,  Agncultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics; Associate  Director,  Cooperative  Extension  Service. 
B.A.,  Bridgewater  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  ol  Maryland, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1952. 
Smith,  Hilda  L.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  B.S..  Southwest 
Missouri  State  University.  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri. 
1964;  Ph.D..  University  ol  Chicago.  1975. 
Smith,  Kenwyn  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  8. A.. 
University  of  Queensland.  1965;  B.A.  (Honours).  1967;  MA.. 
1970;  M.A..  Yale  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Smith,  Michael  Lecturer  Part-time.  Music.  B.M  .  Peabody 
Conservatory.  1973. 

Smith,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  Drex- 
el  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  M.S.,  Case-Western  Reserve 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,   1969. 

Smith,  Theodore  G.  Professor,  and  Nuclear  Engineering. 
B.E.S..  John  Hopkins  University.  1956.  M.E.S.,  1958.  D.Sc. 
Washington  University.  1960 

Smlth-Glll  Sandra  J.     Associate  Professor.  Zoology.  B.S, 
University  of  Michigan,  1965;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Snapp,   Audrey   N.     Associate   Professor.   Music    B.Mus., 
Westminster  Choir  College,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Hawaii. 
1971. 

Snow,  George  A.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy,  B.S., 
City  University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1 945;  M.A.,  Princeton 
University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Snower,  Dennis  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics,  B,A,, 
Oxford  University,  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  M.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  1975.. 

Soares,  Joseph  H.  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Poultry  Science. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 
Soergel,  Dagobert  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Infor- 
mation Services  B.S.,  University  of  Freiburg,  1960:  M.S..  1964; 
Ph.D..  1967. 

Sohl,  Jeffrey  E.  Lecturer  College  fit  Business  and  Manage- 
ment B.E.E.E.  Villanova  University  1972;  M.B.A.  University  of 
Maryland  1974. 

Soil,  SIglrld  Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A..  St.  Olaf 
College,  1968;  B.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1974;  Ph,D.,  1978. 
Soiomos,  Theophanes  Associate  Prolessor,  Honiculture 
B.S.,  Athens  College  of  Agriculture  (Greece),  1956;  M.S.,  1957; 
Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University  (England),  1963, 
Sommer,  Sheldon  E.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S. 
City  University  of  New  York  (City  College).  1959;  M  A..  1961 
M.S.,  Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  University,  1964 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  University.  1950 

Sorokin,  Constantlne  A.  Research  Professor  Emerita,  Bota- 
ny A.B  .  Don  Institute,  1927;  M.A.,  Academy  of  Sciences 
(Moscow),  1936,  PhD,  University  ol  Texas,  1955. 
Sorum,  Judith  A,  Assistant  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies. 
B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967,  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D..  1973. 
Sosnowski,  Saul  Professor.  Spanish  and  Ponuguese.  B.A.. 
University  of  Scranton.  1967;  M.A..  University  of  Virginia.  1968; 
Ph.D..  1970 

Spain,  Ian  L.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering. 
B  S.  Hons.  Imperial  College  of  Science  (London),  1961;  Ph.D., 


Therrien.  Madeleine  B.    209 


Spalding,  Carol  A.     Instructor.  Zoology.  B.S..  Gordon  Col- 
lege. 1964.  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1970. 
Sparks,  David  S.     Professor.  History:  Acting  Vice  President 
for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  B.A..  Gnnnell  College. 
1944.  MA..  University  of  Chicago.  1945;  Ph.D.  1951. 
Spekman,  Nancy  J.     Assistant  Professor.  Special  Education. 
B.S..  University  of  Massachusetts,  1969;  M. Ed..  Boston  College. 
1973.  Ph.D..  Nonhwestern  University.  1977. 
Spekman,  Robert  E.     Assistant  Professor  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management.  8. A..  University  of  Massachustetts. 
1969;  MBA  .  Syracuse  University  1971.  Ph.D..  Nonhwestern 
University  1976. 

Spiegel,  Gabrlelle  M.  Assistant  Professor.  History  B.A..  Bryn 
Mawr  College.  1964;  M.A.T,.  Harvard  University,  1965;  M.A.. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1974. 


Splvak,  Stephen  M.  Associate  Professor.  Textiles  and  Con- 
sumer Economics.  B.S..  Philadelphia  College  of  Textiles  and 
Science.  1963;  M.S..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1965; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Manchester.  1976, 

Splalne,  John  E.  Associate  Professor.  Administration.  Su- 
pervision, and  Curriculum,  B.A..  University  of  New  Hampshire. 
1963;  M.A..  1965;  Ed.D..  Boston  University.  1972. 
Spokane,  Arnold  Assistant  Professor.  Counseling  and  Per- 
sonnel Services.  B.A,.  Ohio  University.  1970;  M.S.Ed..  Universi- 
ty of  Kentucky.  1972;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University.  1976. 
Springmann,  Fague  Associate  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus.. 
Westminster  Choir  College.  1939. 

Stadtman,  Earl  R.  Lecturer  Pan-time.  Microbiology.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1942;  Ph.D..  1949. 
Stagllano,  Anthony  J.  Assistant  Professor  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Management.  B.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania  1967; 
M.B.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1 968;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois. 
1977 

Stahr,  David  G.  Instructor.  Special  Education.  B.S..  Miami 
University.  1973.  M.Ed..  University  of  South  Carolina.  1976. 
Stant,  Margaret  A.  Assistant  Professor  Emerita.  Early  Child- 
hood Elementary  Education.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1952; 
M.Ed,.  1955. 

Starcher,  E.  Thomas  Assistant  Professor.  Communication 
Ans  and  Theatre.  B.A..  University  of  Southern  California.  1940; 
M.S..  University  of  Kansas.  1948. 

Stark,  Francis  C.  Jr.  Professor.  Horticulture;  Provost.  Divi- 
sion of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S..  Oklahoma  State 
University.  1940;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1941;  Ph.D.. 
1948. 

Starkweather,  Kendall  N.  Assistant  Professor.  Industrial  Ed- 
ucation. B.S..  Western  Illinois  University.  1967;  MA..  Eastern 
Michigan  University.  1969;  PhD  .  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 
Statom,  Jodellano  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Administration, 
Supervision  and  Curriculum.  B.S..  District  of  Columbia  Teachers 
College.  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland.  1968;  Ed.D.. 
1972. 

Steel,    Oon.ald    H.     Professor.    Physical    Education    B.A. 

Trenton  State  College.  1955;  M.A.  University  of  Maryland.  1957; 

Ph.D.  Louisiana  State  University,  1964. 

Steele,  Robert  E.     Assistant  Professor.  Psychology.  B.A.. 

Moorehouse   College.    1965;   M.Div..   Episcopal   Theological 

School.  1968;  M.P.H..  Yale  University.  1971;  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D., 

1975. 

Steinberg,  PhUllp  H.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S..  University  of  Cincinnati.  1954.  Ph.D..  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1959. 

Stelnhauer,  Allen  L  Professor  and  Chairman,  Entomology. 
B.S.A..  University  of  Manitoba.  1953;  M.S..  Oregon  State  Uni- 
versity. 1955;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Stelnman,  Robert  M.  Professor.  Psychology.  D.D.S..  Saint 
Louis  University.  1948;  M.A..  New  School  For  Social  Research, 
1962;  Ph.D..  1964. 

Stellmacher,   Karl    L     Professor.   Part-time,   Mathematics. 
M.D..  University  of  Goettingen.  1933;  Ph.D.,  1936. 
Stenstrom,  Joe  Ann     Instructor.  Part-time.  Secondary  Edu- 
cation. B.A..  Seattle  Pacific  College.  1956;  M.Ed..  University  of 
Washington.  1965;  M.L.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1968. 

Stephens,  Anne  S.     Lecturer  Part-tme.  Special  Education. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1970;  M.Ed..  1971. 
Stephens,  E.  Robert     Professor.  Administration.  Supervision, 
and  Curriculum.  B.S..  Morningside  College.  1952;  M.S..  Drake 
University.  1958;  Ph.D..  State  University  of  Iowa.  1966 

Stephenson,  Mary  J.  Instructor.  Family  and  Community  De- 
velopment. B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1974;  M.S..  University 
of  Maryland.  1976. 

Stern,  Joshua     Visiting  Lecturer  Part-time,  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. B.S..  City  College  of  New  York.  1935. 
Stem,  William  l_     Professor,  Botany.  B.S..  Rutgers  University. 
1950;  M.S..  University  of  Illinois  (Urtjana).  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 


Sternberg,  Yaron  M.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  S.S..  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois.  1961;  M.S..  University  of  California  (Davis). 
1963;  Ph.D.   1965, 

Sternhelm,  Charles  E.  Associate  Professor.  Psychology, 
B,A..  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College).  1961; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Rochester.  1967. 

Stevens,  George  A.  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  BS.  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  1941;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1957 

Stevenson,  Barbara  H.  Instructor.  English.  B.A..  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1938;  MA..  University  of  California 
(Berkeley).  1939. 

Stevenson,  John  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Botany  and  Horn 
Point  Environmental  Laboratory,  B,S..  City  University  of  New 
York  (Brooklyn  College).  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  North  Caro- 
lina, 1972. 

Stewart,  Gilbert  W.  Professor,  Computer  Science  and  In- 
stitute for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B..  University  of 
Tennessee.  1962;  Ph.D.  1968, 

Stewart,  James  M.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.A..  Western 
Washington  College.  1953.  Ph.D..  University  of  Washington, 
1958. 

Stewart,  Larry  E.  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman.  Agri- 
cultural Engineering,  B.SAE,.  West  Virginia  University.  1960; 
M.S..  1961;  Ph.D.  University  of  Maryland.  1972 
Stewart,  Morris  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Recreation.  B.S.. 
Indiana  State  University.  1968;  M.S..  1970:  Ph.D..  Utah  State 
University.  1978. 

Stich,  Stephen  P.  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy,  B,A,. 
University  of  Pennsylvania.  1974;  Ph.D..  Princeton  University. 
1968. 

StKel,  Peter  B.     Associate  Professor.  Geology.  B.S..  Cornell 
University,  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Utah,  1964. 
Stoddard,  Ann  Bruce     Lecturer,  Housing  and  Applied  De- 
sign. B.A..  Connecticut  College,  1966;  M.F.A..  University  of 
Wisconsin.  1969. 

Stone,  Clarence  N.  Associate  Professor.  Urban  Studies  and 
Government  Research  A.B,.  University  of  South  Carolina. 
1957;  MA,.  Duke  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  1963. 
Stone,  Stephen  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Health  Education, 
B.S..  Lock  Haven  State  College.  1 962;  MEd  .  East  Stroudsburg 
State  College.  1969;  Ph.D..  Texas  Agricultural  and  Mechanical 
University.  1973. 

Slough,  Kenneth  F.  Associate  Professor.  Industrial  Educa- 
tion, B.S..  Millersville  State  College.  1954;  M.Ed..  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1961;  EdO,.  University  of  Maryland.  1969. 

Stowasser,  Karl  Associate  Professor.  History.  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Muenster.  1966, 

Strand,  War  E.  Jr.  Assistant  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics,  B.A..  University  of  Rochester,  1967;  M.A.. 
University  of  Rhode  Island.  1971;  Ph.D..  1975. 
Straszhelm,  Mahlon  R.  Professor.  Economics.  B.S..  Purdue 
University.  1961;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1965. 
Strausbaugh,  Warren  L.  Professor  Emeritus.  Speech  and 
Dramatic  An  B.S,.  Wooster  College.  1932;  M.A..  State  Universi- 
ty of  Iowa.  1935, 

Straw,  Rebecca  J.  Instructor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S.. 
Ohio  University.  1970;  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland.  1974, 
Street,  Orman  E.  Professor  Emeritus.  Agronomy.  B.S,.  South 
Dakota  State  College.  1924,  M.S..  Michigan  State  College. 
1927;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

Streett,  Theodore  P.      Instructor.  Institute  of  Applied  Agncul- 
ture.  BS..  University  of  Maryland.  1973;  M.S..  1978. 
Strlckllng,  Edward     Professor.  Agronomy,  B.S..  Ohio  State 
University.  1937;  Ph.D..  1949. 

StrHfler,  Charles  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engi- 
neering, B.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan.  1961;  M.S.E..  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1972. 

Strobell,  Adah,  P.  Associate,  Professor.  Recreation.  B.A.. 
San  Francisco  State  College.  1953;  M.S..  University  of  Califor- 
nia (Los  Angeles).  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana). 
1968. 

Strouse,  James  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. B.A,.  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  M.A..  1967;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina.  1970, 

Struna,  Nancy  L.  Lecturer  Physical  Education.  BS..  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin.  1972;  MA,.  University  of  Maryland.  1975. 
Stuart,  William  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Athropology.  B.A.. 
George  Washington  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Ore- 
gon. 1971. 

Stunkard,  Clayton  l_  Professor.  Measurement  and  Statis- 
tics. B.S..  University  of  Minnesota.  1948;  M.A..  1951;  Ph.D. 
1959. 

Stuntz,  Calvin  F.     Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  University  of 
Buffalo.  1939:  PhD..  University  of  Buflalo.  1947. 
Stuntz,  Shirley  M.      Instructor.  Chemistry.  B  S,.  George  Wash- 
ington University.  1946;  M.S..  University  of  Delaware.  1948. 


Stup,  Ronald  A.     Assistant  Professor.  School  of  Architecture. 

B.   Arch..   University  of  Maryland.   1972;  M.S.  University  ot 

Pennsylvania,  1975. 

Sublett,  Henry  L.     Professor  and  Chairman.  Early  Childhood 

Elementary  Education.  A,B..  Duke  University.   1951;  M.Ed.. 

University  of  Virginia,  1953;  Ed.D..  1959. 

Sucher,  Joseph     Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy   B.S,. 

Brooklyn  College.   1952.  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.   1957. 

Sulkin.  Stephen  D..  Adjunct 

Sulkin,  Stephen  D.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Zoology. 
A.B..  Miami  University.  1966;  M.S./Ph.D..  Duke  University. 
1971 

Sullivan,  Andrea  D.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Institute  of  Cnminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A..  Cheyney  State  College.  1970; 
MA..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1971;  Ph.D..  1976,  ] 
Suppe,  F.  R.  Associate  Professor.  Philosophy.  A.B..  Universi- 
ty of  California  (Riverside).  1962;  M.A,.  University  of  Michigan. 
1964.  Ph.D..   1967. 

Sutherland,  Phyllis  Bryn-Julson  Associate  Professor.  Part- 
time,  Music,  B,Mus.,  Syracuse  University,  School  of  Music, 
1967;  MMus,,  1969; 

Svenonius,  D.  B.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Philosophy.  BA.. 
Wellesley  College.  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago.  1964. 
Svirbeley,  William,  J.  Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry  B.S.. 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  1931;  M.S..  1932;  D.Sc, 
1935. 

Svoboda,  Cyril  P.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Develop- 
ment BA..  St.  Columbans  Major  Seminary.  1954;  B.Th..  1958; 
BPh,.  Gregorian  University  (Rome.  Italy).  1959;  LPh..  1960; 
Ph.D..  1961;  PhD,.  University  ot  Wisconsin.  1973. 
Swank,  Lowell  J.  Visiting  Lecturer  Part-time.  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1960; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1967. 
Swartz,  B.  Katharine  Assistant  Professor.  Economics  B.S.. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1972:  M.S..  University 
of  Wisconsin  (Madison)  1974;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Swedish,  Stephen  J.  Lecturer,  Music.  B.M..  Indiana  Univer- 
sity. 1967;  MM,  1968.  D.M.M.  1978. 
Sweet,  Daniel  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S..  Fair- 
leigh  Dickinson  University.  1965;  Ph.D..  Brown  University,  1969. 
Swisher,  Anne  Louise  Part-time  Instructor.  Recreation.  B.A.. 
University  of  Iowa,  1969;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University, 
1976. 

SyskI,  Ryszard  Professor.  Mathematics.  BS..  University  of 
London.  1954;  Ph.D..  Chelsea  College.  1960, 
Szepesi,  Bela  Adjunct  Associate  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administration.  B.A..  Albion  College.  1961;  M.S.. 
Colorado  State  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  California 
(Davis).  1968. 

Tatt,  Charles  A.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.S.C..  State  University  of  Iowa.  1937;  M.A..  1941; 
Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1952. 

Talaat,  Mostafa  E.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.. 
University  of  Cairo.  1946;  M.S..  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
1947:  Ph.D..  1951, 

Tallman,  Gregg  Z.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus,.  New 
England  Consen/atory  of  Music!  1970;  M.Mus..  Arizona  Slate 
University.  1975. 

Tarlca,  Ralph  Associate  Professor.  French  and  Italian.  B.A.. 
Emory  University.  1954;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D..  Harvard  University. 
1966. 

Taylor,  Dalmas  A.  Professor.  Psychology.  BA..  Western 
Resen/e  University.  1959;  M.S..  Howard  University.  1961;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Delaware,  1965. 

Taylor,  Leonard  S.  Professor.  Electncal  Engineering.  A.B.. 
Harvard  University.  1951;  M.S..  New  Mexico  State  University, 
1956;  Ph.D..  1960. 

Teglasl-Golubcow,  Hedy  Assistant  Professor  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services.  B.A..  Douglass  College.  1969:  M.A.. 
Temple  University;  Ph.D..  Hofst/a  University.  1975, 
Telleen,  Sharon  L.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Human  Development 
A.B..  Augusta  College.  1968:  M.Ed..  University  of  Maryland. 
1969:  Ph.D..  1976. 

Tennyson,  Ray  Associate  Professor.  Institute  of  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology.  B.S..  Washington  Slate  University. 
1951   M.  A,.  1959;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Terchek,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor.  Government  and 
Politics  B.A,.  University  of  Chicago.  1958;  M.A,.  1960;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Maryland.  1965. 

Theilhelmer,  Flodor  Instructor.  Mathematics,  Ph,D..  Univer- 
sity of  Berlin.  Germany.  1936, 

Thelson,  David  Lecturer  Part-time.  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
B.S,.  University  of  Wisconsin.  1972. 

Therrien,  Madeleine  B.  Professor  and  Chairman.  French 
and  Italian,  Licence  d'enseignement.  University  of  Pans.  Sor- 
bonne  (France).  1959;  Ph.D..  Michigan  State  University,  1966. 


210    Thieblot,  Armand  J.  Jr. 


Thieblot,  Armand  J.  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.S.E..  Princeton  University,  1961; 
MBA..  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1965;  PhD.  1969. 
Thomas.  Carolyn  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Applied  Design. 
B.F.A.,  1969;  M.F.A.,  1970,  Rochester  Institute  Qi  Technology. 
Thomas,  Frederick  H.  Lecturer  Part-time,  School  ol 
Architecture.  B.A  Howard  University,  1958. 
Thomas,  Glenn  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Information  Systems 
Management.  B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1968,  MB. A.,  Universi- 
ty of  Washington,  1973:  Ph.D.,  1977. 
Thomas,  Larry  L  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy  B.A.. 
1971,  University  of  Maryland  at  Baltimore  County;  M.A.,  1973, 
University  of  Pittsburgh;  Ph.D.,  1976.  University  of  Pittsburgh. 
TTiomas,  Owen  P.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Poultry  Science. 
B.S„  University  of  Natal,  1954;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1966. 

Thomas,  William  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling 
and  Personnel  Services;  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs.  B.S., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1955;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 
State  University,  1970, 

Thompson,  Arthur  H.  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  Minnesota,  1941;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1945. 
Thompson,  Derek  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  8. A., 
Manchester  University,  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1969. 

Thompson,  Fred  R.  Professor  Emeritus,  Human  Develop- 
ment. B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1 929;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

Thompson,  Harvey  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S.,  Wayne  State  University,  1966;  M.F.A., 
Columbia  University,  1972. 

Thompson,  James  C,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation, 
B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Colorado  State 
University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Thompson,  Owsn  E.  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology 
Acting  Assistant  Provost,  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1961; 
M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Thorberg,  Raymond  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Alaska,  1939;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1946; 
Ph.D.,.  Cornell  University,  1954. 

Thorn,  Colin  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Nottingham  (England).  1967;  M.Sc.  McGill  University. 
1970;  Ph.D..  University  of  Colorado.  1974. 
Thyfault,  Harlan  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Part-time,  Institute 
of  Applied  Agriculture.  B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1966; 
M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977. 
TIdman,  Derek  A.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.Sc,  London  University,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

TIerney,  William  F.     Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  Central  Connecticut  Slate  College;  M.S.,  Ohio  Univer- 
sity, 1949;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 
Tint,  Margaret  A.     Associate  Professor,  Health  Education 
8.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1948;  Ed.D.,  West  Virginia  University.  1969. 
Tkachenko,  Igor  M.     Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  Ph.D.,  Odessa  University  (USSR.),  1966. 
Tobln.  Richard     Instructor,  Physical  Education.  A.B.  East 
Carolina  University,  1969;  M.A..  1974. 
Toh,  KIrt     Instructor,  Pan-time,  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  1976. 

Toltver,  Z.  Edmund  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.M.Ed., 
Illinois  Wesleyan  University,  1970;  M.M.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Toll,  John  S.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  President  of 
the  University.  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1944;  A.M.,  Princeton 
University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Tossell,  John  A.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1966;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 
1972. 

Tourlgny.  Ann  W.  Lecturer,  Family  and  Community  Develop- 
ment B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1968;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1969. 

Townsend,  Betty  W,  Instructor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 
Trahan,  Kathleen  F.  Lecturer  Pan-time,  Music.  B.M.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1976;  M.Mus.,  1976. 
Traver,  Paul  P.  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus.,  Catholic  University 
of  America,  1955;  M.Mus.,  1957;  DMA.,  Stanford  University, 
1967. 

Travis,  Irene  L  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  6. A.,  Mills  College.  1962;  M.L.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  California  (Berkeley),  1966;  Ph.D.,  1974. 
Traxler,  Robert  H,  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1957;  Ph.D.,  1963;  Ph.D.. 
1974. 


Tretter,  Steven  A.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S..  University  ol  Maryland,  1962,  M.A.,  Princeton  Universi- 
ty, 1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Trickett,  Edison  J.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Trinity  Col- 
lege, 1963;  M.A.,  Ohio  Slate  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 
Trimble,  Virginia  L.  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1964;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D.. 
1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,  1969. 
Trlputhl,  Satlsh  K.  Lecturer,  Computer  Science.  B.S., 
Banaras  Hindu  University,  1968;  M.S.,  Banaras  Hindu  Universi- 
ty, 1970;  M.S.,  (Math  Statistics),  University  of  Alberta,  1974; 
M.S.  (Computer  Science),  University  of  Toronto,  1976. 
Trombka,  Jacob  I.  Visiting  Professor,  Part-Time.  Chemistry. 
B.S..  Wayne  State  University.  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Universi- 
ty of  Michigan,  1961. 

Troth,  Eugene  W.  Chairman,  Music.  B.Mus.,  DePaul  Univer- 
sity, 1947;  M.Mus.,  1950;  Ph.D..  University  of  Michigan.  1958. 
Trousdale,  Marlon  S.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1951;  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London  (England).  1975. 
Trout,  David,  L.  Adjunct  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and  In- 
stitution Administration.  B.A..  Swarthmore  College.  1951;  M.A.. 
Duke  University.  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

True,  Nellta  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus,,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1958;  M.Mus.,  1960, 

Truitt,  Anne  Lecturer,  Art.  B.A.,  Bryn  Mavnr  College,  1943. 
Tsomondo,  Mlcah  S.  Associate  Professor,  Afro-American 
Studies.  B.A..  Hamline  University,  1966;  M,A.T.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  1966;  M.A..  State  University  of  Ne»r  York  (Buffalo), 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Tsui,  Chung  Y.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing. B.S.,  University  of  Hong  Kong,  1 953;  M.S.,  Purdue  Universi- 
ty, 1959;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Turek,  Ralph  R.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.S.  Duquesne 
University,  1966;  M.M.,  1970;  D.M.A..  University  of  Cincinnati. 
1975. 

Turner,  WInslow  E.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Government  and 
Politics.  A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1943;  J,D.,  Northwestern 
University,  1949. 

Tuthlll,  Dean  F.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Eco- 
nomics. B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Twigg,  Bernard  A.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Horticulture. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.  1959. 
Tyler,  Bonnie  B.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development. 
B.A.,  DePauw,  1948;  M.A.,  Ohio  Slate  University,  1949;  Ph.D., 
1954. 

Tyler,  Forreat  B.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Depauw  Uni- 
versity, 1948;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 
Tyler,  Robert  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education. 
A.B.  Drury  College,  1957;  M.S.  Pennsylvania  State  University. 
1959;  Ph.D.  1969. 

Tyler,  Suzanne  J.  Instructor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Bos- 
ton-Bouve  of  Northeastern  University,  1 969;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania 
Slate  University,  1973. 

Ulmer,  Melville  J.  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  New  York 
University,  1937;  M.A..  1938;  Ph.D..  Columbia  University.  1948. 
Ulrlch,  Homer  Professor  Emeritus,  Music.  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1939. 

Upahaw,  Jessyna  M.  Lecturer,  Recreation.  B.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1971;  Ed.M.,  Temple  University,  1976. 
Urban,  Louise  McClelland  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.A., 
College  of  Wooster.  1957;  M.A..  Columbia  University.  1959. 
Usianer,  Eric  M.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Poli- 
tics. B.A.,  Brandeis  University.  1968;  M.A..  Indiana  University. 
1970;  Ph.D..  1973. 

Vaccaro,  Paul  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education  and 
Secondary  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1970; 
MA.  University  of  Florida,  1973;  Ed.D.,  1976. 
Van  Egmond,  Peter  G.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  6. A., 
Mississippi  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  University  ol  North  Carolina,  1966. 
Van  Valkenburg,  Shirley  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany 
B  A.,  Washington  State  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of 
Washington,  196B;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

van  Zwoll,  James  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Administration, 
Supervision,  and  Curriculum.  B.A.,  Calvin  College,  1933;  M.A., 
University  ol  Michigan,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1942. 
VanderVelden,  Lee  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Educa- 
tion. B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Vandergraft,  James  S.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence. B.S.,  Stanford  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity ol  Maryland,  1966. 

Vandersall,  John  H.  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


Vandersllce,  Betty  R.  Instructor.  Part-time.  Mathematics. 
B.A..  Upsala  College.  1945;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1948. 
Vandersllce,  Joseph  T.  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S..  Boston 
College,  1949;  Ph.D..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1952. 

Vann,  Robert  L.  Assistant  Professor.  Scfiool  of  Arcliitecture. 
8. A.,  University  of  Texas  (Austin),  1969;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  Universi- 
ty. 1976. 

Vanneman,  Reeve  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Sociology. 
A.B..  Cornell  University.  1967;  Ph.D.,  Han/ard  University,  1975. 
Vannoy,  Donald  W.  Assistant  Professor.  Civil  Engineering, 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  Institute  of  Technology,  1 970;  M.S.,  Universi- 
ty of  Virginia,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1975. 
Vaughan,  Charles  H.,  Ill  Associate  Professor,  Communica- 
tion Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S.,  Edinboro  State  College  (Pennsylva- 
nia), 1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1964. 
Vaughan,  William  S.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Music.  B.Mus  .  East- 
man School  of  Music.  1972. 

Vavrlchek,  Bruce  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1971;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University. 
1972;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Veil,  Carol  A.     Instructor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  (Allege, 
1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Veil,  John  A.     Instructor.  Zoology.  B.A..  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. 1975;  M.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1977. 
Veltch,  Fletcher  P.     Professor  Emeritus.  Chemistry.   B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1931;  M.S.,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1935. 
Verdun,  Horaclo  R.     Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Physics 
and  Astronomy.  C.Engr.,  Universidad  Nacional  de  Literal  (Ar- 
gentina), 1966;  M.S.,  National  University  of  Engineering  (Peru). 
1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 
Verhoven,  Peter  J.     Associate  Professor,  Recreation,  B.A., 
Morehead  State  College,  1963;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  196S; 
Re.O.,  1969. 

Vermel),  Geerat  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  A.B..  Prin- 
ceton University,  1968;  M.Phil..  Yale  University,  1970;  Ph.D., 
1971. 

Vemekar,  Anandu  D.  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology. 
B.Sc,  University  of  Michigan,  1956;  M.Sc..  1959;  M.S.,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

Vesentlnl,  Edoardo  Professor,  Mathematics.  Laurea  in 
Scienze  Mathematics,  Universita  di  Melano,  1950;  Libera 
Docenza  in  Geometra,  Universita  de  Roma,  1956. 
Via,  James  E.  Associate  Professor.  Agricultural  and  Re- 
source Economics,  B.S..  North  Carolina  State  University.  1952; 
M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Vlgnone.  Barbara  M.  Instructor.  Secondary  Education.  B.S., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1961;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1970. 

Vljay,  Inder  K.  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.3., 
Punjab  University  (India),  1961;  M.S.,  University  ot 
Saskatchewan,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Davis), 
1971. 

Viola,  Victor  E.  Professor,  Chemistry,  B.A.,  University  ol 
Kansas,  1957;  Ph,0.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 
Vltzlhum,  Richard  C.  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A., 
Amherst  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Hanrard  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University.  1963. 

Voll,  Mary  Associate  Professor.  Microbiology.  8.  A..  Mount 
Saint  Agnes  College.  1955;  M.S..  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1961;  Ph.D..  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1964. 
Vorls,  Renate  Assistant  Professor.  Germanic  and  Slavk: 
Languages.  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1972;  M.  A.,  1973; 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Vough,  L.R.  Associate  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S.  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1969;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University. 

Wabeck,  Charles  J.  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science. 
8.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of 
New  Hampshire,  1964;  Ed.D.,  Purdue  University,  1966. 
Wachhaus,  Gustav  E.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.S., 
West  Chester  State  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1966;  Ed.D.,  1973. 

Wagonhelm,  Sylvia  S.  Instructor,  Part-time,  English.  A.B.. 
Goucher  College,  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1973. 
Wakefield,  John  E.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus., 
University  of  Michigan,  1963;  M.Mus.,  1964. 
Waldrop,  Robert  S.  Professor  Emeritus,  Psychology.  8. A., 
University  of  Oklahoma,  1934;  B.D.,  McCormick  Theological 
Seminary,  1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1948, 

Walker,  David  B.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Urban  Studies  and 
Government  and  Politics  B.A..  Boston  University.  1949;  M.A.. 
Boston  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1956. 
Walker,  Robert  W.  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural 
and  Extension  Education  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1949,  M.S.,  1954;  Ed.D.,  1962. 


Wolfe.  Peter    211 


Walkling,  Ralph  A.  Lecturer.  College  ol  Business  and  Man- 
agemenl.  B,S.,  Towson  Slate  College.  1975;  MBA..  Univefsity 
ol  Maryland.  1976 

Wall,  Nathan  S.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S . 
Rer\sselaer  Polytechnic  Institute.  1949;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology.  1954. 

Wallace,  Jam«8  M.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B.C.E..  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology.  1962;  M.S.. 
1964;  D.  Phil..  Oxford  University.  1969. 
Wallace,  Stephen  J.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy. B.S..  Case  Institute  ol  Technology.  1961;  M.S..  Univer- 
sity of  Washington  (Seattle).  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 
Walaton,  William  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor.  Mechanical 
Engineenng.  B.M.E.,  University  of  Delaware.  1959;  M.S..  1961; 
Ph.D..  1964. 

Walters,   William   B.     Professor.   Chemistry.   B.S..   Kansas 
Stale  University.  1960;  Ph.D..  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 
Walton,  William  D.     Lecturer  Pan-time.  Fire  Protection  Engi- 
neenng.  B  S,.  University  ol  Maryland.  1972. 
Wany,  Shih-Ho     Associate  Professor.  Electncal  Engineenng. 
B.S.E.E..  National  Taiwan  University.  1967;  M.S.E.E.,  University 
ol  California  (Berkeley),  1970;  Ph.D..  1971. 
Waranch,  Deborah  J.     Lecturer  Part-time,  Special  Education. 
B.A..  George  Washington  University.  1970;  M.A..  Boston  Uni- 
versity, 1971. 

Ward,  Gerald  M.  Directory  of  Latxjralory  Animal  Care;  Asso- 
dale  Professor,  Vetennary  Science.  D.V.M.,  Cornell  University. 
1949;  M.S.,  1968. 

Ward,  Veda  E.     Instructor.  Recreation.  B.A.,  Bucknetl  Univer- 
sity, 1972;  M.S..  University  of  Baltimore.  1977. 
Wanwr,  Charles  R.     Associate  Professor,  Mathematics,  B.A.. 
University  of  Toronto.  1 955;  B.S..  University  of  Rochester.  1957; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

Warren,  Anne     Associate  Professor,  Dance.  B.A.  Ohio  Slate 
University,  1966;  M.Ed..  Wayne  State  University.  19.69 
Warren,  J.  Benedict     Professor.  History.  B.A..  Duns  Scotus 
College,  1953;  M.A..  University  ot  New  Mexico,  1960;  Ph.D.. 
1963. 

Warren,  Lawrence.     Associate  Professor.  Dance  B.A.  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Los  Angeles).  1953;  M.A..  1968 
Waahbum,  Wllcomb  E.     Adjunct  Professor  American  Stu- 
dies 8.A..  Dartmouth  College.  1948;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University. 
1955 

Wastilngton,  Lawrence  C.  Visiting  Assistant  Professor. 
Mathematics.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University.  1971;  M.A..  1971; 
Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1974. 

Wasll,  Edward  A.,  Jr.  Lecturer  College  ol  Business  and 
Management  B.S..  Fairfield  University.  1975. 
Wasserman,  Paul  Professor.  College  of  Library  and  Informa- 
tion Services.  SB. A..  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College). 
1948;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University.  1949;  M.S..  1950;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  Michigan.  1960. 

Watts,  John  M.,  Jr.     Assistant  Professor,   Fire  Protection 
Engineenng.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1966;  M.S..  University 
of  Massachusetts.  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 
Weaver,  Leslie  O.     Professor.  Botany.  B.S.A..  Ontario  Agri- 
cultural College.  1934;  Ph.D..  Cornell  University.  1943. 
Weaver,  V.  Phillips     Professor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  A  B  ,  College  of  William  and  Mary.  1951;  M.Ed.. 
Pennsylvania  State  University.  1956;  Ed.D..  1962. 
Weber,  Joseph     Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.. 
United  States  Naval  Academy.  1 940;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University 
of  Anwrica,  1951. 

Weber,  Kurt  Associate  Professor,  Emeritus,  English.  B.A.. 
WUIiams  College.  1930;  BJ^..  Oxford  University.  1932;  MA,. 
Columbia  University.  1940. 

Wedding,  Presley  A.     Lecturer  Part-time.  Qvil  Engineering. 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  M.S..  1952. 
Wehner,  David  J.     Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy  B.S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Notre  Dame.  1972;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State  Universi- 
ty, 1975;  Ph.D..  1978- 

Weldner,  Jerry  R.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  A.B.. 
Miami  University  (Ohio).  1960;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  Pennsylvania 
State  University.  1968. 

Welgl,  Gall  Capitol  Assistant  Professor  of  Art.  B.A  .  Wayne 
State  Unrversity.  1962,  M.A..  The  University  of  Michigan.  1966; 
Ph.D..  The  University  of  Michigan.  1 966. 
Welnberg,  Donald  H.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Government  and 
Politics,  B.A..  Pennsylvania  State  University.  M.A.,  George 
Washington  University. 

Welner,  John  Associate  Professor.  Chemistry.  B  S  .  Penn- 
sytvania  State  University.  1964;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago, 
1970 

WsJiwr,  Ronald  M.  Associate  Professor.  Microbiology.  B.S., 
City  University  of  New  Yor*  (Brooklyn  College).  1964;  M.S.. 
Long  Island  University.  1967.  Ph.D..  Iowa  State  University. 
1970. 


Wetnstein,  Paul  A.  Associate  Prolessor.  Economics  B.A . 
College  of  William  and  Mary.  1954;  MA.  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity. 1956;  Ph.D.,  1961 

Weiss.  Gene  S.  Associate  Professor.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre  B.A,.  Brandeis  University.  1961.  M.A.  New  York 
University.  1965.  PhD.  Ohio  State  University.  1970 
Weiss,  Marlon  W.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre-  B.A..  Catholic  University  of  Amenca.  1962;  MA. 
New  Yori^  University.   1965- 

Welss,  Randall  D.     Assistant  Professor,  Economics    A.B . 
Han/ard  University.  1968;  A.M..  1971;  Ph.D..  1973. 
Weltlsch,  Hans     Associate  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  M.L.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1972; 
Ph.D..  1975- 

Wentzel,  Donat  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B-A-. 
University  of  Chicago.  1954;  B.S..  1955;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.. 
1960- 

Wertros,  Paul  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Government  and  Poli- 
tics B-A-.  Harvard  University.  1967;  MSc.  London  School  ol 
Economics.  1968.  SM..  Harvard  University.  1969;  Ph.D..  1974 
Wemeth,  Russell  L.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. B-S..  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.. 
George  Washington  University.  1977, 
Weske,  John  R.  Professor  Ementus.  Mechanical  Engineer- 
ing, Dipl-  Ing..  Hannover  Institute  of  Technology.  1924;  M.S.. 
Harvard  University.  1931;  Sc  D,.  1934 
West,  Craig  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  A.B..  Uni- 
versity of  Missouri.  1969;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1971; 
Ph.D..  1974. 

Westerhout,  Gart  Adjunct  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my B  S-.  University  ol  Leiden.  1950;  M.S..  1954;  PhD-,  1958 
Westhoff,  Dennis  C.  Associate  Professor.  Dairy  Science. 
B.S-,  University  of  Georgia,  1966;  MS..  North  Carolina  Stale 
University.  1968;  Ph.D..  1970 

Wexler,  Richard  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus..  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan.  1963;  M.A..  New  York  University.  1969;  Ph.D., 
1974. 

Whaples,  Gene  C.  Associate  Professor.  Agncultural  and 
Extension  Education,  B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut.  1960; 
M.S..  Kansas  State  University.  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1974. 

Wheatley,  John  H.  Associate  Professor  of  Agncultural  and 
Extension  Education  and  Secondary  Education.  B-A.,  Duke 
University,  1963;  MAT.  1965;  Ph.D..  Ohio  State  University. 
1972 

Wheaton,  Frederick  W.  Professor.  Agncultural  Engineering. 
B.S.A.E..  Michigan  State  University.  1964;  M.S..  1965;  Ph.D. 
Iowa  State  University.  1969 

Wheelock,  Arthur  K.  Assistant  Prolessor.  Art.  B.A.,  Williams 
College.  1955;  Ph.D..  Hansard  University.  1973. 
White,  Gregory  L.  Assistant  Professor  B.A,.  Stanford  Uni- 
versity. 1971;  MA-,  University  of  California.  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 
White,  Marilyn  D.  Assistant  Professor.  College  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  B-A-  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College,  1962; 
M,S-,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph-D-.  University  of  Illinois. 
1971. 

White,  Monlque     Part-time  instructor.  French  and  Italian.  B 
A..  Centre  College  of  Kentucky.  1969;  M.  A..  Vanderbilt  Univer- 
sity. 1971;  Ph.D..  1975-  I 
White,  Sara     Lecturer  Part  time.  Dance  B.A.  University  of 
Maryland,  1978, 

Whlttemore,  E.  Reed  Professor.  English.  BA-,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, 1941- 

Wlckes,  William  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy, B-S-.  University  of  California.  1967;  M.A..  Pnnceton  Univer- 
sity. 1969.  Ph.D..  1972. 

WIdhelm,  William  B.  Associate  Professor.  College  of  Busi- 
ness and  Managemerit.  B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959. 
M.S.E..  1960;  M.S.M.S-.  1965;  PhD..  1969, 
WIebold,  William  J.  Assistant  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S,. 
Iowa  State  University.  1971;  M.S..  1974;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Georgia.  1978. 

WIedel,  Joseph  W.  Associate  Professor.  Geography.  B.A . 
University  of  Maryland.  1958;  M.A..  1963. 
Wiggin,  Gladys  A.  Professor  Emenla,  Administration.  Super- 
vision, and  Cumculum.  BS  .  University  of  Minnesota.  1929; 
M.A..  1939.  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1947 
Wilbur,  June  C.  Assistant  Professor  Emerita.  Textiles  arid 
Consumer  Economics.  BS..  University  of  Washington.  1936; 
MS-.  Syracuse  University.  1940 

Wiley,  Robert  C.  Professor.  Horticulture.  B.S..  University  of 
Maryland.  1949;  M.S..  1950.  Ph.D..  Oregon  Stale  University. 
1953. 

Wllkenfeld,  Jonathan  Associate  Professor.  Government 
and  Politics  BS,,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  MA..  George 
Washington  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  Indiana  University.  1969. 


Wllkerson.  Thomas  D.  Research  Prolessor.  Insiilute  lor 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  BS..  University  of  Michigan. 
1953;  PhD.  1962- 

Wllkes,  Joseph  A.  Lecturer  Part-time.  School  of  Architec- 
ture- B  A,,  Dartmouth  College,  1941 ;  B.  Arch.,  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, 1949 

Williams.  Aubrey  W..  Jr.  Professor.  Anthropology  BA,.  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina.  1955.  MA..  1957;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Anzona.  1964 

Williams,  David  A.  Instructor.  Industrial  Education.  BS  ,  Ap- 
plachian  Slate  University.  1976;  M.A..  1978. 
Williams,  David  L  Associate  Professor.  Early  Childhood 
Elementary  Education.  BS .  Bradley  University.  1953.  M  Ed.. 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana).  1956.  Ed-D..  1964 
Williams,  Eleanor  Associate  Professor.  Food.  Nutntion  and 
Institution  Administration  B  S-.  Texas  Woman's  University, 
1945.  MS  Iowa  State  University.  1947;  PhD  .  Cornell  Universi- 
ty. 1963 

Williams,  Rhonda  C.  Instructor.  Housing  and  Applied  De- 
sign. BFA-.  Boston  University.  1962;  M.A..  Montclair  State 
College.  1968 

Williams,  Roosevelt  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Afro-Amencan 
Studies,  a  A-.  McGill  University.  1968;  M.A..  1969;  Ph.D..  1974. 
Williams,  Walter  F.  Professor.  Dairy  Science.  B.S..  Universi- 
ty of  Missour.  1952;  PhD.  1955. 

Williams,  William  H.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  A.B.. 
Washington  and  Lee  University.  1956;  M.A..  Duke  University. 
1960;  PhD.  1965. 

Wlllls,  William  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Art  B.A  .  University  of 
South  Flonda.  1968;  MA..  1973 

Wilson,  Andrew  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astron- 
omy, Ph.D..  Cambridge  University.  1973. 
Wilson,  Bruce  D.  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1960;  M.Mus..  1964;  Ph.D..  1973. 
Wilson,  Gayle  E.  Associate  Professor.  English.  8.A.,  Wayne 
State  University.  1960;  M.A..  University  of  Rochester.  1963: 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

Wilson,  John  W.  Professor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.A..  Bowling  Green  State  University.  1951;  M.A., 
Syracuse  University.  1953;  Ph.D..  1964 
Wilson,  Leda  A.  Associate  Professor.  Family  and  Communi- 
ty Development.  B.S..  Lander  College,  1943;  M.S..  University  of 
Tennessee,  1950;  EdD,,  1954, 

Wilson,  Mark  Instructor,  Music,  A,B,,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles).  1970;  M.S..  1972;  PhD..  1974- 
Wllson,  Robert  M.  Prolessor.  Early  Childhood  Elementary 
Education.  B.S..  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1950; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh.  1956;  Ed.D..  1960. 
WInek,  Gary  J.  Instructor.  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  Unrver- 
sity of  Wisconsin  (Stout).  1974;  M,Ed.,  Ball  State  University, 
1975, 

WIneland,  William  C.  Lecturer  Part-time.  Physics  and  As- 
tronomy, B.S..  University  of  Kentucky,  1933.  MS-.  1935.  PhD-, 
1940- 

Wlnkelmann,  Allen  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Aerospace  Engi- 
neering B-S-.  University  of  Minnesota,  1965;  M.S,,  1967;  Ph,D. 
University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

WInkelnkemper,  H.  E.  Associate  Professor.  Mathematics. 
B-A.,  National  University  of  Mexico,  1963;  M,A,.  Pnnceton 
University,  1965;  PhD,  1970. 

Winters  Christopher  Visiting  Assistant  Professor.  Geogra- 
phy. A.B..  Columbia  University.  1966;  Ph.D..  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley).  1973. 

Wlnton,  Calhoun     Professor.  English.  A.B..  University  of  the 
South  (Sewanee).  1948;  M.A..  Vanderbilt  University.  1950;  M.A.. 
Princeton  University.  1954;  Ph.D..  1955. 
Wlrth,  Willis  W.     Adjunct  Professor,  Entomology  BS.,  Iowa 
State  University,  1940;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1947, 
Ph,D..  University  of  California  (Berkeley).  1950. 
Wise,  Gene     Professor  and  Director  of  American  Studies. 
B.A;.  Hanover  College.  1958;  Ph.D..  Syracuse  University.  1963 
WIteiak,  Matthew  W.     Professor.  Civil  Engineering.   B.S. 
Purdue  University.  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D..  1969. 
Withers,  Josephine     Associate  Professor  of  Art  B  A..  Ober- 
lin  College.   1960;   M.A..  Columbia  University.   1965;  Ph.D. 
Columbia  University.  1971. 

Wittreich,  Joseph  A.  Professor.  English.  A  B..  University  of 
Louisville.  1961 ;  M.A..  1962;  Ph.D..  Western  Reserve  University, 
1966, 

Wockenfuss,  William  A.  Prolessor,  Mechanical  Engineer 
ing,  B  S-,  University  ol  Maryland,  1949,  M.  Eng,.  1952;  Ed.D. 
University  of  Flonda.  1960 

Wolfe,  Peter  Professor.  Mathematics  Director.  Applied 
Mathematics  Program.  B  S..  Saint  Lawrence  University.  1959; 
B.S  E  E-  Renssalaer  Polytechnic.  1959;  MS-.  Northwestern 
University.  1961;  Ph.D..  New  York  University.  1965. 


212    Wolken,  John  P. 


Wolken,  John  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  (or  Urban 
Studies  and  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  B.A..  University 
o(  Southern  California,  1968;  MA..  1973;  PfiO.,  1975. 
Wolman  Ben|amln  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Institute  ol  Criminal 
Justice  and  Criminology  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951; 
J.D.,  Harvard  Law  School,  1956. 

Wolman,  William  W.  Adjunct  Visiting  Professor.  Civil  Engi- 
neering. B.B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York,  1946;  I^.A  ,  Colum- 
bia University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1960. 
Wolpert,  Scott  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Ivlalhematics.  B.A., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1976. 
Wolvln,  Andrew  D.  Associate  Professor,  Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1962;  I^.A.. 
1963;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1968. 

Wonnacott,  Paul  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of 
Western  Ontano,  1955;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

Woo,  Ching  Hung  Professor,  Pfiysics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Louisiana  Technological  Institute,  1958;  IvI.S.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 
Wood,  Francis  E.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S., 
University  of  Missouri,  1 958;  M.S.,  1 962;  University  ol  Maryland, 
1970. 

Wood,  Stephen  C.  Instructor,  Communication  Arts  and  The- 
atre. B.S  .,  California  State  Polytechnic  College,  1971;  M.  A., 
University  ol  Maine,  1978. 

Woody,  Bette  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies.  B.A.,  An- 
tioch  College,  1960;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1970;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1975. 
Woolf,  Leonard  Professor,  Secondary  Education.  B.S., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1942;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  1959. 

Woolpert,  Andrew  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics. 
B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.S.,  Stanford  University, 
1974:  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Wrenn,  Jerry  P.  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  Chair- 
man, Physical  Education.  B.S.  East  Carolina  University,  1961; 
M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  ol  Mary- 
land, 1970. 

Wright,  Emmett  L  Assistant  Professor,  Secondary  Educa- 
tion and  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.  B.S.,  University 
of  Kansas,  1963;  M.A.,  Whichita  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1974. 

Wright,  Keith  C.  Dean  and  Associate  Professor,  College  of 
Library  and  Information  Senrices.  B.A.,  Willamette  University, 
1955;  M.  Div.,  Union  Theological  Seminary.  1958;  M.L.S.,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University  School  of 
Library  Service,  1972. 

Wright,  WInthrop  R.  Associate  Professor,  History  B A, 
Swarthmore  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Wu,  C.S.  Research  Professor,  Institute  lor  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B.S.E.,  National  Taiwan  University  (Taipei), 
1954;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Pnnceton 
University,  1959. 


Wylle,  Ann  G.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S.,  Wellesley 
College,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1972. 

Wylle,  Margaret  Instructor,  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  1974 

Wysong,  Earl  M.,  Jr.  Lecturer  Part-time,  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  B,A.,  Eastern  Washington  State  College, 
1961;  M.B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1964,  DBA., 
1972. 

Wysong,  John  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource 
Economics.  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  ol 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

Yaney,  George  L.  Professor.  History.  BE..  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute.  1952;  M.A..  University  of  Colorado.  1956; 
Ph.D..  Princeton  University.  1961. 

Yang,  Grace  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  National 
Taiwan  University,  1960:  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berke- 
ley), 1963;  Ph.D.,  1966, 

Yang,  Jackson  C.S.  Professor.  Mechanical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Yang,  Paul  C.  Assistant  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Uni- 
versity of  California  (Berkeley),  1969;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Yarlan,  Richard  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education, 
B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1971;  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1976. 

Yee,  James  Lecturer,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.E.E.,  City 
College  of  New  York,  1971;  S.M..  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology.  1974. 

Yeh,  K.  Assistant  Professor.  Textiles  and  Consumer  Eco- 
nomics. B.S..  National  Taiwan  University.  1961;  M.S.  Tulane 
University.  1965;  Ph.D..  University  of  Georgia,  1970. 

Yenl-Komshlan,  Grace  H.  Associate  Professor,  Linguistics 
Program.  B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut,  Lebanon,  1957; 
M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  McGill  University,  1965. 

YImenu,  Shibabaw  Assistant  Professor,  Afro-American  Stu- 
dies. B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1967;  M.A.,  Howard  University, 
1969;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Yin,  Lo  I.  Adjunct  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Central  China 
University,  1949;  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Eastman 
School  of  Music,  1952;  B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1956; 
M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

YInkey,  Charles  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Applied  Design  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  B.t.D.,  Syracuse,  1974. 

Yodh,  Gaurang  B.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc, 
University  of  Bombay,  1948;  M.Sc,  University  of  Chicago,  1 951 ; 
Ph.D.,  1955. 

Yorke,  James  A.  Research  Professor.  Mathematics  and 
Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics.  A.B.. 
Columbia  University.  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Young,  Bobby  G.  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  Southeast 
Missouri  State  College,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1965. 

Young,  Edgar  P.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Animal  Science. 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  LiDiversity.  1954;  M.S..  1956;  Ph.D..  1958. 


Young,  Oran  R.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  A.B., 
Harvard  University,  1962;  M.A..  Yale  University,  1964;  Ph,D,. 
1965, 

Zajac,  Felix  E.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962;  M.S.,  Stanford 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

ZakI,  Kawthor  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering, 
B.S.,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1966; 
Ph.D.,  1969 

Zaicman,  L.  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Dartmouth 
College,  1964;  Ph,D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1968. 

Zave,  Pamela  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.A., 
Cornell  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madi- 
son), 1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Zedek,  MIshael  Professor,  Mathematics.  M.S.,  Hebrew  Uni- 
versity of  Jerusalem,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1956, 

ZelthamI,  Carl  P.  Lecturer  College  of  Business  and  Manage- 
ment. A.B.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1971;  M.B.A,,  University 
of  Florida,  1974. 

ZelthamI,  Valarle  A.  Lecturer  College  ol  Business  and  Man- 
agement. B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1970;  M.B.A.  University  of 
Maryland,  1977 

Zelkowltz,  Marvin  M.  Associate  Prolessor,  Computer  Sci- 
ence. B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1967;  M,S.,  Cor- 
nell University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Zllfl,  Madeline  C.  Assistant  Professor.  History.  A.B..  Mount 
Holyoke  College.  1964;  M.A..  University  ol  Chicago.  1971; 
Ph.D..  1976. 

Zimmerman,  Donald  L.  Lecturer  Pan-lime,  Economics  B  S.. 
Illinois  State  University.  1972;  M.S.,  1972. 

ZIpoy,  David  M.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Zoller,  William  H.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry,  B,S.,  Uni- 
versity of  Alaska,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1969. 

Zorn,  Bice  S.      Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cagliari.  1951. 

Zorn,  Gus  T.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Okla- 
homa State  University.  1948;  M.S..  University  of  New  Mexico, 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Padua,  1954. 

Zubrltsky,  Elizabeth  A.  Lecturer,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University.  1973; 
M.B.A..  Michigan  State  University.  1978. 

Zuckerman,  Benjamin  M.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astrono- 
my. SB..  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1963;  S.M., 
1963.  Ph.D..  Harvard  University.  1968. 

Zwanzig,  Robert  W.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physi- 
cal Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of 
Brooklyn.  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California.  1950; 
Ph.D..  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1952. 


6     Index 


213 


Abnormal  Psychology,  course  In  /  180 

Academic  Advising  /  33 

Academic  Affairs.  Office  of  /  31 

Academic  Calendar.  1979-80  /  3 

Academic  Information  /  5 

Academic  Regulations  and  Requirements  /  22 

Academic  Requirements,  Financial  Aid  Eligtbility  /  1 9 

Academic  Services,  Office  of  /  31 

Accounting,  courses  in  /  126 

Accounting  (Tax),  course  in  /  127 

Accounting  Systems,  course  in  /  126 

Accreditation  /  7 

Acoustics  for  Musicians,  course  in  /  1 74 

Acting,  courses  In  /  188 

Activation  Analysis,  course  in  /  1 50 

Additional  Campus  Programs  /  40 

Administration,  Supervision  and  Curriculum  /  79 

Administrative  Affairs,  Office  of  /  27 

Admir^strative  Dean  for  Undergraduate  Studies 

/32 
Administrative  Law.  course  in  /  1 59 
Administrative  Officers,  University  and  College  Park  / 

3 
Admission.  Graduate  Students  /  1 7 
Admission.  Immigrant  Students  /  1 3 
Admission.  Minority  Students  /  13 
Admission,  Transfer  Students  /  12 
Admission,  Veterans  and  Returning  Students  /  12.  13 
Admission  and  Orientation  /  10 
Admission  Requirements,  Undergraduate  /  10 
Admissions.  Assured  Beginning  Summer  and  Pall 

1980  /  14 
Admissions.  Foreign  Students  /  13 
Admissions,  Individual  /  15 
Admissions  Requirements,  Specialized  /  13 
Adolescent  Development,  course  in  /  1 38 
Advertising,  course  in  /  127 
Advertising  Design,  courses  in  /  122 
Advertising  Design  Curriculum  /  96 
Advertising  Layout,  course  in  /  122,  163 
Advisement  Center,  Undergraduate  /  33 
Advising.  Academic  /  33 

Aerodynamics  and  High-Speed  Flight,  course  in  /  143 
Aerospace  Engineering,  courses  in  /  142 
Aerospace  Engineering  Curriculum  /  106 
Aerospace  Engineering  /  106 
Aerospace  Vehicle  Design,  course  in  /  143 
Africa:  Art,  courses  in  /  1 24 
Africa:  Civilization,  courses  in  /  118,  161 
Africa:  Economic  Resources  and  Development. 

course  in  /  155 
Africa:  Ethnology,  course  in  /  121 
Africa:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  160 
Africa:  Ideologies  (Contemporary),  course  in  /  118 
Africa:  Politics,  courses  in  /  1 59 
Africa:  Slave  Trade,  course  in  /  118 
Afro- American  Folklore  and  Culture,  course  in  /  149 
Afro-American  History,  course  in  /  161 
Afro-American  Literature,  course  in  /  148 
Afro-American  Studies,  courses  in  /  118 
Afro-American  Studies  Program  /  71 
AFROTC  College  Scholarship  Program  /  40 
Agribusiness  Option  /  49 
Agricultural  and  .Extension  Education,  courses  in  / 

182 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program  /  48 
Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  /  48 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  Division  of  /  47 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  courses  in  / 

123 
Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  /  49 
Agricultural  Biometrics,  courses  in  /  118 
Agricultural  Business  Management,  course  in  /  123 
Agricultural  Chemistry  /  49.  55 
Agricultural  Commodities  (Economics  of  Marketing 

Systems  for),  course  in  /  123 
Agricultural  Economics  Option  /  49 
Agricultural  Engineering,  courses  in  /  143 
Agricultural  Engineering  Technology,  courses  in  /  143 
Agricultural  Engineering  /  50.  107 


Agricultural  Insect  Pests,  course  in  /  1 51 
Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and  Environmental 

Control,  course  in  /  143 
Agricultural  Prices,  course  in  /  123 
Agricultural  Production  Equipment,  course  in  /  143 
Agricultural  Products  (Marketing  of),  course  in  /  123 
Agricutture,  College  of  Departments,  Programs  and 

Curricula  /  48 
Agriculture.  College  of  /  47 
Agriculture,  courses  in  /  118 
Agricutture  (Econometrics  in),  course  in  /  123 
Agriculture-General  Curriculum  /  48 
Agriculture-Veterinary  Medicine,  Combined  Degree  / 

53 
Agronomy,  courses  in  /  118 
Agronomy  /  50 

Air  Conditioning  and  Refrigeration,  course  in  /  151 
Air  Force  Aerospace  Studies  Program  (ROTC)  /  40 
Air  Force  ROTC  Awards  /  37 
Air  Pollution,  course  in  /  144,  171 
Air  Science,  courses  in  /  124 
Aircraft  Design,  course  in  /  142 
Aircraft  Vibration,  course  in  /  142 
Algebra,  courses  in  /  169 
Algerian  History,  course  in  /  164 
Algorithms  and  Logic,  courses  in  /  140 
America:  Colonial  History,  course  in  /  162 
America:  Drama,  course  in  /  148 
America:  Economic  Development,  course  in  /  1 34 
America:  English,  course  in  /  149 
America:  Foreign  Relations,  course  in  /  1 59 
America:  Government,  course  in  /  1 58 
America:  Industries  (Economics  of),  course  in  /  134 
America:  Literature,  courses  in  /  147.  148 
America:  Political  Theory,  course  in  /  159 
America:  Popular  Culture,  courses  in  /  119 
America:  Religion,  courses  in  /  162 
America:  Revolution,  course  in  /  162 
America:  Society,  course  in  /  184 
America:  Workers.  Cultural  and  Social  History,  course 

in  /  163 
American  Studies,  courses  in  /  119 
American  Studies  Program  /  61 
Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals,  course  in  /  119 
Ancient  World,  course  in  /  161 
Animal  Behavior,  course  in  /  180 
Animal  Care  (Companion  Animals),  course  in  /  120 
Animal  Ecology,  course  in  /  190 
Animal  Genetics,  course  in  /  119 
Animal  Physiology  (Applied),  course  in  /  119 
Animal  Production,  course  in  /  119 
Animal  Science,  courses  in  /  119 
Animal  Sciences  /  51 
Antennas,  course  in  /  146 
Anthropological  Theory,  course  in  /  121 
Anthropology,  courses  in  /  121 
Anthropology  (Cultural)  and  Linguistics,  course  in  / 

121 
Anthit>pology  (Physical)  and  Archaeology,  course  in  / 

121 
Anthropology  /  72 
Apparel,  courses  in  /  187 
Apparel  Design  /  98 
Appeals.  Traffic  Violations  /  29 
Application  Fee:  /IB 
Application  Procedures  /  14 
Applied  design,  courses  in  /  121 
Applied  Mathematics,  courses  in  /  169 
Applied  Mathematics  Program  /  1 1 3 
Aquatic  Biology,  course  in  /  190 
Aquatics  (PHED).  course  in  /  176 
Archaeology,  courses  in  /  121.  124 
Architectural  Drawing,  course  in  /  136 
Architectural  History,  courses  in  /  1 22 
Architectural  Science  and  Technology,  courses  in  / 

122 
Architecture,  courses  in  /  122,  125 
Architecture  (Economic  Determinants  of),  course  in  / 

123 
Architecture  (Environmental  Systems  in),  course  in  / 

123 
Architecture.  School  of  /  59 


Architecture  (Structural  Analysis),  course  in  /  1 22. 
123 

Architecture  History,  courses  in  /  122 

Architecture  Studio,  courses  in  /  122 

Argentine  History,  course  in  /  164 

Argumentation  and  Debate,  course  in  /  186 

Aristotle  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  1 78 

Art  and  Music,  courses  in  /  124 

Art  Education,  courses  in  /  124,  137.  140.  141 

Art  History,  courses  in  /  121,  124,  124 

Art  Studio,  courses  in  /  125 

Arts  and  Humanities,  Division  of  /  58 

Arts  and  Humanities  Departments.  Programs  and 

Curricula  /  61 
Art  /  62 

Asia:  Arts,  course  in  /  124 
Asia:  Geography,  course  in  /  155 
Asia:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  160 
Astronomy,  courses  in  /  125 
Astronomy  Program  /  1 1 3 
Astrophysics,  courses  in  /  125 
Athletic  Awards  /  37 
Athletics  /  27 

Atmospheric  and  Space  Physics,  course  in  /  179 
Atmospheric  Dynamics,  course  in  /  171 
Atmospheric  Environment,  courses  in  /  171 
Atmospheric  Processes  on  Molecular  and  Atomic 

Scale,  course  in  /  171 
Atomic  Physics,  courses  in  /  179 
Attendance  /  26 
Audiology.  courses  in  /  160 
Auditing  (BMGT),  courses  in  /  127 
Aural  Musical  Skills,  course  in  /  174 
Automatic  Controls,  course  in  /  149 
Automotives,  courses  in  /  1 38,  1 39 
Avian  Anatomy,  course  in  /  121 
Avian  Physiology,  course  in  /  1 20 
Awards,  Academic  /  35 
Awards,  Air  Force  ROTC  /  37 
Awards.  Athletic  /  37 
Awards,  Music  /  36 
Axiomatics  Set  Theory,  course  in  /  171 

B 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies  Degree  Program  /  32 

Bachelor  of  General  Studies  /  41 

Bacterial  Genetics,  course  in  /  172 

Balkan  History,  course  in  /  163 

Bank  Management,  course  in  /  127 

Beekeeping,  course  in  /  1 50 

Behavior  Analysis  (Applied),  course  in  /  180 

Behavior  Modification,  course  in  /  135 

Behavioral  and  Social  Dimensions  of  Urban 

Community,  course  in  /  188 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences,  courses  in  /  129 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  Division  of  /  67 
Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  Departments, 

Programs  and  Curricula  /  71 
Berry  Production,  course  in  /  165 
Bicycles  and  Mopeds  /  29 
Biochemical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  145 
Biochemistry,  courses  In  /  126 
Biography.  Readings  in.  course  In  /  148 
Biological  Sciences  Program  /  54 
Biology,  courses  in  /  126 
Biology  (Developmental),  course  in  /  189 
Biology  (Fish),  course  in  /  120 
Biology  (History  of),  course  in  /  162 
Biology  (Marine  and  Estuarine  Invertebrates),  course 

in  /  190 
Biology  (Philosophy  oO.  course  in  /  178 
Biology  (Shellfish),  course  in  /  120 
Biomedical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  146 
Biophysics,  courses  in  /  189 

Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology,  course  in  /  179 
Blopsychology  (Developmental),  course  In  /  180 
Biostatistics,  course  in  /  187 
Black  Aesthetic  (Development  of),  course  in  /  118 
Black  Community  and  Public  Policy,  course  in  /  116 
Black  Culture,  courses  in  /  118 
Black  Resistance  Movements,  course  in  /  118 


214    Index 


Blacks  in  American  Ltfe,  course  in  /  163 

Board  of  Regents  /  3 

Body  Dynamics,  course  in  /  176 

Bookkeeping  (Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  of), 

courses  in  /  141 
Botany,  courses  in  /  128 
Botany  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  128 
Botany  /  54 

Brazilian  History,  course  in  /  164 
Breeding  (Principles  of),  course  in  /  120 
British  History,  courses  in  /  163 
British  Writers,  courses  in  /  148 
Broadcast  Criticism,  course  in  /  183 
Broadcast  News  Writing,  course  in  /  168 
Broadcasting  (Public),  course  in  /  182 
Buckley  Amendment  /  38 
Built  Environment  (ARCH),  course  in  /  122 
Bus  System.  Shuttle  /  30 

Business  (Statistical  Models  m).  course  in  /  127 
Business  and  Economic  Research  /  72 
Business  and  Government,  course  in  /  128 
Business  and  Law,  Combined  Program  /  71 
Business  and  Management.  College  of  /  68 
Business  and  Management,  courses  in  /  126 
Business  and  Society,  course  in  /  128 
Business  Cycles,  course  in  /  134 
Business  Education  in  Secondary  Schools,  course  in 

/  141 
Business  Education.  /  84 
Business  Finance,  course  in  /  126 
Business  History  (Modern),  course  in  /  161 
Business  Law,  courses  in  /  126 
Business  Policies,  course  in  /  128 
Busir>ess  Statistics,  courses  in  /  126 
Byzantine  Empire,  courses  in  /  163 


Calculus,  courses  in  /  170 

Camp  Counseling,  course  in  /  181 

Camp  Management,  course  in  /  181 

Campus  Activities,  Office  of  /  29 

Campus  and  University  Officers  /  3 

Campus  Police  Department  /  28 

Campus  Research  Facilities  /  6 

Campus  Sport  and  Recreation  Program  /  101 

Canadian  History,  course  in  /  164 

Cancellation  of  Registration  /  18 

Canon  and  Fugue,  course  in  /  174 

Capitalism  (Modern):  Evolution  in  Western  Europe 

and  U.S.,  course  in  /  134 
Career  Development  Center  /  32 
Carpooling.  /  30 

Cartography:  History  and  Theory,  courses  in  /  156 
Catalogs  /  6 

Celestial  Mechanics,  course  in  /  126 
Cell  Biology,  course  in  /  189 
Cell  Differentiation,  course  in  /  189 
Cello  and  Bass,  course  in  /  1 73 
Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  /  40 
Center  on  Aging  /  77 

Central  Administration  of  the  University  /  3 
Ceramics,  courses  in  /  132 
Cereal  and  Oil  Crops,  course  in  /  119 
Cervantes,  courses  in  /  185 
Chancellor,  Office  of  /  27 
Change  of  Registration  Fee  /  18 
Chaucer,  course  in  /  148 
Chemical,  Liquid  ar.d  Power  Processing  of 

Engineering  Materials,  course  in  /  149 
Chemical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  144 
Chemical  Engineering  Program  /  107 
Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization,  course 

in  /  145 
Chemical  Process  Development,  course  in  /  145 
Chemical  Research,  course  in  /  129 
Chemical  Synthesis,  course  in  /  129 
Chemistry,  Agricultural  /  49.  55 
Chemistry,  courses  in  /  129 
Chemistry  (Physical),  courses  in  /  130 
Chemistry  /  54 

Child  Growth  and  Development,  course  in  /  138 
Child  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
Children's  Health  and  Developmental  Clinic,  course  in 

/  175 
China:  Communism,  course  in  /  164 
China;  Economy,  course  in  /  135 
China:  History,  courses  in  /  161.  164 
China;  Philosophy,  courses  in  /  177 
Chinese,  courses  in  /  130 
Chinese  Program  /  62 

Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire,  course  in  /  172 
Choreographic  Forms,  courses  in  /  133 
Church  History  (Modern),  course  in  /  161 
City,  course  in  /  185 
Civil  Engineering,  courses  in  /  143 
Civil  Engineenng  Curriculum  /  108 
Civil  Engineering  Planning,  course  in  /  144 
Civil  Engineering  Systems,  course  in  /  144 


Civil  Engineering  /  108 

Civil  Rights  and  U.S.  Constitution,  course  in  /  159 

Civil  War.  course  in  /  164 

Clarinet,  course  in  /  173 

Classical  Languages  and  Literatures  /  62 

Classical  Tradition  and  Influence  in  Middle  Ages  and 

Renaissance,  courses  in  /  130 
Classification  of  Students  /  24 
Climatology,  courses  in  /  155 
Clinical  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
Clothing  and  Human  Behavior,  course  in  /  187 
Coaching  Athletics,  courses  in  /  176 
Cognitive  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
College  of  Agriculture  Departments,  Programs  and 

Curricula  /  48 
College  of  Agriculture  /  47 
College  of  Business  and  Management  /  68 
College  of  Education  Departments.  Programs  and 

Curricula  /  79 
College  of  Education  /  78 
College  of  Engineering  Departments,  Programs  and 

Curricula  /  106 
College  of  Engineering  /  104 
College  of  Human  Ecology  /  91 
College  of  Journalism  /  60 

College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  /  100 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  &  Health 

Departments,  Programs  and  Curricula  /  101 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

/  100 
College  Park  Campus  Administration  /  3 
College  Work-Study  Program  /  22 
Collegium  Musicum,  course  in  /  174 
Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory,  courses  in  /  131. 

171 
Combined  Degree  Curriculum-College  of  Agriculture 

and  Veterinary  Medicine  /  53 
Communication  (Nonverbal),  course  in  /  186 
Communication  (Public),  course  in  /  186 
Communication  (Speech),  courses  in  /  186 
Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  /  63 
Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  (FMCD), 

course  in  /  152 
Communication  Theory,  course  in  /  186 
Community  Development,  course  in  /  152 
Community  Nutrition  Emphasis  /  95 
Community  Organization  (SOCY),  course  in  /  184 
Community  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
Community  Studies  Curriculum  /  93 
Commuter  Aftairs,  Office  of  /  30 
Commuters  Association  /  30 
Comparative  Literature,  courses  in  /  130 
Comparative  Literature  Program  /  63 
Compiler  Writing,  course  in  /  131 
Composition,  courses  in  /  147,  148.  174 
Computational  Methods,  course  in  /  131,  169 
Computer  Applications  in  Architecture,  course  in  / 

122 
Computer  Architecture,  course  in  /  131 
Computer-Based  Information  (Individual  and  Society), 

course  in  /  166 
Computer  Languages  and  Systems,  course  in  /  131 
Computer  Organization,  course  in  /  131 
Computer  Programming,  courses  in  /  131 
Computer  Science,  courses  in  /  130 
Computer  Science  /  114 
Computer  Structures,  course  in  /  145 
Conducting,  courses  in  /  174 
Conservation,  courses  in  /  128.  182 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Internship 

(course)  /  118 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Programs 

/  51 
Conservation  of  Soil.  Water,  and  Environment  Option 

/  50 
Constitutional  Law.  course  in  /  159 
Consumer  Analysis,  course  in  /  127 
Consumer  and  Law.  course  in  /  132 
Consumer  Behavior,  course  in  /  132 
Consumer  Economics,  courses  in  /  131 
Consumer  Economics  /  99 
Consumer  Problems,  course  in  /  153 
Consumer  Techology:  Product  Safety  /  132 
Consumer  Techology:  Product  Standards,  course  In  / 

132 
Contemporary  Authors,  course  in  /  130 
Continental  Novel,  course  in  /  130 
Control  Systems,  course  in  /  146.  151 
Cooperative  Education  Program  /  18 
Cooperative  Education  Program,  courses  in  /  132 
Cooperative  Extension  Service  /  58 
Coordinated  Dietetics  Emphasis  /  94 
Cornet,  course  in  /  173 
Cosmic  Evolution,  course  in  /  126 
Cost  Accounting,  course  in  /  126.  127 
Costume,  courses  in  /  122,  167.  188 
Costume  Crafts,  course  in  /  188 
Costume  Curriculum  /  96  ' 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  Programs  in  /  79 


Counseling  Center  /  30 

Crafts,  courses  in  /  132 

Crafts  Curriculum  /  97 

Creative  Activities  in  Elementary  School,  course  in  / 

136 
Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School,  course 

in  /  172 
Creative  Writing,  courses  in  /  148,  149 
Credit  by  Examination  for  Undergraduate  Studies  /  25 
Credit  by  Examination  /  16 
Credit  Unit  and  Load  /  24 
Credits,  Transfer  of  /  15 

Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention,  course  in  /  132 
Criminal  Justice  and  Cnminology  /  72 
Criminal  Law  in  Action,  course  in  /  169 
Criminal  Procedure  and  Evidence,  course  in  /  169 
Criminology,  courses  in  /  132 
Crop  and  Soil  Science  Options  /  50 
Crop  Breeding,  course  in  /  119 
Crop  Production,  course  in  /  118 
Crop  Science  Curriculum  /  50 
Cropping  Systems,  course  in  /  119 
Crops  Laboratory,  course  in  /  118 
Crystallography,  course  in  /  156 
Cultural  Ecology,  course  in  /  156 
Cultural  Geography,  course  in  /  155 
Culture  and  Arts  in  America,  courses  in  /  119 


Dairy  Cattle  Appraisal,  course  in  /  119 

Dairy  Cattle  Breeding,  course  in  /  120 

Dairy  Production,  course  in  /  119 

Dairy  Production  Systems  (Analysis  of),  course  in  / 

120 
Dance,  courses  in  /  132 
Dance  (History  of),  courses  in  /  133 
Dance  Notation,  course  in  /  133 
Dance  Techniques,  courses  in  /  132.  133 
Dance  /  63 

Data  Structures,  course  in  /  131 
Death  Education,  course  in  /  165 
Degree  Requirements  /  26 
Degrees  and  Certificates  /  24 
Departmental  Brochures  /  5 
Design,  (Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement)  courses  in  / 

144 
Design,  (Machinery  and  Equipment)  courses  in  /  143 
Design  (Concrete  Structures),  course  in  /  144 
Design,  courses  in  /  121,  125.  139,  188 
Design  (Materials),  course  in  /  151 
Design  (Steel  Structures),  course  in  /  144 
Design  and  Furnishings  (Home),  course  in  /  166 
Design  Workshop  for  Transfer  Students,  course  in  / 

121 
Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission.  /  17 
Deviant  Behavior,  course  in  /  184 
Dietetics  Emphasis  /  94 
Differential  Equations,  courses  in  /  170.  171 
Differential  Geometry,  course  in  /  170 
Digital  Computer,  course  in  /  130 
Digital  Computer  Design,  course  in  /  146 
Digital  Systems  (Logic  Design  of),  course  in  /  146 
Dining  Services  /  27 
Discrete  Structures,  course  In  /  146 
Diseases  of  Animals,  course  in  /  120 
Diseases  of  Wildlife,  course  in  /  119 
Dismissal  of  Delinquent  Students  /  26 
Display  Design,  course  in  /  122 
Distributive  Education  Programs:  Organization  and 

Coordination,  course  in  /  141 
Distributive  Education  /  85 
Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences  /  47 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  Schools  and 

Colleges  of  /  59 
Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  /  58 
Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  /  6^ 
Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources  /  77 
Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and 

Engineering  /  103 
Drama  (English),  courses  in  /  148 
Drama  (Modern),  course  in  /  148 
Dramatic  Art  /  63 

Dramatic  Literature,  courses  in  /  148 
Drawing  (ARCH),  course  in  /  122,  138 
Drawing  (ARTS),  courses  in  /  125 
Driver  Education,  courses  in  /  164 
Dynamics,  course  in  /  149 


Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  /  80 
Earth  Science,  course  in  /  157 
East  Asian  Civilization,  courses  in  /  161 
East  Asian  Politics,  course  in  /  159 
Eastern  Orthodox  Church,  course  in  /  162 
Ecology  (Marsh  and  Dune  Vegetation) 

129 
Ecology  (Microbial),  course  in  /  172 


Index    215 


Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas. 

courses  in  /  1 34 
Economic  Entomology,  course  In  /  151 
Economic  Geography,  courses  In  /  155 
Economic  Statistics,  course  In  /  1 34 
Economics,  courses  in  /  1 34 
Economics  (Environmental),  course  In  /  134 
Economics  (International),  course  in  /  135 
Economics  (Mathematical),  course  in  /  134 
Economics  (Urban),  course  in  /  135 
Economics  of  Consumption,  course  In  /  132 
Economics  /  73 

Ecopolltics  (Global),  course  In  /  158 
Editing  Industhal  Publications,  course  in  /  168 
Education,  College  of  /  78 
Education,  courses  in  /  141,  142 
Education  (Early  Childhood-Elementary),  courses  In  / 

136,  137 
Education  (Elementary),  courses  in  /  136 
Education:  Field  Experiences  /  135 
Education,  Human  Development,  courses  In  /  137 
education,  industrial,  courses  in  /  136 
Education,  Measurement  and  Statistics,  courses  in  / 

140 
Education.  Secondary,  courses  in  /  1 40 
Education.  Social  Foundations,  courses  in  /  1 42 
Education  (Sociology  of),  course  In  /  1 85 
Education.  Special,  courses  in  /  142 
Education  and  Racism,  course  tn  /  135 
Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services, 

courses  in  /  1 35 
Educational  Administration,  Supervision  and 

Curriculum,  courses  in  /  135 
Educational  Media,  course  In  /  135,  168 
Electrical  Engineering,  courses  In  /  145 
Electrical  Engineering  /  1 08 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  (Physics),  course  in  /  1 79 
Electricity-Electronics,  course  in  /  138 
Electrochemical  Engineering,  course  in  /  145 
Electrodes  and  Electrical  Processes  in  Biology  and 

Medicine,  course  in  /  146 
Electromagnetic  Measurements  Lab,  course  In  /  146 
Electromagnetic  Theory,  course  In  /  145 
Electromagnetic  Wave  Propagation,  course  in  /  1 45 
Electronic  Circuits,  course  in  /  145 
Electronic  Composition,  course  in  /  174 
Electronic  Data  Processing,  courses  In  /  126,  167 
Electronic  Instrumentation  for  Physical  Science. 

course  In  /  1 46 
Electronics  Circuits,  course  in  /  1 79 
Electronics  (or  Life  Scientists,  course  In  /  1 46 
Embryology  (Vertebrate),  course  In  /  190 
Employment,  Part-lime  /  22 
Endocrinology,  course  in  /  1 90 
Endowed  and  Annual  Scholarships  and  Grants  /  19, 

40 
ENEE  Advanced  Elective  Latx>ratories  /  1 09 
Energy  and  Environment,  course  in  /  1 78 
Energy  Conversion,  courses  in  /  149,  150.  151 
Engineenng.  Agncultural  /  50 
Engineering:  Aquaoultural,  course  In  /  143 
Engineering,  College  of  /  104 
Engineering,  Fire  Protection,  courses  In  /  147 
Engineering,  Materials,  courses  in  /  149 
Engineering,  Mechanical,  courses  in  /  149 
Engineering,  Nuclear,  courses  In  /  150 
Engineering  Acoustics,  course  in  /  150 
Engineering  and  Computer  Programming,  course  in  / 

144,  149 
Engineering  and  Physiological  Systems,  course  in  / 

145 
Engineering  Computation,  course  in  /  1 47 
Engineering  Cooperative  Education,  courses  in  /  1 45 
Engineeririg  Economics  and  System  Analysis,  course 

in  /  144 
Engineering  Expenmentation.  courses  in  /  1 50 
Engineering  Hydrology,  course  in  /  143 
Engineering  Materials  Program  /  1 10 
Engineering-Medicine  /  1 1 3 
Engineering  Probability,  course  in  /  1 45 
Engineering  Professional  Development,  course  In  / 

147 
Engineering  Psychology  and  Training  Models,  course 

in  /  181 
Engineering  Science,  courses  in  /  147 
Engineering  Sciences  /  1 09 

Engineering  Survey  Measurements,  course  in  /  1 43 
Engineering  Technology.  Fire  Service,  courses  in  / 

151 
Engineering  Technology,  Mechanical  Engineering. 

courses  in  /  151 
Engineering  Technology,  Technological  Science, 

courses  in  /  1 52 
English,  courses  in  /  147 
English  (Old),  course  in  /  149 
English  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  141 
English  Composition,  courses  in  /  147.  148 
English  Education  /  65 
English  for  Foreign  Students,  courses  In  /  1 53 


English  Language  (History  of),  course  in  /  149 

English  Language  and  Literature  /  64 

English  Literature,  courses  in  /  1 47 

English  Medieval  Literature  in  Translation,  courses  in 

/  148 
entomology,  courses  in  /  1 50 
Entomology  (Veterinary),  course  in  /  151 
Entomology  for  Science  Teachers,  course  in  /  151 
Entomology  /  55 

Environment  and  Human  Ecology,  course  in  /  123 
Environmental  Design,  courses  in  /  122 
Environmental  Engineering,  course  in  /  143,  144,  150 
Environmental  Engineering  /  113 
Environmental  Politics,  course  in  /  1 58 
Environmental  Safety  Department  /  28 
Epidemiology  and  Public  Health,  course  In  /  172 
Equal  Opportunity  Recruitment  /  31 
Ethical  Theory,  course  in  /  1 78 
Ethics,  course  in  /  1 77 
Ethnology  (Field  Methods),  course  In  /  121 
Euripides  (GREK),  course  in  /  1 58 
Europe:  Renaissance  and  Reformation,  courses  in  / 

162 
European  History,  courses  in  /  161,  162,  163 
European  Ideas  (History  of),  courses  in  /  163 
Evolution,  course  in  /  190 
Examinations,  Irregularities  In  /  24 
Examinations,  Plagiarism  in  /  24 
Examinations  on  Religious  Holidays  /  26 
Examinations  /  24 
Expenses  and  Fees  /  5.  1 7 
Experiential  Learning  Programs.  Office  of  /  32 
Experimental  Foods  Emphasis  /  95 
Expository  Writing,  course  in  /  1 46,  1 49 


Family  and  Community  Development,  courses  in  / 

152 
Family  and  Community  Development  /  92 
Family  and  Society,  course  in  /  184 
Family-Community  Advocacy,  course  in  /  153 
Family  Counseling,  course  in  /  153 
Family  Crises  and  Rehabilitation,  course  in  /  152 
Family  Housing,  course  in  /  166 
Family  Living  (Decision  Making  in),  course  In  /  1 52 
Family  Patterns,  course  in  /  1 52 
Family  Studies  Curriculum  /  92 
Far  East  Anthropology,  course  in  /  121 
Farm  Management,  course  In  /  123 
Farm  Mechanics,  courses  In  /  1 43 
Fascism:  Theory  and  Practice,  course  in  /  162 
Fashion  Design  and  Illustration,  courses  in  /  121 
Fashion  Merchandising,  course  in  /  167 
Fashion  Sketching-Action  Dravirlng.  course  in  /  121 
Fee.  Application  Undergraduate  /  1 8 
Fee.  Auditors  /  1 8 
Fee.  Change  of  Registration  /  1 8 
Fee.  Cooperative  Education  /  16 
Fee,  dishonored  checks  /  1 8 
Fee,  Graduation  (Bachelor's  Degree)  /  18 
Fee.  Late  Application  /  1 8 
Fee.  Late  Registration  /  1 8 
Fee.  Library  Charges  /  1 8 
Fee.  Matriculation  /  1 8 
Fee.  Orientation  /  18 
Fee.  Property  damage  charge  /  1 8 
Fee.  Properly  Damage  Charge  /  1 8 
Fee.  Registration  /IB 
Fee,  Restoration  of  Services  /  17,  18 
Fee,  Special  Examination  /  18 
Fee,  Special  Mathematics  /  18 
Fee,  Student  Health  /  18 
Fee,  Transcript  /  18 
Fee,  Vehicle  Registration  /  18 
Feeds  and  Feeding,  course  in  /  1 19 
Fees,  Out-of-State  Undergraduate  /  1 8 
Fees,  Payment  of  /  18 
Fees.  Resident  Undergraduate  /  1 7 
Fees.  Textbooks  and  Supplies  /  1 8 
Fees.  Withdrawal  or  Refund  /  18 
Fees  and  Expenses  /  5,  17 
Fees  and  Penalties,  Traffic  Violations  /  29 
Fees  for  Auditors  and  courses  taken  for  audit  /  18 
Fertilizers  (Commercial),  course  in  /  119 
Film,  courses  in  /  182 
Film  (Literature),  course  in  /  1 48 
Film  Production,  courses  In  /  1 83 
Financial  Aid  /  1 9 

Financial  and  Economic  Education,  courses  in  /  141 
Financial  Management,  course  in  /  127 
Fire  Protection  Engineering,  courses  in  /  147 
Fire  Protection  Engineering  /  109 
Fire  Protection  Fluids,  course  in  /  147 
Fire  Protection  System  Design,  courses  in  /  147 
Fire  Protection  Systems  Design,  courses  in  /  147 
Fire  Safety  Codes  and  Standards,  course  in  /  151 
Fire  Safety  Research  and  Transfer,  course  In  /  151 
First  Aid  and  Emergency  Medical  Services,  course  in 

/  164 


Fish  and  Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  121 

Flight,  course  in  /  124,  147 

Flight  Dynamics,  course  in  /  142 

Flight  Propulsion,  courses  in  /  143 

Flight  Structures,  courses  in  /  143 

Floriculture  and  Ornamental  Horticulture  Option  /  52 

Flower  Store  Management,  course  in  /  165 

Fluid  Dynamics,  course  in  /  1 79 

Fluid  Mechanics,  course  in  /  143,  149 

Fluid  Mechanics  Technology,  course  in  /  151 

Flute,  Oboe,  Bassoon,  and  Saxophone,  course  in  / 

173 
Folk  Narrative,  course  in  /  146 
Folklore,  courses  in  /  148 
Folksong  and  Ballad,  course  in  /  148 
Food,  courses  in  /  153 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration  /  94 
Food  Additives,  course  in  /  1 54 
Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families, 

courses  in  /  153 
Food  Chemistry,  course  in  /  1 52 
Food  Consumption  (Economics  of),  courses  in  /  153 
Food  Industry  and  Consumerism,  course  in  /  152 
Food  Microbiology,  course  in  /  152 
Food  Preparation  (Science  of),  courses  in  /  1 53 
Food  Processing,  courses  in  /  143,  152 
Food  Product  Research  and  Development,  course  in 

/  152 
Food  Purchasing  and  Production  (In  Ouantlties), 

course  in  /  166 
Food  Quality  Control,  course  in  /  1?'. 
Food  Science,  courses  in  /  1 52 
Food  Science  (Experimental),  course  in  /  153 
Food  Science  Program  /  52 
Food  Service  Organization  and  Management,  course 

In  /  166 
Food  Service  /  27 

Forage  Crop  Production,  course  in  /  119 
Foreign  Language,  courses  in  /  153 
Foreign  Language  Education  /  66 
Foreign  Policy  of  U.S.S.R.,  course  in  /  159 
Foreign  Student  Admissions  /  13 
Forensic  Anthropology  Laboratory,  course  /  121 
Forestry,  course  in  /  1 65 
Foundry,  course  in  /  138 
Fourier  Analysis,  course  in  /  1 70 
Fracture  Mechanics,  course  in  /  1 50 
French,  courses  in  /  1 54 

French;  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers,  course  in  /  154 
French  and  Italian  Languages  and  Literatures  /  64 
French  Civilization,  courses  in  /  154 
French  Conversation,  courses  in  /  1 54 
French  Grammar,  courses  in  /  1 54 
French  History,  courses  in  /  163 
French  Linguistics,  course  in  /  154 
French  Literature,  courses  in  /  1 54 
French  Phonetics,  course  in  /  1 54 
Freshman  Admission,  Out-of-State  /  12 
Freshman  Admission-Maryland  Residents  /  10 
Fruits  (Technology  of),  course  in  /  165 
Functional  and  Structural  Analysis,  course  in  /  147 
Fusion,  courses  in  /  1 50 


Galactic  Research,  course  in  /  125 

Galaxies  and  Universe,  course  In  /  125 

Garden  Management,  courses  in  /  165 

Gender  Reference  /  5 

General  Education,  courses  in  /  158 

General  Honors  Program  /  41 

General  Information  /  6 

General  Studies,  Bachelor's  Degree  Program  /  32.  41 

General  Studies  Degree  Program  /  41 

General  University  Requirements  /  23 

Genetics,  course  in  /  189 

Genetics  (Molecular),  course  in  /  190 

Genetics  (Plants),  course  in  /  165 

Geochemistry,  courses  in  /  129,  156,  157 

Geochemistry  of  Fuels,  course  in  /  157 

Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Materials,  course 

in  /  156 
Geographic  Research  and  Writing,  course  in  /  1 55 
Geographic  Techniques,  course  in  /  1 55 
Geography,  courses  in  /  155 
Geography:  Europe,  courses  in  /  1 55 
Geography:  Maryland,  course  In  /  1 55 
Geography:  North  America,  courses  in  /  1 55 
Geography  (Physical),  course  in  /  155 
Geography  (Transportation),  course  in  /  156 
Geography  /  73 

Geological  Remote  Sensing,  course  in  /  157 
Geology,  courses  in  /  1 56 
Geology  (Economic),  course  in  /  157 
Geology  (Engineering),  course  in  /  157 
Geology  (Environmental),  course  in  /  156 
Geology  (Groundwater),  course  in  /  157 
Geology  (Historical  and  Stratigraphic),  course  in  / 

156 


216    Index 


Geology:  North  America,  course  in  /  156 

Geology  (Physical),  course  in  /  156 

Geology  (Structural),  course  in  /  156 

Geology  /  56 

Geometric  Transformations,  course  in  /  170 

Geometry,  courses  in  /  1 70.  171 

Geomorphology,  courses  in  /  155 

Geophysics,  course  in  /  156 

German,  courses  in  /  157 

German  Civilization,  courses  in  /  157 

German  History,  courses  in  /  163 

German  Literature,  courses  in  /  157 

Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  /  64 

Germanic  Philology,  courses  in  /  158 

Gerontology,  course  in  /  137 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program  /  13 

Goup  Discussion,  course  in  /  186 

Government  and  Politics,  courses  in  /  158 

Government  and  Politics  /  74 

Governmental  Organization  and  Management,  course 

in  /  1 59 
Governmental  Research  /  74 
Graduate  Bulletin  /  5 
Graduate  Catalog  /  5 
Graduate  Student  Admission  /  17 
Graduation  Fee  /  18 
Grants  and  Scholarships  /  19 
Graphic  Arts,  courses  in  /  124,  138 
Greece  (Ancient),  course  in  /  163 
Greek,  courses  In  /  158 
Greek  Drama,  cou^'se  in  /  130 
Greek  Life,  Office  of  /  29 
Greek  Literature,  courses  in  /  158 
Greek  Oratory,  course  in  /  158 
Greek  Tragedy,  cousre  in  /  158 
Greenhouse  Crop  Production,  courses  in  /  165.  166 
Greenhouse  Management,  course  in  /  165 
Ground  Water  Hydrology,  course  in  /  144 
Group  Dynamics,  course  in  /  135,  182 
Guitar,  courses  in  /  172 

H 

Hatchability  (Physiology  of),  course  in  /  120 

Health,  courses  in  /  164 

Health  Education  /  101 

Health  Fee.  Student  /  18 

Health  Services  /  30 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences,  courses  in  /  160 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  /  75 

Hearing  Handicapped  (Rehabilitation  of),  course  in  / 

160 
Heat  Transfer  Technology,  course  in  /  151 
Hebrew,  courses  in  /  1 60 
Hebrew  Bible  in  Translation,  course  in  /  160 
Hebrew  Civilization,  courses  in  /  160 
Hebrew  Program  /  65 
Heredity  and  Man.  course  in  /  189 
Herodotus  (GREK).  course  in  /  158 
Herpetology.  course  in  /  120 
Highway  Engineering,  course  in  /  144.  147 
Hispanic  World:  Historical  Geography,  course  in  /  155 
Historical  Writing,  course  in  /  162 
History,  courses  in  /  160 
History:  England,  courses  in  /  161 
History:  Latin  America,  courses  in  /  161.  164 
History:  Maryland,  course  in  /  164 
History  /  65 

Home  Economics,  courses  in  /  140 
Home  Economics  Education  /  93 
Home  Economics  Education  /  86 
Home  Management,  courses  in  /  152,  153 
Honor  Societies  /  35 
Honors,  courses  in  /  165 
Honors  Program.  General  /  41 
Honors  Programs  /  34 
Horn.  Trombone.  Euphonium,  and  Tuba,  course  in  / 

173 
Horse  Farm  Management,  course  in  /  120 
Horse  Industry  Economics,  course  in  /  123 
Horse  Management,  courses  in  /  119.  120 
Horse  Training,  course  in  /  120 
Horticultural  Education  Option  /  52 
Horticulture,  courses  in  /  165 
Horticulture  /  52 

Household  as  an  Ecosystem,  course  in  /  152 
Housing  and  Applied  Design,  courses  in  /  166 
Housing  and  Applied  Design  /  96 
Housing  Curriculum  /  97 
Housing  Service,  Off-Campus  /  30 
Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology,  courses  in  /  189 
Human  and  Community  Resources,  courses  in  /  134 
Human  and  Community  Resources,  Division  of  /  77 
Human  Behavior,  course  in  /  137 
Human  Development,  courses  in  /  137 
Human  Development  (Institute  for  Child 

Development)  /  81 
Human  Ecology,  College  of  /  91 
Human  Evolution  and  Fossil  Man,  course  in  /  121 


Human  Growth  and  Constitution,  course  in  /  121 

Human  Osteology  Laboratory,  course  /  121 

Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory  /  121 

Human  Relations  Code  /  5,  7 

Human  Relations  Programs,  Office  of  /  27 

Humanities,  courses  in  /  161 

Hydrology,  courses  in  /  143.  144 

I 

Ibsen,  course  in  /  130 
Identification  Cards  /  23 

Immigrant  Student  Admission  /  13 

Immunology,  course  in  /  1 72 

Income  Tax  Accounting,  course  in  /  126 

Individual  and  Family,  course  in  /  152 

Individual  Differences,  course  in  /  181 

Individual  Studies  Program,  courses  in  /  167 

Individual  Studies  Program  /  32.  41 

Induction  and  Probability,  course  in  /  178 

Industnal  and  Retail  Security  Administration,  course  in 

/  169 
Industrial  Arts  in  Elementary  School,  courses  in  /  138 
Industrial  Education  /  81 

Industrial  Employee  Recreation,  course  in  /  181 
Industrial  Engineering,  course  in  /  150 
Industrial  Engineering  Technology,  course  in  /  152 
Industrial  Localization,  course  in  /  156 
Industrial  Marketing,  course  in  /  127 
Industrial  Organization,  course  in  /  135 
Industrial  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
Industnal  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  /  75 
Industrial  Sociology,  course  in  /  184 
Information  Processing,  courses  in  /  167 
Information  Systems  Management,  courses  in  /  166 
Information  Systems  Management  /  75 
Information  Theory,  course  in  /  146 
Inorganic  Chemistry,  course  in  /  129 
Insect  Morphology,  course  in  /  151 
Insect  Pathology,  course  in  /  151 
Insect  Population  Management,  course  In  /  151 
Insecticides,  course  in  /  151 
Insects,  courses  in  /  151 
Institute  for  Child  Study  /  81 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  /  1 14 
Institute  for  Urban  Studies,  courses  in  /  188 
Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture  /  53 
Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  courses 

in  /  169 
Institution  Administration,  courses  in  /  166 
Institution  Administration  Emphasis  /  95 
Institutional  Management  /  71 
Institutional  Recreation,  course  in  /  181 
Instrumental  Music  Program,  course  in  /  172 
Instrumentation  and  Measurements,  course  in  /  151 
Insurance  and  Real  Estate  /  71 
Intensive  Educational  Development  Program  /  77 
Interior  Design,  courses  in  /  166 
Interior  Design  Curriculum  /  97 
Internal  Combustion  Engine  Design  and  Performance. 

course  in  /  151 
International  Agriculture  Option  /  49 
International  Business  Management,  course  in  /  126 
International  Business  /  71 
International  Education  Services  /  31 
International  Law.  course  in  /  159 
Internatronal  Marketing,  course  in  /  127 
International  Political  Relations,  course  in  /  158 
Interpersonal  Life  Styles,  course  in  /  152 
Interviewing,  course  in  /  186 
Investments,  course  in  /  126 
Irregularities  in  Examinations  /  24 
Islamic  Civilization,  courses  in  /  161 
Italian,  courses  in  /  167 
Italian  Renaissance,  course  in  /  167 


Japanese,  courses  in  /  167 

Japanese  Program  /  65 

Jazz,  courses  in  /  174 

Jewish  History,  courses  in  /  160.  163 

Jewish  Thought  (History  of),  courses  in  /  182 

Journalism,  College  of  /  60 

Journalism,  courses  in  /  167 

Journalism  Faculty  /  60 

Journalism-Science  Communication  Option  /  51 

Judicial  Behavior,  course  in  /  159 

Judicial  Process,  course  in  /  159 

Judicial  Programs  /  30 

Junior  High  School,  course  in  /  141 

Juvenile  Delinquency,  courses  in  /  132 


K 


K-12  Certification  Option  /  102 
K-6  Certification  Option  /  102 
Keyboard  Music,  courses  in  /  174 
Kinesiological  Sciences  Curriculum  /  102 


Kinesiology,  courses  in  /  176 

Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases,  course  in  /  179 

Knowledge  (Theory  of),  course  in  /  178 


Labor  Economics,  courses  in  /  135 

Labor  Legislation,  course  in  /  127 

Labor  Relations,  courses  in  /  126,  127 

Laboratory  Animal  Management,  course  in  /  120 

Lactation,  course  in  /  120 

Landscape  Design  Option  /  52 

Landscaping,  courses  in  /  165 

Language  and  Culture,  course  in  /  1 21 ,  1 69 

Language  and  Social  Communication,  course  in  /  180 

Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  course 

in  /  136 
Lasers  and  Electro  Optic  Devices,  course  in  /  146 
Late  Application  Fee  /IB 
Late  Registration  Fee  /  1 8 
Latin,  courses  in  /  168 

Latin  America:  Civilization,  courses  in  /  185 
Latin  America:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  / 

160 
Law  (Business),  course  in  /  128 
Law  (Corrections),  course  in  /  132 
Law.  Family  Problems,  course  in  /  153 
Law  (Mass  Communications),  course  in  /  168 
Law  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  178 
Law  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  184 
Law  Enforcement,  courses  in  /  134.  169 
Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices,  course  in  / 

181 
Learning  (Psychology  of),  course  in  /  180 
Learning  and  Motivation,  course  in  /  180 
Legal  Policy  Issues,  course  in  /  169 
Legal  Requirements  /  5 
Legislatures  and  Legislation,  course  in  /  159 
Libraries  at  College  Park  /  6 

Library  and  Information  Services,  College  of  /  100 
Library  Charges  /  18 
Library  Science,  courses  in  /  168 
Library  Science  Education  /  86 
Light,  Perception  and  Photography,  course  in  /  178 
Linear  Analysis  for  Engineers,  course  in  /  171 
Linguistics,  courses  in  /  121,  148.  169 
Linguistics  Program  /  76 
Listening,  course  in  /  186 
Literary  Criticism,  course  in  /  148 
Literature  (Middle  Ages),  course  in  /  130 
Literature  (Renaissance),  courses  in  /  148 
Literature  (Romantic),  courses  in  /  130,  148 
Literature  (Victorian),  courses  in  /  148 
Livestock  Evaluation,  courses  in  /  119.  120 
Livestock  Management,  courses  in  /  120 
Living  Expjeriences  with  Families,  course  in  /  153 
Loans  /  22 

Logic  (Symbolic),  courses  in  /  177 
Logic  and  Algorithms,  courses  in  /  131.  171 
Logistics  Management,  course  in  /  128 
Low-Income  Families  and  Community,  course  in  / 

152 

M 

Machine  Design,  course  in  /  150 

Machine  Design  Technology,  courses  in  /  149.  151 

Magazine  and  Feature  Writing,  course  in  /  168 

Makeup,  courses  in  /  188 

Mammalian  Histology,  course  in  /  120.  190 

Man,  Culture,  Animals,  course  in  /  119 

Man  and  Environment,  course  in  /  121 

Man  Made  World,  course  in  /  147 

Management  and  Consumer  Studies  Curriculum  /  93 

Management  and  Organization,  course  in  /  126 

Management  Science-Statistics  /  70 

Manufacturing  Processes  and  Materials,  course  in  / 

152 
Map  Evaluation,  course  in  /  156 
Marine  Ecology,  course  in  /  190 
Marine  Microbiology,  course  in  /  1 72 
Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology,  course  in  /  190 
Marketing,  courses  in  /  127 
Marketing  Research  Methods,  course  in  /  127 
Marketing  /  70 
Marking  System  /  25 
Maryland  Student  Union  /  31 
Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service  /  76 
Mass  Communication,  courses  in  /  168 
Mass  Communications,  courses  in  /  167.  182 
Masterpieces  of  Painting,  courses  in  /  124 
Masterpieces  of  Sculpture,  courses  in  /  'i24 
Materials  (Strength  of),  courses  in  /  144 
Materials  Engineering,  courses  in  /  149 
Materials  Science,  course  in  /  149 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and 

Engineering,  Division  of  /  103 
Mathematical  Ideas,  course  in  /  169 
Mathematical  Logic,  course  in  /  171 


Index    217 


Mathematical  Psychology,  course  in  /  181 
Mathematical  Reasoning,  course  in  /  170 
Mathematics,  courses  in  /  169 
Mathematics  (Early  Childhood  Education),  courses  in 

/  137 
Mathematics  (History  of),  course  in  /  171 
Mathematics  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  136,  141 
Mathematics  Education  /  87 
Mathematics  /  115 
Matriculation  Fee  /  18 
Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Mechanics,  course 

in  /  143 
Matter  (Properties  of),  course  in  /  179 
Meal  Management,  course  in  /  153 
Meaning  (Theory  of),  course  in  /  178 
Measurement  and  Statistics  /  83 
Meat  Processing,  course  in  /  152 
Meats,  course  in  /  120 
Mechanical  Drawing,  courses  in  /  138 
Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis,  course  in  /  150 
Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (Oceanic 

Environment),  course  in  /  150 
Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  (Underwater 

Operations),  courses  in  /  150 
Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  Design,  course  in  / 

149 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  Curriculum  /  1 12 
Mechanical  Engineering  Technology  /111 
Mechanical  Engineering  /  1 10 
Mechanical  System  Design,  course  in  /  151 
Mechanics  (Theoretical),  courses  in  /  179 
Medical  Technology,  courses  in  /  178 
Medicine  (History  of),  courses  in  /  162 
Medieval  Civilization,  courses  in  /  162 
Medieval  World,  course  in  /  161 
Mental  Hygiene,  course  in  /  135 
Mentally  Retarded  Children,  courses  in  /  142 
Metatry,  courses  in  /  132 
Metaphysics,  course  in  /  178 
Meteorological  Observations  and  Instruments,  course 

in  /  171 
Meteorology,  courses  in  /  171 
Meteorology  Program  /  1 16 
Metropolitan  Administration,  course  in  /  1 59 
Microbial  Fermentations,  courses  in  /  172 
Microbial  Physiology,  course  in  /  172 
Microbiology,  courses  in  /  172 
Microbiology  (History  of),  course  in  /  172 
Microbiology  /  56 
Micropaleontology.  course  in  /  1 56 
Middle  East:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  / 

159.  160 
Middle  East:  History,  courses  in  /  162.  164 
Military  Sociology,  courses  in  /  184 
Milton,  course  in  /  148 
Mind  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  178 
Mineralogy,  courses  in  /  156 
Minimum  Requirements  for  Retention  and  Graduation 

/  27 
Minority  Student  Admission  /  13 
Minority  Student  Education  /  33 
Moral  Problems  in  Medicine,  course  in  /  ^1[7 
Morphology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  189 
Morphology  and  Syntax,  course  in  /  169 
Motor  Learning  and  Skilled  Performance,  course  in  / 

177 
Movement  (Fundamentals  oO.  course  in  /  175 
Music  (Childhood  Education),  course  in  /  172 
Music,  courses  in  /  172 
Music  (Form),  course  in  /  174 
Music  (History  of),  courses  in  /  173 
Music  (Physics  of),  course  in  /  178 
Music  (World  Cultures),  courses  in  /  174 
Music  Awards  /  38 
Music  Education,  courses  in  /  172 
Music  Education  /  87 
Music  Literature,  course  in  /  173 
Music  Literature,  courses  in  /  174 
Music  Pedagogy,  course  in  /  174 
Music  Performance,  courses  in  /  174 
Music  Theory,  courses  in  /  173 
Music  /  65 
Mycology,  course  in  /  129 

N 

National  Income  Analysis,  course  in  /  134 

Natural  Resources  (Economic  Analysis  of),  course  in 

/  123,  134 
Natural  Resources  Policy,  course  in  /  123 
Nature  Interpretation,  course  in  /  181 
Navigation,  course  in  /  125 
Network  Analysis,  course  in  /  146 
Network  Synthesis,  course  in  /  146 
Neural  Networks  and  Signals,  course  in  /  146 
Neurophysiology,  course  in  /  190 
Neutron  Reactor  Physics,  course  in  /  179 
New  Testament  as  Literature,  course  in  /  130 
News  Commentary,  course  in  /  168 


News  Editing,  course  in  /  168 

News  Reporting,  course  in  /  168 

Noise  Pollution,  course  in  /  147 

Non-Degree  (Special)  Student  Admission  /  13 

Non-discrimination,  Policies  on  /  5 

Nonparametric  Statistics,  course  in  /  187 

North  America:  Historical  Geography,  course  in  /  121 

Novel,  course  in  /  148 

Nuclear  Engineering  Program  /111 

Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management,  course  in  / 

150 
Nuclear  Heat  Transport,  course  in  /  150 
Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering,  courses  in  /  150 
Nuclear  Reactor  Operation,  course  in  /  150 
Nuclear  Technology  Lab.  course  in  /  150 
Number  Theory,  courses  in  /  170,  171 
Numerical  Mathematics,  courses  in  /  131.  169 
Nutrition  (Animal),  course  in  /  175 
Nutrition  (Community),  course  in  /  175 
Nutrition,  courses  in  /  120,  175 
Nutrition  (History  of),  course  in  /  175 
Nutrition  (International),  course  in  /  175 
Nutrition  (Maternal.  Infant.  Child),  course  in  /  175 
Nutrition  Research  Emphasis  /  95 
Nutritional  Biochemistry,  course  in  /  175 
Nutritional  Science,  courses  in  /  175 


Ocean  Waves  and  Tides,  course  in  /  150,  171 
Oceania  Peoples  and  Cultures  of),  course  in  /  121 
Oceanography,  course  in  /  157 
Oceanography  (Physical  and  Dynamical),  course  in  / 

171 
Oceanography  (Physical  and  Dynamical),  courses  in  / 

150 
Oceans  (Life  in),  course  in  /  189 
Off-Campus  Housing  Service  /  30 
Office  Machines,  course  in  /  140 
Office  of  Academic  Affairs  /  31 
Office  of  Academic  Services  /  31 
Office  of  Administrative  Affairs  /  27 
Office  of  Campus  Activities  /  29 
Office  of  Commuter  Affairs  /  30 
Office  of  Experiential  Learning  Programs  /  32 
Office  of  Greek  Life  /  29 
Office  of  Human  Relations  Programs  /  27 
Office  of  Judicial  Programs  /  30 
Office  of  Student  Affairs  /  29 
Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  /  19.  31 
Office  of  the  Administrative  Dean  for  Undergraduate 

Studies  /  32 
Office  of  the  Chancellor  /  27 
Office  of  Undergraduate  Admissions  /  31 
Office  of  University  Relations  /  27 
Office  Skills  (Teaching),  course  in  /  140 
Officiating  (Techniques  of),  courses  in  /  176 
Old  Testament  as  Literature,  course  in  /  130 
Opera  Theater,  course  in  /  174 
Operations  Research,  course  in  /  149 
Operations  Research,  courses  in  /  127 
Operations  Research  for  Management  Decisions, 

course  in  /  126 
Optics,  courses  in  /  179 
Optimization,  courses  in  /  131,  169 
Oral  Interpretation,  courses  in  /  186 
Orchestration,  courses  in  /  174 
Organisms  (Form  and  Pattern),  course  in  /  190 
Organizational  Behavior,  course  in  /  127 
Orientation-Maryland  Preview  /  30 
Orientation  Programs  /  17 
Ornithology,  course  in  /  120 
Outdoor  Education,  course  in  /  181 


Painting,  courses  in  /  124.  125 

Paleontology,  courses  in  /  1 56 

Parasitology,  course  in  /  190 

Parking  Areas  for  Faculty  and  Staff:  /  29 

Parking  Areas  for  Students:  /  29 

Parliamentary  Law,  course  in  /  186 

Part-time  Employment  /  22 

Particle  Accelerators,  course  in  /  146,  180 

Particles,  course  in  /  179 

Pass-Fail  Option  /  25 

Pathogenic  Microbiology,  course  in  /  172 

Payment  of  Fees  /  18 

Perception,  course  in  /  180 

Perceptual  Learning  Problems,  course  in  /  142 

Percussion,  course  in  /  173 

Personality,  course  in  /  180 

Personality  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  184 

Personality  and  Adjustment,  course  in  /  180 

Personnel  and  Labor  Relations  /  70 

Personnel  and  Organizational  Psychology,  course  in  / 

181 
Personnel  Management,  courses  in  /  126,  127 
Persuasion  in  Speech,  course  in  /  186 


Pet  Nutrition,  course  in  /  120 
Petrography,  course  in  /  156 
Petrology,  course  in  /  156 
Pharmacology  (Behavioral),  course  in  /  180 
Philosophy  (American),  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy,  courses  in  /  177 
Philosophy  (History  of),  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy  in  Literature,  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy  of  Art,  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy  of  Language,  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy  of  Religion,  course  in  /  177 
Philosophy  of  Science,  course  in  /  177.  178 
Philosophy  /  66 

Phonetic  Science,  course  in  /  160 
Phonetics  and  Phonemics,  course  in  /  169 
Photography,  courses  in  /  121,  122,  123.  139 
Photography  (History  of),  course  in  /  124 
Photojournalism,  courses  in  /  168 
Phycotogy,  course  in  /  129 
Physical  Education,  courses. in  /  175 
Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health, 

in  /  175 
Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health,  College 

of  /  100 
Physical  Education  and  Health  Education.  /  88 
Physical  Education  /  102 
Physical  Fitness,  courses  in  /  177 
Physical  Science,  course  in  /  162 
Physical  Sciences  Program  /  116 
Physics,  courses  in  /  1 78 
Physics  (Nuclear),  course  in  /  179 
Physics  and  Astronomy  /  1 16 
Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the  Atmosphere, 

course  in  /  171 
Physiological  Psychology,  course  in  /  180 
Physiology  (Environmental),  course  in  /  120 
Physiology  (Vertebrate),  course  In  /  190 
Physiology  of  Exercise,  course  in  /  177 
Piano,  courses  in  /  172.  173 
Piano  Pedagogy,  courses  in  /  174 
Plagiarism  (in  examinations)  /  24 
Plant  Anatomy,  courses  in  /  128 
Plant  Diseases,  courses  in  /  128.  129 
Plant  Ecology,  course  in  /  129 
Plant  Genetics,  course  in  /  128 
Plant  Geography,  course  in  /  128 
Plant  Kingdom,  courses  in  /  128 
Plant  Microtechnique,  course  in  /  128 
Plant  Pathology,  courses  in  /  129 
Plant  Physiology,  course  in  /  129 
Plant  Propagation,  course  in  /  165 
Plant  Taxonomy,  course  in  /  128 
Plants  (Medicinal  and  Poisonous),  course  in  /  128 
Plants  and  Mankind,  course  in  /  128 
Plasma  Physics,  course  in  /  179 
Plastics  Technology,  course  in  /  139 
Plato  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  178 
Play  Directing,  course  in  /  188 
Play  Production,  course  in  /  188 
Playwriting,  course  in  /  148 
Poetry  and  Poetics,  courses  in  /  148 
Police,  Campus  /  28 
Policy  Statement.  University  /  5 
Political  and  Social  Philosophy,  course  in  /  177.  178 
Political  Behavior,  courses  in  /  158,  159 
Political  Geography,  course  in  /  156 
Political  Ideologies,  course  in  /  158 
Political  Parties,  course  in  /  159 
Political  Sociology,  course  in  /  159 
Political  Theory,  courses  in  /  159 
Politics  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  185 
Politics  and  Government,  courses  in  /  121 
Polymer  Materials  (Processing  oO,  courses  in  /  14S 
Polymer  Science,  courses  in  /  145 
Polymeric  Engineering  Materials,  course  in  /  149 
Polymers  (Physical  Chemistry  oO.  course  in  /  145 
Pomology  and  Olericulture  Option  /  52 
Population,  courses  in  /  184 
Population  Biology,  courses  in  /  189 
Population  Geography,  course  in  /  156 
Portuguese,  courses  in  /  180 
Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding,  course  in  /  121 
Poultry  Hygiene,  course  in  /  120 
Poultry  Judging,  course  in  /  120 
Poultry  Management  (Commercial),  course  in  /  120 
Poultry  Products  and  Marketing,  course  in  /  121 
Power  and  Environment,  course  in  /  147 
Power  Plant  Design  and  Operation,  course  in  /  151 
Power  Systems,  course  in  /  143 
Pre-College  Orientation  Program  Registration  Fee:  / 

18 
Pre-Dental  Hygiene  /  42 
Pre-Dentistry  /  43 
Pre-Forestry  /  43.  53 
Pre-Law  /  43 

Pre-Medica!  Technology  /  43 
Pre-Medicine  /  44 
Pre-Nursing  /  44 
Pre-Optometry  /  44 


218    Index 


Pro-Pharmacy  /  44 

Pre-Physical  Therapy  /  45 

Pre-Professional  Programs  /  13,  42 

Pre-Hadiologic  Technology  /  45 

Pre-Theology  /  S3 

Pre-Veterinary  Medicine  /  53 

Presentation  Techniques,  course  in  /  121 

Presidency  and  Executive  Branch,  course  in  /  159 

Price  Theory,  course  in  /  134 

Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory,  course  /  121 

Primate  Studies,  course  in  /  121 

Primitive  Technology  and  Economy,  course  in  /  121 

Printmaking.  courses  in  /  125 

Privacy.  (Disclosure  of  Student  Records)  /  38 

Prizes  and  Awards  /  35 

Process  Engineering  and  Design,  course  in  /  1 45 

Production  Management,  courses  in  /  126.  128 

Production  Management.  /  71 

Programs  o(  Study  /  4 

Promotion  Management,  course  in  /  126 

Property  Damage  Charge  /IB 

Prospectus  /  5 

Protozoology,  courses  in  /  1 90 

Psychological  Testing,  course  in  /  181 

Psychology,  courses  in  /  180 

Psychology  (Educational),  course  in  /  138 

Psychology  of  Sports,  course  in  /  1 76 

Psychology  /  76 

Public  Address,  courses  in  /  186 

Public  Administration,  courses  in  /  158,  159 

Public  Finance,  course  tn  /  135 

Public  Opinion,  course  in  /  159 

Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Communication,  course  in  / 

168 
Public  Relations,  courses  in  /  168 
Public  Utilities,  course  in  /  128 
Publications,  Graduate  /  5 
Publications.  Undergraduate  /  5 
Pulse  Techniques,  courses  in  /  145 
Pyrometrics  of  Materials,  course  in  /  1 47 


Quantum  Physics,  course  in  /  1 79 


Race  Relations  (SOCY),  course  in  /  184 

Race  Relations  (U.S.).  course  in  /  156.  184 

Race  Relations  and  Public  Law.  course  in  /  159 

Racism.  (Social  Effects  of),  course  in  /  118 

Radio.  Television  and  Film,  courses  in  /  182 

Radio  Television-Film  /  63 

Radiochemical  Safety  Procedures,  course  in  /  129 

Radiochemistry,  course  in  /  129 

Radioisotope  Power  Sources,  course  in  /  150 

Reactor  Core  Design,  course  in  /  1 50 

Readers  Theatre,  course  In  /  186 

Reading  (Remedial),  courses  in  /  137 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement,  Deadlines  /  15 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement,  Regulations  /  27 

Readmission  and  Reinstatement  /  15,  27 

Real  Estate,  course  in  /  127 

Real  Variables,  course  in  /  170 

Recorder,  course  in  /  174 

Records  and  Registrations  /  31 

Recreation,  courses  in  /  181 

Recreation  (Therapeutic),  course  in  /  181 

Recreation  Curriculum  /  103 

Recreation  /  103 

Regents,  Board  of  /  3 

Registration.  Cancellation  of  /  18 

Registration  Fee:  /  1 8 

Registration  of  Vehicles  /  28 

Registrations  and  Records  /  31 

Registration  /  23 

Regression  and  Variance  Analysis,  course  in  /  187 

Regulations  and  Requirements,  Academic  /  22 

Reinstatement  and  Readmission.  Deadlines  /  15 

Reinstatement  and  Readmission.  Regulations  /  27 

Religion  (Primitive  Peoples),  course  in  /  121 

Religion  (Sociology  of),  course  In  /  184 

Religious  Holidays.  Examinations  on  /  26 

Religious  Programs  /  30 

Religious  Studies,  courses  in  /  182 

Remedial-Corrective  Reading,  courses  in  /  141 

Remote  Sensing,  course  in  /  155 

Reporting  (Public  Al(airs).  course  in  /  168 

Requirements.  General  University  /  23 

Requirements.  Retention  and  Graduation  /  27 

Requirements  and  Regulations.  Academic  /  22 

Requirements  tor  a  Computer  Science  Major  /  1 14 

Research  facilities.  Campus  /  6 

Resident  Life  /  31 


Resource  Economics  Option  /  49 
Restoration  of  Services  Fee  /  18 
Retail  Management,  course  in  /  126 


Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials,  course  in  /  1 49 

Rhetoric  (Black  America),  course  in  /  1 86 

Rhetoric  and  Society,  course  in  /  186 

Rhythmic  Activities,  course  in  /  1 75 

Risk  Management,  course  in  /  126 

Romanticism,  courses  in  /  158 

Rome:  History,  course  in  /  163 

Rural  Community,  course  in  /  1 85 

Rural  Education,  courses  in  /  182 

Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society,  courses  in  /  1 82 

Rural  Sociology,  course  in  /  184 

Rural-Urban  Relations,  course  In  /  185 

Russia:  History,  courses  in  /  163 

Russian,  courses  in  /  183 

Russian  Area  Program  /  66 

Russian  Civilization,  courses  in  /  161.  183 

Russian  Literature,  courses  in  /  183 

Russian  Political  Thought,  courses  in  /  159 

Russian  Revolutions,  course  in  /  162 


Safety  Education,  course  in  /  1 64 

Sales  Management,  course  in  /  127 

Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design,  course  in  / 

144 
Satire,  course  in  /  148 
Scenic  Design,  course  in  /  1 88 
Scenographic  Techniques,  course  in  /  1 86 
Scholarships  and  Grants  /  19 
School  of  Architecture  /  59 
Science  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  136,  141 
Science  and  Technology  (World  History),  course  in  / 

161 
Science  and  Technology  Journalism,  course  in  /  168 
Science  Communications  /  1 1 7 
Science  Education  /  88 
Science  Fiction  and  Fantasy,  course  in  /  149 
Science  or  Math  Education  /  1 1 7 
Scientific  Revolution,  course  in  /  162 
Scientific  Thought,  courses  in  /  137,  178 
Sculpture,  courses  In  /  124,  125 
Seafood  Products  Processing,  course  in  /  1 52 
Secondary  Education  /  83 
Secretarial  Education  I  85 
Secretarial  Procedures,  courses  in  /  1 40 
Section  504  Compliance  Statement  /  5 
Security  Administration,  courses  in  /  169 
Security  Analysis  and  Valuation,  course  in  /  1 27 
Sedimentation,  course  in  /  156 
Semantics  and  Logic,  courses  In  /  1 48  ' 
Sensory  Processes,  courses  in  /  180 
Service  Charges  for  Dishonored  Checks  /  1 8 
Sex  Education,  course  in  /  165 
Sex  Roles,  course  in  /  184 
Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions,  course  in  /  184 
Sexual  Morality,  course  in  /  1 77 
Shakespeare,  courses  in  /  147,  148 
Sheet  Metal  Vi/ork,  course  in  /  138 
Shuttle  Bus  System  /  30 
Signal  and  System  Theory,  course  in  /  145 
Silk  Screen  Printing,  course  in  /  121 
Site  Analysis,  course  in  /  1 22 
Slavic  Languages,  courses  in  /  184 
Social  Control,  course  in  /  184 
Social  Foundations  of  Education  Area  /  90 
Social  Institutions,  course  in  /  184 
Social  Interaction,  course  in  /  184 
Social  Organization  of  Primitive  Peoples,  course  in  / 

121 
Social  Sciences,  courses  in  /  136 
Social  Sciences  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  178 
Social  Studies  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  141 
Social  Studies  Education  /  89 
Social  Studies  in  Early  Childhood  Education,  courses 

in  /  137 
Sociology,  courses  in  /  1 84 
Sociology  (Educational),  course  in  /  142 
Sociology  /  77 

Software  Engineering,  course  in  /  146 
Soil  and  Environment,  course  in  /  116 
Soil  and  Water  Conservation,  course  in  /  119 
Soil  and  Water  Engineering,  course  in  /  143 
Soil  Biochemistry,  course  in  /  119 
Soil  Chemistry,  course  in  /  119 
Soil  Classification  and  Geography,  course  in  /  119 
Soil  Fertility  Principles,  course  in  /  119 
Soil-Foundation  Systems,  courses  in  /  144 
Soil  Mechanics,  courses  in  /  144 
Soil  Physics,  course  in  /  1 1 9 
Soil  Science  Curriculum  /  50 
Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use,  course  in  /  119 
Soil-Water  Pollution,  course  in  /  119 
Solar  Energy  Applications  (or  Buildings,  courses  in  / 

122.  147 
Solar  System,  course  In  /  125 
Solid  Slate  Electronics,  course  in  /  146 
Sound,  course  in  /  179,  182 
South  Asia:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  160 


Southern  U.S.  History,  courses  In  /  121 

Soviet  Union:  Economics,  course  in  /  135 

Soviet  Union:  Geography,  course  in  /  1 55 

Soviet  Union:  Government  and  Administration,  course 

in  /  160 
Soviet  Union:  History,  course  in  /  163 
Space  Development  (HSAD),  course  in  /  166 
Spanish,  courses  in  /  185 
Spanish-American  Literature,  courses  in  /  165 
Spanish  and  Portugese  Languages  and  Literatures  / 

67 
Spanish  Civilization,  courses  in  /  1 85 
Special  Education  /  90 
Special  Examination  Fee  /  1 8 
Special  Opportunities  /  34 
Specialized  Admissions  Requirements  /IS 
Speech,  courses  in  /  186 
Speech  and  Drama  Education  /  90 
Speech  and  Language  Development  of  Children. 

course  in  /  160 
Speech  Behavior,  course  in  /  186 
Speech  Communication  /  63 
Speech  Disorders,  course  In  /  160 
Speech  Pathology,  courses  in  /  160 
Speech  Therapy,  course  in  /  160 
Speechwriting,  course  in  /  186 
Spenser  (Edmund),  course  in  /  148 
Sport  and  American  Society,  course  in  /  1 76 
Stage  Decor,  course  In  /  188 
Stage  Design,  course  in  /  1 88 
Stagecraft,  course  In  /  188 
State  and  Local  Administration,  course  in  /  1 59 
State  and  Local  Finance,  course  in  /  135 
State  and  Local  Government,  course  in  /  1 58 
Statics,  courses  in  /  147 
Statistical  Analysis  (BMGT),  course  in  /  127 
Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business,  course  in  / 

127 
Statistical  Experiments  in  Business,  course  in  /  1 27 
Statistical  Models,  course  in  /  1 87 
Statistics  and  Probability,  courses  in  /  167 
Statistics  and  Probability  /  1 1 7 
Stochastic  Processes,  course  in  /  187 
Stress  Analysis  (Experimental),  course  in  /  144 
Stress  and  Tension,  course  In  /  165 
Structural  Analysis  and  Design,  courses  in  /  1 44 
Stuart  England,  course  in  /  163 
Student  Affairs,  Office  of  /  29 
Student  Financial  Aid  /  31 
Student  Health  Fee  /  18 

Student  Teaching,  (Secondary),  courses  in  /  141 
Student  Teaching,  courses  in  /  136,  141 
Student  Teaching  (Elementary),  courses  in  /  136,  141 
Student  Teaching  (Secondary),  courses  in  /  139 
Student  Union  /  31 
Study  Abroad  Office  /  31 
Study  Abroad  /  35 
Summer  Sessions  Catalog  /  5 
Summer  Sessions  /  6 
Swahill,  courses  in  /  1 1 8 
Swimming  Pool  Management,  course  in  /  1 76 
Symblology,  course  in  /  1 90 

Systems,  Control  and  Computation,  course  in  /  146 
Systems  Analysis,  course  in  /  127,  167 
Systems  and  Circuits,  courses  In  /  1 45 
Systems  Programming,  course  in  /  131 


Teaching  (Logic  oO,  course  in  /  142 

Teaching  English,  course  in  /  141 

Teaching  Reading,  courses  In  /  136.  137,  141 

Teaching  Vocational  Agriculture,  course  in  /  182 

Technical  Writing  (Engineering),  course  in  /  142 

Technological  Assessment,  course  in  /  147 

Technology  (History  of),  course  in  /  162 

Telemetry  Systems,  course  in  /  146 

Television,  Radio  and  Film,  courses  In  /  182 

Television  and  Politics,  course  in  /  1 83 

Television  Programming,  course  in  /  183 

Textbooks  and  Supplies  /  18 

Textile  Industry  (Economics  wf),  course  in  /  188 

Textile  Marketing/Fashion  Merchandising  /  98 

Textile  Science,  course  in  /  1 87 

Textiles,  courses  in  /  187 

Textiles  (Decorative),  course  in  /  132 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  /  98 

Textiles  /  99 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  /  57 

Theatre,  courses  In  /  188 

Thermodynamics,  course  in  /  151 

Thermodynamics,  courses  in  /  149,  179 

Thucydides  (GREK),  course  In  /  158 

Title  IX  Compliance  Statement  /  5 

Tobacco  Production,  course  in  /  119 

Topology,  courses  in  /  1 70 

Traffic  Information  /  28 

Traffic  Management,  course  in  /  126 

Traffic  Regulations:  /  28 


Index    219 


Training  and  Conditioning,  course  in  /  176 

Transcript  o(  Record  Fee  /  19 

Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery,  courses  in  / 

146 
Transfer  and  Transport  Processes,  courses  in  /  144 
Transfer  ol  Credits  /  15 
Transfer  Processes,  course  m  /  149 
Transfer  Student  Admission  /  12 
Transportation,  courses  in  /  126.  128 
Transportation  Engineering,  courses  in  /  144 
Transportatton  Systems,  courses  in  /  127 
Transportation  /  71 

Tree  Frutt  Production,  courses  in  /  165 
Tree  fylanagement.  course  in  Tree  Fruit  Production, 

courses  in  /  165 
Truck  Crop  Management,  course  in  /  166 
Tudor  England,  course  in  /  163 
Turf  and  Urban  Agronomy  Option  /  50 
Turf  Management,  course  in  /  119 
Typewriting,  courses  in  /  140 
Typography  and  Lettering,  course  in  /  122 
Typography  and  Production,  co'urse  in  /  168 


u 


Umporium  /  31 

Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements-Beginning 

Summer  and  Fall  1980  /  14 
Undergraduate  Admissions  Requirements-Fall  1979 

and  Spring  1980  /  10 
Undergraduate  Admissions  /  31 
Undergraduate  Advisement  Center  /  33 
Undergraduate  Catalog  /  5 
Undergraduate  Fees;  /  17 
United  States  (World  Affairs),  course  in  /  161 
United  States  History,  courses  in  /  161.  163 
University  and  Campus  Officers  /  3 
University  Commuters  Association  /  30 
University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records  / 

38 
University  Policy  Statement  /  5 
University  Relations.  Office  of  /  27 
Upward  Bound  Program  /  77 


Urban  Community,  course  m  /  189 

Urban  Design  Seminar  /  123 

Urban  Economics,  courses  in  /  135 

Urban  Fire  Problem  Analysis,  course  in  /  147 

Urban  Fire  Safety,  courses  in  /  151 

Urban  Folklore,  course  in  /  149 

Urban  Form,  course  in  /  122 

Urban  Geography,  courses  in  /  156 

Urban  Land  Management,  course  in  /  128 

Urban  Law,  courses  tn  /  189 

Urban  Literature,  course  in  /  189 

Urban  Planning,  course  in  /  123 

Urban  Politics,  course  in  /  159 

Urban  Problems  Seminar  /  123 

Urban  Sociology,  course  m  /  184 

Urban  Studies-Fire  Science  /  112 

Urban  Theory  and  Simulation,  course  in  /  189 

Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development  /  128 


Vectors  and  Matrices,  course  in  /  170 

Vegetable  Production,  course  in  /  165 

Vegetables  (Technology  of),  course  in  /  166 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee  /  18 

Vehicles,  Registration  /  28 

Veterans  Affairs  /  24 

Veterinary  Medicine-Agriculture.  Combined  Degree  / 

53 
Vibrations,  course  in  /  151 
Violation  Fees  and  Penalties  /  29 
Violin,  course  in  /  173 
Virology,  course  in  /  172 
Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating,  course  in  / 

143 
Visual  Processes,  course  in  /  125 
Vocal  Music,  course  in  /  1 74 
Voice,  courses  in  /  172 
Voice  and  Diction,  course  in  /  186 
Voice  and  Diction,  courses  in  /  173 


Water  Resource  Planning,  course  in  /  156 

Weather  Map  Discussion  and  Forecasting,  courses  in 

/  171 
Weaving,  course  in  /  132 

Weaving  and  Textile  Design,  courses  in  /  132 
Weed  Control,  course  /  1 19 
Welding  (Arc  and  Gas),  course  in  /  138 
West  African  History,  courses  in  /  164 
Western  Civilization,  courses  in  /  161 
Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  120 
Wind  and  Percussion  Instruments,  course  in  /  173 
Withdrawal  From  the  University  /  26 
Withdrawal  or  Refund  of  Fees  /  18 
Women  (American  Society),  courses  in  /  161.  189 
Women:  Legal  Status,  course  in  /  159 
Women.  Literary  Works  by.  course  in  /  148 
Women  in  Literature,  course  in  /  148 
Women's  Health,  course  in  /  165 
Women's  Studies,  courses  m  /  41,  189 
Women's  Studies  Program  /  41 
Woodworking,  courses  in  /  138 
Woody  Plants,  courses  in  /  166 
Work-Study  Program.  College  /  22 
World  Agricultural  Development,  course  in  /  123 
World  Crops  and  Food  Supply,  course  in  /  118 
World  Hunger,  course  in  /  123 
World  Literature,  courses  in  /  147,  148 
World  Politics,  course  in  /  159 
Writing,  courses  in  /  147.  148.  177 
Writing  (Dramatic)  for  Film,  course  in  /  183 
Wnting  for  Mass  Media,  course  in  /  167 


Youth  Programs  (Development  oO.  course  in  /  182 


w 


War  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  185 
Water  (Renewable  Resource),  course  i 


Zoology,  courses  in  /  189 

Zoology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  190 

Zoology  /  56